Lord
Iesus
begin
and
make
an
end
.
An
Exposition
vpon
the
whole
Booke
of
Psalmes
.
The
penners
of
the
Psalmes
were
diuers
men
,
as
Dauid
,
Moses
,
&c.
but
all
led
by
one
and
the
selfe
same
spirit
,
so
that
the
holy
Ghost
may
rightlie
be
said
to
be
the
Author
of
this
Booke
.
SOme
Psalmes
haue
titles
and
inscriptions
,
of
which
we
will
shew
somewhat
when
we
shall
come
to
them
:
othersome
are
without
Titles
or
inscriptions
,
of
which
we
shal
not
néede
to
say
any
thing
.
These
that
haue
Titles
,
do
eyther
containe
the
name
of
the
writer
of
that
Psalme
,
or
the
instrument
wherevpon
it
was
sung
,
or
the
end
wherevnto
it
was
appoynted
,
or
the
principal
matter
therein
contayned
.
As
they
were
diuers
Writers
,
so
they
comprehended
diuers
matters
:
some
are
full
of
instruction
touching
both
fayth
and
maners
,
as
Psal.
1.37
.
&c.
Othersome
containe
confession
of
sinnes
,
and
prayer
for
repentaunce
,
as
Psalme
25.51
.
&c.
Othersome
are
Prayers
agaynst
the
enemies
of
the
Church
,
as
Psal.
79.83
.
&c.
Some
containe
the
histories
of
the
olde
Testament
,
as
Psal.
78.105.106
.
&c.
Some
are
commendations
of
Gods
lawes
,
as
Psa.
19.119
.
&c.
Some
descriptions
of
Gods
wonderfull
power
,
as
psal.
18.164
.
Some
are
particuler
prayers
of
particular
persons
,
in
particular
gréefes
eyther
of
body
or
soule
,
as
psa.
6.86
.
&c.
Othersome
are
prayers
of
a
number
of
godly
and
faithfull
people
,
as
psal.
44.85
.
&c.
To
be
shorte
,
there
is
such
diuersitye
of
matter
,
that
a
man
can
hardlye
deuide
them
aright
:
yea
one
and
the
selfe
same
Psalme
sometimes
shall
comprehende
the
most
of
these
thinges
.
For
the
better
vnderstanding
of
this
Booke
,
two
thinges
specially
would
be
diligently
obserued
:
First
,
the
sodayne
chaunge
of
number
,
tense
,
person
,
&c.
which
make
the
places
to
séeme
very
hard
.
Secondlye
,
to
discerne
what
is
spoken
in
the
person
of
the
Church
,
and
to
refer
the
same
thereto
,
and
what
is
otherwise
spoken
to
apply
it
alwayes
to
his
right
ende
and
purpose
.
Psalme
2.
Di.
THis
Psalme
consisteth
of
two
partes
:
In
the
first
he
setteth
out
wherein
the
felicitie
and
blessednesse
of
a
godlye
man
consisteth
,
what
his
exercises
are
,
and
what
blessinges
hee
shall
receaue
from
the
Lord
therefore
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
thirde
.
In
the
seconde
he
declareth
what
iudgments
shall
ouertake
the
wicked
,
and
what
an
vnlikelye
rewarde
there
shall
be
to
the
godly
and
the
vngodly
,
from
verse
4.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
Ver.
1.
The
man
put
for
euery
man
,
i.
man
and
woman
for
in
Christ
Iesus
there
is
no
difference
,
Galat.
3.28
.
and
blessed
are
they
not
in
this
lyfe
onlye
,
but
in
the
life
to
come
,
for
godlinesse
hath
the
promise
of
this
lyfe
present
,
and
in
the
life
to
come
,
1.
Timothie
4.8
.
Doth
not
walke
in
the
councell
[
by
councell
he
vnderstandeth
the
subtilties
and
craftes
of
the
wicked
,
by
which
they
push
on
themselues
forwardes
,
and
labour
to
drawe
others
to
the
like
,
sée
Prouerb
.
1.10.11
.
&c.
So
that
hee
meaneth
that
hee
is
blessed
that
ioyneth
not
himselfe
in
wicked
practises
with
the
vngodly
,
nor
by
himselfe
doth
performe
the
same
nor
stande
in
the
waye
of
sinners
,
(
way
is
put
for
order
and
kinde
of
liuing
,
for
maners
and
fashions
:
he
meaneth
then
that
they
are
blessed
that
frame
not
themselues
,
no
not
in
outward
shew
,
like
to
the
vngodly
:
sée
Romanes
12.2
.
)
In
the
seate
of
the
scorners
[
by
seate
he
noteth
fellowship
and
societie
with
the
vngodly
as
Psal.
26.4
.
so
that
the
meaning
is
that
the
godly
man
doth
not
consent
with
the
wicked
,
neither
hath
any
familiaritie
with
their
vile
enterprises
.
Verse
2.
His
delight
[
i.
his
whole
pleasure
]
in
the
lawe
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
in
the
performaunce
of
these
things
,
which
GOD
in
his
law
commaundeth
]
Meditate
daye
and
night
[
i.
continually
or
very
much
,
giuing
himselfe
not
only
to
the
reading
of
holy
Scriptures
,
but
to
meditation
therein
]
Verse
3.
is
a
similitude
,
by
whiche
the
Prophet
noteth
the
flourishing
state
of
the
faithfull
,
and
their
fruitfulnesse
also
,
by
Trée
he
meaneth
eyther
Palme
Trée
,
as
Psalme
92.12
.
or
some
other
flourishing
Trée
]
by
the
Riuers
of
waters
[
i.
in
most
moyst
places
méete
to
make
Trées
grow
and
flourish
]
in
due
season
[
i.
not
vntimely
fruit
,
nor
too
late
,
but
that
which
shall
haue
the
fulnesse
of
grouth
,
and
yet
not
be
withered
away
]
whose
leafe
shall
not
fade
[
i.
shal
not
decay
in
colour
,
nor
fall
from
the
Trée
,
wherby
the
Prophet
noteth
the
continuall
flourishing
of
the
faythfull
]
Whatsoeuer
he
shall
doe
,
[
we
must
restrayne
that
vniuersall
terme
,
Whatsoeuer
,
to
all
thinges
that
he
shall
attempte
according
to
godlinesse
,
to
which
indéede
both
here
and
elsewhere
,
sundrye
times
the
Lorde
himselfe
hath
annexed
a
promise
of
good
successe
]
Verse
4.
He
amplifyeth
by
the
contrarie
,
the
wicked
are
not
so
[
i.
Like
Trées
planted
&c.
as
ver.
3.
but
whereto
are
they
like
?
they
are
as
the
chaffe
[
i.
Light
,
vnprofitable
for
anye
thing
,
and
voyde
of
fruite
.
It
is
an
vsuall
thing
in
Scripture
to
compare
the
wicked
to
chaffe
,
as
Psalme
35.5
.
Isaiah
17.13
.
Math.
3.12
.
]
Which
the
winde
dryueth
away
(
q.d.
as
chaffe
cannot
withstand
the
violence
of
the
winde
,
but
it
tosseth
it
too
and
fro
,
and
dryueth
it
whither
pleaseth
it
,
so
shall
the
wicked
be
before
Gods
iudgementes
,
how
greate
,
mightie
and
strong
soeuer
they
séeme
to
be
before
men
]
Ver.
5.
Therefore
(
i.
because
they
are
as
chaffe
,
and
reprobate
to
all
good
workes
)
they
shall
not
stand
[
vz.
with
boldnesse
and
lifted
vp
countenaunces
,
as
the
godly
shall
]
in
the
iudgement
(
i.
in
that
great
and
last
day
mentioned
Mat.
25.31.32
.
&c.
to
the
ende
of
the
Chapter
]
nor
sinners
in
the
assemblie
of
the
righteous
[
i.
they
shall
not
haue
place
amongst
the
godlye
,
but
God
will
funder
them
one
from
another
as
Math.
25.31.32
.
&c.
as
before
]
Ver.
6.
The
Lord
knoweth
(
i.
approueth
and
alloweth
as
not
to
know
,
is
to
disallowe
,
Math.
7.23
.
yea
so
alloweth
,
that
he
blesseth
,
which
may
appeare
by
the
contrarye
in
this
verse
,
where
the
Prophet
vseth
the
word
,
Perish
)
the
way
(
i.
the
order
and
kinde
of
liuing
,
as
before
,
verse
the
first
,
and
afterwardes
in
this
verse
)
of
the
righteous
(
i.
they
that
indeuour
righteousnesse
in
themselues
,
and
haue
Christs
righteousnesse
imputed
vnto
them
)
And
the
waye
(
reade
But
,
and
so
the
sence
shall
be
more
playne
)
Shall
perishe
(
vz.
In
time
hereafter
to
come
,
or
else
doth
perishe
,
putting
the
beginning
of
destruction
in
this
life
,
not
only
for
the
beginning
of
it
here
,
but
for
the
finishing
of
it
else
where
.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
a
godly
man
to
beware
of
the
vngodlies
perswasions
,
Do.
secondlye
of
their
order
of
life
,
and
thirdly
of
their
societye
,
and
companye
kéeping
.
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
him
by
the
contrary
what
he
must
doe
:
firste
to
take
all
his
delite
and
pleasure
in
Gods
worde
,
because
we
doe
hardly
profit
by
these
thinges
which
we
take
no
pleasure
in
:
secondly
to
vse
al
the
meanes
whereby
he
may
be
builded
vp
in
knowledge
,
for
so
generallye
doe
I
take
these
wordes
,
Meditate
day
and
night
.
Ver.
3.
A
promise
annexed
for
our
better
encouragement
,
which
expresseth
Gods
wonderfull
goodnesse
,
and
our
dulnesse
and
heauinesse
,
that
haue
néede
of
such
spurres
.
ver.
4.
doth
not
only
contayne
iudgements
agaynst
the
wicked
,
but
also
teacheth
,
yea
spurreth
forward
the
godly
by
beholding
their
punishments
,
to
more
héedy
walking
:
and
whereas
the
holy
Ghost
resembleth
the
wicked
to
chaffe
tossed
before
the
winde
:
It
teacheth
vs
that
though
the
wicked
thinke
themselues
glorious
,
and
of
long
continuaunce
,
yet
they
are
neyther
the
one
nor
the
other
.
ver.
5.
Teacheth
that
God
with
his
Fanne
wil
make
a
separation
betwéene
the
good
Corne
and
the
chaffe
,
as
Math.
3.12
.
ver.
6.
Teacheth
this
,
that
God
is
the
only
Iudge
to
allow
,
and
disallow
,
they
must
not
therefore
stand
vpon
themselues
or
other
mens
iudgements
.
Psalme
2.
Di.
THis
Psalme
consisteth
of
thrée
parts
:
In
the
firste
is
declared
the
greatnes
,
multitude
,
and
rage
of
them
that
rise
vp
against
Christ
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
3.
In
the
seconde
is
set
out
the
Maiestie
and
power
of
God
the
Father
,
and
his
sonne
Christ
,
for
the
confounding
of
such
wicked
aduersaries
,
from
verse
4.
to
the
ende
of
the
9.
In
the
3.
is
contained
a
louing
admonition
of
God
,
who
will
not
the
death
of
sinners
,
but
rather
that
they
should
repent
,
wishing
them
in
time
,
for
feare
of
after
punishment
,
to
turne
to
his
Maiestie
,
from
verse
10.
to
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
Ver.
1.
Heathen
put
for
people
,
not
being
Iewes
:
If
you
vnderstand
this
Psalme
of
Dauids
kingdome
,
if
otherwayes
,
of
Christes
kingdome
,
as
it
is
referred
thereto
Acts.
4.25
.
Then
vnderstande
by
Heathen
and
people
of
the
enemies
of
Christ
,
whiche
were
of
thrée
manner
of
sorts
,
and
in
this
first
verse
he
noteth
two
kindes
of
them
,
some
that
through
rage
were
caried
to
outrage
and
violence
,
and
othersome
that
were
not
so
cruel
,
and
yet
murmuringly
opposed
themselues
in
wordes
.
Some
reade
the
later
part
of
the
first
verse
thus
:
And
the
Nations
meditate
[
or
thinke
vpon
a
vaine
thing
(
i.
a
matter
that
can
not
be
brought
to
passe
,
but
shall
lack
his
effect
)
the
sence
commeth
all
to
one
effect
.
Ver.
2.
The
kings
of
the
earth
[
i.
they
that
had
the
highest
authority
]
bend
themselues
:
or
after
some
,
stand
vp
[
meaning
that
they
consent
and
conspire
together
as
it
were
]
and
the
Princes
[
i.
the
great
men
by
whose
counsel
and
wisedom
kings
gouern
their
countries
,
noting
hereby
,
that
neither
might
nor
councell
,
was
wanting
in
Christs
aduersaries
]
are
assembled
,
or
after
some
,
do
take
counsell
together
agaynst
the
Lord
,
[
A
strange
matter
that
men
like
Giaunts
,
should
arm
themselues
against
God
&
against
his
Christ
(
i.
his
annointed
one
,
meaning
either
Dauid
as
the
figure
,
or
Christ
himselfe
as
the
truth
]
ver.
3.
the
Prophet
putteth
down
the
vngodlies
spéeches
.
Let
vs
breake
[
q.d.
Let
vs
ioyne
all
our
force
to
assay
to
breake
)
not
that
they
can
,
but
that
such
purposes
they
haue
in
their
hartes
and
wordes
in
their
mouthes
]
their
bandes
[
i.
God
the
fathers
lawes
,
published
by
Dauid
and
Christ
,
which
hee
calleth
bandes
,
because
that
by
them
,
as
it
were
by
certaine
bandes
,
the
subiectes
are
wont
to
be
bound
&
kept
in
their
dueties
)
their
cordes
or
as
some
terme
it
,
thick
(
i.
strong
)
cords
from
vs
(
I
suppose
that
the
Prophet
vnderstandeth
by
cords
,
the
rule
and
authoritie
that
God
hath
giuen
to
Dauid
and
his
son
Christ
)
the
meaning
is
:
Let
vs
not
obaye
(
say
the
wicked
their
lawes
,
and
let
vs
labour
that
they
may
not
rule
ouer
vs
]
ver.
4.
He
that
dwelleth
,
others
reade
,
He
that
sitteth
in
heauen
,
[
a
notable
description
of
God
,
wherby
the
Prophet
meaneth
to
show
,
that
they
are
not
able
to
match
with
him
:
and
they
are
Dauids
words
,
q.d.
Howe
wil
these
wicked
men
,
as
wicked
as
they
are
,
fight
with
him
that
is
so
high
aboue
their
reach
]
shall
laugh
,
or
in
the
present
tense
,
as
some
reade
it
doth
laugh
[
i.
maketh
no
account
of
al
their
rage
and
murmuring
,
and
this
is
spoken
of
God
,
as
the
rest
of
the
words
in
this
verse
,
and
the
next
that
follow
,
are
,
according
to
many
,
and
as
his
capacity
is
able
to
comprehend
]
shal
haue
them
in
derision
(
or
as
others
read
it
doth
deride
them
[
it
is
a
repetition
being
the
same
in
effect
,
that
the
former
part
of
the
verse
is
,
by
which
doubling
the
holy
Ghost
noteth
the
certaintie
&
assurednes
of
the
thing
]
Ver.
5.
Then
[
vz.
when
time
shal
require
and
at
that
very
instant
,
which
God
in
his
eternall
decrée
hath
appointed
]
shall
he
(
i.
God
)
speake
vnto
them
[
vz.
the
wicked
and
vngodly
,
eyther
by
his
wordes
,
or
by
his
rods
,
Iob.
33.14
.
&c.
but
chiefly
by
his
roddes
,
as
Iob
33.19.20.21
.
]
in
his
wrath
[
i.
being
angry
with
them
,
meaning
that
hee
will
most
vehemently
and
sharpely
rebuke
them
]
and
vexe
them
[
i.
plague
them
so
,
that
they
shall
be
vexed
&
greeued
in
his
sore
displeasure
(
he
meaneth
that
being
moued
with
great
wrath
,
he
wil
destroy
and
ouerthrow
them
]
Ver.
6.
amend
thus
,
Saying
(
vz.
God
himselfe
)
but
I
annoynted
my
kingly
placing
him
in
his
kingdome
,
putting
the
signe
of
his
imagination
or
entrance
into
his
kingdom
[
vz.
annoynting
,
for
the
possession
&
enioying
therof
:
And
putting
these
words
(
my
king
)
for
him
whom
the
Lord
had
aduanced
thereto
,
either
Dauid
or
Christ
]
had
made
him
ruler
ouer
Sion
[
which
place
was
the
seat
of
Dauids
kingdome
,
as
may
appeare
by
sundrie
places
,
the
Prophet
vsing
a
part
for
the
whole
land
,
and
the
people
contained
therin
,
and
a
figure
also
of
Christs
Church
,
Isaiah
.
2.3
.
]
the
Mountains
of
my
holines
[
i.
My
holy
mountaines
,
for
so
do
the
Hebrues
sundry
times
speak
,
vsing
the
Substantiue
for
the
Adiectiue
,
now
it
is
called
Gods
holy
mountaine
,
because
that
Dauid
brought
thither
Gods
own
arke
,
and
there
were
the
holy
exercises
of
his
religion
obserued
,
till
the
Temple
was
builded
,
sée
1.
Chron.
15.16
.
Chap.
and
this
verse
comprehendeth
God
the
fathers
wordes
,
sitting
in
iudgement
as
it
were
,
and
condemning
the
wicked
,
who
laboured
the
ouerthrow
of
his
kingdome
.
Ver.
7.
I
will
declare
[
i.
I
will
faythfullye
shew
and
set
abroad
]
the
decrée
[
vz.
which
the
Lord
hath
determined
concerning
men
]
thou
art
my
sonne
[
vz.
by
adoption
,
if
we
vnderstand
it
of
Dauid
:
and
by
nature
if
we
vnderstand
it
of
Christ
]
This
day
[
if
you
vnderstand
it
of
Dauid
,
you
must
refer
it
to
the
time
of
his
first
annointing
,
&
so
forward
.
If
you
vnderstand
it
of
Christ
,
you
must
refer
it
to
his
first
manifestation
in
the
flesh
,
not
but
that
he
was
begotten
of
the
Father
from
before
all
beginnings
]
and
this
7.
verse
are
the
words
of
Dauid
or
Christ
declaring
Gods
eternal
decrée
touching
their
gouernments
.
]
Ver.
8.
are
the
wordes
of
the
Father
,
inuiting
Dauid
or
Christ
to
aske
somewhat
of
him
,
and
as
it
were
,
a
prophecy
of
the
inlargement
of
their
kingdomes
:
In
Dauid
somewhat
more
narrowly
thus
,
that
the
Heathen
round
about
him
,
and
namelye
those
that
inhabited
the
coasts
nigh
to
the
land
of
Iudea
,
as
Ammonites
,
Moabites
,
&c.
should
be
brought
in
subiection
to
him
,
as
may
appeare
in
the
Histories
in
2.
Samuel
:
in
Christ
more
largely
,
to
wit
that
of
all
the
nations
and
peoples
vnder
heauen
,
he
should
haue
diuers
subiected
to
his
kingdome
by
the
ministerie
of
the
word
.
Ver.
9.
is
declared
the
power
of
Dauid
or
christ
.
Thou
shalt
crush
,
or
after
some
,
thou
shalt
breake
them
together
[
vz.
not
onlye
those
enemies
mentioned
in
the
beginning
of
this
Psalme
,
but
all
others
whatsoeuer
,
that
shall
rise
vp
or
rebell
agaynst
thée
]
with
a
scepter
,
or
after
some
,
with
a
rod
of
yron
,
[
whatsoeuer
it
be
the
holy
Ghost
meaneth
vnder
these
termes
,
to
sette
out
the
inuincible
power
,
and
force
of
Dauid
,
or
of
Christ
,
agaynst
their
seuerall
enemies
]
And
breake
them
in
péeces
,
or
after
some
shalt
scatter
them
abroad
[
vz.
being
already
broken
,
which
I
rather
allow
of
]
lyke
a
Potters
vessell
[
vz.
which
is
broken
alreadye
:
noting
by
this
maner
of
spéeche
,
not
only
a
iudgement
to
bee
executed
vpon
the
wicked
,
but
such
a
iudgement
as
the
vngodlye
shall
bée
past
all
hope
of
repayre
and
recouery
,
]
Ver.
10.
Is
a
notable
exhortation
to
Rulers
in
time
to
turne
to
the
Lord
,
and
his
obedience
.
Now
[
i.
while
it
is
time
,
before
such
iudgementes
ouertake
you
,
as
are
mentioned
verse
5.
and
9.
of
this
Psalme
]
be
wise
and
learned
[
not
that
they
were
withoute
wit
and
learning
,
but
because
they
wanted
godly
wisedome
,
hee
exhorteth
them
to
looke
for
that
]
Ver.
11.
Serue
the
Lord
[
q.d.
Giue
vnto
him
his
true
honor
and
worship
,
which
hitherto
you
haue
kept
backe
from
him
]
in
feare
:
or
after
others
with
reuerence
[
both
come
almost
to
one
ende
,
if
wee
reade
Feare
,
he
meaneth
the
feare
of
his
children
,
which
are
loth
to
offende
him
,
not
so
much
for
feare
of
punishment
,
as
for
lothsomnesse
,
on
their
parte
of
loue
,
to
displease
his
Maiestie
:
If
we
reade
reuerence
,
then
hee
noteth
with
what
inward
perswasions
and
outward
behauiour
we
should
performe
his
seruice
to
his
Maiestie
,
vz.
not
so
lightly
and
vnreuerently
as
commonlye
we
doe
]
and
reioyce
[
vz.
because
he
hath
set
suche
a
king
ouer
you
]
with
trembling
[
vz.
at
his
iudgements
,
which
he
setteth
before
them
,
to
kéepe
them
the
better
in
awe
,
and
to
with-holde
them
from
manifolde
mischiefes
.
]
Ver.
12.
Kisse
the
sonne
[
vz.
not
only
in
signe
of
homage
&
subiection
but
also
as
a
sure
pledge
of
that
faithfulnes
&
trust
which
you
wil
perform
towards
him
:
And
by
Sonne
he
vnderstandeth
either
Dauid
or
Christ
]
least
he
be
angrie
[
and
then
those
punishments
fal
vppon
you
mentioned
before
ver.
9.
]
and
ye
perish
[
q.
d
least
ye
also
should
perish
,
The
Prophet
putteth
downe
two
reasons
to
induce
men
to
yéelde
to
Christ
,
1.
least
they
prouoke
him
to
wrath
,
2.
least
they
themselues
perish
,
and
that
in
the
waye
(
i.
before
they
come
to
their
iournies
end
,
meaning
thereby
the
full
accomplishment
of
their
purposes
&
practises
,
which
no
doubt
shal
be
a
great
gréefe
]
When
his
wrath
shall
sodaynly
burne
,
others
read
,
if
his
wrath
shall
burne
,
though
neuer
so
little
,
if
you
follow
the
first
reading
,
the
sence
is
thus
,
vz.
hee
noteth
not
only
the
time
wherein
the
vngodly
shall
perish
,
but
the
maner
how
and
suddainly
:
If
you
allow
the
other
,
then
this
is
the
meaning
:
[
q.d.
it
is
good
for
you
to
take
héede
how
you
prouoke
agaynste
youre selues
God
and
his
iudgements
:
for
if
his
wrath
bée
neuer
so
little
kindled
,
bée
yée
sure
,
it
will
be
your
destruction
,
this
latter
I
better
like
of
as
more
agréeing
with
the
circumstance
of
the
place
)
blessed
are
all
that
trust
in
him
[
this
is
a
graue
sentence
shutting
vp
the
whole
Psalme
,
into
which
the
Prophet
sodainly
entreth
,
not
only
because
of
the
déepe
consideration
of
Gods
iudgements
pronounced
before
agaynst
the
wicked
,
but
also
thereby
to
shew
that
the
godlye
are
not
without
hope
.
Ver.
1.
Do.
Teacheth
that
the
people
do
many
times
oppose
themselues
against
God
&
his
ordinance
.
Ver.
2.
sheweth
that
the
kings
&
mighty
men
doe
it
likewise
by
which
we
may
learn
also
,
that
it
is
not
good
to
hang
vpon
the
multytude
for
their
number
,
nor
vpon
the
mightye
for
their
great
countenaunce
.
Ver.
4.
Teacheth
that
God
will
frustrate
the
wicked
of
their
hope
,
and
mischieuous
purposes
.
Ver.
5.
as
also
9.
declareth
that
the
vngodlye
shall
not
escape
vnpunished
,
Ver.
7.
Teacheth
vs
not
onlye
faythfully
to
declare
,
but
also
humbly
to
stand
vppon
the
giftes
and
calling
that
God
hath
bestowed
vpon
vs
.
Ver.
8.
Declareth
Gods
liberalitie
,
who
giueth
to
his
children
,
rich
and
plentifull
gifts
.
ver.
9.
Noteth
the
vtter
ruine
and
destruction
of
the
vngodly
.
ver.
10.
Setteth
out
Gods
mercy
in
calling
men
,
yea
euen
the
highest
(
that
others
by
their
examples
,
may
be
brought
therto
also
)
to
repentance
and
amendment
,
and
teacheth
them
likewise
to
account
of
the
time
,
and
not
to
put
off
from
day
to
day
.
ver.
11.
Teacheth
that
God
alone
must
be
worshipped
,
and
what
maner
of
seruice
it
is
that
he
requireth
at
our
hands
.
ver.
12.
Teacheth
obedience
to
Christ
,
euen
as
to
God
the
Father
,
by
which
wee
sée
that
he
is
God
,
and
that
there
is
a
distinction
of
persons
,
it
declareth
also
what
iudgement
shall
fall
vpon
the
vngodly
for
their
sinnes
,
and
what
graces
shall
be
giuen
to
the
faythfull
.
Psalme
3.
THis
Psalme
hath
a
large
Title
,
Di.
which
doth
not
onlye
comprehend
the
Authors
name
,
but
the
time
when
,
and
the
occasion
wherefore
he
did
write
it
,
&
is
the
argument
(
as
a
man
would
say
)
of
the
whole
Psalme
,
it
may
be
diuided
into
thrée
parts
:
In
the
first
Dauid
declareth
what
great
daungers
hee
was
in
,
by
reasons
of
the
multitude
of
his
aduersants
,
and
this
is
in
the
two
first
verses
,
in
the
seconde
are
comprehended
comforts
,
which
Dauid
gathered
vnto
him
,
by
consideration
of
Gods
present
ayde
,
and
of
the
wonderfull
consolation
which
he
had
by
experience
felte
before
,
from
the
thyrde
verse
to
the
ende
of
the
sixte
.
In
the
thirde
parte
hee
maketh
his
prayer
vnto
GOD
for
his
deliueraunce
,
foretelling
as
it
were
Gods
iudgements
vppon
his
enemies
,
and
his
fauour
to
his
children
,
and
that
is
in
the
two
last
verses
.
ver.
1.
Se.
is
vttered
by
an
interrogation
by
which
the
Prophet
noteth
the
wonderfull
number
of
his
aduersaries
,
as
though
hée
had
bin
left
almost
alone
,
and
all
the
people
had
gone
after
Absolon
.
Ver.
2.
To
my
soule
[
mend
it
thus
,
of
my
soule
:
i.
of
me
,
my selfe
,
and
my
whole
lyfe
:
a
part
put
for
the
whole
person
]
There
is
no
help
for
him
in
God
[
i.
the
Lord
will
not
deliuer
him
:
for
they
supposed
when
they
saw
him
flée
from
the
face
of
his
sonne
Absolon
on
the
one
side
,
and
Absolons
power
on
the
other
side
that
God
had
forsaken
him
,
and
that
he
could
looke
for
no
helpe
of
God
,
such
a
one
was
Schemei
,
2.
Samuel
16.7.8
.
]
Ver.
3.
Art
a
Buckler
[
i.
a
sure
defence
from
the
force
of
my
enemies
]
For
me
,
or
after
some
about
me
[
by
which
he
noteth
in
what
assuraunce
he
was
vnder
the
shadow
and
safegarde
of
the
Almighty
]
My
glory
(
i.
who
)
how
base
soeuer
I
am
now
,
must
and
wil
restore
me
to
my
former
glory
]
And
the
lifter
vp
of
my
heade
[
to
lift
vp
the
head
,
is
to
make
one
that
was
very
sad
,
and
throwne
downe
with
gréefe
,
ioifull
and
chearefull
,
by
exalting
of
him
to
giue
him
matter
of
mirth
,
sée
Genesis
40.13.20
.
Luke
21.28
.
he
meaneth
then
by
these
thrée
spéeches
,
that
he
was
to
him
without
weapon
,
a
shield
or
Buckler
,
i.
a
sure
defence
:
and
to
him
contemned
,
glory
and
renowne
:
and
to
him
cast
downe
,
an
Author
of
ioy
,
and
raysing
vp
agayne
.
]
Verse
4.
I
did
call
,
or
after
some
crye
,
whiche
I
better
like
[
i.
I
did
earnestly
pray
]
heard
,
or
after
some
answered
[
i.
yéelded
and
graunted
me
my
request
]
out
of
his
holy
mountayne
(
we
heard
the
same
before
,
Psalme
2.6
.
By
holy
mountayne
he
meaneth
the
propitiatorie
or
mercy
seate
,
which
was
vpon
the
Arke
placed
in
Mount
Sion
,
whiche
was
sayd
to
be
holy
,
because
God
the
author
of
holines
appeared
there
,
and
by
reason
of
the
holy
exercises
obserued
in
that
place
,
for
God
had
promised
that
he
would
heare
his
people
out
of
the
mercy
seate
from
betwéene
the
Cherubines
,
when
faythfully
they
should
call
vpon
him
:
or
else
he
meaneth
by
Gods
holy
Mountayne
,
Heauen
,
wherevpon
the
Lord
sitteth
,
as
vpon
an
excéeding
high
Mountayne
]
Ver.
5.
I
layde
me
downe
[
vz.
vpon
my
bed
or
Couch
:
and
that
word
,
I
,
is
full
of
force
,
q.
d.
I
,
whose
life
so
many
enemies
séeke
]
and
slept
[
vz.
soundly
and
swéetely
,
careles
(
as
it
were
)
of
mine
enemies
:
The
Prophet
meaning
by
sléepe
wonderful
quietnesse
,
for
they
that
are
doubtfull
of
their
successes
,
&
oppressed
with
gréefes
,
haue
many
times
sléepe
taken
from
their
eyes
]
And
rose
vp
agayne
[
excellently
added
,
for
many
take
their
rest
,
&
yet
rise
not
,
the
Prophet
noting
,
that
as
he
slept
soundly
,
so
he
safely
awaked
,
and
imployed
himselfe
vpon
his
affayres
)
for
the
Lord
sustayned
me
[
this
is
the
reason
of
all
,
for
without
God
we
can
do
nothing
,
Iohn
,
15.5
.
Ver.
6.
For
ten
thousand
[
a
certain
number
put
for
an
vncertayn
,
meaning
innumerable
people
]
mend
the
latter
end
of
the
ver.
thus
,
which
standing
about
me
,
haue
pitched
their
tents
agaynst
me
[
i.
which
compassing
me
about
,
are
ready
euen
as
it
were
with
their
weapons
drawne
,
to
destroy
me
:
q.d.
though
I
were
neuer
in
so
great
daunger
,
distresse
,
&
feare
yet
I
will
not
feare
,
for
thou
Lord
wilt
graciously
deliuer
me
now
,
as
thou
hast
done
heretofore
]
Ver.
7.
O
Lord
arise
[
vz.
Like
a
couragious
and
ready
souldier
,
that
heareth
the
sound
of
the
Trumpet
,
stande
vp
vppon
thy
feete
,
take
thy
weapons
and
armes
to
defend
me
,
and
wound
mine
enemies
]
Helpe
,
or
after
some
,
saue
me
my
God
[
vz.
from
the
subtiltie
and
power
of
my
foes
]
for
thou
hast
,
some
read
,
which
hast
smitten
[
both
the
readinges
come
to
one
sence
,
vz.
hee
prayeth
God
to
deliuer
him
out
of
this
present
daunger
,
as
he
before
had
done
out
of
sundrie
the
like
]
al
mine
enemies
[
i.
the
greatest
number
of
them
.
For
he
meaneth
not
that
God
had
so
destroyed
his
foes
,
as
none
of
them
were
left
]
Vppon
the
chéeke
bone
[
as
beasts
that
hurt
by
byting
,
cannot
hurt
when
their
téeth
be
broken
,
or
their
iaw
bones
burst
in
sunder
,
so
the
Prophet
sheweth
that
his
enemies
in
former
time
,
had
bene
so
cast
downe
,
that
neyther
by
word
nor
déede
they
were
able
to
hurt
him
.
]
Ver.
8.
Saluation
belongeth
to
the
Lord
,
[
true
it
is
that
saluation
and
eternall
life
belong
to
God
alone
,
but
yet
saluation
in
this
place
is
vsed
for
helpe
and
deliuerance
from
daungers
,
which
alone
indéede
belongeth
to
God
,
how
great
or
small
soeuer
the
meane
be
,
that
he
worketh
the
same
by
.
]
Mend
the
latter
part
thus
:
And
let
thy
blessing
be
,
&c.
[
For
it
is
as
it
were
a
wish
and
prayer
that
Dauid
maketh
for
the
people
,
as
well
as
for
himselfe
,
here
is
chaunge
of
the
person
,
for
in
the
first
part
of
the
verse
he
spake
in
the
third
and
now
in
the
second
,
vnderstanding
by
blessings
,
gods
fauour
and
goodnes
,
and
naming
the
people
gods
people
,
notwithstanding
their
sinnes
of
rebellion
and
falling
away
with
Absalon
,
against
Dauid
his
Father
.
]
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
multitude
of
our
enemies
should
not
so
dismay
vs
,
as
that
we
should
not
pray
to
God
.
Ver.
2.
Neither
yet
their
vile
wordes
should
worke
that
effect
in
vs
.
Ver.
3.
Ministreth
comforte
because
God
is
as
a
shield
in
all
distresses
,
and
teacheth
that
true
faith
vanquisheth
all
distresses
and
impossibilities
whatsoeuer
.
Ver.
4.
Teacheth
first
that
in
dangers
we
should
pray
vnto
God
,
secondlye
that
God
graciouslye
heareth
them
that
call
vpon
him
in
truth
,
thirdly
that
the
consideration
of
former
deliuerance
should
strengthen
our
fayth
,
touching
deliueraunce
of
the
like
,
either
present
or
to
come
.
Ver.
5.
declareth
that
if
God
be
on
our
side
we
néed
not
care
who
be
against
vs
,
Romans
8.31
.
&c.
to
the
end
of
the
chapter
.
Ver.
6.
True
fayth
surmounteth
all
difficulties
,
and
distresses
of
this
life
whatsoeuer
.
Ver.
7.
God
alone
is
to
be
called
vpon
in
néed
,
because
he
alone
can
helpe
and
saue
.
Ver.
8.
Teacheth
,
not
only
to
pray
for
others
,
as
for
our selues
,
but
also
euen
for
our
enemies
,
as
Dauid
doth
for
the
rebellious
people
.
Psalme
.
4.
THis
Psalme
hath
a
Title
or
inscription
,
(
but
thereof
wee
will
speake
when
we
come
to
the
sence
)
and
as
it
may
be
deuided
thus
:
First
Dauid
maketh
his
prayer
to
the
Lord
in
mercye
to
behold
him
,
and
graciously
to
graunt
his
request
:
and
this
is
contriued
in
the
first
verse
.
Secondly
he
speaketh
vnto
his
enemies
,
not
only
declaring
that
God
had
exalted
him
,
but
also
wishing
them
in
time
to
repent
,
from
ver.
2.
to
the
end
of
the
5.
In
the
3.
he
declareth
wherupon
he
staid
himselfe
,
&
what
were
the
grounds
of
his
assurance
,
vz.
Gods
fauour
and
wonderful
blessings
,
from
ver.
6.
vnto
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
title
is
this
:
to
him
that
excelleth
.
[
viz.
in
musicke
and
songs
,
&
skill
vpon
instruments
,
for
which
knowledge
sake
hee
was
preferred
before
the
rest
]
or
Neginoth
[
here
the
Geneua
note
is
good
,
]
ver.
1.
When
I
cal
[
i.
when
I
pray
vnto
thee
]
righteousnes
[
i.
thou
that
art
the
witnes
,
iudge
,
and
defender
of
mine
innocencie
and
vprightnes
towards
Saul
,
or
any
other
]
thou
hast
set
me
at
libertie
[
he
comforteth
himselfe
by
former
experience
trusting
to
féele
the
like
fauour
now
]
when
I
was
in
distresse
[
all
this
speech
is
metaphorical
,
borowed
of
them
,
which
by
enemies
are
driuen
into
a
narow
place
,
out
of
which
they
can
very
hardly
escape
,
q.d.
when
I
was
brought
into
wonderful
dangers
,
thou
hast
deliuered
mee
,
and
made
mee
glad
]
ver.
2.
O
ye
sonnes
of
men
[
hee
speaketh
here
vnto
the
nobles
and
mightie
men
of
Israel
,
that
had
conspired
with
Absalon
,
q.d.
O
yee
Princes
and
great
men
,
for
so
the
Hebrewes
,
sundry
times
vse
these
woordes
,
Sonnes
of
men
.
Sée
.
Psalme
58.1
.
]
My
glory
into
shame
[
glory
here
is
put
for
the
kingdome
which
God
had
giuen
him
.
q.d.
how
long
wil
ye
indeuour
to
kill
me
,
that
ye
might
shamefully
spoile
me
of
my
kingdome
]
louing
vanities
,
and
seeking
lies
[
by
vanities
and
lies
,
hee
meaneth
euery
deceitful
thing
,
which
falleth
not
out
as
he
would
wish
,
and
their
vaine
councels
,
and
indeuours
which
drawe
their
hope
,
q.d.
how
long
will
yee
in
vaine
indeuour
to
turne
me
out
of
my
kingdome
,
by
vaine
deuises
,
and
lying
imaginations
,
which
ye
shal
neuer
obtaine
,
for
the
Lord
prouideth
for
me
]
ver.
3.
the
Lord
hath
chosen
.
q.d.
I
take
it
not
vpon
mee
my selfe
,
but
the
Lord
hath
laide
it
vpon
me
,
he
speaketh
here
of
himselfe
in
the
third
person
sodainly
chaunging
it
into
the
first
person
]
when
I
cal
[
i.
When
I
pray
to
him
as
ver.
1.
of
this
Psalm
]
ver.
4.
tremble
.
q.d.
]
though
yee
feare
not
mee
,
yet
feare
God
at
the
least
,
who
hath
appointed
me
king
.
]
And
sinne
not
[
vz.
against
God
and
me
,
going
forward
in
your
conspiracies
and
practises
]
examine
your
owne
hearts
vpon
your
beds
.
[
q.d.
thinke
well
vpon
the
matter
,
and
determine
rightly
vpon
the
matter
in
the
night
season
,
what
time
men
are
wont
,
not
only
to
giue
them selues
to
sleepe
,
but
to
be
free
from
weightie
causes
]
and
bee
still
.
[
i.
leaue
not
off
onely
to
speake
euil
of
me
,
but
cease
from
your
wicked
purposes
]
ver.
5.
Offer
the
sacrifices
of
righteousnes
:
[
he
meaneth
such
lawful
and
holy
sacrifices
,
as
the
lawe
commanded
to
bee
offered
for
sinne
,
and
hee
calleth
them
the
sacrifices
of
righteousnes
because
he
would
haue
them
rightly
and
vnfeignedly
to
testifie
their
repentance
and
chaunge
of
mind
.
q.d.
O
ye
traytors
confesse
your
sinnes
,
&
offer
sacrifice
to
God
for
the
purging
thereof
,
&
put
your
trust
in
God
alone
,
and
not
in
your selues
,
that
ye
shal
obtaine
pardon
.
]
ver.
6.
Many
[
vz.
of
the
Israelites
that
haue
conspired
against
me
,
and
other
mine
enemies
]
who
will
shew
vs
any
good
?
[
i.
Who
wil
bring
to
passe
,
that
we
may
obteine
our
desires
,
and
amongst
the
rest
see
Dauid
cast
out
of
his
kingdome
and
slaine
:
q.d.
Wée
woulde
wée
might
see
that
]
but
Lord
lift
vp
the
light
of
thy
countenance
vpon
vs
[
these
are
Dauids
words
.
q.d.
I
haue
many
enemies
,
and
some
trust
in
one
thing
,
and
some
in
an
other
,
I
wish
onely
thy
fauour
and
cleaue
vnto
that
alone
.
Wherfore
shew
vs
that
:
vsing
light
of
countenance
of
fauour
and
good
wil
:
speaking
of
God
according
to
men
,
who
by
their
countenances
declare
loue
and
hatred
,
swéetly
louing
,
and
chearfully
looking
vpon
them
whom
they
affect
,
and
shewing
the
contrary
countenances
to
others
.
]
ver.
7.
He
meaneth
that
being
assured
of
Gods
goodnes
and
fauour
,
he
shal
haue
more
comfort
of
conscience
,
and
a
better
prop
to
stay
vpon
,
then
the
vngodly
shal
haue
in
all
their
abundance
and
wealth
whatsoeuer
,
which
he
vnderstandeth
by
two
kinds
vz.
wheat
&
wine
,
by
them
meaning
all
the
rest
.
ver.
8
,
He
noteth
the
assured
safety
that
he
shal
be
in
,
being
vnder
almightie
Gods
protection
,
sée
Psal.
8.5.6
.
Mend
the
latter
part
of
this
8.
verse
thus
,
when
thou
Lord
alone
,
shalt
place
me
in
safetie
[
noting
by
these
words
both
the
time
,
when
he
will
lie
downe
&c.
And
the
author
from
whom
alone
that
assurednes
commeth
.
Ver.
1.
We
learne
,
that
when
men
vniustly
condemne
vs
,
Do.
we
must
flée
vnto
God
a
righteous
iudge
,
by
earnest
praier
.
Secondly
that
wee
must
haue
recourse
to
his
mercy
,
and
not
to
our
merits
.
ver.
2.
Is
described
mans
nature
who
commonly
oppose
themselues
against
God
in
his
members
,
wée
learne
further
,
that
euery
one
of
vs
may
&
ought
to
defend
the
callings
,
that
God
hath
set
vs
in
.
ver.
3.
We
learne
that
whatsoeuer
choise
man
maketh
,
the
Lord
maketh
none
but
good
:
we
learne
also
to
be
wel
assured
that
our
holy
praiers
shal
be
heard
.
ver.
4.
We
are
taught
to
labor
by
al
the
meanes
we
can
to
bring
men
to
repentance
.
ver.
6.
Wée
learne
to
prefer
Gods
fauour
,
before
al
worldly
goods
whatsoeuer
.
ver.
7.
We
behold
what
effectes
an
assured
perswasion
of
Gods
loue
and
goodnes
worketh
:
the
same
we
may
learn
ver.
8.
And
that
God
is
the
only
staffe
of
our
strength
and
standing
.
Psalme
.
5.
THis
Psalme
hath
two
parts
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
praieth
the
Lord
to
heare
his
praier
,
which
thing
the
wicked
can
not
,
or
may
not
hope
for
.
From
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
7.
In
the
second
he
beséecheth
the
Lord
to
direct
him
,
that
the
enemies
might
take
no
aduantage
of
him
,
whose
nature
he
describeth
,
praying
God
to
ouerthrow
them
,
comforting
on
the
other
side
the
godly
with
excellent
promises
,
From
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
Psal.
This
Psalm
hath
a
title
,
which
hath
béen
expounded
in
the
title
of
the
4.
psal.
sauing
that
here
is
an
other
instrument
named
then
there
.
Ver.
1.
My
words
.
[
vz.
which
I
powre
forth
before
thée
,
Se.
in
praier
]
my
meditation
[
i.
the
secret
praier
of
my
hart
,
made
without
words
vttered
.
]
ver.
2.
The
voice
of
my
cry
.
[
i.
My
crying
voice
by
which
he
noteth
his
earnestnes
&
vehemency
in
praier
.
]
ver.
3.
Amend
thus
:
O
Lord
thou
shalt
here
my
voice
in
the
morning
[
q.d.
I
will
cause
thée
to
heare
me
early
in
the
morning
,
for
at
that
time
will
I
call
vpon
thée
earnestly
]
for
in
the
morning
will
I
directe
[
vz.
eyther
my selfe
or
my
prayers
,
or
both
]
And
I
will
wayte
[
vz.
vpon
thée
,
and
thy
prouidence
,
till
I
haue
obtayned
my
request
]
Verse
4.
Euill
put
for
sinne
.
Ver.
5.
Foolishe
put
for
wicked
and
vngodly
ones
.
This
is
vsuall
in
the
Scriptures
,
specially
in
the
Prouerbes
.
Shall
not
stand
,
vz.
with
good
consciences
,
for
otherwise
they
cannot
flée
from
his
presence
Psa.
139.
For
thou
hatest
[
this
is
spoken
of
God
,
according
to
mans
capacitie
,
and
not
that
God
hateth
any
.
]
Ver.
6.
Abhor
[
i.
loth
to
looke
vppon
him
]
Bloodie
man
(
i.
hee
that
by
any
meanes
sheddeth
mans
bloud
)
Vers.
7.
I
wil
come
(
vz.
to
serue
thee
)
into
thy
house
(
i.
into
the
court
of
thy
tabernacle
for
otherwise
it
was
not
lawfull
for
any
,
except
the
Priestes
,
to
approche
neare
to
the
Lord
)
In
the
multitude
of
thy
mercye
[
i.
Trusting
vpon
the
riches
of
thy
goodnesse
and
mercie
,
and
not
vppon
any
thinge
in
my selfe
)
the
latter
part
of
this
7.
verse
,
amend
thus
:
I
will
bow
my selfe
(
i.
I
will
worship
,
the
outwarde
signe
put
for
worship
)
toward
the
Temple
(
viz.
hauing
my
eies
fixed
vppon
the
Tabernacle
where
thou
doest
shewe
thy selfe
,
for
as
yet
the
Temple
was
not
builded
:
therefore
it
must
needes
be
put
for
the
Tabernacle
.
)
Of
thy
holynesse
(
i
,
eyther
where
thine
holinesse
sheweth
it selfe
,
or
els
he
vnderstandeth
thereby
holy
viz
Temple
:
as
you
heard
it
vsed
before
Psalme
2.6
.
Psalme
3.4
.
Ver.
8.
In
thy
righteousnesse
,
or
after
some
by
thy
righteousnesse
.
(
i.
by
the
waye
of
suche
righteousnesse
,
as
thou
teachest
and
allowest
)
Because
of
myne
enemies
,
or
thus
,
whiche
I
better
allowe
of
,
because
of
those
which
watch
me
.
(
viz.
least
they
might
haue
an
occasion
by
my
sliding
,
to
blaspheme
thy
holinesse
,
and
that
goodnesse
of
Religion
whiche
I
professe
.
Make
thy
waye
(
viz.
which
thou
hast
appointed
for
mee
to
walke
in
)
playne
before
my
face
(
i.
make
mee
so
to
walke
in
thy
waye
,
that
I
neuer
turne
mine
eyes
from
it
:
or
thus
,
graunt
,
that
that
way
maye
seeme
right
vnto
mee
,
which
thou
allowest
.
q.d.
take
from
me
al
lets
and
hinderances
,
least
I
stumble
and
fal
.
)
vers.
9.
For
no
constancye
(
i.
There
is
nothing
that
a
man
maye
safelye
trust
to
)
in
their
mouth
(
viz.
whome
hee
had
spoken
of
before
vers.
5.6
.
putting
the
worde
,
Mouth
,
for
wordes
vttered
with
the
mouth
,
and
the
instruments
&
partes
thereof
:
it
maye
also
receyue
this
same
,
no
constancie
is
in
their
mouth
,
(
i.
they
saye
and
vnsaye
,
a
man
cannot
tell
where
to
haue
them
,
so
variable
are
they
)
within
they
are
verye
corruption
(
i.
Their
hearte
and
whatsoeuer
is
within
them
,
is
full
of
nothing
els
,
but
deceite
and
crafte
.
)
Their
throate
is
an
open
Sepulcre
,
(
hee
saith
,
that
their
throat
is
like
vnto
an
open
Sepulchre
:
for
as
an
open
sepulchre
,
looketh
for
the
carkase
(
as
a
man
woulde
saye
)
that
it
mighte
eate
it
vp
,
so
mine
enemies
by
their
faire
speech
,
shoote
at
nothing
els
,
but
that
alluring
mee
vnto
them
,
they
maye
at
length
destroy
me
and
ouerthrowe
me
.
)
vers.
10.
Lette
them
fall
from
their
councels
(
i.
lette
them
dislike
that
,
which
they
had
counselled
and
purposed
before
]
cast
them
out
[
vz.
eyther
from
thy selfe
,
or
from
the
inheritance
of
thy
children
]
vers.
11.
Couer
thou
them
[
i.
defend
them
and
keepe
them
safe
from
the
face
of
their
enemies
]
that
loue
thy
name
[
i.
that
feare
thy
maiestie
,
and
vnfeignedly
professe
thy
religion
]
vers.
12.
Blesse
[
put
for
doing
al
maner
of
good
to
one
]
righteous
,
see
Psalme
1.5.6
.
put
for
such
as
striue
to
righteousnes
,
and
are
so
accounted
,
though
not
so
in
deed
of
themselues
,
but
by
means
of
another
,
vz.
Iesus
Christ
.
Ver.
1.
Do.
Teacheth
that
Gods
children
many
times
vse
words
in
their
praiers
many
times
not
.
So
did
Moses
and
Anna
,
the
mother
of
Samuel
.
vers.
2.
Gods
children
should
striue
to
earnestnes
in
prayer
,
&
should
pray
vnto
none
but
to
him
alone
.
vers.
3.
Teacheth
that
we
should
breake
our
sleeps
in
the
morning
,
to
the
end
we
might
pray
to
the
Lord
.
vers.
4.
Teacheth
that
seeing
God
cannot
away
with
wickednes
,
his
children
should
abhor
it
likewise
:
the
same
doth
vers.
5.
In
vers.
6.
are
comprehended
iudgements
against
the
vngodly
,
&
namely
against
lyers
,
cruel
persons
and
deceitful
men
.
vers.
7.
Teacheth
that
we
may
not
appeare
before
God
,
in
the
trust
of
our
own
merits
,
but
of
his
mercies
onely
:
also
that
with
reuerence
we
should
repayre
to
the
places
of
Gods
seruice
,
and
reuerently
also
there
behaue
our selues
.
vers.
8.
Teacheth
that
vnlesse
God
guide
vs
,
we
shal
go
out
of
the
way
:
also
that
we
should
pray
for
an
holy
life
,
and
that
to
this
ende
,
that
the
mouthes
of
the
enemies
,
may
be
stopped
from
euill
speach
.
vers.
9.
Is
a
liuely
description
of
the
vngodlies
qualities
:
as
that
they
are
inconstant
,
that
they
imagine
mischiefe
,
that
they
are
giuen
to
crueltie
&
to
flatterie
.
vers.
10.
We
learn
that
it
is
lawfull
to
pray
against
the
enemies
of
the
Church
,
as
that
their
counsels
&
deuises
may
be
scattered
,
&c.
verse
11.
We
learne
that
the
faithfull
may
reioyce
at
the
ouerthrow
of
Gods
enemies
.
verse
12.
We
learn
in
what
assurednes
they
are
,
whome
the
Lord
defendeth
.
Psalme
6.
1
THis
Psalme
consisteth
of
three
principall
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
is
comprehended
the
Prophets
praiers
,
with
reasons
that
hee
alledgeth
to
induce
the
Lorde
to
take
pitie
vpon
him
,
from
vers.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
4.
In
the
second
he
setteth
out
the
greatnes
of
his
griefe
,
shewing
that
if
God
should
take
him
away
by
death
,
he
should
lacke
occasion
to
praise
him
among
men
,
as
he
was
wont
to
doe
.
from
vers.
5.
to
the
end
of
the
7.
In
the
third
he
doth
not
onely
sharpely
rebuke
his
enemies
,
but
also
foretelleth
their
destruction
,
from
vers.
8
to
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
.
This
Psalme
hath
a
title
,
as
sundry
others
haue
,
Se.
but
it
is
the
same
with
the
4.
and
therefore
looke
backe
to
that
,
sauing
that
he
addeth
here
vpon
the
eight
tune
,
which
was
a
tune
well
knowne
among
the
Iewes
,
and
was
sung
with
a
very
cleare
and
high
voyce
,
see
1.
Chron.
15.21
.
vers.
1.
Anger
and
wrath
attributed
to
God
,
not
that
they
bee
in
him
,
but
that
it
so
seemeth
to
men
,
when
hee
correcteth
them
,
and
this
vers.
is
shortly
vttered
,
something
seeming
as
it
were
to
want
,
which
is
an
ordinarie
matter
,
to
those
that
are
diseased
.
Adde
therfore
this
,
neither
chastise
me
in
thy
wrath
,
vz.
least
I
should
be
consumed
and
brought
to
nothing
.
Sée
Iere.
10.24
.
ver.
2.
I
am
weake
[
vz.
with
my
sicknes
.
q.d.
I
am
wonderfully
weakned
through
my
sicknes
,
but
restore
me
my
former
forces
]
my
bones
are
vexed
.
[
i.
full
of
griefe
and
ache
,
by
the
abating
of
my
flesh
through
sicknes
and
by
continuall
lying
]
vers.
3.
Wilt
thou
delay
[
vz.
to
send
helpe
and
reliefe
]
vers.
4.
returne
[
q.d.
as
it
seemed
to
me
,
thou
hast
departed
away
from
mee
,
but
nowe
returne
at
the
length
]
deliuer
my
soule
.
[
vz.
from
present
death
,
as
may
appeare
in
the
next
vers.
following
,
vsing
also
the
word
soule
,
which
is
a
part
of
man
for
the
whole
]
vers.
5.
in
death
[
i.
among
dead
bodies
]
there
is
no
remembrance
of
thee
[
because
the
body
hath
nothing
without
the
soule
]
in
the
graue
,
who
shall
praise
thee
[
i.
what
dead
bodie
put
into
the
graue
shall
praise
thee
[
q.d.
none
shall
or
can
.
]
Verse
6.
I
faint
rather
then
I
fainted
,
because
al
the
rest
is
read
in
the
present
tense
,
meaning
by
fainting
not
onely
a
long
vse
of
his
mourning
,
but
a
wearisomnes
,
yea
a
consuming
and
wearing
away
with
the
vse
thereof
.
I
cause
my
bed
euery
night
to
swimme
,
and
water
my
couch
[
vpon
which
I
lie
in
the
day
time
,
for
ease
&
refreshing
:
for
that
difference
I
make
betweene
bed
and
couch
,
]
with
my
teares
[
these
exceeding
speaches
,
doe
nothing
else
but
note
,
the
greatnes
of
Dauids
mourning
,
and
the
bitternes
,
and
sharpnes
of
his
disease
,
]
vers.
7.
mine
eie
is
dimmed
[
i.
the
clearnes
,
and
good
sight
it
had
,
is
taken
from
it
partly
through
continual
mourning
,
and
partly
through
despite
,
or
freting
and
wrath
,
rather
[
which
he
caried
towardes
his
enemies
that
reioyced
at
his
sicknes
]
and
sank
in
,
or
after
some
waxed
olde
[
I
take
it
to
be
but
a
repetition
of
that
which
went
before
.
]
vers.
8.
Depart
from
me
&c.
[
q.d.
You
may
now
go
your
way
for
that
which
you
looked
for
,
vz.
my
death
,
you
shal
not
haue
at
this
present
]
for
the
Lord
hath
hearde
the
voyce
of
my
weeping
[
i.
Graciously
granted
me
that
which
with
teares
I
asked
of
him
.
]
vers.
9.
Wil
receiue
my
prayer
.
[
The
Prophet
assureth
himselfe
euen
for
the
time
to
come
,
as
well
as
for
the
time
past
,
or
present
]
vers.
10.
Is
here
red
as
a
prophecie
,
or
fortelling
of
the
ruine
of
his
enemies
:
others
read
it
as
a
wish
and
a
praier
against
his
enemies
:
thus
,
let
al
mine
enemies
&c.
There
is
no
hardnes
in
it
in
respect
of
the
sense
:
they
shal
be
turned
backe
[
as
those
that
haue
suffered
a
repulse
,
Do.
not
able
to
looke
their
foes
in
their
face
.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
,
to
run
vnto
the
Lord
by
praier
to
preuent
his
iudgements
.
ver.
2.
Teacheth
vs
to
do
that
,
but
yet
always
hauing
recourse
to
his
mercy
onely
:
it
teacheth
such
,
that
the
more
we
are
afflicted
,
the
more
need
wee
haue
to
come
to
God
,
specially
if
we
be
touched
in
soule
or
conscience
,
as
verse
.
3.
vers.
8.9
.
expresseth
Gods
readines
in
yeelding
to
the
supplications
of
his
seruants
.
vers.
10.
conteineth
iudgements
against
the
wicked
and
vngodly
.
Psalme
7.
THis
Psalme
consisteth
principally
of
three
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
part
he
praieth
for
deliuerance
from
his
enemies
,
setting
out
his
innocencie
and
vpright
dealing
towards
them
from
vers.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
5.
In
the
second
he
praieth
against
his
enemies
,
declaring
what
good
shall
come
to
his
children
,
by
the
ouerthrow
of
the
wicked
.
From
vers.
6.
vnto
the
ende
of
the
10.
In
the
3.
hee
pronounceth
Gods
iudgements
against
the
vngodly
,
which
being
once
manifested
,
hee
promiseth
to
yeelde
heartie
thankes
vnto
the
Lord
,
from
vers.
11.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
of
this
Psalme
,
is
,
Shigaion
of
Dauid
,
Se.
that
is
a
Psalme
of
Dauid
sung
according
to
the
tune
of
an
ordinary
song
,
the
beginning
whereof
was
Shigaion
which
is
also
in
vse
with
vs
,
to
haue
latter
songs
song
according
to
the
tune
of
other
songs
made
before
them
]
concerning
the
woordes
[
I
take
it
to
be
more
large
then
accusation
,
and
that
it
is
to
be
stretched
to
deedes
practised
against
him
,
for
this
is
vsuall
among
the
Hebrewes
by
words
to
vnderstand
deeds
,
also
Cushe
,
some
take
it
for
Saul
,
I
rather
think
,
that
he
meaneth
some
stranger
of
Ethiopia
,
for
Cushe
,
is
the
Hebrewe
name
for
Ethiopia
]
whom
Saul
had
gotten
to
his
court
and
made
great
account
of
,
yea
so
much
that
hee
rebuked
him
,
as
it
were
in
his
owne
stocke
and
familie
,
which
he
meaneth
by
these
words
,
The
sone
of
Iemini
:
which
man
,
for
hatred
against
Dauid
,
and
flatterie
toward
Saul
,
both
falsly
accused
him
,
&
villanously
practised
all
maner
of
mischiefe
against
him
.
vers.
2.
Least
hee
[
the
Prophet
noteth
one
speciall
man
amongst
those
all
that
hee
had
touched
.
vers.
1.
]
Deuoure
my
soule
[
i.
Me
my selfe
,
sée
Psalm
3.2
.
Psal.
6.4
.
]
Like
a
Lion
[
i.
crueltie
and
subtiltie
,
as
Iob.
39.1.2
.
Psal.
10.9
.
His
crueltie
also
being
noted
by
tearing
him
in
peeces
,
and
his
subtilty
,
in
taking
him
at
such
a
time
,
as
there
is
none
to
succour
him
.
ver.
3.
This
thing
,
[
vz.
wherwith
he
was
charged
i.
the
affecting
of
the
kingdome
,
sée
Psalm
.
131.
Or
the
taking
away
of
Sauls
life
,
from
which
hee
was
free
,
as
1.
Samuel
.
24.5
.
2.
Samuel
.
26.
par
totum
]
any
wickednes
[
vz.
in
this
behalfe
wherewith
I
am
charged
,
and
not
otherwise
,
for
Dauid
was
a
sinner
:
some
read
it
thus
,
if
this
iniquitie
,
hauing
respect
to
that
whereof
he
was
accused
:
which
is
good
&
I
better
allow
of
.
]
In
mine
hands
[
these
words
may
haue
a
double
sense
,
in
my
hands
:
that
is
in
my
facts
and
deeds
performed
by
my
hands
,
or
else
in
my
hands
i.
in
my selfe
,
putting
a
part
of
man
for
the
whole
]
vers.
4.
euill
put
for
mischiefe
or
a
shrewd
turne
:
that
had
peace
with
me
,
[
i.
that
seemed
friendly
vnto
me
,
or
wished
me
,
or
did
me
any
good
,
yea
[
q.d.
I
haue
been
so
far
from
that
,
that
I
haue
set
him
frée
from
danger
,
that
vexed
me
,
or
after
some
that
did
enemy
like
pursue
me
.
[
which
I
better
allow
,
meaning
Saul
]
without
cause
[
i.
no
cause
on
my
part
giuen
to
himward
,
&
not
in
these
wordes
respecting
his
sinnes
against
God
.
]
verse
5.
My
soule
,
see
verse
2.
of
this
Psalme
]
tread
my
life
&c.
[
as
a
most
vile
and
contemptible
thing
,
]
and
lay
mine
honour
in
the
dust
[
i.
let
him
so
put
out
my
glory
&
honour
,
that
there
may
be
no
more
remembrance
of
it
,
in
the
posteritie
to
come
:
so
that
honour
here
is
vsed
for
the
remembrance
of
his
honour
and
glory
,
yea
and
for
himselfe
also
.
]
verse
6.
Arise
O
Lord
in
thy
wrath
[
i.
shewe
thy selfe
angrie
against
this
people
,
]
and
lift
vp
thy selfe
[
i.
shew
thy selfe
high
and
mightie
]
against
,
or
after
some
,
because
of
the
rage
of
mine
enemies
,
according
to
the
double
reading
there
is
a
double
sense
:
If
you
take
the
first
reading
,
the
mening
is
this
:
shewe
thy selfe
mightie
in
beating
downe
the
rage
and
cruell
attempts
of
mine
enemies
.
If
you
take
the
latter
,
then
this
is
the
meaning
:
let
the
cruelties
and
rages
of
mine
enemies
,
moue
thee
to
defend
me
by
thy
might
:
q.d.
if
thou
lay
not
to
thy
hand
,
I
shall
vtterly
be
destroyed
:
and
this
latter
I
do
approue
.
]
&
awake
for
me
[
i.
not
only
be
careful
,
but
take
pains
on
my
behalfe
,
by
bringing
me
to
the
kingdom
that
thou
hast
promised
me
]
verse
7.
He
noteth
what
good
shall
come
by
the
ouerthrowe
of
his
enemies
,
and
the
establishing
of
him
in
the
kingdome
:
vz.
that
the
whole
land
shall
stand
about
him
with
reuerence
at
his
iustice
,
as
the
people
doe
iudges
,
when
they
are
to
pronounce
a
sentence
]
returne
on
high
[
hee
alludeth
to
the
place
,
wherein
iudges
were
wont
to
sitte
to
giue
sentence
,
and
was
higher
then
where
the
people
stoode
:
q.d.
thou
hast
seemed
to
come
downe
from
the
bench
as
it
were
,
and
to
haue
no
care
of
iudgement
,
but
goe
vp
once
again
,
and
declare
thy
power
.
]
vers.
8.
The
Lord
shal
iudge
,
or
after
some
,
iudgeth
,
all
commeth
to
one
purpose
:
for
the
Prophets
drift
is
here
,
to
lay
down
this
as
a
preamble
,
that
seeing
the
Lord
eyther
shal
or
doth
iudge
,
it
would
please
him
amongst
other
causes
to
take
knowledge
of
his
]
according
to
my
righteousnes
[
vz.
in
this
cause
and
behalfe
,
see
verse
3.4
.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
that
is
in
me
[
q.d.
so
pronounce
&
giue
sentence
.
]
vers.
9.
correct
thus
,
Oh
let
the
malice
of
the
wicked
[
i.
that
mischiefe
that
the
wicked
haue
diuised
&
intended
]
fayle
,
and
neuer
come
to
any
effect
or
purpose
]
that
thou
mayst
stablish
the
righteous
[
because
the
ouerthrow
of
the
one
is
the
strengthning
of
the
other
]
euen
as
thou
O
iust
God
,
art
the
trier
of
the
heartes
and
reines
,
[
he
putteth
these
two
words
for
thoughts
and
affections
or
lustes
.
q.d.
thou
alone
searchest
&
seest
mens
harts
&
inward
thoughts
:
which
seeing
it
belongeth
vnto
thee
alone
,
I
doubt
not
but
thou
seest
what
difference
there
is
betweene
me
and
my
enemies
]
vers.
10.
My
defence
is
in
God
[
q.d.
I
trust
for
helpe
from
none
but
from
him
.
]
vers.
11.
must
be
amended
thus
,
God
I
say
the
iust
iudge
[
q.d.
vpon
him
alone
doe
I
hang
that
is
iust
in
all
his
iudgements
]
yea
the
strong
God
that
troubleth
them
euery
day
.
[
i.
layeth
continually
some
iudgement
or
other
vpon
the
wicked
,
to
see
whether
by
that
means
they
wil
come
to
amendment
]
verse
12.
and
13.
is
diuersly
read
,
&
according
thereto
,
hath
diuers
senses
:
if
we
take
it
as
it
is
here
,
then
it
hath
this
meaning
,
except
he
turne
[
i.
except
that
wicked
person
,
whether
it
were
Saul
or
any
other
it
skilleth
not
much
,
vnlesse
we
take
it
thus
,
that
vnder
one
the
Prophet
mindeth
to
note
many
,
except
I
say
he
or
they
turne
(
i.
alter
their
purpose
and
repente
them
of
their
euill
)
he
(
i.
the
enemie
or
els
God
:
if
you
referre
it
to
the
enemie
,
he
meaneth
that
he
hath
prepared
him
al
the
weapons
that
possibly
he
could
to
hurt
Dauid
:
if
you
referre
it
to
God
,
then
he
meaneth
by
these
weapons
,
that
Gods
iudgments
are
readie
to
preuent
the
wicked
from
doyng
their
mischiefe
,
which
I
rather
allow
of
,
because
it
is
sayd
verse
13.
He
will
ordeine
his
arrowes
for
them
that
persecute
me
.
)
If
we
reade
it
as
Immanuel
readeth
it
,
then
thus
it
must
be
vnderstand
and
read
:
if
he
(
vz.
the
wicked
and
vngodly
)
be
not
conuerted
(
i.
chaunged
from
his
purpose
&
amended
,
he
may
whet
his
sword
,
he
may
bend
his
bow
and
direct
it
(
vz.
as
though
he
did
ayme
to
hit
)
and
getting
vnto
himselfe
deadlye
weapons
,
hee
may
prepare
arrowes
for
the
persecutors
(
i.
those
that
with
him
doe
persecute
me
.
ver.
14.
Behold
(
q.d.
notwithstanding
all
this
)
he
shall
trauaile
with
wickednesse
(
but
yet
he
shal
not
be
able
to
bring
forth
(
i.
to
worke
that
which
he
hath
deuised
)
for
he
hath
conceaued
(
vz.
in
his
vnderstanding
)
mischiefe
(
vz.
agaynst
me
)
but
he
shall
bring
forth
a
lie
)
i.
such
a
thing
as
shal
deceaue
him
of
his
expectation
and
hope
,
which
he
doth
more
particulerly
and
plainly
declare
in
the
next
verse
)
Ver.
15.
by
which
and
the
16.
he
noteth
that
all
the
mischiefes
that
the
vngodly
deuised
agaynst
the
good
,
and
all
the
daungers
that
they
thought
to
take
the
godly
in
,
shal
light
vpon
themselues
,
and
they
themselues
be
taken
therewith
.
ver.
17.
hath
this
meaning
(
q.d.
Propheta
)
When
I
shall
sée
Gods
iudgements
vpon
the
wicked
,
and
his
mercy
in
deliuering
me
,
I
wil
prayse
him
according
to
his
righteousnesse
(
he
meaneth
not
,
so
much
as
Gods
righteousnesse
(
i.
his
faythfull
kéeping
and
performing
of
promises
deserueth
,
but
rather
noteth
the
cause
that
God
hath
giuen
to
prayse
him
for
:
and
by
name
in
this
verse
,
he
meaneth
the
excellent
power
&
maiestie
of
God
,
which
then
appeareth
,
when
he
ouerthroweth
his
enemies
,
and
deliuereth
his
owne
.
ver.
1.
Trust
and
confidence
in
God
,
Do.
is
alwaies
necessary
in
them
,
that
pray
to
him
:
also
we
learne
to
pray
for
deliuerance
from
our
persecutours
.
ver.
2.
describeth
the
cruel
and
subtill
nature
of
the
wicked
.
ver.
3.
Sheweth
that
many
of
Gods
children
may
stand
vpon
their
innocencie
to
menward
,
though
not
before
God
.
ver.
4.
Teacheth
,
that
we
should
ouercome
euil
with
wel
doing
.
ver.
6.
Sheweth
that
we
may
sometimes
pray
against
some
enemies
of
the
Church
,
it
teacheth
this
also
,
to
make
Gods
promises
general
or
particular
,
the
ground
of
our
prayers
.
ver.
8
:
Teacheth
,
that
when
men
wil
not
iudge
rightly
:
we
may
by
prayer
defer
our
causes
to
him
that
hath
no
respect
of
persons
.
ver.
9.
that
we
shoulde
pray
for
the
direction
,
and
prosperitie
of
Gods
people
,
also
that
nothing
,
no
not
the
secret
thoughts
of
our
hearts
can
be
hid
from
God
.
ver.
10.
Teacheth
two
things
:
1.
that
we
ought
to
hang
vppon
God
:
2.
the
fauour
and
loue
hée
beareth
towards
them
,
that
sincerely
feare
him
.
ver.
11.
Sheweth
that
God
wil
not
the
death
of
sinners
,
in
that
he
vseth
so
many
meanes
to
bring
them
to
amendmend
.
ver.
12.
&
13.
Declare
what
mischieuous
mindes
the
wicked
carry
towarde
the
godly
,
and
what
meanes
they
wil
worke
to
accomplish
their
naughtines
.
ver.
14.15.16
.
Shew
the
god
shal
ouerthrow
al
their
purposes
and
practises
:
so
that
good
cause
we
haue
to
hang
vpon
him
,
and
litle
cause
to
feare
the
other
,
seeing
that
their
deuises
passe
into
smoke
.
ver.
17.
Teacheth
vs
to
thanke
God
either
for
the
destruction
of
the
wicked
,
or
the
deliuerance
of
the
good
.
Psalme
8
Di.
THis
Psalme
hath
principally
two
partes
.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
sheweth
that
the
excellent
power
and
prouidence
of
almightie
God
,
may
appeare
in
many
his
creatures
,
as
namely
in
the
heauens
,
and
the
things
therin
contained
and
this
is
comprehended
in
the
three
first
verses
.
But
specially
it
is
to
be
seene
in
man
,
whose
excellency
in
respect
of
his
first
creation
,
the
Prophet
doth
wonderfully
extol
.
From
ver.
4.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
And
this
is
the
second
part
thereof
.
The
title
of
this
Psalm
hath
bene
expounded
before
,
al
sauing
this
word
Gittith
:
which
I
take
to
be
instruments
,
the
custody
whereof
was
committed
,
to
Obed
Edom
the
Gittith
,
and
to
his
familie
or
kinred
that
came
of
him
of
whom
you
may
read
.
2.
Samuel
.
6.10.11
.
]
ver.
1.
name
,
put
for
power
&
maiestie
as
Psal.
7.17
.
q.d.
O
Lorde
howe
great
doth
the
whole
earth
shew
thy
power
to
be
]
which
hast
set
thy
glory
aboue
the
heauens
.
[
q.d.
not
onely
the
earth
,
but
the
heauens
also
declare
thy
glory
,
as
Psal.
19.1
.
Yea
he
meaneth
further
by
these
spéeches
,
that
though
gods
glory
appeare
in
heauen
and
earth
:
yet
notwithstanding
hee
is
infinite
in
maiestie
and
glory
,
because
his
glory
is
farre
aboue
the
highest
heauens
.
]
vers.
2.
Hast
thou
ordained
strength
[
i.
thou
hast
strongly
established
[
vz.
thy
prouidence
and
power
.
q.d.
besides
the
earth
and
the
heauens
,
wee
haue
very
infants
preachers
of
thy
power
and
goodnes
and
so
doth
our
sauiour
vnderstand
it
.
Mat.
12.16
.
]
Because
of
thine
enemies
[
i.
thou
hast
done
this
,
that
they
thereby
might
bee
confounded
]
that
thou
mightest
stil
the
enemie
.
[
i.
stoppe
his
mouth
in
such
sort
,
that
he
should
haue
nothing
to
say
,
]
and
the
auenger
[
he
that
reuengeth
his
own
cause
,
and
leaueth
not
vengeance
to
the
Lord
,
to
whom
alone
it
belongeth
.
Rom.
12.19
.
Who
by
their
facts
sheweth
that
they
are
perswaded
that
God
careth
not
for
mens
matters
,
or
else
would
they
neuer
so
violently
breake
into
his
office
]
ver.
3.
The
heauens
are
called
gods
,
both
because
he
made
them
,
and
also
because
he
gouerneth
there
,
and
they
are
as
it
were
his
dwelling
place
]
the
worke
of
thy
fingers
[
i.
which
thou
thy self
hast
most
exactly
and
perfectly
made
]
the
moone
and
the
starres
.
[
Hee
particularly
reciteth
some
of
the
heauenly
creatures
]
which
thou
hast
ordeined
[
vz.
to
bee
there
,
to
giue
light
,
and
to
keepe
their
ordinary
courses
.
]
ver.
4.
That
thou
art
mindfull
of
him
[
vz.
to
shewe
fauour
and
loue
towardes
him
]
or
the
sonne
of
man
[
i.
his
posterity
,
here
hee
speaketh
generally
of
all
,
comparing
man
with
the
rest
of
the
creatures
:
sée
Eccle.
1.3.4.5.6.7
.
]
that
thou
shouldest
visit
him
[
i.
haue
regarde
and
consideration
of
him
.
]
ver.
5.
For
thou
hast
made
him
a
litle
lower
then
God
.
[
Here
hee
speaketh
of
GOD
,
in
the
first
place
,
in
the
second
person
,
&
in
the
second
place
,
in
the
third
person
,
the
Apostle
Heb.
2.6
.
expoundeth
or
translateth
in
thus
.
Thou
hast
made
him
a
litle
inferiour
to
the
Angels
:
both
in
this
place
,
and
in
that
of
the
Hebrewes
the
meaning
is
,
that
the
Lord
gaue
vnto
men
in
this
life
,
a
certaine
angelicall
and
heauenly
excellencie
]
and
crowned
him
[
i.
Thou
hast
decked
him
as
it
were
with
a
crowne
]
with
glory
and
worshippe
[
some
referre
this
to
the
mynde
and
reasonable
soule
of
a
man
,
by
whiche
hee
doeth
not
onely
differ
from
beastes
,
but
draweth
nigh
to
the
heauenly
nature
:
I
doe
not
onely
stretch
it
so
farre
,
but
vnderstand
thereby
also
,
the
dominion
and
Lordshippe
that
the
Lorde
hath
giuen
to
him
ouer
all
his
creatures
,
which
followeth
.
ver.
6.
In
the
woorkes
[
i.
ouer
the
works
]
of
thine
hands
,
[
i.
which
thou
thy selfe
hast
made
]
all
thinges
vnder
his
féete
[
i.
made
them
subiect
vnto
him
]
this
was
true
in
Adam
by
creation
,
it
is
verified
also
in
our
sauiour
,
as
may
appeare
,
Heb.
2.
We
lost
it
by
Adams
fall
,
but
we
haue
it
in
part
restored
againe
vnto
vs
by
Christ
in
our
regeneration
.
]
ver.
7.
He
doth
particularise
the
general
time
[
all
]
in
the
6.
verse
.
]
Ver.
8.
and
that
which
passeth
through
the
paths
of
the
sea
.
[
Hee
meaneth
the
whale
and
other
great
fishes
,
which
make
a
smooth
path
after
them
in
the
sea
,
if
the
sea
be
calme
,
as
a
ship
or
boate
doeth
,
sée
Iob.
41.23
.
]
The
9.
ver.
is
expounded
ver.
1.
of
this
Psalme
.
Ver.
1.
The
glory
of
God
in
his
creatures
rightly
considered
,
Do.
should
strike
an
astonishment
into
vs
on
the
one
side
,
and
inforce
vs
on
the
other
side
to
be
thankefull
vnto
him
,
that
maketh
his
power
,
and
prouidence
appeare
so
clearely
in
them
.
ver.
2.
Gods
power
and
prouidence
seene
in
his
creatures
,
serueth
for
a
double
end
.
vz.
For
the
comfort
of
his
children
,
and
the
terror
and
confusion
of
the
wicked
.
vers.
4.
Serueth
to
humble
man
,
and
to
beat
him
downe
.
For
if
he
bée
compared
with
other
creatures
,
there
is
no
such
excellency
,
and
durablenes
in
him
,
as
in
them
,
neither
yet
such
,
as
hee
himselfe
imagineth
to
bee
in
himselfe
.
vers.
5.6.7.8
.
Setteth
foorth
the
graces
and
blessings
that
God
hath
bestowed
vpon
man
,
not
to
the
ende
that
man
thereby
should
waxe
proude
,
and
swell
aboue
measure
but
inforce
him
,
1.
to
thankfulnes
to
the
giuer
,
2.
to
a
right
vse
of
them
in
himselfe
and
for
others
,
3.
the
more
and
more
to
humble
him
,
sée
1.
Corin.
4.7
.
A
worde
or
two
touching
this
matter
,
let
man
consider
,
what
excellencie
he
hath
lost
through
Adams
fall
,
and
bewaile
his
misery
:
and
let
him
on
the
other
side
well
weigh
,
the
grace
bestowed
vppon
him
in
Christ
,
and
bee
ioyfull
and
thankefull
for
mercy
:
knowing
this
,
that
if
the
creatures
bee
not
nowe
subiected
vnto
vs
,
it
is
by
reason
of
the
body
and
relickes
of
sinne
,
which
yet
remaine
in
vs
:
and
that
therefore
,
if
we
would
haue
a
conquest
ouer
the
creatures
,
we
must
beginne
first
to
get
a
victory
vpon
sinne
,
or
else
wee
shall
neuer
profit
that
way
,
if
any
man
will
obiect
and
say
,
that
many
creatures
are
subdued
to
many
people
that
are
without
a
god
in
the
world
,
and
which
notwithstanding
remaine
in
their
sinne
:
I
answere
that
Gods
dispensing
in
mercy
with
our
iniquitie
,
or
other
mens
,
is
no
impeachment
to
the
truth
of
this
doctrine
,
nay
rather
it
shoulde
the
more
further
vs
,
not
only
in
thankfulnes
to
him
for
his
goodnes
,
but
in
valiancy
,
and
courage
to
combate
against
iniquity
,
and
that
vnto
blood
,
because
we
haue
in
mercy
without
any
striuing
or
blow
stricken
on
our
side
,
halfe
a
victory
,
as
it
were
gotten
vnto
vs
:
the
rest
no
doubt
he
wil
graciously
supply
,
that
hath
begunne
this
,
specially
if
there
be
a
willing
mind
:
but
al
this
belongeth
,
to
the
faithful
,
who
are
in
deede
heires
of
the
world
,
and
to
none
other
.
Psalme
.
9.
Di.
THis
Psalme
hath
foure
parts
.
In
the
first
he
prayseth
the
Lorde
,
and
sheweth
the
causes
of
that
his
thankes
giuing
.
From
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
5.
In
the
second
hee
scorneth
his
enemies
,
declaring
God
to
bee
iust
in
punishing
the
wicked
,
and
deliuering
his
owne
children
.
From
ver.
6.
to
the
end
of
the
10.
In
the
third
he
exhorteth
others
to
praise
the
Lord
,
for
his
iustice
toward
the
good
,
and
bad
,
making
a
particular
praier
,
that
he
might
be
deliuered
from
the
hands
of
his
enemies
.
From
ver.
11.
to
the
end
of
the
14.
In
the
4.
and
last
part
,
hee
sheweth
Gods
iudgement
vpon
the
wicked
,
and
his
fauour
to
the
faithful
,
praying
the
Lord
to
rise
vp
against
the
vngodly
.
From
ver.
15.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
title
hath
these
words
,
Muth
labben
,
which
I
take
to
be
the
beginning
of
a
tune
,
according
to
which
this
Psalme
was
to
be
sung
.
ver.
1.
I
will
speake
of
[
i.
declare
abroad
,
and
publish
]
al
[
i.
a
very
great
number
,
as
Psal.
3.7
.
]
ver.
2.
In
thee
:
or
for
thée
[
q.d.
for
the
victory
and
other
goodnesses
that
thou
hast
giuen
mee
,
I
will
sing
foorth
thy
praise
]
I
wil
sing
praise
to
thy
name
.
[
i.
I
wil
praise
thy
power
and
maiesty
:
Name
is
vsed
here
,
as
Psal.
8.1.9
.
]
O
most
high
[
God
is
so
called
,
because
he
is
higher
then
al
thinges
or
creatures
whatsoeuer
.
]
ver.
3.
Are
turned
back
[
i.
are
discomfited
]
they
shal
fal
and
perish
at
thy
presence
.
[
q.d.
They
shal
not
be
able
to
stand
before
thée
,
much
lesse
to
withstand
thée
.
]
ver.
4.
For
thou
hast
&c.
[
In
the
third
verse
he
shewed
one
reason
,
why
he
would
praise
the
Lord
,
vz.
because
his
enemies
were
confounded
:
nowe
in
this
verse
hee
sheweth
an
other
,
vz.
because
God
maintained
his
right
and
iust
cause
]
thou
art
set
on
the
throne
[
vz.
to
doe
the
office
of
an
vpright
iudge
.
]
ver.
5.
Heathen
,
put
for
the
Philistines
,
or
some
other
enemies
of
Gods
people
,
&
he
said
that
God
did
rebuke
them
,
[
i.
with
his
terrible
countenance
,
or
word
so
cast
them
down
,
that
they
were
easily
destroied
]
thou
hast
destroyed
the
wicked
[
i.
some
one
notorious
wicked
man
among
them
,
or
other
,
that
was
their
captaine
and
ring
leader
,
as
Goliah
was
amongst
the
Philistines
:
for
the
woord
wicked
is
of
the
singular
number
,
though
we
can
not
so
easilie
discerne
it
in
our
tongue
,
]
Thou
hast
put
out
,
[
i.
destroied
and
cast
down
to
the
ground
]
their
name
.
[
i.
Their
power
,
authoritie
,
glory
,
and
what
so
euer
was
excellent
in
them
,
and
he
meaneth
this
of
those
people
,
that
come
out
to
warre
against
gods
people
,
who
notwithstanding
their
force
were
ouerthrowne
and
destroyed
.
]
ver.
6.
Must
bée
amended
thus
.
O
enemie
[
he
speaketh
to
one
principall
,
meaning
all
the
rest
]
are
destructions
come
to
an
ende
for
euer
.
Hast
thou
rooted
out
the
cities
.
[
by
these
speches
he
derideth
the
enemies
,
who
thought
to
haue
made
such
a
destruction
in
the
land
,
that
they
shoulde
not
haue
néeded
to
haue
destroyed
it
againe
,
and
therefore
they
purposed
vtterly
,
to
haue
defaced
and
destroyed
al
the
cities
,
which
the
Prophet
vnderstandeth
by
this
terme
rooting
out
.
q.d.
is
it
come
to
passe
,
as
you
supposed
,
nay
the
contrary
is
fallen
out
,
which
hee
noteth
in
the
next
wordes
of
this
verse
]
their
memoriall
is
perished
with
them
.
[
i.
both
them selues
are
destroyed
,
and
all
remembrance
of
them
,
is
vanished
away
from
amongst
men
.
Ver.
7.
But
the
Lord.
[
q.d.
though
men
fayle
,
yet
hee
remaineth
sure
]
shall
sit
,
or
after
some
which
I
rather
allowe
,
indureth
[
Meaning
that
hee
is
eternall
,
and
shall
neuer
decay
,
as
the
enemies
doe
]
hee
hath
prepared
his
throne
for
iudgement
.
[
q.d.
hee
is
alwaies
ready
to
execute
iustice
,
putting
the
throne
whereupon
hee
sitteth
,
for
iustice
,
and
vpright
iudgement
pronounced
therefrom
.
]
verse
8.
Mend
thus
,
that
hee
may
iudge
.
[
i.
That
he
may
performe
whatsoeuer
hee
hath
iudged
]
the
worlde
.
[
i.
All
the
people
of
the
world
]
in
righteousnesse
.
[
i.
Vprightly
]
and
the
people
with
equitie
.
[
This
is
a
repetition
,
expounding
as
it
were
that
which
went
before
.
]
ver.
10.
and
they
that
knowe
thy
name
.
[
i.
Such
as
haue
had
experience
of
thy
mercy
,
and
power
]
hast
not
failed
them
[
vz.
of
that
thou
promisedst
,
and
they
hoped
for
]
that
seeke
thee
.
[
vz.
vnfeignedly
,
and
from
a
good
heart
.
]
verse
11.
Which
dwelleth
in
Sion
.
[
These
wordes
make
me
thinke
,
that
this
Psalme
was
not
made
presently
vppon
the
slaughter
of
Goliah
:
because
the
arke
was
not
then
,
nor
long
time
after
,
brought
in
to
Sion
,
but
that
it
was
made
vppon
some
other
particular
victory
,
gotten
after
Dauid
was
king
,
and
after
hée
had
brought
the
Arke
to
Sion
.
where
God
is
sayde
to
dwel
,
not
that
God
is
tyed
to
any
place
,
but
because
that
there
was
the
most
manifest
and
often
testimonies
of
his
residence
shewed
]
ver.
12.
Amend
thus
.
For
hee
that
requireth
slaughter
.
[
i.
Hee
that
letteth
not
murther
escape
frée
,
but
is
a
reuenger
of
the
same
,
because
he
is
a
most
iust
iudge
]
remembreth
them
.
[
i.
The
poore
and
afflicted
,
which
are
spoken
of
ver.
9.
and
follow
presently
in
this
verse
.
]
Ver.
13.
Haue
mercy
vppon
me
,
O
Lord.
[
q.d.
These
are
the
woordes
of
the
poore
that
God
forgetteth
not
,
speaking
that
in
the
person
of
one
,
that
appertained
to
many
,
and
was
no
doubt
practised
by
them
:
and
here
is
the
chaunge
of
number
which
maketh
the
place
more
hard
from
the
gates
of
death
[
i.
from
most
present
and
assured
death
.
ver.
14.
Gates
,
put
here
for
publikely
and
openly
.
Iob.
29.7
.
For
gate
in
the
scripture
signifieth
a
place
before
the
gate
of
a
city
,
into
which
the
people
were
wont
to
come
,
where
also
the
iudges
did
sit
to
minister
iustice
]
of
the
daughter
of
Sion
.
[
Daughter
put
for
the
citie
or
towne
as
Ioshua
.
15.45
.
]
ver.
15.
Knit
to
the
former
thus
,
saying
the
heathen
&c.
As
though
this
should
be
the
matter
that
he
woulde
publish
to
the
praise
and
glory
of
God
:
and
in
this
verse
,
by
heathen
,
hee
vnderstandeth
the
Philistines
,
or
some
other
people
,
as
Moabites
,
Ammonites
,
and
such
like
,
that
bordered
vpon
Iudea
,
vsing
two
metaphors
,
to
expresse
their
ouerthrowe
:
the
first
taken
from
hunters
,
who
digge
pits
to
take
wolues
,
and
other
wild
beastes
in
:
the
the
other
from
fowlers
,
who
lay
nets
to
take
birdes
.
]
ver.
16.
Is
knowne
[
i.
maketh
himselfe
knowne
,
though
men
many
times
regarde
not
his
iudgments
]
the
wicked
[
see
ver.
5.
Or
else
expound
it
thus
,
that
vnder
one
hee
meaneth
all
,
which
he
expresseth
in
the
next
verse
,
the
word
wicked
there
,
being
of
the
plural
number
,
whereas
here
it
is
but
the
singular
]
ver.
17.
Is
read
by
some
,
as
a
wish
or
a
praier
against
the
wicked
,
which
I
better
allow
of
]
into
hell
:
againe
which
I
take
to
bee
the
better
,
meaning
the
ouerthrowe
that
their
enemies
had
susteined
and
their
destruction
that
way
,
though
the
other
may
stand
.
]
ver.
18.
He
meaneth
that
God
wil
neuer
forget
them
,
that
are
afflicted
and
in
misery
.
ver.
19.
Let
not
man
preuaile
[
vz.
against
thee
and
thine
,
least
hee
waxe
proud
aboue
measure
,
hee
putteth
man
for
multitudes
of
men
and
for
all
that
is
of
excellencie
,
power
,
and
strength
in
him
.
ver.
20.
Putteth
in
feare
[
i.
strike
a
feare
of
thy
iudgements
into
the
]
but
men
[
i.
fraile
,
weake
,
and
of
no
strength
or
countenance
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
,
that
God
must
be
praised
for
his
benefits
,
and
that
,
not
with
a
peece
of
the
heart
,
but
with
the
whole
.
ver.
4.
God
alwaies
defendeth
his
children
and
their
iust
causes
:
also
how
corrupt
soeuer
man
is
in
iudgement
,
yet
God
is
alwaies
iust
and
true
.
ver.
6.
We
may
sometimes
merily
taunt
gods
enemies
and
ours
,
it
teacheth
also
the
vtter
●●ne
of
the
wicked
,
which
also
in
ver.
5.
was
noted
.
ver.
9.
Is
full
of
comfort
for
all
those
,
that
are
in
any
manner
of
affliction
or
trouble
.
ver.
10.
sheweth
what
hope
the
faithful
shall
haue
in
God
:
and
on
the
other
side
,
what
grace
and
fauour
the
Lord
beareth
to
them
.
ver.
13.
God
helpeth
his
children
in
the
greatest
distresses
yea
when
no
way
appeareth
to
flesh
and
blood
,
how
to
escape
.
ver.
15.
God
in
his
iust
iudgement
ouertaketh
the
wicked
in
their
owne
deuises
,
as
Psa.
7.15
.
The
sunne
is
declared
also
.
ver.
16.
ver.
17.18
.
Declare
gods
iudgements
against
the
wicked
,
and
his
fauour
to
his
owne
children
.
ver.
20.
declareth
,
that
vnlesse
God
bridle
men
,
&
strike
them
downe
,
they
will
grow
to
a
marueilous
height
of
pride
.
Psalme
.
10.
THis
Psalme
hath
two
parts
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
largely
setteth
out
,
the
wickednes
of
the
vngodly
,
and
their
mischieuous
attempts
.
From
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
second
.
In
the
second
he
prayeth
earnestly
against
them
,
desiring
the
Lord
both
to
punish
them
,
&
to
succour
his
owne
seruants
.
From
ver.
12.
to
the
end
.
This
Psal.
hath
no
title
.
Ver.
1.
Why
standest
thou
farre
of
,
[
he
speaketh
of
God
according
to
man
,
as
the
rest
also
in
this
verse
must
be
so
vnderstand
:
not
that
God
was
far
off
,
for
he
filleth
all
places
,
but
that
it
so
séemed
vnto
man
]
and
hidest
thee
[
vz.
From
vs
,
which
we
gather
,
because
thou
shewest
not
thy selfe
fauourable
vnto
vs
]
the
latter
part
of
that
verse
mend
thus
,
in
due
time
euen
in
afflictions
[
i.
in
the
times
wherein
we
are
very
much
afflicted
]
ver.
2.
The
wicked
,
sée
Psa.
9.16
.
]
With
pride
[
i.
being
puffed
vp
with
the
pride
of
his
heart
]
the
poore
[
i.
he
that
is
afflicted
,
and
in
misery
.
Psal.
9.18
.
]
Let
them
bee
taken
[
the
Prophet
changeth
number
]
that
they
haue
imagined
[
vz.
against
other
]
ver.
3.
blesseth
himselfe
[
i.
not
onely
wisheth
wel
to
himselfe
,
but
praiseth
and
commendeth
himselfe
in
his
couetousnes
,
and
other
wickednes
]
hee
[
i.
the
wicked
man
generally
couetous
or
otherwise
]
vers.
4.
seeketh
not
for
God
[
i.
hath
no
regard
of
him
at
al
,
but
puffed
vp
in
his
pride
,
consisteth
in
himself
]
he
thinketh
alwaies
there
is
no
God
[
q.d.
the
wicked
ones
call
not
vppon
God
:
the
reason
is
,
because
they
thinke
alwaies
this
,
God
regardeth
not
mens
matters
,
and
therefore
they
will
doe
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
them
,
sée
Psal.
41.1
.
]
ver.
5.
His
wayes
[
i.
his
purpose
and
trade
of
life
]
alwaies
[
i.
what
times
soeuer
fall
to
other
men
,
either
of
florishing
or
decaying
,
his
state
alwayes
]
prosper
[
i.
florish
wonderfully
in
this
life
]
thy
iudgements
.
[
i.
Thy
plagues
and
punishments
,
[
that
thou
layest
vpon
the
vngodly
]
are
high
aboue
his
sight
[
i.
he
thinketh
not
vppon
them
,
neither
considereth
thereof
déeply
,
[
because
they
are
aboue
his
reach
,
as
hee
estéemeth
]
much
lesse
doeth
hée
féele
them
]
therefore
defieth
hee
[
i.
hée
is
puffed
vp
into
such
pride
,
that
hée
regardeth
not
his
enemies
,
though
neuer
so
mightie
or
many
.
]
ver.
6.
Hee
saith
in
his
heart
[
i.
hee
perswadeth
himselfe
within
himselfe
]
see
Psalm
.
14.1
.
I
shal
neuer
be
moued
[
i.
I
shal
neuer
fall
,
from
the
state
and
dignitie
wherein
I
am
,
meaning
that
hee
should
liue
very
long
,
and
so
long
as
hee
liued
,
neuer
be
hurt
as
it
were
,
or
sustaine
any
losse
.
]
ver.
7.
His
mouth
[
i.
the
wordes
and
spéeches
,
that
proceed
from
his
mouth
,
are
nothing
else
,
but
cursing
&c.
]
vnder
his
tongue
[
i.
in
his
heart
,
which
is
vnder
his
tongue
,
i.
beneath
his
tongue
,
as
it
is
placed
in
the
body
]
is
mischiefe
[
vz.
against
others
.
q.d.
in
his
heart
he
imagineth
how
to
worke
mischief
to
others
.
]
ver.
8.
in
the
valleies
[
i.
in
places
,
where
there
is
no
great
resort
of
people
.
]
against
the
poore
[
vz.
to
oppresse
or
murther
him
.
[
q.d.
hee
prieth
and
watcheth
diligently
to
intrap
them
that
are
already
afflicted
.
]
Vers.
9.
and
10.
Hee
setteth
out
the
secret
councels
,
that
the
wicked
vse
to
take
the
godly
by
.
Sée
for
the
Lions
disposition
Iob.
36.1.2
.
draweth
him
into
his
net
:
it
is
a
metaphor
,
taken
from
foulers
,
who
vse
closly
to
lay
their
nets
and
snares
,
to
catch
birds
.
]
vers.
10.
He
croucheth
and
boweth
.
[
i.
The
vngodly
spareth
no
paine
to
his
owne
body
that
hee
may
woorke
mischiefe
,
Yea
hée
counterfatteth
and
pretendeth
humilitie
,
but
all
is
hypocrisie
.
]
Heapes
[
i.
Great
number
,
and
multitudes
as
it
were
.
]
ver.
11.
In
his
heart
see
ver.
6.
Of
this
Psam
,
he
noteth
in
this
verse
what
maketh
the
wicked
so
bolde
to
sinne
,
vz.
A
false
perswasion
that
they
haue
of
God
.
]
ver.
12.
Arise
,
[
vz.
to
helpe
the
oppressed
,
as
Psalm
.
12.5
.
]
lift
vp
thine
hand
.
[
i.
declare
thy
power
,
in
striking
thine
enemies
,
]
forget
not
the
poore
.
[
q.d.
shewe
that
thou
art
not
forgetfull
of
them
:
[
For
in
déede
he
is
not
forgetfull
of
them
,
though
it
so
seeme
to
vs
]
which
thing
the
wicked
perswade
themselues
thou
doest
,
as
ver.
11.
ver.
13.
contemne
God
:
Sée
ver.
3.
of
this
Psalme
.
Thou
wilt
not
regard
[
vz.
their
sinnes
committed
against
thée
and
thy
seruants
.
]
ver.
14.
Mischiefe
and
wrong
,
[
vz.
which
the
vngodly
haue
done
to
thy
children
.
]
That
thou
mayst
take
it
into
thy
hands
.
[
Not
only
to
iudge
betwéen
right
&
wrong
,
but
also
to
punish
those
wicked
persons
with
thy
power
.
]
Himself
[
i.
His
life
,
&
al
his
causes
he
commendeth
to
thée
.
]
For
thou
art
the
helper
[
this
is
a
reason
why
the
afflicted
fléeth
to
God
.
]
Of
the
fatherles
[
i.
of
those
that
are
voyd
of
mans
help
.
Sée
Iob.
29.12
.
Hosea
.
14.3
.
]
ver.
15.
breake
thou
his
armie
[
i.
al
his
power
and
force
,
and
whatsoeuer
he
hath
to
execute
it
by
.
]
Search
his
wickednes
.
[
q.d.
cal
him
to
account
for
his
sinnes
]
and
thou
shalt
find
none
.
[
vz.
To
answere
thée
.
He
meaneth
that
if
the
vngodly
be
sifted
,
the
giltines
of
his
owne
vngodlines
,
will
make
him
to
flée
his
presence
]
and
the
iudgement
of
God
will
so
ouerthrow
him
,
that
he
shal
no
where
appeare
,
neither
his
place
any
more
be
known
.
]
ver.
16.
He
putteth
heathen
for
the
Iewes
and
Israelits
:
not
that
they
were
heathen
by
nature
,
but
because
they
were
corrupted
with
heathenish
maners
.
]
ver.
17.
In
the
Lord
,
part
must
be
read
,
not
as
a
thing
already
performed
,
but
as
a
praier
for
the
godly
.
Thus
,
strengthen
their
heart
,
q.d.
confirme
them
more
and
more
in
the
truth
of
thy
promises
,
&
dispose
their
harts
to
the
imbracing
thereof
]
bend
thine
eare
[
i.
diligently
hearken
and
yéeld
to
the
praiers
of
thy
poore
people
,
as
Psal.
86.1
.
]
ver.
18.
To
iudge
.
[
i.
To
reuenge
and
set
frée
]
the
fatherles
and
poore
,
[
Sée
ver.
14.
Of
this
Psal.
]
That
earthly
man
.
[
i.
man
not
only
dwelling
in
the
earth
,
but
also
made
of
earth
]
cause
to
feare
no
more
.
[
i.
Be
no
more
a
cause
of
terror
and
feare
to
thy
seruants
.
]
Se.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
,
that
gods
children
are
wonderfully
assaulted
,
when
they
féele
not
gods
present
helpe
.
ver.
1.2
.
&c.
Till
you
come
to
the
ende
of
the
11.
ver.
]
the
holy
ghost
doeth
so
diligently
set
out
the
wickeds
nature
,
not
that
the
godly
shoulde
feare
them
.
For
all
the
mischiefe
they
can
imagine
or
performe
but
to
teach
the
Godly
the
more
earnestly
therefore
to
come
to
God
by
prayer
,
that
they
may
auoyd
these
daungers
,
and
the
more
carefully
to
looke
to
their
steps
,
that
they
be
not
ouertaken
with
these
wickednesses
.
Verse
12.
Teacheth
vs
to
pray
vnto
God
in
the
middest
of
the
confusions
that
wicked
men
bring
into
the
earth
,
and
to
desire
him
to
take
his
owne
cause
,
and
the
cause
of
his
children
into
his
owne
hands
.
Ver.
13.14
.
declare
that
though
the
wicked
thinke
God
regardeth
not
,
yet
hee
séeth
it
,
and
in
his
good
time
wil
punish
them
for
their
sinne
.
Ver.
17.
sheweth
that
it
is
comfortable
for
the
children
of
god
to
think
vpon
his
power
,
because
it
is
their
defence
,
and
terrible
to
the
wicked
,
because
it
is
their
ouerthrow
.
Psalme
11.
THis
Psalme
hath
two
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
flieth
to
God
by
prayer
,
that
vnder
him
he
might
be
defended
against
the
violence
,
and
mischieuous
practises
of
the
vngodly
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
third
.
In
the
seconde
part
he
setteth
out
Gods
iustice
in
defending
his
owne
seruaunts
,
and
in
punishing
the
wicked
and
vngodlye
from
verse
4.
to
the
end
of
this
Psalme
.
The
title
of
this
Psalme
is
expounded
Psalme
4.
Ver.
1.
Se.
To
my
soule
[
i.
to
me
a
part
put
for
the
whole
]
Flie
[
not
to
,
as
in
the
Geneua
Texte
]
but
out
of
your
mountayne
[
Mountaynes
are
sure
places
to
lodge
in
from
the
force
of
aduersaries
,
but
here
the
enemies
tel
Dauid
,
and
those
that
were
with
him
,
that
they
shal
not
preuaile
to
keepe
them
safe
,
and
therefore
it
were
better
for
them
to
get
them
away
.
It
may
be
that
by
Mountayn
hee
meaneth
the
lande
of
Iudea
,
because
it
was
full
of
Mountaynes
,
q.d.
Get
you
out
of
Iudea
,
but
the
other
me
thinketh
is
more
simple
,
sée
1.
Samuel
from
chap.
21.
to
the
27.
]
as
a
bird
[
vz
which
séeth
the
Fowlers
snare
,
and
therefore
flieth
away
swiftly
:
q.d.
You
are
forewarned
of
a
daunger
,
therefore
get
you
away
with
all
spéede
.
Ver.
2.
Bende
their
bow
[
i.
prepare
and
gather
together
all
the
force
and
subtilties
that
they
haue
or
can
deuise
]
at
them
[
vz.
at
me
,
and
those
that
are
with
me
]
which
are
vpright
in
hart
[
i.
which
meane
no
mischiefe
or
hurt
to
them
or
any
of
them
.
]
Ver.
3.
For
the
foundations
[
vz.
of
the
places
wherein
Dauid
and
his
,
might
trust
]
are
cast
downe
[
he
speaketh
of
that
that
shall
be
,
as
though
it
were
alredy
done
,
for
the
certaintie
of
it
in
mans
iudgement
]
what
hath
the
righteous
done
,
[
q.d.
haue
I
and
the
people
with
me
committed
,
that
these
mischiefs
should
be
ment
against
vs
,
and
our
liues
so
sought
for
.
Ver.
4.
Holy
palace
[
i.
Heauen
,
as
may
appeare
by
that
which
followeth
,
the
Lords
throne
is
in
heauen
(
i.
he
is
a
heauenly
Iudge
to
reuenge
these
outrages
done
vpon
the
earth
agaynst
me
and
mine
]
His
eyes
will
consider
,
or
after
some
,
doe
consider
[
eyes
attributed
to
God
,
after
the
maner
of
men
,
meaning
that
he
beholdeth
,
vz.
all
things
that
the
wicked
doe
,
and
the
godly
suffer
]
His
eylids
[
i.
his
eyes
,
it
is
eyther
Metonomya
,
the
things
contayning
,
for
the
things
contayned
,
or
Synecdoche
,
one
parte
for
an
other
,
or
a
part
of
the
eye
for
the
whole
eye
]
Chyldren
of
men
[
i.
men
of
what
state
and
condition
soeuer
they
bee
,
q.d.
this
one
thing
comforteth
me
,
that
though
GOD
bee
in
heauen
,
yet
from
thence
he
doth
withoute
respecte
of
persons
behold
all
things
done
by
men
vppon
the
earth
,
and
namely
how
vngodlye
the
wicked
are
agaynst
those
that
trust
in
him
]
Ver.
5.
Will
,
or
doth
trie
[
vz.
by
afflictions
and
calamities
,
that
he
might
make
him
pure
golde
vnto
him selfe
]
the
righteous
,
[
i.
righteous
men
,
one
number
for
another
]
doth
his
soule
hate
[
i.
he
can
at
no
hand
away
with
him
,
and
this
is
spoken
of
GOD
according
to
man
,
not
that
this
affection
of
hate
,
is
or
euer
can
bee
in
God
,
from
whiche
he
is
farre
.
Ver.
6.
he
(
i.
God
who
hath
all
power
in
himselfe
)
shall
rayne
snares
[
i.
shall
swiftlye
sende
multitude
of
troubles
,
where
the
vngodlye
shall
bee
caught
,
and
ouerwhelmed
as
it
were
with
snares
]
Fire
and
Brimstone
,
&c.
[
i.
most
horrible
iudgements
)
this
is
the
portion
of
their
Cuppe
(
q.d.
this
is
that
,
that
they
must
make
sure
account
to
haue
,
euen
as
if
it
were
a
portion
of
meate
and
drinke
allowed
for
a
daye
to
liue
withall
,
whiche
was
a
vsuall
custome
,
amongest
the
people
of
the
East
,
and
namely
the
Iewes
.
)
Ver.
7.
For
,
or
rather
But
,
which
I
allow
of
,
as
better
,
correcting
this
verse
with
the
former
]
loueth
righteousnesse
(
i.
righteous
men
,
the
qualitie
being
put
for
the
person
)
his
countenaunce
(
i.
he
himself
,
a
part
of
God
(
which
is
spoken
also
according
to
man
)
put
for
the
whole
)
doth
behold
(
vz.
with
fauour
and
goodnesse
,
for
otherwise
he
doth
beholde
also
the
wicked
,
as
ver.
4.
of
this
Psalme
,
and
Psalme
,
14.2
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
to
trust
in
God
how
great
soeuer
their
daungers
be
:
also
that
we
shall
be
many
times
assaulted
to
put
far
from
vs
this
trust
.
Ver.
2.
noteth
,
the
cruelty
and
subtilty
of
the
vngodly
agaynste
the
good
people
.
)
Ver.
3.
sheweth
that
the
children
of
God
are
many
times
persecuted
,
without
any
cause
on
their
behalfe
giuen
.
Ver.
4.
Setteth
out
Gods
wonderfull
prouidence
and
gouernment
who
beholdeth
all
things
,
and
before
whose
eyes
all
things
are
naked
and
playne
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
two
things
,
first
that
God
will
sundrye
tymes
afflicte
his
owne
,
secondlye
that
he
cannot
awaye
with
the
vngodly
.
Ver.
6.7
.
shewe
the
iudgementes
of
God
agaynst
the
wicked
,
and
his
goodnes
toward
the
righteous
,
with
the
vnlikely
reward
of
the
one
,
and
the
other
.
Psalme
12
Di.
THis
Psalme
hath
two
partes
:
In
the
first
,
the
Prophet
prayeth
the
Lord
to
set
too
his
helping
hand
,
to
redresse
the
vnfaithfulnesse
,
pride
,
and
other
wickednesses
of
the
vngodlye
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
4.
In
the
second
hee
assureth
himselfe
and
the
rest
of
the
faythful
,
that
God
wil
punish
the
wicked
,
notwithstanding
their
great
pryde
,
and
defend
his
own
,
euen
for
his
truths
sake
,
from
ver.
5.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
In
the
title
vpon
the
eyght
time
,
sée
Psalme
6.
in
the
Title
,
Se.
where
this
is
expounded
.
ver.
1.
For
there
is
not
[
this
is
a
reason
of
his
prayer
)
a
godlye
man
[
he
meaneth
that
the
number
of
good
people
was
very
small
]
from
among
the
children
of
men
[
i.
from
among
men
themselues
,
as
Psalme
11.4
.
meaning
also
by
this
true
children
of
men
,
those
that
presently
liued
,
&
not
speaking
of
the
time
past
or
to
come
.
]
ver.
2.
They
speake
deceitfullye
,
&c.
[
q.d.
No
man
may
trust
one
anothers
words
]
with
their
lips
[
i.
with
their
wordes
and
spéeche
,
putting
some
of
the
instruments
wherewith
the
words
are
vttered
,
for
the
wordes
themselues
,
sée
Psalme
10.7
.
]
and
speake
with
a
double
hart
[
i.
they
speak
one
thing
and
thinke
another
,
and
this
may
serue
to
explane
somewhat
that
hath
bene
sayd
vpon
Psalme
10.
ver.
7.
when
the
tongue
is
put
for
the
hart
,
for
the
Prophet
meaneth
they
had
one
harte
in
their
body
,
and
an
other
in
their
mouth
.
]
ver.
3.
Is
a
prayer
agaynst
his
enemies
,
procéeding
not
from
heat
or
affection
of
the
flesh
,
but
by
the
guiding
of
gods
spirit
,
wherin
he
beséecheth
the
remouing
of
false
flatterers
,
and
proud
boasters
,
]
ver.
4.
which
haue
sayd
,
yea
&
are
accustomed
to
say
)
with
our
tongue
(
i.
with
our
spéech
vttered
by
the
tongue
)
will
we
preuaile
(
vz.
against
Dauid
and
those
that
take
his
part
,
I
suppose
he
meaneth
the
cunning
flatterers
of
Saules
Court
)
our
lippes
are
our
owne
(
i.
we
are
not
only
apt
and
méete
to
speake
with
finenesse
and
eloquence
,
when
we
our selues
list
,
but
wee
will
speake
indéed
)
who
is
Lord
ouer
vs
(
vz.
to
hinder
vs
by
his
authoritie
from
vsing
our
spéech
as
we
lust
,
so
wickedly
doe
these
men
speake
against
God
]
Ver.
5.
oppression
of
the
néedy
(
vz.
wherwith
they
are
afflicted
on
euery
side
)
I
wil
vp
sayth
the
Lord
[
vz.
to
helpe
them
,
q.d.
although
hitherto
I
haue
séemed
to
winke
at
the
vngodly
,
in
their
sinnes
,
yet
I
wil
now
arise
,
and
that
presently
,
being
moued
thereto
by
the
calamitie
that
I
sée
the
poore
to
be
afflicted
withall
]
and
will
set
at
liberty
him
,
&c.
[
i
I
wil
set
him
frée
from
the
violence
&
subtilty
of
the
wicked
]
whom
the
wicked
hath
snared
[
vz.
by
his
craft
and
deceit
]
ver.
6.
The
wordes
[
i.
the
promises
,
q.d.
doubte
not
of
that
which
hath
bin
sayd
before
ver.
5.
for
they
are
Gods
words
,
&
therefore
shall
be
performed
]
are
pure
[
i.
simple
and
playn
without
any
guile
or
falshood
]
as
the
siluer
[
an
excellent
similitude
,
meaning
thus
much
in
effecte
,
as
the
gold
&
siluer
that
hath
bin
most
tried
doth
neuer
deceaue
men
,
so
shal
Gods
promises
neuer
deceaue
,
because
the
truth
&
goodnes
of
them
hath
bin
continually
tried
by
others
,
&
graciously
performed
by
god
himself
,
tried
in
a
fornace
of
the
earth
(
he
meaneth
in
a
fornace
made
of
the
best
&
méetest
earth
to
try
metals
withal
)
seuen
fold
[
i.
sundry
times
,
a
certayn
number
put
for
an
vncertain
,
as
Prouer.
6.31
.
Psal.
119.164
.
]
ver.
7.
is
reade
by
some
as
a
prayer
,
thus
:
O
Lord
kéepe
thou
then
,
kéep
euery
one
of
them
,
&c.
as
in
the
Geneua
text
,
(
q.d.
hauing
this
promis
of
thin
,
I
make
my
praier
to
thée
)
for
thou
,
which
I
alow
better
of
)
from
this
generation
(
i.
from
the
men
that
liue
in
this
age
,
sée
ver.
1.
of
this
Psalme
.
Ver.
8.
The
wicked
walke
on
euery
side
[
vz.
séeking
occasion
to
destroy
the
good
and
godly
people
]
Immanuel
readeth
the
last
part
of
this
verse
thus
:
as
though
drunkennesse
were
exalted
[
i.
They
run
vp
&
downe
to
doe
mischiefe
,
as
though
they
were
drunke
,
and
drunkennesse
had
made
them
mad
:
aptly
comparing
them
,
whose
mindes
are
caryed
violentlye
to
commit
wickednesse
,
to
drunken
men
]
amongst
the
sonnes
of
men
[
i.
amongst
men
,
as
verse
1.
of
this
Psalme
,
and
Psalme
11.4
.
]
or
else
this
Texte
may
stand
thus
expounded
:
when
they
[
i.
the
wicked
men
]
are
exalted
[
i.
preferred
and
set
vp
aloft
]
it
is
a
shame
for
the
sonnes
of
men
[
i.
other
men
are
not
only
contemned
,
that
happily
deserue
greater
preferment
,
but
are
vilely
handled
by
such
men
so
exalted
,
and
set
vp
on
high
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
in
the
midst
of
all
confusions
to
haue
recourse
to
God
by
prayer
for
the
amendment
thereof
:
it
teacheth
also
that
gods
number
is
the
smallest
:
and
is
a
good
place
agaynst
them
that
presse
multitude
.
ver.
2.
Teacheth
vs
to
auoyde
deceyte
and
flattery
,
and
on
the
other
side
to
speake
the
truth
from
our
harts
,
Psalme
15.2
.
ver.
3.4
.
Teacheth
vs
not
onlye
to
auoyde
proude
boasting
,
and
flattering
spéeches
,
but
also
that
our
tongues
are
not
our
owne
to
vse
as
we
list
,
but
to
Gods
glory
,
and
our
neighboures
profite
.
ver.
5.
Expresseth
Gods
readinesse
to
helpe
his
,
and
how
forcible
in
his
sight
,
the
earnest
prayers
of
his
children
are
.
ver.
6.
Teacheth
vs
to
make
Gods
promises
alwayes
the
assured
grounds
of
our
prayers
.
ver.
7.
Teacheth
Gods
prouidence
and
protection
ouer
his
children
,
if
we
reade
it
as
in
the
Geneua
text
,
or
els
,
that
we
ought
to
pray
for
gods
fauour
toward
them
,
if
we
read
it
as
Immanuel
doth
.
ver.
8.
setteth
out
both
the
diligence
and
the
rage
that
the
wicked
vse
in
performing
their
mischiefe
.
Psalme
13.
Di.
THis
Psalme
hath
two
partes
:
in
the
firste
the
Prophet
séemeth
to
complayne
as
it
were
,
that
God
was
so
long
absent
from
him
in
his
so
gréeuous
afflictions
,
and
this
is
comprehended
in
the
two
first
verses
.
In
the
seconde
,
hee
maketh
his
earnest
prayer
to
God
,
assuring
himselfe
in
the
truth
of
Gods
goodnesse
,
that
he
should
ouercom
,
yea
euen
the
horrors
of
death
,
from
ver.
3.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
Title
is
expounded
before
.
ver.
1.
he
speaketh
as
men
many
times
doe
,
who
if
they
be
not
succoured
when
they
themselues
would
,
they
thinke
they
are
forgotten
]
for
euer
[
q.d.
What
wilt
thou
neuer
thinke
vpon
mée
?
So
hardly
was
his
fayth
assaulted
to
yéeld
to
distrust
in
God
,
]
hide
thy
face
[
which
thing
angry
persons
are
wont
to
doe
,
q.d.
How
long
wilt
thou
shew
thy selfe
angry
towards
me
?
Sée
Psalme
10.1
.
Psa.
4.6
.
or
else
face
maye
be
taken
for
fauour
and
mercy
]
ver.
2.
Take
councell
within
my selfe
[
i.
how
long
shall
I
be
tossed
and
tumbled
with
diuersitie
of
councels
and
purposes
,
sometimes
in
my
mind
thinking
this
,
sometimes
that
.
]
ver.
3.
Heare
mée
,
[
i.
my
prayers
]
lighten
my
eyes
[
whiche
are
waxed
dimme
with
trouble
,
Psal.
6.7
.
he
meaneth
that
he
would
gladlye
haue
the
Lord
to
driue
afflictions
from
him
]
that
I
sléepe
not
in
death
[
i.
that
I
doe
not
certainly
die
,
for
it
is
vsuall
in
scripture
by
sléepe
to
vnderstand
death
,
as
1.
Corinth.
11.30
.
1.
Thessa
.
4.14.15
.
and
by
doubling
as
it
were
the
word
,
to
note
the
certaintie
of
the
thing
,
Gen.
2.17
.
Ver.
4.
He
sheweth
a
double
reason
to
induce
god
as
it
were
to
yéelde
to
his
petition
,
q.d.
least
otherwise
mine
enemies
should
not
only
euery
day
more
than
other
wax
proude
,
but
also
haue
an
occasion
to
blaspheme
thée
,
as
though
thou
wert
weake
,
and
not
able
to
helpe
.
]
Ver.
5.
In
thy
saluation
[
i.
in
that
deliuerance
,
which
thou
shalte
worke
for
mee
Psalme
3.8
.
]
I
will
sing
to
the
Lord
[
i.
I
will
declare
my selfe
thankefull
for
his
benefites
and
goodnesse
.
Ver.
1.
Let
vs
learne
that
how
sharpe
soeuer
our
conflicts
be
,
Do.
wee
doe
not
vtterly
despayre
in
God
.
ver.
3.
Let
vs
learne
by
prayer
to
draw
nigh
vnto
him
,
desiring
him
euen
for
his
owne
glory
to
take
our
defence
vppon
him
.
ver.
4.
Noteth
the
nature
of
the
wicked
two
maner
of
wayes
,
vz.
the
more
they
preuaile
,
the
more
insolent
they
are
:
the
other
,
that
they
will
wonderfully
insult
ouer
those
that
are
afflicted
.
ver.
5.
Teacheth
vs
to
make
Gods
mercye
alone
the
onely
ground
of
our
hope
:
also
that
we
should
be
glad
for
particular
deliuerance
,
and
shew
our selues
thankfull
vnto
him
for
benefits
receaued
.
Psalme
14.
THis
Psalm
hath
thrée
parts
,
In
the
first
,
Di.
the
Prophet
describeth
the
peruerse
nature
of
the
vngodlye
,
both
towardes
God
and
towards
men
:
and
this
parte
is
contayned
in
verse
1.3.6
.
In
the
seconde
he
declareth
that
God
sitteth
not
idle
in
heauen
,
as
they
did
imagine
,
but
beholdeth
the
wicked
to
punish
them
,
and
the
good
to
deliuer
them
.
verse
2.4
.
In
the
third
he
sheweth
Gods
iudgement
vpon
the
vngodly
,
and
his
fauour
toward
his
own
seruants
,
verse
5.7
.
The
title
of
this
Psalme
is
expounded
before
,
Psal.
4.
Ver.
1.
Se.
The
Foole
[
i.
the
wicked
man
,
how
wise
soeuer
he
be
in
naturall
wit
]
hath
sayd
in
his
hart
[
i.
is
of
this
perswasion
in
his
minde
,
see
for
this
1.
Mark
.
2.6.7.8
.
]
there
is
no
God
[
vz.
that
careth
for
mens
matters
here
on
earth
,
sée
Psalm
10.4
.
]
they
[
i.
the
vngodly
,
chaunging
the
number
from
the
singular
to
the
plurall
]
haue
corrupted
[
vz.
their
own
wayes
,
turning
the
light
of
knowledge
which
they
had
,
into
darkenesse
]
Ver.
2.
would
vnderstande
[
i.
indeuoured
to
know
God
aright
,
and
as
he
is
reuealed
by
his
word
]
and
séeke
God
[
i.
serue
him
,
and
take
delight
and
pleasure
in
his
seruice
and
religion
]
Ver.
3.
All
[
i.
the
greatest
number
here
,
but
in
Paul
Romans
3.
it
is
put
for
all
generally
,
considering
man
in
his
naturall
corruption
]
are
gone
out
of
the
way
[
vz.
of
right
and
goodnesse
,
which
God
had
prescribed
them
to
walk
in
]
they
are
all
corrupt
(
i.
full
of
filth
and
stinch
,
it
is
a
metaphor
taken
from
stinking
meat
which
all
men
are
wont
to
loath
.
)
ver.
4.
doe
not
all
,
&c.
knowe
[
q.d.
their
owne
conscience
doth
sometimes
,
though
they
quench
it
agayne
,
tell
them
of
their
crueltie
]
as
they
eate
bread
[
i.
any
kinde
of
foode
or
nourishment
:
noting
thereby
not
only
their
rauening
and
deuouring
,
but
the
pleasure
that
the
vngodly
take
in
it
]
they
call
not
vpon
the
Lord
[
i.
They
neglect
all
Gods
religion
and
seruice
,
calling
vpon
the
Lord
,
or
prayer
being
a
part
thereof
,
and
put
for
the
whole
Gen.
4.26
.
2.
Timoth.
2.19
.
]
ver.
5.
in
the
generation
of
the
iust
[
i.
amongst
iust
men
,
fauouring
their
causes
,
and
graciously
deliuering
them
.
]
ver.
6.
the
Lord
is
his
trust
(
i.
because
hee
hath
his
whole
trust
and
confidence
in
God
only
,
and
he
vseth
counsell
for
al
goodnes
in
the
poore
,
as
holy
purposes
,
and
carefull
pursuings
therof
,
faith
,
hope
,
&c.
)
ver.
7.
giue
saluation
(
i.
deliueraunce
from
all
greefes
in
this
life
,
as
Psal.
13.5
.
Psalme
3.8
.
&
eternall
glory
after
this
life
is
once
ended
)
vnto
Israel
(
i.
vnto
the
faythfull
people
)
out
of
Sion
(
i.
out
of
heauen
,
the
place
of
Gods
presence
earthly
,
put
for
the
Heauens
,
sée
Psalme
2.6
.
Psalme
9.11
.
turneth
the
captiuitye
of
his
people
(
i.
when
the
Lord
chaungeth
their
bondage
for
fréedome
]
then
Iacob
shall
reioyce
,
and
Israell
shall
be
glad
[
by
these
two
names
of
the
Patriarche
,
who
was
faythfull
,
attributed
vnto
the
rest
of
the
people
,
he
vnderstandeth
all
the
faythful
and
true
Israelites
indéede
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Not
only
noteth
the
fountaine
of
sinne
,
but
sheweth
how
farre
the
diuel
and
sinne
preuaile
in
mans
hart
,
that
they
make
men
vtterly
to
forget
God
,
&
good
men
.
ver.
2.
declareth
that
God
hath
an
eye
to
mens
doings
vpon
the
earth
.
Ver.
4.
sheweth
that
the
wicked
sin
many
times
against
knowledge
,
and
the
light
of
their
own
conscience
.
Ver.
5.
containeth
a
iudgement
against
the
wicked
.
ver.
6.
noteth
a
vile
sinne
of
the
vngodlye
,
deryding
and
scoffing
at
the
iust
.
Ver.
7.
that
we
should
pray
for
the
whole
church
:
and
reioyce
for
the
benefits
that
God
bestoweth
vpon
it
.
Psalme
15
Di.
THis
Psalme
expoundeth
specially
one
matter
,
and
therefore
will
hardlye
admitte
a
diuision
.
The
thing
propounded
generally
,
is
godly
life
.
Ver.
2.
but
particularlye
to
auoyde
slaundering
,
lying
,
inconstancye
,
vsurye
,
briberye
,
&c.
verse
3.4.5
.
which
done
,
he
sheweth
what
blessings
belong
to
those
that
walke
after
that
sort
.
Se.
This
Psalmes
Title
is
easie
.
Ver.
1.
In
thy
Tabernacle
[
i.
in
the
visible
Church
q.d.
who
shall
be
accounted
a
visible
member
thereof
]
In
thyne
holy
mountayne
[
i.
in
Heauen
,
Psalme
3.4
.
]
Ver.
2.
He
that
walketh
vprightly
(
it
is
vsuall
in
scripture
to
haue
walking
put
for
conuersation
,
it
is
as
much
then
(
q.d.
he
that
leadeth
an
vpright
life
)
worketh
righteousnes
(
i.
doth
the
thing
that
is
right
)
in
his
hart
[
as
he
hath
it
in
his
hart
,
so
hee
maketh
his
mouth
and
tongue
the
instruments
to
expres
it
]
Ver.
3.
He
that
slaundereth
not
[
this
is
one
particular
of
truth
from
the
harte
]
with
his
tongue
[
that
is
he
that
maketh
not
his
tongue
the
instrumente
to
vtter
the
slaunder
hee
hath
within
him
:
whereby
wée
sée
that
there
is
a
double
slaunder
:
one
inwarde
in
the
mynde
,
and
not
expressed
,
the
other
inwarde
,
and
besydes
that
vttered
with
the
mouth
]
nor
doth
euill
[
this
expoundeth
righteousnesse
verse
2.
meaning
that
a
man
must
doe
no
manner
of
iniurye
whatsoeuer
]
to
his
neighbour
[
I
take
this
worde
Neighbour
to
bée
vsed
here
generallye
,
for
any
,
as
Exod.
20.
in
the
tenth
commaundement
,
Thou
shalt
not
couet
thy
neighbours
house
,
&c.
as
also
our
Sauiour
séemeth
to
meane
,
Luke
10.29
,
30.
&c.
]
nor
receaueth
a
false
report
,
&c.
[
we
must
not
only
not
slaunder
our selues
,
but
wee
must
not
admit
a
slaunder
broughte
vnto
vs
by
other
.
]
Ver.
4.
In
whose
eyes
[
i.
before
whome
and
in
whose
iudgement
]
a
vile
person
[
i.
a
wicked
man
]
is
contemned
[
i.
a
little
or
nothing
set
by
and
regarded
]
he
that
sweareth
[
i.
he
that
hath
with
an
oth
promised
a
thing
lawfull
]
to
his
own
hinderance
[
i.
and
yet
it
falleth
out
in
the
end
to
be
hurtfull
to
him
in
respect
of
his
wealth
and
substaunce
]
and
changeth
not
[
vz.
that
which
he
hath
promised
though
he
lose
neuer
so
muche
by
it
.
]
ver.
5.
he
that
giueth
not
his
monye
to
vsury
[
i.
he
that
without
anye
profite
at
all
to
himselfe
,
helpeth
an
other
man
by
the
vse
of
his
monye
]
nor
taketh
reward
[
vz.
of
them
which
haue
an
vniust
cause
:
hée
séemeth
to
speak
specially
of
Iudges
]
against
the
innocent
[
i.
that
thereby
the
innocentes
cause
may
be
ouerthrowne
,
and
iudgement
,
though
wrongfullye
pronounced
against
him
]
shall
neuer
be
moued
[
i.
he
shall
be
stedfastly
rooted
in
the
church
in
this
life
,
and
after
the
course
of
this
life
ended
,
be
made
a
citizen
for
euer
of
the
Heauenly
Ierusalem
.
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
that
godly
life
and
vpright
dealing
,
be
very
excellente
fruites
:
it
teacheth
also
vnfaynedly
to
speake
the
truth
,
touching
all
men
and
matters
,
as
time
and
occasion
shall
serue
.
ver.
3.
Teacheth
vs
to
auoyd
slaundering
,
iniury
,
or
wrong
doing
,
and
acceptation
of
false
tales
and
reports
ver.
4.
Teacheth
that
we
should
not
much
regarde
vngodlye
men
,
though
they
be
neuer
so
highly
aduaunced
in
this
world
:
and
on
the
other
side
,
that
we
should
loue
&
reuerence
the
godly
,
though
they
be
neuer
so
pore
and
contemptible
at
teacheth
further
that
honest
promises
&
lawfull
othes
,
touching
things
of
this
life
,
should
be
performed
,
though
the
performance
therof
should
much
impaire
our
wealth
.
ver.
5.
Teacheth
that
vsury
and
bribery
must
be
shunned
of
all
the
godly
:
and
the
better
to
incourage
vs
to
the
performance
of
these
holy
duties
,
the
Lord
in
mercy
setteth
before
vs
a
promise
of
this
life
present
,
and
of
the
life
to
come
,
which
godlines
hath
alwais
annexed
vnto
it
,
as
a
companion
that
cannot
be
sundered
from
it
,
sée
1.
Tim.
4.8
.
Psalme
16.
THis
Psalme
consisteth
of
two
principall
parts
.
In
the
f●●ste
is
contayned
a
prayer
that
the
Prophet
maketh
to
●●●d
:
Di.
in
which
prayer
he
layeth
not
forth
his
workes
,
but
cleaueth
only
to
God
and
his
goodnesse
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
end
of
the
6.
In
the
seconde
,
he
yéeldeth
thankes
to
the
Lorde
,
for
the
aboundaunce
of
goodnesse
and
mercy
,
which
hee
continuallye
receyued
from
him
,
from
verse
7.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
title
is
Michtan
of
Dauid
,
and
differeth
from
any
Title
wee
haue
had
yet
,
I
take
it
to
be
,
q.d.
a
Psalme
that
Dauid
made
to
bee
sung
after
a
certayne
tune
named
Michtan
,
commonlye
knowne
amongst
the
Iewishe
songes
for
the
excellency
of
it
,
wherevpon
also
it
should
séeme
to
bee
named
as
though
it
were
as
excellent
as
gold
.
Ver.
2.
thou
art
my
Lord
[
i.
I
acknowledge
none
for
Lord
vnto
me
,
but
thée
alone
]
my
weldoing
extendeth
not
to
thée
[
i.
thou
art
nothing
profited
thereby
,
in
respect
of
thy selfe
,
sée
Iob
35.6.7.8
.
]
Ver.
3.
That
are
in
the
earth
[
i.
that
are
liuing
amongst
men
,
whereby
we
may
learne
also
,
that
it
cannot
profit
them
that
are
departed
]
and
to
the
excellent
[
vz.
in
vertue
and
goodnesse
]
all
my
delight
is
in
them
(
expound
this
by
Psalme
15.4
)
Ver.
4.
Offerings
of
blood
[
the
Prophet
alludeth
as
I
take
it
to
the
idolatrous
manner
of
the
Gentiles
,
who
made
their
children
passe
through
the
fyre
to
their
idols
:
which
he
calleth
offrings
of
blood
,
or
bloody
offrings
,
because
mans
blood
was
shed
therein
]
make
mention
of
their
names
with
my
lips
,
sée
Exo.
23.13
.
Eph.
5.3
.
noting
by
this
maner
of
spéech
,
his
detestation
of
idols
and
Idolatrie
,
vnderstanding
by
lips
his
spéeche
and
talke
]
ver.
5.
The
Lorde
is
the
portion
of
my
inheritaunce
[
he
had
sayd
before
,
he
would
haue
no
fellowship
with
the
Idolaters
,
neyther
idols
,
now
he
sheweth
to
whom
he
will
cleaue
,
vz.
to
the
Lorde
,
who
is
a
portion
euen
as
it
were
of
inheritaunce
alotted
vnto
him
,
and
one
that
filleth
him
with
goodnesse
,
for
so
I
take
the
word
Cup
to
be
vsed
here
,
sée
Psal.
23.5
.
]
thou
shalt
mayntaine
my
lot
[
q.d.
thou
alone
,
for
in
thée
doe
I
truste
,
and
not
in
my selfe
or
any
other
,
for
if
it
were
in
vs
to
be
vpholden
,
it
could
not
be
mayntayned
]
shalt
mayntaine
[
i.
vphold
and
kéepe
sure
]
my
lot
(
i.
the
portion
which
is
come
to
mee
by
lot
as
it
were
:
he
putteth
lot
for
the
thing
that
fell
to
him
by
lot
,
as
in
the
next
verse
,
he
putteth
the
word
lines
,
for
that
that
fell
to
him
by
the
measuring
of
the
lines
or
cordes
.
Touching
lots
and
lines
or
cordes
,
sée
Deut.
32.9
.
Prouerb
.
16.33
.
)
ver.
6.
in
pleasaunte
places
[
both
for
pleasure
and
profite
]
a
fayre
heritage
[
i.
fine
and
excellent
,
vnderstanding
by
these
spéeches
,
portion
,
inheritaunce
,
cuppe
,
lines
,
heritage
,
&c.
all
one
thing
as
it
were
:
vz.
assuraunce
of
Gods
goodnesse
towards
him
,
for
things
appertayning
to
this
life
,
and
the
life
to
come
.
]
ver.
7.
Hath
giuen
me
councell
[
i.
instructed
and
taught
me
what
was
right
,
vz.
by
his
holye
spirit
)
my
reines
[
i.
my
inward
affections
,
as
Psalme
7.9
.
reformed
by
the
mighty
working
of
Gods
spirit
]
teach
me
[
vz.
to
thinke
vpon
nothing
as
it
were
but
goodnesse
]
in
the
night
[
when
commonly
we
are
prone
to
euill
,
and
which
●ason
the
vngodly
vse
as
most
conuenient
to
commit
their
mischiefe
in
,
Iob
24.13.15.16
,
&c
,
]
Verse
8.
I
haue
set
the
Lord
alwayes
before
mee
,
[
q.d.
I
sieldome
or
neuer
tooke
any
thing
in
hande
,
but
I
behelde
the
Lorde
,
that
I
might
doe
all
things
according
to
his
good
pleasure
]
hee
is
at
my
right
hande
[
i.
he
is
present
with
me
,
and
that
on
the
better
side
,
as
it
were
,
to
holde
me
vp
that
I
slip
not
]
I
shall
not
slide
[
i.
perishe
and
fall
awaye
for
euer
,
because
I
haue
so
good
a
prop
to
leaue
vpon
.
]
Ver.
9.
Doth
in
manye
words
note
that
he
was
in
very
good
state
:
sometimes
speaking
of
the
parts
of
his
bodye
,
as
harte
and
tongue
:
sometimes
speaking
of
the
whole
vnder
the
worde
of
fleshe
.
]
Ver.
10.
Soule
put
for
body
as
appeareth
Leuit.
21.2
.
in
the
Hebrew
:
and
to
sée
,
put
for
to
trie
and
féele
,
a
metaphor
taken
from
one
of
the
sences
and
applyed
to
the
other
.
This
Dauid
speaketh
of
himself
in
an
assured
hope
that
he
had
of
the
generall
resurrection
.
And
Acts.
2.25.26.27
.
also
acts
13.35
.
it
is
applyed
to
our
Sauiour
Christ
,
to
proue
him
to
be
a
conqueror
of
death
,
to
be
truly
and
indéede
risen
agayne
,
because
death
could
not
keepe
him
downe
,
and
to
be
the
author
of
that
resurrection
that
al
the
godly
shall
haue
,
in
which
respect
also
he
is
called
the
first
fruits
of
them
that
slept
,
1.
Cor.
15.20
.
]
Ver.
11.
The
path
of
life
[
i.
the
way
,
whereby
in
this
life
I
may
so
walke
,
that
in
the
end
I
shall
come
to
eternall
life
,
it
is
a
metaphor
taken
from
trauaylers
,
who
iorneying
in
straunge
countries
,
vnlesse
they
haue
a
guide
cannot
tell
whether
they
goe
]
in
thy
presence
[
i.
with
thée
,
and
where
thou
thy selfe
art
in
goodnesse
and
mercy
]
and
at
thy
righte
hand
,
sée
Mat.
25.33
.
pleasures
(
he
vseth
the
plurall
number
to
note
the
great
plenty
and
aboundaunce
of
them
for
euermore
(
i.
that
shall
neuer
perish
.
Ver.
1.
Do.
Trust
and
hope
in
God
is
the
ground
of
our
prayers
to
his
Maiestie
,
Roman.
10.14
.
Ver.
2.
A
notable
place
agaynst
merits
and
confidence
in
mans
workes
.
Ver.
3.
Teacheth
that
we
must
doe
wel
to
the
houshold
of
faith
and
that
while
they
liue
with
vs
,
for
otherwise
it
will
not
profit
them
:
it
teacheth
also
that
we
should
delighte
in
the
company
of
Gods
saynts
.
Ver.
4.
teacheth
that
Idolatrers
shall
not
escape
vnpunished
:
also
what
detestation
Gods
children
should
haue
of
Idols
and
Idolatrie
.
Ver.
5.6
.
declare
Gods
mercy
and
goodnesse
to
his
children
.
Ver.
7.
Teacheth
thankfulnesse
to
God
,
for
his
inlightning
of
vs
by
his
spirit
.
ver.
8.
sheweth
that
we
shoulde
doe
nothing
but
alwayes
as
in
Gods
presence
:
and
that
if
the
Lord
be
on
our
side
,
we
néede
not
care
who
be
agaynst
vs
.
ver.
10.
is
a
playne
testimony
of
the
resurrection
.
ver.
11.
Teacheth
vs
vnfainedly
to
imbrace
the
Lord
,
in
whome
is
such
fulnes
and
aboundaunce
of
all
good
things
.
Psalme
17
Di.
I
His
Psalme
hath
two
especiall
partes
.
First
the
Prophet
maketh
his
earnest
prayer
vnto
God
,
beséeching
him
graciouslye
to
heare
him
,
and
to
deliuer
him
from
the
vngodly
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
eyght
.
Secondly
he
describeth
the
cruelty
,
pryde
,
and
other
wickednesses
of
the
vngodly
,
as
reasons
to
moue
the
Lord
to
pitie
his
case
,
from
verse
9.
to
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
.
De.
The
title
of
this
Psalme
is
playne
and
easie
.
ver.
1.
crie
put
for
vehemente
and
earnest
prayer
]
of
lippes
vnfayned
,
or
as
Immanuel
readeth
,
withoute
deceitfull
lips
,
both
commeth
to
one
sence
as
I
take
it
,
vz.
the
Prophet
meaneth
that
his
prayers
were
vttered
with
wordes
(
for
lippes
are
here
put
for
wordes
expressed
with
the
lippes
]
voyde
of
faigning
or
subtiltie
:
q.
d.
My
wordes
truely
expressed
my
gréefe
,
and
were
indéede
the
liuelye
image
of
my
minde
,
wordes
and
hart
consenting
together
.
]
ver.
2.
My
sentence
[
i.
the
sentence
and
iudgement
that
thou
shalt
pronounce
on
my
behalfe
]
for
thy
presence
[
i.
from
thée
:
q.d.
make
it
now
manifest
]
and
let
thyne
eyes
beholde
equitie
[
i.
declare
now
by
thy
iudgements
,
that
thou
regardest
equity
,
whiche
I
,
yea
with
many
wicked
men
haue
doubted
of
,
because
thou
hast
ben
so
long
before
thou
hast
come
to
punish
the
vngodlye
.
]
ver.
3.
Proued
and
visited
[
i.
examined
and
sifted
]
mine
hart
[
i.
my
inward
thoughtes
whiche
are
in
the
hart
]
in
the
night
[
in
which
God
is
wont
to
stir
vp
,
and
to
put
men
in
minde
of
his
will
,
after
that
they
are
called
from
other
affayres
,
sée
Iob.
4.3.14
.
Iob
33.15.16
.
)
thou
hast
tryed
me
(
vz.
by
many
tribulations
,
and
is
a
metaphor
taken
from
tryall
of
metals
by
fire
)
and
foundest
nothing
(
vz.
euill
in
me
,
or
spoken
by
me
,
to
wit
agaynst
Saule
,
or
some
other
his
enemies
,
in
which
respect
he
called
his
cause
a
righteous
cause
,
verse
1.
of
this
Psalme
.
The
latter
part
of
this
verse
correct
thus
:
that
which
I
thinke
doth
not
go
beyonde
my
mouth
:
or
as
it
is
in
Hebrue
.
I
thought
,
adde
here
,
and
my
thought
(
for
verbes
in
the
Hebrue
tongue
doe
manye
times
comprehende
their
verball
nownes
)
passed
not
my
mouth
[
q.d.
there
was
no
difference
betwéene
my
mouth
and
my
hart
:
I
did
without
deceit
vtter
with
my
mouth
,
what
I
had
in
my
minde
.
]
Ver.
4.
concerning
the
workes
of
men
[
i.
which
men
are
wont
to
doe
)
adde
here
for
the
more
playne
sence
,
this
,
is
that
I
haue
to
saye
]
by
the
wordes
of
thy
lippes
[
i
by
the
wordes
,
or
thorowe
the
wordes
that
thou
hast
vttered
and
made
manifest
]
I
kept
me
[
i.
through
goodnes
and
strength
from
thée
I
did
abstayne
]
from
the
paths
[
i.
from
the
behauiours
,
conditions
and
manners
of
doings
]
of
the
cruell
man
[
i.
that
he
vseth
.
]
ver.
5.
Stay
,
som
read
staying
,
but
I
rather
like
of
the
first
,
the
Prophet
making
a
prayer
for
himselfe
,
considering
his
own
weakenesse
,
rather
then
noting
the
manner
howe
]
My
steppes
[
i.
my
thoughts
,
wordes
,
and
déedes
]
in
thy
paths
[
i.
in
those
wayes
and
maners
which
thou
hast
prescribed
by
thy
word
]
that
my
féete
[
he
goeth
out
in
his
metaphor
,
vnderstanding
by
féete
,
his
conuersation
inward
,
and
outward
]
slide
not
(
i.
go
not
astray
,
or
slip
awry
from
the
rule
of
righteousnesse
that
thou
hast
prescribed
.
)
ver.
6.
I
haue
called
(
i.
prayde
vnto
)
incline
thine
eare
[
eare
ascribed
to
God
,
as
other
partes
and
members
of
a
mans
body
are
,
not
that
he
hath
such
,
but
because
our
weake
capacitie
vnder
such
spéeches
,
might
haue
some
little
light
of
knowledge
touching
his
incomprehensible
maiesty
]
ver.
7.
he
procéedeth
in
his
prayer
,
vsing
the
word
mercies
in
the
plurall
number
,
not
to
the
largenes
&
abundaunce
thereof
,
sée
Psal.
16.11
.
and
he
calleth
them
maruailous
because
they
so
séeme
,
as
in
déede
they
are
also
vnto
men
]
Sauiour
[
i.
deliuerer
from
daungers
,
1.
Timoth.
4.10
.
he
meaneth
that
God
doth
vse
to
saue
them
that
put
their
trust
in
him
,
to
saue
them
I
say
,
from
such
as
resist
thy
right
hand
[
i.
from
such
as
sette
themselues
,
though
in
vayne
,
against
thy
maiestie
and
power
,
Immanuel
readeth
this
verse
otherwise
,
but
I
like
this
sence
as
well
as
his
)
Ver.
8.
As
the
apple
of
my
eye
[
i.
most
dearely
and
tenderly
,
as
men
are
wont
to
doe
the
apples
of
their
eye
,
who
cannot
abide
that
any
thing
should
touch
it
,
hide
mee
vnder
the
shadow
of
thy
winges
:
an
other
similitude
to
the
same
purpose
,
q.d.
deliuer
me
with
such
diligence
from
present
perill
,
as
the
hens
are
wont
to
doe
their
yong
ones
vnder
their
winges
,
when
the
Kite
houereth
ouer
them
,
or
lieth
in
wait
for
them
.
The
scripture
in
sundrye
places
attributeth
winges
to
God
,
that
therby
it
might
declare
Gods
great
care
to
saue
and
defend
the
godly
:
such
a
similitude
Christ
vseth
Math.
23.37
.
]
Ver.
9.
for
my
soule
[
i.
for
my
life
,
vz.
that
they
might
take
it
away
from
me
]
ver.
10.
They
are
inclosed
in
their
owne
fat
[
i.
they
are
monstrously
fat
,
by
reason
they
liue
in
al
plesures
and
delights
,
q.d.
They
abound
in
all
delights
,
&
therefore
they
spare
not
to
speake
proudly
,
which
he
addeth
in
this
verse
,
describing
in
this
,
and
so
on
in
the
rest
,
the
maners
of
the
vngodly
.
]
Ver.
11.
They
[
i.
the
vngodly
and
wicked
enemies
]
haue
compassed
vs
(
i.
me
Dauid
&
the
people
that
are
with
mee
)
in
our
steps
[
i.
in
our
iornies
,
or
as
we
were
iornying
,
q.
d.
In
all
our
iornying
they
haue
most
diligently
obserued
me
&
mine
,
&
many
times
haue
in
the
mean
while
beset
vs
about
]
they
haue
set
their
eyes
(
i.
they
are
earnestly
and
diligentlye
bent
,
as
one
that
fixeth
his
eyes
vppon
one
,
to
marke
him
,
or
to
know
him
agayne
]
to
bring
downe
[
vz.
me
and
mine
]
to
the
ground
[
i.
to
destroy
and
ouerthrow
vs
as
townes
and
castles
rased
and
made
euen
with
the
ground
.
]
ver.
12.
He
noteth
first
their
crueltie
vnder
these
wordes
(
gréedye
of
pray
)
next
vnder
these
words
(
lurking
in
secret
places
)
their
subtelty
&
craft
:
sée
Psalme
10.9
.
Ver
,
13.
Vp
Lord
(
q.d.
thou
hast
deferred
a
long
while
,
vp
now
,
and
take
weapon
into
thy
hand
as
a
notable
defender
]
disappoint
him
(
vz.
of
the
crueltye
he
purposeth
:
&
he
speaketh
of
one
as
the
principal
,
meaning
notwithstanding
others
ioyned
with
him
in
the
mischiefe
]
cast
him
down
[
vz.
to
the
ground
,
see
ver.
11.
in
these
words
,
to
bring
downe
to
the
grounde
]
deliuer
my
soule
[
i.
my
life
,
as
before
ver.
9.
of
this
Psalme
]
with
thy
sworde
[
i.
with
thy
might
and
power
,
sée
Iob
40.14
.
]
Ver.
14.
from
men
[
vz.
deliuer
my
soule
,
as
ver.
13.
]
by
thine
handes
(
i.
by
thy
power
and
might
,
vsing
hande
here
,
as
he
vsed
the
word
sword
before
]
from
men
[
ad
these
words
,
I
mean
,
for
the
more
playne
sence
]
of
the
world
[
i.
worldly
men
all
whose
delighte
is
in
things
of
this
life
]
who
haue
their
portion
in
this
life
(
and
not
in
the
other
which
shall
be
reuealed
to
Gods
sonnes
)
whose
bellies
[
i.
whose
desires
and
appetites
]
thou
fillest
with
thy
hidden
treasures
[
i.
giuest
them
great
abundaunce
of
outwarde
benefites
and
blessinges
,
which
are
called
Gods
hidden
treasures
,
not
because
they
are
not
séene
,
but
because
they
are
not
so
wel
perceyued
and
vsed
of
the
vngodlye
,
as
were
méete
]
their
children
[
this
serueth
to
amplifie
the
aboundance
of
outward
blessings
that
the
wicked
haue
,
hauing
not
only
more
then
ynough
for
themselues
,
but
to
leaue
mountains
of
mony
as
it
were
to
their
posterity
,
whether
sonnes
,
daughters
,
neuewes
,
or
any
other
kindred
,
for
so
I
take
the
worde
children
to
be
vsed
in
this
place
.
]
ver.
15.
in
righteousnesse
[
i.
hauing
a
good
and
righteous
cause
on
my
side
,
Psalm
4.1
.
and
Gods
face
is
here
taken
for
a
more
playne
and
manifest
knowledge
of
Gods
mercy
,
then
he
had
set
before
,
in
the
time
of
his
affliction
]
with
thine
image
[
i.
with
so
much
of
thy
goodnes
and
grace
,
as
it
shall
please
thée
in
my
deliuerance
to
make
knowne
vnto
me
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
earnestnes
in
prayer
.
ver.
3.
that
we
should
kéepe
our selues
from
wicked
thoughts
,
and
wicked
words
expressing
these
thoughts
.
ver.
4.
Gods
word
is
a
notable
meane
to
kéepe
vs
from
wickednesse
.
ver.
5.
we
shall
fall
,
vnles
the
Lord
vphold
vs
.
ver.
6.
He
that
prayeth
to
God
,
must
bée
well
assured
of
the
truth
of
his
promises
.
ver.
7.
If
God
helpe
vs
not
,
the
enemies
rage
wil
ouercome
vs
.
ver.
10.
aboundaunce
of
wealth
and
pleasure
,
maketh
the
vngodly
proud
against
God
,
and
his
people
.
ver.
11.
setteth
out
the
mischieuous
mind
of
the
vngodly
.
ver.
12.
expresseth
their
crueltie
and
craft
.
ver.
13.
teacheth
vs
in
the
time
of
our
afflictions
,
to
haue
recourse
to
God
by
prayer
ver.
14.
sheweth
that
outward
blessings
are
as
well
bestowed
vpon
the
wicked
as
the
good
,
and
that
therefore
there
is
no
certaine
iudgements
to
be
giuen
of
gods
fauour
by
these
outward
things
.
ver.
15.
Howsoeuer
wicked
men
set
their
minde
on
worldly
wealth
,
that
our
delight
and
pleasure
should
be
onlye
in
the
Lord
and
his
fauour
.
Psalme
18.
Di.
THis
Psalme
handleth
diuers
matters
,
but
principally
3.
In
the
first
part
the
Prophet
promiseth
thankes
giuing
for
benefites
receaued
,
and
describeth
Gods
wrath
and
power
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
15.
In
the
second
part
he
reciteth
sundry
particular
graces
bestowed
vpon
him
,
and
excellent
matters
that
the
Lord
inabled
him
to
performe
,
from
ver.
16.
to
the
end
of
the
45.
In
the
third
part
he
yéeldeth
praise
and
thankes
vnto
the
Lord
,
promising
neuer
to
forget
these
benefits
,
and
to
publish
them
continually
amongst
the
people
,
from
verse
46.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
is
easie
:
these
words
,
which
spake
,
put
for
,
which
sung
,
Se.
In
the
day
[
i.
at
the
time
]
from
the
hand
[
i.
from
the
violent
power
and
raging
might
,
and
so
it
is
vsed
immediatly
following
]
of
al
his
enimies
[
he
meaneth
of
the
mighty
,
and
of
the
greatest
number
of
them
,
for
Dauid
was
neuer
without
enemies
]
this
title
summarily
comprehendeth
the
occasion
of
the
making
of
this
Psalm
.
ver.
2.
My
rock
[
this
spéech
calling
God
a
rock
,
is
a
metaphor
taken
from
séeking
refuge
,
for
men
are
wont
for
feare
of
their
enemies
to
go
to
the
rocks
or
mountayns
,
Mat.
24.16
.
]
my
fortresse
[
another
metaphor
,
meaning
that
in
and
by
God
he
might
be
kept
as
safely
,
yea
more
safely
from
his
enemies
,
then
in
or
by
the
strongest
hold
in
the
world
]
my
shield
[
another
Metaphor
,
because
he
did
as
a
shield
ouershadow
and
defend
him
]
the
horne
of
my
saluation
[
saluation
here
is
put
for
deliuerance
,
and
horn
put
for
strength
or
strong
meates
.
Another
metaphor
:
for
euen
as
horned
beasts
doe
defend
themselues
with
their
hornes
,
so
Dauid
vsed
Gods
helpe
and
defence
as
it
were
a
horne
.
]
Ver.
3.
worthy
to
be
praysed
[
vz.
of
me
and
all
others
,
&
that
for
his
wonderful
goodnes
bestowed
vpon
vs
]
ver.
4.
Sorrows
of
deth
[
i.
most
gréeuous
&
deadly
sorrowes
,
which
are
therfore
called
the
sorrows
of
deth
because
they
brought
him
almost
to
deaths
dore
]
the
floods
of
wickednes
(
i.
gret
multituds
either
of
wicked
deuises
,
or
of
wicked
men
,
for
so
I
take
wickednes
to
be
vsed
here
]
ver.
5.
The
sorrowes
of
the
graue
[
i.
such
extreme
sorrowes
as
in
a
maner
kil
men
and
bring
them
to
the
graue
]
the
snares
of
death
[
i.
deadly
snares
,
in
which
if
I
had
bene
taken
,
I
had
died
for
it
]
ouertake
me
[
i.
almost
seased
vpon
me
,
being
in
a
most
extreme
danger
,
for
almost
being
catched
therein
,
q.d.
there
was
but
a
little
betwéene
me
and
death
.
]
ver.
6.
Out
of
his
temple
[
i.
either
out
of
heauen
,
or
else
from
betwéen
the
Cherubins
,
for
the
temple
materiall
was
not
builded
in
Dauids
time
,
but
in
his
sonne
Solomons
:
sée
1.
Samuel
.
1.9
.
]
and
my
cry
[
vz.
which
I
made
,
or
poured
forth
]
ver.
7.
Then
[
i.
after
that
the
Lord
had
heard
my
praiers
]
the
earth
trembled
and
quaked
[
i.
there
was
a
great
earthquake
:
which
that
he
might
the
better
expresse
,
he
vseth
two
words
,
signifying
almost
one
thing
,
q.d.
God
shewed
by
wonders
and
signes
,
that
my
prayer
came
vp
to
him
]
the
foundations
also
of
the
mountains
(
q.d.
this
earthquake
was
not
only
vpon
the
vpper
parts
of
the
earth
,
but
euen
the
rootes
as
it
were
of
the
mountains
which
lie
déepe
within
the
ground
,
were
shaken
also
,
by
which
he
meaneth
nothing
else
but
a
most
vehement
earthquake
]
because
he
was
angry
[
vz.
agaynst
my
enemies
,
and
that
for
the
iniury
they
offered
me
.
]
Ver.
8.
Is
vttered
by
the
way
of
a
similitude
:
q.d.
God
was
so
greatly
angry
,
that
it
séemed
that
smoke
,
&c.
sée
such
a
maner
of
spéech
attributed
to
Leuiathan
,
Iob.
41.11.12
.
]
Ver.
9.
he
bowed
the
heauens
[
i.
he
made
them
séeme
so
low
as
though
they
had
touched
mens
heads
,
which
is
then
done
,
when
the
cloudes
are
thick
and
darke
]
and
came
down
(
this
also
is
spoken
after
the
maner
of
men
.
Now
God
is
sayd
to
come
downe
,
when
by
euident
tokens
he
sheweth
his
wrath
in
confounding
the
wicked
as
Gen.
9.7
.
)
and
darkenes
(
i.
darke
cloudes
,
whiche
are
called
darkenes
,
because
they
séeme
to
bring
darkenes
with
them
,
hee
meaneth
nothing
else
by
these
maner
of
spéeches
,
but
that
God
by
a
very
great
tempest
declared
himselfe
to
be
present
to
defend
his
seruaunt
,
and
to
strike
his
enemies
)
Ver.
10.
vpon
Cherub
.
(
the
singular
for
the
plurall
,
Cherubines
,
of
whiche
you
may
read
Gen.
3.24
.
they
are
certayne
Angels
,
which
readilye
execute
Gods
will
:
whereby
and
by
his
riding
vpon
them
,
the
Prophet
noteth
nothing
else
,
but
Gods
swiftnes
in
comming
to
succour
him
:
which
also
he
noteth
by
wings
of
the
winde
.
)
Ver.
11.
Darkenesse
put
for
thick
cloudes
as
before
ver.
9.
)
and
his
pauilion
round
about
him
(
vnderstand
was
)
euen
darkenes
of
waters
(
i.
cloudes
full
of
rayne
or
water
,
which
are
called
darkenes
of
waters
,
because
they
haue
a
certayne
darkish
colour
as
the
waters
also
haue
and
cloudes
of
the
aire
[
i.
more
bright
and
shining
cloudes
,
q.d.
God
putteth
both
the
one
kind
of
clouds
&
the
other
betwéene
himselfe
and
the
wicked
,
as
a
testimony
of
his
wrath
]
ver.
12.
at
the
brightnes
of
his
presence
(
q.d.
when
God
beginneth
to
shew
his
maiestie
)
his
cloudes
passed
[
i.
were
as
a
man
would
say
,
made
more
light
,
or
else
did
cleaue
as
it
were
in
sunder
,
and
they
are
called
his
cloudes
,
because
they
are
gouerned
and
directed
at
his
appoyntment
,
sée
Iob.
37.15
.
]
Haylestones
and
coales
of
fyre
[
vz.
came
from
the
Lord
after
that
the
cloudes
were
broken
:
for
coales
of
fire
,
sée
ver.
8.
]
ver.
13
In
the
heauen
[
i.
in
the
firmament
,
or
in
that
region
of
the
aire
,
where
the
thunder
is
,
as
Philosophers
déeme
]
and
the
highest
gaue
his
voyce
(
i.
thundered
,
sée
Psalme
29.3
,
&c.
so
that
it
is
nothing
but
a
repetition
of
that
whiche
went
before
)
haylestones
and
coales
of
fyre
[
vnderstand
he
gaue
:
q.d.
he
sent
forth
also
or
gaue
hailestones
,
&c.
]
Ver.
14.
Then
[
i.
after
al
this
]
he
sent
out
his
arrowes
[
i.
after
some
his
lightning
,
but
I
rather
take
it
for
all
the
afflictions
that
God
layd
vppon
the
vngodly
,
sée
Psal.
38.2
]
and
scattered
them
[
i.
destroyed
them
,
for
then
an
armye
is
wont
to
perish
,
when
the
order
thereof
decaieth
]
ver.
15.
and
the
chanels
of
waters
were
séene
(
i.
the
depths
wher
the
waters
run
,
or
as
you
would
say
,
the
bottom
of
the
sea
]
the
foundations
of
the
world
[
he
alludeth
to
the
miracle
shewed
at
the
red
sea
,
for
then
were
the
springs
of
the
waters
(
which
he
calleth
the
foundations
of
the
earth
,
by
reason
of
their
wonderfull
depth
)
discouered
:
so
that
a
man
mighte
as
it
were
sée
from
whence
so
many
sloudes
had
their
beginning
]
at
thy
rebuking
[
i.
when
thou
séemedst
to
rebuke
them
,
turning
their
courses
contrary
to
those
which
they
had
before
]
at
the
blasting
of
the
breath
of
thy
nostrels
[
this
is
spoken
according
to
man
:
q.d.
there
was
no
néede
that
thou
shouldest
commaund
them
,
when
thou
diddest
but
breath
vpon
them
,
it
was
ynough
to
make
the
drie
lande
appeare
.
]
ver.
16.
He
hath
sent
down
[
vz.
his
power
,
or
his
Angels
,
for
God
did
vse
to
deliuer
his
children
by
Angels
]
from
aboue
(
from
heauen
)
and
taken
me
(
i.
deliuered
me
,
vz.
out
of
many
daungers
,
hee
hath
drawne
me
[
q.d.
euen
by
violence
,
maugre
the
heads
and
harts
of
mine
enimies
]
out
of
many
waters
[
i.
not
only
many
but
very
great
daungers
,
sée
Psa.
69.1.2
.
Psal.
124.4
.
]
Ver.
17.
from
my
strong
enimie
[
he
meaneth
enemies
,
one
number
,
being
put
for
an
other
,
or
else
by
one
he
vnderstandeth
al
,
that
one
being
the
ringleader
of
the
rest
]
ver.
18.
They
preuented
me
[
vz.
by
their
subtiltie
,
and
had
almost
taken
me
in
the
snare
they
layd
for
me
]
in
the
day
of
my
calamity
[
i.
when
I
was
in
calamity
and
affliction
]
was
my
stay
[
i.
not
only
on
whom
I
did
leane
vpon
and
trust
to
,
but
my
helper
deliuering
me
from
them
]
ver.
19.
into
a
large
place
(
he
meaneth
by
this
his
liberty
,
and
deliuerance
,
for
his
calamities
were
as
a
prison
or
narrow
roome
vnto
him
]
because
he
fauoured
me
(
i.
preuented
me
with
his
holy
fauour
,
and
that
with
out
any
merit
or
desert
of
mine
at
all
)
ver.
20.
Righteousnesse
,
put
for
righteous
cause
,
as
before
Psal.
41.
)
purenesse
of
my
hands
[
i.
integrity
&
soundnes
of
my
déeds
,
hands
put
for
déedes
and
workes
,
by
which
the
workes
and
déeds
are
performed
,
note
that
Dauid
in
this
verse
setteth
out
his
good
cause
agaynst
them
that
slaundered
him
(
not
speaking
of
his
whole
life
,
giuing
them
to
vnderstand
,
that
he
attempted
nothing
but
right
and
well
,
and
that
according
to
Gods
commaundements
.
]
Verse
21.
The
wayes
of
the
Lorde
[
1.
Lawes
and
commaundements
as
verse
22.
of
this
Psalme
:
and
by
kéeping
he
meaneth
a
carefull
minde
,
and
a
certaine
abilitie
also
that
GOD
hath
giuen
him
to
performe
the
same
]
and
did
not
wickedly
[
he
meaneth
not
of
some
simple
fal
,
for
we
read
of
diuers
before
he
came
to
the
kingdom
,
and
after
,
but
of
reuolting
&
falling
away
,
that
doth
quite
and
clean
alienate
&
turn
away
from
God
]
ver.
22.
before
me
[
i.
in
my
sight
,
vz.
that
I
might
not
commit
any
thing
against
them
]
and
I
did
not
cast
away
(
vz.
as
though
I
would
not
obey
them
,
but
rather
vnfainedly
imbraced
them
.
)
Ver.
23.
I
was
vprighte
also
with
him
(
i.
I
walked
vprightly
before
God
,
touching
this
matter
of
the
kingdome
)
and
haue
kepte
me
(
sée
verse
21
)
from
my
wickednesse
(
i.
from
anye
wickednesse
hée
mighte
doe
,
which
hee
calleth
his
wickednes
,
because
naturally
he
had
it
in
him
,
though
it
burst
not
forth
.
)
Ver.
24.
sée
verse
20.
in
his
sight
,
(
q.d.
as
he
himselfe
,
vz.
God
,
séeth
it
sufficiently
)
ver.
25.
with
the
godly
(
i.
with
them
that
vnfeignedly
loue
and
professe
godlinesse
)
thou
wilte
shew
thy selfe
godly
(
i.
mercifull
and
gracious
,
for
the
word
termed
here
godly
,
is
taken
from
a
word
that
signifieth
merciful
&
liberal
:
q.d.
thou
wilt
deale
graciously
with
the
good
people
,
declaring
thy selfe
such
a
one
towards
them
,
as
thou
hast
bin
towards
me
.
)
ver.
26.
thou
wilt
shew
thy self
froward
(
i.
their
obstinacye
is
the
cause
,
that
thou
as
it
were
,
forgetting
thy
wonderfull
clemency
,
doest
deale
hardly
with
them
and
thunder
out
iudgements
against
them
:
or
else
it
may
be
vnderstand
,
as
men
iudge
&
suppose
,
god
notwithstanding
dealing
alwais
iustly
,
though
he
ouerwhelm
with
condemnation
,
sée
Pro.
3.34
.
)
ver.
27.
wil
t
saue
(
i.
deliuer
)
the
pore
people
(
i.
the
afflicted
ones
)
&
wilt
cast
down
(
i.
ouerthrow
&
bring
to
nought
)
the
proud
lookes
(
i.
the
proud
people
,
for
mans
pryde
bewraieth
it self
in
the
eyes
&
countenance
,
&
therfore
he
put
eyes
for
men
,
one
part
for
the
whole
)
ver.
28.
Thou
wilt
light
[
i.
bring
to
a
better
state
,
&
make
to
shine
forth
]
my
candle
[
i.
my
prosperity
,
which
séemed
to
be
as
it
were
a
candle
put
out
]
the
Lord
will
lighten
my
darknesse
[
i.
bring
my
aduersitie
into
prosperity
,
for
the
scriptures
vse
to
vnderstand
by
darknes
aduersity
,
and
by
light
prosperity
]
ver.
29.
By
thée
[
i.
by
the
power
or
strength
from
thée
]
ouer
a
wal
[
vz.
of
a
citie
,
the
Geneua
note
is
good
]
ver.
30.
The
way
of
God
[
i.
eyther
the
maner
that
he
vseth
towards
his
children
,
whom
he
neuer
ceaseth
to
aid
:
or
Gods
way
else
is
put
for
workes
,
q.d.
they
are
so
sound
that
nothing
can
bée
blamed
in
them
:
whatsoeuer
God
doth
,
he
doth
trustily
,
and
iustly
performeth
whatsoeuer
he
promiseth
)
the
word
of
the
lord
(
i.
his
promises
)
is
tried
in
the
fire
(
i.
is
most
perfect
&
pure
:
q.d.
as
metall
tried
by
fire
hath
no
drosse
,
so
hath
Gods
word
no
falshood
or
corruption
in
it
,
sée
Psal.
12.6
.
he
is
a
shielde
(
i.
he
saueth
and
kéepeth
them
as
a
shield
doth
soldiers
)
ver.
31.
For
who
is
,
&c.
(
q.d.
none
,
&
by
consequent
seeing
none
can
deliuer
but
he
alone
,
none
must
be
trusted
in
but
he
alone
,
such
epiphonemata
or
acclamations
are
vsuall
to
them
that
haue
tryed
Gods
helpe
and
ayd
)
ver.
32.
girdeth
me
with
strength
(
i.
maketh
me
strong
&
able
,
so
that
I
haue
strength
in
my
loines
,
&
rounde
aboute
me
,
euen
as
it
were
a
girdle
)
&
maketh
my
way
vpright
(
i.
maketh
the
order
of
my
life
vnblameable
,
teaching
me
an
vpright
and
a
holy
kind
of
life
:
or
else
he
maketh
euery
thing
that
I
take
in
hand
,
to
prosper
:
this
latter
I
rather
allow
,
as
most
agréeable
to
this
place
)
ver.
33.
He
maketh
my
féet
like
Hinds
féete
(
i.
not
only
swift
,
if
I
haue
occasion
by
flight
to
prouide
for
my selfe
,
or
to
pursue
my
enemies
flying
before
me
,
but
stedy
also
,
if
I
come
into
any
dangerous
places
)
and
setteth
me
vpon
mine
high
places
(
i.
places
of
sure
defence
appointed
for
me
to
defend
me
from
the
violence
and
rage
of
my
enimies
.
)
Ver.
34.
He
teacheth
my
hands
to
fight
(
i.
if
I
haue
to
do
with
mine
enemies
in
the
field
,
he
teacheth
me
singuler
skill
in
warre
,
to
defend
my selfe
,
and
to
hurt
my
Foe
)
so
that
a
Bowe
of
brasse
(
q.d.
yea
hee
giueth
me
so
greate
strength
,
that
a
bow
of
brasse
or
stéele
)
is
broken
with
mine
armes
(
i.
with
the
power
and
strength
that
hée
giueth
mée
,
or
else
,
with
mine
armes
indéede
,
because
there
is
muche
power
and
strength
in
the
armes
.
)
Verse
35.
The
Shielde
of
thy
saluation
(
i.
a
helpe
for
my
deliueraunce
,
Shielde
being
put
for
helpe
and
defence
,
because
men
helpe
and
defend
themselues
with
Shieldes
,
and
saluation
for
deliuerance
,
as
often
times
before
we
haue
had
these
wordes
so
vsed
:
his
meaning
is
that
God
did
defend
him
againste
dangers
with
his
ayd
and
help
,
as
it
were
with
a
shield
,
that
cannot
be
pearced
,
and
set
him
frée
also
by
the
same
ayd
out
of
daungers
and
troubles
)
thy
right
hande
(
i.
thy
might
and
power
)
hath
stayde
me
(
vz.
from
sliding
or
falling
:
it
is
a
metaphoricall
spéeche
taken
from
mans
maners
,
who
reach
them
that
are
sliding
,
their
right
hand
,
i.
the
best
meanes
they
haue
to
staye
them
from
it
)
to
increase
(
vz.
in
honors
,
credit
,
wealth
,
and
all
maner
of
goodnes
)
Ver.
36.
Thou
hast
enlarged
my
steppes
(
i.
thou
hast
brought
to
pas
that
whether
soeuer
I
go
I
goe
into
a
large
and
ample
place
,
that
is
fréely
and
without
feare
,
yea
I
haue
a
plain
&
ready
way
.
This
is
often
in
the
Psalms
,
by
straitnes
to
signifie
affliction
and
danger
,
and
by
inlarging
to
signifie
libertie
and
fréedome
:
hee
meaneth
then
,
that
God
had
set
him
at
libertie
,
straightened
the
way
before
him
,
and
drawne
him
out
of
extreme
daunger
&
dispaire
]
vnder
me
[
i.
either
for
me
,
or
else
as
I
go
:
he
meaneth
that
hee
did
now
tread
as
it
were
vpon
a
sure
ground
]
mine
héeles
[
i.
my
féete
:
a
part
of
the
féete
being
put
for
the
féete
.
]
ver.
37.
I
haue
pursued
mine
enemies
[
vz.
in
the
battaile
,
&
I
haue
not
turned
againe
[
vz.
from
pursuing
them
in
the
field
.
ver.
38.
Wounded
them
[
i.
mine
enemies
as
ver.
37.
]
that
they
were
not
able
to
rise
vz.
because
their
wounds
were
so
deadly
]
they
are
fallen
vnder
my
féete
[
i.
they
are
brought
in
subiection
vnto
mee
,
as
ver.
44.
This
phrase
also
is
so
vsed
Psal.
8.6
.
]
Ver.
39.
Thou
hast
girded
me
with
strength
[
sée
ver.
32.
and
it
is
a
reason
why
he
so
mightily
preuailed
against
his
enemies
]
to
battaile
[
i.
against
I
was
to
fight
,
or
euen
in
the
very
time
of
the
battaile
:
whatsoeuer
it
be
,
his
meaning
is
,
that
he
was
apted
&
fitted
by
God
to
that
purpose
]
that
rose
against
me
[
vz.
to
annoy
and
hurt
me
,
and
were
in
déed
rebels
.
ver.
40.
Thou
hast
giuen
me
the
necks
[
i.
as
some
of
the
Iewes
expound
it
,
thou
hast
caused
my
enemies
to
turne
their
backes
vpon
me
,
because
the
neck
is
behind
:
but
I
take
it
more
simply
thus
:
thou
hast
giuen
the
life
of
mine
enemies
into
my
power
,
so
that
there
néedeth
nothing
,
but
to
chop
of
their
heads
,
or
cut
their
throates
,
as
it
were
,
if
I
will
:
and
that
which
followeth
in
this
verse
,
furthereth
in
my
iudgment
this
sense
.
]
ver.
41.
They
[
i.
the
wicked
ones
my
enemies
]
cried
[
i.
séemed
to
pray
earnestly
,
but
not
of
a
true
affection
]
but
there
was
none
to
saue
[
i.
to
deliuer
,
vz.
them
out
of
their
feare
and
paine
]
euen
vnto
the
Lord
[
vz.
did
they
cry
and
call
,
but
hee
answered
them
not
[
i.
he
regarded
not
their
dissembling
praiers
.
]
ver.
42.
Then
[
i.
after
that
the
Lord
had
reiected
them
and
their
praiers
,
sée
ver.
7.
of
this
Psalm
]
did
beate
them
,
as
smal
as
the
dust
before
the
wind
[
i.
I
did
wonderfully
ouerthrow
them
in
respect
of
their
number
,
which
I
thinke
the
word
smal
importeth
:
and
these
of
them
that
remaineth
were
as
light
,
as
the
dust
,
which
we
knowe
to
be
very
smal
and
light
]
I
did
tread
them
flat
[
i.
I
did
quite
and
cleane
subdue
them
,
as
the
clay
in
the
stréetes
[
i.
and
made
no
more
account
of
them
,
then
men
do
of
durt
vnder
their
féete
.
]
ver.
43.
From
the
contentions
of
the
people
,
[
hée
meaneth
either
Saul
,
or
the
rest
of
the
Israelites
,
that
tooke
part
with
him
against
Dauid
:
or
else
that
God
appeased
the
seditions
and
rebellions
of
his
people
,
that
lifted
vp
them selues
against
him
vnder
Absolon
,
and
other
rebels
,
and
this
I
rather
incline
to
]
thou
hast
made
me
the
head
[
i.
the
ruler
and
gouernour
,
for
so
head
is
many
times
vsed
in
Scripture
]
of
the
heathen
[
as
the
Ammonites
,
Moabites
,
&c.
which
dwelt
round
about
him
:
he
meaneth
,
that
by
Gods
aide
,
he
had
brought
vnder
those
people
that
before
had
discomfited
Israel
,
and
made
them
now
tributaries
to
him
]
whom
I
haue
not
knowen
[
i.
whom
I
haue
not
allowed
of
,
or
else
,
with
whom
I
haue
had
no
familiaritie
,
or
acquaintance
,
because
the
law
forbad
it
with
some
people
,
as
with
the
Amalichits
.
Exod.
17.14
.
and
others
in
sundry
places
of
the
lawe
.
]
ver.
44.
As
soone
as
they
heare
[
vz.
of
me
,
and
the
fame
of
my
name
.
]
and
the
latter
part
mend
thus
:
strangers
shal
lyingly
yéeld
themselues
to
me
,
[
i.
they
shall
in
hypocrisie
pretend
a
subiection
,
and
not
of
a
sound
and
willing
mind
.
]
ver.
45.
Shal
shrinke
away
[
vz.
from
their
companions
and
friendes
]
and
feare
[
i.
shal
be
striken
with
feare
]
in
their
priuie
chambers
[
i.
in
the
places
of
their
greatest
ease
and
assurance
.
]
ver.
46.
Let
the
Lord
liue
[
not
as
though
God
coulde
at
any
time
die
,
or
be
the
better
for
the
Prophets
wish
vnto
him
,
but
hee
meaneth
by
this
prayer
and
wish
,
that
hee
would
haue
God
alwaies
to
shew
his
power
that
thereby
there
might
bée
a
plaine
difference
put
in
the
eies
of
men
,
betwéene
him
and
the
dead
Idols
of
the
Gentiles
,
]
and
blessed
[
i.
praised
]
my
strength
[
sée
ver.
2.
of
this
Psalme
]
of
my
saluation
[
i.
deliuerance
from
distresses
in
this
life
,
and
the
giuer
of
eternal
life
.
sèe
Psalm
.
3.8
.
]
bee
exalted
[
i.
lifted
vp
on
high
and
praysed
[
vz.
amongst
men
.
]
ver.
47.
To
auenge
mee
[
vz.
on
his
and
mine
enemies
,
and
this
Dauid
speaketh
as
a
magistrate
.
]
ver.
48.
Hast
set
mée
vp
[
vz.
in
a
high
and
sure
place
,
safe
and
sound
]
that
rose
against
mée
,
[
Sée
verse
39.
of
this
Psalme
]
cruell
man
hee
meaneth
some
one
who
was
as
it
were
standard
bearer
to
the
rest
,
but
yet
so
that
vnder
him
,
hee
meaneth
all
those
that
tooke
part
with
him
.
]
ver.
49.
Among
the
nations
[
i.
openly
and
before
them
]
and
as
it
were
in
the
middest
of
them
,
so
must
it
bee
vnderstood
if
it
bee
referred
to
Dauid
.
It
may
appeare
also
,
by
Rom.
15.9
.
that
it
is
a
Prophecy
of
Christes
kingdome
,
and
of
the
calling
of
the
Gentiles
:
and
so
hath
this
sense
:
I
,
that
is
Christ
,
but
yet
in
the
person
of
my
faithfull
people
,
but
chiefely
ministers
,
whom
I
haue
ordeined
,
for
the
calling
of
the
Gentiles
,
will
praise
thee
among
the
Gentiles
:
so
that
if
you
referre
it
to
Dauid
,
it
is
a
promise
,
if
to
Christ
,
and
the
calling
of
them
Gentiles
,
it
is
a
prophecy
]
among
the
nations
,
or
gentiles
[
so
the
Iewes
vsed
to
call
all
the
people
of
the
world
besides
themselues
.
]
ver.
50.
Giueth
he
[
i.
God
]
vnto
his
king
[
he
speaketh
of
himselfe
in
the
third
person
,
calling
himselfe
Gods
king
,
because
he
was
by
the
Lord
annointed
to
,
and
through
his
power
established
in
the
kingdome
]
to
his
annointed
[
he
putteth
the
signe
of
his
mauguration
into
the
office
of
the
king
,
for
the
king
:
for
Kinges
,
Priestes
,
and
Prophetes
were
annointed
by
the
lawe
[
whereby
also
the
Prophet
sheweth
that
hee
thrust
not
in
himselfe
into
that
high
and
great
office
]
for
euer
.
[
If
you
referre
this
to
Dauid
and
his
posterity
,
euer
is
here
taken
for
a
long
tyme
:
but
if
you
referre
it
to
Christ
,
and
those
that
appertaine
to
him
,
it
is
put
for
all
eternity
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
,
that
it
is
no
sclender
loue
,
that
wee
owe
to
the
Lorde
.
ver.
2.
Teacheth
vs
to
hang
vpon
him
alone
.
ver.
3.
Praier
is
the
meane
,
to
set
vs
frée
from
the
force
of
our
enemies
.
ver.
4.5
.
Declare
the
manifold
and
grieuous
extremities
that
gods
children
many
times
are
brought
to
.
ver.
6.
Teacheth
vs
in
our
dstresses
to
call
vpon
God
onely
:
and
sheweth
also
howe
graciously
the
Lord
accepteth
the
supplications
of
his
seruant
.
In
that
discription
of
Gods
wrath
,
which
is
comprehended
from
ver.
7.
to
the
end
of
the
15.
there
is
comprehended
matter
of
comfort
to
the
godly
,
that
they
are
vnder
his
protection
that
hath
all
creatures
at
his
commaundement
for
their
good
,
and
matter
of
terror
to
the
wicked
,
because
they
set
them selues
against
him
that
doeth
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
him
in
heauen
and
in
earth
.
ver.
16.17
.
Shew
gods
goodnes
towards
his
seruants
,
in
deliuering
them
from
manifold
dangers
.
ver.
18.
Setteth
out
the
malice
of
the
wicked
,
who
spie
their
times
(
vz.
the
day
of
aduersitie
)
wherein
they
may
doe
most
mischiefe
.
ver.
19.
Gods
fauour
the
only
cause
of
all
goodnes
to
vs
ward
.
ver.
21.22
.
Teacheth
,
that
we
ought
alwaies
to
haue
the
law
of
God
before
our
eies
,
and
care
and
conscience
to
performe
the
same
.
ver.
25.26
.
Expresse
Gods
goodnes
towards
his
children
,
&
his
iudgements
towardes
his
enemies
.
ver.
27.
God
is
nigh
vnto
his
own
,
though
their
miseries
be
neuer
so
many
,
it
sheweth
also
Gods
iudgements
against
the
wicked
,
and
namely
the
proud
persons
:
it
teacheth
also
,
to
cary
lowlines
and
curtesie
,
euen
in
our
countenances
.
ver.
28.
Teacheth
vs
to
haue
an
assured
perswasion
of
gods
goodnes
towardes
vs
.
ver.
29.
Declareth
that
our
sufficiencie
to
do
any
thing
is
of
God
.
ver.
30.31
.
is
a
notable
commendation
of
gods
excellent
maiesty
,
and
of
the
truth
,
and
certainty
of
his
holy
word
.
ver.
32.33.34.35.36
.
Teach
that
God
is
all
in
all
for
vs
,
either
to
inable
vs
to
the
performance
of
his
good
things
,
or
to
preuent
&
put
from
vs
euil
and
hurtful
things
,
the
same
matter
is
declared
.
ver.
37.38.39
.
40.
Ver.
41.
The
Lord
heareth
not
the
wicked
mens
prayers
.
ver.
43.
Teacheth
that
God
exalteth
whom
it
pleaseth
him
,
and
inlargeth
the
boundes
of
kingdomes
.
ver.
46.
Teacheth
thankesgiuing
for
mercies
receiued
.
ver.
48.
God
alone
is
he
that
deliuereth
his
out
of
al
distresses
.
ver
,
49.
Wée
shoulde
neuer
cease
praysing
of
God
,
yea
and
that
before
many
,
for
his
infinite
benefites
.
ver.
50.
God
is
gracious
to
the
godly
,
and
their
godly
posterity
to
many
generations
.
Psalme
.
19.
THis
Psalme
hath
thrée
principal
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
sheweth
that
Gods
excellent
maiesty
sheweth
foorth
it self
,
in
the
heauens
generally
,
and
particularly
in
the
sunne
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
sixt
verse
,
In
the
2.
he
commendeth
the
law
of
God
,
and
the
knowledge
that
may
therby
be
attained
farre
beyond
the
consideration
of
the
creatures
,
from
ver.
7.
to
the
end
of
the
11.
In
the
third
,
hee
earnestly
prayeth
to
bee
deliuered
from
his
sinnes
,
and
to
be
kept
backe
from
performing
any
thing
that
might
displease
almightie
God
,
from
ver.
12.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
of
this
Psal.
is
expounded
before
,
sée
Psal.
4.
ver.
1.
Se.
The
heauens
[
i.
not
only
the
heauens
themselues
,
&
the
most
excellent
workmanship
therof
,
but
al
the
things
therein
contained
,
as
Sunne
,
Moone
,
Starres
,
&c.
Declare
[
i.
plainly
set
out
,
euen
as
it
were
by
speach
]
and
the
firmament
[
i.
the
skie
,
and
al
that
which
in
our
iudgement
ouerspreadeth
vs
,
whereof
also
in
the
Hebrew
tongue
,
it
hath
the
name
.
]
The
worke
of
his
hands
[
i.
that
hée
hath
made
them
,
and
not
so
onely
,
but
the
excellencie
thereof
also
méete
for
so
excellent
a
workman
,
to
whom
handes
are
attributed
for
mans
weaknes
sake
.
ver.
2.
Day
vnto
day
[
i.
one
day
that
goeth
before
,
declareth
the
same
,
to
the
day
following
,
and
that
not
so
much
for
the
daies
sake
,
as
that
man
by
a
continual
reuolution
and
successe
of
the
daies
,
man
might
bee
instructed
of
the
power
and
prouidence
of
almightie
God
:
and
by
day
hee
meaneth
in
this
place
the
day
artificiall
,
which
after
some
is
counted
from
the
Sunne
rising
to
the
Sunne
setting
,
or
after
other
some
consisteth
of
xii
.
houres
]
vttereth
[
i.
after
their
maner
speaketh
]
the
same
[
i.
Gods
glory
&
power
]
&
night
vnto
night
[
he
speaketh
of
the
artificial
night
:
which
wordes
also
proue
that
the
word
day
must
be
vnderstood
of
the
day
artificiall
]
teacheth
knowledge
[
vz.
touching
Gods
power
and
goodnes
.
]
ver.
3.
There
is
no
speach
nor
language
[
vz.
in
them
,
meaning
as
men
vse
to
speake
,
and
yet
notwithstanding
we
vnderstand
them
as
it
were
speaking
vnto
vs
.
sée
Rom.
1.20
.
Psal.
8.1.3
.
]
mend
the
latter
part
of
this
verse
thus
,
and
yet
not
without
these
[
i.
speach
or
language
]
is
their
voyce
vnderstood
[
he
meaneth
that
though
they
haue
not
mans
voyce
,
yet
do
they
sufficiently
shewe
foorth
Gods
praise
:
by
what
meanes
he
noteth
in
the
next
verse
.
]
ver.
4.
Their
line
[
i.
the
stretching
out
of
the
heauens
,
as
a
line
]
is
gone
foorth
through
all
the
earth
[
i.
hath
extended
from
one
end
of
the
world
to
another
]
and
their
wordes
[
he
speaketh
as
though
they
did
speak
]
into
the
ends
of
the
world
[
i.
vnto
the
furthest
part
thereof
.
q.d.
there
is
no
part
of
the
world
nor
people
,
but
it
is
ouercouered
with
this
excellent
workmanship
:
which
serueth
very
well
for
the
Prophets
purpose
,
to
amplifie
Gods
goodnes
and
power
]
in
them
[
i.
in
the
heauens
,
or
regions
of
the
aire
]
hath
he
[
i.
God
]
set
a
tabernacle
[
i.
appointed
as
it
were
a
dwelling
place
]
ver.
5.
Which
[
vz.
sunne
commeth
foorth
vz.
at
the
first
,
arising
or
appearing
thereof
aboue
our
Horizon
]
as
a
bridegrome
out
of
his
chamber
.
[
This
is
one
similitude
,
seruing
to
expresse
the
glory
and
excellency
of
the
sunne
:
hee
resembleth
the
hyding
of
the
sunne
out
of
our
sight
,
to
a
secret
chamber
prepared
for
the
bridegrome
till
it
please
him
,
to
make
him selfe
knowen
,
and
the
appearing
of
the
Sunne
,
to
the
bridegrome
comming
out
of
his
chamber
in
his
glory
and
excellency
]
and
reioyceth
like
a
mightie
man
,
to
runne
his
race
.
[
This
is
an
other
similitude
,
to
expresse
the
swiftnes
of
the
sunne
which
also
is
noted
in
the
beginning
of
ver.
6.
q.d.
when
the
sunne
is
once
vp
,
he
goeth
his
race
,
with
a
ready
,
chearful
,
&
ioyful
mind
,
euen
as
a
mighty
strong
man
,
runneth
with
a
chearful
,
noble
,
&
couragious
mind
,
to
the
gole
or
marke
set
before
him
in
the
race
,
resembling
the
Sunne
to
a
mightie
strong
man
,
and
the
swift
passage
therof
round
about
the
earth
,
to
the
spéedy
hast
of
one
that
runneth
in
a
race
,
noting
also
by
the
word
reioysing
,
the
readines
&
willingnes
,
that
this
dumbe
creature
hath
[
as
it
were
]
to
performe
the
course
set
it
of
God
.
]
ver.
6.
His
going
out
[
i.
the
rising
of
the
sun
]
from
the
end
of
the
heauens
[
i.
from
the
East
,
where
the
sunne
riseth
and
his
compas
is
vnto
the
endes
of
the
same
:
by
the
ends
of
the
heauens
,
hée
vnderstandeth
the
foure
quarters
of
the
world
,
and
all
their
parts
.
q.d.
the
race
of
the
sunne
,
which
he
doth
so
swiftly
performe
,
is
from
the
East
vnto
the
west
,
in
which
course
notwithstanding
he
visiteth
the
South
&
the
North
]
and
none
,
or
else
nothing
[
hee
meaneth
men
,
or
any
thing
else
whatsoeuer
.
For
there
is
nothing
,
to
which
the
heate
of
the
sunne
commeth
not
,
I
meane
that
quickning
heate
which
all
things
féele
,
not
onely
the
rootes
of
trees
,
plants
,
&c.
But
al
things
else
,
that
be
hidden
as
it
were
in
the
bowels
of
the
earth
,
as
golde
,
water
,
stones
,
&c.
]
ver.
7.
Is
perfit
[
vz.
nothing
may
be
added
to
it
without
marring
of
it
.
Prouerb
.
30.6
.
]
Conuerting
[
i.
turning
from
euil
to
good
]
the
soule
[
i.
the
whole
man
inward
and
outward
:
but
yet
he
speaketh
of
the
inward
because
that
reformation
,
and
amendment
,
must
first
bee
begunne
there
]
the
testimony
[
i.
the
lawe
,
vsing
an
other
terme
tending
to
the
same
ende
,
and
it
is
called
testimonie
,
because
it
witnesseth
to
vs
,
what
God
woulde
haue
vs
to
doe
]
is
sure
[
i.
true
and
can
neuer
faile
and
giueth
wisedome
vnto
the
simple
[
i.
it
maketh
them
,
that
haue
little
or
no
skill
at
all
in
knowledge
many
times
to
excéed
their
teachers
,
sée
Psal.
119.99
.
and
by
wisedome
he
meaneth
not
worldly
wisedome
,
condemned
,
Rom.
8.6
.
but
the
wisedome
of
the
spirit
commended
there
.
]
ver.
8.
The
statuts
[
i.
the
law
:
an
other
terme
put
for
the
lawe
,
declaring
that
God
hath
decréed
and
appointed
the
same
for
vs
to
walke
in
]
are
right
[
i.
void
of
any
iniustice
or
corrupt
dealing
]
the
commandement
[
one
number
for
an
other
,
vz.
the
singular
,
for
the
plural
:
an
other
terme
put
for
the
law
,
because
God
thereby
commaundeth
vs
to
the
doing
,
or
leauing
vndone
of
this
or
that
]
is
pure
[
i.
free
from
any
corruption
whatsoeuer
]
vnto
the
eies
[
vz.
of
our
mindes
.
]
ver.
9.
The
feare
of
the
Lord
[
i.
the
reuerence
,
religion
and
seruice
of
God
after
some
:
but
I
take
it
to
be
vsed
here
for
the
law
,
which
is
called
the
feare
of
the
Lord
,
because
it
teacheth
rules
and
reasons
,
howe
and
wherfore
he
should
be
feared
]
is
clean
[
vz.
without
any
spot
or
shew
of
euil
]
and
indureth
for
euer
[
i.
is
not
subiect
to
alteration
and
chaunge
as
mens
lawes
and
ordinaunces
are
:
the
perpetuitie
whereof
,
teacheth
vs
stedfastly
to
continue
in
the
same
all
the
daies
of
our
life
.
]
The
iudgements
[
i.
the
lawe
still
,
which
is
called
iudgements
,
because
it
conteineth
,
and
pronounceth
iudgements
against
the
breakers
therof
:
and
here
is
a
part
of
the
law
put
for
the
whole
:
it
may
also
be
called
iudgments
,
because
that
thereby
hée
sheweth
what
he
iudgeth
méete
to
be
done
]
are
truth
[
and
therefore
can
not
be
accused
of
subtilty
or
falshood
:
and
it
is
more
forcible
in
that
hee
sayth
they
are
truth
,
then
if
hee
should
say
they
are
true
,
because
that
speach
noteth
,
that
nothing
besides
or
without
them
,
is
truth
but
méere
lying
.
]
ver.
20.
Sheweth
the
preciousnes
of
the
lawe
.
If
we
would
desire
store
or
profit
,
we
must
preferre
it
before
the
finest
golde
that
hath
beene
oftenest
tried
:
if
present
vse
and
pleasure
,
before
hony
&
the
hony
combe
.
ver.
11.
made
circumspect
[
vz.
in
his
walking
,
being
taught
what
to
do
,
and
what
to
flée
from
:
and
here
Dauid
speaketh
of
himselfe
in
the
third
person
,
yet
so
that
it
doth
apperteine
to
all
Gods
children
.
]
There
is
great
reward
[
vz.
through
Gods
mercy
,
for
so
doth
the
word
rewarde
import
,
and
not
of
our
merit
,
as
the
papists
imagine
.
]
ver.
12.
Who
can
vnderstand
his
faults
[
i.
knowe
them
,
as
it
were
particularly
,
either
for
the
multitude
of
them
,
or
because
ignorantly
we
commit
many
things
which
we
take
to
be
no
sinnes
]
secret
faults
[
i.
sinnes
not
only
hidden
from
other
men
,
but
from
my selfe
by
reason
of
my
ignorance
,
and
yet
al
knowne
to
thée
.
]
ver.
14.
Wordes
of
my
mouth
[
i.
the
words
I
shal
vtter
with
my
mouth
]
meditation
of
mine
heart
[
i.
the
things
I
shal
meditate
in
my
hart
:
he
wisheth
that
his
thoughts
&
words
might
be
such
,
as
might
be
regarded
before
God
,
and
answerable
to
his
profession
:
and
he
speaketh
nothing
of
déeds
and
works
,
because
this
necessarily
followeth
,
that
when
the
meditations
&
thoughts
of
the
heart
together
with
the
words
be
good
,
then
déeds
also
wil
be
good
]
redéemer
[
vz.
through
Christ
&
none
other
,
speaking
here
not
only
of
deliuerance
from
dangers
,
but
from
sin
,
&
that
which
sinne
bringeth
with
it
also
,
vz.
eternal
death
and
destruction
.
Do.
Out
of
the
sixe
first
verses
we
may
learne
to
behold
&
knowe
the
maiestie
,
power
&
goodnes
of
God
in
his
creatures
:
secondly
that
as
they
in
their
kind
expresse
&
preach
these
excellent
things
,
so
yea
much
more
should
men
,
that
God
hath
created
after
so
feareful
&
wonderful
a
sort
,
&
that
not
euery
man
in
himself
,
but
also
to
be
gods
instrument
to
worke
the
same
in
others
.
[
Out
of
the
7.8.9.10.11
.
We
learne
generally
by
the
excellent
commendation
of
gods
law
,
reuerently
to
estéeme
it
,
&
vnfeignedly
imbrace
it
out
of
ver.
7.
Where
it
is
called
perfect
,
wee
haue
an
answere
to
the
papists
,
that
accuse
it
of
some
want
,
by
bringing
in
vpon
it
their
vnwritten
verities
and
traditions
:
and
in
these
words
conuerting
the
soule
,
that
ordinarily
it
is
possible
,
that
any
should
repent
,
and
haue
fayth
without
the
hearing
of
gods
word
,
as
Rom.
40.17
.
and
in
these
words
,
is
sure
,
there
is
a
doctrine
of
comfort
to
the
faithful
,
because
gods
wil
neuer
faile
them
,
&
of
terror
to
the
wicked
,
because
gods
iudgments
shal
assuredly
ouertake
them
,
and
in
these
words
,
giueth
wisedome
vnto
the
simple
,
we
haue
not
only
a
notable
effect
of
the
law
set
forth
,
but
an
argument
,
to
conuince
the
papists
in
this
that
they
accuse
the
word
of
darknes
,
as
though
none
could
profit
by
it
,
but
the
learned
sort
.
ver.
8.
True
ioy
is
to
be
fet
from
gods
word
:
as
also
true
light
of
knowledge
&
vnderstanding
.
ver.
9.
Noteth
the
propertie
of
gods
word
,
&
the
exact
perfection
that
is
in
the
whole
&
in
euery
part
therof
.
ver.
10.
Teacheth
in
what
great
estimation
,
we
ought
to
haue
the
word
,
and
with
what
a
holy
hunger
and
thirst
we
should
desire
the
worde
.
ver.
11.
Teacheth
two
things
:
first
that
wee
can
neuer
bee
truely
wise
,
but
by
learning
gods
word
,
secondly
that
for
our
better
incouragement
to
the
doing
thereof
,
the
Lord
setteth
great
rewards
before
vs
,
and
indéed
graciously
in
good
time
giueth
vs
the
same
.
ver.
12.
Teacheth
that
our
sinnes
are
innumerable
,
secondly
that
we
must
pray
pardon
of
them
generally
,
&
particularly
,
of
these
,
which
we
haue
committed
either
of
ignorance
or
of
knowledge
,
and
yet
remember
them
not
.
ver.
13.
Teacheth
vs
to
pray
against
the
power
and
rule
of
sinne
in
vs
.
ver.
14.
That
we
should
haue
care
and
conscience
,
ouer
our
wordes
and
thoughts
,
that
they
might
be
approued
before
God
.
Psalme
.
20.
THis
Psalme
hath
specially
2.
partes
.
In
the
first
,
Di.
there
is
a
prayer
for
the
king
for
whose
welfare
the
people
promise
ioyfulnes
and
thankfulnes
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
fifth
.
In
the
second
,
they
do
assure
themselues
of
Gods
fauour
,
and
of
their
enemies
ouerthrow
,
and
protesting
for
themselues
that
God
shal
be
their
aide
,
and
praying
again
for
their
king
,
from
ver.
6.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
is
expounded
before
,
Psas
.
4.
ver.
1.
heare
thée
[
i.
Se.
the
praier
that
thou
makest
,
granting
thy
requests
]
of
Iaakob
may
be
here
taken
,
either
for
the
person
of
the
Patriarth
,
who
worshipped
god
with
great
religion
,
which
God
also
was
present
with
him
in
al
his
afflictions
:
or
else
it
may
be
put
for
the
whole
people
of
Israel
,
who
came
of
Iaakob
:
both
the
wayes
are
vsuall
in
the
old
&
new
testament
.
]
ver.
2.
From
the
sanctuary
[
i.
from
a
place
in
the
arke
so
called
in
which
God
gaue
visible
tokens
of
his
fauor
&
defence
]
out
of
Sion
[
this
was
the
place
,
wherin
the
arke
,
which
was
a
visible
token
of
gods
aide
&
defence
was
receiued
,
he
putteth
the
place
&
the
arke
therin
contained
for
the
assured
fauor
&
aid
of
God
.
Some
vnderstand
by
sanctuary
,
heauen
,
&
by
Sion
the
visible
place
of
god
in
his
church
,
what
soeuer
it
is
,
the
prophet
meaneth
nothing
,
but
aide
&
assistance
to
be
giuen
from
god
.
]
ver.
3.
Let
him
remember
,
or
as
Immanuel
readeth
,
let
him
smel
,
meaning
by
that
metaphor
,
a
gracious
acceptation
of
his
sacrifices
,
as
Gene.
8.21
.
[
vz.
With
fauor
graciously
accepting
]
al
thine
offrings
[
he
meaneth
by
offrings
,
the
exercises
of
religion
,
ioyned
with
them
,
as
confession
of
sins
,
praier
&c.
and
turne
[
vz.
by
fire
as
it
were
sent
from
heauen
.
]
Thy
burnt
offrings
into
ashes
[
declaring
therby
that
he
alloweth
thy
seruices
as
he
did
to
Aaron
,
Leuit.
9.24
.
&
to
Eliah
.
1.
king
.
18.38
.
]
Ver.
4.
According
to
thy
hart
[
i.
as
thy
hart
wisheth
&
desireth
]
all
thy
purpose
[
i.
whatsoeuer
thou
purposest
,
he
meaneth
&
describeth
here
a
king
,
that
asketh
nothing
,
but
by
the
direction
of
gods
spirit
,
&
what
God
himself
hath
prescribed
,
]
ver.
5.
Immanuel
readeth
this
verse
as
it
were
a
continuance
of
the
peoples
praier
:
&
this
is
a
reason
to
moue
god
graciously
to
yéeld
to
their
praiers
.
In
thy
saluation
[
i.
in
that
thou
sauest
,
&
deliuerest
from
dangers
,
vz.
our
king
:
&
so
haue
we
had
saluation
sundry
times
vsed
before
.
]
And
set
vp
the
banner
[
like
vnto
those
that
triumph
after
a
victory
is
gotten
,
hee
putteth
the
signe
of
ioy
,
for
ioyfulnes
it selfe
]
in
the
name
[
this
word
is
taken
here
,
as
ver.
1.
of
this
Psalme
]
perfourme
all
thy
petitions
[
i.
doe
that
,
that
thou
hast
prayed
for
:
and
this
is
a
good
place
to
prooue
,
that
by
offerings
.
]
ver.
3.
Must
bee
vnderstood
praiers
also
.
]
ver.
6.
Know
I
[
a
sodaine
chaunge
of
numbers
,
speaking
in
the
person
of
one
,
thereby
to
note
the
vnitie
and
consent
of
the
people
to
this
praier
,
as
though
they
had
beene
alone
,
and
vttered
it
al
with
one
mouth
.
]
His
annointed
[
that
is
his
King
,
whom
he
hath
established
.
Sée
Psal.
2.2
.
Psal.
18.50
.
]
heare
him
[
sée
ver.
1.
of
this
Psalme
]
from
his
sanctuarie
[
Immanuel
readeth
from
the
heauens
of
his
holines
,
meaning
from
heauen
where
his
holines
dwelleth
which
I
well
like
of
]
of
his
right
hand
[
i.
power
and
strength
:
this
is
spoken
of
God
according
to
man
,
because
man
commonly
hath
most
strength
in
his
right
hand
:
and
it
is
called
mightie
helpe
,
because
it
is
such
,
as
none
is
able
to
withstand
.
]
ver.
7.
Is
a
comparison
betwéene
the
faithfull
,
and
the
vnbeléeuers
:
these
trust
in
outward
meanes
of
all
sortes
,
for
that
is
vnderstoode
by
chariots
and
horses
,
and
so
robbe
God
of
his
glory
,
the
other
cleaue
to
,
only
Gods
vertue
,
power
and
grace
:
(
for
so
is
the
word
name
taken
,
as
ver.
1.
&
5.
of
this
Psalme
)
and
giue
him
the
whole
glory
.
ver.
8.
Brought
downe
&
fallen
,
[
vz.
notwithstanding
all
the
trust
that
they
had
in
the
outward
meanes
:
q.d.
they
that
sayd
they
would
do
al
things
,
by
mans
meanes
and
strength
,
&
therefore
are
lifted
vp
in
pride
and
lustines
,
are
notwithstanding
all
these
imaginations
of
their
owne
,
brought
downe
and
fallen
,
i.
lie
flat
by
the
fall
they
haue
receiued
,
by
setting
themselues
against
God
]
but
we
are
risen
,
and
stand
vpright
[
q.d.
notwithstanding
the
great
miseries
and
afflictions
wherin
we
were
,
we
are
become
strong
and
mightie
,
rising
vp
from
vnder
the
burthen
of
them
.
]
ver.
9.
Saue
Lord
[
vz.
vs
and
our
king
,
pursuing
vs
continually
with
thy
fauor
:
in
such
short
kind
of
spéeches
,
there
is
great
grace
in
the
Hebrewe
tongue
.
]
Let
the
king
heare
vs
.
This
is
diuersly
read
,
and
according
to
the
seueral
readings
hath
seuerall
sentences
.
Immanuel
readeth
the
king
himselfe
wil
heare
vs
,
applying
it
to
Christ
,
and
the
assurednes
that
the
faithfull
men
haue
,
that
he
will
heare
their
praiers
:
othersome
take
it
to
be
a
quick
passing
from
the
second
person
to
the
third
:
q.d.
O
king
,
whose
office
kings
in
the
earth
haue
in
part
communicated
to
them
,
hearken
vnto
vs
so
often
,
as
we
shal
seeke
thine
ayde
:
me
thinketh
that
the
Geneua
text
,
and
note
is
as
plaine
,
as
any
of
these
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
And
so
forth
,
teacheth
people
to
pray
for
their
magistrates
:
it
teacheth
also
that
the
day
of
affliction
is
a
notable
time
to
pray
in
:
also
,
that
no
ayde
is
to
be
had
but
from
God
alone
.
ver.
3.
Teacheth
that
kinges
shoulde
be
giuen
to
religious
exercises
.
ver.
5.
The
prosperity
of
the
king
,
is
the
florishing
of
the
people
,
and
on
the
other
side
,
the
welfare
of
the
people
is
the
Kinges
glory
.
Ver.
6.
Teacheth
those
that
pray
,
to
haue
both
before
and
after
their
prayer
,
an
assurance
of
obteyning
.
ver.
7.
Sheweth
that
Gods
children
must
not
at
any
time
,
trust
in
any
thing
saue
in
God
alone
,
whatsoeuer
the
wicked
doe
,
whose
strength
and
purposes
GOD
ouerthroweth
.
vers.
8.
Declareth
Gods
iudgements
against
the
vngodly
,
and
his
fauour
to
his
children
.
vers.
9.
Teacheth
vs
to
vse
earnest
prayer
in
affliction
:
for
that
doth
hee
meane
by
these
termes
,
in
the
day
that
we
do
cal
[
vz.
vpon
thée
.
Psalme
21
THis
Psalme
hath
two
principall
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
sheweth
what
great
benefites
and
blessings
,
the
Lord
had
bestowed
vpon
him
,
before
he
came
to
the
kingdome
,
and
in
that
time
also
,
after
that
he
was
established
therein
:
from
ver.
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
7.
In
the
second
part
he
prophecieth
of
gods
great
and
wonderfull
power
against
his
enemies
,
and
of
their
vtter
ouerthrow
and
confusion
,
from
ver.
8
,
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
is
expounded
before
Psalm
.
4.
Ver.
1.
Se.
In
thy
strength
[
vz.
which
thou
shalt
bestow
vpon
him
,
to
stand
against
,
&
to
ouercome
al
his
enemies
]
yea
how
greatly
[
q.d.
it
can
not
be
expressed
in
thy
saluation
[
i.
in
that
deliuerance
that
thou
shalt
bestow
vpon
him
,
&
his
people
,
giuing
them
victory
ouer
their
enemies
,
&
in
this
verse
Dauid
speaketh
of
himself
in
the
third
person
.
]
ver.
2.
His
hearts
desire
[
i.
whatsoeuer
his
heart
could
wish
,
sée
Psal.
20.4
.
]
Hast
not
denyed
him
[
i.
hast
yéelded
and
graunted
vnto
him
,
for
by
not
denying
the
Hebrewes
vnderstand
,
euen
as
it
were
performing
]
the
request
of
his
lippes
[
i.
whatsoeuer
he
praied
rightly
vnto
thée
for
,
vsing
in
that
praier
his
lippes
,
and
other
instruments
natural
,
whereby
the
voice
is
framed
.
]
ver.
3.
With
liberall
blessings
[
i.
with
abundance
and
fulnes
of
all
good
thinges
,
some
particulars
wherof
,
he
reckneth
in
the
verses
folowing
]
&
diddest
set
a
crowne
of
pure
gold
vpon
his
head
[
i.
diddest
appoint
him
to
be
king
most
good
and
glorious
:
vsing
setting
of
the
crowne
vpon
his
head
,
which
is
but
a
signe
,
as
anointing
was
,
of
his
entrance
into
the
kingdome
,
for
the
ful
possession
&
inioying
therof
.
]
ver.
4.
He
asked
life
[
vz.
in
this
short
life
]
a
long
life
[
i.
more
long
then
he
desired
]
for
euer
and
euer
[
i.
yea
not
only
life
in
this
life
but
eternal
life
also
.
]
ver.
5.
His
glory
[
i.
the
glory
that
thou
hast
giuen
him
&
laid
vpon
him
]
is
great
[
i.
is
very
much
inlarged
]
in
thy
saluation
[
i.
through
or
by
,
the
deliuerances
and
victories
,
that
thou
hast
bestowed
vpon
him
]
laid
vpon
him
[
euen
of
thine
owne
good
wil
,
and
in
despite
of
his
foes
,
that
would
haue
hindered
him
therefrom
.
]
ver.
6.
Thou
hast
set
him
[
i.
appointed
him
]
as
blessings
[
vz.
vnto
thy
people
,
&
he
vseth
the
plurall
number
,
by
which
he
noteth
the
wonderfull
abundaunce
of
gods
graces
bestowed
vpon
the
people
by
him
]
for
euer
[
i.
for
a
long
season
,
as
we
haue
had
it
sundry
times
before
.
]
With
the
ioy
of
thy
countenance
[
i.
through
the
grace
and
fauour
,
that
as
it
were
with
a
pleasant
countenance
,
thou
hast
shewed
him
.
]
ver.
7.
The
king
trusteth
[
the
prophet
sheweth
here
,
the
meanes
whereby
the
king
shal
be
established
,
vz.
by
hope
and
trust
in
God
]
he
shall
not
slide
[
vz.
from
the
prosperous
successe
of
his
affaires
and
state
.
]
ver.
8.
Thy
hand
[
here
Dauid
speaketh
to
God
]
meaning
by
hand
power
,
&
also
by
right
hand
in
this
verse
he
meaneth
the
same
thing
]
shal
find
out
[
i.
ouertake
and
lay
hold
vpon
,
though
thine
enemies
would
think
to
hide
themselues
from
it
.
]
ver.
9.
Like
a
firie
ouen
[
he
meaneth
that
God
wil
through
his
wrath
make
them
to
burne
stil
as
a
firie
ouen
doth
,
and
so
in
the
end
consume
and
ouerthrow
them
,
as
an
ouen
continually
heat
must
néeds
be
spoiled
,
by
which
maner
of
speach
he
noteth
two
things
,
first
that
there
shal
be
no
intermission
of
plagues
and
punishments
,
secondly
that
these
punishments
shal
not
tend
to
their
bettering
but
to
their
confusion
,
yea
to
the
confusion
of
their
posterity
,
as
hee
noteth
in
the
next
verse
]
the
fire
[
vz.
sent
from
heauen
,
as
vpon
Sodom
and
Gomorrah
:
or
else
by
fire
vnderstande
most
vehement
afflictions
,
which
is
vsuall
also
in
the
Scriptures
.
]
ver.
10.
Their
fruite
[
i.
their
children
and
posterity
]
from
the
children
of
men
[
i.
from
amongst
men
and
their
posterity
,
so
that
when
other
men
and
their
féed
shal
florish
,
these
wicked
ones
and
their
posterity
shal
decay
.
]
ver.
11.
Against
thee
[
hee
meaneth
chiefly
God
,
but
with
al
Gods
anointed
,
in
setting
themselues
against
whom
,
they
set
themselues
against
God
.
]
But
they
shall
not
preuaile
[
vz.
in
their
mischieuous
intents
&
imaginations
,
for
they
deale
against
him
,
that
wil
ouertake
them
in
their
owne
euil
.
]
ver.
12.
And
the
strings
of
the
bow
[
vz.
with
arrows
in
them
,
the
bow
being
already
bent
,
sée
Psal.
7.12
.
&c.
ver.
13.
Be
thou
exalted
,
O
Lorde
,
in
thy
strength
[
i.
shewe
thy
dignitie
and
power
in
helping
the
king
:
performe
some
thing
that
may
set
out
thy
might
and
strength
,
that
we
may
haue
occasion
to
prayse
thy
power
,
and
iustly
to
say
,
that
thou
onely
art
mighty
and
powerfull
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
,
wherein
kinges
shoulde
specially
glory
,
vz.
in
Gods
strength
,
and
not
in
their
owne
.
ver.
2.3
.
&c.
Declare
not
only
gods
goodnes
to
magistrates
,
but
teach
them
,
that
the
more
they
haue
receiued
,
the
more
carefully
they
should
walke
in
the
obedience
of
his
will
.
ver.
3.
Teacheth
,
that
God
doth
vs
much
good
before
we
aske
any
good
thing
of
him
,
which
expresseth
his
wonderfull
mercy
.
ver.
4.
Teacheth
that
God
sundry
times
giueth
more
to
his
children
,
then
they
demaund
.
ver.
5.
Teacheth
both
wherein
the
true
glory
of
kings
and
kingdomes
consisteth
,
and
also
from
whom
it
commeth
.
ver.
6.
Declareth
wherein
kinges
should
take
their
greatest
delight
and
pleasure
,
vz.
in
Gods
fauour
,
sée
Psalm
.
4.6.7
.
Ver.
7.
Sheweth
that
the
way
to
haue
kinges
surely
setled
in
their
seate
,
is
to
trust
in
God
onely
and
his
mercy
.
ver.
8.
Declareth
that
none
of
Gods
enemies
though
they
neuer
so
closely
hide
themselues
shal
escape
Gods
power
and
iudgements
.
ver.
9.10
.
Declare
Gods
horrible
punishments
,
vpon
the
wicked
and
their
posterity
,
the
Lord
punishing
the
sinnes
of
vngodly
fathers
vnto
the
third
and
fourth
generation
.
ver.
11.
Teacheth
the
pride
of
wicked
mens
heartes
,
who
dare
oppose
themselues
against
God
:
it
sheweth
also
that
all
the
counsels
and
purposes
of
the
wicked
shalbée
frustrate
.
ver.
12.
Sheweth
that
the
vngodly
shal
not
escape
vnpunished
.
ver.
13.
Teacheth
vs
by
praier
to
commend
Gods
cause
and
his
owne
glory
into
his
owne
hands
,
which
when
he
hath
once
made
manifest
,
it
teacheth
vs
further
,
to
praise
him
therefore
.
Psalme
.
22.
IT
should
appeare
,
that
when
Dauid
made
this
Psalme
,
Di.
hee
was
in
wonderfull
perplexitie
and
distresse
,
which
maketh
him
so
confused
in
his
wordes
,
sometimes
complaining
that
hee
was
forsaken
,
sometimes
setting
out
his
owne
misery
,
sometimes
praying
for
deliuerance
,
sometimes
describing
the
naughtines
of
wicked
men
,
sometimes
incouraging
himselfe
and
others
to
thankfulnes
&c.
So
that
hardly
it
can
be
wel
deuided
:
notwithstanding
me
thinketh
it
comprehendeth
those
parts
,
first
he
setteth
out
his
owne
miserie
,
and
describeth
at
large
,
the
wicked
mens
dealing
against
him
,
from
ver
,
1.
vnto
the
.8
.
In
the
second
hee
praieth
deliuerance
,
promising
himselfe
,
and
prouoking
others
to
prayse
the
Lord
,
for
that
his
mercy
,
from
ver.
19.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Some
thing
is
in
this
title
,
which
is
not
in
others
going
before
,
Se.
as
vppon
Aijeleth
,
Hashahar
,
which
though
some
thinke
to
be
the
beginning
of
some
common
tune
,
according
to
which
this
Psalme
was
song
,
and
may
well
stand
so
,
wherof
somewhat
hath
béen
said
in
the
title
of
Psal.
7.
Yet
I
take
it
otherwise
,
interpreting
the
Hebrew
words
,
in
or
at
the
dauning
of
the
day
,
notwithstanding
I
know
some
interpret
them
,
the
hind
of
the
morning
,
at
which
time
it
may
appeare
,
that
the
priests
and
Leuits
did
sing
Psalmes
.
sée
1.
Chron.
9.33
.
also
1.
Chron.
23.29.30
.
And
compare
these
two
places
together
.
ver.
1.
My
God
,
my
God
[
diuers
parts
of
this
Psalme
are
applyed
to
Christ
in
the
newe
Testament
,
and
namely
amongst
the
rest
,
the
first
part
of
this
verse
in
that
hee
sayth
,
my
God
&c.
he
declareth
his
faith
]
why
hast
thou
forsaken
mee
[
not
that
God
doth
euer
forsake
his
,
but
that
it
seemeth
vnto
them
when
aide
is
delaied
:
Christ
vseth
the
same
words
,
but
he
vttereth
it
in
respect
of
the
weaknes
of
his
humanity
,
&
yet
without
sinne
]
from
mine
health
[
he
meaneth
it
not
so
much
,
of
any
bodily
sicknes
he
was
in
as
that
God
seemed
to
be
far
off
from
deliuering
him
from
his
particular
griefs
wherof
he
speaketh
in
this
Psalm
]
the
words
of
my
roaring
[
i.
from
words
that
I
vtter
with
wonderful
outcries
,
by
reason
of
the
great
griefe
I
am
in
.
]
ver.
2.
I
cry
[
i.
I
pray
earnestly
,
both
day
&
night
,
yea
I
cease
not
]
but
thou
hearest
not
[
i.
grantest
not
my
petitions
,
&
so
forth
in
the
rest
of
the
verse
.
]
ver.
3.
But
thou
art
holy
[
vz.
in
al
thy
waies
and
works
,
remaining
alwaies
like
vnto
thy self
.
q.
d
though
my
praiers
be
not
heard
,
yet
thou
art
good
,
the
fault
is
in
me
,
&
not
in
thée
.
]
The
praises
of
Israel
[
i.
the
place
where
the
people
of
Israel
sing
prayses
vnto
thée
,
meaning
either
Sion
,
or
some
other
place
,
where
the
arke
and
Tabernacle
was
.
]
ver.
5.
Called
vpon
thée
[
i.
in
faith
prayed
vnto
thée
,
meaning
that
séeing
so
often
as
they
called
vpon
him
,
&
trusted
in
him
they
were
heard
&
deliuered
,
he
marueiled
much
why
he
calling
vpon
him
,
&
trusting
in
him
,
should
not
be
graciously
heard
likewise
.
]
ver.
6.
But
I
am
a
worme
[
i.
I
am
accounted
as
a
thing
of
no
value
or
price
]
&
not
a
man
[
vz.
in
the
iudgment
of
the
wicked
:
he
meaneth
by
these
two
spéeches
,
that
he
was
cast
down
below
al
men
,
&
as
it
were
cut
off
from
the
number
of
beasts
,
so
much
went
they
about
to
debase
him
]
a
shame
of
men
[
i.
one
whome
men
are
ashamed
of
to
behold
]
and
the
contempt
of
the
people
[
i.
such
a
one
,
as
al
the
people
,
and
the
basest
amongst
them
,
contemne
and
despise
.
sée
Iob.
30.9.10
.
&c.
]
Ver.
7.
By
making
a
mowe
,
and
nodding
the
head
,
the
Prophet
vnderstandeth
,
all
the
gestures
that
the
vngodly
vse
,
in
scoffing
and
deriding
gods
people
,
sée
Mat.
27.39
.
]
Ver.
8.
Are
the
wordes
of
the
wicked
:
q.d.
where
is
the
God
vpon
which
he
stayed
himselfe
]
let
him
saue
him
[
i.
deliuer
him
out
of
our
handes
]
seeing
hée
loueth
him
[
i.
séeing
God
beareth
a
good
wil
towards
him
as
hee
sayth
:
q.d.
hée
thinketh
God
loueth
him
,
but
because
he
doeth
not
deliuer
him
,
he
loueth
him
not
at
all
.
Satan
hath
no
dart
more
deadly
,
then
this
,
when
hee
goeth
about
by
himselfe
and
his
instruments
,
to
spoile
vs
of
the
hope
wee
haue
in
god
,
turning
al
gods
promises
into
mockerie
.
]
ver.
9.
But
thou
&c.
[
by
benefites
past
,
hee
assureth
himselfe
of
deliuerance
,
from
dangers
present
,
and
in
time
to
come
]
diddest
draw
me
out
of
the
wombe
[
he
meaneth
that
by
Gods
speciall
power
and
goodnes
he
was
borne
]
thou
gauest
me
hope
[
vz.
that
thou
wouldest
nourish
and
defend
me
]
at
my
mothers
breasts
(
i.
when
I
did
sucke
,
and
could
not
defend
or
helpe
my selfe
.
)
ver.
10.
I
was
cast
vppon
thée
(
i.
committed
vnto
thy
prouidence
and
protection
)
from
the
wombe
(
i.
so
soone
as
I
was
borne
&
came
into
the
world
,
not
denying
also
but
that
by
his
goones
hee
was
preserued
continually
before
)
thou
art
my
God
(
vz.
that
doest
defend
nourish
,
&
succour
me
.
)
ver.
11.
Be
not
farre
&c.
(
q.d.
séeing
I
haue
heretofore
receiued
so
many
benefites
from
thée
,
do
not
now
depart
from
mee
,
yea
I
so
much
the
more
earnestly
craue
thy
helpe
and
presence
nowe
,
first
because
affliction
is
nigh
,
secondly
because
there
is
none
that
can
help
me
but
thou
.
)
ver.
12.
Many
(
this
word
noteth
the
multitude
of
his
enemies
)
yong
(
this
word
noteth
their
lustines
&
courage
)
bulles
(
this
word
is
wel
expounded
in
the
Geneua
note
(
i.
are
before
,
and
behind
,
and
on
euery
side
)
by
which
we
may
sée
that
his
troubles
were
great
,
and
almost
impossible
for
him
to
escape
out
of
them
)
mightie
(
this
woorde
noteth
their
force
and
power
)
bulles
of
Bashan
.
(
This
is
the
name
of
the
countrie
,
which
did
apperteine
to
the
people
of
the
Iewes
:
and
was
full
of
pastures
,
whereof
mention
is
made
at
large
Deut.
3.1.2
.
&c.
And
by
bulles
of
Bashan
,
hee
meaneth
very
fat
and
mighty
ones
,
such
as
Bashan
did
féede
,
sée
Deut.
32.14
.
)
ver.
13.
They
gape
vpon
me
&c.
(
q.d.
they
come
vpon
me
with
open
mouth
to
deuoure
me
,
euen
as
a
deuouring
&
roaring
Lion
doth
for
his
pray
.
sée
Amos.
3.4
.
1.
Pet.
5.8
.
)
ver.
14.
Amend
thus
,
I
am
powred
out
like
water
(
he
meaneth
by
this
maner
of
speach
,
that
he
is
as
it
were
almost
past
al
recouery
,
as
of
whom
no
more
account
is
to
be
made
then
of
water
spilt
vpon
the
ground
)
my
bones
are
out
of
ioynt
(
in
this
verse
hee
doeth
by
large
maner
of
speaches
declare
the
greatnes
of
the
feare
&
griefe
he
was
in
as
he
did
before
Psa.
6.6
.
)
Mine
heart
is
like
waxe
(
i.
soft
and
tender
)
it
is
molten
in
the
middest
of
my
bowels
(
hee
now
sheweth
in
what
respect
his
hart
is
like
wax
,
&
by
these
words
he
describeth
his
fainthartednes
.
)
ver.
15.
My
strength
(
i.
my
naturall
moisture
,
whereby
life
&
strength
is
maintained
)
is
dried
vp
like
a
potsheard
(
i.
is
wonderfully
decaied
,
and
there
is
almost
no
more
moysture
left
in
mee
then
in
a
potsheard
]
and
my
tongue
cleaueth
to
my
iawes
[
i.
I
am
brought
very
lowe
and
weake
,
so
that
I
can
not
wagge
my
tongue
in
my
mouth
,
as
it
were
]
into
the
dust
of
death
[
by
these
wordes
he
meaneth
the
graue
,
&
the
earth
of
it
,
which
is
so
called
because
none
are
there
laid
but
dead
folkes
.
His
purpose
is
to
declare
,
that
through
the
vehemency
of
his
afflictions
,
all
hope
of
his
life
in
a
maner
was
taken
away
.
]
ver.
16.
For
dogges
[
before
ver.
12.13
.
He
compared
his
enemies
to
bulles
and
Lions
,
now
he
resembleth
them
to
dogs
,
for
their
snarling
at
him
,
and
biting
of
him
]
and
the
assembly
[
i.
great
troupes
&
multitudes
]
they
pearced
my
hands
and
my
féete
[
this
is
spoken
of
Dauid
in
respect
of
the
daungers
his
enemies
kept
him
in
,
as
though
he
had
had
no
féet
to
flée
away
,
nor
hands
to
defend
him selfe
:
but
in
Christ
it
was
most
truly
performed
indéed
,
as
appeareth
.
Ioh.
20.25
.
Where
mention
is
made
of
nailes
.
]
ver.
17.
I
may
tel
al
my
bones
[
i.
I
am
so
fallen
away
with
griefe
and
anguish
,
that
I
haue
nothing
left
but
skinne
and
bone
.
]
Yet
they
behold
me
and
looke
vpon
me
,
[
vz.
with
great
pleasure
&
ioy
,
whereas
if
they
had
any
compassion
they
should
pity
my
case
.
]
ver.
18.
They
part
my
garments
among
them
.
[
If
we
referre
it
to
Dauid
,
then
he
meaneth
,
by
garments
other
things
that
he
possessed
,
noting
that
they
dealt
with
him
&
his
goods
,
as
they
that
in
some
victory
had
goteen
a
pray
:
but
if
we
referre
it
to
Christ
,
then
is
it
to
be
vnderstood
of
his
ordinary
apparell
and
garments
in
déed
,
as
appeareth
.
Ioh.
19.23.24
.
]
And
cast
lottes
[
both
to
auoide
contention
,
&
that
euery
one
might
know
his
share
and
portion
.
]
ver.
19.
Farre
off
[
vz.
from
me
,
lest
I
be
swallowed
vp
and
drowned
.
]
ver
20.
My
soule
[
i.
my
life
,
as
wee
haue
often
times
had
it
before
]
from
the
sword
[
i.
from
peril
of
violent
&
cruel
death
:
vnderstanding
by
the
instrument
that
the
wicked
vseth
to
execute
his
rage
and
wrath
by
,
the
thing
it selfe
.
]
From
the
power
of
the
dogge
[
i.
of
mine
enemies
and
wicked
men
sée
ver.
16.
Of
this
Psalme
the
singular
number
put
for
the
plural
.
]
ver.
21.
Lions
mouth
.
[
sée
ver.
13.
of
this
Psalme
]
and
answere
me
[
i.
graciously
here
me
and
graunt
my
request
]
from
the
hornes
of
the
Vnicornes
[
i.
from
the
present
and
perilous
daungers
of
mine
aduersaries
.
It
is
Dauids
maner
as
sufficiently
appeareth
in
this
Psalme
,
to
resemble
his
enemies
to
beasts
.
Vnicornes
are
very
wild
beasts
,
and
as
some
write
of
them
,
wil
hardly
or
not
at
al
be
tamed
.
]
ver.
22.
Thy
name
[
i.
thy
vertue
,
power
&
grace
,
as
Psal.
20.1.5.7
.
]
Vnto
my
brethren
[
i.
to
the
Israelites
,
that
are
of
the
same
nation
and
religion
with
me
,
sée
Rom.
9.3
.
]
In
the
middest
of
the
congregation
[
i.
openly
&
before
thy
people
assembled
to
praise
thée
.
]
ver.
23.
Séed
of
Iaakob
,
put
for
posterity
,
and
when
hee
saith
,
séed
of
Israel
,
hee
meaneth
the
same
thing
,
for
Iaakob
was
called
,
Iaakob
,
and
Israel
.
If
you
referre
it
to
Dauids
time
,
then
it
belongeth
to
the
Iewes
,
If
to
Christ
and
his
time
,
then
to
all
the
faithfull
.
]
ver
24.
The
affliction
of
the
poore
[
i.
the
trouble
and
anguish
that
he
was
in
,
the
prophet
meaneth
,
that
God
did
not
lesse
regard
the
good
people
,
for
their
pouertie
and
affliction
,
as
commonly
men
do
,
but
rather
made
the
greater
account
of
them
]
hid
his
face
[
vz.
as
men
are
wont
to
do
,
who
for
lothsomnes
as
they
say
,
but
in
nisenes
in
déed
,
can
not
behold
those
that
are
in
affliction
]
he
called
[
i.
praied
]
he
heard
[
i.
accepted
him
and
his
prayers
.
]
ver.
●5
.
My
praise
shal
be
of
thée
[
i.
thou
art
and
shalt
be
the
cause
of
my
foundation
of
my
praises
,
by
reason
of
the
wonderful
mercies
that
I
haue
receiued
from
thee
.
]
In
the
great
congregation
[
i.
when
the
greatest
multitude
shal
méet
to
prayse
thee
,
he
noteth
that
he
wil
do
it
publikely
as
before
.
ver.
22.
]
My
vowes
[
they
were
wont
,
when
they
were
in
any
danger
to
vowe
a
peace
offring
to
the
Lord
,
to
be
performed
after
their
deliuerance
out
of
it
,
so
did
Iephte
,
which
was
done
to
testifie
their
thankfull
mindes
,
for
the
benefites
receiued
]
before
them
[
i.
in
their
sight
]
that
feare
him
[
i.
worship
and
serue
him
,
meaning
God
,
of
whom
he
speaketh
now
in
the
third
person
,
whereas
in
the
beginning
of
this
verse
he
had
spoken
of
him
in
the
second
.
]
ver.
26.
The
poore
shal
eate
[
he
regardeth
the
maner
that
the
people
had
,
in
banqueting
at
their
sacrifices
of
which
you
may
sée
an
example
.
1.
Sam.
1.
In
Helkanah
,
and
his
familie
,
in
these
sacrifices
hée
promiseth
to
exerceise
his
charitie
towards
his
godly
brethren
,
whom
hee
vnderstandeth
here
,
by
poore
shewing
that
his
offrings
shal
be
so
plentiful
,
that
euery
one
shal
be
satisfied
]
they
that
séeke
after
the
Lord
[
vz.
of
a
single
hart
to
serue
and
worship
him
]
your
heart
[
he
chaungeth
the
person
]
shal
liue
for
euer
[
q.d.
the
hearts
that
had
beene
before
,
as
it
were
dead
through
afflictions
,
shall
through
manifestation
of
Gods
grace
and
goodnes
be
marueilously
remoued
]
ver.
27.
is
a
prophecie
of
the
calling
of
the
Gentiles
.
q.d.
this
grace
shall
stretch
not
to
the
Iewes
only
but
to
the
Gentiles
,
who
beholding
the
wonderful
works
that
God
hath
done
for
his
people
,
shal
come
to
true
religion
,
which
they
neuer
tasted
of
:
al
the
ends
of
the
world
[
i.
the
people
dwelling
in
the
vttermost
coasts
of
the
earth
,
putting
the
places
conteining
,
for
the
partes
conteined
]
shall
remember
themselues
[
vz.
howe
long
they
haue
béene
in
blindnes
and
superstition
:
and
where
he
speaketh
of
al
,
he
meaneth
of
a
very
great
number
]
&
turne
to
the
Lord
,
[
vz.
from
their
dead
Idols
,
as
S.
Paul
.
1.
Thes.
1.9
.
]
Ver.
28.
For
the
kingdome
[
q.d.
it
can
not
be
but
that
the
gentiles
shal
come
to
the
Lorde
,
for
he
that
hath
the
kingdome
in
his
owne
hande
,
will
drawe
them
to
his
worship
and
seruice
.
]
ver.
29.
The
Prophet
declareth
that
of
al
states
some
shall
come
to
worship
God
with
him
,
and
be
partaker
of
those
sacrifices
which
hee
would
offer
to
the
Lord
[
by
them
that
be
fat
in
the
earth
,
he
meaneth
,
the
rich
&
mightie
men
]
shal
eat
[
vz.
of
the
sacrifices
]
&
worship
[
vz.
God
by
giuing
him
thanks
]
al
they
that
go
downe
into
the
dust
[
i.
such
as
are
through
affliction
so
humbled
,
that
there
séemeth
to
be
little
oddes
betwéene
them
&
the
graue
,
in
the
15.
ver.
of
this
Psalm
he
called
it
dust
of
death
]
shal
bow
before
him
[
i.
serue
and
worship
him
in
his
sight
:
the
outward
signe
of
worship
,
put
for
worship
it selfe
]
euen
he
that
can
not
quicken
his
owne
soule
[
first
marke
the
chaunging
of
the
number
from
the
plural
to
the
singular
,
next
vnderstand
by
soule
life
,
as
before
ver.
20.
in
this
Psalm
,
thirdly
by
quickning
of
the
soule
vnderstand
,
him
that
being
at
deaths
dore
,
as
it
were
,
is
not
able
to
prolong
his
life
one
minute
of
an
houre
:
q.d.
euen
those
that
séeme
to
be
as
it
were
dead
,
and
not
able
to
do
any
thing
for
themselues
shal
through
god
be
restored
againe
,
&
come
to
worship
him
,
with
the
rest
of
the
faithful
.
]
ver.
30.
their
séed
[
i.
the
godlies
posterity
]
for
a
generation
[
or
rather
as
Immanuel
readeth
it
,
in
euery
generation
,
meaning
that
these
shal
be
alwaies
called
and
counted
the
séed
of
God
,
and
a
people
whom
he
wil
alwaies
take
care
of
,
and
delight
in
.
]
ver.
31.
They
shal
come
[
i.
the
fathers
and
their
posterity
]
and
shall
declare
[
i.
set
out
,
&
as
it
were
from
hand
to
hand
deliuer
ouer
]
his
righteousnes
(
i.
the
faithfulnes
that
hee
vseth
in
the
defence
of
his
,
wherof
Dauids
deliuerance
gaue
certaine
proofe
:
for
by
deliuering
him
out
of
dangers
&
violences
,
he
shewed
himselfe
iust
)
vnto
a
people
that
shal
be
borne
(
i.
vnto
their
posterity
and
stocke
)
because
he
hath
done
it
(
i.
declared
his
righteousnes
and
faithfulnes
in
deliuering
and
preseruing
of
mée
.
Ver.
1.
Gods
children
are
many
times
,
in
their
afflictions
,
Do.
brought
almost
to
dispaire
.
ver.
2.
God
doth
not
alwaies
immediatly
heare
,
euen
the
heartie
praiers
of
his
seruants
,
ver.
3.
Sheweth
that
though
God
do
not
alwaies
heare
the
praiers
of
his
seruants
,
yet
he
alwaies
remaineth
holy
and
iust
.
ver.
4.
Good
fathers
are
in
good
things
to
be
followed
,
also
trust
in
God
to
be
deliuered
out
of
danger
,
through
him
,
as
a
notable
meane
to
obteine
it
,
for
God
neuer
destituteth
his
.
ver.
5.
Praier
is
necessary
and
méete
in
the
time
of
affliction
.
ver.
6.
Gods
children
are
wonderfully
abased
in
the
sight
of
wicked
men
.
ver.
7.
It
is
no
new
thing
,
that
the
children
of
God
,
are
made
scoffing
stocks
to
the
people
.
ver.
8.
The
vngodly
do
not
only
despite
gods
children
,
but
euen
his
owne
holy
maiestie
.
ver.
9.10
.
Teach
vs
to
hang
continualy
vpon
God
,
in
whom
wée
liue
,
moue
,
and
haue
our
being
.
ver.
11.
The
more
that
troubles
increase
,
the
more
néed
we
haue
to
be
earnest
with
God
.
ver.
12.13
.
Set
out
the
rage
and
cruelty
of
the
wicked
.
ver.
14.15
.
Describe
the
pitiful
state
of
gods
children
.
ver.
19.
In
all
our
distresses
we
must
haue
recourse
to
the
Lord
.
ver.
22.23
.
Teach
not
onely
to
bée
thankful
our selues
,
but
also
to
stirre
vp
others
thereto
.
ver.
24.
Setteth
out
Gods
wonderful
mercy
,
that
neuer
refuseth
his
,
no
not
in
their
greatest
misery
.
ver.
27.
Is
a
prophecie
of
the
vocation
of
the
Gentiles
.
ver.
29.
God
hath
of
al
sorts
and
conditions
some
that
feare
him
.
ver.
31.
Teacheth
care
for
posterity
.
Psalme
.
23.
THis
Psalme
hath
two
parts
,
first
he
doth
darkly
,
Di.
as
it
were
in
an
alegorie
:
declare
gods
goodnes
and
mercy
towards
him
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
4.
In
the
second
hee
declareth
the
same
thing
more
plainly
,
assuring
himselfe
of
gods
goodnes
likewise
in
time
to
come
,
from
ver.
5.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
This
title
is
expounded
before
.
Psalme
.
4.
Ver.
1.
Se.
My
shepheard
(
vnder
this
similitude
,
he
mindeth
to
set
out
the
great
care
that
God
had
ouer
him
)
I
shal
not
want
(
vz.
any
thing
that
he
séeth
to
bee
good
or
néedfull
for
me
.
)
ver.
2.
Hee
maketh
mee
to
rest
(
the
Prophet
proceedeth
in
this
metaphor
,
shewing
Gods
care
ouer
him
,
noting
thrée
things
to
expresse
it
by
:
first
the
swéete
and
quiet
rest
hee
giueth
vnto
his
,
as
Psal.
127.2
.
secondly
plentifulnes
of
food
,
vnderstood
by
these
words
,
gréene
pastures
:
and
thirdly
commodiousnes
of
place
to
drinke
at
,
&
to
refresh
himselfe
ment
by
these
words
,
the
stil
waters
,
vz.
void
of
dangers
,
&
yet
hauing
certaine
cold
aire
comming
from
them
to
refresh
.
]
ver.
3.
He
restoreth
my
soule
[
i.
he
bringeth
my
life
,
which
through
weakenes
was
as
it
were
at
deaths
dore
,
backe
againe
]
paths
of
righteousnes
[
i.
in
righteous
waies
,
&
vpright
conuersation
]
for
his
names
sake
[
i.
for
his
goodnes
and
mercy
sake
.
]
ver.
4.
Though
I
shoulde
walke
[
vz.
either
through
ignoraunce
or
weakenes
]
through
the
valley
of
the
shadowe
of
death
[
i.
through
most
manifold
&
manifest
dangers
,
so
that
I
were
very
nigh
to
death
]
I
will
feare
no
euil
,
[
vz.
that
can
come
vnto
me
]
for
thou
art
with
me
[
vz.
by
thy
power
and
presence
to
defend
and
comfort
me
]
thy
rod
and
thy
staffe
[
he
putteth
the
instruments
that
shepheards
did
vse
hauing
care
ouer
their
flockes
,
for
the
care
that
God
had
ouer
him
,
and
he
ioyned
the
rod
and
staffe
together
,
because
some
shepheards
vsed
a
rod
,
and
some
a
staffe
,
but
God
vsed
both
:
q.d.
the
care
that
thou
hast
ouer
mee
,
which
farre
exceedeth
the
care
of
a
most
watchful
and
diligent
shepheard
,
causeth
me
that
in
the
greatest
dangers
,
I
neither
doubt
nor
dispaire
,
but
am
wonderfully
comforted
.
I
make
this
difference
betwéene
rod
and
staffe
,
that
rod
is
put
for
some
smal
wandes
,
wherwith
shepheards
vse
to
driue
their
shéepe
,
and
now
&
then
strike
them
:
and
yet
hurt
them
not
,
and
staffe
is
put
for
shepheards
staffe
that
hath
his
hooke
vpon
it
,
by
which
he
catcheth
and
ruleth
them
that
sometimes
would
go
astray
.
]
ver.
5.
By
table
,
vnderstand
al
necessary
things
for
norishment
to
be
set
vpon
the
table
,
which
is
a
vsual
Metonymia
:
&
by
annointing
his
head
with
oile
,
and
the
running
ouer
of
his
cup
,
vnderstand
abundance
of
al
things
not
only
seruing
for
necessity
but
pleasure
,
he
alludeth
to
the
custome
of
those
countries
and
times
wherein
he
liued
,
which
was
not
only
to
vse
oile
for
finenes
&
comlines
sake
,
as
Mat.
6.17
.
2.
Sam.
12.20
.
but
also
at
feasts
&
banquets
:
as
Luk.
7.36.37.38
.
For
which
cause
also
they
that
mourned
absteined
from
annointing
with
oile
,
as
2.
Sam.
14.2
.
]
Ver.
6.
Doubtles
[
this
noteth
the
prophets
great
assurance
of
Gods
goodnes
]
kindenes
and
mercy
[
vz.
from
God
]
shall
follow
me
[
i.
be
present
with
me
and
vpon
mee
]
a
long
season
[
i.
all
the
daies
of
my
life
,
as
in
this
very
verse
before
]
in
the
house
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
in
the
place
where
the
tabernacle
is
,
and
God
himselfe
worshipped
,
from
which
to
be
banished
what
a
great
griefe
it
was
,
sée
Psal
,
84.1.2
.
&c.
and
yet
this
hindereth
not
but
that
it
may
be
vnderstood
also
of
eternal
life
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
this
,
that
if
we
be
rightly
perswaded
of
gods
goodnes
&
prouidence
,
we
shal
want
nothing
,
that
is
good
&
méete
for
vs
.
ver.
2.
Sheweth
that
God
is
he
alone
that
giueth
vs
rest
,
plenty
,
&
deliueraunce
from
daungers
.
ver.
3.
Declareth
,
first
that
God
hath
the
issues
of
life
and
death
in
his
owne
hands
:
secondly
that
he
is
the
author
of
al
wel
doing
in
vs
,
and
thirdly
that
he
bestoweth
these
graces
vpon
vs
,
for
his
owne
mercies
sake
only
.
ver.
4.
Assured
faith
and
confidence
in
gods
goodnes
&
almightie
prouidence
,
surmounteth
al
the
difficulties
of
this
life
whatsoeuer
.
ver.
5.
God
giueth
vnto
his
cildren
many
times
plenty
of
all
thinges
,
not
only
for
necessity
but
also
for
pleasure
.
Ver.
6.
declareth
that
it
is
no
presumption
to
be
fully
assured
of
the
continuaunce
of
Gods
grace
and
fauour
towards
vs
:
it
teacheth
vs
also
what
delight
we
should
haue
in
the
seruice
of
God
.
Psalme
24.
THis
Psalme
hath
two
principall
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
declareth
that
though
all
the
people
of
the
worlde
bee
vnder
Gods
gouernment
,
yet
those
only
whome
hee
frameth
to
goodnesse
,
are
his
speciall
and
peculiar
ones
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
end
of
the
6.
In
the
second
parte
he
prepareth
this
people
,
to
submit
themselues
willingly
to
God
,
and
his
holy
ordinances
from
ver.
7.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
Title
is
expounded
before
.
Ver.
1.
Se.
he
declareth
that
God
is
Lord
of
al
thinges
whatsoeuer
,
and
yet
notwithstanding
God
only
hath
chosen
some
certayn
people
to
be
particular
vnto
himself
,
which
noteth
not
only
his
vnspeakeable
good
will
towards
them
,
but
setteth
out
their
obedience
towardes
him
.
]
Ver.
2.
Founded
it
[
vz.
the
earth
or
the
world
]
vpon
the
seas
[
i.
he
hath
placed
it
aboue
them
,
as
may
appeare
,
Gen.
1.9
.
Exod.
20.4
.
and
so
must
the
latter
part
of
this
verse
also
be
vnderstood
,
by
which
meanes
also
the
earth
or
world
is
become
habitable
.
]
Ver.
3.
mountayne
of
the
Lord
[
i.
Sion
where
the
ark
was
,
and
is
called
the
the
Lords
mountayne
,
because
it
pleased
him
there
to
dwel
:
some
vnderstand
it
of
the
mountayne
Moriah
,
in
which
the
Temple
was
builded
by
Solomon
,
and
this
is
not
amisse
also
]
in
his
holye
place
[
i.
eyther
the
Court
of
the
Tabernacle
,
or
the
Temple
when
it
was
built
,
but
I
rather
encline
to
the
first
sence
.
]
Ver.
4.
innocent
hands
[
i.
hands
that
haue
not
ben
giuen
to
bloodshead
or
any
hurt
,
sée
Isaiah
1.15
.
]
and
a
pure
hart
[
i.
a
hart
purged
from
manifold
corruptions
,
by
these
markes
he
discerneth
the
true
Israelites
from
false
and
counterfait
,
sée
Psal.
12.2
.
]
hath
not
lift
vp
his
minde
[
i.
hath
not
gaped
after
,
or
attentiuely
set
his
affection
vpon
:
it
séemeth
to
bee
a
borrowed
spéeche
,
taken
from
such
as
lift
vp
their
eyes
,
that
they
may
diligently
beholde
a
thing
,
sée
Psal.
123.1.2
.
]
vanitie
[
i.
vayne
and
vnprofitable
thinges
,
or
else
(
as
it
is
also
many
times
vsed
in
Scripture
)
for
wickednes
and
wicked
thinges
]
nor
sworne
deceitfully
[
he
meaneth
eyther
in
respect
of
himself
,
vz.
not
taking
an
oth
without
an
vpright
,
reuerent
,
and
sincere
mind
:
or
else
,
which
I
rather
allow
of
,
in
respect
of
others
,
vz.
to
deceaue
them
as
it
were
vnder
pretence
and
religion
of
an
oth
.
]
Ver.
5.
Blessings
put
for
a
great
and
wonderful
blessing
:
for
such
a
force
the
word
séemeth
to
carry
with
it
]
and
righteousnesse
[
some
take
it
for
mercy
,
and
so
doth
the
Gréeke
text
reade
it
in
this
place
.
I
suppose
that
by
righteousnes
the
holy
Ghost
meaneth
in
this
place
the
fruit
or
reward
of
righteousnesse
,
or
else
gods
benefits
and
goodnesses
,
by
which
the
Lord
proueth
himselfe
faythfull
and
righteous
)
saluation
[
this
worde
is
taken
here
not
only
for
deliueraunce
from
daungers
as
often
times
before
,
but
for
eternal
life
also
,
which
God
graciously
bestoweth
vpon
those
that
are
his
.
ver.
6.
this
is
the
generation
[
i.
those
are
the
men
and
persons
,
for
generation
is
here
taken
for
men
]
that
seeke
him
[
vz.
with
their
harts
and
vnfaignedly
,
that
they
may
worship
him
]
séeke
thy
face
[
i.
haue
an
earnest
desire
to
behold
thy
louing
countenance
]
this
is
Iaakob
(
such
kind
of
pepole
are
true
Iaakob
and
true
Israelits
.
for
Iaakob
is
not
here
put
for
the
name
of
the
Patriarch
:
or
for
those
only
that
discended
of
him
according
to
the
flesh
,
but
for
those
that
followed
his
faith
&
obedience
.
]
ver.
7.
Lift
vp
your
heads
,
ye
gates
(
in
this
sence
,
the
Prophet
speaketh
to
the
gates
of
the
place
,
into
which
the
ark
should
enter
(
whether
it
were
the
temple
or
some
other
place
it
is
not
certayne
)
but
he
biddeth
the
gates
lift
vp
their
heads
,
meaning
by
heads
the
vppermost
posts
of
the
gates
,
that
went
ouer
from
one
side
to
the
other
,
&
he
calleth
these
gates
euerlasting
dores
,
not
that
they
should
,
or
could
continue
for
euer
,
but
for
a
long
season
,
meaning
by
the
spéech
the
stabilitie
of
the
place
or
temple
wherinto
the
arke
should
be
brought
In
doctrine
the
faythful
are
hereby
admonished
to
prepare
themselues
to
receaue
Christ
,
that
he
may
dwel
in
their
harts
by
faith
,
their
bodies
being
the
temple
of
the
holy
spirit
]
king
of
glory
(
i.
a
most
glorious
and
renowned
king
,
speaking
it
of
the
Lord
,
who
shewed
his
glory
and
presence
,
from
betwéen
the
Cherubins
in
the
arke
.
]
ver.
8.
who
is
this
,
&c.
[
the
demaund
or
question
of
the
faithful
people
]
the
Lord
strong
and
mightye
[
this
is
an
aunswere
to
the
former
question
,
whereby
for
the
strengthening
of
their
faith
they
are
admonished
that
God
armed
with
inuincible
power
,
commeth
to
defend
his
people
,
and
to
beat
downe
his
enemies
.
]
ver
,
10.
The
Lord
of
hostes
(
i.
he
whom
al
hosts
both
heauenly
and
earthly
do
obay
,
and
therfore
most
strong
&
mighty
]
euen
in
battaile
(
i.
not
only
in
warlike
strength
,
but
in
the
very
pinch
and
brunt
of
battaile
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
describeth
the
largenesse
of
Gods
gouernment
,
so
that
nothing
is
exempted
therfrom
for
though
he
speake
only
of
the
earth
and
thinges
contayned
therein
,
yet
he
mindeth
not
to
exclude
the
heauenly
creatures
.
Ver.
2.
Setteth
out
Gods
power
and
prouidence
.
Ver.
3.
Teacheth
men
to
haue
regarde
to
ioine
themselues
to
his
church
in
this
life
,
and
to
haue
a
speciall
care
of
etexnal
life
.
Ver.
4
,
Teacheth
the
brideling
of
our
hands
,
the
reformation
of
our
harts
,
the
subduing
of
the
vaine
and
wicked
affections
of
our
minds
,
and
to
take
héed
that
we
abuse
not
an
othe
,
so
that
to
sweare
is
not
forbidden
,
as
the
Anabaptists
imagine
,
but
to
sweare
deceitfully
and
wrongfully
.
ver.
5.
setteth
out
gods
goodnes
,
plentifully
rewarding
the
holy
indeuours
of
his
children
.
ver.
6.
Teacheth
that
care
and
zeale
to
worship
God
must
be
in
his
children
.
ver.
7.9
.
Teacheth
men
to
be
prepared
to
receaue
the
Lord
when
he
commeth
to
them
ver.
8.
and
10.
is
a
particular
description
of
Gods
power
and
glory
,
which
serueth
for
comfort
to
his
children
,
because
he
will
deliuer
them
,
and
for
terror
to
his
enemies
,
because
he
will
punish
them
.
Psalme
25.
IN
this
Psalme
,
Di.
the
Prophets
prayers
are
wonderfullye
intermedled
,
and
therefore
it
canne
be
hardlye
well
diuided
.
Sometimes
he
prayeth
deliuerance
from
his
enimies
,
shewing
what
fruit
shall
come
thereby
to
him
and
others
.
ver.
1.2.3.15.16.17.18.19.20.21
.
sometimes
he
prayeth
the
Lorde
to
instruct
and
teach
him
,
and
others
also
in
the
right
way
shewing
how
God
dealeth
with
his
children
.
ver.
4.5.6.8.9.10.12.13.14
.
and
sometimes
he
confesseth
his
sinnes
,
praying
pardon
for
them
,
and
shutteth
vp
this
Psalme
,
with
a
prayer
for
the
Church
,
ver.
7.11
,
18.22
.
The
title
is
expounded
before
.
Ver.
1.
My
soule
[
i.
Se.
hart
and
all
that
is
within
me
,
his
words
shewing
that
in
the
outward
he
gaue
himselfe
to
the
Lordes
seruice
,
and
this
spéech
proueth
that
his
inward
man
was
ioined
therewith
.
]
ver.
2.
Let
me
not
be
confounded
(
vz.
by
receiuing
a
repulse
at
thy
hands
)
ver.
3.
mend
thus
:
yea
let
none
that
trust
in
thée
be
confounded
:
and
ioyne
it
to
the
former
thus
:
q.d.
I
pray
not
only
for
my self
,
but
for
the
rest
of
the
faithfull
)
that
transgresse
[
vz.
against
me
in
resisting
my
kingdom
,
&
that
without
any
cause
on
my
behalf
giuen
them
,
and
so
doth
the
Chaldee
paraphrase
expound
it
]
ver.
4
shew
me
thy
ways
[
vz.
by
or
in
which
thou
wouldst
haue
me
to
walk
,
meaning
by
waies
the
order
of
life
which
God
himself
prescribeth
,
&
the
same
he
meaneth
by
his
paths
as
we
haue
had
it
before
]
ver.
5.
Lead
me
forth
(
vz.
without
daunger
of
mine
enimies
]
in
thy
truth
[
i.
as
thou
hast
promised
to
shielde
mee
from
them
]
and
teach
me
[
vz.
the
same
thy
truth
,
teaching
me
to
finde
it
and
féele
it
by
experience
]
the
God
of
my
saluation
[
i.
such
a
one
as
I
fynd
a
present
helpe
to
saue
me
from
,
and
in
al
dangers
]
all
the
day
[
i.
continually
,
&
with
an
vnwearied
constancy
]
Ver.
6.
Remember
thy
tender
mercies
,
that
I
maye
féele
them
now
,
as
thou
hast
shewed
them
always
hertofore
.
]
ver.
7.
The
sins
of
my
youth
[
i.
those
that
I
did
commit
in
my
youth
]
nor
my
rebellions
[
vz
agaynste
thy
maiestie
]
euen
for
thy
goodnesse
sake
,
q.d.
though
my
sinnes
deserue
the
withdrawing
of
thy
fauor
,
yet
think
vpon
thy
mercy
,
and
not
vppon
my
iniquities
.
]
ver.
8.
Gracious
&
righteous
(
i.
merciful
to
penitent
persons
,
and
vprighte
in
the
execution
of
his
iudgements
.
Dauid
vseth
these
termes
to
strike
vp
himself
therby
to
praier
]
sinners
[
i.
all
,
one
and
other
,
for
none
are
without
sin
]
in
the
way
,
or
rather
the
way
,
for
so
it
is
in
the
Hebrue
text
,
meaning
a
conuersation
the
God
himselfe
alloweth
of
,
for
so
it
is
ver.
9.
though
al
do
not
imbrace
it
]
ver.
9.
in
iudgement
[
i.
with
a
thorow
iudgement
,
meaning
therby
aduisedly
&
rightly
:
it
séemeth
to
be
a
metaphor
taken
from
them
that
guide
others
,
&
shew
them
the
way
,
]
ver.
10.
paths
of
the
Lord
(
sée
ver.
4.
of
this
Psalm
)
are
mercy
and
truth
(
i.
are
most
mercifull
&
faithful
,
because
that
in
them
,
God
giueth
testimony
vnto
them
of
his
mercy
&
truth
,
meaning
by
truth
gods
faithfulnesse
in
performing
that
which
he
promiseth
)
his
couenant
&
his
testimonies
[
i.
his
Law
,
which
is
called
his
couenaunt
,
because
that
thereby
God
maketh
a
couenaunt
or
bargayne
as
it
were
with
vs
,
that
we
should
kéepe
his
law
,
for
testimonies
sée
Psalme
19.7
.
]
Verse
11.
For
thy
names
sake
[
i.
for
thy
glory
and
mercies
sake
,
least
otherwise
by
my
iniquity
,
thy
glory
might
be
called
into
question
.
]
Verse
12.
The
way
[
sée
verse
4.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
13.
His
soule
[
i.
his
whole
man
,
a
part
put
for
the
whole
]
Ver.
14.
Secrete
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
the
law
of
the
Lord
which
is
called
secret
,
because
we
cannot
vnderstande
it
of
oure
selues
without
light
from
him
.
]
Ver.
15.
Mine
eyes
[
vz.
not
of
my
body
only
but
of
my
fayth
and
soule
]
are
euer
toward
the
Lord
[
i.
are
earnestly
lifted
vp
,
and
stedfastly
fixed
vpon
him
,
as
Psalme
123.
ver.
1.2
.
]
my
féete
[
i.
me
my selfe
,
a
part
for
the
whole
]
out
of
the
net
(
i.
out
of
the
snares
and
daungers
that
myne
enemies
haue
layde
to
catche
me
in
.
)
Ver.
16.
Turne
thy
face
(
i.
thy
fauourable
and
louing
countenaunce
)
for
I
am
desolate
(
i.
vtterlye
destitute
of
helpe
vnlesse
thou
helpe
,
as
Psal
,
22.11.20
.
)
and
poore
(
i.
maruailously
afflicted
,
and
so
haue
you
this
worde
sundry
times
vsed
in
the
Booke
of
Psalmes
.
)
Ver.
17.
The
sorrowes
of
my
harte
(
i.
The
gréefes
and
sorrowes
that
touche
and
possesse
of
my
harte
)
are
inlarged
(
i.
multiplied
to
a
wonderfull
numbers
,
so
that
I
am
hardly
able
to
thinke
vpon
them
with
my
hart
.
)
ver.
19.
with
cruell
hatred
(
i.
with
hatred
that
will
neuer
be
appeased
,
but
by
committing
some
crueltye
agaynst
me
.
)
ver.
20.
Soule
put
for
whole
man
,
as
ver.
13.
before
in
this
Psalm
.
)
ver.
22.
Israell
put
for
the
faithfull
Israelites
,
and
Gods
church
,
as
Psalme
14
7.
Psal.
125.5
.
Psal.
131.3
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
that
prayer
must
ve
made
to
GOD
onlye
.
Verse
2.
that
seruice
cannot
bee
performed
but
by
trust
in
God
.
ver.
4.
We
are
ignoraunt
euen
the
best
of
vs
in
Gods
worde
,
till
the
Lorde
lighten
and
teache
vs
.
ver.
5.
We
must
continuallye
hang
vppon
GOD
,
by
an
assured
fayth
.
ver.
6.
Gods
mercye
is
the
onely
thing
that
the
faythfull
must
cleaue
vnto
.
verse
7.
Our
sinnes
must
bée
confessed
,
and
pardon
thereof
earnestly
prayde
for
.
verse
8.
God
calleth
all
to
repentaunce
and
amendment
.
ver.
9.
In
those
in
whome
God
beginneth
good
things
,
he
will
go
forward
with
them
vnto
the
end
.
ver.
10.
God
is
gracious
and
faythfull
vnto
those
,
that
walke
in
the
obedience
of
his
law
.
ver.
11.
The
greater
our
sinnes
be
,
the
more
néede
we
haue
of
mercye
,
and
to
come
to
the
Lord
by
prayer
for
the
healing
thereof
.
ver.
12.
God
will
adde
blessing
vpon
blessing
,
and
knowledge
vpon
knowledge
,
to
those
that
loue
and
feare
him
.
ver.
13.
Yea
the
Lord
will
heape
all
manner
of
temporall
blessings
vpon
him
.
ver.
14.
is
the
same
which
verse
12.
ver.
15.
We
must
continuallye
wayte
vpon
the
Lord
,
and
be
certainly
assured
that
he
will
deliuer
vs
from
danger
.
ver.
16.
The
more
we
are
destitute
of
all
worldly
helpes
,
the
more
néede
haue
we
to
come
to
the
Lord
,
and
to
learne
to
hang
vpon
him
alone
.
verse
18.
Prayer
for
remission
of
all
sinnes
is
commended
vnto
vs
,
Sée
Hosea
14.2
.
ver.
22.
We
should
faythfully
remember
in
our
Prayers
,
the
state
of
Gods
Church
.
Psalme
26.
THis
Psalme
hath
two
principal
partes
.
In
the
first
,
Di.
he
setteth
out
his
innocency
towards
Saule
,
declaring
that
he
was
so
farre
off
from
working
wickednesse
,
that
he
coulde
not
abyde
wicked
mens
company
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
5.
In
the
second
part
he
setteth
out
his
loue
to
Gods
workes
&
word
,
promising
thanks
for
Gods
goodnes
towards
him
,
from
ver.
6.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
is
expounded
before
.
Ver.
1.
Se.
Iudge
me
(
i.
take
knowledge
of
my
cause
,
and
declare
thy selfe
to
be
my
defender
,
agaynst
the
slaunders
of
mine
enimies
)
in
mine
innocency
[
i.
innocently
and
without
doing
hurt
(
vz.
to
Saule
,
or
these
my
enimies
that
pursue
me
without
cause
,
as
Psal.
7.5
.
Psal.
15.3
.
]
not
slide
[
vz.
from
that
stedfast
hope
that
I
haue
,
that
God
will
defend
me
and
my
iust
cause
.
]
Ver.
2.
Proue
me
[
vz.
to
know
my
innocency
,
and
that
I
am
vniustly
accused
.
q.d.
I
desired
thée
before
to
be
my
iudge
,
and
now
I
willinglye
offer
the
same
]
and
trie
me
[
vz.
whether
there
be
any
malice
in
me
towards
Saule
,
sée
Psal.
7.8
.
Psal.
17.3
.
]
examine
[
vz.
euen
as
goldsmiths
doe
their
moste
fine
Golde
,
for
it
is
a
metaphor
taken
from
them
]
my
reines
and
my
hart
[
i.
my
inward
affections
and
thoughts
,
as
Psal.
7.9
.
]
Ver.
3.
Mine
eyes
[
vz.
of
my
minde
and
soule
]
haue
I
walked
in
thy
truth
(
i.
lead
such
a
conuersation
as
thy
truth
requireth
,
meaning
by
truth
Gods
word
,
because
it
alone
comprehendeth
all
truth
.
]
Ver.
4.
with
vayne
persons
[
i.
wicked
and
vngodly
men
whiche
is
a
good
place
also
to
proue
vanity
to
be
taken
sometimes
for
wickednesse
,
as
before
,
Psal.
24.4
.
]
Ver.
5.
of
the
euill
[
vz.
men
,
meaning
such
as
accustome
themselues
to
worke
euill
,
and
to
hurt
others
.
]
ver.
6.
I
will
wash
my
handes
in
innocency
[
i.
I
will
indeuour
to
liue
most
vprightly
and
purelye
towardes
thée
and
before
men
,
sée
Iob.
9.30
.
]
and
compasse
thine
altar
[
i.
offer
aboundance
of
sacrifices
vnto
thée
,
giuing
here
two
excellent
testimonies
of
his
vprighte
dealing
:
one
good
behauiour
towards
men
,
and
the
other
sincere
seruice
of
God
.
]
ver.
7.
that
I
may
declare
[
vz.
thy
goodnesse
towards
me
,
and
my
obedience
towards
thée
.
]
ver.
8.
The
habitation
of
thy
house
[
i.
euen
the
very
place
where
thy
arke
resteth
,
which
séemeth
to
be
as
it
were
thy
house
,
because
of
thy
continuall
abode
and
presence
there
,
meaning
that
if
he
loued
the
place
so
wel
,
he
loued
the
people
and
the
exercises
better
,
and
the
Lord
best
of
all
]
and
the
place
where
thy
honor
dwelleth
[
this
is
nothing
but
a
repetition
of
that
which
goeth
before
,
meaning
by
Gods
honour
his
arke
,
before
which
he
was
honoured
:
vnlesse
we
would
expound
it
thus
,
that
we
should
by
place
vnderstand
the
Arke
,
and
by
honor
,
Gods
maiestie
and
honour
manifested
there
.
]
ver.
9.
gather
not
my
soule
with
the
sinners
[
i.
when
thou
punishest
the
vngodly
,
destroy
not
me
with
them
,
vnderstanding
by
sinners
,
notorious
sinners
,
as
before
psa.
1.5
.
]
with
the
bloody
men
[
i.
them
that
giue
themselues
to
crueltie
,
murther
,
&
bloodshed
,
sée
Psal.
5.6
.
]
Ver.
10.
In
whose
handes
is
wickednesse
(
q.d.
whatsoeuer
they
doe
is
wickednesse
)
and
their
right
hand
is
full
of
bribes
[
i.
they
are
most
ready
(
for
the
right
hande
is
commonlye
more
nimble
then
the
other
)
for
their
owne
gayne
sake
by
bribery
or
otherwise
,
to
commit
all
naughtinesse
.
]
ver.
11.
I
will
walke
[
i.
behaue
my selfe
]
in
my
innocency
[
i.
innocentlye
&
without
hurt
]
sée
ver.
1.
of
this
Psalme
]
redéeme
me
(
vz.
from
those
slaunderous
spéeches
and
dangers
that
I
séeme
subiect
vnto
.
]
ver.
12.
amend
thus
:
my
foote
standing
vpon
playne
ground
(
i.
when
I
shall
be
brought
to
a
more
sure
&
safe
condition
(
for
in
plaine
ground
there
is
sure
footing
)
in
the
congregations
(
vz.
of
thy
people
and
saints
assembled
to
praise
thée
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Whosoeuer
trusteth
in
the
Lord
shal
not
be
confounded
.
ver.
3.
Gods
goodnesse
toward
vs
,
should
restrain
vs
from
doing
euil
to
others
.
ver.
4.5
.
Euil
company
is
perilous
,
and
therefore
would
be
auoyded
,
as
Psal.
1.1
.
Ver.
6.
Good
dealing
towards
men
,
and
zealous
seruice
of
God
must
continuallye
bée
professed
&
practised
by
his
children
.
ver.
8.
The
place
where
God
is
serued
and
the
exexcises
of
his
religion
,
must
be
carefully
frequented
.
ver.
9.
It
is
a
good
way
to
shun
the
punishments
which
light
vpon
the
vngodly
,
to
auoyde
their
company
and
naughtinesse
.
ver.
10.
is
a
liuely
description
of
the
peruersenesse
and
naughtines
of
vngodly
people
.
ver.
12.
instructeth
vs
to
bee
thankfull
to
God
,
and
that
openly
before
men
for
his
benefits
bestowed
vpon
vs
.
Psalme
27.
Di.
THis
Psalme
hath
two
special
parts
,
In
the
first
part
the
Prophet
setteth
out
the
strong
fayth
and
confidence
that
hée
had
in
God
,
assuring
himselfe
that
God
would
deliuer
him
out
of
all
his
dangers
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
sixt
.
In
the
second
part
he
prayeth
the
Lord
still
to
shewe
himselfe
fauourable
and
gracious
vnto
him
,
in
deliuering
him
from
the
force
and
power
of
all
his
enemies
,
from
verse
7.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
Title
is
expounded
already
.
Ver.
1.
my
light
(
i.
he
from
whome
alone
I
haue
in
al
things
good
successe
and
felicity
]
and
my
saluation
[
i.
hee
that
deliuereth
me
from
al
daungers
,
vsing
light
and
saluation
the
things
themselues
for
deliuerance
from
afflictions
(
which
in
the
scriptures
are
many
times
ment
by
darknes
)
and
al
sorts
of
dangers
]
whom
shal
I
feare
?
[
q.d.
none
,
for
by
such
interrogations
,
the
Hebrues
doe
wonderfully
deny
]
the
strength
of
my
life
[
i.
the
vpholder
&
maintainer
therof
,
bringing
good
things
to
it
,
and
putting
euil
things
back
from
it
,
for
that
is
the
vse
of
strength
in
the
body
]
ver.
2.
Came
vpon
me
(
vz.
with
violent
&
cruel
minds
]
to
eat
vp
my
flesh
(
i.
most
cruelly
to
deuoure
&
consume
me
,
after
the
maner
of
wild
beasts
.
)
They
stumbled
(
euen
for
weakenes
and
faynthartednesse
)
&
fell
(
vz.
so
that
they
could
not
rise
vp
again
to
molest
me
,
mening
that
they
were
destroid
.
)
ver.
3.
though
an
host
(
sée
Psa.
3.6
.
it
argueth
a
notable
stedfast
perswasion
in
the
Prophet
,
&
he
meaneth
by
these
words
,
hoste
and
warre
,
[
euery
thing
that
may
be
terrible
and
fearefull
in
this
worlde
]
in
this
(
i.
that
the
Lord
is
my
light
,
and
my
saluation
,
as
verse
1.
of
this
Psalme
.
)
ver.
4.
Haue
I
desired
(
vz.
by
earnest
prayer
,
that
I
will
require
(
vz.
agayne
,
and
agayne
,
q.d.
I
will
neuer
leaue
off
,
till
I
haue
obtayned
it
)
dwel
in
the
house
of
the
Lord
(
he
vseth
the
word
dwelling
for
continuall
presence
,
and
the
house
of
the
Lord
,
for
the
sanctuary
,
or
tabernacle
,
sée
psal.
23.6
.
)
the
beautye
of
the
Lord
(
i.
the
wonderful
works
he
doth
,
and
the
famous
gifts
he
giueth
,
by
which
he
is
made
beautifull
and
excellent
,
or
his
beautie
is
declared
to
the
sonnes
of
men
)
and
to
visit
(
i.
to
be
often
present
in
)
his
temple
(
i.
the
place
where
the
ark
was
as
Psal.
5.7
.
)
Ver.
5.
He
shall
hide
me
(
i.
kéepe
me
safe
and
sound
in
his
Tabernacle
(
it
is
not
here
to
be
taken
for
the
sanctuarie
or
arke
,
but
for
the
place
of
Gods
abode
and
visible
presence
,
whereby
the
Prophet
meaneth
safetye
,
for
where
the
Lorde
is
with
his
,
there
is
safety
and
assurance
from
dangers
which
the
Prophet
meaneth
also
by
the
wordes
following
,
in
the
secret
place
of
his
pauilion
,
containing
vnder
these
spéeches
the
assurance
he
had
being
shrouded
vnder
Gods
protection
)
&
set
me
vp
vpon
a
rock
(
i.
such
a
place
as
my
enimies
can
not
come
too
to
hurt
me
,
meaning
still
his
safety
.
)
ver.
6.
Lifte
vp
mine
heade
(
i.
exalt
me
,
sée
Psalme
3.9
.
sacrifices
of
ioy
(
i.
sacrifices
to
testifie
my
ioifulnesse
for
my
deliueraunce
.
)
ver.
7.
crie
(
i.
pray
earnestly
)
heare
me
(
i.
graunt
my
requests
,
for
otherwise
it
cannot
be
,
but
that
God
heareth
.
)
Ver.
8.
Séeke
yée
my
face
,
[
i.
in
distresse
come
to
me
for
fauour
and
grace
:
so
that
he
maketh
Gods
commaundement
,
in
the
which
also
is
closely
comprehended
a
promise
,
as
Deut.
4.26
.
the
ground
of
his
praier
]
mine
hart
aunswered
(
i.
yéelded
to
that
truth
,
and
alwayes
thought
vpon
it
)
vnto
thée
(
i.
thy
sayinges
and
wordes
.
)
verse
9.
Therefore
(
q.d.
séeing
I
come
,
and
that
according
to
thy
worde
and
promise
)
hyde
not
thy
face
(
●
.
withdraw
not
thy
fauour
,
but
make
me
sensibly
to
féele
,
thy
vertue
and
goodnesse
in
my
deliueraunce
)
nor
cast
thy
seruaunt
away
[
vz.
without
helpe
and
succour
]
in
displeasure
[
vz.
agaynst
him
]
God
of
my
saluation
(
sée
Psal.
18.46
.
]
Ver.
10.
My
father
and
my
mother
[
i.
not
only
my
parentes
,
but
all
other
whatsoeuer
,
yea
all
mans
ayde
and
comfort
]
forsake
me
[
i.
destitute
and
fayle
me
]
gather
me
vp
[
i.
graciously
receiue
me
into
his
protection
,
and
defence
,
see
Math.
23.37
.
]
Ver.
11.
Teach
me
(
sée
Psal.
25
,
4.5
.
)
right
path
[
i.
righteous
conuersation
and
vpright
dealing
]
because
of
mine
enimies
[
sée
Psal.
5.8
.
He
meaneth
such
enemies
as
did
looke
into
his
life
,
to
sée
whether
they
could
finde
any
thing
blame
worthy
therein
.
]
Ver.
12.
Mende
thus
,
for
false
witnesses
would
stande
vp
against
me
(
vz.
if
thou
shouldest
so
deale
with
me
,
and
so
I
might
easily
be
cast
away
)
speake
cruellye
[
i.
cruell
and
vniust
things
,
that
so
by
their
spéeches
I
might
perish
.
]
ver.
13.
to
sée
[
i.
to
féele
and
tast
,
&
as
it
were
to
haue
experience
of
]
the
goodnes
of
the
Lord
[
i.
such
good
things
,
as
he
hath
promised
me
]
in
the
land
of
the
liuing
[
i.
here
in
the
world
where
men
liue
,
and
I
my selfe
haue
a
portion
of
that
life
with
them
,
sée
Psal.
1●6
.
9
.
Isaiah
38.11
]
Ver.
14.
He
exhorteth
himselfe
specially
,
but
yet
also
others
wholy
to
depend
vpon
the
Lord
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Assured
fayth
in
the
Lord
expelleth
all
feare
of
men
.
ver.
2.
God
confoundeth
the
cruell
purposes
of
the
vngodle
.
ver.
4.
It
is
a
notable
thing
to
bée
present
at
the
publike
assemblies
and
exercises
of
Gods
Church
.
Earnestnes
also
and
continuance
in
prayer
for
good
things
is
commended
vnto
vs
.
ver.
5.
God
is
an
assured
place
of
refuge
for
all
his
.
Ver.
6.
God
graciously
rayseth
his
after
they
haue
bene
cast
downe
:
for
the
which
it
is
their
duty
to
yéeld
him
hartye
prayse
,
Ver.
8.
Gods
commaundement
and
promise
,
are
two
principall
spurres
to
prayer
,
yea
the
very
ground
thereof
.
Ver.
9.
the
godly
many
times
haue
such
earnest
affections
in
prayer
,
that
they
can
hardly
content
themselues
with
any
wordes
to
expresse
their
mind
withal
.
Ver.
10.
God
is
more
sure
and
fast
to
his
children
,
then
all
naturall
parents
and
friends
whatsoeuer
.
Verse
11.
Prayer
for
vpright
conuersation
according
to
Gods
word
,
should
bee
muche
vsed
.
ver.
12.
We
may
pray
to
be
deliuered
from
the
rage
and
lust
of
our
aduersaries
.
ver.
13.
If
Gods
promises
were
not
,
we
should
many
times
sink
downe
vnder
the
burthen
of
our
calamities
.
ver.
14.
It
is
good
for
vs
to
stirre
vp
our selues
and
others
,
to
a
liuely
trust
,
and
an
assured
hope
in
the
almighty
,
for
we
are
all
dull
and
weake
.
Psalme
.
28.
Di.
I
His
Psalme
hath
two
especiall
parts
.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
beséecheth
the
Lord
to
heare
his
prayer
for
himselfe
,
and
agaynst
the
vngodly
,
whose
naughtinesse
also
he
doth
in
part
set
out
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
end
of
the
fift
.
In
the
seconde
hée
prayseth
the
Lorde
for
his
mercies
,
and
declareth
also
the
assured
perswasion
he
had
in
Gods
mercy
,
concluding
with
a
prayer
for
the
Church
,
from
verse
6.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
title
hath
bin
already
spoken
of
.
ver.
1.
Doe
I
crie
[
i.
pray
earnestly
]
O
my
strength
[
i.
thou
from
whom
all
the
strength
that
I
haue
commeth
]
bée
not
deafe
[
i.
doe
not
cast
away
and
neglect
my
prayers
,
eyther
as
though
thou
heardst
not
at
all
,
or
wouldst
not
heare
:
for
as
the
deafe
cannot
heare
,
so
there
are
some
,
that
though
they
can
,
yet
will
not
]
if
thou
answere
me
not
[
i.
graunt
not
my
petition
]
I
be
like
them
that
goe
downe
into
the
pit
,
[
i.
like
dead
men
that
are
buried
,
for
he
putteth
the
word
Pit
,
here
for
the
graue
,
meaning
that
hee
and
his
glory
should
vtterly
perish
from
among
men
.
]
Ver.
2.
When
I
holde
vp
my
handes
(
the
signe
of
prayer
vsed
for
prayer
,
see
Psal.
141.2
.
Exod.
17.11
.
]
toward
thine
holy
oracle
[
i.
towards
the
place
where
thy
arke
was
,
from
whence
thou
hast
promised
helpe
to
them
that
call
vpon
thée
:
it
may
be
also
taken
for
heauen
.
]
ver.
3.
Draw
me
not
away
,
&c.
[
vz.
to
death
,
in
the
time
that
thou
executest
vengeance
against
the
vngodly
,
sée
Psal.
26.9
.
Psal.
27.12
.
]
speake
friendlye
[
i.
words
that
pretend
friendship
&
goodwill
]
when
malice
is
in
their
harts
[
i.
they
imagine
mischiefe
though
they
speake
fayre
,
sée
Psalm
.
12.2
.
]
ver.
4.
He
meaneth
that
seing
they
had
multiplied
iniquitie
,
the
Lord
would
in
his
iustice
repay
them
home
for
it
]
their
rewarde
[
i.
a
rewarde
meete
for
them
and
their
wickednesse
.
]
ver.
5.
Workes
of
the
Lord
(
i.
his
iudgements
against
other
wickednesse
,
and
the
order
of
his
prouidence
]
breake
them
downe
[
vz.
as
men
doe
olde
,
rotten
,
and
ruinous
houses
,
for
such
a
metaphor
is
vsed
here
]
and
builde
them
not
vp
[
i.
let
them
be
without
hope
of
repayring
or
establishment
.
ver.
7.
the
Lord
is
my
strength
&
my
shield
(
sée
Psal.
18.2
.
)
my
hart
trusted
(
i.
inwardly
I
was
fully
perswaded
and
hoped
rightly
(
for
the
hart
is
it
that
God
specially
respecteth
,
and
is
the
seat
of
all
our
affections
good
and
euill
]
my
hart
shal
reioyce
[
i.
inwardly
I
will
be
glad
]
with
my
song
will
I
prayse
him
(
i.
openly
also
will
I
testifie
my
ioy
and
thankfulnes
.
]
ver.
8.
Their
strength
(
vz.
that
went
forth
with
me
to
warre
,
acknowledging
that
the
meanes
that
men
haue
,
are
but
the
instruments
of
Gods
power
)
the
strength
of
their
deliuerances
[
i.
the
only
worker
of
the
deliuerances
]
of
his
annointed
(
that
is
which
his
King
hath
receaued
,
sée
Psal.
18.50
.
]
ver.
9.
Saue
thy
people
[
vz.
from
the
rage
of
their
enemies
]
blesse
[
i.
poure
plenty
of
blessings
vpon
that
people
,
that
thou
hast
chosen
to
be
a
peculiar
inheritaunce
vnto
thy selfe
]
féede
them
[
i.
be
as
it
were
their
sheapheard
,
of
which
sée
psal.
29.1
.
nothing
his
care
&
watchful
gouernment
of
them
)
&
exalt
them
[
vz.
aboue
their
enimies
,
as
psa.
27.6
.
for
euer
[
i.
continually
.
Ver.
1.
When
God
séemeth
not
to
heare
,
then
must
we
be
most
earnest
.
ver.
2.
Do.
we
must
inforce
our
voice
,
holding
vp
our
hands
&c
,
and
all
that
we
can
doe
,
to
prouoke
vs
to
earnestnesse
in
prayer
.
ver.
3.
It
is
not
good
to
partake
in
punishment
with
the
wicked
.
We
must
learne
also
to
take
héede
of
dissembling
either
in
word
or
hart
.
ver.
4.5
.
We
may
pray
against
the
malicious
contemners
of
God
and
his
truth
.
Ver.
6.
We
ow
thankfulnesse
to
the
Lord
after
that
he
hath
heard
our
praiers
.
ver.
7.
Consideration
of
Gods
goodnesse
towards
vs
in
former
times
,
is
a
good
meane
of
hope
in
time
to
come
.
ver.
8.
God
blesseth
the
good
,
and
those
that
take
part
with
them
.
ver.
9.
In
al
our
prayers
,
we
should
be
mindfull
of
the
prosperous
and
good
estate
of
the
whole
church
.
Psalme
29.
THis
Psalme
hath
thrée
parts
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
admonisheth
rulers
and
Princes
to
feare
the
Lord
:
&
this
is
contayned
in
the
two
first
verses
.
In
the
second
part
he
setteth
oute
the
effects
of
thunder
,
which
is
an
argument
of
Gods
wonderfull
maiestie
and
power
,
from
ver.
3.
to
the
9.
In
the
thirde
part
he
sheweth
what
effects
thunder
and
other
workes
of
God
worke
in
his
children
,
promising
prosperitie
&
goodnesse
to
all
those
that
feare
the
Lord
with
a
right
affection
,
from
verse
9.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
is
expounded
before
.
Se.
ver.
1.
Sons
of
the
mighty
(
i.
Princes
&
noble
men
,
who
many
times
by
reason
of
their
birth
&
wealth
,
swel
as
it
wer
against
god
)
giue
vnto
the
Lord
[
this
doubling
doth
note
,
first
that
this
belongeth
vnto
god
alone
,
secondly
how
vnwilling
men
are
,
to
giue
him
that
which
is
his
right
)
glory
&
strength
(
vz.
euen
that
which
you
your selues
haue
,
q.d.
acknowledge
that
that
which
you
haue
you
haue
from
him
alone
.
)
ver.
2.
due
vnto
his
name
(
which
you
do
not
,
if
you
claime
either
the
whole
or
part
,
&
by
name
he
meaneth
god
himself
,
&
al
that
is
in
him
,
as
maiesty
,
power
,
excellency
,
&c.
)
in
the
glorious
sanctuary
(
i.
in
the
tabernacle
of
witnesse
,
in
which
god
sundry
times
gaue
playne
declaration
of
his
glory
and
maiesty
.
)
Ver.
3.
The
voice
of
the
Lord
(
i.
the
thunder
which
is
called
his
voyce
,
because
he
alone
sendeth
it
out
)
is
vpon
the
waters
(
i.
as
some
expound
it
,
is
heard
vpon
the
waters
,
but
I
suppose
it
would
rather
be
turned
thus
,
is
aboue
the
waters
,
meaning
the
waters
that
be
vphelde
in
the
firmament
by
Gods
almightie
power
,
because
the
thunder
is
in
a
higher
region
of
the
ayre
,
than
the
cloudes
in
which
the
water
are
contayned
)
the
God
of
glory
(
i.
he
to
whome
all
glory
is
due
)
maketh
it
to
thunder
,
(
i.
is
the
author
of
it
)
The
Lord
,
or
better
,
the
Lords
voice
is
vpon
the
great
waters
,
as
before
in
this
verse
,
and
he
calleth
the
waters
in
the
cloudes
greate
,
both
because
of
the
abundance
of
them
,
and
also
because
of
the
force
thereof
,
as
may
appeare
in
the
vniuersall
flood
,
Gen.
9.
and
the
reason
why
I
expound
this
verse
,
is
because
he
sayth
afterwards
verse
10.
God
sitteth
vpon
the
floud
.
]
Ver.
4.
Is
mightye
[
i.
declareth
greate
might
in
his
maiestie
]
is
glorious
[
i.
expresseth
his
great
glory
.
]
ver.
5.
The
voice
[
i.
the
thunder
and
those
things
that
eyther
go
before
it
or
follow
it
,
as
lightnings
,
the
thunderbolt
,
storme
,
tempest
,
&c.
]
the
Cedars
of
Lebanon
[
i.
most
high
and
excellent
Cedars
,
for
that
place
yéeldeth
the
best
,
the
most
thick
,
and
those
that
lasted
longest
.
]
Ver.
6.
He
maketh
them
[
i.
sundry
mountaines
or
places
,
whereof
he
nameth
two
in
this
verse
,
it
may
also
be
vnderstood
of
the
shaking
of
the
trées
]
to
leape
[
i.
to
moue
and
stir
muche
vp
and
downe
]
like
a
Calfe
[
vz.
that
is
vnruly
,
and
for
pastime
,
as
you
would
say
,
can
hardly
stand
still
]
Lebanon
also
and
Shirion
[
these
are
the
names
of
two
places
for
Shirion
see
Deut.
3.8.9
.
]
like
a
yong
Vnicorne
[
i.
very
lustily
and
nimblye
,
for
the
Vnicornes
,
but
specially
their
yong
ones
,
be
slender
and
light
bodyed
,
and
much
giuen
to
leaping
or
skipping
.
]
ver.
7.
Deuideth
the
flames
of
fyre
[
i.
lightnings
so
called
,
because
they
séeme
to
vs
and
are
indéed
flaming
&
fire
,
now
the
thunder
deuideth
them
,
because
it
immediately
followeth
one
flash
of
lightning
,
&
goeth
before
another
]
ver.
8.
the
wildernes
to
tremble
[
i.
after
some
,
the
beasts
of
the
wildernes
,
by
Metonomya
,
or
which
I
take
to
be
more
plain
,
by
reason
of
that
which
followeth
,
it
maketh
the
very
ground
,
&
earth
of
the
wildernes
to
shake
as
it
were
]
the
Lord
[
vz.
by
his
power
&
thundering
voice
]
the
wildernes
of
Kadesh
[
i.
that
most
great
and
horrible
wildernes
,
wherin
the
children
of
Israel
wandred
xl
.
yeres
before
they
came
to
the
land
of
promise
,
of
which
,
&
of
the
cruel
beasts
therin
,
mention
is
made
Deut.
8.15
.
]
ver.
9.
Maketh
the
hinds
[
who
naturally
bring
forth
with
great
difficulty
,
as
Iob
39.4.5.6
.
]
to
calue
[
vz.
before
their
time
,
which
argueth
the
thunder
to
be
a
very
terrible
thing
]
discouereth
the
forrest
[
this
place
hath
thrée
sences
:
some
expound
it
thus
,
that
by
forrests
they
vnderstand
the
beasts
in
the
forrests
,
which
thorow
thunder
euen
for
verye
feare
come
out
of
their
couertures
:
others
vnderstand
by
forrest
,
the
mere
ground
of
the
forrest
,
which
is
layd
open
by
the
ouerthrow
&
casting
downe
of
trées
in
thunder
and
tempest
:
others
vnderstand
by
discouering
the
forrest
,
the
laying
of
it
euen
as
it
were
,
by
taking
away
the
leaues
thorow
thuūder
&
storme
,
and
to
this
latter
for
mine
own
part
doe
I
incline
]
in
his
temple
[
i.
in
the
place
wher
he
is
publikely
serued
]
doth
euery
man
[
vz.
of
his
faithful
seruants
]
speake
of
his
glory
[
vz.
by
beholding
his
excellency
in
these
his
workes
,
though
the
vngodly
wil
not
acknowledge
the
same
]
ver.
10.
The
Lord
sitteth
[
i.
heareth
sway
and
exerciseth
a
gouernment
]
vpon
the
flood
[
the
singular
number
for
the
plurall
,
meaning
by
floods
all
waters
eyther
in
the
firmament
or
vnder
the
earth
]
King
[
i.
Ruler
and
gouernour
ouer
all
things
whatsoeuer
,
]
ver.
11.
Giue
strength
[
i.
indue
them
with
might
and
strength
to
defend
themselues
,
and
to
annoy
their
enemies
]
blesse
his
people
with
peace
[
i.
giue
them
plentifull
and
prosperous
succes
in
al
things
.
Out
of
ver.
1.
we
learne
that
great
men
ought
to
worship
the
Lord
,
Do.
&
that
in
the
glorious
sanctuarie
[
i.
in
the
publique
places
of
Gods
assemblies
]
yea
the
more
great
they
are
,
the
more
forward
they
should
be
in
this
,
because
their
examples
may
very
much
preuayle
.
Out
of
ver.
3.
&
so
forth
to
the
9
,
we
learne
to
feare
God
in
his
workes
&
iudgements
:
for
if
his
creatures
as
the
thunder
,
&c.
are
so
ful
of
power
,
what
is
his
own
maiesty
and
being
.
ver.
9.
It
appertayneth
to
his
children
publikely
to
set
forth
his
prayses
.
ver.
10.
Setteth
out
gods
eternall
prouidence
and
continual
gouernment
ver.
11.
Containeth
two
things
vz.
a
promise
of
plentifull
blessings
vnto
Gods
people
:
it
sheweth
also
further
the
fountayne
from
whence
these
good
things
flow
,
vz.
God
and
his
goodnesse
.
Psalme
30.
IN
the
first
part
of
this
Psalm
the
Prophet
not
only
promiseth
that
he
himselfe
wil
be
thankful
to
the
Lord
,
Di.
for
benefites
receaued
,
but
also
exhorteth
other
men
to
do
the
like
,
from
ver.
1.
the
end
of
the
5.
In
the
second
he
sheweth
how
sodayne
the
fal
is
from
prosperitie
to
aduersitie
,
beseeching
the
Lord
graciously
to
prolong
his
daies
,
promising
for
that
and
other
graces
harty
thankes
,
from
ver.
6.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
is
,
Se.
a
Psalme
or
song
of
Dauid
[
i.
which
Dauid
did
sing
at
the
dedication
of
his
house
[
vz.
vnto
the
Lord
,
i.
to
holines
acceptable
&
agréeable
vnto
the
Lord
,
for
before
it
had
ben
defiled
with
Absalon
his
wickednes
as
appeareth
2.
Sam.
16.22
.
thus
doe
some
expound
it
:
but
I
rather
take
it
to
be
made
at
the
dedication
of
the
house
of
Ceder
which
he
made
:
for
it
was
a
custome
prescribed
by
law
,
as
appeareth
Deut.
20.5
.
that
at
the
setting
vp
of
new
houses
,
this
order
of
dedication
should
be
obserued
,
in
whiche
thankfulnesse
(
as
it
should
séeme
)
was
yéelded
to
the
Lord
for
the
worke
finished
,
&
praier
made
for
the
continuance
of
his
goodnes
)
ver.
1.
magnifie
thée
[
i.
greatly
praise
thée
]
exalted
me
[
i.
lifted
me
vp
,
&
set
me
frée
,
from
wonderful
daungers
and
deaths
dore
,
as
it
were
.
It
is
a
metaphor
taken
from
them
that
fell
into
some
pit
or
ditche
,
and
were
drawne
out
againe
.
]
Ver.
2.
I
cried
vnto
thée
,
and
thou
,
&c.
(
q.d.
So
soone
as
I
prayed
,
thou
graciously
didst
graunt
my
request
]
restored
mee
[
vz.
to
my
kingdome
and
state
,
after
some
,
but
I
rather
take
it
to
health
&
soundnesse
after
some
great
sicknesse
that
he
had
.
]
ver.
3.
My
soule
[
i.
Me
and
my
life
,
who
were
at
the
graues
brinke
]
thou
hast
reuiued
me
from
them
that
goe
down
into
the
pit
[
q.d.
I
was
euen
almost
with
them
that
are
buried
,
but
yet
thou
graciously
broughtst
me
from
their
company
,
&
restoredst
me
to
life
.
Pit
is
put
here
for
the
graue
,
as
psal.
28.1
.
]
ver.
4.
Before
,
or
as
Immanuel
readeth
,
at
the
remembrance
(
i.
when
you
doe
remember
his
holines
&
goodnes
towards
you
,
for
the
Lord
maketh
himself
to
be
had
in
remembrance
by
his
works
,
and
sheweth
himself
praise
worthy
in
the
same
:
&
therfore
the
Prophet
woulde
haue
the
remembrance
of
his
holines
[
i.
of
al
his
goodnesse
bestowed
vpon
his
children
,
putting
one
excellent
thing
in
god
for
all
the
rest
,
to
bee
continual
amongest
his
faythfull
people
.
]
ver.
5.
For
he
[
i.
God
]
but
a
while
in
his
anger
[
i.
his
anger
and
wrath
towards
his
is
very
short
]
but
in
his
fauor
is
life
[
i.
not
only
length
of
dayes
here
in
this
life
,
but
all
other
good
things
whatsoeuer
.
]
maye
abyde
[
vz.
with
his
seruaunts
and
children
,
and
this
is
an
exposition
of
that
whiche
went
before
,
vz.
that
his
wrath
was
and
is
very
shorte
,
to
those
that
are
his
.
]
ver.
6.
In
my
prosperity
[
i.
when
I
had
al
things
according
to
my
minde
,
&
in
mine
own
iudgement
séemed
out
of
danger
]
I
sayd
[
i.
I
thought
in
my
harte
,
as
Psal.
14.1
.
for
it
is
not
likely
that
Dauid
would
speake
these
wordes
with
his
tongue
)
neuer
be
moued
[
vz.
from
this
prosperous
state
.
]
ver.
7.
my
mountain
to
stand
strong
(
i.
thou
establishest
my
kingly
authority
by
thy
power
,
&
madest
it
to
stand
,
in
my
iudgement
as
stedfast
as
a
mountaine
]
hidest
thy
face
[
i.
withdrawest
thy
fauor
and
presence
]
&
I
was
troubled
[
i.
so
soone
as
I
perceaued
it
I
was
in
maruailous
anguish
&
affection
of
spirit
.
ver.
8.
Then
(
i.
when
I
was
thus
troubled
and
afflicted
.
]
ver.
9.
In
my
blood
[
i.
in
my
life
,
eyther
alredy
past
or
to
come
]
go
down
to
the
pit
[
i.
die
and
be
burried
,
sée
ver.
3.
of
this
Psalme
]
shall
the
dust
[
i.
man
dissolued
into
dust
,
sée
Psal.
6.5
.
]
thy
truth
[
i.
thy
faithfulnes
and
stedfastnes
which
thou
vsest
in
performing
thy
promises
.
)
ver.
11.
thou
hast
turned
(
vz.
after
praier
made
vnto
thy
maiesty
)
my
sack
(
i.
sackcloth
:
which
was
a
signe
of
mourning
and
heauinesse
,
putting
it
for
heauinesse
and
sorrow
)
girded
me
with
gladnes
(
i.
compassed
me
in
on
euery
side
with
it
,
sée
the
lyke
phrase
Psal.
18.32
.
meaning
that
he
had
abundance
of
ioy
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
God
is
to
be
praised
for
the
defence
of
his
seruaunts
,
&
the
confusion
of
his
foes
.
ver.
2
,
the
Lord
is
nigh
to
the
harty
praiers
of
his
seruants
.
ver.
3.
when
we
are
in
greatest
distres
,
them
doth
god
most
mercifully
deliuer
,
that
all
the
glory
may
be
giuen
to
him
.
ver.
4.
we
must
prouoke
others
to
praise
god
for
his
goodnes
.
ver.
5.
containeth
a
difference
betwéen
gods
wrath
&
mercy
,
&
that
euen
in
respect
of
him
.
ver.
6
,
Men
in
prosperity
may
easily
he
deceaued
,
and
puffed
vp
in
hope
of
assurance
aboue
measure
.
ver.
7.
withdrawing
of
Gods
fauour
for
a
while
,
maketh
vs
sée
our
wretchednes
&
misery
.
ver.
9.
Desire
of
life
vpon
earth
must
be
referred
to
the
aduancement
of
Gods
glory
vpon
the
same
,
or
else
it
is
not
right
.
Ver.
10.
in
distresse
we
must
flée
to
the
Lord
for
succour
only
.
ver.
11.
God
graciously
heareth
the
prayers
of
his
seruaunts
,
and
deliuereth
them
from
all
their
gréefes
,
ver.
12.
teacheth
that
we
ought
to
be
continually
thankefull
to
God
for
his
mercies
.
Psalme
31.
THis
Psalme
hath
thrée
principall
partes
.
Di.
First
he
sheweth
his
stedfast
trust
in
the
Lord
,
desiring
the
Lord
in
mercy
to
deliuer
him
from
his
enemies
,
for
which
he
promiseth
thankfulnesse
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
eight
:
in
the
second
part
hée
setteth
out
,
his
poore
and
miserable
state
,
desiring
the
Lorde
in
mercy
to
deliuer
him
,
from
the
proude
and
cruell
men
,
from
ver.
9.
to
the
end
of
the
18.
Thirdly
he
declareth
Gods
wonderfull
goodnesse
towards
his
seruaunts
,
whom
he
exhorteth
to
put
their
trust
in
him
,
and
to
loue
him
continually
,
from
ver.
19.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
is
expounded
before
.
Ver.
1.
be
confounded
[
vz.
Se.
by
or
among
my
enimies
,
which
I
shall
be
,
if
thou
forsake
me
]
in
thy
righteousnesse
[
i.
according
to
thy
righteous
promise
,
which
is
then
declared
to
be
righteous
,
when
it
is
performed
.
]
ver.
2.
a
strong
rock
[
i.
in
stéede
of
a
strong
rock
and
high
,
sée
Psa.
27.5
.
]
and
an
house
of
defence
[
i.
in
stéede
of
such
a
one
and
as
sure
]
to
saue
mee
[
i.
to
defend
and
deliuer
me
,
vz.
from
the
forces
of
mine
enimies
.
]
ver.
3.
Rock
and
fortres
,
sée
Psal.
18.2
.
]
for
thy
names
sake
[
i.
for
thy
own
glory
&
honor
]
direct
me
,
and
guide
me
[
vz.
going
before
me
,
and
shewing
me
the
way
]
ver.
4
For
thou
art
my
strength
[
q.d.
Without
thée
I
can
doe
nothing
,
neither
truste
I
in
any
thing
but
in
thée
alone
]
ver.
5.
Into
thine
hand
[
i.
into
thy
mighty
power
and
protection
]
I
commend
my
spirit
[
i.
life
,
body
,
soule
,
and
all
that
I
haue
]
thou
hast
redéemed
[
vz.
out
of
distresse
and
bondage
wherin
I
haue
bin
heretofore
]
God
of
truth
[
i.
most
true
and
faythful
God
in
performing
that
which
thou
hast
promised
]
ver.
6.
I
haue
hated
[
i.
wonderfully
disliked
&
loathed
]
that
giue
themselues
[
i.
that
take
delight
,
pleasure
,
and
trust
in
deceitful
vanities
,
he
meaneth
by
vanities
any
thing
that
may
cal
men
from
trust
in
God
,
&
he
calleth
them
deceitfull
,
because
that
though
for
a
time
they
may
féede
vs
with
glorious
oftentation
,
yet
in
fine
they
wil
deceaue
vs
]
ver.
7.
in
thy
mercy
,
a
sodain
chaunging
of
the
person
]
thou
hast
séene
[
vz.
euen
vnto
this
daye
.
]
ver.
8.
hast
not
shut
vp
[
i.
giuen
me
ouer
]
in
the
hand
[
i.
power
and
might
,
sée
psal.
27.12
.
]
my
féete
[
sée
Psalme
25.15
.
He
meaneth
that
the
Lorde
had
brought
to
passe
,
that
he
might
fréely
&
without
feare
go
in
and
out
,
sée
Psal.
18.19
.
]
Ver.
9.
Mine
eye
my
soule
and
my
belly
are
consumed
with
gréefe
[
he
meaneth
by
this
,
not
onely
that
his
sorrow
had
continued
a
long
while
,
but
also
wrought
wonderful
effects
in
him
,
vz.
brought
dimnes
to
his
eyes
,
as
psal.
6.7
.
&
weaknes
to
his
stomack
for
I
take
the
word
soule
to
be
vsed
here
for
the
power
&
part
of
life
,
which
desireth
foode
,
sée
Psal.
38.10
.
Psal.
102.4
.
and
by
belly
,
he
meaneth
that
parte
whiche
should
concoct
meat
:
noting
that
he
neither
had
appetite
to
eat
,
nor
strength
to
concoct
and
digest
,
by
reason
of
his
great
gréefe
.
)
Ver.
10.
he
noteth
what
great
gréefe
he
sustained
in
respect
of
himself
&
his
own
body
)
ver.
11
he
sheweth
what
he
indured
from
others
)
I
was
a
reproch
[
i.
I
was
scorned
of
all
,
and
forsaken
of
them
]
and
a
feare
[
i.
I
was
a
feare
,
meaning
that
al
his
acquaintance
were
afrayde
so
much
as
to
looke
vpon
him
.
]
Ver.
12.
I
am
forgotten
,
as
a
dead
man
out
of
minde
[
he
meanrth
not
that
they
did
not
thinke
vpon
him
,
for
all
their
imagination
was
how
to
worke
him
mischiefe
:
but
this
,
he
was
euen
as
a
dead
man
,
who
hath
no
familiaritie
nor
acquaintance
with
those
that
are
alyue
,
and
of
whome
he
could
receiue
neyther
pleasure
nor
profite
]
like
a
broken
vessell
[
i.
of
which
,
or
of
whom
there
is
no
regard
had
,
because
it
is
estéemed
vnprofitable
.
]
Ver.
13.
Feare
was
on
euery
side
[
vz.
of
me
:
he
meaneth
that
he
was
as
it
were
beset
with
feare
.
]
Ver.
15.
My
times
[
i.
the
dayes
and
yeres
of
my
life
]
are
in
thine
hand
[
i.
are
gouerned
by
thy
power
and
prouidence
,
which
is
great
comfort
to
me
,
because
they
cannot
destroy
me
,
though
they
conspire
agaynste
me
]
hand
of
my
enimies
[
i.
power
&
force
.
]
Ver.
16.
Make
thy
face
to
shine
(
i.
shew
thy self
fauorable
vnto
,
as
Psal.
4.6
.
]
&
saue
me
(
i.
deliuer
me
out
of
these
dangers
.
)
ver.
17.
and
the
latter
part
amend
thus
:
let
the
wicked
be
cut
off
when
they
are
going
down
into
the
graue
[
i.
when
they
are
redy
to
die
,
let
them
not
be
restored
to
life
and
health
againe
,
as
sundrie
men
are
,
but
let
them
then
dy
and
perish
.
]
ver.
18.
Lips
put
for
mouth
,
yea
and
for
the
liers
themselues
:
a
part
for
the
whole
.
)
ver.
19.
Layd
vp
[
vz.
as
a
most
excellent
and
rich
treasure
]
euen
before
the
sonnes
of
men
[
these
wordes
may
haue
diuers
sences
.
If
you
referre
it
to
these
wordes
,
Done
to
them
,
meaning
the
godly
,
then
they
must
be
vnderstoode
thus
:
that
God
openly
,
and
in
the
sight
of
men
had
poured
forth
great
blessings
vpon
them
.
If
you
refer
it
to
these
words
,
That
trust
in
thée
,
then
it
may
haue
this
sence
,
that
the
godly
make
more
account
of
God
,
then
of
the
greatest
and
mightiest
in
the
world
,
for
so
had
we
these
words
vsed
before
,
Psal
,
4.2
.
Lastly
referring
it
to
these
wordes
,
That
trust
in
thée
,
it
maye
haue
this
sence
,
that
Gods
children
are
not
afrayde
or
ashamed
,
to
put
their
trust
in
God
,
and
to
serue
him
.
The
first
and
the
last
I
best
like
of
.
]
Ver.
20.
Priuily
[
vz.
in
respect
of
men
,
and
yet
openly
to
God
,
for
he
sayth
afterwards
in
thy
presence
.
But
by
hiding
them
priuily
he
meaneth
nothing
,
but
sure
kéeping
and
defence
,
and
by
presence
,
he
vnderstandeth
Gods
fauour
and
loue
]
from
the
pryde
[
i.
from
the
effects
that
mens
pride
bring
forth
,
though
it
be
neuer
so
great
,
as
braulings
,
contentions
,
bloodshead
,
&c.
]
in
thy
tabernacle
(
sée
Psal.
27.5
.
]
from
the
strife
of
tongues
[
i.
from
brauling
and
quarrellers
wordes
,
which
prouoke
strife
,
as
Prouerb
15.1
,
]
Ver.
21.
In
a
strong
citie
,
amend
thus
:
placing
me
as
it
were
in
a
defenced
citie
[
wherby
he
meaneth
that
God
had
set
him
safe
and
sound
from
his
enimies
,
as
they
that
are
in
a
most
strong
and
safe
citie
,
that
can
not
bee
surprised
.
]
Ver.
22.
in
my
hast
(
i.
when
I
was
moued
to
hastines
thorowe
the
trouble
of
my
spirite
)
I
am
cast
out
of
thy
sight
[
i.
thou
madest
no
more
account
of
me
,
then
of
one
that
was
in
thy
disfauour
.
]
Ver.
23.
The
faythfull
[
vz.
those
that
trust
vnto
him
,
and
hold
fast
their
fayth
giuen
them
.
Ver.
1.
Those
that
trust
in
God
shal
neuer
be
confounded
.
Ver.
2.
Do.
God
is
only
the
defence
of
his
seruants
.
Ver.
3.
Gods
own
goodnesse
is
the
only
cause
wherfore
he
doth
vs
good
.
Ver.
4.
The
wicked
priuily
imagine
mischiefe
against
the
godly
.
Ver.
5.
Féeling
of
gods
goodnesse
in
time
heretofore
,
should
perswade
vs
that
we
shal
féele
it
hereafter
.
Ver.
6.
We
must
trust
in
nothing
,
but
in
the
Lord
only
.
ver.
7.
It
is
no
small
comfort
to
Gods
children
,
that
God
hath
an
eye
ouer
them
,
and
their
afflictions
.
ver.
8.
God
alone
preserueth
his
children
from
the
rage
of
their
enimies
,
and
if
they
come
into
thraldome
,
setteth
them
at
liberty
when
it
pleaseth
him
.
ver.
9.
the
afflictions
of
Gods
children
in
this
life
,
are
very
long
in
respecte
of
time
,
and
gréeuous
in
respecte
of
greatnes
.
ver.
11.12
.
It
is
no
newe
thing
,
that
those
whiche
should
most
loue
men
,
do
many
times
eyther
for
feare
or
flattery
of
others
,
make
lesse
account
of
them
.
ver.
13.
Greate
men
are
many
times
enemies
to
Gods
children
,
also
Gods
children
haue
their
passions
of
feare
,
when
they
are
in
dangers
ver.
14.
It
is
a
singular
thing
to
haue
fayth
in
the
hart
,
and
true
confession
of
God
&
his
goodnes
in
mouth
.
ver.
15.
God
hath
numbred
our
dayes
,
and
neyther
can
we
passe
them
,
nor
our
enemies
abridge
them
.
ver.
16.
Gods
fauour
and
mercy
the
only
cause
of
deliuerance
from
dangers
in
this
life
,
and
of
eternal
saluation
also
.
ver.
17.
that
wee
maye
sometimes
pray
against
the
vngodly
,
and
ver.
18.
likewise
.
ver.
19.
Setteth
oute
Gods
vnspeakeable
goodnes
towards
those
that
are
his
.
ver.
20.
It
is
God
alone
that
kéepeth
his
children
safe
,
from
the
outragious
déedes
and
wordes
of
the
vngodly
.
ver.
21.
Thankes
must
be
giuen
to
God
for
benefits
receaued
.
ver.
22
Many
of
Gods
children
in
hast
,
both
thinke
and
speake
that
they
should
not
as
Psal.
30.6
.
Ver.
23.
We
must
prouoke
others
as
wel
as
our selues
to
praise
the
Lord
:
there
is
also
contained
the
vnlikely
reward
of
the
faythful
,
&
the
wicked
.
ver.
24.
There
is
none
that
trusteth
so
much
in
God
,
but
he
hath
néede
of
continual
incouragement
thereto
.
Psalme
32.
THis
Psalme
hath
thrée
parts
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
reckoneth
vp
their
blessednesse
,
that
are
fully
assured
of
the
ful
forgiuenesse
of
al
their
sinnes
:
and
this
is
in
the
two
first
verses
.
In
the
second
he
sheweth
what
gréefe
both
of
body
and
soule
he
was
in
,
til
such
time
,
as
by
sincere
confession
of
his
sinnes
he
felt
that
great
benefit
,
declaring
also
what
profit
came
to
him
and
others
thereby
,
ver.
3.4.5.6.7
.
In
the
third
be
exorteth
all
to
liue
godly
,
shewing
that
they
that
liue
otherwise
haue
iust
occasion
of
sorrow
,
&
the
godly
of
spiritual
reioising
.
ver.
8.9.10.11
The
title
,
A
Psalme
of
Dauid
to
giue
instruction
(
vz.
Se.
to
al
sorts
of
men
but
chiefly
the
faithful
)
ver.
1.
forgiuen
(
i.
so
taken
away
,
that
they
are
not
any
more
thought
vpon
,
Ier.
31.33.34
]
is
couered
(
so
that
not
so
much
as
prints
or
steps
much
lesse
the
filthinesse
of
sinne
appeare
.
]
ver.
2.
imputeth
not
[
i.
calleth
not
his
sinne
or
iniquitie
into
an
account
,
but
burieth
the
same
in
perpetual
forgetfulnes
]
and
in
whose
spirit
[
i.
soule
and
inward
man
]
there
is
no
guile
[
i.
subteltie
,
he
meaneth
by
this
spéech
,
such
men
,
as
did
of
a
sincere
mind
turn
vnto
God
,
&
truly
loue
him
,
which
hipocrits
do
not
,
though
they
make
a
shew
thereof
]
ver.
3.
when
I
held
my
tongue
,
from
humble
&
sincere
confession
of
my
sinnes
]
my
bones
[
i.
my
strength
,
which
indéed
consisteth
in
the
bones
,
for
the
bones
vphold
the
body
it selfe
,
and
strengthen
al
the
parts
therof
]
I
consumed
(
i.
wasted
and
weare
away
)
or
when
I
roared
,
amend
it
thus
,
in
my
roaring
[
i.
when
I
was
caryed
away
with
the
féeling
of
some
present
aduersitie
,
though
not
with
true
touch
of
my
sinne
,
I
cried
&
roared
like
a
wild
beast
,
rather
then
poured
forth
gronings
and
complaynts
beseeming
a
man
.
]
ver.
4.
For
thine
hand
[
i.
thy
iudgement
&
mighty
power
]
is
heauy
vpon
me
[
i.
in
a
manner
presseth
me
downe
]
day
and
night
[
i.
continually
,
and
without
any
ceasing
almost
)
and
my
moysture
(
i.
the
naturall
moysture
of
my
body
,
whereby
life
is
mayntained
)
is
turned
into
the
drought
of
Summer
(
i.
as
in
the
time
of
summer
,
when
the
sunne
is
most
hot
,
the
moysture
of
the
earth
is
dryed
vp
,
so
fareth
it
with
me
,
meaning
that
Gods
iudgements
and
his
own
gréefs
had
wrought
that
effect
in
him
.
)
ver.
5.
I
acknowledged
(
i.
confessed
)
hid
I
(
as
Adam
,
Iob
31.33
.
&
as
my
natural
corruption
would
teach
me
)
for
I
thought
(
vz.
thus
with
my self
)
against
my self
(
q.d.
Yea
though
it
be
against
my selfe
)
the
punishment
(
he
meaneth
both
the
punishment
and
the
sinne
it selfe
,
for
he
respecteth
the
first
verse
of
this
Psalme
,
where
hée
affirmeth
not
only
sinnes
to
be
forgiuen
,
but
that
it
was
wel
with
such
men
,
and
they
were
blessed
in
deede
.
)
ver.
6.
When
thou
mayst
be
found
,
(
which
is
specially
the
time
of
néed
,
as
Psal.
50.15
.
and
marke
that
he
sayth
in
the
beginning
of
this
verse
therfore
:
q.d.
Because
thou
hast
shewed
thy selfe
so
mercifull
to
others
,
&
namely
to
me
,
the
godly
shall
repair
vnto
thée
by
praier
)
great
waters
(
i.
manifold
dangers
,
as
psal.
18.16
.
psal.
69.1
.
)
him
(
i.
the
faithfull
&
godly
man
,
by
one
vnderstanding
all
the
rest
.
)
Ver.
7
,
Thou
art
(
this
is
the
spéeche
that
the
godly
shall
vse
,
when
they
praye
vnto
the
Lorde
)
my
secrete
place
,
(
vz.
into
whiche
I
will
withdrawe
my selfe
,
to
be
sure
and
safe
from
mine
enemies
,
sée
Psal.
18.45
.
)
with
ioyfull
deliueraunce
(
i.
thou
doest
bestowe
deliueraunces
vpon
me
,
which
are
ioyfull
vnto
me
,
and
minister
matter
of
greate
mirth
vnto
others
also
.
Verse
8.
in
the
way
(
sée
psalme
25.8
.
He
meaneth
an
vpright
way
and
godly
life
)
I
will
guide
thée
with
mine
eye
(
i.
I
will
not
onelye
teache
thée
,
but
also
,
ouerlooke
or
ouersée
thée
,
that
thou
mayst
profite
in
goodnesse
.
]
Verse
9.
He
noteth
that
rebellious
persons
agaynst
God
,
bee
as
bruite
beasts
,
sée
Isaiah
1.3
.
)
and
deuoyd
of
all
heauenly
vnderstanding
be
yee
not
,
&c.
(
i.
Be
ye
not
dul
&
brutish
as
beasts
,
&
he
nameth
some
whom
they
had
the
greatest
vse
and
experience
of
)
doest
binde
(
i.
rule
and
gouerne
)
come
nere
thee
(
vz.
with
their
mouth
,
to
hurt
&
harme
thée
,
the
Prophet
meaneth
,
that
hee
woulde
haue
them
diligentlye
to
applye
themselues
to
the
consideration
of
Gods
gouernmente
,
and
to
profite
thereby
,
least
otherwise
going
forwarde
in
their
rebellion
against
God
,
they
inforce
him
to
vse
the
bridle
of
his
might
to
tame
their
fearcenes
.
]
ver.
10.
Many
sorrowes
[
i.
plagues
and
punishmentes
sent
from
God
,
which
are
called
sorrowes
,
because
they
make
those
vppon
whome
they
light
sorrowfull
]
mercie
[
vz.
from
God
]
shall
compasse
him
[
vz.
on
euery
side
,
noting
thereby
the
abundance
thereof
.
]
ver.
11.
In
the
Lorde
[
vz.
because
hee
is
your
strength
and
helper
]
vpright
in
heart
[
vz.
towardes
God
and
man
.
]
Ver.
1.2
.
Teach
that
true
felicitie
in
this
life
,
Do.
consisteth
specially
in
these
two
partes
vz.
forgiuenes
of
sinnes
,
and
sanctification
towardes
God
&
man
.
ver.
3.
Sheweth
that
cloaking
or
close
kéeping
of
sinne
,
bringeth
foorth
better
fruites
.
ver.
5.
Teacheth
humble
and
vnfeigned
confession
thereof
,
forgiuenes
alwaies
following
it
.
ver.
6.
Teacheth
the
faithfull
alwaies
to
haue
recourse
to
God
by
praier
:
also
that
God
sundry
times
deliuereth
his
children
,
from
manifold
dangers
.
ver.
7.
God
is
al
in
al
vnto
his
seruants
.
ver.
8.
Euery
faithfull
man
,
should
haue
care
and
conscience
diligently
to
instruct
others
.
ver.
9.
Beware
of
stubbornes
in
sinne
for
besides
that
it
maketh
men
brutish
,
it
draweth
Gods
iudgement
vpon
them
.
ver.
10.
The
vnlikely
rewarde
of
the
wicked
and
the
vngodly
from
the
Lord
.
ver.
11.
Exhortation
,
yea
euen
to
those
that
haue
made
good
procéedings
in
godlines
,
is
very
necessary
.
Psalme
33
THis
Psalme
hath
two
special
parts
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
exhorteth
good
people
to
be
thankful
,
shewing
sundry
causes
that
shoulde
moue
them
thereto
as
his
power
,
prouidence
,
faithful
performaunce
of
his
promises
,
and
such
like
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
11.
In
the
seconde
,
hee
sheweth
that
all
thinges
in
respect
of
God
bee
as
nothing
,
shewing
what
a
fatherly
care
that
great
God
hath
continually
ouer
his
children
,
and
praying
also
the
continuance
and
increase
thereof
,
from
ver.
12.
to
the
end
of
the
Psal.
This
Psalme
hath
no
title
,
such
a
one
is
Psalm
.
10.
Ver.
1.
Se.
In
the
Lorde
[
sée
Psal.
32.11
.
]
it
becommeth
[
this
is
a
reason
to
induce
praises
to
God
,
set
from
their
duty
]
vpright
men
[
sée
Psal.
32.11
.
]
to
be
thankeful
[
vz.
to
God
,
for
all
his
benefits
.
]
ver.
2.
instruments
of
tenne
strings
[
the
proper
name
of
this
instrument
is
not
expressed
,
but
it
should
séeme
to
be
very
melodious
,
by
reason
of
the
number
of
strings
.
]
ver.
3.
A
new
song
[
i.
not
a
common
song
,
but
a
very
rare
and
exquisite
one
]
chearefully
[
for
such
countenances
the
Lord
loueth
in
his
seruice
.
]
ver.
4.
Al
his
workes
[
i.
whatsoeuer
he
doth
]
are
faithful
[
i.
true
&
firme
in
respect
of
him
from
whom
they
come
,
and
profitable
vnto
vs
.
]
ver
5
He
loueth
[
i.
he
so
fauoureth
,
that
he
performeth
]
righteousnes
,
and
iudgment
[
I
make
this
difference
in
this
place
betwéene
these
two
termes
,
that
righteousnes
should
be
referred
to
the
good
people
vnderstanding
thereby
faythfull
performance
of
all
his
promises
made
to
them
,
and
iudgement
,
to
the
vngodly
meaning
the
punishments
that
he
will
powre
forth
vppon
them
:
and
yet
,
which
I
thinke
also
wil
not
be
a
misse
for
this
place
,
in
consideration
,
that
iudgement
consisteth
of
two
partes
:
vz.
of
acquiting
and
clearing
the
intent
,
and
of
condemning
the
guilty
,
it
may
be
referred
to
the
faithful
also
]
is
full
[
i.
hath
wonderfull
plenty
of
the
testimonies
and
tokens
of
Gods
mercy
.
]
ver.
6.
Worde
of
the
Lord
[
i.
his
commandement
or
effectuall
speach
,
as
Psal.
148.5
.
]
Heauens
[
i.
not
onely
heauens
,
but
the
earth
and
al
creatures
whatsoeuer
:
some
creatures
,
or
a
part
of
the
workemanship
,
for
the
whole
]
and
al
the
host
of
them
[
if
you
referre
it
to
the
heauens
alone
,
he
meaneth
Sunne
,
Moone
,
Starres
&c.
but
if
you
referre
it
to
the
whole
worke
of
creation
,
hee
meaneth
then
all
the
seuerall
creatures
]
the
breath
of
his
mouth
[
i.
by
his
word
only
,
sée
Iob.
15.30
.
]
ver.
7.
He
gathereth
[
i.
he
hath
sundred
them
,
&
appointed
them
their
place
,
as
appeareth
Gene.
1.9
.
and
euer
since
hath
as
it
were
kept
them
in
that
compasse
and
so
wil
do
,
of
all
which
hee
speaketh
in
the
present
tense
]
the
depth
[
i.
the
waters
that
séeme
to
haue
no
bottome
]
in
his
treasures
[
i.
hee
hath
shut
vp
the
depths
to
be
kept
in
a
certaine
place
,
euen
as
it
were
his
treasures
,
or
amongst
other
his
treasures
.
ver.
8.
Al
the
earth
[
i.
al
the
people
of
the
earth
,
by
Metonymia
.
]
ver.
9.
He
spake
&c.
q.d.
he
did
with
a
becke
,
as
a
man
would
say
,
create
al
things
,
sée
ver.
6.
of
this
Psalm
.
]
It
was
done
[
i.
al
the
worke
of
his
creation
]
and
it
stood
[
vz.
firme
,
sure
,
and
vnmoueable
.
]
ver.
11.
the
counsell
of
the
Lord
[
i.
whatsoeuer
he
hath
purposed
and
decreed
]
stand
[
vz.
sure
and
stedfast
,
yea
neuer
to
be
ouerthrowne
]
the
thoughts
of
his
heart
[
the
prophet
speaketh
herof
God
according
to
men
,
and
as
they
are
able
to
conceiue
of
him
.
]
ver.
12.
Blessed
is
that
nation
[
q.d.
seeing
it
is
so
,
that
man
can
do
nothing
,
and
God
is
all
in
all
,
O
blessed
are
that
people
,
that
hath
the
Lord
for
their
God
,
that
is
,
for
their
iudge
and
gouernor
.
]
ver.
13.
All
the
children
of
men
[
i.
all
men
whatsoeuer
,
and
not
only
their
persons
but
their
deeds
and
workes
,
as
ver.
15.
]
ver.
14.
from
the
habitation
of
his
dwelling
[
i.
from
heauen
,
as
1.
king
.
8.30.43
.
]
ver.
15.
He
fashioneth
[
i.
he
not
only
made
,
but
now
directeth
and
disposeth
their
harts
and
the
thoughts
of
the
same
.
]
ver.
16.
Is
not
saued
[
i.
deliuered
from
danger
,
or
getteth
the
victory
]
by
the
multitude
of
an
host
[
i.
by
an
host
consisting
of
very
many
people
]
deliuered
[
vz.
from
the
danger
and
power
of
his
enemies
]
by
great
strength
[
vz.
of
himselfe
,
or
others
for
him
,
teaching
that
all
is
done
and
gouerned
by
the
Lord.
]
ver.
17.
A
horse
is
a
vaine
helpe
[
q.d.
a
horse
can
not
helpe
)
And
we
may
vnderstand
by
horse
,
al
aide
&
succour
that
man
can
haue
)
deliuer
any
)
vz.
that
rideth
vpon
him
)
by
his
great
strength
(
i.
by
any
thing
that
is
in
him
,
courage
,
swiftnes
,
&c.
sée
Iob.
39.22.23
.
&c.
)
ver.
18.
The
eye
of
the
Lord
(
i.
his
fauourable
countenance
and
goodnes
)
is
(
yea
and
shal
be
continually
.
)
ver.
19.
Their
soules
(
i.
their
liues
from
death
(
i.
from
all
manner
of
daunger
and
destruction
that
might
bring
death
with
it
)
and
to
preserue
(
i.
féede
and
norish
them
aliue
,
as
he
did
Elijah
,
by
rauens
)
in
famine
(
i.
in
the
tyme
when
other
people
shall
be
oppressed
with
great
want
.
)
ver.
20.
Our
soule
(
i.
our
whole
life
and
being
,
our
inward
,
and
our
outward
man
)
wayteth
for
the
Lord
(
i.
patiently
taryeth
the
Lord
,
and
his
leasure
.
q.d.
séeing
God
doth
thus
and
thus
for
his
children
,
as
he
had
declared
before
,
ver.
18.19
.
This
is
it
,
that
we
do
and
will
do
,
al
the
daies
of
our
life
,
trust
in
him
with
patience
)
Our
helpe
(
i.
he
that
helpeth
vs
)
and
our
shield
:
sée
Psal.
3.30
.
Psal.
11.2
.
Ver.
28.
Our
heart
(
a
principal
part
,
for
God
specially
regardeth
the
heart
,
put
for
the
whole
man
:
q.d.
we
will
reioyce
&c.
)
in
his
holy
name
(
i.
in
his
vertue
,
power
,
and
grace
,
as
Psal.
29.1
.
And
God
is
called
holye
,
because
there
is
nothing
in
him
but
holines
,
nay
hée
can
not
away
with
wickednes
,
Psal.
5.4.5
.
)
Ver.
22.
As
wee
trust
in
thee
(
vz.
that
thou
wilt
shewe
vs
mercy
,
not
meaning
,
that
they
woulde
haue
no
more
mercy
shewed
them
,
then
they
had
trust
.
Ver.
1.
The
consideration
of
the
duety
we
owe
to
God
,
Do.
should
stirre
vs
vp
to
thankfulnes
.
ver.
3.
God
loueth
chearfulnes
in
all
the
exercises
that
are
to
bee
performed
towardes
him
.
ver.
4.
Whatsoeuer
God
doeth
is
righteous
&
good
,
and
therefore
they
are
to
blame
,
that
will
dislike
of
his
doings
.
ver.
5.
God
giueth
plentiful
testimonies
of
his
mercy
to
the
ende
hee
might
thereby
prouoke
men
to
continual
thankfulnes
.
ver.
6.
Confirmeth
this
article
of
our
faith
,
God
is
the
maker
of
heauen
and
earth
.
ver.
7.
Gods
prouidence
guideth
al
his
creatures
,
and
namely
and
particularly
the
Seas
and
great
waters
.
ver.
8.
The
consideration
of
Gods
prouidence
and
gouernment
,
should
strike
a
feare
of
his
maiesty
into
the
hearts
of
al
people
.
ver.
9.
The
Lorde
néedeth
not
great
power
either
to
build
vp
,
or
destroy
.
ver.
10.
There
is
no
witte
,
nor
wisedome
of
man
can
take
place
against
the
Lorde
.
ver.
12.
True
felicity
consisteth
in
this
,
that
God
doeth
loue
those
that
are
his
,
and
defend
the
same
.
ver.
13.14
.
Declare
that
nothing
can
be
hid
from
Gods
presence
and
knowledge
,
the
same
doth
ver.
15.
Ver.
16.17
.
Teach
that
we
must
only
hang
vpon
the
Lord
,
and
that
no
outwarde
meanes
,
can
doe
any
thing
,
without
his
special
blessing
.
ver.
18.
Setteth
out
gods
fauour
and
goodnes
towards
his
children
,
so
doth
ver.
19.
Ver.
20.
Teacheth
vs
patiently
to
abide
the
Lordes
leasure
.
ver.
21.
Teacheth
vs
ioyfulnes
and
thankefulnes
to
the
Lord
for
his
mercies
.
ver.
22.
Teach
vs
to
pray
for
the
continuance
of
Gods
mercy
towards
vs
,
and
others
.
Psalme
.
34.
THis
Psalme
may
be
deuided
into
thrée
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
prophet
promiseth
that
he
will
praise
the
Lorde
,
exhorting
others
to
do
the
like
,
shewing
sundry
causes
why
they
shold
so
do
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
7.
In
the
second
hee
exhorteth
the
faithful
,
to
feare
the
Lorde
,
and
to
leade
a
holy
life
before
men
,
shewing
what
fruits
shall
followe
the
same
,
from
ver.
8.
to
the
end
of
the
14.
In
the
third
,
he
declareth
the
excéeding
good
will
of
God
towards
his
children
,
and
his
heauy
iudgements
against
the
vngodly
from
ver.
15.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
title
.
A
Psalme
of
Dauid
[
i.
which
Dauid
made
]
when
he
changed
his
behauiour
[
i.
when
being
wise
and
witty
,
hee
faigned
himselfe
to
be
madde
,
as
1.
Sam.
21.13
.
Before
Abimelech
[
he
is
called
in
Samu.
Achith
,
&
named
there
king
of
Gath
whiich
was
a
city
of
the
Philistines
:
but
here
he
calleth
him
by
a
name
common
to
al
the
kings
of
that
country
,
as
Pharao
was
to
the
Egiptians
,
and
Cesar
is
to
the
Emperours
.
]
Who
droue
him
away
[
vz.
from
his
presence
and
country
.
]
ver.
1.
Alwaies
[
i.
in
the
time
of
prosperity
or
aduersitie
:
q.d.
in
what
state
soeuer
I
shall
be
,
I
will
praise
him
]
his
praise
shal
bee
in
my
mouth
continually
[
i.
I
will
praise
him
and
that
with
my
mouth
[
i.
the
wordes
of
my
mouth
,
without
ceasing
.
]
ver.
2.
My
soule
[
i.
my
inward
man
,
for
hee
had
before
said
,
that
he
would
do
it
with
his
mouth
:
or
else
take
it
for
the
whole
man
,
a
part
put
for
the
whole
]
shal
glory
[
i.
much
reioyce
,
and
euen
as
it
were
boast
]
in
the
Lord
[
i.
of
him
,
and
the
help
that
he
hath
giuen
me
]
and
be
glad
[
vz.
not
only
for
me
,
but
also
for
themselues
,
because
that
by
my
example
,
they
shal
conceiue
good
hope
of
like
deliueraunce
.
]
ver.
3.
Hee
speaketh
to
the
humbled
and
faithful
people
,
willing
them
to
ioyne
with
him
in
the
prayse
of
God
,
that
so
his
prayses
may
be
more
large
and
publike
.
]
ver.
4.
I
sought
[
i.
had
recourse
vnto
him
by
prayer
,
vz.
in
the
time
of
my
affliction
]
heard
me
[
i.
yéelded
to
my
petition
and
granted
it
]
out
of
al
my
feares
[
he
putteth
the
effect
for
the
cause
,
meaning
dangers
which
made
him
afraid
.
]
ver.
5.
They
[
i.
the
humble
&
faithful
of
whom
before
ver.
2.
]
shall
looke
vnto
him
[
i.
diligently
and
carefully
attend
for
aide
and
succor
from
him
,
sée
Psal.
123.2
.
]
And
runne
to
him
[
vz.
with
hast
in
their
troubles
,
and
boldnes
in
respect
of
obtaining
]
and
their
faces
shal
not
be
ashamed
[
i.
they
shal
not
hang
downe
their
heads
and
countenances
for
shame
,
as
they
were
wont
to
do
,
but
shal
lift
vp
their
heads
,
and
looke
on
high
and
go
vnto
God
without
any
doubting
,
]
ver.
6.
The
Prophet
sheweth
what
ground
these
good
men
shal
haue
of
their
praiers
,
vz.
his
particular
example
,
and
deliuerances
bestowed
vpon
him
.
]
This
poore
man
[
vz.
Dauid
,
in
the
time
of
his
greatest
pouerty
and
affliction
]
cryed
[
i.
praied
earnestly
vnto
the
Lord
]
and
saued
him
[
i.
deliuered
him
,
sée
ver.
4.
of
this
Psal.
]
ver.
7.
The
Angel
[
i.
angels
one
number
for
an
other
.
For
the
word
Angel
,
is
in
this
place
the
name
of
the
kind
of
them
,
as
you
would
say
,
and
therfore
must
not
be
referred
to
one
alone
,
but
to
many
]
pitcheth
round
about
them
[
i.
doth
not
only
watch
diligently
ouer
them
,
and
care
for
them
,
but
defendeth
and
saueth
them
against
the
force
of
al
their
foes
,
yea
,
and
as
he
saith
in
the
last
part
of
this
verse
:
deliuereth
them
,
vz
out
of
their
dangers
:
not
that
the
Angels
haue
this
of
themselues
,
but
because
they
are
furnished
with
such
power
from
god
,
for
the
comfort
of
his
children
.
]
ver.
8.
Tast
ye
and
sée
[
vz.
with
the
mouth
of
your
mind
,
and
the
eyes
of
your
faith
for
otherwise
Gods
goodnes
can
not
be
perceiued
:
it
is
a
metaphorical
speach
,
from
bodily
to
spiritual
thinges
.
)
ver.
9.
Serue
the
Lord
(
i.
addict
your selues
wholy
to
his
seruice
,
a
part
of
Gods
shorship
put
for
the
whole
,
as
ver.
11.
of
this
Psalme
.
)
For
nothing
wanteth
(
vz.
that
God
who
knoweth
what
is
better
for
them
,
then
they
themselues
,
séeth
to
bee
méete
and
good
for
them
.
)
ver.
10.
The
Lions
,
[
or
rather
the
yong
Lions
that
are
of
great
force
,
and
ready
to
catch
or
deuoure
a
pray
:
vnderstand
it
,
either
of
the
beastes
themselues
,
or
else
of
rauenous
men
which
in
power
are
like
to
Lions
,
the
latter
,
by
reason
of
that
which
followeth
in
this
verse
,
seemeth
to
be
most
agréeable
]
do
lack
for
al
their
cruelty
and
rapine
]
and
suffer
hunger
[
i.
many
pine
away
&
miserably
perish
]
séeke
the
Lord
[
sée
ver.
4.
of
this
psal.
]
Ver.
11.
He
speaketh
vnto
the
godly
:
calling
them
children
,
to
declare
how
dearely
he
woulde
loue
them
,
that
would
learne
Gods
true
religion
.
]
hearken
vnto
mee
[
vz.
not
onely
with
your
outward
eares
,
but
with
your
mind
imbrace
that
sound
doctrine
,
that
I
shall
propound
vnto
you
.
]
ver.
12.
Desireth
life
[
vz.
good
and
blessed
,
both
here
in
this
worlde
,
and
in
eternall
glory
]
long
dayes
[
i.
long
life
,
the
dayes
wherein
men
liue
being
put
for
life
it selfe
]
o
sée
i.
to
haue
experience
,
trial
,
and
cast
as
it
were
of
those
things
which
may
make
this
life
good
and
pleasant
,
a
metaphor
from
one
sense
to
an
other
.
]
ver
13.
Kéepe
thy
tongue
from
euill
[
vz.
speach
:
he
meaneth
that
men
should
take
héede
that
they
offend
not
with
their
mouth
,
nor
words
procéeding
out
of
it
,
as
Dauid
in
an
other
place
faith
of
himselfe
,
he
was
vtterly
purposed
that
his
mouth
should
not
offend
:
so
that
hée
meaneth
that
men
must
beware
of
backbiting
,
slandering
,
lying
,
filthy
talking
,
and
idle
words
]
lips
[
he
putteth
tongue
and
lippes
,
which
are
natural
instruments
,
wherby
the
voice
is
framed
,
for
wordes
vttered
by
them
]
no
guilt●
[
i.
no
manner
of
disceate
whatsoeuer
,
nor
for
any
cause
.
]
ver.
14.
Euil
[
i.
al
maner
of
euill
whatsoeuer
]
and
do
good
[
i.
carefully
striue
to
performe
al
good
and
holy
duties
]
séeke
peace
[
i.
indeuor
to
liue
peaceably
with
al
men
,
as
Rom.
12.18
.
]
And
followe
after
it
[
vz.
if
thou
sée
it
going
away
.
q.d.
vse
all
the
meanes
thou
canst
to
entertaine
and
vphold
it
,
yea
pursue
it
,
and
that
with
egernes
,
rather
then
lose
it
,
or
depart
from
it
.
]
ver.
15.
Hee
speaketh
of
God
according
to
man
,
vnderstanding
by
eies
,
fauor
,
and
goodnes
,
and
by
eares
the
ready
inclination
in
God
to
heare
the
prayers
of
his
]
vppon
the
righteous
[
vz.
for
their
good
,
that
so
he
may
graciously
prouide
for
them
]
their
cry
[
i.
their
earnest
prayer
.
]
ver.
17.
sée
ver.
6.
of
this
Psal.
]
Ver.
18.
the
Lord
is
neere
[
vz.
by
his
maiesty
,
power
,
and
helpe
,
either
in
respect
of
himself
,
or
else
by
his
creatures
which
he
hath
at
commandement
]
by
contrite
heart
,
and
afflicted
in
spirite
,
the
Prophet
meaneth
all
one
thing
,
vz.
them
that
be
ouerwhelmed
with
euil
,
and
as
it
were
in
extremity
,
so
that
they
are
in
a
manner
killed
,
as
it
were
with
the
greatnes
of
their
calamity
,
and
are
at
the
point
of
yéelding
vp
their
life
,
in
whom
notwithstanding
these
afflictions
worke
,
that
they
are
not
of
a
lofty
minde
,
either
against
God
or
man
,
but
humble
rather
and
lowly
.
sée
Psal.
51.
ver.
17.
]
Saue
such
[
i.
deliuer
them
out
of
their
dangers
,
and
in
fine
bring
them
to
eternal
blessednes
.
]
ver.
20.
Hée
kéepeth
all
his
bones
[
i.
God
defendeth
his
in
part
,
and
in
whole
for
by
bones
which
are
a
part
of
man
,
he
meaneth
the
whole
man
]
not
one
of
them
is
broken
[
vz.
without
Gods
will
,
as
Mat.
10.29.30
.
Meaning
by
broken
,
hurt
or
perished
howe
litle
soeuer
it
bee
.
]
ver.
21.
But
malice
[
or
mischiefe
rather
that
they
haue
done
against
God
and
his
children
:
or
as
Immanuel
readeth
,
affliction
,
vz.
sent
from
the
Lord
which
I
very
wel
like
of
,
for
as
he
had
shewed
in
the
other
verse
Gods
care
ouer
his
:
so
here
hee
sheweth
his
iudgements
,
against
the
wicked
,
and
so
it
is
an
amplification
by
the
contrary
.
)
ver.
22.
Redéemeth
[
i.
from
death
,
and
al
dangers
)
the
soules
[
i.
the
liues
.
]
Do.
Ver.
1.
Because
Gods
goodnes
is
continuall
,
our
thankes
should
be
continuall
.
ver.
2.
Gods
goodnes
towards
vs
,
and
our
thankfulnes
to
God
,
should
bée
meanes
to
draw
on
others
to
a
spiritual
ioy
.
ver.
3.
It
is
good
to
exhort
one
an
other
to
holy
duties
,
and
to
ioy
all
together
in
the
exercises
of
Gods
seruice
.
ver.
4.
God
graciously
heareth
his
childrens
prayers
,
and
mercifully
deliuereth
them
out
of
their
daungers
.
ver.
5.6
.
Gods
mercy
to
some
one
of
his
children
,
should
be
not
only
a
spurre
to
prouoke
the
rest
to
came
to
the
Lord
,
but
an
argument
of
assured
hope
that
they
shall
obteine
and
receiue
deliueraunce
at
Gods
hands
,
ver.
7.
The
vnspeakeable
goodnes
of
God
appeareth
in
that
,
that
not
onely
hee
himselfe
watcheth
ouer
vs
,
which
is
all
in
all
,
but
for
the
strengthning
of
our
faith
,
giueth
vs
a
gard
of
Angels
.
ver.
8.
Trust
in
God
is
the
meane
to
true
blessednes
.
ver.
9.
All
good
thinges
belong
to
those
,
that
sincerely
serue
the
Lord
.
ver.
10.
Gods
children
,
are
many
degrées
in
better
case
,
then
the
wicked
and
vngodly
.
ver.
11.
Wee
are
to
teach
others
according
to
the
measure
of
giftes
that
wee
haue
receiued
.
ver.
13.
The
tongue
,
lippes
,
and
wordes
must
bee
rightly
gouerned
,
and
all
subtilty
must
bee
auoyded
.
ver.
14.
All
euill
must
bee
shunned
,
and
all
good
performed
,
and
namely
a
peaceable
and
quiet
conuersation
must
bee
pursued
.
ver.
15.18
.
Expresse
Gods
careful
prouidence
and
watching
ouer
his
children
.
ver.
16.21
.
Set
out
his
iudgements
against
the
vngodly
.
ver.
17
,
God
graciously
heareth
the
praiers
of
his
seruantes
.
ver.
19.
Though
this
be
the
portion
of
Gods
children
to
suffer
many
afflictions
,
yet
they
néed
not
to
be
discouraged
for
God
standeth
by
them
,
to
deliuer
them
out
of
all
.
ver.
20.
Expresseth
Gods
prouidence
ouer
his
.
ver.
22.
The
way
to
auoyd
al
dangers
,
is
stedfast
trust
in
the
Lord
.
Psalme
35
Di.
THis
Psalme
specially
propoundeth
two
things
,
first
the
prayer
that
the
Prophet
made
against
his
enemies
declaring
what
good
shall
come
thereby
,
both
to
himselfe
and
others
.
ver.
1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.10.17.18.19.22.23.24.25.26.27.28
.
Secondly
a
discription
of
the
malicious
and
harde
hearted
nature
of
the
wicked
men
,
who
neither
for
the
misery
that
the
Prophet
was
in
,
nor
for
the
kindnes
hee
had
shewed
them
,
would
pity
his
case
,
but
proceeded
notwithstanding
to
al
maner
of
outrage
against
him
.
ver.
11.12.13.14.15.16.20.21
.
Se.
The
title
is
expounded
before
.
ver.
1.
He
prayeth
the
Lord
to
defend
him
and
his
cause
against
those
that
pursued
him
euen
to
death
as
it
were
.
ver.
2.
Lay
hand
vppon
thy
shielde
[
hee
speaketh
to
God
,
as
though
hee
were
a
mighty
warrier
or
captaine
]
for
mine
helpe
[
i.
to
defend
and
helpe
me
.
]
ver.
3.
Stop
the
way
[
i.
let
myne
enemies
that
they
rush
not
in
vppon
me
,
to
doe
mee
outrage
.
]
Say
vnto
my
soule
,
[
i.
make
me
to
féele
inwardly
,
by
the
mighty
working
of
thy
grace
]
saluation
[
sée
Psal.
3.8
.
]
Ver.
4.
After
my
soule
[
i.
life
,
vz.
to
take
it
away
]
let
them
be
turned
backe
[
as
men
that
are
discomfited
in
the
battaile
,
and
haue
an
ouerthrowe
.
Hee
continueth
in
his
metaphor
taken
from
warre
,
and
vsed
before
.
ver.
2.3
.
]
Ver.
5.
As
chaffe
[
sée
Psalm
.
1.4
.
]
Hee
meaneth
that
hee
woulde
haue
them
flée
,
and
bée
like
to
chaffe
which
can
remaine
in
no
place
safe
and
steadie
by
reason
of
the
wynde
.
]
The
Angel
(
sée
Psal.
34.7
.
For
as
God
vseth
his
Angels
in
the
defence
of
his
seruauntes
,
so
hee
doeth
exercise
his
iudgements
against
the
wicked
by
their
ministery
)
scatter
them
[
i.
their
persons
and
their
mischieuous
practises
.
]
ver.
6.
Let
their
way
(
vz.
wherein
they
shoulde
walke
and
by
which
they
would
thinke
to
escape
)
bee
darke
[
so
that
they
may
not
sée
,
which
way
safly
to
flée
]
and
slippery
[
that
they
may
not
quickely
and
with
speede
flie
away
thinking
to
escape
]
the
Angel
of
the
Lorde
[
sée
ver.
5.
of
this
Psalme
]
persecute
them
[
i.
pursue
them
with
grieuous
punishments
from
thée
,
for
persecute
,
is
not
here
taken
in
the
il
part
as
vsing
a
tyrannie
against
them
.
]
ver.
7.
Without
cause
[
vz.
on
my
behalfe
]
the
pit
(
vz.
which
they
dig
to
make
me
fal
into
.
)
And
their
nets
[
vz.
which
they
laid
to
snare
and
catch
me
withal
,
sée
Psal.
7.15
.
Psal.
10.9
.
]
for
me
[
i.
to
catch
mee
in
]
for
my
soule
[
i.
life
,
vz.
that
they
might
take
it
away
.
]
ver.
8.
Vppon
him
[
either
it
is
the
singular
number
for
the
plural
,
this
being
a
sodain
change
of
the
number
:
or
else
by
one
that
was
chiefe
amongst
them
,
hee
vnderstandeth
all
the
rest
]
into
the
same
destruction
[
sée
Psal.
7.15.16
.
]
Ver.
9.
My
soule
[
i.
my
heart
and
mynde
,
and
all
that
is
within
mee
,
Psal.
103.1
.
In
his
saluation
[
i.
in
the
deliuerance
that
hee
worketh
for
me
and
mine
,
sée
Psal.
3.8
.
]
Ver.
10.
All
my
bones
[
a
part
of
the
body
for
the
whole
,
as
Psal.
34.20
.
He
had
sayd
before
that
in
the
inward
man
,
now
hee
sayth
that
in
the
outward
man
also
,
hee
will
be
ioyful
in
the
Lord
,
and
the
great
deliueraunces
that
hee
hath
wrought
for
him
,
Psalm
.
18.50
.
]
Ver.
11.
Cruell
witnesses
[
i.
such
as
exercised
al
crueltie
]
did
rise
vp
[
vz.
against
mee
]
they
asked
of
mee
[
vz.
by
the
way
of
demaund
and
questioning
:
hee
meaneth
that
they
did
as
it
were
examine
,
and
worlde
haue
had
him
to
haue
confessed
,
such
thinges
as
he
neuer
knewe
,
much
lesse
did
.
]
ver.
12.
For
good
[
vz.
which
I
did
to
them
]
to
haue
spoyled
my
soule
[
q.d.
so
farre
their
euill
towardes
me
extended
,
that
they
went
about
to
take
away
my
life
.
]
ver.
13.
Yet
I
[
vz.
behaued
my selfe
otherwise
]
when
they
were
sicke
[
i.
in
some
grieuous
calamitie
,
one
kind
vz.
of
sicknes
put
for
many
]
clothed
with
sacke
[
vz.
in
token
of
heauines
and
mourning
for
them
,
sée
Psalm
.
30.11
.
Gen.
37.34
.
]
I
humbled
my
soule
[
i.
I
afflicted
my
life
by
abstinence
from
meates
&c.
Now
fasting
is
called
humbling
,
not
because
that
euery
one
that
fasted
was
humbled
,
but
because
it
was
an
outward
testimony
,
of
that
that
either
was
or
shoulde
haue
beene
within
)
and
my
prayer
was
turned
&c.
amen●
it
thus
,
and
my
prayer
returned
into
my
bosome
(
q.d.
I
did
wish
so
well
to
them
,
that
I
would
gladly
haue
my
prayer
to
come
to
my selfe
so
that
if
I
wished
them
any
euill
,
I
did
as
it
were
pray
that
the
same
might
fal
vppon
mine
owne
head
.
]
ver.
14.
As
to
my
friend
,
or
as
to
my
brother
[
i.
I
did
al
dueties
of
curtesie
to
them
in
their
aduersity
,
so
that
my
dearest
friend
or
brother
,
coulde
not
well
haue
looked
for
any
more
.
I
humbled
my selfe
[
i.
afflicted
my
felf
with
mourning
,
yea
mourning
as
one
that
bewayleth
his
mother
[
i.
my
mourning
was
so
earnest
and
vehement
,
as
his
is
that
is
wont
to
bewaile
the
death
of
his
mother
:
which
we
know
by
natural
experience
to
be
very
much
.
ver.
15.
The
abiects
[
i.
the
ofscouring
of
the
common
people
,
sée
Iob.
30.1.2.9
.
]
I
knew
not
[
i.
I
did
not
so
much
as
thinke
of
it
,
til
it
was
performed
]
and
ceased
not
[
i.
without
ceasing
.
]
ver.
16.
With
the
false
scoffers
[
vnderstand
the
worde
that
goeth
before
,
vz.
they
gathered
themselues
together
,
or
assembled
themselues
,
with
the
false
scoffers
&c.
]
gnashing
their
téeth
against
mee
[
i.
raging
against
mee
through
most
vehement
anger
,
&
shewing
that
their
anger
by
gnashing
their
téeth
,
for
he
putteth
the
signe
of
great
heat
and
anger
,
for
anger
it selfe
.
ver.
17.
Behold
this
[
vz.
and
lettest
thou
this
their
wickednes
alone
vnpunished
]
my
soule
[
i.
mee
my selfe
,
or
my
whole
man
]
from
their
tumult
[
vz.
which
they
raise
vp
against
me
,
vnderstanding
by
tumult
,
such
things
as
fal
out
commonly
in
tumults
,
as
bloodshead
,
murther
,
&c.
]
my
desolate
soule
.
[
sée
Psa.
22.20
.
]
From
the
Lions
[
i.
from
cruell
and
rauenous
men
:
Psal.
34.10
.
Psal.
22.21
.
]
Ver.
18.
Great
congregation
[
sée
Psal.
22.25
.
]
Ver.
19.
Vniustly
[
vz.
in
respect
of
any
thing
,
that
I
haue
done
against
them
]
winke
with
the
eye
[
as
men
sometimes
do
,
when
they
reioyce
in
some
thing
.
Hee
meaneth
that
hee
woulde
not
haue
them
made
glad
,
by
any
euil
,
that
should
come
vnto
him
]
without
a
cause
(
sée
ver.
7.
of
this
Psal.
)
ver.
20.
Imagine
(
vz.
first
in
their
hearts
,
&
afterwards
expresse
them
with
their
mouthes
)
deceitful
words
[
i.
words
to
cloake
and
color
their
deceite
)
quiet
of
the
land
(
Dauid
speaketh
this
of
himselfe
and
those
that
tooke
his
part
,
who
were
charged
to
be
rebels
&
disturbers
of
the
peace
,
but
he
sheweth
that
they
were
otherwise
,
and
by
quiet
,
he
vnderstandeth
quiet
people
,
that
would
haue
bin
glad
to
haue
liued
peaceably
&
quietly
.
)
ver.
21.
They
gaped
on
mee
with
their
mouthes
(
i.
they
did
not
onely
speake
against
mee
with
an
open
mouth
,
that
all
men
might
heare
them
,
but
also
made
mockes
at
me
with
their
gapings
and
mowings
,
sée
Iob.
16.10
.
Psal.
22.7
.
Isaiah
.
57.4
.
)
Aha
,
Aha
(
these
are
wordes
of
reioycing
for
the
hauing
of
that
they
desired
.
)
One
eye
(
eye
put
for
eyes
,
vnlesse
we
would
say
,
that
al
the
wicked
are
so
ioyned
together
,
that
they
séeme
to
haue
but
one
eye
,
heart
,
head
&c.
)
hath
séene
)
vz.
his
ruine
,
and
destruction
,
and
the
euils
which
wee
hoped
and
wished
shoulde
come
vpon
him
:
such
supplies
you
shall
sée
made
,
though
in
an
other
sense
,
psal.
54.7
.
Psal.
59.10
.
Psal.
118.7
.
And
in
sundry
others
.
)
ver.
22.
Séene
it
[
vz.
their
iniury
,
and
outragious
malice
against
mee
(
keepe
not
silence
(
q.d.
séeing
thou
art
a
iudge
,
sit
not
still
,
but
prepare
thy selfe
to
exercise
iudgement
against
them
.
)
This
and
that
that
followeth
.
ver.
23.24
.
Are
spoken
of
God
,
according
to
man
.
)
ver.
24.
Reioyce
ouer
me
(
vz.
by
reason
of
some
calamities
and
afflictions
that
thou
shalt
lay
vppon
mee
.
sée
Psal.
30.1
.
Ver.
25.
O
our
soule
reioyce
[
vz.
because
we
haue
that
wee
desired
.
]
Ver.
27.
Loue
my
righteousnesse
[
i.
fauour
and
beare
good
will
to
my
righteous
cause
.
sée
Psalm
.
4.1
.
)
Which
loueth
(
i.
liketh
of
,
and
furthereth
by
wonderfull
meanes
)
the
prosperitie
(
i.
the
prosperous
estate
in
all
respectes
.
)
Ver.
28.
Shall
vtter
(
i.
speake
of
)
thy
righteousnes
(
vz.
which
thou
shewest
to
thine
in
defending
them
,
and
to
the
vngodly
in
plaguing
them
for
their
wickednes
)
euery
day
(
i.
continually
,
and
without
ceasing
,
as
it
were
.
Ver.
1.
When
men
deale
vniustly
it
is
good
to
go
to
the
Lord
for
our
defence
,
Do.
who
is
the
God
of
all
righteousnes
.
ver.
2.3
.
If
God
be
on
our
side
,
wee
neede
not
care
who
be
against
vs
.
ver.
4.5.6
.
Teacheth
that
we
may
pray
against
the
enemies
of
Gods
church
,
as
also
ver.
19.
)
Ver.
7.
Sheweth
that
such
is
the
corruption
of
the
godlies
nature
that
though
they
haue
no
cause
to
work
mischief
,
yet
they
must
do
it
.
Ver.
9.
We
may
reioyce
in
the
ouerthrow
of
Gods
enemies
,
and
in
the
deliuerance
of
his
people
.
Ver.
10.
Gods
power
onely
worketh
deliuerance
,
and
that
then
when
things
séeme
to
bee
most
desperate
.
Ver.
11.
Cruell
and
false
witnesses
are
neuer
wanting
to
accuse
Gods
saintes
.
Ver.
12.
It
is
the
nature
of
the
wicked
to
requite
good
with
euill
.
Ver.
13.14
.
Gods
children
spare
not
to
do
good
to
al
,
yea
to
the
vngodly
,
ver.
15.16
.
Shew
that
it
is
no
new
thing
that
the
wicked
of
all
sortes
consent
and
agree
together
against
the
good
.
Ver.
17.
God
sometimes
deferreth
the
punishment
of
the
vngodly
,
that
he
may
in
the
end
pay
them
to
the
full
.
Ver.
18.
Gods
benefites
require
at
our
hands
thankfulnes
.
Ver.
20.
The
hypocrisie
of
the
vngodly
is
set
out
.
Ver.
22.
God
séeth
all
things
euery
where
.
Ver.
23.24
.
Deliuereth
the
same
doctrin
that
ver.
1.
of
this
Psal.
doth
.
Ver.
25.
The
enemies
of
God
will
reioyce
in
the
destruction
of
the
good
,
when
they
haue
performed
it
.
Ver.
26.
Is
the
same
almost
word
for
word
with
ver.
4.
Ver.
27.
The
godly
should
reioyce
in
one
anothers
prosperity
,
and
praise
the
Lord
for
it
.
Ver.
28.
And
that
not
in
heart
,
but
in
mouth
also
,
and
that
not
once
only
but
continually
as
it
were
.
Psalme
36
THis
Psalme
may
bee
deuided
into
thrée
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
describeth
the
maliciousnes
,
dissembling
,
cursed
speach
and
other
great
wickednes
of
the
vngodly
,
from
Ver.
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
4.
In
the
second
he
setteth
out
Gods
great
mercy
and
goodnes
towards
all
,
but
chiefely
towards
his
children
,
&
that
from
ver.
5.
to
the
end
of
the
9.
In
the
third
hee
prayeth
for
the
continuance
of
Gods
goodnes
towards
his
children
,
and
the
ouerthrow
of
the
wicked
,
foretelling
their
destruction
,
from
Ver.
10.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalm
.
The
title
is
expounded
before
,
Psal.
4.
and
Psal.
18.
Ver.
1.
Se.
Wickednes
[
i.
that
heape
of
wickednes
which
the
vngodly
man
committeth
]
saith
to
the
wicked
man
[
i.
telleth
him
,
and
others
as
wel
as
him
]
euen
in
my
heart
[
i.
my
hart
and
confidence
also
,
bearing
me
record
of
this
:
and
this
would
be
read
by
a
parenthisis
]
that
there
is
no
feare
of
God
before
his
eies
[
i.
that
hee
feareth
not
the
Lord
in
any
thing
he
doth
]
q.d.
by
the
wickednesses
which
the
vngodly
commit
,
I
iudge
verely
that
hee
hath
not
any
feare
of
God
at
all
:
and
that
though
sometimes
he
labour
to
come
and
disguise
his
vngodlines
.
yet
I
sée
it
so
plainly
,
that
me
thinketh
I
heare
it
speake
.
]
Ver.
2.
For
he
flattereth
himselfe
[
i.
alloweth
and
liketh
,
yea
praiseth
himselfe
]
in
his
own
eies
[
i.
in
his
owne
iudgement
,
or
else
in
the
things
that
he
doth
:
vsing
the
eies
which
serue
as
directors
in
the
performance
of
thinges
,
for
thinges
performed
:
in
both
these
senses
you
haue
the
word
eies
vsed
sundry
times
in
scripture
.
]
While
[
i.
whereas
in
the
meane
season
]
worthy
to
be
hated
[
vz.
for
the
greatnes
and
notoriousnes
therof
.
]
Ver.
3.
Are
iniquity
and
deceit
,
[
i.
instruments
and
meanes
to
performe
iniquity
and
deceite
]
hee
hath
left
off
to
vnderstand
[
i.
hee
burieth
that
light
of
knowledge
and
iudgment
that
he
hath
]
and
to
do
good
[
i.
he
ceaseth
from
doing
of
such
good
things
,
as
before
in
hypocrisie
he
performed
.
]
Ver.
4.
He
imagineth
mischiefe
vpon
his
bed
[
i.
he
is
so
sharp
set
vppon
wickednes
,
that
hee
spareth
not
to
breake
his
sléepe
to
deuise
of
it
.
[
He
setteth
himselfe
[
vz.
both
in
his
counsel
and
practise
:
q.d.
he
indeuoureth
by
all
the
meanes
he
can
to
do
euil
,
yea
though
it
be
neuer
so
notorious
.
]
Vpon
a
way
[
i.
vpon
a
course
of
life
,
and
practises
in
the
same
.
]
Ver.
5.
He
hursteth
forth
into
the
commendation
of
gods
goodnes
,
faithfulnes
,
righteousnes
,
and
iudgments
,
which
he
commendeth
,
for
the
excellency
,
depth
,
infinitnes
and
vprightnes
thereof
,
that
notwithstanding
all
thinges
were
so
disordered
amongst
the
wicked
,
as
hee
had
before
reiected
,
yet
still
God
remained
alwaies
like
to
himselfe
.
]
Thy
mercy
[
i.
the
goodnes
&
kindnes
,
that
thou
shewest
to
all
]
reacheth
vnto
the
heauens
[
i.
is
as
high
as
the
heauens
,
so
that
if
the
vngodly
would
think
they
could
stop
it
from
others
,
it
is
no
more
possible
for
them
,
then
to
reach
to
the
heauens
]
and
thy
faithfulnes
[
vz.
which
thou
vsest
in
performing
thy
promises
]
vnto
the
cloudes
[
expound
this
,
vnto
the
heauens
as
in
the
first
part
of
this
verse
.
]
Ver.
6.
Thy
righteousnes
[
vz.
which
thou
exercisest
towards
al
,
both
good
and
bad
,
giuing
vnto
euery
man
that
which
is
due
vnto
them
]
is
like
the
mighty
mountaines
[
i.
stable
firme
,
&
cannot
be
altered
,
or
else
thus
,
is
excellent
and
praise
worthy
as
all
things
that
come
from
thée
are
.
]
Thy
iudgements
[
vz.
which
thou
executest
vpon
all
the
earth
,
and
namely
vppon
the
vngodly
route
]
is
like
a
great
déepe
[
i.
are
vnsearchable
,
and
beyond
the
reach
and
compas
of
mans
wit
,
as
a
depth
without
bottome
can
not
be
found
.
sée
Rom.
11.33
.
]
Doest
saue
[
i.
thou
stretchest
out
thy
prouidence
not
onely
ouer
men
,
but
ouer
beasts
,
and
doest
deliuer
them
al
,
in
dangers
&
distresses
.
sée
1.
Tim.
4.10
.
]
Ver.
7.
Children
of
men
[
i.
men
and
their
race
or
posterity
.
]
Trust
vnder
the
shadow
of
thy
wings
[
vz.
to
find
comfort
,
ease
,
and
reliefe
:
by
shadow
of
Gods
wings
,
he
vnderstandeth
Gods
protection
and
defence
,
alluding
as
it
shoulde
séeme
,
to
yong
chickens
,
that
when
the
kyte
houereth
ouer
them
,
commit
themselues
to
the
defence
,
of
the
hens
wings
,
by
shrowding
themselues
vnder
them
,
sée
Psal.
17.8
.
]
Ver.
8.
They
,
[
i.
the
godly
]
with
the
fatnesse
[
i.
the
plentye
and
abundaunce
of
thine
house
[
i.
of
thy
tabernacle
,
he
putteth
one
benefite
,
which
was
a
most
euident
signe
of
Gods
fauor
,
for
all
his
blessings
,
meaning
that
they
should
be
filled
,
with
the
abundance
of
al
good
things
,
that
were
reserued
,
&
did
appertaine
to
gods
children
that
did
hang
wholy
vpon
him
]
out
of
the
riuer
of
thy
pleasures
[
i.
out
of
those
pleasures
which
come
most
plentifully
from
thée
as
from
a
riuer
that
neuer
will
be
dry
:
all
this
verse
is
allegorical
,
vnderstanding
by
satisfiyng
,
fatnes
,
drinking
,
pleasures
,
and
such
like
,
abundance
of
al
graces
both
bodily
and
spiritual
.
Ver.
9.
With
thée
[
i.
in
thy
power
,
so
that
also
thou
doest
communicate
it
vnto
others
,
and
yet
hast
not
the
lesse
thy sefe
.
]
The
well
of
life
[
i.
ful
and
perfection
of
life
:
so
that
wee
sée
that
without
him
there
is
nothing
but
death
:
and
he
speaketh
not
here
only
of
naturall
life
,
but
also
of
a
spiritual
life
,
and
eternal
life
else
where
]
in
thy
light
[
vz.
which
thou
bestowest
vppon
vs
of
knowledge
and
vnderstanding
]
shal
we
sée
light
[
men
then
are
altogether
blind
if
they
be
not
lightned
by
this
light
.
]
Ver.
10.
Know
thée
[
vz.
by
the
light
of
thy
word
,
and
the
assured
testimony
of
thy
spirit
]
vpright
in
heart
[
sée
Psal.
32.11
.
]
Ver.
11.
Féete
of
pride
[
i.
the
power
and
force
of
proude
men
,
who
are
wont
to
tread
al
vnder
their
féete
in
contempt
,
putting
a
part
of
a
man
for
the
whole
,
and
pride
it selfe
being
a
quality
,
for
a
proud
person
:
]
come
against
me
[
i.
preuaile
ouer
me
]
the
hand
[
i.
the
power
&
force
]
moue
me
[
vz.
from
that
stayednes
and
stedfastnes
that
I
haue
in
thée
.
]
Ver.
12.
Shal
not
be
able
to
rise
[
vz.
for
al
their
force
and
power
,
by
which
speach
also
he
noteth
,
that
their
fall
shall
be
without
al
hope
of
recouery
.
Ver.
1.
Do.
Wickednes
performed
thrusteth
men
forwarde
from
one
wickednes
to
another
,
euen
to
shake
off
al
feare
of
God
:
it
is
therefore
good
to
withstand
the
beginnings
of
euil
.
Ver.
2.
Vngodly
men
flatter
themselues
in
their
sin
,
and
the
things
that
they
do
,
calling
good
euil
,
&
euil
good
:
also
it
teacheth
that
we
should
hate
sinne
in
our selues
and
others
.
Ver.
9.
The
vngodly
are
full
of
hipocrisie
,
they
darken
the
light
of
knowledge
that
they
haue
,
and
are
straungers
from
weldoings
.
Ver.
4.
The
vngodly
spare
no
paine
to
performe
wickednes
.
Ver.
5.6.7
.
Teach
that
it
shal
be
good
for
vs
often
to
meditate
vppon
his
mercy
,
to
keepe
vs
from
dispaire
vpon
his
faithfulnes
,
to
strengthen
our
hope
and
faith
in
him
,
vpon
his
righteousnes
,
to
prouoke
vs
to
weldoing
&
vpon
his
iudgements
to
discourage
vs
from
euil
.
Ver.
6.
Teacheth
vs
to
bridle
our
curiosity
,
séeing
Gods
iudgments
are
vnsearchable
,
it
teacheth
vs
also
the
generall
prouidence
and
care
that
God
hath
ouer
al
things
.
Ver.
7.
Teacheth
vs
to
hang
only
vpon
the
Lord
,
and
to
trust
in
him
alone
.
Ver.
8.
Gods
children
shal
haue
abundance
of
all
both
corporall
and
spirituall
blessings
.
Ver.
9.
Man
hath
neither
ltfe
nor
light
in
himself
,
til
it
be
communicated
vnto
him
from
God
.
Ver.
10.
Teacheth
vs
that
we
ought
to
pray
for
Gods
people
.
Ver.
11.
That
wee
ought
to
pray
against
Gods
enemies
,
and
for
our selues
particularly
.
Ver.
12.
Setteth
out
the
ruine
of
all
the
wicked
and
vngodly
.
Psalme
37
Di.
THis
Psa.
may
be
diuided
into
foure
especial
parts
.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
admonisheth
the
godly
,
not
to
bee
grieued
at
the
wickeds
prosperity
,
and
the
godlies
calamitie
,
but
rather
to
wayte
,
and
that
with
patience
,
the
end
that
the
Lord
hath
appointed
to
both
,
from
Ver.
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
11.
In
the
second
part
he
describeth
the
wicked
practises
of
the
vngodly
against
the
righteous
us
noting
with
all
Gods
iustice
in
punishing
the
one
,
and
his
mercy
in
defending
and
blessing
the
other
,
from
Ver.
12.
to
the
ende
of
the
22.
In
the
third
he
setteth
out
the
excellent
qualities
wherwith
Gods
children
are
iudued
as
notes
of
special
comfort
vnto
themselues
,
to
know
that
they
are
Gods
children
,
intermingling
now
and
then
,
exhortations
to
goodnes
,
and
iudgements
against
the
vngodly
and
their
séede
,
from
Ver.
23.
to
the
end
of
the
33.
In
the
4.
because
we
can
hardly
tary
the
Lordes
leasure
,
he
repeateth
againe
his
exhortation
to
patience
:
shewing
the
sodaine
fall
of
the
wicked
,
but
the
prosperous
&
continual
good
estate
of
his
children
,
from
ver.
34.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
is
expounded
already
.
Ver.
1.
Freat
not
thy selfe
[
vz.
against
God
,
or
else
bee
not
grieued
]
because
of
the
wicked
men
[
vz.
that
they
florish
in
wealth
.
]
Be
enuious
[
vz.
against
them
that
are
wicked
and
wealthy
.
]
The
Prophet
meaneth
that
he
would
not
haue
a
godly
man
to
freat
against
God
,
as
though
he
did
not
iustly
deuide
to
euery
man
his
portion
,
or
to
grieue
himselfe
,
or
to
enuy
at
others
,
for
the
abundance
of
wealth
and
riches
that
other
wicked
men
haue
.
]
Ver.
2.
For
they
shall
soone
bee
cut
downe
,
and
this
is
a
reason
of
the
former
speach
,
meaning
that
neither
they
nor
their
prosperity
shall
long
indure
]
like
grasse
[
vz.
with
a
sithe
,
and
euen
at
one
blowe
]
as
the
greene
herbe
[
i.
sodainely
consume
and
come
to
nothing
,
sée
Isaiah
.
40.6
.
Math.
6.30
.
]
Ver.
3.
Trust
thou
in
the
Lorde
[
in
these
wordes
is
conteined
the
seruice
of
GOD
]
and
doe
good
[
in
these
are
comprehended
mutuall
duties
one
of
vs
towards
another
]
dwel
in
the
land
[
vz.
without
looking
so
much
at
the
wicked
rich
men
,
hanging
alwayes
vppon
God
]
bee
fed
[
i.
thou
shalt
haue
all
good
things
ministred
vnto
thée
.
]
Ver.
4.
Delight
thy selfe
[
i.
take
thy
greatest
,
yea
and
thy
onely
pleasure
]
in
the
Lord
[
and
the
good
things
that
hee
hath
prepared
for
thée
]
thine
heartes
desire
[
i.
whatsoeuer
thine
heart
can
wish
.
]
Ver.
5.
Thy
way
[
i.
thy selfe
,
life
,
and
all
thy
affayres
.
]
It
to
passe
[
i.
whatsoeuer
thou
committest
to
him
.
]
Ver.
6.
Bring
foorth
[
vz.
to
light
and
knowledge
]
thy
righteousnes
[
i.
thy
righteous
causes
,
as
Psal.
4.1
.
And
thy
holy
conuersation
]
as
the
light
[
vz.
of
the
day
when
the
sun
is
vp
.
]
and
thy
iudgment
[
i.
iudgement
pronounced
on
thy
side
,
prouing
the
vprightnes
of
thy
matters
]
as
the
noone
day
[
i.
most
clearely
,
for
then
is
the
day
most
bright
.
]
Ver.
7.
Wayt
patiently
[
i.
with
patience
tarry
his
time
]
for
him
[
i.
at
him
,
or
because
of
him
:
q.d.
let
not
his
wealth
,
bee
an
occasion
of
griefe
and
fretting
to
thee
]
in
his
way
[
i.
in
the
things
he
taketh
in
hand
.
]
ver.
8.
Cease
from
anger
[
vz.
either
against
God
as
Ionah
.
4.9
.
or
against
men
]
also
to
do
euill
[
q.d.
let
not
thy
freting
cary
thée
to
doe
that
which
thou
mayest
not
doe
,
sée
Ephes.
4.26
.
]
Ver.
9.
Shall
bee
cut
of
[
vz.
from
the
earth
,
according
to
that
hee
sayth
in
an
other
place
,
the
vngodly
shall
not
liue
out
halfe
his
dayes
]
wayte
vppon
the
Lorde
[
vz.
in
hope
and
patience
,
as
ver.
7.
of
this
Psalme
]
inherit
the
land
[
i.
shall
liue
long
in
this
life
,
and
afterwards
be
made
partakers
of
eternal
life
.
]
ver.
10.
Yet
a
little
while
[
vnderstand
,
wayte
in
hope
and
patience
]
shall
not
appeare
[
vz.
amongest
men
,
because
hee
shall
bee
taken
away
,
as
by
experience
hee
himselfe
prooued
,
ver.
36.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Looke
[
vz.
to
sée
,
if
thou
canst
sée
or
finde
]
his
place
[
i.
the
place
where
hee
remained
and
dwelt
]
and
hee
shall
not
bee
founde
[
vz.
aliue
and
amongest
men
.
sée
ver.
36.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
ver.
11.
Méeke
[
sée
Psal.
25.9
.
]
Possesse
the
earth
,
sée
ver.
9.
of
this
Psal.
]
Their
delighte
[
vz.
satisfied
,
as
Psal.
36.8
)
In
the
multitude
of
peace
[
i.
with
plenty
and
abundance
of
all
good
thinges
,
for
so
is
peace
many
times
taken
in
the
Scripture
,
God
doeth
in
his
worde
,
many
times
promise
vnto
his
children
long
life
,
abundance
,
and
whatsoeuer
may
bee
wished
,
as
it
were
in
this
life
.
]
ver.
12.
Practiseth
[
vz.
all
manner
of
mischiefe
]
and
gnasheth
his
téeth
,
sée
Psal.
35.16
.
]
ver.
13.
Shal
laugh
him
to
scorne
.
[
sée
Psal.
2.4
.
]
for
hee
séeth
[
i.
the
Lord
knoweth
]
that
his
day
[
i.
the
day
wherein
hee
wil
take
vengeance
vpon
the
vngodly
:
which
may
be
called
Gods
day
,
because
hee
then
visiteth
,
or
the
wickeds
day
,
because
hee
is
then
punished
,
and
hee
vseth
day
for
time
of
visitation
,
as
it
is
else
where
vsed
in
the
Scripture
.
]
ver.
14.
By
sworde
and
bowe
,
hee
meaneth
all
the
instruments
,
that
the
vngodly
doe
vse
,
to
hurt
the
righteous
by
,
sée
Psal.
7.12.13
.
]
Ver.
15.
He
sheweth
that
the
weapons
which
they
shall
vse
,
shall
not
only
not
hurt
the
good
,
but
destroy
themselues
.
]
ver.
17.
The
armes
[
i.
their
strength
,
and
whatsoeuer
they
haue
to
leane
to
,
as
wit
,
wealth
,
&c.
shal
be
broken
[
i.
destroyed
and
brought
to
nought
.
]
Vpholdeth
[
i.
mainteineth
and
succoureth
]
the
iust
men
.
q.d.
though
they
bee
neuer
so
weake
.
]
ver.
18.
Knoweth
[
i.
not
onely
foreséeth
,
but
also
alloweth
,
and
maketh
prosperous
,
as
Psalm
.
1.6
.
]
The
dayes
[
i.
the
times
that
hee
hath
allotted
them
,
whether
they
be
prosperous
or
aduerse
times
]
shal
be
perpetuall
[
i.
in
this
life
shal
be
long
,
and
in
the
life
to
come
eternall
.
]
ver.
19.
Not
confounded
[
vz.
as
though
they
were
frustrate
of
their
hope
.
]
Haue
inough
,
sée
Psal.
84.10
.
Ver.
20.
As
the
fatte
of
Lambes
[
i.
cleane
consumed
,
so
that
nothing
of
them
shall
remayne
:
it
is
a
metaphor
borrowed
from
the
fat
in
sacrifices
,
which
was
wont
to
bee
consumed
with
fire
vppon
the
Alter
.
]
Euen
with
the
spoke
[
i.
as
sodainely
as
the
smoke
shall
they
consume
away
so
that
hee
noteth
by
the
first
speach
their
vtter
destruction
,
and
by
the
latter
,
their
sodaine
destruction
.
]
ver.
21.
Expresseth
what
néede
the
vngodly
shal
be
in
,
and
what
plenty
the
righteous
shall
haue
.
]
ver.
22.
Inherit
the
lande
[
sée
for
the
expounding
of
this
verse
,
ver.
9.
of
this
Psalm
.
)
Ver.
23.
The
paths
of
man
(
i.
the
way
,
life
and
conuersation
of
godly
men
,
for
by
one
hee
vnderstandeth
all
the
rest
)
are
directed
by
the
Lord
[
vz.
to
his
owne
honour
,
and
the
good
of
his
children
and
though
it
bee
true
that
this
may
be
vnderstood
generally
of
al
,
yet
for
that
which
followeth
,
it
is
to
bee
applied
to
the
vertuous
onely
.
]
For
he
loueth
[
i.
God
alloweth
,
liketh
of
and
prospereth
,
as
Psal.
35.27
.
]
His
way
[
i.
his
fashion
and
maner
of
life
which
is
called
his
,
not
because
man
is
the
Author
of
it
,
but
because
hee
is
the
instrument
to
tread
in
those
paths
.
]
ver.
24.
Though
he
fall
[
vz.
as
one
that
were
faynt
hearted
]
cast
of
[
vz.
vtterly
or
for
euer
from
God
,
2.
Corinth.
4.9
.
]
putteth
vnder
his
hand
[
i.
his
power
and
might
vz.
to
vphold
him
from
vtter
falling
away
,
which
wee
shoulde
quickly
doe
,
if
God
were
not
with
vs
.
]
ver.
25.
I
haue
beene
young
and
nowe
am
olde
[
q.d.
in
all
the
time
of
my
life
,
from
my
childhoode
vnto
my
graye
heares
,
I
can
not
remember
this
one
thing
]
the
righteous
[
i.
he
that
trusted
in
the
Lorde
,
and
by
prayer
sought
succour
at
this
hand
]
forsaken
[
vz.
of
God
,
through
any
want
that
hee
felt
]
nor
his
séede
[
[
i.
his
posterity
,
and
those
that
come
of
him
]
begging
bread
[
i.
thinges
meete
and
necessary
,
for
the
norishment
of
his
life
,
and
note
that
these
temporall
promises
,
are
pronounced
vpon
condition
either
expressed
,
or
necessarily
to
be
vnderstood
,
vz.
so
farre
foorth
,
as
God
the
giuer
of
all
good
thinges
shall
sée
them
to
bee
profitable
for
his
glory
,
and
the
bettering
of
his
children
.
]
ver.
26.
Enioyeth
the
blessing
[
vz.
that
his
father
left
behinde
him
,
through
Gods
blessing
:
he
meaneth
by
blessing
that
portion
of
goods
,
that
commeth
to
the
children
of
the
righteous
.
]
ver.
27.
Flee
from
euil
,
sée
Psal.
34.14
.
]
for
euer
[
i.
a
long
season
,
if
you
vnderstande
of
this
life
,
but
perpetually
if
you
vnderstand
it
of
the
life
,
that
shal
be
reueiled
to
the
sonnes
of
God
.
]
ver.
28.
Loueth
[
sée
ver.
23.
of
this
Psal.
]
Iudgment
[
sée
Psal.
36.6
.
]
Forsaketh
sée
ver.
25.
of
this
Psal
and
note
that
the
rest
of
this
verse
,
and
that
which
followeth
in
the
next
is
expounded
before
in
this
Psal.
ver.
9.22.27
.
]
Ver.
30.
The
mouth
of
the
righteous
wil
speake
of
wisedome
[
i.
very
wise
and
excellent
thinges
]
talke
of
iudgement
[
i.
matters
that
are
vpright
and
iust
:
we
may
vnderstand
it
of
gods
wisedome
and
iustice
or
else
of
such
woordes
and
matters
as
passing
betwéene
man
&
man
,
sauor
of
wisedome
,
and
vprightnes
&
so
bring
profit
to
others
.
]
ver.
31.
In
his
heart
[
vz.
not
onely
to
knowe
,
but
also
to
obey
the
same
,
so
farre
forth
as
god
shal
assist
him
,
for
he
alwaies
carieth
with
him
that
holy
purpose
]
&
his
steps
[
i.
his
life
and
order
of
conuersation
]
shal
not
slide
[
vz.
before
men
,
and
not
before
god
,
meaning
that
in
respect
of
men
,
he
shal
not
be
to
be
touched
with
any
notorious
crime
.
]
ver.
32.
Watcheth
[
sée
Psal.
10.8.9.10
.
]
Ver.
33.
in
his
hande
[
i.
in
his
power
]
nor
condemne
him
[
vz.
by
pronouncing
an
vniust
sentence
against
him
]
when
hee
is
iudged
[
vz.
of
vniust
and
wicked
men
.
The
Prophet
meaneth
that
as
God
will
not
awarde
a
wrong
iudgement
like
wicked
men
of
the
world
,
so
he
will
deliuer
his
from
such
vniust
sentences
.
]
ver.
34.
Wayte
&c.
[
sée
ver.
7.
of
this
Psal.
]
and
keepe
his
way
[
i.
the
way
that
hée
hath
taught
thée
]
thou
shalt
sée
[
vz.
their
destruction
and
ouerthrowe
.
]
ver.
35.
Strong
[
i.
mighty
and
of
great
authority
like
a
greene
bay
trée
:
q.d.
so
fresh
as
though
he
would
neuer
haue
dyed
,
for
the
bay
is
alwaies
gréene
:
by
gréene
bay
trée
,
hée
meaneth
a
tree
,
whose
boughes
and
fruits
are
alwaies
greene
,
and
not
dead
:
so
that
a
man
would
thinke
the
vngodly
could
not
so
soone
decay
,
because
gréene
trées
can
not
bee
ouerthrowne
,
but
with
greater
labour
then
dry
and
withered
]
ver.
36.
He
[
i.
hée
and
al
his
prosperitie
,
sée
further
for
this
verse
,
the
ver.
10.
of
this
Psal.
]
Ver.
37.
Is
peace
[
i.
continual
quietnes
héere
,
and
eternal
felicity
in
the
life
to
come
.
]
ver.
38.
Destroyed
together
[
i.
all
,
none
of
them
being
excepted
,
sée
Psal.
35.26
.
]
And
the
end
of
the
wicked
[
i.
the
end
that
they
hoped
and
wished
for
]
shal
bee
cut
off
[
i.
they
shall
neuer
haue
it
.
]
ver.
39.
Saluation
[
i.
deliuerance
from
dangers
in
this
life
,
and
eternal
glory
in
the
life
to
come
]
their
strength
[
vz.
whereby
they
should
defend
themselues
and
wound
their
enemies
.
Ver.
1.
Do.
Teacheth
vs
alwaies
to
be
contented
with
Gods
distribution
of
goods
and
wealth
:
and
not
to
enuy
them
whom
it
pleaseth
him
to
blesse
therewith
.
ver.
2.
The
wicked
mens
ouerthrow
commeth
sodainly
.
ver.
3.
We
are
taught
to
performe
dueties
to
God
,
our
brethren
,
and
our selues
,
and
for
our
better
incouragement
,
we
haue
a
promise
annexed
.
ver.
4.5.6
.
Conteine
blessings
to
them
that
walke
vprightly
before
God
.
ver.
7.
Teacheth
vs
in
al
thinges
,
and
namely
in
the
execution
of
gods
iudgements
,
to
tarry
in
patience
the
Lords
leasure
.
ver.
8.
We
must
absteine
from
anger
and
wrath
.
ver.
9.
Sheweth
the
vnlikely
reward
of
the
godly
and
the
wicked
.
ver.
10.
Setteth
out
the
suddaine
destruction
of
the
vngodly
.
ver.
11.
Conteineth
promise
of
blessings
for
the
good
.
ver.
12.
Setteth
out
the
subtill
&
malicious
nature
of
the
vngodly
against
the
iust
,
so
doth
ver.
32.
Ver.
13.
Sheweth
that
the
Lord
wil
confirme
al
the
wickeds
,
both
counsels
&
attempts
.
ver.
14.
Deliuereth
the
same
doctrine
that
the
12.
doth
,
but
yet
somwhat
more
particularly
.
ver.
15.
Sheweth
that
the
wickednes
which
the
vngodly
shal
deuise
shal
turne
to
their
own
hurt
.
ver.
16.
Teacheth
vs
contentednes
,
with
that
which
God
giueth
vs
,
though
it
be
neuer
so
smal
.
ver.
17.18.19
.
20.21.22
.
Declare
gods
fauor
&
loue
towards
those
that
are
good
,
&
his
iudgements
against
the
vngodly
.
ver.
23.24.25.26
.
Do
teach
not
only
howe
good
God
is
to
his
:
but
with
what
good
qualities
also
the
faithfull
should
bee
indued
,
as
pity
,
tenderheartednes
&c.
ver.
27.
Christian
conuersation
consisteth
of
these
two
parts
,
hatred
of
that
which
is
euill
,
and
an
earnest
care
to
performe
good
things
.
ver.
28.
God
neuer
destituteth
his
.
ver.
30.
Our
talke
shold
be
continually
of
good
things
.
ver.
3●
.
We
should
reuerence
gods
law
,
and
continually
striue
to
godlines
of
life
.
ver.
33.
It
skilleth
not
much
howe
man
iudge
,
so
God
cleare
vs
.
ver.
34.
Is
the
same
with
ver.
7.
almost
.
ver.
35.36
.
noteth
the
florishing
estate
and
the
sodaine
decay
of
the
vngodly
.
ver.
37.38.39
.
Set
out
iudgments
against
the
wicked
,
and
mercies
to
the
godly
,
to
the
end
that
by
the
one
we
may
be
discouraged
from
wickednes
,
and
by
the
other
allured
to
vertue
and
weldoing
.
ver.
40.
God
is
alwaies
nigh
to
those
that
are
his
,
also
trust
in
the
Lorde
,
is
a
notable
meane
of
our
deliuerances
from
dangers
.
Psalme
.
38.
Di.
THis
Psalme
doeth
chiefely
propound
thrée
speciall
things
,
first
earnest
prayers
and
supplications
that
the
Prophet
maketh
,
that
God
would
turne
away
his
wrath
from
him
,
and
deliuer
him
from
his
enemies
,
ver.
1.9.15.21.22
.
In
the
second
hee
sheweth
by
manifold
words
and
circumstances
,
the
great
grief
that
hee
was
in
by
reason
of
his
sinnes
.
ver.
2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.10
.
In
the
third
he
declareth
,
what
his
friendes
,
and
his
foes
did
against
him
,
to
the
wonderful
increase
of
his
griefe
also
.
ver.
11.12.13.14.16.17.18.19.20
.
Se.
The
title
a
Psalme
of
Dauid
,
for
remembraunce
(
i.
which
hee
made
,
not
onely
as
a
meane
to
put
him
in
remembrance
of
his
sinne
,
and
Gods
chastisements
vpon
him
for
the
same
,
but
also
to
admonish
him
of
the
deliuerance
out
of
the
fame
,
through
Gods
goodnes
.
ver.
1.
is
expounded
,
Psal.
6.1
.
)
Ver.
2.
Thine
arrows
(
i.
plagues
,
diseases
,
and
griefes
,
that
thou
hast
sent
)
haue
light
vppon
mee
(
vz.
violently
and
with
great
force
,
as
appeareth
by
that
which
followeth
in
this
Psalme
)
and
thy
hand
(
i.
thy
power
and
might
,
or
else
heauie
iudgements
exercised
thereby
)
lyeth
vpon
mee
(
vz.
very
sore
and
grieuously
.
)
ver.
3.
There
is
nothing
found
in
my
flesh
(
i.
there
is
no
part
of
my
body
,
but
it
is
very
much
diseased
)
in
my
bones
(
i.
in
the
parts
&
members
of
my
body
)
because
of
my
sinne
(
vz.
committed
against
thee
,
and
the
plagues
and
punishments
,
that
thou
hast
layd
vpon
mee
for
the
same
.
ver.
4.
For
mine
iniquities
(
i.
both
my
sinnes
,
and
the
punishments
vppon
me
for
the
same
)
are
gone
ouer
my
head
(
i.
either
are
growne
to
a
great
height
:
or
else
which
I
rather
allow
of
,
they
ouerflowe
me
,
and
as
it
were
drowne
mee
,
this
being
a
metaphor
taken
from
waters
,
as
Psal.
42.7
.
Psal.
88.17
.
Psal.
124.4
.
)
Meaning
that
hee
was
drowned
or
ouerwhelmed
in
his
iniquities
,
and
punishments
for
them
,
as
one
that
were
ouerwhelmed
in
a
deepe
water
)
and
as
a
weightie
burthen
(
this
is
an
other
metaphor
,
taken
from
burthen
,
by
which
hee
noteth
the
greatnesse
and
grieuousnesse
of
his
sinne
)
to
heauie
for
me
(
vz.
to
beare
,
yea
,
they
doe
as
it
were
presse
mee
downe
vnto
the
grounde
)
ver.
5.
My
woundes
(
i.
the
sores
that
I
haue
,
by
reason
of
thy
correction
and
punishments
vppon
mee
for
my
sinnes
)
are
putrified
(
i.
are
growne
to
bee
full
of
matter
)
and
corrupt
(
vz.
so
that
they
are
almost
past
mee
:
no
doubt
the
prophet
meaneth
by
these
speaches
to
expresse
both
the
greatnes
of
his
griefe
,
and
length
and
continuance
thereof
)
because
of
my
foolishnes
(
i.
because
of
my
sinne
,
in
which
respect
also
wicked
men
are
sundry
times
in
Scripture
called
fooles
.
)
ver.
6.
I
am
bowed
and
crooked
(
hee
noteth
the
grieuousnes
of
his
punishment
,
which
by
reason
of
length
and
bodily
weaknes
that
he
receiued
by
it
,
had
as
it
were
,
bowed
him
together
)
very
sore
(
i.
very
much
)
I
go
mourning
al
the
day
(
i.
all
the
day
long
I
doe
nothing
but
mourne
.
)
ver.
7.
My
reines
(
vz.
of
my
back
)
are
ful
of
burning
(
i.
of
wonderful
great
heat
which
the
Phisitions
take
to
be
a
signe
of
great
sicknesse
and
dangerous
weakenesse
]
there
is
nothing
,
&c.
[
sée
ver.
3.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Ver.
8.
sore
broken
[
vz.
in
my
body
,
by
reason
of
my
sicknes
:
this
is
a
maner
of
spéech
,
that
we
vse
in
our
tongue
,
when
flesh
is
much
abated
,
or
strength
much
decayed
:
the
Prophet
meaneth
that
he
was
as
it
were
consumed
and
worne
away
]
I
roare
(
sée
psal.
37.3
.
)
for
the
gréefe
of
mine
harte
[
i.
by
reason
or
thorow
the
great
gréefe
that
I
sustayn
euer
in
the
inward
man
.
)
ver.
9.
I
poure
[
i.
lay
out
]
my
whole
desire
[
i.
whatsoeuer
I
wish
or
desire
]
before
thée
[
q.d.
All
the
thinges
that
I
desire
are
manifest
to
thée
,
yea
,
the
verye
sighs
and
grones
which
I
send
out
,
sometimes
in
my
prayers
,
and
sometimes
in
the
gréefe
of
my
mind
,
are
naked
in
thy
presence
.
But
to
what
ende
speaketh
the
Prophet
this
?
vz.
To
testifye
his
affection
to
Godward
,
and
how
readye
he
was
to
come
to
him
by
prayer
.
]
Ver.
10.
And
the
light
of
mine
eyes
[
vz
fayleth
me
,
as
Psal.
6.7
.
]
are
not
mine
own
[
vz.
to
vse
them
,
as
I
was
wont
to
do
:
because
the
vse
of
them
was
not
so
cleare
and
profitable
vnto
him
,
as
in
former
time
they
had
bin
,
he
speaketh
as
though
he
had
lost
them
altogether
.
]
ver.
11.
Stand
aside
from
my
plague
[
i.
by
reason
of
my
plague
and
sicknesse
,
they
estrange
themselues
from
me
,
which
thing
Iob
also
complayneth
of
.
]
ver.
12.
Lay
snares
[
vz.
to
catch
me
]
imagine
deceit
continually
[
vz.
agaynst
me
,
that
they
may
by
subteltie
take
me
.
]
ver.
13.
Heard
not
[
i.
made
shew
as
though
I
heard
not
the
things
they
spake
]
as
a
dumbe
man
which
openeth
not
his
mouth
[
i.
I
replyed
not
againe
vpon
them
,
but
quietly
&
patiently
bare
their
words
:
and
that
this
is
the
right
sence
maye
appeare
by
verse
14.
and
15.
following
]
ver.
15.
for
on
thée
O
Lord
doe
I
wayt
[
he
sheweth
a
reason
of
his
silence
,
q.d.
I
am
deafe
and
dumbe
also
at
the
reproches
and
iniuries
that
mine
enemies
laie
vpon
me
,
because
I
hope
that
thou
shortly
wilt
heare
my
prayers
,
and
deliuer
me
from
this
calamitie
.
]
ver.
16.
Least
they
reioyce
ouer
me
[
a
reason
to
mooue
God
to
heare
,
least
otherwise
his
glory
should
be
blasphemed
by
these
wicked
men
]
my
foote
flippeth
[
i.
when
I
am
but
likely
to
fall
]
extoll
themselues
[
i.
lift
vp
themselues
both
in
wordes
and
déedes
]
Ver.
17.
Redy
to
halt
[
i.
to
slide
and
flip
as
mine
aduersaries
would
haue
it
,
vnlesse
thou
Lord
strengthen
mee
)
and
my
sorrow
(
vz.
for
that
and
other
causes
)
euer
before
me
(
i.
continuallye
vppon
me
,
and
in
my
sight
,
so
that
I
cannot
forget
it
)
verse
18.
Declare
my
payne
(
i.
largely
by
wordes
and
otherwise
,
as
sighings
,
&c.
set
out
my
gréefe
both
outward
and
inward
)
and
am
sorry
for
my
sinne
(
which
was
the
cause
to
pul
these
heauy
iudgements
vpon
me
.
)
verse
19.
Are
aliue
(
vz.
to
worke
mischiefe
,
wheras
before
they
séemed
to
be
as
it
were
dead
,
and
hee
sheweth
by
these
2
termes
Mighty
,
and
many
,
that
they
haue
power
and
number
to
performe
the
same
.
)
ver.
20.
reward
euill
(
sée
Psal.
35.12
.
)
follow
goodnesse
(
i.
allow
and
laboure
to
performe
the
things
that
are
good
:
the
other
two
verses
are
verye
plaine
,
in
which
the
Prophet
prayeth
for
present
ayde
,
and
spéedy
deliueraunce
.
Ver.
1.
Gods
wrath
and
indignation
,
is
much
to
be
feared
.
ver.
2.
Do.
God
verye
sharpely
punisheth
many
of
his
children
.
Ver.
3.
Sinne
draweth
vpon
vs
wonderfull
iudgements
.
Ver.
4.
We
are
not
able
to
beare
the
multitude
of
our
sinnes
,
much
lesse
to
satisfie
for
them
.
ver.
5.6.7.8
.
shew
,
that
sinne
&
the
punishments
of
God
therefore
,
doe
bring
vpon
Gods
children
many
times
bodilye
sicknesses
,
and
wonderfull
infirmities
.
ver.
9.
It
is
good
for
vs
to
lay
out
our
causes
before
God
.
ver.
11.
A
mans
enimies
many
times
are
they
of
his
owne
houshold
,
sée
Iob
19.13.14.15
.
Ver.
12.
Describeth
the
malice
and
subtilty
of
the
vngodlye
.
Ver.
13.14
.
Teacheth
vs
many
times
to
bury
euill
wordes
vttered
against
vs
,
and
not
to
be
redy
to
reproue
euery
thing
spoken
against
vs
.
ver.
15
In
GOD
alone
must
we
trust
in
al
distresses
,
ver.
16.
Our
praiers
to
GOD
must
be
effects
of
our
hope
:
also
the
sliding
of
the
Godly
openeth
the
mouth
of
the
wicked
,
and
therefore
we
haue
néede
to
pray
that
we
may
stand
.
ver.
17.
It
is
good
to
féele
our
own
infirmities
,
but
withall
to
haue
recourse
to
GOD
,
for
strength
to
stande
.
verse
18.19
.
Declare
that
the
more
paine
Gods
children
are
in
,
the
more
doe
the
wicked
insult
and
grow
vp
in
might
and
number
.
Verse
20.
It
is
no
new
thing
that
Gods
children
receiue
euill
for
good
:
also
that
the
enemies
hate
them
,
not
for
euill
,
but
for
goodnesse
sake
.
Verse
21.22
.
Praier
to
God
,
and
to
him
alone
,
in
the
time
of
all
our
distresses
is
highly
commended
vnto
vs
.
Psalme
.
39.
Di.
THis
Psalme
may
be
deuided
into
two
partes
.
In
the
firste
the
Prophet
sheweth
how
that
after
a
long
debating
in
himselfe
,
whether
he
shoulde
bée
silent
or
no
,
he
burst
out
into
prayer
,
describing
the
vanity
and
shortnesse
of
mans
life
,
whiche
being
well
considered
,
maketh
him
to
confesse
that
hee
trusteth
only
in
the
Lorde
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
seuenth
.
In
the
second
he
prayeth
deliueraunce
from
sinne
,
and
from
those
punishmentes
which
were
layde
vpon
him
for
sinne
,
desiring
the
Lorde
to
cease
from
wrath
,
and
graciously
to
heare
his
prayer
,
from
verse
8.
to
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
title
,
to
the
excellent
Musitian
,
Ieduthun
.
This
is
the
name
of
one
,
who
for
his
skill
,
was
preferred
before
the
rest
of
his
stocke
and
familie
:
Sée
1.
Chron.
16.41
.
also
chap.
25.3
.
but
yet
he
so
nameth
the
chéefe
man
,
that
vnder
the
same
he
meaneth
also
,
those
excellent
Musitions
that
were
of
his
stocke
and
race
.
Verse
1.
I
thoughte
[
vz.
in
my selfe
,
thus
]
to
my
wayes
[
i.
to
the
whole
order
and
course
of
my
life
,
and
namelye
that
I
sinne
not
with
my
tongue
[
vz.
in
vttering
ill
spéeches
,
vsing
the
tongue
which
is
an
instrumente
of
spéeche
,
for
wordes
or
spéeche
vttered
thereby
]
my
mouth
brideled
[
or
mufled
,
it
is
a
metaphor
taken
from
wilde
beasts
,
into
whose
mouthes
,
or
ouer
whose
mouthes
something
is
put
,
least
they
should
hurt
,
sée
Psalme
32.9
.
]
while
[
i.
so
long
as
]
the
wicked
is
in
my
sight
[
i.
it
pleaseth
God
by
wicked
men
to
exercise
me
,
least
if
I
should
speake
any
thing
awry
,
they
being
presente
,
they
should
take
occasion
therby
to
speake
euill
]
ver.
2.
I
was
dum
[
vz.
for
the
time
as
Psalme
38.13
.
or
as
a
dumme
man
,
q.d.
I
did
not
otherwise
hold
my
tongue
,
then
if
I
had
bene
dumme
]
euen
from
God
[
vz.
words
or
matter
:
the
Prophet
meaneth
that
though
he
had
a
iust
defence
,
and
an
honest
cause
to
complayne
,
yet
he
put
it
all
vp
in
silence
,
and
bare
it
patiently
,
as
you
may
sée
one
particular
,
2.
Samuel
16.5
.
&c.
]
and
my
sorrow
was
more
stirred
[
vz.
by
my
silence
discoursing
and
dilating
with
my selfe
,
whether
I
were
best
to
speake
:
meaning
that
by
that
meanes
,
his
gréefe
was
increased
]
others
reade
it
thus
,
when
my
sorrowe
waxed
rawe
,
[
i.
was
not
onely
not
healed
,
but
by
reason
of
newe
calamities
,
waxed
more
vehemente
:
the
sence
commeth
all
to
one
,
though
the
wordes
somewhat
differ
.
Verse
3.
By
heate
of
harte
and
fyre
kindled
,
the
Prophet
meaneth
not
onlye
the
greatnesse
of
his
gréefe
,
as
they
that
are
gréeuouslye
sicke
,
féele
greate
force
and
power
of
heate
,
but
he
meaneth
also
some
motions
that
hée
had
to
impatiencye
and
fretting
,
to
whiche
fault
they
are
very
muche
subiecte
,
that
are
hote
and
giuen
to
heate
.
]
Verse
4.
Myne
ende
[
i.
the
tyme
of
his
ende
meaning
the
time
wherein
hée
shoulde
dye
]
of
my
dayes
[
vz.
whiche
I
haue
to
liue
]
What
it
is
[
i.
Howe
long
,
for
by
seuerall
wordes
in
this
verse
,
the
Prophet
meaneth
all
one
thing
[
vz
to
knowe
howe
long
he
should
liue
in
this
World
,
q.d.
Séeing
thou
handlest
mée
so
sharpely
,
let
mée
at
the
least
knowe
howe
long
I
haue
yet
to
liue
,
and
indure
this
payne
?
But
this
prayer
was
not
good
,
because
he
required
to
know
that
whiche
the
Lorde
had
kepte
close
in
his
owne
counsell
.
]
Verse
5.
My
dayes
[
i.
the
dayes
of
my
lyfe
]
as
an
hande
breadth
[
i.
very
short
,
as
a
measure
of
foure
fingers
broade
]
yea
myne
age
[
i.
the
tyme
of
my
life
]
as
nothing
[
vnderstande
,
is
,
or
else
,
thou
hast
made
it
as
nothing
]
in
respecte
of
thée
[
i.
if
it
be
compared
with
thée
,
that
arte
altogether
eternall
,
in
whose
sight
a
thousand
yeares
are
but
as
one
daye
:
sée
Psalme
90.4
.
2.
Peter
3.8
.
)
in
his
best
state
(
i.
that
hée
eyther
canne
bée
in
or
imagine
himselfe
to
bée
in
touching
this
life
)
altogether
vanitie
(
i.
nothing
else
but
vayne
,
brittle
,
and
transitorye
.
)
Verse
6.
Man
(
i.
hée
and
his
whole
life
)
walketh
in
a
shadowe
(
i.
hath
his
conuersation
in
this
life
quicklye
to
passe
awaye
,
as
a
shadowe
doeth
,
meaning
that
there
is
nothing
founde
in
mans
life
certayne
,
and
that
hée
hath
nothing
but
a
vayne
shewe
)
disquieteth
himselfe
(
vz.
by
heaping
and
getting
vp
goods
)
in
vayne
(
i.
without
cause
,
the
reason
followeth
in
this
verse
,
because
he
knoweth
not
who
shall
be
his
heire
)
shall
gather
,
or
rather
receaue
them
(
vz.
from
him
,
when
hée
shall
departe
from
them
.
)
Verse
7.
And
nowe
[
q.d.
Séeing
that
all
men
are
so
vayne
,
whome
shoulde
I
trust
in
,
or
whome
doe
I
hope
in
but
in
thée
alone
.
]
Verse
8.
A
rebuke
(
vz.
by
suffering
myne
afflictions
to
preuayle
vppon
mée
)
vnto
the
Foolishe
,
(
i.
Wicked
men
,
as
Psalme
14.1
.
)
Verse
9.
I
shoulde
haue
bene
or
make
,
&c.
(
q.d.
In
stéede
of
reasoning
&
disputing
the
matter
with
thée
,
as
ver.
4.
I
should
haue
bin
silent
towards
thée
,
as
I
was
towards
others
,
ver.
2.
of
this
Psal.
)
because
thou
diddest
it
(
This
is
a
reason
,
why
hee
shoulde
haue
borne
his
afflictions
patientle
.
)
ver.
10.
Thy
plague
(
i.
the
punishmente
and
scourge
that
thou
hast
layde
vpon
me
)
consumed
(
i.
as
it
were
brought
to
nothing
)
by
the
stroke
of
thine
hand
[
i.
by
the
punishment
and
affliction
which
by
thy
power
thou
hast
striken
me
withall
.
)
Ver.
11.
With
rebukes
(
i.
plagues
and
punishments
procéeding
from
thy
wrath
,
which
are
called
rebukes
,
because
that
the
Lord
by
them
doth
as
it
were
rebuke
them
for
their
euill
)
for
iniquitie
(
vz.
committed
eyther
directly
or
indirectly
against
thy
maiesty
,
and
by
these
termes
,
he
meaneth
not
only
sinne
,
but
a
iust
and
full
punishment
,
such
as
sinne
deserueth
)
as
a
Moth
(
these
wordes
may
haue
a
double
sence
,
eyther
that
God
shoulde
consume
the
wicked
,
as
mothes
doe
precious
garments
,
which
best
agréeth
with
this
translation
:
or
else
that
the
beautie
of
all
other
excellent
thinges
in
the
vngodlye
,
should
be
destroyed
thorow
Gods
iudgements
as
Mothes
,
in
killing
of
whom
there
néedeth
no
great
strength
,
as
Iob
4.19
.
and
this
agréeth
with
Immanuel
who
turneth
this
verse
far
otherwise
)
Ver.
12.
At
my
teares
(
q.d.
Let
my
teares
mingled
with
my
prayers
,
moue
thée
to
pitie
me
)
for
I
am
a
straunger
(
another
reason
brought
to
moue
God
to
mercy
,
taken
from
his
miserable
estate
,
sée
1.
Chron.
29.5
.
Psal.
119.19
.
where
you
shall
haue
almost
the
same
wordes
(
as
all
my
Fathers
(
he
meaneth
of
the
faythfull
and
godly
:
The
sence
of
this
verse
is
,
q.d.
Hearken
O
Lord
vnto
my
prayers
by
which
I
pray
thée
,
that
I
may
be
deliuered
from
this
great
gréefe
wherein
I
am
:
I
aske
this
at
thy
hands
,
not
that
I
am
very
desirous
of
this
life
,
but
because
I
féele
my selfe
vnable
of
my selfe
to
abide
such
torments
:
for
I
am
with
thée
,
or
before
thée
,
or
thou
being
witnesse
of
the
matter
,
a
straunger
on
the
earth
,
neither
doe
I
acknowledge
my
countrie
to
be
here
,
wherein
I
follow
my
Fathers
Abraham
,
Isaac
,
Iaakob
,
&c.
who
because
they
tended
towards
thée
,
were
not
taken
with
this
Worlde
,
wherein
they
were
conuersant
,
but
vsed
themselues
as
straungers
in
another
countrie
,
hauing
alwayes
a
minde
to
their
home
)
Ver.
13.
From
me
(
i.
from
plaguing
me
so
gréeuously
)
my
strength
(
vz.
decayed
,
and
as
it
were
consumed
thorow
gréefe
and
vexation
)
before
I
go
hence
(
vz.
out
of
this
world
,
meaning
before
I
dye
)
and
be
not
(
vz.
aliue
here
on
the
earth
amongst
men
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
It
is
good
to
striue
to
the
brideling
of
our
spéech
,
speciallye
in
the
presence
of
the
wicked
,
who
will
insult
ouer
vs
,
if
we
slippe
in
our
wordes
.
Ver.
2.
It
is
a
hard
matter
to
abstaine
from
extremities
,
for
if
we
are
not
too
muche
giuen
to
babling
,
we
be
ouerflow
tongued
to
good
thinges
.
Ver.
3.
Impaciencye
must
be
fought
vgainst
.
ver.
4.
Curiositie
striuing
to
know
that
which
doth
not
appertain
to
vs
must
be
brideled
.
ver.
5.6
.
Describe
the
vanity
&
shortnes
of
mans
life
,
and
the
vncertainty
of
his
actions
.
ver.
7.
God
only
is
to
be
trusted
vnto
.
Ver.
8.
Prayer
for
deliueraunce
from
sinne
,
&
punishments
due
thereto
,
would
be
often
made
.
Ver.
9.
We
should
be
well
content
with
whatsoeuer
God
doeth
.
Ver.
10.
We
are
not
able
to
indure
the
least
of
Gods
punishments
.
ver.
11.
Setteth
out
two
things
:
Gods
iustice
in
correcting
:
and
mans
sinne
that
pulleth
correction
and
punishment
from
God
,
Ver.
12.
God
in
tyme
of
greatest
affliction
must
be
most
earnestly
and
hartily
called
vpon
.
Ver
,
13.
If
God
with-holde
not
his
wrath
,
we
shall
all
be
consumed
for
our
sinnes
.
Psalme
40.
THis
Psalme
may
be
deuided
into
thrée
parts
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
declareth
what
great
mercies
the
Lord
had
shewed
to
him
,
and
what
he
will
doe
for
them
that
trust
in
him
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
end
of
the
fourth
.
In
the
second
he
sheweth
the
infinitenesse
of
Gods
workes
,
and
his
owne
readinesse
to
serue
the
Lorde
,
shewing
howe
he
had
published
Gods
goodnes
and
mercy
:
from
ver.
5.
to
the
end
of
the
tenth
.
In
the
third
part
he
prayeth
for
his
owne
deliueraunce
:
wishing
also
as
the
ouerthrow
of
the
vngodly
,
so
the
prosperity
of
the
good
,
and
faithful
ones
,
from
ver.
11.
to
the
end
of
the
Chapter
.
The
title
is
expounded
before
.
ver.
1.
For
the
Lord
(
i.
for
him
,
Se.
and
for
help
from
him
)
inclined
to
me
(
i.
shewed
himself
fauourable
,
as
they
do
that
bow
towards
one
.
Ver.
2.
Horrible
pit
(
i.
pit
,
full
of
feare
and
horror
,
meaning
by
that
spéech
most
fearefull
and
great
daungers
)
mirie
clay
(
by
these
wordes
he
noteth
both
the
greatnesse
of
his
daunger
,
and
the
continuance
therein
,
by
the
name
claye
,
which
is
both
weighty
and
also
wil
cleaue
fast
to
,
sée
Psalme
69.2
.
)
Set
my
féete
vpon
the
Rock
(
i.
hath
placed
me
where
I
may
be
safe
from
al
iniurie
,
meaning
a
most
safe
place
)
ordered
my
goings
(
vz.
in
such
sorte
,
that
I
am
sure
from
stumbling
or
falling
.
)
Verse
3.
Hath
put
into
my
mouth
(
i.
hath
giuen
mee
an
occasion
)
a
new
song
of
praise
(
i.
newly
to
sing
a
song
of
praise
vnto
him
,
or
take
new
song
for
a
singular
and
exquisite
song
,
sée
Psalme
33.3
.
Many
shall
sée
it
(
i.
many
shall
know
the
benefites
that
God
hath
bestowed
on
me
)
and
feare
(
vz.
God
the
giuer
thereof
.
]
Ver.
4.
Maketh
the
Lord
his
trust
[
i.
that
trusteth
in
him
]
regardeth
not
[
i.
maketh
little
or
no
account
of
,
sée
Psalme
15.4
.
as
thorow
their
force
to
be
brought
to
feare
them
more
then
God
]
the
proude
[
vz.
those
that
boast
themselues
of
the
things
they
haue
]
turne
aside
[
vz.
from
the
truth
]
to
lies
[
i.
lying
imaginations
as
before
Psalme
4.2
.
]
Verse
5.
He
ascrybeth
to
Gods
workes
not
only
wonderfulnes
,
but
innumerablenesse
in
respecte
of
man
]
count
in
order
[
no
nor
yet
out
of
order
,
because
they
are
incomprehensible
and
infinit
]
to
thée
[
vz.
or
before
thée
,
that
art
the
only
dealer
therein
]
thy
thoughts
[
this
the
Prophet
attributeth
to
God
,
that
thereby
he
might
the
more
easily
set
out
Gods
wonderfull
affection
and
loue
towardes
vs
and
ouer
vs
.
]
Ver.
6.
Sacrifice
and
offring
[
betwéene
these
two
words
I
make
this
difference
,
that
Sacrifice
respecteth
sinne
offrings
,
and
the
other
voluntarye
and
fréewill
offrings
,
meaning
by
these
two
all
other
kinds
whatsoeuer
]
thou
diddest
not
desire
[
vz.
in
respect
of
obedience
,
as
1.
Samuel
15.22
.
for
otherwise
God
regardeth
them
as
parts
and
péeces
of
his
seruice
which
he
himselfe
prescribed
,
but
when
hipocrites
by
cold
ceremonies
would
thinke
to
appease
god
,
without
true
godlinesse
,
then
doth
the
Lord
reiect
them
,
as
Psalme
50.8.9
.
&c.
]
for
mine
eares
hast
thou
prepared
[
or
as
Immanuel
readeth
,
hast
thou
boare●
through
.
If
you
take
the
Geneua
Text
,
there
the
note
is
good
,
if
you
followe
Immanuel
,
then
he
meaneth
acceptation
and
taking
of
him
to
be
his
faithfull
seruaunt
:
this
is
applyed
to
Christ
Heb.
10.5
.
]
Verse
7.
Then
sayde
I
:
lo
,
I
come
[
vz.
readilye
and
willingly
,
when
I
vnderstoode
thy
will
]
in
the
roales
of
thy
booke
[
i.
in
the
law
,
and
this
he
speaketh
according
to
the
Iewes
both
in
time
heretofore
and
at
this
day
,
who
writ
in
parchment
or
paper
,
and
afterwardes
role
them
vp
,
because
they
will
longer
last
roaled
then
folded
]
written
of
mee
[
i.
concerning
mée
.
]
Verse
8.
Thy
Lawe
is
within
my
harte
[
i.
I
doe
earnestlye
,
and
from
the
bottome
of
my
hart
,
reuerence
,
imbrace
,
and
loue
thy
lawe
,
sée
Philip.
1.8
.
]
Verse
9.
Thy
righteousnesse
[
i.
howe
iust
and
good
thou
art
,
in
the
performaunce
of
thy
promises
.
]
Refrayne
my
lippes
[
vz.
from
declaring
that
]
O
Lord
thou
knowest
[
vz.
that
this
is
true
that
I
speake
and
that
I
vtter
it
from
my
hart
.
]
Verse
10.
Is
verye
well
expounded
in
the
Geneua
note
.
]
Verse
11.
He
beséecheth
the
Lord
to
shewe
his
mercye
and
truth
towards
him
,
and
to
make
him
by
effects
to
féele
the
same
.
]
Verse
12.
Conteyneth
a
reason
why
the
Lord
should
shew
him
mercy
,
because
hee
is
in
suche
great
affliction
]
haue
compassed
mée
[
vz.
on
euery
side
,
within
and
without
]
my
sinnes
[
i.
both
my
sinnes
,
and
the
punishmentes
that
lye
vppon
mée
for
the
same
,
sée
Psalme
32.4
.
Psalme
38.2.3.4
.
]
and
hée
meaneth
by
that
whiche
followeth
,
that
they
pressed
him
so
downe
,
that
hée
was
not
able
to
lift
vp
his
heade
,
or
as
a
man
woulde
saye
to
beholde
the
Heauens
]
then
the
heares
of
myne
heade
[
i.
they
are
innumerable
]
my
harte
[
i.
my
courage
,
witte
,
counsell
,
&c.
hath
fayled
me
[
i.
hath
bene
as
it
were
consumed
,
vz.
by
earnest
thinking
vppon
them
.
]
Verse
13.
Let
it
please
thée
[
Hée
flieth
to
Gods
good
will
,
sée
Psalme
38.21.22
.
Ver.
14.
Let
them
bée
,
&c.
Sée
Psalme
35.
(
4.
and
26.
)
where
you
haue
almost
the
same
words
.
]
Verse
15.
For
a
rewarde
[
i.
as
a
méete
and
iust
punishmente
]
of
their
shame
[
i.
of
their
filthye
and
shamefull
life
,
sée
Psalme
28.4
.
]
Aha
,
Aha
,
[
sée
Psalme
35.21
.
]
Verse
16.
That
séeke
thée
[
vz.
with
a
sincere
and
vprighte
harte
,
and
that
to
serue
thée
]
in
thee
[
i.
for
thée
,
and
for
the
gracious
deliueraunces
that
thou
bestowest
vppon
them
]
that
loue
thy
saluation
[
i.
like
and
reioyce
in
thy
sauing
health
and
deliueraunces
]
saye
alwayes
[
i.
haue
alwayes
an
occasion
to
say
]
the
Lorde
be
praysed
[
vz.
for
the
continuall
mercy
and
goodnes
,
which
hée
hath
shewed
vnto
vs
.
]
Ver.
17.
Though
I
be
poore
and
néedy
[
i.
destitute
of
all
mans
ayde
]
thinketh
on
me
[
vz.
to
doe
me
good
,
or
else
prouideth
for
me
,
&
my
matters
]
thou
art
my
helper
and
my
deliuerer
[
q.d.
I
néed
not
be
proud
,
when
I
doe
any
thing
well
,
for
I
doe
it
by
thy
helpe
who
art
wont
to
deliuer
me
from
troubles
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Patient
abiding
the
Lords
leasure
is
neuer
vnrecompenced
.
Ver.
2.
God
sheweth
himself
then
most
nigh
to
his
children
,
when
they
are
in
the
greatest
daunger
.
Verse
.
3.
By
graces
bestowed
vppon
his
children
,
GOD
deliuereth
two
doctrines
,
the
one
,
that
those
that
haue
receiued
them
shoulde
prayse
him
,
the
other
that
those
that
haue
not
receiued
them
,
should
learne
thereby
to
reuerence
him
,
and
put
their
trust
in
the
truth
of
his
promises
.
Verse
4.
GOD
onely
must
be
trusted
vnto
,
as
for
proude
and
deceitfull
persons
they
are
to
be
abhorred
.
Verse
5.
Gods
workes
are
past
our
reache
.
Verse
6.
God
preferreth
obedience
,
speciallye
in
the
harte
,
before
outwarde
Ceremonies
.
Verse
7.
Teacheth
vs
chearefully
when
wée
knowe
Gods
worde
,
to
obaye
the
same
.
Verse
8.
Teacheth
vs
to
reuerence
the
law
and
worde
of
God
aboue
all
.
Verse
9.10
.
To
set
forth
Gods
goodnesse
,
righteousnesse
,
&
truth
,
to
the
vttermost
of
our
powers
.
Ver.
11.
Continually
to
pray
for
the
féeling
of
Gods
mercy
and
truth
.
Verse
12.
Describeth
the
gréeuousnesse
of
sinne
,
and
the
horrible
effectes
of
the
same
.
Verse
13.14.15.16
.
We
learne
to
make
prayer
as
for
our selues
,
so
for
others
,
and
yet
withall
to
pray
against
the
malicious
and
obstinate
enimies
of
Gods
truth
.
Verse
17.
God
reiecteth
none
for
his
pouerty
or
néede
,
but
the
more
he
is
in
distresse
,
the
readier
is
the
Lord
to
helpe
him
,
if
hée
be
his
.
Psalme
41.
THis
Psalme
may
be
deuided
into
thrée
parts
.
Di.
Firste
Dauid
declareth
what
good
estate
they
are
in
,
that
pitie
the
afflicted
and
néedye
in
their
calamities
and
distresse
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
end
of
the
fourth
.
In
the
seconde
hee
describeth
the
mischieuous
mindes
of
his
enimies
agaynst
him
,
and
the
practises
of
his
counterfeyted
friends
,
from
verse
5.
to
the
ende
of
the
ninth
.
In
the
third
he
prayeth
vnto
the
Lord
for
deliueraunce
,
and
assuring
as
it
were
himselfe
thereof
,
he
concludeth
with
thankesgiuing
,
from
verse
10.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
Title
is
expounded
before
.
Verse
2.
Se.
Kéepe
him
[
vz.
from
the
violence
and
rage
of
his
enemies
]
preserue
him
aliue
[
vz.
euen
here
vppon
the
earth
from
many
daungers
)
hee
shall
bee
blessed
vppon
the
earth
(
i.
hée
shall
haue
abundaunce
of
blessinges
powred
forth
vpon
him
in
this
life
)
and
thou
(
vz.
O
God
,
a
sodayne
chaunge
of
the
person
)
vnto
the
will
(
vz.
that
they
shoulde
doe
with
him
what
they
list
,
sée
Psalme
27.12
.
)
Ver.
3.
Vpon
the
bed
of
sorrowe
[
i.
when
being
sorrowful
and
gréeued
hee
doth
for
verye
weakenesse
kéepe
his
bedde
:
putting
the
place
wherevpon
the
heauy
harted
partye
lyeth
,
for
the
partie
himselfe
,
and
his
wonderfull
gréefe
)
thou
hast
turned
(
a
chaunge
of
the
person
as
before
ver.
2.
&
of
the
time
,
by
turning
he
meaneth
changed
)
all
his
bedde
(
i.
all
the
gréefe
hee
had
vppon
his
bedde
)
in
his
sicknesse
(
i.
in
the
time
of
his
sicknesse
.
The
Prophet
meaneth
that
God
either
had
or
would
)
for
the
Prophets
vse
to
speake
sundry
times
of
things
that
are
to
come
,
as
though
they
were
alredy
done
)
restore
him
from
sicknes
to
health
,
&
from
gréefe
of
mynde
and
body
to
soundnes
both
of
body
&
soule
.
)
ver.
4.
Therfore
I
sayd
(
vz.
because
I
saw
thy
goodnes
towards
others
)
my
soule
(
i.
me
my self
both
in
body
&
soule
,
a
part
for
the
whole
.
]
Verse
.
5.
Speake
euill
of
mee
[
i.
Wish
euill
to
me
,
as
may
appeare
by
that
which
followeth
in
this
verse
,
They
desired
his
death
]
and
his
name
[
i.
not
only
his
glory
,
but
his
remembraunce
]
perish
[
vz.
from
amongst
men
.
]
Verse
6.
He
come
[
a
sodain
chaunge
of
the
number
,
putting
one
eyther
for
some
excellent
one
amongest
them
,
or
for
many
]
to
sée
me
[
vz.
when
I
am
sicke
]
he
speaketh
lyes
[
because
he
hath
one
thing
in
his
mouth
,
and
another
thing
in
his
hart
,
see
Psalme
35.15
.
]
his
hart
heapeth
iniquitie
within
him
[
i.
he
carrieth
an
innumerable
number
of
mischiefs
in
his
hart
againste
mée
,
which
he
declareth
to
his
mates
so
soone
as
he
is
departed
from
me
,
and
laboreth
to
put
the
same
in
execution
]
commeth
forth
[
vz.
from
the
place
where
he
had
bin
with
me
]
he
telleth
it
[
vz.
to
his
companions
.
]
Verse
7.
Whisper
together
[
i.
hold
their
secret
counsels
and
conspire
against
me
,
for
by
whispering
he
meaneth
their
secret
spéeches
and
practises
]
myne
hurt
[
i.
the
hurt
they
will
doe
me
.
]
Ver.
8.
A
mischiefe
[
i.
some
great
affliction
,
punishment
,
or
disease
sent
from
God
(
which
his
enemies
called
a
mischiefe
prophanelye
,
as
prophane
men
sometimes
call
it
vengeaunce
,
Acts
28.4
.
)
hath
light
vpon
him
and
taken
such
hold
,
that
he
that
lieth
[
vz.
gréeuously
sicke
vpon
his
bed
,
and
in
it
]
shall
no
more
rise
[
vz.
out
of
his
bed
,
because
they
supposed
hee
shoulde
dye
of
that
disease
.
]
Ver.
9.
My
familiar
friend
[
this
may
be
vnderstood
eyther
of
Absolon
or
Achitophel
,
as
2.
Sam.
15.
or
some
other
trustye
one
]
which
did
eate
of
my
bread
[
i.
that
came
to
my
table
,
and
did
eate
of
the
best
vittails
I
had
there
)
hath
lifted
vp
the
héele
agaynst
me
[
by
héele
we
vnderstande
the
whole
man
,
a
part
being
put
for
the
whole
.
The
meaning
of
the
Prophet
is
,
that
not
onelye
he
,
whosoeuer
he
was
,
did
set
himselfe
against
him
,
but
that
also
hee
did
it
despightfully
and
contemptuously
:
for
to
lift
vp
the
héele
or
foote
,
to
the
ende
to
trample
vnder
féete
or
to
spurne
,
argueth
contempt
,
despight
,
and
crueltye
.
This
by
our
Sauiour
is
applyed
to
Iudas
,
Iohn
13.18
.
]
Verse
10.
Rayse
me
vp
[
vz.
to
my
former
strength
and
glory
)
so
shal
I
reward
them
(
vz.
according
to
my
kingly
calling
and
office
,
rendring
vnto
them
that
they
haue
deserued
.
)
Ver.
11.
He
vseth
the
present
tense
for
the
future
which
is
vsuall
also
in
scripture
,
because
of
the
certaine
perswasion
that
they
haue
,
that
the
thing
shall
bee
performed
,
and
therefore
,
I
know
,
is
put
for
I
shall
know
:
and
so
,
doth
not
triumphe
,
for
,
shall
not
triumphe
,
meaning
it
of
those
that
be
named
before
,
or
some
such
like
.
)
Verse
12.
Set
me
before
thy
face
(
i.
hast
me
not
only
in
continuall
,
but
in
mercifull
remembraunce
,
as
those
that
are
continually
in
the
presence
and
fauour
of
Princes
.
)
Ver.
13.
Blessed
(
i.
Praised
,
so
you
shal
haue
this
word
often
vsed
in
the
Psalmes
)
of
Israel
(
i.
of
his
faythfull
people
,
sée
Psalm
14.7
.
)
world
without
end
(
i.
for
euer
and
euer
.
Do.
Ver.
1.2.3
.
Teache
vs
to
pitie
those
that
are
afflicted
,
and
for
our
better
incouragement
therein
,
the
Lord
hath
set
downe
certaine
promises
,
whiche
hee
will
performe
alwayes
vnto
vs
,
so
farre
forth
as
he
shall
sée
,
to
be
for
his
glory
and
our
comfort
.
Ver.
4.
Sinne
draweth
all
iudgements
vpon
vs
,
both
in
soule
and
body
.
Ver.
5.
The
vngodly
wish
the
death
of
the
faythfull
.
Ver.
6.
The
vngodly
are
full
of
lying
and
hipocrisie
.
Verse
7.
They
craftily
conspire
the
hurte
and
destruction
of
the
godly
.
Ver.
8.
They
reioyce
and
clap
their
hands
for
ioye
in
his
misery
and
affliction
.
Ver.
9.
A
mans
enemies
are
they
of
his
owne
houshold
as
it
were
,
and
it
so
falleth
out
many
times
that
where
Gods
children
assure
themselues
of
greatest
friendship
,
there
they
find
least
whiche
teacheth
vs
not
to
hang
vpon
man
.
Verse
10.
We
must
flie
to
the
Lord
onlye
in
all
our
distresses
.
Ver.
11.
Gods
deliueraunce
of
his
children
,
is
a
testimony
of
his
fauour
towards
them
.
Verse
12.
All
our
sufficiency
to
goodnesse
,
is
from
God
aloue
,
and
that
of
his
mercy
only
.
Verse
13.
God
must
be
continually
praysed
for
his
louing
kindnesse
,
and
we
must
alwayes
giue
a
thorow
and
earnest
consente
thereto
.
Psalme
42.
THis
Psalme
consisteth
of
two
partes
.
Di.
In
the
firste
the
Prophet
declareth
what
great
desire
he
had
to
serue
God
among
the
faythfull
,
whiche
because
hée
coulde
not
performe
,
he
sheweth
further
into
what
great
heauinesse
he
fell
therefore
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
fifte
.
In
the
second
he
runneth
to
God
praying
comfort
from
him
,
and
labouring
by
all
meanes
he
coulde
to
comfort
himselfe
ouer
that
heauinesse
and
sorrow
,
from
verse
6.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
,
to
him
that
excelleth
[
this
is
expounded
before
Psalme
4.
Se.
]
a
Psalme
to
giue
instruction
[
this
is
expounded
Psalme
32
]
committed
to
the
sonnes
of
Korah
[
not
onely
to
bée
kepte
as
a
treasure
,
but
to
bee
sung
also
by
that
posterity
amongest
whome
it
shoulde
séeme
that
one
Heman
was
the
chéefe
,
1.
Chron.
6.33
.
1.
Chron.
25.5
.
]
Verse
1.
Vnder
a
similitude
of
the
Hart
,
which
by
reason
of
naturall
heate
,
much
desireth
waters
,
as
appeareth
by
them
that
haue
written
of
the
nature
of
them
,
Dauid
setteth
oute
his
earnest
desire
to
serue
GOD
before
the
Arke
]
after
thée
,
O
GOD
[
i.
after
thy
seruice
and
worship
,
and
after
the
beholdinge
of
thy
Maiestye
,
a
visible
token
whereof
thou
shewest
in
thy
Tabernacle
:
and
the
worde
of
parting
woulde
bée
marked
,
by
whiche
Dauid
sheweth
,
not
onlye
the
great
paynes
that
hee
hadde
taken
therefore
,
but
euen
that
that
little
breath
whiche
hee
had
yet
lefte
,
hee
imployed
that
waye
.
]
Verse
2.
My
soule
[
i.
I
my selfe
whollye
]
thyrsteth
[
i.
earnestlye
desyreth
,
euen
as
those
that
bee
almost
ouercome
with
thyrst
,
wishe
for
drinke
]
euen
for
the
liuing
God
[
This
terme
hée
vseth
,
to
put
a
difference
betwéene
the
God
which
he
meant
,
and
whom
he
serued
,
and
the
dead
idols
of
the
Gentiles
]
before
the
presence
of
GOD
[
hée
meaneth
by
this
the
Tabernacle
where
God
gaue
visible
signes
of
his
presence
,
and
not
as
though
hee
were
or
coulde
be
at
anye
time
out
of
his
sight
,
sée
Psalme
139.7.8
.
&c.
]
Verse
3.
The
Prophet
meaneth
,
that
by
reason
of
abundance
and
continuance
of
teares
that
fell
from
him
,
he
might
be
sayd
to
bée
fedde
as
it
were
therewith
,
sée
Psalme
80.5
.
]
while
they
[
i.
the
Enemyes
]
thy
GOD
[
vz.
in
whome
heretofore
thou
diddest
trust
:
this
is
a
moste
bitter
vpbrayding
of
the
godly
.
]
Verse
4.
These
thinges
[
i.
Both
the
reproches
of
the
enemie
,
and
my
frequenting
of
the
Tabernacle
with
the
rest
of
Gods
people
.
]
I
poured
out
my
hearte
[
i.
my
courage
consumed
as
it
were
,
and
my
strength
wasted
awaye
,
see
Iob
30.16
.
]
hee
meaneth
in
this
Verse
,
that
hée
was
as
it
were
halfe
deade
,
when
hee
remembred
the
enemies
reproches
on
the
one
side
,
and
on
the
other
side
,
the
wonderfull
pleasure
whiche
hée
tooke
in
the
holy
assemblies
,
going
before
them
as
a
Captaine
or
ringleader
to
the
rest
]
that
kéepeth
a
Feast
[
vz.
vnto
the
Lorde
,
wherein
there
was
great
mirth
vsed
,
as
maye
appeare
by
sundrye
places
.
]
Verse
5.
Cast
downe
[
vz.
into
doubting
and
heauinesse
]
vnquiet
within
mee
[
i.
meaning
by
reason
of
gréefe
]
the
helpe
of
his
presence
[
i.
the
ayde
and
deliueraunce
]
which
his
presence
[
i.
his
fauour
and
goodnesse
hath
giuen
vs
:
For
so
is
Gods
presence
often
tymes
vsed
,
and
namelye
in
these
Psalmes
.
]
Verse
6.
From
the
Lande
of
Iorden
[
i.
I
being
in
the
Lande
of
Iorden
,
whiche
is
a
place
very
muche
distaunt
from
Ierusalem
,
where
thyne
Arke
is
,
or
from
the
place
where
thou
arte
serued
,
so
likewise
is
Hermonim
,
and
the
mount
Mizar
,
which
some
take
to
be
a
place
vnknowne
euen
to
the
Iewes
themselues
]
whatsoeuer
it
is
,
this
he
meaneth
,
that
hee
was
much
greeued
,
being
in
a
countrie
farre
from
the
place
where
GOD
was
serued
,
to
thinke
that
hee
was
depriued
of
the
assemblyes
of
his
Saynts
.
]
Verse
7.
One
déepe
[
i.
One
greate
and
gréeuous
affliction
]
calleth
another
déepe
[
i.
exhorteth
as
it
were
,
another
to
come
,
that
by
accesse
thereof
my
afflictions
maye
growe
as
it
were
to
infynitenesse
,
as
Psalme
40.12
.
]
by
the
noyse
[
i.
in
suche
manner
,
and
with
suche
greate
noyse
,
as
]
thy
Water-spoutes
[
i.
thy
Cloudes
sende
downe
the
rayne
,
sée
Iob
38.25
.
and
he
iustly
resembleth
the
Cloudes
to
Spoutes
,
because
they
both
poure
downe
,
and
with
hold
agayne
,
as
it
pleaseth
God
to
appoynte
and
rule
]
all
thy
Waues
and
floudes
[
i.
great
and
gréeuous
afflictions
sent
from
thée
]
are
gone
ouer
me
[
i.
haue
in
a
manner
ouerwhelmed
me
,
Psalme
38.4
.
]
Verse
8.
Will
graunte
[
i.
graciouslye
giue
,
and
make
me
to
féele
]
the
nighte
[
vz.
of
the
day
before
wherein
I
haue
felt
his
goodnesse
]
of
him
[
i.
both
of
him
and
his
prayses
,
meaning
that
he
would
prayse
him
]
the
God
of
my
life
[
i.
the
author
of
my
life
and
being
:
for
in
him
we
liue
,
moue
,
and
haue
our
being
,
Acts
17.
]
Verse
9.
My
rocke
[
sée
Psal.
18.2
.
]
forgotten
me
[
sée
Psalme
13.1
.
]
Verse
10.
He
noteth
what
great
gréefe
he
indureth
by
the
vngodlies
spéeches
.
Ver.
11.
Is
expounded
before
ver.
5.
of
this
Psalme
.
Do.
Verse
1.2
.
Teache
what
an
earnest
loue
and
desire
we
shoulde
haue
to
serue
God
in
the
assemblie
of
his
Saynts
.
Verse
3.
declareth
what
greate
gréefe
we
shoulde
haue
to
heare
GOD
reproched
,
the
same
doth
verse
4.
Verse
5.
that
we
should
labour
to
comfort
our selues
by
all
the
lawfull
meanes
wée
can
.
Verse
6.
and
namely
by
hauing
recourse
vnto
our
GOD
,
who
is
the
God
of
all
comfort
,
2.
Cor.
1.
Verse
7.
teacheth
two
thinges
,
first
that
the
latter
end
of
one
trouble
with
Gods
children
is
the
beginning
of
an
other
:
secondly
that
we
should
not
dispaire
vnder
the
multitude
of
our
afflictions
.
Ver.
8.
We
ought
to
be
wel
and
assuredly
perswaded
that
God
will
haue
mercye
on
vs
.
Al
the
rest
is
touched
before
verse
3.5
.
Psalme
43.
THis
Psalme
may
be
deuided
into
two
parts
.
Di.
In
the
firste
the
Prophet
prayeth
to
God
,
to
take
the
iudgement
of
his
cause
into
his
hand
,
and
to
graunt
him
his
fauour
,
and
this
is
in
the
thrée
first
verses
.
In
the
second
he
promiseth
thankfulnes
to
God
,
for
that
and
other
benefits
,
comforting
himself
what
he
could
in
his
troubles
,
and
this
is
in
the
two
last
verses
of
the
Psalme
.
This
Psalme
hath
no
Title
,
no
more
hath
Psalme
10.
and
also
Psalme
33.
Se.
but
it
séemeth
to
be
written
vppon
the
same
occasion
that
the
42.
was
,
vz.
that
being
driuen
out
of
his
Countrie
by
the
violence
of
his
enimies
,
and
wanting
the
vse
of
Gods
exercises
,
hee
prayeth
deliueraunce
from
the
one
,
and
restitution
to
the
other
.
Verse
1.
Iudge
me
[
i.
Pronounce
sentence
agaynst
mine
enemies
,
and
cleare
me
]
deceitfull
and
wicked
man
[
i.
it
may
be
that
he
meaneth
Saule
as
the
chéefe
,
but
I
rather
take
it
to
bée
the
singular
number
put
for
the
plurall
,
or
else
one
moste
notorious
,
put
for
all
the
rest
of
the
vngodly
:
sée
for
the
more
cleare
exposition
of
this
verse
,
1.
Samuel
24.9.10
.
and
so
foorth
to
the
ende
.
]
Verse
2.
The
GOD
of
my
strength
[
i.
thou
art
he
from
whome
I
haue
receaued
all
the
strength
I
haue
,
and
by
that
strength
and
power
that
thou
haste
giuen
mée
,
haste
deliuered
mee
hitherto
from
all
daungers
]
Why
haste
thou
put
me
awaye
[
vz.
from
thée
,
hee
expressed
this
Psalme
42.9
.
in
these
wordes
:
Why
haste
thou
forgotten
mee
?
Thus
fleshe
and
blood
debateth
the
matter
with
GOD
,
when
they
are
left
some
small
time
in
affliction
]
Why
goe
I
so
,
&c.
[
These
wordes
are
worde
for
worde
,
Psalme
42.9
.
He
meaneth
,
that
notwithstanding
the
enemie
did
wonderfully
trouble
him
,
yet
hee
shoulde
haue
raysed
vp
himselfe
,
in
the
hope
and
comfort
that
he
had
or
might
haue
,
in
the
GOD
of
his
strength
.
]
Verse
3.
Sende
[
vz.
to
mée
]
thy
light
[
i.
thy
gracious
fauour
]
and
thy
truth
[
i.
Faythfulnesse
,
and
true
performing
of
that
whiche
hée
had
promised
,
q.d.
of
thy
fauour
and
goodnesse
helpe
them
that
are
oppressed
,
and
by
that
succoure
sente
them
from
thée
,
make
them
to
féele
the
truth
of
thy
promises
]
lette
them
[
i.
thy
lighte
and
thy
truth
]
leade
mée
[
vz.
to
the
apprehension
of
thy
goodnesse
and
mercye
]
and
lette
them
bring
mee
vnto
thy
holye
Mountayne
[
vz.
where
thy
Arke
is
,
whiche
was
then
Kiriath
Iearim
,
a
Towne
set
vppon
a
Mountayne
,
as
it
shoulde
séeme
,
1.
Samuell
6.21
.
]
and
to
thy
Tabernacles
[
i.
to
all
the
places
where
the
shall
bee
pitched
for
thy
Arke
,
for
the
temple
was
not
builded
till
the
raigne
of
his
sonne
Salomon
.
Now
the
Arke
was
sometimes
at
Shiloh
1.
Samuel
1.3
.
Sometimes
at
Kiriath
Iearim
as
1.
Samuel
6.21
.
Sometymes
at
Nob
,
1.
Samuel
21.6.7
.
Sometimes
at
Gibion
,
1.
Kings
3.4
.
2.
Chron.
1.3
.
and
this
is
the
reason
,
why
it
is
called
here
,
and
in
other
places
of
the
Psalmes
,
as
Psalme
84.1
.
Tabernacles
in
the
plurall
number
,
vz.
because
it
was
sette
vp
,
at
sundrye
times
in
sundrye
places
.
]
Verse
4.
Then
[
i.
When
this
shall
be
graunted
mee
from
GOD
]
I
will
goe
[
vz
with
Sacrifices
and
offerings
]
vnto
the
altar
of
God
[
vz.
that
I
may
offer
them
thereon
,
in
these
wordes
he
promiseth
,
a
willing
,
frée
,
and
thankfull
seruice
vnto
God
]
the
God
of
my
ioy
and
gladnesse
[
i.
hee
that
is
the
Author
thereof
,
as
verse
2.
of
this
Psalme
,
hee
is
called
the
GOD
of
his
strength
:
and
by
doubling
the
wordes
,
ioye
and
gladnesse
,
which
meane
all
one
thing
,
he
meaneth
the
wonderfull
greate
and
excéedinge
ioye
that
GOD
eyther
had
,
or
would
giue
him
]
vppon
the
Harpe
[
hee
addeth
this
Instrumente
,
to
bée
as
it
were
a
testimonye
outwarde
,
of
his
thankfulnesse
,
sée
Psalme
33.2
.
]
Verse
5.
Is
expounded
before
,
Psalme
42.5.12
.
Hee
is
my
presente
helpe
[
i.
ready
at
all
assayes
to
helpe
me
,
and
to
giue
mée
wonderfull
deliueraunces
.
Do.
Verse
1.
We
maye
at
Gods
handes
by
prayer
begge
,
defence
against
,
and
deliueraunce
from
cruell
,
subtill
,
and
wicked
persons
.
Verse
2.
It
is
good
,
the
more
the
enemy
rageth
to
cheare
our selues
in
God
.
Ver.
3.
The
féeling
of
Gods
fauoure
and
the
truth
of
his
promises
,
two
notable
poyntes
to
comfort
vs
in
all
our
distresses
:
also
wée
must
haue
an
earnest
desire
to
the
holye
and
publique
assemblies
of
GOD.
Verse
4.
Thankfulnesse
both
inwardlye
and
outwardlye
,
would
be
rendred
to
God
for
his
mercies
bestowed
vpon
vs
.
Verse
5.
It
is
good
for
vs
to
comfort
our selues
in
our
afflictions
,
and
patiently
to
tarrye
the
Lordes
leasure
,
who
wil
neuer
fayle
vs
,
if
we
hang
wholy
and
stedfastly
vpon
him
.
Psalme
.
44.
Di.
THis
Psalme
maye
bée
deuided
into
thrée
partes
.
In
the
firste
the
faythfull
declare
,
what
greate
workes
GOD
in
goodnesse
had
done
,
for
their
forefathers
and
them
,
from
the
firste
verse
to
the
ende
of
the
eyght
.
In
the
second
they
shewe
,
howe
that
GOD
,
as
it
were
hauing
forgotten
himself
,
had
left
them
in
moste
miserable
case
to
their
enimies
,
from
the
ninth
verse
to
the
ende
of
the
sixtéenth
.
In
the
thirde
,
they
shewe
that
for
all
their
miseries
they
forgate
not
God
,
and
therefore
pray
,
and
that
earnestly
for
succour
and
reléefe
from
him
,
from
verse
17.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
Title
is
expounded
before
,
Psalme
42.
The
author
of
this
Psalme
is
vnknowne
,
and
the
tyme
to
as
of
certaintye
,
wherein
it
shoulde
bée
written
notwithstanding
there
is
some
probable
appearaunce
,
eyther
after
the
returne
of
the
people
oute
of
Babilon
,
or
else
in
the
time
of
their
exyle
.
Verse
1.
Hearde
with
our
eares
[
i.
assuredly
and
certaynly
hearde
]
our
Fathers
[
i.
our
Auncestors
]
haue
told
vs
[
vz.
both
by
wordes
and
writing
]
in
their
dayes
[
i.
in
the
times
wherein
they
liued
]
in
the
old
time
[
i.
euen
long
agoe
,
that
the
people
might
the
more
moue
God
,
to
comfort
them
in
their
miserie
,
they
reckon
vp
his
greate
goodnesse
shewed
vnto
their
forefathers
.
]
Ver.
2.
Driuen
out
[
vz.
of
the
land
which
they
possessed
and
inhabited
]
with
thine
hand
[
i.
by
thy
power
and
might
,
as
sundry
times
in
the
booke
of
Psalmes
]
planted
them
[
i.
surely
set
,
and
as
it
were
rooted
them
]
to
growe
[
i.
to
multiplye
and
to
increase
wonderfully
.
]
Verse
3.
Inherited
not
[
i.
atteyned
not
to
the
inheritaunce
or
possession
of
the
land
]
by
their
owne
sworde
[
i.
by
the
weapons
and
armour
whiche
they
had
]
their
own
arme
[
i.
their
owne
power
and
strength
]
saue
them
[
i.
deliuer
them
from
daunger
and
distresses
]
but
thy
right
hand
,
&
thyne
arme
[
i.
thy
strength
,
might
,
and
power
only
]
and
the
light
of
thy
countenaunce
[
i.
thy
moste
mercifull
fauour
and
presence
,
in
whiche
thou
wentest
before
them
,
and
shewest
thy selfe
fauourable
vnto
them
,
Sée
for
the
proofe
of
this
Exodus
15.13
.
Ieoshu
24.12.13
.
&c.
]
Verse
4.
Thou
art
my
King
[
these
are
the
wordes
of
the
people
,
that
thorow
Gods
goodnesse
inhabited
the
Lande
of
promise
:
and
they
saye
,
My
King
,
because
all
the
faythfull
were
but
as
one
man
]
vnto
Iaakob
[
i.
vnto
the
Israelites
that
came
of
Iaakob
,
the
Father
of
the
Nation
,
for
the
Nation
it selfe
,
sée
Psalme
14.7
.
]
Verse
5.
Thorow
thée
[
i.
the
might
and
strength
that
thou
hast
giuen
vs
]
haue
wée
thrust
backe
[
vz.
as
Beastes
doe
with
their
hornes
,
for
suche
a
worde
hée
vseth
in
this
place
,
sée
Deutronom.
33.17
.
they
meane
that
they
had
beaten
backe
and
ouerthrowne
those
that
assaulted
them
)
by
thy
name
(
i.
by
thy
vertue
,
power
,
and
grace
,
as
Psalm
20.1
.
)
haue
we
troden
down
(
vz.
vnder
our
féet
,
noting
by
this
spéech
both
the
weakenesse
of
their
aduersaries
,
&
the
ouerthrow
that
they
gaue
them
,
despising
them
also
as
dust
vnder
their
féete
.
)
Verse
6.
By
Bowe
and
Sworde
,
he
meaneth
all
maner
Weapons
and
warlike
Instrumentes
whatsoeuer
)
and
by
sauing
(
he
meaneth
deliuering
from
daungers
,
speaking
vnder
the
person
of
one
(
because
all
the
faythfull
are
but
one
body
)
in
the
name
of
all
the
rest
.
)
Verse
7.
Saued
vs
(
i.
set
vs
frée
,
and
deliuered
vs
,
marke
the
sodayne
chaunging
of
the
number
)
from
our
Aduersaries
(
i.
from
all
their
force
and
subtile
practises
)
and
haste
put
them
to
confusion
(
vz.
in
defending
vs
,
and
in
ouerthrowing
them
.
)
Verse
8.
will
confesse
(
i.
thanke
,
as
often
in
these
Psalmes
and
Luke
10.21
.
)
thy
name
(
sée
verse
seuen
of
this
Psalme
.
)
Verse
9.
Farre
off
(
vz.
from
helping
vs
)
puttest
vs
to
confusion
(
i.
makest
vs
ashamed
,
and
that
before
thyne
and
our
enemyes
,
because
thou
doest
not
helpe
vs
)
and
goest
not
foorth
(
vz
to
battayle
,
fighting
for
vs
,
as
thou
was
wonte
to
doe
:
and
giuing
vs
victorie
ouer
all
our
enemies
.
)
Verse
10.
To
turne
backe
(
i.
thorow
faynthartednesse
,
to
flée
before
him
)
spoyle
(
vz.
vs
,
and
oure
substaunce
)
Verse
11.
Thou
giuest
vs
[
vz.
ouer
to
the
rage
and
crueltye
of
oure
enimyes
,
]
as
Shéepe
to
bee
eaten
[
i.
whiche
shoulde
bee
presentlye
killed
,
and
presentlye
deuoured
,
vnder
whiche
similitude
,
they
set
out
the
greate
daunger
and
extreamitye
they
were
in
]
and
doest
scatter
vs
among
the
Heathen
[
this
was
an
other
punishmente
,
and
that
verye
gréeuous
to
bee
amongest
a
people
,
among
whome
GOD
was
blasphemed
,
and
they
themselues
to
wante
the
exercises
of
Gods
Religion
.
]
Verse
12.
Thou
sellest
thy
people
[
by
this
manner
of
spéeche
they
mynde
to
declare
,
that
GOD
had
them
not
in
that
estimation
and
regarde
that
hée
had
their
forefathers
:
q.d.
We
are
vile
and
despised
in
thyne
eyes
,
because
wee
are
solde
to
the
enemyes
on
euerye
side
of
vs
,
for
a
little
or
nothing
,
neither
yet
arte
thou
thy selfe
inriched
by
the
sale
of
vs
.
]
Verse
13.
They
meane
,
that
GOD
had
giuen
them
ouer
to
their
neighbours
to
bee
mocked
,
and
scorned
,
by
all
the
meanes
the
vngodlye
coulde
deuyse
,
as
by
ieasling
spéeches
,
laughing
countenaunces
,
and
gestures
that
fauoured
of
scoffing
.
]
Verse
14.
A
Prouerbe
[
i.
a
common
by-worde
,
meaning
that
they
and
their
name
,
were
in
greate
reproche
amonge
the
Gentiles
,
and
they
had
them
continuallye
in
their
mouthes
,
so
that
their
common
sentences
and
spéeches
,
were
not
more
rife
in
their
mouthes
,
than
the
calamitye
and
myserie
of
the
Iewes
]
and
a
nodding
of
the
heade
[
i.
a
continuall
skoffe
and
mocking
stocke
as
it
were
,
sée
Psalme
22
,
7.
2.
Kings
19
,
21.
]
Verse
1.
My
confusion
,
[
marke
the
sodayne
chaunging
of
the
number
,
sée
for
this
purpose
also
Verse
6.
of
this
Psalme
]
is
daylye
before
mee
[
i.
I
euery
day
or
continuallye
beholde
,
and
therefore
can
hardlye
forget
the
confusion
and
shame
that
lyeth
vppon
vs
]
the
shame
of
my
face
[
i.
the
shame
wherewith
my
face
is
,
as
it
were
,
ouercouered
,
hath
wroughte
this
effecte
,
that
I
am
ashamed
,
or
for
shame
I
dare
not
looke
vp
.
]
Verse
16.
This
verse
hangeth
vppon
the
former
,
thus
:
q.d.
I
am
altogether
ashamed
,
by
reason
of
the
opprobrious
spéeches
of
the
enemyes
]
for
the
voyce
[
i.
for
the
wordes
whiche
they
that
slaunder
vs
and
rebuke
vs
,
vtter
agaynste
GOD
and
vs
]
and
auenger
[
vz.
of
themselues
,
and
their
owne
causes
,
meaning
thereby
the
crueltye
and
bloodinesse
of
these
men
:
and
this
is
to
bee
noted
,
that
they
speake
of
all
their
enimies
vnder
the
name
of
one
,
and
in
the
singular
number
,
meaning
notwithstanding
all
whatsoeuer
.
]
Verse
17.
They
declare
that
by
no
troubles
,
they
coulde
bee
drawne
awaye
from
trust
in
GOD
,
and
from
that
trueth
of
his
Religion
,
whiche
they
had
imbraced
]
yet
doe
wée
not
forget
thée
[
vz.
as
those
that
make
little
accounte
of
thée
and
thy
Religion
]
neyther
deale
wée
falslye
concerning
thy
couenaunt
[
vz.
made
with
vs
,
they
meane
that
they
had
indeauoured
to
the
vttermost
of
their
powers
,
to
abstayne
from
the
breache
thereof
.
]
Verse
18.
They
declare
what
it
is
to
breake
Gods
couenaunt
:
vz.
in
affection
of
minde
to
turne
away
from
him
,
for
that
they
meane
by
hart
,
or
in
action
or
conuersation
openlye
to
violate
,
vnderstanding
by
steppes
,
outwarde
behauiour
,
and
by
Gods
pathes
,
the
wayes
,
wordes
,
and
law
which
hee
hath
appoynted
them
to
walke
in
,
euen
as
it
were
a
path
beaten
way
.
]
Verse
19.
Thou
hast
smitten
vs
downe
[
i.
cast
vs
downe
as
it
were
with
a
blowe
.
Marke
howe
hée
ascribeth
this
to
GOD
,
because
the
Chaldeans
or
other
their
enimyes
,
whosoeuer
they
were
,
coulde
doe
nothing
withoute
him
]
into
the
place
of
Dragons
[
i.
into
desolate
and
solitarie
places
,
for
they
delight
to
dwel
there
,
or
else
into
countries
,
the
inhabitantes
whereof
are
no
lesse
cruell
then
Dragons
:
or
as
Immanuel
readeth
,
into
the
place
of
Whales
,
i.
into
the
moste
déepe
Sea
:
whatsoeuer
it
is
,
they
meane
,
that
they
were
caste
into
moste
horrible
and
gréeuous
daungers
]
and
couered
vs
[
i.
ouerwhelmed
vs
]
with
the
shadowe
of
death
[
i.
with
moste
manifest
daungers
,
which
séeme
to
bring
nothing
but
death
with
them
,
sée
Psalme
23.4
.
]
Verse
20.
If
wee
haue
forgotten
[
i.
made
little
account
of
,
or
nothing
at
all
regarded
,
as
verse
seuentéene
of
this
Psalme
]
the
name
of
our
GOD
[
i.
his
glorye
,
honour
,
worship
and
Religion
]
and
holden
vp
our
handes
[
i.
by
prayer
and
supplication
soughte
helpe
of
anye
other
than
of
the
true
GOD
,
whom
we
worship
,
they
vse
the
signe
of
one
that
worshippeth
and
séeketh
helpe
,
for
the
thing
it selfe
]
to
a
straunge
God
[
i.
to
an
Idoll
,
eyther
one
or
manye
,
nowe
this
verse
is
ended
in
the
nexte
verse
.
]
Verse
21.
Searche
this
out
[
q.d.
It
could
not
be
but
he
would
,
and
addeth
a
reason
as
a
proofe
thereof
,
because
hée
seeth
,
knoweth
,
and
vnderstandeth
euen
the
very
secrete
thoughtes
and
imaginations
of
our
heartes
.
]
Verse
22.
For
thy
sake
[
i.
for
thy
causes
,
as
the
vse
of
thy
worde
,
the
exercise
of
thy
religion
,
&c.
]
are
wée
slayne
[
vz.
thorowe
the
crueltie
of
the
enemyes
,
wée
yet
notwithstanding
willingly
and
chearefully
bearing
the
same
]
as
shéepe
[
vz
appoynted
or
made
readie
for
the
slaughter
.
]
Verse
23.
Vp
,
why
sléepest
thou
[
in
these
verses
following
,
they
praye
God
to
haue
pitie
vpon
them
,
and
to
giue
them
succoure
,
when
God
for
a
time
giueth
vs
ouer
to
the
lust
of
the
wicked
,
hee
séemeth
to
sléepe
as
it
were
,
not
that
hée
doth
so
,
as
appeareth
Psalme
121.4
.
but
it
is
spoken
of
God
after
the
maner
of
men
,
]
Ver.
24.
Thy
face
[
as
those
are
wont
to
do
,
that
loath
to
behold
any
in
great
calamitie
and
affliction
,
and
by
face
,
he
meaneth
fauour
and
goodnesse
]
forgettest
[
i.
makest
as
though
thou
hadst
no
care
or
regarde
of
our
miserie
and
affliction
,
and
of
vs
that
are
oppressed
therewith
.
]
Ver.
25.
For
our
soule
[
i.
the
whole
man
,
but
chéefely
the
life
]
is
beaten
downe
vnto
the
dust
[
i.
is
in
wonderfull
daunger
,
and
almost
past
hope
of
recouery
,
as
they
are
that
are
returning
into
dust
out
of
which
they
were
taken
]
our
bellye
cleaueth
vnto
the
ground
[
vz.
like
those
that
are
ouerthrowne
by
their
enimies
in
fight
,
and
are
so
cast
down
flat
euen
vppon
their
faces
,
that
there
is
no
hope
as
it
were
of
their
rising
againe
,
because
they
séeme
to
be
as
a
man
would
say
glued
to
the
earth
.
]
Ver.
26.
For
our
succour
[
i.
to
helpe
and
succour
vs
]
and
redéeme
vs
[
vz.
from
the
bondage
and
captiuity
wherein
we
are
.
Ver.
1.
It
is
good
for
Ancestors
to
declare
to
their
posterity
,
and
for
the
posterity
to
marke
Gods
works
diligently
declared
vnto
them
,
shewing
out
either
his
power
or
his
mercy
.
Ver.
2.
Declareth
that
God
is
al
in
all
,
either
in
the
ouerthrow
of
his
enemies
,
or
in
the
vpholding
of
his
children
.
Ver.
3.
It
is
not
any
worldly
force
or
meanes
(
though
they
may
be
vsed
,
but
yet
without
trust
in
them
)
but
God
alone
that
performeth
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
him
.
Ver.
4.
Wée
must
pray
for
the
Church
.
Ver.
5.
Gods
power
is
the
Buckler
that
the
faythful
haue
to
trust
to
for
their
owne
defence
,
&
for
the
discomfiture
of
their
enimies
.
Ver.
6.
Trust
must
not
be
reposed
in
any
outward
thing
.
Verse
7.
God
alone
is
the
worker
of
our
deliueraunces
.
Ver.
8.
And
he
onely
must
bee
praysed
therefore
and
that
continually
.
Ver.
9.
God
many
times
leaueth
his
children
,
for
a
while
,
to
the
end
that
he
may
come
to
them
agayne
in
greater
mercye
:
also
if
God
guide
not
the
armie
,
all
is
nothing
.
Ver.
10.
Fainthartednesse
on
the
one
side
,
and
courage
and
stomacke
on
the
other
side
,
is
from
God
.
Ver.
11.12.13.14
.
tende
all
to
one
end
,
vz.
to
set
out
the
poore
and
miserable
estate
wherein
Gods
people
are
many
times
.
Ver.
15.16
.
Teacheth
vs
that
it
is
no
small
gréefe
to
Gods
children
,
to
heare
the
wordes
and
to
sée
and
féele
the
déedes
of
the
vngodly
.
Ver.
17.
teacheth
that
though
there
be
sinne
in
Gods
children
,
why
they
should
be
punished
,
yet
God
doeth
not
alwayes
punishe
them
for
their
sinne
.
Ver.
18.
and
19.
Teache
vs
that
no
affliction
should
make
vs
shrinke
or
fall
away
from
God
,
but
rather
that
our
afflictions
should
draw
vs
more
nigh
vnto
him
.
Ver.
20.21
.
Teach
that
we
should
not
haue
recourse
for
succour
to
any
,
but
to
God
alone
.
If
we
doe
that
God
beholdeth
that
,
and
all
other
our
wickednes
in
good
time
to
punish
it
.
Ver.
22.
It
is
good
to
suffer
for
wel
doing
.
Ver
,
23.24
.
Teach
vs
,
not
only
to
pray
to
God
in
our
miseries
,
but
to
be
earnest
with
him
,
&
not
to
leaue
off
til
we
haue
obtained
.
Ver.
25.
Sheweth
that
the
more
our
miseries
are
,
the
more
néede
we
haue
to
repaire
to
God
,
yea
euen
then
when
they
séeme
to
be
past
hope
of
recouery
.
Ver.
26.
In
our
prayers
we
must
only
looke
vpon
Gods
mercy
,
and
nothing
at
all
in
our selues
.
Psalme
.
45.
Di.
THis
Psalme
maye
be
deuided
into
two
especiall
partes
.
In
the
first
is
set
out
the
beautye
,
strength
,
glorye
,
power
,
Iustice
,
magnificence
and
mariage
of
Salomon
,
from
Verse
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
ninth
.
In
the
seconde
is
contained
an
admonition
to
Salomons
wife
,
with
great
promises
to
bée
performed
,
if
she
kéepe
the
matters
propounded
to
her
,
from
verse
10.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
title
is
,
to
him
that
excelleth
(
this
is
expounded
before
)
on
Shoshannim
,
(
whiche
was
an
Instrument
amongest
the
Iewes
,
and
had
sixe
stringes
vpon
it
,
for
the
worde
is
deriued
from
another
Hebrue
worde
,
which
signifyeth
sixe
,
as
Kimcho
sheweth
)
a
Song
of
loue
(
this
is
well
expounded
in
the
Geneua
Bible
)
all
that
followeth
in
the
Title
is
expounded
before
,
Psal.
32.
and
Psal.
42
,
This
one
thing
I
woulde
haue
noted
,
though
Dauids
name
bee
not
here
expressed
,
yet
it
is
very
likely
that
hee
was
the
Author
thereof
.
In
déede
it
is
not
put
downe
before
many
Psalmes
,
and
namely
Psal.
2.
and
Psal.
66.
and
yet
the
holy
ghost
.
Acts.
4.25
.
ascribeth
it
to
Dauid
.
]
Ver.
1.
Wil
vtter
forth
vz.
by
the
instrument
of
my
tongue
and
penne
.
]
A
good
matter
[
i.
an
excellent
and
profitable
thing
,
excellent
in
respect
of
the
party
whom
it
treateth
of
,
and
profitable
in
regard
of
the
people
whom
he
shall
rule
ouer
]
in
my
works
[
i.
in
these
verses
following
,
which
he
calleth
woorkes
in
the
plurall
number
,
not
for
the
greatnes
,
but
for
the
exquisitnes
of
them
.
]
My
tongue
is
as
the
pen
of
a
swift
writer
[
he
meaneth
that
his
tongue
shal
be
most
swift
:
q.d.
I
wil
most
readily
vtter
these
things
that
I
haue
in
my
mind
:
and
my
tongue
shall
no
lesse
readily
expresse
the
prayses
of
the
king
,
then
hee
that
is
most
skilfull
in
writing
writeth
with
a
pen
.
]
Ver.
2.
Thou
art
fairer
[
here
he
beginneth
to
praise
Salomon
:
and
in
these
wordes
hee
praiseth
him
for
his
beautie
and
comlinesse
which
he
sayth
was
more
excellent
in
him
,
then
in
any
other
person
whatsoeuer
for
so
much
he
meaneth
by
children
of
men
]
grace
[
i.
words
that
obteine
grace
and
fauour
from
men
]
is
powred
in
thy
lippes
[
i.
is
plentifull
,
and
as
it
were
ouerflowing
in
thy
mouth
:
and
in
these
wordes
he
commendeth
his
eloquence
]
blessed
thée
[
vz.
with
abundance
of
excellent
giftes
]
for
euer
[
this
must
be
vnderstood
of
Salomon
,
but
it
must
haue
his
true
verification
in
Christ
,
and
that
that
I
put
down
here
,
must
be
vnderstood
throughout
the
whole
Psalm
.
Ver.
3
gird
thy
sword
[
i.
take
vnto
thée
thy
authority
,
hee
putteth
the
signe
of
authority
,
as
the
Apostle
also
doth
,
Rom.
13.
for
authority
it selfe
,
for
kings
obteine
great
praise
,
if
they
rightly
vse
the
sword
]
and
when
hee
sayth
vpon
thy
thigh
,
hée
alludeth
to
the
fashion
that
was
common
among
the
Iewes
then
,
and
is
at
this
day
vsed
among
the
Turkes
,
who
hang
their
swoordes
so
,
that
it
lyeth
vpon
the
thigh
,
and
hangeth
not
on
the
side
as
ours
doe
:
which
thing
also
we
our selues
performe
,
though
not
in
swordes
,
yet
in
skeanes
,
hangers
,
wood-kniues
&c.
]
To
wit
,
thy
worship
and
thy
glory
[
here
hee
more
plainely
sheweth
what
hee
ment
by
swoord
:
vz.
his
great
and
excellent
authority
,
which
hee
should
make
more
famous
by
vsing
it
well
.
]
Ver.
4.
Amende
thus
,
and
in
thy
glory
,
ride
prosperously
,
because
of
the
word
of
trueth
,
&c.
]
in
thy
glory
[
i.
being
thus
established
and
set
vp
]
ride
prosperously
[
i.
feare
not
to
attempt
good
and
holy
things
]
because
of
the
word
of
truth
[
i.
because
the
matter
of
trueth
,
yea
all
trueth
it selfe
requireth
this
of
thee
:
and
hee
vnderstandeth
by
these
thrée
termes
,
three
seuerall
things
that
ought
to
bee
in
kinges
:
by
trueth
,
he
meaneth
faithfull
dealing
:
by
meekenes
,
milde
and
curteous
behauiour
:
and
by
righteousnes
,
vpright
execution
of
those
thinges
that
concerne
either
the
maintenance
of
good
,
or
the
punishment
of
vice
:
&
if
we
take
it
as
it
is
read
in
the
Geneua
text
,
hee
séemeth
then
to
resemble
these
vertues
to
chariotes
of
triumph
,
vpon
which
kings
were
wont
to
bee
carried
,
specially
after
some
great
victories
gotten
:
and
he
speaketh
of
these
vertues
,
because
that
iust
&
vpright
gouernement
,
and
not
outragious
and
violent
,
giueth
credit
and
authoritie
to
princes
.
]
So
thy
right
hand
[
i.
thy
power
and
might
,
because
that
[
in
that
hand
it
most
consisteth
]
shall
teach
thée
[
i.
shall
inable
thée
to
performe
,
as
those
that
teach
others
,
make
them
able
.
[
Terrible
thinges
[
i.
such
thinges
as
shal
strike
a
terrour
and
feare
of
thee
into
the
heartes
of
thine
enemies
,
and
a
louing
reuerence
into
the
hearte
of
thy
friendes
and
subiects
.
]
Ver.
5.
Thine
arrowes
are
sharpe
[
i.
the
instruments
and
meanes
that
thou
hast
to
vse
against
thy
enemies
are
persing
,
yea
so
persing
,
that
]
the
heart
[
i.
the
closest
part
,
yea
the
strongest
,
euen
that
wherein
life
consisteth
,
shal
be
pearced
thereby
]
of
the
kinges
enemies
[
marke
the
chaunge
of
the
person
,
meaning
thereby
thy
enemies
which
art
the
king
]
shall
fall
vnder
thee
[
i.
shall
come
into
thy
power
and
subiection
,
as
men
are
wont
to
fall
,
when
they
are
stricken
wish
an
arrowe
so
that
a
man
may
do
with
them
what
he
listeth
,
hee
meaneth
nothing
else
,
but
that
Salomon
should
haue
instruments
and
darts
to
strike
his
enemies
a
farre
of
,
and
to
constraine
them
to
yeelde
to
his
obedience
.
]
Ver.
6.
Thy
throne
[
i.
thy
kingdome
,
for
he
vseth
the
throne
where
the
Prince
did
vse
to
sit
,
that
gouerned
the
kingdome
,
for
the
kingdome
,
rule
,
dominion
,
and
authority
,
that
the
king
had
.
]
O
God
[
Salomon
is
here
called
God
,
as
kinges
and
magistrates
are
in
other
places
of
scripture
]
for
euer
and
euer
[
i.
indureth
a
long
season
]
the
scepter
of
thy
kingdome
[
i.
the
rule
and
authority
which
was
signified
by
the
scepter
]
is
a
scepter
of
righteousnes
[
i.
is
iust
,
equall
and
vpright
,
all
this
must
after
this
sort
be
applied
to
Salomon
:
but
for
as
much
as
the
Apostle
,
Heb.
18.
doeth
apply
it
to
Christ
,
wee
must
more
largely
interpret
it
:
vz.
that
the
holy
Ghost
meaneth
to
signifie
and
to
set
out
vnto
vs
,
not
only
the
continuance
and
durablenes
of
Christes
kingdome
,
but
also
the
continual
vprightnes
and
equity
that
shal
be
therein
.
]
Ver.
7.
Apply
this
also
to
Salomon
,
&
Christ
,
to
the
one
in
figure
,
to
the
other
in
trueth
]
thou
louest
[
i.
allowest
,
likest
of
,
and
performest
]
righteousnesse
[
i.
vpright
dealing
and
equity
]
and
hatest
[
i.
canst
not
at
any
hand
away
with
]
wickednes
[
i.
any
manner
of
sinne
whatsoeuer
:
he
sheweth
wherein
vprightnes
consisteth
,
vz.
in
the
maintenance
of
equity
and
in
the
sharpe
punishment
of
iniquity
]
hath
annoynted
thee
[
the
Prophet
speaketh
after
the
manner
of
those
dayes
,
wherein
kinges
were
annoynted
,
which
was
a
visible
signe
of
their
entrance
into
the
kingdome
]
with
the
oyle
of
gladnes
[
i.
with
such
oyle
as
made
not
onely
Salomon
glad
but
the
people
ouer
whom
he
should
raigne
]
aboue
thy
fellowes
[
i.
al
thy
brethren
set
aside
,
though
they
were
elder
then
thou
:
howe
this
and
other
places
of
this
Psalme
,
haue
their
verification
in
Christ
shal
be
shewed
afterwarde
in
the
doctrines
.
Ver.
8.
Hee
commendeth
Salomon
,
for
the
glory
of
his
garments
,
noting
that
they
were
,
as
it
were
performed
,
with
Myrrhe
,
Aloes
and
Cassia
,
which
were
things
not
only
of
good
fauor
,
but
of
great
price
,
because
they
were
set
from
far
countries
]
iuory
palaces
[
i.
excellent
,
which
the
holy
Ghost
meaneth
,
both
by
speaking
in
the
plurall
number
,
and
also
by
calling
them
,
or
affirming
them
to
be
of
iuory
,
which
was
excellent
and
precious
,
as
may
appeare
Amos
6.4
.
]
Where
they
[
i.
thy
people
and
those
that
doe
thee
seruices
]
haue
made
thee
glad
,
vz.
by
the
dutifull
deedes
,
cheareful
countenances
and
louing
words
that
they
haue
declared
towards
thee
.
]
Ver.
9.
Kings
daughters
[
i.
those
that
issued
from
kings
]
were
among
thine
honourable
wiues
[
i.
were
come
vnto
thee
among
the
rest
,
all
which
thou
diddest
honourably
vse
,
and
apparel
sumptuously
]
of
gold
of
Ophir
[
i.
most
fine
and
pure
gold
,
sée
Iob.
28.
ver.
16.
]
Ver.
10.
Hée
admonished
Pharao
his
daughter
,
who
was
Salomons
chiefe
wife
,
&
by
mariage
newly
ingraffed
into
the
body
of
the
church
,
willingly
to
hearken
to
Gods
worde
and
quite
and
cleane
to
forget
all
carnall
thinges
whatsoeuer
.
Marke
the
wordes
of
this
admonition
,
first
hearing
,
then
considering
of
that
which
is
heard
,
and
lastly
imbracing
of
that
which
is
hearde
,
ment
by
inclining
of
the
eare
:
and
shee
is
called
daughter
,
not
in
respect
of
her
husbande
,
but
in
respect
shee
was
become
nowe
a
scholleresse
[
as
a
man
woulde
say
in
Gods
Church
,
as
some
were
called
children
before
,
Psal.
34.10
.
And
by
people
and
Fathers
house
,
he
meaneth
her
owne
country
,
and
all
the
pleasures
therein
,
as
friendes
kinred
,
and
whatsoeuer
else
she
might
be
delighted
in
.
]
Ver.
11.
So
shall
the
king
&c.
[
i.
if
thou
doest
this
,
vz.
imbrace
the
religion
that
hee
shall
teach
thee
,
thou
shalt
bee
most
acceptable
vnto
him
and
hee
shall
loue
thée
most
tenderly
]
for
he
is
thy
Lord
[
i.
thy
head
and
gouernour
,
as
1.
Corinth.
11.3
.
]
Reuerence
thou
him
[
q.d.
therefore
it
beseemeth
thee
to
yéelde
him
all
the
obedience
due
to
him
.
]
Ver.
12.
Daughter
of
Tyrus
[
i.
the
citie
Tyrus
,
putting
the
place
for
the
people
inhabiting
the
same
,
sée
Psal.
9.14
.
]
With
the
rich
of
the
people
[
q.d.
euen
the
richest
,
and
not
the
meanest
only
]
shal
doe
homage
before
thy
face
with
presentes
[
i.
shall
in
token
of
homage
and
as
though
they
were
subiects
bring
openly
presents
vnto
thée
.
]
Ver.
13.
Kings
daughter
[
shee
is
so
called
,
not
as
though
shee
were
not
his
wife
,
but
because
hee
did
as
it
were
beget
her
vnto
God
]
is
all
glorious
within
[
vz.
in
the
kings
pallace
,
where
shee
remaineth
familiarly
with
the
king
]
her
clothing
is
of
broidered
gold
[
i.
is
most
precious
and
costly
.
]
Ver.
14.
She
shal
be
brought
vnto
the
King
[
the
Prophet
alludeth
to
the
manner
in
these
daies
,
vz.
that
Quéenes
might
not
come
when
they
woulde
to
the
king
,
but
when
they
were
sent
for
,
Hest.
4.11
.
Hest.
5.2
.
]
In
rayment
of
néedle
worke
[
which
is
very
deare
and
precious
:
by
this
variety
of
apparell
,
the
Prrphet
mindeth
to
set
out
the
sumptuousnes
of
the
king
,
&
his
wife
]
by
that
which
followeth
after
,
the
Prophet
meaneth
that
she
shall
come
with
a
great
number
of
handmaydes
wayting
vppon
her
,
which
séemeth
also
to
set
out
her
glory
:
and
these
handmaydes
are
called
her
companions
,
not
because
they
were
her
equals
,
but
because
they
were
continually
in
her
company
,
as
it
were
.
]
Ver.
15.
He
sheweth
after
what
sort
this
glorious
troupe
shal
come
,
vz.
with
ioy
&
gladnes
[
i.
with
al
mirth
that
possible
may
be
,
see
Psal.
43.4
.
]
Ver.
16.
In
stéed
of
thy
fathers
[
i.
thy
auncesters
.
q.d.
there
is
no
cause
why
thou
shouldest
think
vpon
them
]
for
thou
shalt
haue
multitudes
of
children
,
and
thy
posterity
shal
be
wonderfully
inlarged
,
yea
aduanced
to
great
and
wonderfull
honour
,
for
that
meaneth
hée
by
making
them
Princes
,
throughout
all
the
earth
,
meaning
by
earth
,
the
land
of
Iudah
,
which
promise
was
not
fulfilled
in
Salomon
and
his
séede
,
not
because
God
was
not
able
,
but
because
the
couenants
and
conditions
on
his
part
,
and
his
wiues
,
were
not
performed
.
]
Ver.
17.
Are
the
words
of
the
Prophet
conteined
,
wherein
he
promiseth
to
publish
,
and
that
for
a
long
season
,
the
glory
and
renowne
of
Salomon
and
his
kingdome
:
and
that
the
people
shal
for
a
great
while
,
yeeld
him
prayse
,
for
his
peaceable
and
quiet
gouernement
.
For
so
must
the
word
,
Many
generations
world
without
ende
,
bee
vnderstood
,
as
referred
to
Salomon
.
And
thus
wee
sée
howe
it
agréeth
to
him
,
nowe
let
vs
gather
the
doctrines
out
of
it
,
and
sée
howe
in
trueth
it
agréeth
to
our
Sauiour
and
his
time
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
first
to
take
héed
that
we
vtter
nothing
,
but
good
things
,
and
secondly
to
do
that
willingly
and
readily
,
lest
wee
bee
preuented
by
death
,
or
some
other
occasion
:
and
thirdly
to
dispose
our selues
with
all
the
power
we
haue
,
to
set
foorth
holy
marriage
,
specially
that
which
is
betwéene
Christ
,
and
his
Church
,
of
which
sée
Hoshea
.
2.19.20
.
Ver.
2.
Is
fulfilled
in
Christ
,
not
in
mans
iudgement
,
as
appeareth
Isaiah
.
53.2.3
.
But
is
to
bee
séene
by
the
eye
of
faith
only
,
whose
glorious
beauty
and
gift
of
perswasion
may
appeare
,
that
hee
in
the
ministery
of
his
Apostles
,
conuerted
of
all
nations
vnder
the
heauen
some
,
to
imbrace
the
Gospel
:
and
when
it
is
said
that
God
hath
blessed
him
it
must
bee
vnderstoode
in
respect
of
his
humanitie
,
for
otherwise
in
respect
of
his
deity
,
he
is
God
equal
with
his
father
.
Ver.
3.
Christs
sword
is
spiritual
&
is
in
déede
Gods
word
,
of
which
sée
Isaiah
.
11.4
.
Heb.
4.12
.
Reue.
1.16
.
Wherein
also
standeth
his
glory
and
worshippe
,
when
he
is
serued
according
to
that
,
and
not
as
man
deuiseth
and
in
this
verse
Christ
is
called
most
mighty
,
because
he
hath
all
power
both
in
heauen
and
in
earth
.
Math.
28.18
.
And
doeth
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
him
.
Ver.
4.
Christ
is
admonished
,
in
respect
of
his
humanitie
,
to
talke
vppon
him
,
and
to
execute
his
gouernement
,
séeing
hée
is
so
replenished
with
giftes
,
and
is
described
like
a
triumphant
conquerour
,
amiable
and
comfortable
to
his
owne
people
,
but
terrible
and
fearefull
to
rebels
,
as
2.
Corinth.
2.15.16
.
Ver.
5.
Hée
describeth
Christes
weapons
,
and
the
munition
of
his
kingdome
,
which
are
not
carnall
,
but
mighty
through
God
,
to
cast
downe
holdes
,
and
imaginations
and
euery
high
thing
&c.
sée
2.
Corinth.
10.4.5.6
.
Ver.
6.
Setteth
out
the
euerlastingnes
and
equity
of
Christes
kingdom
,
of
which
sée
Heb.
1.8
.
Ver.
7.
First
marke
one
manner
of
speach
,
which
in
the
sense
I
haue
omitted
,
louing
one
thing
and
hating
another
,
which
kind
of
rehearsing
by
the
contraries
the
Iewes
often
vse
,
and
hath
in
it
great
force
,
vz.
to
note
the
earnestnes
and
soundnes
of
loue
toward
righteousnes
and
well
doing
,
and
the
sincere
hatred
of
all
sinne
and
corruption
.
Howe
this
was
verified
in
Christ
wée
néede
not
to
stand
vppon
,
God
is
called
Christes
God
,
in
respect
of
his
manhood
:
and
Christ
in
that
respect
also
is
said
to
be
annoynted
with
the
oyle
of
gladnes
,
because
hee
had
the
fulnes
of
the
spirite
,
so
that
of
his
fulnes
haue
we
al
receiued
,
euen
grace
for
grace
[
i.
abundance
of
grace
,
as
Ioh
,
1.16
.
And
by
oile
of
gladnes
is
ment
,
the
fulnes
and
anointing
of
the
spirit
,
through
whom
it
commeth
to
passe
that
the
kingdome
of
God
is
righteousnes
,
peace
,
&
ioy
in
the
holy
Ghost
.
Rom.
14.17
.
And
by
fellowes
,
he
meaneth
not
equals
,
but
generally
all
Christians
,
who
yet
notwithstanding
through
faith
are
partakers
of
his
dignitie
.
Ver.
8.
Doth
allegorically
set
out
the
swéetnes
and
pleasure
,
that
is
to
bee
found
in
our
Sauiour
,
and
when
hee
speaketh
of
some
that
haue
made
him
glad
,
hee
meaneth
Christians
,
who
are
called
the
friendes
of
the
bridegrome
,
because
they
stand
and
heare
him
,
and
reioyce
greatly
by
reason
of
his
voyce
,
Iohn
.
3.29
.
Ver.
9.
Is
described
the
glory
of
the
church
,
which
is
but
one
wife
,
if
wee
respect
it
generally
,
or
else
many
if
wee
respect
either
the
seuerall
congregations
,
or
the
particular
members
of
the
seueral
congregations
:
as
wee
say
that
euery
part
of
a
bone
broken
is
a
bone
,
and
euery
part
of
earth
,
is
earth
,
and
yet
there
is
but
one
bone
and
one
earth
.
Ver.
10.
Christ
requireth
of
the
Church
,
faythfulnes
in
him
,
and
denyall
of
her selfe
.
Ver.
11.
Hee
sheweth
what
profit
shall
come
to
the
Church
by
obedience
to
Christ
.
Ver.
12.
Setteth
out
the
inlarging
of
Christes
kingdom
,
by
the
calling
of
the
Gentiles
.
Ver.
13.
Sheweth
that
the
glory
of
the
Church
standeth
not
in
outward
shewe
and
brauery
.
Ver.
14.
Setteth
out
the
glory
of
the
Church
generally
,
which
is
amplified
by
this
circumstance
,
that
particular
Churches
,
which
the
holy
ghost
resembleth
to
handmaydes
wayting
vpon
her
,
shall
adorne
and
beautifie
her
.
Ver.
15.
Sheweth
the
manner
howe
the
faithfull
shoulde
appeare
in
the
presence
of
God
in
his
assemblies
.
Ver.
16.
Expresseth
the
wonderfull
inlargment
of
Christes
kingdome
,
which
wee
haue
séene
performed
,
and
the
great
glory
that
his
children
shall
haue
,
though
not
here
,
yet
eternall
in
the
heauens
.
Ver.
17.
Teacheth
that
the
prayses
of
our
Sauiour
,
who
is
the
onely
head
of
the
Church
shall
continue
for
euer
,
and
that
there
shal
bee
no
end
of
his
kingdome
,
as
Luke
1.33
.
Other
good
Lessons
may
here
and
there
be
gathered
,
as
ver.
2.
that
beauty
and
eloquence
are
good
gifts
in
a
Prince
.
Ver.
3.
That
it
becommeth
a
magistrate
,
to
be
couragious
.
Ver.
4.
That
he
should
professe
and
practise
,
truth
,
meekenes
,
and
righteousnes
.
Ver.
8.
That
sumptuousnes
in
apparell
for
Princes
,
is
not
altogether
to
bee
condemned
of
Salomons
apparell
:
fée
what
our
Sauiour
sayth
,
Matth.
6.29
.
Ver.
10.
That
marriage
requireth
forsaking
of
all
,
that
the
wife
may
cleaue
to
the
husbande
,
and
the
husbande
to
the
wife
,
Gene.
2.24
.
Ver.
17.
That
the
faithfull
generally
,
and
euery
one
of
them
particularly
,
shoulde
carefully
indeuour
to
aduance
and
set
foorth
the
great
glory
of
GOD
,
and
of
our
Sauiour
Christ
.
Psalme
46
THis
Psalme
may
bee
diuided
into
two
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
declareth
howe
that
nothwithstanding
the
great
trouble
they
were
in
,
they
were
sure
they
shoulde
bee
deliuered
through
Gods
goodnes
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
7.
In
the
second
hee
exhorteth
others
for
their
comfort
to
looke
vpon
their
deliuerance
,
and
to
consider
Gods
power
who
doth
what
pleaseth
him
,
from
ver.
8.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
inscription
vpon
Alamoth
[
which
I
take
to
bee
the
name
of
an
instrument
,
sée
1.
Corinth.
15.20
.
]
Ver.
1.
Our
hope
[
i.
hee
,
on
whome
wee
hope
,
or
in
whom
we
trust
]
and
strength
,
[
i.
from
whom
the
strength
wee
haue
commeth
]
and
helpe
[
i.
hee
that
alone
helpeth
vs
in
the
time
of
troubles
,
&
deliuereth
vs
out
of
the
same
]
ready
to
bee
found
q.d.
he
is
not
farre
off
,
neither
yet
needeth
much
intreaty
.
Ver.
2.
Will
not
wee
feare
[
i.
be
ouercome
with
feare
]
though
the
earth
should
be
moued
[
q.d.
if
it
were
possible
that
the
whole
world
shoulde
be
turned
vpside
downe
as
it
were
,
much
lesse
would
wee
feare
lesse
matters
,
as
warres
and
such
like
]
mountaines
[
either
vpon
the
earth
,
cast
through
earthquakes
into
the
Sea
,
or
the
mountaines
and
rockes
in
the
sea
,
should
through
the
rage
of
the
Sea
bee
ouertumbled
,
as
in
the
next
verse
:
by
these
maner
of
speaches
,
shaking
of
the
earth
,
and
mouing
of
mountaines
,
hee
meaneth
most
terrible
tumults
and
fearefull
things
,
which
might
strike
wonderful
great
feare
into
a
man
that
wanted
fayth
,
but
yet
by
reason
of
the
full
and
assured
hope
that
they
had
,
shoulde
no
whit
at
all
dismay
them
.
]
Ver.
3.
Thereof
[
i.
of
the
sea
]
rage
[
i.
bee
very
violent
and
vehement
]
and
bee
troubled
[
i.
with
the
rage
,
séemeth
to
haue
chaunged
his
colour
,
by
reason
of
being
mingled
with
dirt
,
clay
,
and
mire
,
for
so
in
our
spéech
we
do
vse
to
say
,
the
fountaine
is
troubled
]
shake
,
[
vz.
with
the
violence
of
the
waues
of
the
sea
,
hée
meaneth
by
this
manner
of
speach
,
in
this
and
the
other
verse
before
going
,
that
though
all
the
worlde
,
and
the
whole
course
of
nature
,
shoulde
bee
as
it
were
turned
vpside
downe
,
yet
still
they
will
hang
vppon
the
Lorde
,
being
assured
of
his
goodnes
and
mercy
.
]
Ver.
4.
A
riuer
[
hee
meaneth
no
doubt
,
Gihon
or
Shiloach
,
which
did
flowe
to
Ierusalem
,
[
whose
streames
also
did
fil
sometimes
the
brooke
Kidron
or
Cedren
spoken
of
Iohn
18.1
.
that
compassed
some
part
of
the
city
of
Ierusalem
]
shall
make
glad
[
vz.
in
the
time
of
their
heauines
]
the
Citie
of
God
[
i.
Ierusalem
,
which
is
so
called
,
because
hee
was
the
defender
thereof
,
and
was
there
worshipped
]
euen
the
Sanctuary
[
hée
putteth
the
word
sanctuary
which
was
a
part
of
the
Arke
,
for
the
place
where
the
Arke
was
,
that
is
Sion
,
whither
the
Arke
was
caried
]
of
the
Tabernacles
[
that
is
of
the
whole
lande
,
which
is
called
Tabernacles
,
because
the
Arke
was
pitched
in
diuers
partes
of
it
,
before
it
came
to
bee
placed
in
Sion
,
sée
Psal.
43.
ver.
3.
]
Of
the
most
high
[
i.
of
God
himselfe
]
all
these
three
verses
,
vz.
2.3.4
.
are
allegoricall
,
meaning
that
though
the
troubles
and
hurliburlies
were
neuer
so
great
yet
,
Gods
fauour
(
which
hee
vnderstandeth
by
riuers
and
streames
,
as
Psalm
.
36.9
.
)
is
a
sufficient
stay
to
appease
their
consciences
in
the
middest
of
them
all
:
and
because
Gods
fauour
was
no
where
more
plainely
shewed
then
in
the
Citie
of
Sion
or
Ierusalem
,
and
the
Arke
there
placed
,
hée
maketh
also
speciall
mention
thereof
.
]
Verse
5.
In
the
middest
of
it
[
vz.
of
that
City
,
noting
by
being
in
the
middest
of
it
,
his
presence
.
Mat.
18.20
.
Iohn
20.26
.
and
his
ready
fauour
to
helpe
it
]
not
bée
mooued
(
therefore
much
lesse
shall
it
fall
,
doe
the
enemies
against
it
what
they
can
)
very
earely
[
i.
spéedily
and
in
good
time
before
it
be
distressed
.
]
Ver.
6.
When
[
i.
so
soone
as
]
the
nations
raged
[
i.
beganne
to
expresse
their
fury
]
and
the
kingdomes
[
i.
the
people
deuided
into
kingdomes
]
God
thundered
[
i.
gaue
manifest
signes
and
tokens
of
his
wrath
and
iudgement
against
them
]
and
the
earth
[
i.
the
people
dwelling
on
the
earth
]
melted
[
i.
consumed
away
as
snowe
before
the
Sunne
,
or
as
waxe
before
the
fire
:
sée
Psalm
.
68.2
.
]
Ver.
7.
The
Lord
of
hostes
[
sée
Psalm
.
24.10
.
]
is
with
vs
,
[
i.
on
our
side
to
defend
vs
]
the
God
of
Iacob
[
i.
of
the
Patriarch
and
all
the
people
that
came
of
him
,
towardes
whome
the
Lorde
shewed
himselfe
marueilous
mighty
and
mercifull
as
in
Genesis
,
Exodus
,
and
other
places
appeareth
]
our
refuge
[
i.
the
place
whereunto
we
commit
our selues
,
to
bée
succoured
from
our
aduersaries
.
]
Verse
8.
Come
and
behold
&c.
[
In
this
place
the
faithfull
exhort
all
,
to
looke
vppon
Gods
iudgements
,
against
the
vngodly
,
and
his
mercy
towardes
his
children
,
that
thereby
they
may
profit
in
the
hatred
of
euil
,
and
in
the
loue
of
weldoing
.
]
Ver.
9.
Vnto
the
endes
of
the
worlde
[
i.
euen
vnto
the
furthest
partes
of
the
worlde
,
so
that
there
is
no
part
,
wherein
hée
gouerneth
not
:
and
by
breathing
,
cutting
,
and
burning
of
the
bow
,
speare
,
and
chariot
,
they
vnderstand
,
an
vtter
confounding
,
and
consuming
of
all
warlike
instruments
whatsoeuer
,
and
of
al
the
deuices
and
pollicies
that
can
be
vsed
therein
.
]
Ver.
10.
Bee
still
and
knowe
&c.
[
In
this
verse
the
faithfull
take
vppon
them
,
as
it
were
Gods
person
,
and
in
the
same
admonish
the
enemies
of
the
Church
,
to
stay
themselues
from
persecuting
it
:
knowing
that
in
setting
themselues
against
it
,
they
set
themselues
against
GOD
]
that
I
am
God
[
i.
ful
of
al
maiesty
and
might
,
doing
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
me
both
in
heauen
and
in
earth
,
]
I
will
bee
exalted
among
the
heathen
[
vz.
whether
they
will
yea
or
no
,
because
none
of
them
can
let
mee
.
Ver.
11.
Is
expounded
before
in
the
seuenth
verse
.
Ver.
1.
In
all
troubles
Gods
people
must
hang
vppon
God
,
Do.
whose
readines
to
helpe
is
there
also
set
out
.
Ver.
2.
Noteth
the
assured
perswasion
that
the
faithful
haue
of
God
and
his
goodnes
,
notwithstanding
the
great
troubles
that
be
in
the
worlde
.
Ver.
2.3.6
.
doe
allegorically
and
in
plaine
termes
also
expresse
the
rage
and
cruelty
of
the
wicked
,
and
the
harde
brunts
that
Gods
children
must
abide
at
their
handes
.
Ver.
4.
Declareth
that
notwithstanding
all
hurliburlies
God
wil
comfort
his
children
in
such
sort
as
shal
be
most
for
his
glory
and
their
good
.
Ver.
5.
God
is
alwaies
present
with
his
children
to
helpe
them
in
due
time
.
Ver.
7.
God
is
a
sure
place
of
refuge
for
his
children
to
flie
to
,
for
hée
will
neuer
put
them
backe
.
Ver.
8.
Teacheth
vs
to
admonish
one
an
other
,
yea
the
very
wicked
:
it
setteth
out
also
,
as
likewise
the
9.
verse
doeth
,
Gods
power
against
his
enemies
.
Ver.
10.
None
is
able
to
withstand
God
,
and
his
works
,
sée
ver.
11.
sée
ver.
7.
Psalme
47
Di.
THis
Psalme
chiefely
propoundeth
two
thinges
.
The
first
is
an
exhortation
to
the
faithfull
,
to
shewe
themselues
thankful
vnto
God
,
for
the
great
and
wonderfull
thinges
that
hee
doth
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
4.
In
the
second
is
a
description
of
Gods
great
power
,
maiesty
and
glory
set
out
to
this
ende
,
that
the
faithfull
might
learne
to
trust
in
him
alone
,
from
ver.
5.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
title
is
expounded
before
Psal.
42.
Ver.
1.
All
people
[
i.
as
well
Iewes
as
Gentile
]
clappe
your
handes
[
vz.
for
ioy
,
as
Nahum
.
3.
ver.
19.
Hee
putteth
the
outwarde
signe
of
ioy
,
for
inward
and
outward
ioyfulnes
]
sing
loude
vnto
God
&c.
[
in
this
part
of
the
verse
the
Prophet
requireth
of
the
people
on
the
Lordes
behalfe
,
willingnes
,
chearfulnes
,
and
gladnes
,
for
in
all
seruices
performed
to
him
,
hee
specially
regardeth
these
thinges
,
as
2
,
Corinth.
8.12
.
Ver.
2.
Is
high
[
vz.
not
onely
because
hee
dwelleth
in
the
high
heauens
,
but
also
because
hee
hath
highest
,
yea
all
authoritie
]
and
terrible
[
i.
fearefull
or
méete
to
bee
feared
,
not
onely
of
his
children
for
their
good
,
but
of
the
wicked
for
their
punishments
]
a
great
king
[
vz.
as
whose
power
no
creature
is
able
to
resist
]
ouer
all
the
earth
[
i.
such
a
king
,
as
to
whose
authoritie
all
the
quarters
&
corners
of
the
earth
are
subiect
.
Ver.
3.
He
[
i.
God
hath
subdued
[
vz.
by
his
word
&
spirit
]
the
people
[
i.
of
all
the
people
of
the
world
some
]
vnder
vs
,
[
i.
vnder
the
exercises
of
his
religion
&
seruice
which
wee
professe
]
putting
the
persons
professing
a
thing
,
for
the
thing
professed
]
vnder
our
féete
[
by
this
maner
of
speach
is
ment
that
the
gentiles
shold
be
schollers
,
&
the
Iews
scholemasters
as
it
were
to
them
,
for
to
sit
vnder
the
feet
,
or
at
the
feete
,
is
vsed
in
scripture
,
for
being
a
scholler
or
learning
,
as
Act.
22.3
.
And
not
that
the
Iews
had
euer
such
a
large
Lordship
ouer
the
Gentiles
.
]
Ver.
4.
May
be
the
words
,
as
it
were
both
of
the
Iewes
and
Gentiles
conuerted
to
Christes
kingdome
,
shewing
what
graces
he
hath
bestowed
vpon
them
]
hee
[
q.d.
he
that
knoweth
what
is
better
for
vs
then
wee
our selues
]
hath
chosen
[
i.
not
onely
layd
out
but
also
appointed
,
and
that
of
his
owne
good
will
and
mercy
towards
vs
]
our
inheritance
[
i.
not
onely
all
thinges
méete
for
this
life
,
as
landes
countries
,
possessions
,
&c.
but
euen
all
other
things
that
concerne
the
hope
of
a
better
life
]
euen
the
glory
of
Iaakob
[
i.
euen
all
these
excellent
thinges
that
he
gaue
and
promised
to
Iaakob
wherin
he
might
glory
and
reioyce
.
The
faithful
meane
that
they
had
as
great
,
both
abundance
and
assurance
of
Gods
grace
and
goodnes
,
as
Iaakob
euer
had
.
]
Ver.
5.
God
,
[
i.
the
arke
of
God
which
was
a
true
token
of
Gods
presence
,
and
so
is
the
word
Lord
also
vsed
,
as
Psal.
132.5
.
]
Is
gone
vp
[
hee
speaketh
this
no
doubt
in
respect
of
bringing
the
Arke
into
the
mount
Sion
of
which
sée
2.
Sam.
6.
Throughout
the
chapter
]
with
triumph
[
vz.
against
the
enemies
,
which
also
was
ioyfull
to
Gods
people
]
euen
the
Lord
with
the
sound
of
the
trumpet
[
this
is
euen
the
same
that
was
sayd
in
the
first
part
of
this
verse
:
sauing
that
here
hee
addeth
the
instrument
,
which
many
times
striketh
terrour
into
the
enemies
,
and
addeth
courage
to
the
faithful
:
and
by
this
manner
of
speach
hée
meaneth
to
note
out
the
great
glory
of
the
Lord
,
and
of
the
triumph
and
victories
that
our
Sauiour
gotte
,
as
Colos.
2.15
.
Ephes.
4.8
.
]
Ver.
6.
The
foure
times
repeating
of
these
woordes
,
sing
prayses
,
hath
great
force
:
q.d.
let
all
your
care
and
study
tend
to
this
,
to
prayse
the
Lorde
and
his
sonne
Christ
.
]
Ver.
7.
For
God
[
this
is
a
reason
,
why
they
shoulde
extoll
the
Lorde
]
King
of
all
the
earth
[
i.
hath
power
ouer
all
,
and
exerciseth
an
Vniuersall
kingdome
,
the
particulars
and
the
maiesty
whereof
,
hée
setteth
out
in
the
next
verse
.
]
Ver.
8.
Holy
throne
[
hée
meaneth
either
the
Tabernacle
,
or
else
the
heauen
,
for
both
of
these
in
scripture
are
called
Gods
holy
throne
,
because
he
that
had
the
fulnes
of
holines
in
himselfe
,
gaue
manifestation
of
himselfe
from
both
these
places
,
sée
Mat.
5.34
.
Matth.
23.22
.
Whatsoeuer
it
is
,
or
howsoeuer
it
is
to
be
taken
,
the
Prophets
purpose
no
doubt
is
to
describe
God
as
a
iudge
,
ready
to
yéelde
iustice
,
both
to
good
and
bad
,
according
to
their
seuerall
causes
.
]
Ver.
9.
The
Princes
of
the
people
[
q.d.
not
onely
meane
men
from
among
the
Gentiles
,
but
euen
the
mighty
]
are
gathered
[
vz.
by
the
mightie
woorking
of
Gods
spirit
,
and
the
exercises
of
the
word
:
the
Prophet
meaneth
by
this
manner
of
speach
that
the
Gentiles
should
make
profession
of
true
godlines
as
well
as
Iewes
,
and
he
speaketh
of
it
,
as
though
it
were
already
performed
,
for
the
certainty
of
it
]
people
of
the
God
of
Abraham
[
i.
the
Iewes
,
for
from
Abraham
they
came
according
to
the
flesh
:
And
he
calleth
him
the
God
of
Abraham
,
thereby
to
distinguish
him
,
from
al
the
false
Gods
of
the
Idolatrous
gentiles
]
the
shields
of
the
world
[
i.
the
defence
and
the
protections
of
the
whole
earth
:
he
vseth
shields
,
which
are
good
meanes
of
defence
,
for
defence
it selfe
]
belong
to
God
[
is
his
right
.
q.d.
seeing
that
the
worlde
is
preserued
and
maintained
by
God
,
great
cause
is
there
,
why
men
shoulde
reuerence
,
his
so
great
and
high
maiesty
,
and
therefore
he
addeth
]
hee
is
greatly
to
bee
exalted
[
i.
feared
and
praysed
.
]
Ver.
1.
It
becommeth
all
sects
of
people
to
praise
God
:
Do.
and
that
willingly
and
chearefully
.
Ver.
2.
Sheweth
that
wée
ought
to
praise
him
for
his
maiesty
and
power
.
Ver.
3.
Declareth
,
that
it
is
God
alone
that
draweth
mens
heartes
to
the
imbracing
of
his
trueth
.
Ver.
4.
Gods
loue
is
the
first
and
onely
cause
of
all
the
graces
we
haue
.
Ver.
5.
Setteth
out
his
maiesty
and
might
.
Verse
6.
Teacheth
how
earnest
we
should
be
in
praising
our
God
.
Ver.
7.
Sheweth
that
both
our
praises
,
and
all
the
seruices
that
we
shall
yéeld
to
the
Lorde
,
must
procéede
from
an
vnderstanding
heart
.
Ver.
8.
In
that
God
is
described
as
a
iudge
it
conteineth
matter
of
comfort
to
his
children
,
&
of
terror
to
the
wicked
.
Ver.
9.
God
calleth
of
all
states
some
to
the
imbracing
of
his
truth
:
also
God
alone
,
is
the
defender
of
the
whole
world
,
and
of
all
the
peoples
therein
,
and
that
therefore
he
is
worthylie
to
be
magnified
.
Psalme
48.
Di.
THis
Psalme
may
bee
diuided
into
three
partes
.
In
the
first
is
conteined
a
commendation
of
Gods
power
and
goodnes
manifested
especially
to
the
citie
of
Ierusalem
,
from
Ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
third
.
In
the
seconde
is
declared
,
that
all
the
conspiracies
,
practises
,
and
forces
of
the
wicked
against
that
Citie
shal
be
ouerthrowne
,
because
God
will
defend
it
,
from
ver.
4.
to
the
end
of
the
8.
In
the
third
:
the
faithfull
set
out
the
assured
perswasion
that
they
had
of
Gods
goodnes
towardes
them
,
praying
for
the
continuance
therof
,
both
vppon
themselues
and
the
whole
Church
,
from
verse
9.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
]
Se.
The
title
would
bée
thus
,
a
song
or
Psalme
,
meaning
such
a
Psal.
or
song
,
as
both
by
voyce
and
instruments
was
sung
:
the
rest
is
expounded
Psal.
42.
Ver.
1.
Great
is
the
Lorde
[
vz.
in
respect
of
his
power
and
glory
]
and
greatly
to
be
praysed
[
q.d.
and
therefore
no
smal
prayse
doth
belong
to
him
]
in
the
citie
of
our
God
[
i.
in
Jerusalem
,
which
is
called
Gods
Citie
,
because
God
had
giuen
speciall
tokens
of
his
fauour
to
that
aboue
the
rest
]
euen
vppon
his
holy
mountaine
[
hee
meaneth
mount
Sion
:
which
is
therefore
called
holy
,
because
that
the
Arke
being
there
placed
,
the
most
holy
God
,
shewed
himselfe
present
in
the
same
.
]
Ver.
2.
He
doth
commend
mount
Sion
,
for
the
pleasaunt
situation
thereof
because
it
stood
.
Northward
,
or
as
you
would
say
on
the
north
side
of
Ierusalem
,
as
Isaiah
.
14.13
.
We
know
that
places
situated
Northward
,
are
very
holesome
by
reason
of
the
colde
,
drie
,
and
cleare
aire
,
that
commeth
out
of
that
quarter
,
sée
Iob.
37.22
.
]
It
is
the
ioy
[
i.
it
is
a
place
wherein
the
whole
earth
shoulde
reioyce
,
because
that
the
doctrine
which
came
out
of
the
same
,
bringeth
saluation
to
all
the
worlde
,
sée
Isaiah
.
2.3.4
.
]
Mich.
4.1.2
.
&c.
Act.
2.
Titus
2.11
.
]
and
the
Citie
of
the
great
king
,
he
calleth
Sion
the
mount
wherein
the
temple
was
builded
,
and
was
a
part
of
the
Citie
of
Ierusalem
,
the
citie
it selfe
,
and
by
great
king
,
hee
meaneth
God
who
is
called
great
,
because
he
hath
all
greatnes
in
himselfe
,
which
also
serueth
to
put
a
difference
betwéene
him
,
and
earthly
kinges
,
sée
Matth.
5.35
.
]
Ver.
3.
In
the
palaces
thereof
[
i.
in
the
strong
bulwarkes
and
defenced
Towres
of
Ierusalem
,
which
hee
calleth
pallaces
,
for
the
excellency
and
beauty
thereof
,
because
they
were
not
onely
strong
but
also
very
sightly
]
is
knowne
[
i.
by
tryall
taken
and
had
]
for
a
refuge
[
i.
for
a
place
of
most
assured
safety
,
as
who
being
with
them
,
and
on
their
side
,
they
néeded
not
care
who
or
howe
many
were
against
them
.
]
Verse
4.
The
kinges
[
i.
diuers
and
sundry
kinges
,
as
Shishake
king
of
Egipt
.
2.
Chron.
12.9
.
Serah
,
king
of
Ethiopia
.
2.
Chron.
14.9
.
Sanecherib
king
of
Assiria
.
Isaiah
.
chap.
36.
and
chap.
37.
and
this
circumstaunce
maketh
mee
to
thinke
that
this
Psalme
was
made
long
after
Dauids
tyme
]
were
gathered
[
vz.
together
with
all
their
forces
against
this
Citie
]
and
went
together
[
vz.
to
destroy
it
,
but
could
not
,
as
followeth
,
and
by
this
the
faithfull
comfort
themselues
,
that
all
the
mischieuous
imaginations
of
the
wicked
shall
not
preuaile
against
it
.
]
Ver.
5.
When
they
[
i.
the
enemies
withall
their
armies
and
power
]
sawe
it
[
q.d.
at
the
bare
beholding
of
the
Citie
]
they
marueiled
[
vz.
at
the
walles
,
Bulwarkes
,
Towres
,
Ramparts
and
other
munition
thereof
,
]
and
were
astonied
[
vz.
not
onely
with
the
excellency
of
the
thing
,
but
with
great
feare
]
and
sodainely
driuen
backe
[
vz.
for
all
their
great
warrelike
forces
,
and
powers
,
they
were
put
to
flight
,
and
euery
one
glad
to
take
them
to
their
héeles
as
it
were
.
]
Verse
6.
Feare
came
vppon
them
[
i.
a
very
great
feare
seased
them
,
and
tooke
holde
of
them
]
there
[
i.
euen
as
they
were
before
Ierusalem
,
and
as
a
man
woulde
say
ready
to
besiege
it
,
this
was
chiefely
verified
vppon
Sanecherib
and
his
host
as
appeareth
.
2.
Kinges
18.24
.
2.
Kings
19.35
.
2.
Chronic.
32.1
.
Reade
the
places
throughout
]
and
sorrowe
[
i.
griefe
and
great
payne
,
so
that
they
were
not
onely
afrayde
but
full
of
great
griefe
]
as
vppon
a
woman
in
trauaile
[
by
this
similitude
the
Prophet
noteth
,
first
the
sodainenes
of
their
sorrow
,
secondly
the
increase
and
continuance
of
it
,
as
one
throwe
commeth
in
an
others
necke
,
and
thirdly
that
they
shoulde
not
escape
it
,
no
more
then
a
woman
can
her
payne
,
sée
Thessalonians
5.3
.
]
Ver.
7.
Hee
doeth
by
an
other
similitude
shewe
howe
easily
God
can
breake
the
strongest
thinges
that
men
haue
:
there
néedeth
no
more
,
but
a
puffe
of
winde
,
to
breake
the
strongest
shippe
]
as
with
an
East
winde
[
to
this
winde
the
Scripture
doeth
in
sundry
places
ascribe
great
force
and
vehemency
as
Ierem.
18.17
.
]
thou
breakest
[
vz.
in
pieces
,
and
makest
them
to
suffer
shipwracke
]
the
shippes
of
Tarshish
[
i.
goodly
tall
and
strong
shippes
and
hee
meaneth
by
shippes
of
Tarshish
,
not
onely
shippes
appertaining
to
that
Iland
,
but
those
that
came
in
to
the
hauen
there
,
which
was
made
very
commodious
for
them
,
sée
Ionah
.
1.3
.
]
Verse
8.
As
wee
haue
hearde
[
vz.
by
our
forefathers
,
Prophets
not
onely
of
former
deliueraunces
,
but
also
that
GOD
woulde
deliuer
vs
when
wee
were
in
daunger
]
so
haue
wee
séene
[
vz.
both
with
our
eyes
,
and
by
experience
also
,
the
same
thinges
fulfilled
]
in
the
Citie
of
the
Lorde
of
hostes
[
i.
Hierusalem
,
why
GOD
is
called
the
Lorde
of
hostes
,
sée
Psalm
46.7
.
]
will
stablish
it
[
i.
make
it
firme
and
sure
,
and
keepe
it
safe
and
sounde
,
from
the
force
of
the
enemies
]
for
euer
[
i.
for
a
very
long
season
,
if
wee
referre
it
to
Hierusalem
:
but
worldes
without
ende
,
if
wee
referre
it
to
Gods
Church
.
]
Ver.
9.
Wee
wayte
&c.
[
i.
wee
quietly
and
patiently
tarry
the
tyme
,
wherein
thou
wilt
make
manifest
thy
grace
and
goodnes
]
in
the
middest
of
thy
temple
[
this
must
not
bee
referred
to
the
people
,
as
though
they
had
aboad
in
the
middest
of
the
Temple
,
wayting
for
Gods
kindnes
,
but
to
Gods
kindnes
and
goodnes
it selfe
,
which
was
wont
to
be
manifested
and
shewed
from
the
propitiatorie
,
or
mercy
seat
,
which
was
ouer
the
Arke
of
the
couenant
,
and
an
euident
signe
of
the
presence
and
fauour
of
GOD
,
and
was
placed
in
the
middest
of
the
Temple
.
]
Ver.
10.
According
vnto
thy
name
[
i.
as
thy
power
,
might
,
and
maiesty
is
great
,
and
spreadeth
it selfe
ouer
the
earth
]
so
is
thy
praise
vnto
the
worlds
end
[
i.
it
is
all
the
world
ouer
,
and
shall
continue
and
abyde
for
euer
amongst
thine
,
in
what
place
or
quarter
of
the
worlde
so
euer
they
bee
.
]
Thy
right
hand
[
i.
thy
power
,
and
the
thinges
that
by
thy
power
thou
doest
,
for
hée
putteth
the
hande
wherein
power
consisteth
and
by
which
as
by
an
instrument
matters
are
perfourmed
,
for
power
it selfe
,
and
the
thinges
done
thereby
]
is
full
of
righteousnes
[
i.
not
onely
righteous
,
but
frée
from
suspicion
or
reprehension
of
vnrighteousnes
.
]
Ver.
11.
Let
mount
Sion
reioyce
[
this
is
an
exhortation
to
stirre
vp
the
faithfull
to
thankefulnes
.
By
mount
Sion
hée
vnderstandeth
Ierusalem
,
as
ver.
2.
of
this
Psalme
:
putting
also
the
place
conteining
the
people
,
for
the
people
conteined
therein
.
]
Daughters
of
Iudah
[
i.
other
Cities
and
Townes
of
that
Country
,
as
Psalm
.
9.14
.
]
of
thy
iudgements
[
i.
which
thou
hast
exercised
in
defending
vs
thy
people
,
and
punishing
thy
enemies
.
]
Ver.
12.
Compasse
about
Sion
[
the
writer
of
the
Psalmes
prouoketh
the
citizens
of
Ierusalem
,
not
onely
to
consider
the
strength
and
situation
of
their
Citie
,
but
also
to
sée
,
whether
that
by
the
besieging
of
it
,
it
were
any
whit
weakened
,
q.d.
goe
about
it
,
and
about
it
againe
,
viewe
it
well
,
and
sée
whether
there
haue
beene
any
breaches
made
into
it
]
tell
the
Towers
thereof
[
vz.
to
sée
whether
any
bée
wanting
,
defaced
or
throwne
downe
.
]
Ver.
13.
Marke
well
the
wall
thereof
[
vz.
no
whit
at
all
impayred
]
behold
her
towres
[
euen
as
beautifull
and
strong
,
as
they
were
before
the
besieging
,
sée
ver.
3.
of
this
Psalm
]
that
ye
may
tell
your
posterity
[
vz.
of
this
great
and
wonderfull
deliueraunce
,
as
our
fathers
haue
tolde
vs
,
verse
8.
of
this
Psalme
,
and
also
Psal.
44.
ver.
1.2
.
&c.
and
so
by
that
meanes
they
haue
their
faith
also
strengthened
in
the
trueth
of
Gods
promises
.
]
Ver.
14.
Is
our
God
[
i.
hath
declared
himselfe
so
to
bée
heretofore
,
and
at
this
present
,
and
will
do
so
continually
]
hée
shal
be
our
guide
[
i.
we
will
alwayes
take
him
for
our
leader
and
gouernour
]
vnto
the
death
[
the
faithfull
meane
not
by
affirming
that
God
shal
bee
their
guide
vnto
death
,
that
afterwardes
hée
shall
cease
so
to
bée
,
but
this
is
their
mynde
,
that
for
as
much
that
death
is
the
greatest
and
last
enemy
they
haue
to
deale
withall
in
this
life
,
they
assured
themselues
,
that
God
would
not
only
leade
them
thither
,
but
giue
them
strength
to
ouercome
and
get
the
victory
also
therein
.
]
Do.
Ver.
1.
Meane
praises
appertain
not
to
so
great
a
maiesty
as
God
is
:
whose
praises
should
found
euery
where
,
but
specially
in
Gods
Church
.
Ver.
2.
Vnder
Sion
and
Hierusalem
,
and
the
situation
therof
,
the
Prophet
setteth
out
,
but
the
beauty
of
the
Church
,
and
the
healthfull
and
safe
dwelling
therein
.
Ver.
3.
It
is
a
notable
thing
once
to
haue
felt
and
had
trial
of
Gods
goodnes
&
power
towards
his
.
Ver.
4.
Sheweth
that
euen
the
mightiest
are
many
times
enemies
to
the
Church
.
Ver.
5.
Setteth
out
the
suddaine
destruction
of
the
enemies
of
the
Church
.
Ver.
6.
Noteth
the
greatnes
of
their
grief
,
&
the
assurednes
therof
.
Ver.
7.
Declareth
their
vtter
ruine
and
ouerthrowe
,
whome
the
holy
Ghost
resembleth
it
to
a
shipwracke
.
Ver.
8.
The
faithfull
finde
God
alwaies
faithfull
in
the
performances
of
his
promises
.
Ver.
9.
Gods
children
must
in
patience
abyde
the
Lordes
leasure
for
their
deliuerance
.
Ver.
10.
God
is
holy
and
iust
in
all
thinges
hee
doeth
,
whatsoeuer
the
vngodly
babble
to
the
contrary
.
Ver.
11.
Gods
people
ought
to
reioyce
,
when
God
either
ouerthroweth
their
enemies
or
deliuereth
them
.
Ver.
12.
The
Lorde
will
haue
all
the
senses
of
his
seruants
witnesses
of
his
gracious
deliueraunces
,
to
the
ende
that
their
fayth
might
bee
more
confirmed
.
Ver.
13.
Our
posterity
shoulde
bee
instructed
in
Gods
mercyes
towardes
vs
,
out
of
which
also
they
should
reape
an
argument
of
comfort
in
distresse
.
Ver.
14.
Wee
learne
to
hang
vpon
God
continually
.
Psalme
49.
THis
Psalme
may
bee
deuided
into
three
especiall
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
is
conteined
an
exordium
or
entrance
into
the
matter
,
where
the
prophet
prepareth
his
people
to
attentiuenes
,
commending
also
the
matter
that
hee
will
speake
of
,
from
Ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
4.
In
the
second
part
is
set
out
the
vanitie
and
shortnes
of
mans
life
,
and
the
assurednes
that
men
shall
once
die
:
against
which
there
can
bee
no
better
,
yea
no
other
remedy
,
then
stedfast
fayth
,
and
assured
perswasion
in
God
&
the
trueth
of
his
promises
,
from
Ver.
5.
to
the
end
of
the
15.
In
the
third
,
the
Prophet
by
his
owne
example
exhorteth
all
the
faithfull
,
to
take
heede
that
through
abundance
of
riches
,
they
haue
not
their
hearts
stollen
(
as
the
fatlings
of
the
world
haue
)
from
the
hope
of
better
thinges
,
from
ver.
16.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
For
the
title
,
and
the
exposition
therof
see
Psalme
42.
Ver.
1.
Se.
Heare
[
vz.
not
onely
with
the
eares
of
the
body
,
but
also
of
the
minde
]
this
[
vz.
that
I
shall
speake
hereafter
]
giue
eare
[
in
that
the
Prophet
doubleth
his
speach
,
he
sheweth
both
howe
dull
of
heart
,
men
are
to
conceiue
,
and
also
howe
excellent
his
doctrine
is
,
that
requireth
such
attentiuenes
]
all
yee
that
dwell
in
the
worlde
[
in
these
wordes
hee
sheweth
howe
large
and
generall
his
doctrine
is
,
appertaining
to
all
people
then
liuing
,
or
afterwarde
to
come
.
]
Ver.
2.
Hee
declareth
that
none
for
their
pouerty
,
or
other
for
their
honour
,
can
bee
exempted
from
the
trueth
of
his
doctrine
.
]
Ver.
3.
Of
wisedome
[
in
the
Hebrewe
text
,
it
is
in
the
plural
number
,
wisedoms
,
meaning
thereby
varietie
and
abundance
of
wisedome
:
and
when
he
sayth
his
mouth
shall
speake
of
wisedome
,
he
meaneth
that
the
wordes
that
he
shall
vtter
,
if
they
bee
rightly
receiued
shall
stand
them
in
great
stéede
to
atteine
excellent
wisedome
]
meditation
of
mine
heart
[
i.
that
,
that
I
haue
within
me
,
which
also
I
will
expresse
with
my
tongue
]
is
of
knowledge
[
in
Hebrew
,
knowledges
,
by
which
he
noteth
the
excellency
,
variety
and
abundance
thereof
,
commending
also
his
doctrine
by
these
speaches
,
to
the
end
it
might
be
the
better
imbraced
.
]
Ver.
4.
I
will
incline
my
eare
[
i.
I
my selfe
wil
diligently
marke
consider
and
hearken
vnto
these
thinges
,
and
therfore
you
ought
also
to
do
the
like
,
so
that
hee
maketh
himselfe
an
example
here
,
as
appeareth
in
the
next
verse
]
to
a
parable
[
vz.
that
followeth
in
this
Psalme
,
meaning
by
one
,
sundry
,
the
worde
signifieth
graue
and
sentencious
speaches
,
of
matters
of
weight
,
such
as
in
this
Psalme
are
.
ver.
12.20
.
]
vppon
the
harpe
[
i.
vsing
a
harpe
in
the
vtterance
thereof
,
that
you
may
so
much
the
more
easily
and
chearefully
heare
me
speaking
of
it
.
]
Ver.
5.
Wherfore
should
I
feare
[
q.d.
there
is
no
cause
because
I
am
certainly
perswaded
of
Gods
goodnes
towards
me
]
the
reason
of
this
is
shewed
in
ver.
14.15
.
of
this
Psalme
]
in
the
euil
daies
[
i.
in
the
daies
of
affliction
,
calamitie
,
or
death
:
which
are
called
euill
,
not
that
they
be
so
of
themselues
,
as
sent
from
God
,
but
because
they
are
laid
vpon
vs
,
for
the
euil
committed
against
him
,
and
so
we
account
of
them
:
for
otherwise
dayes
are
not
euill
,
but
good
]
the
last
part
of
the
verse
mende
thus
:
though
the
iniquitie
of
my
héeles
,
might
compasse
mée
:
by
iniquitie
of
the
héeles
,
hee
meaneth
not
onely
the
iniquities
,
to
the
doing
whereof
hee
had
béene
caried
with
his
féete
,
putting
héeles
which
are
part
of
the
féete
,
for
the
féete
,
but
also
whatsoeuer
calamitie
had
fallen
vppon
him
for
these
sinnes
:
q.d.
there
is
no
cause
why
I
shoulde
bée
afraid
,
no
though
my
sinnes
,
and
the
punishments
for
my
sinnes
,
were
on
euery
side
vppon
mee
:
for
that
assured
perswasion
that
I
haue
receiued
through
fayth
and
loue
in
God
,
hath
banished
al
that
feare
and
doubting
.
]
Ver.
6.
They
trust
:
amend
thus
,
of
them
that
trust
]
in
their
goods
[
i.
in
the
wealth
and
substance
that
they
haue
scraped
together
]
and
boast
themselues
[
vz.
as
though
by
their
owne
wit
and
labour
they
had
obteined
it
]
in
the
multitude
[
i.
in
the
great
quantitie
and
abundaunce
.
]
Ver.
7.
Amend
thus
,
not
one
can
by
any
meanes
redéeme
&c.
and
so
knit
it
to
the
sixt
verse
]
by
any
meanes
[
vz.
which
hee
hath
or
can
deuise
]
redéeme
[
vz.
from
death
and
the
power
thereof
,
hee
meaneth
deliueraunce
and
freedome
from
bodily
or
naturall
death
]
his
brother
[
i.
any
of
his
kinred
,
or
deare
friende
and
acquaintaunce
]
his
raunsome
[
i.
raunsome
for
him
,
vz.
that
hee
may
haue
a
longer
life
]
to
GOD
[
there
is
a
double
reason
of
this
,
first
because
God
regardeth
not
these
outward
thinges
,
as
siluer
,
gold
,
honour
&c.
Secondly
because
GOD
is
not
subiect
to
alteration
or
change
,
but
that
hauing
set
vs
the
boundes
of
our
life
,
hée
will
perfourme
it
.
]
Ver.
●
So
precious
[
i.
so
deare
,
yea
so
harde
a
matter
,
as
in
deede
it
can
not
bee
perfourmed
of
men
to
Godwarde
]
of
their
soule
[
i.
of
their
liues
,
hee
meaneth
that
they
shoulde
liue
longer
vppon
the
earth
]
and
the
continuaunce
thereof
for
euer
,
amend
thus
,
yea
it
ceaseth
[
i.
purchase
of
a
longer
life
,
ceaseth
for
euer
:
so
that
it
is
a
deare
thing
,
nay
I
affirme
it
to
bée
an
impossible
thing
,
which
shall
neuer
bee
perfourmed
:
and
all
this
8.
verse
must
bée
read
by
a
Parenthisis
.
]
Verse
9.
That
hee
may
liue
still
[
vz.
amongst
men
vppon
the
earth
]
for
euer
[
i.
a
very
long
time
,
and
so
haue
his
dayes
prolonged
]
and
not
sée
[
not
come
vnto
,
or
try
or
féele
,
sée
Psalm
.
16.10
.
]
The
graue
[
i.
death
,
hee
putteth
that
which
insueth
death
,
vz.
buriall
in
the
graue
,
for
death
it selfe
,
wée
may
well
turne
the
worde
,
corruption
,
the
graue
being
so
called
in
the
Hebrewe
tongue
,
because
it
corrupteth
that
which
is
put
into
it
.
]
Ver.
10.
For
this
word
,
for
,
read
although
,
and
so
ioyne
this
10.
and
11.
verse
together
]
hee
séeth
[
i.
euery
man
may
and
doeth
sée
:
for
the
Prophet
vseth
the
word
,
hée
,
for
the
whole
state
of
men
,
though
it
séeme
to
note
but
some
particular
person
]
that
wise
men
dye
&c.
[
i.
that
all
without
difference
and
respect
of
persons
yéelde
to
death
,
yea
though
their
state
and
condition
haue
béene
neuer
so
farre
differing
from
others
]
and
leaue
their
riches
[
vz.
behind
them
on
the
earth
]
for
others
[
vz.
to
possesse
.
]
Ver.
11.
Yet
they
thinke
[
q.d.
all
this
notwithstanding
,
they
are
of
this
perswasion
]
their
houses
and
their
habitations
[
betwéene
these
two
words
I
make
this
difference
,
that
vnder
houses
the
Prophet
mindeth
to
comprehend
that
couerture
that
kéepeth
them
from
heate
,
cold
,
storme
,
raine
,
&c.
Whether
they
be
castles
,
towres
,
mansion
houses
,
or
such
like
:
&
vnder
habitations
,
not
only
these
houses
themselues
,
but
the
demeanes
,
reuenues
,
or
liuing
belonging
thereto
,
which
afterward
in
this
verse
hee
calleth
lands
,
saying
that
they
cal
them
by
their
own
names
,
to
the
ende
that
both
they
may
make
famous
and
continue
their
name
.
]
Ver.
12.
Shall
not
continue
[
vz.
long
,
howsoeuer
he
think
to
make
his
name
sure
]
he
is
like
beasts
[
sée
Ecclesi.
3.19
.
]
that
die
[
by
this
speach
he
meaneth
not
only
that
they
die
as
beasts
,
but
also
be
vnprofitable
and
serue
to
no
vse
,
but
to
be
cast
forth
,
as
beastes
that
dye
not
being
killed
,
no
man
regardeth
to
any
purpose
,
but
it
goeth
to
carrion
.
]
Ver.
13.
This
their
way
[
i.
this
their
maner
of
dealing
and
behauiour
]
vttereth
their
foolishnes
[
i.
bewrayeth
that
they
haue
no
heauenly
wisdome
at
al
,
how
wise
soeuer
they
be
taken
among
men
]
yet
their
posterity
[
q.d.
notwithstanding
their
folly
appeare
,
they
that
succéed
them
as
heires
,
for
generally
I
take
the
word
posterity
]
delite
in
their
talke
[
or
rather
approue
and
allowe
it
,
vnderstanding
also
by
talke
,
not
onely
the
wordes
that
procéeded
from
them
,
but
the
actes
also
they
did
,
for
many
times
mens
déeds
doe
speake
.
The
Prophet
meaneth
,
that
these
men
doe
both
allowe
of
,
and
with
delight
followe
the
words
and
déedes
of
their
predecessors
,
touching
hauing
abundance
of
riches
,
building
houses
,
&c.
]
Ver.
14.
Like
shéepe
they
lie
in
graue
[
the
Prophet
meaneth
by
this
speach
,
not
only
that
they
die
,
but
that
they
die
in
great
numbers
and
troupes
,
as
it
were
,
euen
like
flockes
of
shéepe
in
the
fields
,
so
are
these
men
laide
in
graues
,
vsing
one
graue
for
many
,
as
one
number
for
an
other
]
death
deuoureth
them
[
q.d.
howe
braue
and
glorious
so
euer
they
bee
yet
death
shall
take
hold
of
them
,
as
of
a
pray
ready
to
be
consumed
,
and
they
shal
not
escape
]
&
the
righteous
[
i.
good
and
godly
people
,
who
are
so
accounted
,
&
not
that
they
are
so
of
themselues
]
shal
haue
domination
ouer
them
[
I
take
the
mind
of
the
Prophet
to
be
thus
:
the
wicked
&
the
vngodly
during
the
time
of
their
life
,
did
exercise
a
tyrannie
ouer
the
good
:
but
when
it
commeth
to
passe
that
the
vngodly
are
once
dead
,
then
they
shal
not
onely
bee
deliuered
from
their
crueltie
,
but
then
it
appeareth
that
they
haue
,
as
a
man
woulde
say
gotten
the
victory
against
them
,
and
be
as
it
were
Lordes
ouer
them
,
and
whereas
hee
addeth
]
in
the
morning
[
I
take
his
meaning
to
be
thus
.
q.d.
very
sodainely
the
godly
shal
preuaile
,
when
neither
he
himselfe
,
nor
the
wicked
thinketh
of
it
,
so
that
he
that
ouernight
,
as
a
man
would
say
,
was
Lorde
ouer
the
righteous
,
shall
in
the
morning
become
as
it
were
his
vassal
,
and
he
that
was
a
seruaunt
ouernight
,
shall
in
the
morning
bee
a
Lorde
or
ruler
]
their
beauty
[
i.
their
glory
,
brauery
,
force
,
and
whatsoeuer
was
excellent
in
them
shall
come
to
nothing
]
from
their
house
[
sée
Ver.
11.
of
this
Psalme
]
to
graue
[
i.
the
house
appointed
for
all
the
liuing
.
Iob.
30.23
.
]
Ver.
15.
But
God
[
in
the
other
verse
hee
shewed
what
was
the
end
of
the
wicked
:
nowe
he
sheweth
what
their
end
shal
be
that
trust
in
god
,
confessing
in
deed
,
that
hee
was
subiect
to
bodyly
death
as
others
were
,
but
for
all
that
that
God
would
preserue
him
in
a
better
life
]
my
soule
[
i.
my
whole
man
]
from
the
power
of
the
graue
[
the
body
entring
into
it
,
til
the
generall
resurrection
,
at
what
time
it
shal
be
yéelded
vp
againe
,
and
the
soule
comming
into
it
:
and
in
this
place
the
Prophet
taketh
vpon
him
the
person
of
all
the
faithfull
]
for
hee
will
receiue
me
[
vz.
to
himselfe
,
as
Eccle.
12.7
.
And
as
appeareth
also
,
in
the
person
of
one
of
the
theeues
that
was
crucified
with
our
Sauiour
,
Luke
23.42.43
.
]
Ver.
16.
Bee
not
thou
afraid
[
vz.
either
of
thine
owne
poore
estate
,
or
of
the
other
mans
florishing
,
as
though
that
thereby
hee
should
ouercome
thée
,
or
that
thou
therby
shouldest
be
drawn
from
God
,
or
godlines
]
the
glory
of
his
house
[
i.
the
renowne
of
that
rase
and
stocke
from
whence
he
came
,
together
with
the
beauty
of
his
building
,
great
rents
and
reuenues
&c.
are
increased
,
for
so
large
I
take
the
word
to
signifie
.
]
Ver.
17.
Hée
shall
take
nothing
away
[
common
experience
sheweth
the
truth
of
this
,
&
Iob
hath
well
well
declared
it
.
chap.
1.21
.
]
Neither
shal
his
pompe
[
i.
glory
,
riches
,
wealth
or
whatsoeuer
else
as
may
appeare
by
two
examples
.
Luk.
12.16.17
.
&c.
also
Luk.
16.19.20
.
&c.
]
Descend
after
him
[
vz.
in
to
the
graue
.
]
Ver.
18.
He
reioyced
himselfe
[
i.
gaue
himself
to
al
maner
of
pleasures
,
neglecting
or
forgetting
God
,
for
so
much
doe
the
Hebrewes
vnderstand
by
this
phrase
of
blessing
their
own
soules
,
which
is
here
turned
reioycing
them selues
,
sée
Deut.
●9
.
19
.
]
And
men
[
besides
that
the
wicked
deceiue
themselues
,
the
world
vpholdeth
them
in
their
folly
,
praysing
and
approuing
their
wicked
life
,
as
though
it
were
good
,
such
kind
of
people
the
holy
ghost
reproueth
,
Rom.
1.32
.
]
Praise
thée
[
a
sodame
chaunge
of
the
person
,
from
the
3.
to
the
2.
]
when
thou
makest
much
of
thy selfe
[
i.
so
feedest
thy selfe
in
al
maner
of
delights
&
pleasures
excessiuely
:
for
otherwise
to
make
much
of
our selues
,
is
not
only
not
condemned
but
allowed
,
that
thereby
wee
may
bee
the
better
inabled
to
serue
God
,
and
to
profit
our
brethren
.
]
ver.
19.
Amend
thus
,
though
he
may
come
to
the
age
of
his
fathers
[
i.
though
he
should
liue
neuer
so
long
,
yea
euen
as
long
as
the
oldest
fathers
were
wont
to
doe
]
yet
they
shall
not
inioy
light
for
euer
[
i.
yet
their
life
must
haue
an
ende
in
this
life
,
and
they
shall
not
inioy
the
light
of
eternall
life
.
The
Geneua
translation
also
may
haue
a
good
sense
thus
]
hee
shall
not
enter
into
the
generation
of
his
fathers
[
i.
hee
shall
die
,
as
his
fathers
haue
doone
before
him
[
for
that
is
the
way
of
all
flesh
)
notwithstanding
his
great
pampering
of
himselfe
]
and
they
[
he
sodainly
chaungeth
the
number
,
from
the
singular
to
the
plurall
,
meaning
that
though
they
be
neuer
so
many
,
or
neuer
so
wealthy
,
yet
they
shal
not
escape
death
,
nor
inioy
life
]
for
euer
[
i.
a
long
season
vpon
the
earth
.
]
Verse
20.
Amend
thus
,
A
man
that
is
in
honour
and
vnderstandeth
not
,
is
like
to
beasts
that
perish
[
i.
one
,
yea
euery
one
that
God
highly
aduaunceth
,
and
yet
vnderstandeth
not
,
vz.
how
to
vse
the
good
things
he
hath
,
or
that
they
all
come
from
God
alone
]
is
like
to
brute
beasts
[
i.
voide
of
true
féeling
,
light
and
iudgement
,
and
in
respecte
of
Gods
matters
,
may
be
sayde
to
be
as
voyde
of
goodnes
,
as
bruite
beasts
are
of
reason
and
vnderstanding
.
Verse
1.
Gods
worde
must
be
diligently
hearkened
vnto
:
also
it
is
generall
,
Do.
appertayning
to
all
people
.
Verse
2.
Yea
to
all
sortes
of
people
.
Verse
3.
Wée
shoulde
learne
alwayes
to
speake
the
wordes
of
edification
.
Verse
4.
They
that
wil
teach
others
to
hearken
diligently
must
be
examples
themselues
of
the
same
thinges
:
also
they
must
vse
all
lawfull
meanes
to
make
the
doctrine
acceptable
and
gracious
to
the
hearers
.
Verse
5.
Assured
fayth
surmounteth
all
difficulties
whatsoeuer
.
Verse
6.
There
is
a
double
iniquitie
in
the
vngodly
riche
:
the
one
is
,
they
make
their
goods
their
God
,
and
so
commit
idolatrie
:
the
other
they
wax
proude
,
thorow
the
abundaunce
of
their
riches
,
and
so
sundrye
times
oppresse
their
bretheren
.
Ver.
7.
Setteth
out
the
insufficiency
of
riches
:
and
that
and
verse
8.
teach
that
all
mony
which
hath
bin
giuen
for
Masses
Diriges
,
Trentals
,
&c.
hath
bene
cast
away
,
séeing
Christ
is
the
onely
Redéemer
.
Ver.
9.
Mony
can
not
preuent
,
or
put
away
death
:
neither
can
wit
,
wisedome
,
or
policy
.
Verse
11.
sheweth
how
vayne
and
deceitfull
mens
mindes
and
cogitations
are
,
and
howe
that
all
the
meanes
that
they
can
deuise
for
the
continuaunce
of
their
name
shall
come
to
nought
.
Ver.
12.
Nothing
that
man
hath
is
certayne
.
Verse
13.
There
is
no
wickednesse
so
playne
and
manifest
but
some
eyther
for
pleasure
or
profite
,
will
delight
in
it
and
approue
it
.
Verse
14.
Nothing
can
deliuer
from
the
power
of
death
.
Verse
15.
The
faithfull
hanging
assuredly
vpon
God
shall
escape
eternall
iudgement
.
Verse
16.
Other
mens
prosperity
,
or
our
owne
aduersity
,
should
not
dismay
vs
.
Verse
17.
We
brought
nothing
into
this
world
,
neyther
shall
we
carry
any
thing
out
.
1.
Timoth.
6.7
.
Ver.
18.
Epicures
alwayes
pamper
their
bellies
:
besides
the
riche
are
neuer
without
their
flatterers
.
Verse
19.
Death
is
the
end
of
all
flesh
.
Verse
20.
The
more
that
a
man
hath
of
worldly
blessings
,
and
the
lesse
he
hath
of
spiritual
and
heauenly
vnderstanding
,
the
greater
is
his
blockishnesse
and
misery
.
Psalme
50.
THis
Psalme
may
be
diuided
into
thrée
parts
.
Di.
In
the
first
is
contained
an
excellent
description
of
the
Maiestie
,
power
,
greatnesse
and
glory
of
almighty
God
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
end
of
the
6.
In
the
second
the
Prophet
taking
vpon
him
the
person
of
God
,
sheweth
that
no
outward
meanes
,
no
though
he
himselfe
prescribed
them
,
can
be
acceptable
before
God
,
but
that
it
is
a
spirituall
seruice
that
pleaseth
him
,
from
verse
7.
to
the
end
of
the
15.
In
the
third
he
reproueth
the
wicked
and
vngodly
,
shewing
what
fruites
true
worshippers
should
yield
,
from
ver.
16.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
title
,
a
Psalme
of
Asaph
:
I
take
it
to
be
called
Asaphs
Psalme
,
not
because
he
was
the
Author
of
it
but
because
it
was
committed
to
him
,
and
his
,
to
bee
the
singers
thereof
,
sée
2.
Chron.
25.2
.
]
Verse
1.
The
God
of
Gods
[
i.
hee
that
is
God
to
all
the
Rulers
in
the
worlde
,
who
are
called
Gods
,
and
to
all
the
counterfeit
idols
of
the
Gentiles
,
who
are
also
so
named
,
1.
Corinth.
8.5
.
]
euen
the
Lord
[
he
sheweth
more
playnly
whome
hee
meaneth
]
hath
spoken
[
vz.
by
his
seruauntes
,
as
Moses
and
the
rest
,
touching
his
true
worship
and
seruice
]
and
called
[
vz.
to
himselfe
and
his
seruice
]
the
earth
[
i.
the
people
and
inhabitants
of
the
earth
:
this
was
verifyed
in
the
Gentils
by
the
workes
of
creation
,
as
Romanes
1.
and
in
the
Iewes
by
the
Creatures
,
and
by
the
worde
also
]
from
the
rysing
vp
of
the
Sunne
vnto
the
going
downe
thereof
[
i.
all
the
Worlde
ouer
and
thorow
out
the
same
,
sée
Malach.
1.11
.
]
Verse
2.
Out
of
Syon
[
sée
Psalme
48.2
.
]
whiche
is
the
perfection
of
beautye
[
i.
whiche
is
the
most
beautifull
and
fayre
place
that
canne
be
,
and
seemeth
to
be
so
glorious
,
that
nothing
can
bee
added
thereto
]
hath
GOD
shyned
,
[
i.
made
manifest
himselfe
by
his
workes
and
by
his
worde
,
in
the
exercises
of
his
religion
.
]
Verse
3.
Our
GOD
[
These
Bee
the
words
of
the
faithfull
people
,
assuring
themselues
of
gracious
deliueraunce
from
the
crueltye
of
the
wicked
,
by
the
mighty
power
of
that
God
whome
they
feare
]
shall
come
[
i.
certainlye
and
assuredlye
shall
come
,
though
hee
séeme
for
a
while
to
deferre
&
put
off
his
comming
]
&
shal
not
kéepe
silence
[
as
he
hath
séemed
to
do
heretofore
,
eyther
in
not
hearing
the
praiers
of
his
people
,
or
in
not
punishing
the
wicked
and
vngodly
:
sée
verse
21
of
this
Psalme
]
A
fyre
shal
deuoure
before
him
[
he
compareth
Gods
iudgements
agaynst
the
wicked
to
a
consuming
fyre
,
which
shall
so
eate
them
vp
,
that
nothing
shall
remayne
]
and
a
mightye
tempest
[
this
is
another
similitude
to
expresse
Gods
power
&
iudgments
by
against
the
vngodly
]
round
about
him
[
these
wordes
are
added
to
take
awaye
hope
of
escape
from
the
wicked
,
for
if
iudgement
should
be
but
before
him
,
they
would
thinke
to
créepe
behinde
him
,
but
the
Prophet
sheweth
,
that
whether
they
bée
before
him
or
behinde
him
,
all
is
one
,
for
consumed
they
shall
bee
,
if
not
with
the
fyre
,
yet
with
the
tempest
or
whirlewind
,
before
which
they
shoulde
bée
but
as
chaffe
,
Psalme
1.4
.
Such
,
yea
a
more
large
description
of
Gods
wrath
agaynst
his
enemies
,
is
before
Psalme
18.7.8
.
&c.
]
Ver.
4.
The
Heauen
aboue
[
Heauen
is
here
put
for
heauen
and
all
the
heauenly
powers
:
which
the
Lorde
will
call
forth
not
only
as
witnesses
agaynst
the
vngodlye
,
but
as
aydes
and
helpes
also
for
the
defence
of
his
]
and
the
earth
[
i.
not
onely
the
earth
it selfe
,
but
all
the
powers
therein
]
to
iudge
[
i.
to
punish
the
wicked
and
to
defende
the
good
,
and
maintayne
them
]
his
people
[
i.
all
both
good
and
bad
,
nowe
the
bad
are
called
his
people
,
not
because
he
loueth
them
with
the
loue
of
his
people
,
but
because
they
are
at
his
commaundement
,
to
vse
them
as
pleaseth
him
.
]
Verse
5.
Gather
my
Saynts
[
he
commaundeth
the
heauen
&
the
earth
to
bring
Gods
people
before
him
:
whom
he
calleth
saynts
,
because
his
elect
were
truelye
sanctifyed
,
&
all
were
admitted
to
outward
sanctification
]
those
that
make
a
couenaunt
with
me
[
vz.
that
they
will
serue
me
and
none
but
mee
]
with
Sacrifice
[
hee
meaneth
that
the
sacrifice
slayne
was
a
signe
and
testimonie
of
the
couenaunt
betwéene
GOD
and
his
people
,
sée
Exodus
24.6.7.8
.
Hee
speaketh
this
according
to
the
common
custome
for
in
olde
times
couenants
were
made
&
sealed
as
it
were
betwéene
parties
with
the
death
&
slaughter
of
some
beasts
.
]
Ver.
6.
He
sheweth
how
ready
the
heauens
shal
be
to
accomplish
&
perform
that
which
was
enioined
them
before
ver.
4.
]
by
righteousnesse
he
vnderstandeth
fauour
toward
Gods
children
,
&
iudgement
vppon
the
wicked
,
sée
2.
Thess.
1.6
7.
]
for
god
is
Iudge
himselfe
[
q.d.
hee
that
will
not
bee
corrupted
,
or
iudge
vniustlye
,
is
iudge
.
]
Ver.
7.
Heare
,
O
my
people
,
he
requireth
attention
,
declaring
that
he
hath
good
occasion
to
deale
with
them
,
because
they
had
broken
the
couenant
,
some
by
standing
only
vpon
the
outward
seruice
,
&
these
he
dealeth
with
,
till
you
come
to
the
ende
of
the
15
verse
:
and
othersome
for
their
lewde
life
,
and
these
he
reproueth
from
verse
16
to
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
]
testify
vnto
thée
[
vz.
in
a
solemne
sort
,
and
as
it
were
vsing
witnesses
]
for
I
am
God
,
euen
thy
God
[
this
is
a
reason
why
they
should
hearken
vnto
him
:
not
only
for
that
hee
hath
power
in
himselfe
to
punishe
the
contempte
of
his
Worde
,
but
also
because
hee
hath
manifested
that
power
for
their
good
.
]
Verse
8.
I
will
not
reproue
thee
[
vz.
so
much
for
the
neglect
of
sacrifices
,
as
for
not
referring
them
to
their
right
end
and
vse
:
for
otherwise
euen
the
verye
neglecte
of
them
,
was
for
that
tyme
a
breache
of
Gods
lawe
,
and
therefore
iustlye
deserued
a
reproofe
]
thy
Sacrifices
or
burnt
offringes
[
I
take
betwéene
these
two
wordes
this
difference
,
that
by
Sacrifices
he
meaneth
all
maner
of
offringes
excepte
those
that
were
offered
for
sinne
,
and
by
burnte
offringes
hée
meaneth
those
that
were
offered
for
sinne
,
which
are
called
burnt
offrings
because
they
were
wholy
burned
:
wherof
some
were
dayly
offred
,
as
two
lambs
morning
&
euening
euery
day
]
Ver.
9.
I
will
take
[
q.d.
I
haue
no
néede
to
take
]
out
of
thine
house
[
i.
out
of
thy
stall
where
thou
diddest
vse
to
kéepe
them
as
in
a
house
]
nor
Goats
[
he
speaketh
here
of
two
sortes
whiche
were
vsuall
in
the
Sacrifices
appointed
by
the
law
.
]
Ver.
10.
For
all
the
beasts
[
this
is
a
reason
why
the
Lord
néede
not
require
any
of
their
beastes
,
for
all
the
beastes
and
Foules
of
the
world
are
at
his
commaundement
]
thousand
mountains
[
a
number
certaine
,
for
an
vncertain
,
meaning
by
forrests
&
mountains
,
al
the
world
,
&
the
beasts
therof
.
]
Ver.
11.
I
know
[
vz.
in
such
order
that
I
can
count
them
,
and
call
them
,
when
I
lust
]
are
mine
[
vz.
to
do
with
them
whatsoeuer
I
think
good
.
]
Ver.
12.
If
I
be
hungry
[
he
speaketh
this
by
supposal
:
q.d.
if
it
were
possible
that
I
could
be
hungry
]
I
wil
not
tell
it
thée
[
q.d.
I
haue
no
neede
so
to
do
for
séeing
al
things
are
mine
,
I
can
satisfye
my selfe
when
I
lust
.
]
Ver.
13.
Wil
I
eate
[
q.d.
no
,
at
anye
hand
:
I
am
a
spirite
,
Iohn
4.
and
néede
no
such
grosse
nourishment
]
Ver.
14.
Offer
vnto
God
prayse
[
q.d.
This
is
it
that
God
requireth
,
that
he
be
praysed
for
his
goodnesse
:
and
this
is
indeede
his
spirituall
seruice
]
thy
vowes
[
i.
the
thinges
which
thou
hast
vowed
and
promised
,
as
testimonies
of
prayses
and
thankes
giuing
.
]
Verse
15.
Call
vpon
me
[
i.
pray
vnto
me
]
in
the
day
of
trouble
[
i.
when
thou
shalt
be
in
any
kinde
of
calamitie
or
affliction
:
and
it
is
called
the
daye
of
trouble
,
because
in
that
day
,
or
at
that
time
trouble
doth
sease
vpon
vs
]
glorifie
me
[
i.
prayse
and
thanke
me
.
]
Verse
16.
What
hast
thou
to
doe
[
q.d.
Doth
it
belong
to
thée
?
No
,
no
:
With
what
face
then
darest
thou
to
speake
of
my
lawes
,
or
of
that
couenaunt
that
is
betwéene
me
and
my
people
,
séeing
thy
life
vtterly
disagréeeth
from
the
same
.
]
Verse
17.
To
be
reformed
[
vz.
by
the
rule
of
righteousnesse
which
is
Gods
word
]
and
hast
cast
my
words
behind
thée
[
i.
contemned
them
or
little
regarded
them
,
sée
Phillip.
3.13
.
]
Ver.
18.
Thou
runnest
with
him
[
i.
thou
both
takest
delight
,
and
makest
great
hast
to
commit
theft
as
he
doth
]
thou
art
partaker
[
i.
thou
doest
not
only
enter
into
fellowship
,
but
committest
the
same
villany
with
them
.
]
Verse
19.
To
euill
[
i.
to
speake
ill
wordes
,
and
to
vtter
euill
thinges
]
and
with
thy
tongue
thou
forgest
deceite
[
i.
thou
deceauest
others
with
thy
spéeche
,
putting
the
tongue
which
is
an
instrument
of
our
spéeche
,
for
spéeche
it selfe
.
]
Ver.
20.
Thou
sittest
[
vz.
with
some
other
in
open
places
,
as
markets
,
iudgement
places
,
and
suche
like
]
against
thy
brother
[
i.
thy
friendes
and
kinsfolke
,
vnder
one
comprehending
the
rest
]
thy
mothers
sonne
[
i.
euen
thine
owne
brother
by
birth
and
nature
,
q.d.
Suche
is
thy
naughtinesse
,
that
thou
regardest
not
friend
,
kinsman
,
or
him
that
toucheth
thée
so
nigh
,
as
thy
owne
brother
is
.
]
Verse
21.
And
I
held
my
tongue
[
i.
I
did
not
by
my
iudgements
punish
thée
for
the
same
(
for
then
God
is
sayde
to
holde
his
tongue
when
he
executeth
not
his
wrath
)
but
did
in
long
sufferaunce
looke
for
thy
repentaunce
,
sée
Rom.
2.3.4
.
&c.
]
was
like
thée
[
i.
one
that
tooke
pleasure
in
wickednesse
,
as
thou
doest
]
but
I
will
reproue
thée
[
i.
but
thou
shalt
finde
and
féele
the
contrarie
,
by
the
punishments
that
I
will
powre
forth
vpon
thée
,
and
amongst
the
rest
by
this
]
I
will
set
them
in
order
before
thée
[
i.
I
will
in
such
order
and
so
particularly
lay
them
out
to
thy
face
,
that
thou
shalte
sée
them
and
confesse
them
.
]
Ver.
22.
Consider
this
[
vz.
that
I
beholde
all
thinges
that
men
doe
,
q.d.
at
the
length
know
it
,
mark
it
,
and
be
perswaded
of
the
truth
of
it
]
forget
God
[
i.
himselfe
and
his
iudgementes
against
you
for
sinne
]
least
I
teare
you
in
péeces
[
he
vseth
a
metaphor
taken
from
wild
beasts
,
that
cruelly
rent
in
péeces
the
prayes
that
they
haue
gotten
,
noting
thereby
the
greatnesse
of
the
punishment
that
shall
come
vpon
the
wicked
]
and
there
be
none
,
&c.
[
He
taketh
away
all
hope
of
deliueraunce
from
the
vngodly
.
]
Verse
23.
He
that
offereth
prayse
[
i.
he
that
in
stéede
of
sacrifices
prayseth
me
,
vnderstanding
by
thanks
giuing
and
prayse
,
whiche
is
a
part
of
Gods
seruice
and
worship
his
whole
religion
]
shall
glorifie
me
[
he
meaneth
that
he
that
from
the
heart
prayseth
the
Lord
,
doth
yéeld
him
most
excellent
honour
]
disposeth
his
way
arighte
[
i.
rightly
and
holily
ordreth
his
life
]
will
I
[
i.
God
himselfe
speaking
of
himselfe
:
or
else
his
seruaunt
and
Prophet
]
shew
the
saluation
of
God
[
i.
If
wée
referre
it
to
God
:
he
meaneth
that
he
will
shew
himselfe
the
sauiour
of
suche
a
person
:
but
if
we
referre
it
to
the
Prophet
,
and
take
it
to
be
his
wordes
,
hee
meaneth
that
he
will
declare
vnto
him
excellent
saluation
(
for
so
sometimes
these
wordes
of
God
are
vsed
)
which
he
shall
receaue
indéede
from
God
,
who
will
for
euer
kéepe
and
saue
such
persons
,
both
the
sences
come
almost
to
one
.
Verse
1.
Gods
maiestye
appeareth
excellently
in
his
creatures
.
Verse
2.
Do.
But
specially
in
his
Church
.
Verse
3.
Gods
iudgements
and
power
are
terrible
to
his
enemyes
,
but
comfortable
to
his
seruaunts
.
Verse
4.
All
creatures
are
at
Gods
commaundement
.
Verse
5.
Gods
people
are
called
saynts
euen
in
this
life
,
whome
it
becommeth
carefully
to
kéepe
the
couenaunt
of
sanctifycation
,
that
passeth
betwéene
them
and
their
God
.
Verse
6
It
is
comfortable
to
consider
,
that
God
who
is
iustice
it selfe
,
shall
iudge
.
Verse
7
When
God
speaketh
,
all
ought
to
heare
.
Verse
8.9
.
God
regardeth
not
outwarde
seruices
,
when
inward
is
wanting
.
Verse
10.
All
things
in
the
world
are
Gods
,
and
at
his
commaundement
.
Verse
11.
If
he
know
the
creatures
,
then
men
likewise
.
Verse
12.
God
standeth
not
any
maner
a
way
in
néede
of
man
.
Verse
13.
God
being
a
spirit
,
néedeth
not
outward
nurriture
.
Verse
14.
The
sacrifice
of
thankes
giuing
,
is
acceptable
to
God
.
Verse
15.
Aduersitie
is
a
spurre
vnto
prayer
,
if
we
could
rightly
consider
of
it
.
Verse
16.
Gods
ordinaunces
being
holy
and
pure
shoulde
not
come
into
mouthes
giuen
to
filthinesse
.
Verse
17.
To
hate
admonition
and
to
despise
Gods
worde
,
be
two
grieuous
sinnes
.
Verse
18.
Learne
to
beware
of
making
hast
to
wickednesse
,
and
of
communicating
with
other
men
in
their
sinnes
.
Verse
19.
Our
tongues
and
mouthes
shoulde
be
dedicated
to
goodnesse
.
ver.
20.
To
speake
euil
of
,
or
to
slander
any
,
much
more
our
nighest
kinred
,
is
a
horrible
sinne
.
Verse
21.
Gods
mercy
&
long
suffering
worketh
strange
effects
in
the
wicked
,
not
of
it selfe
,
but
because
that
they
in
the
corruption
of
their
own
nature
abuse
it
.
Verse
22.
Gods
iudgements
should
strike
a
reuerence
and
feare
of
his
maiestie
into
our
harts
.
Verse
23.
God
delighteth
in
those
that
giue
themselues
to
godlinesse
and
honesty
.
Psalme
51.
THis
Psalme
propoundeth
specially
two
thinges
:
Di.
the
firste
is
an
humble
confession
of
sinnes
,
with
an
earnest
crauing
pardon
for
the
same
,
desiring
notwithstanding
his
sinne
,
the
continuaunce
of
Gods
fauour
towards
him
,
and
this
reacheth
from
verse
1.
to
the
end
of
the
17.
In
the
second
is
comprehended
an
earnest
praier
for
the
whole
estate
of
Gods
church
,
and
●●is
is
in
the
two
last
verses
of
the
Psalme
.
The
Title
,
to
him
that
excelleth
,
Se.
a
Psalme
of
Dauid
(
this
hath
bene
expounded
before
)
when
the
Prophet
Nathan
came
vnto
him
[
for
the
better
vnderstanding
of
this
,
read
2.
Sam.
11.
and
12
Chapiter
throughout
)
after
hee
had
gone
in
to
Bathsheba
(
the
scripture
speaketh
chastly
&
purely
,
of
a
filthy
facte
:
in
other
places
it
is
expressed
by
knowing
hir
,
in
our
spéech
we
say
,
after
he
had
had
her
company
,
or
lain
with
her
.
]
Verse
1.
Conteineth
excellent
wordes
of
a
man
,
that
doth
earnestly
confesse
his
sinnes
:
and
he
doubleth
as
it
were
the
same
matter
in
other
wordes
,
that
hee
might
more
effectually
declare
his
affection
,
he
runneth
only
to
Gods
mercye
,
and
because
his
sinnes
were
many
and
infinite
,
he
prayeth
the
manifestation
and
féeling
of
the
infinite
multitude
of
gods
goodnesses
]
away
myne
iniquities
[
vz.
either
as
they
doe
that
take
spots
oute
of
apparell
,
or
as
they
doe
that
blot
somwhat
out
of
debt
bookes
,
for
such
a
metaphor
he
séemeth
to
vse
here
,
meaning
the
vtter
remouing
of
them
.
]
Verse
2.
Vnder
the
termes
of
washing
and
cleansing
,
the
Prophet
alludeth
to
the
outwarde
purifyings
and
cleansings
of
the
law
,
yet
so
,
that
he
knoweth
that
all
these
outward
things
were
nothing
,
without
the
Lord
performed
that
inwardly
which
was
signified
by
these
outward
signs
,
that
is
frée
pardon
,
&
ful
forgiuenes
of
al
his
transgressions
.
]
Ver.
3.
For
I
know
[
i.
féele
sensibly
within
my self
,
but
yet
so
,
that
I
do
withal
confes
it
]
is
euer
before
me
[
i.
is
continually
in
my
remembraunce
,
and
the
very
thought
of
it
doth
continually
vex
me
:
and
by
iniquitye
&
sinne
in
the
singuler
number
,
he
meaneth
not
that
he
committed
no
more
but
one
sinne
for
we
sée
there
was
murther
adioyned
with
his
whordome
&
adulterye
,
but
in
confessing
one
as
the
principal
he
acknowledgeth
all
the
branches
appertayning
therto
whatsoeuer
.
]
Ver.
4.
Against
thée
,
against
thée
only
&c
[
Dauid
noteth
by
this
maner
of
spéech
,
that
he
did
so
cunningly
couer
his
sinne
from
mens
eyes
,
that
none
saw
it
for
the
time
,
til
it
was
reuealed
,
but
God
alone
:
so
that
we
see
,
Against
thée
,
doth
not
only
note
that
his
sinne
was
directly
agaynste
God
,
which
also
he
meaneth
by
doubling
the
words
against
thée
,
agaynst
thée
,
but
also
that
it
was
naked
before
him
,
as
appeareth
by
that
which
followeth
:
&
when
he
addeth
this
word
,
only
,
he
meaneth
not
,
that
he
had
not
offended
against
men
also
,
for
we
sée
that
he
had
caused
Vriah
to
be
slain
]
but
because
God
was
he
[
whose
law
,
both
in
respect
of
the
first
and
second
table
was
broken
,
whom
it
did
most
especially
touch
]
that
thou
mayst
be
iust
[
i.
declared
to
be
iust
,
for
otherwise
god
is
alwayes
iust
,
though
the
manifestation
thereof
appeare
not
]
and
pure
[
i.
sound
and
vpright
]
when
thou
iudgest
[
vz.
others
,
for
God
is
always
iust
,
but
it
then
specially
appeareth
,
when
he
eyther
pronounceth
sentence
against
some
,
or
executeth
iudgements
vpon
them
.
]
Ver.
5.
Behold
[
q.d.
I
confes
not
only
this
sin
of
adultery
and
murther
,
but
al
other
from
the
time
of
my
being
,
vntill
this
present
houre
,
he
speaketh
indéede
specially
of
originall
sinne
,
but
yet
so
,
that
vnder
the
same
he
comprehendeth
al
his
other
sinnes
whatsoeuer
,
originall
sinne
being
the
fountayne
from
whence
the
rest
flow
]
and
in
sinne
hath
my
mother
conceyued
me
[
these
wordes
meane
not
that
the
performaunce
of
mariage
dueties
simply
of
themselues
bee
euill
,
as
some
lewde
men
haue
dreamed
and
taught
,
but
that
he
hauing
originall
sinne
from
his
parents
,
was
in
that
sinne
]
conceaued
[
i.
fostred
and
norished
in
his
mothers
wombe
,
and
brought
forth
in
the
same
,
for
so
largely
do
I
take
the
word
of
conceauing
,
the
beginning
of
a
thing
,
being
put
for
the
grouth
,
procéeding
and
continuance
of
the
same
thing
]
Ver.
6.
Thou
louest
truth
[
i.
vprightnes
&
soundnes
,
&
a
sincere
good
wil
to
follow
thée
]
in
the
inward
affections
[
meaning
that
God
specially
respecteth
the
hart
,
yet
so
,
that
he
wil
haue
the
outward
conuersation
agréeable
thereto
]
haste
thou
taught
me
wisedome
[
i.
heauenly
and
right
vnderstanding
out
of
thy
law
.
All
this
the
Prophet
alleageth
to
aggrauate
his
own
sinne
,
because
that
contrary
to
the
knowledge
and
truth
that
God
had
manifested
vnto
him
,
he
had
committed
gros
iniquities
.
]
Ver.
7.
Purge
me
with
Hysop
[
no
doubt
hee
alludeth
to
the
ceremonies
&
purifications
of
the
law
,
among
which
Hisope
was
greatly
vsed
,
as
Leuit.
14.6.7
.
Leuit.
19.18
.
yet
so
that
he
would
haue
the
truth
also
signifyed
by
these
outward
things
,
and
he
putteth
purging
,
and
Hisope
,
and
washing
,
which
were
outward
parts
of
the
legal
puristings
,
for
a
thorow
,
&
whole
cleansing
,
as
ver.
2.
]
and
I
shall
be
cleane
[
q.d.
otherwise
I
cannot
bee
cleane
,
vnlesse
thou
O
Lord
performe
it
indéede
]
whiter
then
snow
[
Sée
Isaiah
1.16.18
.
for
the
vnderstanding
of
this
Verse
.
]
Verse
8.
Make
me
to
heare
[
i.
eyther
to
féele
,
one
sence
being
put
for
another
,
a
thing
vsuall
in
Scripture
,
or
else
,
by
some
one
of
thy
Prophets
or
other
make
me
to
know
my
sinnes
to
bée
forgiuen
as
Nathan
pronounced
the
same
vnto
him
2.
Samuel
12.13
.
]
ioye
and
gladnesse
[
i.
that
comfortable
and
ioyfull
message
,
touching
the
frée
and
full
pardon
of
my
sinnes
,
that
maye
make
me
ioyfull
and
glad
indéede
]
that
the
bones
[
i.
I
my selfe
both
body
and
soule
:
he
putteth
a
part
for
the
whole
]
which
thou
hast
broken
[
vz.
by
the
horror
of
thy
gréeuous
iudgementes
agaynste
mee
for
my
sinne
,
sée
Psalme
38.3
.
]
may
reioyce
[
i.
haue
matter
of
reioycing
ministred
vnto
them
,
and
performe
that
ioy
indéede
,
whilst
that
they
inioye
their
former
féelings
.
]
Verse
9.
Hide
thy
face
from
my
sinnes
[
i.
bury
them
as
it
were
in
perpetuall
forgetfulnesse
:
for
we
doe
not
easily
forget
those
things
that
be
continually
in
our
sight
]
put
away
[
sée
before
verse
1.
of
this
Psalme
]
all
mine
iniquities
[
one
and
other
,
for
so
long
as
any
sinne
presseth
vs
,
the
conscience
can
hardly
be
quiet
.
]
Verse
10.
Create
in
me
a
cleane
hart
[
he
prayeth
,
because
the
heart
is
the
seat
of
the
affections
,
and
naturallye
it
is
inclyned
to
all
filthinesse
euery
day
,
sée
Matth.
15.19
.
Gen.
6.5
.
Gen.
8.21
.
That
God
woulde
reforme
it
,
taking
away
that
filthinesse
,
and
planting
goodnesse
in
it
,
which
he
calleth
creation
]
a
right
spirite
[
i.
a
minde
frée
from
all
hipocrisie
,
and
abhorring
crooked
wayes
,
some
read
a
stedfast
spirite
,
meaning
a
spirite
and
mynde
so
well
stayed
,
as
might
not
in
tyme
afterward
be
remoued
from
his
obedience
.
]
Ver.
11.
Cast
me
not
awaye
from
thy
presence
[
hee
vseth
here
a
metaphor
taken
from
Kings
,
who
will
not
vouchsafe
such
to
beholde
them
,
as
they
hate
or
lyke
not
of
]
thy
holy
spirite
[
i.
the
effectes
and
workes
of
thy
holy
spirite
,
for
neyther
doth
the
spirite
substantiallye
dwell
in
men
,
as
some
haue
dreamed
,
neyther
is
the
pledge
of
the
spirite
so
taken
awaye
,
as
some
haue
imagined
,
though
it
be
hidden
sometimes
vnder
the
ashes
of
corruption
,
]
Verse
12.
Restore
to
me
the
ioy
of
thy
saluation
[
i.
make
me
to
féele
agayne
that
vnspeakeable
comfort
of
saluation
,
that
I
was
wont
to
feere
:
so
that
it
séemeth
that
Dauid
was
almost
at
the
dore
of
dispayre
with
the
féeling
of
his
sinnes
,
&
the
iudgements
of
God
agaynst
him
for
the
same
]
establish
me
[
i.
make
me
strong
and
stedfast
]
with
thy
frée
spirite
,
[
the
spirite
of
God
is
called
frée
in
diuers
respects
,
as
because
it
is
Gods
effectuall
instrument
to
set
vs
frée
from
the
bondage
of
sinne
,
for
where
the
spirite
of
the
Lord
is
,
there
is
fréedome
,
2.
Corinthians
3.17
.
because
also
thereby
god
worketh
in
vs
fréenesse
and
readinesse
to
the
doing
of
those
thinges
which
he
commaundeth
:
and
lastly
because
it
maketh
vs
fréelye
and
boldly
to
professe
that
we
are
Gods
children
,
as
Rom.
8.15.16
.
some
reade
principall
or
princelike
spirite
,
meaning
thereby
a
moste
excellent
spirit
,
suche
as
Kings
and
Princes
haue
néede
of
,
that
they
may
know
how
to
guide
them
selues
in
their
offices
.
]
Verse
13.
Thy
wayes
[
i.
thy
mercies
&
louing
kindnes
,
which
are
called
Gods
wayes
because
he
alwayes
sheweth
them
to
true
penitent
sinners
,
q.d.
If
thou
wilt
pardon
me
my
sinnes
,
I
will
be
thy
instrumente
to
teach
them
that
shall
come
to
the
like
féeling
of
their
transgressions
,
thy
wonderfull
mercy
and
goodnesse
]
and
sinners
shall
be
[
vz.
by
that
meanes
]
conuerted
vnto
thée
[
vz.
from
whom
they
haue
gone
astray
,
he
meaneth
that
hee
will
take
paynes
to
winne
men
to
god
,
but
that
the
profit
thereof
shall
redounde
to
gods
owne
glory
.
]
Verse
14.
From
blood
[
he
meaneth
not
only
from
the
sinne
committed
in
shedding
Vriahs
blood
,
and
others
with
him
,
as
2.
Sam.
11.17
.
but
also
the
punishments
that
by
that
sinne
he
had
drawne
vpon
himselfe
:
whereof
sée
Genesis
9.5.6
.
]
God
of
my
saluation
[
sée
Psalme
18.46
.
]
my
tongue
shall
sing
ioyfully
[
i.
chearefully
and
aloude
prayse
]
thy
righteousnesse
[
i.
thy
goodnesse
,
faythfulnesse
and
truth
,
which
thou
promisest
and
performest
to
them
,
that
craue
pardon
and
forgiuenesse
.
]
Verse
15.
He
prayeth
the
Lord
not
onely
to
giue
him
an
occasion
,
but
also
to
inable
him
to
thankfulnesse
,
and
then
he
will
performe
it
.
]
Verse
16.
Must
be
vnderstoode
by
the
way
of
comparison
,
and
not
supplye
,
for
yet
in
his
time
sacrifices
were
to
be
vsed
,
and
that
by
the
prescript
of
gods
law
,
sée
Psalme
50.8.9
.
&c.
Isaiah
1.11.12
,
&c.
]
Verse
17.
The
sacrifices
of
God
[
i.
such
as
he
principally
alloweth
and
accepteth
]
a
contrite
spirit
[
i.
a
spirite
brused
and
broken
as
it
were
,
with
the
feeling
of
the
sinne
committed
,
and
the
acknowledgement
of
his
owne
weakenesse
and
vnworthinesse
,
which
as
I
take
it
,
the
Apostle
calleth
godly
sorrow
2.
Cor.
7.10.11
.
Thou
wilt
not
despise
[
i.
thou
wilt
graciously
and
mercifully
accept
:
for
not
refusing
or
despising
,
with
god
is
gracious
accepting
.
]
Verse
18.
Be
fauourable
[
i.
notwithstanding
my
sinne
,
continue
gracious
,
and
heape
vp
benefits
vpon
benefits
]
vnto
Sion
[
i.
vnto
thy
church
and
people
:
he
putteth
the
place
where
Gods
people
dwelt
,
and
the
exercises
of
his
religion
were
vsed
,
for
gods
people
and
Churche
,
sée
Psalme
48.11
.
]
for
thy
good
pleasure
[
i.
for
thyne
own
goodnesse
sake
,
and
not
for
any
thing
in
them
or
me
,
for
there
is
nothing
in
vs
that
can
procure
that
]
build
the
wals
of
Ierusalem
[
i.
not
onely
defend
thy
church
by
thy
mighty
power
and
prouidence
but
giue
it
all
the
meanes
whereby
it
may
resist
the
assaults
of
thine
enemies
,
as
walles
to
a
citie
are
a
good
defence
to
saue
them
from
the
violences
and
outrages
of
their
enemies
.
]
Verse
19.
Sacrifices
of
righteousnesse
[
sée
Psal.
4.5
q.d.
When
sacrifices
and
burnt
offrings
shall
be
referred
to
a
right
ende
,
God
will
allow
and
like
of
them
]
then
shall
they
[
i.
thy
people
offer
Calues
vppon
thine
altar
[
i.
sacrifices
of
prayses
and
thanksgiuing
,
vnderstanding
no
doubte
by
Calues
euen
the
instruments
of
their
lippes
to
prayse
God
withall
,
sée
Hosea
14.2
.
also
Heb.
13.15
.
Verse
1.
When
we
are
touched
with
the
féeling
of
our
sinnes
,
Do.
Gods
mercy
is
the
only
medicine
that
we
must
looke
to
for
the
curing
of
our
sore
.
Ver.
2.
We
must
pray
for
pardon
and
full
forgiuenesse
of
our
sinnes
,
or
else
it
is
nothing
as
also
verse
9.
of
this
Psalme
.
Verse
3.
Confession
of
our
sinnes
,
and
the
sight
of
them
are
good
meanes
to
bring
vs
to
repentaunce
for
them
,
and
forgiuenesse
of
them
.
Verse
4.
God
onely
is
iust
in
all
his
wayes
and
wordes
how
vile
soeuer
men
be
.
Verse
5.
Proueth
originall
sinne
,
and
yet
not
by
imitation
,
as
the
Pelagians
imagine
,
but
by
naturall
corruption
from
our
parents
before
we
could
follow
them
.
Verse
6.
God
specially
regardeth
the
inward
parts
,
as
the
harte
and
minde
.
Verse
7.
Vnlesse
God
take
away
our
sinnes
,
we
can
neuer
be
purged
.
Verse
8.
When
we
are
afflicted
with
heauinesse
,
it
is
good
to
praye
that
we
may
féele
spirituall
comfort
.
Verse
9.
We
are
not
able
to
indure
Gods
presence
,
much
lesse
his
iustice
for
our
sinnes
.
Verse
10.
God
is
he
alone
that
must
alter
and
chaunge
the
corruptions
of
our
mindes
.
Verse
11.
To
be
banished
out
of
Gods
fauour
,
and
to
want
the
effects
of
the
spirite
,
is
extreme
miserye
.
Verse
12.
Vnlesse
God
vphold
vs
,
we
shall
easily
fall
.
Verse
13.
Our
féelings
of
Gods
mercies
,
should
be
referred
to
other
mens
profits
,
and
Gods
glory
.
Verse
14.
We
ought
to
pray
for
deliueraunce
from
sinne
,
and
the
punishments
due
thereto
.
Verse
15.
All
the
members
of
our
bodies
should
bée
referred
to
Gods
glorye
,
but
yet
we
can
not
performe
that
vnlesse
hee
giue
vs
strength
and
grace
.
Ver.
16.
God
regardeth
not
outward
seruices
only
,
but
the
inward
and
the
outward
must
be
both
ioyned
together
.
Ver.
17.
Godly
gréefe
of
hart
for
sinne
,
is
an
acceptable
sacrifice
to
God
.
Ver.
18.
We
must
praye
for
the
Church
,
and
the
prosperity
thereof
.
Verse
19.
It
becommeth
Gods
children
after
he
hath
heard
their
prayers
,
and
graunted
them
their
requests
,
outwardly
to
shew
themselues
thankfull
.
Psalme
52.
THis
Psalm
may
be
deuided
into
two
parts
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
prophet
by
péecemeale
as
it
were
,
describeth
the
corruption
and
malice
of
his
aduersaries
:
and
this
is
comprehended
in
the
foure
first
verses
.
In
the
second
he
sheweth
Gods
iudgements
agaynst
the
vngodlye
,
and
his
fauour
to
his
children
,
with
the
fruit
the
godly
shall
reape
thereby
,
from
verse
5.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
,
to
him
that
excelleth
.
Se.
A
Psalme
of
Dauid
to
giue
instruction
[
this
hath
ben
expounded
before
,
Psal.
4.
also
Psal.
32.
]
that
which
followeth
in
the
title
declareth
the
occasion
wherefore
Dauid
made
this
Psalm
,
for
the
more
ample
vnderstanding
wherof
,
sée
1.
Sam.
21.
from
verse
1.
to
the
9.
and
Doeg
is
here
called
an
Edomite
,
not
that
I
thinke
he
was
so
by
nation
or
birth
,
but
because
he
had
vpon
some
one
occasion
or
other
,
dwelt
in
Edom.
Ver.
1.
Why
boastest
thou
thy selfe
,
&c.
[
q.d.
there
is
no
cause
why
thou
shouldst
so
doe
,
if
eyther
thou
consider
thy selfe
,
or
the
matter
that
thou
art
about
to
commit
,
or
God
himselfe
,
whose
goodnesse
continueth
towards
his
children
for
euer
,
though
he
doe
for
a
time
giue
them
ouer
to
the
vngodlies
lust
,
so
that
all
thy
laboure
is
but
lost
,
though
thou
bragge
neuer
so
much
therof
:
for
neyther
art
thou
able
to
assault
God
,
though
thou
be
neuer
so
mighty
,
neyther
to
hinder
the
course
of
his
goodnesse
towards
his
children
]
Ver.
2.
Thy
tongue
imagineth
mischiefe
[
he
attributeth
imagination
to
the
tongue
,
which
is
proper
to
the
mind
,
meaning
therby
,
expressing
:
q.d.
thou
doest
by
thy
wordes
bewray
what
mind
thou
haddest
when
thou
wast
with
Ahimelech
]
like
a
sharpe
rasor
[
vz.
in
cutting
,
&
that
déepely
:
q.d.
thou
woundest
&
cuttest
with
thy
tongue
as
a
rasor
doth
,
hee
meaneth
the
slaughter
committed
,
1.
Sam.
22.16
.
]
that
cutteth
deceitfully
[
as
missing
the
beard
,
and
striking
the
throat
,
that
is
,
not
vsed
where
it
should
be
,
and
where
it
should
not
be
vsed
,
there
to
be
of
great
force
.
Immanuel
readeth
this
verse
otherwise
,
and
somewhat
more
plainly
in
my
iudgement
.
Verse
3.
Euill
[
i.
not
onely
euill
in
affection
,
but
in
acte
,
meaning
speciallye
the
murther
committed
at
Nob
]
and
lyes
,
[
vz.
in
falslye
accusing
Ahimelech
,
sée
1.
Samuell
22.7.8.9
.
&c.
Ver.
4.
Thou
louest
[
i.
allowest
and
vsest
]
all
wordes
that
may
destroy
[
i.
suche
spéeches
,
as
by
the
vttering
of
them
maye
bring
hurte
and
destruction
to
others
.
]
Verse
5.
So
[
i.
as
thou
hast
delighted
to
destroy
others
,
vz.
the
Priests
of
Nob
,
so
shall
God
take
pleasure
in
thy
ouerthrowe
although
for
a
while
he
deferre
to
punish
thy
trayterous
and
crafty
dealing
]
destroye
thée
[
O
Doeg
,
although
thou
thinkest
thy selfe
to
be
very
high
and
sure
,
yet
shalte
thou
be
cast
downe
]
for
euer
[
i.
continually
,
and
that
so
,
that
thou
shalt
haue
no
hope
of
rising
agayne
]
hee
shall
take
thée
[
vz.
awaye
from
amongst
men
,
so
that
thou
shalt
not
hurt
any
more
]
and
plucke
thée
[
vz.
by
strong
hande
,
whether
thou
wilt
yea
or
no
,
out
of
thy
Tabernacle
[
i.
the
place
of
thy
dwelling
and
aboad
,
and
all
that
thou
haddest
to
mayntayne
the
same
whiche
thou
madest
account
of
,
as
though
it
had
bene
perpetuall
,
meaning
that
he
would
take
awaye
from
him
Saules
seruice
,
and
whatsoeuer
else
he
had
to
trust
in
]
roote
thée
[
i.
not
only
thine
owne
person
,
but
thy
remembraunce
and
posteritie
]
out
of
the
lande
of
the
liuing
[
i.
out
of
the
world
,
and
from
the
face
of
the
earth
.
]
Verse
6.
Shall
sée
it
[
i.
the
punishment
that
God
shall
lay
vpon
thée
,
and
such
wicked
ones
as
thou
art
]
and
shall
feare
[
vz.
God
and
his
iudgementes
,
but
yet
with
a
reuerence
and
loue
also
of
his
maiestie
,
from
which
shall
spring
sincere
seruice
]
and
shall
laugh
[
i.
inwardly
and
outwardly
reioyce
]
at
him
[
i.
Doeg
,
and
such
wicked
men
,
not
so
much
for
that
they
are
ouerthrowne
,
as
because
thereby
it
pleaseth
God
to
manifest
the
care
he
hath
for
his
children
,
&
the
iudgements
he
executeth
vpon
the
wicked
.
]
Verse
7.
Behold
the
man
[
q.d.
they
shall
poynt
at
him
as
it
were
with
the
finger
,
and
will
other
men
to
looke
vppon
the
heauye
iudgementes
that
God
hath
executed
agaynst
him
]
that
tooke
not
God
for
his
strength
[
i.
that
did
not
put
his
trust
for
his
strength
and
all
other
thinges
in
God
only
]
but
trusted
vnto
the
multitude
of
his
riches
[
Sée
Luke
12.15.16
.
&c.
1.
Timothie
6.7
.
]
and
put
his
strength
[
i.
trusted
that
his
strength
shoulde
appeare
]
in
his
malice
[
vz.
whiche
hee
practised
agaynste
Ahimelech
,
and
the
rest
of
the
Priestes
at
Nob.
]
Verse
8.
But
I
[
Dauid
expresseth
the
hope
that
he
and
other
faythfull
haue
,
howsoeuer
the
wicked
be
destroyed
,
and
that
though
the
wicked
trust
in
vncertaintie
of
riches
,
yet
he
and
they
still
hang
vpon
the
Lord
continuallye
]
lyke
a
gréene
Oliue
Trée
[
i.
alwayes
freshe
and
flourishing
,
and
yéelding
fruite
,
for
the
Oliue
is
very
fruitfull
,
and
neuer
wanteth
gréene
Leaues
]
in
the
house
of
GOD
[
i.
in
his
Church
and
Congregation
,
from
whiche
though
Dauid
were
at
this
present
banished
,
yet
in
a
sure
hope
he
perswadeth
himselfe
hee
shall
in
good
time
returne
thither
,
and
bring
forth
much
fruite
]
for
I
trusted
in
the
mercye
of
GOD
[
this
is
a
reason
why
he
shoulde
continue
and
florish
]
for
euer
and
euer
[
expounde
this
by
verse
sixe
,
of
Psalme
23.
]
Verse
9.
I
will
alway
prayse
thée
[
Dauid
promiseth
thankfulnes
]
for
that
thou
hast
done
this
,
[
he
sheweth
a
cause
why
he
will
be
thankefull
,
and
marke
the
manner
of
spéeche
,
he
speaketh
as
the
Prophets
also
do
oftentimes
,
of
a
thing
that
should
be
done
,
as
though
it
were
alreadye
done
,
because
of
the
certaintie
of
it
]
I
will
hope
in
thy
name
[
i.
I
will
trust
in
,
and
patiently
wayte
for
,
thy
vertue
,
power
,
and
grace
,
as
Psalme
20.1
.
so
that
here
he
promiseth
patience
]
because
it
is
good
[
i.
is
found
to
be
gracious
,
fauourable
,
and
redy
to
helpe
afflicted
ones
]
before
thy
saynts
[
i.
euen
in
the
verye
sighte
,
iudgement
and
experience
of
thine
owne
people
.
For
this
word
Saynts
,
sée
before
Psal.
50.5
.
also
Psal.
16.3
.
The
vngodly
reioyce
and
glory
in
their
sinne
and
shame
:
Do.
also
Gods
kindnes
continueth
for
euer
towards
those
that
feare
him
.
]
Ver.
2.3.4
.
sheweth
how
that
the
vngodly
vse
all
the
meanes
they
can
of
words
déeds
,
&c.
to
worke
mischiefe
and
hurt
by
.
Verse
5.
setteth
out
Gods
iudgements
against
the
wicked
,
and
that
the
hope
of
the
vngodly
shall
perish
.
Verse
6.
Gods
iudgements
vpon
the
wicked
,
strike
two
contrary
passions
as
it
were
into
the
hartes
of
his
children
,
vz.
feare
and
ioyfulnes
.
Ver.
7.
sheweth
how
vaine
a
thing
it
is
to
trust
in
any
thing
saue
in
God
alone
,
and
to
take
pleasure
and
delighte
in
vngraciousnesse
.
Verse
8.
describeth
the
flourishing
estate
of
the
faythful
.
Ver.
9.
Teacheth
praysing
of
God
and
patience
.
Psalme
53.
THis
Psalme
is
the
same
,
not
only
in
matter
but
in
wordes
almoste
,
with
Psalme
14.
and
therefore
that
,
that
hath
bene
sayde
there
,
must
be
looked
vpon
agayne
where
it
varieth
,
something
shall
bée
put
down
.
In
the
title
are
these
words
on
Mahalath
,
which
I
take
rather
to
be
an
instrument
then
a
tune
,
and
such
an
instrument
as
was
made
to
go
with
blowing
or
breath
,
by
the
reason
of
the
hollownesse
of
it
,
all
the
rest
of
the
title
hath
ben
expounded
before
,
Psal.
42.
and
else
where
.
Se.
Verse
1.
For
the
word
,
Worke
,
in
Psalme
14.
here
is
put
downe
Wickednesse
,
seuerall
wordes
tending
all
to
one
end
,
vz.
to
set
out
the
naughtinesse
of
these
wicked
men
.
Verse
3.
For
all
are
gone
out
of
the
waye
,
Psalme
14.
there
is
read
:
Here
,
euery
one
is
gone
backe
[
vz.
from
the
obedyence
of
God
and
his
commaundementes
,
whereof
they
séemed
to
make
some
profession
.
Verse
5.
differeth
almost
altogether
from
Psalme
14.
the
Prophet
declaring
what
great
iudgement
the
Lorde
bringeth
vppon
the
wicked
,
though
neuer
so
stoute
and
couragious
,
noting
that
though
they
feared
GOD
no
whit
at
al
,
yea
and
they
themselues
were
greatlye
feared
of
men
,
yet
when
they
thoughte
least
of
it
,
and
no
cause
of
feare
appeared
,
the
Lorde
stirred
vp
the
terrours
and
prickes
of
their
owne
consciences
to
trouble
them
]
scattered
the
bones
[
vz.
being
firste
broken
as
it
were
in
péeces
.
By
this
manner
of
spéeche
the
Prophet
meaneth
that
the
Lorde
by
his
iudgementes
entereth
and
pierseth
euen
into
their
inward
parts
,
and
breaketh
and
weakeneth
all
their
force
and
strength
whatsoeuer
,
and
you
so
shal
haue
the
word
,
bones
,
vsed
for
strength
before
,
Psalme
32.3
.
]
of
him
that
besieged
thée
[
the
Prophet
speaketh
of
Gods
people
,
as
of
one
person
,
because
of
the
vnitye
that
is
or
oughte
to
be
amongst
them
,
and
of
their
fellowlike
suffering
:
So
also
hee
speaketh
of
the
wicked
,
as
of
one
man
,
by
reason
of
the
consent
that
is
in
them
to
doe
mischiefe
:
vnderstanding
also
by
the
worde
,
besieging
,
all
the
mischieuous
attemptes
,
deuices
,
and
procéedings
of
the
vngodly
]
thou
hast
put
them
to
confusion
[
this
may
be
referred
eyther
to
the
Churche
,
as
that
the
Churche
had
gotten
victorye
agaynst
the
wicked
,
because
GOD
woulde
haue
it
so
:
or
else
to
Christ
the
heade
of
the
Church
,
or
GOD
the
Father
,
speaking
to
him
and
of
him
,
in
the
first
place
in
the
seconde
person
,
and
in
the
latter
place
,
speaking
of
him
in
the
thirde
person
.
I
woulde
rather
referre
it
to
the
Churche
.
All
the
rest
sée
before
Psalme
14.
Psalme
54.
Di.
THis
Psalme
though
it
be
short
,
hath
yet
notwithstanding
3.
parts
.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
prayeth
deliuerance
from
his
enemies
shewing
the
cause
that
moueth
him
so
to
doe
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
end
of
the
third
.
In
the
second
he
declareth
what
mercy
God
wil
shew
to
him
,
and
what
iustice
he
will
execute
vpon
his
enemies
,
and
this
is
in
the
two
next
verses
,
vz.
4.5
.
In
the
thirde
he
promiseth
hartye
thanksgiuing
vnto
the
Lord
,
and
sheweth
the
cause
thereof
,
and
this
is
conteyned
verse
6.7
.
Se
The
title
to
him
that
excelleth
on
Neginoth
[
sée
this
expounded
Psal.
4.
in
the
title
.
]
A
Psal.
of
Dauid
to
giue
instruction
[
sée
this
expounded
Psal.
32.
in
the
title
,
]
when
the
Ziphims
[
i.
diuers
of
the
people
that
dwelt
in
Ziph
:
for
the
expounding
of
this
,
and
all
that
followeth
in
this
Title
.
Sée
1.
Samuel
23.
verse
14
,
15
,
16
,
17
,
18
,
19
,
&c.
also
1.
Samuel
26.
verse
1.2
.
&c.
]
Is
not
Dauid
amongest
vs
?
[
This
demaunding
doth
more
certainly
affirme
:
q.
d.
certaynelye
and
withoute
all
doubte
hée
is
in
our
countrye
,
and
therefore
we
come
to
tell
it
thée
.
Verse
1.
Saue
me
[
i.
deliuer
me
,
and
set
me
frée
from
these
daungers
wherin
I
am
:
so
haue
we
had
this
word
vsed
sundry
times
before
,
and
so
haue
you
it
afterwardes
Psalme
69.1
.
]
by
thy
name
[
or
else
for
thy
names
sake
:
i.
for
thy
strength
,
vertue
,
power
,
and
graces
sake
,
as
sundrye
times
before
,
and
namelye
Psalme
20.1
.
]
and
by
thy
power
[
q.d.
myne
enymyes
are
stronge
,
and
I
am
weake
,
therefore
I
come
vnto
thée
that
arte
stronger
than
all
,
]
Iudge
me
,
[
i.
defende
my
righte
,
pleade
my
cause
,
and
sette
mee
frée
from
the
force
and
subtelties
of
mine
enemies
.
]
Verse
2.
Heare
my
prayer
[
i.
shewe
by
effect
that
thou
hast
or
wilte
graunte
my
request
:
for
otherwise
Dauid
doubted
not
,
but
that
the
Lorde
hearde
him
praying
]
vnto
the
wordes
of
my
mouth
[
i.
vnto
the
prayer
whiche
I
vtter
with
my
mouth
:
for
prayer
speciallye
is
a
lifting
vp
of
the
harte
vnto
GOD
,
though
wordes
sundrye
times
bee
not
vsed
or
hearde
before
men
,
as
Exodus
14.15
.
Also
1.
Samuel
1.
Verse
10.11.12.13
.
]
Verse
3.
For
strangers
[
i.
the
Ziphims
and
others
taking
part
with
Saule
who
although
they
were
Israelites
according
to
the
flesh
and
outward
profession
,
yet
by
their
déedes
declared
themselues
to
be
straungers
from
God
,
his
religion
and
all
humanity
:
for
very
humanity
it selfe
would
haue
taught
them
,
to
haue
bin
so
farre
off
from
deliuering
the
afflicted
into
Tyrauntes
handes
,
that
they
should
rather
haue
pittyed
him
]
are
risen
vp
agaynst
[
vz.
both
with
bodily
violence
,
and
with
their
tongues
to
doe
me
euill
]
and
tyraunts
[
i.
men
not
onely
of
great
might
,
but
also
of
great
crueltye
,
like
vnto
wilde
beastes
]
séeke
my
soule
[
i.
diligently
searche
after
my
life
to
destroy
it
:
Sée
Matth.
2.20
.
Soule
is
put
here
for
life
,
as
in
other
places
before
,
and
also
verse
4.
of
this
Psalme
]
they
haue
not
set
God
before
them
[
q.d.
all
this
outrage
against
me
springeth
from
this
fountain
,
to
wit
,
that
they
neglect
God
,
as
he
is
manifested
and
reuealed
vnto
them
in
his
word
,
neyther
take
they
counsell
of
him
,
but
preferre
their
owne
iudgements
and
deuises
in
all
their
attempts
whatsoeuer
.
]
Verse
4.
Beholde
GOD
is
mine
helper
[
q.d.
notwithstandinge
all
this
,
see
howe
graciouslye
GOD
helpeth
and
succoureth
mee
]
is
with
them
,
[
i.
taketh
their
parte
and
is
on
their
side
,
as
Romanes
8.31
.
For
otherwise
GOD
by
his
presence
is
with
all
his
creatures
,
and
no
doubte
,
he
meaneth
not
only
those
that
fledde
away
with
him
,
but
euen
Ionathan
,
and
suche
others
,
as
euen
in
Saules
Courte
fauoured
him
and
his
cause
]
that
vpholde
my
soule
[
i.
that
beare
mée
good
affection
,
haue
care
ouer
my
safegarde
,
and
take
my
parte
,
and
ayd
and
helpe
me
,
so
farre
forth
as
GOD
inableth
them
,
Soule
is
here
put
for
lyfe
,
as
before
in
the
thyrde
Verse
not
that
men
are
able
to
vpholde
eyther
their
owne
lyues
or
other
mens
,
otherwise
then
as
God
maketh
them
instruments
to
doe
the
same
.
]
Verse
5.
He
shall
reward
euill
[
i.
God
by
pouring
forth
his
iudgements
vpon
them
,
shal
in
a
iust
measure
,
recompence
them
the
mischiefe
that
they
haue
deuised
and
done
agaynst
me
:
for
euill
here
is
put
for
euil
of
punishment
,
as
sundry
times
before
]
oh
cut
them
off
[
vz.
eyther
from
amongst
men
,
rooting
them
out
of
the
lande
of
the
liuing
,
or
else
from
power
and
means
to
performe
their
mischiefs
by
]
in
thy
truth
[
i.
according
as
thou
truely
hast
promised
,
so
make
me
effectually
to
féele
the
performance
therof
,
we
haue
had
the
same
phrase
sundry
times
before
.
]
Verse
6.
Then
will
I
sacrifice
[
vz.
the
sacrifice
of
prayse
and
thanksgiuing
]
fréely
[
i.
not
onelye
with
free
and
chearefull
courage
,
but
with
greate
liberalitie
also
.
So
that
he
promiseth
to
shew
himselfe
after
his
deliueraunce
euery
manner
of
way
thankfull
to
God
]
I
will
prayse
thy
name
[
i.
goodnesse
,
strength
,
power
,
&c.
as
before
verse
1.
of
this
Psalme
]
because
it
is
good
[
i.
mercifull
,
almighty
,
&c.
for
so
much
doth
the
word
God
comprehend
in
this
place
.
]
Verse
7.
For
he
hath
deliuered
me
[
this
is
the
reason
why
he
will
giue
hartye
thankes
to
the
Lord
,
vz.
because
God
hath
set
him
frée
from
wonderfull
daungers
and
troubles
,
for
so
much
I
take
it
he
meaneth
by
all
troubles
,
and
not
that
he
should
not
indure
any
moe
afterwards
]
And
mine
eye
hath
séene
[
i.
I
haue
not
only
in
my
vnderstanding
perceaued
,
but
with
these
bodily
eyes
of
mine
(
for
he
putteth
one
for
both
)
I
haue
beheld
,
poured
forth
vpon
my
enimies
,
the
iustice
and
iudgements
of
God
,
which
I
prayd
for
,
or
desired
mighte
fall
vpon
them
:
which
also
we
may
doe
,
to
wit
,
holily
reioyce
,
in
the
execution
of
Gods
iustice
vpon
the
wicked
,
so
that
our
eyes
be
pure
from
all
naughty
affections
,
and
our
minds
clensed
from
desire
of
reuenge
.
Do.
Verse
1.
Teacheth
vs
,
not
only
in
our
distresses
to
pray
vnto
God
alone
,
but
for
the
strengthening
of
our
fayth
to
haue
recourse
to
his
goodnesse
and
power
.
Verse
2.
Teacheth
vs
in
prayer
to
vse
both
hart
and
voyce
.
Ver.
3.
Doth
not
only
set
out
the
cruelty
of
the
vngodly
agaynste
the
good
,
but
also
noteth
the
fountayne
of
all
wickednesse
,
that
is
,
the
neglect
and
contempt
of
God
,
and
his
will
reuealed
in
his
word
.
Verse
4.
instructeth
the
faythfull
,
to
assure
themselues
of
Gods
present
ayde
:
who
is
mercifull
not
only
to
them
,
but
also
to
all
those
that
take
their
partes
:
and
therefore
wee
sée
it
is
not
good
to
destitute
Gods
seruaunts
,
vnlesse
we
will
pluck
God
vpon
our
owne
backes
.
Verse
5.
setteth
out
Gods
iustice
against
the
wicked
,
of
which
sée
Psal.
18.26
.
it
teacheth
also
,
to
make
Gods
faithful
promises
the
grounds
of
al
our
supplications
and
prayers
.
Verse
6.
Teacheth
vs
both
to
giue
God
thankes
for
his
mercies
,
and
also
the
maner
how
we
should
yield
it
,
that
is
willingly
,
chearefully
,
fréely
,
and
plentifully
.
Verse
7.
sheweth
that
it
is
God
alone
,
that
must
set
vs
frée
from
all
daungers
whatsoeuer
,
the
doctrine
of
the
latter
part
of
this
verse
is
put
down
in
the
sence
.
Psalme
55.
THis
Psalme
I
take
it
,
may
well
bee
diuided
into
thrée
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
,
the
Prophet
maketh
his
prayer
vnto
the
Lorde
,
shewing
also
what
great
causes
he
had
to
moue
him
thereto
:
and
this
from
verse
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
8.
In
the
seconde
he
prayeth
agaynst
his
enimies
,
describing
their
mischieuous
malice
,
hipocrisie
,
and
other
vices
,
from
verse
9.
to
the
ende
of
the
15.
In
the
third
he
returneth
agayne
to
his
prayers
,
both
for
himselfe
and
agaynst
his
enimies
,
concluding
with
a
comfortable
exhortation
to
the
faythfull
,
with
a
terrible
denouncing
of
Gods
iudgements
against
the
wicked
,
and
this
reacheth
from
verse
16.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
Title
is
expounded
before
Psalme
4.
and
Psalme
32.
Se.
in
the
Titles
thereof
.
Some
there
be
,
that
thinke
Dauid
made
this
Psalme
when
hee
was
afflicted
with
the
Rebellion
of
his
sonne
Abshalon
.
Othersome
vnderstand
it
of
that
great
and
wonderfull
daunger
,
wherein
hée
was
in
the
Citie
Keilah
whether
Saule
came
to
besiege
him
,
whereof
sée
more
at
large
1.
Samuell
23.1.2
.
&c.
And
to
this
doe
I
rather
enclyne
.
Verse
1.
Heare
my
prayer
[
sée
Psalme
54.2
.
]
hyde
not
thy selfe
[
i.
turne
not
thy selfe
away
:
he
séemeth
to
speake
after
the
manner
of
men
,
who
sometimes
if
they
be
not
disposed
to
graunt
a
request
,
will
not
speake
with
the
parties
that
sue
vnto
them
,
but
séeme
to
hyde
themselues
from
presence
&
spéech
]
from
my
supplication
[
true
it
is
that
in
scriptures
prayers
and
supplications
are
many
times
vsed
for
one
and
the
selfe
same
,
and
it
may
be
that
they
are
so
taken
here
,
but
yet
you
shall
sée
them
sundry
times
seuered
,
as
Ephe.
6.18
.
Philip
.
4.6
.
1.
Tim.
2.1
.
where
by
supplication
the
Apostle
meaneth
,
requests
made
to
God
for
deliuerance
from
those
things
which
trouble
vs
:
and
by
prayers
,
requests
which
are
made
for
benefits
]
Ver.
2.
Harken
vnto
me
[
i.
the
praiers
that
I
make
before
thée
,
as
Psal.
54.2
.
]
and
aunswere
me
[
i.
graunt
me
my
request
,
for
those
whom
we
louingly
aunswere
,
we
séeme
in
some
sort
to
graunt
vnto
]
I
mourne
[
i.
I
am
sorrowful
and
heauy
harted
]
and
make
a
noyse
,
he
meaneth
that
by
violence
and
vehemency
of
his
affliction
,
hee
was
as
it
were
inforced
,
sometimes
to
heauinesse
of
heart
,
&
mournful
bewailings
,
&
sometimes
again
into
most
pitiful
outcries
.
]
Ver.
3.
For
the
voice
[
i.
for
the
hard
&
gréeuous
threats
which
are
vttered
with
the
voice
]
of
the
enemy
[
i.
Saule
,
understanding
,
notwithstanding
vnder
him
as
the
principal
,
all
those
that
cleaue
to
him
in
these
outragious
words
&
déeds
against
him
]
&
for
the
vexation
of
the
wicked
[
vz.
which
they
do
against
me
:
and
not
which
they
themselues
suffer
:
for
here
the
vexation
of
the
wicked
is
vsed
actiuely
,
vz.
for
the
oppression
wherewith
they
did
afflict
the
innocent
]
because
they
[
i.
the
enimies
and
wicked
men
:
and
mark
here
the
sodayn
change
of
the
number
]
haue
brought
iniquitie
vpon
me
[
these
wordes
haue
diuers
sences
,
some
expounde
them
thus
,
they
slaundered
mee
,
as
though
I
had
bene
a
wicked
man
:
some
thus
:
they
imagined
a
wicked
purpose
against
mee
,
séeking
by
all
meanes
to
bring
me
to
ruine
and
destruction
:
Some
thus
:
They
did
vniustly
and
wrongfullye
rushe
in
vppon
me
and
agaynst
mee
to
destroy
me
:
some
thinke
it
to
bee
suche
a
manner
of
spéeche
,
as
is
Genesis
20.
verse
19.
For
mine
owne
parte
I
take
this
to
be
the
Prophets
meaning
,
that
the
vngodly
did
by
all
meanes
,
thoughtes
,
wordes
,
and
déedes
,
séeke
his
hurte
and
ouerthrowe
,
which
dealing
of
theirs
,
hee
calleth
iniquitye
,
because
they
practised
it
agaynst
him
,
without
anye
cause
on
his
part
giuen
them
,
and
that
in
no
small
measure
,
but
in
wonderfull
heapes
,
whiche
I
take
hée
meaneth
by
these
wordes
,
they
brought
vppon
mée
]
and
furiously
hate
me
[
hee
noteth
in
these
wordes
,
the
Fountayne
of
all
iniustice
,
and
harde
dealing
,
to
wit
,
outragious
hatred
:
so
that
he
sheweth
in
this
verse
foure
causes
,
of
his
mourninges
and
outcries
,
their
wicked
spéeches
agaynst
him
,
their
great
gréefes
done
to
him
,
the
heaping
of
them
vp
to
a
full
measure
thereof
,
and
their
cruel
&
outragious
hatred
.
]
Verse
4.
My
hart
trembleth
within
me
[
nowe
hee
sheweth
what
great
feare
possessed
him
,
by
reason
of
the
mischiefs
that
the
wicked
attempted
against
him
.
He
sayth
not
without
cause
,
any
hart
trembled
,
meaning
by
that
manner
of
spéeche
,
that
courage
and
boldnesse
,
whiche
haue
their
seate
in
the
harte
,
were
remoued
,
and
in
stéede
thereof
came
all
trembling
and
feare
.
]
And
the
terrors
of
Death
[
i.
moste
gréeuous
terrours
,
and
as
it
were
the
pangues
of
death
for
bitternesse
and
sharpenesse
]
are
fallen
vpon
mee
[
i.
haue
seased
me
and
taken
holde
of
mée
,
and
the
reason
thereof
was
because
hee
thoughte
hee
should
haue
fallen
into
the
handes
of
his
aduersaries
to
bee
murthered
of
them
at
their
pleasure
,
which
thing
declareth
that
notwithstanding
the
faythfull
people
haue
a
wonderfull
trust
in
GOD
,
yet
they
are
not
for
all
that
insensible
,
or
vtterly
voyde
of
feare
,
whiche
also
hee
noteth
in
the
nexte
verse
.
]
Verse
5.
Feare
and
trembling
are
come
vpon
mée
[
this
verse
is
almost
the
same
with
the
fourth
.
Betwéene
feare
and
trembling
,
I
make
this
difference
,
that
feare
is
inward
,
and
is
as
it
were
the
cause
of
the
other
:
trembling
is
outwarde
,
and
as
it
were
the
effecte
of
feare
]
and
an
horrible
feare
[
i.
an
extraordinarye
and
moste
terrible
feare
]
hath
couered
mee
,
[
i.
besette
mee
aboute
on
euerye
side
,
and
as
it
were
ouerwhelmed
mee
,
whereby
we
sée
that
he
was
in
greate
distresse
.
]
Verse
6.
And
I
sayde
[
vz.
in
that
great
extremitye
,
for
in
this
verse
and
some
others
following
,
hee
doth
amplifye
his
calamitie
and
miserye
,
by
wishing
the
auoyding
thereof
,
if
it
were
possible
:
whiche
thing
declareth
that
hee
was
so
compassed
in
on
euerye
side
,
that
hee
coulde
hardlye
hope
to
bee
deliuered
vnlesse
it
were
myraculouslye
,
and
that
hee
coulde
hardlye
fynde
anye
meane
to
saue
himselfe
,
though
hee
were
readye
and
willing
to
forgoe
all
that
hee
hadde
,
and
to
goe
into
exile
]
Oh
that
I
had
winges
like
a
Doue
[
true
it
is
,
that
hee
vseth
the
worde
Doue
in
some
respecte
to
set
out
the
miserable
estate
wherein
hee
was
[
as
one
hath
noted
]
because
that
it
is
a
sielie
and
fearefull
birde
,
but
yet
I
suppose
that
he
meaneth
rather
in
this
place
,
to
wish
vnto
him selfe
swiftnes
,
that
thereby
hee
might
auoyd
the
dangers
and
troubles
that
his
enemies
intended
against
him
.
Many
fowles
are
more
swift
of
flight
then
Pigeons
or
Doues
are
we
confesse
:
but
yet
he
that
were
able
to
flie
from
his
enemies
as
fast
as
the
Pigeon
,
néeded
not
much
to
feare
all
their
forces
]
then
would
I
flie
away
,
[
vz.
from
their
force
and
fury
,
hee
meaneth
that
he
would
giue
place
,
to
the
rage
and
fury
of
his
enemies
]
and
rest
[
vz.
in
some
place
free
from
their
attempts
and
mischiefes
.
]
Ver.
7.
Séemeth
to
bee
of
the
same
sense
and
meaning
,
for
when
he
saith
farre
off
,
[
he
meaneth
not
only
from
the
places
of
their
aboade
,
but
from
their
fearcenes
and
fury
]
and
lodge
[
i.
dwell
,
and
as
it
were
make
my
aboad
]
in
the
wildernes
[
i.
in
some
place
either
vninhabited
,
or
else
not
so
peopled
,
as
other
places
are
,
so
you
haue
the
word
vsed
,
Matth.
3.1
.
Whatsoeuer
it
is
,
hee
meaneth
that
hee
woulde
dwell
in
a
place
where
hee
might
not
bee
knowne
of
any
,
or
at
the
least
but
onely
of
those
that
should
wish
him
well
.
]
Ver.
8.
In
the
beginning
,
for
he
,
read
I
,
and
so
the
sense
is
plaine
,
the
Prophet
shewing
what
he
would
do
if
he
had
wings
as
swift
as
a
Doue
:
that
is
,
he
would
make
no
delay
that
hee
might
escape
,
and
bee
set
free
from
the
outragious
daungers
wherein
hee
and
his
were
,
by
that
continuall
pursuite
,
which
Saul
and
other
his
complices
,
made
against
him
,
for
so
much
I
thinke
in
a
metaphor
he
meaneth
,
by
stormie
wind
,
and
tempest
.
]
Ver.
9.
Destroy
[
vz.
them
and
their
counsels
.
The
Hebrewe
worde
signifieth
to
swallow
or
suppe
vp
,
by
which
hee
noteth
an
vtter
ruine
,
that
neither
they
nor
their
imaginations
may
any
more
appeare
:
and
this
kind
of
punishment
was
exercised
,
towardes
Dathan
and
Abiram
.
Numeri.
16.31.32
.
]
Diuide
their
tongues
[
vz.
in
such
sort
,
that
they
may
not
vnderstande
one
another
,
which
iudgement
was
powred
foorth
vppon
the
builders
of
Babel
.
Gene.
11.7
.
&c.
]
For
I
haue
séene
cruelty
and
strife
,
[
i.
all
maner
of
naughtines
and
disorder
,
hee
putteth
two
sortes
for
all
of
what
sort
soeuer
:
and
when
hee
sayth
he
hath
seene
it
,
hée
meaneth
that
he
certainely
knew
of
it
,
the
sense
of
the
sight
,
being
a
notable
instrument
to
ingender
knowledge
of
thinges
that
be
done
before
it
]
in
the
citie
[
i.
in
my
iudgement
,
not
Ierusalem
,
though
in
Sauls
time
all
things
were
very
disorderous
there
,
but
in
Keilah
,
of
which
sée
Ioshua
.
15.44
.
also
,
1.
Sam.
23.1.2
.
&c.
]
Ver.
10.
Day
and
night
[
i.
continually
,
as
Psal.
1.2
.
]
They
are
about
[
vz.
cruelty
,
and
strife
,
of
which
before
ver.
9.
he
noteth
the
disorder
that
was
there
,
to
wit
in
Keilah
all
iustice
,
order
and
right
being
banished
,
and
al
cruelty
,
strife
,
and
all
manner
of
naughtinues
,
being
the
principall
and
continuall
watchmen
of
the
Towne
,
whose
duety
it
was
to
goe
about
the
places
where
they
watched
,
as
may
appeare
Cantic.
3.3
.
]
vpon
the
walles
thereof
,
[
i.
in
the
highest
and
chiefest
places
,
for
the
walles
in
Townes
besieged
,
are
the
most
méete
places
to
kéepe
watch
and
warde
on
.
All
that
followeth
both
in
this
verse
,
and
in
the
next
verse
,
is
nothing
,
but
a
particular
recitall
of
the
iniquities
that
were
bolstered
and
practised
in
this
place
,
as
vniust
dealing
,
mischieuous
practises
,
all
maner
of
wickednes
,
and
namely
to
their
tyrannie
they
ioyned
deceit
and
subtilty
:
If
any
man
list
to
referre
it
to
other
Cities
,
subiect
to
Sauls
kingdome
,
besides
Keilah
,
I
will
not
greatly
contend
:
This
alwayes
being
prouided
,
that
it
must
bee
principally
vnderstood
thereof
.
]
Ver.
12.
Myne
enemy
[
i.
mine
open
enemy
,
or
one
that
I
had
giuen
any
good
cause
vnto
,
to
bee
mine
enemy
,
for
otherwise
no
doubt
,
hee
or
they
whosoeuer
they
were
that
put
this
in
practise
against
Dauid
,
were
his
foes
,
and
here
note
that
though
hee
seeme
to
speake
but
of
one
,
yet
no
doubt
,
hee
meaneth
more
,
or
else
vnder
one
most
singular
in
that
craft
of
dissimulation
,
hee
vnderstandeth
others
:
for
hee
meaneth
here
,
that
by
secret
deuises
,
which
hee
coulde
not
preuent
,
hee
was
vnder
the
pretence
of
friendshippe
almost
cast
away
]
did
not
diffame
mee
[
sée
verse
3.
of
this
Psalme
]
for
I
could
haue
borne
it
[
vz.
better
then
I
doe
nowe
,
because
I
looke
for
nothing
from
mine
enemie
,
but
enemy
like
dealing
,
]
Exalt
himselfe
against
mee
[
i.
set
himselfe
against
mee
by
worde
or
deede
.
All
this
the
Prophet
speaketh
by
the
way
of
comparison
,
not
denying
but
that
his
foes
did
defame
him
,
and
oppose
themselues
against
him
:
but
if
that
were
compared
with
the
hypocriticall
dealings
of
his
counterfeit
friends
,
it
would
appeare
to
bee
nothing
,
as
a
man
would
say
,
and
this
wee
call
a
denyall
by
the
way
of
comparison
]
I
would
haue
hid
me
from
him
,
[
i.
I
woulde
haue
kept
my selfe
close
and
safe
,
from
him
and
his
cruelties
.
]
Verse
13.
Hee
sheweth
who
it
was
that
wrought
him
this
iniurie
]
my
companion
[
i.
my
equall
,
and
of
the
selfesame
state
and
condition
that
I
my selfe
was
of
,
by
which
wee
see
that
this
Psalme
was
made
before
hée
came
to
the
kingdome
:
for
when
hee
was
exalted
thither
once
,
none
was
equall
vnto
him
]
my
guyde
,
[
vz.
in
matters
of
counsell
and
affaires
that
I
had
to
doe
]
and
my
familiar
[
i.
my
deare
and
tender
friend
.
He
meaneth
no
doubt
some
whom
hee
had
in
great
regarde
and
estimation
.
]
Ver.
14.
Which
delighted
in
consulting
together
[
q.d.
with
whom
I
tooke
wonderfull
pleasure
to
conferre
of
many
matters
,
and
namely
of
the
exercises
of
Gods
religion
:
which
I
suppose
the
Prophet
meaneth
by
going
into
the
house
of
God
as
companions
,
consulting
as
it
were
together
howe
they
might
prepare
themselues
to
his
seruice
,
&
behaue
themselues
therein
.
]
Ver.
15.
Let
death
sease
vpon
them
[
vz.
not
onely
sodainely
,
and
or
euer
they
beware
,
for
so
much
the
Hebrewe
worde
in
a
metaphor
séemeth
to
import
,
but
let
it
take
such
holde
of
them
,
that
it
may
neuer
leaue
,
till
it
haue
taken
them
away
from
amongest
men
.
]
Let
them
goe
downe
quicke
into
the
graue
[
as
Korah
,
Dathan
,
and
Abiram
did
Numb.
16.31
.
Hee
meaneth
that
hee
woulde
haue
them
dye
of
some
sodaine
death
,
no
disease
or
sickenesse
going
before
it
]
for
wickednes
[
i.
all
manner
of
vngodlinesse
:
sée
before
Psalm
.
36.1
.
]
In
their
dwellinges
[
i.
in
their
congregations
,
assemblies
,
and
fellowshippes
,
putting
the
places
where
such
wicked
persons
did
méete
,
for
their
méetings
]
euen
in
the
middest
of
them
[
i.
they
norish
it
within
them
,
and
haue
it
alwayes
in
their
company
.
]
Ver.
16.
I
will
call
vnto
God
[
i.
earnestly
pray
vnto
him
]
will
saue
mee
,
[
i.
deliuer
mee
from
these
cruelties
and
daungers
,
as
Psalm
.
54.1
.
]
Verse
17.
Euening
and
morning
and
at
noone
,
will
I
pray
[
i.
I
will
bee
importunate
,
and
neuer
cease
,
till
I
haue
obteined
:
from
hence
and
out
of
Daniel
.
6.10
.
wee
may
gather
,
that
in
those
dayes
the
faythfull
set
themselues
certaine
houres
to
pray
in
,
thereby
the
better
to
awake
their
sluggishnes
.
]
And
make
a
noyse
[
i.
I
will
bee
feruent
and
earnest
in
it
:
for
many
haue
prayed
long
,
and
yet
haue
wanted
feruency
]
and
hee
will
heare
my
voyce
[
i.
graunt
the
petitions
and
prayers
,
that
I
shall
powre
foorth
before
him
,
wherein
wee
see
howe
hee
assureth
him selfe
of
Gods
goodwill
and
mercy
.
]
Verse
18.
My
soule
[
i.
my
life
,
as
sundry
times
before
]
in
peace
[
i.
safely
and
soundly
,
and
with
great
quietnes
]
from
the
battaile
that
was
against
mee
,
[
i.
from
the
great
conflictes
and
daungers
,
wherein
I
shoulde
haue
béene
snared
,
because
they
were
layde
and
prepared
against
mee
]
for
many
were
with
mee
,
[
q.d.
though
to
sée
too
,
wee
were
but
fewe
,
yet
wee
had
Gods
Angels
with
vs
,
to
dismay
our
enemies
,
and
to
comfort
vs
,
as
2.
Kinges
6.16
.
]
Ver.
19.
God
shall
heare
[
vz.
mee
and
my
prayers
]
and
afflict
them
[
i.
whereas
hee
shewed
mercy
to
mee
,
hee
shall
afflict
them
and
punish
them
]
euen
hee
that
reigneth
of
olde
[
i.
hee
which
in
nature
,
counsell
and
iudgement
is
eternall
,
and
alwayes
like
to
himselfe
:
which
thing
the
Prophet
expresseth
to
giue
the
wicked
to
vnderstande
,
that
there
is
no
starting
holes
to
hyde
them
in
from
GOD
]
because
they
haue
no
chaunges
[
vz.
from
wealth
,
honour
,
and
credit
,
to
pouerty
disgrace
and
misery
,
but
alwayes
they
goe
forwarde
in
abundance
of
these
outwarde
blessinges
]
therefore
they
feare
not
GOD
[
i.
they
neither
reuerence
him
,
nor
his
iudgements
,
but
abusing
his
mercye
,
runne
riot
to
all
wickednes
and
so
in
this
verse
hee
putteth
them
out
for
their
harde
hartednes
in
vngodlynes
.
]
Ver.
20.
Hee
layeth
his
hand
[
first
marke
the
sodaine
chaunge
of
the
number
,
before
he
spake
of
them
in
the
plurall
,
nowe
of
them
in
the
singular
:
next
note
that
by
laying
of
handes
vppon
others
,
hee
meaneth
exercising
of
violence
towardes
others
,
yea
and
this
outragious
discurtesie
is
aggrauated
,
by
howe
much
it
was
practised
towards
them
that
were
at
peace
with
him
[
i.
not
only
such
as
liued
quietly
with
him
,
but
also
loued
him
and
so
by
that
meanes
]
hee
brake
his
couenaunt
[
vz.
which
he
had
made
with
him
,
all
this
Dauid
speaketh
principally
of
Saul
,
and
himselfe
,
and
of
the
couenant
that
passed
betweene
them
.
Sée
1.
Samuel
.
24.
from
verse
17.
to
the
ende
of
the
Chapter
]
Verse
21.
The
woordes
of
his
mouth
were
softer
then
butter
[
i.
hee
made
shewe
in
his
woordes
of
nothing
but
gentlenesse
and
mildenesse
]
yet
warre
was
in
his
heart
[
i.
inwardly
hee
imagineth
nothing
but
mischiefe
and
destruction
,
for
so
is
the
woorde
warre
vsed
here
,
vz.
put
for
thinges
that
commonly
followe
warres
]
his
woordes
were
more
gentle
then
Oyle
[
this
I
take
to
be
but
the
same
thing
repeated
in
an
other
metaphor
:
in
summe
,
the
Prophet
toucheth
him
here
for
his
peruerse
hipocrisie
,
and
wooluish
mind
as
it
were
against
him
,
]
Verse
22.
Cast
thy
burden
vppon
the
Lorde
[
q.d.
if
there
bee
any
thing
that
troubleth
thee
,
or
that
thou
thy selfe
standest
in
neede
,
for
so
much
I
thinke
hée
meaneth
,
by
the
worde
burden
,
commit
all
the
care
thereof
into
Gods
hands
and
power
,
staying
thy self
altogether
vpon
his
prouidence
]
and
he
shall
nourish
thée
[
i.
vndoubtedly
thou
shalt
not
want
:
for
God
wil
play
the
part
of
a
good
Father
[
whereunto
in
deede
the
Prophet
in
this
place
resembleth
him
]
giuing
vnto
euery
one
of
his
in
measure
,
and
as
hee
shall
sée
to
bee
necessary
for
them
,
for
so
much
doeth
the
worde
import
]
hee
will
not
suffer
the
righteous
to
fall
for
euer
[
vz.
into
the
wicked
mans
power
,
that
he
should
vse
him
,
as
hée
himselfe
lusteth
.
]
Verse
23.
Shalt
bring
them
downe
[
vz.
from
the
wealth
,
credit
,
and
authority
that
nowe
they
are
in
,
and
this
hee
speaketh
of
the
vngodly
and
wicked
]
into
the
pit
of
corruption
[
i.
into
the
graue
,
meaning
thereby
death
,
putting
that
which
followeth
death
,
vz.
the
graue
and
buriall
,
for
death
it selfe
]
the
blody
and
deceitfull
men
[
i.
the
cruell
and
crafty
persons
]
shall
not
liue
halfe
their
dayes
[
Albeit
this
doth
not
commonly
fall
out
,
as
is
declared
Iob.
21.7
.
Yet
we
finde
it
true
,
in
many
particular
examples
]
and
when
hee
sayth
,
halfe
their
dayes
:
hee
meaneth
not
as
these
yeeres
are
numbred
to
them
from
God
,
for
wee
knowe
they
can
not
passe
them
,
but
this
hee
will
,
that
they
shall
not
liue
halfe
so
long
,
as
they
themselues
imagined
they
shoulde
,
because
in
Gods
iustice
they
shal
bee
taken
away
for
their
sinnes
:
and
hee
vseth
this
worde
dayes
for
yeeres
,
an
vsuall
speach
in
scripture
,
because
the
yere
and
yeeres
consist
of
dayes
:
sée
for
this
purpose
the
inscription
of
the
Prophets
prophecies
,
and
namely
Isaiah
.
1.1
.
Hosea
.
1.1
.
]
but
I
wil
trust
in
thee
[
q.d.
whatsoeuer
fal
out
vpon
the
wicked
,
I
wil
alwaies
in
a
stedfast
faith
cleaue
vnto
thée
and
thy
goodnes
.
]
Do.
Ver.
1.2
.
Teach
vs
two
things
,
first
in
our
distresses
to
come
to
God
by
praier
,
and
next
to
vse
feruency
and
earnestnes
therein
.
Ver.
3.4.5
.
Teach
vs
that
the
mischieuous
mindes
of
the
vngodly
,
and
our
owne
fearefull
state
and
condition
,
should
be
continuall
spurres
in
our
sides
to
prouoke
vs
to
earnest
prayer
.
Ver.
6.7.8
.
Teach
vs
sundry
times
to
giue
place
to
the
violence
and
rage
of
our
enemies
,
and
that
with
some
hast
and
spéede
also
,
lest
otherwise
wee
bée
ouertaken
and
preuented
.
Ver.
9.
Teacheth
that
wee
may
sundry
times
safely
pray
against
the
enemies
of
Gods
Church
.
Ver.
10.11
.
Teacheth
vs
,
not
to
forbeare
the
displaying
of
sinne
in
what
place
so
euer
wee
bee
,
specially
when
it
is
growne
to
so
great
a
head
,
that
in
all
places
it
ouerfloweth
.
Ver.
12.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
many
good
men
,
can
better
beare
with
vncurtesie
from
the
wicked
,
then
from
those
that
they
make
account
of
as
friends
,
and
that
they
can
more
safely
preuent
daungers
,
from
their
open
aduersaries
then
otherwise
.
Ver.
13.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
it
is
no
newe
thing
,
that
a
mans
enemies
should
be
they
of
his
owne
houshold
.
Ver.
14.
Declareth
that
the
vngodly
to
atchieue
their
purposes
,
wil
many
times
make
profession
of
religion
.
Ver.
15.
Sheweth
that
when
God
hath
discouered
some
hipocrites
,
and
wee
sée
them
goe
forward
from
one
sinne
to
another
,
we
may
then
pray
against
them
.
Ver.
16.
Teacheth
vs
,
when
we
sée
all
out
of
order
,
to
call
vppon
the
Lorde
,
and
to
be
rightly
and
assuredly
perswaded
of
his
good
will
towardes
vs
.
Ver.
17.
Teacheth
vs
that
for
the
shaking
off
of
our
drousines
,
it
shall
bee
good
for
vs
to
set
vnto
our selues
some
ordinary
times
of
good
exerise
.
Ver.
18.
Setteth
out
Gods
fauour
and
mercy
towards
those
that
are
his
,
and
that
by
his
owne
helpe
,
and
sometimes
by
the
ministery
of
his
seruants
and
Angels
.
Ver.
19.
Sheweth
howe
gracious
God
is
towardes
the
good
,
and
howe
iust
in
executing
vppon
the
wicked
his
heauy
iudgements
,
it
teacheth
further
,
that
the
vngodly
abuse
Gods
mercies
,
to
a
contempt
of
his
maiesty
.
Ver.
20.
Declareth
the
inhumanitie
and
vnfaythfulnes
of
the
vngodly
.
Ver.
21.
Setteth
out
their
hypocrisie
,
dissimulation
and
cruelty
.
Ver.
22.
Teacheth
vs
in
all
thinges
to
hang
vppon
the
Lordes
power
and
prouidence
,
with
full
hope
and
assurance
that
hee
will
neuer
destitute
vs
,
nor
forsake
vs
.
Ver.
23.
Comprehendeth
Gods
sharpe
iudgements
against
all
the
wicked
,
and
namely
against
bloody
and
deceitfull
men
:
it
teacheth
the
godly
also
still
to
hang
vpon
God
,
howe
peruerse
and
setled
in
wickednes
so
euer
the
vngodly
bée
.
Psalme
56.
THis
Psalme
may
bee
diuided
into
thrée
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
prayeth
vnto
God
for
deliuerance
from
feare
,
promising
to
bee
thankefull
for
it
and
to
learne
thereby
not
to
feare
flesh
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
4.
In
the
second
he
declareth
,
that
both
in
respect
of
his
owne
misery
,
and
of
the
force
&
subtilties
of
his
aduersaries
,
there
is
good
cause
why
the
Lorde
should
succour
him
,
from
ver.
5.
to
the
end
of
the
9.
In
the
thirde
hee
promiseth
thankefulnes
for
all
Gods
mercies
,
and
namely
for
his
deliueraunces
,
from
ver.
10.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
]
The
title
:
to
him
that
excelleth
,
a
Psalm
of
Dauid
[
sée
Psalme
4.
Se.
in
the
title
]
on
Michtam
,
which
is
either
the
name
of
a
tane
,
as
Psal.
16.
in
the
title
,
or
else
of
some
musicall
instrument
]
concerning
the
dumbe
Doue
[
some
take
this
to
be
the
beginning
of
a
common
song
,
after
the
tune
that
Dauid
woulde
haue
this
Psalme
sung
,
and
then
michtam
must
bee
taken
not
for
a
time
,
but
for
an
instrument
,
others
thinke
that
these
wordes
must
bee
applied
to
Dauid
by
a
metaphor
,
who
calleth
himselfe
a
dumbe
Doue
,
not
onely
because
hee
sought
no
reuenge
,
but
also
because
committing
all
things
to
Gods
will
,
he
opened
not
his
mouth
to
answere
the
aduersaries
]
in
a
farre
country
[
vz.
from
the
land
of
Iudea
and
namely
from
the
place
where
the
seruices
of
God
were
practised
]
when
the
Philistines
tooke
him
in
Gath
[
for
the
vnderstanding
of
this
,
sée
1.
Samuel
.
21.
from
ver.
10.
to
the
ende
of
the
Chapter
.
Some
I
knowe
read
this
title
thus
.
To
the
master
of
the
harmony
[
that
is
all
one
in
sense
,
with
these
wordes
,
to
him
that
excelleth
.
]
A
notable
song
of
Dauid
[
this
answereth
in
sense
to
a
Psalme
of
Dauid
in
michtam
,
which
worde
is
sometimes
vsed
for
gold
,
as
though
that
for
the
excellency
of
it
,
it
shoulde
bee
as
good
as
gold
]
touching
the
soule
that
suffered
violence
[
the
reason
of
this
varietie
is
,
because
the
worde
in
his
proper
and
naturall
signification
is
sometimes
vsed
for
a
Doue
,
sometimes
vsed
for
a
soule
,
but
the
sense
is
all
one
and
this
agréeth
with
that
,
concerning
the
dumbe
Doue
]
by
a
band
of
people
that
were
farre
of
[
i.
by
a
company
or
multitude
of
Philistines
,
as
appeareth
by
that
which
followeth
in
this
title
.
]
Ver.
1.
For
man
[
i.
great
numbers
of
men
,
as
when
we
say
man
can
do
nothing
against
God
:
&
no
doubt
he
meaneth
both
Saul
&
his
complices
,
together
with
the
Philistines
and
other
enemies
of
his
]
would
swallow
vp
[
he
compareth
his
enemies
to
a
whirlepoole
,
or
rauenous
beasts
,
meaning
that
they
had
a
mind
vtterly
to
destroy
him
except
God
put
to
his
hand
for
his
deliuerance
]
he
fighteth
continually
[
vz.
against
me
as
ver.
2.
doing
what
he
can
to
ouerthrow
me
,
&
work
me
mischief
at
the
least
,
which
I
suppose
he
meaneth
by
these
words
:
and
vexeth
me
.
]
Ver.
2.
Is
very
plaine
,
and
is
the
same
almost
with
the
first
ver.
]
Ver.
3.
When
I
was
afraid
[
i.
when
any
thing
fell
out
,
that
might
make
me
afraid
]
I
trusted
in
thée
[
q.d.
and
so
I
will
do
stil
because
I
neuer
haue
as
yet
beene
frustrate
of
my
hope
.
]
Ver.
4.
I
wil
reioyce
in
God
[
vz.
in
the
middest
of
al
my
troubles
]
because
of
his
word
[
i.
for
the
certainty
and
assurednes
of
his
promise
:
putting
the
whole
word
,
for
a
part
thereof
]
and
wil
not
feare
[
vz.
because
I
trust
in
him
,
sée
Psal.
3.6
.
]
What
flesh
can
do
vnto
mee
[
i.
any
man
whatsoeuer
,
as
appeareth
ver.
11.
of
this
Psal.
and
he
calleth
his
enemies
flesh
,
as
it
were
in
contempt
,
that
he
might
put
his
aduersaries
in
remembrance
of
their
pride
,
who
forgetting
themselues
,
did
thrust
in
themselues
into
such
foolish
enterprises
.
]
Ver.
5.
Mine
own
words
grieue
me
dayly
[
q.
.d.
besides
my
enemies
,
which
much
trouble
mee
,
I
féele
the
want
of
Gods
fauour
in
my
affaires
,
which
doth
also
much
grieue
me
,
he
vseth
words
for
thoughts
,
purposes
,
speaches
&
déeds
,
according
to
the
propriety
of
his
owne
tongue
,
which
vseth
it
many
times
so
generally
]
al
their
thoughts
[
i.
they
do
nothing
else
in
a
maner
,
but
thinke
&
deuise
how
to
destroy
me
,
&
worke
me
mischiefe
.
]
Ver.
6.
They
gather
together
[
vz.
to
conspire
and
take
counsell
against
me
]
and
kéepe
themselues
close
[
that
their
méetings
,
practises
,
&
conclusions
may
not
be
known
or
disclosed
:
and
by
this
speach
he
meaneth
also
their
subtilties
which
they
vsed
secretly
to
intrap
him
,
sée
Psal.
10.8.9.10
.
]
They
marke
my
steps
[
some
expound
it
thus
:
they
follow
me
so
nigh
that
they
are
as
it
were
at
my
héeles
:
but
I
take
this
to
be
the
simple
sense
:
they
prie
into
my
life
and
conuersation
,
to
sée
whether
they
can
find
any
thing
in
it
blame
worthie
:
and
so
haue
you
the
words
vsed
in
sundry
places
.
1.
Pet.
2.21
.
Heb.
12.13
.
]
they
wayte
for
my
soule
[
soule
is
here
put
for
life
,
as
in
sundry
places
before
,
and
when
hee
sayth
they
wayte
for
it
,
hee
noteth
their
diligence
and
labour
to
kil
him
and
to
take
his
life
from
him
.
]
Ver.
7.
They
shal
escape
[
vz.
thy
iudgments
]
by
iniquitie
[
vz.
which
they
commit
,
the
Prophet
meaneth
that
the
wicked
perswade
themselues
,
not
only
that
they
shall
escape
vnpunished
for
their
wickednes
,
but
also
that
God
will
blesse
them
for
it
.
Sée
Iohn
16.2
.
]
Cast
these
people
down
[
vz.
from
the
height
of
pride
and
cruelty
that
they
practise
against
thine
]
in
thine
anger
[
i.
at
that
time
which
thou
shalt
thinke
méete
to
declare
thy
wrath
against
them
.
]
Ver.
8.
Thou
hast
counted
my
wandrings
[
i.
thou
knowest
that
all
my
life
hath
béen
nothing
else
,
but
a
continuall
flight
hither
,
and
thither
,
as
though
I
were
a
vagabond
,
I
neuer
being
assured
in
any
certaine
place
,
nor
hauing
any
setled
rest
al
my
life
long
as
it
were
,
this
he
alleageth
to
strengthen
his
faith
:
that
as
God
before
,
had
had
care
ouer
him
,
so
he
would
continually
after
that
time
]
put
my
teares
into
thy
bottle
[
i.
suffer
them
not
to
fall
in
vaine
vppon
the
earth
,
and
to
bee
like
water
spilt
vppon
the
grounde
,
and
this
is
spoken
according
to
man
.
By
teares
,
hee
vnderstandeth
not
onely
his
wéeping
,
but
also
that
great
heape
of
afflictions
that
did
make
him
shed
his
teares
:
and
by
bottle
,
speaking
after
the
manner
of
men
,
who
reserue
precious
things
sundry
times
in
such
manner
of
vessels
,
hee
meaneth
Gods
continuall
remembraunce
,
or
as
hee
sayth
afterwardes
in
this
verse
,
register
:
so
that
altogether
come
to
this
much
.
q.d.
Beholde
somewhat
more
nighly
the
afflictions
that
I
indure
,
to
the
ende
that
thou
mayest
take
pity
vppon
mee
,
and
haue
mee
in
continuall
remembraunce
,
suffer
not
my
teares
to
fall
to
the
grounde
,
but
esteeme
of
them
I
pray
thee
,
as
of
a
precious
thing
]
are
they
not
in
thy
register
?
[
q.d.
yes
certainely
they
are
,
for
by
such
demaundings
they
vse
most
certainely
to
affirme
,
as
wee
haue
sundry
times
noted
before
,
hee
meaneth
that
the
remembrance
of
the
teares
of
the
faithfull
shall
neuer
bee
blotted
out
before
God
]
Ver.
9.
When
I
cry
[
i.
when
I
pray
earnestly
,
as
Psalm
.
22.2
.
Psal.
30.2.8
.
]
shall
turne
backe
[
vz.
as
though
they
were
discomfited
in
the
day
of
battaile
,
hee
meaneth
that
they
shall
haue
no
force
or
power
to
doe
him
any
hurt
,
but
that
in
the
strength
of
God
,
hee
shall
bee
able
to
wound
them
]
this
I
knowe
[
i.
this
I
am
fully
perswaded
of
,
sée
the
word
,
knowe
,
so
vsed
,
2.
Corin.
5.1
.
]
for
God
is
with
mee
,
[
i.
taketh
my
part
,
sée
Psal.
54.4
.
Psal.
55.18
.
and
this
hée
putteth
downe
as
an
assured
reason
of
his
perswasion
.
]
Ver
10.
Is
the
same
both
in
wordes
and
sense
,
with
the
first
part
of
verse
4.
in
this
Psalme
.
]
Ver.
11.
Is
the
same
with
the
latter
part
of
that
verse
:
and
hee
repeateth
the
same
woordes
that
hee
might
expresse
the
force
of
the
trust
that
hee
had
in
God
,
and
in
his
promises
.
The
sense
is
thus
much
:
q.d.
although
it
may
séeme
to
men
that
GOD
doth
abuse
mée
,
withdrawing
his
ayde
from
mée
,
and
kéeping
mee
in
suspense
,
yet
I
will
neuer
cease
to
trust
in
his
promise
,
which
shall
bee
strong
inough
to
vpholde
mee
in
all
mine
afflictions
.
]
Verse
12.
Thy
vowes
[
i.
the
vowes
that
I
haue
vowed
vnto
thee
:
which
are
called
Gods
vowes
,
because
they
did
of
duety
afterwards
belong
vnto
him
]
are
vpon
me
,
[
vz.
not
onely
because
I
haue
vowed
the
same
,
but
because
it
parteineth
vnto
me
to
performe
them
,
and
that
vppon
paine
of
thy
displeasure
and
wrath
]
I
will
render
praises
vnto
thée
,
[
hee
sheweth
that
hee
will
not
be
vnthankfull
for
the
benefite
receiued
from
God
:
q.d.
I
bounde
my self
vnto
thée
,
by
the
vowes
that
I
made
when
I
was
in
danger
,
which
now
I
will
pay
vnto
thée
,
because
thou
hast
deliuered
mee
:
the
particularities
of
which
deliueraunce
hee
expresseth
in
the
next
verse
.
]
Ver.
13.
My
soule
from
death
,
[
i.
my
body
and
life
,
which
was
in
the
danger
of
death
,
and
as
it
were
at
deaths
doore
,
by
reason
of
the
rage
of
our
enemies
]
my
féete
from
falling
[
i.
thou
hast
stayed
mee
vpright
so
,
that
notwithstanding
all
the
grinnes
&
snares
of
the
enemies
,
I
haue
not
fallen
or
stumbled
]
that
I
may
walke
before
God
,
[
i.
not
onely
lead
a
holy
,
vpright
and
vertuous
life
,
but
also
commit
my selfe
and
my
affaires
to
Gods
prouidence
and
protection
.
Sée
Gene.
17.1
.
Psalm
●●6
8.9
.
and
marke
howe
he
changeth
the
person
,
from
the
second
to
the
third
]
in
the
light
of
the
liuing
,
[
i.
in
this
life
,
which
is
called
the
light
of
the
liuing
because
they
here
inioy
it
.
]
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
two
thinges
,
first
to
runne
to
Gods
mercy
by
earnest
prayer
in
our
distresses
.
Secondly
what
is
the
outragious
and
cruell
nature
of
the
wicked
,
which
thing
also
ver.
2.
doeth
set
out
vnto
vs
.
Ver.
3.
Teacheth
that
assured
trust
and
confidence
in
God
,
is
a
ready
way
to
ouercome
all
feare
.
Ver.
4.
Teacheth
two
things
:
first
that
Gods
promises
are
and
ought
to
be
the
matter
of
our
mirth
:
secondly
that
if
we
be
fully
perswaded
thereof
,
wee
neede
not
greatly
feare
what
flesh
and
blood
can
do
against
vs
.
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
vs
to
be
moued
much
and
to
learne
to
make
our
profit
by
it
,
when
God
crosseth
vs
in
our
purposes
and
attempts
,
and
the
latter
part
of
that
ver.
and
Ver.
6.
Do
marueilously
paint
out
the
mischieuous
imaginations
,
close
conspiracies
,
narrow
markings
,
and
crafty
crueltie
of
the
wicked
,
which
may
teach
the
godly
two
things
specially
,
first
in
all
holy
wisedome
to
labour
the
preuenting
of
these
mischiefes
that
are
meant
against
them
:
secondly
,
to
striue
to
liue
a
holy
and
an
vpright
life
,
because
the
eies
of
the
wicked
are
continually
vpon
them
.
Ver.
7.
Sheweth
vs
howe
the
wicked
flatter
themselues
in
their
sinne
.
Ver.
8.
Expresseth
the
great
care
that
God
hath
ouer
his
children
,
and
how
dearely
he
accompteth
euery
thing
that
is
done
to
them
,
or
commeth
from
them
.
Ver.
9.
Setteth
out
the
force
and
effect
of
feruent
prayer
.
Ver.
10.11
.
Are
the
same
with
ver.
4.
of
this
Psalme
.
Ver.
12.
Teacheth
vs
in
care
and
conscience
,
to
performe
the
holy
promises
we
haue
made
vnto
God
specially
those
that
concerne
praise
and
thanksgiuing
.
Ver.
13.
Teacheth
two
things
,
first
that
it
is
God
alone
that
vpholdeth
his
children
and
deliuereth
them
from
all
dangers
and
distresses
:
secondly
that
he
doeth
this
to
this
end
,
that
by
holy
life
,
and
godly
conuersation
,
we
should
glorifie
him
before
men
.
Psalme
57
Di.
THis
Psalme
may
bee
diuided
into
thrée
partes
.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
calleth
vppon
the
Lord
,
assuring
himselfe
that
God
will
graciously
heare
his
prayers
and
deliuer
him
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
third
.
In
the
second
hee
declareth
the
dangerous
and
pitifull
estate
wherein
he
was
,
and
the
craft
and
cruelty
of
his
enemies
,
praying
deliuerance
therfrom
,
from
ver.
4.
to
the
end
of
the
6.
In
the
third
part
he
sheweth
his
readines
,
and
inforceth
himselfe
to
yéeld
thankes
to
the
Lord
for
his
mercy
&
goodnes
towards
him
,
from
ver.
7.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
]
The
title
to
him
that
excelleth
,
sée
Psal.
4.
]
Destroy
not
[
In
these
words
is
declared
the
summe
of
those
petitions
,
which
are
conteined
in
Psalmes
that
haue
such
titles
as
this
is
,
as
Psal.
58.
also
Psal.
59.
It
should
appeare
that
Dauid
was
in
some
wonderfull
feare
of
death
and
destruction
:
and
therfore
praieth
the
Lord
not
to
destroy
him
[
i.
not
onely
not
to
suffer
the
wicked
to
destroy
him
,
but
also
because
he
alone
had
al
power
in
his
hands
,
not
to
lay
hands
vpon
him
,
himself
.
]
A
Psal.
of
Dauid
on
Michtam
,
[
sée
Psal.
56
in
the
title
]
when
he
fled
from
Saul
,
[
the
history
hereof
is
put
down
at
large
.
1.
Sam.
22.1
.
&
1.
Sam.
24.1.2.3
.
&c.
]
In
the
caue
,
[
or
rather
into
the
caue
.
He
meaneth
either
Adullam
or
else
an
other
caue
in
En-gedi
,
for
which
sée
the
places
before
noted
:
so
that
in
this
title
wee
may
sée
the
occasion
of
the
writing
and
making
of
this
Psalme
,
vz.
Dauids
great
daunger
and
affliction
.
]
Ver.
1.
Haue
mercy
vppon
mee
,
O
God
,
haue
mercy
vpon
mee
:
[
this
is
a
most
vehement
request
,
which
also
may
appeare
by
the
doubling
of
the
words
:
by
the
which
also
he
sheweth
that
he
was
in
very
great
danger
]
for
my
soule
trusteth
in
thée
,
[
this
word
soule
importeth
that
he
trusted
in
God
with
all
his
heart
:
which
is
the
part
that
God
especially
regardeth
]
and
in
the
shadowe
of
thy
winges
,
[
i.
thy
sauegarde
,
prouidence
,
and
protection
:
it
is
a
metaphor
borrowed
from
chickens
,
who
lye
close
vnder
the
hennes
wings
,
till
the
kyte
be
passed
ouer
,
sée
Psal.
17.8
.
]
Wil
I
trust
[
vz.
because
I
haue
heretofore
found
it
good
:
the
Prophet
meaneth
that
he
had
trusted
,
did
,
and
would
continually
trust
in
Gods
almighty
protection
onely
]
till
these
afflictions
ouerpasse
,
[
It
appeareth
that
Dauid
had
more
troubles
then
one
,
yea
that
hee
had
as
it
were
flouds
of
them
,
which
maketh
him
here
to
resemble
his
afflictions
,
to
a
storme
or
tempest
:
not
meaning
by
the
word
,
til
,
that
when
the
tempest
was
appeased
,
hee
woulde
then
cease
to
trust
in
God
,
but
that
hee
would
both
then
and
for
euer
hang
vppon
him
:
so
haue
you
the
word
,
till
,
vsed
Psal.
110.
ver.
1.
]
Ver.
2.
I
will
call
[
i.
I
will
pray
vnto
]
the
most
high
God
,
[
the
Prophet
addeth
this
to
strengthen
his
fayth
,
because
he
whom
he
would
inuocate
,
had
all
power
in
his
hand
:
and
hée
strengtheneth
himselfe
also
by
that
which
followeth
,
vz.
that
god
doth
faithfully
performe
his
promises
made
him
:
for
God
neuer
vseth
to
leaue
a
worke
vnperfite
that
hee
hath
begunne
,
but
alwaies
continueth
his
benefits
and
goodnes
towards
those
that
are
his
.
]
Ver.
3.
Hee
will
sende
from
heauen
[
vz.
either
one
or
many
Angels
,
rather
than
I
shoulde
want
helpe
and
succour
]
and
saue
mée
,
[
i.
deliuer
mee
]
from
the
reproofe
,
[
hee
meaneth
by
this
worde
,
all
that
either
closely
or
openly
coulde
be
done
or
sayd
against
him
]
of
him
[
i.
not
onely
of
Saul
,
though
he
be
the
chiefe
,
but
of
those
that
take
part
with
him
against
mee
]
that
woulde
swallow
mee
,
[
sée
Psalm
.
56.1
.
]
God
will
sende
his
mercy
and
his
trueth
[
this
may
serue
to
expound
,
by
the
way
of
addition
,
these
wordes
,
hee
wil
send
from
heauen
,
in
the
beginning
of
this
verse
:
or
else
wee
may
expound
them
thus
,
]
hee
wil
sende
,
[
vz.
vnto
mee
,
making
mee
féele
by
experience
,
that
which
I
haue
had
heretofore
but
in
perswasion
]
his
mercy
and
his
trueth
[
by
mercy
hee
meaneth
the
manifestation
of
his
goodwill
and
grace
towardes
him
:
and
by
trueth
hee
meaneth
the
faithfulnes
and
true
performance
that
God
obserueth
in
keeping
his
promises
.
]
Verse
4.
My
soule
[
i.
my
whole
life
and
body
]
is
amonge
Lions
[
i.
greedy
and
cruell
persons
,
sée
Psalm
.
35.17
.
Hée
meaneth
his
enemies
,
whome
hee
resembleth
to
Lions
,
because
they
were
full
of
rage
and
cruelty
,
meaning
also
by
this
manner
of
speach
and
those
that
followe
in
this
verse
,
that
hee
was
in
wonderfull
daunger
.
]
I
lye
among
the
children
of
men
[
i.
such
as
haue
nothing
more
then
that
corruption
which
they
haue
brought
from
their
fathers
,
which
is
nothing
else
but
al
maner
of
naughtines
and
cruelty
]
that
are
set
on
fire
[
vz.
against
mee
,
and
that
through
the
malice
and
mischiefe
of
their
owne
heartes
,
without
any
cause
on
my
part
giuen
]
whose
téeth
are
speares
and
arrowes
,
and
their
tongue
a
sharpe
sword
[
by
téeth
and
tongue
which
are
the
instruments
wherby
men
speake
,
he
vnderstandeth
the
false
and
hateful
accusations
,
that
Sauls
flatterers
made
against
him
:
and
in
that
he
resembleth
them
to
speares
,
arrowes
,
and
swordes
,
hee
meaneth
that
they
were
sharpe
,
kéene
,
and
persing
,
euen
to
the
wounding
of
him
,
sée
Psal
120.4
.
also
Psalm
.
55.21
.
also
Psal.
59.7
.
]
Ver.
5.
Exalt
thy selfe
O
God
aboue
the
heauen
,
[
hee
prouoketh
the
Lorde
as
it
were
by
prayer
to
declare
his
power
.
q.d.
shewe
thy
might
and
power
[
which
is
farre
aboue
the
heauens
]
here
vppon
the
earth
,
in
ouerthrowing
and
confounding
mine
enemies
]
and
let
thy
glory
bee
[
vz.
made
manifest
and
appeare
]
vpon
all
the
earth
[
i.
all
the
earth
ouer
:
to
the
ende
that
thy
glory
may
bee
extolled
and
magnified
amongst
men
:
which
can
hardly
be
if
I
be
oppressed
,
for
that
should
be
with
the
dishonour
of
thy
name
.
]
Ver.
6.
They
[
vz.
the
wicked
and
vngodly
my
deadly
enemies
]
haue
layd
a
net
for
my
steppes
[
i.
haue
either
narowly
watched
me
in
my
conuersation
,
as
before
Psal.
56.6
.
or
else
haue
laide
snares
in
my
way
to
trappe
me
as
I
go
,
that
I
may
thereby
fall
into
their
daunger
:
and
this
latter
I
rather
allowe
of
,
]
and
my
soule
[
i.
my
life
and
body
as
sundry
times
before
]
is
pressed
down
[
vz.
with
their
cruelty
and
mine
owne
misery
:
the
Prophet
meaneth
by
this
manner
of
speach
,
the
great
daunger
that
hee
was
in
.
]
They
haue
digged
a
pit
before
me
[
i.
they
haue
craftely
deuised
wayes
and
meanes
to
intrappe
mee
and
that
in
the
way
,
as
I
should
walke
[
for
I
thinke
that
by
laying
of
nets
,
&
digging
of
pits
,
the
Prophet
meaneth
to
note
their
subtilty
]
and
are
fallen
into
the
middest
of
it
[
i.
the
mischiefe
and
hurt
which
they
had
prepared
against
mee
,
is
light
vpon
their
owne
heads
:
sée
Psal.
7.15.16
.
]
Ver.
7.
My
heart
is
prepared
,
O
God
,
my
heart
is
prepared
:
[
by
doubling
the
speach
,
the
Prophet
noteth
,
not
onely
how
ready
he
was
,
but
also
howe
resolute
a
purpose
he
carried
with
him
,
to
praise
God
:
and
when
he
speaketh
of
the
heart
,
hee
setteth
it
against
hypocrites
,
who
haue
nothing
in
their
hart
but
all
in
their
mouthes
,
sée
ver.
1.
of
this
Psalme
]
I
will
sing
[
vz.
thy
prayses
:
and
by
singing
he
meaneth
that
he
would
publish
them
aloud
with
his
tongue
,
as
well
as
haue
them
in
his
heart
]
and
giue
prayse
[
vz.
to
thee
,
that
art
worthy
all
praise
.
]
Verse
8.
Awake
my
tongue
[
hee
stirreth
vp
the
partes
and
members
of
his
body
,
to
a
certain
liuelines
and
praysing
the
Lord
:
sée
Psalm
.
16.9
.
]
Awake
viall
and
harp
[
the
better
to
inforce
himself
to
this
great
duety
,
he
addeth
certaine
musicall
instruments
sée
Psal.
32.2
.
also
Psal.
43.4
.
]
I
will
awake
earely
,
[
vz.
in
the
morning
,
q.
d.
I
will
not
be
sluggish
to
praise
GOD
,
yea
I
will
breake
my
sleepe
rather
then
fayle
that
duety
.
]
Ver.
9.
The
Prophet
meaneth
that
hee
will
spreade
abroade
the
prayses
of
God
in
all
places
,
and
to
all
persons
among
whomsoeuer
hee
shall
come
,
and
no
doubt
but
in
spirite
hee
did
foresée
the
vocation
of
the
gentiles
,
who
were
to
bee
called
to
the
knowledge
of
God
.
]
Ver.
10.
For
thy
mercy
is
great
vnto
the
heauens
:
and
thy
trueth
vnto
the
cloudes
[
i.
thy
goodnes
and
faithfulnes
fulfil
the
whole
worlde
,
so
that
all
people
in
euery
place
vnder
heauen
knowe
thee
to
be
mercifull
and
true
in
thy
promises
.
]
Ver.
11.
Is
the
same
with
ver.
5.
both
in
wordes
and
meaning
,
in
which
the
Prophet
beséecheth
the
Lord
to
declare
his
power
,
not
onely
in
the
country
of
Iudea
,
but
also
to
exercise
his
iudgement
throughout
the
whole
world
,
in
succouring
the
innocent
,
and
in
punishing
the
wicked
.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
in
all
our
prayers
to
cleaue
to
Gods
mercy
,
Do.
and
not
to
our
merits
:
it
instructeth
vs
also
in
our
distresses
,
and
at
all
other
times
to
hang
vpon
his
great
power
and
wonderful
prouidence
.
Ver.
2.
Gods
power
,
&
Gods
promise
are
two
very
good
grounds
of
our
prayers
.
Ver.
3.
Teacheth
vs
to
bee
assured
to
obtaine
those
things
that
wee
shall
aske
according
to
his
will
.
Ver.
4.
Setteth
out
the
cruelty
,
outrage
,
and
wonderful
bitternes
,
both
of
word
and
heart
,
that
the
wicked
haue
.
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
vs
to
pray
for
the
manifestation
of
Gods
iustice
and
glory
.
Ver.
6.
Describeth
the
mischieuous
subtilty
of
the
wicked
against
the
vngodly
,
into
which
notwithstanding
,
through
Gods
iust
iudgement
they
themselues
do
fal
.
Ver.
7.
Teacheth
to
bee
ready
and
willing
to
praise
God
.
Ver.
8.
Teacheth
vs
to
inforce
al
the
parts
and
members
of
our
body
thereto
,
and
to
vse
al
holy
meanes
,
either
inwarde
or
outward
,
wherby
we
may
be
prouoked
to
the
performance
of
that
duty
.
Ver.
9.
Teacheth
vs
,
neuer
to
be
ashamed
to
do
it
in
euery
place
,
and
before
all
persons
,
that
other
men
may
be
drawne
by
our
examples
to
do
the
like
.
Ver.
10.
Declareth
for
what
causes
wee
shoulde
praise
God
:
vz.
for
his
mercy
and
for
his
faythfulnes
.
Ver.
11.
Is
the
same
with
verse
5.
of
this
Psalme
,
both
in
sense
&
doctrine
.
Psalme
58.
THis
Psalme
may
be
diuided
into
two
parts
.
Di
In
the
first
hee
declareth
that
the
wicked
are
not
onely
frée
from
al
goodnes
,
but
replenished
on
the
other
side
with
all
maner
of
corruption
and
vngodlines
:
and
this
reacheth
from
ver.
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
fift
.
In
the
second
he
maketh
an
earnest
praier
against
the
wicked
shewing
that
in
their
ouerthrow
the
godly
shall
haue
an
occasion
of
mirth
giuen
them
,
and
other
men
shal
be
instructed
in
the
iustice
and
righteousnes
of
God
,
and
this
reacheth
from
ver.
6.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
title
of
this
Psalme
is
expounded
before
,
Psal.
57.
]
Ver.
1.
Is
it
true
?
[
vz.
that
yee
pretend
and
speake
,
that
yee
speake
iustly
,
and
deale
vprightly
.
q.d.
no.
For
by
such
interrogations
they
doe
certainely
deny
the
thing
]
O
congregation
[
hee
speaketh
no
doubt
of
Sauls
counsellers
and
courtiers
against
whom
he
inueigheth
here
]
speake
ye
iustly
?
[
vz.
concerning
me
,
&
my
causes
,
or
do
ye
not
rather
for
Sauls
pleasure
flatter
him
,
and
slaunder
me
,
]
O
sonnes
of
men
[
sée
this
expounded
before
,
Psal.
4.2
.
]
Iudge
ye
vprightly
?
[
vz.
of
me
and
my
matters
.
q.d.
no.
The
sense
of
this
verse
together
is
this
much
.
Hee
directeth
this
speach
to
his
enemies
who
were
of
Sauls
court
and
counsell
,
as
if
he
should
say
thus
:
I
make
you
iudges
whether
vnder
the
shadowe
of
assembling
your selues
,
to
consult
for
the
common
wealth
,
and
for
a
good
&
iust
matter
,
you
go
not
about
to
oppresse
me
that
am
innocent
&
guiltlesse
.
Ver.
2.
Yea
rather
[
q.d.
yee
are
so
farre
from
that
,
that
yee
execute
the
contrary
]
in
your
heart
[
i.
secretly
and
priuily
]
your
handes
execute
cruelty
]
the
Prophet
chargeth
them
with
two
thinges
here
:
first
diuising
of
wickednes
,
then
practising
and
performing
of
the
same
:
by
hand
he
meaneth
not
only
the
power
they
had
to
worke
wickednes
,
but
that
they
themselues
with
their
owne
hands
were
the
executioners
of
the
cruelty
they
had
deuised
:
sée
Micah
2.1
.
]
vppon
the
earth
[
i.
vpon
the
people
inhabiting
the
earth
:
meaning
also
by
this
manner
of
speach
that
their
cruelty
was
manifest
,
as
being
séene
and
felt
of
men
.
]
Ver.
3.
The
wicked
[
in
this
verse
,
&
the
other
following
,
he
setteth
out
the
cause
why
Sauls
courtiers
commit
al
these
things
,
first
by
reason
of
the
natural
corruption
which
is
in
them
,
maketh
them
to
goe
astray
from
God
,
secondly
because
they
carry
with
them
a
fetled
purpose
to
al
maner
of
euil
,
and
wil
not
be
reclaimed
from
it
by
any
meanes
.
]
Are
straungers
,
[
vz.
from
God
and
godlines
,
as
with
whom
they
haue
no
maner
of
acquaintance
at
al
]
from
the
wombe
[
vz.
of
their
mother
]
euen
from
the
belly
[
vz.
of
their
mother
]
haue
they
erred
[
to
wit
,
from
the
right
way
of
holines
&
goodnes
.
q.d.
it
is
not
to
bee
marueiled
at
that
they
are
so
wicked
,
for
it
is
no
new
thing
,
because
they
haue
had
it
euen
from
their
birth
.
]
Ver.
4.
Their
poison
[
i.
the
malice
of
their
harts
,
and
the
mischieuous
wordes
that
they
vtter
]
like
the
poison
of
a
serpent
[
i.
strong
and
ful
of
infection
,
able
to
kil
the
parties
,
vppon
whom
it
is
cast
,
&
namely
the
venime
of
the
Aspes
,
of
which
he
speaketh
in
this
place
,
which
is
vncurable
,
vnlesse
the
members
touched
therwith
bee
immediatly
cut
off
,
as
Plinie
noteth
lib.
8.
cap.
3.
]
like
the
deafe
adder
,
[
i.
the
wicked
are
like
to
it
]
when
he
saith
the
adder
or
serpent
is
deafe
,
he
meaneth
,
that
they
make
themselues
so
,
expressing
therby
their
subtilty
against
inchantments
:
of
whom
some
write
,
that
they
stop
both
their
eares
after
this
sort
,
they
lay
the
one
of
them
close
and
hard
to
the
ground
,
&
stop
the
other
with
their
taile
,
so
that
no
sound
can
enter
:
&
when
he
attributeth
eares
vnto
these
adders
&
serpents
:
he
meaneth
by
that
speach
,
those
open
partes
of
the
head
,
whereby
they
receiue
a
sound
&
noise
made
.
]
Ver.
5.
He
noteth
that
the
most
cunning
inchanter
can
not
once
preuaile
against
them
,
when
their
eares
are
stopped
from
hearing
of
his
inchanting
words
.
That
serpents
&
adders
by
inchantments
haue
beene
made
to
lye
still
,
&
not
able
to
hurt
,
is
very
manifest
and
famous
,
by
sundry
examples
,
and
yet
at
this
day
many
in
Germany
do
practise
the
same
:
&
I
my selfe
haue
seene
it
practised
vppon
a
snake
by
a
high
Dutchman
yet
aliue
as
I
take
it
in
England
:
but
neither
these
examples
,
nor
this
place
,
do
proue
the
lawfulnes
of
that
art
,
as
some
doe
gather
thereuppon
,
but
rather
the
contrary
,
for
whereas
the
Iewes
cal
their
charmers
by
a
name
,
importing
hauing
fellowshippe
with
an
other
,
calling
to
their
fellowship
the
deuill
himselfe
and
his
strength
,
to
the
practising
of
these
artes
:
Dauid
vseth
the
same
word
here
:
which
also
God
himselfe
condemneth
.
Deutron.
18.11
.
Let
vs
rather
sée
what
the
Prophets
purpose
is
:
he
meaneth
to
note
,
that
his
enemies
in
subtilty
and
malice
did
surpasse
the
most
subtill
serpents
whatsoeuer
,
and
that
they
were
so
setled
in
their
wickednes
,
that
there
was
no
way
,
nor
hope
of
their
reclaiming
.
]
Ver.
6.
Breake
their
teeth
in
their
mouthes
,
[
he
prayeth
the
Lorde
here
to
remoue
all
meanes
whereby
they
might
hurt
either
nigh
or
farre
off
.
I
take
it
to
be
the
same
,
with
Psal.
10.13
.
sauing
that
it
is
expressed
in
other
wordes
:
meaning
by
téeth
,
the
cruell
desire
,
or
rather
their
desperate
rage
to
hurt
,
wherwith
they
were
set
on
fire
,
as
though
they
were
raging
to
byte
,
sée
Psalm
.
3.7
.
]
breake
the
iawes
of
the
yong
Lions
,
O
Lord
,
[
i.
ouerthrow
the
force
and
power
,
of
this
cruell
men
who
for
their
force
and
cruelty
hee
resembleth
to
young
Lions
.
]
Ver.
7.
Let
them
melt
like
the
waters
,
[
vz.
turned
either
into
snowe
or
ice
,
which
when
the
heate
of
the
sunne
once
commeth
vppon
them
confirmeth
very
easily
and
quickly
,
so
that
he
prayeth
for
a
quicke
riddance
and
dispatch
of
the
wicked
]
let
them
passe
away
[
vz.
very
sodainely
]
when
hee
shooteth
his
arrowes
,
[
i.
when
hée
goeth
about
any
manner
of
mischiefe
whatsoeuer
,
sée
Psalm
.
11.2
.
]
Let
them
bee
as
broken
[
i.
not
able
to
wounde
or
hurt
,
no
more
then
a
broken
arrowe
can
:
hee
prayeth
the
ouerthrowe
of
all
their
mischiefe
and
power
]
and
marke
both
in
this
verse
,
and
in
that
that
followeth
the
sodaine
chaunge
of
the
number
,
from
the
plurall
to
the
singular
.
]
Ver.
8.
let
him
consume
like
a
snaile
that
melteth
,
[
vz.
after
that
he
is
come
out
of
his
shell
or
house
,
for
them
as
Aristotle
noteth
.
Lib.
5.
de
historia
animal
.
cap.
32.
He
waxeth
dull
and
dieth
quickly
,
so
that
here
hee
prayeth
that
the
wicked
might
come
to
a
sodaine
ende
]
and
like
the
vntimely
fruite
of
a
woman
[
i.
like
a
childe
borne
long
before
the
time
.
It
appeareth
by
Iob.
3.16
.
that
there
is
two
sortes
of
this
vntimely
fruite
:
one
in
which
the
forme
and
liniaments
of
a
body
doe
not
yet
distinctly
appeare
:
an
other
that
hath
the
parts
and
members
of
a
body
and
life
it selfe
,
and
yet
dyeth
either
before
the
birth
,
or
in
the
birth
.
I
woulde
vnderstande
the
Propet
of
both
,
but
especially
of
the
first
part
.
]
Verse
9.
As
rawe
flesh
[
q.d.
let
the
vngodly
bee
like
rawe
flesh
taken
away
out
of
the
pot
,
before
the
pot
haue
felt
the
heate
of
fire
made
with
thornes
,
or
any
other
wood
whatsoeuer
:
by
which
similitude
the
Prophet
mindeth
to
note
two
thinges
:
vz.
both
the
sodaine
vengeaunce
of
God
against
the
wicked
,
which
also
hee
expresseth
afterwardes
by
carrying
him
away
in
a
whirlewind
,
and
also
the
vnprofitablenes
of
the
wicked
.
For
as
rawe
flesh
can
not
be
méete
foode
for
man
,
so
these
vngodly
are
such
as
the
Lorde
taketh
no
delight
in
at
all
]
so
let
him
,
[
i.
God
]
carry
them
away
[
i.
destroy
the
wicked
from
amongst
men
:
or
else
tosse
them
to
and
fro
,
as
the
whirlewinde
doeth
the
chaffe
,
dust
,
or
any
light
thing
:
and
by
the
whirlewinde
,
hee
noteth
their
sodaine
destruction
:
as
by
Gods
wrath
he
meaneth
the
greatnes
thereof
.
I
know
other
men
read
this
ver.
otherwise
,
and
giue
other
senses
,
but
me
thinketh
this
is
sufficiently
playne
,
and
hangeth
well
with
that
that
goeth
before
.
]
Ver.
10.
The
righteous
[
i.
those
that
are
accounted
right
,
not
that
any
are
so
of
themselues
,
but
that
they
are
so
accounted
for
Christes
righteousnes
sake
]
shal
reioyce
[
i.
not
onely
bee
glad
for
the
wickeds
ouerthrowe
,
but
giue
God
the
glory
and
praise
therefore
]
when
hee
séeth
the
vengeaunce
[
vz.
from
God
,
executed
vppon
the
wicked
and
vngodly
]
and
this
is
not
because
the
godly
are
caryed
forward
with
a
desire
of
reuenge
,
that
they
so
reioyce
in
the
wickeds
destruction
and
ouerthrowe
,
but
because
they
conceiue
a
wonderfull
ioy
when
they
sée
Gods
iudgments
executed
,
whereby
they
knowe
that
their
life
is
precious
before
God
,
for
as
there
is
mildnes
and
gentlenes
in
faithfull
mens
heartes
,
so
being
lead
with
a
true
zeale
,
they
take
pleasure
in
the
execution
of
Gods
iudgements
:
and
these
affections
are
pure
and
right
,
because
they
are
ruled
according
to
Gods
will
]
hée
shall
wash
his
féete
in
the
blood
of
the
wicked
[
the
Prophet
meaneth
hereby
that
Gods
iudgements
shal
bée
so
heauily
executed
vppon
the
wicked
,
and
there
shal
bée
so
great
a
slaughter
and
discomfiture
of
them
,
that
the
good
shall
euen
bathe
their
feete
[
by
a
manner
of
speach
,
in
their
blood
.
]
Ver.
11.
And
men
shal
say
[
vz.
not
only
the
good
,
but
euen
others
,
that
in
the
great
slaughter
of
the
wicked
shal
remain
aliue
]
shal
say
[
not
in
heart
onely
,
but
also
confesse
with
their
mouthes
]
verely
there
is
fruite
for
the
righteous
,
[
i.
certainely
it
is
profitable
and
good
,
to
striue
to
serue
God
and
to
leade
a
holy
life
.
]
Doubtlesse
there
is
a
God
[
vz.
in
heauen
]
that
iudgeth
in
the
earth
,
[
i.
that
gouerneth
the
worlde
though
the
wicked
thinke
that
hee
is
idle
in
heauen
,
and
regardeth
not
the
things
that
are
done
here
below
.
Sée
Mala.
2.17
.
also
3.14
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
charitably
to
debate
matters
with
the
wicked
and
vngodly
:
it
sheweth
also
that
hypocrites
pretend
iustice
and
iudgement
,
whereas
they
performe
nothing
lesse
.
Ver.
2.
Declareth
how
sinne
procéedeth
from
imagination
in
the
mynd
to
execution
in
act
and
déede
.
Ver.
3.
Plainely
prooueth
original
sinne
:
and
noteth
the
procéedings
that
the
wicked
make
in
vngodlines
,
so
that
from
their
birth
vnto
their
death
,
there
is
nothing
but
sinne
&
corruption
.
Ver.
4.5
.
Teacheth
vs
first
that
the
wicked
are
giuen
to
all
manner
of
lying
,
slaundering
and
backbiting
,
secondly
that
they
are
so
setled
in
their
sinne
,
that
they
are
almost
past
hope
of
recouery
.
Verse
6.7.8.9
.
Teacheth
that
wee
may
pray
against
the
obstinate
enemies
of
Gods
Church
and
trueth
,
that
the
Lord
God
woulde
(
if
hée
sée
it
so
good
)
shortly
confounde
and
spéedely
ouerthrowe
them
:
which
condition
would
bee
vnderstood
in
al
such
prayers
of
Dauid
,
though
hee
were
excellently
indued
with
the
spirit
of
prophecy
.
Ver.
10.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
execution
of
Gods
iudgements
vppon
the
wicked
,
is
a
matter
of
great
comfort
to
the
godly
.
Ver.
11.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
execution
of
Gods
iudgementes
vppon
the
wicked
,
is
likewise
a
matter
of
great
instruction
to
other
people
,
wringing
from
them
a
sincere
confession
&
acknowledgement
of
Gods
mercy
towardes
the
good
,
and
of
his
iustice
towardes
the
other
,
it
teacheth
also
that
the
godly
shall
loose
nothing
by
this
that
they
haue
lead
a
religious
and
holy
life
before
men
,
in
this
life
,
sée
Isaiah
.
3.10
.
Psalme
59
THis
Psalme
as
I
take
it
may
bee
diuided
into
two
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
prayeth
deliueraunce
from
his
enemies
,
shewing
that
their
craft
,
cruelty
,
and
proud
bragges
made
him
thus
earnest
with
God
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
8.
In
the
second
he
declareth
that
God
notwithstanding
all
their
trecheries
will
deliuer
him
,
vpon
which
ground
hee
prayeth
and
prophecieth
against
him
,
promising
to
yéeld
thankefulnes
to
the
Lord
for
that
goodnes
,
from
ver.
9.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
for
the
most
part
is
expounded
before
Psalm
.
57.
Se.
]
When
Saul
sent
,
and
they
did
watch
the
house
to
kill
him
[
sée
for
this
1.
Samuel
19.
from
verse
11.
to
the
ende
of
the
17.
where
it
appeareth
howe
Michal
his
wife
saued
him
from
those
that
Saul
sent
to
slay
him
.
]
Ver.
1.2
.
Hee
prayeth
to
bee
deliuered
from
his
enemies
,
which
were
ready
(
as
it
were
)
to
ouerwhelme
him
,
by
their
wicked
attempts
,
cruell
practises
,
and
mischieuous
subtilties
,
who
did
nothing
else
as
a
man
would
say
but
seeke
his
destruction
.
]
Verse
3.
They
haue
layd
wayte
[
vz.
both
secretly
and
openly
]
for
my
soule
[
i.
for
my
life
(
as
sundry
times
before
)
that
they
might
take
it
away
]
the
mighty
men
[
q.d.
no
smal
ones
,
and
therefore
the
greater
danger
am
I
in
,
but
such
as
haue
wille
and
power
to
performe
what
they
lift
,
vnlesse
thou
preuent
]
nor
for
mine
offence
,
nor
for
my
sinne
[
vz.
to
themward
,
for
I
haue
not
done
them
any
maner
of
euil
,
which
also
may
appeare
by
the
next
verse
following
]
O
Lord
[
q.d.
euen
as
thou
that
searchest
al
heartes
knowest
.
]
Ver.
4.
They
runne
and
prepare
themselues
[
by
these
wordes
the
Prophet
meaneth
that
they
vsed
al
their
diligence
,
and
spared
no
cost
,
labour
,
or
paines
to
destroy
him
:
yea
they
were
so
diligent
,
that
they
thought
vppon
nothing
else
almost
,
but
to
execute
their
wicked
enterprise
]
without
a
fault
on
my
part
[
vz.
towards
them
,
as
before
ver.
3.
]
Arise
therefore
[
here
hee
calleth
vpon
God
,
whom
he
imagineth
to
be
a
sléepe
as
it
were
:
and
all
this
is
spoken
according
to
man
:
q.d.
shewe
thy
power
and
might
,
as
hee
doeth
that
is
waked
out
of
his
sléepe
]
to
assist
mee
[
i.
to
stand
by
me
,
and
to
strengthen
me
against
such
a
number
of
cruel
enemies
as
I
haue
]
and
behold
[
vz.
not
only
my
wretchednes
and
weakenes
,
but
also
the
outrages
and
mischieuous
matters
,
that
they
imagine
and
doe
against
me
.
]
Ver.
5.
Euen
thou
,
O
Lorde
of
hostes
,
[
hee
more
plainely
describeth
the
God
,
whom
he
called
vpon
for
succour
:
and
in
these
termes
,
Lorde
of
hostes
,
hee
comprehendeth
his
power
,
as
who
hath
infinite
armies
of
all
sorts
of
creatures
in
his
handes
,
to
punish
the
wicked
by
,
and
to
defend
the
good
,
and
by
these
wordes
]
O
God
of
Israel
,
[
he
setteth
out
his
mercy
,
ioyning
both
together
for
the
further
strengthening
of
his
fayth
]
awake
,
[
i.
declare
thy
power
,
as
before
verse
4.
and
shewe
thy selfe
no
lesse
diligent
to
succour
mee
,
then
they
are
to
hurt
mee
,
]
to
visite
[
i.
to
punish
and
correct
,
as
Exod.
20.5
.
]
All
the
heathen
,
[
by
heathen
he
meaneth
the
hypocriticall
and
counterfeit
Israelites
who
did
as
grieuously
persecute
Dauid
,
for
Sauls
pleasure
,
as
people
estraunged
from
God
,
woulde
haue
done
:
and
when
hee
sayth
,
all
,
hee
meaneth
the
greatest
number
,
expressing
also
vnder
that
terme
,
the
great
multitude
of
his
enemies
,
which
were
so
many
in
number
,
as
though
they
had
béen
whole
swarmes
of
the
Gentiles
comming
together
]
and
bee
not
mercifull
,
[
i.
shewe
no
manner
of
fauour
at
all
,
]
that
transgresse
maliciously
[
i.
of
set
purpose
,
and
as
it
were
for
the
satisfiyng
of
their
owne
mischieuous
myndes
,
hée
mindeth
not
here
to
speake
of
any
,
but
of
the
reprobate
,
whose
iniquitie
was
altogether
desperate
:
which
as
it
should
seeme
,
hee
did
knowe
through
the
spirit
of
prophecy
.
Here
wee
must
take
héede
that
wee
bee
not
ouer
hasty
to
iudge
in
this
behalfe
.
]
Verse
6.
They
runne
to
and
fro
[
i.
they
cease
not
to
goe
and
come
so
that
they
may
execute
their
enterprises
:
and
this
manner
of
speach
noteth
their
rage
]
in
the
euening
[
q.d.
if
they
can
doe
no
euill
in
the
day
,
they
will
not
cease
to
imploy
the
night
thereto
,
as
being
in
déede
a
most
conuenient
tyme
to
woorke
mischiefe
in
:
and
this
setteth
out
their
diligence
in
committing
euil
]
they
barke
like
dogges
[
i.
they
pursue
mee
egarly
and
that
with
open
mouth
,
it
is
a
metaphor
taken
from
dogges
vsed
in
hunting
,
who
sundry
times
followe
their
game
barking
and
opening
their
mouthes
wide
as
though
they
were
ready
to
deuour
their
pray
:
in
which
respect
hee
also
compareth
them
here
to
raging
&
hungry
dogs
]
and
goe
about
the
city
,
[
vz.
lest
I
might
escape
any
maner
of
way
,
and
this
noteth
their
diligence
,
sée
Psalm
.
55.10
.
]
Ver.
7.
Behold
they
bragge
in
their
talke
,
[
i.
they
boast
openly
of
that
,
which
they
haue
wickedly
deuised
and
consulted
on
,
yea
they
vomit
out
,
and
discouer
all
their
wicked
attempts
without
hyding
or
dissembling
any
thing
,
so
great
is
their
impudency
and
shamelesnes
]
and
swordes
are
in
their
lippes
[
i.
the
woordes
that
they
speake
are
cruell
,
for
they
speake
of
nothing
but
murthering
,
throatcutting
,
and
spoyling
,
sée
Psalm
55.21
.
]
for
who
,
say
they
,
doth
heare
[
vz.
our
woordes
,
or
else
perceiue
our
déeds
and
attempts
:
and
this
they
say
amongst
themselues
,
meaning
that
neither
God
nor
men
do
perceiue
them
.
And
here
he
teacheth
the
outragious
blockishnes
that
raigneth
in
the
wicked
,
when
they
perswade
themselues
that
God
regardeth
not
their
wickednesses
,
for
being
in
possession
&
fréedome
to
execute
their
wicked
counsels
they
haue
no
shame
of
men
,
nor
feare
of
God
.
]
Ver.
8.
Sée
expounded
before
Psal.
2.4
.
&
for
the
word
heathen
,
sée
ver.
5.
of
this
Psal.
Whatsoeuer
it
is
the
Prophet
meaneth
,
that
God
wil
bring
al
their
purposes
to
nothing
,
and
that
without
making
any
great
adoe
,
but
euen
as
it
were
playing
and
sporting
.
]
Verse
9.
He
is
strong
[
this
may
be
eyther
vnderstood
of
Saule
who
was
in
the
kingdome
,
and
had
al
at
his
commaundement
,
or
else
of
all
that
ioyned
with
him
,
speaking
of
them
as
of
one
man
,
by
reason
of
their
consent
to
mischiefe
,
though
otherwise
they
were
many
in
number
]
but
I
will
wayt
vpon
thée
[
q.d.
notwithstanding
his
strength
,
I
will
paciently
tarrie
thy
leasure
,
till
thou
ouerthrow
him
or
deliuer
me
]
for
God
is
my
defence
,
[
marke
the
sodayne
chaunge
of
the
person
,
from
the
second
to
the
thirde
:
and
this
is
a
reason
why
he
will
wayte
the
Lords
leasure
,
because
he
is
sure
to
bee
defended
,
syth
God
taketh
his
part
.
]
Verse
10.
My
mercifull
God
[
i.
my
God
who
hath
made
me
sundry
times
feele
his
mercy
and
goodnesse
]
will
preuent
me
,
vz.
with
his
helpe
and
fauour
,
yea
and
that
many
times
before
I
aske
or
haue
néede
,
he
meaneth
that
Gods
ayde
should
alwayes
be
readye
to
succoure
him
,
and
though
he
deferred
it
for
a
time
,
yet
he
would
not
fayle
at
néede
]
God
will
let
me
sée
,
[
i.
thorow
his
goodnesse
hee
will
make
me
perceiue
the
force
of
my
prayers
,
and
the
execution
of
his
iustice
vpon
the
wicked
.
For
that
whiche
followeth
in
this
verse
,
sée
before
Psal.
54.7
.
]
Verse
11.
Slay
them
not
[
vz.
sodaynly
or
at
one
blow
,
as
we
would
say
:
he
prayeth
that
his
enemies
maye
bée
discomfited
and
ouerthrowne
by
little
and
little
,
least
the
remembrance
of
gods
iudgements
shoulde
perish
,
but
that
this
vengeaunce
of
God
exercised
vppon
them
,
might
indure
a
long
season
in
mans
memory
,
for
their
bettering
if
it
might
be
]
least
my
people
[
i.
eyther
these
that
are
presently
with
me
,
or
shall
in
time
hereafter
come
vnder
my
gouernment
]
but
scatter
them
abroad
[
i.
cause
them
to
wander
vp
and
downe
,
as
troubled
people
that
know
not
what
they
do
:
or
else
as
people
that
be
gréeued
,
and
can
finde
no
place
of
their
owne
or
of
other
mens
,
to
ease
themselues
in
,
by
reason
of
the
euill
that
pincheth
them
,
I
suppose
he
alludeth
to
the
iudgement
that
GOD
pronounced
against
Kaine
Gen.
4.12
.
]
by
thy
power
[
vz
which
they
nor
any
other
are
able
to
resist
]
put
them
downe
[
vz.
from
their
estates
and
honourable
degrées
,
whervnto
they
are
exalted
in
Saules
Court
,
that
their
miseries
may
serue
them
as
glasses
to
beholde
thy
iudgements
in
]
O
Lord
our
shield
[
i.
our
defender
and
succourer
,
sée
Psalme
18.2
]
Verse
12.
For
the
sinne
of
their
mouth
,
and
the
wordes
of
their
lippes
[
i.
for
the
slaunderous
and
false
spéeches
that
they
haue
giuen
oute
and
spoken
:
the
Prophet
sheweth
a
cause
why
the
Lorde
shoulde
or
woulde
plague
them
by
casting
them
downe
from
their
honour
]
let
them
be
taken
,
[
vz.
by
thy
iudgement
]
in
their
pride
[
i.
when
they
are
at
the
height
therof
,
or
most
proude
.
For
the
more
high
a
man
falleth
,
the
greater
is
his
fall
to
him
,
and
more
noted
of
others
]
euen
for
their
periury
and
lies
that
they
speake
[
by
these
wordes
hee
toucheth
two
great
faults
in
them
,
the
lesser
of
them
being
strong
ynough
to
draw
Gods
iudgements
vpon
them
]
Verse
13.
Consume
them
[
vz.
in
the
end
when
thou
shalt
〈◊〉
scattered
them
,
and
cast
them
down
(
as
ver.
11.
)
and
when
the
time
shal
come
that
thou
shalt
haue
sufficiently
serued
thy selfe
with
them
,
as
a
most
●ayne
example
of
thy
vengeaunce
,
verse
11.
also
of
this
Psalme
]
in
thy
wrath
[
which
is
as
it
were
fyre
,
whereas
they
are
but
stubble
]
consume
them
[
this
doubling
of
the
wordes
noteth
the
earnestnesse
of
the
Prophet
in
his
prayer
]
that
they
bee
no
more
[
vz.
among
men
:
hee
meaneth
that
they
might
not
liue
any
longer
,
see
Ierem.
31.15
.
Math.
2.18
.
]
and
let
them
knowe
[
vz.
at
the
last
,
and
that
by
their
owne
experience
and
féeling
]
that
God
ruleth
[
i.
not
only
gouerneth
but
also
careth
for
]
in
Iaakob
[
i.
in
and
for
his
Churche
:
as
Psalme
14.7
.
]
euen
vnto
the
endes
of
the
worlde
,
[
this
maye
be
taken
,
eyther
that
it
shoulde
note
the
continuall
care
and
gouernmente
of
GOD
,
in
and
ouer
his
Churche
:
or
else
that
it
should
set
out
the
largenesse
of
his
gouernment
,
as
that
it
shoulde
bée
stretched
from
the
one
side
of
the
Worlde
to
the
other
:
and
to
this
latter
doe
I
rather
inclyne
.
]
Verse
14.
And
in
the
euening
,
&c.
For
the
vnderstanding
of
these
phrases
and
maners
of
spéeche
,
sée
before
verse
6.
where
the
same
wordes
are
repeated
and
expounded
.
In
this
place
the
Prophet
mindeth
to
mocke
them
,
for
their
indeuours
and
agréements
,
and
sayth
that
after
they
shall
be
much
wearyed
,
and
haue
trauayled
all
daye
long
in
remouing
housholde
stuffe
as
it
were
,
and
trudging
hither
and
thither
to
intangle
him
,
they
shall
bee
frustrate
notwithstanding
of
their
deuices
,
attemptes
,
and
purposes
.
]
Verse
15.
They
shall
runne
here
and
there
[
i.
they
shall
be
verye
paynefull
and
laborious
]
for
meat
[
i.
to
hurte
and
to
doe
mischiefe
:
for
as
the
godlye
thinke
it
a
nourishmente
vnto
them
to
doe
good
,
as
our
Sauiour
sayth
,
Iohn
4.32.34
.
also
Iohn
6.27
.
so
the
wicked
take
as
much
delighte
in
doing
ill
as
in
their
foode
]
and
surelye
they
shall
not
bee
satisfyed
[
i.
they
shall
certainlye
misse
of
that
they
desired
and
sought
for
,
yea
]
though
they
tarry
all
nighte
[
i.
though
they
watche
all
nighte
long
,
and
take
neuer
so
much
paines
to
atchieue
it
.
I
know
others
doe
otherwise
expound
it
,
as
though
they
should
be
pinched
with
famine
,
and
hunger-bitten
,
what
toyle
and
labour
soeuer
they
tooke
,
but
the
former
sence
liketh
me
]
Verse
16.
But
I
will
sing
of
thy
power
[
i.
in
my
songes
I
will
make
mention
of
and
set
forth
thy
power
,
made
manifest
in
deliuering
me
,
and
in
punishing
mine
aduersaries
]
and
will
prayse
thy
mercy
[
i.
with
a
loude
voyce
I
will
set
it
forth
,
that
others
hearing
it
may
reioyce
with
mee
and
trust
in
the
same
]
in
the
morning
,
he
meaneth
euery
morning
and
euery
day
,
putting
a
part
for
the
whole
:
and
yet
because
the
morning
is
the
speciall
time
for
that
exercise
of
prayer
and
thanksgiuing
,
hée
maketh
speciall
mention
thereof
]
for
thou
haste
bene
my
defence
[
i.
thou
alone
hast
defended
me
]
and
refuge
[
i.
the
sure
place
wherevnto
I
fled
,
as
to
a
high
Mountayne
:
sée
Psalme
11.1
.
]
in
the
daye
[
i.
in
the
time
or
times
,
for
he
meaneth
not
that
he
was
troubled
but
one
day
onely
.
]
Verse
17.
Vnto
thée
,
O
my
strength
[
i.
vnto
thée
O
my
GOD
,
that
arte
the
God
of
my
strength
,
and
from
whome
alone
I
haue
the
strength
that
I
haue
]
will
I
sing
[
vz.
songes
of
prayse
and
thanksgiuing
]
and
my
mercifull
God
[
i.
he
that
vouchsafeth
me
worthy
of
his
mercy
and
by
his
mercy
doth
protect
and
defend
me
.
Do.
Verse
1.2
.
Teach
vs
to
pray
deliuerance
from
our
enimies
,
and
that
so
much
the
more
earnestly
,
by
how
much
they
are
many
in
number
,
or
cruell
in
déedes
,
or
great
daungers
in
multitude
increase
vpon
vs
.
Verse
3.
Setteth
out
firste
the
subtiltie
of
the
wicked
,
secondlye
that
not
the
meanest
manye
times
but
the
mightiest
are
enimyes
to
Gods
children
:
and
that
not
for
anye
euill
the
godly
haue
done
against
them
,
but
to
satisfie
their
malicious
mindes
,
whiche
may
be
terrible
to
them
:
but
comfortable
to
the
godlye
.
Verse
4.
Setteth
out
the
paynes
and
diligence
that
the
wicked
take
to
performe
mischiefe
.
Verse
5.
teacheth
,
that
God
,
euen
the
God
of
power
,
must
only
laye
too
his
handes
,
when
matters
are
as
it
were
desperate
,
to
restrayne
the
rage
of
the
malicious
multitude
.
Verse
6.7
.
shew
the
crueltye
,
rage
,
diligence
,
boasting
,
and
carelesnesse
of
the
vngodly
.
Verse
8.
Teacheth
that
God
will
make
all
the
mischieuous
attempts
of
the
wicked
frustrate
.
Verse
9.
Teache
vs
not
so
muche
to
regarde
the
force
and
multitude
of
our
enemyes
,
as
to
looke
vp
to
our
GOD
,
whose
power
is
present
with
vs
.
Verse
10.
Teacheth
that
GOD
is
more
ready
to
doe
for
vs
,
then
we
many
times
thinke
of
.
Verse
11.
Gods
iudgementes
iustly
executed
vpon
the
wicked
,
should
not
be
lightly
let
passe
or
slippe
out
of
our
remembraunce
.
Verse
12.
Teacheth
vs
to
looke
to
our
wordes
,
to
beware
of
pride
,
and
to
take
héede
of
periurie
and
lying
,
for
they
are
suche
thinges
as
the
Lord
can
not
away
with
.
Verse
13.
Gods
iust
iudgements
executed
vpon
the
wicked
,
are
euident
testimonies
of
his
iustice
towards
the
vngodlye
,
and
of
his
mercy
towards
his
own
children
.
Verse
14.15
.
Teacheth
that
all
the
wicked
purposes
and
attempts
of
the
vngodly
shall
be
frustrate
,
whatsoeuer
pain
,
toile
and
diligence
they
shall
take
in
the
performaunce
thereof
.
Verse
16.
teacheth
vs
,
that
Gods
iustice
vpon
the
wicked
,
&
his
goodnesse
towards
his
own
,
should
inforce
vs
,
to
yéeld
continuall
prayse
and
thanks
to
him
both
for
the
one
and
for
the
other
.
Verse
17.
Teacheth
that
all
our
strength
and
sufficiencie
,
is
from
God
alone
.
Psalme
60
THis
short
Psalme
may
be
diuided
,
as
I
suppose
,
Di.
rightlye
into
thrée
parts
.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
sheweth
the
great
affliction
that
he
had
a
long
time
indured
,
and
the
great
blessings
that
God
afterwards
poured
forth
vppon
him
:
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
5.
In
the
seconde
hee
doth
by
the
spirite
of
Prophecie
,
foretell
the
inlargement
of
his
kingdome
,
not
onely
in
the
land
of
Iudea
,
but
among
the
nations
about
him
from
verse
6.
vnto
the
end
of
the
8.
In
the
third
he
prayeth
the
Lord
to
strengthen
him
agaynst
his
enemies
,
and
assureth
himselfe
of
his
ayde
,
from
verse
9.
to
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
,
Se.
to
him
that
excelleth
[
this
is
expounded
before
]
vpon
Shushan
Eduth
.
I
take
it
to
be
the
name
either
of
some
instrument
,
which
shoulde
bée
vsed
in
the
singing
of
this
Psalme
:
or
else
the
beginning
of
some
song
,
according
to
the
tune
whereof
Dauid
would
haue
this
Psalme
sung
]
or
Michtam
[
q.d.
It
may
be
sung
eyther
vpon
the
one
instrument
or
tune
:
or
vpon
the
other
instrument
or
tune
:
of
michtam
we
haue
spoken
before
,
and
namelye
Psalme
16.
in
the
Title
]
a
Psalme
of
Dauid
[
i.
which
Dauid
made
]
to
teache
[
vz.
not
only
himselfe
and
those
of
his
time
,
but
others
that
should
come
after
him
,
what
great
care
God
hath
ouer
his
,
though
he
afflict
them
for
a
little
while
]
when
he
fought
agaynst
Aram
Naharaim
[
this
expresseth
the
time
of
the
making
of
this
Psalme
:
The
history
whereof
you
may
sée
at
large
2.
Samuel
8.
thorowe
out
,
and
namely
verse
12.13
.
For
Aram
Naharaim
what
Countrie
it
was
,
and
why
it
was
so
called
,
sée
Gen.
24.10
.
and
the
note
in
that
place
]
and
agaynst
Aram
Zobah
[
he
maketh
only
mention
of
terrible
people
and
such
as
are
farre
of
,
leauing
to
speake
of
the
nations
round
about
him
,
because
the
discomfiture
of
those
was
as
it
were
incredible
:
and
yet
God
gaue
him
the
victory
both
against
the
Aramites
of
Mesopotamia
,
and
againste
the
other
Aramites
that
inhabited
Zobah
]
When
Ioab
returned
,
to
wit
,
from
the
slaughter
of
the
Syrians
,
as
2.
Samuel
8.13
.
where
it
is
sayd
,
that
Dauid
slew
eyghtéene
thousand
:
which
wée
must
vnderstand
thus
because
he
was
the
chéefe
of
that
armye
,
and
therefore
that
is
ascribed
to
him
,
which
was
performed
by
the
people
that
was
subiect
to
him
:
and
in
1.
Chronicles
18.12
.
It
is
sayd
that
Abishai
Ioabs
brother
flew
than
:
which
must
be
vnderstoode
,
because
he
was
the
first
instrument
that
ouerthrew
the
Syrians
,
killing
sixe
thousand
of
them
,
which
victorye
his
brother
and
the
armie
that
was
with
him
pursued
,
and
flew
twelue
thousand
more
of
them
,
of
which
mention
is
made
in
this
place
:
read
diligently
for
the
better
vnderstanding
hereof
,
the
places
before
alleaged
,
vz.
2.
Samuel
8.
throughout
,
and
1.
Chron.
18.
thorow
out
.
]
Verse
1.
No
doubt
he
bewayleth
the
miserable
dispersion
and
long
afflictions
,
that
the
people
of
Israel
aboad
in
the
time
of
the
Iudges
and
Saule
,
of
which
you
may
reade
in
the
booke
of
Iudges
,
and
the
firste
of
Samuel
]
thou
hast
cast
vs
out
[
vz.
eyther
of
thy
fauour
,
or
else
of
the
lande
and
dwelling
places
that
thou
hast
giuen
vs
:
of
whiche
the
story
of
Ruth
yieldeth
an
example
]
thou
hast
scattered
vs
[
vz.
amongest
other
peoples
round
about
vs
:
see
more
of
this
phrase
Psalme
59.11
.
]
thou
hast
bin
angry
[
vz.
agaynst
vs
,
euident
signes
of
which
thy
wrath
,
haue
bin
our
outcastinges
and
dispersions
]
turne
agayne
vnto
vs
[
q.d.
behold
our
misery
and
affliction
,
and
once
agayne
looke
vpon
vs
in
mercy
and
louing
fauour
,
as
thou
hast
don
sundry
times
heretofore
:
take
not
thy
flight
from
vs
,
neyther
depart
away
from
vs
in
fury
,
but
in
mercy
returne
to
vs
,
and
abide
with
vs
for
euer
.
]
Verse
2.
Thou
hast
made
the
lande
to
tremble
[
i.
thou
hast
striken
a
wonderfull
feare
into
the
hartes
and
heads
of
thy
people
,
by
reason
of
forraine
warres
and
heauie
troubles
:
or
else
thus
:
Thou
hast
brought
great
disorders
amongst
the
people
,
euen
as
confusion
commonly
and
ouerthrowing
of
houses
followeth
earthquakes
:
but
I
allow
rather
of
the
former
sence
:
whatsoeuer
it
be
he
doth
by
a
metonymia
,
put
the
land
for
the
people
inhabiting
the
same
]
and
thou
hast
made
it
to
gape
[
vz.
not
only
as
it
were
with
an
earthquake
,
but
also
as
it
were
with
a
most
dry
and
parching
summer
:
meaning
thereby
seditions
and
ciuil
discordes
,
when
the
people
were
diuided
among
themselues
,
some
following
Dauid
and
some
the
house
of
Saule
,
as
appeareth
2.
Samuel
from
Chap.
1.
to
the
fourth
]
heale
the
breaches
therof
[
i.
remedy
the
disorders
therin
and
cure
the
diseases
like
a
good
Phisition
,
as
in
déed
one
to
whom
alone
it
belongeth
]
for
it
is
shaken
[
vz.
greatly
and
gréeuously
:
with
the
calamities
that
it
hath
alreadye
endured
,
and
is
like
to
indure
,
vnlesse
thou
redresse
it
:
q.
d.
It
is
so
laden
with
affliction
and
misery
,
that
it
can
not
long
indure
,
euen
as
if
a
man
had
a
burthen
on
his
back
that
were
too
heauie
for
him
to
beare
.
]
Verse
3.
Thou
hast
shewed
thy
people
heauy
things
[
i.
thou
hast
made
that
people
whom
thou
diddest
dearely
loue
,
to
féele
and
sée
things
that
might
minister
,
and
haue
ministred
great
sorrowe
,
and
heauinesse
to
them
]
thou
hast
made
vs
to
drinke
the
wine
of
giddinesse
[
he
speaketh
of
some
venemous
and
infected
drink
,
which
taketh
from
men
their
sence
and
vnderstanding
,
and
as
a
man
would
say
,
bewitcheth
people
and
maketh
them
drunke
:
q.d.
Thou
hast
made
vs
dull
and
blockish
in
our
euils
,
euen
as
drunkards
are
,
or
people
that
are
inchaunted
.
Not
that
God
was
eyther
the
author
of
euil
or
did
them
any
iniury
,
but
that
he
had
iust
cause
thus
to
plague
them
and
giue
them
ouer
for
their
sinnes
.
]
Verse
4.
But
now
thou
hast
giuen
a
banner
[
i.
a
playne
signe
of
thy
fauour
,
and
of
good
hope
to
vs
ward
,
giuing
vs
by
the
chaunge
that
is
fallen
out
,
matter
and
occasion
of
courage
and
reioysing
,
in
hope
that
the
dispersed
shall
be
gathered
together
,
and
thinges
broughte
into
good
order
,
he
meaneth
that
God
by
the
light
of
his
promises
,
and
by
his
ayde
:
and
namely
by
the
new
victory
he
had
giuen
them
,
whereof
mention
is
made
in
this
Psalme
,
would
take
into
his
guiding
againe
the
people
whome
he
had
séemed
before
to
forsake
,
and
go
before
them
now
as
it
were
,
with
a
banner
displayde
,
sée
Psalme
20.5
.
]
because
of
thy
truth
,
because
of
thy
most
true
and
assured
promises
,
that
thou
hast
made
to
them
in
that
behalfe
.
]
Verse
5.
That
thy
beloued
[
i.
those
whome
thou
cariest
a
singuler
fauour
to
]
may
be
deliuered
[
i.
set
from
daunger
and
distresse
]
helpe
with
thy
right
hand
[
i.
with
thy
wonderfull
might
and
power
,
as
sundry
times
before
]
and
heare
me
[
i.
graunte
my
request
and
prayer
.
]
Verse
6.
God
hath
spoken
[
vz.
by
his
seruaunt
and
Prophet
Samuel
]
in
his
holinesse
[
some
reade
it
by
his
holinesse
:
if
we
reade
in
his
holinesse
,
then
he
meaneth
thereby
Gods
sanctuary
and
Arke
,
whiche
is
called
his
holinesse
,
because
he
that
is
holinesse
it selfe
,
did
dwell
and
appeare
there
.
If
we
reade
by
his
holinesse
,
it
is
as
much
as
if
he
should
saye
,
hee
hath
called
his
holinesse
to
witnesse
,
and
pawned
it
,
as
a
man
would
saye
,
for
the
certainty
and
assuraunce
of
that
which
was
promised
him
]
I
will
reioice
[
i.
comforte
my selfe
in
this
,
as
good
cause
I
haue
indéede
so
to
doe
.
]
I
shall
deuide
Shechem
,
and
measure
the
valley
of
Succoth
.
Shechem
was
the
name
of
a
place
on
this
side
the
Riuer
Iordan
as
the
valley
of
Succoth
was
on
the
other
side
this
riuer
.
He
nameth
some
parts
of
the
land
,
putting
them
for
the
whole
kingdome
,
in
the
full
possession
thereof
though
he
were
not
,
by
reason
of
the
diuision
betwéen
him
and
Saules
house
,
yet
he
assured
himselfe
vpon
the
promise
of
God
that
hee
should
inioy
the
same
in
good
tyme
:
and
by
deuiding
and
measuring
,
he
meaneth
nothing
but
that
they
should
come
vnder
his
subiection
,
as
the
other
parte
of
that
land
was
,
alluding
to
the
manner
of
diuiding
and
measuring
out
lands
by
cordes
,
the
owners
thereof
being
the
principall
dealers
most
commonlye
in
that
matter
,
and
it
is
as
much
as
he
should
say
:
I
will
not
looke
to
haue
my
share
measured
out
by
others
,
but
I
will
diuide
it
,
and
measure
my selfe
,
and
will
be
the
right
owner
and
possesser
thereof
.
]
Verse
7.
Giliad
shall
be
mine
,
and
Manasseth
shall
be
mine
[
these
are
other
partes
of
the
kingdome
whiche
Dauid
assureth
himselfe
shall
come
into
his
possession
]
Ephraim
also
[
i.
that
whole
tribe
and
people
]
shal
be
the
strength
of
mine
head
[
i.
the
stay
and
power
of
my
kingdome
,
because
that
this
tribe
was
very
mightye
and
well
peopled
:
in
so
muche
that
the
very
name
of
it
in
the
Prophets
,
is
put
for
the
whole
kingdome
of
Israell
]
Iudah
is
my
lawgiuer
[
i.
that
Tribe
obtayneth
the
righte
of
gouernment
and
kingly
authority
amongest
the
people
of
GOD.
Sée
for
the
better
vnderstanding
of
these
two
last
spéeches
,
Deutronom.
33.17
.
Genesis
49.10
.
]
Verse
8.
Moah
[
i.
the
Moabites
:
and
nowe
he
speaketh
of
forrayne
people
]
shal
be
my
Washpot
[
i.
so
base
and
contemptible
in
my
sighte
,
that
I
will
fréelye
breake
them
as
a
potshearde
,
and
if
I
shall
reserue
anye
of
them
,
I
will
put
them
to
filthye
seruices
,
as
2.
Samuell
8.2
.
]
ouer
Edom
[
i.
the
Edomites
]
will
I
cast
out
my
shoe
[
i.
I
will
boldlye
treade
them
downe
,
as
altogether
in
subiection
to
me
,
for
I
will
bring
them
altogether
vnder
mine
obedience
,
and
that
with
as
much
ease
in
a
manner
,
as
casting
my
Shoe
ouer
them
]
Palestina
[
i.
O
ye
Philistines
]
shewe
thy selfe
ioyfull
for
me
[
q.d.
at
the
least
make
outwarde
shewe
,
though
thou
haue
nothing
inwarde
,
that
yée
are
gladde
,
that
I
shall
raigne
ouer
you
.
]
Verse
9.
Who
will
leade
mee
[
i.
me
and
mine
that
are
with
me
q.d.
none
canne
doe
this
,
but
God
alone
]
into
the
strong
Citie
[
vz.
of
myne
aduersaries
:
and
here
he
putteth
one
for
many
.
]
Verse
10.
Whiche
haddest
cast
vs
of
[
vz.
for
a
tyme
]
and
diddest
not
goe
forth
[
vz.
to
Warre
,
ayding
and
strengthening
the
hands
and
hartes
of
ours
in
the
daye
of
Battaile
,
]
Verse
11.
Vayne
is
the
helpe
of
man
[
vz
as
it
commeth
from
man
.
]
Verse
12.
Through
GOD
[
i.
through
the
assuraunce
we
haue
of
his
succour
and
ayde
,
and
by
the
strength
that
hee
shall
giue
vs
]
we
shall
doe
valiauntly
[
vz.
agaynst
his
and
our
enimies
]
for
he
[
vz.
eyther
by
himselfe
extraordinarilye
,
or
by
our
ministerie
,
as
by
a
meane
:
but
whatsoeuer
it
is
he
ascribeth
all
to
God
]
shall
tread
downe
our
enimies
[
vz.
vnder
his
féete
,
and
vnder
our
féete
,
so
that
they
shall
not
bee
able
to
rise
vp
agayne
.
Do.
Verse
1.2.3
.
Teach
that
God
doth
sundry
times
,
and
in
sundry
sorts
afflicte
his
people
,
and
that
very
sore
.
Verse
4
teacheth
that
yet
he
doth
neuer
vtterlye
take
away
his
louing
kindnesse
and
mercy
from
them
,
but
that
at
the
length
he
giueth
them
assured
testimonies
and
signes
of
his
fauour
.
Verse
5.
Teacheth
that
Gods
power
is
all
in
all
for
the
sauegarde
and
deliueraunce
of
his
Seruaunts
.
Verse
6.7
.
Teacheth
Princes
that
it
is
GOD
alone
that
tyeth
the
hartes
of
their
owne
people
in
holy
affection
fast
vnto
them
.
Verse
8.
sheweth
that
it
is
God
onely
that
must
subdue
all
enemyes
,
both
forrayne
and
at
home
.
Verse
9.
Teacheth
that
strong
cities
and
peoples
are
nothing
,
when
God
will
haue
them
subdued
and
sacked
.
Verse
10.
deliuereth
the
same
doctrines
that
Verse
1.2.3
.
and
4.
of
this
Psalme
.
Verse
11.
Teacheth
two
thinges
,
firste
earnestly
to
pray
to
God
in
all
our
troubles
,
and
secondly
neuer
to
make
accounte
of
man
otherwise
then
of
man
,
that
is
as
of
a
vayne
thing
without
God
.
Verse
12.
Teacheth
that
God
is
our
only
strength
,
and
that
whatsoeuer
victorye
wee
get
,
we
must
ascribe
it
to
him
alone
.
Psalme
61.
THis
Psalme
hath
thrée
partes
.
Di.
In
the
firste
the
Prophet
prayeth
vnto
the
Lord
,
to
graunt
him
his
request
,
and
to
set
him
frée
from
the
force
of
his
Aduersaries
,
and
this
is
comprehended
in
the
two
firste
verses
.
In
the
seconde
,
the
Prophet
strengtheneth
his
owne
fayth
by
the
particular
experience
he
had
had
in
times
past
of
Gods
goodnesse
towardes
him
,
and
this
is
in
verse
3.4.5
.
In
the
thirde
hee
prophecieth
of
the
continuance
of
his
kingdome
,
and
promiseth
thankfulnesse
vnto
God
for
the
same
,
and
this
is
in
verse
6.7.8
.
The
Title
of
this
Psalme
is
expounded
before
Psalme
4.
]
Verse
1.
Se.
Heare
my
crie
[
i.
graunt
my
earnest
request
:
and
the
same
is
meant
by
,
giue
eare
vnto
my
prayer
:
not
that
Dauid
doubted
whether
God
heard
or
no
,
but
that
he
would
fayne
with
some
spéede
haue
had
his
sute
yéelded
vnto
.
]
Verse
2.
From
the
ends
of
the
earth
[
it
should
rather
be
from
the
ends
of
the
lande
,
vz.
of
Israell
,
for
Dauid
flying
fore
feare
of
his
sonne
Abshalon
[
vpon
which
occasion
I
suppose
this
Psalme
was
made
,
passed
ouer
Iordan
to
Mahanaim
,
whether
also
Abshalon
followed
him
,
Samuel
17.24
.
]
will
I
crye
vnto
thée
[
i.
Pray
earnestlye
and
feruently
]
when
my
hart
is
oppressed
[
vz.
with
sorrow
and
gréefe
to
sée
my
sonne
rise
vp
agaynst
me
,
and
my
people
also
to
followe
him
]
bring
mée
vnto
the
Rocke
[
i.
set
me
vpon
a
verye
high
and
safe
place
,
from
whence
I
may
behold
my
enimies
and
be
safe
from
their
force
]
that
is
higher
then
I
[
i.
that
is
more
sure
and
safe
,
then
I
and
all
the
forces
I
haue
,
or
am
able
to
make
.
]
Ver.
3.
For
thou
hast
bin
mine
hope
[
i.
he
alone
in
whom
I
haue
hoped
and
trusted
]
and
a
strong
towre
[
i.
a
most
sure
defence
kéeping
me
always
safe
&
sound
from
the
force
of
mine
enemies
:
for
though
he
speak
but
in
the
singular
number
of
one
,
yet
no
doubt
he
meaneth
the
rest
:
and
this
verse
containeth
a
reason
of
his
prayer
taken
from
former
experience
.
]
Verse
4.
I
shall
dwell
in
thy
tabernacle
[
tabernacle
is
not
put
here
for
the
Arke
,
but
it
is
put
for
a
tent
or
pauilion
,
being
a
metaphor
taken
from
warfare
,
where
those
that
are
in
the
kings
tente
dwell
as
it
were
in
a
very
safe
place
,
because
the
king
and
those
that
are
with
him
be
alwayes
the
safeliest
prouided
for
.
To
dwell
then
in
Gods
Tabernacle
is
to
haue
abiding
in
such
a
place
,
as
where
nothing
can
hurte
him
,
and
this
sence
may
appeare
to
be
right
,
by
the
other
member
of
this
verse
]
for
euer
[
i.
al
the
dayes
of
my
life
vpon
the
earth
,
and
euer
after
when
I
shal
be
receiued
to
thée
]
and
my
trust
shall
be
vnder
the
shadow
of
thy
winges
[
q.d.
This
shall
bee
my
trust
,
that
lying
vnder
thy
protection
,
I
shall
be
safe
,
sée
Psalme
17.8
.
]
Ver.
5.
Hast
heard
my
desires
[
i.
graunted
the
thinges
I
prayde
for
]
thou
haste
giuen
an
heritage
[
both
in
this
life
,
vz.
the
lawfull
inioying
of
earthly
things
,
which
doe
indéede
appertain
to
the
only
seruaunts
of
God
,
and
also
in
the
life
to
come
,
prepared
for
those
]
that
feare
his
name
[
i.
that
of
a
certayne
childlike
reuerence
that
they
haue
of
his
Maiestie
in
their
harts
,
yéeld
vnto
him
that
seruice
in
this
life
that
he
requireth
of
them
.
]
Verse
6.
Thou
shalt
giue
the
King
[
i.
me
,
that
am
the
King
,
speaking
of
himselfe
in
the
third
person
]
a
long
life
,
his
yeares
shall
be
as
many
ages
,
[
vz
of
men
and
their
posterity
layde
together
,
he
meaneth
nothing
else
but
that
he
should
liue
and
raigne
long
.
This
was
fulfilled
certaynly
in
Dauid
,
who
raigned
King
forty
yeares
,
but
specially
it
is
accomplished
in
Christ
,
whose
Kingdome
indureth
for
euer
.
]
Verse
7.
He
[
Marke
how
he
speaketh
still
of
himselfe
in
the
thirde
person
]
shall
dwell
before
God
[
i.
shall
haue
God
alwayes
gracious
and
fauourable
vnto
him
,
by
reason
of
his
fatherly
prouidence
and
care
that
he
hath
ouer
his
.
For
to
dwell
before
God
,
is
not
only
to
liue
in
his
presence
,
for
the
wicked
are
neuer
remoued
from
that
,
but
to
fynde
him
gracious
&
louing
,
as
those
whom
the
Prince
continually
vouchsafeth
his
sight
]
for
euer
[
i.
a
long
time
,
if
you
referre
it
to
Dauid
,
but
perpetually
,
if
you
referre
it
to
Christ
]
prepare
[
vz.
for
the
King
]
mercy
and
faithfulnesse
[
i.
by
mercy
,
he
meaneth
compassions
that
Magistrates
vse
,
as
when
in
pronouncing
sentence
agaynst
any
,
they
shew
that
they
do
it
with
a
tender
hart
:
and
by
faythfulnesse
,
he
meaneth
truth
,
equity
,
and
vpright
dealing
,
rendring
to
euery
man
according
to
his
cause
]
that
they
may
preserue
him
[
vz.
in
his
kingdome
,
and
make
his
raigne
and
gouernment
sure
.
Sée
Prouerbs
20.28
.
also
Prouerb
.
29.14
.
]
Verse
8.
So
will
I
alwayes
sing
prayse
vnto
thy
name
,
[
i.
continually
prayse
thy
maiestie
,
for
inabling
me
to
execute
my
office
in
performing
dayly
my
vowes
[
q.d.
by
this
meanes
shall
my
prayse
and
thanksgiuing
appeare
,
in
that
I
will
performe
,
as
signes
of
my
thankfulnesse
and
obedience
,
the
vowes
that
I
haue
made
vnto
thée
.
Do.
Verse
1.
Teacheth
vs
so
to
be
earnest
in
prayer
with
our
God
,
not
that
he
hath
néede
thereof
,
but
for
our
owne
cause
,
because
it
is
a
good
meanes
to
cause
vs
to
spéede
.
Verse
2.
Teacheth
that
prayer
is
not
tied
to
any
place
,
as
to
think
that
for
the
places
sake
,
our
prayers
should
be
the
better
:
it
teacheth
also
that
in
the
heauinesse
of
our
hart
we
should
then
specially
praye
,
as
also
Iames
5.13
.
Verse
3.
Teacheth
that
nothing
can
more
forciblye
cause
vs
to
hope
in
God
,
then
the
vnfayned
remembraunce
of
the
ayde
that
we
haue
receiued
from
him
.
Verse
4.
Teacheth
that
God
alone
must
be
our
refuge
and
protection
.
Verse
5.
Sheweth
that
God
graciously
graunteth
the
holy
prayers
of
his
Seruaunts
:
and
neuer
destituteth
those
eyther
of
bodily
or
spirituall
blessings
,
that
call
vpon
him
.
Verse
6.
Long
life
to
all
,
and
namely
the
long
raignes
of
Kinges
and
Princes
,
is
a
speciall
gift
of
God
.
Verse
7.
Teacheth
that
Magistrates
knowe
not
how
to
rule
,
vnlesse
the
Lorde
apt
them
for
it
:
it
teacheth
also
that
tender hartednesse
and
vpright
execution
of
iustice
,
be
the
proppes
and
stayes
of
kingdomes
and
countries
.
Verse
8.
Teacheth
Gods
children
thankfulnesse
,
yea
continuall
thankfulnesse
,
and
the
manifesting
of
that
thankfulnesse
,
by
the
exercises
of
Gods
holy
religion
,
and
the
fruits
of
obedience
.
Psalme
62.
THis
Psalme
,
though
somewhat
shorte
,
Di.
hath
yet
foure
speciall
parts
.
In
the
first
is
comprehended
his
entraunce
or
Exordium
,
wherein
the
Prophet
sheweth
that
he
hangeth
only
on
God
,
and
this
is
in
the
two
first
verses
.
In
the
second
he
reproueth
his
enemies
for
their
mischieuous
imaginations
,
lyings
,
flatteries
,
&c.
shewing
what
iudgement
shall
fall
vpon
them
therefore
.
Verse
3.4
.
In
the
third
part
he
propoundeth
the
doctrine
of
confidence
in
God
,
exhorting
the
faithfull
to
hang
vpon
him
,
because
man
is
but
vaine
,
and
dehorting
the
wicked
from
their
sinne
,
and
this
reacheth
from
verse
5.
to
the
end
of
the
10.
In
the
fourth
he
confirmeth
his
doctrine
shewing
that
God
hath
iudgement
in
the
one
hand
,
and
mercy
in
the
other
,
to
render
to
euery
one
according
to
their
déeds
:
and
this
is
in
the
two
last
verses
.
The
title
of
this
Psalm
is
expounded
before
,
Psal.
39.1
.
]
Ver.
1.
Se.
yet
my
soule
[
q.d.
notwithstanding
al
the
afflictions
that
I
haue
indured
,
my
inward
man
,
hath
neither
murmured
against
God
,
neither
ceased
at
any
time
to
trust
in
him
:
and
this
is
the
exordium
of
the
Psal.
beginning
as
it
were
somwhat
abruptly
,
&
sodainly
comming
(
as
a
man
would
say
)
in
his
imagination
out
of
the
violence
of
his
crosses
]
kéepeth
silence
[
i.
patiently
beareth
,
vz.
the
trials
&
afflictions
that
are
vpon
me
,
sée
Isai.
30.7
.
Zephani
1.7
.
]
vnto
God
[
i.
him
and
his
doing
,
I
neuer
murmuring
and
repining
against
them
,
though
thorow
the
weakenesse
&
corruption
of
my
flesh
,
I
be
somtimes
prouoked
to
murmuring
and
dispayre
]
of
him
[
vz.
alone
]
commeth
my
saluation
[
i.
deliuerances
from
dangers
&
distresses
,
he
meaneth
that
the
deliuerance
he
hath
,
he
hath
from
God
only
.
Ver.
2.
Yet
[
q.d.
All
my
troubles
and
afflictions
notwithstanding
]
he
is
my
strength
[
i.
al
the
strength
I
haue
,
I
haue
from
him
]
and
my
saluation
[
i.
he
that
deliuereth
me
from
danger
and
distres
]
and
my
defence
[
i.
he
that
defendeth
me
from
hurt
and
harme
]
therfore
[
vz
because
I
haue
so
good
a
proppe
and
stay
]
I
shall
not
much
be
moued
[
he
meaneth
not
that
he
shall
not
fall
at
all
,
but
this
,
that
if
he
stumble
,
yet
he
shall
rise
agayne
,
and
though
he
be
shaken
by
manifold
temptations
,
yet
hée
shall
haue
an
issue
and
a
way
out
to
escape
,
1.
Cor.
10.13
.
]
Verse
3.
How
long
will
ye
imagine
mischiefe
?
[
he
reproueth
his
aduersaries
for
their
deuysing
and
practising
of
euill
]
agaynst
a
man
[
i.
agaynste
me
speaking
of
himselfe
in
the
third
person
:
sée
psalme
.
4.3
.
]
ye
shal
be
al
slain
[
q.d.
your
deuising
against
me
,
shall
profite
you
nothing
:
for
you
shall
be
slayne
,
so
that
one
of
you
shal
not
escape
]
ye
shall
be
as
a
bowed
wall
[
by
this
spéech
the
Prophet
meaneth
,
both
that
they
shall
be
sodaynly
destroyed
,
and
that
there
shall
not
be
much
adoe
to
ouerthrow
them
,
no
more
then
there
is
to
cast
down
a
wall
that
is
falling
of
it self
see
Isaiah
30.13
.
]
or
as
a
wall
shaken
[
vz.
either
with
earthquake
,
or
violence
of
storm
and
tempest
:
he
vseth
two
similitudes
to
expresse
one
thing
.
]
Ver.
4.
Yet
they
consult
[
q.d.
though
mine
enimies
sée
that
they
get
nothing
by
their
dealings
,
but
thrust
themselues
headlong
into
destruction
,
yet
they
cease
not
to
deuise
al
that
they
can
,
to
hinder
me
from
the
roial
dignity
wherto
god
hath
called
me
,
he
speaketh
of
himself
here
in
the
third
person
:
&
by
his
dignity
he
vnderstandeth
that
maiesticall
excellency
,
whervnto
God
eyther
had
or
would
indéed
aduance
him
,
of
which
sée
1.
Sam.
18.
almost
throughout
]
their
delight
is
in
lies
[
that
is
,
they
take
pleasure
in
lying
,
hipocrisie
,
&c.
as
may
plainly
appeare
by
the
chapter
last
aleadged
]
they
blesse
[
i.
speake
well
of
,
&
wish
well
also
]
with
their
mouthes
[
i.
in
their
words
,
putting
the
instrument
whereby
wordes
are
vttered
,
for
the
words
themselues
]
but
curse
[
i.
wish
euil
,
&
think
and
imagine
euill
&
mischief
in
their
harts
,
as
ver.
2.
of
this
psal.
]
Ver.
5.
Yet
my
soule
[
he
speaketh
to
himself
&
comforteth
himself
:
q.d.
notwithstanding
al
this
their
peruerse
&
croked
dealing
,
trust
thou
in
the
Lord
without
murmuring
against
him
,
as
before
ver.
1.
of
this
psal.
and
he
speaketh
vnto
his
soule
or
inward
man
,
because
if
that
be
confortable
&
assured
,
we
shal
the
easilier
ouercome
the
outward
distresses
of
the
body
]
for
my
hope
is
in
him
[
i.
I
haue
fixed
my
ful
assurance
in
him
,
who
can
and
wil
deliuer
me
.
]
Ver.
6.
is
the
same
with
ver.
2.
of
this
Psal.
]
ver.
7.
In
God
is
my
saluation
[
i.
the
deliuerance
that
I
must
haue
out
of
al
daungers
,
must
come
from
him
alone
]
&
my
glory
[
i.
the
dignity
and
glory
that
I
eyther
haue
or
shal
haue
,
hath
bin
,
is
,
&
must
be
,
his
only
gift
]
the
rock
of
my
strength
[
i.
in
him
alone
consisteth
al
the
strength
I
haue
]
in
God
is
my
trust
[
sée
ver.
5.
of
this
psalm
,
and
these
words
,
my
hope
is
in
him
.
]
Ver.
8.
Trust
in
him
[
vz.
alone
,
as
may
appeare
by
the
next
ver.
following
]
alwayes
[
i.
as
well
in
aduersity
as
in
prosperity
,
hee
meaneth
that
there
should
be
no
time
wherin
our
hope
&
trust
should
be
remoued
from
god
,
though
it
were
neuer
so
little
]
ye
people
[
vz.
of
Israel
,
meaning
therby
the
faithful
of
al
places
whatsoeuer
]
pour
out
your
harts
before
him
[
i.
discharge
your selues
in
his
presence
of
your
cares
&
gréefs
which
hold
your
hart
as
it
were
shut
vp
,
for
this
we
know
,
that
so
long
as
our
harts
be
ouerwhelmd
with
sorrow
,
our
prayers
haue
smal
fréedome
:
q.d.
if
you
féele
your selues
somtimes
oppressed
,
pray
hartily
before
him
,
laying
open
in
his
sight
al
the
care
&
gréef
of
your
mind
,
who
in
good
time
both
can
and
wil
turn
it
into
spiritual
ioy
]
for
god
is
our
hope
[
i.
he
in
whom
alone
we
hope
&
trust
]
Ver.
9.
Yet
the
children
of
men
are
vanitye
[
d.q.
notwithstanding
men
leaue
god
,
&
cleaue
to
men
,
yet
for
al
that
they
ar
vain
,
&
able
to
help
nothing
at
al
,
by
children
of
men
he
meaneth
those
that
are
borne
of
inferior
persons
,
or
be
base
persons
indéed
,
as
may
appear
by
these
words
following
,
the
chéefest
men
[
q.d.
neither
poore
nor
rich
,
are
any
thing
that
waye
,
as
to
be
trusted
to
:
&
by
vanity
he
meaneth
vain
things
,
or
things
that
can
stand
vs
in
no
stéed
or
purpose
:
as
also
by
lies
he
meaneth
that
there
is
no
more
truth
nor
assurance
in
them
,
then
in
a
false
tale
]
to
lay
them
vpon
balance
[
d.q.
if
a
man
wil
make
iust
trial
of
it
,
he
shal
easily
perceaue
the
truth
of
this
:
that
there
is
no
more
strength
,
stay
or
stedfastnes
in
man
,
them
in
a
matter
of
nothing
]
Ver.
10.
Trust
not
[
vz.
as
men
commonly
are
wont
to
do
.
Before
he
spake
to
the
good
,
exhorting
them
alwais
to
trust
in
the
Lord
,
now
he
sheweth
the
wicked
what
things
they
ought
to
flée
from
]
in
oppression
,
nor
robbery
[
he
meaneth
not
only
goods
&
riches
,
gotten
by
these
vnlawful
meanes
:
but
also
euen
the
things
themselues
,
as
that
they
should
not
trust
in
this
,
that
they
were
able
to
pill
,
pole
&
oppresse
]
be
not
vaine
[
vz.
either
in
your
imaginations
,
or
in
your
outward
behauiour
]
or
else
thus
,
giue
not
ouer
youre selues
to
vain
and
perishing
things
,
as
welth
,
honor
,
&c.
]
If
riches
increase
,
set
not
your
hart
theron
[
i.
delight
not
in
them
,
little
or
much
,
lest
therby
you
haue
your
harts
stollen
away
from
the
hope
of
better
things
,
or
be
puffed
vp
in
pride
aboue
measure
against
your
brethren
:
wherby
we
sée
that
he
doth
not
onely
forbid
ouermuch
coueting
of
riches
,
but
also
to
lifte
vp
our selues
in
pride
or
presumption
by
reason
therof
]
Ver.
11.
God
spake
[
vz
by
his
déed
,
word
,
&
prophets
]
once
or
twise
[
i.
sundry
times
,
so
that
no
man
néedeth
to
doubt
therof
,
he
putteth
a
number
certain
,
for
an
vncertain
]
I
haue
heard
it
[
q.d.
yea
I
my selfe
can
bee
a
witnes
of
it
]
that
power
[
vz.
to
punish
the
wicked
,
&
to
defend
the
good
]
belongeth
to
God
[
vz
alone
,
as
who
hath
it
in
his
hands
to
doe
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
him
:
al
this
is
aleaged
to
confirm
the
doctrines
,
which
hee
had
before
expounded
.
]
Ver.
12.
And
to
thée
O
Lord
,
mercy
[
vz.
towards
thine
own
people
,
here
is
a
chaunging
of
the
person
,
from
the
third
to
the
second
]
for
thou
rewardest
euery
one
according
to
his
work
[
i.
towards
the
good
thou
art
mercifull
,
&
towards
the
wicked
thou
declarest
thy
strength
to
consume
them
]
this
place
and
manner
of
words
is
often
repeated
in
scripture
,
and
hath
ben
muche
abused
to
the
mayntaynaunce
of
merite
.
In
summe
,
this
is
it
that
I
haue
to
say
of
it
:
firste
,
that
there
is
great
difference
betwéene
reward
and
desert
,
as
to
any
that
will
consider
the
words
may
easily
appeare
.
Secondly
that
these
words
,
his
work
,
ought
to
haue
this
sence
in
respect
of
good
and
holy
people
,
that
they
are
sayde
to
bee
theirs
,
not
because
they
are
the
authors
of
them
,
but
Gods
instrumentes
to
doe
them
:
so
that
when
he
rewardeth
them
for
the
doing
of
them
,
hee
doth
no
more
but
crowne
his
own
good
workes
in
them
.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
,
neuer
for
al
our
assaults
to
murmur
against
god
.
Do.
Ver.
2
teacheth
vs
,
that
if
God
be
on
our
side
,
we
néed
not
care
who
be
against
vs
,
also
that
though
afflictions
cease
vs
,
yet
none
shal
ouercome
vs
.
Ver.
3.
declareth
what
a
general
&
sodain
destruction
the
Lord
in
his
iustice
bringeth
vpon
the
wicked
ver.
4.
teacheth
that
notwithstanding
the
threatnings
of
gods
iudgements
,
the
wicked
procéed
in
their
mischieuous
imaginations
,
lyings
,
hipocrisie
,
cursings
&
such
like
.
Ver.
5.
teacheth
vs
to
chear
vp
our selues
in
god
,
in
our
afflictions
&
crosses
Ver.
6.
teacheth
the
same
doctrine
that
ver.
2.
doth
.
Ver.
7.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
whatsoeuer
we
haue
,
we
haue
it
from
our
God
.
Ver.
8.
teacheth
vs
in
all
distresses
&
seasons
whatsoeuer
,
to
hang
vpon
him
alone
,
and
to
deale
plainlye
with
him
in
laying
open
our
harts
before
him
,
and
then
no
doubt
we
shal
find
ease
and
comfort
.
ver.
9.
teacheth
vs
to
cast
of
al
trust
in
flesh
and
blood
,
of
what
degrée
or
calling
soeuer
they
be
of
:
it
teacheth
vs
also
not
to
haue
other
men
nor
our selues
in
so
great
regard
as
we
haue
.
Ver.
10.
Teacheth
vs
to
beware
of
oppression
,
robbery
,
and
vanity
:
it
teacheth
vs
also
not
only
to
hate
couetousnesse
,
but
also
to
take
héede
,
least
thorow
abundance
of
riches
,
we
be
puffed
vp
in
pride
.
Ver.
11.
sheweth
that
God
is
a
powerfull
God
,
against
al
rebellious
people
.
Ver.
12.
Teacheth
that
he
is
a
mercifull
God
to
all
those
that
are
his
:
also
that
as
he
cannot
away
with
wickednesse
,
because
he
rewardeth
it
,
i.
punisheth
it
,
so
a
holye
life
is
verye
acceptable
in
his
sight
,
and
therefore
we
should
striue
to
it
.
Psalme
63.
Di.
TRue
it
is
,
that
this
Psalme
is
very
much
mixed
,
sometimes
protesting
earnest
prayer
,
sometimes
promising
humble
thanksgiuing
,
sometimes
assuring
himselfe
of
deliueraunce
and
somtimes
foretelling
the
destruction
of
his
enemies
,
yet
al
that
notwithstanding
,
thus
it
may
be
diuided
.
In
the
four
first
verses
,
the
Prophet
sheweth
his
great
hunger
and
thirst
after
God
,
promising
both
to
pray
vnto
him
,
and
to
prayse
him
al
his
life
long
.
In
the
4.
next
verses
,
vz.
5.6.7.8
.
he
sheweth
what
wonderful
ioy
,
safety
and
assuraunce
he
shal
be
in
,
when
God
shall
haue
graciously
graunted
his
requestes
.
And
in
the
3
last
verses
,
vz.
9.10.11
.
he
doth
in
the
spirit
of
prophecy
foretell
,
the
great
ouerthrow
of
his
enimies
,
and
his
own
wonderful
deliueraunce
.
Se.
The
Title
a
Psalm
of
Dauid
[
vz.
which
he
made
]
when
he
was
(
now
he
noteth
the
time
in
which
this
Psalme
was
made
)
in
the
wildernesse
of
Judah
,
he
meaneth
the
wildernesse
of
Ziph
,
which
is
here
called
the
wildernesse
of
Iudah
because
it
was
in
that
portion
of
the
land
,
which
was
giuen
to
the
tribe
of
Iudah
Sée
1.
Samuel
23.14.15
.
and
this
Psalme
séemeth
not
to
vary
much
in
argument
from
Psal.
54.
]
Verse
1.
O
God
,
thou
arte
my
God
[
i.
he
that
hitherto
by
thy
strength
and
power
hath
deliuered
me
from
mine
enimies
,
that
did
pursue
me
:
and
therfore
]
earely
will
I
séeke
thée
[
i.
betimes
in
the
morning
,
will
I
call
vpon
thée
:
for
he
meaneth
séeking
vnto
him
by
prayer
:
and
the
Prophet
noteth
that
he
will
doe
this
diligently
and
carefully
,
because
hee
will
as
it
were
break
his
sléepe
to
doe
it
]
My
soule
[
i.
my
inward
man
]
thirsteth
after
thée
[
i.
desireth
thee
especiallye
and
aboue
all
other
thinges
:
sée
Psalme
42.2
.
]
my
fleshe
[
i.
euen
my
outward
man
also
]
longeth
greatlye
after
thée
[
a
notable
metaphor
,
taken
from
women
with
child
,
to
expresse
the
earnest
affection
he
had
to
Godward
,
which
also
is
very
much
increased
by
the
Aduerb
,
greatly
]
in
a
barren
&
dry
land
,
without
water
[
it
was
gréeuous
to
be
in
a
barren
place
,
and
dry
land
:
but
much
more
where
Waters
were
wanting
:
but
all
this
the
Prophet
speaketh
to
set
out
the
miserye
that
he
was
in
,
while
hee
was
as
a
banished
man
,
from
the
place
and
exercises
of
Gods
Religion
:
q.d.
all
the
bodily
penury
and
pinching
that
I
might
haue
in
this
life
,
shoulde
not
touch
me
so
nigh
as
this
,
that
I
want
spirituall
exercises
.
]
Ver.
2.
Thus
I
behold
thée
[
q.d.
though
I
be
in
such
a
miserable
case
,
yet
I
leaue
not
off
to
loke
vpon
thy
glory
,
and
thy
power
,
as
if
I
were
in
the
sanctuary
:
&
though
this
sence
be
good
,
yet
me
thinketh
Immanuel
doth
better
translate
it
thus
]
to
behold
[
i.
that
I
may
behold
&
sée
,
q.d.
my
great
longing
&
thirsting
is
for
this
,
that
I
may
sée
]
thy
strength
[
i.
the
arke
,
which
was
a
signe
of
the
presence
of
the
most
mighty
&
strong
God
,
sée
1.
Chron.
16.11
.
2.
Chron.
6.41
.
Psal.
78.61
.
where
it
is
also
called
his
power
]
and
thy
glory
[
i.
either
thine
own
glory
,
shining
in
the
tabernacle
,
or
else
the
glory
of
thy
Tabernacle
or
sanctuary
,
either
may
stand
very
well
]
as
I
did
[
vz.
heretofore
,
when
I
was
not
thus
persecuted
]
sée
thée
[
i.
thy
Maiestie
and
glorye
]
in
the
sanctuarie
[
i.
in
the
place
where
the
arke
was
,
from
which
the
Lorde
was
wont
to
shew
euident
testimonies
of
his
power
and
presence
]
ver.
3.
for
thy
louing
kindnes
[
i.
thy
mercy
manifested
to
thy
children
]
is
better
[
i.
more
profitable
comfortable
and
to
be
wished
for
]
then
life
[
we
may
vnderstand
it
thus
,
them
al
earthly
means
&
ayds
,
by
which
men
are
vpholden
in
their
estate
:
or
else
thus
,
then
euen
life
it self
,
which
without
Gods
fauor
both
here
&
else
where
,
is
nothing
else
but
worse
then
a
continual
death
]
therfore
my
lips
shal
prayse
thée
[
he
meaneth
not
only
these
instruments
of
nature
,
by
which
the
words
are
vttered
,
but
also
the
words
themselues
,
q.d.
with
my
words
wil
I
set
forth
thy
glory
&
prayse
.
]
Ver.
4.
Thus
[
vz.
euen
as
I
purpose
&
do
at
this
present
]
wil
I
magnifye
thée
[
i.
prayse
and
extoll
thée
and
thy
workes
]
all
my
life
[
vz.
long
,
meaning
so
long
as
this
life
lasteth
]
and
lift
vp
mine
handes
[
i.
praye
vnto
thée
,
he
vseth
the
sign
of
prayer
for
prayer
it selfe
,
141.2
.
Also
1.
Timothie
2.8
.
]
in
thy
name
[
i.
as
some
expound
it
,
calling
vpon
thy
name
:
me
thinketh
this
is
better
,
that
for
as
much
as
Gods
name
is
in
scripture
vsed
for
Gods
goodnesse
and
mercye
,
it
should
rather
be
expounded
thus
:
in
thy
name
,
i.
cleauing
to
thy
goodnesse
and
mercy
.
]
Verse
5.
My
soule
shall
be
satisfyed
[
q.d.
though
nowe
I
bee
in
greate
miserye
,
yet
when
thou
shalt
haue
heard
my
prayers
,
I
shall
bee
filled
both
inwardly
and
outwardly
,
for
I
take
the
soule
to
be
put
here
for
the
whole
man
,
as
Psalme
42.2
.
]
as
with
marrow
and
fatnesse
[
i.
as
though
I
had
a
heape
or
abundaunce
of
all
swéet
and
good
things
:
sée
Psal.
4.6.7
.
]
and
my
mouth
shall
prayse
thée
[
i.
set
out
and
shew
forth
thy
prayse
,
as
Psalme
51.15
.
]
with
ioyfull
lippes
[
i.
with
lippes
that
shal
be
glad
and
ready
to
perform
that
duety
]
Ver.
6.
when
I
remember
thée
in
my
bed
[
i.
thinke
vpon
thee
and
thy
goodnesse
,
being
thereby
prouoked
to
call
vpon
thée
,
and
that
as
I
lie
vpon
my
bed
]
in
the
night
watches
[
this
is
spoken
according
to
the
maner
of
the
people
them
,
who
diuided
the
night
into
certaine
watches
,
as
Mat.
14.35
.
Mark
.
13.35
.
]
Verse
7.
Because
thou
hast
bin
my
helper
[
vz.
at
al
assaies
,
and
in
all
distresses
]
therefore
vnder
the
shadow
of
thy
winges
will
I
reioyce
[
i.
being
vnder
thy
protection
,
I
will
be
glad
,
and
alwayes
trust
in
thée
,
sée
Psal.
57.1
.
and
other
places
.
Verse
8.
My
soule
[
i.
I
my selfe
both
body
and
soule
]
cleaueth
vnto
thée
[
vz.
euen
as
if
it
were
glued
:
and
by
this
manner
of
spéeche
hee
expresseth
the
assured
hope
and
confidence
that
he
had
in
god
]
for
thy
right
hand
[
i.
thy
great
might
and
power
as
we
haue
had
it
sundry
times
before
[
vpholdeth
me
,
vz.
in
all
distresse
,
and
agaynst
al
assaults
of
mine
enimies
both
inward
&
outward
.
]
Ver.
9.
Therefore
[
i.
because
thou
art
on
my
side
]
they
that
séeke
my
soule
[
i.
my
life
,
and
that
of
a
cruel
hatred
]
to
destroy
it
[
vz.
as
much
as
in
them
lyeth
]
&
to
take
it
away
from
amongst
men
]
shall
go
into
the
lowest
parts
of
the
earth
[
i.
shall
die
and
perish
:
he
speaketh
this
of
Saule
,
and
the
people
that
tooke
part
with
him
,
the
verification
of
which
prophecie
,
sée
1.
Sam.
31.
throughout
.
]
Ver.
10.
They
[
i.
the
Philistines
]
shall
cast
him
down
[
i.
ouerthrow
Saul
&
his
company
,
yea
kill
the
]
with
the
edge
of
the
sword
[
i.
with
the
force
of
warlike
instruments
,
vsing
one
sort
of
them
for
the
rest
]
and
they
[
i.
mine
enemies
,
vz.
Saule
and
his
complices
]
shal
be
a
portion
for
foxes
[
i.
their
bodies
shal
be
deuoured
and
torne
in
péeces
by
wild
beasts
,
and
they
shal
not
haue
the
honor
of
buriall
:
which
was
a
very
hateful
thing
to
heare
of
specially
amongst
the
people
of
the
Iewes
.
True
it
is
that
this
oftentimes
falleth
vpon
the
good
,
as
is
declared
,
Psal.
79.2
.
(
for
afflictions
are
common
both
to
good
&
bad
)
but
in
the
end
is
diuers
.
]
Ver.
11.
But
the
king
[
i.
I
my self
,
whom
God
hath
annoynted
by
Samuel
to
be
King
,
speaking
of
himselfe
in
the
third
person
,
shal
reioyce
in
God
[
vz.
for
the
great
help
and
deliuerance
that
he
hath
wrought
for
me
]
all
that
sweare
by
him
[
i.
God
,
meaning
by
this
manner
of
spéech
,
all
that
feare
him
and
serue
him
,
with
a
right
and
reuerent
affection
,
putting
a
part
of
the
seruice
for
the
whole
,
as
Deutronom.
6.13
.
]
shall
reioice
[
i.
be
glad
,
because
God
in
fauour
hath
bestowed
so
good
a
king
vpon
them
]
for
the
mouth
of
them
that
speake
lies
[
he
setteth
these
hipocrites
,
agaynst
the
other
sincere
harted
people
,
and
by
speaking
of
lies
,
he
meaneth
not
only
false
slaundering
of
Dauid
,
but
also
dissimulation
and
crafty
dealing
with
God
in
his
seruice
]
shal
be
stopped
[
he
meaneth
that
the
wicked
shal
be
vtterly
remoued
and
taken
away
from
amongst
men
:
some
by
death
as
before
ver.
10.
and
some
by
confusion
and
shame
,
as
in
this
verse
.
Do.
Verse
1.
Teacheth
that
we
should
many
times
breake
our
sléepes
,
to
the
ende
we
might
pray
to
God
:
it
teacheth
vs
also
what
an
earnest
hunger
&
thirste
we
ought
to
haue
to
his
seruice
and
worship
,
with
the
assembly
of
his
saynts
.
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
that
Gods
power
,
maiesty
,
glorye
,
and
goodnesse
appeareth
in
no
place
more
,
then
in
the
congregations
of
his
people
.
Ver.
3.
Teacheth
that
Gods
mercy
rightly
felte
,
farre
surmounteth
all
treasures
of
this
life
whatsoeuer
.
Verse
4.
Teacheth
that
the
féeling
of
Gods
goodnesse
shoulde
wring
from
vs
,
continuall
prayer
and
praysing
of
his
maiestie
.
Verse
5.
Our
inward
man
,
and
our
outward
man
should
delight
in
God
and
good
things
aboue
al.
Ver.
6.
teacheth
vs
continually
to
think
vpon
god
,
both
vpon
our
beds
,
in
our
beds
,
and
al
the
night
long
when
we
can
not
sléepe
.
Ver.
7.
sheweth
,
that
Gods
prouidence
and
protection
is
a
sure
safegard
to
al
the
faythful
,
and
the
only
matter
in
déed
that
canne
minister
true
ioy
.
Verse
8.
Teacheth
that
the
perswasion
wée
haue
of
God
and
in
God
,
should
not
be
wauering
,
but
assured
and
constant
.
Verse
9.
teacheth
that
bloodthirsty
men
shal
not
escape
vnpunished
.
Verse
10.
Teacheth
that
God
sundry
times
stirreth
vp
one
wicked
company
to
plague
&
ouerthrow
another
.
Ver.
11.
comprehendeth
a
doctrine
of
singular
comforte
,
to
all
sincere
and
true
worshippers
of
Gods
maiestie
.
Psalme
64
THis
Psalme
is
the
selfe
same
argument
with
that
which
goeth
next
before
,
and
it
may
be
diuided
into
thrée
parts
.
Di
In
the
first
the
Prophet
prayeth
God
to
graunt
him
his
requestes
,
and
to
kéepe
him
free
from
the
rage
and
crueltie
of
his
enemies
:
and
this
is
comprised
in
the
two
first
verses
.
In
the
seconde
he
doth
by
péecemeale
as
it
were
,
set
out
the
vices
of
those
his
wicked
and
vngodly
enimies
,
from
verse
thrée
to
the
end
of
the
6.
In
the
third
he
foretelleth
their
ruine
and
ouerthrowe
,
shewing
what
good
shall
come
therby
,
to
al
men
in
general
,
and
namely
to
the
righteous
,
from
verse
7.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
is
expounded
already
in
the
fourth
Psalme
]
Ver.
1.
Se.
Heare
my
voice
O
God
in
my
praier
[
i.
graunt
me
those
requests
that
in
my
praiers
by
my
voice
I
lay
out
before
thée
:
for
hearing
is
put
for
yéelding
vnto
,
in
this
place
,
as
sundry
times
before
:
for
Dauid
neuer
doubted
the
God
heard
him
,
though
sometimes
he
deferred
to
graunt
his
petition
]
from
feare
of
the
enemy
[
i.
from
that
great
peril
,
which
I
feare
the
enemie
goeth
about
,
&
would
gladly
lay
vpon
me
]
Ver.
2.
Hide
me
[
vz.
in
some
assured
place
that
the
flatterers
of
Sauls
court
which
imagine
my
destruction
,
may
not
find
me
out
]
from
the
conspiracy
of
the
wicked
[
i.
from
these
outrages
&
cruelties
,
that
the
wicked
in
their
secret
méetings
haue
conspired
and
imagined
agaynst
me
]
&
from
the
rage
[
i.
from
the
outwarde
violence
&
oppression
]
of
the
workers
of
iniquity
[
he
meaneth
by
this
spéech
,
those
that
delighted
in
sinne
and
vniust
dealing
,
and
solde
themselues
as
it
were
for
fauor
or
flattery
,
both
to
work
wickednesse
,
and
that
with
gréedinesse
.
]
Verse
3.
Which
haue
whet
their
tongue
like
a
sword
[
i.
they
haue
sharpened
it
&
prepared
it
to
cut
&
pierse
déepely
]
&
shoote
forth
their
arrowes
,
bitter
wordes
]
he
compareth
their
corrupt
dealing
agaynst
him
by
wordes
,
to
arrowes
shot
out
of
a
bow
,
which
wil
gal
&
wound
,
&
this
is
an
allegorical
amplification
,
wherin
the
Prophet
compareth
their
false
slaunders
,
with
warlike
weapons
:
sée
Psalme
5.9
.
Psal.
11.2
.
Psal.
57.4
.
]
Ver.
4.
At
the
vpright
[
i.
me
:
and
here
hee
speaketh
of
him self
in
the
third
person
,
and
he
giueth
himselfe
this
name
not
as
hauing
regard
to
God
,
but
as
it
were
comparing
himselfe
with
his
enemies
,
agaynst
whom
he
had
neuer
done
any
thing
blameworthy
]
in
secret
[
i.
closelye
and
priuilye
,
he
meaneth
it
no
doubt
of
the
secret
accusations
they
broughte
to
Saule
agaynste
him
]
they
shoote
at
him
sodaynlye
[
i.
when
hee
thinketh
not
of
it
]
and
feare
not
[
vz.
Gods
maiestie
,
or
the
afterclaps
that
may
insue
vpon
that
mischiefe
:
q.d.
They
are
not
with-helde
,
with
any
reuerence
or
feare
of
God
,
or
with
any
humanity
or
curtesie
of
man
.
]
Verse
5.
They
incourage
themselues
in
an
euill
purpose
[
vz.
to
go
forward
in
the
performance
therof
&
of
that
wickednesse
they
haue
deuised
against
me
]
they
come
together
[
vz.
closely
and
secretly
among
themselues
]
to
lay
snares
priuily
[
vz.
to
intangle
and
intrappe
me
]
who
shall
sée
them
?
[
q.d.
They
suppose
that
GOD
perceiueth
neither
them
,
neyther
the
snares
that
they
haue
layde
against
mee
,
for
I
referre
the
word
,
them
,
both
to
the
persons
and
to
the
thinges
.
]
Verse
6.
They
haue
sought
out
[
vz.
very
diligently
]
iniquities
[
i.
mischiefes
and
vniust
dealing
against
me
,
]
and
haue
accomplished
that
which
they
sought
out
[
vz.
as
they
themselues
suppose
,
so
blinded
are
men
in
sinne
,
that
they
thinke
a
thing
to
be
done
,
when
it
is
neyther
so
nor
so
:
or
else
it
may
be
vnderstood
thus
,
that
they
thought
themselues
so
sure
of
it
,
as
that
it
were
impossible
they
shoulde
be
deceyued
,
and
that
made
them
to
make
so
full
account
of
it
as
though
they
had
done
it
already
]
euen
euery
one
his
secret
thoughtes
and
the
depth
of
his
hart
[
i.
whatsoeuer
they
or
any
of
them
had
secretlye
deuised
,
and
that
in
the
depth
of
their
own
hartes
,
they
thought
it
was
done
,
in
the
same
sence
as
before
but
they
were
fouly
deceiued
.
]
Verse
7.
But
God
will
shoote
an
arrowe
at
them
sodaynly
[
i.
God
by
his
iudgements
will
quickly
dispatch
them
,
for
all
the
sure
account
they
make
of
the
performaunce
of
their
mischiefe
]
their
strokes
[
i.
the
blowes
,
meaning
the
plagues
that
God
will
lay
vpon
them
]
shall
bee
at
once
[
q.d.
God
will
not
be
long
in
dispatching
of
them
,
but
will
make
a
spéedye
riddaunce
]
Verse
8.
They
shal
cause
[
vz.
by
their
wickednesse
and
vngodlinesse
]
their
owne
tongue
[
i.
those
things
which
their
own
tongue
hath
spoken
against
others
]
to
fal
vpon
them
[
vz.
from
God
]
and
whosoeuer
shall
sée
them
[
vz.
when
Gods
hand
and
iudgement
is
vpon
them
]
shall
flée
away
[
i.
shall
make
haste
from
them
,
vz.
seing
euident
markes
and
tokens
of
Gods
iudgements
against
them
and
vpon
them
,
for
feare
least
they
should
be
partakers
of
their
punishments
:
and
this
he
speaketh
specially
of
the
wicked
,
as
may
appear
by
that
which
followeth
in
the
next
two
verses
,
specially
ver.
10.
]
Ver.
9.
And
all
men
shall
sée
it
[
vz.
Gods
iudgements
vpon
them
:
by
which
maner
of
spéech
the
prophet
noteth
that
it
shall
be
a
visible
and
manifest
iudgement
]
and
declare
the
worke
of
God
[
vz.
which
he
in
his
iust
iudgement
hath
executed
vppon
the
wicked
]
&
they
shal
vnderstand
what
he
hath
wrought
[
vz.
agaynst
them
for
their
sinne
.
]
Ver.
10.
But
the
righteous
[
i.
I
my selfe
,
for
he
speaketh
of
himself
in
the
third
person
,
as
before
ver.
4.
of
this
Psalme
]
shall
be
glad
in
the
Lord
[
vz.
because
of
that
which
he
hath
done
for
my
cause
]
and
trust
in
him
[
for
euer
after
]
and
all
that
are
vpright
of
harte
[
i.
those
that
are
voyde
of
hipocrisie
and
hang
wholy
vpon
god
]
shal
reioyce
[
vz.
not
only
for
the
ayde
that
God
hath
giuen
me
,
but
also
because
in
me
they
may
behold
that
God
will
ayde
them
,
q.d.
The
ouerthrow
of
mine
enemies
shal
not
only
minister
matter
of
ioy
to
me
,
but
to
the
rest
of
Gods
children
wheresoeuer
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
when
we
are
sore
assaulted
,
earnest
prayer
made
to
God
is
very
necessary
and
profitable
.
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
that
vnlesse
God
do
kéep
vs
we
shal
be
made
a
pray
to
the
wicked
.
Ver.
3.
describeth
the
wickeds
prophaning
and
abusing
of
their
tongue
.
Ver.
4.
Setteth
out
their
close
&
sodain
practising
of
wickednes
:
and
that
the
fountaine
of
all
is
,
want
of
true
feare
.
Ver.
5.
Sheweth
that
the
wicked
are
bold
in
their
mischiefs
,
because
they
imagine
that
God
regardeth
not
their
doings
.
Ver.
6.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
wicked
are
caried
away
many
times
,
with
an
idle
conceite
of
their
owne
,
thinking
they
haue
dispatched
al
,
when
it
is
neither
so
nor
so
.
Ver.
7.
Sheweth
that
the
wicked
shal
not
escape
vnpunished
:
also
that
Gods
iudgements
shal
bee
swift
and
short
vppon
them
,
yet
mighty
inough
to
ouerthrow
them
.
Ver.
8.
Teacheth
that
the
wicked
many
times
are
taken
in
the
mischieuous
words
of
their
own
mouth
:
also
that
Gods
iudgments
vpon
them
,
shal
cause
others
to
flie
from
them
.
Ver.
9.
Teacheth
that
Gods
punishments
powred
vpon
the
wicked
,
is
an
effectual
meane
to
make
not
onely
the
parties
punished
but
others
to
sée
their
wickednes
and
his
iustice
.
Ver.
10.
Teacheth
that
euen
those
iudgements
prouoke
the
good
on
the
other
side
to
reioysing
and
thankfulnes
.
Psalme
65
THis
Psalme
may
be
diuided
into
three
parts
.
Di.
In
the
first
is
comprehended
a
thankesgiuing
for
the
chusing
,
preseruation
,
gouernment
,
and
other
graces
of
God
towards
the
faithful
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
4.
In
the
second
is
conteined
a
notable
description
of
the
feareful
power
,
maiesty
&
might
of
the
Lord
,
from
ver.
5.
to
the
end
of
the
8.
In
the
third
is
set
out
a
most
confortable
description
of
Gods
generall
graces
towardes
al
,
but
specially
to
his
Church
,
from
ver.
9.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
For
the
title
of
this
Psalme
,
sée
Psalme
48.
and
the
title
thereof
.
]
Verse
1.
Se.
Praise
waiteth
for
thée
[
i.
is
not
onely
due
vnto
thée
,
but
is
ready
nowe
to
bee
rendered
to
thee
]
in
Sion
[
i.
in
the
Church
,
as
Psal.
51.18
.
He
meaneth
that
God
commonly
giueth
his
people
occasion
to
praise
him
in
his
Church
whither
men
assembled
to
praise
him
,
to
thanke
him
,
to
heare
his
word
,
and
to
serue
him
according
to
the
same
:
for
so
much
he
vnderstandeth
by
the
word
prayse
]
and
vnto
thée
[
vz.
alone
]
shall
the
vowe
be
performed
[
i.
the
sacrifice
of
thankesgiuing
shal
bee
offered
vnto
thée
:
which
hee
calleth
a
vowe
,
because
Gods
people
did
commonly
vowe
such
sacrifices
vnto
the
Lord.
]
Ver.
2.
Because
thou
hearest
[
i.
grauntest
]
the
prayer
[
vz.
of
thy
faithful
people
]
vnto
thee
shal
al
flesh
come
[
by
flesh
he
vnderstandeth
man
,
as
Gene.
6.12
.
by
the
terme
,
al
,
hee
meaneth
wonderfull
many
,
a
phrase
very
ordinary
in
scripture
:
meaning
that
that
which
was
particular
among
the
Iewes
(
vz.
the
seruice
of
God
)
shoulde
in
time
to
come
be
common
to
euery
nation
:
and
this
is
a
prophecy
of
the
kingdome
of
Christ
:
and
when
he
sayth
that
they
shall
come
vnto
God
,
he
meaneth
to
present
themselues
before
him
to
pray
vnto
him
.
]
Ver.
3.
Wicked
déeds
[
i.
all
manner
of
vngodlines
]
haue
preuailed
against
me
[
vz.
thus
farre
that
they
haue
turned
thy
fauour
from
me
:
hee
speaketh
here
of
himselfe
,
but
yet
so
that
he
shutteth
vp
others
in
the
same
sinnes
imputing
it
to
his
owne
sinnes
,
and
to
the
sinnes
of
his
people
,
that
God
who
was
accustomed
to
aide
his
people
,
did
for
a
while
,
withdraw
his
hand
,
&
shewed
not
himself
fauourable
towards
them
]
but
thou
wilt
be
merciful
vnto
our
transgressions
[
vz.
fréely
and
graciously
pardoning
them
all
,
and
so
remouing
them
from
vs
,
shewe
thy selfe
mercifull
vnto
vs
that
haue
transgressed
,
which
they
remaining
thou
wouldest
not
performe
.
]
Ver.
4.
Whom
thou
chusest
[
vz.
to
thy self
,
and
to
be
of
the
number
of
thine
]
and
causest
to
come
to
thée
[
i.
not
onely
to
haue
accesse
vnto
thy
sanctuary
,
there
to
call
vpon
thee
,
but
at
all
other
times
and
in
all
places
,
]
he
shall
dwel
in
thy
courtes
[
i.
hee
shall
liue
among
holy
and
faithfull
people
in
the
middest
of
thy
Churches
here
,
and
after
the
dayes
of
his
departure
,
with
all
the
rest
of
the
elect
in
heauen
]
and
wee
shal
be
satisfied
[
marke
the
sodaine
chaunge
both
of
the
number
and
person
,
as
before
in
this
Psal.
ver.
3.
]
with
the
pleasures
of
thine
house
[
i.
the
doctrine
of
the
lawe
,
the
sacrifices
and
other
ceremonies
,
but
yet
so
that
vnder
them
hee
meaneth
all
spirituall
blessing
]
euen
of
thine
holy
temple
[
hee
more
plainely
expoundeth
what
hee
ment
by
the
house
of
God
[
vz.
the
temple
,
which
is
called
holy
,
not
in
respect
of
any
holines
it
had
in
it selfe
,
but
because
that
he
that
is
holines
did
appeare
there
,
and
make
it
holy
by
his
presence
.
It
is
also
called
his
house
:
not
because
that
God
dwelt
there
,
as
inclosed
within
the
walles
,
but
because
from
that
place
hee
manifested
his
residence
and
abode
amongst
that
people
.
]
Ver.
5.
O
God
of
our
saluation
[
i.
hee
that
deliuereth
vs
from
al
dangers
&
distresses
]
thou
wilt
answere
vs
[
vz.
when
we
call
vpon
thée
for
our
defence
]
with
fearefull
signes
[
i.
with
such
signes
and
tokens
of
thy
presence
,
as
shall
strike
feare
into
the
enemies
]
in
thy
righteousnes
[
i.
according
as
thou
hast
righteously
promised
,
and
iustly
wilt
performe
.
]
O
thou
the
hope
of
al
the
ends
of
the
earth
[
i.
thou
whom
all
the
faithful
,
wheresoeuer
they
bee
,
stedfastly
trust
in
]
and
of
them
that
are
farre
of
in
the
seas
[
i.
of
those
that
inhabite
ilands
farre
of
from
Sion
,
or
the
land
of
promise
which
are
compassed
with
the
sea
.
Hee
putteth
the
places
inhabited
,
for
the
people
dwelling
therin
:
meaning
by
all
the
ends
of
the
earth
,
those
that
dwell
in
the
continent
or
firme
land
,
and
by
those
that
are
farre
of
in
the
Seas
,
those
that
inhabite
Ilands
.
]
Ver.
6.
Hée
stablisheth
the
mountaines
by
his
power
[
vz.
in
such
sort
,
that
they
neither
moue
nor
shake
]
and
is
girded
about
with
strength
[
q.d.
he
hath
al
strength
and
power
to
performe
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
him
.
]
Ver.
7.
Hee
appeaseth
the
noyse
of
the
Seas
,
[
vz.
when
they
swell
,
rage
,
and
rore
]
and
the
tumults
of
the
people
[
vz.
when
they
are
in
hurliburlie
and
contentions
among
themselues
,
or
else
outragiously
persecute
and
trouble
others
.
]
Ver.
8.
They
also
that
dwell
in
the
vttermost
partes
of
the
earth
[
q.d.
there
shal
bee
no
people
so
farre
of
or
barbarous
,
but
they
shal
be
striken
with
feare
]
of
thy
signes
[
vz.
which
thou
shalt
shewe
and
worke
:
by
signes
he
meaneth
the
notable
workes
of
God
,
and
such
as
are
alwayes
méete
to
bee
had
in
remembraunce
,
wherein
hee
hath
as
it
were
ingrauen
certaine
markes
of
his
glory
.
]
Thou
shalt
make
the
East
and
the
West
to
reioyce
[
i.
the
people
dwelling
in
these
quarters
.
]
Ver.
9.
Thou
visitest
[
i.
thou
doest
not
onely
looke
vppon
it
,
but
gratiously
performest
that
which
thou
promisest
:
as
Gene.
21.1
.
]
the
earth
[
i.
the
land
of
Iudea
:
by
this
circumstance
it
should
séeme
that
Dauid
made
this
Psalme
,
after
that
the
Lord
deliuered
the
people
from
famine
and
pestilence
,
of
which
sée
2.
Sam.
21.14
.
&
2.
Sam.
24.25
.
]
and
waterest
it
[
vz.
with
raine
and
deaw
from
heauen
]
thou
makest
it
very
rich
[
i.
plentifull
and
abundant
in
all
fruites
,
and
this
thou
doest
by
thy
mighty
power
and
blessing
]
the
riuer
of
God
]
he
meaneth
either
the
small
riuer
of
Shiloah
,
which
passed
through
Ierusalem
,
of
which
sée
Psal.
46.4
.
meaning
by
graces
powred
vpon
one
part
of
the
land
,
mercies
bestowed
vppon
the
whole
:
or
else
the
raine
,
which
maketh
the
ground
fruitfull
:
and
is
called
the
riuer
of
God
,
both
because
it
commeth
from
God
,
and
also
from
him
in
great
abundance
:
and
to
this
latter
exposition
do
I
rather
incline
]
thou
preparest
than
corne
[
by
them
we
may
vnderstand
al
generally
,
but
chiefely
those
that
are
spoken
of
before
in
this
Psal.
ver.
4.
he
meaneth
that
the
earth
bringeth
forth
her
fruite
,
because
that
GOD
minding
to
prouide
for
men
as
a
good
father
of
an
housholde
,
hath
created
it
,
that
it
might
yéelde
them
nourishment
]
for
so
thou
appointest
it
vz.
the
earth
,
hee
meaneth
that
God
hath
appointed
it
in
such
sort
and
to
such
end
,
to
bring
forth
fruite
for
mans
vse
,
as
Gene.
1.11
.
]
Ver.
10.
Thou
waterest
abundantly
the
furrowes
thereof
[
vz.
of
the
lande
of
Iudea
,
meaning
by
this
manner
of
speach
,
and
these
that
follow
,
that
God
through
abundance
of
showres
made
the
land
fruitful
]
thou
makest
it
soft
with
showres
[
vz.
wheras
before
it
was
very
hard
,
drie
,
and
parched
,
for
want
of
rayne
]
thou
blessest
[
i.
through
thy
blessing
thou
causest
to
increase
,
grow
and
multiply
,
as
Gene.
1.22
.
]
the
bud
thereof
[
i.
whatsoeuer
beganne
,
as
a
man
woulde
say
to
sprout
in
the
lande
,
whether
they
were
grasse
,
herbes
,
trees
,
plants
&c.
]
Ver.
11.
Thou
crownest
[
i.
thou
adornest
and
inrichest
:
a
notable
metaphor
,
signifying
the
great
glory
and
plenty
that
God
bestowed
vppon
the
lande
,
euen
as
it
were
setting
a
crowne
vpon
the
head
thereof
]
the
yeere
[
i.
euery
yeere
one
after
an
other
,
putting
one
or
the
first
of
them
,
for
the
rest
that
insued
:
hee
meaneth
that
GOD
declared
his
goodnes
towardes
them
,
by
euery
yeres
course
,
making
one
yeere
to
excéede
an
other
in
goodnes
,
as
hée
that
is
the
king
and
weareth
the
Crowne
vppon
his
heade
,
passeth
all
the
people
whatsoeuer
]
with
thy
goodnes
[
i.
with
abundance
of
good
thinges
,
which
procéede
only
from
thy
goodnes
and
mercy
]
and
thy
steppes
[
hée
meaneth
by
this
speach
vnder
a
similitude
,
the
cloudes
(
which
God
is
sayde
to
make
his
chariot
,
Psalm
104.3
)
and
the
raine
also
conteined
in
the
cloudes
:
which
hee
expresseth
afterwards
by
the
worde
dropping
,
meaning
the
falling
of
the
raine
out
of
the
cloudes
,
which
also
make
the
grounde
fruitefull
,
which
he
expresseth
vnder
the
worde
fatnes
:
for
raine
fatteneth
the
earth
as
it
were
:
In
a
worde
,
this
is
the
sense
:
that
in
what
place
,
and
on
what
side
soeuer
it
pleaseth
the
Lorde
to
walke
,
there
hee
manifesteth
his
blessinges
,
and
bestoweth
great
fertilitie
and
plentifulnes
of
all
thinges
,
sée
Prouerb
.
3.20
.
]
Ver.
12.
They
[
i.
thy
steps
meaning
as
before
clouds
and
raine
in
them
]
droppe
[
i.
fal
downe
]
vppon
the
pastures
of
the
wildernes
[
i.
vpon
the
places
that
are
not
tilled
and
manured
,
where
nothing
growes
,
but
wildnes
as
it
were
:
q.d.
not
onely
fruitfull
places
,
as
furrowes
,
valleis
,
and
such
like
,
but
also
barren
places
,
as
wildernesses
,
mountaines
&c.
shal
be
made
plentifull
]
and
the
hilles
[
vz.
which
by
reason
of
their
height
,
are
in
summer
parched
away
with
heate
:
and
in
winter
killed
with
cold
]
shal
be
compassed
with
gladnes
[
i.
shal
be
replenished
with
abundaunce
of
fruite
,
that
shall
make
mens
hearts
and
bodies
glad
:
as
Psal.
4.7
.
Psalm
.
104.14.15
.
]
Ver.
13.
The
pastures
are
clad
with
sheepe
[
the
metaphor
of
clothing
expresseth
the
great
plenty
and
store
,
vz.
that
as
a
garment
couereth
the
whole
body
,
so
shall
shéepe
and
other
cattel
(
for
by
one
sort
he
vnderstandeth
the
rest
)
couer
the
pastures
]
the
valleies
shal
be
also
couered
with
corne
[
vz.
in
such
sort
that
a
man
shal
behold
no
void
place
:
and
this
metaphor
setteth
out
the
abundance
of
corne
that
shal
be
in
the
land
]
therefore
they
[
i.
other
men
speaking
of
them
indefinitely
:
or
else
the
valleis
and
corne
thereon
,
the
plenty
wherof
maketh
men
glad
:
as
we
say
the
fields
laugh
,
when
through
their
goodly
shew
they
make
mens
eyes
ioyful
]
showte
for
ioy
,
and
sing
[
i.
conceiue
and
expresse
abundance
of
ioy
:
but
I
rather
referre
this
in
mine
owne
iudgement
to
men
,
then
to
other
creatures
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
that
praises
and
thankesgiuing
are
due
to
God
in
the
publike
assemblies
of
his
Saints
.
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
that
Gods
readines
to
graunt
his
childrens
requests
shoulde
prouoke
vs
to
earnest
and
often
prayer
.
Ver.
3.
Teacheth
that
Gods
mercy
surmounteth
all
our
iniquities
,
&
that
in
the
multitude
thereof
he
will
do
away
al
our
sinnes
.
Ver.
4.
Teacheth
that
the
féeling
of
Gods
fauour
is
the
best
blessing
that
can
come
vnto
vs
in
this
life
.
]
Ver.
5.
Declareth
that
God
hath
iudgement
and
power
in
his
owne
handes
,
for
his
childrens
defence
,
and
the
wickeds
punishment
.
Ver.
6.7
.
Sheweth
that
God
by
his
power
gouerneth
all
thinges
in
heauen
and
earth
Ver.
8.
Gods
iudgements
executed
vpon
some
do
many
times
strike
terror
and
feare
into
others
.
Ver.
9.10.11.12.13
.
Teach
two
things
,
first
that
abundance
of
all
earthly
benefites
procéed
from
the
Lords
blessing
,
which
instructeth
his
to
hang
vpon
him
:
secondly
that
he
performeth
these
blessings
by
ordinary
meanes
,
which
also
teacheth
vs
to
vse
holy
and
lawful
meanes
.
Psalme
66
Di.
THis
Psalme
may
be
diuided
into
three
partes
.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
exhorteth
al
men
to
praise
the
Lord
,
&
to
consider
al
his
works
,
specially
his
power
against
the
wicked
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
7.
In
the
second
hee
declareth
that
howsoeuer
God
afflicteth
his
for
a
time
,
yet
in
the
ende
hee
will
be
gratious
vnto
them
,
for
which
hee
promiseth
thanksgiuing
and
praise
,
from
ver.
8.
to
the
ende
of
the
15.
In
the
third
hee
frameth
his
speach
to
all
the
faithful
,
declaring
what
great
things
God
had
done
for
them
,
to
the
end
that
in
his
example
they
might
be
comforted
,
from
ver.
16.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
is
expounded
before
Psal.
4.
and
Psal.
48.
in
the
title
.
Se.
]
Some
and
that
of
the
Hebrewe
writers
suppose
that
this
Psalme
was
made
by
some
others
rather
then
Dauid
,
because
his
name
is
not
here
expressed
,
but
for
this
matter
sée
Psal.
45.
in
the
title
.
Likely
it
is
,
that
this
Psalme
was
written
,
and
that
by
Dauid
himselfe
,
when
God
had
deliuered
the
Israelites
from
the
cruell
tyrannie
of
the
Philistines
,
and
him
from
his
manifold
persecutions
.
]
Ver.
3.
Reioyce
in
God
[
i.
be
thankefull
vnto
him
,
and
that
with
great
gladnes
for
his
benefits
]
all
ye
inhabitants
of
the
earth
[
q.d.
there
is
none
of
you
all
,
but
you
haue
great
occasion
giuen
you
from
him
so
to
do
.
]
Ver.
2.
Sing
foorth
[
i.
publish
aloude
,
that
others
may
heare
]
the
glory
of
his
name
[
i.
either
the
glory
,
which
is
due
vnto
his
maiesty
,
or
else
his
glorious
name
,
but
I
like
the
first
best
]
make
his
praise
glorious
[
i.
let
all
your
thankesgiuings
tend
to
this
end
,
that
his
name
and
praises
due
thereto
,
may
bee
glorious
continually
:
q.d.
adde
praise
to
praise
,
and
neuer
cease
praysing
.
]
Ver.
3.
Say
vnto
God
[
i.
confesse
in
his
presence
:
not
that
our
speaking
vnto
him
doeth
make
him
any
whit
the
more
glorious
,
but
because
that
others
hearing
vs
speake
of
his
power
&
goodnes
in
his
sight
may
haue
a
reuerent
feare
of
his
maiesty
striken
vnto
the
]
how
terrible
[
i.
reuerend
and
feareful
,
vz.
to
the
good
,
who
beare
a
louing
feare
towards
thée
:
and
to
the
wicked
who
feare
him
for
punishment
and
not
for
loue
]
in
thy
workes
[
i.
in
euery
thing
that
thou
doest
]
through
the
greatnes
of
thy
power
[
vz.
exercised
heretofore
against
the
godly
,
whereof
also
thou
hast
reserued
store
with
thy selfe
for
them
that
shall
walke
in
such
steppes
]
shall
thine
enemies
[
i.
those
that
any
maner
of
way
set
themselues
against
thée
]
shal
bée
in
subiection
vnto
thée
[
i.
shal
forge
and
faine
a
subiection
to
thy
maiesty
,
but
chuse
them
whether
they
will
doe
it
vnfeignedly
or
no
,
into
subiection
they
shall
bée
brought
,
for
none
is
able
to
resist
thy
power
.
]
Ver.
4.
All
the
worlde
[
i.
all
the
inhabitants
of
the
world
,
as
ver.
1.
of
this
Psalme
:
putting
all
for
a
very
great
number
]
shall
worshippe
thée
[
vz.
as
thou
hast
prescribed
,
meaning
that
they
shoulde
imbrace
his
religion
and
seruice
]
and
sing
vnto
thée
[
i.
prayse
thee
for
thy
mercy
and
trueth
]
euen
sing
of
thy
name
[
hee
noteth
what
shal
be
the
argument
or
matter
of
their
song
,
that
is
Gods
maiesty
,
power
,
goodnes
&c.
as
Psal.
20.2
.
]
Ver.
5.
Come
[
vz.
with
mee
,
hee
speaketh
euen
vnto
the
best
sort
of
people
,
who
haue
neede
to
be
prouoked
to
this
good
thing
]
and
behold
[
i.
déepely
consider
with
all
your
vnderstanding
and
eies
,
both
of
your
bodies
&
minds
]
he
is
terrible
[
i.
reuerend
,
feareful
,
and
wonderful
]
in
his
doings
towards
the
sonnes
of
men
[
vz.
either
for
their
defence
,
or
for
their
punishment
.
The
proofe
of
this
plainely
appeareth
in
the
gouernement
of
all
creatures
whatsoeuer
,
&
particularly
in
that
hee
vpholdeth
and
maintaineth
the
estate
of
men
.
]
Ver.
6.
Hee
hath
turned
the
sea
[
i.
the
red
sea
]
into
dry
land
[
so
that
this
people
passed
through
the
same
,
when
they
came
out
of
Egipt
,
sée
Exod.
14.21
.
]
They
[
i.
his
own
people
of
Israel
]
passe
[
i.
passed
,
one
time
put
for
an
other
,
because
the
greatnes
of
the
worke
was
as
it
were
fresh
in
the
remembrance
of
al
the
faithful
]
through
the
riuer
[
vz.
of
Iordan
]
on
foote
[
and
not
in
shippes
and
boates
,
hee
noteth
here
the
entrance
of
the
people
into
the
lande
of
Canaan
vnder
the
gouernement
of
Iehoshua
,
whereof
sée
Iehosh
.
3.14.15.16
.
&c.
]
Ver.
7.
Hée
[
i.
God
]
ruleth
the
worlde
[
i.
the
people
and
all
thinges
else
whatsoeuer
therin
conteined
]
his
eyes
[
see
Psalm
.
11.4
.
]
behold
[
i.
déepely
and
carefully
consider
,
as
ver.
5.
of
this
Psalme
,
all
this
is
spoken
of
God
according
to
man
]
the
nations
[
i.
not
onely
the
persons
themselues
,
but
the
thinges
they
commit
:
q.d.
the
speciall
priuiledge
that
God
then
gaue
to
the
children
of
of
Israel
hindered
not
God
from
continuall
casting
his
sight
vpon
other
nations
that
he
might
nourish
and
maintaine
them
,
and
represse
them
also
,
as
occasion
was
offered
]
the
rebellious
[
i.
such
as
will
not
yéelde
to
him
and
his
worde
,
when
hee
calleth
them
]
shall
not
exalt
themselues
[
vz.
any
more
as
heretofore
they
haue
done
,
the
reason
is
,
because
they
shal
be
cast
downe
from
their
dignitie
and
estate
:
hee
meaneth
that
they
shall
not
prosper
,
because
God
will
ouerthrowe
them
.
]
Verse
8.
Prayse
our
GOD
O
people
[
q.d.
all
those
that
you
imagine
to
be
Gods
,
are
nothing
:
but
glory
and
honour
belongeth
to
that
God
alone
,
whom
we
serue
]
and
make
the
voyce
of
his
praise
to
bee
hearde
[
vz.
of
others
:
q.d.
sound
it
abroad
,
as
in
this
Psalme
verse
2.
Ver.
9.
Which
holdeth
our
soules
in
life
[
i.
by
whome
alone
,
and
from
whom
wee
haue
,
euen
the
very
life
that
wee
haue
in
this
life
,
as
Act.
7.28
.
]
and
suffereth
not
our
feete
to
slippe
[
vz.
into
any
great
danger
,
but
was
alwaies
in
good
time
ready
to
helpe
vs
,
and
this
procéeded
from
his
great
care
and
prouidence
towards
vs
.
]
Ver.
10.
For
thou
O
god
[
he
changeth
the
person
from
the
third
to
the
second
]
hast
proued
vs
[
vz.
by
afflictions
and
troubles
]
thou
hast
tryed
vs
[
a
metaphor
taken
from
metals
,
brought
to
fining
that
the
value
and
goodnes
of
them
might
be
knowne
]
as
siluer
[
sée
Psal.
12.6
.
Hee
meaneth
that
God
hath
tryed
them
to
the
quicke
,
and
in
good
earnest
:
as
wee
sée
siluer
put
into
the
fire
not
only
once
,
but
many
times
to
purge
it
]
is
tryed
[
vz.
by
the
goldsmith
,
siluersmith
,
or
fyner
.
]
Ver.
11.
Thou
[
vz.
O
God
:
wherby
we
sée
that
nothing
is
done
without
his
prouidence
and
appointment
]
into
the
snare
[
vz.
which
our
enemies
laide
for
vs
:
this
is
an
other
metaphor
taken
from
hunting
,
or
fowling
,
meaning
by
snare
,
the
troubles
,
dangers
and
tyrannies
,
that
were
deuised
and
prepared
for
them
]
and
laid
a
straite
chaine
[
i.
thou
hast
brought
to
passe
,
that
wee
are
come
into
our
enymies
power
,
and
are
bound
of
them
:
sée
Psalm
.
149.8
.
and
it
is
a
metaphor
either
taken
from
captaines
and
their
bands
,
or
else
from
horses
that
carie
packes
girded
to
them
with
wantes
,
or
such
like
,
whatsoeuer
it
is
,
he
meaneth
that
the
burthens
were
very
great
,
and
did
sticke
fast
to
them
]
vppon
our
loines
[
i.
vpon
vs
,
putting
a
part
of
man
for
the
whole
.
]
Ver.
12.
Thou
hast
caused
men
to
ride
ouer
our
heads
[
i.
thou
hast
made
vs
subiect
not
onely
to
great
but
to
base
personages
,
who
ruling
ouer
vs
haue
vsed
great
outrages
&
vilanies
against
vs
,
as
if
we
had
béen
poore
bruit
beasts
]
we
went
into
fire
and
into
water
[
i.
we
indured
most
hard
dangers
&
sundry
kinds
of
calamities
&
afflictions
,
which
he
resembleth
to
water
and
fire
,
because
those
two
elements
,
doe
quickly
destroy
&
consume
the
things
put
into
them
:
thee
hardnes
of
their
affliction
may
be
noted
by
any
one
of
them
but
the
diuersity
thereof
,
by
both
laid
together
]
but
thou
broughtest
vs
out
[
i.
thou
diddest
at
the
length
deliuer
vs
,
vz.
out
of
those
dangers
&
distresses
,
&
diddest
bring
vs
]
into
a
wealthy
place
[
i.
into
a
plentiful
place
frée
from
penury
,
into
a
pleasant
place
,
void
of
sorrow
,
and
into
a
safe
place
from
dangers
&
distresses
,
meaning
therby
a
blessed
and
ioyful
estate
.
]
Ver.
13.
I
will
goe
into
thy
house
[
i.
into
the
place
where
thou
art
worshipped
]
with
burnt
offerings
[
i.
with
thankfulnes
of
mind
&
body
,
for
he
putteth
the
signes
that
testified
thanksgiuing
for
the
thing
it selfe
]
&
will
pay
thée
my
vowes
[
vz.
which
I
haue
vowed
to
thée
as
appeareth
by
the
next
ver.
he
meaneth
that
he
wil
holily
&
religiously
serue
him
,
&
be
alwaies
thankful
&
obedient
vnto
him
.
]
Ver.
14.
Which
my
lips
haue
promised
,
&
my
mouth
hath
spoken
[
hee
putteth
the
instrument
wherwith
the
wordes
are
vttered
,
as
the
lips
&
mouth
,
for
the
words
themselues
]
in
mine
affliction
[
i.
when
I
was
in
wonderful
affliction
&
danger
.
Ver.
15.
I
wil
offer
vnto
thée
[
vz.
alone
]
burnt
offrings
of
fat
rams
[
he
meaneth
that
he
wil
bring
the
best
sacrifices
he
can
get
,
to
testify
the
thankfulnes
of
his
mind
]
with
incense
[
i.
with
swéet
perfumes
,
&
smelling
sauors
which
also
were
accustomed
to
be
offred
]
I
wil
prepare
[
vz.
to
offer
in
sacrifice
vnto
thée
]
bullocks
&
goats
[
i.
al
maner
of
sacrifices
prescribed
:
for
he
meaneth
that
he
wil
do
seruice
&
homage
to
God
,
according
to
his
worde
,
&
the
ordinance
of
his
law
.
]
Ver.
16.
Come
[
vz.
vnto
me
]
&
hearken
[
vz.
diligently
]
all
ye
that
feare
God
[
i.
worship
him
according
to
the
prescript
rule
of
his
word
]
I
wil
tel
you
[
vz.
as
plainely
as
I
can
]
what
he
hath
done
[
i.
what
great
graces
&
goodnes
he
hath
shewed
]
to
my
soule
[
i.
to
mee
,
putting
a
part
of
himselfe
for
the
whole
man
.
]
Ver.
17.
I
called
vnto
him
with
my
mouth
[
i.
in
wordes
I
did
earnestly
pray
vnto
him
for
help
,
aide
,
&
succor
]
&
he
was
exalted
[
i.
greatly
and
highly
praised
]
with
my
tongue
[
i.
with
my
words
,
vz.
after
he
had
graciously
granted
my
petitions
.
]
Ver.
18.
If
I
regard
wickednes
[
i.
delite
in
,
or
make
account
of
it
]
in
my
heart
[
yea
though
it
were
within
me
,
and
secretly
]
the
Lord
wil
not
heare
me
[
i.
grant
me
my
requests
:
he
sheweth
why
God
heard
his
prayers
,
vz.
because
he
came
to
him
with
a
mind
frée
from
wicked
&
vaine
things
.
]
Ver.
19.
But
god
hath
heard
[
i.
yéelded
vnto
&
granted
]
me
[
i.
my
requests
&
prayers
]
&
considered
[
vz.
déeply
and
vprightly
]
the
voyce
of
my
prayer
[
i.
the
words
I
vttered
in
my
prayer
:
all
serueth
to
nothing
else
but
to
shew
that
god
had
yéelded
vnto
him
that
which
he
praied
for
.
]
ver.
20.
Which
hath
not
put
back
[
vz.
out
of
his
presence
or
sight
as
though
he
were
displeased
with
it
,
or
could
not
abide
to
looke
vpon
it
or
me
]
my
praier
[
vz.
made
to
him
]
nor
[
vnderstand
here
,
withholden
]
his
mercy
from
me
[
but
giuen
me
a
plain
proof
therof
,
by
granting
my
demands
.
]
Ver.
1
2.
Teach
two
things
,
Do.
first
that
we
ought
to
be
continually
occupied
in
the
praysing
of
our
God
:
secondly
howe
dull
we
are
thereto
,
which
appeareth
because
the
Prophet
vseth
so
many
wordes
of
exhortation
to
one
thing
Ver.
3.
Teacheth
that
there
is
no
wisedom
,
power
,
nor
policy
against
the
Lord
.
Ver.
4.
Setteth
out
the
inlargment
&
increase
of
Gods
kingdome
vpon
earth
.
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
vs
that
gods
works
would
be
diligently
&
déeply
considered
,
otherwise
they
shall
litle
profite
vs
.
Ver.
6.
Teacheth
that
for
the
benefite
of
his
children
the
Lord
can
and
will
inuert
the
nature
of
thinges
.
Ver.
7.
Teacheth
first
that
Gods
power
ruleth
ouer
all
:
secondly
that
nothing
can
be
hid
from
his
presence
:
thirdly
that
the
wicked
howe
mighty
so
euer
they
be
shal
neuer
preuaile
against
him
.
Ver.
8.
Deliuereth
the
same
doctrines
that
ver.
1.2
.
doe
.
Ver.
9.
Teacheth
that
in
God
we
liue
,
and
moue
,
and
haue
our
being
:
also
that
it
is
he
alone
,
that
vpholdeth
vs
,
that
we
sinke
not
downe
vnder
the
burthen
of
sinne
and
calamities
.
Ver.
10.11.12
.
Teach
that
God
sundry
ways
exerciseth
the
faith
,
and
proueth
the
patience
of
his
children
:
whereby
also
we
learn
that
it
is
no
new
thing
,
that
the
godly
are
afflicted
.
Ver.
12.
And
these
wordes
,
but
thou
broughtest
vs
out
into
a
wealthy
place
,
doeth
teach
that
howe
great
and
gréeuous
soeuer
the
afflictions
of
Gods
saints
be
,
yet
in
the
end
hee
remembreth
and
deliuereth
them
with
an
euerlasting
mercy
.
Ver.
13.
Teacheth
vs
to
frequent
the
publike
assemblies
of
the
Church
,
and
to
shewe
our selues
thankeful
to
God
,
for
his
graces
.
Ver.
14.
Teacheth
that
affliction
is
the
time
that
maketh
vs
to
drawe
nigh
to
God
,
both
in
word
and
déede
.
Ver.
15.
Teacheth
vs
to
yéeld
vnto
God
such
a
seruice
as
he
hath
prescribed
,
and
not
as
we
deuise
.
Ver.
16.
Teacheth
vs
reuerently
and
diligently
to
hearken
vnto
good
thinges
,
that
others
speake
to
vs
:
also
that
we
should
declare
to
other
the
graces
of
God
shewed
to
vs
,
that
therby
their
fayth
might
be
increased
.
Ver.
17.
Teacheth
that
mother
tongues
,
and
all
the
members
that
we
haue
,
shoulde
bee
earnestly
occupied
in
hearty
calling
vppon
God
.
Ver.
18.
Teacheth
that
when
we
come
to
pray
to
God
,
wee
must
labour
to
cast
away
from
vs
our
wickednes
and
corruption
.
Ver.
19.
Teacheth
that
god
is
nigh
to
the
earnest
supplications
of
his
children
.
Ver.
20.
Teacheth
vs
to
yéeld
humble
and
hearty
thanksgiuing
to
our
God
,
for
al
his
mercies
towards
vs
.
Psalme
67.
Di.
THis
short
Psalme
may
be
diuided
into
thrée
partes
.
In
the
two
first
verses
is
comprehended
a
prayer
for
that
people
whome
God
had
prepared
vnto
himselfe
and
for
the
blessing
of
them
with
al
maner
of
knowledge
.
In
the
second
part
is
comprehended
an
other
prayer
,
for
the
increase
and
inlarging
of
Gods
kingdome
throughout
the
earth
:
and
this
reacheth
from
ver.
3.
to
the
end
of
the
5.
In
the
third
is
declared
,
what
great
benefites
and
blessings
shall
insue
after
that
God
shal
haue
thus
multiplied
his
Church
:
and
this
is
in
the
two
last
verses
.
Se.
The
first
part
of
the
title
of
this
Psalme
is
expounded
before
Psalm
.
4.
]
A
Psalme
or
song
[
sée
Psalm
48.
in
the
title
.
]
Ver.
1.
God
be
merciful
to
vs
[
vz.
who
by
the
meanes
of
sundry
our
infirmities
stand
in
néede
of
it
]
and
blesse
vs
[
vz.
with
all
good
things
both
bodily
&
spiritual
]
and
cause
his
face
[
i.
his
fauour
]
to
shine
[
i.
to
appeare
,
and
bee
felt
]
among
vs
[
vz.
though
there
bee
no
cause
on
our
partes
why
he
should
so
do
.
The
Church
prayeth
that
God
would
shewe
not
onely
lay
aside
,
that
wrath
which
hee
had
exercised
vppon
it
:
but
also
that
hee
would
shewe
himselfe
gracious
and
fauourable
,
putting
into
their
hearts
,
by
the
working
of
his
holy
spirite
,
a
true
tast
and
féeling
of
his
fatherly
loue
.
]
Verse
2.
That
they
[
they
change
the
person
from
the
first
to
the
thirde
:
they
meane
,
that
by
Gods
fauour
practised
towardes
his
Church
,
the
Church
is
more
and
more
confirmed
in
the
obedience
of
Gods
trueth
,
and
not
onely
the
Church
it selfe
,
but
euen
diuers
that
are
without
]
may
knowe
[
vz.
by
thy
word
and
spirite
]
thy
way
[
i.
which
thou
thy selfe
hast
prescribed
vnto
them
in
thy
lawe
to
walke
in
]
vppon
earth
[
i.
so
long
as
they
liue
here
]
and
thy
sauing
health
[
i.
that
saluation
and
deliueraunce
which
thou
bestowest
and
giuest
to
men
]
among
all
nations
[
vz.
of
the
worlde
in
what
quarter
soeuer
they
dwel
.
]
Verse
3.
Let
the
people
[
vz.
of
the
earth
,
meaning
chiefely
the
Gentiles
]
let
all
the
people
[
vz.
if
thou
sée
it
so
good
:
or
else
hee
putteth
all
for
an
infinit
number
:
which
I
take
to
bee
the
more
simple
sense
.
]
Verse
4.
Bee
glad
and
reioyce
[
q.d.
they
haue
no
cause
of
sorrowe
that
thou
gouernest
,
but
rather
of
vnspeakable
ioy
]
for
thou
shalt
iudge
the
people
righteously
[
i.
with
great
equitie
and
vprightnes
shalt
thou
rule
and
beare
sway
after
the
manner
of
Iudges
&
Kinges
:
for
wee
knowe
that
the
people
of
the
Iewes
were
a
long
time
ruled
by
Iudges
and
Kinges
:
to
which
here
hee
alludeth
]
and
gouerne
the
nations
[
or
else
as
some
read
,
which
also
I
like
better
,
lead
them
out
,
vz.
as
sheepeheards
doeth
their
flockes
:
noting
thereby
Gods
tender
care
towardes
his
Church
:
and
all
that
is
here
spoken
of
Gods
gouernement
,
must
be
vnderstood
of
the
spirituall
iurisdiction
,
which
hee
exerciseth
in
his
Church
,
by
the
scepter
of
his
word
and
discipline
to
bring
all
peoples
in
obedience
to
him
.
]
Ver.
5.
Is
the
same
in
wordes
and
sense
with
ver.
3.
]
Ver.
6.
Then
shall
the
earth
[
vz.
which
was
cursed
for
mans
sinne
,
and
striken
with
barrennes
]
bring
forth
her
increase
[
i.
all
manner
of
fruite
,
and
that
in
abundance
,
through
Gods
especiall
blessing
]
and
God
,
euen
our
God
[
i.
the
onely
true
God
]
shall
blesse
[
vz.
with
all
good
thinges
both
bodily
and
spirituall
,
as
ver.
1.
of
this
Psalm
.
]
Ver.
7.
All
the
endes
of
the
earth
[
i.
people
out
of
al
parts
and
quarters
of
the
world
:
hee
putteth
the
places
inhabited
,
for
the
people
inhabiting
them
:
&
this
worde
,
all
,
for
the
great
multitude
that
God
will
drawe
to
himselfe
]
shal
feare
him
[
i.
imbrace
his
religion
and
seruice
,
and
that
either
soundly
in
déede
,
or
else
in
hypocrisie
and
flauish
feare
.
]
Verse
1.
Gods
mercy
must
bee
fled
to
,
Do.
as
the
onely
fountaine
of
all
goodnes
to
vs
warde
.
Verse
2.
Teacheth
vs
to
pray
for
increase
of
knowledge
,
in
Gods
worde
,
also
that
wee
shoulde
wish
the
same
,
not
to
our selues
only
,
but
to
others
also
.
Verse
3.
Teacheth
vs
to
wish
and
pray
for
,
the
inlarging
of
Gods
kingdome
,
and
his
prayses
in
the
same
.
Ver.
4.
Teacheth
vs
that
it
ought
to
bee
the
greatest
ioy
that
can
come
to
vs
in
this
life
,
to
bee
vnder
the
gouernement
of
our
God
by
his
worde
and
discipline
.
Ver.
5.
Repeating
the
same
,
both
words
and
matter
with
ver.
3.
Teacheth
the
earnestnes
of
the
Church
in
prayer
,
and
continuall
care
for
the
conuersion
of
others
.
Ver.
6.
Teacheth
that
when
God
is
fauourably
reconciled
to
his
people
,
there
can
be
no
want
of
good
things
.
Ver.
7.
Teacheth
all
to
haue
a
care
to
imbrace
Gods
religion
,
and
to
followe
his
worship
.
Psalme
68
Di.
THe
Prophet
in
this
Psalme
respecting
rather
matter
then
order
,
doeth
somewhat
confusedly
expound
diuers
things
:
generally
hée
expoundeth
in
déed
Gods
power
,
which
hee
manifested
in
sauing
and
deliuering
his
,
&
in
ouerthrowing
their
enemies
,
for
which
mercy
towards
the
one
and
iudgement
towards
the
other
,
he
exhorteth
all
the
faithful
,
and
all
others
to
yéelde
,
both
thankes
and
power
vnto
him
.
The
ouerthrowe
of
the
wicked
,
is
foretold
,
and
confirmed
by
examples
&
similitudes
.
Ver.
1.2.6.12.21.23.30
.
The
mercy
of
God
towards
his
seruants
,
is
set
out
.
Ver.
3.5.6.9.10.11.12.13.14.15.16.19.20.22.27.28
.
Exhortation
,
to
humble
confession
of
Gods
might
,
and
hearty
praysing
of
him
for
his
benefites
,
are
comprehended
.
Ver.
4.19.26.32.34
.
The
rest
of
the
verses
of
this
Psalme
,
doe
for
the
most
part
most
excellently
séeke
the
maiesty
and
power
of
God
,
as
7.8.17.18.24.25.27.28.29.31.33.35
.
Se.
The
title
is
expounded
before
sundry
times
,
and
specially
Psal.
48.
]
of
Dauid
[
i.
which
Dauid
made
.
It
shoulde
séeme
that
Dauid
writ
this
Psalme
,
after
he
had
ouercome
the
Philistines
&
Iebusits
,
and
went
about
to
cary
the
Arke
into
Ierusalem
,
as
2.
Sam.
6.
and
1.
Chronic.
13.
and
it
is
so
much
the
more
confirmed
vnto
me
,
because
he
beginneth
this
Psalme
with
the
same
words
almost
that
Moses
vseth
Numer.
10.31
.
When
the
Arke
should
remoue
.
]
Ver.
1.
God
wil
arise
[
i.
God
by
effects
wil
declare
that
he
is
not
only
present
with
,
but
that
also
he
taketh
care
for
his
Church
,
by
exercising
his
power
against
the
enemies
therof
]
and
his
enemies
[
i.
those
that
molest
and
trouble
his
people
,
&
they
are
called
his
enemies
,
because
he
estéemeth
any
thing
done
against
them
,
as
done
against
himselfe
]
shal
bee
scattered
[
vz.
like
chaffe
before
the
wind
,
sée
Psal.
1.4
.
meaning
that
they
shal
not
be
able
to
stand
before
him
]
they
also
that
hate
him
[
vz.
either
himself
or
his
people
]
shall
flée
before
him
[
vz.
as
men
discomfited
in
the
field
,
and
turne
their
backes
.
]
Ver.
2.
As
the
smoke
vanisheth
[
i.
sodainly
:
for
we
sée
the
smoke
soone
passeth
away
:
and
this
is
one
similitude
hee
vseth
,
to
set
forth
their
hasty
and
present
destruction
]
so
shalt
thou
driue
them
[
vz.
by
violence
,
and
that
whether
they
will
or
no
]
away
[
vz.
from
the
place
of
their
aboade
,
and
where
they
thought
their
nest
was
most
sure
]
and
as
waxe
melteth
before
the
fire
[
this
is
an
other
similitude
,
expressing
their
sodaine
and
assured
destruction
]
so
shall
the
wicked
perish
[
i.
come
to
naught
,
bée
ouerthrowne
and
destroyed
:
as
Psalme
1.6
.
]
at
the
presence
of
God
[
i.
when
God
beginneth
once
to
shewe
some
testimonies
of
his
presence
.
]
Ver.
3.
But
the
righteous
[
i.
good
and
holy
men
,
who
haue
the
righteousnes
of
God
imputed
vnto
them
]
shal
bee
glad
and
reioyce
before
God
[
i.
shall
shewe
themselues
ioyfull
,
because
God
declareth
himself
terrible
to
the
wicked
:
which
also
is
for
their
good
,
and
the
saluation
of
his
Church
]
yea
they
shall
leape
for
ioy
[
i.
they
shall
expresse
the
inward
ioy
of
their
heart
,
by
outward
gestures
and
signes
.
]
Ver.
4.
Sing
vnto
God
[
he
exhorteth
the
faithful
to
praise
God
]
and
sing
praises
vnto
his
name
[
i.
to
his
power
,
goodnes
,
maiesty
and
nature
,
for
al
these
are
his
being
&
substance
]
exalt
him
[
vz.
with
songes
and
prayses
]
that
rideth
vpon
the
heauens
[
i.
that
hath
an
infinite
power
,
and
is
lifted
vp
farre
aboue
all
the
world
]
in
his
name
Iah
[
i.
in
his
eternal
nature
,
which
is
of
it selfe
,
and
is
the
cause
that
all
other
thinges
are
,
for
so
much
the
worde
Iah
importeth
:
and
amongest
other
names
and
titles
of
God
,
hee
taketh
that
which
is
in
déede
most
significant
,
&
for
the
which
he
is
especially
to
be
praised
]
reioyce
before
him
[
vz.
in
the
place
where
he
is
worshipped
,
which
was
wheresoeuer
the
Arke
was
,
till
the
temple
was
builded
.
]
Ver.
5.
He
[
i.
God
]
is
a
father
[
i.
a
gracious
prouider
for
&
maintainer
]
of
the
fatherles
[
i.
of
al
those
that
bee
in
affliction
&
misery
,
as
Hosea
.
14.3
.
]
and
a
iudge
[
i.
one
that
taketh
knowledge
of
&
reuengeth
iniury
offred
]
to
the
widowes
[
by
these
two
,
fatherles
&
widowes
,
he
meaneth
that
God
caryeth
a
singular
affection
towards
those
that
are
oppressed
,
which
he
wil
maintaine
against
all
those
that
labour
to
put
them
downe
,
and
oppresse
them
by
violence
]
in
his
holy
habitation
[
hee
meaneth
either
heauen
,
or
the
tabernacle
of
wicnesse
.
The
sense
is
,
that
for
as
much
as
God
had
chose
him
a
dwelling
place
amongst
men
,
the
poore
might
haue
more
bold
assurance
,
when
they
vnderstoode
that
they
néed
not
séeke
God
farre
off
.
]
Ver.
6.
God
maketh
the
solitary
to
dwel
in
families
[
by
solitary
he
meaneth
those
that
were
childles
:
who
are
so
called
,
not
onely
because
barennes
,
which
was
reprochful
among
the
Iewes
,
made
them
sundry
times
to
liue
as
it
were
solitarily
,
i.
not
so
much
to
reioyce
in
company
as
others
did
,
but
also
because
not
hauing
séede
,
they
were
as
it
were
alone
,
in
as
much
as
they
did
not
increase
the
house
or
stocke
:
and
by
dwelling
in
families
,
hee
meaneth
blessing
of
them
with
children
and
posterity
,
sée
Psalm
.
113.9
.
]
and
deliuereth
[
i.
setteth
frée
from
bandes
and
the
daunger
of
their
enemies
power
]
them
that
were
prisoners
in
stockes
[
i.
those
that
were
kept
most
straitly
,
and
locked
most
surely
,
as
Paul
and
Silas
Actes
16.24
.
Sée
Psalme
107.10.13.14.16
also
Psalme
146.
throughout
]
but
the
rebellious
,
[
vz.
against
GOD
,
and
his
truth
]
shall
dwell
in
a
dried
lande
[
i.
a
barren
place
,
as
Psalme
63.1
.
Hee
meaneth
that
they
shal
bée
destitute
of
gods
blessing
,
and
in
continuall
misery
,
expressing
one
kinde
of
affliction
for
al.
]
Ver.
7
,
O
God
when
thou
we●test
foorth
[
i.
when
thou
diddest
take
the
charge
and
gouernement
,
and
so
wentest
in
and
out
for
them
,
and
on
their
behalfe
]
before
the
people
[
vz.
of
Israel
,
what
tyme
thou
causedst
them
to
come
vp
out
of
Egipt
]
when
thou
wentest
[
vz.
with
them
and
that
fortie
yeeres
long
]
through
the
wildernes
[
sée
Psalme
95.8.9.10
.
also
Numb.
33.11
.
]
Verse
8.
The
earth
[
i.
not
onely
mount
Sinai
,
but
also
the
ground
about
it
,
sée
Exodus
19.18
.
yea
hee
meaneth
that
all
thinges
gaue
place
vnto
him
,
bringing
his
people
out
of
that
bondage
,
as
the
historie
sheweth
,
from
Exod.
7.
Vnto
the
20.
chapter
]
&
the
heauens
dropped
[
vz.
either
manna
,
which
God
gaue
the
people
:
or
else
raine
and
water
:
sée
Psalm
.
18.7.11
.
]
at
the
presence
of
this
God
[
i.
when
this
our
god
,
would
giue
vs
some
tast
of
his
maiesty
]
euen
Sinai
[
q.d.
that
great
,
notable
,
and
strong
mountaine
]
was
moued
[
i.
trembled
and
shooke
,
as
before
in
this
verse
.
]
Verse
9.
Thou
O
God
diddest
send
[
for
so
it
must
be
:
and
not
,
sendest
]
a
gracious
raigne
[
he
meaneth
that
of
his
free
and
onely
goodwill
did
giue
the
land
,
which
of
it selfe
was
a
lande
of
mountaines
and
valleis
,
as
Deutrono
.
11.11
.
]
good
store
of
raine
,
which
here
also
hee
calleth
gracious
,
because
it
procéeded
of
Gods
onely
grace
and
good-will
]
vpon
thine
inheritance
[
i.
vpon
the
land
of
Canaan
which
he
calleth
inheritance
,
because
he
gaue
the
same
for
an
inheritance
to
his
people
]
and
thou
diddest
refresh
it
[
vz.
with
thy
gracious
raigne
,
or
abundance
thereof
]
when
it
was
weary
[
i.
faint
,
and
not
able
to
yéelde
fruite
,
through
drought
,
or
some
other
discommodious
season
.
]
Ver.
10.
Thy
congregation
,
[
i.
thy
people
of
Israel
,
which
is
called
the
Lordes
congregation
,
because
hee
had
gathered
it
out
of
all
the
people
of
the
world
]
dwelled
[
vz.
long
agoe
,
and
euen
at
that
present
when
this
Psalme
was
made
]
therin
[
i.
in
the
land
of
Canaan
]
hast
of
thy
goodnes
[
i.
of
thy
méere
mercy
without
any
merite
or
desert
at
all
on
mens
behalfe
]
prepared
it
[
i.
long
agoe
appointed
it
]
for
the
poore
[
i.
for
thine
owne
people
,
as
ver.
7.
of
this
Psalme
,
not
onely
to
set
out
the
great
goodnes
of
God
,
who
despised
them
not
for
that
,
but
also
because
they
came
of
poore
auncestry
,
and
were
in
miserable
case
in
Egipt
,
and
when
they
came
out
of
it
,
sée
Deutron.
26.5.6
.
]
Ver.
11.
The
Lorde
gaue
matter
[
vz.
not
only
of
speach
,
but
also
of
praise
and
thankesgiuing
]
to
the
women
[
who
were
wont
amongest
Gods
people
to
sing
songes
after
a
victory
gotten
against
the
enemies
,
as
Exodus
15.20
.
Iudg.
5.1
.
&c.
Iudg.
11.34
.
1.
Sam.
18.16
.
]
to
tell
[
i.
to
speake
largely
,
and
to
set
abroad
]
of
the
great
army
[
vz.
ouerthrowne
,
and
cast
to
the
ground
by
Gods
people
:
and
by
one
armie
hee
vnderstandeth
many
.
]
Ver.
12.
Kinges
of
the
armies
[
i.
Kinges
furnished
with
mightie
armies
]
comming
out
against
Gods
people
,
as
Sihon
king
of
the
Amorits
,
Og
the
king
of
Bashan
&c.
]
did
flée
[
vz.
away
from
the
face
and
presence
of
Gods
people
]
they
did
flée
[
i.
they
were
in
déede
discomfited
and
not
able
to
stand
:
for
the
repetition
of
the
worde
maketh
for
the
certaintie
of
the
thing
]
and
she
that
remained
in
the
house
[
i.
weake
women
,
who
in
deede
shoulde
bée
housekéepers
,
as
appeareth
1.
Timothie
5.13
.
Nowe
he
speaketh
of
one
comprehending
vnder
her
all
the
rest
,
who
this
was
can
hardly
bee
determined
:
but
most
likely
it
was
to
bee
Iael
,
of
whom
sée
Iudges
5.24
.
]
deuided
the
spoyle
[
i.
either
was
an
instrument
that
the
spoyle
was
diuided
amongest
others
,
by
slaying
Sisera
:
or
else
hee
meaneth
that
the
bootie
shoulde
bee
so
great
,
that
euen
the
weake
women
which
taried
at
home
in
their
houses
or
tentes
,
shoulde
haue
part
thereof
.
]
Verse
13.
Though
yee
haue
lyen
among
pots
[
i.
haue
béene
in
very
great
misery
,
and
liued
as
it
were
in
great
deformity
for
lacke
of
trimming
or
looking
too
:
for
this
is
a
metaphor
taken
from
slaues
or
skullions
that
followe
campes
,
who
in
the
night
season
labour
in
some
sort
to
keepe
themselues
from
wind
and
weather
as
we
say
,
by
sitting
in
chimney
corners
,
or
lying
on
hearthes
:
and
therefore
commonly
are
all
ouer
black
.
Now
this
is
vsuall
in
Scripture
,
by
blackenes
to
haue
aduersitie
and
affliction
signified
]
yet
shall
ye
bee
[
vz.
through
the
grace
and
fauour
that
I
will
shewe
you
]
as
the
winges
of
a
Doue
[
i.
yée
shall
shine
and
haue
a
glorious
colour
,
and
shal
bée
purged
from
all
your
blackenes
]
for
yée
shal
bée
like
to
the
wings
of
a
Doue
,
that
is
couered
with
siluer
[
i.
yée
shal
bée
all
white
and
cleane
,
and
glittering
,
for
so
much
hee
meaneth
by
this
similitude
and
that
which
foloweth
in
this
ver.
and
not
that
any
Doues
were
couered
ouer
with
siluer
,
or
had
golden
fethers
:
but
hee
speaketh
it
thus
:
q.d.
if
it
were
possible
for
a
Doue
either
in
winges
or
feathers
,
to
haue
as
goodly
a
shewe
as
golde
or
siluer
,
yet
assure
your selfe
of
this
,
that
you
shall
come
to
as
much
cleannes
.
]
Ver.
14.
Scattered
kinges
[
i.
confounded
them
causing
them
either
to
flee
,
or
killing
them
]
sée
verse
1.
of
this
Psalme
]
in
it
[
i.
in
the
lande
of
Canaan
,
which
hee
gaue
to
his
people
]
it
was
white
[
i.
florishing
and
fresh
,
by
reason
of
the
slaughter
of
the
enemies
,
and
the
great
victory
God
had
giuen
that
people
against
them
]
as
the
snowe
in
Zalmon
[
this
was
a
mountaine
,
on
this
side
Iordan
.
Iudg.
9.48
.
Which
some
affirme
,
was
wont
to
haue
snowe
continually
lying
vpon
it
,
whether
it
were
so
or
no
,
it
is
not
much
material
:
I
rather
take
it
to
be
a
part
of
the
land
of
Canaan
,
put
for
the
whole
,
meaning
that
after
the
ouerthrow
of
these
kings
the
land
was
as
glorious
and
glittering
to
behold
to
,
as
any
snowe
could
bee
.
]
Ver.
15.
The
mountaine
of
God
,
[
i.
mount
Sion
,
which
is
called
Gods
mountaine
,
because
it
pleased
him
,
that
in
that
place
his
worshippe
should
be
vsed
]
is
like
the
mountaine
of
Bashan
[
i.
most
fruitfull
and
plentiful
in
all
blessings
as
Bashan
is
,
but
it
excéedeth
it
in
spiritual
graces
]
it
is
an
high
mountain
,
as
mount
Bashan
[
q.d.
there
is
nothing
commendable
or
praise
worthie
in
Bashan
,
but
a
man
may
find
as
much
and
more
also
to
commend
in
mount
Sion
.
]
Ver.
16.
Why
leape
ye
[
i.
why
do
ye
reioyce
for
ioy
,
&
lift
vp
your self
in
pride
]
you
high
mountains
[
vz.
because
of
your
height
.
q.d.
there
is
no
cause
why
you
should
so
do
]
as
for
this
mountaine
[
vz.
of
Sion
]
God
delighteth
to
dwell
in
it
[
vz.
by
his
spiritual
presence
,
&
the
exercises
of
his
religion
]
the
Lord
wil
dwel
in
it
for
euer
[
i.
for
a
long
season
,
as
sundry
times
before
we
haue
had
the
word
so
vsed
q.d.
GOD
hath
not
chosen
you
,
or
any
of
you
,
for
al
your
height
to
that
purpose
,
and
therfore
good
cause
why
you
shoulde
leaue
of
lifting
vp
your selfe
in
pride
:
and
no
doubt
,
but
by
Sion
he
signifieth
the
estate
of
the
kingdome
of
the
Messias
,
and
of
his
Church
,
which
is
farre
aboue
all
height
in
the
world
.
]
Ver.
17.
The
chariots
of
God
[
i.
the
armies
that
God
hath
,
or
his
power
,
putting
the
thinges
wherein
men
were
caried
for
the
men
themselues
,
or
else
because
in
olde
time
they
thought
great
strength
to
stand
in
chariots
and
horses
,
hee
vseth
them
for
Gods
might
]
are
twenty
thousand
thousand
Angels
[
i.
infinite
and
innumerable
Angels
,
a
certaine
number
for
an
vncertaine
:
sée
2.
King
.
6.17
.
]
and
the
Lorde
is
among
them
[
vz.
to
commaund
,
order
,
direct
and
guide
them
,
that
all
things
may
be
rightly
done
]
as
in
the
sanctuary
of
Sinai
[
i.
in
as
great
glory
,
as
he
appeareth
in
the
holy
place
or
mount
of
Sinai
]
where
the
lawe
was
giuen
.
The
Prophet
meaneth
that
the
maiesty
of
God
did
shewe
it selfe
no
lesse
forth
in
the
sanctuary
at
Sion
,
then
it
did
in
the
mountaine
at
Sion
when
the
lawe
was
published
.
]
Verse
18.
Thou
art
gone
vp
on
high
[
the
Prophet
speaketh
vnto
God
,
meaning
that
by
the
manifestation
of
his
power
,
he
had
obtained
excellent
honour
]
thou
hast
led
captiuitie
captiue
[
hee
putteth
captiuitie
,
for
persons
in
captiuitie
,
as
prisoners
,
alluding
to
the
custome
of
those
dayes
wherein
the
princes
after
victory
obtained
,
were
wont
to
haue
the
prisoners
taken
in
warres
lead
before
them
,
in
token
of
renowne
and
victory
:
and
marke
in
this
verse
,
that
though
in
Dauids
time
,
warres
were
made
vnder
his
conducting
,
notwithstanding
the
prayse
of
the
victory
is
wholy
ascribed
to
God
]
and
receiued
gifts
[
vz.
from
thine
enemies
,
not
that
they
did
willingly
giue
them
,
but
that
the
Lord
would
haue
them
whether
they
would
,
yea
or
no
:
and
they
are
called
gifts
not
because
they
gaue
them
,
but
that
the
Lorde
taking
them
as
spoyles
from
the
enemies
,
gaue
them
to
his
people
,
which
hee
meaneth
by
these
termes
following
]
for
men
[
i.
that
thine
owne
people
might
inioy
and
haue
the
same
]
yea
euen
the
rebellious
hast
thou
lead
[
q.d.
Thou
hast
inforced
them
to
yéeld
themselues
as
tributaries
,
and
that
not
onely
those
that
willingly
yéelded
,
but
also
those
that
coulde
not
otherwise
bee
brought
downe
but
by
force
]
that
the
Lorde
God
might
dwell
there
[
i.
amongst
his
people
in
the
sanctuary
:
and
by
dwelling
he
meaneth
both
the
manifestation
of
his
power
and
presence
for
their
good
,
&
also
his
continual
aboade
amonst
them
,
as
ver.
16.
of
this
Psalme
.
S.
Paul
Ephes.
4.
ascribeth
all
this
to
Christ
who
is
God
manifested
in
the
flesh
,
i.
meaning
that
our
Sauiour
was
taken
vp
into
heauen
,
when
hee
had
subdued
and
ouercome
the
world
,
the
flesh
,
sinne
,
death
and
the
deuill
,
sée
Coloss.
2.12.13
.
&c.
]
Ver.
19.
Euen
the
God
of
our
saluation
[
i.
that
worketh
gracious
deliuerances
for
vs
,
as
sundry
times
before
]
which
ladeth
vs
dayly
[
i.
which
filleth
vs
continually
:
the
metaphor
expresseth
the
abundance
of
Gods
benefites
]
with
benefites
[
i.
with
graces
and
blessings
new
and
old
.
q.d.
he
neuer
ceaseth
to
doe
vs
good
,
so
that
we
haue
more
benefits
then
we
are
able
to
beare
,
as
it
were
.
]
Ver.
20.
Euen
the
God
that
saueth
vs
[
i.
that
worketh
wonderful
deliueraunces
for
vs
]
the
issues
of
death
[
i.
both
meanes
and
waies
to
escape
death
,
if
we
referre
it
to
his
children
:
and
many
wayes
also
to
destroy
the
wicked
,
if
we
referre
it
to
them
:
as
wee
may
without
any
iniury
to
the
text
referre
it
to
both
.
]
Ver.
21.
Surely
[
i.
without
all
doubt
]
God
will
wounde
[
vz.
vnto
death
]
the
heade
of
his
enemies
[
hée
maketh
mention
of
the
head
,
because
it
is
the
principall
part
of
the
body
,
as
wherein
life
is
,
and
from
which
it
is
deriued
,
to
the
other
members
of
the
body
,
so
that
it
is
as
much
as
if
he
had
sayde
that
the
Lorde
woulde
take
away
their
life
]
and
the
heary
pate
[
hee
meaneth
by
this
the
stoute
enemies
of
God
,
because
they
that
woulde
bee
fearefull
to
others
,
did
foster
their
heare
:
q.d.
their
stoute
countinance
and
courage
,
shall
nothing
preuaile
them
against
God
]
that
walketh
in
his
sinnes
[
i.
continueth
in
the
same
,
without
repentance
.
]
Ver.
22.
The
Lord
hath
sayd
[
therefore
it
shal
be
performed
]
I
will
bring
my
people
[
vz.
safe
and
sound
]
againe
from
Bashan
[
i.
from
dangerous
places
and
distresses
,
such
as
they
were
in
,
before
that
Og
king
of
Bashan
was
ouerthrowne
,
sée
Numb.
21.33
.
and
Deutron.
3.1.2
.
&c.
]
I
wil
bring
them
againe
from
the
depths
of
the
Sea
[
i.
from
wonderfull
perils
,
wherewith
they
should
haue
beene
as
it
were
ouerwhelmed
,
altogether
is
:
q.d.
I
will
worke
as
excellent
a
work
for
this
people
,
as
I
did
for
those
whom
I
deliuered
from
the
hands
of
Og
king
of
Bashan
:
and
as
I
did
for
them
that
passed
through
the
red
Sea
,
as
on
drie
land
:
as
Exod.
14.16
.
]
Ver.
23.
That
thy
foote
[
vz.
O
Israel
,
or
my
people
]
may
bee
dipped
in
blood
[
vz.
of
the
enemies
slaine
]
and
the
tongue
of
thy
dogges
in
the
blood
of
the
enemies
[
by
these
woordes
hée
noteth
what
a
great
slaughter
there
shal
bée
of
the
enemies
of
GOD
,
in
so
much
that
not
onely
the
faithfull
shal
haue
their
féete
died
in
their
blood
,
but
their
very
dogs
,
shoulde
haue
their
tongues
made
red
,
and
coloured
with
the
very
licking
therof
]
euen
in
it
[
this
repetition
noteth
also
the
certainetie
of
the
great
slaughter
.
]
Ver.
24.
They
[
i.
thine
enemies
,
to
their
great
discouragement
and
ouerthrowe
,
and
thine
owne
people
,
to
their
wonderful
comfort
]
thy
goings
[
vz.
before
thy
people
,
and
thy
guiding
of
them
in
the
day
of
warre
,
guiding
them
as
a
captaine
,
and
getting
the
victory
for
them
:
and
when
hee
sayth
that
they
had
séene
all
this
,
hée
meaneth
that
they
had
had
the
certaine
triall
and
experience
thereof
]
which
art
in
the
sanctuary
[
i.
which
giuest
manifest
signes
and
tokens
of
thy
power
and
presence
of
thy
people
there
.
]
Ver.
25.
The
singers
went
before
[
i.
euery
one
in
their
order
did
publikely
prayse
God
,
and
pray
vnto
him
:
sée
Exod.
15.1.2
&c.
Numb.
21.17.1
.
for
the
maides
and
women
praysing
God
after
the
victory
,
sée
ver.
11.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Ver.
26.
Prayse
yee
God
in
the
assemblies
[
i.
openly
]
yee
that
are
of
the
fountaine
of
Israel
,
[
i.
that
come
from
Iaakob
,
as
from
a
fountaine
,
meaning
thereby
al
the
Israelites
:
for
he
would
haue
none
excepted
,
as
it
may
appeare
by
the
next
verse
.
]
Verse
27.
There
[
i.
in
the
publike
assemblies
to
prayse
God
]
was
little
Beniamin
[
i.
those
of
the
tribe
of
Beniamin
,
which
is
called
litle
,
either
because
it
was
one
of
the
least
in
number
,
or
else
because
they
came
of
Iaakob
his
yongest
sonne
]
with
their
ruler
,
[
i.
with
some
principall
man
,
who
was
captaine
and
gouernour
of
that
tribe
]
and
the
Princes
of
Iudah
[
i.
the
noble
and
great
personages
of
the
tribe
of
Iudah
]
with
their
assembly
[
i.
with
the
people
gathered
vnto
them
:
and
in
such
sort
must
the
wordes
in
this
verse
following
bee
expounded
.
]
Ver.
28.
Thy
God
hath
appointed
thy
strength
[
hee
speaketh
to
the
people
:
q.d.
the
God
which
thou
seruest
hath
beautified
thée
with
strength
(
because
hee
hath
so
appointed
or
commaunded
the
same
)
to
resist
thine
enemies
,
shewing
that
the
power
of
this
people
was
from
God
,
and
not
of
it selfe
]
stablish
[
i.
strengthen
and
continue
for
euer
]
that
which
thou
hast
wrought
in
vs
[
hereby
he
vnderstandeth
the
graces
and
blessings
of
God
,
both
bestowed
vpon
them
,
&
their
forefathers
,
praying
the
continuance
of
his
graces
.
]
Ver.
29.
Out
of
thy
temple
[
i.
out
of
the
place
where
the
Arke
was
,
as
1.
Samuel
.
1.9
.
from
whence
it
pleased
the
Lord
many
times
to
set
foorth
the
power
and
maiesty
hee
had
in
him
for
the
defence
of
his
Church
]
vppon
Ierusalem
[
by
Ierusalem
hee
meaneth
the
Church
of
God
,
as
Psalm
.
51.18
.
]
And
kinges
shall
bring
presents
vnto
thee
[
i.
as
some
expound
it
,
shall
yéeld
themselues
tributaries
as
it
were
&
subiects
:
others
to
whom
I
incline
,
giue
this
sense
:
the
Prophet
speaketh
of
himself
,
&
of
his
successours
,
meaning
that
they
would
with
most
thankful
mindes
acknowledge
him
to
be
their
God
:
speaking
in
the
third
person
of
them
altogether
,
and
vnderstanding
by
bringing
presents
,
which
was
a
signe
of
thankfulnes
,
the
thing
it self
.
]
Ver.
30.
Destroy
the
company
of
the
speare
men
[
i.
ouerthrowe
both
the
multitude
and
the
force
of
common
souldiers
,
vnderstanding
by
spearemen
,
al
others
that
vsed
any
weapon
against
them
whatsoeuer
,
vnder
one
sort
comprehending
all
]
and
multitude
of
the
mighty
bulles
[
i.
the
great
company
of
their
captaines
and
men
of
might
,
who
for
their
greatnes
,
&
cruelty
,
he
compareth
to
mighty
bulles
,
sée
Psalm
.
22.12
.
]
with
the
calues
of
the
people
[
i.
those
that
can
hardly
be
tamed
and
bee
full
of
wantonnes
and
sport
as
it
were
,
such
as
calues
be
,
when
they
are
very
fat
]
that
tread
vnder
féete
[
i.
that
do
contemne
,
despise
,
and
set
little
by
,
as
Matth.
7.6
.
]
pieces
of
siluer
[
thinges
that
ought
to
be
regarded
and
estéemed
:
putting
one
for
al
of
the
like
sort
]
scatter
[
sée
ver.
1.
of
this
Psalme
]
the
people
that
delight
in
warre
[
i.
take
pleasure
&
thinke
it
to
be
the
greatest
ioy
,
when
they
may
contend
or
fight
most
.
]
Ver.
31.
Then
[
i.
when
thou
shalt
bestow
these
great
graces
vpon
thy
children
and
ouerthrow
thine
enemies
]
shall
the
Princes
[
vz.
moued
partly
through
iudgments
,
and
partly
by
thy
mercy
]
come
out
of
Egipt
[
vz.
to
yéelde
obedience
vnto
thée
,
and
to
submit
themselues
to
thy
Lordship
and
gouernment
]
Ethiopia
[
i.
the
people
inhabiting
that
land
]
shall
hast
[
i.
make
hast
and
speede
]
to
stretch
her
hands
[
i.
to
pray
vnto
,
or
readily
to
offer
giftes
in
signe
of
obedience
and
subiection
:
putting
the
signe
of
prayer
,
or
obedience
,
for
the
things
themselues
]
vnto
God
[
i.
vnto
thée
speaking
of
God
,
&
to
God
,
in
the
third
person
.
]
Ver.
32.
Sing
vnto
God
[
vz.
prayse
and
thankesgiuing
,
for
your
conuersion
&
calling
,
for
these
verses
comprehend
the
calling
of
the
Gentiles
to
the
kingdom
of
Christ
]
O
ye
kingdomes
of
the
earth
[
i.
O
ye
people
which
inhabite
the
kingdomes
of
the
world
:
putting
the
places
inhabited
,
for
the
persons
inhabiting
,
as
sundry
times
before
]
sing
prayse
vnto
the
Lorde
[
the
saying
is
doubled
,
the
more
earnestly
to
prouoke
men
thereto
.
]
Verse
.
33.
To
him
that
rideth
vppon
the
heauens
[
i.
to
him
that
gouerneth
them
and
their
course
,
as
hee
that
rideth
vppon
the
Horse
doeth
the
Horse
:
this
is
spoken
of
GOD
according
to
man
,
and
is
nothing
else
as
a
man
woulde
say
,
but
a
description
of
Gods
excellent
maiesty
:
and
when
hee
sayth
]
most
high
heauens
[
hee
speaketh
it
,
also
according
to
men
,
who
are
wont
to
make
sundry
heauens
,
as
the
Philosophers
yet
doe
:
not
that
there
are
so
,
for
all
that
they
babble
of
that
matter
is
vayne
,
but
that
men
so
esteeme
it
:
and
yet
notwithstanding
in
Scripture
wee
see
,
that
the
worde
heauen
,
is
sometimes
vsed
in
Scripture
for
the
ayre
,
as
when
wee
say
foules
of
heauen
:
sometimes
for
the
firmament
:
which
is
also
aboue
the
ayre
:
and
so
this
place
may
bee
expounded
thus
,
let
men
imagine
neuer
so
many
heauens
,
yet
God
ruleth
them
all
]
whiche
were
from
the
beginning
[
as
appeareth
Gen.
1.1
.
and
so
haue
since
that
time
continued
,
and
still
shall
continue
,
al
which
tendeth
to
expresse
the
great
power
of
almighty
God
]
behold
he
will
send
out
by
his
voice
a
mightie
sound
[
by
Gods
voyce
he
vnderstandeth
the
thunder
,
the
diuers
effects
whereof
,
sée
at
large
Psalme
29.
And
by
mighty
sound
he
meaneth
not
only
large
sound
,
but
also
great
which
euen
shaketh
the
earth
as
it
were
.
]
Verse
34.
Ascribe
the
power
to
God
[
i.
giue
vnto
him
all
the
prayse
of
power
,
both
in
himself
and
in
you
]
for
his
maiestie
is
vpon
Israel
[
i.
is
declared
mightily
toward
his
people
,
and
Church
,
as
Psalm
14.7
.
]
and
his
strength
is
in
the
cloudes
[
i.
is
not
onely
made
manifest
in
the
same
:
but
also
he
vseth
the
cloudes
and
all
other
creatures
whatsoeuer
,
to
set
out
his
power
.
]
Verse
35.
O
God
,
thou
art
terrible
[
vz.
to
thine
enimies
and
aduersaries
]
out
of
thine
holy
places
:
[
q.d.
Thou
shewest
euident
testimonies
and
tokens
thereof
,
out
of
thy
tabernacle
:
and
he
vseth
the
plurall
number
,
holy
places
,
eyther
in
respect
that
the
arke
was
set
vp
in
sundry
places
,
before
the
temple
was
builded
:
or
else
in
respect
of
the
distincte
places
of
the
arke
,
as
Heb.
9.2.3
.
all
which
were
called
holy
:
or
else
in
respect
of
the
heauenly
holye
place
,
and
the
earthly
holy
place
,
which
was
a
shadowe
of
that
heauenly
one
,
as
Heb.
10.19
.
]
the
God
of
Israel
[
i.
the
God
of
his
Church
and
faythfull
people
]
is
he
[
vz.
alone
]
that
giueth
[
vz.
of
his
own
goodnesse
and
mercye
onely
,
without
any
merite
or
desert
of
theirs
]
strength
and
power
[
vz.
to
defend
themselues
,
and
to
beat
back
their
enimies
,
meaning
by
strength
and
power
all
the
meanes
whereby
these
great
workes
may
be
performed
]
vnto
the
people
[
vz.
whome
he
hath
chosen
:
vnderstanding
the
people
of
Israell
for
that
time
,
and
the
Church
for
euer
]
praysed
be
God
[
vz.
for
that
his
mercy
and
greate
goodnesse
towards
them
.
Verse
1.
Teacheth
two
things
,
Do
first
that
God
hath
all
power
in
his
hande
to
destroy
his
enemies
,
seconde
that
the
enemies
of
the
Church
cannot
prosper
.
Verse
2.
Setteth
out
the
sodayne
destruction
of
the
wicked
.
Verse
3.
sheweth
,
that
when
the
wicked
shall
be
beaten
downe
,
Gods
children
shall
be
lifted
vp
in
spirituall
ioye
and
mirth
.
Verse
4.
teacheth
vs
continually
to
prayse
God
,
for
his
incomprehensible
maiestie
and
power
.
Verse
5.
Teacheth
vs
what
greate
care
God
in
mercy
carrieth
toward
the
distressed
persons
.
Verse
6.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
fruitfulnesse
of
body
,
deliueraunce
of
extreme
daungers
,
and
plagues
and
punishments
,
of
what
sort
soeuer
vpon
the
vngodly
,
come
all
from
God
.
Verse
7.
Teacheth
vs
to
thinke
vpon
Gods
graces
performed
of
old
,
that
therby
our
fayth
may
be
strengthened
to
escape
daungers
.
Verse
8.
Teacheth
that
all
creatures
are
not
able
to
stande
before
the
presence
and
maiestie
of
God
.
Verse
9.
Teacheth
that
plentifulnesse
and
the
means
thereof
,
are
all
in
Gods
handes
.
Verse
10.
Teacheth
that
though
the
wicked
haue
a
great
portion
of
the
earth
in
possession
,
yet
that
the
Lord
hath
properlye
prepared
it
for
them
that
feare
him
.
Verse
11.
Teacheth
vs
that
we
can
not
haue
our
mouthes
open
to
speake
,
much
lesse
to
speake
well
,
til
God
giue
both
the
matter
and
vtterance
:
also
that
the
weakest
meanes
,
as
women
,
when
God
inableth
them
,
shal
be
sufficient
to
expresse
his
prayse
.
Verse
12.
teacheth
that
neither
multitude
,
strength
nor
authority
,
can
preuaile
agaynst
the
Lord
and
his
people
,
otherwise
then
he
himselfe
séeth
good
.
Verse
13.
Teacheth
that
the
afflictions
of
the
godly
,
doe
no
whit
at
al
hinder
the
beautie
of
the
godly
,
but
rather
are
the
instruments
which
God
doth
use
to
make
them
more
glorious
.
Verse
15.
Setteth
out
the
excellency
,
beauty
,
and
continuance
of
Gods
church
.
Ver.
16.
Teacheth
that
al
congregations
,
though
outwardly
neuer
so
glorious
and
glittering
,
in
respecte
of
it
are
nothing
.
Ver.
17.
Sheweth
that
Gods
power
is
inuincible
,
and
his
armies
to
performe
his
purpose
,
are
innumerable
.
Verse
18.
Sheweth
that
God
will
triumphe
ouer
al
:
the
faythfull
willingly
and
vnfainedlie
subiecting
themselues
,
and
the
other
whether
they
will
or
no.
Verse
19
teacheth
vs
two
things
first
to
yéeld
thanks
to
God
for
his
mercies
,
secondly
that
his
goodnes
toward
vs
neuer
ceaseth
.
Verse
20
teacheth
vs
,
that
euen
in
the
greatest
daungers
,
God
deliuereth
his
children
,
to
the
end
all
glory
might
be
giuen
to
him
therefore
.
Verse
21.
Sheweth
that
the
wicked
enemies
of
his
Church
shal
not
long
escape
vnpunished
.
Verse
22.
teacheth
vs
,
that
Gods
promises
of
deliuerance
,
saluation
,
&c.
are
the
grounds
of
our
consciences
.
Verse
23
Declareth
what
great
iudgements
God
will
bring
vpon
the
wicked
,
and
all
for
his
chosen
peoples
sake
.
Verse
24.
Teacheth
that
though
the
vngodly
haue
had
manifest
demonstrations
of
his
power
agaynst
them
,
and
of
his
goodnesse
toward
his
own
people
,
yet
they
leaue
not
off
to
worke
what
mischiefe
they
can
agaynste
them
.
Verse
25.
Teacheth
all
to
be
thankfull
to
God
for
victories
atchieued
thorowe
his
goodnesse
.
Verse
26
teacheth
all
but
chéefely
the
faythfull
to
prayse
God
openly
for
his
mercies
.
Verse
27.
Teacheth
that
none
,
neyther
high
nor
low
,
should
be
exempted
from
praysing
of
God
.
Ver.
28.
Teacheth
vs
to
praye
,
for
the
continuaunce
and
increase
of
Gods
fauour
towards
vs
,
and
the
good
things
he
hath
begun
in
vs
.
Verse
29.
Teacheth
vs
that
Gods
fauour
doth
most
plainly
appear
in
his
Church
:
for
which
it
beséemeth
all
,
yea
euen
the
highest
to
shew
themselues
thankfull
.
Verse
30
teacheth
vs
that
we
maye
sometimes
praye
against
the
multitude
,
the
rage
,
the
crueltie
,
the
vnbridelednesse
and
pride
of
the
wicked
,
and
namely
of
those
that
take
pleasure
in
continuall
contention
.
Verse
31.
comprehendeth
a
playne
prophecie
of
the
vocation
of
the
Gentiles
.
Ver.
32.
teacheth
vs
to
declare
our selues
ioyful
and
thankfull
to
God
for
his
graces
.
Verse
33.
Sheweth
that
God
is
a
God
of
gouernmente
,
maiestye
,
and
power
.
Ver.
34.
Teacheth
vs
that
his
gouernment
,
maiestie
and
power
,
is
made
manifest
both
in
heauen
and
in
earth
.
Verse
35.
Teacheth
vs
that
God
is
terrible
to
his
enemies
,
but
comfortable
and
powerfull
to
and
in
his
people
:
it
teacheth
vs
also
that
for
these
and
other
graces
of
his
bestowed
vpon
them
,
it
behoueth
them
to
shew
themselues
continually
thankfull
.
Psalme
69
DAuid
being
moued
with
great
gréefe
,
Di
both
inwardly
and
outwardly
,
prayeth
earnestly
sometimes
for
himselfe
,
and
sometimes
agaynst
his
enemies
,
alleaging
his
own
miseries
,
and
their
malice
,
as
it
were
reasons
to
induce
God
to
take
pitie
of
him
.
And
though
it
can
hardly
be
diuided
,
yet
me
thinketh
that
the
matters
which
it
doth
propound
,
may
wel
be
brought
to
these
heads
,
first
Dauid
sheweth
his
own
misery
and
their
malice
,
ver.
2
,
3
,
4
,
5
,
7
,
8
,
9
,
10
,
11
,
12
,
19
,
20
,
21
,
26.
Secondly
,
he
prayeth
for
himselfe
and
against
them
,
ver.
1
,
6
,
13
,
14
,
15
,
16
,
17
,
18
,
22.23
,
24
,
25
,
27
,
28.
Thirdly
he
gathereth
confort
in
his
affliction
,
promising
thankfulnes
and
prayse
,
shewing
what
good
also
shal
come
to
others
thereby
,
and
namely
to
the
faythfull
,
and
this
reacheth
from
verse
29.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
of
this
Psalme
is
expounded
before
Psal.
45.
Se.
]
Saue
me
[
i.
defende
and
deliuer
me
]
O
God
[
q.d.
There
is
none
besides
thée
that
can
doe
it
]
for
the
waters
are
entred
euen
to
my
soule
[
i.
I
am
oppressed
with
most
gréeuous
afflictions
:
and
they
so
great
,
that
I
am
as
it
were
wounded
therewith
to
the
hart
,
and
in
very
great
daunger
of
my
life
:
for
so
I
take
the
word
,
soule
,
to
bee
vsed
here
.
]
Verse
2.
I
stick
fast
in
the
déepe
mire
[
vz.
so
that
I
cannot
get
out
,
vnderstanding
by
déepe
mire
,
the
same
which
he
meant
before
by
waters
,
that
is
extreme
aduersitie
,
which
did
driue
him
to
dispaire
almost
as
it
were
]
where
no
stay
is
[
this
amplifieth
his
afflictions
:
q
d.
I
am
in
a
bottomles
pit
or
quare-mire
,
wherof
I
shal
be
swallowed
vp
]
I
am
come
into
déepe
waters
[
i.
into
most
dangerous
distresses
,
and
perils
,
for
the
more
déepe
the
waters
are
,
the
more
daungers
we
think
our selues
commonly
to
be
in
]
&
the
streames
runne
ouer
me
[
he
meaneth
that
his
afflictions
were
many
,
and
were
ful
of
anguishes
and
troubles
,
euen
as
a
man
ready
to
be
drowned
,
and
were
past
hope
of
recouery
]
Verse
3.
I
am
wearye
of
crying
[
vz.
for
helpe
vnto
God
,
because
I
sée
none
come
,
and
this
the
Prophet
vttereth
vnaduisedlye
in
the
corrupte
passions
and
heate
of
his
flesh
]
my
throat
is
drie
[
vz.
with
crying
and
calling
]
mine
eies
fayle
[
i.
the
sighte
of
mine
eyes
decayeth
,
and
they
are
become
wonderfull
dimme
,
sée
Psalme
31.9
.
also
Psalme
38.10
.
]
Whiles
I
waite
[
vz.
in
fayth
and
patience
,
notwithstanding
these
hastie
spéeches
]
for
my
God
[
i.
for
helpe
and
succour
from
him
that
hath
promised
,
and
I
haue
founde
to
bee
my
God
.
]
Verse
4.
They
that
hate
me
without
cause
[
vz.
on
my
behalfe
giuen
them
]
are
moe
then
the
heares
of
mine
head
[
i.
infinite
and
innumerable
,
but
he
meaneth
no
doubt
that
there
are
very
great
multitudes
and
numbers
of
them
]
they
that
would
destroy
me
[
i.
take
my
life
from
me
,
and
cut
me
off
from
being
amongst
men
]
and
are
mine
enemies
falslye
[
i.
wrongfullye
,
meaning
the
same
matter
that
he
sayd
before
without
cause
]
are
mightye
[
vz.
in
subtiltye
,
power
,
and
practise
]
so
that
I
restored
that
[
vz.
by
suffering
punishmente
,
for
the
fault
which
I
committed
not
:
which
after
some
sort
may
be
called
restitution
]
which
I
tooke
not
[
vz.
from
them
,
either
by
force
,
fraude
,
or
any
other
way
.
]
Verse
5.
My
foolishnesse
[
i.
that
foolishnes
which
mine
aduersaries
burthen
me
withall
:
q.d.
Thou
knowest
whether
I
be
such
a
one
as
mine
enimies
,
by
their
wicked
words
publish
me
to
be
:
so
it
is
called
his
foolishnesse
not
because
he
had
committed
it
,
but
because
they
vniustly
had
layd
it
vpon
him
:
and
so
must
you
vnderstand
these
words
]
my
faults
[
i.
wherewith
they
charge
me
]
are
not
hid
from
thée
[
vz.
because
nothing
can
be
hid
from
his
knowledge
and
sighte
:
q.d.
Thou
knowest
whether
the
thinges
be
true
yea
or
no
that
they
lay
agaynst
me
]
Verse
6.
Be
ashamed
[
vz.
by
doubting
of
thy
mercy
,
or
dispayring
of
thy
goodnesse
]
for
me
[
vz.
by
reason
of
the
misery
and
poore
estate
that
I
am
in
:
q.d.
Let
them
not
fall
from
thy
maiestie
into
distrust
,
because
I
séeme
to
bee
forsaken
:
whereby
the
Prophet
testifieth
his
wonderfull
loue
towards
others
]
those
that
séeke
thée
[
i.
those
that
pray
vnto
thée
,
and
call
vpon
thée
,
and
that
according
to
thy
will
reuealed
in
thy
word
.
The
word
of
trust
in
the
first
part
of
this
Verse
,
respecteth
hope
,
and
this
word
séeking
includeth
prayer
,
by
which
we
sée
that
the
faythfull
of
Gods
children
is
not
idle
because
it
prouoketh
them
to
pray
vnto
God
]
be
confounded
thorow
me
[
this
hath
the
same
sence
,
that
these
words
,
be
ashamed
for
me
,
haue
]
O
God
of
Israell
[
i.
of
thy
Church
and
faythfull
people
,
as
sundry
times
before
.
]
Verse
7.
For
thy
sake
[
vz.
in
following
the
vocation
wherevnto
thou
hast
called
me
]
haue
I
suffered
reproofe
[
vz.
of
mine
aduersaries
,
vnderstanding
by
that
worde
,
all
the
wicked
sayings
and
doinges
,
which
they
had
practised
against
him
]
shame
hath
couered
my
face
[
by
this
spéech
he
meaneth
eyther
the
abundaunce
of
reproches
which
hee
had
indured
:
q.d.
I
haue
sustained
so
many
that
I
am
euen
full
or
laden
therewith
:
or
else
he
noteth
the
effecte
whiche
those
reproches
and
opprobries
had
wrought
in
him
,
vz.
that
they
made
him
as
it
were
for
shame
to
hide
his
face
:
this
latter
I
rather
encline
vnto
,
by
reason
of
that
which
followeth
in
the
Psalme
.
]
Ver.
8.
I
am
become
a
straunger
vnto
my
brethren
[
i.
euen
the
dearest
friendes
I
haue
,
haue
as
it
were
thrust
me
out
of
their
familiaritie
,
friendship
&
acquaintance
]
and
euen
an
aliant
[
i.
as
one
that
were
vtterly
vnknowne
]
vnto
my
mothers
sonnes
,
[
sée
Psalme
50.20
.
he
meaneth
nothing
else
,
but
that
they
who
by
nature
were
bound
to
loue
him
,
did
most
hate
and
despise
him
,
and
therefore
no
maruaile
though
other
did
so
,
so
that
he
was
as
it
were
forsaken
of
all
.
]
Verse
9.
For
the
zeale
of
thine
house
[
i.
the
great
and
earnest
affection
that
I
haue
to
maintaine
thy
honour
and
glory
,
and
to
vphold
thy
Church
]
hath
eaten
me
[
a
notable
metaphor
by
which
the
Prophet
sheweth
,
that
care
and
affection
to
promote
Gods
glory
and
Church
had
euen
as
it
were
consumed
him
:
this
is
applyed
to
Christ
,
Iohn
2.17
.
]
and
the
rebukes
of
them
[
i.
of
the
wicked
]
that
rebuked
thée
[
vz.
vniustly
and
without
cause
:
whereby
the
Prophet
noteth
the
vilenesse
of
the
vngodly
,
who
spared
not
to
lode
the
Lord
with
reproches
]
are
fallen
vpon
me
[
i.
haue
wounded
me
,
euen
as
though
they
had
bin
directed
against
my selfe
.
]
Verse
10.
I
wept
[
vz.
Seing
all
things
so
disordred
,
and
the
name
of
God
so
reproched
]
and
my
soule
fasted
[
by
soule
he
meaneth
either
the
body
,
as
psalme
16.10
.
or
else
the
whole
man
,
putting
a
part
for
the
whole
,
fasting
being
an
effectuall
instrument
to
humble
the
same
]
but
that
was
to
my
reproofe
[
q.d.
mine
enemies
did
so
much
more
mock
and
despise
me
therefore
.
]
Verse
11
I
put
on
sacke
also
[
vz.
in
signe
of
mourning
,
which
was
a
common
thing
among
the
Iewes
,
sée
for
this
verse
and
the
other
that
went
next
before
.
Psalme
35.13
.
]
and
I
became
a
Prouerbe
vnto
them
[
i.
they
made
mee
and
my
doings
a
by-word
amongst
them
:
q.d.
when
they
woulde
note
a
contemptible
person
or
thing
,
then
they
would
name
me
and
my
matters
.
]
Verse
12.
They
that
sate
in
the
gate
[
i.
the
Iudges
,
Counsellors
or
magistrates
:
whose
order
it
was
to
sit
there
,
that
the
people
might
haue
frée
accesse
vnto
them
:
sée
Gen.
34.20
.
Prouerb
.
22.22
.
]
Spake
of
me
[
vz.
in
mockery
,
and
scornefully
]
and
the
drunkards
sang
of
me
,
[
by
drunkards
he
meaneth
those
that
haunted
the
places
of
drunkennesse
,
as
Tauernes
,
Alehouses
,
&c.
And
by
singing
hee
meaneth
that
they
made
songes
and
ieasts
against
him
:
q.d.
all
persons
both
high
and
lowe
contemne
me
,
and
they
vtter
their
reproches
,
both
publikelye
and
priuately
.
]
Verse
13.
In
an
acceptable
time
[
i.
in
such
a
time
as
it
shall
please
thée
to
heare
me
:
for
that
time
specially
is
acceptable
]
euen
in
the
multitude
of
thy
mercy
,
[
i.
I
come
to
make
my
prayer
vnto
thée
,
trusting
in
that
,
and
not
in
any
thing
in
my selfe
:
sée
Psalme
51.1
.
]
heare
me
[
i.
graunt
me
my
request
,
as
sundry
times
before
]
in
the
truth
[
i.
according
to
truth
:
the
word
,
in
,
being
put
for
according
]
of
thy
saluation
[
i.
of
that
deliueraunce
and
succor
,
that
thou
hast
promised
to
send
me
and
all
those
that
trust
in
thee
.
]
Verse
14.
Deliuer
me
out
of
the
myre
[
i.
out
of
the
afflictions
,
wherein
I
am
]
that
I
sinke
not
[
vz.
vnder
the
burden
or
in
the
myre
of
those
troubles
that
I
indure
]
and
not
of
the
déepe
waters
,
sée
verse
2.
This
verse
and
the
next
following
,
is
nothing
but
the
same
in
sence
with
verse
1
of
this
Psalme
.
Verse
15.
The
pit
shut
her
mouth
vpon
me
[
by
pit
he
vnderstandeth
the
troubles
and
afflictions
in
which
he
was
,
and
by
not
shutting
the
mouth
vpon
him
,
he
meaneth
that
hee
woulde
not
haue
the
multitude
,
nor
the
weight
of
his
afflictions
to
swallow
him
vp
,
q.d.
bring
to
passe
that
I
perish
not
in
this
trouble
and
great
crosse
.
]
Verse
16.
Heare
me
,
O
Lord
,
vz.
in
my
prayers
,
and
graunt
my
requests
]
for
thy
louing
kindnesse
is
good
[
d.q.
I
aske
it
for
thy
goodnesse
sake
only
,
and
hope
to
obteine
,
because
in
goodnes
thou
deniest
not
thy
children
]
turne
vnto
me
[
i.
make
it
appeare
by
effect
,
that
thou
hast
heard
my
prayer
,
in
giuing
me
succour
]
according
to
the
multitude
of
thy
tender
mercies
[
sée
Psal.
51.1
.
]
Verse
17.
And
hide
not
thy
face
[
i.
thy
fauoure
and
goodnesse
]
make
hast
[
vz.
to
helpe
me
]
and
heare
me
[
i.
graunt
me
my
requests
and
prayers
.
]
Verse
18.
Draw
neare
vnto
my
soule
[
i.
showe
that
thou
hast
care
of
me
and
my
life
,
and
this
he
speaketh
according
to
the
féeling
of
the
flesh
,
for
men
thinke
that
God
is
farre
from
them
,
when
they
perceiue
not
his
succour
and
ayde
]
and
redéeme
it
[
vz.
from
the
rage
and
violence
of
the
enemies
]
deliuer
me
[
vz.
from
daungers
and
distresses
]
because
of
mine
enemies
,
[
i.
not
only
because
mine
enemies
doe
assault
me
,
but
also
,
least
they
should
reioyce
in
my
ouerthrow
:
or
else
that
being
set
frée
,
I
may
reioyce
ouer
them
]
Verse
19.
My
reproofe
,
my
shame
,
and
my
dishonour
[
i.
the
reproofe
,
shame
,
and
dishonor
which
I
beare
and
suffer
,
sée
ver.
5.
of
this
Psalme
,
he
vseth
3.
wordes
signifying
one
thing
,
therby
to
set
out
the
greatnesse
of
his
reproch
]
are
before
thée
[
i.
naked
and
open
in
thy
sight
,
as
al
other
things
are
,
sée
Heb.
4.13
.
]
Ver.
20.
Reproofe
[
i.
the
slaunders
and
reproches
of
mine
enemies
]
hath
broken
my
hart
[
i.
hath
brought
great
gréefe
vnto
me
,
and
as
it
were
wounded
me
at
the
hart
]
and
I
am
full
of
heauinesse
[
vz.
by
reason
thereof
,
i.
of
their
reproches
&
backbitings
]
but
there
was
none
[
vz.
that
woulde
pittie
me
in
my
distresses
]
and
for
comforters
[
i.
I
looked
also
for
some
to
comfort
me
,
but
I
found
none
at
al
]
Verse
21.
For
they
[
i.
mine
enemies
]
gaue
me
gall
[
i.
moste
bitter
thinges
,
such
as
were
rebukes
,
taunts
,
&c.
]
in
my
meate
[
i.
in
stéede
of
my
meate
,
meaning
by
meate
comfort
]
and
in
my
thirst
[
i.
in
my
great
afflictions
,
putting
thirst
or
want
of
drinke
which
is
one
,
for
many
]
they
gaue
me
viniger
[
i.
they
added
affliction
to
my
affliction
,
noting
by
this
manner
of
spéeche
,
their
hard
hartednesse
,
and
that
they
did
vnto
him
the
worst
that
possible
they
could
:
and
note
that
this
which
Dauid
here
speaketh
of
himselfe
in
fygure
,
was
playnelye
and
according
to
the
letter
accomplished
in
our
Sauiour
Christ
,
as
appeareth
Matt.
27.48
.
]
Verse
22.
Let
their
Table
[
meaning
them
that
had
dealte
so
wickedly
and
ill
with
him
:
By
Table
&
other
Metaphors
and
similitudes
which
he
vseth
,
he
meaneth
al
thinges
that
serue
to
this
present
life
,
and
the
commodities
thereof
.
He
meaneth
,
that
all
the
good
and
prosperity
they
haue
,
shoulde
bee
turned
to
euill
and
to
torment
vnto
them
:
and
this
is
the
sence
generallye
,
but
let
vs
looke
vpon
it
somewhat
more
particularly
.
By
Table
wee
may
vnderstande
their
daynties
sette
vppon
the
Table
:
and
by
these
wordes
,
Bee
a
snare
before
them
,
he
meaneth
not
only
in
their
sight
,
but
also
to
intangle
and
catche
them
:
q.d.
Euen
in
the
middest
of
their
daynties
,
let
them
perishe
:
Nay
let
their
very
daynties
be
turned
into
destruction
to
them
]
and
their
prosperity
their
ruine
[
i.
let
euen
those
things
that
they
supposed
were
wealth
and
defence
vnto
them
,
be
their
destruction
and
ouerthrowe
.
Dauid
wisheth
not
this
,
but
in
respect
that
they
were
enemies
to
God
and
hys
Church
,
knowing
also
by
the
spirite
of
Prophecy
,
that
the
Lord
had
giuen
them
ouer
,
as
also
S.
Paule
himselfe
alleageth
this
place
,
Rom.
11.9
.
]
Ver.
23.
Let
their
eyes
be
blinded
that
they
sée
not
,
and
make
their
loynes
alwayes
to
tremble
[
by
eyes
and
loynes
,
principall
partes
of
a
man
,
wee
maye
vnderstande
the
whole
man
,
or
else
thus
,
that
the
Prophet
desireth
the
blinding
of
them
in
their
sight
,
and
the
weakening
of
them
in
their
loynes
,
that
so
they
might
not
be
able
to
hurt
him
:
or
else
by
wishing
their
eyes
to
be
blinded
,
he
meaneth
the
depriuing
of
them
of
all
reason
and
vnderstanding
,
so
that
they
may
remaine
without
iudgement
as
a
blind
man
doth
without
light
:
and
by
making
their
loines
alway
to
tremble
he
vnderstandeth
the
astonishing
and
weakening
of
their
power
and
force
:
because
that
in
the
loines
and
raines
,
mans
strength
doth
principallye
consist
.
]
Verse
24.
Poure
out
[
vz.
in
great
measure
and
abundaunce
]
take
them
[
or
else
take
hold
of
them
and
that
in
such
sort
,
that
they
may
not
escape
,
hee
desireth
the
Lord
to
punish
them
most
sharply
euen
as
angry
folkes
are
wont
to
punish
those
that
are
vnder
their
handes
,
and
that
they
might
be
destroyde
in
the
Lords
wrath
.
]
Ver.
25.
Let
their
habitation
[
i.
not
only
the
place
where
they
dwel
,
but
euen
their
very
offices
and
functions
,
sée
Acts
1.20
.
]
be
void
[
vz.
by
thy
iust
taking
of
them
away
from
amongst
men
]
and
let
none
[
vz.
of
their
séed
&
posterity
]
dwell
in
their
tents
[
vz.
that
they
haue
dwelt
in
:
he
meaneth
that
he
would
haue
them
die
without
heire
or
issue
.
]
Ver.
26.
Whom
thou
hast
smitten
[
i.
chastised
,
and
that
with
a
fatherly
correction
]
whom
thou
hast
wounded
[
vz.
with
sorrow
:
by
al
this
he
meaneth
that
the
wicked
layd
gréeuous
affliction
&
punishments
vpon
those
,
whom
god
in
fatherly
loue
had
chastised
to
humble
them
&
to
bring
them
to
amendment
.
]
Ver.
27.
lay
iniquitie
[
i.
punishment
for
iniquity
:
whiche
is
called
iniquity
,
not
that
it
is
so
,
but
because
the
wicked
so
estéeme
]
vpon
their
iniquity
[
q.d.
plague
them
&
punish
them
thorowly
for
their
sinne
]
and
let
them
not
come
into
thy
righteousnes
[
i.
let
them
neuer
performe
such
holinesse
of
life
as
thou
allowest
,
or
else
let
them
not
be
reckned
amongst
suche
righteous
persons
as
thou
acceptest
:
putting
righteousnes
for
righteous
men
,
this
latter
séemeth
to
be
the
beter
sence
by
reason
of
that
which
followeth
.
]
Ver.
28.
Let
them
be
put
[
i.
vtterly
blotted
]
out
of
the
booke
of
life
[
by
this
he
vnderstandeth
the
eternall
counsell
of
God
,
by
which
he
ordeineth
&
predestinateth
his
owne
to
saluation
,
according
to
his
good
pleasure
,
he
meaneth
not
that
euer
they
were
written
there
for
good
,
but
because
they
were
hipocrites
,
and
so
séemed
to
be
elected
,
he
prayeth
the
Lord
to
make
it
knowne
vnto
all
,
that
they
are
not
of
the
number
of
his
elect
,
neither
written
in
their
Catalogue
:
and
all
this
he
speaketh
according
to
man
,
as
though
God
kept
a
booke
of
names
,
sée
Exod.
32.32
.
Phil.
4.3
.
neither
let
them
be
written
with
the
righteous
[
i.
let
them
not
be
accounted
,
numbred
,
or
estéemed
as
they
,
or
with
them
.
]
Ver.
29.
When
I
am
poore
[
i.
contemned
and
despised
of
men
,
as
commonly
poore
people
are
]
and
in
heauinesse
[
vz.
by
reason
of
mine
oppressions
on
euerye
side
]
shall
exalte
mée
[
vz.
into
a
high
and
sure
place
,
where
I
shall
be
frée
from
the
force
and
rage
of
myne
enemies
.
]
Verse
30.
I
will
prayse
[
vz.
when
I
shall
bee
deliuered
]
the
name
of
GOD
[
i.
his
mighte
,
maiestie
,
power
,
goodnesse
,
&c.
as
Psalm
20.1
.
]
with
a
song
[
vz.
apte
,
méete
,
and
made
for
that
purpose
,
]
and
magnifye
him
[
i.
extoll
and
set
him
forth
]
with
thanksgiuing
[
vz.
for
his
louing
kindnes
and
mercy
toward
me
.
]
Ver.
31.
This
[
vz.
prayse
,
and
thanks
giuing
for
his
benefits
]
shall
please
the
Lorde
[
i.
bee
acceptable
in
his
sighte
]
better
then
a
yong
Bullocke
that
hath
hornes
and
hoofes
[
i.
which
is
apt
and
méete
for
his
age
to
be
offered
in
sacrifice
:
meaning
thereby
also
any
other
beast
whatsoeuer
,
which
the
Lord
had
commanded
to
be
offered
.
]
Verse
32.
The
humble
[
i.
the
good
&
godly
people
that
are
afflicted
in
the
world
]
shall
sée
this
[
vz.
Iudgement
of
God
vpon
the
wicked
,
and
mercy
to
his
own
children
]
and
they
that
seeke
God
[
i.
those
that
professe
his
religion
,
&
cal
vpon
his
name
,
as
verse
6.
of
this
Psalme
]
shal
be
glad
[
vz.
for
the
execution
and
performaunce
of
that
iudgment
and
mercy
]
and
your
hart
shall
liue
[
he
sodaynly
chaungeth
the
person
,
directing
his
spéech
to
the
afflicted
ones
:
q.d.
you
,
that
for
the
greatnesse
of
my
calamitie
,
and
your
owne
misery
,
séemed
as
it
were
to
be
wounded
at
the
hearte
,
shall
haue
such
great
ioye
,
that
you
shall
séeme
as
it
were
to
be
restored
from
death
to
life
.
]
Verse
33.
For
the
Lord
heareth
the
poore
[
i.
graunteth
them
that
are
afflicted
their
petitions
and
requests
]
and
despiseth
not
[
i.
doth
not
onely
not
neglect
,
but
very
greatly
regardeth
and
highly
estéemeth
]
his
prisoners
[
i.
those
that
suffer
imprisonment
,
or
any
manner
of
calamitie
,
for
the
mayntainaunce
of
his
truth
and
cause
.
]
Verse
34.
Let
heauen
and
earth
praise
him
,
[
vz.
after
their
maner
and
kinde
,
and
in
such
sort
as
he
inableth
them
]
the
seas
&
al
that
moueth
in
them
[
he
exhorteth
the
creatures
to
praise
the
Lord
:
but
al
that
is
done
to
prouoke
man
to
the
same
,
for
the
wonderfull
goodnesse
of
God
towards
his
people
.
]
Verse
35.
For
God
will
saue
[
i.
not
only
deliuer
from
dangers
,
but
bring
to
eternall
rest
]
Sion
[
i.
his
Church
,
as
Psalm
51.18
.
]
and
build
the
Cities
of
Iudah
[
vz.
which
were
decayed
and
throwne
down
by
the
force
of
the
aduersaries
:
he
meaneth
by
these
spéeches
that
God
will
haue
a
care
ouer
his
whole
Church
,
and
the
particular
congregations
thereof
]
that
men
maye
dwell
there
[
i.
in
the
Church
]
and
haue
it
in
possession
[
vz.
from
the
stirres
and
troubles
of
the
vngodly
.
]
Ver.
36.
The
séede
also
of
his
seruauntes
[
i.
the
godlye
and
their
posterity
,
who
are
Gods
seruaunts
]
shall
inherite
it
[
i.
the
Churche
,
and
the
graces
that
God
shall
bestow
vpon
the
same
,
meaning
that
they
shall
be
made
partakers
of
all
good
things
]
and
they
that
loue
his
name
[
i.
feare
his
maiestie
,
and
serue
him
according
to
his
will
reuealed
in
his
word
]
shall
dwell
therein
[
i.
in
the
Church
and
congregation
of
God
.
Do.
Verse
1.
Teacheth
vs
in
time
of
great
gréefe
,
to
flée
to
God
for
succour
.
Ver.
2.
sheweth
that
the
more
troubles
we
indure
,
the
more
néede
haue
wee
to
drawe
nigh
to
God
by
prayer
.
Verse
3.
Teacheth
vs
though
we
haue
prayed
long
,
yet
neuer
to
leaue
off
til
God
graunt
our
requests
.
Verse
4.
Setteth
out
the
multitude
,
power
,
and
oppression
of
the
vngodly
,
not
as
to
dismay
vs
,
but
to
teach
vs
to
denie
our selues
,
and
to
hang
wholy
vpon
God
for
deliueraunce
.
Ver.
5.
Sheweth
that
we
néede
not
much
to
regard
what
men
saye
of
vs
,
so
that
wee
haue
a
cleare
conscience
before
the
Lord
.
Verse
6.
Teacheth
vs
two
thinges
,
first
the
care
that
we
should
haue
to
pray
for
other
men
,
that
they
fall
not
from
God
through
our
afflictions
,
secondly
that
other
mens
troubles
shoulde
not
cause
vs
to
reuolt
from
the
truth
.
Verse
7.
Teacheth
that
it
is
good
to
suffer
for
a
good
cause
.
Verse
8.
Sheweth
that
in
afflictions
both
friends
and
kinsfolkes
doe
many
times
forsake
those
to
whom
they
are
bound
.
Verse
9.
Teacheth
vs
to
be
earnestly
moued
for
God
and
his
glory
.
Verse
10.
Sheweth
the
mischieuous
nature
of
the
wicked
,
who
misconster
euery
good
thing
that
the
godly
doe
.
Ver.
11.
Teacheth
vs
not
to
leaue
off
mourning
,
when
mourning
is
required
,
though
the
wicked
deride
vs
for
it
.
Ver.
12.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
al
for
the
moste
part
,
high
and
low
,
good
and
bad
,
are
enemies
to
Gods
children
.
Verse
13
Teacheth
vs
first
to
come
to
God
by
prayer
in
the
time
of
our
néede
:
secondlye
to
doe
it
,
hauing
a
trust
in
his
abundance
mercy
:
and
thirdlye
to
cleaue
for
the
strengthening
of
our
prayers
to
the
truth
of
Gods
promises
.
Verse
14.
teacheth
vs
to
craue
deliueraunce
out
of
troubles
at
Gods
handes
,
who
onely
can
and
will
performe
the
same
for
vs
.
Verse
15.
Teacheth
vs
the
more
that
afflictions
are
multiplyed
,
the
more
earnestlye
to
call
vppon
GOD.
Ver.
16.
Our
prayers
must
bee
grounded
vppon
the
wonderfull
and
vnspeakeable
mercies
of
our
God
towardes
vs
.
Verse
17.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
féeling
of
Gods
fauour
is
no
smal
comfort
in
the
time
of
our
afflictions
.
Verse
18.
teacheth
vs
to
praye
for
deliueraunce
,
and
that
least
the
enemyes
insulte
ouer
much
.
Verse
19.
Teacheth
vs
that
it
is
no
small
comforte
to
vs
that
God
knoweth
vs
and
our
afflictions
,
and
our
aduersaries
and
their
dealinges
.
Ver.
20.
Teacheth
vs
that
it
is
no
new
thing
that
the
godlye
are
many
times
destituted
of
those
helpes
which
they
made
account
of
.
Verse
21.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
wicked
are
voyde
of
bowels
of
compassion
,
adding
affliction
to
miserye
.
Verse
.
22.
Teacheth
that
the
wicked
thorowe
Gods
iust
iudgementes
,
maye
many
times
bee
snared
in
their
pleasure
and
prosperitye
.
Verse
23.
Teacheth
that
GOD
sundrye
tymes
in
iustice
,
depriueth
them
of
all
iudgement
,
and
taketh
from
them
all
strength
and
courage
.
Verse
24.
Sheweth
that
the
wicked
are
not
able
to
escape
Gods
wrath
and
displeasure
.
Verse
27.
That
GOD
also
sometimes
leaueth
them
childlesse
.
Verse
26.
Setteth
out
the
hard
hartednesse
of
the
vngodlye
,
who
neuer
pitie
any
though
in
neuer
so
greate
miserie
.
Verse
27.
Teacheth
that
Gods
iudgementes
manye
tymes
doe
ouertake
the
wicked
in
their
transgressions
.
Verse
28.
Sheweth
that
Hipocrites
are
not
within
the
compasse
of
Gods
election
,
howsoeuer
they
bee
admitted
to
the
societye
of
the
Churche
.
Verse
29.
Teacheth
that
GOD
is
all
in
all
for
his
,
to
deliuer
them
from
distresse
.
Verse
30.
Teacheth
vs
to
prayse
and
thanke
GOD
for
his
benefites
bestowed
vppon
vs
.
Verse
31.
Teacheth
vs
that
spirituall
seruice
is
more
acceptable
to
GOD
,
then
all
outwarde
Sacrifices
whatsoeuer
.
Verse
32.
Teacheth
vs
that
greate
pleasure
shall
come
vnto
Gods
Children
,
by
consideration
of
the
blessinges
that
hee
bestoweth
vppon
some
of
them
.
Verse
33.
Teacheth
vs
the
wonderfull
prouidence
and
care
,
that
God
hath
ouer
those
that
suffer
any
thing
for
his
cause
.
Verse
34.
Sheweth
that
if
dumbe
Creatures
must
prayse
the
Lord
,
much
more
the
reasonable
are
bounde
to
it
,
and
amongest
them
,
those
that
he
accounteth
as
his
Sonnes
and
Seruauntes
.
Verse
35.
Teacheth
not
onelye
Gods
care
and
loue
for
his
Churche
,
but
that
in
the
middest
of
all
miseries
hee
will
haue
a
people
that
shall
continuallye
call
vpon
him
in
spirite
and
truth
.
Verse
36.
Sheweth
that
incorporation
into
the
Churche
appertaineth
vnto
the
faythfull
and
their
posteritye
after
them
.
Psalme
70
Di
THis
Psalme
séemeth
to
be
the
same
both
in
wordes
and
matter
almost
with
the
last
part
of
Psalme
40.
from
verse
13.
to
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
:
whether
it
shall
be
good
to
looke
backe
agayne
,
for
the
more
playne
sence
and
vnderstanding
thereof
:
and
yet
notwithstanding
something
shall
be
sayd
here
.
First
the
Psalme
it selfe
may
fitly
be
deuided
into
two
parts
:
vz.
first
that
the
Prophet
maketh
prayer
for
himselfe
,
that
he
may
spéedily
be
deliuered
out
of
his
daungers
,
and
this
is
comprehended
in
the
first
and
last
verses
of
this
Psalme
.
Secondly
he
prayeth
for
the
ouerthrow
of
the
wicked
,
and
for
the
prosperity
of
those
that
loue
the
Lorde
,
and
this
is
comprehended
in
verse
2.3.4
.
Se.
The
title
is
expounded
before
,
Psalme
4.
and
psalme
38.
in
the
titles
therof
]
Verse
1.
To
deliuer
me
[
vz.
from
the
daungers
and
enemies
,
whiche
doe
as
it
were
ouerwhelme
mee
]
make
haste
to
helpe
mee
[
vz.
oute
of
this
distresse
wherein
I
am
.
]
Verse
2.
Let
them
be
confounded
[
vz.
among
themselues
and
in
their
owne
vnderstandinges
]
and
put
to
shame
[
vz.
euen
in
the
sighte
and
presence
of
men
before
whome
they
thinke
to
attayne
great
glorye
,
in
banding
themselues
agaynst
mee
]
that
séeke
my
soule
[
i.
my
life
,
vz.
to
destroye
it
and
take
it
awaye
]
let
them
be
turned
backwarde
[
vz.
as
men
discomfyted
in
warre
,
that
flée
before
their
enemies
]
and
put
to
rebuke
[
vz.
openly
and
before
others
]
that
desire
myne
hurt
[
vz.
eyther
secretlye
within
them
,
or
openly
by
wordes
and
wishing
.
]
Verse
3.
For
a
rewarde
of
their
shame
[
i.
as
a
iust
recompence
,
of
that
shame
and
ignominie
,
which
they
thought
to
bring
vppon
me
]
whiche
sayde
[
vz.
when
I
was
in
trouble
]
Aha
,
aha
[
i.
did
outwardlye
by
wordes
and
countenaunce
testifye
,
the
great
ioy
they
had
conceaued
for
mine
affliction
.
]
Verse
4.
But
let
all
those
that
séeke
thee
[
i.
call
vppon
thée
in
their
afflictions
,
and
that
according
to
the
rule
of
thy
will
,
sette
foorth
in
thy
worde
]
bée
ioyfull
and
glad
in
thée
[
i.
for
thée
,
thy
power
and
great
workes
,
that
thou
performest
on
their
behalfe
]
that
loue
thy
saluation
[
i.
like
of
allow
,
and
wishe
for
,
the
great
deliueraunces
that
thou
bestowest
vpon
thy
people
.
Verse
5.
Now
I
am
poore
and
néed●
[
i.
I
am
destitute
of
aide
,
help
,
and
succour
]
make
hast
to
me
[
i.
to
deliuer
or
help
me
,
as
verse
1.
of
this
psalm
]
thou
art
mine
helper
[
vz.
in
time
of
daunger
and
distresse
,
and
that
word
,
thou
,
importeth
as
much
,
as
if
he
shoulde
saye
thou
alone
]
and
my
deliuerer
[
vz.
oute
of
affliction
and
trouble
]
make
no
tarrying
[
i.
delaye
not
,
or
put
not
off
to
helpe
me
.
Do
Verse
1.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
in
extremity
of
daunger
,
prayer
to
God
is
a
notable
refuge
.
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
vs
,
first
that
we
may
sometimes
pray
agaynste
the
vngodly
,
secondly
is
pointeth
out
the
mischieuous
minds
and
nature
of
the
wicked
,
thirdly
it
teacheth
vs
,
not
so
much
as
to
wish
euill
,
muche
lesse
to
doe
euill
to
Gods
children
.
Verse
3.
Sheweth
that
God
can
and
will
sometimes
in
his
iudgement
,
bring
that
shame
vpon
the
wicked
that
they
had
imagined
agaynst
the
good
:
also
it
teacheth
vs
not
to
reioyce
in
the
miseries
&
afflictions
of
others
.
Verse
4.
God
and
his
goodnesse
is
the
only
matter
of
mirth
and
ioye
to
his
children
:
also
Gods
children
must
alwayes
prayse
God
,
and
be
thankfull
to
him
for
his
blessings
vpon
them
.
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
the
more
wee
are
in
distresse
,
the
more
earnest
we
ought
to
be
with
the
Lord
in
prayer
,
alwayes
taking
héede
that
we
prescribe
him
not
a
time
.
Psalme
71.
THis
Psalm
may
be
deuided
into
two
parts
.
Di.
In
the
first
part
the
prophet
praieth
for
himself
;
strengthning
the
faith
of
his
praier
in
the
assured
promises
of
God
,
and
the
particular
experience
of
excellent
deliuerances
,
that
God
euen
from
his
youth
had
done
for
him
,
and
this
reacheth
from
verse
1.
to
the
end
of
the
12.
In
the
second
part
he
prayeth
earnestly
againste
his
enemies
,
assuring
himselfe
that
God
will
ouerthrow
them
,
and
giue
him
deliueraunce
,
for
which
he
promiseth
to
yéeld
harty
praise
and
thanksgiuing
to
the
Lord
:
and
this
part
reacheth
from
verse
13.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
This
Psalme
hath
no
title
:
Se.
but
it
is
very
likely
that
Dauid
made
this
Psalm
when
he
was
old
,
and
fled
from
the
face
of
his
sonne
Absalon
,
both
which
may
bee
gathered
by
playne
words
and
circumstances
in
this
Psalme
.
]
Ver.
1.
In
thée
O
Lord
[
vz.
alone
,
and
in
none
other
]
let
me
neuer
be
ashamed
[
whiche
I
shal
be
,
if
I
be
frustrated
of
that
hope
I
haue
in
thée
.
]
Ver.
2.
Rescue
me
[
vz.
from
the
rage
of
mine
enemies
]
and
deliuer
mee
[
vz.
from
the
perils
and
daungers
wherein
I
am
]
in
thy
righteousnesse
[
i.
according
to
thy
goodnes
,
faithfulnesse
,
and
truth
which
thou
hast
promised
to
thine
,
&
doest
then
make
manifest
when
thou
doest
deliuer
them
]
incline
thine
eare
vnto
mee
[
vz.
praying
vnto
thée
:
bowing
of
the
eare
is
in
this
place
attributed
to
GOD
according
to
man
:
for
men
,
if
they
mind
to
be
familiar
and
yéeld
to
suites
,
will
easilye
bow
their
eares
,
to
suche
as
sue
to
them
]
and
saue
me
[
i.
deliuer
mee
from
daunger
and
distresse
.
]
Verse
3.
Be
thou
my
strong
rocke
[
i.
my
assured
protection
and
defence
.
In
the
lande
of
Canaan
there
was
great
store
of
rockes
,
into
whiche
the
people
sundry
times
conuayed
themselues
for
feare
of
the
enemies
,
and
according
to
this
he
speaketh
]
alwaye
resorte
[
i.
continuallye
flye
,
both
in
prosperitie
and
aduersitie
]
thou
hast
giuen
commaundement
[
vz.
not
onely
to
thine
Angels
,
but
also
to
the
rest
of
all
thy
creatures
,
that
they
should
be
thy
effectuall
instruments
and
meanes
]
to
saue
me
[
vz.
in
danger
,
and
from
distresse
]
for
thou
art
my
rocke
and
my
fortresse
[
sée
Psalme
18.2
.
]
Verse
4.
Out
of
the
hand
[
i.
from
the
power
and
force
]
of
the
wicked
[
he
meaneth
in
déede
Absalon
as
the
chéefe
,
but
yet
so
that
he
comprehendeth
vnder
him
,
al
those
that
tooke
part
with
him
in
that
conspiracy
.
]
Ver.
5.
For
thou
[
vz.
and
none
other
]
euen
my
trust
[
i.
he
in
whome
I
haue
trusted
]
from
my
youth
[
i.
from
the
time
of
my
birth
as
it
were
vntill
this
houre
:
sée
Psalme
22.9.10
.
]
Verse
6.
Vppon
thée
haue
I
bene
stayed
from
the
wombe
[
i.
thou
hast
mayntayned
,
sustayned
,
and
vphelde
me
,
from
the
time
of
my
conception
and
birth
]
thou
art
hee
that
tooke
mee
out
of
my
mothers
bowels
[
i.
by
thy
prouidence
,
appointment
and
power
,
was
I
borne
into
the
world
]
my
prayse
[
i.
the
prayses
that
I
shall
yéeld
]
shall
be
alwayes
of
thée
[
i.
thou
shalt
be
the
matter
of
them
.
He
meaneth
this
muche
:
that
for
as
much
as
no
part
of
his
life
,
neither
his
conception
,
birth
,
infancye
,
childhoode
,
&c.
was
voyde
of
Gods
benefites
,
but
that
he
did
continually
furnish
him
as
it
were
,
with
new
matters
and
occasions
to
prayse
him
,
that
therefore
he
would
without
ceasing
glorifie
his
name
]
Ver.
7.
I
am
become
,
as
it
were
a
monster
[
this
word
must
not
be
taken
here
in
the
ill
part
,
and
therefore
would
rather
be
turned
,
wonder
,
but
in
the
good
part
meaning
that
GOD
had
in
such
great
truth
and
power
defended
him
,
that
by
the
example
,
whiche
God
in
him
had
shewed
vnto
them
many
were
drawne
on
to
trust
in
God
:
&
that
this
is
indéede
the
very
signification
of
the
Hebrew
worde
[
howsoeuer
it
haue
bene
otherwise
here
translated
]
al
the
places
of
scripture
,
wherein
it
is
vsed
,
and
attributed
to
persons
,
doe
sufficientlye
prooue
it
]
my
sure
trust
[
i.
suche
a
one
,
as
neuer
fayleth
me
,
I
trusting
stedfastlye
in
thée
.
]
Verse
8.
Let
my
mouth
bée
filled
with
thy
prayse
:
and
with
thy
glory
euery
day
[
i.
deale
so
graciously
with
me
,
that
I
may
haue
nothing
in
my
mouth
,
i.
in
my
daylye
spéeche
,
but
thy
benefits
,
giuing
continually
prayse
and
glorye
vnto
thée
for
the
same
.
By
wyshing
to
haue
his
mouth
filled
,
he
meaneth
plentifulnesse
and
abundaunce
:
and
by
euerye
daye
hee
vnderstandeth
continuaunce
in
the
same
,
vz.
in
yéelding
prayses
and
glory
due
vnto
God
for
his
graces
.
]
Verse
9.
Cast
me
not
off
[
vz.
from
thée
and
thy
fauour
]
in
the
time
of
age
[
hee
meaneth
olde
age
,
whiche
is
full
of
great
infirmities
and
bodily
weakenesses
]
forsake
mée
not
[
i.
leaue
mee
not
to
my selfe
,
voyde
of
thy
helpe
]
when
my
strength
fayleth
[
i.
when
the
naturall
vigor
and
force
of
my
body
decayeth
:
not
that
Dauid
trusted
therein
any
whit
at
all
,
but
rather
prayeth
GOD
to
continue
as
fauourable
vnto
him
in
his
youth
,
so
mercifull
vnto
him
in
his
olde
age
,
to
the
which
that
hee
mighte
the
more
effectuallye
induce
the
Lorde
,
hee
setteth
before
him
his
olde
age
and
weakenesse
,
euen
as
one
that
hath
greate
néede
of
his
ayde
and
succour
.
]
Verse
10.
Speake
of
mee
contemptuouslye
and
despitefullye
,
reioycing
greatly
in
this
,
that
I
séeme
to
be
forsaken
of
thée
]
that
laye
wayt
[
vz.
closelye
and
diligentlye
,
by
all
the
meanes
they
canne
]
for
my
Soule
,
[
i.
for
my
life
,
to
take
it
from
mee
]
take
their
counsell
together
[
the
truth
of
this
appeareth
2.
Samuel
16.
ver.
20.
&c.
Also
2.
Samuel
17.
verse
1.2
.
&c.
]
Verse
11.
God
hath
forsaken
him
[
i.
destituted
him
of
ayd
and
comfort
]
pursue
[
vz.
with
the
power
you
haue
]
and
take
him
[
nowe
while
you
haue
time
,
these
are
eyther
the
wordes
of
them
that
consulted
together
,
noting
the
easie
dispatch
that
they
might
make
of
him
:
or
else
the
words
of
some
captains
to
their
souldiers
,
incouraging
them
to
the
spéedye
pursuite
of
Dauid
and
his
apprehension
]
for
there
is
none
[
vz.
either
in
heauen
or
earth
]
to
deliuer
him
[
vz.
out
of
our
hands
,
we
haue
him
in
such
a
straight
]
Ver.
12.
Go
not
far
from
me
[
vz.
either
in
with-holding
or
in
denying
me
thy
ful
aid
&
succour
]
my
God
hast
thée
to
help
me
[
sée
Psal.
70.
ver.
1.5
.
]
Ver.
13.
Let
them
be
confounded
[
sée
Psal.
70.2
.
]
and
consumed
[
i.
come
to
naught
,
both
they
&
their
imaginations
]
that
are
against
my
soule
[
i.
my
life
,
as
sundry
times
before
]
let
them
be
couered
[
vz.
as
with
a
garment
,
meaning
thereby
the
great
shame
and
confusion
that
should
fal
vpon
them
]
that
séeke
mine
hurt
[
i.
that
indeuour
to
do
me
mischéefe
.
]
Ver.
14.
But
I
wil
wait
[
i.
looke
for
help
&
succour
from
thée
,
and
that
in
hope
and
patience
]
and
wil
praise
thée
more
and
more
[
vz.
because
thou
ministrest
more
and
more
arguments
of
prayse
vnto
me
,
by
the
particular
delyuerances
that
thou
doest
bestow
vpon
me
.
]
Verse
15.
My
mouth
shall
daylye
rehearse
[
i.
continually
speake
of
]
thy
righteousnes
[
i.
that
righteousnesse
which
thou
exercisest
towards
the
vngodly
in
punishing
them
]
and
thy
saluation
[
i.
the
helpe
and
deliuerance
,
that
thou
performest
to
thine
when
they
are
oppressed
.
Some
stretch
the
word
righteousnesse
further
,
as
that
it
should
comprehend
also
Gods
assured
goodnesse
in
sauing
his
:
and
that
he
ioineth
them
both
together
because
we
can
not
else
where
be
certainly
assured
,
but
in
this
,
that
in
as
much
as
God
is
iust
and
righteous
,
he
maintaineth
those
that
are
his
]
for
I
knowe
not
the
number
[
that
word
,
for
,
would
better
be
rendred
though
:
for
here
is
a
modest
correction
of
his
former
spéech
:
q.d.
I
wil
declare
vnspeakeable
thinges
,
not
according
to
their
excellency
,
but
according
to
the
slender
abilitie
,
that
thou
hast
bestowed
vpon
me
,
I
will
doe
my
indeuour
to
set
forth
thy
iustice
and
saluation
,
though
I
must
néedes
confesse
that
thy
iudgements
exercised
vpon
the
wicked
,
and
thy
mercies
towards
thy
children
,
neyther
are
knowne
to
me
,
neither
can
I
reckon
them
:
sée
Psal.
40.5
.
]
Verse
16.
I
wil
go
forward
[
q.d.
notwithstanding
that
great
difficultie
before
alleaged
,
that
I
know
not
the
number
,
yet
I
will
procéede
to
speake
of
them
,
and
that
]
in
the
strength
of
the
Lord
God
[
i.
assisted
and
ayded
with
strength
and
abilitie
from
him
to
the
performaunce
thereof
,
which
I
am
not
able
to
doe
of
my selfe
,
and
wil
make
mention
[
i.
speake
of
with
my
mouth
and
lippes
,
as
before
,
Ver.
15.
]
euen
of
thine
only
[
vz.
and
of
no
others
:
q.d.
that
is
sufficient
,
&
more
then
I
can
doe
.
]
Ver.
17.
O
god
thou
hast
taught
me
[
vz.
by
thy
iudgements
vpon
others
,
&
thy
benefites
towards
me
,
he
meaneth
that
God
had
instructed
him
in
his
iustice
,
and
in
his
saluation
by
those
meanes
,
and
had
giuen
him
plaine
demonstrations
and
euident
proofes
thereof
:
and
that
from
his
youth
[
i.
from
the
time
of
his
birth
,
as
ver.
6.
of
this
Psalme
]
therfore
I
will
tell
[
i.
speake
openly
and
fréely
]
of
thy
wondrous
workes
[
i.
in
respect
of
man
,
as
Psal.
40.5
.
]
Verse
18.
Yea
euen
vnto
mine
old
age
and
gray
head
[
i.
euen
vntill
I
come
to
be
very
olde
,
vsing
graye
head
,
or
heares
,
a
signe
of
great
age
,
for
old
age
it selfe
,
as
Leuit.
19.32
.
Gen.
42.38
.
This
verse
may
either
be
ioyned
to
that
that
goeth
before
,
as
it
is
in
the
Geneua
text
with
a
comma
:
q.d.
thou
hast
taught
me
from
my
youth
vntil
now
yea
euen
vntill
that
I
am
very
aged
:
or
else
read
by
it selfe
thus
,
taking
away
the
colon
in
the
middle
of
this
verse
thus
:
yea
euen
vnto
mine
old
age
&
gray
head
forsake
me
not
:
q.d.
as
thou
hast
continued
mercifull
and
fauourable
to
me
heretofore
,
so
I
pray
thee
leaue
me
not
till
I
come
euen
to
extremity
of
old
age
as
it
were
,
yea
euen
vntil
I
haue
declared
,
&c.
as
it
followeth
in
this
verse
:
and
this
reading
and
sence
I
do
approue
as
most
fit
]
vntil
I
haue
declared
[
i.
made
manifest
and
set
out
both
by
déedes
and
wordes
]
thine
arme
[
i.
the
moste
great
workes
and
mightie
power
,
and
so
is
it
expounded
in
the
wordes
following
]
vnto
this
generation
[
vz.
whiche
is
yet
present
and
aliue
]
that
shall
come
[
vz.
after
these
,
meaning
that
he
would
labour
to
publish
it
to
posterity
.
]
Verse
19.
I
will
exalt
on
high
[
i.
greatly
prayse
the
same
,
because
thou
hast
giuen
me
particular
triall
thereof
]
for
thou
hast
done
great
thinges
[
i.
thou
alone
without
the
helpe
and
assistaunce
of
any
other
]
O
God
,
who
is
like
vnto
thée
?
[
vz.
either
amongst
the
gods
,
as
Psal.
86
,
8.
or
else
in
heauen
and
earth
,
as
psa.
73.25
.
and
this
question
sheweth
that
none
is
any
manner
of
waye
comparable
with
him
]
Verse
20.
Which
hast
shewed
me
[
i.
madest
me
to
sée
and
féele
]
great
troubles
and
aduersities
[
vz.
both
inwardly
and
outwardly
]
but
thou
wilte
returne
[
vz.
from
afflicting
me
,
to
thy
accustomed
loue
and
fauour
,
as
Psal
6.4
.
]
and
reuiue
me
[
who
was
it
were
almost
dead
thorow
sorrow
and
gréef
:
q.d.
thou
wilt
refresh
me
,
and
as
it
were
call
me
back
from
death
to
life
]
and
wilte
come
agayne
[
vz.
after
this
departure
and
long
absence
of
thine
from
me
]
and
take
me
vp
[
vz.
safe
and
sound
]
from
the
depth
of
the
earth
[
i.
from
very
great
troubles
and
extreme
daungers
.
]
Verse
2.
Thou
wilt
increase
mine
honour
[
which
by
the
conspiracye
and
rebellion
of
my
sonne
Absalon
,
was
for
a
time
,
layd
as
it
were
in
the
dust
,
sée
Psalme
3.3
.
]
and
returne
[
vz.
vnto
me
,
being
pleased
with
me
againe
]
and
comfort
me
[
vz.
with
that
comfort
that
belongeth
to
thine
,
which
none
can
take
from
them
.
]
Verse
22.
Therefore
will
I
prayse
thée
[
he
concludeth
with
promise
of
thanksgiuing
:
q.d.
I
will
not
be
vnthankful
to
thée
for
thy
mercies
though
I
cannot
be
so
thankful
as
I
should
or
would
]
for
thy
faithfulnesse
[
i.
iust
performaunce
of
thy
promises
made
to
me
]
vpon
instrument
and
viol
[
he
alludeth
to
the
maner
of
that
age
,
&
prescribeth
not
a
rule
for
vs
vnder
the
gospell
as
some
imagine
]
O
holy
one
of
Israel
[
i.
O
God
as
Psal.
8.41
.
Now
he
is
called
the
holy
one
of
Israel
:
because
that
all
the
sanctification
that
either
that
people
or
his
Church
haue
,
they
haue
it
from
that
one
alone
,
who
sanctifieth
al
those
that
be
his
.
]
Verse
23.
My
lippes
will
reioyce
,
when
I
sing
vnto
thée
[
the
Prophet
in
these
wordes
expresseth
the
greate
delight
,
that
not
only
his
lippes
,
but
that
al
the
parts
and
members
of
his
outward
man
shall
take
in
praysing
the
Lord
:
by
lips
one
part
,
vnderstanding
all
the
rest
]
and
my
soule
[
i.
his
inward
affection
,
&
al
that
is
within
him
,
as
Psal.
103
.
●
]
which
thou
hast
deliuered
[
vz.
from
most
dangerous
distresses
,
yea
from
death
it self
.
]
Ver.
24.
My
tongue
also
shal
talk
of
thy
righteousnesse
daylye
[
i.
I
wil
inforce
my selfe
continually
to
speake
of
thy
righteousnesse
,
sée
verse
15.17
of
this
Psalme
]
for
they
are
confounded
and
brought
vnto
shame
,
that
séeke
my
hurt
[
sée
Psalme
70.2
.
also
verse
13.
of
this
Psalme
.
Verse
1.
Teacheth
vs
to
hang
vpon
God
only
,
Do.
how
great
soeuer
our
gréefes
and
daungers
be
.
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
that
Gods
faithful
promises
made
vnto
vs
,
or
performed
vnto
vs
,
ought
to
be
the
grounds
of
our
supplications
&
prayers
.
Ver.
3.
Setteth
out
what
great
care
God
hath
ouer
his
people
,
and
what
safetie
and
assuraunce
they
are
in
that
be
vnder
his
protection
.
Ver.
4.
Teacheth
vs
to
pray
for
deliueraunce
from
mischieuous
men
and
cruell
persons
.
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
vs
that
God
must
be
trusted
vnto
and
hong
vpon
al
the
dayes
of
our
life
.
Ver.
6.
Teacheth
vs
that
al
that
we
haue
we
haue
from
God
,
our
being
,
birth
,
&c.
and
that
we
ought
therefore
continually
to
praise
him
.
Ver.
7.
Howsoeuer
men
wonder
at
vs
or
despise
vs
,
so
that
God
be
on
our
side
,
we
néed
not
greatly
care
Verse
8.
Teacheth
vs
to
pray
to
God
for
the
continuaunce
and
increase
of
his
goodnesse
towards
vs
,
and
that
not
for
our
own
profite
and
ease
,
but
that
hee
may
thereby
be
more
and
more
glorifyed
of
vs
.
Ver.
9.
Teacheth
that
the
more
weake
and
feeble
we
are
,
the
more
we
stand
in
néede
of
Gods
help
,
and
to
craue
it
by
prayer
.
Ver.
10.
Sheweth
that
the
wicked
consult
and
speake
agaynst
the
good
.
Ver.
11
,
Sheweth
that
the
wicked
make
sure
account
of
that
many
times
which
they
are
furthest
off
from
.
Ver.
12.
Teacheth
that
Gods
presence
is
sufficient
to
strengthen
his
people
,
&
to
discomfit
their
enimies
.
Ver.
13.
Teacheth
that
to
wish
hurt
to
any
,
much
more
to
Gods
children
,
and
to
seeke
the
accomplishment
of
it
,
are
gréeuous
sinnes
.
Ver.
14.
Teacheth
that
patience
in
affliction
and
thanksgiuing
are
necessary
and
méete
for
Gods
children
.
Ver.
15.
teacheth
vs
the
right
vse
of
our
mouth
,
vz.
when
it
is
occupied
in
rehearsing
gods
goodnes
.
Ver.
16.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
though
to
Godward
,
we
can
not
do
so
much
as
we
should
or
would
:
yet
we
ought
to
indeuour
the
performance
of
that
,
that
he
shall
enable
vs
vnto
.
Ver.
17.
teacheth
that
the
experience
of
Gods
mercies
,
should
bring
forth
in
vs
these
two
effects
:
first
continually
to
hang
vpon
him
,
secondly
to
praise
and
publish
his
great
power
and
goodnesse
.
Ver.
18.
teacheth
what
a
care
we
should
haue
to
conuay
as
it
were
,
Gods
glorye
ouer
to
all
posterities
.
Verse
19.
Teacheth
vs
that
none
is
comparable
with
God
.
Ver.
20.
teacheth
first
that
all
afflictions
come
to
passe
by
Gods
prouidence
and
appointment
,
secondly
that
he
graciously
deliuereth
his
from
their
greatest
daungers
.
Ver.
21.
teacheth
vs
to
be
certainly
assured
of
Gods
fauoure
and
goodnesse
towards
vs
.
Ver.
22.
teacheth
vs
earnestly
to
praise
God
for
his
benefits
,
and
to
inforce
our selues
thereto
,
by
all
the
lawfull
meanes
wee
canne
.
Verse
23.
Teacheth
vs
that
al
our
parts
both
inward
and
outward
,
should
be
ready
to
praise
the
Lorde
.
Verse
24.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
though
the
enemies
of
Gods
people
prosper
a
while
,
yet
their
end
without
repentaunce
will
be
shame
and
confusion
of
face
.
Psalme
72
Di
THis
Psalm
may
be
deuided
into
thrée
parts
.
In
the
first
the
prophet
Dauid
prayeth
to
God
for
himself
and
his
sonne
Salomon
,
that
they
in
their
kingdome
maye
bee
directed
by
him
,
which
the
Lord
graciously
perfourming
,
hee
sheweth
what
good
shall
come
to
the
whole
land
thereby
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
end
of
the
8.
In
the
second
he
prophesieth
of
the
inlargemente
of
the
kingdom
,
by
subduing
many
people
vnto
it
,
and
of
the
great
plenty
that
shall
be
therein
,
all
which
is
but
a
figure
of
Christs
kingdome
,
and
this
reacheth
from
verse
9.
to
the
end
of
the
17.
In
the
third
part
is
comprised
a
notable
praise
that
the
Prophet
yéeldeth
vnto
the
Lord
for
his
power
&
goodnesse
,
from
verse
18.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
title
,
a
Psalm
of
Salomon
[
i.
concerning
him
,
or
on
his
behalf
,
&
not
as
though
he
were
the
author
therof
.
]
Ver.
1.
Giue
thy
iudgements
[
i.
instruct
the
king
with
the
spirite
of
wisedome
&
vprightnes
,
that
he
may
rightly
gouern
the
people
committed
to
him
,
according
to
such
lawes
and
ordinances
,
as
thou
hast
prescribed
]
&
thy
righteousnes
[
i.
such
righteousnes
as
thou
allowest
,
he
setteth
these
two
words
,
iudgements
&
righteousnes
against
the
tirannous
abusing
of
kingly
authoritie
]
to
the
kings
sonne
[
i.
the
kings
posterity
,
but
chiefelye
Salomon
.
]
Verse
2.
Then
[
vz.
when
thou
shalt
giue
him
these
graces
]
shal
he
iudge
[
i.
conducte
and
gouerne
]
thy
people
[
i.
the
people
that
thou
haste
chosen
to
bée
a
people
to
thy selfe
]
in
righteousnesse
[
i.
faythfully
,
truely
,
and
vprightly
]
and
thy
poore
[
i.
such
as
are
afflicted
for
thy
cause
:
or
else
those
whome
thou
hast
humbled
:
and
he
speaketh
specially
of
these
,
because
that
for
their
defence
Kings
haue
the
sworde
put
into
their
hands
]
with
equity
[
i.
iust
and
vprighte
iudgement
,
rendring
to
euery
one
according
to
their
behauiour
.
]
Verse
3.
The
Mountaines
[
i.
after
some
the
most
barren
places
:
others
because
the
lande
of
Iudea
was
ful
of
mountains
,
vnderstand
by
mountains
the
whole
land
:
whatsoeuer
it
is
,
the
Prophets
meaning
is
this
,
by
this
similitude
taken
from
the
plentifulnesse
of
the
earth
to
note
that
no
corner
or
quarter
of
the
land
,
shall
be
founde
voyde
of
Gods
blessing
]
shall
bring
peace
[
i.
shall
yéelde
or
bring
foorth
store
and
plentye
of
all
manner
of
blessinges
,
for
so
doe
the
Hebrewes
vse
this
worde
,
as
is
to
be
séene
in
many
places
of
scripture
]
by
iustice
[
vz.
rightlye
administred
,
hee
meaneth
that
the
kinges
good
gouernment
,
shal
be
a
mean
to
bring
all
prosperity
vpon
the
whole
land
]
Ver.
4.
he
shall
iudge
[
vz.
vprightly
]
the
poore
of
the
people
[
who
most
commonly
are
troden
vnder
féete
]
hee
shall
saue
[
i.
deliuer
,
vz.
from
the
oppressor
and
cruell
man
]
the
children
of
the
néedy
[
i.
moste
needie
persons
,
for
the
Father
being
néedye
,
the
childe
can
hardly
bee
riche
,
hee
meaneth
that
those
that
haue
no
helpe
or
succoure
,
but
lye
as
a
praye
to
the
riche
of
the
Worlde
,
shall
be
reuenged
of
,
and
deliuered
from
the
handes
of
their
enemies
]
and
shall
subdue
[
vz.
vnder
his
féete
,
but
yet
through
iustice
and
equitie
]
the
oppressour
[
i.
all
oppressours
,
vnderstanding
by
one
,
al.
]
Ver.
5.
They
[
i.
the
people
so
gouerned
]
shall
feare
thée
[
i.
shall
cary
a
certaine
louing
reuerence
and
obedience
vnto
thée
:
and
this
may
be
referred
,
either
to
God
or
to
the
king
,
if
we
referre
it
to
God
,
then
it
is
a
sodain
change
of
the
person
,
shewing
what
fruits
shal
come
by
a
holy
gournment
,
to
wit
,
that
the
people
shal
imbrace
Gods
true
religion
and
seruice
.
If
wee
referre
it
to
the
king
,
then
he
sheweth
what
louing
and
obedient
people
he
shal
haue
that
ruleth
well
,
but
I
rather
allow
of
the
first
sense
,
by
reason
of
that
which
followeth
in
this
verse
]
as
long
as
the
sunne
and
moone
endureth
,
from
generation
to
generation
[
i.
for
euer
and
euer
.
]
Ver.
6.
He
[
i.
the
king
]
shall
come
downe
[
vz.
either
personally
from
his
kingly
throne
amongest
his
people
,
or
else
in
his
holy
and
iust
gouernment
]
like
the
raine
vpon
the
mowen
grasse
.
[
These
words
mowen
grasse
,
may
haue
a
double
sense
,
and
both
good
:
either
that
we
referre
it
to
that
which
is
cut
for
hay
,
vpon
which
if
some
raine
fall
presently
after
the
cutting
,
men
say
it
serueth
much
for
the
increase
of
good
smell
in
it
:
or
else
to
that
that
standeth
,
which
is
much
subiect
to
the
heat
of
the
sunne
and
parching
,
when
the
other
is
remoued
:
and
then
as
the
raine
falleth
vppon
it
,
and
causeth
it
to
growe
againe
,
as
it
were
:
so
a
righteous
gouernour
after
the
heate
of
tyrannie
addeth
as
it
were
life
vnto
the
people
]
and
as
the
shewers
[
vz.
falling
from
heauen
]
that
water
the
earth
[
after
some
great
drought
.
By
these
similitudes
,
hee
sheweth
howe
acceptable
good
gouernment
should
be
to
the
people
.
]
Ver.
7.
In
his
daies
[
i.
in
his
yeres
,
and
while
he
reigneth
,
sée
Isaiah
.
1.1
.
]
The
righteous
shal
florish
[
i.
good
men
and
of
vpright
conscience
,
shal
be
aduanced
,
for
such
as
he
is
himselfe
wil
he
labour
to
haue
in
authority
]
and
abundance
of
peace
[
i.
of
all
good
things
and
blessings
,
as
ver.
3.
of
this
Psalme
]
shal
be
[
vz.
vppon
the
people
of
his
land
]
so
long
as
the
moone
indureth
[
i.
for
euer
,
as
ver.
5.17
.
of
this
Psalme
,
also
Psal.
89.37
.
and
this
must
be
referred
,
as
many
other
things
also
in
this
Psalm
,
to
Iesus
Christ
.
]
Ver.
8
From
sea
to
sea
[
i.
from
from
the
red
sea
,
vnto
the
sea
of
Syria
or
Palestina
,
which
is
an
arme
of
the
Mediterraneum
Sea
,
sée
Exod.
23.31
.
Deutron.
11.24
.
sée
also
Numb.
34.
from
ver.
2.
to
the
end
of
the
12.
]
and
from
the
riuer
[
vz.
of
Euphrates
or
Perah
,
sée
Deutron.
11.24
.
]
vnto
the
endes
of
the
lande
[
vz.
of
promise
,
or
Canaan
,
which
reacheth
to
the
great
wildernes
towards
the
mountaine
of
Lebanon
.
]
Ver.
9.
They
that
dwel
in
the
wildernes
[
i.
those
that
dwel
Southward
from
Ierusalem
,
and
were
furthest
of
from
the
land
of
Canaan
,
meaning
also
barbarous
,
vntamed
and
wilde
people
]
shall
knéele
before
him
[
vz.
in
token
of
reuerence
and
subiection
,
as
though
hee
were
their
owne
naturall
Prince
or
king
]
and
his
enemies
[
vz.
though
they
bee
neuer
so
stoute
]
shall
licke
the
dust
[
by
this
manner
of
speach
,
hee
meaneth
a
most
lowly
subiection
.
q.d.
they
shall
not
onely
fall
downe
before
him
,
flat
vpon
the
earth
after
the
manner
of
the
Easterne
people
,
but
shal
as
a
man
would
say
,
as
much
debase
themselues
as
possible
can
be
,
in
token
of
trustines
,
reuerence
,
and
obedience
.
]
Ver.
10.
The
kings
of
Tarshish
[
i.
those
that
rule
in
Cicilia
putting
the
chiefe
Citie
of
the
Country
,
for
the
whole
country
]
and
of
the
Issles
[
vz.
which
lye
along
the
sea
coast
,
from
Cicilia
to
Grecia
,
as
Cyprus
,
Candie
,
and
others
which
are
compassed
in
with
the
Mediterranium
sea
]
shal
bring
presents
[
vz.
in
token
of
homage
and
obedience
,
sée
Psal.
45.12
.
]
the
accomplishment
of
this
,
sée
1.
king
.
4.21.34
.
also
1.
king
.
10.25
.
]
the
kings
[
i.
the
rulers
and
magistrates
,
as
before
]
of
Sheba
[
i.
Arabia
felix
,
putting
Sheba
,
whiche
was
but
a
parte
of
it
,
for
the
whole
,
from
this
Countrey
it
séemeth
that
the
Quéene
came
,
who
is
mencioned
.
1.
king
.
10.
in
the
beginning
of
the
Chapter
]
and
Seba
[
i.
as
some
expounde
it
,
Ethiopia
but
I
take
it
to
be
some
other
Countrey
,
as
may
appare
,
Isaiah
.
43.3
.
These
Countries
séeme
to
haue
their
names
of
two
of
the
sonnes
of
Cush
,
who
came
of
Ham
as
appeareth
Gene.
10.7
.
whatsoeuer
it
is
the
Prophet
myndeth
nothing
else
but
vnder
the
kingdome
of
Salomon
to
set
out
the
inlarging
of
Christes
kingdome
]
shall
bring
giftes
[
i.
giftes
in
signe
of
honour
that
they
owe
,
testifying
their
subiection
,
for
so
much
the
Hebrewe
worde
importeth
.
]
Ver.
11.
Yea
[
q.d.
that
in
one
worde
I
may
shut
vp
the
matter
]
all
Kinges
shall
worshippe
him
:
all
nations
shall
feare
him
[
if
wée
vnderstande
this
of
Salomon
,
then
it
must
haue
this
sense
,
many
kings
and
nations
,
specially
of
those
that
bee
about
him
,
shall
yéelde
him
homage
and
obedience
:
but
if
wee
referre
it
to
Christ
,
then
it
comprehendeth
the
inlargement
of
his
kingdome
,
by
mightie
men
and
nobles
,
and
the
calling
of
the
Gentiles
,
of
which
sée
Psalm
.
2.8
.
Isaiah
.
49.23
.
]
Verse
12.
For
hee
shall
deliuer
the
poore
[
vz.
from
him
,
that
oppresseth
him
]
when
hee
cryeth
[
vz.
vnto
him
,
i.
when
hee
prayeth
earnestly
vnto
him
for
helpe
]
and
him
that
hath
no
helper
[
vz.
amongest
men
:
q.d.
there
is
none
so
helplesse
,
but
God
will
bee
an
helper
vnto
him
,
if
he
hang
vpon
him
only
.
]
Ver.
13.
Hée
shal
bée
merciful
[
i.
not
only
in
compassion
but
in
action
]
shal
preserue
the
soules
[
i.
the
liues
and
bodies
from
the
rage
and
cruelty
of
harde
hearted
men
.
]
Verse
14.
He
shall
redéeme
[
i.
deliuer
and
set
frée
]
their
soules
[
i.
them
themselues
,
putting
a
part
of
a
man
for
the
whole
man
]
from
deceite
and
violence
[
vz
of
the
cut-throates
that
liue
amongest
men
.
Vnder
these
two
wordes
,
hée
comprehendeth
all
manner
of
mischiefe
whatsoeuer
,
or
howsoeuer
performed
,
by
deceit
hée
meaneth
al
those
that
are
craftily
and
closely
wrought
,
and
by
violence
all
those
that
are
perfourmed
with
open
force
]
and
deare
[
i.
precious
,
and
of
great
regarde
]
shall
their
blood
bee
[
i.
their
life
,
as
Genesis
9.5.6
.
or
else
by
blood
,
hée
meaneth
that
blood
of
theirs
,
which
the
vngodly
spill
in
tormenting
them
]
in
his
sight
[
i.
before
him
,
and
in
his
iudgement
,
howsoeuer
base
and
contemptible
men
estéeme
it
.
]
Verse
15.
Yea
hee
shall
liue
[
some
referre
this
word
,
hée
,
to
the
poore
whome
the
King
shall
redeeme
:
but
I
rather
,
to
the
King
:
the
Prophet
meaning
by
this
speach
,
that
hée
shall
liue
a
long
and
a
prosperous
raigne
]
and
vnto
him
[
i.
vnto
the
king
]
shall
they
[
i.
the
poore
that
are
redéemed
from
deceite
and
violence
]
giue
of
the
gold
of
Sheba
[
i.
of
precious
and
costly
golde
,
as
being
farre
fet
,
Sheba
being
a
place
farre
distant
from
the
lande
of
promise
:
whatsoeuer
it
is
,
hée
meaneth
that
the
people
shall
willingly
perfourme
,
with
all
the
power
that
they
haue
,
the
duetie
and
obedience
,
which
they
owe
him
,
which
was
in
times
past
signified
by
giuing
of
giftes
,
as
may
appeare
1.
Samuel
10.27
.
]
pray
for
him
[
i.
for
his
health
and
welfare
and
for
the
good
of
the
whole
kingdome
]
and
dayly
blesse
him
[
i.
prayse
and
commend
him
,
as
in
déede
hée
iustly
deserueth
,
for
his
vpright
gouernment
]
Verse
16.
An
handfull
of
corne
[
i.
a
small
portion
,
no
more
then
a
man
can
holde
in
his
hande
]
shal
bée
sowen
in
the
earth
[
within
the
compasse
of
the
lande
of
promise
,
if
wee
referre
it
to
Salomon
]
euen
in
the
toppe
of
the
mountaines
[
which
are
very
vnméete
places
,
by
reason
of
their
great
drought
in
Summer
,
and
of
their
great
colde
in
winter
]
and
the
fruit
thereof
[
i.
of
the
corne
sowen
]
shall
shake
like
the
trées
of
Lebanon
[
i.
shall
growe
vp
into
great
height
and
abundaunce
,
and
shal
bée
so
florishing
,
that
they
shall
russell
and
make
a
noise
,
as
it
were
the
trées
of
the
forest
of
Lebanon
:
Sée
Psalme
29.5
.
hee
meaneth
that
there
shal
bée
nothing
so
small
amongest
Gods
people
,
but
through
Gods
blessing
,
it
shall
multiply
to
much
,
and
bring
foorth
abundaunce
]
and
the
children
shall
florish
out
of
the
Citie
[
i.
men
shal
bee
as
plentifull
both
within
and
without
the
Citie
,
al
the
land
through
]
euen
as
the
grasse
of
the
earth
[
i.
in
great
store
and
abundaunce
.
]
Verse
17.
His
name
[
i.
his
maiesty
,
renowne
,
and
glory
]
shal
bée
for
euer
[
i.
last
a
great
season
,
if
wee
referre
it
to
Salomon
:
but
it
shal
bée
eternall
,
if
wée
referre
it
to
Christ
]
and
so
must
the
wordes
following
bee
likewise
expounded
,
sée
verse
5.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
All
nations
[
either
expounde
it
as
before
verse
11.
or
else
thus
:
all
nations
shall
blesse
him
[
i.
speake
well
of
him
&
praise
him
,
for
his
excellent
and
vpright
gouernement
]
and
be
blessed
in
him
[
this
must
néedes
bee
referred
to
Christ
,
as
Genesis
12.3
.
]
Verse
18.
Blessed
be
the
Lorde
God
[
i.
praysed
be
his
maiesty
]
euen
the
God
of
Israel
[
i.
euen
the
true
GOD
,
who
is
the
defender
of
his
Church
and
people
]
which
only
doeth
marueilous
thinges
[
vz.
both
for
his
owne
people
,
and
also
against
his
enemies
.
]
Verse
19.
Contemeth
a
plaine
and
manifest
prayer
,
for
the
manifestation
and
inlargement
of
Gods
kingdome
,
throughout
all
the
worlde
:
and
that
doubling
of
the
worde
]
so
bée
it
,
euen
so
bee
it
,
noteth
the
Prophets
earnest
and
hearty
consent
to
the
prayers
hée
made
in
this
Psalme
,
]
here
end
the
prayers
of
Dauid
,
vz.
which
hée
made
for
his
sonne
Salomon
:
for
otherwise
there
followe
other
prayers
of
his
in
this
booke
]
the
sonne
of
Ishai
[
this
conteyneth
part
of
his
Genealogie
,
a
further
description
wherof
may
be
séene
.
Ruth
.
4.1.19
.
&c.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
that
vnlesse
God
assist
magistrates
,
Do.
they
can
not
well
and
rightly
performe
their
dueties
:
and
that
therefore
it
behooueth
all
,
specially
those
that
are
nigh
to
them
,
to
pray
to
God
for
them
.
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
vs
that
it
apperteineth
to
magistrates
to
render
right
to
euery
one
.
Ver.
3.
Sheweth
that
where
iustice
beareth
sway
,
there
is
abundaunce
of
all
goodnes
.
Ver.
4.
Teacheth
that
the
magistrats
office
consisteth
of
two
partes
,
vz.
in
defending
the
good
,
and
punishing
the
euill
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
vs
that
good
magistrates
shal
be
continually
reuerenced
and
feared
.
Verse
6.
Teacheth
vs
that
good
gouernours
are
a
great
blessing
to
the
people
.
Ver.
7.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
good
gouernours
make
much
of
good
men
.
Ver.
8.
Sheweth
that
God
wil
graciously
inlarge
the
dominion
and
borders
of
good
Princes
.
Ver.
9.
Declareth
that
barbarous
people
and
al
their
enemies
shal
be
subdued
vnto
them
.
Ver.
10.
Teacheth
that
other
kinges
shall
not
onely
be
glad
of
their
friendship
but
willingly
submit
themselues
vnder
their
obedience
.
Ver.
12.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
magistrates
are
ordeined
to
helpe
them
that
can
not
helpe
themselues
.
Ver.
13.
Teacheth
that
there
is
required
of
the
magistrates
,
not
onely
bowels
of
compassion
to
the
néedy
,
but
also
merciful
preseruation
and
defence
.
Ver.
14.
Teacheth
magistrates
to
make
good
account
of
the
liues
and
bodies
of
their
subiects
.
Ver.
15.
Teacheth
subiects
to
pray
continually
for
the
prosperitie
of
their
Prince
.
Ver.
16.
Teacheth
vs
that
where
good
Princes
raigne
,
there
is
abundance
of
all
blessings
,
and
namely
of
people
.
Ver.
17.
Teacheth
vs
that
good
magistrates
shall
sit
long
in
the
seates
of
their
kingdome
.
Ver.
18.
Teacheth
vs
to
prayse
God
continually
for
his
mercy
and
power
.
Verse
19.
Teacheth
vs
to
pray
for
the
increase
and
inlargement
of
Gods
kingdome
.
Psalme
73
Di.
THe
Psalme
may
bee
deuided
into
three
partes
.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
describeth
the
pride
,
prosperitie
,
wealth
,
and
great
abundance
of
outwarde
blessings
that
the
vngodly
haue
.
3.4.5.6.7.8.9.10.11.12
.
In
the
second
he
declareth
that
by
the
consideration
thereof
,
hee
was
almost
caried
away
,
into
murmuring
against
God
and
falling
from
God
,
had
not
God
graciously
instructed
him
by
his
worde
and
spirit
,
of
the
miserable
end
of
the
wicked
,
and
his
fauour
towards
the
good
.
Ver.
1.2.3.13.14.15.16.17.18.19.20.21.22
.
In
the
third
part
he
declareth
that
howsoeuer
the
worlde
goe
,
whether
the
good
bee
humbled
,
and
the
bad
aduanced
,
it
skilleth
not
,
he
will
alwaies
hang
vppon
the
Lord
,
from
ver.
23.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
title
of
this
Psalme
is
expounded
before
Psal.
50.
]
Ver.
1.
Yet
God
is
good
to
Israel
[
i.
gracious
,
fauourable
,
&
ful
of
compassion
to
his
Church
,
these
beginnings
ex
abrupto
,
such
a
one
as
we
had
before
Psalm
.
62.
shewe
the
marueilous
combats
,
the
Prophet
had
in
himselfe
,
betwéene
the
flesh
and
the
spirit
,
out
of
which
difficulties
hee
sodainely
bursting
,
vttereth
as
it
were
disorderly
this
sentence
:
q.d.
howsoeuer
calamities
presse
good
men
,
and
my
flesh
woulde
haue
mee
to
say
,
that
therefore
God
is
farre
from
them
,
yet
this
is
the
trueth
of
the
Lorde
,
and
I
will
beléeue
it
all
the
dayes
of
my
life
,
that
God
in
goodnes
is
continually
most
nigh
to
his
owne
people
]
euen
to
the
pure
in
heart
[
i.
to
them
that
haue
malice
and
iniquitie
remoued
from
the
heart
,
and
walke
in
roundnes
and
sinceritie
:
and
this
the
Prophet
addeth
more
plainely
to
declare
what
he
ment
by
Israel
,
that
is
,
such
as
are
not
hypocrites
in
the
Church
:
sée
for
pure
in
heart
,
Matth.
5.8
.
]
Ver.
2.
My
féete
[
i.
I
my selfe
,
putting
a
part
for
the
whole
,
or
else
by
féete
wée
may
vnderstand
afflictions
,
as
Psalm
.
119.105
.
also
Eccles.
4.17
.
]
were
almost
gone
[
vz.
from
the
right
way
,
which
thou
prescribedst
mee
to
walke
in
,
and
the
same
thing
hee
meaneth
by
that
which
followeth
in
this
verse
.
]
Verse
3.
For
I
freated
[
vz.
euen
with
griefe
of
mynde
to
my selfe
,
and
hatred
to
them
]
at
the
foolish
[
i.
at
those
that
had
not
at
any
feare
of
God
,
which
is
in
déede
the
beginning
of
all
true
wisedome
]
when
I
saw
[
i.
beheld
,
knew
and
considered
]
the
prosperity
of
the
wicked
[
vz.
which
they
inioy
.
]
Ver.
4.
There
are
no
bands
in
their
death
[
i.
they
are
not
brought
to
death
tied
and
bound
as
prisoners
are
:
vnderstanding
by
bandes
sundry
sorts
of
siknesses
:
or
else
it
may
be
expounded
thus
]
there
are
no
bands
in
their
death
[
i.
the
pangs
and
paines
of
death
outwardly
,
are
not
bitter
vnto
them
.
Immanuel
his
text
maketh
the
first
part
of
this
verse
more
plaine
,
saying
they
haue
no
bands
vntill
their
death
:
q.d.
they
spende
all
the
time
before
their
death
,
in
iolitie
and
mirth
hauing
al
maner
of
prosperitie
,
and
no
maner
of
griefe
,
and
this
I
take
to
bee
the
best
]
they
are
lusty
and
strong
[
i.
they
haue
great
health
,
&
so
by
that
meanes
growe
in
strength
,
whereas
the
godly
by
sundry
sicknesses
growe
weake
and
féeble
.
]
Ver.
5.
They
are
not
in
trouble
[
i.
misery
,
affliction
,
and
such
like
:
hee
meaneth
not
that
they
are
altogether
exempted
from
them
,
but
that
they
haue
them
not
so
long
,
and
so
commonly
as
others
haue
]
neither
are
they
plagued
[
vz.
with
diseases
,
sicknesses
&c.
]
with
other
men
[
i.
when
other
men
are
,
or
in
such
measure
as
others
are
.
]
Ver.
6.
Therefore
pride
is
as
a
chaine
vnto
them
[
vz.
in
their
owne
imagination
and
account
,
hee
meaneth
by
this
speach
:
that
they
please
and
flatter
themselues
,
as
much
in
their
pride
,
thinking
it
to
〈◊〉
ornament
and
beauty
vnto
them
,
as
other
men
doe
their
chaines
]
and
cruelty
couereth
them
as
a
garment
[
i.
they
are
altogether
giuen
to
cruelty
and
vy●lence
,
as
Psal.
71.13
also
Psal.
69.7
.
and
this
voylence
procéedeth
from
pride
,
as
the
daughter
from
the
mother
.
]
Ver.
7.
Their
eyes
stand
out
for
fa●nes
[
hée
meaneth
by
this
speach
,
that
they
haue
such
abundance
of
wealth
that
they
〈◊〉
themselues
with
al
dainties
,
euen
vntil
their
eyes
swell
in
their
heades
]
they
haue
more
[
vz.
of
worldly
prosperitie
and
wealth
]
then
heart
can
with
[
i.
the●●
they
themselues
in
their
owne
affections
can
desire
,
sée
Psal.
17.14
.
]
Verse
8.
They
are
licentious
[
i.
they
giue
themselues
in
their
conuersation
and
behauiour
to
al
licentiousnes
,
doing
whatsoeuer
they
themselues
like
of
]
and
speake
wickedly
of
their
oppression
[
hee
meaneth
to
note
their
impudencie
and
shamelesnes
that
not
only
did
euil
,
but
would
with
wicked
words
publish
the
same
abroad
]
and
speak
presumptuously
[
i.
fearcely
against
men
,
and
proudly
against
God
as
though
they
were
not
like
other
men
.
]
Ver.
9.
They
set
their
mouth
[
i.
they
spare
not
to
speake
,
putting
the
word
mouth
,
an
instrument
of
speach
for
speach
]
against
heauen
[
i.
against
God
chiefely
that
is
in
heauen
,
and
these
blessed
ones
that
are
there
with
him
]
and
their
tongue
[
i.
their
speach
&
tongue
is
vsed
here
,
as
the
word
mouth
was
before
in
this
verse
]
walketh
through
the
earth
[
i.
they
speake
outragious
wordes
also
euen
against
men
that
inhabite
the
earth
,
and
in
these
words
,
heauen
and
earth
,
there
is
Met●●●mia
.
]
Ver.
10.
Therefore
his
people
[
i.
Gods
people
]
turne
[
vz.
from
God
]
hither
[
i.
to
wickednes
and
sinne
with
the
vngodly
,
the
Prophet
meaneth
that
many
that
were
supposed
to
be
faithful
people
,
straied
from
the
right
way
,
or
else
stoode
not
so
stedfastly
therin
,
as
some
imagined
they
did
]
for
waters
of
a
ful
cup
are
wrung
out
to
them
[
the
Prophet
noteth
the
cause
of
their
falling
to
bee
on
the
one
side
,
the
wickeds
prosperitie
and
abundance
,
and
on
the
other
side
,
the
plentie
of
their
owne
afflictions
,
vnderstanding
by
waters
of
a
full
cup
wrung
out
vnto
them
,
the
abundance
of
calamities
,
that
they
sée
dayly
prepared
to
fall
vppon
them
,
euen
as
it
were
bitter
potions
for
them
to
drinke
.
]
Ver.
11.
And
they
say
[
i.
the
godly
,
or
these
that
haue
a
shewe
of
godlines
,
and
are
readye
to
fall
from
it
,
by
reason
of
the
wickeds
prosperitie
,
as
verse
2.
of
this
Psalme
]
howe
doeth
God
know
it
?
[
vz.
their
wickednes
and
vngodlines
]
is
there
knowledge
[
vz.
of
their
sinnes
and
trasgressions
.
q.d.
no
surely
,
for
if
there
were
hee
must
néedes
punish
them
,
or
else
deny
his
owne
nature
:
so
farre
doeth
fleshly
weakenes
cary
them
,
that
it
maketh
them
to
doubt
of
Gods
prouidence
and
gouernment
.
]
Verse
12.
Loe
,
these
[
vz.
that
thus
florishe
]
are
the
wicked
[
vz.
of
the
worlde
]
yet
prosper
they
alway
[
sée
verse
4.
and
5.
of
this
Psalme
,
hee
meaneth
that
whatsoeuer
they
take
in
hande
goeth
well
forwarde
,
and
besides
are
not
afflicted
as
others
are
]
and
increase
in
riches
[
vz.
euen
as
much
as
their
heart
can
desire
.
]
Ver.
13.
Certainely
.
q.d.
séeing
the
case
so
standeth
,
to
what
ende
haue
I
striuen
to
do
well
:
and
note
that
the
Prophet
expresseth
rather
his
assault
,
shewing
whereunto
hée
was
tempted
,
then
vttered
his
perswasion
]
I
haue
cleansed
mine
heart
[
i.
I
haue
laboured
to
remoue
corrupt
and
filthy
affections
from
mee
,
not
meaning
that
hee
had
power
in
himselfe
,
but
that
God
had
giuen
him
a
will
to
beginne
]
in
vaine
[
i.
without
any
cause
why
,
séeing
that
the
wicked
haue
more
abundance
many
times
then
the
godly
:
]
and
washed
my
handes
in
innocensie
[
by
handes
hee
vnderstandeth
workes
,
performed
by
the
handes
as
it
were
.
q.d.
I
haue
in
vayne
béene
carefull
,
that
my
workes
shoulde
be
cleane
and
iust
;
meaning
by
purging
his
heart
,
inward
soundnes
specially
towards
God
,
and
by
washing
his
hands
,
outwarde
behauiour
,
specially
towardes
men
:
q.d.
I
haue
without
cause
walked
in
honest
conuersation
before
men
,
and
perfourmed
dueties
of
godlines
towardes
God
,
Sée
Psal.
26.6
.
also
Iob.
9.30
.
]
Ver.
14.
For
dayly
haue
I
béene
punished
[
i.
continually
afflicted
with
some
one
crosse
or
other
:
for
this
is
the
portion
of
Gods
children
,
that
in
this
life
with
them
,
the
latter
end
of
one
trouble
is
the
beginning
of
an
other
]
&
chastened
euery
morning
[
vz.
for
my
amendment
and
bettering
.
]
Ver.
15.
If
I
say
[
vz.
to
my selfe
in
my
owne
heart
and
thought
]
I
wil
iudge
thus
[
vz.
of
the
wicked
that
they
are
good
,
and
that
thy
prouidence
beareth
not
such
a
sway
as
I
haue
beléeued
]
behold
the
generation
of
thy
children
[
vz.
which
shal
conuince
me
of
vanitye
and
falshood
,
because
thou
alwaies
preseruest
them
to
thy selfe
what
danger
so
euer
come
]
I
haue
trespassed
[
q.
d
yea
I
must
further
confesse
,
that
in
hauing
these
motions
,
I
haue
sinned
against
thée
.
]
Ver.
16.
Then
thought
I
to
know
this
[
i.
I
laboured
painfully
to
come
to
this
matter
,
and
the
depth
of
it
,
vz.
whether
matters
were
gouerned
by
thy
prouidence
,
yea
,
or
no
]
but
it
was
to
paineful
for
me
[
vz.
to
atteine
vnto
,
and
that
by
mine
owne
natural
wit
and
vnderstanding
,
as
may
appeare
by
that
which
followeth
in
the
next
verse
.
]
Ver.
17.
Vntill
I
entred
[
vz.
with
déepe
consideration
,
hearty
prayer
&c.
]
into
the
sanctuary
of
God
[
i.
into
the
word
of
God
in
which
his
wil
is
declared
,
putting
the
place
where
the
word
was
most
vsed
for
the
word
it selfe
]
then
[
i.
after
that
I
had
looked
into
thy
word
]
I
vnderstood
[
vz.
rightly
and
soundly
]
their
end
[
i.
the
wicked
mens
ende
:
which
is
called
their
end
,
not
that
it
was
in
their
choyse
to
make
what
end
they
would
,
but
that
it
was
that
end
,
which
GOD
in
his
iudgements
layde
vppon
them
,
euen
when
they
thought
him
to
haue
no
care
of
their
doings
,
and
themselues
in
the
greatest
safety
.
]
Ver.
18.
Surely
thou
hast
set
them
in
slippery
places
[
i.
in
an
vncertaine
and
chaungable
estate
,
whereof
they
can
haue
no
more
assurance
then
if
they
went
vppon
●se
,
or
some
slippery
matter
,
and
from
which
they
shall
as
easily
and
as
soone
fall
,
as
they
haue
béene
exalted
thereto
]
and
castest
them
downe
into
desolation
[
i.
thou
doest
so
ouerthrowe
them
,
that
they
are
vtterly
wasted
and
destroyed
as
may
appeare
by
the
next
verse
.
]
Verse
19.
Howe
sodainely
are
they
destroyed
[
vz.
by
thy
iudgements
]
perished
[
vz.
from
among
men
]
and
horribly
consumed
[
vz.
by
thy
feareful
iudgments
which
by
reason
of
the
noueltie
&
strangnes
of
them
,
astonisheth
them
and
bringeth
them
to
naught
.
]
Verse
20.
As
a
dreame
when
one
awaketh
[
vz.
so
passe
the
wicked
and
their
felicity
away
,
hée
meaneth
that
they
sodainely
vanish
away
:
as
a
dreame
is
quickely
forgotten
yea
many
times
knowe
not
what
they
dreamed
,
and
though
they
doe
,
yet
they
finde
that
it
is
nothing
but
a
vayne
perswasion
,
and
so
shall
the
wicked
mens
felicity
bee
]
when
thou
raysest
vs
vp
[
vz.
either
in
honour
and
estimation
,
for
the
lifting
vp
of
the
good
,
is
the
depressing
of
the
wicked
:
or
else
in
right
and
sounde
iudgement
.
Immanuel
readeth
,
when
thou
arisest
vp
,
referring
it
to
GOD
,
i.
when
thou
beginnest
to
execute
thy
power
vppon
them
,
which
also
is
good
sense
]
thou
shalt
make
their
image
despised
[
vz.
of
the
godly
:
by
image
hee
meaneth
either
their
outwarde
shewe
,
which
blearing
their
eyes
,
vanish
away
as
sodainely
as
an
image
that
sheweth
it selfe
in
a
glasse
:
or
else
the
men
themselues
:
who
are
of
no
longer
continuaunce
then
an
image
or
shadow
,
see
Psal.
39.6
.
]
Verse
21.
Verily
my
heart
was
vexed
[
vz.
within
me
]
and
I
was
pricked
in
my
reines
[
i.
in
my
most
secret
thoughtes
,
as
in
this
sentence
God
searcheth
the
heart
and
reines
,
the
Prophet
sheweth
what
griefe
hee
had
in
himselfe
,
for
that
he
had
taken
vpon
him
so
to
discourse
against
Gods
prouidence
as
it
were
.
]
Ver.
22.
So
foolish
was
I
and
ignoraunt
[
vz.
in
iudging
so
,
yea
]
I
was
as
a
beast
[
i.
without
vnderstanding
:
q.d.
all
beastes
can
conceiue
nothing
of
thée
,
no
more
coulde
I
in
that
matter
]
before
thée
[
i.
in
thy
presence
,
sight
,
and
iudgement
,
so
that
these
two
verses
are
as
it
were
an
humble
confession
of
his
former
sinne
.
]
Ver.
23.
Yet
I
was
alwaye
with
thee
[
q.d.
notwithstanding
my
rash
and
corrupt
iudgement
,
thou
diddest
not
forsake
me
,
but
euen
then
when
I
was
in
danger
altogether
to
go
astray
,
thou
calledst
me
back
and
restrained
mee
.
]
Thou
haste
holden
mee
by
my
righte
hande
[
i.
thou
hast
held
me
vp
,
and
bene
a
proppe
vnto
me
that
I
haue
not
fallen
,
in
the
consideration
of
the
slippery
estate
of
this
life
.
]
Ver.
24.
Thou
wilt
guide
mee
[
vz.
hereafter
,
though
I
haue
fallen
heretofore
]
by
thy
counsell
[
according
to
thy
will
reuersed
in
thy
worde
,
and
wilt
not
suffer
mee
to
follow
the
imagination
of
my
owne
heart
as
I
haue
done
heretofore
]
and
afterwardes
[
vz.
after
that
thou
hast
instructed
me
,
and
taught
me
according
to
thy
word
]
receiue
mee
to
glory
[
he
meaneth
by
glory
here
not
only
eternal
life
,
but
also
all
the
blessinges
that
God
giueth
vnto
his
in
this
life
,
whether
it
be
health
,
wealth
,
wisdom
,
&c.
which
the
Lord
giueth
them
sometimes
here
in
this
worlde
,
that
they
might
in
them
haue
a
tast
,
as
it
were
of
the
felicity
to
come
.
]
Ver.
25.
Vttered
by
the
way
of
an
interrogation
carrieth
with
it
this
sense
,
that
the
Prophet
sought
all
his
ioy
&
contentment
,
in
God
alone
,
and
in
no
creature
,
whatsoeuer
earthly
or
heauenly
.
]
Ver.
26.
My
flesh
faileth
,
and
my
heart
also
[
i.
my
outward
men
haue
béene
and
are
many
times
wonderfully
afflicted
,
so
that
I
haue
failed
and
fallen
so
lowe
,
that
in
mans
iudgment
I
am
many
times
past
recouery
]
but
God
is
the
strength
of
my
heart
[
i.
he
that
inwardly
strengtheneth
me
:
and
he
putteth
the
inwarde
part
for
the
whole
,
not
only
because
it
is
the
more
excellent
,
but
also
because
if
that
be
couragious
,
that
outward
man
can
not
faile
]
&
my
portion
[
i.
the
portion
assigned
to
me
&
wherwith
I
wil
be
content
al
the
daies
of
my
life
]
Ver.
27.
Withdraw
themselues
from
thee
[
i.
from
thy
gouernement
,
and
walke
not
in
the
obedience
of
thy
wayes
]
shall
perish
[
vz.
not
only
from
amongest
men
,
but
also
eternally
]
thou
destroyest
[
vz.
in
thy
iust
iudgement
]
that
go
a
whoring
from
thee
[
i.
that
put
not
their
whole
trust
in
thee
,
and
hang
not
altogether
vpon
thee
,
whereby
wée
sée
,
that
not
onely
grosse
idolatrie
is
spiritual
fornication
,
but
also
to
withdraw
the
least
part
of
our
assurance
that
can
be
from
God
.
]
Ver.
28.
It
is
good
[
i.
most
pleasant
and
profitable
for
mee
]
to
drawe
neere
to
God
[
vz.
by
faith
&
assured
perswasion
hanging
continually
vpon
him
]
as
may
plainly
appeare
,
by
the
words
following
in
this
verse
]
that
I
may
declare
[
i.
publish
and
set
abroad
amongst
men
,
and
that
both
by
word
and
déede
]
all
thy
works
[
he
meaneth
by
al
a
very
great
number
,
because
otherwise
it
is
impossible
to
comprehend
them
,
and
by
workes
he
meaneth
specially
the
iudgements
that
God
executeth
vpon
the
earth
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
that
Gods
goodnes
towardes
his
people
,
is
more
then
flesh
can
estéeme
of
it
.
Ver.
2.
Sheweth
how
weake
euen
the
best
men
are
in
them selues
.
Ver.
3.
Sheweth
that
it
is
no
small
temptation
to
the
godly
,
to
sée
the
wicked
highly
aduanced
,
and
themselues
depressed
and
kept
vnder
.
Ver.
4.
&
5.
teach
not
onely
in
what
a
prosperous
estate
the
wicked
many
times
are
in
this
life
:
but
also
that
we
should
count
no
man
blessed
for
his
outward
felicity
.
Ver.
6.7.8.9
.
Teach
first
the
disposition
and
nature
of
the
vngodly
describing
their
wicked
qualities
:
secondly
they
shewe
how
that
Gods
forbearaunce
and
long
suffering
and
mercy
is
abused
by
them
,
to
the
increase
of
their
transgressions
.
Thirdly
that
for
as
much
as
they
abuse
their
power
,
their
witte
,
their
wealth
,
their
vtterance
,
and
all
that
they
haue
against
God
,
themselues
and
other
men
that
therefore
we
should
learne
to
vse
all
his
blessings
in
what
quantitie
soeuer
they
be
bestowed
vpon
vs
,
to
his
glory
,
our
owne
comfort
,
and
the
profit
of
our
brethren
.
Ver.
10.
Teacheth
that
Gods
people
haue
abundance
of
plagues
in
this
life
,
but
yet
that
they
should
not
fal
away
from
God
therfore
.
Ver.
11.
Teacheth
howe
farre
Gods
children
slide
when
they
are
left
for
a
while
vnto
themselues
,
euen
to
the
denial
of
his
prouidence
.
Ver.
12.
Sheweth
the
continuall
prosperity
of
the
vngodly
.
Ver.
13.14
.
Shew
how
farre
mans
presumption
breaketh
forth
,
when
he
followeth
his
own
reason
.
Ver.
15.
Teacheth
vs
humble
and
vnfeigned
confession
of
our
sinnes
.
Ver.
16.
sheweth
howe
vnable
wee
are
of
our selues
to
behold
Gods
dealing
and
doinges
towardes
men
.
Ver.
17.
Sheweth
that
the
frequenting
of
publike
assemblies
,
and
the
righte
vse
of
Churche
exercises
,
are
very
good
meanes
to
worke
light
and
knowledge
in
vs
.
Verse
18.
Teach
that
the
wickeds
seate
is
ticklish
and
vncertaine
.
Ver.
19.
&
20.
Teach
not
only
the
sodaine
destruction
of
the
wicked
,
but
also
that
those
iudgements
are
sent
vpon
them
from
God
.
Ver.
21.
Declarrth
that
euen
the
godly
men
haue
their
affections
though
not
so
right
as
they
shuld
.
Ver.
22.
Sheweth
what
blindnes
is
in
vs
,
til
God
inlighten
vs
.
Ver.
23.
God
is
the
onely
vpholder
of
all
his
children
.
Ver.
24.
Teacheth
that
without
God
guide
vs
we
go
out
of
the
way
to
eternal
destruction
.
Ver.
25.
Teacheth
Gods
children
to
hang
vpon
him
alone
.
Ver.
26.
Teacheth
that
when
al
things
quaile
,
yet
God
alone
must
be
stuck
to
.
Ver.
27.
Conteineth
Gods
great
iudgements
against
the
wicked
and
vngodly
.
Ver.
28.
Teacheth
that
howsoeuer
other
men
fall
away
,
yet
it
behoueth
Gods
children
to
hang
alwaies
vpon
him
.
Psalme
74
THis
Psalme
may
be
diuided
into
thrée
parts
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
faithfull
doe
as
it
were
debate
the
matter
with
God
,
of
their
affliction
,
layd
vpon
them
by
the
cruell
and
vngodly
dealing
of
the
enemies
,
and
this
reacheth
from
verse
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
9.
In
the
seconde
part
they
pray
against
the
enemies
of
the
Church
,
assuring
themselues
,
by
these
particular
examples
,
both
of
his
mercy
towards
the
good
,
and
his
iustice
towards
the
wicked
,
which
he
had
declared
before
,
that
they
should
bee
deliuered
,
and
the
enemies
plagued
:
and
this
reacheth
from
ver.
10.
to
the
end
of
the
17.
In
the
third
part
is
conteined
the
faithfuls
prayer
,
which
they
make
for
themselues
,
and
against
their
enemies
,
grounding
the
same
vppon
Gods
goodnes
towards
them
,
and
his
iudgements
towards
the
wicked
,
and
this
reacheth
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
For
the
title
of
this
Psalme
,
sée
before
Psalme
32.
and
Psalm
.
50.
Se.
in
the
titles
thereof
,
because
it
séemeth
to
be
a
title
made
almost
of
these
two
titles
.
Ver.
1.
Why
hast
thou
put
vs
away
[
vz.
from
thée
,
as
though
wee
were
out
of
thy
fauour
,
and
thou
in
displeasure
with
vs
]
for
euer
[
i.
for
a
long
season
:
for
God
doeth
neuer
vtterly
reiect
his
,
these
demaundes
procéed
of
the
infirmitie
of
the
flesh
,
and
shew
,
as
on
the
one
side
an
earnest
desire
that
they
had
to
haue
God
fauourable
to
them
,
so
on
the
other
side
some
discontentednes
of
mynde
,
with
the
long
absence
of
the
Lord
]
why
is
thy
wrath
kindled
[
i.
not
onely
made
manifest
,
but
declared
also
to
be
excéeding
hote
and
great
]
against
the
sheepe
of
thy
pasture
[
i.
against
the
people
whom
thou
hast
most
dearely
loued
and
prouided
for
,
and
madest
great
account
of
,
as
men
doe
the
flockes
of
their
pasture
,
hee
meaneth
by
this
people
,
the
people
of
Israel
,
whom
God
had
chosen
from
among
all
nations
,
placing
them
in
the
land
of
Canaan
,
as
in
a
fruitful
féeding
place
.
]
Ver.
2.
Thinke
vpon
thy
congregation
[
i.
declare
by
déed
&
effect
that
thou
forgettest
not
thy
people
:
for
otherwise
god
doth
not
in
déed
forget
his
]
which
thou
hast
possessed
[
vz.
as
thine
own
proper
and
peculiar
inheritance
]
of
old
[
i.
euen
from
the
time
that
thou
madest
a
couenant
with
Abraham
&
his
séed
]
and
on
the
rod
of
thine
inheritance
[
i.
of
that
portion
of
people
,
that
thou
hast
chosen
to
bée
an
inheritance
to
thy selfe
:
&
in
this
place
he
speaketh
according
to
the
vsual
custome
of
measuring
out
of
ground
,
putting
the
instrument
,
vz.
the
rod
or
staffe
wherewith
the
ground
was
measured
,
for
the
ground
it self
,
and
by
a
metaphor
translating
it
also
,
from
earthly
inheritances
,
to
spirituall
]
which
thou
hast
redéemed
[
vz.
vnto
thy selfe
,
and
that
out
of
great
daungers
,
as
out
of
Egipt
,
and
others
,
as
the
booke
of
Iudges
is
full
]
and
on
this
mount
Sion
[
he
meaneth
hereby
chiefely
the
temple
but
withal
the
whole
citie
of
Ierusalem
]
wherin
thou
hast
dwelt
[
i.
wherein
thou
hast
shewed
manifest
testimonies
,
of
thy
presence
&
goodnes
,
more
then
in
other
places
,
for
otherwise
god
dwelleth
not
in
any
place
as
whom
the
heauen
,
yea
the
heauen
of
heauens
,
is
not
able
to
conteine
.
]
Ver.
3.
Lift
vp
thy
strokes
[
i.
manifest
thy
strength
and
power
,
and
lay
it
vpon
the
enemies
of
thy
people
]
that
thou
maiest
for
euer
destroy
[
vz.
from
among
men
]
to
the
sanctuary
[
i.
not
only
to
the
temple
,
but
to
the
city
and
the
whole
land
&
the
people
thereof
,
as
may
appeare
by
the
verses
following
,
the
verse
is
otherwise
red
by
Immanuel
,
but
the
senses
doe
not
much
differ
.
]
Ver.
4.
Thine
aduersaries
[
i.
Gods
enemies
:
and
they
are
called
his
,
because
they
did
set
themselues
against
his
maiesty
,
religion
and
people
]
roare
[
i.
make
a
great
noise
as
hauing
gotten
a
victory
]
in
the
middest
of
thy
congregation
[
i.
in
the
middest
of
thy
people
assembled
to
call
vpon
thy
name
,
others
reade
it
in
the
plurall
number
,
congregations
,
sinagogues
,
or
sanctuaries
,
speaking
according
to
the
diuision
of
the
sanctuary
which
had
thrée
parts
:
he
court
,
whither
the
people
might
come
:
the
sanctuary
which
was
the
place
appointed
for
the
priests
,
&
the
sanctum
sanctorum
,
where
was
the
Arke
of
the
couenant
,
&
whither
the
high
Priest
only
might
enter
,
sée
Hebrew
.
9.1.2
.
]
and
set
vp
their
banners
for
signes
vz.
of
victory
atchieued
]
despiting
God
thereby
as
it
were
and
prophaning
his
temple
,
for
the
better
vnderstanding
of
this
,
the
bookes
of
Machabées
,
and
Iosephus
lib.
12.
Antiq.
Iudai
serue
wel
.
Verse
5.
Hée
[
i.
they
,
putting
one
for
many
]
that
lifted
the
axes
vppon
the
thicke
crées
[
vz.
either
to
fell
them
when
they
were
standing
in
the
wood
,
or
to
square
them
,
and
to
make
them
fit
for
the
work
]
was
renouned
[
i.
highly
estéemed
of
others
,
euen
as
though
he
had
done
a
most
excellent
and
perfect
thing
,
as
appeareth
by
that
which
followeth
,
all
this
hée
alleadgeth
to
abrogate
the
crueltie
of
the
enemies
,
that
woulde
not
spare
so
excellent
a
building
as
the
temple
was
.
Immanue
.
readeth
it
farre
otherwise
,
and
in
an
other
sense
,
referring
it
still
to
the
enemies
,
of
whom
hée
had
spoken
verse
4.
thus
.
Euery
one
of
them
[
vz.
of
the
aduersaries
or
enemies
]
was
accounted
Noble
[
vz.
of
others
]
euen
as
hée
lifted
vp
the
axes
against
the
carued
wood
[
q.d.
the
more
of
that
costly
worke
they
coulde
deface
,
the
better
they
liked
themselues
,
and
the
more
they
were
estéemed
of
others
:
and
so
it
agréeth
also
with
that
which
followeth
after
.
]
Ver.
6.
For
but
,
read
also
,
and
then
the
sense
goeth
well
on
still
]
now
[
i.
when
they
haue
cast
downe
much
]
they
breake
downe
the
carued
worke
thereof
,
with
axes
&
hammers
[
q.d.
they
are
not
contented
to
spoile
it
,
but
they
do
in
hatred
so
deface
it
that
they
leaue
not
one
litle
piece
,
but
they
breake
it
in
sunder
with
hammers
,
&
mallets
.
]
Ver.
7.
They
haue
cast
thy
Sanctuary
into
the
fire
[
i.
they
haue
burnt
thy
temple
,
with
all
things
appertaining
therto
,
putting
one
part
of
the
tabernarle
of
witnes
which
was
placed
in
the
temple
,
for
the
tabernacle
it selfe
,
&
the
whole
temple
]
which
may
also
appeare
in
that
which
followeth
,
because
it
is
said
]
and
rased
it
to
the
ground
[
i.
they
haue
made
it
equal
.
Sée
for
rasing
,
Luke
21.5.6
.
]
and
haue
defiled
[
vz.
by
their
superstitions
and
idolatries
,
and
taking
away
and
destroying
such
things
as
God
had
ordeined
.
Sée
1.
Machab.
1.23.57
.
]
the
dwelling
place
of
thy
name
[
i.
the
temple
wherein
Gods
maiesty
,
power
,
and
goodnes
was
wonderfully
made
manifest
,
and
had
as
it
were
a
perpetual
aboad
.
]
Ver.
8.
They
said
in
their
heartes
[
i.
they
caried
this
purpose
&
perswasion
inwardly
with
them
,
and
incouraged
themselues
to
the
performance
thereof
,
sée
Psal.
14.1
.
Let
vs
destroy
them
altogether
[
i.
vtterly
,
so
that
not
one
of
them
may
remaine
]
all
the
Synagogues
of
God
[
i.
al
the
places
appointed
for
holy
assemblies
wherein
they
vsed
to
read
and
expounde
the
Prophets
and
to
call
vppon
Gods
name
]
in
the
land
[
i.
that
were
in
the
lande
,
vz.
of
Iudea
.
Immanuel
readeth
it
thus
,
casting
them
downe
to
the
grounde
,
noting
thereby
the
vtter
destruction
of
them
.
]
Ver.
9.
We
sée
not
our
signes
[
some
vnderstand
by
signes
,
miracles
&
wonders
which
God
had
wrought
for
them
in
time
before
,
but
now
shewed
not
the
like
.
I
take
it
more
general
,
for
al
the
testimonies
of
Gods
grace
&
fauor
whatsoeuer
,
which
he
was
wont
to
declare
towards
them
&
amongst
the
rest
for
the
ceremonies
&
sacrifices
of
the
lawe
,
which
they
wanted
by
reason
of
the
miserable
destruction
of
their
land
:
&
they
are
called
their
signes
,
not
because
they
did
them
,
but
because
they
were
wrought
for
their
sakes
:
them
when
they
say
,
we
sée
not
our
signes
,
they
meane
,
q.d.
we
sée
not
now
the
testimonies
&
tokens
of
thy
grace
&
fauor
,
which
we
were
wont
to
behold
hertofore
in
gret
plenty
]
there
is
not
one
prophet
more
[
vz.
amongst
vs
to
instruct
vs
,
&
to
teach
vs
according
to
the
law
,
and
in
an
ordinary
ministry
,
for
so
I
would
take
the
word
prophet
in
this
place
]
nor
any
[
vz.
extraordinarily
stirred
vp
]
that
knoweth
[
vz.
to
tell
vs
]
howe
long
[
vz.
this
calamitie
and
misery
of
ours
shall
indure
.
]
Ver.
10.
reproch
thée
[
this
is
ment
not
only
because
the
wicked
vttered
reproches
against
God
himselfe
,
but
also
because
he
succoured
not
his
people
against
their
rage
,
whose
dishonour
did
after
a
sort
redounde
also
to
him
]
blaspheme
thy
name
[
i.
speak
euil
of
thy
maiesty
&
power
,
as
though
thou
either
couldest
not
,
or
wouldest
not
helpe
vs
]
for
euer
[
i.
a
long
time
,
or
continually
,
or
as
it
were
without
ceasing
.
]
Ver.
11
,
Why
withdrawest
thou
thine
hande
[
i.
why
withholdest
thou
thy
power
from
deliuering
vs
,
and
plaguing
thy
enemies
]
euen
thy
right
hand
[
i.
thy
power
ful
of
might
&
strength
to
both
effects
:
he
speaketh
this
of
God
according
to
men
,
whose
right
hands
are
commonly
more
strong
then
the
left
]
draw
it
out
of
thy
bosome
[
i.
declare
by
effectes
that
thou
hast
care
ouer
vs
,
and
power
to
destroy
them
:
it
is
a
metaphor
taken
from
slothful
&
sluggish
persons
,
as
appeareth
Prouerb
.
19.24
.
also
26.16
.
]
and
consume
them
[
vz.
by
thy
iustice
&
iudgment
.
]
Ver.
12.
Euen
[
I
would
rather
read
but
,
or
yet
.
q.d.
notwithstanding
these
gret
distresses
&
dangers
,
I
rest
my self
vpon
him
that
neuer
wil
faile
me
]
God
is
my
king
[
i.
one
that
careth
for
me
,
&
receiueth
me
into
his
protection
,
so
that
I
shal
not
néede
to
feare
deliuerance
:
and
marke
the
sodaine
change
of
the
number
,
the
faithful
speaking
in
the
person
of
one
,
because
al
the
rest
were
of
that
assured
perswasion
]
of
old
[
i.
al
time
heretofore
,
&
therfore
hee
wil
not
destitute
vs
now
]
working
saluation
[
i.
deliuerance
out
of
danger
,
and
that
for
his
people
]
in
the
middest
of
the
earth
[
i.
openly
,
and
in
the
sight
of
all
the
people
of
the
world
putting
the
earth
conteining
the
people
,
for
the
people
conteined
,
]
Ver.
13.
Thou
diddest
deuide
the
sea
[
i.
the
red
Sea
,
when
the
people
came
out
of
Egipt
,
Exod.
14.21
.
]
thou
brakest
the
heades
[
i.
diddest
ouerthrow
the
power
,
yea
,
diddest
take
away
the
life
]
of
the
Dragons
or
Whales
:
hee
meaneth
by
this
speach
,
Pharaohs
men
,
whome
for
their
courage
and
cruelty
,
hee
compareth
to
great
Dragons
or
Whales
]
in
the
waters
[
vz.
of
the
redde
Sea
.
]
Ver.
14.
Thou
brakest
the
head
[
i.
ouerthrewest
the
power
,
as
before
,
verse
13.
]
of
Liuiathan
in
pieces
[
what
this
beast
was
,
Sée
Iob.
40.20
.
also
41.
throughout
.
Sée
for
the
better
vnderstanding
of
this
place
.
Isaiah
.
27.
verse
1.
&c.
also
Ezech.
29.3
.
from
whence
you
shal
haue
great
light
]
and
gauest
him
to
bee
meate
[
Immanuel
readeth
this
part
of
the
text
farre
better
thus
:
thou
gauest
meate
,
to
the
people
passing
through
the
wildernesse
,
vnderstanding
it
of
manna
,
and
quailes
of
which
sée
Exod.
16.
and
Numbers
11.
and
this
agréeth
better
with
that
that
goeth
before
,
ver.
12.
when
they
sayd
,
god
had
beene
their
king
of
old
,
not
onely
in
punishing
their
enemies
,
but
in
shewing
grace
and
fauor
to
them
also
,
&
with
that
which
foloweth
where
other
particular
benefits
are
rehearsed
.
]
Ver.
15.
Thou
breakest
vp
[
i.
thou
causedst
to
breake
vp
,
and
that
out
of
the
ground
a
harde
mountaine
]
the
fountaine
and
riuer
[
i.
abundance
of
water
,
euen
as
plentiful
,
as
any
fountaine
or
riuer
could
be
,
sée
Exod.
17.
ver.
1.2
.
&c.
also
Numbers
20●
.
2
.
&c.
]
thou
driest
vp
mighty
riuers
[
as
the
redde
Sea
spoken
of
before
,
and
the
flood
Iordan
,
as
Ioshua
3.14
.
&c.
into
which
riuer
also
many
other
riuers
runne
or
flowe
,
and
therefore
hee
speaketh
heere
in
the
plurall
number
.
]
Verse
16.
The
daye
is
thyne
[
both
because
he
created
it
,
and
gouerneth
it
according
to
his
good
pleasure
]
and
the
night
is
thine
[
i.
at
thy
disposition
and
appointment
,
as
before
in
this
verse
]
thou
hast
prepared
the
light
[
vz.
of
the
night
,
as
the
moone
and
starres
,
sée
Gene.
1.14
.
&c.
]
and
here
by
the
word
preparing
,
he
vnderstandeth
,
both
creating
,
appointing
,
and
gouerning
]
and
the
sunne
[
vz.
for
the
day
,
as
the
other
for
the
night
:
and
he
expressedly
nameth
this
,
because
it
is
the
principall
instrument
whereby
light
is
communicated
to
men
.
]
Verse
17.
Thou
hast
set
al
the
borders
of
the
earth
[
this
may
bée
vnderstoode
,
either
of
the
listes
of
seuerall
Countries
or
kingdomes
,
because
GOD
hath
appointed
to
men
such
portion
of
grounde
,
as
he
knoweth
to
be
sufficient
for
them
:
or
else
of
all
the
borders
of
the
whole
worlde
,
as
though
God
had
appointed
,
how
much
should
be
earth
,
howe
much
water
,
or
Sea
,
and
this
I
rather
incline
vnto
,
by
reason
of
that
which
is
written
,
Gene.
1.
verse
9.10
.
]
thou
hast
made
Summer
and
Winter
[
i.
not
onely
created
then
,
but
appointed
them
:
for
these
distinct
times
and
seasons
,
Sée
Gene.
1.14
.
]
Ver.
18.
Remember
this
[
q.d.
though
thou
shouldest
forget
thy
olde
mercies
,
and
our
great
miseries
,
yet
at
the
least
thinke
vpon
the
blasphemies
of
thine
enemies
]
hath
approched
the
Lord
[
the
thirde
person
put
for
the
second
:
q.d.
reproched
thée
O
Lorde
,
which
was
done
in
that
Gods
children
were
cast
downe
into
sclaunder
and
contempt
]
and
the
foolish
people
[
i.
the
wicked
and
vngodly
,
as
Psalm
.
14.1
.
]
blasphemed
thy
name
[
sée
ver.
10.
of
this
Psal.
]
Ver.
19.
Giue
not
the
soule
[
i.
deliuer
not
ouer
the
life
,
for
otherwise
the
wicked
can
not
touch
the
body
vnlesse
the
Lord
appoint
and
permit
the
same
:
&
as
for
the
soule
in
déed
they
can
no
maner
of
way
come
nigh
it
.
Matth.
10.28.29
.
&c.
]
of
thy
turtle
doue
[
i.
of
thy
Church
,
which
is
compared
to
a
turtle
or
doue
,
because
it
is
smal
,
weak
,
simple
,
&
méeke
,
as
a
turtle
or
doue
is
,
sée
Cantic
.
cap.
2.14
.
cap.
5.3
.
cap.
6.8
.
so
also
Mat.
10.16
.
]
vnto
the
beast
[
vz.
which
séeketh
to
deuour
it
&
take
it
away
:
by
beasts
he
vnderstandeth
men
of
beastly
conditions
altogether
giuen
to
rauening
and
spoile
,
and
by
one
he
meaneth
many
]
and
forget
not
[
i.
séeme
not
to
forget
,
for
God
in
déed
neuer
forgetteth
his
]
the
congregation
of
thy
poore
[
i.
the
company
and
multitude
of
them
,
that
though
they
bée
afflicted
from
thée
yet
suffer
notwithstanding
for
thy
cause
]
for
euer
[
i.
for
a
long
season
,
as
we
haue
had
the
worde
sundry
times
before
.
]
Ver.
20.
Consider
thy
couenant
[
vz.
which
thou
hast
made
with
our
fathers
and
vs
:
q.d.
the
enemies
suppose
that
thou
thinkest
not
vpon
it
,
because
thou
giuest
vs
ouer
to
their
lust
,
and
our
owne
faith
is
wonderfully
shaken
,
because
we
are
so
afflicted
on
euery
side
]
for
the
darke
places
of
the
earth
are
full
of
the
habitations
of
the
cruell
.
]
Immanuel
readeth
this
place
farre
better
,
thus
]
for
the
darke
places
of
the
earth
are
ful
[
vz.
of
the
outrage
&
cruelty
of
the
wicked
.
q.d.
there
is
no
place
so
darke
and
secret
,
but
the
rage
and
tyrannie
of
these
wicked
men
will
fetch
men
out
of
it
]
they
are
very
dennes
of
violence
[
vz.
which
they
practise
against
other
men
.
q.d.
the
holes
which
men
sought
for
refuge
and
defence
,
are
by
these
mens
cruelties
become
very
dennes
of
outrage
&
violence
.
]
Ver.
21.
Oh
let
not
the
oppressed
[
vz.
by
the
iniurie
&
outrage
of
cruel
men
]
returne
[
vz.
from
thy
maiesty
,
specially
séeing
he
prayeth
vnto
thee
]
but
let
the
poore
and
néedy
praise
thy
name
[
i.
giue
them
occasion
to
prayse
and
extoll
thy
power
,
by
deliuering
them
from
their
enemies
and
supplying
their
wantes
.
Ver.
22.
Arise
O
God
[
vz.
to
declare
thy
might
vpon
thine
enemies
,
and
to
helpe
thine
]
maintaine
[
vz.
against
the
violence
and
rage
of
thine
enemies
]
thine
owne
cause
[
i.
thyne
own
glory
,
now
hazarded
in
the
person
of
thy
people
,
&
like
to
be
ouerthrowne
if
thou
lay
not
to
thy
hand
:
q.d.
the
enemies
will
say
,
that
either
thou
canst
not
or
wilt
not
helpe
and
so
thy
glory
shal
be
defaced
]
remember
[
this
is
spoken
according
to
man
,
and
not
that
God
forgetteth
,
though
hee
séeme
so
to
doe
]
thy
dayly
reproch
[
i.
the
reproches
which
thy
enemies
,
and
the
enemies
of
thy
people
do
daily
vtter
against
thée
]
by
the
foolish
man
[
i.
which
the
wicked
man
speaketh
,
foole
put
for
a
wicked
person
,
as
Psal.
14.1
.
]
Verse
23.
Forget
not
[
this
is
spoken
as
in
the
other
ver.
remember
]
the
voice
of
thine
enemies
[
i.
the
roaring
and
blasphemies
that
they
cast
out
against
thee
,
thy
temple
,
and
people
,
sée
ver.
4.6.7.8.10
verses
of
this
Psalme
]
for
the
tumult
[
i.
the
rage
and
outcries
]
of
them
that
rise
against
thée
[
i.
of
thine
enemies
,
and
thy
peoples
enemies
]
ascendeth
[
vz.
into
thy
sight
and
presence
]
continually
[
q.d.
thou
canst
not
chuse
therefore
,
but
remember
and
thinke
vpon
the
same
,
as
in
the
beginning
of
this
very
verse
.
]
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
that
God
many
times
layeth
grieuous
afflictions
vpon
his
children
,
to
the
end
he
might
thereby
drawe
them
nigh
vnto
himselfe
.
Verse
2.
Teacheth
the
faithful
not
only
to
haue
recourse
to
god
by
praier
,
in
the
time
of
their
troubles
,
but
to
ground
themselues
vppon
that
experience
,
which
either
they
themselues
,
or
their
forefathers
haue
had
of
his
goodnes
.
Ver.
3.
Teacheth
vs
that
we
may
safely
pray
against
the
enemies
of
the
Church
.
Ver.
4.5.6.7.8
.
Do
liuely
paint
out
the
rage
&
violence
of
the
enemies
of
god
,
and
that
against
the
outward
marks
of
religion
,
which
may
teach
Gods
children
hatred
and
zeale
against
the
monuments
of
idolatry
&
superstition
.
Ver.
9.
Teacheth
vs
that
euident
signes
of
Gods
wrath
&
displeasure
,
as
the
want
of
his
worde
,
the
stopping
of
the
true
ministers
mouthes
&c.
should
touch
vs
to
the
quicke
.
Ver.
10.
Teacheth
vs
with
patience
to
beare
the
Lords
hand
vpon
vs
,
till
it
please
him
to
remoue
it
,
and
yet
notwithstanding
to
craue
according
to
his
wil
,
the
taking
of
it
from
vs
.
Ver.
11.
Sheweth
that
Gods
right
hand
and
power
is
the
only
assured
meane
of
defence
of
his
children
,
&
the
destruction
of
the
vngodly
.
Ver.
12.
True
tast
and
féeling
of
gods
former
deliuerances
,
should
strengthen
the
hope
of
his
seruants
,
that
they
shal
again
be
deliuered
out
of
al
their
distresses
.
Ver.
13.14.15.16.17
.
are
particular
descriptions
of
the
might
&
power
of
God
,
in
certaine
particular
works
of
his
,
out
of
which
we
learne
to
stay
our selues
wholly
vpon
him
,
who
hath
al
power
in
his
owne
hands
,
and
doth
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
him
,
both
in
heauen
and
in
earth
.
Ver.
18.
Setteth
out
the
malice
of
the
wicked
,
which
reacheth
not
only
vnto
men
on
earth
,
but
to
God
in
heauen
.
Ver.
19.
Teacheth
vs
to
haue
recourse
to
God
by
earnest
prayer
in
the
middest
of
all
our
calamities
and
afflictions
.
Ver.
20.
Teacheth
vs
that
Gods
frée
couenant
made
with
vs
,
is
not
only
a
good
ground
for
prayer
,
but
also
a
matter
of
great
comfort
to
the
conscience
,
because
we
know
he
wil
not
go
backe
from
that
which
he
hath
promised
.
Ver.
21.
Teacheth
that
it
is
no
small
comfort
to
the
godly
,
when
they
féele
by
effects
that
their
praiers
are
heard
.
Ver.
22.
Sheweth
that
God
&
his
people
be
so
linked
together
,
that
reproch
can
not
be
offered
to
the
one
,
but
it
is
offred
to
the
other
.
Ver.
23.
Teacheth
vs
that
euen
the
very
outrage
&
cruelties
of
the
wicked
,
are
effectuall
instrumentes
to
drawe
from
God
,
as
iudgements
against
their
owne
soules
,
so
deliuerance
to
his
people
.
Psalme
75
IN
the
argument
of
this
Psalm
,
I
do
somewhat
differ
from
the
Geneua
Bible
taking
it
to
be
a
Psalme
made
by
Dauid
before
that
hee
bare
rule
ouer
the
twelue
tribes
,
what
time
there
was
such
great
warres
betwéene
him
and
the
house
of
Saul
,
the
Prophet
promising
here
,
that
if
God
will
establish
him
in
the
full
gouernement
,
hee
wil
praise
his
name
continually
:
for
the
better
proof
of
this
my
assertion
,
consider
the
words
of
the
third
verse
of
this
Psal.
This
Psal.
specially
expoundeth
thrée
things
,
Di.
first
is
a
solemne
promise
of
hearty
thanksgiuing
vnto
the
Lorde
:
and
this
is
comprehended
ver.
1.9
.
The
second
is
a
protestation
what
he
wil
do
,
when
god
shall
aduance
him
to
the
kingdome
,
and
this
is
in
ver.
2.3.10
.
And
the
thirde
is
a
louing
admonition
to
the
wicked
,
with
graue
reasons
of
that
admonition
,
that
they
set
not
themselues
against
God
,
and
his
ordinance
,
and
this
is
conteyned
in
ver.
5.6.7.8
.
For
the
exposition
of
the
title
of
this
Psalme
,
sée
Psalm
57.
in
the
title
:
Se.
and
also
Psal.
48.
in
the
title
,
and
Psal.
50.
in
the
title
out
of
al
which
laid
together
you
shal
haue
these
termes
,
destroy
not
,
a
Psalme
and
song
,
committed
to
Asaph
expounded
,
and
as
for
these
words
to
him
that
excelleth
,
they
are
declared
before
Psalme
4.
in
the
title
.
Ver.
1.
We
wil
praise
thée
O
God
[
vz.
for
thy
benefites
and
graces
bestowed
vpon
vs
:
and
the
doubling
of
the
wordes
,
noteth
the
constant
mind
and
earnestnes
which
they
caried
with
them
,
to
performe
it
:
and
all
this
Dauid
speaketh
in
the
person
of
the
faithful
,
&
in
his
owne
name
also
]
for
thy
name
is
néere
[
i.
thy
power
&
maiesty
,
as
Psal.
20.1
.
meaning
that
God
by
his
power
began
to
approch
,
for
his
good
&
profit
]
therefore
they
[
i.
not
only
I
,
but
al
other
faithfull
and
godly
people
]
will
declare
[
i.
publish
and
set
abroad
,
and
that
to
all
others
]
thy
wonderfull
workes
[
i.
those
workes
of
thine
,
which
thou
doest
for
those
that
are
thine
,
&
are
in
déed
for
the
excellency
and
greatnes
of
them
to
be
wondered
at
.
Immanuel
readeth
the
latter
part
of
this
ver.
thus
,
for
thy
wonderful
workes
declare
that
thy
name
is
nigh
[
q.d.
this
shal
bée
one
cause
of
our
praysing
thée
,
because
we
perceiue
by
thy
wonderfull
workes
,
that
thou
in
power
drawest
nigh
to
helpe
vs
in
these
confusions
and
troubles
:
and
this
is
in
my
mind
,
a
very
good
sense
.
]
Ver.
2.
When
I
[
marke
the
sodaine
change
of
the
person
,
&
this
Dauid
speaketh
of
himselfe
,
&
not
of
God
,
as
the
note
in
the
Geneua
Bible
goeth
]
shall
take
[
i.
obtaine
and
get
]
a
conuenient
time
[
i.
that
time
which
thou
O
God
hast
appointed
me
for
the
obteining
of
the
ful
gouernment
:
for
that
time
only
is
conuenient
,
which
God
hath
set
.
Immanuel
readeth
this
part
of
the
text
better
thus
:
when
I
shal
receiue
the
couenant
[
i.
when
I
shal
be
admitted
king
ouer
all
Israel
,
according
to
the
couenants
that
the
Israelites
consented
vnto
Abners
Counsell
:
sée
for
this
purpose
.
2.
Sam.
3.17
.
2
Sam.
5.1.2.3
.
&c.
also
1.
Chronic.
11.3
.
1.
Chronic.
12.23
.
to
the
ende
of
the
Chapter
]
I
will
iudge
[
vz.
the
people
,
and
their
causes
]
righteously
[
i.
with
vpright
iudgment
,
this
saying
,
he
wil
do
,
meaneth
not
that
he
had
not
done
it
before
,
but
that
then
,
though
his
charge
should
be
the
greater
,
yet
hee
woulde
not
be
discouraged
,
but
rather
incouraged
therby
,
to
the
faithful
execution
of
his
office
,
and
though
thinges
had
passed
vnder
Sauls
gouernement
very
corruptlye
,
yet
hee
woulde
deale
vprightly
.
]
Verse
3.
The
earth
[
i.
the
land
,
and
kingdome
and
the
state
both
of
the
Church
and
common
wealth
,
as
you
would
say
]
and
al
in
the
inhabitants
thereof
[
i.
all
the
people
]
are
dissolued
[
vz.
from
their
strength
,
glory
and
fruitfulnes
,
and
that
by
ciuil
warres
,
slaughters
,
and
dissentions
,
betwéene
the
house
of
Saul
and
Dauid
.
]
But
I
will
establish
the
pillers
of
it
[
I
will
labour
through
Gods
assistance
,
to
repayre
the
ruine
and
decaies
thereof
,
the
Prophet
vseth
in
this
verse
two
excellent
metaphors
,
the
one
to
set
out
the
ruine
of
the
state
,
conteyned
in
this
worde
dissolued
,
as
though
it
had
beene
like
water
powred
vpon
the
ground
,
or
like
a
house
out
of
frame
,
or
a
body
out
of
ioynt
in
euery
particular
member
.
The
other
to
expresse
the
restoring
thereof
,
when
hee
sayth
hee
will
set
vp
the
pillars
of
it
,
meaning
that
hée
will
looke
that
the
kingdome
shall
haue
a
good
foundation
and
sure
proppes
,
which
are
specially
two
,
godlines
,
and
righteousnesse
.
]
Verse
4.
I
sayde
vnto
the
foolish
[
i.
vnto
the
wicked
men
,
the
Prophet
sheweth
what
good
counsel
,
hée
gaue
them
]
bée
not
so
foolish
[
i.
bée
not
so
wicked
,
as
to
resist
God
,
and
set
your selues
against
him
]
lift
not
vppe
the
horne
[
i.
bée
not
proude
and
fearce
,
it
is
a
metaphor
taken
from
wanton
,
lusty
,
and
butting
beastes
,
vnderstanding
by
horne
,
strength
and
power
.
q.d.
lift
not
vp
your selues
in
your
power
,
for
you
can
not
preuaile
.
]
Verse
5.
Lift
not
vp
your
horne
on
high
[
this
is
the
same
metaphor
,
that
went
before
ver.
4.
Immanuel
readeth
it
thus
:
lift
not
vp
your
horne
against
the
high
GOD
:
q.d.
GOD
is
the
author
of
my
kingdome
,
as
appeareth
2.
Samuel
3.18
.
so
that
you
can
not
set
your selues
against
mee
,
but
you
striue
against
him
,
and
this
I
take
to
bée
the
better
sense
]
neither
speake
[
vz.
against
mee
,
and
of
your selues
]
with
a
stiffe
necke
[
i.
loftily
and
proudly
,
as
though
you
woulde
wrastle
and
striue
against
Gods
will
:
and
it
is
a
metaphor
taken
from
stubburne
cattle
that
refuse
to
beare
and
drawe
in
the
yoke
]
Verse
6.
For
to
come
to
preferment
[
i.
to
bee
exalted
aboue
other
men
,
and
to
obteine
the
gouernement
of
a
kingdome
]
is
neither
from
the
East
to
the
West
,
nor
from
the
South
[
i.
it
commeth
not
from
this
place
or
that
quarter
of
the
worlde
,
out
of
the
earth
,
as
other
naturall
thinges
doe
,
but
onely
from
God
,
who
as
he
sheweth
in
the
next
verse
,
onely
beareth
sway
in
it
.
That
worde
that
wee
reade
South
,
in
the
Hebrew
text
is
Wildernesse
,
and
therfore
Immanuel
turneth
it
,
nor
from
the
Wildernesse
:
that
is
from
the
North
or
from
the
South
,
for
Judea
was
on
both
these
quarters
compassed
in
with
a
wildernesse
:
whatsoeuer
it
bee
,
the
sence
is
all
one
,
and
this
is
nothing
but
a
reason
of
his
former
spéech
.
]
Verse
7.
But
God
is
the
Iudge
[
q
d.
it
is
he
alone
that
rightly
determineth
these
causes
]
he
maketh
low
and
he
maketh
hye
[
sée
Psalme
113.7.8
.
also
1.
Sam.
2.7.8
.
]
Verse
8.
For
in
the
hand
of
the
Lord
[
i.
in
his
might
and
power
,
as
we
haue
had
the
word
sundry
times
vsed
]
is
a
cuppe
[
i.
iudgment
and
vengeance
,
and
by
saying
it
is
in
his
hand
,
he
noteth
also
the
readinesse
and
preparation
thereof
]
and
the
wine
[
vz.
in
the
cuppe
]
is
red
[
i.
strong
and
pearsing
,
and
that
sodainlye
to
the
brayne
.
The
redder
the
Wines
are
in
these
easterne
partes
,
the
more
pearsing
they
are
both
in
respect
of
their
own
nature
,
and
in
respecte
of
the
heate
of
the
countrie
.
Sée
Prouerbs
23.31.32
.
Immanuel
readeth
for
red
,
troubled
,
but
me
thinketh
that
is
the
better
]
and
is
full
mixed
[
i.
full
of
mixture
,
he
séemeth
to
allude
to
those
that
mingle
spices
with
their
wines
,
to
make
them
more
hote
and
pearsing
,
noting
by
this
spéech
the
greatnesse
of
Gods
vengeance
againste
the
wicked
]
and
he
[
i.
God
]
poureth
out
[
vz.
in
great
abundaunce
and
plentye
]
of
the
same
[
vz.
Wine
,
that
is
iudgement
and
vengeaunce
vppon
the
wicked
]
surely
[
this
word
serueth
to
note
the
certaintie
of
Gods
plagues
]
all
the
wicked
of
the
earth
[
i.
all
they
that
on
the
earth
continue
in
their
sinnes
,
and
sette
themselues
in
it
]
shall
wring
out
,
and
drinke
the
dregges
thereof
[
this
parte
would
be
better
translated
thus
,
shall
drinke
the
dregges
thereof
,
i.
shall
haue
it
euen
euery
droppe
poured
vpon
their
heads
in
despite
of
their
téeth
,
vnderstanding
thereby
the
great
vengeaunce
that
God
will
take
vpon
the
wicked
]
which
[
vz.
dregges
]
they
haue
wrung
out
[
vz.
agaynst
themselues
,
and
that
by
their
notoriousnesse
and
setlednesse
in
sinne
.
Sée
Isaiah
51.17
.
and
Iere.
25.15.16
.
&c.
]
Verse
9.
But
I
will
declare
[
vz.
Gods
wonderfull
workes
and
excellent
prayses
,
as
it
followeth
in
the
end
of
this
verse
]
the
God
of
Iaakob
[
i.
the
God
of
Israel
,
or
of
the
Israelites
,
putting
the
name
of
the
Father
from
whome
they
came
,
for
all
his
posterity
:
vsing
it
also
as
a
difference
betwéene
him
and
all
the
false
Gods
,
because
he
whom
that
people
worshipped
,
was
the
onely
true
God
,
sée
1.
King
.
18.31
.
]
Verse
10.
All
the
hornes
[
i.
all
the
forces
,
might
,
and
power
of
the
wicked
,
yea
their
very
pride
,
as
verse
4.5
.
of
this
Psalme
]
will
I
breake
[
vz.
to
péeces
and
poulder
,
so
that
they
shall
haue
no
hope
to
hurte
the
godlye
]
but
the
hornes
of
the
righteous
[
i.
the
strength
and
power
of
good
men
]
shall
bée
exalted
[
i.
lifted
vp
,
and
as
it
were
daylye
more
and
more
extolled
by
mee
.
And
all
this
Dauid
speaketh
in
his
owne
person
,
shewing
what
hée
will
doe
,
when
God
shall
haue
once
aduaunced
him
to
the
quiet
gouernment
of
the
kingdome
.
Verse
1.
Do.
Teach
the
faythfull
to
be
thankfull
to
God
for
his
mercye
&
goodnesse
.
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
Gods
people
to
purpose
good
thinges
with
themselues
,
and
to
labour
to
performe
the
same
.
Verse
3.
Teacheth
that
no
disorder
or
confusion
should
hinder
vs
from
doing
of
that
which
God
requireth
of
vs
.
Ver.
4.5
Teach
vs
to
admonish
&
reproue
the
wicked
,
in
and
for
their
wickednesse
.
Ver.
6.
sheweth
vs
,
that
Fortune
as
men
call
it
,
is
a
wicked
dotage
of
their
own
,
yea
that
all
that
man
himselfe
can
doe
,
to
prefer
himselfe
is
nothing
.
Verse
7.
Setteth
out
Gods
gouernment
,
not
in
heauen
only
but
in
earth
.
Verse
8.
Teacheth
the
gréeuous
and
great
portion
of
vengeaunce
that
in
Gods
iustice
shall
bée
poured
forth
vpon
the
wicked
.
Verse
9.
Sheweth
that
euen
the
highest
are
bound
to
prayse
the
Lord
,
yea
euen
they
much
more
then
other
men
,
because
they
haue
receyued
greater
graces
and
fauour
.
Verse
10.
Doth
excellentlye
describe
Kings
dueties
,
which
consisteth
in
punishing
the
wicked
,
and
defending
the
good
,
as
appeareth
Rom.
13.3
.
Psalme
76.
Di.
THe
Psalme
as
I
take
it
may
be
deuided
into
thrée
partes
.
In
the
first
part
the
Prophet
sheweth
,
how
good
,
gracious
,
and
mighty
the
Lord
is
to
his
own
Church
and
people
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
end
of
the
4.
In
the
second
he
sheweth
how
terrible
he
is
in
executing
his
iudgements
agaynst
the
wicked
and
vngodly
,
their
enemies
,
from
verse
5.
to
the
end
of
the
tenth
.
In
the
third
and
last
part
he
prouoketh
the
faythful
to
shew
themselues
thankefull
for
his
mercy
towards
them
,
and
his
iudgements
towards
the
other
,
and
this
is
comprehended
in
the
two
last
verses
of
this
Psalme
.
Se.
The
Title
to
him
that
excelleth
on
Neginoth
[
sée
Psalme
4.
in
the
Title
]
A
Psalme
or
song
[
sée
Psalme
48.
in
the
title
]
committed
to
Asaph
[
sée
Psal.
50.
in
the
Title
]
Ver.
1.
God
is
known
[
vz.
both
by
his
works
,
word
and
spirit
,
for
here
he
speaketh
of
a
speciall
knowledge
,
and
not
only
of
that
general
one
that
al
haue
.
Rom.
1.20.21
.
]
in
Iudah
[
that
is
not
only
to
that
tribe
,
or
that
portion
of
the
land
of
promise
that
Iudah
and
Beniamin
inhabited
,
but
to
the
rest
of
all
the
people
,
as
may
appeare
by
that
which
followeth
]
his
name
[
i.
his
power
,
maiestie
&
might
is
great
[
i.
is
declared
and
founde
by
experience
to
be
great
and
mighty
]
in
Israel
[
i.
amongst
his
faithfull
people
,
as
sundry
times
before
]
Ver.
2.
For
in
Shalem
[
that
is
in
Jerusalem
which
was
called
firste
Shalem
,
sée
Gen.
14.18
.
]
is
his
Tabernacle
[
vz.
wherein
he
would
be
worshipped
,
&
which
he
appointed
Moses
to
build
]
&
his
dwelling
in
Sion
[
he
meaneth
this
of
the
temple
,
which
was
builded
vpon
part
of
Mount
Sion
.
Sée
Psal.
48.1.2
.
]
Ver.
3.
There
[
i.
at
Ierusalem
,
and
Sion
]
brake
the
arrowes
of
the
bowe
[
i.
God
discomfited
&
ouerthrew
the
sorce
&
power
of
al
Saneheribs
armie
,
sée
Isaiah
37.
thorowout
:
&
here
he
reckoneth
vp
the
weapons
of
war
as
the
bowes
,
arrowes
,
shields
,
swords
,
&c.
understanding
therby
not
only
the
instruments
themselues
,
but
also
the
parties
that
shall
vse
&
handle
them
.
For
weapons
of
themselues
without
men
can
do
little
hurt
:
&
if
the
weapons
had
bin
broken
&
the
men
spared
,
they
might
either
haue
had
new
,
or
repaired
the
old
:
that
we
must
néeds
vnderstand
it
both
of
men
&
munition
.
]
Ver.
4.
Thou
art
more
bright
&
puissant
[
i.
more
glorious
and
mighty
,
by
giuing
the
Assyrians
so
great
an
ouerthrow
,
&
this
he
speaketh
of
God
by
turning
his
spéech
vnto
him
]
them
the
mountains
of
pray
[
i.
them
al
the
Assiryans
&
their
great
Monarchie
:
whom
he
resembleth
for
the
multitude
of
their
men
,
&
for
the
great
&
wonderfull
spoiles
which
they
had
gotten
to
mountains
that
were
ful
of
wild
beasts
giuen
to
rapine
&
spoile
:
or
else
because
they
had
pitched
their
tents
vpon
the
mountains
round
about
Ierusalem
,
they
carying
with
them
al
the
prayes
&
spoiles
that
they
had
gotten
in
the
warres
.
Immanuel
readeth
by
the
mountaines
of
prayes
,
&
then
it
must
haue
this
sence
,
by
the
ouerthrow
of
the
Assyrians
,
whome
hee
compareth
to
mountains
of
pray
,
for
the
causes
before
alleaged
.
]
Verse
5.
The
stout
harted
[
i.
the
men
of
might
and
courage
,
for
al
their
strength
]
are
spoyled
[
vz.
of
them
that
were
weake
in
respect
of
them
,
or
else
as
Immanuel
readeth
it
,
yéelded
themselues
for
a
pray
:
q.d.
notwithstanding
their
strength
and
courage
,
they
were
stricken
with
the
faintnesse
of
their
hart
,
and
glad
to
yéeld
,
for
the
sauegard
of
their
liues
:
and
this
must
be
vnderstoode
of
the
men
that
remayned
after
that
great
iudgement
mentioned
2.
King
.
19.35
.
and
also
that
of
the
latter
part
of
this
verse
]
they
haue
slept
their
sléep
[
i.
they
are
dead
,
being
slaine
by
the
Angell
,
an
vsual
thing
in
scripture
,
by
sléepe
to
vnderstand
death
]
&
al
the
men
of
strength
[
i.
al
the
strong
men
,
vz.
which
were
left
aliue
after
the
great
slaughter
mentioned
before
]
haue
not
found
their
hands
[
i.
had
not
vse
of
their
power
&
strength
,
putting
hands
which
are
instruments
to
manifest
strength
,
for
strength
it self
.
]
Verse
6.
At
thy
rebuke
[
i.
when
thou
didst
but
check
them
,
or
speake
the
word
against
them
.
He
meaneth
that
god
very
easily
did
discomfit
&
ouerthrow
them
,
sée
2.
King
.
19.
ver.
20.21
.
&c.
]
O
god
of
Iaakob
[
sée
Psal.
75.9
.
]
both
the
chariot
&
horse
[
i.
the
men
that
did
ride
in
and
vpon
both
the
one
&
the
other
,
meaning
thereby
,
both
Princes
,
nobles
,
and
men
of
might
,
because
they
commonly
were
caried
so
.
Sée
2.
Chron.
32.21
.
]
are
cast
a
sléepe
[
i.
slaine
,
as
before
ver.
7.
of
this
Psal.
]
Ver.
7.
Thou
,
euen
thou
[
q.d.
thou
alone
]
art
to
be
feared
[
vz.
of
al
and
aboue
all
]
and
who
shall
stande
[
vz.
of
himselfe
]
in
thy
sighte
[
i.
before
thée
]
when
thou
art
angrye
[
vz.
agaynste
men
,
and
by
this
spéeche
hée
noteth
the
weakenesse
of
the
creatures
,
in
respecte
of
their
Creator
.
]
Verse
8.
Thou
diddest
cause
thy
iudgement
to
be
heard
from
heauen
[
he
meaneth
by
this
spéech
,
that
Gods
iudgement
vpon
his
enemies
was
so
cleare
&
manifest
,
that
no
man
could
impute
it
to
Fortune
,
or
mens
trauaile
,
but
that
euery
one
must
of
necessitie
confesse
that
it
came
from
heauen
,
and
this
he
meaneth
as
generallye
,
so
particularly
of
the
vengeaunce
executed
vppon
the
Assyrians
armie
.
Some
vnderstand
it
of
thunder
,
lightning
,
&c.
fearefull
signs
&
tokens
of
Gods
iudgements
indeed
,
but
methinketh
that
other
is
the
more
plaine
sence
]
therefore
the
earth
feared
[
i.
the
people
inhabiting
the
worlde
,
and
hearing
of
that
great
ouerthrowe
of
the
Assyrians
]
and
stoode
still
[
vz.
as
people
amased
,
and
without
hart
and
courage
,
not
being
able
to
deuise
,
muche
lesse
to
perform
any
thing
against
gods
seruants
.
]
Ver.
9.
When
thou
O
god
arose
to
iudgement
[
i.
to
execute
iudgement
:
he
doth
in
this
&
the
former
ver.
resemble
God
,
to
an
earthly
iudge
,
speking
of
him
according
to
man
,
as
though
god
did
sit
a
long
while
deliberating
what
he
would
do
,
and
when
hee
had
once
resolued
should
rise
vp
,
and
pronounce
sentence
]
to
helpe
[
vz.
from
danger
and
distresse
of
the
enemies
]
all
the
méeke
[
i.
all
those
that
were
afflicted
,
meaning
thereby
,
the
faythfull
and
good
people
of
God
]
of
the
earth
[
he
meaneth
specially
those
that
inhabited
Iudea
,
but
yet
so
that
it
may
comprehend
al
the
rest
wheresoeuer
dispersed
.
]
Ver.
10.
Surely
[
q.d.
it
can
not
otherwise
be
,
but
that
]
the
rage
of
man
[
i.
euen
the
very
fiercenesse
and
cruelty
,
that
men
exercise
agaynst
thy
seruaunts
,
vsing
the
word
man
for
mankind
or
the
greatest
part
thereof
]
shall
turne
to
thy
prayse
[
not
only
because
that
when
the
godly
shal
sée
them
frustrated
of
their
purposes
,
they
shall
haue
occasion
to
prayse
thée
,
but
euen
if
thou
couldst
suffer
and
appoynt
them
to
preuayle
,
yet
euen
therein
shouldst
thou
bée
glorifyed
,
because
God
will
make
all
things
worke
together
,
both
for
his
own
glory
,
and
to
the
good
of
those
that
loue
him
]
the
remnant
of
thy
rage
shalt
thou
restrayne
[
some
expound
it
thus
,
those
of
the
wicked
that
shall
be
left
aliue
,
hoping
that
they
shall
be
able
to
performe
great
matters
,
shalt
thou
so
kéepe
,
as
it
were
brideled
,
that
they
shall
not
be
able
to
atchieue
any
enterprise
.
I
rather
expound
it
thus
]
the
remnaunt
of
the
rage
[
that
is
suche
good
people
as
shall
remayne
after
the
execution
of
the
wickeds
rage
]
shalt
thou
restrayne
[
eyther
from
doing
euill
themselues
,
or
else
from
the
violence
and
outrage
of
the
wicked
,
which
latter
I
like
best
of
.
And
that
maketh
Immanuel
to
vse
for
the
word
restraine
,
compas
about
,
meaning
shielding
and
defending
of
them
.
Sée
to
this
purpose
2.
kings
19.30
.
so
that
in
this
verse
he
declareth
two
vses
of
gods
iudgement
,
the
one
is
the
prayse
and
glory
of
God
,
the
other
is
the
deliuery
of
the
good
people
.
]
Verse
11.
Vow
[
vz.
as
tokens
and
signes
of
youre
thankfulnesse
to
God
,
for
your
enemies
ouerthrow
,
and
your
own
deliuerances
]
&
performe
[
vz.
your
sacrifices
vowed
,
testifying
also
thereby
your
obedience
and
readinesse
in
his
seruice
]
vnto
the
Lord
[
vz.
only
and
alone
,
who
also
is
]
your
God
[
i.
your
defender
and
kéeper
]
all
ye
that
be
round
about
him
[
i.
both
priests
and
people
:
the
Leuits
and
Priests
because
they
wayted
in
the
Tabernacle
:
and
the
people
because
they
coulde
be
no
where
but
in
his
presence
]
lette
them
bring
presents
[
that
is
,
offrings
and
sacrifices
,
which
are
called
presentes
,
because
they
presented
them
before
the
Lorde
,
sée
the
accomplishmente
of
this
2.
Chron.
32.23
.
]
vnto
him
that
he
ought
to
be
feared
[
vz.
of
all
both
high
and
low
,
of
what
state
or
condition
soeuer
they
be
,
and
this
is
spoken
of
the
almightye
God
.
]
Verse
12.
He
shal
cut
of
the
spirite
of
Princes
[
this
may
bee
read
better
eyther
in
the
present
tense
,
or
preterperfect
tense
,
he
doth
it
,
or
he
hath
done
it
:
meaning
by
cutting
off
,
frustrating
or
taking
away
,
and
by
spirite
,
not
onelye
their
vnderstanding
and
purposes
,
but
their
liues
also
,
as
appeareth
2.
Chron.
32.21
.
]
he
is
terrible
[
vz.
not
in
outward
shew
onely
:
but
in
déede
and
effecte
]
to
the
kings
of
the
earth
[
i.
euen
to
the
mightiest
Monarchies
and
al
the
Princes
of
the
world
,
so
that
they
néede
not
thinke
that
they
shall
be
fauoured
for
their
greatnesse
,
or
haue
any
power
to
stand
against
him
.
Do.
Verse
1.
and
2.
teach
that
God
doth
specially
manifest
both
his
power
and
good
will
,
to
the
people
that
exercise
his
religion
,
and
cast
vpon
his
name
.
ver.
3.
Teacheth
that
neither
armor
or
indeuour
can
preuayle
agaynst
the
Churche
of
God
further
then
he
himselfe
appointeth
.
Verse
4.
Teacheth
that
he
that
is
on
the
faythfuls
side
is
stronger
then
all
.
Verse
5.
Teacheth
that
there
is
no
wisedome
,
strength
,
power
or
policie
able
to
withstand
the
Lord
in
his
purposes
.
Verse
6.
Teacheth
that
God
néedeth
not
to
make
much
adoe
to
ouerthrow
for
euen
a
word
or
rebuke
of
his
mouth
shall
cast
them
downe
to
death
.
Verse
7.
Teacheth
that
God
only
is
to
be
feared
and
reuerenced
.
Verse
8.
Teacheth
vs
specially
then
to
haue
good
regard
to
our selues
,
when
God
sheweth
euident
testimonies
and
tokens
of
his
iudgements
.
Verse
9.
sheweth
that
God
will
neuer
forget
the
afflicted
that
hang
vpon
him
.
Verse
10
sheweth
that
euen
the
very
sinnes
of
the
vngodly
shall
serue
to
Gods
great
glory
.
Verse
11.
Teacheth
vs
both
carefully
to
purpose
and
religiously
to
performe
the
exercises
of
the
worship
and
seruice
of
our
God
.
Verse
12.
Teacheth
vs
that
it
is
God
onlye
,
who
hath
the
issues
of
the
life
and
death
of
al
men
in
his
hands
.
Psalme
77
THis
Psalme
may
be
deuided
into
two
parts
.
Di.
In
the
firste
,
the
Prophet
expresseth
the
great
afflictions
and
gréeuous
temptations
that
he
indured
:
and
this
reacheth
from
verse
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
ninth
.
In
the
seconde
hee
declareth
,
by
what
reasons
and
argumentes
he
comforted
himselfe
,
teaching
the
Churche
to
doe
the
like
,
from
verse
10.
to
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
.
The
Title
or
inscription
of
this
Psalm
,
would
be
amended
thus
:
Se.
To
him
that
excelleth
,
set
ouer
Ieduthun
his
posteritie
,
with
Asaph
,
a
Psalme
[
i.
a
psalme
appoynted
to
that
excellent
Musitian
whosoeuer
he
was
,
that
was
set
ouer
Ieduthun
his
posteritie
,
and
to
Asaph
,
sée
1.
Chron.
25.23
.
]
Verse
1.
My
voice
[
i.
the
prayers
that
I
made
]
came
to
God
[
i.
were
directed
vnto
him
,
&
appeared
in
his
presence
,
]
when
I
cried
[
i.
when
I
prayde
earnestly
in
the
anguishe
and
bitternesse
of
my
soule
,
]
and
hee
hearde
mee
[
vz.
making
my
prayer
vnto
him
.
And
all
this
and
that
whiche
followeth
the
Prophet
alleadgeth
to
strengthen
as
it
were
his
fayth
and
hope
,
that
he
that
had
bin
heard
of
God
in
the
time
of
his
former
affliction
,
should
likewise
be
heard
now
.
]
Verse
2.
In
the
day
of
my
trouble
[
i.
in
the
time
wherein
I
was
afflicted
,
for
his
gréefe
lasted
longer
than
one
day
doubtlesse
]
I
sought
the
Lord
[
vz.
by
earnest
and
harty
prayer
]
my
sore
ran
and
seased
not
in
the
night
[
he
meaneth
that
his
disease
continued
,
and
that
no
remedy
could
diminish
the
same
:
&
it
séemeth
to
be
a
spéech
taken
from
woundes
and
sores
that
bléede
continually
,
or
send
forth
corruption
in
such
sort
,
that
they
cannot
be
staunched
.
Immanuel
hath
another
reading
and
another
sence
,
but
me
thinketh
that
this
is
as
proportional
with
this
text
,
and
better
rather
.
]
My
soule
[
i.
I
my selfe
,
putting
a
parte
for
the
whole
man
]
refused
comforte
[
q.d.
My
payne
wrought
in
mee
such
waywardnesse
,
that
nothing
was
comfortable
or
ioyfull
vnto
mée
.
]
Verse
3.
I
did
thinke
vpon
GOD
[
vz.
with
my
harte
in
my
prayers
and
supplication
]
and
was
trouble●
[
vz.
because
I
conceaued
that
GOD
was
angrye
agaynst
me
,
in
that
I
prayed
,
and
he
graunted
mee
not
my
petition
]
I
prayde
[
vz.
earnestly
]
and
my
spirite
[
i.
my
soule
and
inward
man
]
was
full
of
anguish
[
i.
gréefe
and
sorrowe
,
because
I
felt
not
the
force
of
my
prayers
.
Immanuel
readeth
this
verse
also
otherwise
,
as
he
doth
the
most
part
of
this
Psalme
,
but
because
this
texte
and
sence
is
playne
ynough
,
I
varie
not
from
it
.
]
Verse
4.
Thou
[
vz.
by
the
gréefs
and
sorrowes
which
thou
doest
continuallye
laye
vpon
me
]
kéepest
mine
eyes
waking
[
he
setteth
out
in
this
spéech
the
greatnesse
and
continuance
of
his
gréefe
,
which
tooke
sléepe
from
his
eyes
,
and
spéeche
from
his
tongue
,
as
hee
sayth
afterwardes
in
this
verse
]
I
was
astonied
[
vz.
by
my
gréefs
and
sorrows
yea
so
amased
that
I
could
not
speake
.
See
Iob.
2.13
.
also
Iob.
3.1
.
sée
also
Psalme
38.
almost
thorow
out
,
and
Psalme
102.
in
the
beginning
.
]
Ver.
5.
Then
[
i.
in
this
great
affliction
and
heauinesse
of
mine
]
I
considered
[
vz.
déeply
and
diligently
]
the
dayes
of
old
[
i.
the
graces
and
goodnesse
which
in
former
time
I
had
receaued
from
thée
,
putting
the
dayes
wherein
God
had
bestowed
manye
graces
vpon
him
,
for
the
graces
themselues
]
and
the
yeares
of
auncient
time
[
he
meaneth
not
only
the
sorrowes
that
God
sent
him
,
but
that
he
gaue
vnto
others
also
that
were
distressed
many
times
before
him
,
&
this
goodnes
of
God
towards
himself
&
others
,
he
set
before
him
as
a
meane
to
mittigate
his
gréefe
,
and
to
assure
his
hope
of
deliueraunce
out
of
the
same
.
]
Ver.
6.
I
called
to
remembraunce
[
i.
I
thought
vpon
also
]
my
song
[
i.
the
song
of
thanksgiuing
,
that
I
was
wont
to
sing
vnto
thée
for
these
graces
.
He
meaneth
not
that
hee
had
alwayes
one
song
for
all
kinde
of
benefites
receaued
:
but
this
,
that
he
receaued
no
benefites
from
the
Lord
,
but
he
testified
his
thankfulnesse
by
singing
prayses
vnto
him
]
in
the
night
[
i.
which
I
was
wont
to
sing
in
the
night
:
wherby
also
hee
sheweth
the
earnest
care
hee
had
to
prayse
God
,
that
when
other
slept
,
hee
would
be
occupyed
that
way
]
I
communed
with
mine
owne
harte
[
i.
secretly
and
within
my selfe
I
disputed
and
reasoned
]
and
my
spirite
[
i.
my
soule
,
from
whence
procéed
wit
and
vnderstanding
]
searched
diligently
[
vz.
the
cause
of
my
affliction
,
&
the
end
of
my
troubles
:
adde
here
the
word
,
saying
,
to
ioyne
this
&
that
which
followeth
together
,
and
then
the
sence
will
bee
more
playne
.
]
Ver.
7.
Will
the
Lord
absent
himself
[
vz
from
me
,
&
by
absenting
he
meaneth
withdrawing
of
his
fauour
,
&
the
signs
and
testimonies
thereof
,
as
though
he
were
angry
with
him
]
for
euer
[
i.
continually
:
q.d.
Shall
my
afflictions
neuer
haue
end
?
]
And
wil
he
shew
no
more
fauour
?
[
vz.
to
me
amongste
the
rest
that
stand
in
so
much
néed
of
it
.
]
Ver.
8.
Is
his
mercy
[
vz.
towardes
his
sonnes
&
seruants
that
cal
vpon
him
&
séeke
vnto
him
]
clean
gone
for
euer
?
[
q.d.
wil
he
neuer
shew
it
again
?
]
doth
his
promise
[
vz.
which
hee
hath
made
in
his
word
:
for
in
his
promises
made
therein
,
is
our
good
and
saluation
shutte
vp
,
as
it
were
]
fayle
for
euermore
?
[
i.
Shal
they
not
be
accomplished
and
performed
for
euer
?
]
Verse
9.
Hath
God
forgotten
to
be
mercifull
?
[
q.d.
Is
it
possible
that
God
can
forget
his
mercy
,
which
were
to
forget
himselfe
,
and
to
chaunge
his
nature
]
hath
he
shut
vp
[
vz.
from
those
that
are
his
]
his
tender
mercies
[
i.
his
fatherly
loue
and
affection
,
who
is
more
tender
harted
toward
his
,
then
parents
are
to
their
children
]
in
displeasure
[
q.d.
will
he
be
so
angry
that
he
will
not
thinke
vpon
his
mercy
,
sée
Psalme
103.8.9
.
The
Prophet
vttereth
al
these
thrée
verses
,
not
as
a
man
in
despayre
,
but
as
one
couragiously
wreastling
agaynst
Sathans
assaults
and
his
own
corruptions
,
which
would
haue
caryed
him
to
that
mischiefe
doubtlesse
,
had
not
the
Lord
graciouslye
stayde
him
and
strengthened
his
fayth
.
]
Ver.
10.
And
I
sayd
[
vz.
in
this
my
great
conflict
and
combat
]
this
is
my
death
[
q.d.
the
want
of
the
féeling
of
Gods
goodnesse
,
and
mine
own
calamity
will
quickly
finish
my
course
,
as
I
perswade
my selfe
]
yet
I
remembred
[
q.d.
notwithstanding
these
gréeuous
assaults
I
thought
vpon
]
the
yeres
of
the
right
hand
[
i.
the
former
times
wherein
God
hath
manifested
his
great
power
and
goodnesse
in
my
deliueraunce
,
strengthening
my
hope
in
this
,
that
he
that
had
bin
my
God
before
,
would
so
continue
,
howsoeuer
I
were
distressed
for
a
while
:
and
the
next
verse
confirmeth
this
sence
:
Imman
.
readeth
this
verse
otherwise
,
&
giueth
another
meaning
,
but
methinketh
this
is
plaine
ynough
]
of
the
most
high
[
by
this
spéech
he
meaneth
God
,
putting
also
hereby
a
difference
betwéene
God
and
al
others
how
great
and
mighty
soeuer
they
be
,
or
are
imagined
to
be
.
]
Verse
11.
I
remembred
[
vz.
in
my
meditations
]
the
workes
of
the
Lord
[
i.
those
workes
that
he
had
done
,
&
that
for
his
owne
people
]
certainly
I
remembred
[
q.d.
it
is
very
true
that
I
thought
vpon
]
thy
wonders
[
i.
the
maruailous
things
that
thou
diddest
for
thy
people
,
as
their
deliueraunce
out
of
Egypt
&
such
like
,
which
were
called
wonders
because
mans
reason
could
not
conceaue
of
them
]
of
olde
[
i.
in
former
time
,
or
long
agoe
,
as
Exod.
Deut.
and
the
Booke
of
Iudges
doe
sufficiently
declare
.
]
Ver.
12.
I
did
alwayes
meditate
[
i.
déepely
and
diligently
thinke
vpon
in
my
minde
]
al
thy
works
[
vz.
which
thou
hast
made
&
don
:
because
al
Gods
work
&
creatures
are
to
his
people
testimonies
of
his
prouidence
&
goodnesse
towards
them
]
&
did
deuise
[
he
meaneth
by
this
spéech
not
only
unward
meditation
of
the
harte
,
but
also
large
discourse
of
wordes
that
he
made
]
of
thine
acts
[
i.
of
those
which
thou
haddest
done
,
for
thy
people
:
and
he
calleth
them
Gods
acts
,
because
he
was
the
author
of
them
,
though
he
vsed
mans
ministery
in
the
performance
thereof
.
]
Ver.
13.
Thy
way
O
God
[
i.
thy
manner
and
order
of
gouernment
,
and
all
thy
counsels
]
is
in
the
sanctuarie
[
some
vnderstand
it
of
the
tabernacle
:
some
referre
it
to
heauen
,
as
wée
haue
had
the
worde
vsed
before
:
q.d.
Thy
wayes
are
high
and
excellente
,
whosoeuer
will
knowe
them
,
must
bee
lifted
vp
to
the
Heauens
.
All
this
I
confesse
is
true
,
but
it
agréeth
not
so
well
with
the
Prophets
purpose
,
who
mindeth
to
shew
that
all
that
God
doeth
,
he
doth
rightly
and
iustlye
:
and
therefore
Immanuel
turneth
it
well
thus
]
thy
waye
O
God
is
in
holines
[
i.
is
a
holy
,
iust
,
and
vpright
way
:
whatsoeuer
commeth
from
thée
is
good
,
though
we
can
not
so
wel
sée
and
perceiue
the
same
]
who
is
so
great
a
God
as
our
god
?
[
q.d.
None
,
sée
1.
Cor.
8.5.6
.
]
Verse
14.
Thou
art
the
God
[
q.d.
thou
alone
]
that
doest
wonders
[
i.
workest
wonderfull
things
]
thou
hast
declared
[
vz.
by
effect
and
déede
]
thy
power
[
i.
thy
maiestie
and
might
]
among
the
people
[
this
may
be
vnderstood
,
eyther
of
the
people
,
vpon
whom
and
amongst
whome
God
exercised
iudgement
for
his
owne
peoples
sake
,
as
the
bookes
of
Genesis
and
Exodus
doe
plentifully
declare
:
or
else
for
his
owne
people
particularly
.
For
myne
own
part
I
would
refer
it
to
both
,
because
the
deliueraunce
of
the
one
is
the
punishment
of
the
other
,
&
the
ouerthrow
of
the
one
is
the
establishing
of
the
other
:
and
me
thinketh
that
which
followeth
vnto
the
end
of
the
Psalm
séemeth
wel
to
confirme
this
,
because
he
rehearseth
his
mercies
towards
the
one
,
and
his
iudgements
towards
the
other
.
]
Ver.
15.
Thou
hast
redéemed
[
vz.
out
of
the
bondage
of
Egipt
]
thy
people
[
vz.
of
Israell
]
with
thine
arme
[
i.
by
thine
owne
might
and
power
]
euen
the
sonnes
of
Iaakob
[
now
he
more
particularly
sheweth
,
what
he
meant
by
the
word
people
,
vnderstanding
by
sonnes
,
the
posteritie
of
Iaakob
,
and
not
the
twelue
Patriarkes
,
for
they
were
dead
long
before
]
and
Ioseph
[
hee
nameth
Ioseph
for
honours
sake
,
because
that
all
Iaakobs
stocke
was
preserued
in
Egipt
by
his
meanes
:
putting
also
the
name
of
the
Father
for
his
séede
and
posterity
,
or
else
Ioseph
the
whole
man
for
a
parte
of
him
[
vz.
his
bones
which
they
brought
with
them
at
their
comming
out
of
Egipt
,
but
I
like
the
former
better
.
Immanuel
and
others
expounde
it
otherwise
,
but
in
my
opinion
not
so
rightly
.
]
Verse
16.
The
waters
[
vz.
of
the
redde
sea
and
Iordan
,
as
appeareth
in
Exodus
and
Iosua
]
saw
thée
O
God
[
i.
did
féele
thy
maiestie
and
power
in
turning
the
courses
of
them
,
for
otherwise
man
can
not
see
or
féele
God
,
much
lesse
the
waters
,
and
he
repeateth
the
same
agayne
,
for
the
more
certayntie
of
the
matter
]
and
were
afrayde
[
vz.
at
thy
presence
:
which
he
gathereth
,
because
they
were
diuided
and
fled
as
a
man
woulde
saye
backward
]
yea
the
depths
[
vz
of
the
waters
:
and
he
allegeth
these
wordes
to
expresse
the
greatnesse
of
Gods
power
,
for
though
it
fall
out
that
the
vpper
partes
of
the
water
is
many
times
troubled
,
yet
the
depths
sieldome
or
neuer
:
but
this
was
done
to
the
end
the
people
might
passe
vppon
the
drie
grounde
.
]
Verse
17.
The
cloudes
[
vz.
in
the
firmament
]
poured
out
water
[
vz.
in
greate
abundaunce
,
for
that
doth
the
worde
of
pouring
out
note
,
sée
Eccle.
11.3
.
he
meaneth
that
God
had
al
creatures
ready
at
his
commaundemente
to
execute
his
will
,
for
the
sauegard
of
his
,
and
the
punishment
of
the
vngodly
]
the
heauens
[
i.
the
Firmament
,
and
the
regions
of
the
ayre
aboue
vs
]
gaue
a
sounde
[
vz.
of
thunder
and
lightning
,
and
winde
and
stormie
tempest
]
thine
arrowes
[
i.
thy
thunderboltes
,
and
other
meanes
to
manifest
thy
wrath
vppon
thy
enemies
]
went
abroad
[
i.
did
flie
abroad
in
euery
place
,
striking
feare
into
them
.
Sée
Exod.
14.24.25
.
]
Verse
18.
The
voice
[
i.
the
sound
or
noise
]
of
thy
thunder
[
i.
of
the
thunder
that
thou
sendest
forth
]
was
round
about
[
vz.
all
thine
enemies
,
or
else
he
meaneth
euery
quarter
and
region
of
the
ayre
]
the
lightnings
[
vz.
which
came
from
thee
]
lightened
the
world
[
i.
they
were
so
greate
and
many
,
that
they
might
haue
bene
séene
all
the
world
ouer
]
the
earth
[
i.
this
frame
of
the
world
]
trembled
and
shooke
[
for
feare
of
thy
presence
:
Al
this
is
nothing
else
but
an
excellent
description
of
Gods
eternall
maiestie
and
power
.
]
Ver.
19.
Thy
way
is
in
the
sea
[
some
expound
it
thus
]
Thy
way
[
i.
the
way
that
thou
preparedst
for
thy
people
of
Israel
]
is
in
the
sea
[
i.
in
the
red
sea
,
ascribing
that
vnto
God
because
he
was
the
author
of
it
,
which
did
belong
to
the
Israelites
.
Some
thus
]
thy
way
[
i.
thy
counsels
]
is
in
the
sea
[
i.
in
darke
&
vnsearchable
places
,
known
vnto
none
but
to
thée
alone
,
making
it
the
same
with
ver.
13.
of
this
Psalm
,
but
I
like
the
former
better
,
by
reason
of
that
whiche
followeth
in
the
last
verse
of
this
Psal.
]
thy
paths
[
vz.
by
which
thou
cariedst
thy
people
,
all
the
rest
is
wel
expounded
in
the
note
of
Geneua
Bible
.
]
Ver.
20.
Thou
didst
lead
[
vz.
out
of
Egipt
and
thorow
the
wildernes
towards
the
land
of
promise
]
thy
people
as
shéepe
[
i.
tenderly
,
softly
,
and
louingly
,
for
shéepe
may
not
be
hurried
]
by
the
hand
[
i.
by
the
labour
,
diligence
,
&
ministery
of
these
two
excellent
personages
Moses
and
Aaron
.
And
al
this
the
Prophet
alleageth
,
that
he
might
raise
vp
his
hope
,
and
comfort
himself
in
the
middest
of
those
great
assaults
.
Verse
1
teacheth
that
God
is
nigh
to
them
that
earnestly
cal
vpon
him
.
Do.
Ver.
2
teacheth
that
the
more
afflictions
and
miseries
increase
vpon
vs
,
the
more
earnest
we
should
be
with
the
Lord
by
prayer
.
Ver.
3
sheweth
,
that
we
thorow
our
own
corruption
and
sathans
malice
,
vse
that
in
the
time
of
prayer
as
a
mean
to
draw
vs
back
from
earnestnesse
of
prayer
,
which
shoulde
make
vs
more
carefully
to
think
vpon
God
,
I
meane
our
gréefs
and
afflictions
.
Ver.
4
teacheth
that
nothing
commeth
to
Gods
children
,
but
by
the
speciall
not
only
sufferance
but
appointment
and
prouidence
of
God
.
Ver.
5
sheweth
that
Gods
goodnes
declared
before
,
should
comfort
those
that
are
in
affliction
now
.
Ver.
6
teacheth
good
men
in
the
time
of
their
heauinesses
to
confort
themselues
in
the
consideration
of
these
good
thinges
that
thorowe
Gods
goodnesse
they
haue
felt
in
themselues
.
Ver.
7.8.9
.
shew
the
great
conflict
that
the
godly
many
times
haue
,
wreastling
mightily
betwixt
fayth
and
dispayre
.
Verse
10
teacheth
vs
that
Gods
power
,
and
the
true
tast
thereof
,
is
a
good
proppe
to
our
faith
.
Verse
11.12
.
teache
vs
to
record
Gods
workes
for
the
strengthening
of
our
hope
,
and
to
speake
of
them
with
delight
and
pleasure
.
Verse
13.
teacheth
that
God
alone
is
the
only
God
,
Verse
14.
that
whatsoeuer
God
doth
,
he
doth
it
for
the
good
of
his
children
,
or
the
punishing
of
his
aduersaries
.
Verse
15
sheweth
that
God
careth
for
his
people
euen
when
they
be
in
their
greatest
distresse
.
Verse
16
,
17
,
18
,
19
teache
that
God
hath
all
his
creatures
at
his
commaundement
,
for
the
manifesting
of
his
glory
and
grace
towards
his
,
and
for
the
declaring
of
his
iustice
towards
the
vngodly
:
which
is
comfortable
to
know
,
that
the
whole
course
of
nature
shall
stand
on
our
side
.
Ver.
20.
teacheth
Gods
loue
and
care
towards
his
people
:
which
then
also
most
manifestly
appeareth
when
he
prouideth
for
them
good
Magistrates
and
Ministers
.
Psalme
78.
Di.
THe
Psalme
it selfe
is
very
large
,
and
as
it
were
a
summary
recitall
of
all
the
fiue
Bookes
of
Moses
,
and
therefore
cannot
easily
be
diuided
.
Notwithstanding
methinketh
it
speciallye
propoundeth
these
pointes
following
:
first
an
Exordium
or
entraunce
into
the
matter
,
the
Prophet
labouring
thereby
to
make
the
people
attentiue
,
taken
partly
from
the
excellencie
of
the
matter
,
and
partly
from
his
and
their
own
experience
,
and
this
is
conteyned
in
the
eyght
first
verses
.
Secondly
,
he
rehearseth
the
great
rebellion
of
this
people
,
and
of
their
forefathers
,
vpon
whom
God
had
bestowed
such
great
and
wonderfull
graces
,
as
vpon
none
the
like
:
and
this
is
comprehended
in
verse
8
,
9
,
10
,
11
,
17
,
18
,
19
,
20
,
22
,
32
,
34
,
35
,
36
,
37
,
40
,
41
,
42
,
56
,
57
,
58.
Thirdelye
hee
setteth
out
Gods
great
mercy
,
notwithstanding
their
manifolde
wickednesses
and
rebellion
against
him
,
and
this
is
comprised
in
verse
12
,
13
,
14
,
15
,
16
,
23
,
24
,
25
,
26
,
27
,
28
,
29
,
38
,
39
,
52
,
53
,
54
,
55
,
68
,
69
,
70
,
71
,
72.
Lastly
,
he
largely
declareth
the
excéeding
great
iustice
of
GOD
againste
sinne
and
vngodlinesse
,
which
he
sheweth
by
executing
the
same
,
partly
vpon
his
owne
people
,
as
appeareth
verse
21
,
30
,
31
,
33
,
59
,
60
,
61
,
62
,
63
,
64
,
67
,
and
partlye
vppon
his
and
their
enimies
,
as
appeareth
also
verse
43
,
44
,
45
,
46
,
47
,
48
,
49
,
50
,
51
,
6●
,
66.
which
may
teach
all
men
to
driue
away
the
vayne
imagination
that
they
haue
of
Gods
mercy
only
,
neuer
looking
into
the
execution
of
his
iustice
and
iudgements
against
the
world
for
sinne
.
Se.
The
title
hath
bin
sundry
times
expounded
before
:
sée
the
same
Title
Psalme
73
also
Psalme
50.
]
Verse
1.
Heare
[
vz.
both
with
your
outward
eares
,
and
inward
vnderstanding
]
my
doctrine
[
i.
the
doctrine
that
I
shal
vtter
vnto
you
:
which
he
calleth
his
doctrine
,
not
because
he
was
the
Author
of
it
,
for
that
properly
appertaineth
to
God
and
Christ
,
Mat.
23.8
.
but
because
he
was
the
instrument
to
publish
the
same
.
Sée
such
a
like
spéech
,
Rom.
16
,
25
,
also
2.
Tim.
2
,
8.
]
O
my
people
[
i.
the
people
whome
I
haue
rule
and
gouernmente
ouer
]
incline
your
eares
[
this
is
the
same
that
he
spake
before
,
which
hee
repeateth
the
better
to
make
them
attentiue
,
vsing
also
in
this
verse
two
circumstances
for
the
same
purpose
,
the
one
taken
from
his
own
person
,
to
whom
it
belonged
to
instructe
:
the
other
from
the
person
of
the
people
,
whose
duetie
it
was
to
heare
their
Prince
and
Ruler
speake
]
vnto
the
wordes
of
my
mouth
[
i.
vnto
the
spéeches
that
I
shall
vtter
&
speake
.
]
Verse
2.
I
will
open
my
mouth
[
i.
I
wil
now
begin
to
speake
,
&
that
fréely
and
playnly
,
sée
Mat.
5.2
.
Act.
10.34
.
]
in
a
parable
[
i.
examples
wherof
,
some
are
historicall
and
true
,
being
things
done
,
such
as
are
in
this
Psalme
recited
,
some
deuised
,
but
yet
very
apt
to
teach
,
such
as
you
may
sée
Iudg.
9.8.9
&c.
2.
Sam.
12.1.2
.
&c.
]
othersome
are
taken
from
common
vse
,
&
do
not
respect
a
History
,
such
many
are
Mat.
13.2
.
and
in
sundry
other
places
of
the
Euangelist
,
some
take
it
for
graue
and
notable
sentences
,
&
so
it
séemeth
to
be
vsed
,
Iob.
29.1
.
also
Psal.
49.4
.
but
it
is
the
best
to
take
it
here
for
examples
,
and
that
examples
of
things
don
]
I
wil
declare
[
i.
I
wil
speake
largely
of
,
&
plentifully
poure
out
for
it
is
a
metaphor
taken
from
fountains
that
spring
apace
&
send
forth
their
streams
abundantly
]
high
sentences
[
some
read
,
darke
words
,
some
secret
things
,
what
soeuer
it
be
,
this
is
certain
,
that
the
Prophet
prepareth
the
people
to
attentiuenes
in
this
commendation
of
his
doctrin
,
affirming
it
to
contain
high
,
dark
,
&
mistical
matter
]
of
old
[
i.
of
things
that
were
done
in
former
time
long
ago
,
and
so
in
this
verse
he
commendeth
his
doctrine
of
two
circumstances
,
that
one
is
of
the
excellency
of
it
,
the
other
of
the
antiquity
,
the
later
of
which
he
pursueth
largely
in
the
next
verse
]
Ver.
3.
Which
[
vz.
doctrine
,
or
excellent
things
set
out
by
the
doctrine
]
we
haue
heard
[
vz.
with
our
eares
]
&
known
[
vz.
by
practise
&
experience
]
and
our
fathers
[
i.
our
Ancestors
,
as
sons
were
taken
before
Psal.
77.15
.
for
posteritie
]
haue
told
vs
[
vz.
by
committing
it
to
writing
,
and
leauing
it
behind
them
to
vs
.
]
Verse
4.
We
[
i.
that
liue
now
]
will
not
hide
them
from
their
children
[
i.
kéepe
them
close
from
their
posterity
&
séede
:
q.d.
seing
they
haue
done
so
much
for
vs
,
we
will
conuay
it
ouer
to
their
séede
and
our
séede
together
in
like
sort
:
and
he
calleth
them
their
children
,
because
they
were
the
first
of
that
stocke
,
and
not
as
though
they
were
not
their
own
also
]
but
to
the
generation
to
come
[
i.
to
the
people
which
shall
be
after
vs
]
wee
will
shew
[
vz.
by
the
Monumentes
and
writinges
whiche
wee
will
leaue
behinde
vs
]
the
prayses
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
the
noble
déedes
for
whiche
the
Lorde
is
to
bee
praysed
]
as
may
appeare
also
by
that
which
followeth
]
his
power
also
[
vz.
manifested
for
our
good
]
and
his
wonderfull
workes
that
he
hath
done
[
vz.
for
vs
,
and
agaynst
his
and
oure
enemies
.
]
Verse
5.
How
he
established
[
vz.
with
his
people
and
this
hangeth
vpon
the
former
verses
,
as
a
particular
of
the
generall
before
going
,
shewing
that
amongst
other
prayses
of
the
Lord
,
his
law
and
Sacraments
are
not
the
least
]
a
testimonie
[
I
take
this
word
to
be
vsed
here
for
al
the
Sacraments
,
sacrifices
and
ceremonies
that
God
appointed
the
people
of
Israel
,
which
were
so
many
witnesses
(
as
it
were
)
of
his
grace
and
fauour
towardes
them
]
in
Iaakob
[
i.
amongest
the
people
that
came
from
Iaakob
]
and
ordained
a
law
[
vz.
as
a
rule
and
direction
for
them
to
walke
by
]
in
Israell
[
i.
amongest
the
Israelites
.
Iaakob
and
Israell
were
the
two
names
of
the
Patriarche
,
as
Genesis
35.10
.
which
here
are
applyed
to
his
posteritye
,
because
they
came
of
him
]
which
[
vz.
sacraments
,
ceremonies
and
law
]
he
commaunded
our
Fathers
[
i.
all
our
Ancestors
]
that
they
should
teach
their
children
[
i.
their
posteritie
,
from
age
to
age
,
sée
Deut.
6.7
.
]
Verse
6.
That
the
posterity
[
vz.
whiche
came
in
all
ages
after
]
might
know
it
[
vnder
this
word
of
knowing
he
comprehendeth
beléeuing
and
performing
of
it
,
for
otherwise
the
bare
knowledge
woulde
stande
them
but
in
little
stéede
]
and
the
children
which
shal
be
borne
[
vz.
of
former
parentes
]
shoulde
stande
vp
[
i.
shoulde
increase
and
growe
]
and
declare
it
to
their
children
[
to
the
ende
they
mighte
teache
their
posteritie
,
as
they
had
bene
taughte
before
:
suche
care
God
had
for
the
conueyaunce
or
deliueraunce
of
his
law
from
hand
to
hande
as
it
were
.
]
Ver.
7.
That
they
[
i.
euery
one
of
them
,
both
the
fathers
and
the
children
]
might
set
their
hope
on
God
[
i.
might
be
instructed
and
taught
thereby
to
trust
in
him
only
,
and
in
none
other
]
and
not
forget
[
vz.
thorow
dulnesse
or
negligence
]
the
works
of
God
[
i.
the
excellent
thinges
that
he
had
done
in
them
and
for
them
]
but
kéepe
his
commaundements
[
vz.
with
them
,
to
the
end
they
might
do
them
,
which
maner
of
spéech
is
often
vsed
in
Deut.
]
Ver.
8.
And
not
to
be
as
their
fathers
[
i.
like
vnto
them
in
wickednes
,
sinne
and
rebellion
against
God
]
a
disobedient
and
rebellious
generation
[
adde
here
for
the
more
sence
of
the
place
,
who
were
]
a
disobedient
and
rebellious
generation
[
vz.
against
God
himself
and
those
ministers
and
Magistrates
whom
he
placed
ouer
them
,
as
Moses
,
Aaron
,
&c.
]
that
set
not
their
hart
arighte
[
i.
that
tooke
no
delight
and
pleasure
in
the
right
and
good
waye
(
for
that
doe
the
Hebrewes
vnderstand
by
setting
their
hartes
vppon
a
thing
)
but
alwayes
turned
aside
from
God
and
goodnesse
]
and
whose
spirite
[
i.
whose
harte
,
soule
,
affection
,
and
vnderstanding
]
was
not
faythfull
to
God
[
i.
did
not
stedfastlye
beléeue
God
and
his
word
,
as
appeareth
ver.
19.20
.
of
this
Psalme
,
but
were
inconstant
also
,
neuer
leaning
vnto
GOD
with
an
earnest
and
carefull
purpose
,
as
appeareth
Verse
36.37
.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
9.
The
children
of
Ephraim
,
[
in
this
verse
hee
putteth
downe
an
example
of
their
distruste
in
GOD
,
and
of
a
iust
punishment
that
GOD
brought
vppon
them
for
the
same
:
q.d.
As
for
example
you
maye
sée
in
the
children
of
Ephraim
:
vnderstanding
by
the
children
of
Ephraim
,
not
onelye
those
that
came
of
Ephraim
,
but
also
the
rest
of
the
Tribes
,
putting
that
Tribe
that
was
the
greatest
in
number
for
the
whole
]
being
armed
[
i.
furnished
and
appointed
with
al
things
necessary
to
the
fielde
]
and
shooting
with
the
bowe
[
i.
hauing
force
,
courage
and
lustinesse
,
and
Weapons
not
onely
for
their
owne
defence
,
but
for
the
hurte
of
their
enimies
]
turned
backe
[
vz.
from
the
force
and
presence
of
their
enimies
:
he
meaneth
that
they
were
put
to
flight
]
in
the
day
of
battaile
[
i.
when
they
came
to
fight
with
their
Aduersaries
:
Some
vnderstand
this
of
one
battaile
,
some
of
an
other
,
but
I
refer
it
to
that
story
which
is
written
Num.
14
,
39
40
,
&c.
to
the
end
of
the
Chapter
:
also
Deut.
1.
ver.
4.
to
the
end
of
the
chapter
]
Ver.
10.
They
kept
not
the
couenant
of
God
[
vz.
whiche
he
had
made
with
them
,
&
they
with
him
,
promising
to
performe
the
same
?
by
couenant
he
meaneth
not
only
the
rule
of
good
life
,
but
also
the
whole
seruice
of
God
]
they
refused
[
this
word
amplifieth
the
gréeuousnes
of
their
fault
,
because
they
sinned
not
thorow
ignorance
,
but
euen
of
set
purpose
as
it
were
]
to
walk
in
his
law
[
i.
to
be
obedient
to
the
same
in
their
liues
&
conuersation
,
for
so
is
the
Metaphor
of
walking
vsed
in
this
place
.
]
Ver.
11.
And
forgat
his
acts
[
i.
the
noble
déeds
which
he
had
don
for
them
against
their
enimies
]
that
he
had
shewed
them
[
vz.
both
in
the
lande
of
Egipt
and
in
the
wildernesse
,
the
particulars
wherof
follow
,
vnto
the
end
of
the
16
verse
.
]
Verse
12.
in
the
sight
of
their
fathers
[
so
that
their
eyes
were
witnesses
,
and
therfore
could
pretend
no
ignorance
or
excuse
]
in
the
land
of
Egipt
[
as
appeareth
from
Exod.
7.
chapter
,
to
the
13.
chapter
]
euen
in
the
fielde
of
Zoan
[
i.
euen
in
a
most
notorious
place
:
for
Zoan
was
one
of
the
great
and
principal
cities
of
Egipt
,
so
that
the
miracles
which
God
wroughte
,
were
not
done
in
a
darke
place
.
]
Ver.
13.
He
diuided
the
red
sea
[
i.
by
his
power
he
caused
the
sea
to
part
a
sunder
,
sée
Exod.
14.21
.
]
and
led
them
thorow
[
i.
the
Israelites
,
as
vppon
drie
land
]
he
made
also
the
waters
to
stand
as
an
heape
[
vz.
by
his
worde
and
commaundement
at
that
time
,
that
his
people
might
haue
passage
:
&
by
standing
as
an
heape
,
he
meaneth
that
they
stood
still
and
moued
not
]
Ver.
14.
He
led
them
with
a
cloud
[
i.
by
a
cloude
,
the
cloude
not
only
going
before
them
,
as
appeareth
Exod.
13.21
.
but
also
compassing
them
in
on
euery
side
,
both
to
kéepe
them
from
the
parching
heate
of
the
sunne
,
and
to
saue
them
from
the
sighte
and
violence
of
their
enimies
]
and
all
the
night
[
so
that
day
and
night
he
prouided
for
them
]
with
a
light
of
fire
[
hee
meaneth
that
piller
of
fire
whiche
stoode
then
in
stéede
of
a
guide
,
whilste
they
were
in
the
wildernesse
Exod.
13.21.22
.
]
Verse
15.
Hée
[
i.
God
,
by
the
ministery
of
his
seruaunt
Moses
]
claue
the
rocks
in
the
Wildernesse
[
hee
sayeth
well
rocks
in
the
plurall
number
,
because
that
great
worke
was
twise
done
,
as
appeareth
Exod.
17.
and
Num.
20.
]
and
gaue
them
drinke
[
i.
they
and
their
Cattle
,
as
appeareth
by
the
places
before
alleaged
,
whereby
we
sée
,
not
only
that
the
thing
was
done
,
but
the
great
plenty
and
store
they
had
of
water
also
,
which
he
noteth
by
these
wordes
]
as
of
the
greate
depths
[
q.d.
The
Rockes
gaue
it
so
plentifullye
,
as
though
the
great
depthes
,
and
bottomlesse
pits
as
it
were
,
had
yéelded
vp
all
their
waters
.
]
Verse
16.
Is
the
same
with
verse
15.
in
sence
and
meaning
,
only
he
amplifieth
the
great
facte
of
God
by
the
vse
of
sundry
wordes
,
as
stony
rocks
,
which
expresseth
the
hardnes
of
the
thing
,
and
to
descend
like
the
riuers
,
by
which
he
noteth
the
plentye
and
abundance
as
before
.
]
Ver.
17.
Yet
[
q
d.
notwithstanding
all
these
graces
,
and
great
miracles
]
they
sinned
stil
against
him
[
i.
they
continued
in
their
rebellion
and
disobedience
,
being
nothing
at
al
bettered
by
Gods
goodnesse
]
&
prouoked
[
vz.
to
wrath
,
and
that
against
themselues
&
their
owne
soules
]
the
highest
[
i.
the
almighty
God
(
whose
power
no
creature
is
able
to
resist
)
in
the
Wildernesse
[
he
noteth
the
place
for
the
more
certaintie
of
the
history
.
]
Ver.
18.
And
tempted
God
[
i.
indeuoured
to
proue
Gods
power
,
of
which
they
doubted
,
not
being
contented
with
Manna
,
but
demaunding
other
meat
than
that
which
God
had
appointed
them
,
&
that
was
flesh
forsooth
]
in
their
harts
[
i.
secretly
&
within
themselues
not
that
they
staid
there
,
for
afterwards
they
expressed
it
in
words
,
as
appeareth
ver.
20.
of
this
Psal.
but
the
Prophet
noteth
the
roote
&
beginning
of
their
sin
]
in
requiring
meat
[
by
requiring
he
meaneth
demaunding
of
it
earnestly
,
with
muttering
and
grudging
if
they
had
it
not
]
for
their
lust
[
i.
to
satisfye
their
gréedy
and
rauenous
appetite
,
&
not
that
they
were
inforced
thereto
by
famin
,
or
want
of
meat
.
]
Ver.
19.
They
spake
agaynst
god
also
[
vz.
in
as
much
as
they
called
his
power
into
question
or
doubt
:
this
story
is
Num.
11.4
.
&c.
]
can
god
[
q.d.
Lieth
it
in
his
power
,
or
is
he
able
?
if
he
be
,
let
vs
sée
it
,
otherwise
wée
wil
not
beléeue
it
]
prepare
a
table
[
vz.
for
vs
:
and
by
preparing
of
a
table
,
they
mean
,
furnishing
&
prouiding
of
them
with
al
delicates
&
dainties
,
sée
Psal.
23.5
]
in
the
Wildernesse
[
i.
in
suche
a
barren
and
drie
place
as
wée
are
in
.
This
circumstaunce
made
the
matter
more
hard
in
the
iudgement
of
the
Israelites
,
but
God
performing
it
,
it
made
it
more
notable
for
his
glory
.
And
this
was
their
villanous
and
foule
tempting
of
God
,
that
they
thought
that
god
coulde
not
giue
them
in
the
wildernes
diuers
sorts
of
meat
as
they
had
in
Egipt
,
neyther
woulde
they
beléeue
it
vnlesse
they
saw
it
by
experience
.
]
Verse
20.
Behold
&c.
[
these
are
still
the
words
of
the
murmuring
and
rebellious
Israelites
]
hée
smote
the
Rock
[
i.
God
by
the
ministerie
of
his
seruant
Moses
as
verse
15.16
.
of
this
Psalme
]
that
the
water
gushed
out
[
vz.
in
great
plenty
and
abundaunce
]
and
the
streames
ouerflowed
[
vz.
the
vppermost
face
of
the
lande
,
where
the
miracle
was
wrought
]
can
he
giue
bread
also
[
q.d.
if
he
canne
,
lette
him
shewe
it
:
and
by
bread
he
vnderstandeth
all
meat
and
nourishment
,
as
in
this
petition
,
Giue
vs
this
day
our
dayly
bread
]
or
prepare
fleshe
[
i.
some
extraordinarie
kinde
of
flesh
,
for
otherwise
the
people
had
fleshe
,
because
they
caryed
their
cattaile
out
of
Egipt
with
them
]
for
his
people
[
i.
for
the
people
that
hée
hath
brought
out
of
Egipt
.
And
this
their
propounding
of
the
matter
in
the
waye
of
a
Question
,
doth
not
onely
note
the
hardnesse
of
the
thinges
to
doe
it
,
but
expresseth
the
hardnesse
of
their
beléefe
,
vnlesse
they
coulde
sée
it
performed
.
Verse
21.
Therfore
[
q.d.
because
their
rebellion
and
distrust
was
so
great
]
the
Lorde
heard
[
i.
now
tooke
notice
of
it
,
as
might
appeare
by
his
iudgments
poured
vpon
them
,
and
not
as
though
God
were
ignoraunt
of
any
thing
,
that
eyther
they
thought
,
spake
,
or
did
]
and
was
angry
[
vz.
agaynste
them
for
their
sinnes
,
the
effectes
of
which
anger
,
are
in
this
verye
verse
expressed
]
and
the
fyre
[
vz.
of
his
wrath
and
iudgementes
,
sée
Numb
.
11
,
1
]
was
kindled
[
i.
did
not
onely
beginne
,
but
was
executed
]
in
Iaakob
[
i.
agaynst
Iaakobs
posteritye
]
and
also
wrath
came
[
vz.
from
GOD
in
his
heauie
iudgemente
]
vpon
Israell
[
sée
verse
5
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
22.
Because
they
beléeued
not
in
God
[
he
sheweth
the
roote
of
all
their
sinne
,
vz.
Diffidence
,
and
distrust
in
GOD
and
his
power
]
and
trusted
not
in
his
helpe
[
vz.
which
he
had
promysed
to
perform
for
them
,
which
also
maketh
their
sinne
the
greater
,
because
they
beléeued
not
his
promise
:
whereby
we
sée
that
incredulitie
is
so
déepely
rooted
in
mans
nature
,
that
it
is
impossible
to
pull
it
out
,
except
God
work
miraculously
therein
.
]
Verse
23.
Yet
he
[
q.d.
though
God
had
bestowed
very
great
abundance
and
plenty
]
had
commaunded
the
cloudes
aboue
[
i.
by
his
commaundement
had
brought
to
passe
that
the
clouds
poured
down
Manna
,
as
in
the
next
verse
]
&
had
opened
the
dores
of
heauen
[
i.
had
giuen
them
in
great
plenty
:
an
excellent
Metaphor
to
expresse
the
abundance
of
it
.
]
Ver.
24.
And
had
rayned
down
Manna
[
sée
Exod.
15.
almost
thorow
out
]
and
had
giuen
them
of
the
Wheat
of
Heauen
[
he
calleth
Manna
by
this
name
,
because
God
caused
it
in
great
plenty
to
come
down
from
the
heauen
:
&
by
wheat
you
must
vnderstand
a
food
,
that
had
in
it
the
same
vse
of
nourishment
that
wheat
had
,
sée
Num.
11.7.8
.
]
Ver.
25.
Man
[
i.
men
and
euery
one
of
the
people
of
Israel
]
did
eat
the
bread
of
Angels
[
i.
excellente
bread
,
and
such
as
Angels
might
vse
if
they
did
eat
:
and
not
that
they
do
eat
it
,
but
because
it
came
downe
from
that
place
that
Angels
inhabite
,
this
is
a
vsual
phrase
in
scripture
,
by
things
attributed
to
Angels
,
to
vnderstand
very
excellent
things
.
Sée
Acts
6.15
.
also
1.
Cor.
13.1
.
]
he
[
i.
God
]
sent
[
vz.
from
Heauen
]
meate
ynough
[
i.
strange
and
delicate
flesh
ynough
,
as
may
appeare
,
ver.
28
,
29
,
30
,
31
,
of
this
Psalme
,
also
Exodus
16.
and
in
other
places
.
]
Verse
26.
He
caused
the
East
wind
to
passe
in
the
Heauen
[
i.
he
stirred
it
vp
in
the
ayre
or
the
Firmament
.
It
is
likely
that
he
meaneth
that
winde
whiche
is
expressed
Num.
11.31
which
brought
the
Quailes
vpon
them
,
and
that
which
followeth
in
the
next
verse
séemeth
to
strengthen
the
same
]
and
thorow
his
power
he
brought
in
the
south
wind
,
meaning
that
God
had
al
elements
at
his
commaundement
for
the
performaunce
of
his
worke
whatsoeuer
.
]
Ver.
27.
He
rayned
[
i.
hée
gaue
them
great
plenty
,
as
ver.
24.
of
this
Psalm
]
flesh
[
vz.
of
Quailes
,
as
may
appeare
by
the
story
Num.
11.
]
as
dust
[
i.
in
such
great
abundaunce
,
and
as
thicke
(
by
a
maner
of
spéech
)
as
dust
is
vpon
the
earth
,
see
Genesis
13
,
16
,
also
Numbers
23.10
.
also
2.
Chronicles
1.9
.
]
and
feathered
foule
[
i.
Quayles
,
for
of
them
particularly
he
speaketh
and
meaneth
]
as
the
sand
of
the
sea
[
i.
innumerable
as
it
were
,
sée
1.
Sam.
13.5
.
Psalme
139.
Verse
17.18
.
]
Verse
28.
And
hee
made
it
fall
[
vz.
from
the
heauen
or
the
firmamente
,
meaning
it
also
of
the
fleshe
of
Quayles
,
or
Quayles
themselues
]
in
the
middest
of
their
Campe
[
i.
of
the
place
where
they
camped
,
and
not
of
the
tents
or
campes
themselues
]
and
round
about
their
habitations
[
i.
the
places
where
they
dwelte
for
the
time
,
sée
for
this
,
Numb.
11.31
.
by
these
spéeches
he
meaneth
that
they
might
with
ease
gather
them
,
for
they
were
not
farre
of
.
]
Verse
29.
So
[
i.
hauing
these
blessings
and
graces
bestowed
vpon
them
from
God
]
they
did
eat
[
vz.
of
Quails
]
&
were
wel
filled
[
i.
satisfied
with
the
flesh
thereof
]
for
he
gaue
them
their
desire
[
i.
god
gaue
them
that
which
they
longd
&
lusted
after
.
]
Ver.
30.
They
were
not
turned
from
their
lust
[
i.
from
the
thing
they
longed
after
,
&
lusted
for
:
q.d.
they
were
not
wery
of
quails
,
though
they
had
eaten
them
a
whole
month
together
,
sée
num.
11.20
.
&
they
were
as
a
man
would
say
ready
to
burst
with
fulnes
]
but
the
meat
[
i.
the
flesh
of
quails
which
they
had
eaten
]
was
yet
in
their
mouthes
[
i.
euen
as
they
were
eating
of
it
,
as
may
appeare
Num.
11.33
.
]
Ver.
31
When
the
wrath
of
God
[
i.
punishment
and
vengeance
sent
from
him
vpon
them
for
their
sinnes
]
came
euen
vpon
them
[
vz.
as
they
were
eating
:
&
then
gods
wrath
is
sayd
to
come
vpon
any
,
when
he
taketh
iudgement
in
hand
against
them
,
&
executeth
the
same
vpon
them
]
&
flew
the
strongest
of
them
[
who
no
doubt
had
abused
the
strong
constitution
of
their
body
agaynst
God
,
thinking
they
were
able
to
make
their
partye
good
with
him
]
and
smote
down
[
vz.
to
the
ground
by
death
]
the
chosen
men
in
Israell
[
i.
the
picked
ones
,
as
men
of
greatest
hope
:
so
that
we
sée
no
mans
strength
or
neatnesse
can
turne
away
Gods
iudgement
from
them
which
by
sin
they
haue
pulled
vpon
themselues
.
]
Ver.
32.
For
al
this
[
i.
notwithstanding
the
benefits
God
had
giuen
them
,
and
the
punishments
he
had
layd
vpon
them
]
they
sinned
still
[
i.
they
procéeded
on
in
their
iniquities
,
murmuring
continually
against
god
,
as
appereth
Num.
14
,
12.
&c.
num.
16.1.2
.
&c.
num.
17.
almost
thorowout
,
num.
20.2.3
.
&c.
]
and
beléeued
not
his
wondrous
works
[
i.
had
not
their
perswasion
strengthened
,
by
the
maruailous
thinges
that
God
did
for
them
,
but
did
as
much
doubt
of
his
power
and
good
will
,
as
though
he
had
shewed
no
signe
or
miracle
at
al
]
Verse
33.
Therefore
[
i.
for
their
sinnes
,
and
namely
not
profiting
by
his
corrections
]
their
dayes
[
i.
the
dayes
and
times
of
their
life
appointed
vnto
them
]
did
he
consume
in
vanity
[
i.
God
made
them
to
passe
away
,
as
vain
,
transitory
and
vnprofitable
things
:
some
expound
it
thus
:
he
caused
them
to
die
:
some
thus
God
thorow
his
curse
vpon
them
,
cut
off
the
time
of
their
life
,
so
that
they
liued
not
out
half
their
days
,
nor
brought
them
into
the
lande
of
promise
,
but
layd
their
Karkases
in
the
wildernes
,
sée
Num.
14.28.29
.
al
commeth
to
one
sence
]
&
their
yeres
hastily
[
he
meaneth
that
they
died
hastilye
,
sodainlye
,
or
when
they
thought
least
of
it
,
as
appeareth
verse
3.
of
this
Psalm
.
]
Ver.
34.
And
when
hee
slewe
them
[
i.
when
he
did
not
only
destroy
them
by
his
iudgements
,
but
also
when
soeuer
he
layd
any
affliction
vpon
them
]
they
sought
him
[
vz.
in
hipocrisie
and
counterfeiting
as
appeareth
ver.
36.37
.
of
this
Psal.
]
so
that
they
did
but
séeme
only
to
séeke
him
,
or
made
as
though
they
would
séeke
him
]
and
they
returned
[
vz.
from
their
euil
wayes
,
but
this
was
in
outward
shew
onlye
,
and
not
from
the
hart
,
as
Iudas
is
sayd
to
repent
Matth.
27.3
.
]
and
sought
God
[
vz.
by
hypocriticall
and
dissembled
prayers
,
such
as
are
mentioned
Isaiah
29.13
.
]
early
[
vz.
in
the
morning
,
pretending
that
they
would
spare
no
labour
or
payn
.
]
Ver.
35.
And
they
remembred
that
God
was
their
strength
[
i.
he
that
strongly
defended
them
from
their
enimies
,
and
gaue
them
strength
to
incounter
with
them
]
and
the
most
high
God
their
redéemer
[
vz.
from
al
distresses
,
trouble
and
daunger
.
]
Ver.
36.
But
they
flattered
him
with
their
mouth
[
i.
they
went
aboute
by
words
and
faire
spéeches
to
deceaue
God
as
it
were
:
and
this
was
,
not
only
because
they
did
not
vnfainedly
confesse
their
offences
,
but
also
did
not
truly
and
rightly
glorifie
god
]
&
dissembled
with
him
with
their
tongue
[
i.
they
spake
one
thing
&
thought
an
other
,
&
these
words
flattering
&
dissembling
must
be
taken
thus
,
that
the
Israelites
did
indéed
perform
these
wickednes
,
and
caried
with
them
this
perswasion
to
flatter
,
dissemble
&
deceaue
God
,
if
they
could
,
&
not
as
though
God
were
ouertaken
with
this
their
lewdnesse
,
for
he
can
not
be
deceyued
.
]
Ver.
37.
For
their
hart
[
i.
their
affection
and
mind
]
was
not
vpright
with
him
[
i.
was
not
sincere
&
sound
towardes
him
,
&
his
seruices
whatsoeuer
they
pretended
]
neyther
were
they
faithful
in
his
couenant
[
i.
they
did
not
faithfully
kéepe
the
couenant
which
he
had
made
with
them
,
vz.
that
he
would
be
their
God
,
and
they
should
be
his
people
.
]
Ver.
38.
Yet
[
q.d.
Notwithstanding
all
their
sinnes
,
and
namely
their
sinne
of
hipocrisie
&
dissimulation
]
he
being
mercyfull
[
i.
not
delighting
in
the
death
&
destruction
of
sinners
,
but
rather
that
they
should
liue
]
forgaue
their
iniquitie
[
i.
pardoned
their
sinne
,
and
remoued
the
punishment
due
vnto
them
for
the
same
,
as
appeareth
by
that
whiche
followeth
]
and
destroyde
them
not
[
vz.
in
his
wrath
and
iudgemente
,
but
did
beate
them
with
the
rods
of
his
children
,
to
their
amendment
]
but
oftentimes
called
backe
his
anger
[
i.
the
testimonies
and
signes
of
his
wrath
and
displeasure
,
euen
then
when
it
was
ready
to
bée
powred
forth
vpon
them
,
as
if
a
father
ready
to
strike
should
holde
his
hand
]
and
did
not
stirre
vp
all
his
wrath
[
for
then
they
shoulde
haue
béene
vtterly
consumed
,
hée
meaneth
by
this
speache
that
God
declared
not
himselfe
,
so
wrathfull
against
them
,
as
he
coulde
haue
done
,
&
might
haue
done
,
if
it
had
pleased
him
,
and
their
sinnes
iustly
deserued
.
]
Ver.
39.
For
hee
remembred
[
i.
God
considered
and
knew
full
wel
,
hée
rendreth
in
this
verse
a
reason
,
why
God
forbare
them
,
and
layd
not
all
his
iudgements
vpon
them
]
that
they
were
flesh
[
i.
by
nature
mortall
,
and
subiect
to
death
,
and
therefore
hée
should
not
néede
to
powre
heauy
iudgements
vppon
them
,
séeing
that
of
their
owne
nature
,
they
were
inclined
to
corruption
,
sée
Gene.
6.3
.
also
Psal.
103.14
.
]
yea
a
wind
that
passeth
and
commeth
not
againe
[
i.
not
onely
a
thing
mutable
and
inconstant
as
the
winde
,
but
also
vanishing
and
flitting
away
,
not
continuing
long
in
one
state
.
sée
Iob.
14.1.2
.
and
in
this
verse
he
respecteth
the
state
of
this
earthly
life
,
that
passeth
away
as
a
winde
,
and
being
passed
,
returneth
not
againe
in
his
former
condition
.
]
Verse
40.
Howe
oft
did
they
[
i.
the
Israelits
prouoke
him
[
i.
God
]
in
the
wildernes
[
i.
al
that
fourtie
yeere
,
that
they
were
in
the
wildernes
?
and
the
propounding
of
it
by
the
way
of
interrogation
,
is
q.d.
who
is
able
to
vtter
so
many
and
so
grieuous
rebellions
,
as
they
prouoked
god
by
in
that
time
of
their
trauaile
,
sée
Numb.
14.22
.
also
Psal.
95.9.10
.
]
and
grieue
him
[
vz.
by
their
murmuring
:
and
this
is
the
same
that
was
spoken
before
.
]
Ver.
41.
Yea
they
returned
[
vz.
from
their
feigned
repentance
,
to
their
former
euill
wayes
,
and
this
they
did
more
then
once
,
as
you
would
say
]
and
tempted
God
[
i.
ment
to
try
what
he
was
able
to
do
,
not
being
contented
with
the
experience
of
his
might
and
power
which
hee
had
shewed
vnto
them
]
and
limit
[
vz.
as
it
were
within
certaine
boundes
?
it
is
a
notable
metaphor
,
to
expresse
the
peruersenes
of
his
people
,
who
tooke
so
much
vpon
them
,
that
they
woulde
set
Gods
infinite
power
,
some
hedges
,
either
larger
or
narrower
,
at
their
pleasure
sometimes
desiring
thinges
to
bee
performed
as
they
would
haue
them
,
sometimes
denying
that
he
coulde
doe
them
,
as
the
bookes
of
Exodus
,
Numbers
,
Deutronomie
,
doe
in
many
places
declare
]
the
holy
one
of
Israel
[
i.
hee
that
doeth
sanctifie
Israel
,
and
whom
Israel
ought
to
sanctifie
,
because
he
is
the
only
true
God
.
]
Ver.
42.
They
remembred
not
[
i.
they
quite
and
cleane
forgate
]
his
hand
[
i.
his
might
&
power
,
meaning
,
that
power
and
strength
that
God
had
shewed
for
them
:
so
we
haue
heard
the
word
,
hand
,
sundry
times
vsed
before
]
nor
the
day
[
i.
the
times
and
seasons
]
when
he
deliuered
them
[
i.
set
them
free
]
from
the
enemie
[
i.
from
all
their
enemies
,
and
their
mischieuous
attempts
against
them
,
vnder
one
meaning
all
,
but
yet
so
,
that
hee
meaneth
that
,
by
the
chiefest
,
and
that
was
Pharaoh
,
and
the
Egiptians
,
who
afflicted
them
,
and
this
sense
is
warranted
by
that
which
followeth
in
this
Psalme
.
Ver.
43.
Nor
him
that
set
his
signes
in
Egipt
[
this
is
a
discription
of
God
and
his
power
meaning
by
setting
his
signes
in
Egipt
,
giuing
a
testimonie
,
as
of
his
goodnes
towards
his
children
,
so
of
his
wrath
towarde
the
Egiptians
]
and
his
wonders
[
i.
the
wonderful
things
he
did
]
in
the
fielde
of
Zoan
[
sée
ver.
12.
of
this
Psal.
]
Ver.
44.
And
turned
[
i.
when
he
turned
,
for
now
he
beginneth
a
particular
enumeration
of
his
wonders
done
for
them
against
their
enemies
]
their
riuers
[
i.
the
Egiptians
riuers
of
waters
]
and
their
floods
[
he
meaneth
that
neither
their
smal
brookes
nor
great
floods
were
frée
from
this
plague
.
Sée
Exod.
7.20.21
.
]
That
they
could
not
drinke
[
vz.
the
Egiptians
,
which
circumstance
also
proueth
the
trueth
and
certaintie
of
the
miracle
.
]
Ver.
45.
Hée
[
i.
God
by
the
ministery
of
his
seruants
Moses
and
Aaron
]
sent
a
swarme
of
flies
amongst
them
[
i.
an
innumerable
multitude
,
vnderstanding
by
flies
,
not
only
flies
,
but
flying
serpents
,
and
venemous
beasts
,
whose
poison
&
sting
did
euen
corrupt
the
land
.
Exod.
8.24
.
]
Which
deuoured
them
[
i.
destroyed
many
of
the
Egiptians
]
&
frogs
which
destroyed
them
[
this
is
set
out
Exod.
8.
ver.
6.
whereby
we
sée
that
the
holy
ghost
standeth
not
much
vpon
order
so
that
the
matter
bee
expressed
.
]
Ver.
46.
He
gaue
also
[
i.
the
Lord
gaue
ouer
]
their
fruits
[
i.
those
fruits
that
their
land
by
the
labor
of
their
hands
did
yéeld
]
vnto
the
caterpiller
[
vz.
to
be
consumed
,
eaten
vp
&
destroyed
by
them
,
putting
one
for
the
whole
number
that
God
sent
Exod.
13.
They
are
said
to
be
grashoppers
:
the
places
laid
together
shew
,
that
the
plague
was
both
of
grashoppers
&
caterpillers
,
grashoppers
not
annoying
the
trées
as
these
did
.
Exod.
13.15
.
]
And
their
labour
[
i.
al
that
which
they
had
labored
for
.
For
,
for
the
fruits
of
the
earth
do
men
labour
.
]
Ver.
47.
He
destroyed
their
vines
[
i.
he
did
vtterly
marre
,
al
the
increase
of
their
earth
&
plants
what
soeuer
,
whether
they
were
sowen
or
vnsowen
,
high
or
low
,
tender
or
wel
grown
natural
or
wild
,
as
appeareth
by
that
which
followeth
in
this
ver.
and
Exod.
9.25
.
]
with
the
hailestone
[
he
meaneth
an
other
kinde
of
hailestone
then
that
which
is
ordinarie
and
common
.
Immanuel
readeth
this
latter
part
thus
:
and
their
wild
fig
trées
with
fire
,
whiche
in
what
place
soeuer
it
aboad
should
consume
:
and
this
text
I
like
wel
,
not
only
because
the
Etimologie
of
the
compound
Hebrew
word
yéeldeth
it
,
but
also
,
by
reason
of
that
which
followeth
in
the
next
ver.
touching
thunderbolts
,
&
is
written
also
,
Exod.
9.23
.
touching
lightning
ioyned
with
the
haile
and
thunder
.
]
Ver.
48.
He
gaue
their
cattle
also
to
the
haile
[
i.
to
that
same
great
&
extraordinarie
haile
,
mentioned
in
the
other
ver.
to
the
end
that
the
cattle
therby
might
bee
destroyed
]
and
their
flockes
[
vz.
of
shéepe
and
their
droues
of
beasts
]
to
the
thunderbolts
[
or
after
some
to
burning
or
kindled
coals
the
sense
commeth
al
to
one
,
he
meaneth
destruction
of
them
.
Sée
Exod.
9.25
.
]
Ver.
49.
He
cast
vpon
them
[
i.
vpon
the
Egiptians
,
and
the
word
of
casting
noteth
the
greatnes
of
his
wrath
also
]
the
fiercenes
of
his
anger
,
indignation
,
&
wrath
[
all
these
termes
tend
but
to
one
end
,
to
expresse
the
greatnes
of
Gods
wrath
against
them
]
&
vexation
[
vz.
not
of
body
only
,
but
in
mind
&
soule
]
by
the
sending
out
[
vz.
against
them
]
euil
Angels
,
I
like
the
note
in
the
Geneua
Bible
wel
vpon
this
place
.
Immanuel
readeth
it
thus
,
by
sending
them
messengers
of
euill
tydings
,
meaning
it
of
Moses
and
Aaron
,
by
whose
ministerie
all
the
plagues
expressed
here
and
in
Exodus
against
the
Egiptians
,
were
not
onely
foretold
them
,
but
brought
vpon
them
,
both
the
senses
are
good
.
]
Ver.
50.
Hée
made
a
way
to
his
anger
[
i.
he
executed
the
same
,
&
tooke
away
euery
let
that
might
hinder
it
,
as
men
remoue
those
things
that
might
hinder
them
in
their
courses
or
goings
]
he
spared
not
their
soule
from
death
[
i.
he
slew
them
,
and
tooke
their
life
from
them
]
but
gaue
thir
life
to
the
pestilence
[
he
declareth
by
what
meanes
God
tooke
life
from
them
,
vz.
by
the
plague
and
pestilence
.
Sée
Exod.
12.29
.
]
Ver.
51.
And
smote
al
the
first
borne
in
Egipt
,
[
vz.
both
of
man
&
beast
]
euen
the
beginning
of
their
strength
[
this
is
a
discription
of
the
first
borne
,
as
appeareth
Gene.
49.3
.
]
in
the
tabernacles
[
i.
in
the
dwelling
places
,
so
that
there
was
neither
towne
,
house
nor
field
,
but
there
was
one
dead
in
it
.
Sée
Exod.
12.30
.
of
Ham
[
i.
of
the
Egiptians
,
putting
the
name
of
the
first
man
,
from
whom
they
came
,
for
the
people
that
came
of
him
,
for
the
Egiptians
came
of
Mizraim
the
seconde
sonne
of
Ham.
Sée
Gene.
10.6
.
of
whome
Egipt
is
so
called
in
the
Scripture
the
land
of
Mizraim
.
]
Ver.
52.
But
he
made
his
people
to
goe
out
[
vz.
of
Egipt
]
like
shéepe
[
sée
Psalm
.
77.
ver.
20.
q.d.
but
he
dealt
most
mercifully
with
his
owne
people
.
It
may
bee
vnderstoode
thus
also
,
but
for
as
much
as
they
séely
people
had
neither
counscll
nor
meane
in
themselues
to
maintaine
themselues
,
it
would
haue
gone
wrong
with
them
,
if
God
had
not
béene
in
stéed
of
a
shepheard
vnto
them
]
and
lead
them
in
the
wildernes
like
a
flock
[
i.
héedely
and
tenderly
,
caring
for
them
,
and
prouiding
their
foode
.
Sée
Gene.
33.
ver.
13.
]
Ver.
53.
And
he
caried
them
out
[
vz.
of
Egypt
]
safely
[
i.
without
any
manner
of
peril
or
danger
]
and
they
feared
not
[
i.
they
had
no
occasion
to
feare
,
vz.
their
enemies
and
aduersaries
]
and
in
the
sea
couered
their
enemies
[
i.
the
Egiptians
their
enemies
were
drowned
in
the
red
Sea
,
Exod.
15.13.27.28
.
]
Ver.
54.
And
he
brought
them
[
i.
the
people
of
Jsrael
,
and
that
in
a
mightie
hand
&
stretched
out
arme
]
vnto
the
borders
of
his
sanctuary
[
i.
vnto
the
lande
of
Canaan
,
which
he
had
assigned
to
his
people
,
and
dedicated
to
himselfe
:
meaning
by
borders
,
which
are
the
vttermost
partes
of
the
lande
,
not
onely
those
partes
them selues
,
as
though
God
had
left
them
there
,
and
woulde
haue
gone
no
further
with
them
,
but
the
whole
land
,
putting
the
first
part
that
they
entred
into
,
for
the
whole
,
and
he
calleth
that
land
his
sanctuary
,
because
God
had
sanctified
the
same
for
his
people
,
and
for
his
owne
seruice
,
as
being
the
place
where
hee
would
most
manifest
his
aboad
]
euen
to
this
mountaine
[
i.
the
mountain
of
Sion
,
wherin
Ierusalem
stood
,
&
the
temple
it self
was
to
be
builded
]
with
his
right
hand
[
i.
his
power
&
might
]
purchased
[
i.
obtained
&
got
,
that
out
of
the
hands
of
mighty
and
strong
enemies
.
]
Ver.
55.
He
cast
out
the
heathen
also
[
i.
the
Canaanites
,
and
other
inhabitants
of
that
land
]
before
them
[
i.
in
their
sights
and
for
their
sakes
.
Sée
Gene.
2.18
.
]
and
caused
them
[
i.
their
land
and
all
that
they
had
,
putting
the
persons
for
the
thinges
they
possessed
,
for
,
for
the
men
they
might
not
spare
the
]
to
fal
to
the
lot
of
his
inheritance
[
i.
to
come
to
the
people
of
God
[
whom
he
calleth
here
the
Lords
inheritance
]
as
it
were
by
casting
the
lot
,
by
which
also
the
Prophet
noteth
,
that
the
Israelits
did
lawfully
&
rightly
possesse
these
things
]
&
made
the
tribes
of
Israel
to
dwell
in
their
tabernacles
,
[
i.
in
their
possessions
,
as
land
,
cities
,
houses
&c.
putting
one
for
all
.
]
Ver.
56.
Yet
[
q.d.
notwithstanding
all
these
iudgements
vpon
their
enemies
,
&
graces
towardes
them
,
for
al
that
]
they
tempted
[
vz.
God
,
sée
for
tempting
,
verse
8.
of
this
Psalme
]
and
prouoked
the
most
high
God
[
vz.
to
wrath
against
them selues
]
and
kept
not
[
either
in
worde
or
deede
]
his
testimonies
[
i.
commandements
,
which
are
testimonies
or
witnesses
,
as
it
were
of
his
will
,
sée
Psal.
19.7.8
.
]
Ver.
57.
But
turned
backe
[
vz.
from
well
doing
pretended
,
to
their
former
euils
practised
]
and
dealt
falsely
[
i.
dissemblingly
,
and
that
with
God
,
meaning
that
they
laboured
what
they
could
to
haue
deceiued
God
.
]
like
their
fathers
[
i.
as
their
fathers
did
,
and
ancestours
that
were
before
them
who
came
out
of
Egipt
&
dealt
dissemblingly
with
him
,
as
appeareth
ver.
36.
of
this
Psal.
]
and
turned
[
vz.
aside
out
of
the
right
way
]
like
a
deceitfull
bowe
[
vz.
that
turneth
backe
into
belly
as
wee
say
.
I
knowe
there
are
many
senses
giuen
of
this
similitude
,
some
expound
it
thus
,
the
Israelites
did
for
a
time
make
shewe
of
faith
and
repentance
,
but
sodainly
they
became
vnprofitable
,
as
a
bow
sodainly
marred
by
some
occasion
deceiueth
the
expectation
of
the
shooter
:
some
expound
it
this
way
,
and
some
that
,
but
methinketh
mine
owne
sense
is
most
simple
,
sée
Hosea
7.16
.
]
Ver.
58.
And
they
prouoked
him
to
anger
[
vz.
against
themselues
,
and
their
own
soules
]
with
their
high
places
[
i.
with
the
altars
which
they
had
erected
and
set
vp
in
high
places
,
as
mountaines
and
hilles
,
so
hee
sheweth
the
cause
why
God
was
angry
with
them
,
vz.
for
their
straunge
and
newe
kinde
of
worshippings
]
and
moued
him
to
wrath
[
all
this
is
spoken
of
God
according
to
man
]
with
their
grauen
images
[
vz.
which
they
had
made
,
set
vp
,
and
worshipped
contrary
to
his
expresse
commandement
,
Exod.
20.4.5
.
]
Ver.
59.
God
heard
[
i.
knewe
,
because
by
hearing
things
come
to
knowledge
and
vnderstanding
,
&
this
is
attributed
to
God
according
to
mans
capacity
,
as
other
thinges
are
]
this
[
i.
the
wicked
words
and
works
which
the
Israelites
vsed
,
in
their
idolatrous
seruices
]
and
was
wroth
[
vz.
against
them
for
their
sinne
]
and
greatly
abhorred
Jsrael
[
vz.
for
their
iniquities
and
transgressions
committed
against
him
.
]
Ver.
60.
So
that
he
forsooke
the
habitation
of
Shilo
[
he
sheweth
by
effect
that
God
was
angry
with
them
,
because
hee
depriued
them
of
his
testimonies
of
his
presence
and
grace
:
meaning
that
the
Lorde
as
a
signe
of
his
wrath
refused
to
let
his
Arke
bee
any
longer
in
Shilo
[
in
which
arke
the
Lorde
did
as
it
were
dwell
]
but
gaue
it
into
the
hands
of
the
Philistines
as
appeareth
1.
Samuel
4.
]
euen
the
tabernacle
where
hee
dwelt
among
men
[
hee
doeth
in
these
woordes
make
plaine
the
former
part
of
this
verse
,
for
God
in
his
tabernacle
,
séemed
to
haue
as
it
were
his
residence
and
aboad
vppon
earth
.
]
Ver.
61.
And
deliuered
[
vz.
willingly
&
freely
because
it
was
prophecied
of
those
that
were
his
people
in
name
]
his
power
[
i.
his
Arke
1.
Chronic.
16.11
.
which
is
called
his
power
,
not
because
his
power
was
inclosed
in
it
,
but
because
it
was
a
testimonie
vnto
the
children
of
Israel
,
of
that
his
power
and
might
which
hee
had
many
times
manifested
for
their
defence
against
their
enemies
,
and
because
he
was
wont
out
of
the
same
to
declare
his
power
and
strength
]
into
captiuity
[
vz.
amongst
the
Philistines
as
appeareth
1.
Sam.
4.11
.
]
and
his
beauty
[
this
is
an
other
title
attributed
to
the
Arke
,
&
signifieth
as
much
as
glory
:
because
that
when
the
arke
was
present
,
God
manifested
his
beauty
or
glory
,
which
otherwise
was
and
is
inuisible
,
and
neuer
could
be
seene
:
and
therefore
GOD
gaue
them
the
arke
,
that
in
it
as
in
a
glasse
,
they
might
beholde
his
maiesty
.
]
Ver.
62.
And
he
gaue
vp
his
people
to
the
sworde
[
vz.
of
their
enemies
,
meaning
that
the
Lorde
for
their
sinnes
deliuered
them
to
the
slaughter
]
and
was
angry
with
his
inheritance
[
vz.
for
their
sinnes
and
transgressions
sake
,
and
hee
calleth
the
people
the
Lordes
inheritaunce
,
but
because
it
pleased
him
to
vouchsafe
to
chuse
them
to
that
honour
,
and
not
otherwise
.
]
Ver.
63.
The
fire
[
vz.
of
Gods
wrath
,
and
not
that
the
Lord
vsed
fire
to
destroy
them
,
but
rather
warrelike
force
,
which
destroyeth
and
licketh
vp
al
thinges
,
euen
as
fire
doeth
the
things
that
are
before
it
]
deuoured
their
chosen
men
[
i.
quickly
did
consume
and
eate
vp
,
the
sodainenes
also
of
it
is
noted
in
the
worde
,
fire
,
and
by
chosen
men
,
he
vnderstandeth
the
strongest
,
mightiest
,
and
as
it
were
the
flowre
of
the
people
.
Sée
1.
Sam.
4.10
.
]
and
their
maides
were
not
praysed
[
vz.
by
mariage
songs
,
which
the
Grecians
called
Epithalamia
,
and
were
sung
,
by
the
tender
and
deare
friends
of
the
bridegrome
,
and
bride
,
and
this
was
not
onely
in
vse
,
among
the
Gentiles
,
but
also
amongst
the
Iewes
,
Gods
people
,
as
may
appeare
Psal.
45.
throughout
.
Ierem.
7.34
.
Ierem.
16.9
.
Ierem.
25.10
.
So
that
,
by
not
being
praised
,
hee
meaneth
they
were
not
maried
,
but
by
death
through
Gods
iust
iudgement
,
were
taken
away
before
they
coulde
come
to
that
honour
.
]
Ver.
64.
Their
Priestes
[
i.
Hophni
and
Phinehas
1.
Samu.
4.11
.
]
fel
by
the
sword
[
i.
were
killed
by
the
battaile
,
by
the
weapons
of
their
enemies
]
and
their
widowes
[
i.
both
the
Priests
and
the
peoples
wiues
]
lamented
not
[
i.
did
not
mourne
for
the
misery
that
was
fallen
vpon
them
,
and
this
was
,
not
because
they
were
either
hard
hearted
,
or
might
not
mourne
,
but
because
by
death
they
were
taken
away
from
perfourming
of
that
duety
,
as
amongst
the
rest
appeareth
in
Phinehas
his
wife
.
1.
Sam.
4.19.20
.
&c
]
Ver.
65.
But
the
Lorde
[
q.d.
from
al
this
misery
that
they
were
in
,
and
notwithstanding
all
the
iniquities
they
had
committed
against
him
]
awaked
[
vz.
at
the
length
]
as
one
out
of
sléep
[
q.d.
though
he
séemed
for
a
season
to
haue
no
care
of
his
people
[
as
men
that
are
in
sléepe
care
for
nothing
,
yet
at
length
hee
rose
vp
,
and
reuenged
his
,
and
their
aduersaries
]
and
as
a
strong
man
that
after
his
wine
[
i.
after
his
strong
drinke
that
hath
made
him
somewhat
sléepie
]
crieth
out
[
vz.
for
his
armour
&
weapons
,
meaning
by
crying
out
,
an
earnest
preparing
of
himselfe
against
his
enemies
,
these
similitudes
doe
nothing
derogate
from
the
glory
of
God
,
but
are
vsed
to
wake
the
dulnes
and
heauines
of
the
people
.
And
though
this
text
and
sense
be
good
,
yet
I
rather
allowe
Immanuels
both
text
and
sense
here
,
he
readeth
it
thus
.
]
Afterwards
[
i.
after
al
these
miseries
laid
vppon
his
people
by
the
Philistines
]
God
awaked
[
i.
tooke
vppon
him
to
set
vpon
his
peoples
aduersaries
,
this
is
spoken
of
God
according
to
mans
capacitie
]
who
[
i.
which
almightie
God
]
was
thought
[
vz.
both
by
the
Philistines
,
yea
and
his
owne
people
]
to
bée
as
one
that
sléepeth
[
i.
idle
and
negligent
doing
nothing
against
the
one
,
nor
any
thing
for
the
other
,
no
more
then
a
sléeping
man
doeth
,
which
also
may
appeare
by
their
scoffing
at
God
,
1.
Samuel
4.7.8
.
]
or
as
a
mighty
man
,
singing
through
wine
[
i.
as
one
that
were
carelesse
and
made
no
account
but
of
mirth
,
thus
the
idolaters
attribute
fond
thinges
to
God
,
and
so
commit
blasphemie
against
God
.
]
Ver.
66.
And
smote
his
enemies
[
i.
the
Philistines
,
who
are
called
his
enemies
because
they
were
enemies
to
his
people
]
in
the
hinder
parts
[
these
words
haue
a
double
sense
,
first
this
:
God
caused
the
Philistines
to
turne
their
backes
vpon
their
enemies
,
and
so
by
flying
to
bee
wounded
and
slaine
:
secondly
this
:
that
the
Lorde
strooke
the
Philistines
with
Emerods
,
which
was
a
very
sore
punishment
,
and
turned
them
to
great
griefe
,
this
latter
I
allowe
of
,
by
reason
of
that
which
is
written
,
1.
Sam.
5.
ver.
6.9.12
.
]
And
put
them
to
a
perpetuall
shame
[
i.
cast
vpon
the
Philistines
,
a
shame
that
shuld
sticke
by
them
for
euer
if
they
could
sée
it
,
which
was
the
casting
downe
of
their
idole
Dagon
and
breaking
him
in
pieces
.
1.
Sam.
5.4
.
]
Ver.
67.
Yet
he
refused
the
tabernacle
of
Ioseph
[
q.d.
as
God
plagued
his
enemies
,
so
hée
spared
not
altogether
his
owne
people
,
but
refused
to
let
the
Arke
which
was
a
testimonie
of
his
presence
remaine
]
in
the
tabernacle
of
Ioseph
[
i.
in
the
place
that
it
was
in
,
in
the
tribe
of
Ephraim
,
who
was
the
sonne
of
Ioseph
,
for
as
it
appeareth
1.
Samuel
4.
the
Arke
was
in
Shilo
,
which
was
a
part
of
the
lande
giuen
to
Ephraim
,
and
his
tribe
who
came
of
Ioseph
,
but
God
refused
that
place
,
and
remoued
the
Arke
to
an
other
,
as
appeareth
in
the
next
ver.
and
that
is
vsuall
in
the
Scriptures
to
put
the
father
from
whome
the
tribe
came
,
for
the
tribe
it selfe
]
and
chose
not
the
tribe
of
Ephraim
[
this
doth
more
plainly
and
particularly
declare
that
which
went
before
,
and
is
as
it
were
an
exposition
therof
.
]
Ver.
68.
But
chose
the
tribe
of
Iudah
[
i.
chose
a
place
for
the
Arke
to
rest
in
,
in
the
tribe
of
Iudah
]
and
mount
Sion
[
i.
euen
the
mount
Sion
which
hée
loued
[
i.
which
hee
caried
a
speciall
fauour
vnto
:
not
that
God
is
tyed
more
to
one
place
then
to
an
other
:
but
to
shewe
that
it
lieth
in
him
to
appoynt
where
and
what
hee
will
,
and
then
no
body
is
to
reason
against
it
.
]
Verse
69.
And
hee
built
his
sanctuary
[
i.
the
place
of
his
dwelling
and
abiding
]
as
an
high
pallace
[
i.
easily
to
bée
séene
,
and
glorious
in
beholding
,
as
these
places
&
palaces
,
that
are
builde
on
high
hilles
and
mountaines
]
like
the
earth
,
which
he
stablished
for
euer
[
vnderstande
,
and
like
the
earth
,
for
this
is
an
other
similitude
expressing
the
firmitie
and
continuance
of
the
Church
]
which
shal
indure
vppon
the
earth
vnto
the
comming
of
Christ
,
and
afterwardes
for
euer
and
euer
in
heauen
.
]
Verse
70.
Hée
chose
Dauid
also
his
seruant
[
after
that
he
had
spoken
of
the
Arke
,
religion
,
and
seruice
of
God
,
hee
commeth
to
speake
of
the
kingdome
and
politique
gouernement
,
for
these
two
things
were
principal
signes
of
Gods
goodnes
and
grace
]
and
tooke
him
from
the
shéepefoldes
[
i.
from
a
poore
and
meane
estate
,
for
hee
was
no
better
then
a
shéephearde
,
as
it
were
.
]
Ver.
71.
Euen
from
behind
the
ewes
with
young
[
i.
as
hee
followed
the
ewes
,
either
ready
to
eane
,
or
hauing
eaned
all
ready
,
for
the
worde
I
take
it
may
be
referred
to
both
]
to
féede
his
people
in
Iaakob
[
i.
to
rule
and
gouerne
his
people
Iaakob
,
vz.
those
that
came
of
Iaakob
]
&
his
inheritaunce
in
Israel
[
i.
the
Israelits
which
were
his
inheritance
.
I
knowe
these
words
,
in
Iaakob
,
and
in
Israel
,
may
haue
an
other
sense
,
as
though
hee
put
the
names
of
the
father
of
the
people
inhabiting
the
place
,
for
the
place
it selfe
:
but
mee
thinketh
the
other
is
more
simple
.
]
Verse
72.
So
hée
fed
them
[
i.
ruled
and
gouerned
them
]
according
to
the
simplicity
of
his
heart
[
i.
as
he
was
of
a
single
mind
,
so
hée
gouerned
iustly
and
holyly
]
and
guided
them
[
i.
went
in
and
out
before
them
,
exercising
holy
and
lawfull
gouernement
ouer
them
]
by
the
discretion
of
his
hands
[
i.
by
most
iust
rule
,
and
gouernement
,
for
the
worde
hande
,
is
in
many
places
of
Scripture
,
by
metonimia
,
put
for
worke
rule
and
gouernement
,
because
kinges
in
their
handes
did
vse
to
beare
their
Scepter
,
a
signe
and
seale
of
their
gouernement
.
All
this
serueth
to
shewe
,
that
Dauid
did
not
vnaduisedly
handle
the
thinges
that
hee
was
to
passe
through
,
but
did
that
which
apperteined
to
his
office
,
through
wisedome
,
aduisedly
also
and
with
iudgement
.
Verse
1.
Teacheth
vs
to
bring
attentiue
eares
with
vs
,
Do.
to
the
exercises
of
the
worde
.
Ver.
2.
That
the
more
darke
and
high
the
thinges
are
that
are
propounded
,
the
more
diligent
should
we
be
in
hearing
and
meditating
thereof
,
and
not
discouraged
,
as
many
men
are
with
the
hardnesse
.
]
Ver.
3.
Teacheth
that
the
workes
and
worde
of
GOD
,
which
either
wee
our selues
haue
tryed
,
or
other
in
trueth
haue
tolde
vs
of
,
should
bée
great
grounds
of
strength
to
our
consciences
and
perswasions
.
Ver.
4.
Teacheth
vs
to
haue
a
care
for
posterity
,
that
the
worde
and
works
of
God
may
in
trueth
and
sinceritie
continue
with
vs
and
our
séede
for
euer
.
Ver.
5.
Sheweth
that
Gods
word
bestowed
vpon
any
people
,
is
no
small
signe
or
token
of
his
fauour
or
loue
towardes
them
.
]
Ver.
6.
Sheweth
that
God
giueth
his
word
,
to
the
end
that
the
people
present
,
and
they
that
should
come
after
,
might
be
instructed
in
sound
knowledge
of
his
truth
.
Ver.
7.
Teacheth
that
Gods
word
is
ordeined
to
two
especiall
purposes
the
one
is
,
to
increase
hope
in
the
heartes
of
his
children
,
and
the
other
is
to
worke
obedience
.
Verse
8.
Teacheth
that
fathers
are
not
alwayes
to
bee
followed
,
and
therefore
that
they
say
nothing
,
that
say
they
will
treade
in
the
steppes
of
their
fathers
.
Verse
9.
Teacheth
that
weapon
and
armour
are
nothing
where
GOD
his
strength
and
fauour
is
not
ioyned
with
them
.
Verse
10.
Teacheth
that
disobedience
and
rebellion
against
GOD
is
a
grieuous
sinne
.
Verse
11.
Teacheth
vs
howe
fowle
a
sinne
forgetfulnes
of
Gods
goodnes
is
.
Verse
12.13.14.15.16
.
Setteth
out
Gods
great
loue
towardes
his
people
,
who
maketh
thinges
against
nature
to
prouide
for
them
,
rather
then
they
shoulde
bee
hurt
or
want
any
thing
that
were
good
,
and
all
this
hée
doeth
,
to
the
ende
that
they
might
haue
their
fayth
stedfastly
stayed
vppon
him
,
and
his
goodnes
.
Verse
17.
Teacheth
that
sinne
against
GOD
after
benefites
receiued
,
is
very
horrible
and
monstrous
.
Verse
18.
Teacheth
vs
that
euill
motions
of
the
heart
are
sinne
.
Verse
19.
Teacheth
that
there
can
no
greater
dishonour
bee
offered
to
God
,
then
to
call
his
power
and
will
into
question
.
Verse
20.
Sheweth
howe
the
wicked
peruert
those
things
that
God
doth
for
them
so
the
increase
of
their
distrust
and
infidelitie
.
Ver.
21.
Teacheth
two
thinges
,
first
that
the
Lorde
séeth
the
thoughts
of
the
hearts
,
&
heareth
the
words
of
mens
mouthes
conceiued
or
spoken
against
him
:
secondly
that
sinne
shall
neuer
bee
vnpunished
.
Verse
22.
Teacheth
that
distrust
in
God
,
is
a
most
heinous
and
grieuous
offence
.
Verse
23.24.25.26.27.28.29
.
Expresse
Gods
great
loue
in
giuing
the
people
,
whatsoeuer
they
desired
,
and
that
in
wonderfull
plenty
and
abundaunce
,
to
the
ende
that
by
that
meanes
he
might
bring
them
to
amendment
.
Ver.
30.
Teacheth
that
the
wicked
are
not
drawne
to
repentance
by
Gods
benefites
,
but
rather
goe
on
forward
more
and
more
in
their
sinne
.
Ver.
31.
Teacheth
that
the
abuse
of
Gods
goodnes
and
mercy
shall
neuer
bee
left
vnpunished
:
also
that
God
respecteth
no
persons
in
the
execution
of
his
iustice
,
but
hee
that
hath
offended
of
what
countenance
soeuer
he
be
,
shall
smart
for
it
.
Ver.
32.
Teacheth
that
there
are
a
sort
of
people
so
setled
in
their
sinnes
,
that
no
graces
of
God
will
pul
them
out
of
them
.
Ver.
33.
Teacheth
that
hasty
and
sodaine
destruction
oftentimes
ouertaketh
the
wicked
.
Ver.
34.
Liuely
painteth
out
the
nature
of
hypocrites
,
&
their
counterfeite
repentance
,
so
doth
verse
35.36.37
.
Ver.
36.
Teacheth
that
the
abuse
of
mens
mouthes
and
tongues
must
be
answered
to
the
Lorde
.
Verse
37.
Sheweth
that
God
specially
regardeth
an
vpright
heart
.
Ver.
38.
Doeth
wonderfully
commend
the
riches
of
Gods
grace
and
goodnes
.
Ver.
39.
Doth
marueilously
set
out
the
vanity
and
frailtie
of
man
in
all
his
glory
.
Ver.
40.
Teacheth
howe
the
vngodly
cease
not
sinning
,
but
procéede
from
one
iniquitie
to
another
.
Ver.
41.
Teacheth
that
to
set
god
his
bounds
is
a
grieuous
transgression
.
Ver.
42.
Teacheth
that
the
forgetfulnes
of
gods
benefits
towardes
his
children
,
or
of
his
iustice
vpon
his
and
their
enemies
,
is
a
grieuous
transgression
.
In
that
description
of
gods
wrath
executed
vpon
the
wicked
Egiptians
,
and
comprehended
Ver.
43.44.45.46.47.48.49.50.51
.
Wee
may
learne
many
thinges
,
first
that
the
enemies
of
gods
people
shall
neuer
escape
vnpunished
,
which
also
expresseth
gods
iustice
against
persecutours
,
Secondly
wee
sée
the
mightie
power
of
the
Lorde
,
who
wil
arme
the
least
of
his
creatures
with
such
might
as
all
the
Monarchies
in
the
worlde
shall
not
bee
able
to
resist
,
Thirdly
in
that
there
are
so
diuers
and
sundry
punishments
reckoned
vp
,
we
learn
that
the
Lord
hath
all
his
creatures
at
commandement
,
to
vse
them
for
the
manifesting
of
his
glory
,
either
in
the
maintenance
of
his
seruants
,
or
for
the
punishing
of
the
wicked
.
Ver.
52.53
.
Do
not
only
expresse
gods
great
loue
towards
his
children
,
but
also
they
teach
howe
that
in
the
middest
of
iudgements
,
which
fall
vppon
others
,
they
are
safely
deliuered
.
Ver.
54.
Sheweth
that
the
Lord
is
faithful
in
all
his
promises
accomplishing
the
same
:
the
same
is
taught
also
in
Ver.
55.
Which
serueth
wonderfully
to
the
strengthening
of
our
faith
.
Ver.
56.
Setteth
out
the
nature
of
desperate
wicked
ones
,
who
neither
for
gods
heauy
iudgements
executed
vpon
others
,
nor
for
his
mercies
bestowed
vppon
them
,
are
any
whit
at
all
bettered
.
Ver.
57.
Teacheth
that
euill
children
treade
in
the
steppes
many
times
of
their
euill
fathers
,
and
therefore
fathers
not
so
much
to
be
stickt
to
.
Verse
58.
Teacheth
that
idolatrie
and
idoles
do
greatly
prouoke
Gods
wrath
against
them
,
that
make
,
vse
,
allowe
,
or
maintaine
the
same
.
Ver.
59.
Sheweth
that
all
sinne
is
naked
before
God
,
also
that
out
sinnes
seperate
betwéene
God
and
vs
,
which
is
confirmed
also
in
the
60.
verse
following
.
Verse
61.
Teacheth
that
sinne
bringeth
in
the
subuersion
of
religion
as
it
were
.
Verse
62.
Sheweth
that
sinne
also
destroyeth
the
politique
state
.
Verse
63
.
6●
Declare
that
God
in
the
execution
of
his
iudgements
,
spareth
no
persons
or
condition
that
hath
transgressed
.
Ver.
65.
Declareth
that
God
will
not
alwaies
afflict
his
children
,
and
let
his
enemies
triumph
ouer
them
.
Verse
66.
Setteth
out
Gods
iudgementes
vppon
the
enemies
of
his
people
.
Verse
67.
Sheweth
that
for
the
exercises
of
his
seruice
and
worship
,
is
not
tyed
to
men
or
places
.
Verse
68.
Teacheth
that
looke
what
place
or
what
manner
God
appointeth
for
his
worship
,
that
ought
onely
to
bee
obserued
.
Verse
69.
Setteth
out
the
excellency
and
perpetuity
as
it
were
of
the
Church
.
Verse
70.
Teacheth
that
God
chuseth
not
as
man
chuseth
,
the
great
,
but
the
weake
and
feeble
persons
,
to
the
ende
that
all
the
glory
might
bée
giuen
vnto
him
.
Sée
1.
Corinth.
1.26.27
.
&c.
Verse
71.
Doeth
excellently
describe
the
duety
of
godly
and
faithfull
Magistrates
.
Verse
72.
Teacheth
all
by
Dauids
example
,
painefully
and
wisely
to
trauaile
,
in
the
offices
,
castinges
,
and
places
,
that
the
Lorde
setteth
them
in
.
Psalme
79.
THis
Psalme
,
Di.
being
a
pitifull
discription
of
the
miseries
which
Gods
Church
indured
,
may
(
as
séemeth
to
mée
)
bee
diuided
into
thrée
partes
.
In
the
first
the
faithfull
set
out
the
great
outrage
and
crueltie
of
their
enemies
,
and
the
distresses
that
they
were
in
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
4.
In
the
second
is
conteyned
an
earnest
prayer
that
they
make
,
as
for
their
owne
deliueraunce
,
so
for
the
ouerthrow
of
the
wicked
,
from
verse
5.
to
the
end
of
the
8.
verse
.
In
the
thirde
they
alleadge
certaine
reasons
as
it
were
,
to
moue
the
Lord
to
take
pity
vpon
them
,
promising
prayse
and
thankesgiuing
to
the
Lorde
for
their
deliueraunce
,
and
this
reacheth
from
verse
9.
to
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
hath
béene
sundry
times
expounded
before
,
and
namely
Psal.
50.
Se.
Verse
1.
O
God
,
the
heathen
[
either
the
Babylonians
or
Assyrians
,
Sée
2.
Chronic.
36.17.18.19
.
or
else
the
people
,
that
came
with
Antiochus
,
who
marueilously
prophaned
the
temple
as
appeareth
1.
Machab.
1.46.47
.
&c.
also
in
Ioseph
,
Antiq.
Iudais
lib.
12.
cap.
7.
For
of
both
these
it
may
bée
vnderstood
]
are
come
[
vz.
with
outrage
and
cruelty
]
into
thine
inheritaunce
[
i.
the
lande
of
Canaan
,
afterwardes
called
the
lande
of
Iudah
or
Israel
,
and
as
a
principall
part
of
that
lande
,
the
Citie
of
Ierusalem
,
which
GOD
also
had
chosen
to
be
the
place
of
his
aboade
.
]
Thy
holye
temple
[
vz.
which
was
at
Ierusalem
,
and
was
called
holy
,
because
the
holy
GOD
gaue
testimonies
of
his
presence
there
,
and
because
holy
exercises
were
vsed
there
]
haue
they
defiled
,
[
both
by
spoyling
it
,
sheadding
blood
in
it
,
and
by
bringing
into
it
,
all
prophane
and
wicked
thinges
,
contrary
to
the
lawe
,
Sée
the
places
before
noted
]
and
m●●e
Ierusalem
heapes
of
stones
[
i.
haue
defaced
the
buildinges
thereof
,
and
pulled
downe
the
walles
:
hee
meaneth
by
this
speach
,
a
great
and
pitiful
ruine
to
beholde
.
]
Verse
2.
The
dead
bodyes
of
thy
seruantes
[
vz.
which
were
slayne
by
the
rage
and
cruelty
of
their
enemies
,
yeelding
a
constant
confession
to
thy
trueth
,
and
withstanding
their
pollutions
]
haue
they
giuen
to
bée
meate
vnto
the
foules
of
heauen
[
i.
they
haue
cast
them
heere
,
and
there
,
to
the
ende
that
they
might
bee
rauened
of
the
fowles
of
the
ayre
,
for
by
heauen
hee
meaneth
the
ayre
in
this
place
:
and
here
hee
secteth
out
the
cruelty
of
the
enemies
,
who
woulde
not
shewe
them
so
much
fauour
as
to
let
them
bee
buryed
.
This
in
déede
is
reckoned
among
the
curses
of
Gods
lawe
.
Deutronom.
28.26
.
But
yet
for
all
that
wée
may
not
condemne
the
faythfull
,
who
in
respect
of
the
afflictions
of
this
life
,
doe
differ
little
or
nothing
from
the
vnbeléeuers
]
and
the
flesh
of
thy
Saintes
[
vz.
they
haue
cast
or
giuen
,
and
hée
calleth
Gods
people
Saintes
,
because
the
Lorde
accounted
them
holy
,
and
by
his
spirite
had
prepared
and
apted
them
to
the
workes
of
sanctification
]
vnto
the
beastes
of
the
earth
[
i.
vnto
the
wilde
beastes
,
that
liue
as
it
were
by
dead
carion
:
or
to
the
dogges
,
to
bee
deuoured
of
them
,
as
was
the
flesh
of
that
wicked
Iezabel
.
2.
Kinges
9.
verse
.
36.
This
is
added
but
to
aggrauate
their
cruelty
and
inhumanitie
.
]
Verse
3.
Their
blood
[
vz.
of
the
Saintes
and
good
people
]
haue
they
[
i.
the
enemies
and
aduersaries
]
shed
like
waters
[
i.
plentifully
and
in
great
abundaunce
:
or
else
thus
,
the
enemies
made
no
more
account
of
mens
liues
and
bloods
,
then
they
did
of
water
:
both
senses
are
good
,
but
I
rather
allow
the
former
]
rounde
about
Ierusalem
[
hée
meaneth
both
without
the
City
and
within
:
without
the
city
,
before
the
enemies
came
thither
,
and
within
after
they
had
taken
the
City
:
q.d.
there
was
no
place
frée
from
their
cruelty
and
violence
]
and
there
was
none
[
vz.
either
of
their
owne
nation
that
durst
,
or
of
others
that
woulde
shew
them
so
much
curtesie
,
as
to
bury
them
.
]
Ver.
4.
Wée
are
a
reproch
vnto
our
neighbours
[
vz.
by
the
meanes
of
the
misery
which
they
sée
vs
in
,
they
thereby
taking
an
occasion
to
reproch
&
vpbrayd
vs
:
and
by
neighbours
he
vnderstandeth
the
people
,
that
bordered
vpon
their
country
,
as
the
Ammonits
,
Moabites
,
&c.
which
also
may
appeare
by
that
folowing
in
the
verse
]
vnto
them
that
are
rounde
about
vs
[
vz.
dwelling
,
which
word
inserted
after
,
are
,
will
make
the
sense
plaine
.
And
note
,
that
the
faithfull
doe
not
here
complaine
of
the
mockeries
that
were
directed
against
their
owne
persons
,
but
of
those
also
which
after
a
sort
did
redound
to
the
dishonour
of
God
,
and
the
disgrace
of
his
law
.
]
Ver.
5.
Lord
howe
long
wilt
thou
bee
angry
,
for
euer
[
q.d.
wilt
thou
neuer
put
an
ende
to
our
miseries
,
which
are
testimonies
of
thy
heauy
wrath
and
continuall
anger
against
vs
?
Immanuel
readeth
this
part
of
the
verse
better
thus
]
how
long
?
[
vz.
wilt
thou
withhold
help
and
ayde
from
vs
,
&
set
the
wicked
insult
ouer
vs
as
they
do
?
and
then
hee
addeth
an
other
interrogation
thus
]
wilt
thou
be
angry
for
euer
[
q.d.
shal
there
be
no
end
of
thy
wrath
against
vs
?
]
shal
thy
gelousie
[
vz.
ouer
thine
owne
glory
and
vs
also
,
euen
for
our
good
,
if
we
coulde
sée
it
]
burne
like
fire
[
i.
consume
vs
vtterly
,
as
the
fire
doth
euery
thing
that
is
before
it
.
]
Ver.
6.
Powre
out
thy
wrath
[
i.
lay
the
abundance
of
thy
iudgements
,
for
the
word
of
powring
out
noteth
the
plenty
of
them
]
vpon
the
heathen
that
haue
not
knowne
thée
[
vz.
according
to
thy
wil
reueiled
in
thy
worde
,
for
otherwise
the
Gentiles
had
a
knowledge
of
God
,
as
appeareth
,
Rom.
1.
ver.
21.
]
And
vpon
the
kingdomes
[
vz.
of
the
earth
or
world
]
that
haue
not
called
vppon
thy
name
[
i.
made
profession
of
thy
religion
and
seruice
,
Sée
Gene.
4.26
.
also
2.
Tim.
2.19
.
And
note
that
the
faithfull
are
not
in
this
place
caryed
away
with
carnall
affections
,
but
onely
as
hauing
respect
to
the
publike
saluation
of
Gods
Church
.
]
Verse
7.
For
[
this
very
reason
sheweth
that
the
former
prayer
against
the
enemies
,
was
made
for
the
good
and
peace
of
the
Church
,
and
not
of
any
rancor
or
fleshly
affection
]
they
haue
deuoured
[
i.
the
enemies
haue
cruelly
and
gréedily
like
bruite
beastes
dealt
with
]
Iaakob
[
i.
the
people
of
Israel
,
who
descended
or
came
from
Iaakob
[
and
so
haue
wee
had
this
worde
vsed
,
sundry
times
before
]
and
made
his
dwelling
place
[
i.
the
whole
lande
of
Iudea
,
which
was
assigned
him
by
God
to
dwell
in
]
desolate
[
i.
waste
and
voyde
,
as
it
were
of
inhabitants
.
]
Ver.
8.
Remember
not
against
vs
[
i.
thinke
not
vpon
,
as
meanes
to
prouoke
thée
to
wrath
against
vs
;
and
to
destroy
vs
]
the
former
iniquities
[
vz.
which
we
,
continuing
also
in
the
euill
step●
of
our
auncestours
,
haue
committed
against
thée
]
but
make
haste
[
vz.
to
helpe
and
succour
vs
in
these
distresses
,
and
to
deliuer
vs
from
the
same
]
and
let
thy
tender
mercy
preuent
vs
[
vz.
before
we
sinke
downe
vnder
the
burthens
of
our
afflictions
]
for
we
are
in
great
miseries
[
q.d.
vnlesse
thou
put
to
thy
helping
hand
,
we
perish
vtterly
.
]
Ver.
9.
Helpe
vs
O
God
of
our
saluation
[
i.
thou
that
only
workest
deliuerances
for
vs
,
for
so
is
the
word
saluation
vsed
here
,
as
it
is
,
Psal.
3.8
.
]
helpe
vs
&
deliuer
vs
now
,
as
thou
hast
done
sundry
time
heretofore
]
for
the
glory
of
thy
name
[
i.
that
thy
maiesty
,
might
,
and
power
may
bee
glorified
of
vs
]
(
for
name
is
vsed
here
as
it
is
Psalm
.
20.1
.
)
which
otherwise
shall
bee
somewhat
obscured
and
darkened
]
and
deliuer
vs
[
vz.
from
troubles
and
out
of
the
handes
and
powers
of
our
enemies
]
and
bee
merciful
vnto
our
sinners
[
i.
forget
and
forgiue
them
,
taking
away
also
the
punishments
from
vs
,
which
by
them
we
haue
pulled
vppon
vs
]
for
thy
names
sake
[
i.
for
thy
glory
and
goodnes
sake
,
as
before
.
]
Verse
10.
Wherefore
should
the
heathen
say
[
q.d.
why
should
they
haue
an
occasion
to
say
,
as
they
will
not
spare
to
speake
it
,
if
thou
helpe
not
]
where
is
their
GOD
[
vz.
the
God
that
the
Israelites
serue
.
q.d.
giue
not
occasion
to
the
enemyes
to
reioyce
ouer
vs
and
mocke
vs
,
because
wee
haue
trusted
in
thée
,
as
though
thou
haddest
forsaken
vs
in
the
tyme
of
neede
,
They
shewe
howe
that
the
aide
which
God
shall
giue
them
,
shall
turne
to
his
glory
:
q.d.
if
thou
helpe
,
the
vngodly
people
shall
haue
no
cause
to
say
,
that
wee
haue
in
vayne
trusted
in
a
GOD
,
that
forsaketh
vs
in
our
troubles
,
but
they
and
wée
shall
féele
by
effectes
,
that
thou
hast
a
singular
care
ouer
vs
]
let
him
[
I
woulde
rather
reade
let
it
[
vz.
our
gracious
deliueraunce
from
these
distresses
]
bée
knowne
[
i.
opened
and
made
manifest
]
among
the
heathen
[
vz.
who
are
our
enemies
,
and
otherwise
would
insult
ouer
vs
]
in
our
sight
[
i.
wée
liuing
,
séeing
,
and
diligently
beholding
the
same
,
that
thou
arte
alwayes
presence
with
thine
]
by
the
vengeaunce
of
the
blood
[
i.
by
the
punishment
that
thou
wilt
take
,
and
lay
vppon
them
,
for
the
blood
]
of
thy
seruauntes
[
hee
calleth
them
Gods
seruauntes
,
who
notwithstanding
confessed
,
that
they
were
iustly
punished
for
their
sinnes
,
because
GOD
when
hee
chastiseth
vs
,
testifieth
that
hee
hath
care
of
our
saluation
]
that
is
shed
[
vz.
by
their
cruelty
and
rage
:
by
blood
and
shedding
of
the
same
,
hée
meaneth
the
godlies
life
,
and
the
death
that
the
wicked
did
cruelly
laye
vppon
them
.
]
Verse
11.
Let
the
sighing
of
the
prisoners
[
i.
of
them
that
are
taken
prisoners
by
the
enemies
,
and
ready
to
bée
caryed
away
or
put
to
death
:
vnderstanding
by
the
sighing
of
these
men
,
their
earnest
prayers
,
pitifull
complaints
,
teares
,
outcries
&c.
]
come
before
thee
[
i.
into
thy
presence
,
and
let
it
appeare
by
effect
that
thou
regardest
and
acceptest
of
them
]
according
to
thy
mighty
arme
[
q.d.
as
thy
power
is
most
large
and
infinite
,
for
hee
vseth
this
worde
arme
for
power
,
so
preserue
and
defend
thy
people
]
preserue
[
vz.
from
outrage
,
violence
,
and
death
]
the
children
of
death
[
i.
them
that
bée
in
verye
great
daunger
,
at
deaths
doore
,
as
it
were
,
and
ready
to
bée
slayne
,
so
that
death
séemeth
to
haue
as
much
authority
ouer
them
,
as
parents
haue
ouer
their
children
.
]
Verse
12.
And
render
to
our
neighbours
[
i.
to
them
that
are
round
about
vs
,
as
before
ver.
4.
]
seuen
folde
[
i.
most
grieuous
punishmentes
:
a
number
,
finite
,
for
an
infinite
.
sée
Gene.
4.15
.
]
in
to
their
bosome
[
i.
largely
and
plentifully
,
as
appeareth
Isaiah
.
65.6.7
.
Ierem.
32.18
.
it
is
a
metaphor
taken
from
them
that
powre
things
without
number
,
into
the
lappe
or
bosome
as
it
were
of
those
to
whome
they
giue
them
]
their
reproch
[
i.
the
blasphemous
and
wicked
wordes
that
they
haue
vsed
against
thée
,
which
is
expressed
in
the
part
of
the
verse
following
.
]
Verse
13.
So
wée
thy
people
[
i.
the
people
that
thou
hast
chosen
,
seperating
vs
from
other
nations
:
sée
Psalm
.
74.1.2
.
]
and
shéepe
of
thy
pasture
[
i.
people
whome
thou
féedest
as
tenderly
and
carest
as
much
for
,
as
shepheardes
doe
their
pasture
sheepe
]
shall
prayse
thée
[
vz.
for
thy
grace
and
goodnes
towardes
vs
in
deliuering
vs
]
and
from
generation
to
generation
wée
will
set
foorth
thy
prayse
[
vz.
to
others
:
q.d.
we
will
bee
instrumentes
to
publish
thy
prayse
,
and
occasions
of
thy
glory
to
all
posterity
.
]
Do.
Verse
1.
Teacheth
that
God
many
times
,
for
the
punishment
of
his
peoples
sinnes
,
appointeth
the
wicked
to
preuaile
so
farre
against
them
,
that
euen
his
own
glory
séemeth
as
it
were
to
bée
layd
in
the
dust
.
Verse
2.3
.
Set
out
the
monstrous
cruelty
and
barbarousnesse
of
the
wicked
and
vngodly
people
,
whose
cursed
nature
is
,
the
more
they
preuaile
,
the
more
outrage
&
violence
to
offer
and
doe
.
Ver.
4.
Teacheth
that
the
miseries
of
Gods
children
,
should
prouoke
them
to
earnest
and
hearty
calling
vpon
his
name
.
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
that
the
consciences
of
the
godly
can
hardly
be
quieted
,
so
long
as
they
féele
Gods
wrath
and
anger
against
them
.
Ver.
6.
Teacheth
that
wee
may
safely
pray
against
the
malicious
enemies
of
Gods
Church
.
Ver.
7.
Setteth
out
the
rage
and
cruelty
of
the
wicked
against
the
Lordes
people
and
inheritance
.
Verse
8.
Teacheth
first
that
our
sinnes
are
cart-ropes
as
it
were
,
to
pul
vpon
vs
,
Gods
heauy
iudgementes
,
Secondly
that
God
of
his
mercy
,
and
not
for
any
desert
of
ours
(
for
we
haue
none
)
doeth
and
will
helpe
vs
,
thirdly
that
the
more
our
miseries
are
,
the
more
earnest
should
wée
bée
,
with
the
Lorde
in
prayer
.
Verse
9.
Teacheth
vs
that
Gods
owne
glory
is
an
effectuall
reason
to
perswade
his
maiesty
to
deliuer
his
people
,
Secondly
that
Gods
mercies
onely
doe
couer
and
cure
all
our
transgressions
.
Ver.
10.
Teacheth
vs
that
wee
may
pray
against
the
enemies
of
the
Church
,
alwayes
prouided
that
wée
intermingle
not
our
owne
corrupt
affections
,
or
hatred
against
the
persons
therewith
.
Verse
11.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
sighes
and
grones
of
Gods
poore
afflicted
seruants
,
shall
not
bée
sent
forth
,
without
fruite
or
profit
.
Verse
12.
Teacheth
vs
that
wee
may
lawfully
pray
against
the
enemies
of
Gods
Church
,
as
before
ver.
6.10
.
of
this
Psalme
.
Ver.
13.
Teacheth
vs
two
things
:
first
that
we
shoulde
giue
hearty
thankes
to
almighty
God
,
for
benefits
and
graces
bestowed
vpon
vs
:
secondly
that
we
should
bee
instruments
to
publish
the
prayses
,
and
to
conuey
them
ouer
so
farre
foorth
,
as
we
can
to
all
posterity
.
Psalme
80
THis
Psalme
as
it
should
séeme
,
both
by
the
wordes
and
matter
was
made
,
either
about
that
time
,
that
the
people
were
caryed
captiue
into
Babylon
,
or
at
the
time
of
their
being
there
.
It
may
bée
diuided
into
thrée
partes
,
Di.
the
first
is
an
earnest
prayer
made
to
God
,
that
it
woulde
please
him
to
help
the
miseries
of
his
Church
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
7.
The
seconde
conteineth
a
discription
of
his
former
goodnes
towardes
them
,
with
a
demaunding
as
it
were
,
why
hee
had
withdrawne
the
same
,
from
ver.
8.
to
the
ende
of
the
13.
In
the
thirde
part
they
returne
to
prayer
againe
,
beséeching
the
Lorde
graciously
to
finish
the
worke
,
which
mercifully
hée
had
begunne
,
which
being
performed
they
purpose
and
promise
humble
obedience
all
the
dayes
of
their
life
,
from
ver.
14.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
,
Se.
to
him
that
excelleth
on
Shoshannim
Eduth
[
this
is
expounded
before
Psalme
45.
also
Psalme
60.
in
the
titles
,
as
also
is
that
that
followeth
in
sundry
Psalmes
.
Immanuel
addeth
,
after
this
worde
,
A
Psalme
of
witnes
,
which
for
any
thing
I
sée
,
is
not
in
the
Hebrew
text
:
hée
himselfe
expoundeth
it
thus
]
of
witnes
[
i.
by
which
the
Church
beséeching
God
,
did
testifie
their
fayth
they
had
in
GOD
touching
the
deliueraunce
promised
after
seuenty
yéeres
,
as
Ierem.
29.10
.
]
Verse
1.
Heare
[
vz.
the
supplications
and
prayers
of
vs
thy
poore
seruantes
praying
for
our selues
and
thy
whole
Church
:
and
by
hearing
,
they
meane
graunting
of
their
requestes
,
and
not
as
though
GOD
,
either
did
not
or
woulde
not
heare
,
]
O
thou
shéephearde
[
i.
thou
that
hast
gouerned
,
guided
,
and
deliuered
thy
people
heretofore
]
of
Jsrael
,
[
i.
of
all
thy
people
:
and
not
of
the
tenne
tribes
alone
,
as
the
note
in
the
Geneua
Bible
goeth
]
thou
that
leadeth
Ioseph
like
shéepe
[
i.
tenderly
and
warely
,
as
Psalme
78.52
.
vnderstanding
by
Ioseph
the
same
that
hee
ment
by
Israel
before
:
and
all
this
is
nothing
else
,
but
a
description
as
it
were
of
Gods
tender
care
,
fauour
and
loue
,
towardes
his
people
]
shewe
thy
brightnes
[
vz.
of
thy
power
and
might
,
as
Deutronom
.
33.2
.
q.d.
shewe
thy selfe
in
thy
accustomed
glory
and
maiesty
,
to
our
great
comfort
,
and
the
terrour
of
our
enemyes
]
thou
that
sittest
betwéene
the
Cherubins
[
this
is
not
spoken
as
though
GOD
were
tied
to
a
place
,
but
because
it
pleased
him
out
of
that
place
for
a
tyme
,
to
shewe
foorth
his
power
and
might
,
therefore
doe
the
people
after
this
sort
describe
him
.
Sée
Exodus
25.
verse
22.
]
Verse
2.
Before
Ephraim
,
&c.
[
i.
in
the
sight
and
presence
of
the
men
of
that
and
other
tribes
,
who
claue
to
the
kingdome
of
Iudah
,
and
kept
thy
religion
and
worshippe
sounde
with
them
,
Sée
1.
Chronic.
9.
verse
1.2.3
.
]
Stirre
vppe
thy
strength
[
vz.
which
séemeth
to
haue
béene
heauy
,
and
as
it
were
a
sléepe
:
q.d.
nowe
declare
it
and
make
it
manifest
]
and
come
to
helpe
vs
[
vz.
out
of
the
daungers
,
distresse
and
bondage
wherein
wee
are
.
]
Verse
3.
Turne
vs
againe
[
vz.
out
of
the
bondage
and
captiuity
wherein
wée
nowe
are
[
as
our
Auncestours
were
in
Egipt
]
into
our
owne
Countrey
and
to
thy
worshippe
.
q.d.
set
vs
in
our
former
state
and
condition
]
cause
thy
face
to
shine
[
i.
make
manifest
thy
fauour
towardes
vs
,
which
hath
béene
kept
from
vs
by
the
cloudes
of
affliction
.
Sée
Psalme
4.6
.
also
Psalm
.
67.1
.
]
that
wee
may
be
saued
[
i.
deliuered
out
of
these
daungers
and
distresses
wherein
wée
are
.
Immanuel
readeth
,
so
shall
wée
be
saued
.
The
sense
differeth
not
much
as
wee
may
easily
perceiue
.
]
Verse
4.
How
long
wilt
thou
bee
angry
against
the
prayer
of
thy
people
[
i.
howe
long
wilt
thou
reiect
the
prayer
that
thy
people
make
vnto
thée
,
as
though
thou
were
angry
with
them
and
it
:
this
the
faithfull
speake
,
and
that
of
infirmity
,
when
they
féele
not
the
force
of
their
prayers
at
the
first
as
it
were
.
]
Ver.
5.
Thou
hast
fedde
them
with
the
breade
of
teares
[
i.
thou
hast
giuen
them
teares
in
stéede
of
meate
,
Sée
Psalme
42.3
.
]
and
giuen
them
teares
to
drinke
with
great
measure
[
q.d.
they
are
so
full
of
griefes
and
vexations
,
that
they
are
able
to
indure
no
more
,
hee
signifieth
by
these
speaches
,
both
the
abundaunce
and
the
continuaunce
of
their
afflictions
.
]
Verse
6.
Thou
hast
made
vs
a
strife
vnto
our
neighbours
[
i.
thou
hast
caused
all
those
that
are
rounde
about
our
lande
,
with
whome
friendshippe
and
peace
were
to
bée
fostered
,
to
moue
continuall
strifes
and
iarres
against
these
of
our
brethren
,
that
remaine
behind
in
the
lande
of
Iudah
,
The
trueth
of
this
,
Sée
2.
King
.
25.
ver.
25.
Ierem.
37.
chapt
.
and
so
forwarde
almost
to
the
ende
of
his
Prophecie
]
and
our
enemies
laugh
at
vs
[
vz.
being
in
this
affliction
and
misery
that
we
are
]
among
them selues
[
i.
to
make
themselues
merry
with
all
,
when
they
méete
together
.
]
Verse
7.
This
is
the
same
almost
both
in
woordes
and
sense
with
verse
3.
of
this
Psal.
]
Verse
8.
Thou
broughtest
a
vine
out
of
Egipt
[
by
vine
hee
meaneth
the
people
of
Israel
,
by
which
comparison
hée
sheweth
howe
greatly
God
regarded
them
(
for
which
sée
Iohn
15.
verse
1.2
.
)
because
a
vine
is
a
most
noble
,
both
possession
and
fruite
,
and
is
a
very
tender
thing
,
as
experience
teacheth
.
It
is
an
vsuall
thing
in
Scripture
to
resemble
Gods
people
to
a
vine
,
sée
Isaiah
.
5.1.2
.
&c.
and
other
places
]
thou
hast
cast
out
[
vz.
of
the
lande
of
Canaan
]
the
heathen
[
vz.
the
Ammonites
,
Hittits
&c.
]
and
planted
it
[
vz.
in
their
place
,
hée
continueth
in
his
metaphor
of
a
vine
,
and
planting
,
meaning
that
God
had
established
his
people
in
the
roome
of
these
nations
.
]
Verse
9.
Thou
madest
roome
for
it
[
vz.
by
dispatching
their
enemies
,
and
casting
them
out
before
them
,
Sée
Exod.
23.27.28.29
.
Iehosh
.
24.12
.
]
and
diddest
cause
it
to
take
roote
[
hée
meaneth
by
the
first
,
that
is
roote
taking
,
their
florishing
and
prospering
in
that
lande
]
and
it
filled
the
lande
[
i.
it
increased
and
grewe
mightely
,
in
number
,
greatnes
,
and
glory
.
]
Verse
10.
The
mountaines
were
couered
with
the
shadowe
of
it
[
among
many
senses
,
I
take
this
to
bée
the
simplest
,
that
the
people
of
Israel
,
was
so
mightily
multiplied
and
increased
throughout
the
lande
of
Canaan
,
that
not
onely
the
valleis
,
which
are
for
the
most
part
fruitfull
,
but
the
mountaines
which
are
commonly
barren
,
were
well
inhabited
and
peopled
,
Sée
Matth.
3.1
.
Luke
1.39
.
]
and
the
boughes
thereof
[
i.
the
yong
people
,
that
came
of
that
roote
or
stocke
]
were
like
the
goodly
Cedars
[
i.
beautifull
to
beholde
,
as
tall
,
straight
,
strong
,
&c.
]
Ver.
11.
She
stretched
out
her
braunches
[
i.
she
replenished
the
land
with
inhabitants
]
vnto
the
Sea
[
vz.
Mediterranium
]
and
her
boughes
vnto
the
riuer
[
vz.
of
Euphrates
:
he
doeth
describe
the
bredth
of
the
land
of
Canaan
,
and
howe
farre
Gods
people
had
extended
their
gouernement
,
sée
Psal.
72.
verse
8.
and
they
recken
vp
Gods
benefites
towardes
them
in
times
past
,
that
they
might
presently
the
more
easily
obteine
his
fauor
and
goodnes
.
]
Verse
12.
Why
hast
thou
then
broken
downe
her
hedges
[
i.
why
hast
thou
destitute
her
of
succour
and
ayde
:
and
why
doest
thou
no
more
take
her
into
thy
sauegarde
and
protection
?
but
hast
withdrawne
thy
power
and
strength
with
which
shée
was
compassed
,
as
hée
threatned
.
Deutronom.
31.17
.
also
Isaiah
.
5.5
.
]
so
that
all
they
which
passe
by
the
way
,
haue
plucked
her
[
i.
spoyled
and
destroyed
her
:
hee
meaneth
by
this
manner
of
speach
the
gap
as
it
were
that
GOD
made
and
gaue
,
to
the
enemies
,
to
afflict
his
people
by
.
]
Verse
13.
The
wilde
Bore
[
i.
the
most
vncleane
and
rauenous
Gentiles
,
the
worde
wilde
,
out
of
the
wood
,
noting
their
rauening
,
and
the
worde
Bore
,
noting
their
vncleannes
,
for
the
Iewes
might
not
eate
swines
flesh
,
because
it
was
accounted
vncleane
by
the
lawe
,
Leuittic
.
11.7
.
]
hath
destroyed
it
[
i.
hath
vtterly
rooted
it
vppe
by
the
rootes
,
as
though
it
woulde
finde
some
thing
hidden
vnder
it
:
for
the
worde
that
he
vseth
here
is
a
compounde
worde
,
and
signifieth
to
digge
vp
some
thing
that
is
hidden
,
as
Treasure
or
such
like
]
and
the
wilde
beastes
of
the
fieldes
haue
eaten
it
vppe
[
i.
it
was
giuen
for
a
pray
,
to
all
sortes
of
beastes
both
of
the
forrestes
and
of
the
fieldes
,
hee
meaneth
that
their
neighbours
nigh
about
them
,
and
others
farre
off
them
,
did
grieuously
afflict
the
people
of
Jsrael
,
which
enemies
of
theirs
hee
compareth
to
wilde
beastes
,
by
reason
of
their
cruelty
.
]
Verse
14.
Returne
we
beseéch
thée
[
vz.
to
thy
former
loue
and
grace
.
q.d.
set
aside
thy
wrath
,
and
be
mercifull
vnto
vs
,
as
thou
hast
béene
heretofore
]
O
GOD
of
hostes
[
this
properly
respecteth
his
power
whereby
wée
sée
that
they
made
his
might
one
grounde
of
their
prayers
]
looke
downe
[
vz.
vppon
this
vine
]
from
heauen
[
q.d.
though
thou
dwell
on
high
,
yet
looke
vppon
vs
belowe
,
in
fauour
and
mercy
]
and
beholde
and
visite
this
vine
[
i.
not
onely
remember
it
,
but
perfourme
deliueraunce
vnto
it
,
as
thou
hast
promised
:
sée
the
worde
visiting
so
vsed
.
Gene.
21.
verse
1.
]
Verse
15.
And
the
vineyarde
[
i.
the
whole
body
of
the
people
,
putting
the
thing
conteyning
,
for
the
thing
conteined
]
that
thy
right
hande
hath
planted
[
i.
which
thy
mighty
power
hath
not
onely
brought
out
of
Egipt
,
but
setled
fast
in
this
lande
]
and
the
young
vine
[
so
hee
calleth
the
people
,
either
because
they
were
small
and
fewe
at
the
beginning
,
or
else
because
that
in
the
time
of
these
troubles
,
they
were
become
as
it
were
but
a
handfull
]
which
thou
madest
strong
for
thy selfe
[
i.
to
which
thou
gauest
great
strength
,
that
in
it
thou
and
thy
glory
might
appeare
.
]
Verse
16.
It
is
burnt
with
fire
and
cut
downe
[
i.
it
is
destroyed
by
fire
and
swoorde
,
noting
by
these
two
termes
,
of
fire
and
cutting
downe
,
all
the
wayes
and
meanes
that
the
wicked
vsed
to
destroy
the
children
of
GOD
with
all
]
and
they
perish
[
i.
all
thy
people
of
Israel
and
Iudah
]
at
the
rebuke
of
thy
countenance
[
i.
when
thou
shewest
by
thy
countenaunce
,
that
thou
doest
rebuke
them
,
and
art
angry
with
them
:
q.d.
the
force
of
the
enemy
néede
not
confound
them
,
for
the
very
signe
and
token
of
thy
displeasure
,
doth
consume
them
.
Ver.
17.
Let
thy
hand
[
i.
thy
power
,
might
,
grace
,
and
goodnes
]
he
vpon
[
i.
be
present
with
,
in
effect
and
féeling
]
the
man
of
thy
right
hande
[
he
putteth
the
worde
man
,
for
men
and
people
,
one
for
many
:
and
by
man
of
right
hande
,
hee
meaneth
those
that
God
did
so
tenderly
loue
,
and
for
their
sakes
,
hée
continually
manifested
his
mighty
power
in
leading
and
gouerning
them
]
and
vppon
the
sonne
[
sonne
is
here
put
for
sonnes
or
posterity
,
as
man
,
for
men
before
]
whom
thou
madest
strong
[
i.
whom
thou
gauest
might
and
power
vnto
,
not
onely
to
defence
themselues
,
but
to
wounde
their
enemies
]
for
thine
owne
selfe
[
i.
for
thine
honour
and
glory
that
thou
in
them
mightest
bee
glorified
.
]
Verse
18.
So
will
not
wee
[
q.d.
if
thou
shew
vs
the
fauour
prayed
for
,
we
wil
continue
alwaies
in
thy
obedience
.
This
must
be
vnderstood
,
not
as
though
they
conditioned
with
God
,
but
alledge
their
purposed
obedience
,
as
a
reason
to
moue
the
Lord
to
pity
them
]
go
backe
from
thée
[
vz.
to
false
and
strange
worships
deuised
by
men
,
but
will
kéepe
our selues
fast
to
that
seruice
that
thou
hast
prescribed
by
thy
word
]
reuiue
thou
vs
[
i.
take
from
vs
the
great
heauines
that
hangeth
vpon
vs
,
by
reason
of
our
sorrowes
and
afflictions
,
and
quicken
vs
,
and
so
]
we
shal
cal
vpon
thy
name
[
i.
profes
thy
religion
sincerely
,
and
pray
vnto
thée
only
.
]
Ver.
19.
is
the
very
same
in
words
and
sence
with
verse
3
and
verse
7
of
this
Psalme
.
Verse
1
teacheth
vs
to
haue
recourse
in
all
our
afflictions
to
God
by
prayer
,
Do.
and
in
the
same
to
consider
as
good
grounds
of
our
supplications
,
his
mercye
and
his
power
.
Verse
2
teacheth
that
not
onely
the
féeling
,
but
the
manifesting
of
Gods
strength
and
power
is
comfortable
to
his
saints
.
Ver.
3
teacheth
that
Gods
fauour
is
the
only
cause
of
all
goodnesse
towards
vs
.
Verse
4
declareth
that
it
is
no
small
affliction
of
conscience
to
Gods
children
,
to
féele
that
their
prayers
are
not
forcible
.
Verse
5
,
6
teach
first
that
all
the
afflictions
of
Gods
children
come
by
his
prouidence
and
appointment
:
secondly
that
he
bringeth
them
very
lowe
euen
in
this
life
,
to
the
end
that
they
may
haue
their
harts
and
soules
the
more
lifted
vp
to
him
.
Verse
7
sheweth
that
we
cannot
know
till
the
Lord
turne
vs
,
and
so
is
stong
agaynst
frée
will
.
Verse
8
setteth
out
Gods
great
and
vnspeakeable
loue
towards
his
Church
,
and
his
plaguing
and
punishing
of
the
wicked
for
their
sakes
.
Verse
9
sheweth
that
the
beginning
,
increase
and
continuance
of
the
Church
,
and
of
euery
particular
member
of
it
,
is
from
the
Lord
.
Verse
10
,
11
doe
vnder
excellent
Metaphors
set
out
the
glorye
and
inlargement
of
the
Church
.
Verse
12.
Sheweth
that
the
enemies
of
the
Church
can
doe
nothing
further
then
the
Lord
appointeth
them
.
Verse
13
doth
paynt
out
the
cruelty
and
rage
of
the
enemies
of
the
church
.
Verse
14
teacheth
vs
to
pray
the
Lord
in
mercy
to
beholde
the
poore
and
afflicted
state
of
his
Churche
.
Verse
15
teacheth
vs
,
that
the
taste
and
tryall
of
GOD
his
power
before
,
shoulde
strengthen
our
hope
for
the
feeling
of
the
same
in
tyme
to
come
.
Verse
16
describeth
the
wonderfull
Maiestie
of
GOD
,
and
the
greatnesse
of
his
power
,
which
is
so
mightye
,
that
euen
the
verye
manifesting
thereof
(
though
it
bée
not
executed
)
is
sufficiente
to
consume
all
.
Verse
17.
teacheth
vs
to
praye
for
the
Church
,
and
the
particular
members
of
it
:
also
that
we
haue
no
strength
of
our selues
,
but
that
then
we
are
strong
,
when
the
Lorde
maketh
vs
strong
:
and
lastly
that
strength
,
and
whatsoeuer
else
wee
haue
is
giuen
vs
,
that
he
only
in
the
same
might
be
glorified
.
Verse
18
teacheth
the
faythfull
to
carry
with
them
a
full
purpose
to
stick
fast
to
the
Lorde
,
and
to
call
vpon
him
.
Verse
19
deliuereth
the
same
doctrine
that
verse
3
and
7.
of
this
Psalme
doe
.
Psalme
81
THis
Psalme
being
made
as
it
shoulde
séeme
,
Di.
after
the
time
of
the
Iudges
when
either
Samuel
or
Dauid
restored
Gods
worship
,
may
be
deuided
into
two
principal
parts
.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
exhorteth
the
faithful
people
to
praise
the
Lord
,
shewing
them
that
they
haue
good
causes
and
reasons
so
to
doe
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
7.
In
the
second
hée
taketh
vpon
him
the
person
of
God
,
instructing
the
people
how
to
walke
,
shewing
withall
their
disobedience
,
by
whiche
not
onlye
Gods
loue
was
contemned
,
but
they
themselues
depriued
of
wonderfull
benefites
,
from
verse
8
,
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
Title
of
this
Psalme
is
expounded
in
the
Title
of
Psalme
8.
and
Psal.
73.
]
Verse
1.
Sing
ioyfully
[
i.
chearefully
and
with
a
good
courage
:
q.d.
praise
him
by
all
the
meanes
ye
can
,
and
in
al
places
,
specially
in
the
holy
and
publike
assemblies
,
and
that
for
the
benefites
you
haue
receaued
from
him
]
vnto
God
our
strength
[
i.
vnto
him
who
alone
giueth
vs
strength
,
to
doe
the
things
we
doe
]
sing
lowde
[
vz.
that
all
may
sée
and
heare
,
as
it
were
]
vnto
the
God
of
Iaakob
[
i.
vnto
him
that
is
a
good
and
gracious
God
,
to
al
his
faythfull
people
that
come
of
Iaakob
:
putting
the
name
of
the
father
both
for
himselfe
&
all
his
posterity
.
]
Ver.
2.
Take
[
vz.
vnto
you
,
or
into
your
mouthes
]
the
song
[
vz.
of
praise
and
thanksgiuing
:
q.d.
sing
prayses
to
God
]
and
bring
forth
[
vz.
to
be
playde
vpon
]
the
Timbrell
,
the
pleasant
harpe
,
with
the
violl
[
vnder
the
lawe
they
vsed
musicall
instruments
to
expresse
their
ioy
withall
,
sée
Iudges
11
,
34.
&
some
other
places
:
vnder
this
scholemastership
it
pleased
the
Lord
to
kéepe
his
people
till
Christes
comming
:
and
by
these
thrée
he
meaneth
all
of
the
like
:
q.d.
With
all
Instruments
of
Musick
expresse
and
set
out
the
gladnes
of
your
hart
.
]
Verse
3.
Blow
the
Trumpet
in
the
newe
Moone
[
q.d.
bée
as
earnest
to
serue
GOD
now
,
as
if
it
were
at
any
time
of
our
solemne
Feastes
:
Sée
Leuitticus
25
,
15.
Num.
10
,
10.
and
by
one
feast
he
vnderstandeth
all
,
and
so
must
bee
vnderstoode
all
that
followeth
in
this
verse
.
]
Verse
4.
For
this
[
vz.
to
sing
reioyce
and
to
vse
musicall
instruments
,
is
testimony
of
thankfulnesse
,
as
also
the
obseruation
of
feasts
]
is
a
statute
[
vz.
that
God
himselfe
hath
appointed
,
as
appeareth
Exodus
23
,
ver.
14
,
15
,
&c
,
sée
also
Numb.
28.
and
29.
chap.
almost
thorow
out
]
for
Israell
[
vz.
to
obserue
and
kéepe
]
and
a
law
of
the
God
of
Iaakob
[
i.
a
law
which
he
that
is
the
God
of
Iaakob
hath
published
.
]
Verse
5.
He
[
vz.
God
]
set
this
[
i.
ordeined
and
appointed
this
kind
of
seruice
&
worship
as
verse
4.
of
this
Psalme
]
in
Ioseph
[
i.
amongst
the
Israelites
:
putting
Ioseph
the
father
of
Ephraim
and
Manasses
,
two
excellent
Tribes
,
for
all
the
tribes
,
and
this
he
doth
as
I
suppose
for
two
causes
,
not
only
because
that
Iosephs
stock
was
counted
the
chéefe
(
before
that
Iudah
was
preferred
)
because
hée
was
the
means
that
al
their
fathers
were
maintained
in
Egipt
in
the
time
of
the
famine
,
but
also
because
they
had
the
largest
possessions
in
the
whole
land
of
Canaan
as
appeareth
Iehosh
.
chap.
16.
and
17
]
for
a
testimony
[
i.
in
stéede
of
a
testimony
&
witnes
vnto
them
how
he
would
be
serued
]
when
he
[
this
worde
,
he
,
may
be
referred
eyther
to
God
or
to
the
people
,
but
I
rather
refer
it
to
God
,
who
is
sayde
to
come
out
of
the
land
of
Egipt
not
only
in
the
person
of
his
people
,
but
also
because
he
brought
them
thence
in
a
mighty
hande
,
and
outstretched
arme
,
manifesting
in
the
same
his
mighty
power
]
where
I
hearde
a
language
that
I
vnderstoode
not
[
i.
in
which
place
,
vz.
of
Egipt
,
I
was
a
straunger
,
for
this
is
a
spéech
vsuall
ynough
in
the
scriptures
,
to
note
and
signifye
a
stranger
by
,
and
this
sodaynly
altering
the
person
(
which
also
would
be
marked
)
from
the
third
to
the
first
,
must
be
vnderstood
of
God
,
not
that
god
knewe
not
their
tongues
,
or
vnderstood
not
their
language
,
for
he
knoweth
all
things
:
but
he
sheweth
,
to
the
end
he
might
testifye
his
good
will
,
that
his
peoples
wantes
were
as
his
owne
,
and
all
this
he
doth
to
the
end
he
might
amplify
the
benefite
of
their
deliueraunce
,
which
was
so
much
the
greater
,
by
how
much
it
is
verye
gréeuous
to
remaine
amongst
those
whose
lips
and
language
we
vnderstande
not
.
]
Ver.
6.
I
[
vz.
the
Lord
]
haue
withdrawne
his
shoulder
from
the
burthen
[
i.
from
most
hard
bondage
,
of
which
,
see
Exodus
1
,
14.
and
chap.
6.
ver.
9.
and
he
nameth
the
word
shoulder
,
because
men
commonly
carry
burdens
vpon
it
]
and
his
hands
haue
left
the
pots
[
i.
the
making
of
pots
of
earthlye
claye
:
and
by
making
of
pots
,
which
was
one
péece
of
their
slauerye
,
hee
vnderstandeth
all
the
rest
,
as
setting
vp
of
buildinges
:
making
of
Tyle
or
Bricke
,
gathering
of
Strawe
,
sée
Exodus
5.
verse
4
,
5
,
6
,
7
,
&c.
Sée
also
Exodus
1.
verse
11
,
and
12.
]
Verse
7.
Thou
calledst
[
i.
prayedst
,
vz.
vnto
me
]
in
affliction
[
i.
in
the
time
of
thy
trouble
and
oppression
,
or
when
thou
wast
afflicted
of
others
,
Sée
Exodus
2
,
23.
]
and
I
deliuered
thée
[
vz.
out
of
that
hard
bondage
wherein
thou
wast
:
and
marke
howe
hee
speaketh
of
the
people
,
as
of
one
person
,
because
they
were
all
but
one
bodye
]
and
aunswered
thée
[
i.
shewed
the
testimonies
and
signes
of
my
fauour
,
in
graunting
thée
thy
requestes
]
in
the
secrete
of
the
thunder
[
i.
after
a
secrete
and
wonderfull
fashion
,
but
yet
in
suche
sorte
notwithstanding
,
that
they
had
very
manifest
signes
,
by
which
they
knew
that
GOD
succoured
them
,
some
referre
to
that
which
is
written
.
Exodus
14
,
24.
but
I
take
it
more
generallye
]
I
prooued
thée
[
i.
by
experience
I
knew
,
what
a
one
thou
wast
,
not
that
GOD
was
ignoraunt
of
it
before
]
at
the
waters
of
Meribah
,
Sée
Exodus
15
,
22
,
23
,
&c.
Psalme
95
,
8.
]
Verse
8.
Heare
[
vz.
me
speaking
vnto
thée
,
by
my
word
and
law
manifested
vnto
thée
]
O
my
people
[
i.
the
people
whome
I
haue
so
tenderlye
loued
]
and
I
will
protest
vnto
thée
[
i.
I
will
not
only
open
my
will
vnto
thée
,
but
also
make
a
solemn
contracte
with
thée
,
to
the
ende
that
my
wordes
maye
haue
the
greater
weighte
and
authoritie
]
if
thou
wilte
hearken
vnto
mée
[
vz.
speakinge
vnto
thée
in
my
Lawe
,
then
lette
this
bee
fulfilled
that
followeth
.
]
Verse
9.
Let
there
bée
no
straunge
God
in
thée
[
i.
let
there
be
no
idols
or
images
in
all
thy
Lande
:
hee
calleth
them
straunge
Gods
,
because
straungers
from
the
couenaunte
,
i.
other
people
besides
the
Iewes
,
did
worship
them
:
and
hee
calleth
them
Gods
,
not
because
they
were
so
,
but
because
the
Idolaters
supposed
them
to
be
so
,
or
that
there
was
a
certayne
Deitye
inclosed
within
them
,
Sée
1.
Corinth.
8.
ver.
5.6
.
]
neyther
worship
thou
anye
straunge
God
[
q.d.
bee
contente
with
mée
alone
.
I
expound
this
verse
thus
,
that
in
the
first
parte
hee
forbiddeth
the
occasion
of
idolatrie
,
which
are
images
,
idols
,
&c.
and
in
the
second
he
forbiddeth
the
thing
it selfe
.
]
Ver.
10.
For
I
am
the
Lord
thy
God
[
here
hee
sheweth
a
reason
of
the
former
verse
:
q.d.
there
is
no
other
but
I
,
and
I
am
God
alone
,
sée
Isaiah
45
,
verse
5.
and
hee
laboureth
in
this
parte
of
the
verse
,
not
onelye
to
proue
himselfe
to
be
the
true
God
,
but
also
to
strengthen
their
fayth
,
first
by
Gods
eternity
,
noted
in
these
words
,
I
am
the
Lord
,
secondly
by
the
couenant
which
he
made
with
them
,
noted
in
these
words
,
Thy
God
,
&
thirdly
by
the
workes
which
he
did
for
them
,
noted
in
these
words
,
Which
brought
thée
out
of
the
Land
of
Egipt
,
vnderstanding
by
one
singular
worke
all
the
rest
of
the
graces
that
God
had
at
any
time
bestowed
vpon
them
]
open
thy
mouth
wide
[
i.
largely
and
abundauntly
aske
euen
whatsoeuer
thou
wilte
according
to
my
will
,
standing
fast
in
my
seruice
and
religion
.
The
Hebrewes
vnderstande
by
this
speech
boldnesse
,
trust
,
liberty
,
and
importunity
in
prayer
,
and
not
amisse
]
and
I
will
fill
[
i.
I
will
giue
thée
whatsoeuer
thou
shalt
aske
(
sée
Ioh.
15.
ver.
16.
)
and
besides
put
songes
of
prayse
into
thy
mouth
for
benefits
receaued
.
]
Verse
11.
But
my
people
would
not
heare
my
voyce
[
i.
would
not
obey
the
thinges
that
by
my
word
I
commaunded
them
.
Whereby
we
sée
that
to
heare
,
and
not
to
perform
,
is
as
much
as
in
contempt
not
to
heare
at
all
]
and
Israel
would
none
of
me
[
vz.
in
déede
and
truth
,
though
they
made
a
shew
as
though
they
reuerenced
and
loued
me
alone
,
the
truth
of
this
appeareth
in
Exodus
,
Leuiticus
,
Numbers
,
Deutronom
,
and
the
Booke
of
Iudges
.
]
Verse
12.
So
I
gaue
them
vp
[
q.d.
séeing
nothing
I
could
doe
for
them
or
to
them
,
coulde
reclaime
them
or
bring
them
to
goodnesse
,
I
layd
the
bridle
as
it
were
in
their
own
necks
,
and
let
them
run
their
full
swinge
to
wickednesse
]
vnto
the
hardnesse
of
their
harte
[
i.
vnto
all
licentiousnesse
and
iniquity
that
their
harde
hartes
setled
in
sinne
could
deuise
]
and
they
haue
walked
[
i.
their
conuersation
hath
bin
]
in
their
own
counsels
[
i.
according
to
their
owne
deuises
and
imaginations
,
and
not
according
to
my
prescript
and
rule
.
]
Verse
13.
O
that
my
people
had
hearkened
vnto
me
[
i.
had
obeyed
my
voyce
and
lawes
giuen
vnto
them
,
and
this
God
speaketh
after
the
maner
of
men
,
testifying
what
a
great
loue
he
had
to
them
,
and
how
acceptable
their
obedience
should
haue
bin
,
sée
Deutron.
5.
verse
29.
Deut.
32.29
.
Isaiah
48.18
]
and
Israell
had
walked
in
my
wayes
[
i.
had
ordred
his
conuersation
according
to
my
commaundements
:
which
he
calleth
wayes
,
because
they
are
as
pathes
or
beaten
wayes
that
we
are
to
treade
in
all
the
dayes
of
our
life
,
neuer
being
weary
of
going
in
them
.
]
Verse
14.
I
would
soone
[
i.
very
quickly
:
q.d.
then
my
power
should
haue
sodaynly
appeared
,
to
their
comfort
,
but
specially
for
iudgement
vpon
the
wicked
]
haue
humbled
[
i.
cast
downe
and
ouerthrowne
:
it
is
a
metaphor
taken
from
them
,
that
in
humblenesse
throw
themselues
down
at
others
féete
,
meaning
that
God
in
iudgement
would
haue
brought
them
very
low
]
their
enimies
[
i.
al
their
enemies
,
of
what
state
condition
or
multitude
soeuer
they
had
ben
]
and
turned
[
vz.
from
mine
own
people
,
vnto
their
aduersaries
]
mine
hand
[
i.
my
power
and
might
,
executing
iudgement
and
vengeaunce
:
q.d.
My
power
and
fierce
wrath
should
haue
lighted
vpon
their
enemies
,
and
not
vpon
them
.
]
Verse
15.
The
haters
of
the
Lord
[
i.
the
wicked
and
vngodly
people
,
which
sundry
times
oppressed
them
,
as
appeareth
in
the
booke
of
Iudges
]
shoulde
haue
bin
subiect
[
vz.
eyther
willinglye
or
constreinedly
,
chuse
them
whether
:
it
is
true
that
the
worde
signifyeth
a
counterfeit
subiection
,
by
which
he
noteth
the
hipocrisie
of
the
enemies
]
vnto
him
[
i.
to
the
people
of
God
,
speaking
of
them
all
in
one
person
as
it
were
,
of
whiche
sée
verse
6
,
7
of
this
Psalme
]
and
their
time
[
i.
the
time
of
their
prosperity
and
florishing
:
and
marke
here
the
sodaine
chaunge
of
the
number
,
and
here
he
speaketh
of
the
people
of
God
]
should
haue
moured
for
euer
[
i.
continued
and
abode
in
that
state
continually
,
according
to
Gods
promise
made
vnto
them
.
]
Ver.
16.
And
God
[
marke
the
sodayne
chaunge
of
the
person
,
from
the
first
to
the
third
,
God
speaking
of
himself
in
the
third
person
]
would
haue
fed
them
[
i.
nourished
and
maintained
his
people
,
with
the
fat
of
Wheate
[
i.
with
the
best
and
picked
wheat
:
for
you
shall
haue
the
worde
fat
and
fatnesse
so
vsed
sundrye
times
in
scripture
,
vnderstanding
by
wheat
also
not
onely
corne
,
but
also
whatsoeuer
else
was
necessary
for
the
maintainaunce
of
lyfe
,
sée
Deutronom.
32.
verse
14.
]
and
with
honie
out
of
the
Rock
would
I
haue
satisfied
thée
[
q.d.
rather
than
they
shoulde
haue
wanted
,
I
woulde
haue
made
barren
places
such
as
Rockes
are
,
plentifull
,
and
that
euen
with
things
not
onlye
for
profite
,
but
for
delight
and
pleasure
,
noting
by
this
maner
of
spéeche
,
that
they
shoulde
haue
had
all
thinges
both
pleasaunt
and
profitable
for
the
maintaynaunce
of
their
lyfe
,
if
their
naughtinesse
hadde
not
stopped
the
course
of
his
goodnesse
and
mercy
.
Ver.
1.2.3
teach
that
we
should
not
be
only
thankefull
to
God
,
Do.
but
that
the
sacrifice
of
thanks
giuing
which
we
wil
render
vnto
him
,
must
be
yéelded
coragiously
&
chearfully
,
because
the
Lorde
requireth
at
our
handes
both
the
thing
it selfe
,
&
the
maner
of
the
performance
of
it
.
Ver.
4
teacheth
that
Gods
commaundment
is
the
only
ground
&
warrant
vnto
vs
,
that
the
seruices
which
we
render
vnto
him
are
acceptable
in
his
sight
.
Ver.
5.
teacheth
first
that
Gods
reuealing
of
his
will
&
word
to
any
people
is
a
plain
testimonye
of
his
grace
and
fauour
,
also
that
Gods
accounteth
the
afflictions
of
his
people
as
his
own
.
Ver.
6.
teacheth
that
God
alone
is
he
that
deliuereth
his
people
from
all
dangers
and
distresses
.
Ver.
7
teacheth
that
the
Lord
is
nigh
to
earnest
supplications
&
requests
of
his
poore
afflicted
ones
.
Ver.
8.9
teacheth
that
our
obedience
to
God
is
no
better
manifested
by
any
meanes
then
by
remouing
al
idolatry
,
&
al
the
occasions
therof
whatsoeuer
.
Ver.
10.
setteth
out
Gods
large
liberalitie
towards
his
people
,
who
many
times
giueth
more
then
they
do
aske
.
Ver.
11.
describeth
the
malice
,
corruption
&
stubbornesse
of
mans
hart
.
Verse
12.
sheweth
how
God
iustlye
punisheth
sinne
by
sinne
,
and
that
there
are
no
ways
so
hurtful
to
man
,
as
those
which
he
himselfe
deuiseth
.
Verse
13
expresseth
Gods
singuler
care
&
loue
,
that
he
hath
to
man
and
his
saluation
.
Ver.
14.15
.
teach
that
obedience
faithfully
performed
to
the
Lord
,
not
only
draweth
from
him
iudgements
against
all
the
enemies
of
his
people
,
but
continual
fauour
and
flourishing
to
themselues
.
Ver.
16.
teacheth
that
those
that
feare
and
serue
the
Lord
shall
want
nothing
that
is
good
,
and
that
rather
then
Gods
children
shal
want
,
the
Lord
wil
extraordinarily
nourish
and
maintaine
them
with
abundaunce
of
al
things
both
profitable
and
pleasaunt
.
Psalme
82.
Di.
I
Take
it
,
that
this
Psalme
maye
bee
deuided
into
two
partes
.
In
the
firste
,
the
Prophet
reproueth
vngodly
Magistrates
,
for
their
partialityes
,
exhorting
them
to
the
faythfull
execution
of
their
office
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
end
of
the
fourth
.
In
the
seconde
he
setteth
out
their
carelesnesse
,
and
pronounceth
iudgement
agaynst
them
for
the
same
,
beséeching
the
Lord
to
execute
iustice
and
iudgement
,
seing
they
were
negligent
,
from
verse
5.
to
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
Title
hath
bene
expounded
sundry
times
before
,
and
namelye
Psalme
50.
in
the
Title
thereof
.
]
Verse
1.
GOD
standeth
[
vz.
as
the
théefe
and
principall
,
to
sée
what
matters
passe
,
and
howe
they
passe
]
in
the
assemblye
of
Gods
[
i.
in
euery
Session
or
sitting
of
Princes
,
Magistrates
,
or
Iudges
,
whom
he
calleth
Gods
,
because
in
them
appeareth
some
speciall
part
of
Gods
Maiestie
,
now
when
God
is
present
with
them
it
is
not
as
an
inferior
,
but
as
the
Lorde
of
Magistrates
,
and
the
Author
of
all
iust
iudgementes
,
sée
Deutron.
1.
ver.
17.
also
2.
Chronic.
19.
verse
6.
]
he
iudgeth
among
Gods
[
i.
hée
kéepeth
his
authoritye
and
preheminence
,
aboue
all
the
Iudges
and
Gouernors
of
this
worlde
.
]
Verse
2.
How
long
will
ye
iudge
vniustly
[
q.d.
Will
ye
go
still
on
forward
in
corruption
and
naughtinesse
?
shall
not
Gods
forbearing
of
you
,
bring
you
to
amendment
?
]
and
accepted
the
persons
of
the
wicked
[
i.
peruert
iustice
and
iudgement
for
their
sakes
and
causes
.
]
Verse
3.
Doe
right
[
nowe
he
teacheth
them
what
they
shoulde
doe
indéede
]
to
the
poore
and
fatherlesse
[
i.
to
those
that
are
in
misery
&
distresse
,
and
not
able
by
any
mean
of
man
to
helpe
themselues
,
or
their
causes
,
sée
Hosea
14
,
3.
]
doe
iustice
[
i.
performe
that
with
iustice
and
equitie
requireth
at
your
handes
:
and
this
is
the
same
matter
expressed
in
other
wordes
.
]
Verse
4.
Deliuer
the
poore
and
néedy
[
vz.
from
the
outrage
and
iniurie
that
the
mightye
men
offer
them
]
saue
them
[
i.
set
them
frée
,
safe
and
sounde
]
from
the
hande
[
i.
from
the
mighte
and
power
of
the
vngodly
.
]
Ver.
5.
They
[
i.
these
wicked
&
vngodly
iudges
or
Magistrates
]
know
not
[
i.
approue
not
,
neither
allow
or
performe
good
things
:
for
otherwise
it
is
not
to
be
doubted
but
they
had
knowledge
sufficient
,
sée
Matth.
7.23
.
]
vnderstand
nothing
[
vz.
of
right
and
iudgement
,
to
put
the
same
in
execution
&
practise
,
for
it
must
not
be
vnderstood
as
though
that
they
were
sencelesse
]
they
walke
in
darkenesse
[
i.
they
take
euen
delight
and
pleasure
as
it
were
to
bleare
their
own
iudgements
and
light
:
and
then
how
great
is
that
darkenesse
,
Mat.
6.23
.
albeit
al
the
foundations
of
the
earth
be
moued
[
q.d.
al
the
troubles
&
confusions
of
the
land
procéede
from
this
iniquitye
of
theirs
:
and
yet
they
,
though
all
things
be
out
of
order
,
sit
stil
and
take
their
ease
,
neuer
séeking
redresse
.
Dauid
was
of
another
mind
,
as
appeareth
Psal.
75.3
.
vpon
which
looke
,
for
the
better
vnderstanding
of
these
wordes
,
foundations
of
the
earth
.
]
Ver.
6.
I
haue
saide
[
we
may
refer
these
words
either
to
God
or
the
Prophet
:
but
I
rather
referre
them
to
the
Prophet
:
q.d.
I
haue
before
,
vz.
verse
1.
confessed
you
to
be
Gods
]
yeare
Gods
[
i.
not
only
excellent
&
great
personages
,
but
such
as
exercise
the
very
iudgements
of
God
when
you
doe
your
office
rightly
,
2.
Chron.
19.6
,
and
such
as
to
whome
God
hath
giuen
his
word
,
Iohn
10.34
,
35.
&
such
as
to
whom
God
hath
communicated
part
of
his
power
,
Rom.
13.1.2
.
&c.
]
and
ye
are
all
children
of
the
most
high
[
vz
,
not
in
name
only
because
he
hath
communicated
vnto
you
some
of
his
Titles
,
but
because
you
doe
by
his
appointment
succéede
into
some
part
of
his
iudicial
authoritie
,
which
he
hath
committed
to
you
,
as
princely
parents
doe
to
their
children
.
]
Ver.
7.
But
[
q.d.
for
al
your
glorious
titles
,
and
great
renoune
,
by
which
you
might
séeme
to
promise
vnto
your selues
long
life
,
and
immortality
as
it
were
]
ye
shall
die
as
a
man
[
i.
a
common
&
ordinary
death
:
q.d.
death
shal
no
more
feare
you
then
other
men
,
sée
Psal.
49.
almost
thorowout
]
and
ye
Princes
[
vz.
of
the
people
,
for
al
your
great
state
and
pompe
]
shal
fal
[
vz.
by
death
]
like
others
[
vz.
of
the
common
sort
of
people
:
some
expounde
it
thus
]
like
others
[
vz.
Princes
and
mighty
men
which
haue
gone
before
you
,
I
would
not
greatly
contend
,
but
me
thinketh
the
other
sence
is
plaine
ynough
.
]
Verse
8.
O
God
[
the
Prophet
seing
iustice
to
bee
perished
from
the
earth
,
praieth
the
Lord
to
take
the
matter
into
his
own
hands
]
rise
vp
[
vz.
to
iudge
iustly
séeing
men
are
so
negligent
and
carelesse
]
iudge
[
vz.
with
iustice
and
equitye
]
the
earth
[
i.
the
people
inhabiting
the
earth
.
He
prayeth
that
God
would
bring
things
,
which
amongst
men
were
confused
,
into
good
order
]
for
thou
shalte
inherite
al
nations
[
q.d.
Thou
,
whether
they
wil
yea
or
no
,
shalt
haue
power
and
gouernment
ouer
al
people
:
and
therfore
seing
that
office
belongeth
vnto
thée
,
take
into
thine
own
hand
,
séeing
men
neglect
the
duties
and
charges
that
thou
hast
committed
vnto
them
.
The
first
verse
teacheth
two
things
,
Do.
first
that
Magistrates
should
deale
with
good
consciences
seing
God
beholdeth
them
:
secondly
that
people
should
reuerence
Magistrates
,
seing
some
part
of
Gods
glory
shineth
forth
in
them
.
Ver.
2.
teacheth
how
wicked
men
abuse
good
things
to
their
own
condemnation
,
and
other
mens
hurt
.
Ver.
3.
&
4.
set
out
very
liuely
the
Magistrates
duety
,
whiche
consisteth
of
two
parts
,
in
maintaining
the
good
and
punishing
the
euill
.
Rom.
13.3
.
Ver.
5.
Simple
ignorance
or
malitious
ignorance
,
or
both
in
Magistrates
be
the
very
nurses
of
all
confusions
in
common
wealths
&
kingdoms
.
Ver.
6
teacheth
vs
to
giue
iust
titles
and
honors
,
euen
to
vniust
magistrates
,
alwayes
reseruing
that
which
belongeth
to
God
,
sound
and
safe
to
him
.
Ver.
7.
teacheth
that
no
mans
honor
or
office
can
preuent
or
put
away
death
.
Verse
8
instructeth
vs
,
in
the
middest
of
all
confusions
&
disorders
amongst
men
earnestly
to
pray
to
the
Lord
for
the
redresse
of
them
,
for
he
alone
is
he
,
that
can
and
will
in
good
time
reforme
the
same
.
Psalme
83.
IT
appeareth
that
this
Psalme
was
made
in
some
time
that
the
enemies
of
the
Churche
conspired
the
ouerthrow
of
it
.
Di.
I
suppose
that
a
man
may
well
referre
it
to
the
dayes
of
Hezekiah
,
wherein
Saneherib
came
vp
agaynst
Ierusalem
and
vttered
outragious
blasphemies
against
God
and
his
people
.
sée
2.
Kings
18.
and
19.
chapiters
.
The
Psalm
as
I
take
it
may
be
deuided
into
two
parts
.
In
the
first
the
faythfull
pray
to
God
for
ayd
and
succour
,
shewing
the
causes
that
lead
them
so
to
doe
,
from
verse
1
to
the
end
of
the
eyght
.
In
the
second
part
they
pray
earnestly
for
the
ouerthrow
of
their
enemies
,
that
so
they
might
be
brought
downe
in
their
pride
,
and
confesse
God
to
be
their
only
God
,
from
verse
9
,
to
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
.
Sée
the
Title
of
this
Psalme
expounded
in
the
title
of
Psalme
48.
]
Verse
1.
Kéepe
not
thou
silence
O
God
[
vz.
at
our
prayers
,
Se.
and
considering
the
rage
of
thine
and
our
enemies
:
q.d.
Make
no
longer
shew
as
though
thou
caredst
not
for
vs
,
but
by
graunting
our
petitions
,
and
punishing
our
enemies
,
shewe
thy selfe
to
haue
care
ouer
vs
]
be
not
still
[
they
repeat
the
same
matter
in
other
words
to
note
the
earnestnesse
of
their
prayers
]
and
cease
not
[
vz.
to
helpe
vs
in
our
distresses
.
]
Verse
2.
For
loe
,
thine
enemies
[
i.
they
that
in
vs
professing
thy
truth
,
set
themselues
agaynst
thée
]
make
a
tumult
[
vz.
not
onely
in
gathering
great
multitudes
together
,
but
also
in
lowde
and
loftie
speeches
,
as
verse
4.
of
this
Psalme
,
making
a
great
noyse
]
they
that
hate
thee
[
i.
they
that
testifie
their
hatred
against
thy
maiestie
,
by
pursuing
and
persecuting
vs
]
haue
lifted
vp
the
head
[
vz.
against
thy
maiestie
,
&
vs
thy
poore
seruaunts
:
and
by
lifting
vp
the
head
hee
meaneth
that
they
had
not
onely
set
all
feare
aside
,
but
that
with
bold
and
proude
mindes
,
they
prepared
themselues
,
staying
vppon
their
owne
strength
,
to
accomplish
their
mischiefs
agaynst
God
and
his
people
.
]
Ver.
3.
They
haue
taken
craftie
counsel
[
i.
they
haue
both
diuised
with
themselues
and
consulted
with
others
]
agaynst
thy
people
[
vz.
how
they
mighte
hurte
and
destroy
them
]
and
haue
consulted
[
vz.
with
themselues
and
others
]
agaynst
thy
secret
ones
[
i.
thy
faythfull
people
:
and
he
calleth
them
Gods
secret
ones
,
not
only
because
they
were
Gods
chéefe
treasure
Exodus
19.5
.
whiche
hee
woulde
kéepe
closely
for
himselfe
,
but
because
he
would
and
did
,
vnder
the
shadowe
of
his
wings
as
it
were
,
kéepe
them
safe
and
sound
from
all
iniurie
and
oppression
,
Psalme
17.8
.
Psalme
27.5
.
]
Verse
4.
They
haue
sayde
[
i.
the
enemies
amongst
themselues
,
as
it
were
to
exhort
and
incourage
one
another
,
haue
vttered
these
spéeches
]
Come
and
let
vs
cut
them
from
being
a
Nation
[
i.
let
vs
vtterly
destroy
them
,
that
they
may
no
more
remaine
a
people
vppon
the
earth
:
and
that
word
,
them
,
is
spoken
contemptuouslye
of
the
Iewes
or
Israelites
,
as
though
they
would
not
vouchsafe
to
name
the
persons
they
were
so
base
:
and
for
the
expounding
of
this
spéech
,
from
being
a
Nation
,
sée
Esai
7
,
verse
8.
where
he
vttereth
a
prophecy
against
the
tenne
tribes
]
and
let
the
name
of
Israel
be
no
more
in
remembraunce
[
i.
let
this
people
so
vtterly
perrish
,
that
neither
person
,
name
or
remembrance
therof
may
be
thought
vpon
.
By
Israell
he
meaneth
that
part
of
the
Israelites
which
remained
vnder
the
gouernment
of
the
kingdome
of
Iudah
,
to
whome
hee
giueth
this
name
because
they
came
of
Iaakob
or
Israel
,
as
well
as
the
others
.
]
Verse
5.
For
they
haue
consulted
[
i.
they
haue
not
onely
taken
counsell
how
to
performe
euil
things
,
but
haue
conspired
and
consented
to
the
same
]
together
in
hart
[
i.
not
only
closely
&
secretly
as
before
ver.
3.
but
also
couragiously
&
boldly
as
it
were
,
and
they
séeme
to
bée
al
of
one
mind
as
it
were
to
our
destruction
]
&
haue
made
a
league
[
vz.
amongst
themselues
and
that
by
solemne
oth
and
ceremonie
as
it
were
,
that
they
might
be
the
more
straightly
bound
to
worke
their
mischiefe
]
against
thée
[
he
sayth
agaynst
God
,
because
that
the
quarrell
which
the
enemies
had
agaynst
this
people
,
was
for
religions
cause
,
which
was
the
very
cause
of
God
himself
.
]
Ver.
6
The
Tabernacles
of
Edom
[
that
is
the
Edomites
,
or
Arabians
,
whose
manner
was
to
dwell
in
Tents
or
Tabernacles
:
or
else
hee
meaneth
their
souldiers
abiding
in
Tentes
or
Pauilions
,
after
the
manner
of
warre
:
this
people
came
of
Esau
,
Genesis
36.9
.
]
and
the
Ismaelites
[
adde
,
and
of
the
Ismaelites
:
meaning
that
their
troupes
,
Tabernacles
or
Tents
came
,
who
caried
also
a
hatefull
mind
towards
Gods
people
:
and
it
shoulde
séeme
that
these
came
of
Ismaell
the
sonne
of
Agar
,
by
Abraham
:
sée
Genesis
25.12
.
]
Moab
[
i.
the
Moabites
:
putting
the
name
of
the
Father
,
for
all
the
people
that
came
of
him
,
he
was
the
eldest
Sonne
of
Lot
,
borne
by
incest
,
sée
Genesis
19.37
.
]
and
the
Agarims
[
I
woulde
rather
reade
it
Hagarims
,
with
an
H
,
or
aspiration
,
fyrste
it
shoulde
be
read
as
appeareth
by
the
Hebrew
Texte
:
the
Prophet
mynding
to
note
them
that
came
of
Hagar
the
mother
of
Ismaell
,
of
this
people
,
sée
1.
Chronic.
5.
verse
19.20
.
]
Verse
7.
Geball
[
from
whome
this
people
should
come
,
the
scripture
so
farre
as
I
remember
,
sheweth
not
,
some
suppose
he
meaneth
the
Gibbians
who
were
borderers
vpon
Sidon
,
of
whiche
sée
1.
Kinges
5.18
.
]
and
Ammon
[
this
was
the
other
sonne
of
Lot
conceaued
and
borne
in
Incest
,
of
whiche
sée
Genesis
19.38
.
putting
in
all
these
the
name
of
the
fyrste
Father
of
them
,
for
all
the
people
thee
came
of
them
]
and
Amelech
[
these
came
of
Eliphaz
Esaus
sonne
,
as
appeareth
Gene.
36.12
]
the
Philistines
[
these
came
of
Ham
the
Sonne
of
Noah
,
as
appeareth
Genesis
10.14
.
]
with
the
inhabitants
of
Tyrus
[
this
is
the
name
of
a
Citie
situate
vpon
the
Sea
,
as
appeareth
Isaiah
23.
thorowout
]
Verse
8.
Ashur
[
i.
the
people
of
Assyria
,
who
came
also
of
Ham
Noahs
Sonne
as
it
shoulde
séeme
Genesis
10.11
.
]
is
ioyned
with
them
[
vz.
in
this
conspiracie
and
mischiefe
that
they
minde
to
doe
:
for
in
these
verses
hee
doeth
nothing
but
note
out
the
multitudes
of
the
enemies
which
Gods
Churche
hath
]
they
haue
bin
an
arme
[
i.
they
haue
ministred
courage
ayde
and
strength
by
the
league
that
they
haue
made
]
to
the
children
of
Lot
[
i.
to
the
Moabites
,
and
Ammonites
that
came
of
Lot
,
of
whome
before
.
]
Verse
9.
Doe
thou
to
them
as
to
the
Midianites
[
i.
destroy
them
vtterly
and
ouerthrow
them
for
all
their
force
and
multitude
,
this
story
is
written
Iudges
7.
Chapter
]
as
to
Sisera
[
i.
confound
and
ouerthrow
them
.
Sée
Iudges
4.
Chapter
]
and
as
to
Iabin
who
was
the
King
of
Canaan
,
and
Sisera
was
his
chéefe
Captayne
,
in
whose
discomfiture
and
ouerthrow
,
stoode
also
the
Kings
discomfiture
and
ouerthrowe
,
Sée
Iudges
4.2
.
]
at
the
Riuer
of
Kishon
[
hée
nameth
the
place
for
the
more
certaintie
of
the
Historye
,
sée
Iudges
4
,
7
,
and
it
may
be
vnderstoode
,
that
at
the
riuer
,
Sisera
and
the
Midianites
were
.
]
Verse
10.
They
[
i.
Sisera
,
and
the
Midianites
with
them
]
perished
[
i.
were
ouerthrown
,
confounded
,
and
destroyed
]
at
Endor
[
which
is
the
name
of
a
place
nigh
to
Taanach
,
and
the
waters
of
Megido
,
as
appeareth
Iudg.
5.19
.
]
and
were
dung
for
the
earth
[
i.
were
not
only
troden
vnder
féete
as
mire
,
but
also
left
vnburied
,
vpon
the
vpper
face
of
the
earth
,
as
dung
layde
vppon
grounde
is
.
]
Verse
11.
Make
them
[
vz.
the
enemies
,
that
now
come
to
assault
vs
]
euen
the
Princes
[
q.d.
the
best
&
mightiest
men
amongst
them
:
and
he
prayeth
agaynst
them
,
because
in
the
dismay
,
confusion
and
ouerthrow
of
the
Prince
,
standeth
for
the
most
part
the
discouragement
and
ouerthrow
of
the
people
]
like
Oreb
,
and
like
Zeeb
[
i.
destroy
them
and
ouerthrowe
them
by
death
:
of
both
these
see
Iudges
7.25
.
]
yea
all
their
Princes
[
i.
all
their
men
of
might
and
power
,
that
they
being
discouraged
,
the
rest
might
be
confounded
]
like
Zebah
and
like
Zalmana
[
these
were
two
great
Kinges
or
Princes
of
Midian
,
whom
Gideon
slew
,
sée
Iudges
8.
verse
5.21
.
]
Verse
12.
Which
[
vz.
enemies
of
thine
&
ours
,
whose
great
number
hee
had
reckoned
vp
before
,
ver.
6.7.8
.
]
haue
sayd
[
vz.
euen
in
our
hearing
,
or
as
a
man
would
say
,
euen
yet
do
speake
thus
]
let
vs
take
[
vz.
by
force
and
conquest
]
for
our
possession
[
i.
to
be
a
possession
to
vs
and
oures
]
the
habitations
of
God
[
no
doubt
he
meaneth
Iudea
and
the
Cities
thereof
,
wherein
God
was
worshipped
,
but
especially
Ierusalem
,
where
the
temple
and
tabernacle
was
,
and
in
which
places
God
gaue
most
manifest
testimonies
of
his
presence
and
dwelling
.
Verse
13.
O
my
God
[
this
speake
the
faythfull
,
as
it
were
but
one
man
,
or
else
some
particular
person
amongst
them
in
the
name
of
the
rest
]
make
them
like
vnto
a
whéele
[
hée
prayeth
that
they
and
their
counses
may
be
vnstable
and
inconstant
,
so
that
wandring
in
their
consultations
and
imaginations
,
they
may
not
hurt
thy
people
]
and
as
the
stubble
before
the
winde
[
vz.
which
is
tossed
hither
and
thither
:
an
other
similitude
which
hee
vseth
to
expresse
their
owne
inconstancye
,
and
the
vanity
of
their
deuises
,
sée
Psalme
1
,
4.
]
Verse
14.
As
the
fyre
[
vz.
put
into
the
Forrest
]
burneth
the
forrest
[
vz.
if
men
minde
to
consume
and
destroy
it
after
that
sort
,
for
fire
eateth
vp
all
before
it
]
and
as
the
flame
[
vz.
of
that
fyre
so
kindled
and
burning
]
setteth
the
Mountaynes
on
fyre
[
i.
causeth
the
very
mountaynes
to
melt
as
it
were
,
and
burne
before
it
.
]
Verse
15.
So
persecute
them
[
i.
pursue
and
ouertake
them
,
for
it
muste
not
bee
vnderstoode
,
as
though
God
by
laying
these
iudgements
vppon
them
,
did
offer
them
iniury
or
wrong
]
with
thy
Tempest
[
i.
with
thy
sodayne
and
fierce
iudgementes
,
as
tempestes
are
wonte
to
come
sodaynelye
and
fiercelye
]
make
them
afrayde
[
i.
cause
them
not
only
to
quake
or
shake
for
feare
,
but
astonishe
them
,
and
take
awaye
from
them
all
vse
of
witte
and
reason
,
that
they
maye
bée
euen
as
it
were
deade
men
]
with
thy
Storme
[
by
storme
,
hee
meaneth
the
same
that
he
did
by
tempest
:
vnder
these
two
Metaphors
,
noting
Gods
fierce
wrath
and
iudgement
.
Whatsoeuer
it
be
,
this
is
his
meaning
,
to
praye
the
Lord
that
the
wicked
may
be
enforced
,
euen
in
despighte
of
their
heads
as
it
were
,
to
acknowledge
thorow
the
multitude
of
punishmentes
that
shall
fall
vpon
them
,
that
they
doe
in
vayne
set
themselues
agaynste
God
and
his
people
,
and
shal
in
the
end
be
confounded
and
ouerthrowne
.
]
Ver.
16.
Fil
their
faces
with
shame
[
i.
poure
forth
vpon
them
such
abundance
of
shame
and
confusion
,
by
destituting
them
of
their
hopes
,
that
they
may
be
ashamed
as
it
were
to
shew
their
faces
]
that
they
may
séeke
thy
name
,
O
Lorde
,
[
eyther
this
worde
,
they
,
must
be
referred
to
the
faythfull
eyther
then
liuing
,
or
afterwards
to
come
,
who
in
the
confusion
of
the
enimies
,
should
haue
a
good
ground
offered
them
continually
to
hang
vpon
Gods
power
:
or
else
the
Text
must
bee
mended
thus
,
after
Immanuel
,
that
thy
name
may
be
sought
,
O
God
,
making
this
as
it
were
one
end
of
their
deliuery
,
that
God
might
afterward
be
prayde
vnto
and
praysed
for
it
:
for
in
my
iudgement
it
can
at
no
hand
be
referred
(
as
the
Geneua
note
goeth
)
to
the
enemies
.
]
Verse
.
17.
Let
them
be
confounded
[
vz.
by
thy
iudgements
which
thou
shalt
execute
vpon
them
]
and
troubled
[
vz.
in
their
mindes
and
bodies
,
that
thorow
disquietnesse
in
both
of
them
,
they
maye
be
hindered
from
doing
any
euill
thing
agaynst
thine
]
for
euer
[
i.
all
the
dayes
of
their
life
,
and
as
long
as
they
shall
liue
]
yea
let
them
be
put
to
shame
[
vz.
before
men
,
and
openly
in
their
sight
]
and
perish
[
vz.
from
amongst
men
]
Ver.
18.
That
they
[
i.
thine
and
our
enemies
]
may
knowe
[
i.
féele
inwardlye
and
confesse
outwardly
though
they
shall
not
haue
the
grace
to
yeelde
to
the
same
:
for
here
he
speaketh
of
knowledge
by
experience
,
which
goeth
not
downe
into
the
hart
,
but
is
only
put
into
them
thorow
necessitie
and
force
]
that
thou
which
art
called
Iehouah
[
sée
for
the
expounding
of
this
name
Exod.
6.3
.
]
arte
alone
[
contrary
to
that
opinion
which
the
Gentiles
haue
,
that
their
idols
are
Gods
]
euen
the
most
high
ouer
al
the
earth
[
i.
that
doest
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
thée
in
earth
.
Ver.
1.
teacheth
that
the
more
our
dangers
and
miseries
be
,
Do.
the
more
earnest
and
often
we
should
be
with
God
in
prayer
for
the
redresse
therof
.
Ver.
2.
sheweth
how
the
enemies
of
Gods
people
,
in
great
multitudes
,
with
great
noyse
,
and
very
proudlye
set
themselues
agaynst
the
Lord
,
and
those
that
are
his
.
Verse
3.
teacheth
also
that
they
doe
it
,
not
rashly
,
but
aduisedlye
and
with
great
crafte
and
subteltie
.
Verse
4
setteth
out
both
the
words
and
purposes
of
the
wicked
,
who
carrye
continuallye
with
them
a
hart
to
roote
out
good
and
godlye
men
from
off
the
earth
.
Ver.
5
,
6
,
7
,
8.
teach
principally
two
thinges
,
the
one
is
the
great
multitude
of
enemies
that
Gods
people
haue
:
the
other
is
,
howe
that
al
the
wicked
,
though
otherwise
at
iarres
,
can
yet
notwithstanding
consente
together
to
destroy
Gods
chosen
.
They
shewe
also
that
they
who
by
nature
and
kindred
,
as
it
were
should
fauour
them
,
do
many
times
become
their
deadly
enimies
,
as
the
Edomites
came
of
Esau
,
Iaakobs
brother
,
and
the
Ammonites
and
Moabites
of
Lot
,
Abraham
his
nigh
kinsman
.
Verse
9.10.11
.
teache
that
we
may
pray
against
the
enemies
of
Gods
Church
:
also
that
iudgments
executed
vpon
former
enemies
,
should
be
grounds
to
strengthen
our
hope
,
that
God
will
doe
the
like
to
ours
,
if
he
sée
it
may
serue
for
his
glory
and
oure
comfort
.
Verse
13.
and
all
the
rest
vnto
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
,
teach
that
we
maye
lawfully
pray
against
the
enemies
of
Gods
Church
:
that
in
their
ouerthrowe
,
the
children
of
God
,
may
be
incouraged
to
pray
vnto
him
,
and
to
prayse
him
for
it
,
and
this
is
conteined
in
verse
16.
also
that
he
himself
and
his
power
may
thereby
be
glorifyed
,
in
that
the
wicked
whether
they
will
or
no
,
must
of
necessity
confesse
his
might
,
and
this
is
in
verse
18.
Psalme
84
Di.
THis
Psalme
may
be
deuided
as
I
take
it
into
two
parts
.
In
the
first
part
the
Prophet
sheweth
what
great
desire
hee
had
in
the
time
of
his
exile
,
to
ioyne
himselfe
to
the
assemblies
of
Gods
people
,
and
what
good
estate
they
are
in
that
may
so
doe
from
verse
1.
to
the
end
of
the
7.
In
the
second
he
maketh
his
request
to
God
for
his
returne
,
assuring
himselfe
that
God
in
good
time
will
graciously
looke
vpon
him
for
his
good
,
concluding
that
they
are
blessed
that
stay
vpon
the
Lord
,
from
verse
8.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
Title
of
this
Psalme
is
expounded
before
Psal.
8.
&
Psal.
45.
in
their
titles
Ver.
1.
O
Lord
of
hosts
[
i.
O
mighty
God
which
hast
al
things
at
thy
commaundement
,
as
armies
or
hosts
to
execute
thy
will
]
how
amiable
[
i.
not
onely
swéete
and
pleasaunt
,
but
most
tenderly
beloued
of
me
]
are
thy
tabernacles
[
by
this
word
he
vnderstandeth
both
the
places
wher
the
holy
assemblies
were
made
from
whence
he
was
banished
thorow
the
crueltie
of
his
enemies
,
&
also
the
people
there
assembled
&
namely
&
principally
Ierusalem
,
&
the
temple
,
&
the
assemblies
made
there
]
Ver.
2.
My
soule
[
i.
I
my self
both
body
and
soule
,
putting
one
part
for
the
whole
]
longeth
[
i.
vehemently
and
earnestly
desireth
:
wee
applye
this
spéech
to
women
with
child
,
who
if
they
haue
not
the
thing
they
lust
for
,
are
in
great
daunger
]
yea
and
faynteth
[
i.
with
desiring
of
it
,
and
not
obtayning
of
it
,
I
languish
away
,
and
am
as
it
were
dead
,
or
entring
into
a
swoone
]
for
the
courts
of
the
Lord
[
he
doeth
expreslye
vse
this
worde
,
Courtes
,
because
hée
might
not
go
further
vnlesse
he
had
bin
a
Priest
]
for
mine
harte
and
my
fleshe
[
i.
both
my
inward
and
outward
man
]
reioyce
in
the
liuing
God
[
i.
take
pleasure
in
him
and
his
seruices
,
who
alone
is
the
only
true
God
:
for
by
the
terme
liuing
he
separateth
him
from
al
the
dead
idols
&
dum
images
of
the
Gentils
.
]
Ver.
3.
Yea
the
sparrow
hath
found
her
a
house
[
vz.
in
which
she
maye
rest
and
take
her
pleasure
]
and
the
Swallowe
a
neast
for
her
[
i.
a
place
of
ease
both
for
her selfe
and
yong
ones
,
as
may
appeare
by
that
which
followeth
]
euen
by
thine
altars
,
[
i.
not
verye
farre
from
them
:
by
many
hee
meaneth
onely
one
,
for
it
was
not
lawfull
to
haue
manye
Altars
to
offer
Sacrafice
vppon
:
Immanuel
readeth
the
latter
part
of
the
second
verse
,
and
this
verse
otherwise
,
ioyning
them
together
thus
:
My
harte
and
my
fleshe
crye
oute
,
with
desire
to
come
to
the
mighty
liuing
God
,
vnto
thine
Altars
,
O
Lorde
of
hostes
,
my
King
and
my
God
:
yea
the
Sparrow
hath
found
a
house
,
and
the
swallowe
a
neast
for
herselfe
wherein
she
maye
laye
her
yong
ones
:
but
the
sence
varieth
not
much
.
]
Verse
4.
Blessed
are
they
that
dwell
in
thine
house
[
this
hee
meaneth
of
the
Priests
and
Leuites
,
who
not
only
had
their
houses
nigh
vnto
the
Temple
,
but
their
lodgings
also
,
sée
1.
Samuel
3.2
.
&c.
]
they
will
euer
prayse
thée
[
i.
they
will
be
continually
occupied
in
praysing
thée
for
thy
goodnesse
and
truth
.
]
Verse
5.
Blessed
is
the
man
whose
strength
is
in
thée
[
i.
who
renounceth
his
owne
and
others
strength
,
and
trusteth
onelye
to
thy
mighte
and
power
]
and
in
whose
harte
are
thy
wayes
[
i.
that
haue
a
desire
and
purpose
to
walke
according
to
thine
ordinaunces
,
and
namelye
in
visiting
thy
Temple
,
and
repayring
to
the
exercises
of
thy
Religion
:
And
by
the
worde
,
Man
,
he
vnderstandeth
many
,
or
that
number
of
good
men
,
who
vsed
that
course
.
]
Verse
6.
They
[
Marke
the
sodaine
chaunge
of
the
number
]
going
thorow
the
vale
of
Baca
[
of
this
valey
reade
2.
Samuel
5.23.24
,
and
it
should
appeare
to
be
a
very
drie
place
,
because
of
the
Mulberry
trées
therein
,
whiche
thriue
best
in
drie
places
]
make
Welles
therein
[
i.
make
accounte
of
the
drinesse
of
the
place
,
as
though
they
had
abundaunce
of
water
,
for
the
pleasure
that
they
take
in
Gods
seruice
mittigateth
the
great
thirst
of
this
drie
place
]
the
raine
also
[
vz.
which
falleth
from
heauen
]
couereth
the
pooles
[
i.
falleth
vppon
the
vpper
parts
of
the
waters
of
the
pooles
increasing
them
:
But
for
mine
own
parte
I
would
haue
all
this
verse
wholly
referred
out
of
Immanuel
thus
.
Blessed
[
i.
in
good
case
]
are
they
,
that
going
thorow
the
valey
of
Baca
,
or
Mulberrye
Trées
[
of
which
somewhat
is
sayd
before
]
make
it
a
well
[
i.
make
that
account
of
it
,
as
of
a
Well
or
of
a
most
pleasaunt
place
wherein
are
welles
and
springes
]
whome
also
[
i.
which
men
the
raine
of
blessings
[
i.
rayne
that
commeth
from
God
,
and
is
bestowed
vpon
the
earth
as
a
blessing
of
God
to
make
the
same
fruitfull
]
and
by
raine
of
blessings
he
vnderstandeth
also
abundaunce
of
raine
]
couereth
[
i.
falleth
much
vpon
them
,
and
yet
hindereth
them
not
from
going
to
the
exercises
of
god
.
This
then
is
his
meaning
,
in
these
thrée
verses
4
,
5
,
6
,
that
not
only
the
Priests
and
Leuites
are
in
better
case
then
he
,
but
the
common
people
that
trauaile
thorow
many
dangers
and
distresses
,
to
come
to
the
place
of
Gods
seruice
,
from
which
he
was
shut
by
reason
of
his
exile
,
and
whether
hee
would
haue
come
with
as
great
payns
as
they
,
if
he
might
safely
haue
done
it
.
]
Verse
7.
They
[
i.
the
people
that
thus
repayre
to
the
exercises
of
God
and
his
word
]
go
from
strength
to
strength
[
i.
the
Lord
indueth
them
with
al
maner
of
strength
,
so
that
they
féele
no
weakenesse
or
féeblenesse
]
til
euery
one
appeare
[
i.
come
and
place
himselfe
:
not
denying
but
that
afterwards
also
,
the
Lorde
doth
graciously
strengthen
them
]
before
God
[
vz.
according
to
the
law
,
Exod.
23.17
meaning
also
by
this
spéech
,
the
arke
of
the
couenaunt
,
which
to
the
children
of
Israel
was
a
testimony
of
Gods
presence
]
in
Sion
[
vz.
which
was
the
place
wherin
the
arke
was
,
&
the
seruice
of
God
vsed
,
when
Dauid
did
write
this
Psalm
.
]
Ver.
8.
O
Lord
god
of
hosts
[
this
is
sundry
times
expounded
before
]
heare
my
prayer
[
i.
graunt
my
requests
and
petitions
that
I
make
vnto
thée
]
hearken
[
i.
yéelde
to
my
suite
]
O
God
of
Iaakob
[
i.
of
the
faythful
ones
,
putting
the
name
of
the
father
from
whom
they
came
,
for
his
holy
posteritie
]
Ver.
9.
Behold
[
vz.
in
mercy
,
our
languishing
and
fainting
for
the
exercises
of
thy
word
,
&
so
looke
vpon
vs
that
we
may
be
restored
thereto
:
for
here
Dauid
prayeth
both
for
him selfe
,
and
others
that
were
with
him
in
the
like
case
]
O
God
our
shield
[
i.
protector
and
defender
,
who
kéepeth
vs
many
degrées
better
then
shields
and
tergats
are
,
sée
Psal.
18.2
.
]
looke
vpon
the
face
[
i.
graciously
accepte
the
persons
and
prayers
of
thine
annointed
[
i.
of
him
that
was
by
thy
commaundement
annoynted
king
1.
Samuel
16.12.13
.
]
Verse
10.
For
a
day
[
i.
one
day
only
&
no
more
:
and
this
verse
comprehendeth
a
reason
of
his
prayers
]
in
thy
Courts
[
sée
verse
2.
of
this
Psalm
,
putting
Courts
also
for
the
places
of
publike
méetings
and
assemblies
]
is
better
[
i.
is
more
swéete
,
comfortable
,
and
profitable
to
me
]
then
a
thousand
[
vz.
dayes
]
otherwhere
[
yea
though
the
place
it selfe
were
neuer
so
delightfull
and
pleasaunt
]
I
had
rather
be
a
dore
kéeper
[
i.
I
woulde
preferre
the
basest
place
and
calling
in
the
Churche
]
in
the
house
of
my
God
[
i.
in
the
place
where
my
God
,
who
is
the
only
true
God
is
serued
]
then
to
dwell
in
the
tabernacles
[
i.
in
the
most
pleasaunt
and
gorgeous
houses
]
of
wickednes
[
i.
wherein
wickednesse
is
practised
and
professed
:
or
it
may
be
,
that
hee
putteth
wickednesse
for
wicked
men
:
whatsoeuer
it
be
,
he
meaneth
that
he
had
rather
be
of
the
meanest
account
in
the
Church
of
God
&
amongst
good
men
,
then
to
be
in
the
highest
roome
out
of
the
church
,
where
nothing
raigneth
but
prophanenesse
and
corruption
.
]
Verse
11.
For
the
Lord
God
is
the
sunne
and
shielde
,
[
he
meaneth
that
God
is
the
only
author
of
all
excellent
good
things
,
and
the
deliuerer
from
all
euill
,
for
euen
as
the
sunne
by
his
heat
and
brightnesse
quickeneth
,
maintaineth
,
and
maketh
the
creatures
ioyfull
,
so
the
gracious
countenaunce
of
the
Lord
filleth
mens
harts
with
ioy
and
gladnesse
:
and
as
a
shield
is
an
instrument
,
to
put
backe
darts
and
daungers
,
so
it
is
he
alone
that
defendeth
vs
in
all
distresses
:
sée
before
verse
9.
of
this
Psalme
]
the
Lord
wil
[
vz.
in
his
owne
good
time
,
and
when
it
pleaseth
him
]
giue
grace
[
i.
shew
fauour
and
mercy
to
me
and
others
that
are
now
cast
downe
]
and
glory
[
i.
he
will
aduance
me
to
that
honour
and
estimation
which
he
hath
prepared
for
me
:
hee
meaneth
the
kingdome
]
and
no
good
thing
will
hee
withhold
from
them
[
i.
he
will
giue
them
all
good
and
necessary
thinges
for
his
glorye
,
and
their
comforte
]
that
walke
vprightly
[
i.
lead
a
holy
and
vpright
life
voyde
of
hipocrisie
,
and
being
that
indéede
that
they
would
séeme
to
be
,
sée
Genesis
17.1
.
]
Verse
12.
O
Lorde
of
hostes
[
i.
O
God
of
al
might
and
power
,
who
haste
all
creatures
in
thy
hands
as
armies
to
commaund
]
blessed
is
the
man
[
q.d.
certainly
howsoeuer
it
goeth
with
other
men
of
wit
,
wealth
,
&c.
hee
is
in
good
case
]
that
trusteth
[
vz.
alwayes
]
in
thée
[
vz.
alone
]
I
take
it
that
the
Prophet
comforteth
himselfe
by
this
spéeche
,
that
though
it
were
a
great
gréefe
vnto
him
,
in
respecte
of
bodily
presence
to
be
absent
from
the
exercises
of
holye
assemblies
,
yet
this
was
his
comforte
,
that
in
soule
,
spirite
,
and
fayth
,
he
did
communicate
with
the
Church
and
behelde
the
Lorde
who
was
worshipped
amongste
them
,
Sée
Psalme
2.2.12
.
Ver.
1.2
.
Do.
teach
Gods
children
how
much
they
ought
to
estéeme
of
the
publike
exercises
of
the
Church
,
which
are
Gods
effectuall
instruments
&
meanes
to
nourish
and
beget
vs
to
the
hope
of
a
better
,
thorow
his
especial
blessing
.
Ver.
3
sheweth
that
absence
from
holy
assemblies
,
should
pinch
vs
to
the
hart
,
howsoeuer
little
account
men
of
the
world
make
of
them
.
Ver.
4
teacheth
two
things
:
the
firste
is
,
that
though
worldly
men
iudge
such
as
serue
God
miserable
and
wretched
,
yet
they
are
indéede
truely
blessed
:
the
seconde
sheweth
the
duetie
of
them
that
professe
God
,
that
they
shold
be
continually
occupied
in
his
seruice
.
Ver.
5.
teacheth
that
true
blessednesse
belongeth
to
true
beléeuers
only
,
and
that
to
such
as
expresse
their
fayth
by
the
fruites
thereof
,
vz.
by
purpose
of
harte
to
wel
doing
,
and
practise
thereof
so
farforth
,
as
God
shal
inable
them
.
Ver.
6.
teacheth
vs
that
no
want
or
weather
should
hinder
vs
from
the
exercises
of
God
.
Ver.
7.
teacheth
that
God
wil
furnish
those
that
are
his
with
all
abilitie
to
performe
his
will
.
Ver.
8.
teacheth
vs
in
the
time
of
our
sorrowes
to
haue
our
recourse
to
God
by
earnest
prayer
.
Ver.
9
teacheth
vs
in
our
prayers
and
supplications
to
looke
to
the
mercies
of
God
:
&
also
to
present
our
prayers
vnto
him
in
the
mediation
of
Christ
Iesus
only
,
who
is
that
in
truth
to
vs
,
that
Dauid
was
in
figure
.
Ver.
10.
teacheth
vs
to
prefer
godlines
,
and
godlie
mens
company
,
before
all
the
pleasures
and
profits
of
this
life
whatsoeuer
.
Ver.
11.
teacheth
vs
Gods
prouidence
towards
his
seruaunts
:
whiche
appeareth
in
this
,
that
he
will
comfort
and
defend
them
in
danger
,
that
he
wil
exalt
them
to
dignitie
after
distresse
,
and
that
he
will
mercifully
minister
vnto
them
all
thinges
necessary
.
It
teacheth
vs
also
our
dutie
in
care
and
conscience
without
hipocrisie
to
walke
before
him
all
the
dayes
of
our
lyfe
.
Verse
12
teacheth
vs
that
sure
trust
and
confidence
in
God
only
maketh
vs
blessed
.
Psalme
85
THe
Psalme
may
be
deuided
into
two
parts
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
faithful
reckon
vp
gods
mercies
of
old
,
as
good
grounds
of
their
praiers
which
they
should
and
did
make
for
their
presence
deliueraunce
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
end
of
the
seuenth
.
In
the
second
is
comprehended
as
it
were
a
prophesie
,
or
an
assured
perswasion
that
the
faythful
had
of
their
deliueraunce
,
from
Antiochus
his
tyranny
,
at
which
time
it
should
séeme
that
this
Psalme
was
made
,
and
this
reacheth
from
verse
8.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
Title
hath
ben
sundry
times
expounded
before
,
and
namely
Psalme
4.
and
Psal.
45.
in
their
titles
.
]
Ver.
1
,
Lord
thou
hast
bin
[
vz.
in
times
past
,
and
therefore
we
hope
thou
wilt
be
now
]
fauourable
[
i.
haste
shewed
mercye
euerye
waye
:
so
that
they
make
his
frée
loue
and
mercy
towards
them
,
the
cause
of
all
their
goodnesse
]
vnto
thy
Land
[
i.
vnto
thy
people
inhabiting
the
land
of
Canaan
,
which
he
calleth
Gods
land
because
GOD
had
chosen
it
,
and
appoynted
it
especially
for
them
.
]
Thou
[
vz.
alone
,
and
none
but
thou
]
hast
broughte
againe
[
vz.
out
of
Egipt
,
or
else
out
of
Babilon
,
for
it
may
be
vnderstoode
of
eyther
of
them
,
but
speciallye
in
my
iudgement
of
Babilon
,
as
which
was
the
greater
matter
,
sée
Ierem.
16.
verse
14.15
.
]
the
captiuity
of
Iaakob
[
i.
suche
of
Iaakobs
posteritye
as
were
Captiues
:
putting
the
thing
,
wherein
they
were
held
,
for
the
persons
:
as
Psalme
84
,
10.
Wickednesse
put
for
wicked
men
.
]
Verse
2.
Thou
hast
forgiuen
[
vz.
fréelye
and
of
thine
owne
accorde
,
without
anye
merite
or
deserte
of
theirs
at
all
]
the
iniquitie
[
i.
the
sinnes
and
transgressions
,
vnderstanding
by
one
,
manye
whiche
they
had
committed
agaynste
him
]
of
thy
people
[
i.
of
those
whome
thou
chosest
to
bee
a
peculiar
people
vnto
thy selfe
]
and
couered
[
vz.
from
thy
iudgement
]
all
their
sinnes
,
[
whatsoeuer
,
whensoeuer
,
wheresoeuer
,
or
howsoeuer
committed
:
for
concerning
of
sinnes
,
sée
Psalme
32.1
.
]
Verse
3.
Thou
hast
withdrawne
[
vz.
from
thy
people
]
all
thine
anger
[
vz.
whiche
they
had
pulled
vppon
them
iustly
by
their
sinnes
,
and
thou
in
mercye
haste
eyther
vtterly
withholden
it
:
or
else
laying
some
signes
of
thy
wrath
vpon
them
,
hast
remoued
from
their
shoulders
the
heauie
weighte
of
thy
iudgementes
]
and
hast
turned
backe
[
vz.
in
pittie
and
compassion
,
as
though
it
were
better
,
weying
thine
own
mercy
and
our
miserye
]
from
the
fiercenesse
of
thy
wrath
[
or
else
we
had
bin
consumed
thereby
.
They
meane
that
GOD
kindled
not
his
wrath
to
the
vttermoste
agaynste
them
,
eyther
as
in
iustice
hee
mighte
,
or
in
wickednesse
they
had
deserued
.
]
Verse
4.
Turne
vs
,
[
vz.
vnto
thée
by
fayth
and
repentaince
as
Lamentation
5.21
.
or
else
,
from
that
miserable
captiuitie
and
bondage
wherein
wee
are
,
to
oure
former
libertye
and
fréedome
in
oure
owne
lande
]
O
GOD
of
our
saluation
[
i.
thou
that
workest
our
deliueraunce
from
daungers
and
distresse
:
so
saluation
is
taken
Psalm
3.8
.
]
&
release
thine
anger
towards
vs
[
i.
frée
vs
from
that
wrath
of
thine
,
&
the
testimonies
thereof
which
we
sée
and
féele
presently
vpon
vs
.
]
Verse
5.
Wilt
thou
be
angry
with
vs
for
euer
?
[
q.d.
wee
hope
no
:
for
that
is
the
force
of
the
interrogations
,
meaning
that
Gods
wrath
should
not
alwayes
continue
vppon
them
]
and
wilte
thou
prolong
thy
wrath
[
vz.
which
is
now
presently
vpon
vs
]
from
one
generation
to
an
other
[
i.
vpon
vs
and
our
posterities
,
q.d.
shall
it
continually
abide
vpon
vs
and
our
séedes
?
]
Ver.
6.
Wilt
thou
not
turne
again
[
vz.
in
loue
,
mercy
,
fauor
,
&
presence
towards
vs
]
&
quicken
vs
[
who
seeme
as
it
were
to
be
dead
,
sée
Ezechiel
37.1.2
,
&c.
]
that
thy
people
[
i.
the
people
whome
thou
haste
chosen
to
thy selfe
may
be
deliuered
and
set
frée
,
and
so
haue
an
occasion
to
]
reioyce
in
thée
[
i.
to
prayse
thée
and
to
magnifie
thée
for
thy
goodnesse
towardes
them
:
hee
séemeth
to
note
two
endes
of
their
deliuerance
:
one
,
the
good
and
benefite
of
the
people
:
the
other
Gods
glory
.
]
Ver.
7.
Shew
vs
O
Lord
thy
mercy
[
i.
make
vs
by
effect
to
sée
and
féele
thy
goodnes
]
and
graunt
vs
[
i.
graciously
and
fréely
bestowe
vpon
vs
]
thy
saluation
[
i.
the
deliueraunce
which
fréely
and
only
must
come
from
thée
.
For
the
acception
of
this
worde
saluation
,
sée
before
ver.
4.
of
this
Psal.
]
Ver.
8.
I
[
this
the
faithful
together
speak
,
as
though
they
were
but
one
person
,
by
reason
of
the
nigh
coniunction
of
them
]
wil
heare
[
i.
not
only
diligently
hearken
vnto
,
but
patiently
looke
for
]
what
the
Lorde
God
wil
say
[
i.
what
he
will
either
speak
or
performe
,
for
the
word
of
God
,
is
as
it
were
the
déed
of
god
,
sée
Psal.
148.5
.
]
for
he
wil
speak
[
i.
promise
and
performe
in
déed
:
and
this
is
a
reason
why
hée
will
in
patience
attend
the
Lorde
and
his
worke
]
peace
[
i.
al
goodnes
and
prosperity
after
that
their
calamities
bee
once
ended
:
Sée
Gene.
43.23
.
]
vnto
his
people
[
i.
vnto
his
faithfull
ones
,
putting
by
this
marke
a
difference
betwéene
Gods
people
in
déede
,
and
those
that
haue
but
the
bare
title
only
]
and
to
his
Saints
[
i.
to
those
whom
he
hath
sanctified
:
sée
Psal.
16.3
.
]
that
they
turne
not
againe
[
vz.
to
their
old
filthines
,
of
idolatry
,
distrust
,
and
such
like
,
whereunto
Antiochus
laboured
to
bring
them
]
to
folly
[
i.
to
all
maner
of
wickednes
:
and
in
this
respect
the
vngodly
are
generally
through
the
Prouerbes
called
fooles
,
as
also
Psalm
.
14.1
.
]
Ver.
9.
Surely
[
q.d.
without
all
doubt
:
it
can
not
otherwise
be
]
his
saluation
[
i.
succour
,
deliuery
,
and
aide
from
God
,
sée
ver.
7.
of
this
Psalme
]
is
neere
[
i.
euen
as
it
were
at
the
doores
and
wil
come
vpon
them
quickly
]
to
them
that
feare
him
[
vz.
with
holy
feare
,
and
all
their
heartes
,
leading
also
their
liues
according
to
the
rule
of
righteousnesse
,
which
hée
hath
prescribed
]
that
glory
[
i.
the
sincere
seruice
,
and
worship
of
God
and
all
goodnes
,
as
may
appeare
by
all
the
verses
following
in
this
Psalme
]
may
dwel
[
i.
may
haue
continual
aboad
,
notwithstanding
the
mischieuous
deuises
of
the
vngodly
]
in
our
land
[
i.
amongst
the
people
that
inhabite
this
land
appointed
for
vs
,
so
had
you
the
word
,
lande
,
vsed
ver.
1.
of
this
Psal.
]
Ver.
10.
Mercy
[
vz.
from
God
]
and
truth
[
i.
simple
and
sincere
dealing
,
vz.
from
men
]
shall
méete
[
vz.
ioyfully
and
chearefully
together
.
q.d.
God
wil
turne
his
owne
iustice
towardes
his
people
into
mercy
,
and
their
hypocriticall
heartes
and
handes
into
sounde
and
sincere
ones
]
righteousnes
[
vz.
from
God
,
meaning
by
righteousnes
also
the
faithfull
execution
of
his
promises
]
and
peace
[
vz.
of
conscience
in
men
,
an
effectuall
worker
whereof
is
Gods
faithful
performance
of
his
promises
]
shal
kisse
one
an
other
[
vz.
in
token
of
true
friendshippe
,
and
reconciliation
:
for
by
these
manner
of
speaches
and
metaphors
,
the
holy
ghost
mindeth
to
note
the
reconciliation
and
agréement
which
shal
be
made
betwéen
God
and
his
people
.
]
Ver.
11.
Truth
[
vz.
from
men
,
as
before
ver.
10.
]
shall
bud
[
i.
by
effects
shall
shewe
foorth
it selfe
and
yéelde
fruite
,
as
the
bud
in
the
spring
time
appeareth
,
which
also
is
an
argument
of
hope
that
fruite
wil
followe
]
out
of
the
earth
[
i.
out
of
the
mindes
and
soules
of
the
godly
:
putting
earth
conteining
them
,
by
the
figure
Metonimia
,
for
they
themselues
therein
contained
]
and
righteousnes
[
i.
the
iust
performance
of
Gods
mercifull
promises
,
as
before
verse
10.
]
shall
looke
downe
[
i.
shal
manifest
and
declare
it selfe
]
from
heauen
[
i.
from
the
almighty
,
whose
dwelling
is
in
the
heauen
.
]
Ver.
12.
Yea
the
Lord
shal
giue
[
vz.
fréely
,
and
of
his
owne
goodnes
,
for
so
much
doth
the
word
import
generally
throughout
the
Scriptures
]
good
thinges
[
i.
heapes
and
abundance
of
al
goodnes
:
whether
they
be
spiritual
graces
,
mentioned
ver.
10.
&
11.
or
bodyly
blessings
mentioned
in
the
last
part
of
this
verse
]
and
our
land
[
i.
the
land
appointed
to
vs
from
God
,
and
wherin
we
dwel
]
shal
giue
her
increase
[
i.
shal
plentifully
yéeld
it
,
the
same
being
made
fruitful
by
the
mighty
power
of
God
.
]
Ver.
13.
Righteousnes
shal
go
before
him
[
q.d.
when
God
shal
shew
these
graces
vnto
his
people
,
then
God
wil
bring
to
passe
that
vpright
dealing
,
shall
haue
frée
passage
amongest
men
:
for
so
I
take
righteousnesse
to
bee
vsed
in
this
place
]
and
shal
set
her
steppes
in
the
way
[
vz.
so
that
a
man
shal
walke
no
way
but
there
shall
appeare
certaine
printes
as
it
were
of
his
footing
.
Immanuel
readeth
this
verse
otherwise
,
but
methinketh
this
sense
is
plaine
.
Do.
Verse
1.
Teacheth
that
the
féeling
of
Gods
fauour
in
former
time
should
minister
hope
vnto
his
seruauntes
,
that
they
should
afterwards
féele
it
in
like
sort
when
they
are
in
any
distresse
.
Verse
2.
Teacheth
that
it
is
God
alone
that
doeth
and
must
forgiue
all
the
sinnes
of
his
people
.
Verse
3.
Sheweth
that
vnlesse
the
Lorde
in
the
middest
of
his
wrath
,
remember
his
mercy
,
wee
shoulde
bee
all
consumed
.
Verse
4.
Teacheth
that
vnlesse
GOD
worke
in
vs
repentaunce
,
wee
shall
neuer
repent
.
Verse
5.
Teacheth
that
Gods
wrath
indureth
not
alwayes
,
Sée
Psalme
30.5
.
Verse
6.
Teacheth
two
thinges
,
the
first
is
,
that
vnlesse
GOD
quicken
vs
,
wee
are
but
as
dead
people
,
the
seconde
that
God
in
deliuery
of
his
seruauntes
,
doeth
not
onely
manifest
his
owne
glory
,
but
also
prouoketh
them
thereby
to
bée
thankefull
vnto
him
.
Verse
7.
Teacheth
that
Gods
mercy
is
the
cause
of
all
goodnes
to
vs
warde
,
and
namely
of
our
deliueraunces
from
daunger
.
Verse
8.
Teacheth
first
in
diligence
and
patience
to
wayte
the
Lordes
good
will
:
secondly
to
stay
our selues
vppon
Gods
mercy
and
goodnes
towardes
vs
,
Thirdly
that
the
name
,
Saint
,
may
bee
giuen
to
them
that
bée
liuing
,
which
the
Papists
deny
,
appropriating
it
onely
to
the
dead
:
fourthly
that
Gods
mercy
and
goodnesse
shewed
vnto
his
people
,
ought
to
bée
an
effectuall
meane
to
restrayne
them
from
former
folly
and
sinne
.
Verse
9.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
ready
way
to
bée
assured
to
haue
GOD
on
our
side
,
is
to
haue
a
reuerent
feare
of
his
maiesty
in
our
heartes
,
and
sincere
fruites
of
the
same
feare
in
our
conuersation
.
Verse
10.
Teacheth
that
the
chiefe
cause
of
the
reconciliation
betwéene
God
and
man
,
and
of
peace
in
mens
consciences
,
and
of
faythfull
dealing
towardes
men
,
is
Gods
great
goodnes
and
mercy
,
and
the
faithfull
perfourmaunce
of
his
promises
to
vs
.
Verse
11.
Teacheth
that
it
becommeth
Gods
children
,
euen
by
the
example
of
their
heauenly
father
(
who
sheweth
himselfe
most
righteous
in
his
promises
towardes
them
)
to
deale
faithfully
and
vprightlye
one
with
an
other
.
Verse
12.
Teacheth
that
not
onely
all
good
thinges
come
from
GOD
,
as
Iames
1.17
.
but
that
they
are
bestowed
vppon
all
,
and
namely
vpon
his
children
,
of
his
meere
liberality
onely
.
Verse
.
13.
Teacheth
that
where
God
beareth
sway
,
there
all
iustice
shall
manifestly
appeare
,
and
bee
openly
practised
.
Psalme
86.
I
Suppose
that
this
Psalme
of
Dauid
full
of
very
earnest
affections
and
prayers
may
bée
diuided
into
two
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
hee
desireth
the
Lorde
to
haue
mercy
vppon
,
and
to
deliuer
him
from
all
his
afflictions
,
sometymes
alleadging
his
owne
misery
,
and
sometymes
Gods
mercy
and
might
to
induce
him
thereto
:
and
this
reacheth
from
verse
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
10.
In
the
seconde
hee
prayeth
for
light
and
knowledge
,
desiring
also
deliueraunce
from
his
distresses
,
alleadging
as
reasons
to
moue
the
Lorde
thereto
,
the
fearcenes
of
his
enemies
,
Gods
owne
mercy
,
and
his
thankefulnes
to
bee
perfourmed
to
the
Lorde
,
from
ver.
11.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
,
Se.
a
prayer
of
Dauid
[
i.
a
prayer
that
Dauid
made
in
the
time
of
some
grieuous
affliction
,
that
hée
was
in
,
the
holy
Ghost
leauing
the
same
in
recorde
,
for
vs
to
see
it
or
the
like
.
]
Verse
1
,
Incline
thine
eare
O
Lorde
[
vz.
vnto
my
prayers
and
supplications
which
I
make
before
thée
:
and
this
is
spoken
of
god
according
to
men
,
who
if
they
bee
disposed
to
graunt
suites
and
requestes
wil
as
a
token
thereof
,
be
ready
to
hearken
to
the
suppliaunts
voyce
]
&
heare
me
[
i.
graunt
me
such
thinges
,
as
I
praying
vnto
thee
,
doe
according
to
thy
wil
aske
at
thy
hands
,
for
otherwise
it
is
not
to
be
denyed
,
but
that
god
continually
heareth
and
séeth
al
thinges
]
for
I
am
poore
[
i.
miserable
and
in
great
distresse
]
and
néedy
[
i.
stand
in
néede
of
thy
fauour
and
ayde
,
hee
alleadgeth
his
afflictions
,
weaknes
,
and
misery
,
to
the
end
therby
to
moue
god
the
more
to
fauour
him
,
for
this
is
proper
to
his
nature
,
to
succor
the
miserable
,
Hosea
14.3
.
]
Ver.
2.
Preserue
thou
my
soule
[
i.
kéepe
thou
●ay
life
&
whole
man
,
either
from
the
rage
of
mine
enemies
,
or
from
the
sharpnes
of
these
afflictions
]
for
I
am
merciful
[
vz.
not
only
towards
them
that
be
in
miserie
,
but
euen
to
my
very
enemies
:
and
he
speaketh
thus
,
not
as
though
hee
would
clayme
somewhat
,
for
his
dignity
or
worthines
,
but
to
make
his
enemies
more
hatefull
,
as
it
were
,
to
God
,
because
they
persecuted
him
that
alwaies
behaued
himself
curteously
towards
them
,
and
therefore
they
had
the
lesse
cause
to
persecute
him
.
Immanuel
readeth
it
thus
:
for
I
am
hée
,
whome
thou
pursuest
with
goodnes
[
i.
I
am
he
,
whom
thou
tenderly
louest
,
and
therefore
hope
that
thou
wilt
defende
and
kéepe
me
,
euen
as
the
apple
of
thine
eye
,
both
the
senses
are
good
]
my
God
[
Dauid
speaketh
not
this
,
as
though
god
were
his
god
onely
,
but
to
testifie
the
particular
apprehension
,
that
hee
had
in
his
perswasion
of
GOD
and
his
goodnes
]
saue
thou
thy
seruaunt
[
i.
deliuer
him
from
his
present
dangers
,
distresses
,
and
afflictions
]
that
trusteth
in
thée
[
vz.
alone
,
and
in
none
other
but
thée
.
]
Ver.
3.
Bée
mercifull
vnto
me
[
vz.
that
am
thus
distressed
,
and
compassed
in
on
euery
side
:
out
of
which
I
can
not
get
,
vnlesse
thou
shew
great
mercy
]
for
I
cry
vpon
thée
[
i.
I
do
earnestly
call
and
pray
vnto
thee
]
continually
[
i.
dayly
and
without
ceasing
:
setting
out
here
two
thinges
in
his
praiers
,
the
one
is
earnestnes
and
vehemency
vnderstood
by
crying
:
the
other
is
perseueraunce
,
ment
by
the
worde
continually
.
]
Verse
4.
Reioyce
[
i.
giue
an
occasion
of
ioy
vnto
mee
,
by
kéeping
mée
from
mine
enemies
,
by
deliuering
mée
from
the
heauines
wherein
I
am
,
and
by
graunting
my
requestes
]
the
soule
[
i.
the
whole
man
,
but
specially
the
inward
and
mortal
part
sore
afflicted
with
continuall
assaults
,
&
striken
into
heauines
and
sorrow
]
of
thy
seruant
[
i.
of
me
whom
thou
hast
vouchsaued
to
call
to
this
honour
,
to
make
thy
seruaunt
:
and
marke
here
how
hee
speaketh
of
him selfe
in
the
third
person
,
presently
chaunging
in
the
other
part
of
this
verse
to
the
first
]
for
vnto
thée
O
Lord
[
vz.
alone
,
and
to
no
other
but
thée
]
do
I
lift
vp
my
soule
[
i.
I
pray
thy
helpe
and
that
not
with
mouth
only
,
but
also
with
my
heart
.
]
Ver.
5.
For
thou
Lord
art
good
[
vz.
to
all
,
and
therefore
much
more
to
thine
owne
seruants
and
sonnes
]
and
merciful
[
vz.
to
those
that
turne
vnto
thée
,
after
they
haue
strayed
from
thee
,
meaning
that
God
pardoneth
them
their
sinnes
and
transgressions
]
and
of
great
kindnes
[
i.
of
wonderful
and
vnspeakable
mercy
]
vnto
al
them
[
vz.
of
what
condition
or
state
soeuer
they
be
]
that
cal
vpon
thée
[
i.
that
pray
vnto
thee
,
vz.
alone
:
and
that
in
spirite
and
trueth
.
]
Ver.
6.
Giue
eare
O
Lorde
[
vz.
I
beséech
thee
:
and
not
as
though
Dauid
commanded
God
]
vnto
my
prayer
[
i.
vnto
my
prayer
which
now
I
make
vnto
thée
]
and
hearken
to
the
voice
[
i.
yéeld
to
the
words
]
of
my
supplications
[
i.
which
I
vse
in
my
supplication
:
meaning
by
all
this
,
the
graunting
of
his
requests
,
&
it
séemeth
to
be
the
same
almost
with
ver.
1.
of
this
Psalm
.
]
Ver.
7.
In
the
day
of
my
trouble
[
i.
at
what
soeuer
time
,
I
shal
bée
in
my
trouble
,
affliction
,
or
miserie
]
I
will
call
vppon
thée
[
i.
I
will
pray
vnto
thee
onely
:
Immanuel
readeth
it
in
the
present
tense
,
I
cal
vpon
thée
.
q.d.
nowe
that
I
am
in
trouble
,
I
pray
vnto
thée
,
and
in
déed
it
better
agreeth
with
the
circumstance
of
the
place
and
person
]
for
thou
hearest
me
[
i.
I
knowe
that
thou
either
doest
graunt
or
wilt
graunt
me
my
request
,
wherby
the
Prophet
sheweth
what
a
stedfast
perswasion
he
had
in
God
,
and
the
word
of
his
trueth
.
]
Verse
8.
Among
the
Gods
vz.
of
the
Gentiles
,
and
which
they
worship
,
as
Gods
,
but
yet
are
not
so
]
there
is
none
like
thée
O
Lorde
[
vz.
in
any
respect
:
hee
sheweth
that
the
Gentiles
gods
are
false
and
counterfeit
because
they
haue
no
testimony
of
their
might
and
power
,
Sée
Psalm
.
115.2.3.4
.
&c.
Sée
also
against
the
vanity
of
them
Isaiah
.
44.
almost
throughout
]
and
there
is
none
[
vz.
amongest
either
them
,
or
amongst
all
the
creatures
in
the
worlde
,
no
all
the
creatures
set
together
]
that
can
doe
like
thy
workes
[
i.
can
do
such
workes
as
thou
hast
done
and
dayly
doest
:
for
all
that
they
doe
,
they
do
by
thee
,
as
in
whom
they
liue
,
moue
,
and
haue
their
being
:
whereas
thou
doest
that
of
thy selfe
only
,
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
thée
both
in
heauen
&
in
earth
.
]
Ver.
9.
All
nations
[
vz.
of
the
earth
]
whom
thou
hast
made
[
vz.
by
thy
mighty
power
,
for
without
thée
,
they
were
not
,
neither
can
be
]
shal
come
[
vz.
either
willingly
,
or
by
constraint
]
and
worship
[
i.
either
truely
or
hipocritically
serue
thée
]
before
thée
[
i.
in
thy
presence
,
at
thy
presence
,
and
in
the
assembly
of
thy
Saints
]
and
shal
glorifie
thy
name
[
i.
shall
either
soundly
,
or
else
for
fashion
sake
acknowledge
thy
might
,
maiesty
,
and
power
,
for
so
is
name
taken
here
,
as
Psal.
20.1
.
Some
vnderstande
this
of
the
calling
of
the
Gentiles
,
I
wil
not
greatly
contend
:
but
methinketh
it
were
better
to
bée
vnderstood
of
a
constremed
and
counterfeit
confession
:
such
as
you
shal
sée
in
Abimilech
Gene.
20.
throughout
and
in
Pharaohs
.
Exod.
9.27
.
and
in
some
other
chapiters
of
that
booke
.
]
Ver.
10.
For
thou
art
great
[
vz.
aboue
all
and
declarest
that
greatnes
and
excellency
of
thine
,
by
many
thinges
,
but
specially
by
thy
works
]
and
doest
[
vz.
dayly
and
continually
]
wonderous
things
[
i.
matter
farre
beyond
the
reach
and
compasse
of
mans
wit
and
reason
,
and
therefore
very
wonderful
]
thou
art
God
alone
[
q.d.
though
many
haue
the
name
of
God
,
yet
in
déede
both
the
thing
and
the
name
doth
only
belong
to
thée
.
]
Verse
11.
Teach
me
[
q.d.
I
am
blind
and
ignoraunt
,
and
therefore
humbly
craue
thy
instruction
]
thy
way
,
O
Lord
[
i.
the
way
that
thou
thy selfe
hast
prescribed
,
and
is
the
onely
way
and
manner
to
liue
well
and
vprightly
]
and
I
will
[
vz.
through
thy
goodnes
,
assistaunce
and
strength
,
for
otherwise
I
can
doe
nothing
of
my selfe
]
walke
[
i.
frame
and
fashion
my
conuersation
]
in
thy
trueth
[
i.
according
to
that
rule
of
trueth
and
righteousnes
,
which
thou
thy selfe
hast
prescribed
in
thy
worde
]
knit
[
vz.
fast
and
sure
]
mine
heart
[
i.
the
affection
and
perswasion
of
my
heart
]
vnto
thée
[
vz.
and
the
trueth
of
thy
promises
.
q.d.
bring
to
passe
that
my
heart
being
fréed
from
all
feare
and
care
of
my
enemies
it
may
rest
wholly
in
thy
feare
.
This
manner
of
speach
declareth
,
that
mans
heart
is
distracted
,
and
as
it
were
diuided
into
sundry
partes
,
till
God
haue
driuen
it
to
himselfe
,
and
helde
it
fast
in
his
obedience
,
wherefore
by
this
worde
hee
meaneth
that
euen
they
that
are
wel
affected
,
are
yet
notwithstanding
subiect
to
so
many
stumblings
,
that
they
should
quickly
vanish
,
and
bee
spilt
as
water
,
were
it
not
that
god
strēgtened
them
with
constancy
]
that
I
may
fear
thy
name
[
i.
beare
a
louing
reuerence
to
thy
maiesty
and
trueth
.
]
Ver.
12.
I
wil
praise
thée
O
Lord
my
god
[
vz.
when
thou
shalt
haue
taught
me
thy
trueth
,
and
deliuered
mee
from
mine
enemies
]
with
al
my
heart
[
i.
vnfeignedly
,
and
not
outwardly
in
wordes
onely
but
also
inwardly
in
deed
,
and
trueth
]
yea
I
wil
glorifie
thy
name
[
i.
set
foorth
the
praise
of
thy
maiesty
,
might
,
and
power
]
for
euer
[
i.
both
in
this
life
,
and
in
the
world
to
come
,
or
else
it
may
be
taken
for
continually
.
]
Verse
13.
For
great
is
thy
mercy
towardes
me
[
i.
thou
hast
and
doest
by
effect
declare
the
riches
of
thy
goodnes
towardes
mee
]
and
thou
hast
deliuered
my
soule
[
i.
thou
hast
set
my
life
or
whole
man
frée
[
for
otherwise
nothing
can
touch
the
soule
]
from
the
lowest
graue
[
i.
from
most
great
,
deepe
,
and
extreme
dangers
,
it
is
a
metaphor
as
they
that
are
buried
séeme
in
mans
iudgement
past
hope
of
life
,
and
yet
God
notwithstanding
will
rayse
them
vp
againe
,
so
when
Dauid
seemed
to
be
past
all
recouery
,
by
reason
of
his
distresses
,
then
did
the
Lorde
most
mightily
deliuer
him
.
]
Ver.
14.
O
God
the
proude
[
vz.
persons
of
the
worlde
,
who
are
not
prouoked
by
any
wrong
I
haue
done
them
,
but
only
by
their
owne
pride
,
for
so
much
I
suppose
the
Hebrewe
word
importeth
]
are
risen
against
mee
[
vz.
with
great
force
,
multitude
,
and
counsel
,
thinking
to
destroy
me
]
and
the
assemblies
[
i.
great
troupes
and
multitudes
,
of
violent
men
]
the
Hebrewe
worde
in
déede
importeth
them
that
trust
in
their
owne
strength
,
who
are
sayd
to
bée
mighty
or
violent
,
because
with
a
certaine
violent
outrage
,
they
trouble
all
,
and
labour
to
destroy
euery
thing
:
experience
teacheth
the
trueth
of
this
,
for
we
sée
that
there
is
no
measure
kept
,
where
pride
and
violence
,
or
outrage
preuaileth
]
haue
sought
[
vz.
very
diligently
]
my
soule
[
i.
my
life
,
to
wit
,
that
they
might
take
it
from
me
,
sée
Matth.
2.20
.
]
and
haue
not
set
thée
[
vz.
who
séest
and
knowest
all
wickednes
,
and
wilt
in
good
time
punish
the
same
]
before
them
[
hee
meaneth
that
they
had
no
feare
or
regarde
of
God
at
all
,
but
supposed
that
God
did
not
behold
them
,
which
is
a
manifest
token
of
extreme
licenciousnes
and
impiety
]
Ver.
15.
But
thou
O
Lorde
art
a
pitiful
God
,
and
merciful
[
vz.
to
them
that
turne
to
thée
,
and
cal
vpon
thee
in
truth
]
slowe
to
anger
[
vz.
against
any
though
neuer
so
wicked
,
looking
by
long
suffering
for
their
amendment
]
and
great
in
kindnes
[
i.
of
wonderfull
great
kindnes
and
loue
specially
to
thy
seruants
]
and
trueth
[
he
meaneth
by
trueth
,
the
faithful
accomplishment
of
all
Gods
promises
,
and
this
verse
is
a
certaine
description
of
the
nature
of
God
,
and
séemeth
to
be
taken
out
of
Exod.
34.6
.
]
Ver.
16.
Turne
[
vz.
thy
fauourable
and
louing
countenance
]
vnto
me
[
vz.
which
am
distressed
on
euery
side
,
hee
prayeth
that
hee
may
in
this
his
misery
,
féele
Gods
goodnes
and
mercy
]
and
haue
mercy
vpon
me
[
i.
make
thy
mercy
appeare
towardes
me
,
in
deliuering
mee
from
the
power
of
these
violent
men
]
giue
thy
strength
[
by
this
spéech
he
meaneth
not
to
craue
all
the
strength
and
power
of
God
,
but
to
intreate
the
Lord
,
to
giue
him
strength
and
ability
to
passe
through
al
the
brunts
hee
should
indure
]
vnto
thy
seruaunt
[
i.
vnto
him
whome
thou
hast
chosen
,
to
be
thy
seruant
:
true
it
is
the
worde
importeth
slaue
,
or
bond
seruant
,
which
word
the
Prophet
also
vseth
to
moue
the
Lorde
to
mercy
]
and
saue
[
i.
deliuer
from
daunger
and
distresse
]
the
sonne
of
thy
handmayd
[
i.
such
a
one
,
as
hath
béene
begotten
of
faithful
parents
,
and
brought
vp
in
the
couenaunt
,
and
is
as
it
were
a
houshold
seruant
of
the
Church
:
Sée
Psalm
.
116.16
.
]
Verse
17.
Shew
a
token
of
thy
goodnes
towards
mee
[
i.
declare
by
some
one
signe
or
other
,
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
thée
,
that
thou
wilt
bee
good
and
mercifull
vnto
mee
]
that
they
which
hate
mee
[
vz.
without
a
cause
]
may
sée
it
[
i.
plainely
perceiue
,
acknowledge
and
confesse
the
same
]
and
bee
ashamed
[
vz.
in
themselues
,
and
of
that
which
they
haue
purposed
against
mee
,
séeing
that
I
haue
not
without
cause
trusted
in
thee
]
because
thou
O
Lorde
[
vz.
onely
and
no
other
]
hast
holpen
mee
[
vz.
out
of
all
my
daungers
and
distresses
]
and
comforted
mée
[
vz.
in
the
time
of
miserie
and
trouble
.
]
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
that
the
more
our
néed
,
misery
,
&
wretchednes
is
,
the
greater
occasion
we
haue
,
with
earnestnes
&
spéed
to
repayre
vnto
God
by
prayer
.
]
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
that
vnlesse
God
kéepe
vs
,
we
shal
vtterly
perish
:
also
that
we
ought
to
haue
a
stedfast
trust
in
Gods
mercy
and
goodnes
.
Verse
3.
Teacheth
vs
importunity
in
prayer
,
and
not
to
leaue
of
,
though
God
graunt
not
our
requests
at
the
first
:
also
that
in
our
prayers
,
wee
must
flée
to
Gods
mercy
onely
,
and
not
to
any
thing
in
our selues
.
Ver.
4.
Teacheth
vs
that
vnlesse
God
make
vs
ioyfull
,
wée
can
neuer
bée
rightly
glad
:
also
that
the
hart
as
wel
as
the
mouth
must
consent
in
prayer
,
or
else
our
prayers
are
nothing
.
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
vs
that
Gods
mercy
rightly
considered
and
felt
,
is
an
excellent
spurre
to
prouoke
vs
to
prayer
.
Ver.
6.
Teacheth
that
God
onely
is
to
be
prayed
vnto
.
Ver.
7.
Teacheth
vs
in
our
afflictions
to
runne
vnto
God
,
and
to
comfort
our selues
in
this
,
that
if
he
haue
once
heard
vs
,
he
wil
heare
vs
againe
.
Ver.
8.
Expresseth
the
vanity
of
al
idoles
&
images
whatsoeuer
.
Ver.
9.
Setteth
forth
Gods
power
in
all
,
and
ouer
all
,
so
that
none
is
exempted
from
it
.
Ver.
10.
Is
a
plaine
proofe
of
the
vnitye
of
the
godhead
.
Ver.
11.
Sheweth
that
vnlesse
God
do
teach
vs
what
is
good
,
we
are
vtterly
blinde
:
also
that
vnlesse
he
hold
vs
in
obedience
and
feare
of
his
maiesty
,
we
shall
easily
decline
,
and
runne
aside
.
Ver.
12.
Teacheth
vs
not
onely
to
cary
with
vs
a
purpose
to
prayse
the
Lorde
,
but
also
vnfeignedly
and
continually
to
doe
it
.
Ver.
13.
Teacheth
that
then
God
worketh
the
deliueraunce
of
his
,
when
there
séemeth
otherwise
no
way
for
them
.
Verse
14.
Doeth
not
onely
set
out
the
mischieuous
mindes
of
proude
and
outragious
persons
,
but
also
declareth
the
fountaine
of
all
their
sinnes
,
vz.
forgetfulnesse
and
contempt
of
god
.
Ver.
15.
Is
the
same
almost
with
verse
5.
of
this
Psalm
,
and
is
a
verse
of
great
comfort
,
as
in
many
respectes
,
so
namely
in
this
,
that
it
setteth
before
vs
,
not
onely
Gods
goodnes
,
but
also
the
faithfull
and
assured
perfourmaunce
of
all
his
promises
.
Ver.
16
Teacheth
vs
that
Gods
fauourable
and
louing
countenance
,
is
the
onely
matter
of
mirth
,
strength
and
deliueraunce
to
his
seruants
.
Ver.
17.
Sheweth
that
in
the
deliuery
and
safe
kéeping
of
Gods
Saintes
,
not
onely
Gods
glory
and
power
is
manifested
,
&
the
good
are
thereby
conforted
,
but
also
the
enemies
confounded
and
ashamed
.
Psalme
87
THe
whole
Psalme
it selfe
,
consisting
only
of
seuen
verses
,
Di.
is
nothing
else
but
a
commendation
of
gods
Church
,
which
is
commended
sometimes
of
the
firmity
and
stedfastnes
therof
.
Ver.
1.
Sometimes
of
gods
loue
towards
it
.
Ver.
2.
Sometimes
of
the
glorious
report
that
it
hath
abroade
euen
among
the
enemies
therof
.
Ver.
3.4
.
Sometimes
for
the
fruitfulnes
of
it
.
Verse
5.
Sometimes
of
the
delight
and
comfort
that
the
faithful
haue
in
it
.
Ver.
7.
And
sometimes
for
one
cause
,
&
sometimes
for
an
other
which
the
diligent
reader
may
obserue
.
The
title
,
a
Psalme
and
song
[
sée
Psalm
.
48.
Se.
in
the
title
]
committed
to
the
sonnes
of
Korah
[
this
is
sundry
tymes
expounded
before
.
]
Ver.
1.
God
layde
his
foundations
[
i.
GOD
established
and
set
his
Church
,
Sée
1.
Tim.
3.15
.
where
the
Church
is
called
the
pillar
and
ground
of
trueth
]
among
the
holy
mountaines
[
hee
calleth
the
mountaines
holy
,
not
that
they
were
so
of
them selues
,
but
because
God
that
was
holy
,
had
chosen
them
to
a
holy
ende
:
and
it
is
not
to
be
doubted
,
but
that
he
speaketh
here
of
the
lande
of
Canaan
,
which
was
a
hilly
Countrey
,
sée
Exod.
15.
ver.
13.17
.
and
amongst
other
parts
of
that
land
,
the
hil
of
Sion
,
where
the
ark
was
placed
in
the
days
of
Dauid
,
and
the
hil
Moriah
,
where
the
temple
was
builded
by
Salomon
,
and
so
by
consequent
also
,
of
the
whole
City
of
Ierusalem
,
sée
Psal.
125.1.2
.
]
Verse
2.
The
Lord
loueth
[
vz.
with
a
singular
and
wonderfull
loue
]
the
gates
of
Sion
[
i.
the
meanest
places
of
his
temple
or
tabernacle
:
some
thinke
that
he
putteth
Sion
for
Ierusalem
,
and
these
wordes
gates
,
for
the
inclosure
thereof
,
whatsoeuer
it
bée
,
this
we
are
to
note
,
that
this
loue
of
God
procéeded
from
his
frée
election
,
and
not
from
any
worthines
of
the
place
]
aboue
al
the
habitants
of
Iaakob
[
i.
aboue
al
the
places
wherin
Iaakob
and
his
posterity
dwelt
:
the
reason
,
because
in
Ierusalem
where
his
tabernacle
and
temple
was
,
he
gaue
most
manifest
declaration
of
his
power
,
presence
,
and
goodnes
:
Sée
Deut.
12.
ver.
5.
&c.
]
Ver.
3.
Glorious
thinges
[
i.
thinges
tending
to
thy
great
glory
and
prayse
]
are
spoken
of
thée
[
vz.
both
by
them
that
appertaine
vnto
thee
,
and
by
others
as
may
appeare
by
the
verses
following
]
O
city
of
God
[
i.
O
Ierusalem
:
which
is
called
Gods
Citie
of
God
,
because
the
Lorde
chose
it
,
as
a
peculiar
place
for
him
to
dwell
in
:
Sée
Psalm
.
48.
almost
throughout
,
and
Matth.
5.35
.
]
Verse
4.
I
will
make
mention
[
this
the
Prophet
speaketh
in
the
name
of
the
Church
as
it
were
,
noting
the
inlargement
and
increase
thereof
:
q.d.
by
occasion
of
them
that
shal
be
ioyned
vnto
me
,
I
will
speake
of
them
,
to
those
that
are
already
knit
to
me
]
of
Rahab
[
i.
of
Egipt
,
putting
some
part
of
the
land
,
for
the
whole
,
and
the
people
therein
conteined
:
Sée
Psalm
.
89.10
.
also
Isaiah
.
51.9
.
]
and
Babel
[
i.
the
people
inhabiting
Babel
the
City
of
Assyria
,
of
which
sée
Gene.
10.10
.
]
among
them
that
knowe
mee
[
i
amongest
them
that
allowe
of
mée
,
and
are
become
my
familiar
friendes
and
Citizens
as
it
were
]
behold
[
q.d.
looke
vpon
a
wonderfull
thing
]
Palestina
[
i.
the
people
inhabiting
that
Countrey
called
Philistines
,
sée
Psal.
83.7
.
]
Tyrus
[
i.
the
people
dwelling
in
that
citie
]
Ethiopia
[
i.
the
people
possessing
that
land
,
vz.
shall
bee
ioyned
vnto
mee
:
for
hee
meaneth
that
the
people
which
were
enemies
and
strangers
to
Gods
people
,
shal
be
ioyned
vnto
them
,
and
become
Citizens
of
the
same
City
]
there
[
vz.
in
the
bosome
of
the
church
as
it
were
]
is
he
[
i.
euery
one
of
the
faithful
people
conuerted
,
vnderstanding
by
one
,
al
of
the
like
sort
]
borne
[
vz.
by
a
newe
kind
of
birth
,
and
that
according
to
the
eternal
purpose
and
counsel
of
God
.
]
Ver.
5.
And
of
Sion
[
i.
of
the
Church
of
God
]
it
shal
be
said
[
vz.
to
her
great
prayse
and
commendation
]
many
are
borne
in
her
[
vz.
by
spirituall
regeneration
and
newe
birth
]
and
he
[
vz.
this
also
shal
be
sayde
of
her
that
hée
]
euen
the
most
highest
[
i.
the
almighty
God
]
shall
stablishe
her
[
i.
make
her
so
strong
and
stedfast
that
the
gates
of
hell
shall
not
preuaile
against
her
:
Sée
Matth.
16.18
.
]
Ver.
6.
The
Lord
shal
count
[
i.
accept
and
allow
of
those
that
be
his
]
when
he
writeth
the
people
[
i.
when
he
inroleth
&
inregistreth
them
as
it
were
,
al
this
is
spoken
of
God
according
to
mans
capacitie
:
as
that
also
which
is
so
often
mentioned
in
scripture
,
touching
the
booke
of
life
]
hee
[
i.
many
,
as
before
ver.
4.
of
this
Psalm
.
]
was
borne
there
[
vz.
in
the
bosome
of
the
Church
,
and
that
by
spiritual
regeneration
or
new
birth
:
altogether
is
as
much
:
q.d.
when
the
Lord
shal
take
an
account
of
people
,
he
shal
make
them
,
whom
he
will
greatly
honour
,
Citizens
of
Ierusalem
,
and
of
his
Church
.
]
Ver.
7.
As
well
the
singers
,
as
the
plaiers
on
instruments
shall
prayse
thée
[
q.d.
the
commendation
of
the
Church
shal
be
so
great
and
large
,
that
the
members
therof
,
both
with
musicall
instruments
and
with
voyce
,
shal
sound
forth
prayses
of
it
]
all
my
springs
[
i.
al
the
pleasure
and
delights
that
I
haue
]
are
in
thée
[
i.
are
set
vpon
the
Church
of
God
,
others
expound
it
otherwise
,
but
methinketh
the
sense
is
simple
and
playne
.
Immanuel
readeth
it
thus
:
wherefore
all
the
fountaines
of
my
life
,
sing
and
reioyce
also
concerning
thée
[
there
is
no
difference
in
the
sense
sauing
that
he
referreth
it
to
the
Prophet
alone
,
and
the
other
text
to
others
with
the
Prophet
.
]
Ver.
1.
Setteth
out
the
firmity
and
stedfastnes
of
the
Church
,
Do.
the
consideration
whereof
is
comfortable
to
Gods
children
,
and
fearefull
to
the
wicked
,
because
that
nothing
that
they
can
deuise
against
it
,
can
vndoe
it
.
Ver.
2.
Declareth
that
Gods
free
loue
towardes
his
Church
,
is
the
cause
of
the
stayednes
thereof
,
and
of
all
other
good
things
to
it
.
Ver.
3.
Teacheth
that
howsoeuer
vyle
and
contemptible
the
Church
séeme
in
the
eyes
of
the
world
,
yet
it
is
true
,
that
shée
,
and
the
thinges
appertaining
vnto
her
,
are
glorious
.
Verse
.
4.
Expresseth
both
the
increase
of
the
Church
,
and
also
the
calling
of
the
Gentiles
.
Verse
5.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
Lorde
who
is
greater
then
all
,
is
the
stay
and
strength
of
the
Church
.
Ver.
6.
Teacheth
vs
what
a
straunge
stay
,
Gods
election
is
to
the
Church
:
and
also
what
great
grace
,
he
doeth
bestowe
vpon
vs
,
when
in
the
same
by
the
ministry
of
his
worde
,
he
doeth
beget
vs
againe
vnto
himselfe
.
Verse
7.
Teacheth
the
faithful
,
what
great
delight
and
pleasure
they
ought
to
take
in
the
Church
,
and
in
the
graces
,
that
she
hath
in
her
.
Psalme
88.
THis
Psalme
(
as
I
take
it
)
may
be
diuided
into
two
parts
.
Di.
In
the
first
part
,
Heman
the
Ezrahite
,
beséecheth
the
Lord
to
hear
his
prayers
,
setting
out
the
great
miseries
wherein
hee
was
,
as
arguments
to
moue
the
Lorde
in
pity
and
compassion
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
9.
In
the
second
he
doth
as
it
were
expostulate
and
delate
the
matter
without
,
setting
out
some
time
his
owne
misery
,
sometimes
his
enemies
cruelty
:
and
sometymes
one
thing
,
and
sometimes
an
other
:
and
this
reacheth
from
verse
9.
to
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
,
a
song
and
Psalme
[
sée
Psal.
48.
]
of
Heman
,
who
was
a
very
wise
man
,
as
appeareth
1.
king
.
4.31
.
and
the
brother
of
Ethan
(
who
made
the
next
Psalme
following
)
as
appeareth
1.
Chrome
.
2.6
.
]
the
Hezrahite
[
this
I
take
to
bée
a
name
deriued
by
transposition
of
letters
,
from
Zerah
his
father
,
of
whome
sée
also
1.
Chron.
2.6
.
and
he
is
so
called
according
to
the
manner
of
the
Iewes
,
who
vse
to
name
the
race
or
stocke
,
by
the
name
of
the
first
father
thereof
]
to
giue
instruction
[
vz.
howe
to
behaue
themselues
euen
towardes
God
in
the
tyme
of
their
afflictions
:
sée
Psal.
42.
in
the
title
]
committed
to
the
sonnes
of
Korah
[
vz.
to
be
sung
by
them
:
sée
Psal.
42.
in
the
title
]
for
him
that
excelleth
[
q.d.
yea
euen
to
the
chiefest
musition
amongest
them
because
of
the
excellency
of
the
Psalm
,
and
the
matter
contained
therein
:
sée
Psalm
.
4.
in
the
title
]
vppon
Malath
Leannoth
[
some
take
it
to
bee
the
beginning
of
a
song
,
by
the
tune
whereof
he
would
haue
this
Psalme
to
be
sung
:
some
take
it
for
the
name
of
an
instrument
,
vppon
which
hee
woulde
haue
the
tune
of
this
Psal.
played
,
when
it
was
sung
.
The
Iewes
themselues
who
either
were
or
shoulde
bee
best
acquainted
with
these
matters
,
do
fréely
and
plainely
confesse
,
that
they
knew
not
what
these
thinges
meane
,
and
therefore
wée
néede
not
stand
much
about
them
.
]
Ver.
1.
O
Lord
God
of
my
saluation
[
i.
thou
that
heretofore
hast
deliuered
mee
,
and
from
whome
I
presently
hope
of
deliuery
,
out
of
all
the
distresses
wherin
I
am
]
I
cry
[
i.
I
pray
earnestly
]
day
and
night
[
i.
continually
also
,
and
without
ceasing
as
it
were
]
before
thée
[
i.
not
only
in
thy
presence
,
before
whom
all
thinges
are
naked
,
but
also
vnto
thee
alone
.
]
Ver.
2.
Let
my
prayer
enter
into
thy
presence
[
i.
let
it
find
grace
,
fauor
,
and
acceptation
in
thy
sight
,
for
otherwise
the
Prophet
doubted
not
but
that
God
did
sée
it
and
heare
it
]
incline
thine
eare
[
i.
shew
thy selfe
ready
not
onely
to
hearken
vnto
,
but
also
to
graunt
and
yéelde
vnto
]
vnto
my
cry
[
i.
to
my
earnest
supplication
and
prayer
.
]
Ver.
3.
For
my
soule
[
i.
my
whole
man
,
and
my
very
life
,
putting
a
part
for
the
whole
]
is
filled
with
euils
[
i.
hath
nothing
in
it
,
but
heapes
of
miseries
:
Sée
Iob.
14
1.
but
here
he
speaketh
of
some
extraordinary
griefe
as
it
were
,
and
my
life
draweth
néere
to
the
graue
[
q.d.
my
afflictions
and
griefes
are
so
great
that
I
am
become
thereby
as
it
were
at
deaths
doore
,
and
as
one
that
is
ready
to
be
buried
.
]
Ver.
4.
I
am
accounted
vz.
not
onely
by
them
that
hate
,
but
euen
by
my
frends
yea
in
mine
owne
iudgment
]
among
them
that
go
downe
into
the
pit
[
i.
I
am
like
vnto
them
that
be
dead
and
buried
,
of
whom
there
is
(
as
a
man
would
say
)
no
more
hope
of
life
]
and
as
a
man
without
strength
[
q.d.
certainly
,
and
in
déed
my
griefes
haue
so
preuailed
vpon
me
,
that
I
haue
no
strength
at
all
in
bones
,
flesh
,
sinowes
,
or
any
part
of
me
,
but
am
vtterly
consumed
.
]
Ver.
5.
Frée
among
the
dead
[
Immanuel
readeth
this
part
of
the
ver.
better
and
more
plainely
,
by
repeating
the
worde
,
I
am
accounted
,
thus
]
I
am
counted
among
the
dead
[
i.
men
haue
no
other
account
or
regard
of
me
,
then
of
a
dead
man
:
and
then
he
addeth
]
shut
out
[
vz.
from
others
:
wherein
he
alludeth
to
the
ceremony
of
the
old
lawe
,
by
which
they
that
were
infected
with
the
leprosie
,
were
shut
out
of
the
campe
.
Leuit.
14.3
.
and
afterwardes
when
the
people
came
to
a
setled
state
,
they
were
sent
out
of
the
cities
into
houses
prepared
for
them
.
2.
king
.
15
,
5.
2
Chro.
26.21
.
Like
the
slaine
lying
in
the
graue
[
q.d.
I
am
as
a
dead
man
,
for
hee
vseth
but
many
wordes
here
to
signifie
one
thing
]
whome
thou
remembrest
no
more
[
he
meaneth
not
that
God
,
hath
no
regard
at
al
of
them
that
are
dead
,
but
that
he
séemeth
so
as
it
were
vnto
men
:
&
this
hee
speaketh
as
a
man
grieuously
afflicted
,
&
as
one
caryed
away
with
the
vehemency
of
his
grief
]
and
they
are
cut
off
[
i.
they
séeme
to
be
cut
off
and
remoued
]
from
thy
hand
[
i.
from
thy
care
and
custody
.
Restore
this
whole
ver.
out
of
Immanuel
thus
:
I
am
counted
among
the
dead
I
am
shut
out
,
as
the
slaine
,
lying
in
the
graue
,
whom
thou
remembrest
no
more
:
who
are
cut
off
by
thy
hand
,
i.
by
thy
power
&
iudgment
:
&
so
the
sense
shal
be
more
plain
.
]
Ver.
6.
Thou
hast
layed
me
in
the
lowest
pit
[
i.
in
most
great
dangers
and
extreme
perils
,
sée
Psal.
86.13
.
]
in
darknes
and
in
the
déepe
[
by
all
these
woordes
hee
signifieth
but
one
thing
,
vz.
greatnes
of
griefe
,
and
extreme
anguish
,
sée
Psalm
.
130.1
.
for
déepe
,
and
that
darkenes
is
so
vsed
many
places
of
scripture
shew
:
and
here
the
proportion
woulde
bee
considered
:
for
darke
places
are
ful
of
horror
&
feare
,
&
horror
and
feare
do
by
consequent
ingender
sorrow
and
grief
:
déep
waters
or
places
are
very
dangerous
for
men
in
them
,
that
they
be
not
ouerwhelmed
or
drowned
therin
.
]
Ver.
7.
Thine
indignation
[
i.
sure
testimonies
&
signes
of
thy
heauy
wrath
]
lieth
vz.
sore
vpon
me
]
thou
hast
vexed
me
[
i.
grieued
me
,
&
that
inwardly
&
outwardly
]
with
al
thy
waues
[
i.
with
al
thy
wrath
&
iudgments
which
thou
hast
laid
vpon
me
,
&
ouerwhelmed
me
with
,
as
the
waues
of
a
great
flood
or
sea
,
ouerwhelme
somewhat
.
]
Ver.
8.
Thou
hast
put
away
my
acquaintance
farre
from
me
[
i.
thou
hast
made
mee
destitute
of
al
mans
aide
,
&
succor
,
for
euen
they
that
should
haue
pitied
my
case
,
haue
through
thy
appointment
,
their
harts
hardened
against
me
,
sée
Psalm
.
38.11
.
]
and
made
me
to
be
abhorred
of
them
[
i.
lothed
,
&
as
it
were
hated
of
them
,
Iob
complaineth
also
of
this
,
Chap.
19.
almost
throughout
]
I
am
shut
vp
[
vz.
in
dangers
&
troubles
euen
as
a
birde
in
a
cage
,
so
that
I
can
not
get
out
]
and
can
not
get
forth
[
i.
I
sée
no
way
,
as
it
were
,
how
to
be
deliuered
from
them
,
or
how
to
escape
.
]
Ver.
9.
Mine
eye
is
sorowful
through
my
affliction
[
i.
my
afflictions
are
so
grieuous
,
that
the
very
signes
therof
appeare
in
mine
eies
&
countenance
:
yea
his
very
sight
decayed
thereby
.
Psal.
38.10
.
]
Lord
I
cal
dayly
vpon
thée
[
q.d.
yet
I
do
not
for
al
this
,
discourage
my selfe
,
but
call
vpon
thee
]
dayly
[
i.
not
only
one
day
after
an
other
,
but
all
the
day
long
as
it
were
,
noting
his
importunity
.
]
I
stretch
out
mine
handes
vnto
thée
[
vz.
as
one
that
woulde
bee
glad
to
receiue
some
fauour
&
succor
from
thée
,
he
putteth
in
these
wordes
,
the
signe
of
prayer
,
or
a
gesture
vsed
in
prayer
,
for
prayer
it selfe
.
]
Verse
.
10.
Wilt
thou
shewe
a
miracle
to
the
dead
[
i.
to
mée
who
am
as
it
were
dead
?
q.d.
it
shall
bee
very
straunge
if
thou
restore
mee
,
and
all
this
hée
speaketh
setting
out
one
while
the
greatnes
of
his
misery
:
an
other
while
the
weakenes
of
his
fayth
:
and
an
other
while
prouoking
GOD
thereby
to
hasten
his
ayde
,
otherwise
that
he
should
not
come
in
time
]
or
shal
the
dead
[
i.
&
others
that
séeme
to
be
dead
by
reason
of
our
afflictions
]
rise
[
vz.
out
of
the
great
dangers
&
distresses
,
wherin
they
are
]
and
praise
thee
[
vz.
for
thy
deliuerance
and
mercy
:
q.d.
there
is
little
or
no
hope
that
we
shal
so
do
,
for
I
do
not
vnderstande
this
of
the
resurrection
of
the
dead
,
no
more
then
I
do
that
,
Ezech.
37.
which
I
think
wel
waied
,
would
serue
also
for
the
clearing
of
the
sense
of
this
place
.
]
Verse
11.
Shall
thy
louing
kindnes
[
vz.
which
thou
art
wont
to
shewe
to
them
]
Bee
declared
in
the
graue
[
i.
either
in
great
distresse
or
extremity
,
or
else
putting
it
for
the
persons
,
vz.
for
them
that
bée
at
the
last
push
,
meaning
it
of
himselfe
or
others
:
q.d.
when
I
looke
vppon
the
hugenes
of
my
afflictions
and
griefes
,
there
is
litle
or
no
hope
thereof
]
or
thy
faithfulnes
[
vz.
which
thou
vsest
in
kéeping
&
performing
thy
promises
,
so
that
wee
may
sée
,
the
faith
of
Gods
children
,
is
many
times
wonderfully
shaken
]
in
destruction
[
i.
in
them
that
are
appointed
to
destruction
,
&
are
as
it
were
at
deaths
dore
.
]
Ver.
12.
Shal
thy
wonderous
works
be
known
[
i.
made
manifest
]
in
the
darke
[
vz.
places
,
putting
it
for
afflictions
,
as
before
ver.
6.
of
this
Psal.
]
and
thy
righteousnes
[
vz.
which
thou
shewest
towards
thine
,
when
thou
giuest
them
that
which
thou
hast
promised
them
]
in
the
land
of
obliuion
[
or
forgetfulnes
,
i.
in
the
graue
,
which
he
calleth
the
land
of
forgetfulnes
,
because
that
they
which
are
dead
are
soone
forgotten
:
and
all
this
hee
speaketh
by
the
way
of
a
continual
metaphor
,
as
it
were
to
expresse
the
greatnes
of
his
misery
&
afflictions
,
&
not
otherwise
as
I
take
it
.
]
Ver.
13
But
vnto
thée
[
q.d.
notwithstanding
all
my
afflictions
,
&
the
great
combats
that
I
haue
indured
betwéene
faith
and
dispaire
]
vnto
thée
[
vz.
alone
,
&
none
other
besides
thée
]
haue
I
cryed
O
Lorde
[
i.
powred
forth
mine
earnest
&
hearty
supplications
]
and
earely
[
q.d.
yea
and
though
thou
shalt
not
heare
me
at
the
first
,
yet
I
wil
not
leaue
of
prayer
]
and
earely
[
vz.
in
the
morning
,
sée
Psal.
5.3
.
]
shall
my
prayer
come
before
thée
[
i.
I
wil
pray
vnto
thée
:
not
meaning
as
though
either
God
or
he
were
tyed
to
that
time
,
but
because
hée
woulde
vse
that
time
wherein
he
found
himselfe
best
affected
to
prayer
.
]
Ver.
14.
Lorde
,
why
doest
thou
reiect
my
soule
[
i.
why
doest
thou
séeme
to
despise
and
neglect
me
:
vnderstanding
by
soule
,
which
is
a
part
of
man
,
the
whole
man
]
and
hydest
thy
face
from
me
[
q.d.
what
is
the
cause
,
that
thou
turnest
thy
countenaunce
from
mee
,
as
though
thou
wert
angry
with
mee
,
and
diddest
despise
both
mee
and
my
prayers
:
all
this
is
spoken
of
God
according
to
mans
capacity
,
and
after
the
iudgement
of
flesh
.
]
Verse
.
15.
I
am
afflicted
[
vz.
greatly
,
and
on
euery
side
:
the
Prophet
fetcheth
an
argument
from
his
misery
,
to
moue
the
Lorde
with
spéede
to
pity
and
helpe
him
]
and
at
the
poynt
of
death
[
i.
ready
euen
to
dye
,
and
as
it
were
at
the
last
gaspe
,
vnlesse
thou
ayd
and
strengthen
me
]
from
my
youth
[
i.
continually
,
the
Prophet
noteth
his
daily
griefe
&
continual
exercises
]
I
suffer
thy
terrors
[
i.
such
punishments
and
troubles
as
thou
laiest
vpon
me
,
which
do
wonderfully
pierce
me
with
terror
&
feare
]
doubting
of
my
life
[
i.
doubting
what
shal
become
of
my
life
,
vz.
whether
I
shal
dye
presently
,
I
know
not
,
or
whether
these
vexations
shal
continue
longer
vpon
me
,
I
know
not
,
euen
al
the
days
of
my
life
.
]
Ver.
16.
Thine
indignation
[
i.
thy
manifold
wrath
and
very
many
signes
and
tokens
of
the
same
,
for
hée
speaketh
in
the
plural
number
]
go
ouer
me
[
i.
oppresse
mee
and
ouerwhelme
me
,
as
waters
do
the
drowned
body
]
and
thy
feare
[
i.
the
feares
that
haue
béene
wrought
in
mee
,
by
the
troubles
and
afflictions
,
which
thou
hast
layd
vpon
mee
]
haue
cut
me
of
[
vz.
from
liuing
in
this
worlde
,
or
from
being
amongst
men
,
he
meaneth
that
they
had
euen
vtterly
as
it
were
destroyed
him
.
]
Ver.
17.
They
[
i.
the
assured
testimonies
and
tokens
of
thy
wrath
]
came
round
about
me
[
i.
compassed
me
in
on
euery
side
,
so
that
there
was
no
way
to
escape
or
get
out
,
yea
,
they
take
hold
of
me
,
both
inwardly
&
outwardly
]
dayly
[
i.
continually
,
and
without
ceasing
as
it
were
]
like
water
[
i.
in
great
abundance
,
and
with
great
force
,
as
surges
or
waues
that
would
swallowe
mee
vp
,
sée
ver.
7.
of
this
Psalm
]
and
compassed
mee
together
[
i.
euen
at
one
time
,
as
it
were
,
and
with
al
their
violence
,
they
set
vpon
me
.
]
Ver.
18.
This
is
the
same
both
in
sense
and
almost
in
worlds
with
ver.
8.
of
this
Psalme
,
hee
meaneth
that
none
of
those
which
were
linked
to
him
either
by
nature
or
kinred
,
would
come
out
for
to
helpe
him
.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
to
be
earnest
and
continual
in
prayer
vnto
our
God
.
Do.
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
vs
to
pray
to
the
Lord
to
make
vs
féele
vs
the
effects
and
force
of
our
praiers
.
Ver.
3.
Teacheth
two
things
:
first
that
very
great
heapes
of
afflictions
are
the
ordinary
portion
of
Gods
children
in
this
life
:
secondly
that
the
more
miseries
we
haue
,
the
more
spéed
we
should
make
to
God
by
prayer
for
the
redresse
of
them
.
Ver.
4.
Sheweth
in
what
regarde
,
the
wicked
of
the
world
haue
Gods
children
,
in
the
time
of
their
affliction
.
Ver.
5.6.7
.
Teach
that
Gods
hand
lyeth
very
sore
many
times
vpon
his
dearest
children
,
and
yet
for
all
that
,
hee
loueth
them
neuer
a
whit
the
worse
.
]
Ver.
8.
Teacheth
vs
that
euen
the
losse
of
our
friends
falleth
out
according
to
Gods
appointment
,
which
rightly
considered
,
should
minister
no
smal
comfort
to
Gods
children
.
Ver.
9.
Teacheth
vs
that
as
our
miseries
increase
or
continue
,
so
our
prayers
to
God
should
increase
or
continue
.
Ver.
10.11.12
.
Shew
how
sharply
the
faith
of
gods
children
is
in
their
afflictions
assaulted
,
so
that
many
times
there
séemeth
to
be
little
difference
betwéene
hope
and
dispaire
.
Ver.
13.
Teacheth
that
howsoeuer
the
godlines
fayth
be
expressed
for
a
time
,
yet
it
is
not
vtterly
ouercome
,
but
bursteth
foorth
into
victory
at
the
length
,
and
to
earnest
praier
.
Ver.
14.
Sheweth
that
nothing
gréeueth
Gods
children
so
much
,
as
to
féele
a
separation
betwéene
God
and
them selues
.
Ver.
15.
Teacheth
that
the
afflictions
of
Gods
children
are
continuall
euen
from
youth
to
old
age
,
and
from
the
day
of
our
life
vnto
the
houre
of
our
death
.
Ver.
16.17
.
Declare
that
Gods
children
are
not
slenderly
tryed
with
some
meane
crosse
,
but
that
stil
the
latter
end
of
one
trouble
with
them
is
the
beginning
of
an
other
,
and
as
one
flood
or
waue
commeth
thicke
and
thréefold
in
an
others
necke
,
so
do
afflictions
assault
them
.
Ver.
18.
Deliuereth
the
same
doctrine
that
ver.
8.
doeth
:
also
it
teacheth
vs
that
we
should
not
be
much
dismaid
,
when
wee
sée
our
friendes
and
acquaintaunce
forsake
vs
in
our
miseries
,
for
as
much
as
Dauid
and
many
other
of
Gods
Saints
haue
felt
the
same
.
Psalme
89
Di.
THis
being
a
very
long
Psalme
,
and
handling
sundry
matters
,
may
yet
notwithstanding
,
be
diuided
into
three
partes
.
In
the
first
part
Ethan
the
Ezraite
setteth
out
and
prayseth
Gods
goodnes
,
which
he
manifesteth
by
many
thinges
,
but
especially
by
the
description
of
his
workes
and
power
,
and
of
his
mercy
and
loue
towardes
his
owne
people
,
and
this
reacheth
from
ver.
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
7.
In
the
seconde
part
hee
maketh
expresse
mention
of
Gods
couenaunt
made
in
Dauid
,
and
his
séed
(
a
singular
testimony
no
doubt
of
his
vnspeakeable
mercy
)
shewing
that
hee
will
establish
it
for
euer
,
and
yet
notwithstanding
conuert
them
if
they
goe
astray
,
from
verse
18.
to
the
ende
of
the
37.
In
the
thirde
parte
,
hee
séemeth
to
bewayle
the
want
of
performance
of
that
mercy
promised
,
praying
the
Lorde
,
to
looke
,
and
that
in
time
,
vppon
the
great
desolations
of
the
Lande
,
concluding
in
hope
of
deliuerye
with
a
thankesgiuing
vnto
the
Lorde
,
and
this
reacheth
from
verse
38.
to
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
For
the
title
of
this
Psalme
sée
the
title
of
Psalme
88.
]
Ver.
1.
I
will
sing
[
i.
I
will
by
song
set
foorth
]
the
mercies
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
his
manifold
and
sundry
mercies
:
q.d.
wee
haue
tasted
of
more
then
of
one
of
his
mercies
,
yea
wée
haue
felt
all
his
mercyes
,
and
therefore
I
will
prayse
the
same
]
for
euer
[
i.
all
the
dayes
of
my
life
,
Sée
Psalme
146.1
.
]
with
my
mouth
will
I
declare
[
i.
I
will
openly
speake
of
in
my
wordes
and
with
my
voyce
:
for
hee
putteth
the
worde
,
mouth
,
which
is
an
instrument
to
frame
the
voyce
by
,
for
the
voyce
and
woordes
themselues
]
thy
trueth
[
i.
the
faithfulnesse
and
constancy
that
thou
hast
in
all
thinges
,
and
namely
in
keeping
thy
promises
]
from
generation
to
generation
[
i.
to
al
posterities
:
meaning
that
by
leauing
it
in
writing
behind
him
,
hee
woulde
bée
an
instrument
as
it
were
to
conuay
it
from
hand
to
hand
to
all
posterity
.
]
Verse
2.
For
I
sayde
[
i.
I
beleeued
it
in
my
heart
,
and
spake
it
with
my
tongue
,
as
Psalme
116.10
.
by
which
he
sheweth
the
assurance
of
faith
that
he
had
in
his
heart
,
out
of
the
abundaunce
whereof
the
mouth
did
speake
.
Matth.
12.34
.
]
mercy
[
vz.
of
God
]
shal
bee
set
vppe
[
i.
shal
bee
exalted
,
builded
and
continue
,
as
a
very
faire
,
strong
,
and
artificiall
house
]
thy
trueth
[
i.
the
stedfastnesse
and
stay
of
thy
promises
]
shalt
thou
[
vz.
O
God
]
establish
[
i.
ratifie
and
confirme
]
in
the
very
heauens
[
i.
euen
the
place
appointed
for
the
elect
,
sée
for
this
sense
,
Luke
10.20
.
Others
expound
the
whole
verse
thus
:
the
promise
of
God
shal
be
as
certaine
,
as
the
state
of
heauen
:
vnderstanding
thereby
not
the
visible
firmament
,
but
the
place
of
eternal
ioy
,
which
is
exempt
from
all
chaunge
.
]
Ver.
3.
I
haue
made
a
couenant
[
a
sodaine
change
of
the
person
from
his
owne
to
Gods
,
for
this
and
the
next
verse
are
spoken
in
the
person
of
God
]
with
my
chosen
[
i.
with
Dauid
,
whom
I
haue
chosen
,
&
preferred
before
al
others
euen
his
owne
brethren
,
to
be
king
ouer
the
people
of
Israel
]
I
haue
sworne
[
not
as
though
there
were
any
distrust
to
bee
had
in
Gods
worde
,
but
for
the
more
strengthening
of
the
couenant
in
Dauids
heart
,
sée
ver.
49.
of
this
Psalme
,
also
Psalm
.
132.11
.
]
and
this
is
to
be
vnderstood
,
that
God
by
an
oth
had
promised
the
performance
of
those
things
that
follow
,
vz.
that
his
séede
should
continue
]
to
Dauid
my
seruant
[
i.
to
him
whom
I
haue
appointed
and
chosen
to
bee
my
seruant
,
and
to
serue
me
&
my
people
,
in
the
gouernment
of
the
kingdom
.
Ver.
4.
Thy
séed
[
i.
those
that
shall
come
of
thée
,
as
thy
posterity
and
successors
]
wil
I
stablish
[
vz.
in
the
kingdome
]
for
euer
[
i.
for
a
long
time
,
if
you
referre
it
to
the
outward
gouernement
:
but
if
you
referre
it
to
Christ
,
it
signifieth
perpetuity
and
euerlastingnes
of
time
]
and
set
vppe
[
vz.
to
continue
and
abyde
]
thy
throne
[
i.
thy
kingdome
,
putting
a
part
of
the
kingdom
for
the
whole
]
from
generation
to
generation
[
sée
ver.
1.
of
this
Psalme
,
there
are
two
partes
of
this
promise
:
the
one
is
heires
and
successours
:
the
other
,
is
the
kingdome
:
Sée
Genesis
15.3.4.5
.
where
the
like
order
is
obserued
in
promising
two
things
.
]
Ver.
5.
O
Lorde
euen
the
heauens
[
i.
either
the
firmament
it selfe
&
the
thinges
therein
contained
,
as
the
Sunne
,
Moone
,
starres
&c.
or
else
the
Angels
,
or
rather
in
déede
both
together
,
Sée
Psalm
.
148.1.2.3
.
&c.
]
shall
praise
thy
wonderous
woorkes
[
i.
they
shall
magnifie
that
great
power
of
thine
,
by
which
thou
doest
,
as
it
were
miraculously
vpholde
thy
Church
]
yea
[
vz.
they
shall
prayse
and
set
out
]
thy
trueth
[
i.
thy
faythfulnes
,
in
kéeping
and
perfourming
promises
made
]
in
the
congregation
of
the
Saintes
[
i.
in
the
society
,
fellowship
,
and
assembly
of
the
children
of
God
in
the
Church
,
meaning
that
the
Angels
and
heauenly
spirites
,
should
bee
Gods
instruments
,
to
publish
the
same
vnto
men
,
and
to
shewe
them
also
matter
of
praysing
God
.
]
Ver.
6.
For
who
is
equal
[
vz.
in
name
,
maiesty
,
power
&c.
]
to
the
Lorde
[
vz.
the
onely
God
]
in
the
heauens
[
i.
amongest
all
that
glorious
company
of
Angels
and
blessed
spirites
,
which
are
in
the
heauens
,
putting
the
thing
conteining
,
for
the
thinges
conteined
,
q.d.
not
one
of
them
,
no
not
all
of
them
together
,
are
in
any
respect
equall
to
him
]
and
who
is
like
to
the
Lorde
[
vz.
in
power
,
maiesty
,
might
&c
]
among
the
sonnes
of
the
Gods
[
some
vnderstande
this
Angels
:
who
in
déed
may
be
so
named
,
because
they
haue
not
their
beginning
from
the
earth
,
neither
clothed
with
a
corruptible
body
,
but
are
heauenly
spirits
,
beautified
with
diuine
glorye
:
for
mine
owne
part
I
woulde
rather
turne
it
thus
:
amongest
the
sonnes
of
the
mighty
,
i.
amongest
the
most
mightiest
of
the
earth
,
of
what
state
or
condition
soeuer
they
bee
:
and
so
haue
you
the
worde
vsed
before
Psalm
29.1
.
also
Ezech.
17
,
13.
and
chapter
.
32.21
.
and
then
it
may
bee
the
same
in
sense
with
that
which
is
Psalme
73.25
.
]
Verse
7.
GOD
is
very
terrible
[
i.
hée
sheweth
manifest
tokens
of
his
maiestye
and
might
,
which
strike
terrour
into
all
]
in
the
assemblye
of
the
Sayntes
[
it
skilleth
not
much
whether
wee
take
it
for
the
company
of
Angels
,
or
for
that
which
verse
5.
of
this
Psalme
is
called
the
congregation
of
the
Sayntes
:
but
I
woulde
take
it
rather
in
the
latter
sense
,
because
of
that
which
followeth
in
this
verse
:
the
Prophet
meaning
in
my
mynde
,
that
GOD
is
terrible
both
to
men
and
angels
]
and
to
be
reuerenced
aboue
all
[
i.
more
to
be
feared
then
all
Angels
or
whatsoeuer
else
]
that
are
about
him
[
i.
Angels
,
or
heauenly
creatures
whatsoeuer
who
are
sayd
after
the
manner
of
men
,
to
bée
about
as
those
that
are
alwaies
ready
to
execute
his
commaundement
:
Neither
doeth
the
holy
ghost
meane
,
in
saying
,
that
God
is
to
be
reuerenced
aboue
all
,
that
therefore
the
Angels
and
dead
Saints
may
haue
a
seruice
and
reuerence
dedicated
vnto
them
,
for
if
they
will
referre
it
to
them
,
why
then
should
not
the
Sunne
and
Moone
(
which
the
gentiles
also
worshipped
,
as
well
as
the
Papists
do
Angels
,
and
dead
Saintes
)
be
worshipped
,
séeing
that
they
are
about
God
,
and
attend
vppon
him
to
execute
his
will
.
]
Verse
8.
O
Lorde
God
of
hostes
[
i.
thou
God
who
hast
all
thy
creatures
,
euen
as
it
were
so
many
armies
,
to
execute
thy
will
and
commaundement
]
who
is
like
vnto
thée
[
q.d.
surely
none
]
for
the
Hebrews
vse
by
such
interrogations
,
strongly
to
deny
]
which
art
a
mighty
Lorde
[
vz.
a
most
mighty
Lorde
,
and
an
eternall
being
,
for
hee
vseth
the
name
of
God
Iah
in
this
place
]
and
thy
trueth
[
i.
thy
faithfulnes
and
constancy
in
all
thinges
,
and
namely
in
perfourmaunce
of
thy
promises
]
is
about
thée
[
i.
compasseth
thee
in
on
euery
side
:
q.d.
thou
art
full
of
all
faithfulnes
and
trueth
.
]
Verse
9.
Thou
rulest
[
i.
thou
stillest
&
makest
calme
as
appeareth
by
that
which
followeth
in
this
ver.
]
the
raging
of
the
Sea
[
i.
the
mighty
waues
thereof
,
which
rage
,
and
roare
,
and
make
a
feareful
noyse
]
when
the
waues
thereof
arise
[
vz.
by
some
great
wind
or
tempest
]
thou
stillest
them
[
i.
thou
makest
them
calme
and
still
.
]
Verse
10.
Thou
hast
beaten
downe
[
vz.
to
the
ground
,
and
that
by
thy
might
and
power
.
]
Rahab
[
i.
Egipt
,
as
before
Psalm
.
87.4
.
and
here
he
toucheth
the
deliuerance
of
the
people
out
of
Egipt
,
of
which
sée
Exod.
14.15
.
&c.
]
as
a
man
slayne
[
vz.
with
the
sword
,
hee
meaneth
that
God
by
the
waues
of
the
Sea
,
destroyed
the
Egiptians
,
as
one
man
doeth
an
other
by
the
edge
of
the
swoorde
]
thou
hast
scattered
thine
enemies
[
i.
thou
hast
discomfited
them
,
as
men
put
to
flight
in
a
battaile
,
runne
some
hither
,
and
some
thither
,
and
so
being
out
of
aray
,
lye
open
to
be
wounded
and
slayne
of
their
enemies
]
with
thy
mighty
arme
[
i.
with
thy
great
force
,
power
,
and
strength
:
so
wée
haue
had
armie
vsed
sundry
tymes
before
.
]
Verse
11.
The
heauens
[
i.
the
thinges
themselues
,
and
all
other
things
whatsoeuer
therein
conteined
]
are
thine
[
i.
at
thy
commaundement
,
to
be
vsed
,
when
,
where
and
howsoeuer
it
shall
please
thée
]
the
earth
also
[
vz.
with
al
things
therein
conteined
]
is
thine
[
i.
is
at
thy
commaundement
as
before
,
he
meaneth
that
all
thinges
both
in
heauen
and
earth
,
are
at
his
commaundement
,
which
séemeth
wonderfully
to
expresse
the
great
maiesty
and
power
of
God
]
thou
hast
layde
[
vz.
by
thy
almighty
power
]
the
foundations
of
the
worlde
[
vz.
in
such
sort
,
that
it
shall
not
bee
mooued
]
and
all
that
therein
is
[
vz.
thou
hast
created
and
established
.
]
Verse
12
,
Thou
hast
created
the
North
and
the
South
[
i.
the
whole
worlde
,
putting
these
two
partes
of
it
for
the
whole
]
Tabor
[
it
is
the
name
of
a
mountain
towards
the
West
,
of
this
mention
is
made
Iosh.
19.22
.
]
and
Hermon
[
this
is
the
name
of
a
mountaine
towardes
the
East
,
of
which
mention
is
made
Deut.
3.8.9
.
and
they
are
two
high
mountaines
in
Iudea
,
by
which
no
doubt
he
meaneth
the
whole
land
of
Canaan
]
shal
reioyce
in
thy
name
[
i.
shall
prayse
thy
great
power
and
maiestie
.
]
Vere
13.
Thou
hast
a
mightye
arme
[
i.
thou
art
of
great
power
,
might
and
force
]
strong
is
thy
hande
[
vz.
thy
left
hande
]
vnderstanding
thereby
the
smallest
manifestation
of
Gods
power
,
meaning
that
euen
there
is
such
strength
,
as
none
is
able
to
resist
]
and
high
[
vz.
in
greatnesse
and
might
]
is
thy
right
hand
[
i.
thy
mighty
power
and
the
full
manifestation
thereof
.
]
Verse
14.
Righteousnesse
and
equitie
[
q.d.
although
thou
art
mightie
in
all
manner
of
power
yet
thou
gouernest
not
by
power
or
strength
only
,
but
in
all
vprightnesse
,
iustly
rendring
vnto
thine
enemies
that
they
haue
deserued
,
and
faythfully
perfourming
to
thy
seruaunts
that
whiche
thou
haste
graciously
promised
]
are
the
stablishment
of
thy
throne
[
i.
are
such
as
vphold
and
magnifye
thy
kingdome
:
vsing
throne
as
verse
4.
of
this
Psalme
.
I
suppose
he
speaketh
of
God
according
to
mens
manners
,
who
haue
certayne
supporters
as
it
were
of
their
armes
,
or
of
their
kinglye
Charrets
,
sée
1.
Kings
10
,
18
,
19
,
20
,
]
mercy
and
truth
[
i.
grace
and
faythfull
performaunce
of
thy
promises
,
which
procéedeth
from
grace
,
]
goe
before
thy
face
[
i.
are
continually
with
thée
and
in
thy
presence
.
]
Ver.
15.
Blessed
is
the
people
[
q.d.
O
indéede
,
howsoeuer
they
are
condemned
of
the
worlde
,
yet
they
are
in
best
case
]
that
can
reioyce
in
thée
[
i.
that
finde
such
tast
in
thy
blessinges
and
benefites
bestowed
vpon
them
,
that
they
are
thereby
prouoked
to
prayse
and
thanke
thée
]
they
shal
walke
[
vz.
the
dayes
of
their
pilgrimage
here
,
and
that
with
peace
and
quietnesse
of
conscience
]
in
the
light
of
thy
countenaunce
[
i.
in
thy
fauour
and
goodnesse
,
hanging
continuallye
vppon
thy
prouidence
.
]
Verse
16.
They
[
i.
such
people
]
shall
reioyce
[
i.
both
in
word
and
déede
shewe
themselues
thankefull
]
continually
[
this
worde
importeth
firme
and
stedfast
perseueraunce
in
thanksgiuing
]
in
thy
name
[
i.
for
thy
great
maiestye
,
goodnesse
,
might
and
power
,
as
Psalme
20.10
.
]
and
in
thy
righteousnesse
[
vz.
practised
and
performed
,
partly
towards
them
,
and
partly
toward
their
enemies
]
shall
they
exalt
themselues
[
i.
lift
vp
themselues
,
and
that
with
praise
vnto
thée
,
not
as
any
thing
reioycing
in
themselues
,
but
as
giuing
al
the
honor
vnto
thée
to
whome
alone
it
belongeth
.
]
Verse
17.
For
thou
art
the
glory
[
i.
thou
art
hee
alone
that
adornest
with
glory
,
and
beautifyest
]
their
strength
[
q
d.
if
thou
with
draw
thy
hand
,
in
stéede
of
glory
they
shal
haue
weakenesse
and
confusion
]
and
by
thy
fauour
[
i.
of
thy
frée
goodnesse
and
not
by
our
desertes
]
our
horns
[
i.
our
estate
,
kingdome
,
authoritie
,
gouernmente
,
force
,
power
,
might
,
&c.
as
1.
Sam.
2.1
.
sée
verse
24.
of
this
Psalme
]
shall
be
exalted
[
vz.
aboue
our
enemies
,
and
we
shall
preuayle
agaynst
them
.
]
Verse
18.
For
our
shielde
[
i.
our
defence
and
safegard
from
euill
,
as
it
were
by
a
shield
to
kéepe
back
our
enemies
dartes
:
some
referre
it
,
and
that
not
improperly
,
to
the
King
who
was
appointed
to
defend
and
gouerne
them
,
But
I
rather
allow
of
the
former
exposition
]
appertayneth
to
the
Lord
[
vz.
only
:
q.d.
the
helpe
and
defence
that
we
haue
,
is
from
him
alone
]
and
our
King
[
vz.
Dauid
,
whom
the
Lord
hath
appointed
to
be
our
King
,
and
by
whose
hand
and
power
as
by
a
meane
,
wee
must
be
defended
]
to
the
holy
one
of
Israell
[
vz.
belongeth
:
q.d.
he
and
all
the
kingly
authoritie
hee
hath
is
from
the
Lorde
,
or
else
it
would
not
auayle
him
or
profite
vs
.
]
Ver.
19.
Then
[
vz.
O
God
:
for
here
he
speaketh
eyther
of
God
,
or
to
God
]
speakest
thou
[
vz.
when
Dauid
was
appoynted
King
]
in
a
vision
[
this
was
then
one
of
the
ordinary
meanes
,
whereby
God
in
old
time
appeared
and
manifested
his
will
to
the
fathers
:
see
numb
.
12.6
.
]
vnto
thine
holy
one
[
i.
Samuel
the
Prophet
,
sée
1.
Samuel
16.
and
Samuel
is
here
called
Gods
holy
one
,
not
onely
because
hée
was
sanctifyed
by
the
spirite
,
as
others
his
children
are
:
but
also
because
hée
was
appointed
to
an
holy
office
,
vz.
of
Priest
and
Prophet
,
sée
1.
Samuel
3.20
]
and
saydest
[
vz.
then
&
at
that
time
]
I
haue
layde
helpe
vpon
one
that
is
mighty
[
i.
I
haue
appointed
Dauid
(
to
whom
also
I
haue
giuen
force
and
strength
)
to
be
an
helpe
and
ayde
to
deliuer
my
people
from
their
opressors
,
and
haue
giuen
him
graces
méete
for
the
gouernmente
and
kingdome
]
I
haue
exalted
[
vz.
to
the
height
of
the
kingdome
and
gouernment
]
one
chosen
out
of
the
people
[
i.
one
of
meane
state
and
condition
,
as
Psalme
78
,
70
,
71
,
and
yet
notwithstanding
thorow
my
goodnesse
apted
and
aduanced
,
to
that
high
calling
.
]
Ver.
20.
I
haue
found
[
vz.
out
from
amongst
the
rest
,
or
else
thus
]
I
haue
founde
[
i.
I
haue
prouided
for
me
and
my
people
,
as
1.
Samuel
16.1
.
]
Dauid
my
Seruaunt
[
i.
Dauid
whom
I
haue
chosen
to
serue
me
and
my
people
in
the
gouernment
of
the
kingdome
]
with
my
holy
oyle
[
i.
with
the
oyle
which
I
haue
appoynted
to
such
holy
vses
,
in
which
respect
also
it
is
called
holye
oyle
]
haue
I
annoynted
him
[
i.
appoynted
him
to
be
King
ouer
my
people
,
sée
Psalm
45.7
.
]
Verse
21.
Therefore
[
i.
because
I
haue
thus
chosen
him
]
my
hand
shall
be
established
with
him
[
i.
he
shall
haue
my
power
and
might
,
as
a
sure
foundation
to
stay
himselfe
vpon
]
and
mine
arme
[
i.
my
force
and
strength
]
shall
strengthen
him
[
vz.
agaynst
all
his
enemies
,
so
that
I
will
kéepe
and
preserue
him
from
all
dangers
:
and
marke
that
vnder
hand
and
arme
,
which
are
seueral
termes
,
he
meaneth
nothing
but
prouidence
,
p●otection
,
might
,
&c.
]
Verse
22.
The
enemie
[
i.
whatsoeuer
enemye
he
hath
]
shall
not
oppresse
[
vz.
for
any
long
time
,
and
that
eyther
by
fraude
or
by
force
]
him
[
vz.
whom
I
haue
appointed
]
neyther
shall
the
wicked
[
i.
he
that
is
giuen
ouer
to
wickednesse
,
howe
desperate
and
bold
soeuer
he
be
in
his
vngodly
attempts
]
hurt
him
[
vz.
any
manner
of
way
,
or
any
long
time
,
as
before
in
the
word
oppresse
.
]
Verse
23.
But
I
will
destroy
[
vz.
by
my
might
and
power
,
and
that
in
iustice
and
iudgemente
]
his
foes
[
i.
all
his
foes
,
whether
they
be
open
or
secret
]
before
his
face
[
i.
openlye
,
he
seing
and
beholding
the
same
,
and
being
mine
instrumente
to
performe
that
great
worke
]
and
plague
them
[
vz.
with
death
and
destruction
]
that
hate
him
[
vz.
any
maner
of
way
,
eyther
inwardly
,
or
testifie
their
hatred
outwardely
.
]
Ver.
24.
My
truth
also
[
i.
my
faithfulnesse
in
performance
of
promises
]
and
my
mercy
[
i.
great
goodnesse
,
he
noteth
the
cause
of
his
promises
,
and
the
performance
thereof
]
shal
be
[
vz.
present
and
in
effect
]
with
him
[
vz.
continuallye
]
q.d.
I
will
alwayes
shewe
my selfe
faythfull
and
mercifull
towardes
him
]
and
in
my
name
[
i.
thorow
my
goodnesse
,
strength
and
power
,
as
Psalme
,
20.1
.
]
shall
his
horne
[
i.
his
maiestie
,
glory
,
power
and
might
,
as
before
ver.
17.
of
this
Psalme
]
shall
be
exalted
[
i.
lifted
vp
and
aduanced
to
great
heighte
and
reuerence
.
]
Verse
25.
I
will
set
his
hand
also
in
the
sea
[
some
expound
it
thus
:
I
wil
make
subiect
vnto
his
power
the
very
sea
and
riuers
,
muche
more
the
lande
,
which
is
weaker
then
they
:
I
would
rather
expounde
it
thus
]
I
[
vz.
the
almighty
Lord
]
will
set
[
i.
stretche
out
]
his
hand
[
i.
his
might
,
power
,
gouernement
and
kingdome
]
in
the
sea
[
i.
euen
vnto
the
red
sea
,
and
the
sea
mediterraneum
:
and
this
was
promised
Exodus
23
,
31.
and
was
accomplished
2.
Samuel
chapter
8.
and
10
]
and
his
right
hand
in
the
flouds
[
vz.
of
Euphrates
,
Nylus
,
Iordan
,
and
others
.
]
Ver.
26.
He
[
vz.
Dauid
my
seruant
]
shal
crie
vnto
me
[
i.
earnestly
call
vpon
me
and
say
]
thou
art
my
Father
[
i.
one
that
hath
a
most
louing
,
tender
,
and
prouident
care
ouer
me
]
my
God
[
i.
my
strength
and
power
]
and
the
Rock
[
i.
the
assured
staye
that
I
haue
,
sée
Psalme
18.2
,
]
of
my
saluation
[
i.
that
I
shall
be
deliuered
from
all
the
daungers
and
distresses
wherein
I
am
,
sée
Psal.
3.8
.
al
that
is
here
spoken
of
Dauid
,
ought
in
truth
also
to
be
referred
to
Christ
.
]
Verse
27.
I
will
make
him
[
i.
I
will
haue
him
in
that
regard
and
account
]
my
first
borne
[
vz.
that
firste
borne
children
are
wont
to
bee
had
in
,
whome
the
scripture
sheweth
to
haue
had
great
priuiledges
and
honor
,
and
estimation
:
q.d.
I
wil
greatly
aduance
and
honour
him
]
higher
[
i.
I
wil
aduance
him
higher
]
then
al
the
Kings
of
the
earth
[
i.
he
shal
be
the
most
excellent
among
them
al
,
by
the
fauor
that
I
wil
shew
him
,
and
the
graces
that
I
will
giue
him
.
And
marke
,
that
this
cannot
appertain
to
Dauid
,
but
only
so
farre
forth
as
he
was
a
figure
of
Christ
:
and
this
we
must
further
marke
,
that
when
Dauid
,
Solomon
,
and
others
are
set
out
as
figures
of
Christ
,
sometimes
that
whiche
is
spoken
agréeth
to
the
figure
only
,
sometimes
to
Christ
onlye
,
who
is
figured
by
them
,
and
sometimes
to
both
,
vz.
the
fygure
and
the
thing
fygured
,
so
that
it
behoueth
the
Reader
to
haue
a
diligent
regard
thereto
,
of
this
somewhat
hath
ben
sayd
before
,
Psalme
2
,
and
also
Psalme
45.
]
Ver.
28.
My
mercy
will
I
kéep
for
him
for
euer
[
i.
I
will
neuer
vtterly
destitute
him
of
my
louing
kindnesse
&
mercy
,
howsoeuer
I
séeme
for
a
time
to
withdraw
it
]
and
my
couenaunt
[
i.
the
couenant
that
I
haue
made
with
him
]
shal
stand
fast
[
vz.
for
euer
:
q.d.
I
wil
faithfullye
performe
whatsoeuer
I
haue
promised
]
with
him
[
i.
betwéene
him
and
me
.
]
Verse
29.
His
séede
also
[
i.
his
posterity
]
wil
I
make
to
indure
[
vz.
in
the
gouernment
of
the
kingdome
]
for
euer
[
i.
for
a
very
long
time
:
if
you
referre
it
to
Dauid
.
But
if
to
Christ
and
those
children
that
thorow
him
are
brought
and
begotten
to
God
by
the
sanctification
of
the
spirite
,
of
whiche
sée
Heb.
2.10
.
then
it
signifyeth
euerlastingnesse
of
time
]
and
his
throne
[
i.
his
kingdome
and
state
,
sée
verse
4.
of
this
Psalme
,
here
must
bee
repeated
,
I
will
make
]
as
the
dayes
of
Heauen
[
i.
perpetuall
and
continuall
:
Heauen
is
here
put
for
that
state
of
eternall
glorye
preserued
for
the
faythfull
,
whiche
shal
neuer
decay
.
]
Verse
30.
If
his
children
[
i.
if
his
séede
and
posteritie
]
forsake
my
lawe
[
i.
departe
awaye
from
it
,
and
that
rule
of
righteousnesse
which
it
prescribeth
them
to
walke
in
,
in
their
conuersation
]
and
walke
not
[
i.
frame
not
their
life
,
as
Psal.
1.1
.
Ephes.
4.17
.
]
in
my
iudgements
[
i.
according
to
those
rules
of
iustice
and
iudgement
,
which
I
haue
prescribed
:
he
meaneth
nothing
by
all
this
,
but
if
they
shall
sinne
against
him
and
his
word
.
]
Verse
31.
Is
the
same
altogether
in
sence
,
though
it
differ
somewhat
in
wordes
with
verse
30.
]
If
they
breake
[
vz.
eyther
thorow
ignoraunce
or
knowledge
]
my
statutes
[
i.
the
thinges
that
I
haue
ordeyned
them
to
walke
in
]
&
kéepe
not
[
vz.
in
thought
word
and
déede
]
my
commaundementes
[
i.
the
thinges
that
I
haue
commaunded
them
.
]
Verse
32.
Then
[
i.
when
they
shal
haue
dealt
thus
wickedly
with
me
]
will
I
visite
[
i.
correct
and
punish
,
sée
Psalme
59.5
.
Isaiah
26.21
.
]
their
transgressyons
[
vz.
which
they
haue
committed
agaynst
me
]
with
the
rod
,
and
their
iniquity
with
strokes
[
i.
I
wil
punish
them
for
their
sinnes
committed
against
me
,
meant
by
transgressions
,
as
before
,
and
against
men
vnderstood
by
the
worde
iniquity
]
with
the
rod
and
with
strokes
[
i.
with
sundry
kinds
of
punishmentes
and
all
to
bring
them
home
to
my selfe
by
repentance
and
amendment
.
]
Ver.
33.
Yet
[
q.d.
for
all
my
threats
and
punishments
]
my
louing
kindnesse
,
[
i.
my
riche
and
vnspeakeable
mercy
]
will
I
not
take
from
him
[
vz.
continuallye
,
or
for
euer
:
q.d.
I
will
not
vtterly
or
altogether
reiect
him
]
neyther
will
I
falsifie
my
truth
[
vz.
promised
and
sworne
vnto
him
:
q.d.
I
will
not
faile
or
breake
in
the
accomplishment
of
the
promises
which
I
haue
made
him
.
]
Verse
34
,
My
couenaunt
[
i.
the
couenaunt
which
I
of
mercy
haue
made
with
him
]
will
I
not
breake
[
but
stand
stedfastly
to
the
performaunce
of
it
,
and
euery
part
thereof
]
nor
alter
the
thing
[
i.
chaunge
the
sentence
or
matter
]
that
is
gone
oute
of
my
lippes
[
i.
which
I
haue
vttered
and
spoken
[
q.d.
I
will
not
be
inconstant
,
for
I
will
neyther
chaunge
my
purpose
,
nor
vnsay
that
which
I
haue
sayde
.
]
Ver.
35
I
haue
sworne
[
this
is
spoken
in
the
person
of
God
:
and
the
Lordes
oth
is
added
not
for
any
insufficiency
that
is
in
him
,
but
to
ratifye
the
matter
more
sufficiently
in
the
mind
of
Dauid
and
his
posteritie
.
Gods
oth
is
to
promise
by
an
othe
,
sée
Heb.
6.
from
verse
13.
to
the
end
of
the
18.
]
once
[
and
therefore
will
not
goe
backe
from
it
:
This
word
importeth
that
Gods
oth
was
irreuocable
]
by
mine
holinesse
[
i.
by
my selfe
,
because
he
had
no
greater
to
sweare
by
,
as
Heb.
6
13.
and
not
as
some
expound
it
,
by
the
sanctuary
,
wherein
Gods
Maiestie
did
visibly
appeare
]
that
I
wil
not
fayle
Dauid
[
i.
disappoint
him
,
vz.
in
any
thing
that
I
haue
promised
him
.
]
Ver.
36.
His
séede
shall
indure
for
euer
[
i.
his
posteritie
shall
haue
a
long
and
continuall
roote
,
sée
verse
29.
of
this
Psalme
]
and
his
throne
[
i.
his
kingdome
,
putting
the
signe
of
a
kingdome
for
a
kingdome
,
sée
ver.
4.29
.
of
this
Psalme
]
shal
be
as
the
Sunne
[
i.
shall
continue
as
long
as
the
Sunne
:
and
he
alleageth
the
Sunne
,
and
verse
37.
the
Moone
,
as
a
witnesse
of
the
continuaunce
of
Dauids
kingdome
,
not
because
these
creatures
are
eternall
,
but
because
they
haue
more
stedfastnesse
then
the
earth
,
the
ayre
,
&c.
whiche
are
subiect
to
many
things
]
before
me
[
i.
in
my
presence
and
sight
.
]
Ver.
37
He
[
vz.
in
his
own
person
,
and
the
person
of
his
séede
]
shal
be
established
[
vz.
in
the
seate
of
the
kingdome
]
for
euermore
[
how
this
is
to
be
vnderstoode
of
Dauid
and
Christ
,
sée
before
verse
29.
of
this
Psalme
]
as
the
Moone
[
sée
verse
36.
of
this
Psalme
]
as
the
Moone
[
sée
verse
36.
of
this
Psalme
]
and
as
a
faithfull
witnesse
[
i.
as
the
faythful
witnesses
,
meaning
the
starres
,
Planets
,
&c.
putting
also
the
singular
for
the
plural
number
]
in
the
Heauen
[
i.
in
the
Firmament
,
for
the
Lord
hath
there
placed
the
Sunne
,
Moone
,
and
Starres
,
&c.
as
witnesses
faythfully
to
distinguish
betwéene
time
and
time
,
sée
Genesis
1.
verse
14.
&c.
hée
meaneth
nothing
else
but
that
Dauids
kingdome
and
posteritye
shall
haue
a
long
continuaunce
,
as
the
Sunne
,
Moone
,
and
Starres
&c.
haue
.
]
Verse
38.
But
thou
hast
reiected
[
i.
cast
away
,
and
that
from
thy
fauour
as
it
should
séeme
q.d.
thou
that
hast
promised
to
be
so
gracious
to
Dauid
and
his
séede
,
séemest
now
to
haue
no
care
of
eyther
of
them
.
And
this
he
speaketh
not
as
accusing
God
,
eyther
of
inconstancye
or
lying
,
but
eyther
vsing
the
wordes
and
expressing
the
mind
of
the
enimies
of
God
and
his
people
,
or
else
speaking
it
according
to
the
present
affection
and
féeling
of
the
flesh
,
resting
notwithstanding
resolued
,
howsoeuer
his
fayth
were
shaken
for
a
time
,
yet
that
god
wil
graciously
performe
his
promises
.
These
words
also
(
which
is
to
be
marked
)
are
verified
in
Dauid
and
Christ
:
in
Christ
because
God
for
a
season
forsooke
him
,
as
may
appeare
when
he
cried
,
My
God
,
my
God
,
why
hast
thou
forsaken
me
.
Matth.
27.46
.
and
in
Dauid
when
it
séemed
vnto
him
that
Gods
promise
shoulde
take
no
place
,
and
that
God
had
as
it
were
vnsayd
the
same
:
and
when
he
was
driuen
out
of
his
kingdome
by
Abshalon
his
sonne
,
sée
Psalme
3.
thorowe
out
]
and
abhorred
[
i.
loathed
and
despised
him
,
as
it
were
]
thou
hast
bene
angrye
[
which
thing
also
thou
hast
declared
by
effects
,
as
appeareth
in
the
verses
following
]
with
thine
annoynted
[
i.
with
the
King
whome
thou
thy selfe
hast
annoynted
and
chosen
to
that
roome
,
sée
Psalme
18
,
5
,
]
Verse
39.
Thou
hast
broken
[
i.
it
séemeth
vnto
vs
so
in
the
eye
of
flesh
,
and
to
our
enimies
]
the
couenant
of
thy
seruaunt
[
i.
the
couenaunt
which
thou
haste
made
with
thy
seruaunt
:
and
it
is
called
his
couenaunt
,
not
because
he
made
it
,
or
was
the
chéefe
in
it
,
but
because
he
was
one
to
whome
and
with
whome
it
was
made
]
and
profaned
his
crowne
[
i.
brought
it
to
great
dishonour
and
contempt
,
specially
among
the
prophane
people
,
as
the
Gentiles
,
&c.
and
by
crowne
he
meaneth
his
kingly
dignitie
]
casting
it
on
the
ground
[
i.
ouerthrowing
it
,
taking
it
as
it
were
from
his
head
&
setting
it
vpon
the
ground
,
whether
he
spake
it
of
Dauids
abiection
by
the
hand
of
his
sonne
Abshalon
:
or
of
the
renting
of
the
kingdome
in
the
dayes
of
Rehoboan
:
or
of
their
captiuity
,
vnder
Salmanazder
,
and
Nebuchadnezar
,
it
is
not
certayne
.
I
suppose
that
without
any
iniury
to
Gods
spirite
,
a
man
may
well
apply
it
to
them
all
.
]
Verse
40.
Thou
hast
broken
downe
[
vz.
and
that
vnto
the
ground
]
all
his
walles
[
i.
al
the
walles
of
his
kingdome
:
meaning
by
walls
,
not
onely
all
the
strong
places
thereof
:
but
all
the
instrumentes
and
meanes
that
he
had
,
eyther
for
his
owne
defence
,
or
for
the
annoyaunce
of
his
enemies
,
for
to
those
two
endes
doe
walles
serue
]
thou
hast
layd
his
fortresses
in
ruine
[
i.
thou
hast
vtterly
ruinated
and
destroyed
,
and
as
a
man
would
saye
,
made
euen
with
the
ground
all
his
strong
holds
.
]
Verse
41.
All
that
go
by
the
way
[
q.d.
he
and
his
kingdome
is
so
weakened
,
that
euen
way
faring
men
,
can
easily
spoyle
them
:
there
néedes
no
souldiers
or
men
ofwarre
to
doe
it
]
spoile
him
[
vz.
and
his
people
,
meaning
that
they
take
away
from
them
euen
what
they
list
,
sée
Psal.
80.12
.
]
he
[
i.
he
,
his
people
,
kingdome
and
all
]
is
a
rebuke
[
i.
is
such
a
one
,
as
his
neighbours
,
that
is
,
those
that
are
round
about
him
,
rebuke
,
contemne
and
despise
,
sée
Psalme
79.
verse
4.
]
Verse
42.
Thou
hast
set
vp
the
right
hand
of
his
enemies
[
i.
thou
hast
aduanced
their
power
and
strength
,
so
that
they
are
not
onely
become
more
mightie
then
he
and
his
,
but
in
that
mighte
haue
also
preuayled
agaynste
them
]
and
made
all
his
aduersaries
to
reioyce
[
vz.
because
of
the
victorye
they
haue
atchieued
,
and
the
ouerthrowe
that
is
layde
vppon
the
others
.
]
Verse
43.
Thou
hast
also
turned
the
edge
of
his
sworde
[
i.
thou
haste
blunted
it
in
such
sorte
that
it
could
not
wound
and
hurte
his
aduersaries
:
meaning
by
this
manner
of
spéeche
,
that
euen
the
verye
meanes
they
had
,
of
weapons
,
as
swordes
,
speares
,
&c.
to
defende
themselues
,
and
to
annoy
their
enemies
,
were
vtterly
vnprofitable
vnto
them
]
and
haste
not
made
him
[
i.
him
and
his
people
]
to
stand
[
vz.
stedfastly
,
and
in
the
face
of
the
enemies
,
and
agaynst
them
,
but
to
flée
and
fall
before
them
]
in
the
battaile
[
i.
at
what
time
the
enemies
and
they
came
to
ioyne
battail
together
.
]
Ver.
44
Thou
hast
caused
his
dignity
[
i.
the
great
honour
and
aduauncement
that
thou
hast
layde
vpon
him
]
to
decay
[
vz.
in
the
presence
of
men
,
and
in
the
sight
of
his
aduersaries
]
and
cast
his
throne
[
i.
his
maiesty
and
Kingly
gouernmente
,
sée
verse
36
of
this
Psalme
]
to
the
ground
[
i.
rased
it
and
layde
it
flatte
with
the
earth
as
it
were
,
sée
verse
39
of
this
Psalm
.
]
Verse
45.
The
dayes
of
his
youth
hast
thou
shortned
]
this
the
Prophet
speaketh
of
the
king
and
the
state
of
the
kingdome
both
together
:
meaning
that
the
Lord
hath
broughte
both
the
king
and
the
kingdome
to
a
very
poore
and
weake
estate
,
before
eyther
of
them
came
to
their
perfection
as
it
were
,
as
if
a
man
shoulde
before
he
came
to
the
flowre
of
his
age
,
or
his
ripe
yeares
]
and
couered
him
with
shame
[
i.
hast
altogether
made
him
a
reproche
and
shame
:
for
the
worde
couering
,
and
what
it
importeth
,
sée
Psalme
44.19
.
]
Verse
46.
Lorde
[
the
Prophet
ioyning
this
prayer
with
his
complaynts
sheweth
that
howsoeuer
his
fayth
was
shaken
,
yet
he
did
not
despayre
of
the
truth
of
Gods
promises
]
how
long
wilte
thou
hide
thy selfe
[
vz.
from
vs
,
meaning
by
hyding
of
himselfe
,
shewing
them
no
signe
of
fauour
and
grace
]
for
euer
[
q.d.
Wilt
thou
doe
this
for
euer
?
]
shall
thy
wrath
[
vz.
agaynste
vs
,
our
King
,
Lande
,
and
people
]
burne
like
fyre
[
vz.
to
consume
vs
,
quite
and
cleane
,
who
are
as
it
were
but
stubble
before
fire
,
in
respecte
of
thée
and
thy
wrath
.
]
Verse
47.
Remember
of
what
time
I
am
[
i.
thinke
how
shorte
the
time
of
my
life
is
:
and
this
is
an
argumente
taken
from
his
owne
estate
,
to
moue
the
Lord
to
pittie
him
and
his
]
Wherefore
shouldest
thou
create
in
vayne
[
i.
to
little
or
no
purpose
at
all
]
all
the
children
of
men
,
[
i.
all
men
and
their
posteritie
:
In
these
wordes
hee
vseth
an
other
Argumente
to
mooue
GOD
to
compassion
,
taken
euen
from
the
ende
of
his
creation
.
And
this
hee
speaketh
,
because
that
if
in
this
life
wée
féele
not
some
taste
of
Gods
goodnesse
,
it
should
séeme
,
that
he
had
in
vayne
created
vs
,
séeing
that
this
is
one
end
of
our
creation
euen
in
this
lyfe
to
féele
and
fynde
his
liberalitie
towardes
vs
.
]
Verse
48.
What
man
liueth
[
vz.
at
this
presence
,
or
shall
liue
hereafter
]
that
shall
not
see
death
[
i.
taste
of
Death
,
or
dye
:
q.d.
There
is
no
man
but
hee
must
passe
that
waye
,
sée
Hebrues
9.27
.
]
shall
he
deliuer
his
soule
[
i.
his
bodye
and
lyfe
:
soule
put
for
body
,
as
Psalme
16.10
.
]
from
the
hand
of
the
graue
[
i.
from
the
power
of
Death
:
putting
the
graue
whiche
followeth
death
,
for
Death
it selfe
:
q.d.
Both
the
one
,
vz.
to
liue
,
and
not
to
die
,
and
the
other
,
vz.
to
bee
fréede
from
the
force
of
death
is
vtterlye
impossible
,
sée
Psalme
49.
almoste
thorow
ou●e
:
and
all
this
is
:
q.d.
Séeing
mans
lyfe
is
so
shorte
,
if
thou
doe
not
in
good
time
shewe
thy selfe
a
Father
towardes
them
,
thou
shalte
haue
no
more
occasion
to
make
them
féele
thy
fauoure
in
this
lyfe
.
]
Verse
49.
Lorde
where
are
thy
former
mercies
[
vz.
whiche
thou
hast
shewed
in
former
time
vnto
our
Fathers
]
which
[
vz.
also
]
thou
swarest
vnto
Dauid
in
thy
truth
[
i.
which
faythfully
and
truely
thou
promisedst
,
and
that
by
an
oth
adioyned
to
thy
promise
,
to
performe
to
him
and
his
séede
,
see
verse
35
of
this
Psalme
.
In
the
other
two
verses
,
vz.
verse
47.48
.
he
tooke
argumentes
from
the
vanitie
of
men
and
their
life
,
to
moue
the
Lorde
to
pittie
them
.
In
this
verse
he
taketh
an
argument
,
from
the
faythfulnesse
which
GOD
vseth
towards
his
seruaunts
,
to
induce
him
therto
:
and
in
the
two
nexte
verses
,
vz.
50
,
51.
he
taketh
an
argument
from
the
person
of
their
enemies
.
]
Verse
50.
Remember
O
Lord
[
i.
earnestly
thinke
vpon
,
that
thou
mayst
also
redresse
it
]
the
rebuke
of
thy
seruaunts
[
i.
the
tauntes
and
rebukes
wherewith
thy
seruaunts
are
laded
by
their
enimies
,
sée
Psalm
123.4
]
which
I
beare
in
my
bosome
[
i.
which
I
suffer
most
quietly
&
patiently
louing
them
,
as
it
were
,
and
making
so
much
of
them
,
as
though
I
fostred
them
in
my
bosome
,
because
I
know
they
come
from
thée
]
of
al
the
mightie
people
[
i.
which
al
the
mighty
people
cast
vpon
me
,
so
the
Prophet
sheweth
who
were
his
enemies
,
vz.
not
only
the
meaner
sort
,
but
the
most
mighty
of
all
.
]
Ver.
51.
Thyne
enemies
[
vz.
and
ours
for
thy
sake
]
haue
reproched
thée
O
Lord
[
vz.
because
thou
hast
not
holpen
vs
,
saying
where
is
now
their
god
,
Psal.
79.10
.
]
because
they
haue
reproched
[
i.
blasphemed
and
spoken
euil
of
with
taunts
&
rebukes
]
the
footesteps
of
thine
annointed
[
i.
the
good
conuersation
and
behauiour
of
him
whom
thou
hast
appointed
to
be
King
,
if
you
referre
it
to
Dauid
.
If
to
Christe
then
it
hath
this
sence
:
that
they
speake
euill
of
the
doctrine
and
profession
of
Christ
,
vpbraiding
them
also
that
wayted
for
his
comming
.
Vnderstanding
by
footesteps
the
féete
themselues
,
because
with
our
féete
we
make
our
steps
,
and
by
féete
,
comming
,
as
Isaiah
52.7
.
]
Ver.
52.
Praysed
be
the
Lord
for
euermore
[
this
is
a
conclusion
,
with
thanksgiuing
,
which
in
all
places
,
and
in
prosperitye
and
aduersitie
the
faythfull
vse
to
giue
to
the
Lord
,
as
Iob
1
,
21.
]
So
be
it
,
euen
so
bee
it
,
[
this
is
a
consent
yeelded
to
the
same
thankes
giuing
,
and
the
doubling
maketh
both
for
the
earnestnesse
and
certaintie
of
it
,
Sée
Psalme
72.19
.
Ver.
1
teacheth
that
it
behoueth
Gods
saints
continually
to
praise
god
for
his
Do.
mercy
,
also
that
their
thanksgiuing
must
not
be
inward
in
the
hart
onlye
,
but
outward
also
in
the
mouth
.
Verse
2.
teacheth
that
the
true
taste
and
féeling
of
Gods
mercy
and
truth
,
are
two
principall
proppes
to
our
consciences
.
Verse
3
teacheth
Gods
goodnesse
and
mercy
,
who
for
the
further
strengthening
of
our
fayth
,
and
not
for
any
inconstancy
in
him
,
maketh
an
oth
for
the
performaunce
of
his
promises
.
Verse
4.
teacheth
that
Kinges
and
their
posterity
can
not
indure
,
without
the
Lord
vphold
them
and
blesse
them
.
Verse
5.
teacheth
men
euen
by
the
example
of
heauenly
creatures
to
prayse
the
Lord
.
Verse
6
teacheth
that
none
neither
in
heauen
nor
earth
,
is
any
way
matchable
with
God
.
Ver.
7
is
a
notable
place
against
inuocation
or
prayer
to
Saynts
.
Verse
8
sheweth
that
it
is
no
small
comfort
to
the
consciences
of
Gods
children
,
rightly
to
consider
his
great
power
.
Verse
.
9.
teacheth
that
Gods
power
and
prouidence
beareth
a
sway
in
the
stilling
of
the
sea
and
waues
thereof
,
which
otherwise
séeme
to
goe
by
naturall
course
.
Verse
10
teacheth
vs
that
the
ouerthrow
of
Gods
enemies
is
not
from
man
but
from
the
Lorde
himselfe
and
his
mightye
power
.
Verse
11
sheweth
that
God
is
Lord
ouer
all
things
,
and
that
the
firmity
or
stayednesse
which
the
world
hath
,
it
hath
it
not
of
it selfe
,
but
from
the
Lorde
,
who
in
his
power
and
prouidence
vpholdeth
the
same
.
Verse
12
proueth
that
God
created
the
earth
,
and
that
therefore
it
is
not
eternall
,
as
Philosophie
affirmeth
:
also
although
all
the
earth
belong
to
the
Lord
,
as
ouer
which
he
hath
a
generall
care
,
yet
specially
that
part
which
the
faythfull
inhabite
.
Verse
13
setteth
out
Gods
mightie
strength
and
power
,
which
is
so
great
as
none
is
able
to
resist
.
Verse
14
setteth
out
Gods
iustice
mercy
and
truth
,
as
matters
not
only
of
great
comfort
to
his
seruaunts
,
but
of
great
instruction
also
to
teache
them
to
striue
to
the
lyke
in
their
behauiour
and
dealings
.
Verse
15
teacheth
first
,
that
only
Gods
people
are
indéede
blessed
:
secondly
that
there
is
no
matter
of
mirth
or
ioy
but
in
the
Lord
only
:
thirdly
that
Gods
frée
fauour
and
mercy
is
the
onely
vpholder
of
our
bodily
and
spirituall
life
.
Verse
16
teacheth
that
the
faythfull
neuer
reioyce
in
themselues
,
but
in
the
Lord
and
in
his
strength
,
and
in
the
faythfull
accomplishment
of
his
promises
.
Ver.
17.
teacheth
that
all
the
glory
,
strength
and
power
that
the
godly
haue
,
is
from
the
Lord
only
.
Ver.
18.
teacheth
that
neyther
King
nor
people
,
nor
weapons
,
&c.
are
any
thing
without
the
Lord
.
Verse
19
teacheth
that
Gods
word
in
the
mouth
of
his
ministers
is
a
good
both
warrante
and
comforte
to
those
that
are
his
:
also
that
it
is
the
Lorde
that
rayseth
vp
one
and
pulleth
downe
an
other
.
Verse
20
teacheth
vs
that
he
is
in
déede
approued
whom
the
Lord
approueth
,
howe
much
soeuer
otherwise
he
be
reiected
of
men
.
Verse
21
teacheth
that
all
the
strength
and
power
that
Princes
haue
,
they
haue
it
from
the
Lorde
alone
.
Verse
22
sheweth
Gods
care
ouer
his
children
and
how
mightily
he
will
defend
them
,
it
teacheth
also
that
the
wicked
cannot
doe
what
they
list
.
Ver.
23
teacheth
that
the
ouerthrow
of
the
vngodly
is
from
the
Lord
,
whatsoeuer
instruments
he
vseth
to
the
performance
thereof
.
Verse
24.
teacheth
that
Gods
truth
,
mercy
and
power
are
the
proppes
of
all
common
wealths
and
kingdomes
.
Ver.
25.
teacheth
,
that
it
is
the
Lord
alone
who
inlargeth
kingdoms
.
Ver.
26
teacheth
not
only
how
earnest
Gods
children
should
be
in
their
prayers
,
but
also
with
what
a
particular
apprehension
&
féeling
of
his
mercy
and
power
,
they
ought
to
repaire
vnto
him
Ver.
27.
teacheth
that
meane
men
,
and
high
men
,
are
so
much
as
God
accounteth
of
them
indéede
,
and
no
more
.
Ver.
28
teacheth
that
Gods
mercy
&
the
stedfastnesse
of
his
couenaunt
,
be
singular
comforts
to
the
consciences
of
his
seruaunts
.
Ver.
29.
teacheth
that
God
will
be
the
God
of
the
faythfull
,
and
of
their
séede
after
them
.
Ver.
30.31
.
doe
euidently
declare
what
sinne
is
,
vz.
the
breache
of
the
law
,
and
not
obseruing
Gods
commaundements
.
Ver.
32.
teacheth
that
God
wil
chastice
his
for
their
sins
,
to
the
end
that
therby
they
may
come
to
amendment
.
Verse
33
teacheth
that
God
in
the
middest
of
his
punishmentes
remembreth
his
mercy
toward
his
,
secondly
that
God
will
neuer
vtterly
forsake
those
that
are
his
,
howsoeuer
it
pleaseth
him
to
afflict
them
for
a
time
.
Verse
34.
sheweth
that
God
is
frée
from
all
chaunge
or
shadow
of
turning
,
Iames
1.17
.
which
is
a
singular
comfort
to
the
afflicted
foule
.
Verse
35
expresseth
Gods
loue
towardes
vs
,
who
sweareth
for
the
further
strengthening
of
our
fayth
in
the
truth
of
his
promises
.
Verse
36
Teacheth
vs
that
posteritie
and
the
continuaunce
thereof
,
is
a
speciall
blessing
from
the
Lord
,
the
same
thing
doth
verse
37.
teach
.
Ver.
38
,
39
,
40
,
shew
,
that
no
affliction
commeth
to
Gods
children
,
without
his
special
prouidence
and
appointment
,
which
is
comfortable
to
consider
,
not
only
because
he
that
doth
chastise
vs
is
our
father
,
but
also
our
enemies
can
go
no
further
then
he
hath
appoynted
them
.
Ver.
41
teacheth
vs
that
God
many
times
bringeth
his
children
to
a
low
ebbe
,
and
yet
graciouslye
afterwards
deliuereth
them
out
of
al
their
feare
,
Ver.
42.
teacheth
that
the
wicked
and
vngodly
can
not
doe
what
they
list
,
nor
go
beyond
the
bonds
which
god
hath
set
them
.
Ver.
43.
teacheth
that
al
munition
and
ayde
of
men
is
vaine
vnlesse
it
please
God
to
blesse
them
and
giue
them
force
.
Ver.
44
teacheth
that
it
is
God
alone
that
pulleth
downe
and
setteth
vp
.
Ver.
45.
teacheth
,
that
the
dayes
of
our
life
are
in
Gods
hands
to
be
disposed
of
as
pleaseth
him
.
Ver.
46.
Teacheth
vs
in
the
middest
of
our
greatest
heauinesse
to
haue
recourse
to
God
by
prayer
,
and
to
craue
the
remouing
of
his
rods
.
Ver.
47.
teacheth
the
vanity
and
shortnes
of
mans
life
.
Ver.
48
teacheth
that
death
spareth
none
,
but
that
all
must
tast
therof
.
Verse
49
teacheth
vs
to
thinke
vppon
Gods
former
graces
,
that
they
may
assure
our
consciences
of
mercy
to
be
afterwards
shewed
.
Ver.
50
teacheth
vs
in
our
affliction
to
repaire
vnto
God
:
also
that
not
the
meanest
sort
of
the
people
only
,
but
the
chéefest
are
enemies
to
Gods
faynts
.
Ver.
52
teacheth
vs
that
the
iniuries
and
opprobries
offred
to
Gods
people
,
are
as
done
against
his
own
maiesty
and
person
.
Ver.
52.
teacheth
vs
in
all
estates
,
and
at
al
times
to
be
continually
thankfull
to
God
:
and
also
to
yéeld
both
to
thanksgiuing
and
prayer
,
an
earnest
consent
.
Psalme
90
Di.
THis
Psalme
may
be
deuided
into
thrée
partes
:
the
firste
is
an
Exordium
or
a
beginning
,
whiche
setteth
out
the
care
and
good
will
of
God
towardes
his
people
from
all
eternity
:
and
this
is
comprised
in
the
two
first
verses
.
The
second
part
very
excellently
paynteth
out
Gods
great
prouidence
and
gouernment
,
and
our
frayle
and
miserable
condition
,
from
ver.
3.
to
the
end
of
the
11.
In
the
third
is
contayned
a
prayer
for
grace
and
comforte
in
all
heauinesses
and
distresses
of
this
life
whatsoeuer
,
from
verse
12.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
title
,
a
prayer
of
Moses
[
i.
a
prayer
whiche
Moses
made
vnto
God
for
himselfe
and
the
people
,
at
that
time
(
as
it
should
séeme
)
that
the
spies
came
backe
againe
,
and
the
people
murmured
agaynst
God
,
for
which
thinges
sake
the
Lord
threatned
them
that
they
shoulde
not
enter
into
the
lande
of
promise
,
sée
Num.
13.14
.
thorowout
]
the
man
of
God
[
i.
not
onely
an
excellent
man
but
a
Prophet
,
and
one
called
to
some
publike
office
:
sée
Deut.
33.1
.
also
1.
Kings
18.24
.
]
Verse
1.
Lord
thou
[
vz.
alone
and
no
other
]
hast
bin
[
at
al
times
heretofore
and
specially
all
the
while
of
our
trauaile
,
in
the
greate
and
huge
wildernesse
]
our
habitation
[
i.
thou
art
he
alone
vnder
whose
defence
we
dwel
safe
and
sound
see
Deut.
33.27
.
and
this
hee
speaketh
of
himselfe
and
of
the
people
that
were
with
him
,
and
of
all
their
auncestors
gone
before
them
,
comprehending
them
vnder
that
terme
,
our
,
]
from
generation
to
generation
[
i.
euen
from
the
beginning
of
the
world
vnto
this
present
time
,
and
in
this
verse
he
setteth
oute
the
wonderfull
gouernment
and
grace
of
God
towards
his
people
,
as
in
the
nexte
verse
,
the
eternall
purpose
and
counsel
of
God
procéeding
from
the
pleasure
of
his
good
wil
:
and
this
he
doth
specially
for
two
causes
:
the
one
is
that
he
might
publish
Gods
glory
,
in
setting
out
his
mercy
:
the
other
that
he
might
by
laying
forth
former
mercies
moue
the
Lord
to
haue
mercy
vpon
them
now
in
that
distresse
.
]
Ver.
2.
Before
the
mountaines
were
made
[
vz.
by
thy
almightye
power
and
word
]
and
before
thou
haddest
formed
the
earth
and
the
world
[
vz.
for
men
to
dwell
in
:
vnderstanding
by
forming
,
not
only
the
fashioning
of
it
,
but
euen
the
very
creating
of
it
,
sée
Gen.
1
,
1
,
2
,
and
these
two
sentences
layde
together
be
as
much
:
q.d.
before
the
world
or
any
part
or
péece
of
it
were
made
]
euen
from
euerlasting
to
euerlasting
[
i.
from
al
eternity
,
and
so
for
euer
here
after
]
thou
art
our
God
[
i.
thou
arte
hee
that
hast
chosen
vs
to
bee
a
people
to
thy selfe
:
and
that
will
wée
take
also
as
an
argumente
to
instructe
vs
to
hang
vppon
thée
.
]
Verse
3.
Thou
turnest
man
[
i.
thou
causest
man
to
returne
,
and
that
by
thy
worde
onlye
]
to
destruction
[
i.
to
Death
:
whiche
is
called
destruction
,
not
because
it
destroyeth
in
déede
,
but
because
it
séemeth
vnto
vs
to
destroye
.
Othersome
vnderstande
by
destruction
,
dust
and
power
,
and
the
dissolution
of
the
body
:
both
sences
are
good
]
agayne
thou
sayest
[
i.
also
thou
doest
but
speake
the
word
only
,
and
then
it
is
done
]
returne
[
vz.
in
respect
of
your
body
,
into
the
earth
out
of
which
it
was
taken
,
Genesis
3.19
.
and
in
respect
of
your
soule
to
God
who
gaue
it
,
Eccle.
12.7
.
]
ye
sonnes
of
men
,
[
i.
ye
mortall
creatures
:
for
this
word
expresseth
the
miserable
and
fraile
condition
of
men
]
and
in
these
wordes
he
sheweth
how
brittle
,
frayle
,
and
short
mans
life
is
,
he
compareth
the
course
of
our
life
to
a
race
in
a
Tilt
or
Turney
,
wher
we
quicklye
runne
to
the
ende
of
the
race
as
it
were
,
and
then
returne
backe
agayn
.
]
Ver.
4.
For
a
thousand
yeres
[
vz.
of
mans
life
:
q.d.
though
it
were
possible
for
a
man
to
liue
a
thousande
yeares
]
in
thy
sight
[
i.
before
thée
and
in
respect
of
thée
are
as
yesterdaye
when
it
is
past
[
i.
yea
they
are
soone
passed
ouer
in
respecte
of
thée
,
as
one
daye
onelye
in
respecte
of
vs
:
or
else
as
Saynte
Peter
expoundeth
it
in
his
second
Epistle
,
Chapter
3
verse
8
,
that
a
thousand
yeares
are
with
the
Lorde
as
one
daye
]
or
as
a
Watche
in
the
night
[
i.
of
verye
shorte
continuaunce
:
for
a
watche
in
the
night
,
was
but
thrée
houres
long
:
the
people
of
the
Iewes
in
olde
time
diuiding
the
night
into
foure
Watches
,
and
appoynting
also
to
euerye
watche
thrée
howers
.
Matth.
14.35
.
Luke
12.38
.
]
Verse
5.
Thou
haste
ouerflowed
them
[
vz.
by
thy
iudgementes
,
sodaynlye
taking
them
awaye
oute
of
this
life
,
as
a
floude
ouerwhelmeth
all
,
or
men
beware
.
For
this
Metaphor
of
the
ouerflowing
of
them
noteth
two
thinges
:
the
one
is
the
mighty
hande
and
power
of
GOD
,
the
other
is
the
sodayne
ende
of
mans
lyfe
,
and
the
vanitie
thereof
.
]
they
are
as
a
sléepe
[
or
as
a
dreame
that
one
hath
sléeping
,
which
passeth
awaye
,
and
is
quite
and
cleane
forgotten
]
in
the
morning
[
i.
when
man
is
in
his
force
and
strength
]
hée
groweth
like
the
grasse
[
i.
hee
is
flourishing
and
lustie
:
and
marke
the
sodayne
chaunge
of
the
number
,
from
the
singular
to
the
plural
,
vnderstanding
by
this
word
,
he
euery
man
.
]
Verse
6.
In
the
morning
[
i.
before
it
bee
cutte
downe
,
and
the
heate
of
the
Sunne
parche
it
]
it
flourisheth
and
groweth
[
that
is
,
the
grasse
prospereth
and
thriueth
]
but
in
the
euening
[
vz.
towardes
the
declining
of
the
sunne
,
at
whiche
time
husbandmen
suppose
the
grasse
will
cutte
better
,
and
the
mowers
(
the
heat
of
the
daye
being
somewhat
spent
)
are
the
better
able
to
indure
labour
]
it
is
cut
down
[
vz.
by
the
mower
with
his
sythe
]
&
withereth
[
vz.
somewhat
that
night
before
the
sunne
set
,
and
so
is
more
and
more
withered
with
the
heate
of
the
sunne
the
daye
or
dayes
following
:
q.d.
Euen
so
fareth
it
with
mans
life
,
for
by
this
similitude
he
noteth
the
breuitie
and
shortnesse
thereof
,
a
very
vsuall
thing
in
the
scripture
,
Isaiah
40.6
.
1
Pet.
1.24
.
Iam.
1.10.11
.
]
Ver.
7.
For
we
are
consumed
by
thyne
anger
[
he
séemeth
to
allude
to
some
great
and
particular
iudgement
layde
vpon
the
people
,
of
which
sée
Num.
14.
q.d.
Our
case
,
by
reason
of
thy
iudgement
sore
vpon
vs
,
is
more
gréeuous
then
other
mens
cases
are
]
and
by
thy
wrath
[
vz.
agaynste
vs
for
our
sinnes
]
wée
are
troubled
[
vz.
verye
sore
,
and
on
euerye
syde
stricken
as
it
were
with
greate
feare
.
]
Verse
8.
Thou
hast
set
our
iniquities
before
thee
[
vz.
that
so
thou
mightest
remember
them
,
and
punishe
vs
for
them
]
and
[
vz.
thou
hast
set
]
our
secret
sinnes
[
i.
the
sinnes
which
we
our selues
though
not
of
,
and
therefore
supposed
were
hidden
before
thée
]
in
the
light
of
thy
countenaunce
[
i.
openly
in
thy
sight
and
before
thy
face
.
]
Ver.
9.
For
all
our
dayes
[
i.
al
the
dayes
of
our
life
]
are
past
[
vz.
already
,
so
that
they
cannot
be
called
back
agayn
]
in
thine
anger
[
vz.
against
vs
for
our
sinnes
]
we
have
spent
our
yeres
[
i.
the
yeares
of
our
life
are
gone
]
as
a
thought
[
i.
sodainly
as
a
thought
commeth
into
our
minds
,
and
passeth
away
again
,
so
sodainly
are
our
dayes
passed
:
some
read
as
a
word
or
a
tale
that
is
tolde
:
whatsoeuer
it
be
the
sence
commeth
all
to
one
end
,
vz.
to
note
the
vanitie
&
shortnesse
of
mans
life
.
]
Verse
10.
The
time
of
our
life
is
thréescore
yeares
and
tenne
[
i.
ordinarilye
and
commonlye
men
liue
not
beyonde
it
:
yea
if
there
be
one
that
reacheth
vnto
it
,
there
are
a
hundred
which
dye
before
]
and
if
they
be
of
strength
[
i.
if
eyther
the
dayes
of
our
life
or
the
parties
themselues
,
haue
thorow
Gods
blessing
more
strength
then
other
men
haue
]
foure
skore
yeares
[
vz.
at
the
vttermoste
:
q.d.
That
is
the
greatest
age
which
almost
they
come
vnto
]
yet
their
strength
[
q.d.
that
strength
and
excellency
whereof
commonly
they
brag
&
boast
]
is
but
labor
and
sorrow
[
i.
conteineth
nothing
in
it
but
al
maner
of
affliction
,
toile
&
gréefe
,
dayly
experience
of
the
most
aged
men
doth
sufficientlye
prooue
the
same
vnto
vs
]
for
it
is
cut
off
[
i.
that
same
excellent
strength
and
force
of
men
which
they
bragge
of
,
is
by
death
thorowe
Gods
appoyntmente
made
nothing
,
and
that
]
quicklye
[
vz.
in
the
twinckling
of
an
eye
,
or
in
the
turning
of
a
hande
]
and
wée
[
vz.
mortall
men
that
were
]
flie
awaye
[
i.
wee
quicklye
departe
oute
of
this
world
and
lyfe
.
Verse
11.
Who
knoweth
the
power
of
thy
wrath
?
[
q.d.
None
at
all
,
though
thy
hande
bée
heauye
vppon
vs
]
or
of
thyne
anger
according
to
thy
feare
[
i.
who
standeth
in
awe
of
thyne
anger
so
much
,
as
thou
and
it
oughtest
to
be
feared
:
for
so
must
the
latter
part
of
this
verse
be
read
oute
of
Immanuel
.
As
for
that
in
the
Geneua
text
,
for
according
to
thy
feare
is
thine
anger
,
i.
men
féele
thine
anger
according
to
the
feare
that
they
haue
conceaued
of
thée
,
caryeth
with
it
,
as
little
or
no
sence
in
regarde
of
the
place
,
so
lesse
truth
,
because
Gods
iudgements
doe
many
times
lye
heauie
vpon
those
men
that
haue
no
feare
of
his
iudgements
at
all
.
]
Verse
12.
Teache
vs
so
to
number
our
dayes
[
i.
make
vs
so
to
vnderstand
how
shorte
a
space
we
haue
to
liue
]
that
we
may
apply
our
harts
vnto
wisdome
[
i.
that
we
may
thereby
become
more
circumspecte
and
héedye
,
howe
we
spende
euen
that
shorte
tyme
that
we
haue
.
]
Verse
13.
Returne
[
vz.
to
vs
in
mercye
and
loue
,
i.
shewe
some
signes
of
thy
fauour
and
grace
:
q.d.
hitherto
thou
haste
bene
angrye
agaynste
vs
,
nowe
at
the
length
shew
some
fauoure
towards
vs
]
O
Lorde
howe
long
[
vz.
wilte
thou
bee
angrye
with
vs
,
and
shewe
vs
the
testimonyes
of
thy
wrath
]
and
bee
pacifyed
towardes
thy
seruauntes
[
i.
take
pleasure
gentlye
and
graciously
to
handle
vs
,
whome
thou
haste
vouchsafed
worthye
of
this
honour
,
to
be
called
thy
seruaunts
.
]
Verse
14.
Fill
vs
with
thy
mercye
[
i.
make
vs
féele
thy
goodnesse
in
greate
abundaunce
and
plentifullye
]
in
the
morning
[
i.
eyther
in
the
flower
of
our
age
,
as
ver.
5.
of
this
Psalme
,
or
else
in
time
conuenient
,
as
sundry
times
before
,
some
take
it
to
be
put
for
continually
]
so
shall
we
reioyce
and
be
glad
[
i.
so
we
shal
not
only
haue
occasion
of
reioycing
and
gladnesse
,
but
we
wil
also
performe
prayses
vnto
thée
for
the
same
]
al
our
dayes
[
i.
al
the
dayes
of
our
life
,
or
so
long
as
we
liue
,
sée
Psalm
146.1
.
]
Verse
15.
Comfort
[
vz.
with
thy
grace
goodnesse
and
fauour
]
vs
[
vz.
now
afflicted
]
according
to
the
dayes
that
thou
hast
afflicted
vs
[
vz.
in
Egypt
,
as
maye
appeare
from
Exod.
1.
to
the
12.
chapter
:
q.d.
graunt
that
the
comfort
which
we
shall
receiue
from
thée
,
may
be
equall
(
yea
more
)
with
the
calamities
which
we
haue
indured
]
and
according
to
the
yeares
[
i.
let
thy
comfort
be
aunswerable
to
the
multitude
of
yeares
]
that
we
haue
séene
euill
[
i.
wherein
wee
haue
suffered
and
borne
affliction
or
punishmente
.
For
euill
is
vsed
here
,
as
Amos
3
,
6.
no
doubte
in
consyderation
of
the
weakenesse
and
corruption
of
their
owne
nature
,
and
of
the
multitude
of
afflictions
that
commonlye
lye
vpon
them
,
and
of
the
hardnesse
to
apply
Gods
fauour
and
goodnesse
towardes
them
,
the
godly
had
néed
to
pray
that
Gods
graces
may
rather
excéed
their
miseries
then
be
equal
with
them
or
like
vnto
them
]
Ver.
16.
More
playnly
the
wordes
would
be
placed
thus
:
let
thy
worke
toward
thy
seruaunt
bee
séene
[
i.
let
that
which
thou
wilt
doe
for
thy
seruaunts
(
for
vnder
one
he
meaneth
all
the
rest
of
the
people
)
appeare
and
be
made
manifest
before
men
:
vnderstanding
by
the
worde
,
Worke
,
some
singular
protection
,
sauegarde
,
and
delyueraunce
that
GOD
should
worke
for
his
people
]
and
thy
glorye
[
i.
and
let
thy
glory
also
appeare
,
not
only
vpon
them
or
towardes
them
,
but
also
]
vpon
their
children
[
i.
vppon
their
whole
race
and
posteritie
:
so
that
there
are
two
endes
touched
in
this
verse
,
the
one
is
Gods
glorye
,
the
other
is
the
sauegard
of
Gods
people
,
and
the
defence
of
their
séede
.
]
Verse
17.
And
let
the
beautie
of
the
Lord
our
God
be
vpon
vs
[
first
marke
how
he
changeth
the
person
from
the
second
to
the
third
:
next
that
by
beautie
he
meaneth
the
wonderful
louing
kindnesse
and
fauour
of
God
,
which
while
it
pleaseth
God
to
shewe
to
his
,
he
doth
after
a
sort
adorne
them
with
great
glory
and
comfort
,
which
when
also
he
withdraweth
,
they
séeme
to
bee
in
greate
reproche
and
dishonour
.
This
then
is
as
muche
:
q.d.
Shew
vs
thy
fauour
,
that
not
only
we
our selues
maye
thereby
be
comforted
in
our selues
,
but
also
that
thereby
wee
maye
haue
the
great
credite
,
glory
,
and
estimation
whiche
wee
were
wont
to
haue
with
other
people
]
direct
[
i.
order
,
guide
,
and
prosper
]
the
worke
of
our
handes
[
i.
whatsoeuer
wée
shall
take
in
hande
]
vppon
vs
[
i.
amongst
vs
,
in
vs
,
and
to
vs
:
q.d.
giue
a
good
successe
and
blessed
issue
to
al
our
enterprises
:
he
meaneth
that
nothing
we
take
in
hand
can
come
to
good
ende
,
except
that
GOD
guide
vs
by
his
holy
spirite
]
euen
directe
the
worke
of
our
handes
[
hee
repeateth
the
same
request
agayne
,
not
onely
to
set
forth
his
owne
earnestnesse
in
prayer
,
but
also
to
declare
howe
necessarye
and
néedefull
the
thing
it selfe
is
,
for
whiche
hée
prayeth
.
Verse
1.
teacheth
that
it
is
no
small
comfort
of
conscience
,
Do.
if
wee
haue
once
felte
God
gracious
and
fauourable
vnto
vs
.
Verse
2.
teacheth
that
the
true
tast
and
féeling
of
Gods
eternall
election
,
is
an
excellent
proppe
for
men
to
staye
themselues
on
in
all
assaults
.
Verse
3
teacheth
that
the
issues
both
of
life
and
death
,
are
in
Gods
owne
power
.
Verse
4
teacheth
that
the
longest
dayes
and
yeares
of
mans
life
,
in
respect
of
God
who
is
all
eternity
,
are
nothing
.
In
the
5
,
and
6
,
verses
by
two
similitudes
,
vz.
of
floods
and
flowers
,
he
noteth
the
shortnesse
and
vanity
of
the
life
of
all
men
,
of
what
state
or
condition
soeuer
they
be
.
Ver.
7
teacheth
that
the
apprehension
and
féeling
of
Gods
wrath
worketh
gréeuous
effects
in
the
mindes
and
bodies
of
those
that
be
indéed
touched
therwith
.
Ver.
8
that
the
matter
of
all
Gods
wrath
agaynst
vs
is
within
our selues
,
vz.
both
our
open
and
secret
transgressions
against
God
and
man
.
Ver.
9
teacheth
that
mans
life
is
nothing
how
long
soeuer
it
be
amongst
men
,
when
the
wrath
and
iudgement
of
God
is
vpon
it
.
Ver.
10
teacheth
that
al
the
dayes
of
the
strongest
mans
life
,
is
nothing
else
but
sorrow
and
vexation
of
spirite
.
Ver.
11.
teacheth
how
hard
a
thing
it
is
,
and
how
few
there
are
,
that
doe
rightlye
and
reuerently
thinke
of
Gods
fearefull
wrath
.
Verse
12
teacheth
vs
to
pray
to
God
to
giue
vs
grace
to
thinke
vpon
the
shortnesse
of
our
liues
,
and
to
remember
the
last
ende
,
a
matter
which
we
very
easilye
and
much
forget
.
Verse
13
teacheth
that
nothing
is
so
comfortable
to
Gods
seruaunts
as
his
fauour
and
loue
,
and
as
when
in
the
same
they
féele
him
reconciled
vnto
them
.
Verse
14.15
.
teacheth
vs
,
that
if
we
respecte
our
wretchednesse
,
miserye
and
affliction
,
we
haue
great
néede
to
pray
for
the
abundaunce
and
riches
of
Gods
mercy
to
be
shewed
vpon
vs
,
and
when
we
haue
felt
it
to
shew
our selues
vnfeignedly
thankefull
to
him
for
the
same
.
Verse
16
teacheth
in
our
prayers
alwayes
to
respecte
Gods
glorye
,
and
the
saluation
of
his
people
.
Verse
17.
teacheth
that
nothing
that
wée
doe
can
come
to
a
good
ende
,
vnlesse
the
Lorde
doth
beginne
,
continue
,
and
finish
the
same
.
Psalme
91.
Di.
THis
Psalme
may
be
diuided
into
two
parts
.
In
the
firste
he
declareth
in
what
safety
they
are
,
that
in
stedfast
trust
do
wholy
submit
themselues
vnto
the
Lord
and
hang
vppon
him
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
end
of
the
13.
In
the
second
he
bringeth
in
god
speaking
as
a
sufficient
witnesse
to
confirme
and
performe
the
truth
of
all
that
he
had
sayde
,
from
verse
14.
to
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
This
Psalme
hath
no
title
.
The
Iewish
expositors
iudge
that
Moses
penned
it
,
but
that
is
not
much
materiall
:
this
is
to
be
marked
,
whosoeuer
he
was
that
writ
it
,
did
shewe
himselfe
to
haue
a
very
singular
féeling
of
Gods
power
and
prouidence
.
]
Verse
1.
Who
so
[
i.
Whosoeuer
hée
bée
,
of
what
state
and
condition
hée
bée
that
]
dwelleth
[
i.
hath
his
moste
vsuall
abode
]
in
the
secrete
of
the
most
high
[
i.
vnder
the
prouidence
and
protection
of
the
most
high
GOD
]
shall
abide
[
q.d.
Suche
a
one
néede
not
doubte
,
but
that
hée
shall
alwayes
continue
]
in
the
shadowe
of
the
almightie
[
i.
vnder
the
pleasaunte
and
assured
defence
of
GOD.
The
Prophet
sheweth
what
care
the
Lorde
hath
ouer
his
faythfull
people
,
into
whatsoeuer
daungers
they
fall
,
and
therefore
exhorteth
them
to
continue
sure
and
stedfast
to
him
,
because
they
that
bee
in
his
kéeping
shall
not
be
in
daunger
of
blowes
,
but
shal
dwel
in
a
sure
,
quiet
,
and
pleasaunt
place
,
which
I
suppose
he
meaneth
by
secret
and
shadowe
.
Verse
2.
I
[
vz.
being
thus
assured
of
his
fatherlye
protection
]
will
saye
[
vz.
at
all
times
,
in
what
case
or
distresse
souer
I
bee
]
vnto
the
Lord
[
vz.
vppon
whome
I
doe
thus
depende
by
fayth
]
O
myne
hope
[
i.
thou
whome
alone
I
hope
and
trust
in
]
and
my
Fortresse
[
sée
Psalme
18.2
.
]
hée
[
vz.
alone
,
and
none
other
but
hee
]
is
my
GOD
[
i.
my
defender
and
safe
kéeper
]
in
him
will
I
trust
[
vz.
all
the
dayes
of
my
lyfe
,
euen
for
euer
and
euer
.
Immanuel
readeth
these
two
verses
otherwise
,
and
maketh
an
other
sence
[
which
indéede
I
better
allow
of
thus
.
]
Verse
1.
To
him
[
vz.
whosoeuer
he
bée
]
that
dwelleth
[
i.
that
hangeth
continually
by
a
stedfast
fayth
]
in
the
secrete
of
the
most
high
[
i.
vppon
the
prouidence
of
the
Lorde
,
whether
it
appeare
towards
him
or
no
]
and
vnto
him
that
lodgeth
all
nighte
vnder
the
shadowe
of
the
almighty
.
By
dwelling
and
lodging
,
and
all
the
rest
of
the
words
,
the
Prophet
meaneth
nothing
else
but
this
,
he
that
daye
and
nighte
by
a
liuelye
fayth
stayeth
himselfe
vppon
GOD
and
his
prouidence
,
neyther
careth
much
for
anye
worldlye
casualtie
,
(
as
men
terme
it
)
shall
in
déede
be
safe
(
for
that
muste
we
vnderstande
)
euen
as
Chickens
are
vnder
the
Hennes
winges
.
Let
then
the
first
verse
go
thus
:
To
him
that
dwelleth
in
the
secrete
of
the
most
high
,
and
vnto
him
that
lodgeth
all
night
vnder
the
shadow
of
the
almightie
.
]
Ver.
2.
Do
I
say
[
vz.
in
mine
own
experience
&
example
]
in
the
Lord
is
my
hope
[
q.d.
and
by
my
example
I
woulde
haue
him
to
hope
in
him
likewise
]
and
my
fortresse
[
i.
the
place
of
my
sure
defence
,
agaynste
all
mine
aduersaries
]
hee
is
my
GOD
,
in
whome
I
truste
[
i.
I
trust
vnto
him
,
and
to
no
other
but
him
,
who
both
canne
and
will
defende
mee
.
]
Verse
3.
Surelye
[
q.d.
without
all
doubte
,
if
so
bee
it
thou
vnfeynedlye
trust
in
him
.
For
the
man
of
GOD
in
this
verse
applyeth
his
owne
example
to
the
faythfull
]
hée
[
vz.
whiche
hath
all
will
and
power
in
himselfe
,
and
neuer
deceaueth
anye
]
will
deliuer
thée
[
i.
eyther
kéepe
thée
altogether
from
it
,
or
else
,
if
thou
fall
into
it
,
sette
thée
frée
]
from
the
snare
[
i.
from
destruction
priuilye
and
closelye
prepared
for
thée
as
snares
are
to
catche
the
beastes
]
of
the
hunter
[
i.
of
him
that
hunteth
and
séeketh
after
thée
to
destroye
thée
]
and
from
the
noysome
pestilence
[
i.
from
the
pestilence
that
bringeth
with
it
hurte
,
daunger
,
and
destruction
.
By
snares
and
pestilence
hee
meaneth
all
manner
of
euils
,
whether
they
come
from
men
or
be
layde
vppon
vs
by
GOD
,
giuing
vs
to
vnderstande
that
God
will
succour
vs
,
in
whatsoeuer
daunger
we
be
,
because
he
hath
infinite
means
to
deliuer
vs
out
of
the
same
.
]
Ver.
4.
He
[
vz.
God
]
wil
couer
thée
vnder
his
winges
[
i.
will
haue
singuler
care
of
thée
and
thy
safety
:
this
is
a
similitude
taken
from
birdes
,
&
namely
from
hens
,
meaning
that
god
by
his
prouidence
and
protection
woulde
safelye
defende
him
]
and
thou
shalt
bée
sure
[
vz.
from
the
rage
and
force
of
all
thine
enemyes
]
vnder
his
feathers
[
i.
vnder
his
protection
and
sauegarde
:
hee
repeateth
the
same
thing
(
i.
the
assuraunce
that
the
faythfull
are
in
,
being
vnder
Gods
gouernmente
)
in
other
wordes
and
termes
]
his
truth
[
i.
his
faythfull
promise
keeping
]
shall
bée
thy
Shielde
and
Buckler
[
i.
shall
be
vnto
thée
in
stéede
of
a
shielde
and
Buckler
to
defende
thy selfe
in
all
daungers
,
because
hée
hath
promised
,
and
therefore
will
performe
it
,
to
deliuer
thée
out
of
the
same
.
]
Verse
5.
Thou
shalt
not
bee
afrayde
[
i.
thou
shalte
not
néede
to
feare
,
séeing
thou
hangest
wholye
vppon
the
Lorde
.
Immanuel
readeth
it
in
the
Imperatiue
Moode
,
feare
not
:
but
methinketh
the
former
is
the
better
]
of
the
feare
of
the
night
[
i.
of
any
,
though
neuer
so
great
feare
,
he
speaketh
this
,
because
that
the
darkenesse
of
the
nighte
it selfe
(
much
more
occasions
of
feare
in
the
same
darkenesse
)
maketh
men
fearefull
]
nor
of
the
arrow
that
flyeth
by
daye
[
by
arrowe
flying
in
the
day
,
hee
meaneth
some
sodayne
mischiefe
that
commeth
vpon
a
man
or
euer
he
bee
ware
.
Wée
maye
also
giue
this
sence
,
that
because
he
speaketh
of
night
and
daye
,
he
meaneth
that
the
godlye
shall
haue
no
néede
to
feare
eyther
in
secrete
or
open
mischiefs
pretended
agaynst
them
,
because
that
louing
the
Lord
,
and
trusting
only
in
him
,
all
things
shall
worke
to
their
good
.
]
Verse
6.
Nor
of
the
pestilence
[
vz.
sent
from
God
vpon
people
for
their
sinnes
]
that
walketh
[
i.
that
is
forcible
and
strong
to
kill
]
in
the
darkenesse
[
i.
in
the
night
:
not
that
he
tieth
it
only
to
that
tyme
,
no
more
then
he
doth
it
to
the
noonetide
in
the
nexte
parte
of
the
verse
]
nor
of
the
plague
[
vz.
of
mortalitye
and
death
]
that
destroyeth
[
vz.
all
sortes
of
people
indifferently
]
at
noone
daye
[
hée
meaneth
by
these
manner
of
spéeches
that
the
godly
néede
not
to
feare
any
maner
of
euill
,
whether
it
haue
force
in
the
daye
or
in
the
night
,
or
whether
it
be
open
or
secrete
.
]
Verse
7.
A
thousand
[
i.
a
very
great
number
,
putting
a
number
certayn
for
an
vncertain
]
shall
fall
[
vz.
by
the
ordinaunce
and
appointment
of
God
,
thorow
diseases
and
plagues
]
at
thy
side
[
i.
at
one
of
thy
sides
,
meaning
indéede
the
left
side
,
as
may
appeare
by
this
,
that
afterwards
he
maketh
mention
of
the
righte
hande
]
and
tenne
thousande
[
i.
an
innumerable
number
as
it
were
,
a
number
certaine
for
an
vncertayne
as
before
]
at
thy
righte
hande
[
i.
at
thy
other
side
]
but
it
[
vz.
Pestilence
,
Destruction
,
or
any
manner
of
euill
,
for
of
these
had
hée
spoken
before
]
shall
not
come
neare
thée
[
vz.
to
hurte
or
harme
thée
:
the
reason
is
,
because
GOD
will
haue
suche
a
speciall
care
of
thée
,
that
though
all
the
rest
of
the
World
bée
destroyed
,
yet
thou
shalte
bée
safe
.
Marke
here
two
thinges
:
that
vnder
the
Worde
,
hée
,
which
includeth
but
one
man
,
as
it
were
,
he
meaneth
all
the
faythfull
whatsoeuer
,
or
wheresoeuer
.
Secondly
,
that
these
temporall
blessinges
are
conditionally
promised
(
though
the
condition
be
not
here
expressed
)
vz.
so
farre
forth
as
the
accomplishmente
thereof
may
serue
for
Gods
glory
,
and
the
saluation
of
his
seruaunts
.
]
Ver.
8.
Doubtlesse
with
thine
eyes
[
vz.
of
fayth
principallye
,
though
it
must
bee
vnderstoode
also
of
the
bodilye
eyes
]
shalte
thou
beholde
and
sée
the
rewarde
of
the
wicked
[
i.
that
great
iudgement
,
which
God
wil
powre
forth
vppon
them
as
a
reward
of
their
sinne
.
q.d.
the
godly
shal
knowe
by
experience
that
GOD
is
●
iust
iudge
against
the
worlde
,
punishing
the
wicked
thereof
.
]
Ver.
9.
For
thou
●ast
sayd
[
vz.
in
a
stedfast
and
assured
perswasion
]
the
Lorde
is
mine
hope
[
i.
hee
alone
in
whome
I
will
put
my
hope
and
confidence
]
thou
hast
set
the
most
high
[
i.
thou
hast
accounted
and
made
the
eternal
God
]
for
thy
refuge
[
i.
a
sure
place
for
thee
to
flée
vnto
and
to
dwell
in
,
as
Psalme
90.
ver.
1.
to
bee
kept
safe
from
all
the
mischiefes
of
the
wicked
.
]
Verse
10.
There
shall
no
euill
[
i.
maner
of
punishment
]
come
vnto
thee
[
vz.
from
the
almighty
,
as
to
hurt
thee
]
neither
shall
any
plague
[
i.
affliction
,
crosse
,
or
calamitie
]
come
néere
thy
tabernacle
[
i.
the
place
where
thou
dwellest
,
putting
the
place
or
house
for
the
people
therein
contained
:
q.d.
both
thou
and
thy
whole
housholde
or
family
shal
bee
safe
and
sound
.
]
Ver.
11.
For
he
[
i.
God
himselfe
]
shal
giue
his
angels
charge
ouer
thee
[
q.d.
not
onely
he
himselfe
will
care
for
thy
defence
,
but
also
when
néed
shal
bée
,
he
will
appoint
his
heauenly
messengers
to
preserue
thée
:
not
that
the
Angels
helpe
is
greater
then
Gods
,
but
to
teach
vs
that
wee
shall
haue
God
him selfe
and
all
the
heauenly
armies
at
his
commaundement
,
to
defend
vs
]
to
kéep
thee
[
vz.
safe
and
sound
,
from
all
hurts
and
daunger
]
in
all
thy
wayes
[
i.
in
euery
thing
that
thou
shalt
take
in
hande
according
to
thy
calling
,
for
Gods
glory
and
thy
neighbours
good
,
staying
thy selfe
continually
vpon
him
by
faith
which
thinges
the
deuill
cunningly
dissembled
,
when
hee
tempted
Christ
,
Matth.
4.6
.
]
Ver.
12.
They
[
i.
the
Angels
Gods
ministers
]
shall
beare
thée
in
their
handes
[
i.
shall
carefully
looke
vnto
thée
,
as
men
doe
to
those
things
which
they
haue
in
their
handes
:
and
not
that
Angels
haue
handes
,
or
any
other
part
or
member
of
a
mans
body
,
for
they
are
spirituall
&
invisible
creatures
]
that
thou
hurt
not
thy
foote
against
a
stone
[
q.d.
the
care
shal
bee
so
great
,
that
euen
the
lowest
and
basest
member
as
it
were
shal
be
preserued
,
much
more
the
more
principal
and
excellent
:
sée
Psalm
.
34.20
.
hee
meaneth
that
God
,
will
vpholde
men
from
stumbling
or
falling
,
vnderstanding
by
the
word
,
stone
,
al
the
hinderaunces
that
Sathan
casteth
in
our
wayes
to
let
vs
in
the
course
of
saluation
.
]
Ver.
13.
Thou
[
vz.
which
stedfastly
trustest
in
the
Lorde
]
shalt
walke
[
vz.
with
out
hurt
and
daunger
]
vpon
the
Lion
and
Aspe
[
i.
vppon
the
cruell
and
venemous
beastes
:
for
vnder
one
of
either
sort
,
he
comprehendeth
the
rest
of
the
like
]
the
yong
lion
,
[
vz.
which
by
reason
of
his
youth
,
is
fearce
,
mighty
,
and
raging
]
and
the
Dragon
[
or
flying
serpent
,
as
it
were
,
this
is
an
other
kinde
of
most
noysome
and
hurtful
beast
]
shalt
thou
tread
vnder
thy
féete
[
i.
shalt
thou
ouercome
,
and
they
themselues
shall
yeelde
obedience
vnto
thée
,
vnder
these
speeches
,
the
Prophet
meaneth
that
they
shal
be
deliuered
from
all
deadly
dangers
which
commonly
men
are
subiect
vnto
,
such
like
thinges
as
these
are
foretold
of
the
kingdome
of
Christ
.
Isaiah
,
11.6.7.8
.
Hosea
.
2.18
.
Mark
.
16.18
.
[
Verse
14.
Because
he
hath
loued
mée
[
these
are
Gods
owne
wordes
,
making
an
assured
promise
to
the
faithfull
.
q.d.
because
the
faithful
people
haue
in
a
reuerent
loue
depended
on
mee
and
trusted
in
mee
,
to
the
ende
that
their
faith
and
loue
might
not
be
voyde
,
and
I
be
found
inconstant
in
my
promises
]
therefore
will
I
deliuer
him
[
i.
set
him
frée
,
vz.
from
all
daungers
,
troubles
,
and
feares
:
and
note
that
this
,
and
al
that
followeth
vnto
the
end
of
the
Psal.
the
Prophet
speaketh
in
the
person
of
God
]
I
wil
exalt
him
[
i.
lift
him
vp
and
that
into
a
verye
high
and
safe
place
,
meaning
hereby
that
hee
will
deliuer
him
and
set
him
frée
from
all
daunger
and
distresse
]
because
hee
hath
knowne
my
name
[
i.
because
hée
hath
experience
of
my
power
and
might
,
féeling
by
triall
what
succour
is
to
bée
founde
in
mée
,
and
so
hath
learned
to
approue
the
same
and
trust
in
it
.
]
Ver.
15.
Hée
shall
call
vpon
me
[
i.
pray
vnto
mée
,
and
that
in
the
time
of
his
distresse
and
heauinesse
]
and
I
will
heare
him
[
i.
graciously
graunt
him
his
request
]
I
will
bée
with
him
in
trouble
[
vz.
not
onely
to
comfort
him
,
that
affliction
ouerwhelme
him
not
,
but
also
to
deliuer
him
out
of
the
same
,
as
it
followeth
in
this
verse
]
and
gloryfie
him
[
i.
I
wil
aduaunce
him
to
great
glory
and
estimation
:
q.d.
I
wil
cause
my
glory
for
the
loue
that
I
beare
him
,
to
shine
in
him
,
and
that
shal
bee
both
matter
and
occasion
,
why
other
shall
estéeme
him
as
glorious
and
renowmed
.
]
Ver.
16.
With
long
life
,
will
I
satisfie
him
[
q.d.
if
hée
wish
or
desire
long
life
,
I
will
giue
it
him
,
and
that
in
great
measure
]
and
will
shewe
him
my
saluation
[
i.
I
will
make
him
féele
by
effect
that
I
am
his
sauiour
and
deliuerer
,
and
I
suppose
that
a
man
may
take
it
further
,
referring
it
to
eternal
life
,
meaning
by
long
life
,
all
the
benefites
and
blessinges
which
concerne
this
life
,
and
by
saluation
,
eternal
life
and
glory
:
q.d.
he
shal
be
sure
,
to
haue
both
the
one
and
the
other
.
Do.
Verse
1.
Teacheth
vs
alwaies
in
a
stestfast
faith
,
to
hang
vpon
the
Lord
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
them
,
that
haue
had
féeling
of
his
goodnes
,
to
labour
to
bring
other
to
a
stedfast
perswasion
therein
.
Ver.
3.
Teacheth
that
if
God
deliuer
vs
not
from
dangers
,
we
shal
daily
and
hourely
fal
into
the
same
.
Ver.
4.
Teacheth
that
they
which
féele
themselues
comprised
vnder
gods
prouidence
,
&
within
the
compasse
of
his
gracious
promises
,
shal
neuer
miscary
.
Ver.
5.6.7
.
Teach
that
a
stedfast
perswasion
of
gods
power
and
goodnes
,
surmounteth
al
the
noysome
dangers
and
distresses
of
this
life
whatsoeuer
.
Ver.
7.
Teacheth
that
in
the
middest
of
the
greatest
confusion
and
destruction
that
can
be
,
the
Lord
wil
prouide
for
the
safety
of
his
:
as
appeareth
in
the
example
of
Noah
and
Lot
.
Ver.
8.
Teacheth
that
it
is
no
smal
comfort
to
the
godly
sensibly
and
plainely
to
perceiue
,
the
iudgements
of
God
vppon
the
wicked
,
and
their
vtter
ouerthrowe
.
Ver.
9.
Teacheth
that
whosoeuer
stedfastly
beléeueth
the
Lorde
onely
to
be
his
defence
,
shal
neuer
quaile
in
his
afflictions
.
Ver.
10.
Teacheth
that
God
mercifully
preserueth
the
faithful
&
all
that
belongeth
to
them
.
Ver.
11.
Teacheth
vs
first
in
that
God
vseth
Angels
,
as
meanes
for
our
defence
,
that
therefore
wee
should
vse
the
meanes
(
not
yet
trusting
in
the
meanes
)
that
the
Lord
hath
giuen
vs
to
performe
any
thing
by
:
secondly
that
God
guideth
those
that
are
his
in
all
their
purposes
and
attempts
.
Ver.
12.
Teacheth
Gods
care
,
not
only
ouer
man
himself
,
but
also
ouer
euery
member
and
part
of
him
,
yea
the
meanest
part
,
as
the
foote
:
also
it
teacheth
that
vnlesse
the
Lorde
vphold
vs
,
we
shall
doe
nothing
else
but
stumble
and
fal
.
Ver.
13.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
God
wil
subdue
all
things
vnto
his
elect
and
faithful
people
.
The
Papists
haue
done
great
iniury
to
this
text
,
in
appropriating
it
to
the
Pope
only
,
to
whom
it
can
no
otherwise
appertaine
,
then
to
any
other
christian
,
if
he
were
a
christian
,
but
for
as
much
as
hée
renounceth
Christ
,
and
is
the
very
Antichrist
indéed
,
this
doeth
no
whit
at
all
belong
vnto
him
.
Ver.
14.
Teacheth
two
thinges
:
first
,
that
the
loue
the
faithful
beare
to
the
Lorde
is
neuer
lost
,
but
the
Lorde
doeth
rewarde
a
thousand
fold
:
secondly
that
this
is
a
ready
way
to
bee
rid
from
daunger
and
feare
in
stedfast
fayth
to
hang
vppon
the
Lorde
,
and
his
mighty
power
.
Verse
15.
Conteineth
first
a
singular
spurre
to
prayer
,
in
that
the
Lorde
promiseth
to
graunt
the
supplication
of
his
seruauntes
:
secondly
a
notable
comfort
in
distresse
,
for
that
the
Lorde
promiseth
,
not
onely
to
bee
present
with
his
in
their
trouble
,
but
also
to
deliuer
them
out
of
the
same
,
yea
,
which
is
more
,
to
aduance
them
to
great
glory
and
safety
.
Verse
16.
Teacheth
that
they
which
vnfeignedlye
serue
God
,
shall
haue
abundaunce
of
all
blessings
both
concerning
this
life
,
and
the
life
to
come
.
Psalme
92
THis
Psalme
may
be
diuided
into
thrée
partes
:
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
sheweth
that
it
is
méete
for
men
to
praise
the
Lorde
,
and
teacheth
them
howe
and
wherefore
they
shoulde
doe
it
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
5.
In
the
seconde
he
declareth
by
what
meanes
and
woorkes
especially
GOD
purchaseth
prayse
amongest
men
,
and
that
is
by
punishing
the
wicked
,
and
maintaining
the
good
,
from
verse
6.
to
the
ende
of
the
11.
In
the
thirde
,
hée
Prophecieth
of
the
great
blessednesse
,
that
GOD
will
bestowe
vppon
his
seruauntes
,
and
this
reacheth
from
verse
12.
to
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
,
A
Psal.
&
song
[
sée
Psal.
48.
in
the
title
]
for
the
Sabboth
day
,
Se.
[
i.
to
be
sung
in
the
assembly
vpon
the
Sabboth
day
,
vpon
which
day
the
people
met
for
the
publike
exercises
of
the
Church
.
]
Ver.
1.
It
is
a
good
thing
[
vz.
because
it
hath
the
promise
of
this
life
,
and
of
the
life
to
come
]
to
praise
the
Lord
[
vz.
for
his
graces
and
benefites
bestowed
vppon
vs
:
hee
meaneth
by
praysing
,
a
thanksgiuing
,
which
is
a
part
of
Gods
seruice
,
the
performance
of
his
whole
seruice
prescribed
in
his
worde
]
and
to
sing
vnto
thy
name
[
i.
by
prayses
and
thanksgiuings
vnto
thy
maiesty
,
to
set
forth
the
greatnes
of
thy
excellency
and
power
]
O
most
high
[
this
terme
hath
béene
sundry
tymes
expounded
before
.
]
Ver.
2.
To
declare
[
vz.
by
al
the
meanes
that
we
can
]
thy
louing
kindnes
[
i.
the
mercy
&
goodnes
which
thou
shewest
to
thy
seruants
]
in
the
morning
[
i.
not
only
in
that
time
which
is
very
conuenient
for
prayer
or
thankesgiuing
,
but
hee
meaneth
thereby
euery
morning
,
yea
continuaunce
in
the
action
of
thankesgiuing
,
as
shall
afterwardes
appeare
]
and
thy
trueth
[
i.
thy
faithfulnes
in
performaunce
of
thy
promises
]
in
the
night
[
i.
euery
night
:
by
these
two
woordes
morning
and
night
,
hée
meaneth
continuall
thankesgiuing
,
for
as
his
goodnes
and
trueth
abydeth
towardes
vs
continually
,
so
it
behoueth
vs
to
giue
continuall
all
thankes
vnto
him
for
the
same
.
]
Ver.
3.
Vpon
an
instrument
of
ten
stringes
,
and
vpon
the
viole
[
sée
before
Psalm
.
33.2
.
]
with
the
song
vppon
the
harp
[
hée
meaneth
that
the
song
,
and
the
tune
of
the
song
played
vpon
the
harpe
shoulde
both
goe
together
.
And
in
this
verse
he
speaketh
not
onely
according
to
the
vse
that
was
then
vnder
the
lawe
,
at
what
times
musicall
instruments
and
songes
were
a
part
of
the
tutorshippe
of
the
Iewes
,
but
meaning
somewhat
further
,
vz.
that
men
shoulde
inforce
themselues
,
what
in
them
laye
,
to
prayse
the
Lord
earnestly
by
all
the
meanes
they
could
.
]
Ver.
4.
For
thou
Lorde
hast
made
mée
glad
[
vz.
both
inwardly
and
outwardly
,
so
that
both
my
soule
and
my
body
reioyce
]
by
thy
workes
[
i.
by
the
contemplation
,
and
consideration
of
thy
works
,
in
which
thou
settest
forth
thy
great
maiesty
,
mercy
,
power
,
wisedome
,
&c.
and
euen
thy
whole
selfe
as
it
were
]
and
I
will
reioyce
[
q.d.
séeing
thou
hast
giuen
me
so
great
and
so
good
an
occasion
I
will
not
faile
but
be
glad
therein
]
in
the
workes
of
thine
handes
[
i.
in
the
excellent
things
that
thou
thy selfe
hast
by
thy
almighty
power
created
and
made
:
he
attributeth
handes
to
God
,
because
hée
speaketh
of
him
according
to
mans
capacity
,
and
not
that
he
hath
any
handes
at
all
.
]
Ver.
5.
O
Lorde
howe
glorious
are
thy
workes
?
[
q.d.
they
are
so
great
and
ful
of
maiesty
,
that
no
tongue
is
able
to
expresse
it
,
nor
heart
effectually
conceiue
the
excellency
of
them
]
and
thy
thoughtes
are
very
déepe
[
i.
thy
counsels
,
purposes
,
and
manners
of
doing
,
are
incomprehensible
,
and
passe
al
vnderstanding
of
men
.
The
interrogation
and
exclamation
,
which
the
Prophet
vseth
in
this
place
,
doe
sufficiently
declare
,
that
God
otherwise
gouerneth
mankynde
,
then
al
mans
reason
is
able
to
conceiue
.
]
Verse
6.
An
vnwise
man
[
i.
a
wicked
man
,
which
also
he
vnderstandeth
by
foole
afterwardes
:
the
worde
,
which
hée
vseth
,
signifieth
brutish
as
a
beast
,
meaning
him
that
giueth
himselfe
ouer
to
his
sensualitie
and
pleasure
beastlike
,
not
regarding
either
Gods
woorkes
or
his
worde
:
sée
Psalm
.
28.5
.
so
that
wee
sée
,
what
account
he
is
of
before
God
,
vz.
estéemed
as
a
bruit
beast
]
knoweth
it
not
[
i.
neither
considereth
neither
approueth
the
excellency
of
thy
workes
and
iudgements
]
and
a
foole
[
i.
a
wicked
and
vngodly
person
as
Psalm
.
14.1
.
and
also
generally
throughout
the
whole
booke
of
Prouerbs
]
doth
not
vnderstande
this
[
vz.
which
followeth
,
vz.
that
the
wicked
and
vngodly
,
for
al
their
florishing
state
,
shall
come
to
perpetual
ruine
and
decay
:
no
they
vnderstand
it
not
,
though
it
please
thée
(
O
Lorde
)
in
other
mens
persons
,
to
giue
them
dayly
experience
and
tryall
thereof
.
]
Ver.
7.
When
the
wicked
growe
[
i.
increase
,
and
florish
,
prosper
and
triumph
]
as
the
grasse
[
hee
meaneth
hereby
not
onely
their
florishing
estate
,
but
withall
secretly
hee
setteth
out
their
quicke
and
flitting
estate
,
of
which
see
before
Psal.
90.5.6
.
]
and
al
the
workers
of
wickednes
[
i.
all
they
that
worke
wickednesse
,
with
gréedinesse
,
delight
,
and
pleasure
]
doe
florish
[
vz.
in
this
worlde
:
and
here
marke
,
that
if
the
parenthesis
in
the
Geneua
text
were
left
out
,
the
sense
woulde
bee
very
plaine
]
that
they
shal
bee
destroyed
[
vz.
from
amongest
men
,
and
that
through
Gods
iudgements
]
for
euer
[
yea
and
for
euer
meaning
the
eternall
punishment
that
shall
light
vppon
them
.
]
Ver.
8.
But
thou
O
Lord
art
most
high
for
euermore
[
Sée
the
note
in
the
Geneua
Bible
,
for
the
sense
of
this
text
,
but
I
rather
like
Immanuels
translation
which
readeth
it
thus
:
And
that
thou
,
O
most
high
,
art
the
Lorde
for
euermore
[
q.d.
this
is
an
other
thing
beside
the
former
,
which
the
wicked
forget
,
vz.
that
thou
rulest
and
gouernest
all
thinges
according
to
the
good
pleasure
of
thine
owne
will
and
power
.
]
Ver.
9.
For
loe
thine
enemies
O
Lorde
[
i.
those
that
set
themselues
againste
thée
]
for
loe
,
thine
enemies
O
Lorde
shal
perish
[
vz.
through
thy
mighty
iudgements
:
and
this
repeating
of
the
thing
twise
,
together
with
that
terme
,
lo
,
doubled
,
do
note
the
certaintie
&
assurednes
thereof
]
al
the
workers
of
iniquitie
[
sée
before
ver.
7.
of
this
Psal.
and
these
words
,
all
the
workers
of
wickednes
]
shal
be
destroyed
[
vz.
as
things
broken
into
pieces
,
and
shal
vanish
away
,
as
matters
of
no
regarde
.
Verse
10.
But
thou
shalt
exalt
mine
horne
[
i.
thou
shalt
not
onely
increase
,
but
also
cause
to
be
reuerenced
my
strength
]
like
the
vnicornes
[
vz.
either
horne
or
strength
,
whose
horne
howe
greatly
it
is
estéemed
experience
teacheth
:
&
for
the
strength
of
it
you
may
sée
,
Deut.
33.17
.
Num.
24.8
.
]
and
I
shal
be
annoynted
[
he
speaketh
this
according
to
the
manner
of
the
countrey
wherein
hee
liued
,
vnderstanding
by
annointing
,
powring
forth
,
vz.
of
giftes
,
and
hauing
also
the
same
giftes
,
bestowed
vppon
him
]
with
freshe
oyle
[
vz.
whiche
hath
not
lost
his
strength
and
power
,
hee
meaneth
that
hee
shall
not
onelye
inioye
but
bee
adorned
also
,
with
the
graces
and
benefites
of
GOD
:
sée
Psalme
.
23.5
.
]
Verse
11.
Mine
eye
also
shall
sée
my
desire
[
vz.
executed
]
against
mine
enemies
[
hee
meaneth
that
he
shoulde
behold
his
enemies
plagued
and
punished
:
vnderstanding
by
the
word
enemies
,
such
as
looked
narrowly
to
his
behauiour
,
and
hoped
to
sée
destruction
come
vpon
him
,
the
same
worde
is
vsed
.
Psal.
5.8
.
&
when
hée
speaketh
here
of
desires
and
wishes
:
hee
meaneth
not
,
such
hasty
and
rash
wishes
,
as
we
are
prouoked
to
,
through
the
corruption
and
malice
of
our
own
hartes
:
neither
as
though
hee
desired
any
thing
against
Gods
will
:
but
being
throughly
perswaded
of
the
obstinate
malice
of
the
vngodly
on
the
one
side
,
&
Gods
iudgements
ready
to
be
powred
forth
vppon
them
on
the
other
side
,
for
their
sinnes
,
he
vttereth
these
spéeches
]
and
mine
eares
shall
heare
[
vz.
by
true
and
faithful
report
:
q.d.
my
hearing
,
as
well
as
my
féeling
shal
be
satisfied
]
my
wish
[
vz.
accomplished
and
performed
]
against
the
wicked
that
rise
vp
against
me
[
vz.
with
al
their
force
and
power
.
q.d.
I
shal
sée
them
ouerthrown
.
]
Ver.
12.
The
righteous
[
i.
he
whome
God
accepteth
as
righteous
,
and
frameth
to
righteousnes
]
shall
florish
[
vz.
through
Gods
grace
and
goodnes
towardes
him
]
like
a
palme
trée
[
some
thinke
the
iust
to
bee
compared
to
a
palme
trée
,
for
the
swéetnes
of
the
fruite
,
which
for
mine
owne
part
I
sée
no
reason
of
.
The
Rabbines
,
and
amongest
the
rest
,
Abeu
Ezra
,
thinke
them
to
be
compared
to
palme
trées
,
for
their
lastingnes
.
All
knowe
this
,
and
Plinie
also
maketh
mention
of
it
,
that
the
nature
of
this
trée
is
,
though
when
weight
is
layd
vppon
,
it
bende
and
bowe
somewhat
,
yet
the
weight
being
remoued
,
it
standeth
vpright
again
,
and
spreadeth
it selfe
:
so
the
faithfull
,
notwithstanding
their
affliction
,
shall
when
their
miseries
are
remoued
,
recouer
newe
strength
,
and
come
to
more
force
then
they
haue
had
before
]
and
shal
grow
[
vz.
in
height
,
greatnes
,
&
strength
]
like
a
Cedar
of
Lebanon
[
of
these
Cedar
trées
wée
haue
hearde
before
,
Psalm
.
28.5
.
and
in
other
places
.
]
Verse
13.
Such
as
bée
planted
[
i.
such
as
haue
taken
déepe
roote
,
and
bée
well
setled
:
for
hee
speaketh
not
here
of
hypocrites
,
which
kéepe
or
occupy
a
place
onely
in
the
Church
,
but
of
all
faithful
people
]
in
the
house
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
in
the
Church
,
as
1.
Timothie
3.15
.
and
it
is
called
Gods
house
,
both
because
that
GOD
taketh
a
delight
,
to
dwell
there
,
as
it
were
,
and
also
because
his
exercises
are
there
obserued
,
and
hee
sheweth
him selfe
more
familiarly
to
that
company
,
then
to
the
rest
beside
]
shall
florishe
[
i.
shall
yéelde
great
store
of
fruite
through
Gods
blessing
]
in
the
Courtes
of
our
GOD
[
i.
euen
in
the
Church
or
assembly
of
the
Sayntes
,
hee
speaketh
of
Courtes
,
because
both
the
tabernacle
had
sundry
Courtes
,
and
also
afterwardes
the
temple
,
vz.
one
for
the
Priestes
and
Leuites
:
and
an
other
for
the
people
.
]
Ver.
14.
They
shal
bring
forth
[
vz.
through
Gods
blessing
and
great
goodnes
]
fruite
[
i.
abundaunce
and
store
of
fruite
]
in
their
age
[
i.
euen
in
their
olde
age
.
q.d.
although
they
bee
neuer
so
olde
,
yet
they
shall
not
bee
barren
,
but
shall
plentifully
yéelde
foorth
fruites
of
righteousnesse
,
being
watred
thereto
,
through
the
working
of
the
spirite
,
what
these
fruites
are
,
hee
sheweth
in
the
next
verse
]
they
shal
be
fat
and
florishing
[
vnder
these
metaphores
,
he
meaneth
that
they
shal
be
not
onely
in
good
liking
,
but
couragious
,
and
apt
,
to
all
good
thinges
,
through
Gods
goodnes
.
]
Ver.
15.
To
declare
[
vz.
abroade
,
in
euery
place
and
to
all
men
]
that
the
Lord
my
rocke
[
i.
that
the
Lorde
,
who
is
my
sure
defence
:
sée
Psal.
18.2
.
]
is
righteous
[
vz.
in
all
his
waies
,
and
namely
when
hee
blesseth
the
good
,
and
powreth
vengeaunce
vpon
the
vngodly
]
and
that
no
iniquity
[
vz.
at
all
]
is
in
him
[
vz.
either
in
respect
of
his
being
or
doings
,
so
that
hee
sheweth
that
this
is
one
excellent
fruit
,
which
the
godly
yéelde
,
to
confesse
gods
iustice
,
and
righteousnes
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
that
it
is
profitable
euen
for
vs
,
to
praise
GOD
for
his
mercy
and
might
.
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
vs
to
yéelde
thankesgiuing
continually
vnto
God
.
Ver.
3.
Teacheth
vs
to
vse
all
lawful
meanes
to
inforce
our selues
to
that
,
whereunto
wee
are
so
dull
and
backwarde
.
Ver.
4.
Teacheth
vs
that
euen
the
very
beholding
and
consideration
of
Gods
workes
,
ministreth
great
ioy
vnto
many
of
Gods
children
.
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
two
thinges
,
first
the
excellent
maiesty
of
God
,
which
in
some
measure
appeareth
in
his
workes
:
secondly
that
Gods
iudgements
and
wayes
are
a
bottomlesse
depth
vnto
man
.
Ver.
6.
Teacheth
that
the
wicked
haue
very
litle
or
no
regarde
at
al
of
Gods
iudgements
,
workes
,
or
wordes
.
]
Ver.
7.
Teacheth
two
things
,
first
that
the
wicked
and
vngodly
haue
in
this
life
great
prosperity
:
secondly
that
they
shall
come
to
a
perpetual
and
sodaine
destruction
.
Ver.
8.
Teacheth
that
though
man
bee
weake
and
wauering
,
yet
the
Lorde
is
full
of
power
and
alwayes
like
vnto
himselfe
.
Ver.
9.
Sheweth
not
onely
what
great
plagues
shall
fall
vpon
the
enemies
of
God
and
his
trueth
,
but
also
how
assuredly
they
shall
fall
vpon
them
.
Ver.
10.
Teacheth
that
howsoeuer
God
punisheth
the
wicked
,
yet
he
wil
remember
his
own
with
an
euerlasting
mercy
.
Ver.
11.
Sheweth
that
God
will
execute
iudgements
vpon
the
wicked
,
to
the
end
the
godly
may
bee
strengthened
,
in
the
assured
perswasions
which
they
haue
in
the
trueth
of
his
promises
.
Verse
12.
Setteth
out
the
glorious
and
prosperous
estate
of
the
faithfull
.
Verse
13.
Teacheth
that
it
is
a
good
thing
,
to
ioyne
our selues
to
the
assemblies
of
Gods
Saints
,
for
there
is
the
place
of
all
godly
and
plentiful
fruites
.
Ver.
14.
Teacheth
that
Gods
children
are
not
voyde
of
the
fruites
of
faith
.
Ver.
15.
Teacheth
that
this
is
one
excellent
fruite
of
faith
,
vz.
to
set
out
and
prayse
the
strength
,
power
,
goodnes
,
and
iustice
of
almighty
God
.
Psalme
93
THe
faythfull
in
this
Psalme
,
Di.
doe
magnifie
and
prayse
GOD
for
many
thinges
,
they
doe
commende
and
prayse
him
,
first
for
his
great
glory
,
and
euerlasting
eternity
:
and
this
is
in
the
two
first
verses
,
Secondly
for
his
most
excellent
and
mighty
gouernment
of
all
thinges
:
and
this
is
in
verse
3.4
.
thirdly
of
the
singular
regarde
that
hee
hath
of
his
Church
,
and
this
is
in
the
last
parte
of
the
Psalme
.
This
Psalme
hath
no
title
,
and
of
this
sort
are
Psalme
.
1.2.10
.
Se.
and
sundry
others
.
Verse
1.
The
Lorde
reigneth
[
vz.
ouer
all
the
earth
,
but
specially
amongest
his
owne
people
:
and
that
not
onely
in
ruling
and
gouerning
the
course
of
nature
,
but
specially
by
his
doctrine
,
and
worde
:
so
you
shall
sée
the
worde
raigning
taken
.
Psalm
.
96.
verse
10.
Psalm
.
97.1
.
Psalme
99.1
.
]
and
is
clothed
with
maiesty
[
i.
decked
with
great
glory
,
which
by
effect
is
declared
in
euerye
place
,
maintaining
mankinde
,
with
a
wonderfull
power
,
iustice
and
wisedome
,
yet
wee
must
note
,
that
this
worde
clothed
,
signifieth
not
any
thing
that
commeth
from
an
other
to
him
,
for
hee
hath
the
fulnesse
of
all
thinges
in
his
owne
power
and
possession
,
but
hee
speaketh
in
this
and
the
next
verse
following
of
GOD
,
according
to
the
manner
of
earthly
Kinges
,
who
beare
rule
amongest
men
,
and
for
their
great
maiesty
are
clothed
with
the
most
costly
apparell
and
rich
iewels
]
the
Lorde
is
clothed
and
girded
with
power
[
vz.
both
to
withstande
his
enemies
,
and
defende
his
children
,
hee
meaneth
by
the
worde
clothing
,
that
the
Lorde
hath
power
continually
with
him
as
a
garment
:
and
by
the
worde
,
girding
,
that
he
hath
it
on
euery
side
,
and
in
a
readinesse
,
to
make
it
manifest
,
as
pleaseth
him
]
the
worlde
also
[
vz.
which
hee
hath
created
and
made
,
vnderstanding
thereby
al
things
in
the
world
whatsoeuer
]
shal
be
established
[
i.
preserued
and
maintained
in
the
right
gouernement
thereof
,
though
men
labour
to
disturbe
it
]
that
it
can
not
be
moued
[
vz.
by
any
thing
,
that
man
can
imagine
or
doe
against
it
,
hee
commendeth
in
this
verse
Gods
great
power
,
which
hath
so
established
the
earth
,
and
all
thinges
therein
,
that
men
can
not
so
much
as
shake
the
least
part
thereof
.
]
Verse
2.
Thy
throne
[
i.
thy
kingdome
and
the
gouernment
thereof
.
Sée
Psal.
89.4
.
putting
a
part
of
the
kingdome
for
the
kingdome
and
gouernement
it selfe
]
is
established
of
olde
[
i.
was
not
onely
setled
them
,
but
hath
from
that
time
hitherto
indured
,
and
so
shall
for
euer
and
euer
,
and
that
word
which
we
terme
of
olde
,
is
in
Hebrewe
,
before
them
[
i.
before
there
was
any
certaine
or
set
time
,
of
which
men
might
pronounce
this
worde
,
then
:
sée
Prouerb
.
8.22
.
]
thou
art
from
euerlasting
[
vz.
and
so
shalt
continue
for
euer
&
euer
.
]
Ver.
3.
The
floods
[
i.
all
floods
of
the
seas
and
waters
]
haue
lifted
vppe
their
voyce
[
i.
haue
made
a
great
noyse
,
as
men
doe
when
they
inforce
themselues
to
speake
or
sing
loude
,
some
vnderstande
by
this
manner
of
speach
:
the
enemies
,
who
with
great
violence
did
breake
in
vpon
gods
people
,
as
the
sea
and
floods
do
,
when
they
gayne
vpon
the
lande
:
but
this
in
my
iudgment
,
is
the
more
simple
sense
,
that
hee
meaneth
,
that
though
the
noyse
of
the
floods
and
sea
[
vnderstanding
thereby
,
if
you
will
,
all
the
hurliburlies
of
the
earth
]
bee
very
great
and
forcible
,
yea
euident
testimonies
of
Gods
power
and
might
,
yet
if
they
bée
compared
with
Gods
owne
maiesty
and
might
,
they
are
as
much
as
nothing
:
and
this
sense
is
confirmed
by
that
which
followeth
in
the
next
verse
]
the
floods
lift
vp
their
waues
[
vz.
and
make
a
great
and
fearefull
noyse
:
and
this
expoundeth
what
he
ment
before
,
when
he
ascribed
voyce
to
the
floods
.
]
Verse
4.
The
waues
of
the
sea
are
marueilous
[
vz.
considered
in
themselues
,
if
a
man
mark
their
goinges
,
greatnes
,
and
the
noyse
of
them
,
but
yet
more
marueilous
are
they
,
in
the
respects
before
alleadged
]
through
the
noyse
of
many
waters
[
vz.
which
fal
into
them
and
ioyn
with
them
,
sée
Ecclesi.
1.7
.
and
so
by
that
meanes
the
waues
and
noyse
of
the
floodes
are
greater
]
yet
the
Lord
on
high
[
vz.
in
heauen
]
is
more
mighty
[
vz.
then
them
al
as
who
hath
the
ordering
,
disposing
,
and
gouerning
of
them
al
,
at
his
good
pleasure
,
q.d.
though
it
be
true
,
that
the
sea
and
floods
make
a
great
noyse
,
and
so
expresse
a
great
power
,
yet
that
is
nothing
if
they
be
compared
to
God
,
by
whose
appointment
they
doe
that
which
they
doe
.
]
Ver.
5.
Thy
testimonies
[
i.
thy
worde
,
and
all
thinges
therein
conteined
,
as
Psal.
19.7
.
specially
thy
promises
made
vnto
thy
seruants
]
are
very
sure
[
vz.
so
that
they
can
not
be
altered
at
any
time
,
or
by
any
way
]
holines
[
i.
thy
holines
,
or
such
holines
,
as
thou
both
appointest
and
giuest
]
becommeth
thyne
house
[
i.
adorneth
and
beautifieth
thy
Church
and
congregation
]
for
euer
[
i.
continually
.
]
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
sundry
thinges
,
first
Gods
great
power
and
maiesty
,
the
consideration
whereof
is
terrible
to
the
wicked
,
and
comfortable
to
his
children
,
secondly
it
setteth
out
,
not
onely
the
great
care
that
God
hath
ouer
the
earth
,
and
the
things
therein
so
that
they
can
not
be
shaken
,
but
also
,
how
litle
,
or
nothing
at
all
mans
Counsell
can
preuaile
,
to
hurt
,
or
hinder
,
much
lesse
to
vndoe
any
thing
that
the
Lorde
will
haue
to
remaine
stedfast
and
sure
.
Ver.
2.
Setteth
out
the
eternity
and
euerlastingnes
of
almighty
God
.
Ver.
3.
Teacheth
that
the
very
creatures
may
manifest
vnto
vs
some
part
and
piece
of
Gods
excellencye
and
power
,
the
same
thing
doeth
Verse
4.
Teache
,
but
yet
so
,
that
it
sheweth
further
,
that
all
that
wee
can
beholde
in
them
,
is
not
so
much
as
a
shadowe
,
to
the
trueth
,
if
it
bee
compared
with
the
Creator
himselfe
.
Verse
5.
Is
comfortable
to
the
consciences
of
the
godly
,
because
it
assureth
them
of
the
certaintie
of
Gods
worde
and
promises
,
also
it
sheweth
,
that
the
holinesse
of
Gods
Church
is
from
GOD
himselfe
,
and
not
from
the
Church
.
Psalme
94
THis
Psalme
in
my
iudgement
may
very
aptly
bée
diuided
into
two
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
doeth
not
onely
praye
against
the
vngodly
,
but
reckoneth
vp
their
particular
sinnes
,
and
doeth
sufficiently
comfort
all
their
vayne
imaginations
:
and
this
part
reacheth
from
verse
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
11.
In
the
second
part
he
doth
especially
shew
,
in
what
a
good
and
blessed
case
they
are
whose
God
is
the
Lorde
,
interlasing
notwithstanding
the
attempts
of
the
wicked
,
all
which
the
Lorde
will
for
his
peoples
sake
,
frustrate
&
bring
to
nought
,
and
this
reacheth
from
ver.
12.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
This
Psalme
,
is
without
title
,
as
the
Psalme
next
going
before
is
,
Se.
and
also
sundry
other
Psalmes
following
,
and
namely
.
95.96.97.99
.
Ver.
1.
O
Lorde
GOD
,
the
auenger
,
O
God
the
auenger
[
i.
O
God
,
to
whome
alone
,
it
belongeth
to
punish
the
wicked
,
Roman.
12.19
.
]
shewe
thy selfe
clearly
[
i.
openly
manifest
thy
power
and
might
,
by
punishing
the
wicked
,
and
defending
the
good
,
Sée
Deutron
.
33.2
.
q.d.
punish
the
vngodly
openly
and
in
the
sight
of
all
men
.
]
Verse
2.
Exalt
thy selfe
[
i.
doe
not
onely
shewe
thy selfe
vnto
the
vngodly
,
but
declare
thy selfe
to
bee
great
and
high
:
q.d.
lift
vppe
thy selfe
,
not
onely
aboue
them
,
but
oppose
and
set
thy selfe
in
thy
power
and
might
against
them
]
O
Iudge
of
the
worlde
[
i.
O
thou
,
to
whome
the
iudgement
of
al
men
and
matter
appertaine
:
Sée
Genesis
18.25
.
Psalme
82.7
.
]
Render
a
rewarde
to
the
proude
[
vz.
for
their
pryde
against
thée
and
men
.
q.d.
paye
them
home
,
and
punish
them
,
for
that
they
haue
proudlye
set
themselues
against
thee
and
thy
people
.
]
Verse
3.
Lorde
howe
long
shall
the
wicked
[
this
hée
speaketh
not
as
though
hée
would
prescribe
GOD
a
time
,
but
as
praying
that
the
rage
and
power
of
the
wicked
might
not
continue
long
]
howe
long
shall
the
wicked
[
hée
repeateth
the
same
wordes
,
not
onely
to
set
out
the
great
cruelty
and
pride
of
the
vngodly
,
but
to
expresse
also
his
earnestnesse
in
prayer
]
triumph
[
vz.
in
their
pride
and
mirth
,
against
thée
and
thy
people
:
and
by
this
manner
of
speach
hée
meaneth
a
certaine
kinde
of
gladnesse
,
full
of
outrage
and
boasting
,
as
though
all
thinges
were
lawfull
for
wicked
men
to
doe
.
Verse
4.
They
prate
[
vz.
with
an
open
and
full
mouth
,
not
béeing
ashamed
of
their
speaches
]
and
speake
[
vz.
rashly
,
and
that
without
any
feare
of
thy
maiesty
,
or
modesty
towardes
men
]
fearcely
[
i.
not
onely
rough
and
harde
things
,
but
proudly
and
presumptuously
,
Sée
1.
Samuel
2.3
.
]
all
the
workers
of
iniquitie
[
i.
all
they
that
giue
ouer
themselues
to
commit
sinne
with
gréedinesse
]
vaunt
them selues
[
vz.
in
themselues
and
their
transgressions
,
making
that
a
great
part
as
it
were
of
their
glorye
.
]
Verse
5.
They
smite
downe
[
vz
by
their
force
and
might
,
and
that
vnto
the
grounde
:
meaning
by
this
speach
,
all
manner
of
affliction
,
that
the
wicked
laye
vpon
them
]
thy
people
[
i.
that
people
,
whome
thou
hast
chosen
for
thine
owne
]
and
trouble
[
vz.
very
much
,
with
sundry
sortes
of
crosses
and
afflictions
]
thine
heritage
[
i.
that
people
,
whome
thou
hast
chosen
to
bée
a
peculiar
inheritaunce
vnto
thy selfe
,
Sée
Psalm
.
28.9
.
]
Verse
6.
They
slay
[
vz.
through
extortion
,
rauening
,
and
violence
]
the
widowe
and
the
straunger
[
i.
all
manner
of
persons
,
that
euen
in
curtesie
should
bee
fauoured
]
and
murther
[
vz.
cruellye
,
and
without
any
remourse
of
conscience
,
or
tendernes
of
heart
]
the
fatherles
[
i.
them
that
bee
destitute
of
helpe
and
comfort
.
Sée
Hosea
.
14.3
.
q.d.
they
in
their
cruelty
and
rage
spare
none
.
]
Ver.
7.
Yet
.
q.d.
for
all
this
wickednesse
that
they
commit
]
they
say
[
vz.
not
so
much
in
their
woordes
,
as
in
their
perswasion
and
by
their
factes
:
Sée
Psalm
.
14.1
.
Hée
meaneth
that
without
any
checke
or
controlement
,
of
their
owne
heartes
,
or
woordes
,
they
gaue
themselues
ouer
to
commit
euil
,
casting
behind
them
the
feare
of
God
,
and
perswading
themselues
,
that
hee
regarded
not
thinges
done
vpon
the
earth
]
the
Lord
shal
not
sée
[
vz.
the
iniquity
and
sinne
,
that
we
commit
against
him
:
q.d.
wee
haue
meanes
to
bleare
his
eyes
,
and
to
stop
vp
his
sight
]
neither
wil
the
God
of
Iaakob
regard
it
[
q.d.
hee
will
make
no
great
account
of
our
transgressions
:
so
the
wicked
are
caryed
away
into
sinne
,
perswading
themselues
,
either
that
God
maketh
no
account
of
it
,
or
if
hée
doe
,
they
are
able
to
stoppe
his
eyes
vppe
,
and
to
shut
his
mouth
.
]
Verse
8.
Vnderstand
[
vz.
howe
farre
,
yee
goe
astray
,
and
deceiue
your selues
.
q.d.
nowe
at
the
length
,
bee
of
a
better
mynde
]
yee
vnwise
[
i.
yee
wicked
and
vngodly
men
,
as
Psal.
92.6
.
]
among
the
people
[
hee
meaneth
by
this
speach
,
not
onely
that
they
committed
sinne
in
the
sight
of
the
people
,
but
were
,
as
a
man
woulde
saye
,
the
ringleaders
of
the
rest
]
and
yée
fooles
[
i.
O
yée
wicked
people
,
as
generally
you
shall
haue
that
worde
so
vsed
,
throughout
the
Prouerbes
,
when
will
yee
bée
wise
[
i.
when
will
yée
returne
,
and
bée
of
a
better
mynde
,
for
that
is
true
wisedome
in
déede
.
]
Ver.
9.
Hée
that
planted
the
eare
[
vz.
in
the
heade
and
that
place
of
the
head
,
meaning
thereby
the
creating
and
making
of
it
]
shall
hee
not
heare
?
[
q.d.
it
can
not
bée
,
but
hée
must
needes
heare
]
or
hee
that
formed
the
eye
[
i.
hée
that
not
onely
gaue
shape
but
substaunce
also
and
being
vnto
it
]
shall
hée
not
sée
?
[
q.d.
it
can
not
bée
auoyded
but
hée
must
needes
sée
,
and
therefore
that
is
a
vayne
perswasion
which
you
haue
,
to
thinke
that
hee
doeth
not
beholde
and
marke
your
wordes
and
déedes
,
and
this
is
a
reason
taken
from
the
very
order
of
nature
.
q.d.
if
GOD
giue
men
power
to
heare
and
sée
,
can
any
thing
then
be
hidden
from
him
,
as
you
suppose
?
no
in
déed
Sée
such
a
like
argument
vsed
Exodus
4.11
.
]
Verse
10.
Or
hée
that
chastiseth
[
vz.
with
his
punishments
and
iudgments
]
the
nations
[
i.
whole
peoples
,
countries
,
yea
and
the
whole
world
,
as
in
the
general
flood
]
shall
hée
not
correct
[
vz.
you
&
that
with
the
same
or
like
punishments
]
q.d.
you
may
assure
your selues
,
that
hée
will
come
vppon
you
,
in
seuere
iustice
and
iudgement
.
And
this
is
an
argument
taken
from
the
more
to
the
lesse
.
q.d.
if
GOD
chastise
and
correct
all
people
,
without
partialty
or
respect
of
persons
,
will
he
leaue
some
fewe
men
vnpunished
,
no
in
deed
]
he
that
teacheth
man
[
i.
all
mankynde
,
and
euery
man
that
hath
any
thing
]
knowledge
[
i.
any
knowledge
,
or
vnderstanding
that
hée
hath
]
shall
not
hée
knowe
?
[
vz.
the
sinnes
and
iniquyties
which
you
commit
against
him
,
either
openlye
,
or
secretlye
.
q.d.
assure
your selues
hée
knoweth
them
all
.
]
Verse
11.
The
Lorde
[
q.d.
whatsoeuer
you
imagine
,
yet
this
is
certaine
that
hée
]
knoweth
[
i.
heareth
,
seeth
,
correcteth
,
yea
and
pronounceth
iudgement
of
]
the
thoughtes
of
man
[
i.
not
only
the
thinges
that
man
thinketh
,
but
also
the
wordes
hee
speaketh
,
and
the
workes
hee
doeth
,
putting
thought
which
is
the
beginning
of
euery
thing
,
for
the
pursuite
and
perfourmaunce
of
the
thinges
themselues
]
that
they
are
vanitye
[
i.
that
they
are
vayne
and
shall
come
to
no
ende
,
as
by
the
iudgement
which
hée
will
execute
vppon
them
shall
appeare
.
]
Verse
12.
Blessed
is
the
man
[
i.
certainely
hee
is
in
good
case
howsoeuer
the
world
déeme
of
him
.
And
marke
,
how
after
hee
had
reproued
the
wicked
,
hee
commeth
to
comfort
the
good
]
whome
thou
chastisest
[
vz.
for
a
small
while
,
and
that
either
by
the
ministery
of
wicked
and
vngodly
men
,
as
verse
5.
and
6.
of
this
Psal.
or
else
by
thine
owne
hande
,
and
crosses
of
tryall
]
and
teachest
him
,
[
vz.
to
walke
[
in
thy
law
[
i.
according
to
the
rules
prescribed
in
the
same
.
]
Verse
13.
That
thou
mayest
giue
him
rest
[
vz.
after
some
short
and
small
affliction
,
as
Psalme
30.5
.
vnderstanding
by
rest
,
deliueraunce
,
from
all
daungers
,
and
distresses
,
and
peace
,
after
the
same
deliueraunce
]
from
the
dayes
of
euill
[
i.
from
the
tyme
wherein
hée
was
exercised
with
affliction
and
aduersitie
]
while
the
pit
is
digged
for
the
wicked
[
i.
not
onely
while
the
vngodly
is
afflicted
,
as
though
he
ment
that
the
good
being
deliuered
the
vngodly
shoulde
bée
punished
in
this
life
,
but
also
,
death
and
destruction
from
the
Lorde
,
is
prepared
for
them
,
and
commeth
vppon
them
.
Sée
2.
Thessalonians
1.
ver.
5.6.7
.
Vnderstanding
by
pit
,
death
and
destruction
,
and
by
digging
the
preparing
,
and
performing
thereof
.
]
Ver.
14.
Surely
the
Lorde
will
not
faile
his
people
[
i.
deceiue
,
or
disappoint
them
in
any
thing
]
neither
will
hee
forsake
his
inheritaunce
[
vz.
vtterly
or
for
euer
,
hee
here
laboureth
to
staye
the
faythfull
vppon
the
assured
loue
and
trueth
of
the
Lorde
.
]
Verse
15.
for
iudgement
[
i.
Gods
iudgements
which
in
this
worlde
,
is
rather
executed
vppon
the
good
then
vppon
the
badde
]
shall
returne
to
iustice
[
i.
shal
bée
brought
to
full
and
assured
iustice
euerye
man
hauing
yéelded
to
him
his
right
,
vz.
affliction
to
them
that
afflict
,
and
to
the
afflicted
Gods
kingdome
for
which
they
suffer
.
Sée
2.
Thessalonians
16.7.8
.
not
as
though
Gods
iudgements
executed
in
this
life
were
vniust
,
for
hee
is
iust
in
all
his
workes
,
and
holy
in
all
his
wayes
,
but
because
wee
haue
in
this
life
,
but
the
beginning
of
them
,
and
in
the
great
daye
the
full
measure
of
iustice
shal
bée
made
manifest
]
and
all
the
vpright
in
heart
[
i.
all
that
are
soundly
and
sincerely
,
without
hypocrisie
giuen
to
godlinesse
]
shall
followe
after
it
[
vz.
chearefully
,
meaning
by
the
worde
following
,
not
onely
the
approuing
of
it
,
but
also
a
holy
desire
to
sée
and
imbrace
the
same
.
]
Verse
16.
Who
will
rise
vppe
with
mee
[
i.
for
mee
]
against
the
wicked
[
hee
meaneth
that
none
woulde
defende
him
and
his
cause
against
the
wicked
]
or
who
will
take
my
part
against
the
workers
of
iniquity
[
q.d.
none
saue
God
only
,
by
this
the
Prophet
sheweth
in
his
owne
example
,
that
vnlesse
GOD
had
holpen
him
,
hée
had
béene
vtterly
cast
away
,
so
much
was
hee
despised
of
all
,
and
so
little
coulde
,
or
woulde
any
mans
helpe
preuaile
.
]
Verse
17.
If
the
Lorde
had
not
holpen
mee
[
vz.
in
the
tyme
of
my
distresse
and
feare
:
by
the
woorde
,
holpen
,
hee
meaneth
plentifull
helpe
and
deliueraunce
]
my
soule
had
almost
dwelt
in
silence
[
i.
I
shoulde
haue
béene
dead
and
buryed
,
hée
putteth
the
worde
,
soule
,
for
life
,
as
sundry
tymes
before
,
and
dwelling
in
silence
for
lying
in
the
graue
,
which
is
called
the
place
of
silence
,
not
onely
because
the
deade
haue
no
féeling
,
force
,
speaking
,
&c
,
but
also
because
they
haue
no
power
as
then
to
prayse
GOD.
Sée
Psalme
6.5
.
also
Psalme
115.17
.
and
by
the
worde
,
almost
,
hee
meaneth
not
that
hee
shoulde
haue
escaped
death
,
but
that
hee
shoulde
shortly
haue
dyed
.
]
Verse
18.
When
I
sayde
[
vz.
either
in
wordes
,
or
thought
in
my
heart
,
that
which
followeth
]
my
foote
slydeth
[
i.
I
am
come
nowe
into
some
one
daunger
or
other
,
and
I
seeme
thereby
to
bee
cast
awaye
,
and
euen
at
deathes
dore
as
it
were
.
If
any
man
list
to
to
take
it
of
small
daungers
,
because
slyding
or
slipping
of
the
foote
,
is
no
great
matter
,
I
will
not
gainesay
it
]
thy
mercye
,
O
Lorde
,
stayed
mee
[
vz.
from
falling
,
either
into
daunger
or
perill
of
destruction
,
or
into
some
lesse
triall
.
]
Verse
19.
In
the
multitude
of
my
thoughtes
in
my
heart
[
i.
while
I
did
secretly
and
within
my selfe
thinke
vppon
many
thinges
,
hee
calleth
these
perillous
and
doubtfull
cares
which
hee
had
in
his
thoughtes
,
which
no
doubt
woulde
haue
ouerwhelmed
him
,
if
the
comfortes
of
God
,
of
which
he
speaketh
afterwards
had
not
refreshed
him
]
thy
comfortes
[
i.
those
comfortes
that
by
thy
spirite
I
receiue
,
from
thy
nature
and
worde
]
haue
reioyced
[
i.
haue
caused
to
reioyce
,
or
haue
made
glade
]
my
soule
[
i.
my
life
,
and
whole
man
,
distressed
with
sundry
sortes
of
heauinesses
.
]
Verse
20.
Hath
the
throne
of
iniquitie
[
i.
hath
vniust
iudgement
and
sentence
,
hee
putteth
a
wicked
place
,
for
wicked
matter
and
iudgement
pronounced
out
of
that
place
]
fellowshippe
with
thée
[
i.
doest
thou
iudge
vniustly
,
as
wicked
iudges
doe
.
Sée
Gene.
18.25
.
]
which
forgeth
wrong
for
a
lawe
[
i.
which
deuiseth
,
frameth
,
and
performeth
cruelty
,
as
though
it
were
right
,
and
according
to
the
lawe
and
iustice
,
and
marke
that
hee
calleth
it
the
throne
of
iniquitie
,
both
because
vniust
men
sit
there
,
and
vniust
sentences
are
pronounced
there
,
the
whole
verse
together
is
.
q.d.
thou
in
thy
dealings
O
Lorde
,
hast
nothing
common
with
vniust
iudgement
seates
,
with
vniust
iudges
,
or
vniust
sentences
,
all
which
doe
nothing
else
,
but
oppresse
other
men
with
iniurie
and
wrong
,
and
that
many
times
vnder
the
pretence
of
lawe
and
right
.
]
Ver.
21.
They
[
i.
the
wicked
and
vngodly
]
gather
them
together
[
vz.
in
troupes
,
and
great
companies
,
and
all
to
take
counsell
]
against
the
soule
of
the
righteous
[
i.
against
the
life
of
the
good
man
,
howe
they
may
take
it
away
from
him
,
and
spoyle
him
of
al
that
he
hath
]
and
condemne
[
vz.
vniustly
&
without
cause
]
the
innocent
blood
[
i.
the
man
that
hath
done
them
no
harme
,
putting
blood
a
part
of
man
,
for
man
himselfe
,
and
his
whole
life
.
]
Verse
22.
But
the
Lorde
[
q.d.
notwithstanding
the
mischieuous
malice
of
the
vngodly
mentioned
verse
21.
yea
the
rather
for
that
]
is
my
refuge
[
i.
a
sure
place
whereunto
I
will
flée
,
to
bée
preserued
from
mine
enemies
]
and
my
God
[
i.
hée
that
hath
alwayes
shewed
himselfe
careful
for
mee
,
and
gracious
to
mée
]
is
the
rocke
of
my
hope
[
i.
is
the
sure
stay
and
foundation
of
the
hope
that
I
haue
:
q.d.
I
assuredly
staye
my selfe
in
none
but
in
him
alone
.
]
Ver.
23.
And
hée
will
reuenge
them
their
wickednesse
[
vz.
which
they
haue
committed
against
him
and
others
:
meaning
by
this
manner
of
speach
that
hée
will
giue
them
the
wages
and
hire
which
is
due
to
so
great
transgression
]
and
destroy
them
[
i.
vtterly
ouerthrow
them
and
bring
them
to
naught
]
in
their
owne
malice
[
i.
in
the
mischiefe
and
euill
,
that
they
haue
deuised
against
the
good
:
meaning
that
their
euill
deuises
shall
fall
vpon
their
owne
heades
,
and
they
shal
be
taken
in
the
mischiefes
,
wherein
they
thought
to
intrappe
the
good
]
yea
the
Lorde
our
God
shall
destroy
them
[
q.d.
he
wil
certainely
destroy
them
,
and
that
by
his
great
and
sodaine
iudgements
:
the
repeating
of
the
same
words
,
noteth
nothing
else
,
but
the
assured
perswasion
of
the
faithfull
,
and
the
certaine
destruction
of
the
wicked
.
Verse
1.
Teacheth
that
it
is
comfortable
to
Gods
children
,
Do.
and
terrible
to
the
wicked
to
knowe
and
féele
,
that
GOD
is
the
auenger
of
al
iniuries
and
wronges
.
Verse
2.
Teacheth
that
wée
may
safely
praye
,
against
the
malicious
and
insolent
enemyes
of
Gods
trueth
.
Verse
3.
Teacheth
vs
not
to
bée
dismayed
,
though
the
wicked
preuaile
much
and
long
,
neither
to
prescribe
GOD
a
tyme
of
deliuerance
,
but
with
patience
to
beare
,
and
by
earnest
praier
to
labour
the
remouing
of
those
crosses
and
trials
.
Verse
4.
Describeth
the
proude
and
cruell
both
wordes
and
gestures
of
the
vngodly
.
Verse
5.
Setteth
out
their
cruell
and
outragious
déedes
against
Gods
seruants
.
Verse
6.
Sheweth
that
they
growe
to
such
a
height
and
harde
heartednes
and
cruelty
,
that
they
pity
not
them
,
whome
nature
and
curtesie
woulde
shewe
compassion
to
.
Verse
7.
Sheweth
not
onely
that
the
vngodly
flatter
themselues
in
their
sinnes
,
but
also
that
they
imagine
,
that
either
God
will
not
beholde
their
iniquity
,
or
if
hee
doe
,
that
hee
will
not
greatly
regarde
to
punish
them
for
it
.
Verse
8.
Teacheth
vs
to
haue
a
care
to
instruct
,
euen
those
that
are
most
desperately
wicked
.
Verse
9.
Teacheth
vs
that
nothing
,
that
we
doe
or
speake
,
can
bee
hid
from
Gods
eyes
or
eare
.
Verse
10.
Teacheth
vs
that
God
is
no
respecter
of
persons
,
and
that
therefore
wee
shoulde
not
flatter
our selues
,
as
though
hée
woulde
forbeare
vs
.
Verse
11.
Teacheth
that
man
and
all
his
deuises
are
nothing
in
respect
of
the
Lorde
.
Verse
12.
Teacheth
that
Gods
corrections
,
are
to
Gods
children
seales
of
his
blessing
vppon
them
:
also
that
this
is
a
singular
benefite
,
to
haue
Gods
will
and
worde
made
manifest
vnto
vs
.
Verse
13.
Sheweth
two
thinges
,
first
that
GOD
will
deliuer
his
out
of
all
their
distresses
:
Secondly
,
that
the
wicked
shall
bee
ouertaken
,
in
the
mischiefes
of
their
owne
heartes
.
Verse
14.
Teacheth
that
howe
slippery
or
inconstant
soeuer
,
man
bée
to
man
,
yet
GOD
is
alwayes
fast
and
sure
to
those
that
are
his
.
Verse
15.
Teacheth
that
howsoeuer
GOD
séeme
for
a
time
to
deferre
the
execution
of
full
and
perfect
iudgement
,
yet
hee
will
in
the
ende
perfourme
it
in
déede
,
and
the
godly
shall
reioyce
therein
.
Verse
16.
Teacheth
that
the
number
of
those
which
boldly
defende
Gods
seruants
is
very
smal
.
Ver.
17.
Teacheth
that
vnlesse
God
kéepe
vs
,
euery
steppe
that
wée
steppe
is
a
steppe
vnto
death
.
Verse
18.
Is
very
comfortable
,
teaching
vs
that
GOD
is
alwayes
present
with
his
,
to
preserue
them
from
all
euill
.
Ver.
19.
Teacheth
that
nothing
can
more
gladde
men
in
this
life
,
in
the
middest
of
their
heauinesses
,
then
to
haue
an
eye
to
the
comfortes
which
GOD
hath
set
downe
in
his
worde
.
Verse
20.
Setteth
out
the
vprightnesse
of
GOD
,
and
of
all
his
iudgements
,
so
that
though
men
bée
neuer
so
corrupt
,
yet
he
is
alwayes
iust
and
holy
in
all
his
workes
.
Verse
21.
Paynteth
out
,
the
conspiracye
and
crueltye
of
the
wicked
against
the
godly
.
Verse
22.
Teacheth
vs
in
the
middest
of
all
these
mischiefes
to
hang
vppon
the
Lorde
onely
,
by
an
assured
and
stedfast
fayth
.
Verse
23.
Setteth
out
the
certaintye
of
that
destruction
and
iudgement
of
the
vngodly
,
with
which
they
shal
bée
ouertaken
from
the
Lorde
.
Psalme
95.
Di.
THis
Psalme
may
bée
diuided
into
thrée
partes
.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
exhorteth
the
faithful
,
to
praise
and
serue
God
,
and
this
is
conteyned
in
the
two
first
verses
,
and
in
the
sixt
verse
.
In
the
seconde
part
hée
sheweth
the
causes
wherefore
,
vz.
for
the
gouernement
of
the
worlde
,
which
is
general
,
and
for
the
chusing
of
his
Church
which
is
particular
.
Verse
3.4.5.7
.
In
the
thirde
part
,
the
better
to
bring
them
vnto
the
perfourmance
of
this
duety
,
hée
setteth
before
them
a
fearefull
example
,
and
that
in
their
owne
fathers
,
for
the
neglect
of
it
,
from
verse
8.
to
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
.
Though
this
Psalme
haue
no
title
,
yet
it
appeareth
,
Hebre.
4.7
.
Se.
that
Dauid
was
the
author
thereof
and
did
write
it
.
]
Ver.
1.
Come
[
these
are
the
wordes
of
the
Prophet
exhorting
others
with
him
to
prayse
the
Lorde
,
Sée
Isaiah
.
2.3
.
]
let
vs
reioyce
[
vz.
together
,
and
that
from
the
hearte
singing
prayses
:
by
which
the
Prophet
sheweth
,
that
the
outwarde
seruice
of
God
consisteth
not
,
in
dead
ceremonies
but
especially
in
the
sacrifices
of
prayses
and
thankesgiuing
]
vnto
the
Lord
[
vz.
our
God
]
let
vs
sing
aloude
[
i.
with
a
cleare
and
high
voyce
,
euen
as
if
it
were
with
a
trumpet
]
vnto
the
rocke
of
our
saluation
[
i.
vnto
him
that
is
the
assured
groundwork
&
foundation
,
as
it
were
of
our
deliuery
,
meaning
by
this
spéech
god
who
is
vnto
his
people
,
in
stéed
of
a
rock
of
defence
,
&
deliuery
,
in
which
they
may
bée
safe
from
al
assaults
.
]
Ver.
2.
Let
vs
come
[
vz.
quickly
,
and
chearefully
]
before
his
face
[
i.
not
onely
into
his
presence
(
for
men
can
bée
in
no
place
,
but
they
are
in
his
sight
)
but
also
to
the
tabernacle
of
witnesse
,
in
which
place
,
the
Lord
gaue
glorious
testimonies
of
his
presence
&
fauor
]
with
praise
[
i.
with
songs
conteining
his
praise
for
the
benefites
which
we
dayly
receceiue
of
him
]
let
vs
sing
loud
[
sée
ver.
1.
of
this
Psal.
]
vnto
him
[
vz.
alone
,
and
to
none
other
but
him
]
with
Psalmes
[
vz.
conteining
his
praises
,
&
our
thanksgiuing
,
for
the
blessings
which
he
continually
bestoweth
vppon
vs
.
]
Ver.
3.
For
the
Lord
[
vz.
which
we
serue
,
and
who
giueth
vs
these
graces
]
is
a
great
God
[
i.
is
the
God
of
al
power
&
might
,
who
hath
both
wil
and
strength
,
to
do
what
soeuer
pleaseth
him
]
&
a
great
king
aboue
al
Gods
[
i.
hee
is
more
mighty
&
excellent
then
any
thing
,
or
al
the
things
,
that
haue
the
name
of
god
giuen
vnto
it
whether
they
be
Angels
,
or
idoles
,
or
magistrates
,
to
all
which
,
Gods
name
is
attributed
in
one
respect
or
other
in
the
Scripture
,
sée
Psalm
.
82.1
.
Psal.
86.8
.
Psal.
89.6
.
Ioh.
10.34.35
.
1.
Cor.
8.5
.
]
Ver.
4.
In
whose
hand
[
i.
vnder
whose
power
,
prouidence
,
&
gouernment
]
are
the
déepe
places
of
the
earth
[
by
this
spéech
he
meaneth
the
most
deepe
places
of
the
world
,
which
if
he
guide
and
gouerne
,
then
much
more
doth
he
gouerne
those
that
are
not
so
déepe
,
&
he
setteth
depths
against
the
height
of
the
mountaines
,
expressed
in
the
other
part
of
the
verse
,
meaning
by
both
these
laid
together
that
God
gouerneth
al
the
whole
worlde
,
whether
it
be
high
or
low
]
&
the
heights
of
the
mountaines
[
i.
the
most
high
mountains
are
his
[
vz.
to
guid
&
gouerne
them
,
as
him
liketh
best
:
q.d.
God
according
to
his
good
pleasure
ruleth
,
both
the
most
secret
and
the
most
mighty
thinges
,
yea
all
the
things
of
the
world
.
]
Ver.
5.
To
whom
the
sea
belongeth
[
vz.
to
bée
guided
and
gouerned
according
to
his
will
]
for
hee
made
it
[
vz.
by
gathering
the
waters
together
into
one
place
,
sée
Gene.
1.9.10
.
]
and
his
handes
formed
[
i.
his
almighty
power
,
gaue
forme
,
&
being
to
the
earth
]
the
dry
land
[
i.
that
part
of
the
earth
,
which
is
dry
,
and
separated
from
the
water
:
which
hée
calleth
drye
in
respect
of
the
other
ouercouered
with
water
.
]
Verse
6.
Come
[
vz.
together
with
me
,
sée
ver.
1.
of
this
Psalm
]
let
vs
worship
[
vz.
by
al
the
meanes
we
can
,
this
Lord
our
God
]
and
fal
down
[
the
word
signifieth
to
bowe
the
head
to
the
earth
,
as
they
were
wont
to
do
which
receiued
either
a
blessing
,
or
som
good
turne
from
others
:
q.d.
let
vs
by
al
meanes
testifie
the
humbling
of
vs
before
god
:
which
also
he
meaneth
by
the
worde
,
kneeling
,
afterwardes
put
downe
]
before
the
Lord
our
maker
[
i.
hee
that
hath
made
vs
.
This
worde
,
maker
,
conteining
a
double
argument
,
to
moue
men
to
his
worshippe
and
seruice
:
the
one
taken
from
Gods
excellency
,
who
is
the
creator
:
and
the
other
from
our
basenesse
,
who
are
his
workemanship
,
made
of
the
dust
of
the
earth
,
Gene.
3.19
.
]
Verse
7.
For
hee
[
vz.
alone
,
and
no
other
but
hée
]
is
our
God
[
i.
our
vpholder
,
maintainer
,
and
defender
,
and
therefore
good
cause
wee
haue
to
serue
him
]
and
we
are
the
people
of
his
pasture
[
i.
such
a
people
as
hee
with
a
speciall
and
fatherlye
care
nourisheth
and
defendeth
,
and
to
whom
hee
giueth
all
sortes
of
blessings
.
True
it
is
that
this
worde
,
sheepe
,
shoulde
agree
better
to
pasture
,
but
yet
the
holy
ghost
hath
vsed
the
worde
,
people
,
that
hée
might
the
better
expounde
the
metaphor
]
and
the
shéepe
of
his
hande
[
i.
the
tender
ones
(
for
so
are
sheepe
)
which
hée
guideth
and
gouerneth
,
by
his
Fatherly
prouidence
and
power
:
meaning
also
by
that
worde
,
his
,
that
GOD
himselfe
taketh
care
ouer
them
,
and
committeth
them
not
to
an
other
.
]
To
day
,
if
yée
will
heare
his
voyce
[
vz.
speaking
vnto
you
out
of
his
worde
:
q.d.
If
yée
mynde
as
yet
to
yéelde
obedience
vnto
his
trueth
,
then
harden
not
your
heartes
,
as
followeth
in
the
next
verse
,
for
so
must
these
two
verses
bée
ioyned
together
.
]
Verse
8.
Harden
not
your
harts
[
i.
be
not
obstinate
and
setled
in
your
sin
,
by
this
word
,
he
generally
meaneth
,
al
contempt
offred
to
Gods
word
]
as
[
vz.
your
fathers
,
and
ancestors
did
many
times
striuing
against
God
and
namely
]
in
Meribah
[
this
history
is
largely
handled
.
Num.
14.
]
&
as
in
the
day
of
Massah
[
this
history
is
put
down
,
Exod.
17.
Sée
also
Numb.
20.
and
conferre
all
these
thrée
chapters
together
,
for
though
it
shoulde
séeme
out
of
Exod.
17.
ver.
7.
that
Massah
,
and
Meribah
,
were
al
one
place
,
yet
by
comparison
of
the
chapters
,
and
the
matters
together
we
shal
find
,
that
they
tempted
the
Lord
more
then
once
,
and
more
then
in
one
place
]
in
the
wildernesse
[
the
holy
ghost
obserueth
these
circumstances
of
place
,
time
,
persons
,
maner
of
doing
,
&c.
for
the
certaintie
of
the
history
.
]
Ver.
9.
Where
[
i.
not
only
in
the
wildernes
,
though
that
were
a
principall
place
but
in
the
other
places
also
]
your
fathers
[
i.
your
auncestors
&
progenitors
,
of
whose
stocke
you
come
,
sée
Psal.
78.3
.
]
tempted
me
[
i.
would
haue
more
experience
and
triall
of
my
power
,
then
I
thought
méet
and
good
for
them
]
and
proued
me
[
vz.
what
I
could
do
,
through
my
power
&
might
]
though
they
had
séene
my
worke
[
vz.
which
I
did
before
them
,
&
in
their
sight
:
vnderstanding
by
the
worde
,
worke
,
in
the
singular
number
,
manifold
works
:
q.d.
although
they
had
had
sufficient
testimonies
of
my
power
&
might
,
and
knew
wel
inough
what
I
was
able
to
do
,
yet
they
woulde
not
leaue
off
,
but
still
proue
my
power
.
]
Ver.
10.
Fourtie
yeeres
[
vz.
long
and
together
]
haue
I
contended
[
vz.
striuen
by
diuers
punishments
,
yea
death
it selfe
,
as
appeareth
Numb.
14.33
.
and
yet
haue
nothing
profited
or
preuailed
]
with
this
generation
[
I
wil
rather
read
,
that
,
noting
the
rebellious
people
,
which
perished
in
the
wildernesse
]
and
[
vz.
I
haue
]
sayde
[
vz.
by
reason
of
their
continuall
wickednesse
]
they
are
a
people
[
i.
such
a
people
]
that
erre
in
heart
[
i.
not
only
without
iudgement
and
reason
,
but
also
outragiously
following
sinne
and
vngodlinesse
]
for
they
haue
not
known
[
i.
neither
allowed
loued
,
nor
walked
in
]
my
wayes
[
i.
eyther
my
doctrine
and
law
,
or
the
knowne
miracles
which
I
haue
done
for
their
sakes
.
]
Verse
11.
Wherefore
[
vz.
by
this
their
continuall
rebellion
being
moued
]
I
sware
[
vz.
vnto
them
:
q.d.
I
tied
my selfe
by
the
vertue
of
an
oth
]
in
my
wrath
[
vz.
agaynst
them
,
he
meaneth
by
this
spéech
,
being
angry
with
them
]
saying
[
vz.
in
such
sort
,
that
they
might
both
heare
it
and
know
it
]
surely
they
[
i.
this
wicked
and
rebellious
people
]
shall
not
enter
[
vz.
at
all
]
into
my
rest
[
i.
into
the
land
of
Canaan
,
where
they
should
rest
after
their
long
trauayles
:
and
he
calleth
it
Gods
rest
,
both
because
God
promised
it
,
and
also
after
forty
yeares
,
by
the
ministery
of
Iehoshua
performed
it
:
vnder
which
Dauid
ment
that
there
was
another
rest
signified
and
prepared
for
Gods
people
,
sée
Heb.
4.
ver.
8.9
.
Verse
1
teacheth
vs
not
only
to
prayse
God
our selues
,
Do.
but
also
to
prouoke
others
thereto
.
Ver.
2
teach
vs
to
yéeld
praise
vnto
him
,
publikely
,
chearefully
,
and
with
an
vnfeyned
hart
.
Ver.
3
teacheth
that
none
in
heauen
or
earth
,
no
not
all
of
them
together
,
are
in
any
respect
to
be
compared
with
the
God
whome
the
faythfull
serue
.
Ver.
4.5
.
teache
that
Gods
power
and
prouidence
gouerne
all
things
whatsoeuer
in
heauen
,
earth
,
the
water
,
&c.
Ver.
6.
teach
vs
with
all
outward
reuerence
,
to
humble
our selues
in
praiers
and
thanksgiuing
vnto
the
Lord
.
Ver.
7.
teacheth
vs
two
things
:
first
that
in
respect
of
God
,
and
of
our selues
,
we
ought
to
yéeld
him
seruice
and
obedience
:
secondlye
that
when
hee
speaketh
vnto
vs
out
of
his
word
,
we
ought
with
reuerence
to
harken
vnto
the
same
.
]
Verse
8.
teacheth
vs
,
to
cast
away
and
to
purge
from
vs
al
hard
hartednesse
and
obstinacy
when
God
speaketh
vnto
vs
:
it
teacheth
also
to
set
before
vs
the
example
of
other
mens
wickednesse
,
and
Gods
iustice
vpon
them
for
the
same
,
that
we
may
learne
in
the
sight
of
them
to
auoyde
them
.
Ver.
9.
teacheth
that
it
is
not
alwayes
safe
and
good
to
follow
the
steps
of
our
forefathers
,
also
that
the
more
workes
God
sheweth
of
his
power
and
prouidence
,
the
more
we
should
haue
our
fayth
strengthened
in
the
truth
of
his
promises
,
not
demaunding
euery
day
new
miracles
for
the
strengthening
of
our
fayth
.
Verse
10.
teacheth
vs
,
that
God
beareth
long
with
a
people
before
hee
punisheth
them
:
Also
,
that
he
vseth
many
meanes
to
bring
men
to
amendmente
,
if
it
woulde
bée
.
Verse
11
teacheth
vs
that
sinne
and
rebellion
against
God
,
shutteth
vs
vtterlye
out
of
the
heauenly
kingdome
.
Psalme
96.
TRue
it
is
that
this
Psalme
doth
chéefely
contayne
an
exhortation
directed
to
the
people
,
Di.
to
stir
them
vp
to
prayse
God
for
his
goodnesse
:
yet
notwithstanding
I
suppose
it
may
be
diuided
into
foure
parts
.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
exhorteth
men
to
praise
the
Lorde
.
verse
1.2.3
.
In
the
second
he
sheweth
causes
wherefore
they
should
doe
it
,
verse
4.5.6
.
In
the
third
he
doth
agayne
(
because
men
are
dull
)
prouoke
them
to
that
duety
of
praysing
God
,
ver.
7
,
8
,
9
,
10.
In
the
fourth
he
desireth
,
or
rather
indéed
prophecieth
of
the
good
things
and
blessinges
that
the
godly
shall
haue
,
from
verse
11.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
This
Psalme
séemeth
to
be
a
part
of
that
Psalme
which
the
Israelites
sung
at
the
bringing
of
the
Arke
into
Ierusalem
,
differing
little
or
nothing
,
sauing
in
the
chaunging
of
certain
words
,
from
that
which
we
may
reade
1.
Chronic.
16.
from
verse
23.
to
the
end
of
the
33.
verse
.
]
Verse
1.
Sing
[
vz.
with
harte
and
voyce
]
vnto
the
Lord
[
vz.
our
good
&
gracious
God
]
a
new
song
[
i.
not
only
new
in
respect
of
making
,
but
an
exquisite
one
,
and
more
then
a
common
song
,
by
reason
not
only
of
a
new
grace
shewed
vs
from
God
,
but
one
that
is
more
then
accustomed
,
yea
extraordinary
:
sée
Psalme
33
,
3.
]
sing
vnto
the
Lord
[
vnderstand
it
as
before
,
in
the
beginning
of
this
verse
]
all
the
earth
[
i.
all
the
people
inhabiting
the
earth
:
meaning
specially
the
people
of
the
Iewes
,
vnderstanding
also
by
earth
,
the
lande
wherein
the
Iewes
dwelt
.
]
Verse
2.
Sing
vnto
the
Lord
[
expound
this
as
it
was
expounded
before
ver.
1.
of
this
Psal.
]
and
praise
his
name
[
i.
set
forth
his
maiesty
,
power
,
&c.
(
as
Psalme
20
,
1.
)
with
songes
of
prayse
and
thanksgiuing
]
declare
[
vz.
in
your
songs
,
&
with
your
words
]
his
saluation
[
i.
the
gracious
deliuerance
which
he
performeth
for
his
people
]
from
day
to
day
[
i.
continually
&
without
ceasing
,
as
the
day
neuer
ceaseth
.
True
it
is
that
god
neuer
ceaseth
to
poure
vpon
vs
new
&
continuall
benefits
,
but
yet
the
meaning
of
the
Prophet
is
not
in
this
place
to
set
forth
that
,
but
to
shew
rather
the
faythful
,
what
their
duty
is
in
publishing
these
graces
]
Ver.
3.
Declare
[
vz.
by
your
words
&
déeds
]
his
glory
[
i.
the
things
which
he
hath
don
for
you
,
getting
ther
by
glory
vnto
himselfe
]
among
al
nations
[
vz.
of
the
earth
,
meaning
that
the
people
of
the
Iewes
should
trauayle
what
in
them
lay
to
make
known
his
works
euen
to
the
Gentils
]
and
his
wonders
[
vz.
whiche
he
hath
done
for
you
,
and
on
your
behalfe
]
among
all
people
[
vz.
of
the
whole
world
:
q.d.
sound
&
sende
them
abroad
,
that
other
may
heare
the
same
and
feare
.
]
Ver.
4.
For
the
Lord
is
great
[
vz.
in
strength
,
might
and
power
]
and
muche
to
bée
praysed
[
vz.
of
all
men
,
but
specially
of
his
own
children
and
seruaunts
,
for
the
graces
he
bestoweth
vpon
them
]
he
is
to
be
feared
[
vz.
with
a
reuerent
and
holye
feare
]
aboue
al
Gods
[
i.
more
then
al
the
idols
of
the
Gentils
,
for
of
them
he
speaketh
in
this
place
,
as
may
appeare
by
that
which
followeth
in
the
next
verse
.
]
Ver.
5
for
all
the
Gods
of
the
people
[
i.
all
those
things
which
the
people
estéeme
as
Gods
,
but
yet
are
not
so
in
déed
,
as
appeareth
1.
Cor.
8.5
.
and
Psal.
115.4.5
.
&c.
]
are
idols
[
i.
vanities
and
matters
of
nothing
,
as
appeareth
1.
Corinth
.
8
,
4.
whereof
also
in
this
place
,
and
Leuit.
19.4
.
they
haue
their
names
,
as
the
etymologie
of
the
Hebrew
word
very
well
declareth
]
but
the
Lorde
[
vz.
our
God
,
which
we
serue
]
made
[
vz.
in
the
beginning
,
and
that
of
nothing
]
the
heauens
[
i.
al
things
whatsoeuer
,
heauen
,
earth
,
&c.
putting
one
part
of
the
creation
for
the
whole
.
]
Ver.
6.
strength
[
vz.
to
strike
his
enemies
,
&
to
defend
his
own
people
]
and
glory
[
vz.
for
those
whom
he
loueth
&
liketh
]
are
before
him
[
i.
are
continually
in
his
sight
,
and
in
a
readinesse
at
his
commandement
as
it
were
to
goe
whether
soeuer
it
pleaseth
him
]
power
&
beauty
[
vz.
most
excellent
and
glorious
]
are
in
his
sanctuary
[
i.
in
the
place
of
his
abode
&
worship
,
the
Prophet
meaneth
as
I
take
it
,
that
though
the
Lord
manifest
his
great
power
and
glory
in
many
places
,
yet
specially
doe
they
appeare
in
his
sanctuary
or
Tabernacle
.
]
Verse
7.
Giue
vnto
the
Lord
[
vz.
only
,
and
to
none
other
but
him
]
ye
families
of
the
people
[
vz.
of
God
:
the
Prophet
speaking
this
according
to
the
custome
of
the
Iewes
,
who
were
diuided
first
into
tribes
,
and
then
into
families
,
Iehoshua
7.17.18
.
1.
Sam.
9.21
.
which
maketh
me
also
to
dissent
from
Immanuel
,
who
referreth
it
generally
to
al
people
of
the
earth
:
which
also
is
confuted
by
that
which
followeth
in
this
Psalm
ver.
10.
wher
they
are
commaunded
to
speake
to
the
Gentils
]
giue
vnto
the
Lord
[
vz.
only
as
before
]
glory
and
power
[
i.
al
glory
and
power
,
for
vnto
him
only
it
is
due
,
sée
Psal.
115.
verse
1.
]
Verse
8.
Giue
vnto
the
Lord
the
glory
of
his
name
[
i.
that
glory
and
honoure
which
is
due
and
méete
for
his
name
:
q.d.
Striue
to
glorifie
God
,
as
much
as
in
you
lieth
,
euen
according
to
his
excellency
]
bring
an
offring
[
vz.
vnto
him
,
in
token
that
you
doe
vnfeignedly
worship
and
serue
him
:
this
and
that
whiche
followeth
,
he
speaketh
according
vnto
the
law
,
by
which
the
people
were
appoynted
to
performe
these
things
]
&
enter
into
his
Courts
[
vz.
to
praise
,
serue
and
worship
him
.
For
this
word
Courts
,
see
Psalme
84.
verse
2.10
.
]
Verse
9
,
Worship
[
vz.
according
to
the
rule
of
his
word
]
the
Lord
[
vz.
only
,
as
manye
times
before
]
in
the
glorious
sanctuary
[
i.
in
the
Tabernacle
of
witnesse
,
where
his
glorye
appeareth
most
liuely
]
tremble
before
him
[
vz.
in
token
of
a
louing
and
reuerente
feare
]
all
the
earth
[
sée
verse
1.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
10.
Saye
[
i.
speake
aloude
,
declare
and
publish
that
which
followeth
]
among
the
nations
[
i.
the
other
peoples
of
the
world
,
meaning
thereby
the
Gentiles
]
The
Lord
reigneth
[
sée
Psalme
93.1
.
]
surely
the
worlde
shall
bee
stable
[
i.
the
whole
earth
and
the
people
therein
,
shall
continue
in
good
order
and
peace
,
though
the
wicked
laboure
to
disturbe
the
same
.
He
noteth
this
as
an
excellent
fruite
of
Gods
gouernmente
]
&
not
moue
[
vz.
for
all
that
the
wicked
can
imagine
or
do
,
and
note
that
this
amplyfying
by
the
contrary
,
as
that
on
the
one
syde
it
shall
be
stable
,
and
on
the
other
side
it
shall
not
moue
,
serueth
for
the
greater
certayntye
and
assuraunce
thereof
:
as
Iohn
1
,
20.
Romanes
9.1
.
1.
Timothie
2.7
.
]
and
shée
shall
iudge
the
people
[
i.
gouerne
and
guide
them
,
putting
one
parte
of
gouernmente
for
the
whole
]
in
righteousnesse
[
i.
vprightlye
and
iustlye
,
without
any
partialitie
or
respecte
of
persons
,
or
without
feare
,
fauoure
,
or
flatterye
.
]
Verse
11.
Let
the
heauens
reioyce
[
some
reade
it
,
the
heauens
shall
reioyce
and
so
they
doe
reade
all
these
verses
vnto
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
,
as
foretelling
of
the
greate
ioye
and
gladnesse
that
shall
bée
among
Gods
people
,
for
that
he
exerciseth
a
gouernmente
ouer
them
.
They
that
reade
it
,
as
the
Geneua
Texte
doeth
,
maketh
it
an
exhortation
,
that
the
Prophet
should
vse
the
more
to
sette
out
Gods
grace
and
goodnesse
,
euen
for
this
,
that
hee
gathereth
men
vnder
his
authoritye
and
gouernmente
:
q.d.
This
grace
of
GOD
is
so
greate
,
that
euen
the
dumbe
creatures
,
haue
thereby
an
occasion
offered
them
as
it
were
to
reioyce
and
be
glad
,
take
whether
of
these
sences
you
shall
thinke
good
,
yet
for
mine
owne
part
I
allowe
rather
the
latter
,
because
of
that
which
followeth
,
Psalme
98.7.8
.
Which
also
Immanuel
turneth
as
exhorting
the
creatures
to
reioyce
in
it
,
though
he
doe
not
so
in
this
place
]
let
the
heauens
reioyce
[
vz.
for
this
great
goodnesse
of
god
ruling
and
gouerning
]
and
let
the
earth
be
glad
[
vz.
for
the
same
occasion
]
let
the
sea
roare
[
vz.
in
token
and
testimonye
of
reioycing
]
and
all
that
therein
is
[
i.
euery
thing
that
liueth
and
moueth
in
the
same
.
]
Verse
12.
Let
the
fielde
[
i.
the
fieldes
:
putting
one
for
many
,
as
Psalme
95.9
.
worke
,
is
put
for
workes
]
be
ioyfull
[
vz.
for
the
causes
before
alleaged
]
and
all
that
is
in
it
[
i.
whatsoeuer
groweth
and
flourisheth
in
the
same
fieldes
]
let
all
the
Trées
of
the
Wood
[
i.
al
trées
of
what
kinde
soeuer
that
groweth
in
the
Woods
]
then
reioyce
[
vz.
when
the
Lorde
shall
beginne
this
gouernment
:
here
for
the
better
vnderstandinge
of
this
of
these
two
verses
,
we
are
specially
to
marke
these
two
thinges
:
firste
that
the
Prophet
layeth
not
this
duetie
vpon
the
insensible
creatures
,
otherwise
then
they
in
their
kind
are
able
to
performe
it
,
and
to
no
other
end
but
that
thereby
he
may
prouoke
men
,
who
haue
the
vse
of
reason
,
and
the
light
of
the
worde
,
to
doe
the
same
.
Secondly
that
he
layeth
it
not
only
vpon
them
whom
hee
here
nameth
:
but
that
by
these
which
he
putteth
downe
,
he
vnderstandeth
all
the
rest
of
the
creatures
whatsoeuer
.
]
Verse
13.
Before
the
Lord
[
i.
in
his
presence
and
openly
:
for
this
as
playnly
appeareth
,
must
be
ioyned
to
the
ende
of
the
other
verse
]
for
he
commeth
,
for
he
commeth
[
i.
he
wil
certainly
come
,
the
certaintie
is
noted
not
only
in
the
doubling
of
the
word
,
but
also
in
that
he
sayeth
,
he
commeth
,
as
though
he
were
already
present
,
putting
the
present
tense
for
the
future
]
to
iudge
[
i.
to
rule
and
gouern
,
as
before
verse
10.
of
this
Psal.
]
the
earth
[
i.
the
people
inhabiting
the
earth
]
he
will
iudge
[
q.d.
howsoeuer
others
rule
yet
he
will
gouerne
]
the
world
[
i.
the
people
of
the
world
,
both
greate
and
smal
]
with
righteousnesse
[
i.
vprightly
and
iustly
,
as
ver.
10
of
this
Psal.
]
and
the
people
in
his
truth
[
i.
in
exactnesse
and
perfection
of
truth
and
vprightnesse
,
for
that
word
,
his
,
hath
a
force
in
this
place
,
as
discerning
betwéene
men
and
him
,
how
truely
and
vprightly
soeuer
they
deale
.
Do.
Verse
1.
teacheth
vs
to
striue
what
in
vs
lieth
,
to
make
our
praises
aunswerable
to
Gods
graces
,
though
in
déede
we
can
not
performe
the
same
.
Verse
2.
teacheth
vs
that
our
prayses
and
speakinges
of
his
glory
ought
to
be
continuall
.
Verse
3
teacheth
vs
that
we
should
publish
it
before
al
men
and
in
al
places
.
Verse
4.
Setteth
out
the
excellent
power
,
glory
,
and
maiestie
of
the
Lord
our
God
.
Verse
5
paynteth
out
the
vanity
and
vnprofitablenesse
of
all
counterfeyte
Gods
and
idols
.
Verse
6
teacheth
that
all
honour
,
glory
,
strength
,
&c.
are
due
only
to
the
Lord
.
Ver.
7
teacheth
the
faythfull
to
ascribe
also
and
yéelde
vnto
him
the
same
,
seing
they
belong
to
him
,
and
to
none
other
but
to
him
.
Verse
8
teacheth
Gods
people
,
carefullye
to
exercise
themselues
in
the
seruice
and
worship
of
him
that
is
so
gracious
a
God
to
them
.
Verse
9
teacheth
vs
not
onelye
to
frequent
the
places
of
publike
exercises
,
but
also
there
and
euerye
where
to
shew
forth
assured
testimonies
of
a
reuerent
feare
that
wee
carrie
to
his
Maiestie
.
Verse
10
teacheth
vs
to
haue
a
care
to
publish
Gods
gouernment
amongest
others
,
that
they
also
may
be
subiected
to
the
same
.
It
teacheth
vs
further
that
the
vngodly
can
not
,
vnlesse
the
Lord
so
appoynt
it
,
make
any
hurliburlies
or
stirs
in
the
Worlde
.
Verse
11.12
.
teach
vs
in
the
example
of
insensible
creatures
to
shew
our selues
thankfull
to
God
,
for
all
his
graces
,
and
namelye
for
his
excellent
gouernment
and
prouidence
.
Verse
13
teacheth
that
howsoeuer
men
be
corrupted
in
their
iudgements
and
gouernment
,
yet
God
is
not
,
sée
Psal.
94.
verse
20.
Psalme
97
THis
Psalme
may
be
diuided
into
thrée
parts
.
Di.
In
the
first
is
described
the
greatnesse
and
excellency
of
almightye
God
and
and
his
power
.
From
verse
1
to
the
end
of
the
sixte
.
In
the
seconde
is
declared
that
this
power
of
his
is
terrible
to
the
wicked
,
and
comfortable
to
the
godly
,
whome
the
Prophet
therfore
exhorteth
to
yéeld
obedience
and
thankfulnesse
to
the
Lorde
,
from
verse
7
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
This
Psalme
hath
no
Title
(
as
sundry
both
before
it
and
after
it
haue
not
likewise
)
and
therefore
we
cannot
determine
,
eyther
who
was
the
Author
of
it
,
Se.
or
when
it
was
penned
.
Certaine
it
is
that
the
holye
Ghost
therein
purposeth
to
exhort
the
faythfull
to
shew
themselues
ioifull
,
for
the
Lordes
fauour
,
loue
,
and
power
towards
them
.
]
Verse
1.
The
Lord
reigneth
[
sée
Psalme
93.1
.
]
let
the
earth
reioyce
[
i.
people
inhabiting
the
earth
,
as
Psalme
96.1
.
q.d.
Let
the
people
be
excéedingly
glad
,
euen
in
that
respecte
,
that
the
Lordes
power
beareth
a
sway
]
Let
the
multitude
of
the
Iles
[
i.
the
multitude
of
people
inhabyting
the
Ilandes
]
be
glad
[
vz.
for
the
same
cause
,
and
occasion
.
]
Ver.
2.
Clouds
and
darkenesse
[
i.
most
fearefull
and
terrible
maiestie
and
power
,
sée
Psalm
18.11
.
And
he
doth
thus
describe
God
,
that
he
might
more
liuely
touch
mens
harts
to
yéeld
him
reuerence
and
honour
]
are
round
about
him
[
i.
compasse
him
in
on
euery
side
,
meaning
that
he
hath
both
plenty
of
them
and
in
a
readinesse
also
to
performe
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
him
]
righteousnesse
[
i.
all
vprightnesse
and
equitie
]
and
iudgement
[
i.
true
and
right
iudgement
,
and
this
the
holy
Ghost
addeth
as
it
were
to
preuent
that
which
the
wicked
might
obiect
,
as
though
gods
power
and
maiestie
were
full
of
iniustice
]
are
the
foundation
of
his
throne
[
i.
are
so
tied
to
his
kingdom
,
that
they
can
no
more
be
separated
from
his
kingdom
,
then
the
foundation
of
his
building
.
Vnderstanding
by
throne
the
signe
of
a
kingdome
,
the
kingdome
it selfe
:
and
by
foundation
the
straight
and
narrowe
coniunction
of
iustice
and
sound
iudgement
to
it
.
]
Verse
3.
There
shall
goe
a
fyre
before
him
[
he
vnderstandeth
by
the
word
fire
the
wrath
and
vengeaunce
of
God
]
and
burne
vp
his
enemies
round
about
[
i.
it
shall
vtterlye
consume
those
that
set
themselues
agaynst
him
,
and
that
on
euerye
side
,
before
him
and
behinde
him
on
the
lefte
hande
,
and
on
the
right
hand
,
so
that
none
shall
escape
.
]
Verse
4.
His
lightninges
[
i.
the
lightnings
that
come
from
him
,
and
are
sente
by
his
appoyntment
]
gaue
lighte
vnto
the
world
[
i.
were
so
great
that
all
the
Worlde
mighte
sée
them
]
the
earth
[
i.
the
people
dwelling
on
the
earth
]
saw
[
vz.
with
their
bodilye
eyes
and
sensiblye
]
it
[
i.
those
lightninges
,
one
number
put
for
an
other
]
and
was
afrayde
[
vz.
of
his
great
power
and
maiesty
whiche
appeared
therein
.
By
this
and
the
thyrde
verse
before
going
,
and
the
nexte
verse
following
it
,
the
holy
Ghost
myndeth
nothing
but
to
shewe
the
greatnesse
of
almightye
Gods
power
,
in
so
much
that
nothing
though
it
be
neuer
so
stoute
and
stéedye
,
is
able
to
stande
before
it
.
]
Verse
5.
The
Mountaynes
[
vz.
though
they
were
neuer
so
greate
,
strong
and
mighty
]
melted
like
waxe
[
vz.
helde
agaynst
the
fyre
,
or
the
heate
of
the
Sunne
.
He
meaneth
by
this
Metaphor
that
they
quickly
consumed
]
at
the
presence
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
so
soone
as
the
Lorde
gaue
some
shew
of
his
presence
or
maiestie
]
at
the
presence
of
the
Lorde
of
the
whole
earth
[
i.
of
him
that
ruleth
the
earth
and
all
thinges
therein
contayned
.
]
Verse
6.
The
Heauens
declare
his
righteousnesse
[
i.
euen
those
thinges
whiche
are
done
in
the
Firmament
,
as
fyre
,
hayle
,
thunder
,
lightning
,
the
Lorde
thereby
plaguing
the
wicked
,
doe
sufficientlye
declare
him
to
be
vpright
and
iust
in
all
his
wayes
]
and
all
the
people
[
vz.
of
the
earth
]
sée
[
i.
plainlye
and
sensiblye
perceyue
,
by
the
thinges
done
there
]
his
glorye
[
i.
his
great
power
and
mighte
.
In
this
verse
the
Prophet
mindeth
to
declare
that
God
is
most
glorious
,
manifest
tokens
of
whose
glory
and
iustice
appeare
in
the
very
heauens
,
and
are
set
out
before
mens
eyes
to
make
them
without
excuse
,
sée
Psalme
19.1
.
Romanes
1
,
20.
]
Verse
7.
Confounded
[
vz.
thorowe
the
mightye
power
and
iudgemente
of
almightye
GOD
]
bée
all
they
[
vz.
of
what
state
or
condition
soeuer
they
bee
:
q.d.
let
them
bée
confounded
and
ouerthrowne
]
that
serue
[
vz.
any
manner
of
waye
,
or
with
anye
sorte
of
worship
]
grauen
Images
[
i.
images
or
pictures
made
,
framed
,
and
grauen
,
by
the
hande
,
arte
,
and
cunning
of
man
]
and
that
glorye
[
i.
eyther
boaste
of
,
or
speake
of
them
,
as
to
allowe
them
anye
manner
of
waye
]
in
Idols
[
see
before
Psalme
96
,
5.
Leuiticus
19.4
.
]
Worshippe
[
vz.
according
to
the
prescripte
rule
of
his
worde
]
him
[
vz.
onelye
]
all
yée
Gods
[
i.
not
only
mightye
men
and
Magistrates
of
the
world
,
but
all
thinges
that
in
the
worlde
is
esteemed
as
God
.
The
Prophet
meaning
that
eyther
they
shoulde
doe
it
willinglye
,
and
of
a
good
mynde
,
or
else
by
constraynt
and
inforcemente
,
because
they
coulde
not
resist
his
power
.
]
Verse
8.
Sion
[
i.
the
Church
,
as
Psalme
48.11.12
.
]
hearde
[
vz.
by
thy
workes
and
by
thy
worde
]
of
it
[
vz.
that
goeth
before
i.
the
confusion
and
ouerthrowe
of
the
idolatrers
]
and
was
gladde
[
vz.
for
the
iust
execution
of
thy
iudgementes
vppon
them
]
and
the
Daughters
of
Iudah
[
i.
not
onely
the
Cittyes
and
Townes
of
that
Lande
,
in
whiche
sence
,
you
shall
sundrye
tymes
haue
the
worde
,
Daughters
,
taken
,
but
the
people
inhabiting
the
same
places
,
meaning
notwithstadding
the
particular
members
of
the
Church
]
reioyced
[
i.
were
excéedinglye
glad
]
because
of
thy
iudgementes
,
O
Lord
[
vz.
executed
vppon
the
wicked
,
and
vngodlye
by
whiche
also
it
hath
pleased
thée
to
prouide
for
their
deliueraunce
and
safetie
.
]
Verse
9.
For
thou
Lord
[
vz.
alone
]
arte
moste
high
aboue
all
the
earth
[
i.
arte
greater
in
power
and
mighte
then
all
thinges
in
the
earth
,
because
that
they
,
whatsoeuer
they
be
are
subiecte
to
thy
authoritie
and
power
]
Thou
arte
muche
exalted
[
vz.
in
thy
iustice
and
iudgementes
]
aboue
all
Gods
[
sée
Psalme
95
,
3.
]
Verse
10.
Yée
that
loue
the
Lorde
[
vz.
indéede
,
vnfeignedlye
,
and
with
a
good
hearte
]
hate
[
i.
detest
and
abhorre
from
the
bottome
of
youre
hartes
:
sée
Romanes
12.9
.
]
Euill
[
i.
whatsoeuer
is
sinne
and
transgression
before
him
,
or
inclining
that
waye
:
sée
1.
Thessalonians
5.22
.
]
hée
preserueth
[
i.
God
mayntayneth
,
defendeth
and
kéepeth
]
the
soules
[
i
the
life
and
whole
person
]
of
his
Sayntes
[
i.
of
those
whome
hee
hath
framed
to
holynesse
and
inflamed
with
the
loue
thereof
]
hée
will
deliuer
them
[
i.
set
them
safe
and
sounde
]
from
the
hande
[
i.
from
the
cruell
power
and
outrage
]
of
the
wicked
[
vz.
that
séeke
to
destroy
them
.
]
Verse
11.
Lighte
[
i.
ioye
,
prosperitie
,
and
eternall
blessednesse
,
Sée
Ester
8
,
16.
as
by
the
contrarye
,
vz.
darkenesse
,
is
signifyed
myserye
]
is
sowne
[
i.
is
prepared
and
layde
vp
,
and
yet
lyeth
hid
as
it
were
séede
committed
to
the
earth
,
which
shall
in
good
time
come
forth
,
sée
Colossians
3.3.4
.
1.
Cor.
12.12.1
.
Iohn
.
3.2
.
The
Metaphor
that
he
vseth
in
this
place
is
excellent
:
q.d.
Euen
as
wheate
or
other
séede
cast
into
the
earth
,
dyeth
and
lyeth
hidde
,
for
a
certayne
while
,
before
it
waxe
gréene
and
bring
forth
fruite
:
so
the
iust
suffer
manye
thinges
,
before
they
féele
ioye
,
but
theire
ioye
shall
in
good
time
bee
made
manifest
,
and
they
shall
haue
great
increase
and
store
thereof
,
as
of
one
grayne
cast
into
the
grounde
,
commeth
plentie
and
abundaunce
of
Corne
]
for
the
righteous
[
i.
for
them
whome
GOD
frameth
to
righteousnesse
of
life
,
and
holye
conuersation
]
and
ioye
[
this
sheweth
playnlye
what
he
meant
by
light
,
vz.
ioye
both
in
this
lyfe
,
and
in
the
lyfe
to
come
]
for
the
vprighte
in
harte
[
i.
for
them
,
that
are
voyde
of
hypocrisie
and
dissymulation
,
Sée
Psalme
33
1.
]
Verse
12.
Reioyce
yée
vprighteous
in
the
Lorde
[
q.d.
Let
him
bee
the
matter
of
your
ioye
,
that
doth
suche
great
thinges
for
you
]
and
giue
thankes
[
vz.
vnto
him
onelye
]
for
his
holye
remembraunce
[
these
wordes
maye
haue
a
double
sence
:
eyther
thus
]
for
his
holye
remembraunce
[
i.
for
that
it
pleaseth
him
that
is
holye
,
to
thinke
vppon
and
to
remember
you
:
or
else
thus
]
for
his
holye
remembraunce
[
i.
for
that
you
haue
good
and
often
occasion
giuen
you
,
by
his
continuall
graces
bestowed
vppon
you
to
remember
and
thinke
vppon
him
that
is
holye
and
iust
,
and
this
latter
I
take
to
bee
the
more
simple
.
Verse
1.
Teacheth
vs
that
it
is
a
matter
of
great
ioye
,
Do.
to
knowe
that
the
Lorde
ruleth
and
gouerneth
all
thinges
.
Verse
2.
teacheth
vs
what
greate
power
and
iustice
is
in
the
Lorde
.
Verse
3.
teacheth
vs
that
the
wicked
and
vngodly
shall
not
escape
vnpunished
.
Verse
4.
teacheth
vs
,
that
the
least
of
Gods
creatures
is
able
to
terrifie
all
the
world
.
Verse
5
sheweth
that
nothing
is
able
to
withstand
the
Lord
in
his
purposes
,
and
that
the
strongest
and
gretest
thinges
are
as
nothing
before
him
.
Verse
6.
teacheth
vs
that
Gods
goodnesse
and
vprightnesse
are
so
cleare
euen
in
his
creatures
,
as
none
can
pretend
ignoraunce
.
Verse
7
teacheth
two
things
,
first
that
we
may
pray
agaynst
idols
and
Idolaters
:
secondlye
it
sheweth
what
greate
iudgementes
shall
ouertake
them
.
Verse
8
teacheth
the
godly
to
reioyce
,
euen
in
Gods
iudgementes
executed
vpon
the
wicked
.
Verse
9
setteth
out
the
excellency
,
maiestie
,
and
almightie
power
of
God
.
Verse
10
teacheth
first
that
our
hatred
and
lothing
of
euill
,
must
be
a
seale
of
the
law
of
God
in
our
harts
,
secondlye
that
God
hath
more
then
a
fatherly
care
ouer
the
liues
of
those
that
be
his
:
and
thirdly
the
wicked
for
all
their
power
can
not
doe
what
they
would
against
Gods
children
.
Verse
11.
teacheth
that
howsoeuer
the
good
be
afflicted
for
a
time
,
yet
is
abundaunce
of
ioy
layde
vp
for
them
.
Verse
12
teacheth
the
faithfull
to
shew
themselues
alwayes
thankefull
to
God
.
Psalme
98
Di.
THis
Psalme
contayneth
thrée
speciall
parts
.
In
the
first
hee
exhorteth
the
faythfull
to
prayse
the
Lord
,
shewing
some
causes
that
should
lead
them
so
to
doe
.
Verse
1.2.3
.
In
the
seconde
he
sheweth
how
this
thanksgiuing
and
prayfe
should
be
yéelded
to
the
Lord
,
and
that
is
partly
with
the
voyce
and
songes
,
and
partly
with
musicall
instruments
.
Verse
4.5.6
.
In
the
thyrde
parte
by
exhorting
dumbe
creatures
to
yéelde
thankes
vnto
the
Lord
,
he
prouoketh
men
to
the
performaunce
of
that
excellente
and
holye
duetye
,
Verse
7.8.9
.
Se.
The
Title
,
a
Psalme
[
this
hath
bene
expounded
before
,
and
namely
Psal.
3.
and
Psalme
4
in
the
title
.
]
Verse
1.
Sing
vnto
the
Lord
a
new
song
[
sée
for
this
,
Psalme
96.
verse
1.
]
for
hée
[
vz.
alone
]
hath
done
[
vz.
by
his
power
and
might
]
marueylous
thinges
[
i.
matters
to
be
wondred
at
,
and
farre
passing
the
reache
of
man
]
his
right
hand
[
vz.
alone
:
meaning
by
right
hand
,
his
almightye
strength
and
power
]
and
his
holy
arme
[
i.
the
arme
of
him
that
is
holye
,
yea
holinesse
it selfe
:
vnderstanding
by
arme
the
same
thing
hee
did
by
hande
,
vz.
might
and
strength
]
hath
gotten
him
[
i.
him
,
himselfe
,
and
in
him
his
Church
]
the
victory
[
vz.
against
all
his
and
their
enemies
.
The
Prophet
meaneth
,
that
God
deliuered
his
Church
from
the
enemies
thereof
,
not
by
the
meanes
of
man
,
or
any
accustomed
order
,
but
by
his
owne
power
and
strength
:
sée
Psalm
44
,
2.3
.
also
Isaiah
59
,
16.
and
agayne
Isaiah
63.5
.
]
Ver.
2.
The
Lord
declared
[
vz.
by
the
meruailous
and
great
workes
which
he
hath
done
]
his
saluation
[
i.
his
gracious
deliueraunce
of
his
Church
out
of
al
daungers
and
distresses
:
and
this
is
called
his
saluation
,
because
he
is
the
only
worker
of
it
,
and
doeth
fréely
bestowe
the
same
vppon
his
people
]
and
his
righteousnesse
[
i.
his
faythfull
and
vprighte
executing
of
iustice
and
iudgemente
]
hath
hée
reuealed
[
vz.
in
his
mightye
and
marueylous
workes
]
in
the
sighte
of
the
Nations
[
i.
openly
,
not
only
before
the
Iewes
,
but
before
all
other
Nations
of
the
worlde
.
]
Verse
3.
He
hath
remembred
[
i.
he
hath
not
onelye
thoughte
vpon
,
but
in
his
remembraunce
performed
]
his
mercye
and
his
truth
[
i.
his
gracious
goodnesse
and
his
faythfull
promises
made
]
towardes
the
house
of
Israell
[
i.
to
the
people
of
the
Iewes
,
whome
hée
calleth
the
house
of
Israell
,
because
they
procéeded
from
Iaakob
who
was
also
called
Israell
,
and
came
from
him
as
from
one
stocke
or
Fountayne
]
all
the
endes
of
the
earth
[
i.
all
the
partes
and
quarters
of
the
worlde
and
some
people
inhabiting
the
same
]
haue
séene
[
vz.
playnly
and
sensibly
:
meaning
by
this
spéech
that
they
haue
bin
made
partakers
of
]
the
saluations
[
vz.
mercifully
promised
,
&
graciously
to
be
performed
in
Christ
]
of
our
GOD
[
i.
of
that
true
and
euer
liuing
GOD
whome
we
serue
.
He
speaketh
here
no
doubt
of
the
calling
of
the
Gentiles
,
and
of
those
gracious
promises
expressed
Genesis
12.3
.
Genesis
22.18
.
]
Verse
4.
All
the
earth
[
i.
all
people
inhabiting
the
earth
:
q.d.
Consider
this
great
benefyte
euerye
one
of
you
,
and
chearefullye
prayse
the
Lorde
for
it
]
sing
yée
lowde
[
i.
prayse
him
willinglye
and
openlye
]
vnto
the
Lorde
[
vz.
who
hath
bestowed
these
greate
graces
vppon
you
]
crye
out
[
q.d.
inforce
your selfe
to
prayse
him
]
and
reioyce
[
vz.
for
the
mercies
which
you
haue
receaued
]
and
sing
prayses
[
vz.
continually
and
that
to
the
Lorde
,
who
hath
dealt
so
fauourablye
with
you
,
as
to
make
you
of
no
people
,
a
people
vnto
himselfe
.
The
Prophet
repeateth
one
and
the
selfe
same
thinges
vnder
diuers
termes
,
not
only
to
expresse
his
own
earnestnesse
,
but
also
to
declare
mens
dulnesse
in
the
performaunce
thereof
:
and
with
all
to
expresse
that
the
thinges
themselues
giuen
from
God
,
and
receaued
of
vs
,
are
so
excellent
,
that
we
can
neuer
be
sufficient
thankefull
for
the
same
.
]
Ver.
5.
Sing
praise
[
vz.
for
the
grace
and
blessinges
receaued
]
to
the
Lorde
[
vz.
who
hath
freely
giuen
the
same
]
vppon
the
Harpe
[
i.
vppon
musicall
instrumentes
:
vnderstanding
by
one
many
or
all
.
This
he
speaketh
according
to
the
law
then
in
force
:
sée
Psalme
33
,
2.
and
not
to
tie
vs
to
the
vse
of
the
same
]
euen
vppon
the
Harpe
[
he
repeateth
the
same
thing
agayne
:
d.q.
vse
all
the
meanes
you
maye
,
the
better
to
prouoke
you
to
performe
that
dutie
]
with
a
singing
voyce
[
d.q.
ioyne
to
your
Musicall
instrumentes
,
songes
expressed
and
vttered
with
your
owne
voyces
,
because
that
without
them
the
sounde
of
the
Harpe
,
or
any
other
musicall
instrument
is
to
little
or
no
purpose
.
]
Verse
6.
With
shalmes
and
sounds
of
Trumpets
[
he
addeth
other
instruments
,
vnderstanding
as
was
before
noted
the
vse
of
all
musicall
instruments
allowed
by
the
Lord
to
his
people
]
sing
loude
[
i.
blowe
them
vp
chearefully
and
couragiously
,
and
make
them
to
giue
a
loude
noyse
or
sounde
for
I
rather
referre
this
to
the
musicall
Instrumentes
,
then
to
mens
voyces
]
before
the
Lorde
the
King
[
i.
before
the
Lorde
whome
we
serue
,
who
is
King
and
ruler
ouer
all
the
Worlde
.
]
Verse
7.
Let
the
Sea
roare
[
vz.
in
token
of
ioy
and
thankefulnesse
]
and
all
that
therein
is
[
sée
Psalme
96.
verse
11.
]
the
World
[
q.d.
Let
the
Worlde
[
i.
the
frame
of
the
worlde
,
as
the
heauens
,
earth
,
&c.
]
reioyce
and
be
glad
also
]
and
they
[
i.
all
creatures
whatsoeuer
]
that
dwell
therein
[
i.
haue
their
liuing
,
being
,
and
continuaunce
or
aboade
in
the
same
.
]
Verse
8.
Lette
the
floudes
[
vz.
of
the
earth
,
he
meaneth
by
this
worde
eyther
the
standing
water
or
the
running
riuers
whiche
are
different
from
the
sea
]
clappe
their
handes
[
vz.
for
ioye
and
gladnesse
,
meaning
by
the
signe
of
gladnesse
the
thing
it selfe
,
and
not
that
flouds
haue
handes
]
and
let
the
Mountaynes
[
i.
the
greate
and
huge
hils
]
reioyce
together
[
i.
testifye
also
their
ioyfulnesse
and
gladnesse
,
with
the
rest
of
the
creatures
.
In
that
he
ascribeth
this
reioysing
to
dumbe
and
insensible
creatures
,
it
is
q.d.
Let
euery
one
inforce
himselfe
,
as
muche
as
he
can
or
will
,
and
yet
he
shall
neuer
yéelde
prayses
sufficientlye
aunswering
the
greatnesse
of
Gods
grace
.
]
Verse
9
,
Before
the
Lorde
[
for
the
sence
of
this
whole
verse
,
sée
before
Psalme
96.13
.
where
you
shall
fynde
it
almost
worde
for
word
.
De.
Verse
1
teacheth
vs
,
to
be
thankefull
to
God
,
for
his
greate
workes
and
power
,
also
that
the
Lord
alone
,
without
any
helpe
or
ayde
of
man
is
hee
,
that
defendeth
his
Church
.
Verse
2
teacheth
that
God
doth
his
workes
openly
,
not
only
to
the
end
that
no
man
might
pretend
ignoraunce
thereof
,
but
also
that
therby
euery
man
might
be
prouoked
to
prayse
him
.
Verse
3
sheweth
that
God
in
déede
is
euer
as
good
as
his
worde
,
whether
it
be
in
respecte
of
particular
persons
or
generall
persons
.
Verse
4
teacheth
vs
to
inforce
our selues
by
all
the
meanes
we
can
to
prayse
the
Lord
.
Verse
5.6
.
deliuer
the
same
doctrine
vnto
vs
.
Verse
7.8
.
teach
vs
euen
by
the
example
of
insensible
creatures
,
to
be
stirred
vp
to
performe
the
same
.
Ver.
9.
teacheth
that
Gods
iustice
and
iudgement
is
alwayes
vpright
,
howsoeuer
corrupt
mans
is
.
Psalme
99
Di.
THis
Psalme
may
be
deuided
into
two
partes
.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
exhorteth
the
faythfull
to
prayse
God
,
for
the
greatnesse
of
his
excellency
and
power
,
and
for
his
singular
graces
and
goodnesse
bestowed
vpon
them
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
end
of
the
5.
In
the
second
he
expresseth
Gods
loue
towardes
their
fathers
and
auncestors
,
for
which
also
he
prouoketh
them
to
worship
and
praise
the
Lord
,
from
verse
6
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
This
Psalme
hath
no
title
]
Verse
1.
The
Lord
raigneth
[
sée
Psal.
93.
ver.
1.
]
and
he
meaneth
specially
amongst
his
people
,
the
people
of
the
Iewes
]
let
the
people
[
vz.
which
border
round
about
them
,
&
other
their
enemies
.
though
they
be
neuer
so
far
of
]
tremble
[
vz.
euen
for
feare
of
this
Lord
,
who
wil
defend
his
own
,
and
punish
them
]
he
[
vz.
that
ruleth
and
gouerneth
al
thing
according
to
his
good
pleasure
]
sitteth
betwéen
the
Cherubins
[
this
is
a
description
of
god
:
q.d.
euen
that
God
,
which
hath
shewed
himself
familiarly
to
Israel
,
he
it
is
that
ruleth
&
beareth
the
sway
:
sée
Exod.
25.22
.
]
let
the
earth
be
moued
[
i.
tremble
and
be
afrayd
as
it
were
,
at
his
presence
:
q.d.
Let
al
creatures
hauing
life
,
or
without
life
,
striken
with
his
presence
and
Maiestie
,
yield
him
singular
reuerence
and
honour
.
]
Ver.
2.
The
Lord
is
great
[
i.
hath
declared
himself
to
be
mightye
and
strong
in
al
places
,
but
specially
]
in
Sion
[
i.
amongst
his
own
people
:
amongst
whom
he
hath
shewed
the
greatest
testimonies
of
his
power
,
putting
Sion
the
principall
place
of
their
abode
for
the
people
themselues
]
&
he
is
high
aboue
all
the
people
[
vz.
of
the
world
:
he
meaneth
not
by
this
that
he
ruleth
and
gouerneth
them
for
●●eir
saluation
,
but
that
he
is
exalted
ouer
them
,
to
scatter
their
counsels
,
and
to
beate
downe
and
ouerthrow
their
enterprises
.
]
Verse
3.
They
[
i.
the
faythfull
and
godly
people
]
shall
prayse
[
vz.
both
in
word
and
déede
]
thy
great
and
fearefull
name
[
i.
thy
Maiestye
and
power
,
whiche
is
full
of
mighte
and
feare
]
for
it
is
holy
[
and
therefore
méete
to
bee
praysed
and
magnifyed
.
]
Verse
4.
And
the
Kinges
power
[
q.d.
yea
they
shal
praise
the
power
of
the
great
and
mighty
King
]
that
loueth
iudgement
[
i.
that
not
onely
liketh
and
alloweth
but
also
executeth
vpright
iudgement
:
and
marke
that
after
he
had
as
it
were
set
vp
God
in
his
seat
,
he
speaketh
of
the
maner
of
his
gouernment
,
affirming
that
God
is
in
such
sort
mighty
and
strong
,
that
yet
notwithstanding
hee
hath
not
a
tyrannous
force
with
him
,
but
that
his
power
is
ioyned
with
his
iustice
and
vprightnes
]
for
thou
[
vz.
O
Lord
:
a
sodain
change
of
the
person
from
the
third
to
the
second
]
hast
prepared
equitie
[
i.
hast
appointed
and
established
amongst
thy
people
,
a
good
and
vpright
forme
of
gouernment
,
which
is
a
verye
good
rule
to
liue
well
and
righteously
one
with
another
]
thou
hast
executed
[
vz.
faythfully
,
and
with
all
vprightnesse
]
iudgemente
and
iustice
[
i.
true
iudgement
&
sound
iustice
]
in
Iaakob
[
i
amongst
the
people
of
Israel
who
discended
from
Iaakob
,
meaning
no
doubt
further
vnder
these
terms
,
a
iust
&
holy
gouernment
of
the
Church
and
people
of
God
.
]
Verse
5.
Exalt
[
vz.
with
your
songes
of
praise
and
thanksgiuing
]
the
Lord
our
God
[
i.
the
Lord
whom
we
his
people
serue
,
who
is
indéede
the
only
true
God
,
Iohn
17.3
.
]
and
fall
downe
[
vz.
before
him
,
and
that
in
token
of
true
reuerence
and
worship
,
sée
Psalme
95.6
.
]
before
his
footstoole
[
the
Chaldean
paraphrase
expoundeth
it
thus
:
before
his
footestoole
,
i.
in
his
Temple
,
others
thus
:
Before
his
Footestoole
,
i.
before
the
Arke
of
Couenaunt
:
whiche
is
therefore
,
as
they
suppose
,
called
God
his
Footestoole
,
because
the
Iewes
shoulde
not
staye
too
muche
vppon
the
outward
signe
,
but
shoulde
lifte
vp
their
harte
to
Heauen
,
that
they
might
there
beholde
the
incomprehensible
glory
of
God
.
I
would
expounde
it
thus
,
Before
his
Footestoole
,
i.
fall
downe
euen
vnto
the
grounde
or
pauement
of
the
Temple
,
vpon
which
GOD
should
as
it
were
set
his
féete
,
sée
1.
Chronicles
28.2
.
]
for
he
[
vz.
alone
]
is
holy
,
and
therefore
méete
to
bee
worshipped
.
]
Verse
6.
Moses
and
Aaron
were
[
vz.
as
chéefe
and
principall
]
among
his
Priestes
[
i.
among
them
whom
he
hath
appointed
to
offer
sacrifices
,
and
to
expounde
the
Law
]
and
Samuel
[
vz.
the
Prophet
,
was
as
chéefe
and
principall
]
among
such
as
call
[
i.
called
]
vpon
his
name
[
i.
professed
his
religion
,
and
made
prayers
vnto
him
:
sée
1.
Samuell
7.
almost
thorow
out
]
these
[
vz.
before
rehearsed
,
and
manye
other
such
like
]
called
vppon
the
Lorde
[
i.
prayed
vnto
him
with
earnestnesse
and
continuaunce
]
and
hee
hearde
them
[
i.
graciouslye
graunted
them
their
requestes
,
as
hee
doeth
all
them
that
call
vppon
him
in
trueth
.
The
Prophet
alleageth
these
men
,
that
by
their
example
he
might
prouoke
the
people
to
the
worship
and
seruice
of
God
:
and
hee
nameth
rather
these
thrée
then
other
,
because
to
their
fayth
and
custodie
speciallye
was
committed
the
kéeping
of
the
couenaunt
that
God
had
made
with
his
people
.
For
the
truth
of
this
verse
,
sée
Exodus
32.31
,
&c.
to
the
end
of
the
Chapter
,
1
Samuel
12
,
20
,
&c.
]
Verse
7.
He
,
vz.
God
,
whome
they
serued
]
spake
[
vz.
plainlye
and
audiblie
]
vnto
them
[
vz.
Moses
and
Aaron
]
in
the
cloudye
piller
[
i.
in
or
out
of
the
Cloude
,
which
séemed
to
haue
the
forme
of
an
vpright
piller
:
sée
Exodus
14
,
19.
sée
also
Num.
17.5
.
]
they
kept
[
vz.
themselues
,
and
caused
others
what
in
them
lay
to
kéepe
]
his
testimonies
[
i.
his
commaundementes
,
which
God
gaue
his
people
as
a
testimonie
that
he
was
their
God
,
sée
Psalme
19.7
.
]
and
the
lawe
that
he
[
vz.
the
Lorde
himselfe
]
gaue
them
[
vz.
as
a
rule
of
their
life
,
and
to
be
a
light
vnto
their
féete
,
and
a
Lanthorne
vnto
their
steps
.
]
Verse
8.
Thou
heardest
them
[
vz.
quickly
]
when
they
prayd
vnto
thée
:
for
the
Lordes
hearing
,
sée
verse
6.
of
this
Psalme
]
O
Lord
our
God
[
a
sodain
,
but
yet
an
emphatical
turning
of
his
spéech
vnto
God
,
by
which
the
Prophet
sheweth
,
that
the
Lord
toke
pitie
vpon
that
people
in
respect
of
the
trueth
of
his
Couenaunt
,
and
of
his
grace
only
,
without
any
other
cause
]
thou
wast
a
fauourable
God
vnto
them
[
vz.
not
only
when
they
prayed
vnto
thée
,
but
continually
,
specially
when
thou
pardonest
their
sinnes
]
though
thou
diddest
take
vengeaunce
[
i.
though
thou
diddest
fatherlye
punishe
and
correct
them
]
for
their
inuentions
[
i.
for
deuyses
of
their
owne
,
by
whiche
they
procured
thée
to
wrath
agaynste
them
.
I
knowe
others
expounde
it
otherwise
,
but
yet
me
thinketh
that
this
is
a
moste
simple
and
playne
fence
.
]
Verse
9.
Exalte
the
Lorde
our
GOD
,
and
fall
downe
[
sée
before
verse
5.
of
this
Psalme
]
before
his
holye
Mountayne
[
hee
meaneth
no
doubte
the
Mountaine
of
Moriah
,
vppon
whiche
the
Temple
was
builded
,
sée
Genesis
22
,
2.
meaning
by
this
manner
of
spéeche
,
that
he
woulde
haue
the
people
to
worship
the
Lorde
in
his
Temple
]
al
the
rest
of
this
verse
is
expounded
before
verse
5
,
of
this
present
Psalme
.
Do.
Verse
1.
Teacheth
vs
that
euen
to
know
the
God
ruleth
and
gouerneth
in
his
Church
is
sufficiente
to
strike
terror
into
all
the
enemyes
of
all
Gods
people
.
Verse
2
teacheth
vs
that
though
Gods
glory
appeare
euery
where
,
yet
in
no
place
more
plainly
than
in
his
church
.
Ver.
3
teacheth
that
it
becommeth
the
righteous
to
praise
Gods
great
power
&
might
.
Ver.
4
teacheth
vs
not
only
what
great
vprightnes
is
in
the
Lord
in
al
his
iudgements
,
but
also
how
iust
&
faithful
he
is
to
his
people
.
Ver.
5
teacheth
vs
that
it
is
not
only
our
duety
in
respects
of
benefits
receaued
to
praise
god
,
but
that
we
are
bound
therto
also
,
in
respect
of
the
holines
of
his
maiesty
&
person
:
also
that
it
is
a
good
thing
to
do
it
publikely
with
the
rest
of
the
Church
.
Ver.
6
teacheth
vs
that
the
prayers
of
Gods
faythfull
people
,
are
neuer
frustrate
.
Verse
7
teacheth
vs
that
familiaritye
with
the
Lorde
,
and
knowledge
of
his
maiestye
requireth
at
our
handes
,
obedience
to
his
truth
,
and
performaunce
of
it
.
Verse
8
Is
full
of
great
comforte
,
teaching
vs
these
points
,
firste
that
the
Lorde
chastiseth
and
correcteth
those
,
whome
he
loueth
most
tenderlye
:
secondly
that
though
hee
doe
correct
them
,
yet
those
punishments
do
no
whit
at
al
lessen
his
fauour
and
good
will
towards
them
.
Verse
9
is
the
same
with
verse
5
,
and
deliuereth
the
same
doctrines
.
Psalme
100
THis
Psalme
may
be
diuided
into
two
parts
.
In
the
one
parte
,
Di.
the
Prophet
exhorteth
the
faythfull
to
prayse
the
Lorde
hartilye
,
and
with
ioyfulnesse
,
verse
1
,
2
,
3.
In
the
second
he
vseth
the
causes
,
wherefore
they
shoulde
prayse
him
,
vz.
for
his
frée
election
,
and
the
continuaunce
of
his
mercye
.
verse
3
,
5.
The
Title
,
Se.
a
Psalme
of
prayse
[
i.
a
Psalme
penned
and
appointed
to
stir
vp
the
people
to
praise
the
Lord
:
and
not
so
much
for
that
the
Psal.
it selfe
doeth
comprehend
the
prayses
of
God
]
sing
ye
loude
vnto
the
Lord
[
for
the
meaning
of
these
wordes
sée
Psalme
98
,
4.
]
all
the
earth
[
i.
all
the
people
of
God
inhabiting
the
promised
lande
,
for
I
suppose
that
he
putteth
the
worde
earth
here
,
for
that
part
of
the
earth
.
]
Verse
2.
Serue
[
vz.
according
to
the
rule
of
his
worde
,
and
not
after
your
owne
inuentions
]
the
Lord
[
vz.
only
:
for
vnto
him
all
honour
is
due
]
with
gladnes
[
i.
readily
and
ioyfully
:
because
in
suche
kinde
of
worships
the
Lord
taketh
great
delight
and
pleasure
]
come
before
him
[
i.
appeare
before
the
arke
,
which
was
the
place
of
his
worshippe
and
seruice
]
with
ioyfulnesse
[
vz.
both
inwarde
and
outwarde
,
of
the
hearte
and
of
the
body
,
meaning
thereby
greate
and
singuler
reioysing
.
]
Verse
3.
Knowe
yée
[
i.
professe
this
muche
,
and
yéelde
him
this
honour
(
for
hée
speaketh
not
here
of
inwarde
knowledge
onely
)
to
disreaue
him
from
all
false
Gods
,
and
such
as
mans
fantasie
hath
forged
]
that
euen
the
Lorde
[
vz.
whiche
wée
serue
and
that
no
other
but
hée
]
is
GOD
[
i.
our
GOD
,
and
the
only
author
of
that
couenaunt
which
is
betwéene
him
and
vs
]
hée
hath
made
vs
[
marke
that
hée
speaketh
not
here
of
the
common
creation
of
men
onely
,
for
in
that
respecte
the
godlye
haue
no
greater
priuiledge
than
the
wicked
haue
,
but
of
spirituall
regeneration
,
wherein
by
the
ministerye
of
his
worde
,
and
the
working
of
his
spirite
,
he
begetteth
men
agayne
to
his
owne
image
,
to
the
ende
that
they
maye
serue
him
in
newnesse
of
life
]
and
not
we
our selues
[
i.
we
haue
not
neyther
in
respecte
of
the
bodye
nor
of
the
soule
and
spirituall
regeneration
framed
and
fashioned
our selues
:
no
,
no
,
righteousnesse
of
our
owne
hath
aduaunced
vs
to
this
dignitye
,
but
we
are
made
his
sonnes
and
seruauntes
by
his
onely
frée
goodnesse
,
sée
Deutronomie
7
,
7
,
8.
]
also
Deutronomie
9
,
4.
]
we
are
his
people
[
i.
the
people
whome
he
of
mercye
hath
chosen
to
serue
him
and
to
bring
forth
much
fruite
]
and
the
shéepe
of
his
pasture
[
sée
Psalme
95
,
verse
7.
]
meaning
by
this
manner
of
spéeche
,
that
GOD
of
his
frée
goodnesse
chuseth
men
to
be
a
peculiar
inheritaunce
to
himselfe
,
to
the
end
he
may
alwayes
mayntayne
them
vnder
the
shaddow
of
his
winges
.
]
Verse
4.
Enter
[
q.d.
Because
hée
hath
adopted
you
,
therefore
striue
to
serue
him
]
into
his
Gates
[
i.
into
the
Gates
of
his
Temple
or
Tabernacle
,
he
putteth
a
parte
for
the
whole
,
and
the
beginning
of
Gods
seruice
,
vz.
repayring
to
the
publique
place
for
the
execution
of
that
seruice
and
Worshippe
]
with
prayse
[
vz.
vnto
his
name
,
for
that
and
many
other
his
great
goodnesses
and
mercye
,
and
into
his
Courtes
[
hee
speaketh
according
to
the
number
of
Courtes
in
the
Tabernacle
,
meaning
as
before
,
the
places
of
publike
assemblies
,
and
Gods
seruice
,
sée
Psalme
94.2.10
.
]
with
reioycing
[
vz.
for
the
blessinges
and
benefites
which
he
hath
bestowed
vpon
you
]
prayse
him
[
vz.
for
his
great
goodnesse
and
kindnesse
towards
you
[
and
blesse
his
name
[
i.
thanke
his
maiestye
and
power
for
those
his
mercies
:
sée
the
word
blessing
so
vsed
Mat.
14.19
.
]
Verse
5.
For
the
Lorde
is
good
[
vz.
towardes
all
,
but
speciallye
to
his
owne
people
,
meaning
by
the
worde
,
good
,
fauourable
,
louing
,
and
gracious
]
his
mercye
[
vz.
towardes
his
sonnes
and
seruauntes
]
is
euerlasting
[
i.
indureth
and
lasteth
for
euer
,
and
is
neuer
subiect
to
alteration
nor
chaunge
,
sée
Psalme
136.
thorowe
out
]
and
his
truth
[
i.
the
truth
and
stedfastnesse
of
his
promises
made
vnto
his
seruauntes
,
for
so
doeth
the
Hebrew
worde
vsed
in
this
place
alwayes
signifye
]
is
from
generation
to
generation
[
i.
is
continuall
,
and
neuer
decayeth
,
euen
as
one
generation
succéedeth
an
other
:
not
meaning
but
that
Gods
mercy
shall
indure
when
all
carnall
generations
of
men
shall
fayle
.
Do.
Verse
1
teacheth
vs
that
it
becommeth
Gods
people
,
neuer
to
be
ashamed
to
prayse
the
Lord
.
Verse
2
teacheth
vs
to
yéelde
that
seruice
which
we
performe
to
God
chearefully
and
with
a
good
hart
.
Verse
3
teacheth
vs
that
we
haue
neyther
our
bodily
creation
nor
our
spirituall
regeneration
of
our selues
,
but
all
from
the
Lord
only
.
Verse
4
teacheth
vs
that
Gods
children
should
shew
them selues
in
publike
assemblies
publikely
thankfull
for
publike
benefits
receaued
,
at
his
mercifull
hands
.
Verse
5.
Teacheth
vs
that
howsoeuer
man
be
variable
in
his
loue
and
promise
,
yet
God
in
goodnesse
and
truth
abideth
alwayes
faithfull
to
his
.
Psalme
101
THis
Psalme
as
I
take
it
,
may
be
deuided
into
two
parts
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Kingly
Prophet
Dauid
declareth
what
hee
will
performe
in
respecte
of
his
owne
particular
person
,
from
verse
1
to
the
end
of
the
4
,
In
the
second
he
sheweth
what
hée
will
doe
concerning
other
,
vz.
punish
the
wicked
and
foster
the
good
,
from
verse
5
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
Title
,
a
Psalme
of
Dauid
[
i.
a
Psalme
that
Dauid
made
,
Se.
whether
before
he
came
to
his
kingdome
,
or
at
the
beginning
of
his
raigne
is
vncertain
,
but
I
suppose
rather
when
he
first
entred
into
his
kingdome
.
]
Ver.
1.
I
wil
sing
[
i.
I
will
both
speake
of
and
practise
,
sée
Isaiah
5.1
.
]
mercy
[
i.
fauor
&
maintainance
towards
my
good
subiects
]
and
iudgement
[
i.
execution
of
punishmente
vpon
the
wicked
,
in
which
2
parts
consisteth
the
Magistrates
dutie
,
as
appeareth
Rom.
13.
sée
for
the
performaunce
of
this
promise
2.
Sam.
9.1
.
]
vnto
thée
O
Lord
will
I
sing
,
the
Prophet
meaneth
not
only
that
he
will
prayse
God
for
aduauncing
him
to
the
kingdome
,
but
that
euen
for
his
sake
:
&
in
repect
of
his
own
office
,
he
wil
performe
these
matters
.
]
Ver.
2
I
will
doe
wisely
[
i.
I
wil
behaue
my selfe
vprightly
and
circumspectlye
,
according
to
the
rule
of
thy
word
,
which
is
only
true
wisedome
]
in
the
perfit
way
[
i.
in
the
gouernmente
of
my
kingdome
,
&
the
execution
of
my
office
,
which
he
calleth
a
perfit
way
,
because
there
is
prescribed
in
Gods
word
a
perfit
rule
therof
]
til
thou
commest
to
mée
[
vz.
to
take
me
out
of
this
life
and
to
cal
me
to
an
account
for
the
discharge
of
my
dutie
]
I
wil
walke
in
the
vprightnes
of
my
hart
[
i.
I
wil
behaue
my self
vprightly
and
soundly
so
that
mine
own
hart
&
conscience
shal
witnes
vnto
me
my
good
dealing
and
holy
conuersation
]
in
the
middest
of
mine
house
[
i.
priuatly
and
within
mine
owne
walles
as
it
were
,
yea
in
the
eyes
and
sight
of
my
whole
family
:
the
Prophet
in
this
verse
promiseth
two
thinges
as
I
take
it
:
in
the
first
part
of
a
faythfull
executing
of
his
publike
charge
,
&
in
the
second
a
godly
conuersation
priuatly
.
]
Verse
3.
I
wil
set
no
wicked
thing
before
mine
eyes
[
vz.
to
performe
or
doe
it
:
yea
he
meaneth
that
he
wil
not
only
kéepe
himselfe
,
from
doing
wickednesse
,
but
that
he
will
so
turne
himself
away
from
it
,
that
his
eyes
shall
not
behold
it
]
I
hate
[
vz.
earnestly
and
from
the
bottome
of
my
hart
]
the
worke
of
them
that
fall
away
[
vz.
from
thy
truth
,
and
from
that
righte
waye
,
that
thou
hast
prescribed
,
meaning
by
the
word
worke
,
not
only
that
defection
of
theirs
,
which
is
the
principal
,
but
al
other
transgressions
whatsoeuer
,
putting
one
for
the
whole
]
it
[
i.
such
maner
of
dealing
]
shal
not
cleaue
vnto
me
[
i.
either
raign
or
dwel
in
me
,
this
the
Prophet
speaketh
as
assuring
himselfe
of
gods
strength
to
continue
the
profession
of
his
truth
.
]
Verse
4.
A
froward
hart
[
i.
a
peruerse
&
rebellious
mind
,
noting
in
these
words
the
séed
or
fountain
of
sin
]
shal
[
vz.
thorow
Gods
goodnes
and
strength
]
depart
from
me
[
vz.
farre
off
:
he
meaneth
by
this
spéeche
,
that
he
wil
indeuour
to
put
of
the
old
man
with
the
lusts
therof
,
Ephe.
4
,
22
]
I
will
know
none
euil
[
q.
d.
as
I
wil
be
far
from
performing
wickednes
in
acte
,
so
I
will
not
allow
or
like
of
the
same
in
my
iudgement
,
or
vnderstanding
,
for
so
is
the
word
knowing
,
vsed
in
this
place
as
in
sundrye
other
places
before
.
]
Ver.
5.
Him
that
priuily
slaundereth
[
he
meaneth
not
that
he
wil
spare
them
that
shal
do
it
openly
:
for
if
he
punish
the
lesse
offence
thus
,
he
will
not
spare
the
greater
,
which
is
open
slaunder
]
his
neighbour
[
i.
any
,
whether
hée
dwell
nigh
or
farre
from
him
,
for
so
generally
and
largely
doe
I
take
this
worde
,
sée
Psalme
15.3
.
]
will
I
destroy
[
i.
most
sharply
punish
,
and
that
euen
by
death
if
the
hainousnes
of
the
offence
require
it
]
him
that
hath
a
proud
looke
[
i.
he
that
is
lofty
&
proud
,
for
pride
appeareth
many
times
euen
in
the
very
eye
brées
,
and
eyes
themselues
,
when
they
be
lifted
vp
]
and
high
harte
[
or
as
it
is
in
the
Hebrew
text
,
large
in
harte
,
meaning
by
that
maner
of
spéech
,
one
that
hath
a
mind
to
aspire
to
great
matters
,
&
therefore
is
puffed
vp
with
ouerwéening
of
himself
]
I
cannot
suffer
[
vz.
or
indure
at
any
hand
,
he
meaneth
by
these
spéeches
,
that
he
cannot
abide
pride
,
nor
the
tokens
nor
signes
thereof
,
nor
the
persons
giuen
thereto
.
]
Ver.
6.
Mine
eyes
shal
be
[
i.
I
wil
carefully
looke
vnto
,
and
haue
special
regard
of
]
vnto
the
faithful
of
the
land
[
i.
vnto
the
good
and
godlye
peo-people
that
dwell
in
the
lande
,
wheresouer
it
be
]
that
they
maye
dwell
with
mée
[
i.
continue
and
abide
with
me
,
not
onely
as
my
counsellors
and
houshold
seruaunts
,
but
as
friends
and
familiars
being
alwayes
in
my
fauour
,
for
I
take
it
that
the
Prophet
meaneth
two
thinges
here
:
the
one
is
that
hee
will
haue
a
great
care
generallye
ouer
all
the
people
of
the
lande
:
the
other
is
,
that
out
of
that
good
people
hée
will
chuse
the
best
,
to
bée
continually
about
him
]
hée
that
walketh
in
a
perfecte
waye
[
i.
hée
that
is
vprighte
in
his
dealinges
,
and
of
good
conscience
and
holy
conuersation
:
and
hée
calleth
this
waye
perfecte
,
not
because
men
walke
perfectly
in
it
,
but
because
it
is
perfecte
of
it selfe
,
and
leadeth
to
perfection
in
the
other
life
]
hée
[
q.d.
he
and
no
other
,
for
so
muche
I
take
it
the
doubling
of
the
worde
meaneth
]
shal
serue
mée
[
vz.
both
in
the
publike
offices
of
my
kingdome
,
&
in
the
particular
offices
of
my
priuate
affairs
,
&
houshold
]
Ver.
7.
There
shall
no
deceitfull
person
dwell
within
my
house
[
this
must
be
vnderstood
so
far
forth
as
Dauid
could
know
or
vnderstand
,
q.d.
If
I
might
know
it
,
there
should
none
such
remain
in
my
seruice
:
not
but
that
good
men
many
times
haue
wicked
Seruauntes
,
yea
and
that
those
Seruauntes
which
make
the
fayrest
shewe
of
goodnesse
are
many
times
déepe
dissemblers
]
he
that
telleth
lies
[
i.
giueth
himself
ouer
either
to
tel
them
or
to
heare
them
,
sée
Reuel.
22.15
.
]
shal
not
remain
[
vz.
long
]
in
my
sight
[
he
meaneth
by
this
spéeche
that
such
a
one
should
not
abide
long
in
his
house
or
seruice
.
]
Verse
8.
Betimes
[
i.
not
onely
in
good
season
and
quickly
,
but
also
continually
]
will
I
destroye
[
sée
before
verse
5
of
this
Psal.
]
all
the
wicked
of
the
land
[
i.
all
the
vngodlye
that
inhabite
it
.
Dauid
meaneth
that
hee
will
not
bee
negligent
or
slouthfull
to
execute
good
,
quick
,
and
continuall
iustice
,
against
all
malefacters
,
of
whose
transgressions
he
shall
haue
knowledge
]
that
I
maye
cutte
off
[
i.
remooue
and
take
away
,
vz.
by
execution
of
iust
iudgement
]
all
the
woorkers
of
iniquity
[
i.
them
that
giue
ouer
themselues
to
commit
sinne
]
from
the
Citie
of
the
Lord
[
i.
from
Ierusalem
,
but
yet
so
,
that
therin
hée
comprehendeth
the
whole
kingdome
,
because
if
the
chiefe
place
be
reformed
,
it
is
very
likely
the
other
will
followe
.
Ver
1.
Teacheth
magistrates
,
to
haue
a
great
care
to
foster
the
good
,
Do.
&
sharply
to
punish
the
badde
.
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
magistrates
thrée
thinges
,
first
to
haue
an
eye
to
the
faithfull
execution
of
publike
iustice
and
iudgement
:
Secondly
to
indeuour
with
care
and
conscience
good
dealing
priuately
:
and
thirdly
to
continue
,
and
that
vnto
the
last
gaspe
,
in
all
good
dealing
both
publike
and
priuate
,
that
so
they
may
haue
peace
in
their
owne
conscience
,
and
the
Lorde
finde
them
well
occupied
.
Ver.
3.
Teacheth
all
men
,
but
specially
magistrates
,
so
to
lothe
euil
,
that
they
can
neuer
behold
it
,
but
with
great
griefe
:
also
to
cary
with
them
this
holy
purpose
,
that
howsoeuer
other
men
fall
away
from
God
,
yet
that
in
his
strength
,
they
will
sticke
fast
vnto
him
.
Ver.
4.
Teacheth
al
,
but
specially
magistrates
,
more
and
more
to
indeuour
the
crucifiyng
of
the
old
man
,
with
the
workes
thereof
:
and
neuer
to
allowe
of
any
thing
that
is
euill
.
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
magistrates
to
punish
malefacters
according
to
the
notoriousnes
of
their
offence
:
it
also
sheweth
howe
grieuous
both
before
God
and
man
backbitings
and
pride
are
.
Ver.
6.
Teacheth
magistrates
to
haue
a
speciall
regard
for
the
defence
and
preferment
of
the
good
:
also
it
teacheth
all
both
high
and
lowe
to
make
choise
of
the
best
men
they
can
get
,
to
bee
their
officers
and
seruantes
.
Ver.
7.
Teacheth
magistrates
and
masters
,
that
when
the
sinnes
of
their
inferiours
or
seruaunts
are
once
layed
open
,
they
shoulde
not
beare
with
them
in
the
same
.
Verse
8.
Teacheth
magistrates
,
in
tyme
to
cut
off
sinne
and
iniquitie
,
lest
the
infection
thereof
growe
so
great
,
that
when
they
woulde
they
shall
not
bee
able
to
doe
it
.
Psalme
102
THis
Psalme
being
an
earnest
prayer
of
an
afflicted
soule
,
Di.
may
bee
diuided
into
thrée
partes
.
In
the
first
hee
prayeth
vnto
the
Lorde
for
deliueraunce
out
of
his
great
distresses
,
the
particularities
whereof
he
doeth
plainely
declare
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
11.
In
the
second
he
sheweth
by
what
arguments
as
it
were
he
was
prouoked
to
pray
vnto
the
Lord
,
vz.
because
he
was
assured
of
his
goodnes
,
power
,
&c.
and
this
recheth
from
ver.
12.
to
the
end
of
the
23.
In
the
third
part
he
returneth
to
his
prayer
againe
,
assuring
himselfe
of
gods
goodnes
towardes
him
because
those
whom
God
loueth
,
he
loueth
for
euer
,
from
ver.
24.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
]
The
title
]
a
prayer
[
vz.
to
bee
vsed
]
of
the
afflicted
[
i.
Se.
of
him
that
féeleth
himselfe
either
inwardly
or
outwardly
wounded
with
Gods
iudgments
&
wrath
]
when
hée
shal
be
in
distresse
[
vz.
any
manner
of
way
either
inwarde
or
outward
]
and
power
foorth
his
meditation
before
the
Lorde
[
i
shall
in
prayer
vnto
the
Lorde
expresse
that
with
his
mouth
,
which
hee
hath
meditated
on
in
his
heart
,
note
that
the
holy
ghost
myndeth
not
to
tye
vs
in
our
afflictions
onely
to
this
forme
.
And
though
wee
can
not
certainely
determine
,
who
shoulde
write
this
Psalme
,
or
about
what
time
it
was
penned
:
yet
it
is
very
likely
that
either
Daniel
or
some
other
holy
Prophet
did
write
it
,
about
the
tyme
that
the
people
of
the
Iewes
were
caried
captiues
into
Babylon
.
]
Verse
1.
O
Lorde
heare
my
prayer
[
i.
graciously
graunt
the
request
which
I
make
vnto
thee
now
]
and
let
my
crye
[
i.
mine
earnest
supplication
]
come
vnto
thée
[
i.
appeare
in
thy
sight
as
well
accepted
and
allowed
of
:
q.d.
let
it
haue
frée
and
bolde
accesse
vnto
thy
maiesty
,
Sée
Psalm
.
88.1.2
.
]
Verse
2.
Hyde
not
thy
face
[
i.
withdraw
not
thy
fauour
and
goodnes
]
from
me
[
vz.
as
though
thou
wert
offended
with
me
,
he
speaketh
this
of
God
after
the
maner
of
men
,
who
when
they
are
not
disposed
to
shew
fauour
,
wil
turne
their
faces
from
others
,
or
kéep
them
out
of
the
way
,
signifiyng
vnto
them
,
by
withholding
the
signe
of
fauour
,
that
they
cannot
haue
fauor
it selfe
shewed
them
]
in
the
time
of
my
trouble
[
i.
at
what
time
I
am
any
maner
of
way
troubled
,
either
inwardly
or
outwardly
]
incline
thine
eares
vnto
me
[
q.d.
shewe
thy selfe
ready
to
heare
and
graunt
my
petition
.
sée
Psalm
.
86.1
.
and
note
that
eares
are
attributed
to
God
,
not
that
hee
hath
them
,
but
that
we
might
the
better
conceiue
somewhat
of
his
maiesty
]
when
I
cal
[
vz.
vppon
thée
by
prayer
]
make
haste
to
heare
mée
[
i.
graciously
and
quickly
grant
mee
my
request
:
the
Prophet
vttereth
not
this
as
appointing
God
a
time
,
but
in
respect
of
his
owne
great
misery
and
want
as
may
appeare
by
that
which
followeth
.
]
Verse
3.
For
my
dayes
[
i.
the
dayes
and
tyme
of
my
life
]
are
consumed
[
i.
vanish
and
weare
away
]
like
smoke
[
i.
quickly
.
q.d.
euen
as
sodainely
as
smoke
vanisheth
away
in
the
ayre
]
and
my
bones
[
i.
the
strength
of
my
body
,
because
that
specially
the
strength
consisted
in
the
bones
]
are
burnt
like
an
hearth
[
i.
are
euen
vtterly
consumed
away
through
drought
,
and
for
want
of
natural
moysture
:
Sée
Psal.
38.3.4
.
&c.
These
large
maner
of
spéeches
declare
howe
much
the
desolation
of
the
Church
,
shoulde
wound
al
good
mens
harts
.
]
Ver.
4.
Mine
heart
is
smitten
[
vz.
with
griefe
,
and
heauinesse
]
and
withereth
like
grasse
[
vz.
through
the
same
sorrowe
,
meaning
that
it
was
as
it
were
shrunke
and
dryed
vp
,
and
then
in
what
case
coulde
the
body
bee
]
because
I
forgate
to
eate
my
bread
[
i.
mine
ordinary
vitaile
and
foode
.
The
Prophet
in
these
wordes
,
doeth
not
onely
note
the
cause
why
his
heart
was
dryed
vp
,
but
also
hee
sheweth
,
that
his
heauinesse
was
so
much
,
and
so
continual
,
that
it
caused
him
to
forget
and
lothe
his
foode
.
]
Verse
5.
For
the
voyce
of
my
groning
[
i.
through
my
great
and
continuall
groning
and
sighing
]
my
bones
do
cleaue
to
my
skinne
[
i.
my
bones
&
skinne
doe
cleaue
together
,
and
I
am
vtterly
consumed
as
it
were
,
so
that
there
is
nothing
,
but
skinne
and
bone
left
,
Sée
Iob.
19.20
.
]
Ver.
6.
I
[
vz.
in
this
distresse
and
heauinesse
]
am
like
a
Pelicane
of
the
wildernes
[
i.
to
Pelicane
that
abydeth
continually
in
the
wildernes
]
and
like
an
owle
of
the
deserts
[
i.
that
kéepeth
himselfe
continually
in
desert
and
solitary
places
.
Either
the
Prophet
,
or
the
faythfull
people
vnder
the
name
of
one
,
chuse
you
whether
,
doeth
in
a
double
respect
resemble
himselfe
to
these
foules
or
birdes
:
vz.
both
in
respect
of
his
mourning
,
these
birdes
mourning
rather
then
singing
in
déede
.
I
meane
it
of
the
Pellicane
and
of
the
owle
:
and
also
in
respect
of
his
solitaries
,
all
birdes
flying
these
birdes
companies
,
specially
the
owles
,
as
to
which
they
neuer
come
or
repayre
,
but
to
kéepe
a
wondering
at
her
.
]
Verse
7.
I
watch
[
i.
I
doe
with
great
care
labour
to
consider
what
I
am
,
and
at
the
length
I
finde
my selfe
to
bée
]
as
a
sparrowe
alone
vppon
the
house
toppe
[
i.
like
a
sparrowe
,
depriued
of
all
her
company
:
meaning
by
this
manner
of
speach
also
his
solitarinesse
,
whome
in
déede
all
men
did
as
it
were
forsake
.
]
Verse
8.
Mine
enemyes
reuile
mée
[
vz.
both
by
worde
and
déede
]
dayly
[
i.
daye
,
by
daye
,
or
one
daye
after
another
,
meaning
continually
,
and
as
though
they
neuer
ceased
]
and
they
that
rage
against
mee
[
vz.
with
all
manner
of
crueltye
and
madnesse
as
it
were
]
haue
sworne
against
mee
[
vz.
to
take
awaye
my
life
:
q.d.
they
haue
bounde
themselues
by
an
othe
that
they
will
kill
mee
.
Immanuel
and
others
reade
it
thus
,
sweare
by
mee
,
and
giueth
this
sense
of
it
,
they
make
a
certayne
fourme
,
of
an
othe
or
course
of
my
name
,
and
alleadgeth
Numb.
5.27
.
and
Isaiah
.
65.15
.
but
I
sée
no
great
reason
,
neither
of
the
sense
,
nor
of
the
allegation
of
the
places
.
]
Verse
9.
Surely
I
haue
eaten
of
ashes
as
breade
[
some
expound
it
thus
,
I
like
a
miserable
man
am
cast
downe
to
the
grounde
:
other
some
thus
:
when
I
was
to
take
my
refreshing
,
I
had
no
table
prepared
for
mée
,
but
my
breade
was
as
it
were
vncleanly
layde
,
vppon
the
grounde
or
earth
:
but
I
sée
no
great
reason
in
either
of
these
senses
.
If
this
that
followeth
bee
not
the
meaning
of
it
,
I
knowe
not
what
it
shoulde
be
:
I
haue
founde
no
more
taste
or
sauour
,
in
my
meate
,
by
reason
of
my
wonderfull
heauines
,
then
a
man
findeth
in
earth
,
or
ashes
:
and
then
it
woulde
be
read
thus
by
transposing
of
the
wordes
:
surely
I
haue
eaten
breade
as
ashes
]
and
mingled
my
drinke
with
wéeping
[
i.
I
haue
shedde
abundaunce
of
teares
,
in
so
much
that
I
coulde
not
absteine
,
no
not
when
I
haue
béene
drinking
.
]
Verse
10.
Because
of
thine
indignation
and
wrath
[
vz.
against
mee
.
q.d.
all
these
heauinesses
and
griefes
haue
fallen
vppon
mée
,
because
I
perceiued
and
felt
that
thou
wast
angry
against
mee
]
because
thou
hast
heaued
mée
vppe
[
vz.
verye
high
]
and
cast
mee
downe
[
hée
meaneth
by
this
that
the
Lorde
did
correct
him
verye
strongly
and
grieuously
.
It
is
a
metaphor
borowed
from
men
,
who
if
they
will
throwe
any
thing
in
their
handes
vyolentlye
against
the
grounde
,
they
stretch
out
their
armes
,
and
lift
them
vp
on
high
,
that
they
may
doe
it
the
more
forcible
:
q.d.
euen
so
hath
the
Lorde
dealt
with
mee
,
and
this
must
bee
vnderstoode
,
not
as
though
hee
accused
God
of
harde
dealing
,
with
him
,
but
that
he
might
thereby
the
better
expresse
,
the
greatnes
of
his
grief
Ver.
11.
My
dayes
[
i.
the
dayes
of
my
life
]
are
like
a
shadow
that
fadeth
[
vz.
away
quickly
and
here
marke
,
that
when
hee
speaketh
of
a
shadowe
,
hee
meaneth
it
of
those
shadowes
which
goe
immediatly
before
the
sunne
set
:
seeming
in
déede
then
to
be
very
long
and
great
,
but
by
and
by
the
sunne
goeth
away
,
and
then
they
no
more
appeare
:
such
a
thing
sayth
he
is
my
life
,
it
vanisheth
away
sodainely
,
yea
euen
then
when
it
séemeth
to
bee
greatest
,
much
more
in
this
state
of
mine
affliction
]
and
I
am
withered
like
grasse
[
i.
for
want
of
naturall
moysture
,
my
bones
and
body
are
dryed
away
,
and
therefore
haue
no
hope
of
my
life
.
]
Verse
12.
But
thou
O
Lorde
[
q.d.
though
mans
life
be
neuer
so
brittle
and
inconstant
yet
thou
remainest
stedfast
and
vnchangeable
,
which
is
no
smal
comfort
to
thy
afflicted
seruants
]
doest
remaine
[
vz.
like
vnto
thy selfe
,
and
frée
from
all
alteration
or
shadowe
of
turning
]
for
euer
[
vz.
and
euer
]
and
thy
remembraunce
[
vz.
which
either
thou
hast
of
thy
seruants
,
or
else
thy
seruantes
haue
of
thee
]
from
generation
to
generation
[
sée
Psal.
100.5
.
]
Ver.
13.
Thou
wilt
arise
[
vz.
at
the
length
,
to
ayde
and
helpe
thy
people
,
howsoeuer
thou
séemest
for
a
tyme
,
to
deferre
and
put
of
thy
succour
]
and
haue
mercy
[
vz.
according
to
thy
accustomed
goodnes
,
and
gracious
promise
]
vpon
Sion
,
[
i.
vppon
thy
Church
,
as
Psal.
51.18
.
]
for
the
time
[
i.
the
due
and
fit
time
]
to
haue
mercy
thereon
[
i.
to
shew
mercy
and
compassion
vnto
]
for
the
appoynted
time
[
i.
the
time
which
thou
thy selfe
diddest
appoint
and
set
.
Sée
2.
Chro.
36.21
.
Ierem.
25.12
.
Ierem.
29.10
.
]
is
come
[
and
therfore
we
hope
that
thou
wilt
in
mercy
looke
vpon
vs
,
and
deliuer
vs
out
of
captiuity
.
]
Ver.
14.
For
thy
seruants
[
vz.
distressed
in
afflictions
,
and
yet
notwithstanding
remaining
faithful
to
thée
:
and
not
Cyrus
&
Darius
,
as
some
suppose
]
delyte
[
vz.
greatly
and
much
]
in
the
stones
therof
[
q.d.
they
more
esteeme
,
euen
that
disordered
forme
,
that
remained
after
the
ruine
and
ouerthrowe
of
the
temple
,
then
all
the
excellent
pleasures
of
Babylon
,
or
of
the
whole
worlde
besides
]
and
haue
pity
on
the
dust
thereof
[
i.
in
a
pitiful
loue
they
lament
ouer
it
,
and
yet
notwithstanding
do
estéeme
it
,
and
haue
it
in
great
regarde
.
]
Ver.
15.
Then
[
vz.
when
thou
shalt
performe
this
grace
to
thy
people
]
the
heathen
[
i.
all
other
nations
besides
thine
owne
people
,
for
so
they
vsed
to
call
all
besides
the
Iewes
]
shall
feare
the
name
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
shal
tremble
at
his
great
power
and
maiesty
,
though
not
with
the
reuerent
and
right
feare
thereof
,
which
his
owne
children
only
haue
]
and
al
the
kings
of
the
earth
[
q.d.
this
feare
shal
not
onely
sease
the
heartes
of
their
common
people
,
but
euen
of
their
greatest
and
mightiest
princes
]
thy
glory
[
i.
they
shal
feare
thy
maiesty
&
glory
,
which
doest
such
great
and
glorious
thinges
for
thy
people
.
]
Verse
16.
When
the
Lorde
[
hee
noteth
the
time
of
the
trembling
of
the
kings
and
people
shall
builde
vp
Sion
[
i.
his
Church
,
vz.
decayed
and
cast
downe
:
hee
vseth
this
worde
Sion
generally
,
for
the
place
of
Gods
seruice
,
because
that
sometime
the
arke
of
couenant
was
placed
there
]
and
shal
appeare
in
his
glory
[
i.
shall
shewe
himselfe
glorious
and
triumphant
,
which
shall
no
doubt
be
comfortable
to
his
children
,
and
feareful
to
his
enemies
.
]
Ver.
17.
And
shal
turne
[
vz.
his
gracious
and
louing
countenance
,
meaning
by
this
speach
,
yéelding
or
graunting
]
vnto
the
prayer
[
i.
to
the
harty
supplications
and
requests
]
of
the
desolate
[
i.
of
them
that
are
forsaken
of
all
,
whom
,
though
they
stand
in
néede
of
euery
mans
helpe
,
yet
no
man
helpeth
.
The
worde
properly
signifieth
a
kinde
of
shrubble
,
which
groweth
in
vntilled
places
,
as
a
brier
,
or
such
like
,
by
which
he
noteth
also
,
the
people
,
that
were
in
the
captiuity
of
Babylon
,
as
in
a
deserte
and
wilde
place
]
and
not
despise
their
prayer
[
vz.
which
they
make
vnto
him
in
their
affliction
,
hee
speaketh
one
thing
twise
,
as
it
were
,
of
which
sundry
times
before
,
and
not
as
though
god
did
euer
despise
the
supplications
of
his
poore
seruants
.
]
Ver.
18.
This
[
vz.
gracious
hearing
of
his
poore
seruants
prayers
,
and
deliuery
of
them
out
of
captiuity
]
shal
be
written
[
vz.
as
an
excellent
thing
,
and
worthy
of
continual
remembrance
]
for
the
generation
to
come
[
vz.
that
they
therby
may
be
instructed
both
of
the
power
of
God
,
and
his
faithfulnes
and
trueth
in
performing
his
promises
]
and
the
people
[
vz.
of
Israel
and
Iudah
]
which
shalbée
created
[
i.
which
shal
returne
out
of
the
captiuity
of
Babylon
,
which
hée
compareth
to
be
a
second
birth
or
creation
,
as
it
were
,
because
they
séemed
therin
to
bée
as
dead
,
Sée
Ezech
37.
from
ver.
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
14.
of
which
also
for
the
greatnes
of
it
,
it
is
sundry
times
sayd
in
the
Prophets
:
It
shal
bée
no
more
sayd
the
Lord
liueth
,
that
brought
the
people
out
of
Egypt
,
but
that
brought
the
people
from
the
lande
of
the
North
]
shall
prayse
the
Lorde
[
vz.
for
his
great
goodnes
and
mercy
towardes
them
.
]
Ver.
19.
For
hée
hath
looked
downe
[
vz.
vppon
the
great
outrage
of
his
enemies
,
and
the
wonderfull
affliction
of
his
people
]
from
the
height
of
his
sanctuary
[
i.
euen
from
the
very
heauens
,
as
hée
séemeth
to
expound
it
,
euen
in
this
verse
]
out
of
the
heauen
[
which
is
the
throne
of
his
maiesty
]
did
the
Lorde
behold
the
earth
[
i.
not
onely
the
earth
it self
,
but
specially
and
chiefly
men
inhabiting
the
earth
,
and
amongest
the
rest
his
owne
people
,
as
may
appeare
in
the
verses
following
.
]
Verse
.
20.
That
hee
might
heare
[
vz.
and
so
take
pity
of
]
the
mourning
[
i.
the
sighings
,
gronings
and
lamentable
cryes
]
of
the
prisoner
[
i.
of
the
prisoners
,
one
number
put
for
an
other
,
meaning
those
that
were
bound
and
helde
as
captiues
in
Babilon
]
and
deliuer
[
vz.
out
of
daunger
,
distresse
,
and
all
manner
of
feare
]
the
children
of
death
[
i.
them
that
were
at
deaths
doore
,
or
appointed
to
death
as
it
were
.
Sée
Psal.
79.11
.
]
Ver.
21.
That
they
[
vz.
so
deliuered
:
noting
also
the
end
why
god
giueth
deliueraunce
vnto
his
seruants
]
may
declare
[
i.
set
out
and
publish
,
and
that
both
by
word
and
déede
]
the
name
of
the
Lord
[
i.
his
power
,
maiesty
,
goodnes
,
&c.
as
Psal.
21.1
.
]
in
Sion
[
i.
in
his
Church
]
and
his
prayse
[
i.
the
prayse
which
is
due
vnto
him
for
the
same
:
not
that
any
is
able
to
prayse
him
sufficiently
for
his
power
and
goodnes
]
in
Ierusalem
,
[
i.
in
the
Church
as
before
:
Sion
and
Ierusalem
being
the
principall
places
of
his
worshippe
put
for
his
whole
Church
,
and
the
publike
assemblies
and
congregations
thereof
:
sée
Psal.
2.6
.
]
Ver.
22.
When
the
people
[
vz.
which
are
nowe
in
captiuity
and
dispersed
abroad
,
shal
be
gathered
together
[
vz.
to
serue
the
Lorde
in
these
places
,
and
after
that
sort
which
he
himselfe
hath
prescribed
]
and
the
kingdomes
[
vz.
of
the
earth
,
meaning
hereby
the
calling
of
other
people
besides
the
Iewes
]
to
serue
the
Lord
[
vz.
according
to
the
prescript
rule
of
his
word
.
The
Prophet
noteth
two
thinges
specially
in
this
verse
:
the
one
is
the
returning
of
the
people
out
of
Babylon
,
the
other
is
,
the
calling
of
the
Gentiles
,
to
the
religion
and
seruice
of
God
.
]
Ver.
23.
He
[
i.
the
Lorde
]
abated
[
vz.
by
outwarde
and
inward
afflictions
]
my
strength
[
i.
whatsoeuer
séemed
excellent
in
mee
,
putting
one
excellent
thing
for
many
]
in
the
way
[
vz.
wherein
I
walked
,
meaning
the
daies
and
course
of
his
life
,
as
may
appeare
by
that
which
followeth
in
this
verse
]
and
shortened
[
vz.
in
mine
owne
iudgment
and
as
I
supposed
,
for
otherwise
in
respect
of
God
,
our
dayes
are
certainely
numbred
]
my
dayes
[
i.
the
dayes
of
my
life
.
]
Ver.
24.
And
I
sayd
[
vz.
in
that
great
affliction
and
griefe
]
O
my
God
,
take
mee
not
away
[
vz.
out
of
this
life
:
q.d.
let
mee
not
vanishe
awaye
,
but
shewe
mée
thy
fauour
,
in
continuing
my
life
]
in
the
middest
of
my
dayes
[
i.
before
I
come
to
the
full
ende
of
my
race
:
and
all
this
,
and
that
in
the
former
verse
the
Prophet
speaketh
,
not
onely
in
his
owne
person
,
but
in
the
name
of
the
rest
of
the
faithful
]
thy
yéeres
indure
from
generation
to
generation
[
i.
thou
continuest
and
abidest
for
euer
,
and
art
alwayes
one
,
make
mee
therefore
,
q.d.
like
vnto
thy selfe
.
]
Verse
.
25.
Thou
[
vz.
O
GOD
]
hast
afore
tyme
[
vz.
in
the
beginning
]
layde
the
foundation
of
the
earth
[
i.
created
and
mainteined
the
earth
and
all
thinges
therein
,
hee
sheweth
Gods
eternitie
,
because
hee
was
before
all
thinges
created
,
and
was
the
maker
of
all
thinges
whatsoeuer
]
and
the
heauens
[
vz.
and
all
thinges
therein
conteined
]
are
the
worke
of
thine
handes
[
i.
thou
hast
made
them
:
handes
attributed
to
GOD
for
our
vnderstanding
sake
.
]
Verse
.
26.
They
[
vz.
the
heauen
,
the
earth
,
and
all
thinges
therein
]
shall
perish
[
vz.
not
in
respect
of
their
substance
,
but
in
respect
of
their
qualities
:
sée
Isaiah
.
65.17
.
Isaiah
.
66.22
.
Reuelat.
21.1
.
2.
Peter
3.12.13
.
and
this
perishing
,
hée
calleth
afterwardes
in
this
verse
,
a
chaunging
]
but
thou
shalt
indure
[
vz.
frée
from
any
alteration
or
chaunge
,
as
Iames
1.17
.
and
that
for
euer
and
euer
,
hée
here
commendeth
Gods
eternity
,
by
comparison
]
euen
they
all
[
q.d.
not
one
of
them
accepted
]
shall
waxe
olde
as
doeth
a
garment
[
i.
shall
through
continuaunce
of
tyme
decay
,
as
doeth
a
garment
]
as
a
vesture
shalt
thou
chaunge
them
[
this
is
a
metaphor
taken
from
men
,
who
changing
their
garmentes
from
worse
to
better
of
which
chaunge
of
the
creatures
the
Apostle
speaketh
Roman.
8.19.20.21.22
.
verses
.
Nowe
if
any
wil
demaunde
to
what
vse
the
creatures
shal
be
imployed
,
I
answere
,
that
for
as
much
as
GOD
in
his
worde
,
hath
not
reueiled
that
,
it
is
more
then
curiositie
to
aske
the
same
]
and
they
shal
bee
changed
[
i.
they
shall
certainely
,
and
without
fayle
bée
chaunged
,
for
so
much
doeth
the
doubling
of
the
worde
,
chaunge
,
import
.
Verse
27.
But
thou
art
the
same
[
i.
alwayes
one
and
the
selfe
same
,
without
any
shadowe
of
chaunging
:
q.d.
howsoeuer
the
creatures
bee
variable
,
yet
thou
the
creator
art
alwayes
vnchaungeable
]
and
thy
yeeres
[
i.
the
time
of
thy
essence
and
beeing
]
shall
not
fayle
[
vz.
for
euer
and
euer
:
q.d.
thou
art
and
hast
béene
from
euerlasting
,
and
so
shalt
continue
.
]
Verse
28.
The
children
of
thy
seruantes
[
i.
thy
godly
ones
,
and
their
godly
posterity
]
shall
continue
[
vz.
stedfast
and
sure
,
alwayes
safe
vnder
thy
almighty
defence
,
whatsoeuer
great
alteration
shal
bee
in
heauen
or
earth
]
and
their
séede
[
i.
their
race
and
posteritie
]
shall
stande
fast
[
vz.
so
that
they
shall
not
bée
mooued
for
euer
]
in
thy
sight
[
i.
before
thée
,
hée
meaneth
that
GOD
will
care
for
,
and
preserue
for
euer
the
godly
.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
to
be
earnest
with
the
Lord
to
grant
vs
our
holy
requests
.
Do.
Verse
.
2.
Sheweth
that
in
the
time
of
affliction
nothing
is
more
grieuous
to
Gods
children
,
then
to
perceiue
God
any
long
time
absent
.
]
Ver.
3.4.5
.
Do
declare
,
what
great
affliction
the
godly
are
in
,
for
their
sinnes
and
the
wrath
of
God
vppon
them
,
for
the
same
.
Verse
6.7
.
Shewe
that
it
is
no
new
thing
to
sée
the
children
of
God
forsaken
of
men
,
Verse
8.
Noteth
two
things
,
the
one
is
howe
that
the
godly
are
subiect
to
the
vyle
both
woordes
and
deedes
of
the
vngodly
:
the
other
that
the
wicked
giue
themselues
a
full
swinge
to
all
manner
of
outrage
both
in
worde
and
deede
.
Verse
9.
Teacheth
that
so
long
as
wée
féele
Gods
wrath
vppon
vs
for
our
sinnes
,
our
meat
and
drinke
is
not
pleasaunt
and
delightfull
vnto
vs
.
Verse
10.
Teacheth
vs
three
things
:
first
,
howe
much
wee
shoulde
stande
in
awe
of
the
fearce
wrath
and
indignation
of
the
Lorde
:
Secondly
,
that
in
this
life
Gods
children
haue
no
durable
estate
:
and
thirdly
that
their
exaltation
and
depressing
,
is
not
by
fortune
as
they
say
,
but
from
the
Lorde
onely
.
Verse
11.
Setteth
out
the
shortnesse
and
troublesomnesse
of
mans
life
.
Verse
12.
Setteth
out
the
eternity
and
continuaunce
of
the
almightie
.
Verse
13.
Teacheth
vs
to
haue
an
assured
trust
,
that
God
wil
looke
graciously
vppon
the
afflictions
of
his
Church
.
Verse
14.
Teacheth
Gods
children
two
thinges
,
first
to
delyte
more
,
euen
in
the
verye
ruines
of
the
Church
,
then
in
the
palaces
of
the
vngodly
:
secondly
to
pity
and
pray
for
the
reforming
of
the
desolations
thereof
.
Ver.
15.
and
16.
Teach
vs
,
that
Gods
fauour
shewed
to
his
Church
,
shal
bée
matter
of
sufficient
terrour
to
the
wicked
and
vngodly
.
Ver.
17.
Is
comfortable
,
shewing
that
the
prayers
of
Gods
poore
people
,
shall
neuer
returne
empty
from
the
Lorde
.
Ver.
18.
Teacheth
the
faithful
to
haue
a
care
for
their
posterity
,
that
both
Gods
mercy
towards
them
,
and
his
iudgements
vpon
the
wicked
,
might
be
conueyed
to
their
children
.
Ver.
19.
Teacheth
that
God
beholdeth
al
things
done
vpon
the
earth
,
contrary
to
the
imagination
of
them
,
who
suppose
him
to
sit
as
idle
in
heauen
.
Ver.
20.
Teacheth
that
God
taketh
speciall
regarde
of
those
that
be
his
,
and
namely
when
they
are
in
the
greatest
distresse
.
Ver.
21.
Teacheth
that
god
doth
deliuer
his
people
out
of
al
their
feares
,
specially
to
this
end
,
that
they
might
publish
his
prayse
for
the
same
,
in
the
Church
.
Ver.
22.
Teacheth
that
our
assemblies
should
be
,
for
the
seruice
and
glory
of
god
.
Ver.
23.
Teacheth
that
God
for
the
trial
of
his
children
,
layeth
manifold
afflictions
vpon
them
in
this
life
.
Verse
.
24.
Teacheth
vs
that
wee
may
pray
for
long
life
,
but
yet
so
,
that
that
life
may
bée
referred
to
Gods
glory
.
Verse
25.
Teacheth
that
God
is
the
maker
of
heauen
and
earth
.
Verse
.
26.
Teacheth
the
variablenesse
of
the
creature
,
which
shoulde
instruct
vs
,
so
to
vse
the
worlde
as
though
wee
vsed
it
not
,
and
no
otherwise
,
but
as
it
may
further
vs
to
the
hope
of
a
better
life
.
Ver.
27.
Teacheth
that
howsoeuer
variable
the
creature
is
,
yet
the
creator
is
altogether
vnchaungeable
.
Ver.
28.
Setteth
out
to
the
comfort
of
the
godly
,
their
continuaunce
.
Psalme
103.
Di.
THis
Psalme
may
bee
diuided
into
thrée
partes
.
In
the
first
hee
doeth
stirre
vp
and
prouoke
himselfe
to
be
thankful
to
the
Lord
:
and
this
is
conteyned
in
the
two
first
verses
.
In
the
seconde
hee
sheweth
causes
,
for
which
men
shoulde
prayse
the
Lorde
,
as
for
the
forgiuenesse
of
their
sinnes
,
for
their
deliuery
from
daunger
,
and
the
continuall
course
of
his
mercies
,
from
ver.
3.
to
the
end
of
the
19.
In
the
last
part
he
exhorteth
euen
all
creatures
to
praise
the
Lord
,
for
the
largenes
of
his
goodnes
,
from
ver.
20.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
title
of
this
Psalme
,
hath
beene
expounded
before
,
in
others
of
the
lyke
inscription
.
Ver.
1.
My
soule
[
hee
exhorteth
the
soule
,
to
this
great
worke
,
because
if
that
be
ready
,
the
other
cannot
be
much
backward
:
and
the
word
,
soule
,
is
vsed
here
for
the
seate
of
vnderstanding
and
afflictions
]
prayse
thou
the
Lord
[
vz.
for
his
great
mercies
]
and
all
that
is
within
me
[
as
my
thought
,
my
hart
,
and
all
the
powers
both
of
the
one
and
the
other
,
and
hee
meaneth
all
inwarde
thinges
,
because
those
parts
specially
doeth
the
Lorde
regarde
,
as
Psal.
51.17
.
Ioh.
4.23
.
prayse
his
holy
name
[
i.
set
foorth
the
glory
that
apperteineth
to
his
maiesty
,
power
,
goodnes
,
&c.
name
is
here
vsed
as
Psalm
.
20.3
.
]
Ver.
2.
My
soule
,
praise
thou
the
Lord
[
this
is
expounded
before
ver.
1.
and
forget
not
[
vz.
through
negligence
or
otherwise
,
but
earnestly
thinke
vpon
to
the
vttermost
of
thy
power
]
al
his
benefites
[
i.
not
onely
all
,
but
any
one
of
them
,
as
possible
thou
canst
:
and
by
this
meanes
he
prepareth
himself
a
way
to
speak
of
the
blessings
,
which
afterwardes
he
reckoneth
vp
.
]
Ver.
3.
Which
[
vz.
alone
]
forgiueth
thée
[
fréely
,
vz.
and
of
his
owne
mercy
onely
,
without
any
merites
or
deserts
of
thyne
at
all
]
all
thine
iniquity
[
vz.
committed
either
against
God
or
man
,
either
of
ignoraunce
or
of
knowledge
:
and
he
beginneth
with
the
frée
forgiuenes
of
sinnes
,
because
it
is
as
it
were
the
fountaine
from
which
al
other
blessinges
flowe
:
many
whereof
he
reckoneth
vp
afterwardes
,
which
are
nothing
else
,
but
the
effects
of
that
reconciliation
]
and
healeth
[
vz.
of
his
great
goodnes
,
&
his
mighty
power
]
all
thine
infirmities
[
vz.
bodily
,
or
spirituall
,
outwarde
,
or
inward
.
]
Ver.
4.
Which
[
vz.
alone
,
as
before
ver.
3.
]
redéemeth
[
vz.
by
his
great
and
mighty
power
]
thy
life
[
i.
thy
whole
man
,
both
body
and
soule
,
putting
a
part
for
the
whole
]
from
the
graue
[
i.
from
death
and
destruction
,
Sée
Psalm
.
16.10
.
putting
that
which
followeth
death
,
for
death
it selfe
]
and
crowneth
thée
[
i.
adorneth
and
compasseth
thée
about
:
as
the
crowne
is
a
testimony
of
glory
and
honour
,
and
compasseth
the
whole
head
round
about
]
with
mercyes
and
compassions
[
i.
with
great
abundaunce
and
varietye
of
mercies
,
which
appeareth
both
in
that
hée
vseth
two
woordes
signifiying
almost
both
one
thing
,
and
also
because
hée
putteth
the
latter
in
the
plurall
number
.
]
Verse
5.
Which
satisfieth
the
mouth
[
i.
which
filleth
thine
affection
and
appetyte
,
Sée
Psalm
.
81.10
.
hee
séemeth
to
alude
to
men
,
which
take
great
licence
to
themselues
,
in
eating
and
drinking
,
meaning
that
God
will
abundauntly
satisfie
vs
,
and
giue
vs
all
that
wee
can
wish
]
with
good
thinges
[
i.
with
all
manner
of
good
thinges
,
so
that
nothing
should
bee
wanting
]
and
thy
youth
[
i.
the
dayes
and
times
of
thine
age
,
yea
euen
though
thou
bee
olde
,
yet
shall
it
bée
as
youth
]
is
renued
[
vz.
through
the
speciall
blessing
and
goodnes
of
GOD
]
as
the
Egles
[
which
liue
long
,
and
dye
not
but
through
want
of
abilitie
to
take
in
their
meate
,
as
Aristotle
,
and
Plinie
both
shewe
.
]
Verse
6.
The
Lorde
[
vz.
himselfe
executeth
[
vz.
both
in
word
and
déed
,
specially
when
men
are
negligent
]
righteousnesse
and
iudgement
[
i.
suche
sentence
,
as
are
righteous
and
iuste
,
Sée
Psalm
.
97.2
.
]
to
all
[
vz.
of
his
children
and
seruauntes
]
that
are
oppressed
[
vz.
by
wicked
and
vngodly
men
.
]
Verse
.
7.
Hée
[
vz.
God
the
Lorde
]
made
his
wayes
knowne
[
by
wayes
,
hee
vnderstandeth
,
not
onely
the
deliuerance
of
the
people
out
of
Egipt
,
and
all
that
hée
did
for
them
,
till
hée
brought
them
into
the
lande
of
Canaan
,
but
euen
his
whole
lawe
]
vnto
Moses
[
vz.
first
and
before
others
:
and
afterwardes
by
him
to
all
his
people
]
and
his
workes
[
i.
the
excellent
and
noble
workes
which
hée
did
,
and
that
for
their
sakes
]
vnto
the
children
of
Israel
[
vz.
which
hee
had
chosen
to
bee
a
peculiar
people
to
himselfe
.
]
Verse
8.
The
Lorde
is
full
of
compassion
and
mercye
[
vz.
to
them
that
come
vnto
him
]
slow
to
anger
[
vz.
though
men
by
their
wickednesses
prouoke
him
much
thereto
]
and
of
great
kindnes
[
vz.
towardes
them
that
turne
vnto
him
,
this
sentence
seemeth
to
bée
taken
out
of
Exodus
34.6
.
where
the
nature
of
GOD
is
so
farre
set
foorth
vnto
vs
,
as
is
profitable
for
vs
to
knowe
:
and
séemeth
to
bée
the
same
,
with
Nehe.
9
,
17.
Psalm
.
86.15
.
]
Verse
9.
Hee
will
not
alway
chyde
[
vz.
with
men
,
and
specially
with
his
children
]
neither
keepe
his
anger
for
euer
[
vz.
towardes
them
,
Sée
Leuitic.
19.18
.
]
Ver.
10.
Hee
hath
not
dealt
with
vs
after
our
sinnes
[
i.
hee
hath
not
punished
vs
,
according
to
the
greatnesse
and
grieuousnesse
of
our
sinnes
]
nor
regarded
vs
[
vz.
in
his
iustice
and
iudgements
:
heare
wée
sée
what
rewardes
wee
may
looke
for
,
from
the
Lorde
in
respect
of
our selues
]
according
to
our
iniquities
[
vz.
committed
against
him
and
our
brethren
.
]
Verse
11.
For
as
high
as
the
heauen
is
aboue
the
earth
[
q.d.
looke
what
distaunce
there
is
betwéene
heauen
and
earth
,
which
is
very
great
and
wonderfull
,
yea
infinite
as
it
were
]
so
great
is
his
mercye
[
i.
the
mercy
which
hée
sheweth
:
for
if
hee
had
it
in
himselfe
,
and
powred
it
not
foorth
vpon
others
,
it
were
to
litle
purpose
]
towardes
them
that
feare
him
[
vz.
with
an
vnfeigned
heart
,
putting
the
feare
of
GOD
,
for
care
,
conscience
and
obedience
to
his
trueth
.
]
Verse
12.
As
farre
as
the
East
is
from
the
West
[
vz.
which
wee
knowe
to
be
so
farre
asunder
,
that
they
shall
neuer
come
together
]
so
farre
[
yea
and
further
to
,
if
further
possible
can
bée
:
hee
meaneth
by
this
comparison
,
that
the
Lorde
hath
vtterly
remoued
our
iniquities
from
vs
]
hath
hee
remooued
our
sinnes
[
i.
the
sinnes
that
wee
haue
committed
]
from
vs
[
i.
who
were
the
doers
thereof
.
]
Verse
13.
As
a
Father
[
vz.
earthly
or
naturall
]
hath
compassion
on
his
children
[
notwithstanding
that
manye
times
they
doe
prouoke
him
to
displeasure
]
so
[
yea
and
in
farre
greater
measure
,
by
howe
much
GOD
is
greater
then
man
,
and
his
afflictions
more
certaine
and
sure
]
hath
the
Lorde
compassion
[
i.
hée
vouchsaueth
them
mercye
,
notwithstanding
they
deserue
it
not
]
on
them
that
feare
him
.
[
Sée
verse
11.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
14.
For
hee
knoweth
[
vz.
by
manye
degrees
,
better
then
wée
our selues
]
whereof
wée
bée
made
[
i.
of
howe
brittle
a
matter
wée
are
created
,
for
so
much
doeth
the
Hebrewe
woorde
import
,
which
sense
also
maye
bee
gathered
by
that
whiche
followeth
in
this
verse
]
hee
remembreth
[
though
men
many
times
forget
it
]
that
wee
are
but
dust
[
and
that
into
the
same
,
wee
shall
returne
,
Sée
Genesis
3.19
.
]
Verse
15.
The
dayes
of
man
[
i.
the
course
of
his
yéeres
and
age
,
or
the
tyme
of
his
life
]
are
as
grasse
[
vz.
which
is
cutte
downe
,
withered
,
and
quickely
consumed
:
hee
meaneth
by
this
speach
,
the
breuitye
and
shortnesse
of
mans
lyfe
]
as
a
flowre
of
the
fielde
so
florisheth
hée
[
i.
hee
is
nowe
florishing
,
and
by
and
by
withered
:
and
note
that
hée
speaketh
of
a
flowre
of
the
fielde
,
rather
then
of
a
garden
flowre
,
because
that
fielde
flowres
,
are
more
subiect
to
stormes
,
tempest
,
heate
,
&c.
then
the
garden
which
haue
more
shelture
and
couerture
.
]
Verse
16.
For
the
winde
[
vz.
sent
from
GOD
,
meaning
by
wynde
,
which
is
one
meane
to
marre
the
beautye
of
blossomes
and
flowres
,
all
other
whatsoeuer
]
goeth
ouer
it
[
vz.
with
violence
,
and
so
●ppeth
it
,
either
with
extreme
colde
as
the
Easternewynde
,
or
with
partching
heate
,
as
the
Westerne
wynde
]
and
it
is
gone
[
vz.
out
of
mens
sight
:
hée
meaneth
that
it
is
decayed
]
and
the
place
thereof
[
i.
the
grounde
wherein
it
grewe
]
shall
knowe
it
no
more
[
vz.
in
mans
iudgement
,
meaning
also
by
the
woorde
,
it
,
the
selfe
same
,
and
not
any
other
of
the
same
kynde
.
In
these
two
last
verses
hée
doeth
nothing
else
,
but
by
a
similitude
sette
out
the
shortnesse
and
vanitye
of
mans
lyfe
,
which
is
no
better
,
then
an
hearbe
or
grasse
,
subiect
to
cutting
downe
,
weather
,
wynde
,
and
such
lyke
.
]
Verse
17.
But
the
louing
kindnesse
of
the
Lorde
[
vz.
towardes
his
sonnes
and
seruauntes
]
indureth
for
euer
and
euer
[
the
reason
is
because
those
whome
the
Lorde
loueth
hee
loueth
for
euer
]
vppon
them
[
i.
playnelye
testified
towardes
them
,
and
plentifullye
powred
foorth
vppon
them
]
that
feare
him
[
Sée
verse
11.
and
13.
of
this
Psalme
]
and
his
righteousnesse
[
i.
his
iust
and
faythfull
kéeping
of
his
promise
,
and
the
succour
and
ayde
,
by
which
hée
maynteyneth
and
preserueth
his
]
vppon
childrens
children
[
i.
to
all
posteritye
.
]
Verse
18.
Vnto
them
that
kéepe
[
vz.
in
their
behauiour
and
conuersation
]
his
couenaunt
[
i.
his
Lawe
,
which
is
called
a
couenaunt
,
because
it
conteyneth
the
conditions
of
bargayne
,
as
it
were
,
betwéene
GOD
,
and
his
people
]
and
thinke
vppon
them
[
vz.
in
their
déepe
thoughts
and
secret
heart
]
his
commandementes
[
i.
the
matters
which
hée
hath
commaunded
]
to
doe
them
[
vz.
in
their
outwarde
conuersation
and
dealing
.
]
Verse
19.
The
Lorde
hath
prepared
his
throne
in
heauen
[
i.
hée
hath
a
kingdome
and
exerciseth
the
same
euen
in
heauen
,
and
yet
that
letteth
not
,
but
that
his
iurisdiction
]
ruleth
our
all
[
vz.
what
soeuer
either
in
heauen
,
or
in
earth
.
And
this
verse
conteyneth
one
cause
amongest
manye
why
men
shoulde
prayse
GOD
,
vz.
for
his
gracious
and
large
gouernement
.
]
Verse
20.
Prayse
the
Lorde
yée
his
Angels
[
Angels
are
sayde
to
bée
Gods
,
not
onelye
because
hée
created
them
,
but
also
because
hee
vseth
them
at
his
pleasure
,
in
the
execution
of
his
will
]
that
excell
in
strength
[
vz.
all
other
creatures
:
vnderstanding
also
by
strengthe
,
whatsoeuer
is
excellent
in
them
,
so
haue
you
the
woorde
vsed
before
Psalme
102.23
.
]
that
doe
his
commaundemente
[
i.
the
thinges
hée
commaundeth
you
]
in
obeying
the
voyce
of
his
woorde
[
q.d.
you
are
so
readye
in
obeying
,
that
so
soone
as
the
Lorde
speaketh
,
you
are
readye
to
doe
it
.
]
Verse
21.
Prayse
the
Lorde
all
yée
his
hostes
[
some
referre
this
woorde
generallye
to
all
his
creatures
,
because
the
Lorde
hath
them
at
commaundement
,
as
a
Captayne
hath
his
armed
men
,
and
Souldiers
to
vse
them
,
as
pleaseth
him
:
some
onelye
to
Angels
:
but
I
allowe
rather
the
former
reason
by
that
which
is
written
,
Genesis
2.1
.
]
Yée
his
Seruauntes
that
doe
his
pleasure
[
i.
what
pleaseth
him
,
before
hee
called
his
creatures
hostes
,
for
the
multitude
of
them
:
Nowe
hée
calleth
them
Seruaunts
,
because
hée
hath
them
at
commaundemente
.
]
Verse
22.
Prayse
the
Lorde
[
vz.
for
his
vnspeakeable
goodnesse
]
all
yée
his
woorkes
[
i.
all
his
creatures
,
of
what
order
or
condition
so
euer
yée
bée
]
in
all
places
of
his
dominion
[
i.
euerye
where
,
because
hee
ruleth
euerye
where
,
and
doeth
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
him
bothe
in
heauen
,
and
in
earth
]
my
soule
prayse
thou
the
Lorde
[
hee
shutteth
vppe
the
Psalme
with
the
same
sentence
hee
beganne
it
,
and
therefore
,
Sée
verse
1.
of
this
Psalme
.
And
this
is
verye
ryfe
to
begynne
and
ende
a
Psalme
with
one
and
the
selfesame
sentence
:
Sée
Psalme
106.
verse
1.
and
last
,
also
Psalme
147.
verse
1.
and
last
.
Psalme
148.
and
Psalme
150.
verse
1.
and
last
.
Verse
1.
Teacheth
vs
,
first
to
inforce
our selues
,
Do.
to
the
praysing
and
thanking
of
God
for
his
graces
:
Secondlye
that
our
thankesgiuing
shoulde
be
vnfeignedly
,
as
procéeding
in
déede
from
the
inwarde
man
.
Verse
2.
Teacheth
also
two
thinges
:
the
first
is
that
wée
shoulde
striue
in
an
earnest
and
déepe
meditation
,
to
remember
so
nigh
as
wee
can
all
the
benefits
and
blessings
of
almightie
GOD
:
Secondly
that
they
rightly
thought
vppon
,
are
strong
arguments
,
to
prouoke
thankfulnes
from
vs
.
Ver.
3.4
.
He
teacheth
vs
for
what
causes
and
graces
,
wée
shoulde
bee
thankefull
,
vz.
both
for
spirituall
and
bodily
blessings
:
they
teach
also
,
that
all
the
graces
which
wee
haue
,
wee
receiue
onely
from
the
Lorde
,
but
yet
let
vs
somewhat
more
particularly
consider
them
.
Verse
3.
Teacheth
vs
that
God
alone
forgiueth
sinnes
:
secondly
that
hee
doeth
it
of
his
owne
mercy
onely
,
which
ouerthroweth
mans
merites
:
thirdly
,
that
in
the
abundaunce
of
his
goodnesse
hée
fréely
pardoneth
al
of
them
,
originall
,
actual
,
&c.
by
which
wée
sée
that
Papistes
are
deceiued
,
who
suppose
originall
sinne
only
to
bée
taken
away
by
Christ
,
and
as
for
actuall
sinnes
committed
after
baptisme
,
men
must
satisfie
for
them
.
Lastly
it
teacheth
,
that
euen
the
infirmities
and
weakenesse
of
our
flesh
can
not
bee
cured
,
no
though
wée
vse
all
meanes
,
vnlesse
the
Lorde
put
his
handes
to
that
great
woorke
.
Verse
4.
Teacheth
,
first
that
the
issues
of
life
and
death
,
are
in
Gods
owne
hande
:
Secondly
that
if
a
man
escape
daunger
or
distresse
it
is
by
the
Lorde
onely
,
and
not
by
his
owne
strength
,
or
any
thing
in
him
:
Thirdly
,
that
the
Lorde
is
not
skant
,
or
pinching
in
his
goodnesse
,
but
plentifullye
powreth
it
foorth
,
vppon
those
that
are
his
.
Verse
5.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
those
which
feare
the
Lorde
can
want
nothing
that
good
is
:
Secondly
that
hee
graciously
bringeth
his
children
to
a
good
olde
age
,
and
maketh
them
to
passe
through
the
miseries
thereof
with
as
great
ioye
,
as
in
the
dayes
of
their
youth
.
Verse
6.
Teacheth
that
howsoeuer
men
deale
vniustlye
,
yet
the
Lorde
will
deale
vprightly
,
which
is
a
great
comfort
vnto
his
children
.
Verse
7.
Teacheth
that
it
is
a
singular
grace
of
GOD
to
haue
his
woorde
,
and
that
declared
also
vnto
men
by
faithfull
ministers
.
Verse
8.
Teacheth
vs
to
set
against
our
owne
wretchednesse
and
miserye
,
the
abundaunt
riches
of
Gods
eternall
mercye
.
Verse
9.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
this
is
no
small
comfort
,
that
Gods
anger
indureth
not
long
towards
his
children
:
Sée
Psalme
.
30.5
.
Verse
10.
Teacheth
vs
that
howesoeuer
our
sinnes
deserue
eternall
death
:
yet
GOD
doeth
but
beate
vs
in
this
lyfe
,
to
the
ende
wee
might
bee
saued
in
the
life
to
come
.
Verse
11.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
Gods
mercye
is
infinyte
,
and
incomprehensible
.
Verse
12.
Teacheth
vs
that
sinne
and
iniquitie
shall
neuer
bee
layde
to
the
charge
of
Gods
elect
.
Verse
13.
Setteth
out
the
exceeding
loue
of
GOD
,
towardes
his
sonnes
and
seruauntes
.
Verse
14.
Teacheth
that
euen
our
owne
miserable
state
and
condition
,
doeth
moue
the
Lorde
in
mercy
to
deale
with
vs
.
Verse
15.16
.
Vnder
the
similitude
of
the
grasse
,
flowre
,
wind
&c.
doe
set
foorth
,
not
onely
the
shortnes
,
but
also
the
miseries
and
troubles
of
mans
life
in
this
life
.
Verse
.
17.
Teacheth
that
though
man
bée
subiect
to
chaunge
,
yet
God
is
alwayes
like
vnto
himselfe
:
and
that
there
is
no
ende
or
measure
of
his
goodnesse
towardes
them
that
feare
him
.
Ver.
18.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
there
must
bee
ioyned
with
the
knowledge
of
Gods
woorde
,
practise
and
obedience
:
also
that
man
must
diligently
meditate
in
the
lawe
of
the
Lorde
,
and
his
commaundementes
,
to
the
ende
they
may
perfourme
the
thinges
prescribed
in
the
same
.
Verse
19.
Setteth
out
the
largenesse
of
Gods
kingdome
,
which
is
comfortable
to
the
godly
,
because
thereby
wée
sée
that
deuils
and
wicked
men
can
not
doe
what
they
list
.
Verse
20.
In
the
Angels
examples
wee
learne
willing
obedience
,
to
the
voyce
and
worde
of
the
Lorde
.
Verse
21.22
.
Teach
vs
that
if
all
Gods
creatures
should
praise
the
Lorde
,
much
more
man
that
excellent
creature
,
not
onely
because
that
for
his
sake
all
thinges
were
created
,
but
also
because
hée
hath
receiued
infinite
numbers
of
benefites
aboue
the
rest
.
Ver.
22.
And
these
woordes
,
in
all
places
of
his
dominion
,
teach
Gods
children
,
neuer
to
be
ashamed
in
any
place
to
set
foorth
the
prayses
of
their
louing
GOD
:
and
in
that
hee
doeth
ende
the
Psalme
,
with
the
same
sentence
,
that
hee
did
beginne
it
,
hee
doeth
not
onely
shewe
,
howe
excellent
a
thing
the
Sacrifice
of
thankesgiuing
is
,
but
also
howe
dull
men
are
thereto
,
and
that
maketh
him
in
this
Psalme
,
to
double
and
treble
that
sentence
,
that
so
hee
might
the
better
stirre
them
vp
to
the
perfourmaunce
of
that
great
duety
.
Psalme
104
THe
Psalme
of
it selfe
comprehendeth
diuers
and
sundry
matters
,
and
therefore
can
not
easily
and
fitly
be
diuided
.
Di.
Notwithstanding
it
principally
propoundeth
these
partes
as
I
thinke
.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
prouoketh
himselfe
and
others
to
praise
God
for
his
power
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
10.
In
the
seconde
hee
painteth
out
the
singular
prouidence
of
God
towardes
his
creatures
both
generally
and
particularly
:
and
this
reacheth
from
verse
11.
to
the
ende
of
the
23.
And
in
the
thirde
parte
hee
doeth
not
onely
expresse
Gods
excellency
manifested
in
his
creatures
,
but
speaketh
also
together
both
of
his
power
and
prouidence
,
sometymes
wondering
at
the
Lordes
woorkes
,
sometimes
praysing
him
for
the
same
,
and
sometyme
praying
against
the
wicked
,
from
verse
24.
to
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
.
This
Psalme
hath
no
title
,
as
many
other
Psalmes
haue
not
:
Se.
yet
notwithstanding
a
man
may
probably
coniecture
,
that
hee
which
penned
the
other
,
penned
this
also
,
adding
it
to
the
former
thus
,
whereas
hée
had
in
the
other
set
foorth
Gods
graces
to
the
Church
,
hee
doeth
in
this
set
foorth
Gods
goodnes
to
all
creatures
.
Verse
1.
My
soule
prayse
thou
the
Lorde
[
Sée
Psalm
.
103.1
.
]
O
Lorde
my
GOD
[
i.
the
onely
true
God
,
whome
I
thy
poore
seruant
worshippe
]
thou
art
exceeding
great
[
vz.
in
maiesty
,
power
glory
,
&c.
as
may
appeare
by
that
which
followeth
]
thou
art
clothed
with
glory
and
honour
[
i.
thou
art
compassed
about
on
euery
side
with
it
,
and
haste
it
in
great
abundaunce
:
and
all
this
as
many
other
things
in
this
Psalme
,
are
spoken
of
GOD
according
to
mans
capacity
.
]
Verse
2.
Which
couereth
himselfe
with
light
as
with
a
garment
[
i.
his
honour
and
glorye
doth
greatly
appeare
,
euen
in
the
creation
of
the
light
:
so
that
though
GOD
be
inuisible
in
respect
of
his
owne
nature
,
yet
his
glorye
is
sufficiently
manifested
and
shining
foorth
,
throughout
the
worlde
]
and
spreadeth
out
the
heauens
like
a
curtaine
[
i.
layeth
them
abroade
,
so
that
they
may
euidentlye
bée
séene
,
as
a
thing
spred
out
:
by
heauens
he
vnderstandeth
the
firmament
,
which
also
hath
his
name
in
the
Hebrewe
tongue
of
stretching
out
or
ouerspreading
,
it
shoulde
séeme
that
in
this
ver.
hee
meaneth
that
which
is
expressed
,
Genesis
1.3.6
.
And
marke
howe
in
this
verse
and
the
rest
following
,
hée
sodaynely
chaungeth
the
person
.
]
Verse
3.
Which
layeth
the
beames
of
his
chambers
in
the
waters
[
i.
whose
gouernement
stretcheth
euen
vnto
the
verye
deapthes
of
the
waters
.
The
speach
is
somewhat
darke
,
but
it
is
vttered
to
bring
men
into
the
greater
admiration
,
meaning
that
wee
néede
not
to
ascende
so
high
as
heauen
to
finde
GOD
out
,
for
if
we
looke
belowe
,
wée
shall
finde
liuely
portraitures
of
his
glorye
]
and
maketh
the
cloudes
his
chariotes
[
hee
meaneth
that
GOD
the
gouernour
of
the
world
,
turneth
the
cloudes
,
windes
&c.
according
to
his
good
pleasure
,
euen
as
easily
as
the
cocheman
doeth
his
chariot
]
and
walketh
[
vz.
as
a
ruler
and
gouernour
]
vppon
the
winges
of
the
wynde
[
hée
meaneth
that
hee
gouerneth
also
the
wyndes
,
Sée
Psalm
.
18.10.11
.
Also
Isaiah
.
19.1
.
]
Verse
4.
Which
maketh
the
spirites
his
messengers
[
i.
hée
vseth
the
windes
and
fire
,
as
messengers
,
ministers
and
executioners
of
his
will
and
iudgements
:
so
that
in
respect
of
their
obedience
,
they
haue
euen
the
name
of
Angels
,
as
it
were
,
giuen
vnto
them
]
and
a
flaming
fire
his
ministers
[
i.
hée
sendeth
forth
thundringes
,
lightninges
,
and
such
other
like
straunge
thinges
in
the
ayre
,
both
to
terrifie
men
,
and
to
perfourme
whatsoeuer
hee
appointeth
them
.
The
Apostle
,
Hebrewes
1.7
.
applieth
this
to
Angels
and
ministring
spirits
.
]
Ver.
5.
Hée
set
the
earth
vppon
her
foundations
[
i.
by
his
vertue
and
power
,
hée
hath
made
it
firme
,
stable
,
and
sure
,
euen
as
a
frame
set
vppon
a
good
foundation
standeth
fast
]
so
that
it
shall
neuer
moue
[
vz.
ordinarilye
,
and
in
a
continuall
course
,
otherwise
this
place
letteth
not
,
but
that
through
Gods
speciall
appoyntment
there
may
bée
terrible
and
fearefull
earthquakes
.
And
that
worde
,
neuer
,
must
bée
vnderstoode
,
so
long
as
the
world
indureth
:
and
also
hauing
respect
vnto
other
creatures
:
which
by
reason
of
their
owne
lightnesse
,
and
Gods
appointment
are
caried
hither
,
and
thither
,
whereas
the
earth
remayneth
firme
and
sure
.
]
Verse
6.
Thou
[
vz.
O
Lorde
:
obserue
the
sodaine
chaunge
of
the
person
]
coueredst
it
[
vz.
the
earth
]
with
the
déepe
[
vz.
waters
.
This
may
bée
vnderstoode
,
either
of
that
which
is
spoken
Genesis
1.2
.
or
of
the
generall
flood
,
at
both
which
times
all
the
earth
was
ouercouered
with
waters
]
as
with
a
garment
[
i.
euery
where
,
and
in
euery
place
]
the
waters
will
stande
[
vz.
euen
at
this
day
]
aboue
the
mountaines
[
vz.
vnlesse
they
were
kept
through
thy
power
and
prouidence
within
the
boundes
and
borders
which
thou
hast
set
them
.
]
Verse
7.
But
at
thy
rebuke
[
q.d.
euen
at
thy
bare
worde
,
and
angry
countenance
only
]
they
flée
[
vz.
backewarde
,
euen
as
though
they
were
discomfited
,
so
that
wee
sée
they
can
not
rage
whither
they
woulde
:
and
by
that
meanes
they
are
in
stéed
of
an
ornament
and
beautifying
vnto
the
earth
:
some
,
and
that
not
amisse
neyther
,
referre
it
to
the
parting
of
the
waters
from
the
drie
lande
,
mentioned
Genesis
1.6
.
]
at
the
voyce
of
thy
thunder
[
by
rebuke
before
,
and
thunder
in
this
place
,
hee
meaneth
nothing
but
that
commaundement
of
GOD
,
by
which
hee
represseth
the
raging
of
the
Seas
]
they
haste
awaye
[
vz.
into
the
places
that
thou
hast
appointed
them
.
]
Verse
8.
And
the
mountaines
ascende
[
i.
appeare
and
shewe
foorth
themselues
after
the
departure
of
the
waters
]
and
the
valleis
descende
[
i.
are
made
manifest
also
]
to
the
place
which
thou
hast
established
for
them
[
i.
they
lye
and
are
setled
in
those
places
,
which
thou
hast
appointed
them
.
Though
this
sense
carry
with
it
some
probabilitye
,
yet
by
reason
of
that
which
goeth
before
,
spoken
of
the
waters
and
floods
,
and
by
reason
of
that
which
followeth
in
the
next
verse
spoken
of
them
also
,
I
woulde
this
verse
wholly
restored
out
of
Immanuel
thus
.
]
They
[
vz.
the
waters
]
went
vppe
by
the
hilles
,
and
went
downe
through
the
valleis
,
in
to
the
place
,
which
thou
haddest
establisted
for
them
.
q.d.
thou
haddest
no
sooner
spoken
the
woorde
,
but
they
made
a
way
for
themselues
,
euen
through
thicke
and
thinne
as
wée
woulde
saye
,
sparing
nothing
,
till
they
came
to
the
place
that
thou
haddest
appointed
and
set
for
them
:
so
that
neither
the
high
mountaines
coulde
hinder
them
,
nor
the
lowe
valleyes
conteine
,
but
of
necessitie
,
to
that
place
they
must
goe
,
which
thou
haddest
set
for
them
.
]
Verse
9.
Thou
[
vz.
O
Lorde
onely
,
and
none
but
thou
]
hast
set
[
vz.
by
thy
almightye
woorde
,
and
commaundement
:
as
Iob.
38.10
.
]
them
[
i.
all
waters
,
either
of
Seas
,
or
otherwise
]
a
bond
[
i.
a
certaine
compasse
and
course
]
which
they
shall
not
passe
[
vz.
though
they
doe
what
they
can
and
rage
neuer
so
sore
.
Sée
Iob.
38.10.11
.
also
Ieremie
5.22
.
]
They
[
i.
the
waters
generallye
]
shall
not
returne
[
vz.
by
any
strengthe
they
haue
of
themselues
or
otherwise
]
to
couer
the
earth
[
vz.
as
they
haue
doone
heretofore
.
Genesis
1.
verse
2.6.9
.
or
else
as
they
did
in
the
time
of
the
flood
.
Genesis
7.19
.
&c.
it
may
well
bee
referred
to
bothe
:
to
the
former
,
because
GOD
by
creation
hath
set
them
an
ordinarie
course
,
and
to
the
latter
,
because
hée
hath
promised
hee
will
neuer
destroye
the
worlde
with
water
againe
,
Genesis
9.15
.
]
Verse
10.
Hée
[
i.
GOD
:
and
marke
the
sodaine
chaunge
of
the
person
,
from
the
second
to
the
thirde
]
sendeth
[
vz.
by
his
eternall
appoyntment
and
power
]
the
springs
into
the
valleyes
[
the
Prophet
meaneth
,
that
by
Gods
decree
and
appoyntment
,
the
fountaines
and
springes
keepe
their
course
,
euen
in
those
places
,
that
he
hath
assigned
them
,
that
is
in
the
vales
and
lenelles
of
the
lande
]
which
[
vz.
fountaines
or
springes
runne
betwéene
the
mountaines
[
q.d.
not
withstanding
that
they
séeme
to
bee
little
thinges
,
yet
God
doeth
sometimes
so
increase
them
,
that
they
rise
as
high
as
some
part
of
the
mountaines
.
This
serueth
to
set
out
Gods
power
in
the
ordinarye
gouernement
:
euen
of
his
creatures
also
.
]
Ver.
11.
They
[
i.
the
waters
and
springes
]
shall
giue
drink
[
vz.
in
great
plenty
and
abundance
]
to
all
the
beastes
of
the
fielde
[
vz.
so
that
not
one
of
any
kinde
shal
bee
excepted
,
and
hee
speaketh
rather
of
beastes
then
of
men
,
the
better
to
set
out
the
grace
of
GOD
,
not
only
in
that
he
prouideth
for
bruite
beastes
,
but
also
in
that
hee
giueth
them
,
which
drinke
more
then
men
,
such
great
abundaunce
of
it
]
and
the
wilde
asses
,
shall
quench
their
thirst
[
q.d.
euen
the
beastes
that
drinke
most
,
by
reason
of
their
heate
shall
not
onely
be
satisfied
,
but
leaue
abundaunce
beside
:
of
the
wilde
asse
,
Sée
Iob.
39.
ver.
8.9
.
10.11
.
]
Ver.
12.
By
these
springes
[
vz.
spoken
of
before
]
shall
the
foules
of
the
heauen
[
i.
the
birdes
of
the
ayre
:
heauen
put
for
the
aire
,
Sée
Matth.
6.26
.
]
dwell
[
i.
abide
and
continue
,
and
that
with
delight
,
which
hée
expresseth
afterwardes
]
and
shall
sing
[
vz.
for
ioy
and
pleasure
that
they
shall
take
therein
]
among
the
braunches
[
vz.
of
the
trees
,
that
stande
along
by
the
riuers
sides
.
]
Ver.
13.
He
[
i.
God
]
watereth
the
mountaines
[
i.
powreth
downe
abundance
of
waters
vppon
the
mountaines
,
so
that
by
reason
of
the
rayne
which
he
sendeth
,
hee
maketh
,
the
mountaines
otherwise
barren
,
very
fruitfull
]
from
his
chambers
[
i.
from
the
cloudes
:
which
are
sayde
to
bee
Gods
chambers
,
because
it
séemeth
to
vs
,
that
the
Lorde
dwelleth
in
and
aboue
them
,
so
that
chambers
is
taken
in
an
other
sense
here
,
then
in
verse
3.
of
this
Psalme
]
and
the
earth
[
i.
the
whole
worlde
so
that
there
is
no
part
exempted
,
no
nor
no
creature
either
man
or
beast
,
as
may
appeare
by
that
which
followeth
in
this
Psalme
]
is
filled
[
vz.
plentifully
,
and
in
very
great
abundaunce
]
with
the
fruite
of
thy
workes
[
i.
with
those
fruites
which
by
thy
workes
thou
doest
graciously
minister
vnto
them
:
which
fruites
also
through
thy
blessing
and
commaundement
the
earth
it selfe
doth
yéeld
.
And
marke
the
sodaine
chaunge
of
the
person
from
the
thirde
to
the
second
.
]
Ver.
14.
Hée
[
i.
God
]
causeth
[
vz.
by
his
almighty
power
,
as
the
first
cause
,
and
by
rayne
and
dewe
from
heauen
,
as
the
seconde
cause
]
grasse
to
growe
[
vz.
vppon
the
earth
]
for
the
cattle
[
i.
for
the
vse
of
cattle
,
that
it
may
bee
meate
vnto
them
]
and
herb
[
i.
euerye
gréene
thing
,
sée
Genesis
1
,
29.
]
for
the
vse
of
man
[
i.
for
man
to
vse
eyther
necessarily
or
of
pleasure
]
that
he
[
vz.
man
,
being
strengthened
by
the
vse
of
the
hearbes
,
trées
,
&c.
]
may
bring
forth
[
vz.
by
his
ordinary
labour
and
trauayle
]
bread
[
though
the
Prophet
meane
it
principally
of
bread
,
yet
he
vnderstandeth
also
thereby
all
manner
of
sustenaunce
]
out
of
the
earth
[
vz.
laboured
and
tilled
,
in
the
sweat
of
mans
face
,
Gen.
3.18.19
.
Immanuel
readeth
the
latter
part
of
the
ver.
thus
]
that
they
[
i.
both
man
&
beast
,
reading
it
in
the
plural
number
]
may
fet
meat
out
of
the
earth
[
i.
may
haue
al
maner
of
food
ministred
vnto
them
out
of
the
earth
,
for
the
maintaynaunce
of
their
life
:
whatsoeuer
it
be
,
all
commeth
to
one
end
,
vz.
to
shew
that
God
by
his
power
doth
this
and
doth
that
.
]
Verse
15.
And
wine
[
vz.
God
giueth
]
that
maketh
glad
the
hart
of
man
[
i.
maketh
mans
hart
to
reioyce
when
it
is
striken
downe
with
heauinesse
,
sée
Prouerb
.
31.6.7
.
]
and
oyle
to
make
the
face
to
shine
[
i.
to
make
him
séeme
to
haue
a
merry
and
chearefull
countenaunce
:
he
speaketh
this
according
to
the
manner
of
those
hote
countries
,
wherein
men
vsed
with
sauours
and
oyntmentes
,
both
to
strengthen
and
refresh
themselues
]
and
bread
[
vz.
he
giueth
also
vnderstanding
by
bread
,
as
before
verse
14
]
that
strengtheneth
mans
hart
[
i.
whiche
is
a
good
meane
to
ad
strength
and
courage
to
a
mans
stomach
.
And
mark
the
Prophets
course
:
he
sheweth
in
this
place
that
God
plentifullye
giueth
vnto
all
his
creatures
,
and
namely
vnto
man
,
not
only
life
,
but
al
thinges
necessary
for
the
maintaynaunce
thereof
.
Whether
they
be
thinges
necessary
,
as
breade
and
foode
,
or
profitable
as
wine
and
drinke
,
or
seruing
to
pleasure
,
delighte
,
or
comlinesse
of
the
body
,
as
oyle
and
oyntments
,
&c.
]
Verse
16.
The
high
Trées
[
he
passeth
from
men
to
trées
,
shewing
that
euen
Gods
power
and
prouidence
also
watcheth
ouer
them
]
are
satisfyed
[
vz.
with
moysture
,
dew
,
and
rayne
,
sent
from
the
Lord
to
make
them
grow
and
increase
]
euen
the
Cedars
of
Lebanon
[
sée
Psalme
29
,
5.
]
which
he
hath
planted
[
i.
which
the
Lord
himselfe
hath
caused
to
grow
:
which
sort
of
Trees
must
néedes
excell
them
that
are
set
by
Art
.
]
Verse
17.
That
the
birdes
[
vz.
of
the
Woods
and
Forrests
,
yea
the
very
foules
of
heauen
]
may
make
their
neasts
there
[
vz.
in
those
trées
,
because
they
are
so
great
,
high
and
mighty
.
The
Prophet
doth
not
meane
only
as
I
take
it
,
that
God
ordeyned
the
Trées
to
this
end
,
that
birdes
might
build
their
neasts
therin
,
but
also
to
shew
the
greatnesse
of
Gods
power
in
creating
such
great
trées
,
as
are
able
to
receiue
the
Fowles
of
the
ayre
]
the
storke
dwelleth
in
the
Firre
trées
]
he
meaneth
not
only
that
they
build
their
neasts
there
for
their
yong
ones
but
also
haue
as
it
were
their
continuall
abode
.
]
Verse
18.
The
high
Mountaynes
[
vz.
otherwise
barren
and
bare
,
are
yet
notwithstanding
good
and
profitable
]
are
for
the
Goates
[
vz.
good
to
féede
on
and
to
liue
in
]
the
Rockes
are
a
refuge
for
the
Conies
[
vz.
to
kéepe
them
safe
in
,
as
it
were
from
al
distresse
and
feare
.
]
Verse
19.
He
[
vz.
God
]
appoynted
[
vz.
by
the
order
which
he
himselfe
set
in
creation
]
the
Moone
[
i.
that
glorious
and
excellent
creature
]
for
certayne
seasons
[
i.
not
only
to
distinguish
the
night
from
the
day
,
and
other
times
spoken
of
,
Gene.
1.14
.
&c.
as
monethes
,
yéeres
,
&c.
but
also
for
some
principall
feastes
obserued
in
the
lawe
]
and
the
sunne
[
i.
that
other
great
and
excellent
creature
]
knoweth
[
vz.
by
the
boundes
and
orders
which
God
hath
set
out
]
his
going
downe
[
i.
in
what
part
it
shoulde
set
,
according
to
the
seuerall
quarters
of
the
yéere
.
]
Verse
20.
Thou
makest
darkenesse
[
i.
thou
causest
darkenes
to
come
in
an
ordinarye
course
.
And
not
as
though
GOD
did
euery
night
make
newe
darkenesse
,
for
hee
did
once
create
the
same
,
Gene.
1.2
.
to
continue
as
the
rest
of
his
creatures
]
and
it
is
night
[
i.
night
commeth
presently
,
for
none
is
able
to
let
or
withstande
it
]
wherein
[
i.
in
which
darkenesse
and
night
]
all
the
beastes
of
the
forrest
[
i.
a
great
number
of
rauening
and
deuouring
beastes
,
whiche
in
the
daye
tyme
durste
not
for
feare
of
man
shew
their
heads
:
amongst
these
hee
reckoneth
vp
the
Lyon
in
the
nexte
verse
]
créepe
forth
[
vz.
out
of
their
holes
and
dennes
,
where
they
had
lurked
all
the
day
long
.
]
Verse
21.
The
Lions
[
i.
euen
the
yong
,
lustie
,
and
strong
Lyons
]
roare
[
vz.
in
that
darkenesse
and
nighte
]
after
their
praye
[
i.
after
a
praye
that
they
woulde
gladlye
gette
and
obtayne
,
to
satisfye
their
hunger
withall
]
and
séeke
their
meate
at
GOD
[
the
Prophet
meaneth
not
that
they
staye
themselues
vppon
the
care
which
GOD
hath
ouer
them
,
for
that
they
cannot
doe
,
but
hée
sheweth
that
GOD
doth
myraculouslye
giue
meate
to
the
Lyons
and
other
deuouring
beasts
,
yea
although
they
liue
by
spoyle
and
rauening
,
whiche
serueth
wonderfullye
to
sette
foorth
God
his
power
and
prouidence
,
whiche
is
the
special
marke
,
that
the
Prophet
aymeth
at
in
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
22.
When
the
Sunne
ryseth
[
the
Prophet
sheweth
that
GOD
so
distributeth
the
tyme
,
that
the
daye
belongeth
vnto
man
,
and
the
nighte
to
rauenous
beastes
:
whose
cruelty
is
in
parte
also
restrayned
by
the
lighte
of
the
Sunne
or
day
:
so
that
they
are
thereby
as
it
were
constrayned
,
to
kéepe
themselues
in
their
dennes
to
the
ende
that
man
may
more
safelye
goe
aboute
his
businesse
]
they
retyre
[
i.
those
rauenous
Beastes
of
the
Forrestes
]
and
couche
in
their
Dennes
[
i.
lye
still
and
quietlye
there
,
without
annoying
or
hurting
man
any
waye
.
]
Verse
23.
Then
[
i.
at
the
Sunne
rysing
,
and
when
the
wilde
beastes
are
in
their
Caues
and
holes
]
goeth
man
foorth
,
[
i.
mankinde
or
the
people
whiche
inhabite
the
earth
]
to
his
worke
and
to
his
labour
[
i.
to
the
affayres
and
businesses
whiche
thou
haste
appointed
him
to
doe
:
whiche
is
called
his
,
because
hée
is
Gods
Instrumente
in
the
performaunce
thereof
]
vntill
the
euening
[
whiche
tyme
thou
of
thy
goodnesse
,
O
Lorde
,
haste
ordayned
for
his
rest
.
]
Verse
24.
O
Lorde
[
the
Prophet
in
this
sentence
vseth
both
an
exclamation
,
and
a
wondering
,
after
that
hee
had
,
as
before
,
spoken
of
the
merueylous
vses
of
GOD
his
gouernmente
]
howe
manifolde
[
i.
not
onely
dyuers
in
respecte
of
kynde
,
but
innumerable
in
respect
of
multitude
]
are
thy
workes
[
i.
the
thinges
that
thou
haste
created
and
made
]
in
wisedome
[
i.
in
suche
greate
and
excellent
wisedome
haste
thou
made
them
all
[
vz.
generally
and
particularlye
,
as
none
is
able
to
controll
eyther
the
whole
,
or
any
parte
thereof
.
The
Prophet
meaneth
,
that
Gods
workemanshippe
is
so
exquisite
,
that
there
is
no
confusion
eyther
in
the
whole
or
in
parte
:
some
expounde
it
thus
]
In
wisedome
hast
thou
made
them
all
[
i.
by
wisedome
,
meaning
his
eternall
Sonne
,
as
Prouerbes
8
,
verse
22
,
&c.
vnto
the
ende
of
the
Chapter
,
but
notwithstanding
I
lyke
the
former
sence
better
]
the
earth
[
i.
the
whole
worlde
,
and
the
people
that
dwell
therein
]
is
full
of
thy
riches
[
i.
is
plentifullye
replenished
with
varyetie
of
thy
greatnesse
,
whiche
are
greate
testimonyes
of
thy
grace
.
]
Verse
25.
So
is
the
Sea
[
q.d.
as
the
earth
is
filled
with
thy
riches
,
so
is
the
Sea
lykewise
,
from
the
testimonyes
of
Gods
grace
and
goodnesse
vpon
the
Lande
,
he
commeth
to
the
Sea
which
hée
setteth
out
as
it
were
a
new
glasse
,
wherein
men
may
behold
Gods
power
and
wisedome
]
greate
and
wyde
[
hée
attributeth
two
Titles
to
the
Sea
:
the
one
noting
the
force
thereof
,
the
other
the
largenesse
,
both
yet
tending
to
manyfest
Gods
power
,
which
had
replenished
so
huge
a
place
with
such
wonderfull
store
and
varietye
of
creatures
]
for
therein
[
i.
in
the
Sea
]
are
thinges
,
[
vz.
whiche
thou
haste
created
]
créeping
[
vz.
according
to
the
order
whiche
thou
haste
sette
:
meaning
by
this
terme
,
swimming
,
and
liuing
in
the
Waters
]
innumerable
[
hée
sheweth
that
the
creatures
of
GOD
in
the
Sea
can
not
bée
numbred
,
muche
lesse
can
those
in
Heauen
,
and
these
in
earth
,
and
altogether
]
both
small
Beasts
and
great
[
q.d.
There
is
not
onely
innumerable
store
,
but
varietye
of
kindes
also
,
all
which
setteth
forth
still
Gods
mightye
power
.
]
Verse
26.
There
[
i.
in
that
Sea
]
goe
the
Shippes
[
i.
they
sayle
to
and
fro
:
a
Metaphor
taken
from
liuing
Creatures
,
and
applyed
to
insensible
thinges
]
yea
that
Leuiathan
[
q.d.
Euen
that
same
greate
monstrous
Fishe
is
in
the
Sea
also
,
sée
Iob.
40.
verse
20.
to
the
end
of
the
Chapter
,
and
Iob
41.
throughout
]
whome
thou
hast
made
to
play
therein
[
i.
to
swimme
vp
and
downe
at
his
pleasure
:
q.d.
This
onely
Sea
beast
,
doth
sufficyently
sette
out
vnto
vs
the
fearefull
power
of
GOD
,
whose
styrring
though
it
trouble
the
seas
,
yet
is
it
nothing
but
sporte
in
respecte
of
GOD.
]
Verse
27.
All
these
[
vz.
thy
creatures
,
whether
they
bée
in
the
ayre
,
or
in
the
earth
,
or
in
the
Sea
]
wayte
vppon
thée
[
vz.
not
only
to
haue
foode
and
sustenaunce
as
followeth
,
but
to
bée
disposed
of
euen
as
shall
please
thée
,
without
whome
they
canne
doe
nothing
]
that
thou
[
vz.
thorowe
thy
prouidence
and
appoyntment
]
mayest
giue
them
[
vz.
of
thy
gracious
goodnesse
and
mercy
]
foode
[
vz
to
eate
vppon
and
lay
by
]
in
due
season
[
i.
in
that
time
wherein
thou
thy selfe
haste
appoynted
with
thy selfe
to
bestowe
it
vppon
them
.
]
Verse
28.
Thou
giuest
it
[
vz.
graciously
and
plentifullye
]
vnto
them
[
vz.
when
they
are
in
néede
and
wante
]
and
they
gather
it
[
vz.
to
their
comforte
and
sustentation
]
thou
openest
thine
hande
[
hée
séemeth
here
to
resemble
GOD
to
a
good
Father
or
Mayster
of
a
householde
,
who
many
tymes
with
holdeth
from
his
children
and
Seruauntes
,
to
the
ende
that
they
might
learne
to
sette
a
better
price
vpon
them
,
which
when
he
séemeth
then
inclined
vnto
,
then
hée
bestoweth
these
thinges
vppon
them
]
and
they
are
filled
with
good
thinges
[
vz.
from
thée
:
by
opening
of
the
hande
,
hée
meaneth
Gods
greate
liberalitye
:
and
by
filling
with
good
thinges
hée
vnderstandeth
the
effecte
of
that
grace
.
]
Verse
29.
But
if
thou
hyde
thy
face
[
i.
if
thou
shewe
not
thy selfe
fauourable
and
mercyfull
vnto
them
but
leaue
them
.
Hée
sheweth
that
euen
GOD
his
verye
countenaunce
giueth
euen
béeing
and
moouing
,
and
lyfe
vnto
all
thinges
.
]
they
are
troubled
[
vz.
beyonde
all
measure
,
so
that
they
euen
seeme
to
bee
withoute
all
lyfe
or
béeing
.
]
If
thou
take
awaye
their
breath
[
i.
that
kinde
of
lyfe
whiche
thou
hast
giuen
them
,
sée
Genesis
1
,
verse
24.
]
they
die
and
returne
to
their
dust
[
vz.
out
of
which
they
were
taken
:
and
not
that
it
is
their
owne
.
]
Verse
30.
Againe
,
if
thou
[
vz.
O
Lorde
:
the
Prophetes
minde
is
to
shew
,
that
the
death
and
life
of
all
creatures
is
in
the
Lords
power
only
]
send
forth
thy
spirit
[
i.
thy
quickening
and
liuely
power
:
some
referre
it
to
the
holy
Ghost
,
I
suppose
both
sences
may
very
well
stand
,
prouided
also
that
wée
fall
not
into
the
error
of
some
who
supposed
that
the
spirit
did
essentially
dwell
in
men
and
other
creatures
]
they
are
created
[
i.
not
only
restored
into
their
former
state
,
by
thy
fauourable
countenaunce
,
after
they
haue
bene
troubled
by
withholding
thy
goodnesse
from
them
,
as
verse
29
of
this
Psalme
,
but
also
by
propagation
of
séede
and
ofspring
,
they
are
as
it
were
anew
,
thorow
the
strength
of
thy
commaundement
and
blessing
,
Gen.
1.
in
sundry
places
created
]
and
thou
renuest
the
face
of
the
earth
[
i.
though
thou
séeme
to
man
,
by
reason
of
the
death
which
falleth
vpon
creatures
to
be
a
wonderful
decay
of
earthly
creatures
,
yet
by
raising
vp
the
like
in
their
roomes
,
vpon
the
vpper
part
of
the
earth
,
thou
giuest
as
it
were
a
new
face
and
countenaunce
agayne
vnto
the
same
.
]
Verse
31.
Glory
be
to
the
Lord
for
euer
[
after
the
particular
description
of
Gods
power
and
prouidence
in
his
creatures
,
he
bursteth
forth
to
Gods
prayse
for
the
same
:
and
wisheth
as
it
were
that
both
he
and
all
men
would
yéeld
continuall
thankes
and
prayse
vnto
him
therefore
]
let
the
Lord
reioyce
[
i.
take
singular
delight
and
pleasure
]
in
his
workes
[
i.
in
the
workes
and
creatures
whiche
hée
hath
made
.
The
Prophet
addeth
vnto
his
former
praysing
of
God
for
his
power
and
goodnesse
,
a
praier
to
the
Lord
for
the
continuance
of
the
same
towards
his
creatures
.
I
know
others
expound
it
otherwise
,
but
me
thinketh
this
is
a
simple
sence
.
]
Verse
32.
He
[
vz.
God
]
looketh
[
vz.
with
his
angry
countenance
as
it
were
]
on
the
earth
[
i.
on
the
world
it selfe
,
and
all
things
therein
contayned
]
and
it
trembleth
[
vz.
for
feare
and
reuerence
of
his
maiestie
]
hee
toucheth
the
mountaynes
and
they
smoke
[
q.d.
the
Lorde
néedeth
not
to
doe
much
to
testifie
his
wrath
,
for
euen
the
very
Mountaynes
by
touching
them
shall
burne
and
consume
.
All
this
is
nothing
else
but
a
consideration
of
the
greate
power
and
Maiestie
of
God
,
of
which
sée
more
Psalme
18
,
7
,
8
,
9.
&c.
]
Verse
33.
I
will
sing
vnto
the
Lord
[
i.
I
will
prayse
him
,
pray
vnto
him
,
and
serue
him
,
for
hée
putteth
one
part
of
Gods
seruice
for
the
whole
:
q.d.
Euen
the
greatnesse
of
his
power
and
maiestie
,
shall
be
one
meane
to
draw
me
on
to
the
seruice
and
obedience
of
him
,
and
that
not
for
a
small
time
onely
,
but
all
my
life
long
]
I
will
prayse
my
God
while
I
liue
[
this
is
the
same
with
that
which
went
before
,
the
doubling
of
it
noteth
the
resolute
purpose
whiche
the
Prophet
had
to
performe
this
his
vow
.
]
Verse
34.
Let
my
wordes
be
acceptable
vnto
him
[
hee
promised
before
prayse
and
thanksgiuing
:
and
now
he
desireth
that
that
seruice
maye
be
pleasaunt
in
his
sight
.
I
vnderstand
by
wordes
not
only
the
words
of
his
prayers
,
though
them
chéefely
indéede
,
but
all
his
other
spéeches
whatsoeuer
,
sée
Psalme
19
,
14.
]
I
will
reioyce
in
the
Lorde
[
q.d.
I
will
remooue
all
my
thoughts
,
from
the
pleasures
and
profits
of
this
life
,
to
the
ende
I
may
staye
my selfe
vpon
a
spirituall
ioy
and
contentment
in
God
only
.
]
Verse
35.
Lette
the
sinners
[
i.
the
notorious
wicked
men
sée
Psalme
1.
ver.
1.5
.
]
be
consumed
[
vz.
vtterly
,
lest
they
should
infect
others
,
&
stay
from
the
the
godly
abundance
of
graces
&
blessings
]
out
of
the
earth
[
vz.
wherein
they
dwell
:
and
thus
he
prayeth
agaynst
the
vngodly
,
whom
the
Lord
had
sealed
vp
agaynst
the
day
of
his
wrath
]
and
the
wicked
[
vz.
men
of
the
worlde
,
meaning
by
wicked
men
,
them
that
foster
and
foode
themselues
in
wickednesse
]
till
there
bee
no
more
[
vz.
of
them
left
vpon
the
earth
:
he
desireth
an
vtter
taking
awaye
of
the
vngodlye
,
both
of
their
persons
and
memories
]
O
my
soule
prayse
thou
the
Lorde
[
sée
verse
1.
of
this
Psalme
,
where
you
haue
the
same
wordes
.
In
these
wordes
hée
prouoketh
himselfe
to
prayse
the
Lorde
,
as
in
these
wordes
following
]
prayse
yée
the
Lorde
[
he
prouoketh
the
rest
of
the
godlye
and
faythfull
to
doe
the
like
.
And
thus
muche
for
the
sence
of
this
Psalme
:
the
doctrines
follow
in
order
.
Verse
1
teacheth
vs
,
to
stir
vp
our selues
to
the
prayses
of
God
:
De.
it
teacheth
vs
also
that
Gods
power
and
glorye
,
doth
after
a
sort
craue
the
same
at
our
handes
.
Verse
2
sheweth
that
euen
in
Gods
creatures
,
we
haue
euident
glasses
wherein
to
beholde
his
Maiesty
,
power
,
&c.
the
selfe
same
thing
doth
ver.
3
and
and
many
other
verses
in
this
Psalme
teach
.
Verse
3
teacheth
that
God
by
his
power
ruleth
the
waters
,
the
cloudes
,
the
windes
,
&c.
the
same
doctrine
doeth
verse
4
deliuer
.
Verse
5
teacheth
that
whatsoeuer
firmity
the
earth
hath
,
it
hath
it
from
the
Lord
,
and
not
of
it self
.
Verse
6
,
7
,
teach
that
neither
the
waters
nor
any
other
creature
can
go
further
then
the
Lord
appoynteth
them
:
and
that
his
onely
word
without
any
déede
as
it
were
,
is
sufficient
to
staye
the
rage
of
them
all
.
Verse
8
,
and
9.
teach
the
selfe
same
doctrine
:
sée
Prouerbes
8.29
.
Verse
10.11
,
teach
that
all
blessings
whatsoeuer
,
yea
and
the
abundaunce
of
them
come
from
the
Lorde
only
.
Verse
12
teacheth
that
God
hath
made
his
creatures
not
only
profitable
for
man
,
but
one
of
them
ioyfull
and
delightful
to
another
.
Verse
13
teacheth
that
God
can
by
moysture
as
a
meane
,
make
barren
places
plentifull
:
also
that
there
is
no
place
of
the
world
wherein
there
is
not
to
be
séene
abundaunce
of
his
blessinges
,
though
in
some
places
more
then
in
other
some
,
as
must
be
confessed
.
Verse
14
teacheth
what
care
God
hath
ouer
his
creatures
,
in
giuing
them
all
thinges
necessarye
for
the
mayntainaunce
of
life
.
Verse
15
setteth
out
Gods
large
liberalitie
,
who
giueth
vs
all
thinges
of
pleasure
,
as
well
as
of
profite
,
contrary
to
the
assertion
of
Anabaptistes
,
who
would
haue
vs
vse
nothing
for
necessitie
only
.
Verse
16
teacheth
that
which
god
doth
,
farre
excelleth
all
done
by
arte
or
witte
of
man
.
Verse
17
,
18.
shewe
that
God
hath
made
all
creatures
one
of
them
to
be
delightfull
and
profitable
to
an
other
,
sée
before
verse
12.
Verse
19
doth
not
onely
expresse
Gods
power
and
prouidence
in
the
Sunne
and
Moone
,
but
their
obedience
also
to
that
course
sette
them
:
which
shoulde
teache
vs
to
walke
with
care
and
conscience
before
him
.
Verse
20.21.22.23
.
set
forth
Gods
great
care
for
man
and
beast
,
who
hath
distributed
to
eyther
of
them
times
for
their
labour
,
and
times
for
their
rest
,
whiche
also
teacheth
vs
to
beware
that
we
turne
not
the
day
into
night
,
nor
the
nighte
into
daye
,
withoute
some
verye
speciall
and
vrgent
occasion
.
Verse
24
teacheth
vs
that
the
variety
and
plentye
of
GOD
his
creatures
,
shoulde
not
onlye
draw
vs
into
a
maruayling
at
them
and
their
Creator
,
but
also
into
a
praysing
of
him
for
the
same
.
Verse
25
teacheth
vs
that
euen
the
Sea
as
well
as
the
Lande
,
doth
lyuely
expresse
the
greatnesse
of
GOD
his
power
and
goodnesse
.
The
same
in
particularitye
doth
verse
26.
whiche
verse
25
did
generallye
.
Verse
27
doth
not
onely
set
out
the
largenesse
of
Gods
prouidence
,
which
stretcheth
it selfe
to
all
creatures
:
but
also
it
teacheth
vs
with
patience
to
attende
for
euerye
thing
necessarye
,
from
the
Lordes
hande
in
due
season
.
Verse
28
teacheth
that
Gods
frée
and
only
liberalitye
,
is
the
very
cause
of
all
goodnesse
towardes
all
his
creatures
.
Verse
29
teacheth
vs
that
the
wante
of
féeling
of
Gods
fauour
,
is
the
fountayne
of
all
woe
,
disquietnesse
,
death
,
&c.
Verse
30
teacheth
vs
that
the
continuaunce
of
Creatures
is
not
onely
by
an
ordinary
course
of
nature
,
but
specially
by
the
commaundement
and
blessing
of
almighty
GOD.
Verse
31
teacheth
vs
to
prayse
GOD
continually
for
his
mercy
,
and
to
pray
for
the
continuaunce
thereof
.
Verse
32
teacheth
vs
to
stande
in
awe
of
so
great
a
Maiestye
,
as
can
doe
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
him
both
in
heauen
and
in
earth
.
Verse
33
teacheth
vs
to
carrye
with
vs
holy
purposes
to
serue
the
Lord
as
long
as
we
liue
,
and
carefully
to
labour
the
performance
thereof
.
Verse
34
teacheth
vs
to
pray
that
euen
our
prayers
maye
bée
regarded
in
Gods
sight
.
Verse
35
teacheth
vs
that
we
may
sometimes
pray
against
the
wicked
and
vngodly
:
also
that
we
should
carefully
stirre
vp
both
our selues
and
others
to
prayse
the
Lorde
.
Psalme
105
Di.
THis
Psalme
as
I
take
it
may
be
deuided
into
thrée
partes
.
In
the
firste
hée
exhorteth
to
prayse
GOD
for
his
mercies
,
shewing
who
they
are
that
shoulde
doe
it
,
from
the
first
verse
,
to
the
ende
of
the
sixte
.
In
the
seconde
part
hee
resiteth
the
particular
graces
that
GOD
bestowed
vppon
them
,
from
the
tyme
of
their
firste
calling
,
till
their
comming
oute
of
Egipt
,
from
verse
seuen
to
the
ende
of
the
26.
In
the
thirde
hee
setteth
out
both
what
iudgementes
GOD
bringeth
vpon
their
enemies
for
their
sakes
,
and
also
what
mercies
he
sheweth
them
after
their
deliuery
from
verse
27
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
Though
there
be
no
Title
of
this
Psalme
,
declaring
who
made
it
,
yet
it
should
appeare
by
1.
Chronic.
16.7.8
.
&c.
that
Dauid
made
it
,
and
committed
it
to
Asaph
and
his
brethren
to
sing
it
.
And
it
hangeth
wel
with
the
other
Psalms
before
going
,
vz.
Psalme
103.
and
Psalme
104.
and
also
with
Psalme
106.107
.
following
,
al
being
Psalms
to
stir
vp
the
Church
to
prayse
God
:
partly
for
his
graces
towards
the
Church
,
Psalme
103
,
and
generallye
towardes
all
creatures
,
Psalme
104
:
and
partly
for
benefites
vppon
the
faythfull
euen
by
trying
and
correcting
them
,
Psalme
105
,
106.
and
lastlye
for
graces
towardes
all
men
,
Psalme
107.
]
Verse
1.
Prayse
the
Lord
[
vz.
all
ye
good
and
faythful
people
,
he
would
haue
them
to
shew
themselues
thankefull
,
and
to
set
forth
his
glorye
for
graces
receaued
]
and
call
vpon
his
name
[
i.
feare
his
Maiesty
,
but
specially
pray
vnto
him
,
putting
one
part
of
Gods
seruice
for
the
whole
]
declare
[
vz.
openly
and
playnly
and
that
in
euery
place
]
his
workes
[
i.
the
maruaylous
thinges
that
hée
hath
done
]
among
the
people
[
vz.
not
onely
of
Iudea
,
but
of
the
whole
earth
.
]
Verse
2.
Sing
vnto
him
,
sing
prayse
vnto
him
[
vz.
alone
:
the
doubling
of
the
worde
serueth
both
to
stirre
vs
vp
,
and
also
to
note
the
excellency
of
that
Sacrifice
of
thanksgiuing
.
Some
make
this
difference
betwéene
the
two
wordes
,
that
the
firste
singing
shoulde
bée
with
the
mouth
,
and
the
latter
singing
with
musicall
Instrumentes
according
to
the
Lawe
]
and
talke
[
vz.
amongest
your selues
,
openlye
and
euerye
where
]
of
all
his
wondrous
workes
vz.
whiche
hée
hath
done
for
you
,
and
your
Fathers
:
so
that
wée
shoulde
as
neare
as
wée
canne
call
to
remembraunce
all
Gods
graces
and
mercyes
bestowed
vppon
vs
.
]
Verse
3.
Reioyce
in
his
holye
name
[
i.
shewe
your selues
gladde
in
that
greate
power
and
Maiestye
of
his
:
which
besydes
the
excellencye
thereof
,
contayneth
in
it
holinesse
also
]
lette
the
hearte
[
i.
the
inwarde
affection
,
as
well
as
the
outwarde
behauiour
]
of
them
that
séeke
the
Lorde
[
vz.
vnfeignedlye
and
with
a
good
harte
,
vnderstanding
by
séeking
of
the
Lorde
,
seruing
of
him
according
to
his
will
reuealed
in
his
worde
]
reioyce
[
vz.
in
the
Lorde
,
and
bée
glad
euen
for
this
,
that
hée
giueth
them
grace
to
séeke
and
serue
him
.
]
Verse
4.
Séeke
the
Lorde
[
vz.
earnestlye
,
and
that
euen
now
while
hée
maye
bée
founde
,
as
Isaiah
55.6
,
]
and
his
strength
[
1.
the
Arke
of
the
Couenaunte
,
from
whence
the
Lorde
gaue
euidente
testimonye
of
his
power
and
myghte
:
Sée
2.
Chronicles
6.
verse
41.
also
Psalme
78.
verse
61.
]
séeke
his
face
[
i.
the
arke
of
couenaunte
,
whiche
is
also
called
Gods
face
,
because
from
thence
GOD
gaue
playne
testimonies
of
his
fauour
and
goodnesse
towards
his
people
]
continually
[
i.
so
long
as
you
liue
:
q.d.
Be
neuer
wearye
of
doing
that
dutie
.
]
Verse
5.
Remember
[
i.
déepely
and
diligently
thinke
vpon
,
that
you
maye
thereby
bee
the
better
stirred
vp
to
praise
him
]
his
marueilous
workes
[
i.
the
great
and
wonderfull
things
which
he
hath
don
for
his
people
:
&
he
calleth
them
maruailous
,
because
the
Gods
marueilous
power
declared
it selfe
in
them
,
euen
so
that
a
man
might
easily
iudge
that
they
came
from
him
]
that
he
hath
done
[
vz.
in
time
heretofore
,
and
that
for
you
&
your
fathers
]
his
wonders
[
i.
the
strange
things
which
he
hath
done
,
far
beyond
the
reache
and
compasse
of
mans
wit
]
and
the
iudgementes
of
his
mouth
[
i
both
the
punishments
whiche
he
hath
threatned
against
others
,
and
also
the
law
and
word
he
hath
giuen
vnto
you
,
for
I
would
referre
it
to
both
these
.
]
Verse
6.
Ye
séede
of
Abraham
[
i.
O
yée
that
come
of
Abraham
and
his
posteritie
according
vnto
the
flesh
]
his
seruaunt
[
i.
that
serued
GOD
:
hee
setteth
before
them
their
Fathers
example
,
the
better
to
draw
them
on
to
the
performaunce
of
that
great
dutye
]
ye
children
of
Iaakob
[
i.
O
ye
that
come
of
Iaakob
]
which
are
his
elect
[
i.
which
he
hath
fréely
chosen
from
amongst
al
other
nations
:
and
here
he
vseth
another
reason
fet
from
their
election
to
draw
them
on
to
obedience
.
]
Verse
7.
Hée
[
vz.
alone
,
and
none
other
but
he
is
the
Lord
our
God
[
i.
he
that
gouerneth
vs
,
and
vpon
whome
we
our selues
depend
]
his
iudgementes
[
vz.
agaynst
sinne
and
vngodlinesse
,
meaning
by
iudgements
,
punishments
]
are
thorow
all
the
earth
[
i.
are
made
manifest
in
all
the
world
,
though
perhaps
men
haue
not
eyes
to
sée
the
same
:
or
else
we
may
take
iudgements
for
rule
,
guiding
and
gouernment
:
so
you
haue
the
word
,
to
iudge
,
vsed
Psalm
98
,
9.
meaning
that
Gods
gouernment
was
stretched
thorow
out
all
the
world
.
]
Verse
8.
He
hath
alway
remembred
his
couenaunt
and
promise
[
vz.
made
with
his
sonnes
and
seruaunts
:
mening
by
remembred
not
only
thinking
vppon
it
,
but
also
the
execution
and
performaunce
of
it
]
that
he
made
[
vz.
of
his
owne
accord
and
frée
goodnesse
]
to
a
thousand
generations
[
i.
not
only
to
infinite
numbers
of
people
,
putting
a
number
certayne
for
an
vncertayne
,
but
also
to
last
and
indure
for
euer
.
Verse
9.
Euen
that
[
vz.
couenaunt
]
which
he
made
with
Abraham
[
vz.
our
Father
,
sée
Genesis
12
,
2
,
3
]
and
his
oth
vnto
Isaak
[
sée
Genesis
26.3.4
.
&c.
and
hee
vseth
the
word
,
oth
,
to
note
the
certaintie
and
assurednesse
of
the
couenaunte
passed
betwéene
God
and
the
people
.
]
Verse
10.
And
since
[
vz.
the
time
of
Abraham
and
Izaak
,
meaning
after
their
death
]
hath
confirmed
it
[
vz.
both
by
word
and
déede
]
to
Iaakob
[
Isaaks
sonne
,
yet
so
,
that
he
vnderstandeth
vnder
him
his
posterity
also
]
for
a
law
[
i.
as
a
thing
that
should
continue
and
abide
without
any
alteration
or
chaunge
]
and
to
Israel
[
i.
vnto
Iaakob
,
for
he
had
two
names
,
as
appeareth
Genesis
32
,
28.
]
for
an
euerlasting
couenaunt
[
i.
referred
to
Iaakob
and
his
posteritie
,
to
last
and
continue
for
a
long
while
,
sée
Genesis
28
,
13
,
14
,
15
,
for
his
séede
hath
not
alwayes
possessed
that
lande
:
but
referred
to
Christe
and
his
,
it
is
true
for
euer
and
euer
.
]
Verse
11.
Saying
[
the
Prophet
reciteth
Gods
owne
wordes
]
vnto
thée
[
vz.
and
thy
posteritie
after
thée
,
but
he
nameth
him
as
the
chéefest
]
will
I
giue
[
vz.
of
my
frée
goodnesse
and
mercy
onlye
]
the
land
of
Canaan
[
he
meaneth
the
whole
Countrie
wherein
dwelt
seuen
nations
greater
and
mightier
then
the
Iewes
,
sée
for
this
promise
also
Gen.
35.12
]
the
lotte
of
your
inheritaunce
[
q.d.
which
lande
falleth
for
your
inheritaunce
,
as
it
were
by
lot
,
sée
Deut.
32
,
9.
the
worde
that
we
turne
lot
,
is
in
the
Hebrewe
text
corde
or
line
,
because
that
by
cordes
or
lines
in
those
dayes
they
vsed
to
measure
out
inheritaunces
:
see
Psalme
16.
verse
6.
]
and
that
word
,
your
inheritaunce
,
that
God
made
his
couenaunt
in
that
respect
with
the
whole
people
generally
.
]
Verse
12.
Albeit
they
were
few
in
number
[
q.d.
in
this
gracious
couenaunt
making
,
as
the
multitude
did
not
moue
him
,
as
Deut.
7
,
7.
so
the
paucitie
or
fewnesse
of
them
did
not
discourage
him
]
yea
very
few
[
and
as
a
man
would
say
,
scarse
two
persons
in
respect
,
sée
Genesis
34
,
30.
]
and
straungers
in
the
lande
[
vz.
which
he
had
promised
them
and
they
possessed
.
]
Verse
13.
And
walked
about
[
vz.
so
vncertaine
was
their
estate
,
being
inforced
so
to
doe
,
sometimes
by
occasion
of
famine
,
and
somtimes
thorow
other
means
:
sée
Gen.
chap.
12
,
10
,
also
chap.
20
,
1
,
2.
&c.
chap.
26.1
.
&c.
sée
also
chap.
46.
throughout
]
from
nation
to
nation
,
and
from
one
kingdome
to
another
people
[
he
meaneth
that
they
had
no
long
continuance
in
any
place
,
but
were
stil
flitting
and
remouing
too
and
fro
,
sometimes
here
,
sometimes
there
.
]
Ver.
14.
Yet
[
q.d.
for
all
their
distresses
&
miseries
]
he
suffered
no
man
to
doe
them
wrong
[
he
meaneth
by
this
spéech
vtter
oppressing
&
iniuring
of
them
,
for
otherwise
it
cannot
bee
denyed
but
the
taking
away
of
Sarah
,
the
deflowring
of
Dinah
,
and
such
lyke
,
were
all
iniuryes
]
but
reproued
Kings
for
their
sake
[
as
appeareth
Gen.
12.17
.
also
20.3
.
]
Verse
15.
Touch
not
[
vz.
to
their
hurt
or
hinderaunce
]
mine
annoynted
,
[
i.
those
whom
I
haue
annoynted
to
my selfe
with
the
graces
of
the
holy
spirit
:
and
he
meaneth
the
holy
fathers
vnder
this
name
,
because
he
had
peculiarly
consecrated
them
vnto
himself
,
or
as
it
were
sanctified
them
for
his
speciall
inheritance
]
&
do
my
Prophets
no
harm
[
he
calleth
the
Fathers
Prophets
,
not
only
because
God
did
sundry
wayes
declare
himselfe
vnto
them
,
but
also
because
they
were
his
instruments
faithfully
to
spread
abroad
the
heauenly
doctrine
,
that
the
remembrance
therof
might
be
in
force
among
their
posterity
:
sée
Gen.
18.19
.
Gen.
20.7
.
&
compare
them
with
this
place
]
Ver.
16.
Moreouer
[
d.q.
besides
their
wandring
to
&
fro
,
ver.
13.
of
this
Psal
and
as
he
did
not
destitute
them
in
that
,
so
not
in
this
famine
.
]
he
called
[
i.
by
his
mighty
word
&
power
he
caused
to
come
:
sée
2.
Kin.
8.1
.
Hagg.
1.11
]
a
famin
[
which
was
as
the
minister
&
messenger
of
his
wrath
to
the
wicked
,
so
a
rod
of
trial
to
the
good
]
vpon
the
land
[
i.
vpon
the
people
of
the
land
:
meaning
also
that
he
did
strike
the
land
with
barrennes
,
which
was
the
cause
of
famine
amongst
the
people
:
sée
this
history
Gen.
42
in
the
beginning
]
&
vtterly
brake
[
i.
tooke
away
,
so
that
it
was
of
no
force
]
the
staffe
of
bread
[
i.
the
strength
of
foode
and
sustenance
.
I
take
this
phrase
in
this
place
to
mean
,
not
only
the
God
did
withdraw
the
secret
force
&
power
that
bread
hath
by
his
appointmente
to
nourish
&
maintain
mans
life
,
which
is
threatned
in
the
Law
Leuit.
26.
ver.
26.
because
men
leaue
vpon
bread
for
their
maintainance
,
as
they
doe
vpon
a
staffe
for
their
defence
&
vpholding
,
but
also
,
yea
&
rather
this
then
the
other
,
that
God
sent
a
gréeuous
famine
vpon
them
,
so
that
they
had
little
or
nothing
to
●at
.
]
Ver.
17.
But
he
[
vz.
God
:
q.d.
He
did
not
for
al
that
famin
forsake
them
]
sent
a
man
[
vz.
an
excellent
and
singular
man
]
before
them
[
vz.
into
Egipt
to
prouide
both
for
himself
and
them
,
that
they
should
not
perish
by
famine
,
sée
Gen.
45.5
.
This
declareth
that
whatsoeuer
fell
vpon
this
people
was
guided
by
the
hand
&
counsel
of
god
]
Ioseph
[
now
he
nameth
that
excellent
man
]
was
sold
[
vz.
euen
by
his
brethren
]
for
a
slaue
[
i.
to
be
a
slaue
,
&
not
as
though
he
were
changed
for
a
slaue
read
this
history
Gen.
37
,
28.
]
Ver.
18.
They
[
i.
eyther
the
Egiptians
thorowe
their
cruelty
,
or
else
his
brethren
by
wickedly
selling
him
thither
]
held
his
féete
in
the
stocks
[
i.
kept
him
a
long
while
in
prison
,
and
dealt
hardly
with
him
,
as
though
he
had
bin
guilty
of
some
deadly
crime
,
sée
Gen.
39.20
.
]
and
he
was
layd
in
yrons
[
i.
hee
was
hardly
and
roughly
handled
.
]
Ver.
19.
vntill
his
appoynted
time
came
[
i.
vntil
the
time
which
the
Lorde
had
appoynted
for
Iosephs
deliuery
was
fulfilled
.
But
it
shal
be
good
to
amend
it
out
of
Imma
.
thus
]
vntil
the
time
,
in
which
his
word
[
i.
gods
word
]
should
come
[
vz.
to
be
fulfilled
&
performed
by
god
himself
,
who
had
in
a
dream
shewed
to
Ioseph
what
shuld
come
vnto
him
,
Gen.
37
,
7
,
9
]
&
the
councell
of
the
Lord
had
tried
him
[
vz.
so
far
forth
as
to
him
séemed
good
:
he
meaneth
by
this
spéech
,
al
that
which
god
had
ordeined
&
decréed
should
fal
vpon
him
.
]
Ver.
20.
The
King
[
vz.
Pharaoh
]
sent
[
vz.
his
seruants
&
messengers
]
&
losed
him
[
vz.
out
of
prison
,
meaning
that
by
special
commandement
,
he
appointed
him
to
be
set
at
liberty
]
euen
the
ruler
of
the
people
deliuered
him
[
vz.
out
of
prison
&
danger
,
sée
Gen.
41
,
14.
]
Ver.
21.
He
[
i.
the
King
of
Egipt
]
made
him
[
i.
Ioseph
]
Lord
of
his
house
[
i.
gouernor
of
all
both
men
and
things
in
his
family
]
&
ruler
of
al
his
substance
[
i.
of
al
that
he
had
,
whether
it
were
at
home
or
abroad
,
sée
Gen.
41.40
.
]
Ver.
22.
That
he
[
i.
Ioseph
]
should
bind
his
Princes
[
i.
Pharaohs
noble
men
&
gouernors
]
vnto
his
wil
[
i.
to
the
execution
and
performance
of
that
,
that
Ioseph
himself
wold
haue
&
commaund
:
in
these
words
,
he
noteth
the
largenes
of
gouernment
which
Pharaoh
gaue
to
Ioseph
,
so
that
all
(
the
King
himself
only
excepted
)
was
at
his
beck
,
sée
Gen.
41.44
]
teach
his
antients
wisdom
[
as
he
did
Gen.
41
,
33
,
34
,
&c.
understanding
by
antients
,
al
his
wise
noble
men
&
counsellors
,
how
wise
soeuer
they
were
.
]
Ver.
23.
Then
[
vz.
after
that
god
had
thus
aduanced
Ioseph
]
Israel
[
i.
Iaakob
&
al
his
people
,
for
he
putteth
the
principal
man
of
the
familye
for
the
whole
]
came
to
Egipt
[
vz.
not
only
to
sée
Ioseph
,
but
also
to
tary
&
abide
there
,
sée
Gen.
46.1
,
&c.
]
&
Iaakob
[
i.
he
and
his
posterity
]
was
a
stranger
[
i.
dwelt
&
soiorned
as
a
stranger
]
in
the
land
of
Ham
[
i.
in
Egipt
,
which
is
called
the
land
of
Ham
,
because
they
came
of
Ham
,
Noahs
second
son
,
as
appeareth
Gen.
10.6
.
sée
before
Psal.
78
,
51.
&
ver.
27.
of
this
Psal.
]
Ver.
24.
And
[
for
this
word
read
,
where
,
&
then
the
sence
wil
be
more
plaine
]
he
[
i.
God
]
increased
[
vz.
thorow
his
especial
blessing
]
his
people
[
vz.
of
Israel
]
excéedingly
[
vz.
into
an
infinit
multitude
&
number
in
respect
of
them
which
went
down
into
Egipt
]
and
made
them
stronger
[
vz.
both
in
power
&
might
]
then
their
oppressors
[
i.
then
the
Egyptians
who
oppressed
them
,
&
by
reason
of
their
multitude
&
increasing
of
them
stood
in
feare
of
them
,
sée
for
this
Exod.
1.7
,
8
,
&c.
]
Ver.
25.
He
[
vz.
God
]
turned
their
harts
[
i.
the
harts
of
the
posterity
of
the
king
and
the
people
of
Egipt
,
as
appeareth
also
Exod.
1.8
,
&c.
]
to
that
his
people
[
wheras
their
predecessors
loued
&
fauored
the
]
and
to
deale
craftily
[
he
meaneth
by
this
spéech
the
subtil
,
wicked
&
cruel
deuises
,
that
the
Egiptians
had
,
to
kéepe
the
people
of
Israel
vnder
,
mentioned
Exod.
1.
ver.
8
,
10
,
11
,
&c.
]
with
his
seruants
[
i.
with
those
whom
the
Lord
had
chosen
&
called
to
serue
him
.
These
spéeches
in
outward
shew
séeme
to
make
god
the
author
and
cause
of
sinne
:
but
we
must
note
that
the
Prophet
meaneth
not
any
such
thing
thereby
,
but
to
declare
that
in
that
the
Egiptians
hated
and
dealt
cruelly
with
the
children
of
Israel
,
it
was
not
don
without
Gods
prouidence
&
counsel
,
yet
so
that
the
roote
&
séed
of
malice
,
corruption
,
and
cruelty
was
wholy
in
the
Egyptians
,
and
that
no
péece
of
fault
could
therfore
be
ascribed
to
God
.
]
Ver.
26.
Then
[
i.
when
the
Egiptians
did
deale
so
wickedly
and
cruelly
agaynst
his
people
]
sent
he
[
vz.
of
mercy
and
goodnes
pittying
their
misery
]
Moses
his
seruaunt
[
i.
that
excellent
man
,
whom
he
had
appoynted
to
serue
his
turne
in
the
deliuery
of
his
people
]
and
Aaron
whom
he
had
chosen
[
vz.
to
go
with
Moses
and
to
be
his
mouth
,
in
that
great
busines
:
sée
for
this
matter
,
Exod.
chapt.
3
&
4
thorowout
.
]
Ver.
27.
They
[
i.
Moses
&
Aaron
]
shewed
[
vz.
by
the
power
that
God
had
giuen
them
,
and
according
to
his
commaundement
]
among
them
[
i
the
Egiptians
and
the
Israelits
both
,
but
chéefely
the
Egiptians
]
the
message
of
his
signes
[
euident
demonstrations
and
proofes
,
that
the
signs
and
wonders
which
they
wrought
,
they
did
by
his
power
,
&
not
otherwise
]
and
wonders
[
i.
wonderful
things
,
meaning
that
they
did
them
,
a
particular
resitall
wherof
followeth
in
the
next
verses
]
in
the
land
of
Ham
[
i.
in
Egipt
]
sée
before
verse
23
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
28.
Hée
[
i.
God
:
true
it
is
that
it
may
be
referred
to
Moses
or
God
,
but
I
rather
vnderstand
it
of
God
,
without
whom
Moses
could
do
nothing
,
and
by
whom
alone
Moses
was
inabled
to
do
that
which
he
did
]
sent
darkenesse
[
vz.
amongst
the
Egyptians
]
and
made
it
darke
[
i.
made
the
whole
land
darke
,
so
that
nothing
in
it
could
behold
any
light
:
sée
this
story
Exod.
10.21
.
where
you
shall
finde
it
to
bee
one
of
the
last
plagues
though
here
the
Psalmist
reckon
it
vp
first
,
by
which
we
sée
that
the
holy
Ghost
is
not
greatly
curious
of
order
]
and
they
[
i.
as
some
think
,
Moses
and
Aaron
,
othersome
vnderstand
it
of
the
signs
and
wonders
]
were
not
disobedient
to
his
commission
[
i.
they
did
perform
those
things
which
he
had
enioined
and
laid
vpon
them
.
It
is
not
much
material
whether
we
refer
it
to
the
men
,
or
to
the
signes
,
but
I
had
rather
refer
it
to
the
wonders
themselues
:
q.d.
They
did
readily
performe
that
which
god
had
enioyned
,
they
were
not
vneffectual
,
but
were
performed
euen
as
Moses
had
sayd
.
]
Ver.
29.
Hee
[
i.
God
,
by
the
ministery
of
his
seruant
Moses
]
turned
their
waters
[
i.
the
waters
of
the
Egiptians
]
into
blood
[
so
that
they
could
not
drink
them
]
and
slew
their
fish
[
vz.
which
were
in
the
waters
,
sée
Exod.
7
,
20
,
21
]
Ver.
30.
Their
land
[
i.
Egipt
,
brought
forth
frogs
[
vz.
in
great
abundance
and
multitude
,
and
that
by
gods
specyal
appointment
]
euen
in
their
kings
chambers
[
q.d.
there
was
no
place
frée
from
them
:
Kings
is
here
a
word
of
the
plurall
number
,
whiche
we
must
not
vnderstande
as
though
Egypt
had
many
Kinges
,
for
wee
knowe
it
had
but
one
,
but
he
meaneth
thereby
eyther
the
King
and
the
Nobles
of
his
kingdome
,
who
ioyned
with
him
,
were
as
it
were
little
Kinges
,
or
else
the
Kinges
children
,
who
were
nourished
and
brought
vp
in
the
hope
of
the
kingdome
.
Sée
this
more
largely
set
out
Exodus
8
,
verse
5
,
6
,
&c.
]
Ver.
31.
Hee
spake
[
q.d.
The
Lord
made
not
much
adoe
to
plague
Egypt
,
for
euen
as
soone
as
hee
spake
any
thing
it
was
performed
]
and
there
came
[
vz.
immediately
being
sente
from
God
]
swarmes
of
Flyes
[
i.
wonderfull
abundaunce
,
so
that
men
could
not
say
it
was
naturall
:
and
the
word
which
we
turne
swarmes
of
Flies
,
doth
in
déede
signifye
troupes
of
all
sortes
of
creatures
,
which
serued
also
to
make
the
myracle
so
much
the
more
straunge
]
and
lice
[
vz.
hee
sente
,
and
that
in
greate
store
and
aboundaunce
]
in
all
their
quarters
[
i.
in
all
the
quarters
of
the
land
of
Egypt
,
sée
Exodus
8
,
verse
17
,
&c.
vnto
the
end
of
the
chapeer
.
]
Verse
32.
he
gaue
them
haile
for
raine
[
i.
wheras
by
reason
of
the
drouth
of
the
country
they
did
much
desire
rain
,
the
Lord
gaue
them
in
stéed
therof
terrible
&
fearful
hail
]
and
flames
of
fire
[
vz.
sent
from
heauen
]
in
their
land
[
i
made
manifest
in
the
land
wherin
they
dwelt
,
sée
Exod.
9
,
23
,
24
,
&c.
]
Ver.
33.
He
smote
their
vines
also
,
&
their
fig
trées
[
vz.
with
that
haile
,
thunder
,
lightning
,
&c.
sent
from
heauen
]
and
brake
down
[
vz.
euen
to
péeces
]
the
trées
in
their
coasts
[
i.
the
trées
that
were
in
al
the
coasts
and
quarters
of
their
country
,
fée
Exod.
9
,
25.
]
Ver.
34.
He
spake
[
i.
so
soone
as
he
spake
,
sée
verse
31
of
this
Psalme
]
and
the
grashoppers
came
[
vz.
in
great
number
sent
from
him
]
&
caterpillers
innumerable
[
vz.
to
destroy
the
fruit
that
the
Grashoppers
had
left
.
]
Ver.
35.
And
did
eate
vp
[
vz.
the
grashoppers
&
caterpillers
did
euen
consume
and
deuour
]
al
the
gras
[
i.
al
the
gréen
and
flourishing
things
that
were
sprouted
forth
]
in
their
land
[
i.
in
the
land
of
Egipt
,
and
deuoured
the
fruit
of
their
ground
[
i.
did
also
consume
and
wast
the
fruit
that
their
ground
yéelded
,
sée
Exod.
10
,
13
,
14
,
&c.
]
Ver.
36.
Hée
smote
also
[
vz.
in
his
wrath
and
anger
,
and
that
not
with
pain
and
sicknesse
only
,
but
euen
with
death
]
all
the
first
born
in
the
land
[
vz.
both
of
man
and
beast
:
sée
Psal.
136.6
.
also
Psa.
78.51
.
Exod.
12.29
.
]
euen
the
beginning
of
al
their
strength
[
this
is
another
Peraphrasis
of
their
first
born
or
eldest
:
and
they
are
so
named
because
their
parents
are
of
principal
force
,
then
in
the
beginning
of
them
,
and
their
force
doth
specially
then
appeare
,
sée
Gen.
49.3
.
Psal.
78.51
.
Sée
this
story
Exod.
12.29.30
,
&c.
]
Ver.
37.
He
[
i.
the
Lord
by
the
ministery
of
his
seruaunt
Moses
]
brought
them
[
vz.
the
people
of
Israell
]
forth
[
vz.
out
of
the
lande
of
Egipt
,
and
that
with
a
mighty
hand
and
outstretched
arm
]
also
[
i.
euen
as
wel
as
punished
the
Egiptians
:
I
suppose
that
the
word
may
note
the
time
when
god
performed
it
,
vz.
after
that
he
had
plagued
and
punished
the
Egiptians
]
with
siluer
&
golde
[
vz.
euen
as
it
were
faden
,
they
had
such
great
abundance
of
it
,
which
they
tooke
from
the
Egiptians
:
sée
Exod.
12.35
,
36.
]
and
there
was
none
féeble
among
their
tribes
[
q.d.
they
came
al
out
of
Egipt
safe
and
found
frée
from
al
,
not
only
outward
but
inward
hinderaunces
,
as
the
Lord
had
promised
Exod.
11.7
.
]
Ver.
38.
Egypt
[
i.
the
Egiptians
putting
the
land
for
the
inhabitants
]
was
glad
at
their
departure
[
vz.
from
amongst
them
]
for
the
feare
of
them
[
i.
of
the
Israelites
:
meaning
that
God
then
had
made
them
terrible
and
fearful
to
their
enemies
,
who
but
a
little
before
did
cruelly
oppres
them
]
had
fallen
vppon
them
[
i.
had
seased
,
taken
hold
of
and
possessed
the
harts
of
the
Egiptians
,
sée
Exod.
11.8
.
also
Exod.
12.33
.
]
Verse
39.
He
spread
a
cloud
[
vz.
in
the
day
time
]
to
bee
a
couering
[
vz.
vnto
his
people
of
Israel
,
and
that
to
kéepe
them
from
the
heate
of
the
sunne
]
and
fire
[
i.
a
piller
of
fire
]
to
giue
light
in
the
night
[
vz.
to
lead
them
in
the
way
that
they
went
,
sée
Exod.
13
,
21.
]
Ver.
40.
They
[
i.
the
Israelites
]
asked
[
vz.
of
god
,
and
that
temptingly
,
as
Psal.
78.18
.
]
and
he
broughte
quailes
[
i.
most
dainty
&
delicate
things
,
so
gracious
was
God
vnto
them
]
and
hee
filled
them
with
the
bread
of
heauen
[
i.
with
Manna
which
is
called
the
breade
of
heauen
,
because
it
came
from
the
Firmament
,
sée
for
this
Exodus
16.
thorow
out
,
also
Psal.
78.
verse
23.24
,
&c.
]
Ver.
41.
He
opened
[
vz.
by
his
almighty
power
]
the
rock
[
vz.
in
the
Wildenesse
:
&
he
putteth
rock
for
rocks
,
for
this
miracle
was
performed
more
then
once
,
as
may
appeare
Exod.
17
,
6
,
&
Num.
20
,
11
,
&
by
diligent
comparing
of
these
two
places
together
]
&
the
waters
flowed
out
[
vz.
in
great
abundance
]
and
ran
in
the
dry
places
[
vz.
where
there
was
no
water
before
]
like
a
riuer
[
i.
in
great
plenty
&
abundance
,
so
that
both
men
&
beasts
were
satisfied
therwith
,
as
Num.
20
,
11.
sée
also
Psalme
78
,
15
,
16.
]
Verse
42.
For
he
remembred
[
vz.
euen
to
performe
it
,
sée
verse
8.
of
this
Psalme
]
his
holy
promise
[
vz.
which
he
had
made
,
&
the
promise
is
called
holy
,
both
because
it
came
from
him
that
is
holines
it self
,
and
also
because
it
conteineth
holy
things
]
to
Abraham
his
seruant
[
sée
ver.
6
of
this
Psal.
Now
he
made
him
this
promise
,
when
he
promised
to
bring
his
séed
into
the
land
of
Canaan
after
400
yeres
:
sée
Gen.
15
,
13
,
&c.
also
Iosh.
24.4
,
5
,
&c.
]
Ver.
43.
And
he
[
vz.
God
]
brought
forth
[
vz.
after
that
he
had
plagued
the
Egyptians
]
his
people
[
vz.
of
Israel
]
with
ioy
[
vz.
both
on
the
behalfe
of
the
Egiptians
,
who
were
glad
to
be
rid
of
them
,
and
of
the
Israelites
,
who
reioyced
to
be
set
free
from
bondage
]
and
his
chosen
[
i.
that
people
whom
he
had
chosen
]
with
gladnes
[
i.
with
mirth
and
singing
,
the
truth
of
this
appeareth
Exo.
15.1
.
&c.
also
,
Num.
33
,
3
]
Ver.
44.
And
gaue
them
[
vz.
fréely
and
of
his
own
accord
and
goodnes
,
and
that
for
an
inheritaunce
,
as
ver.
11.
of
this
Psalme
]
the
lands
of
the
heathen
[
i.
the
lands
that
the
heathen
did
inhabite
and
dwell
in
:
vnderstanding
by
Heathen
the
Amonites
,
Hittites
,
&
other
people
that
dwelt
in
the
lande
of
Canaan
]
And
they
[
vz.
the
Israelites
]
tooke
[
vz.
vnto
themselues
]
the
labours
of
the
people
[
i.
those
things
that
the
people
,
by
great
labour
and
trauayle
had
got
vnto
themselues
]
in
possession
[
i.
to
bée
a
possession
or
inheritance
for
them
.
]
Ver.
45.
That
they
[
vz.
the
Israelites
]
might
kéepe
[
vz.
with
al
their
harts
]
his
statutes
[
i.
Gods
commandements
]
&
obserue
[
vz.
in
thought
,
word
,
&
déed
]
his
lawes
[
i.
those
thinges
which
by
his
laws
he
commaunded
them
to
do
.
So
that
here
he
noteth
the
end
wherfore
God
gaue
them
those
graces
]
prayse
ye
the
Lord
[
sée
the
last
verse
of
Psalm
104.
Verse
1
teacheth
vs
to
prayse
God
for
his
mercies
,
Do.
secondly
to
ioine
with
our
praises
,
praier
vnto
him
for
the
things
we
want
:
thirdly
to
indeuor
that
other
as
well
as
we
may
come
to
the
knowledge
of
his
maiestie
and
power
.
Verse
2
teacheth
vs
,
both
with
hart
and
mouth
to
glorify
our
god
,
&
that
this
should
be
one
péece
of
our
spéech
to
set
forth
his
wonderful
workes
.
Ver.
3
teacheth
vs
,
that
we
can
not
rightly
reioyce
in
any
thing
,
but
in
the
power
and
goodnesse
of
God
:
it
teacheth
vs
also
that
none
can
in
déed
reioyce
but
those
that
loue
&
fear
the
Lord
:
Ver.
4
teacheth
vs
to
ioin
our selues
to
the
publike
assemblies
of
gods
church
,
for
there
the
Lord
is
to
be
found
,
also
it
teacheth
vs
the
doctrine
of
perseuerance
,
that
we
should
neuer
be
weary
of
well
doing
.
Ver.
5
teacheth
vs
that
in
our
meditations
it
is
good
for
vs
to
ioyn
Gods
works
&
his
word
together
,
because
al
the
life
&
light
that
the
works
haue
,
they
haue
it
from
the
word
.
Ver.
6
teacheth
that
chéefly
and
only
indéed
it
appertaineth
to
the
faithful
&
their
séede
to
praise
God
.
Ver.
7
teacheth
the
faithful
to
comfort
themselues
in
this
,
that
God
is
their
God
,
&
that
they
are
vnder
his
gouernment
.
Ver.
8
sheweth
that
this
is
very
comfortable
to
Gods
children
,
that
he
thinketh
alwaies
vpon
his
mercies
promised
them
to
perform
the
same
.
Ver.
9
,
10
setteth
out
Gods
great
goodnes
who
for
the
strengthning
of
our
faith
in
the
truth
of
his
promises
,
doth
not
only
oftentimes
repeat
&
confirm
the
same
,
but
as
it
were
tieth
himself
vnto
vs
by
an
oth
.
Ver.
11
teacheth
that
whatsoeuer
benefits
either
outward
or
inwarde
God
bestoweth
vpon
his
seruants
,
he
giueth
them
of
his
méere
liberality
&
goodnes
only
.
Ver.
12
teacheth
vs
that
God
respecteth
not
the
person
of
men
,
nor
their
multitude
.
Ver.
13
sheweth
that
Gods
children
are
vpon
the
earth
strangers
&
pilgrims
.
Ver.
14
teacheth
that
God
doth
neuer
destitute
his
in
any
distres
.
Ver.
15
teacheth
how
deare
Gods
children
are
vnto
him
,
and
what
care
he
hath
ouer
them
,
so
that
he
wil
not
haue
them
so
much
as
once
touched
.
Ver.
16
teacheth
that
God
many
times
euen
by
outward
things
exerciseth
the
faith
of
his
dearest
seruants
.
Verse
17
teacheth
that
he
doth
not
at
any
time
for
all
that
,
faile
them
of
any
thing
that
is
méet
for
them
,
it
teacheth
also
that
nothing
is
done
without
gods
prouidence
.
ver.
18
setteth
out
the
hard
hartednes
of
the
wicked
,
&
the
miserable
estate
that
the
Godly
many
times
are
brought
vnto
.
Ver.
19
sheweth
that
there
is
a
time
set
with
God
,
wherein
he
wil
deliuer
his
out
of
danger
,
&
cleare
them
from
al
false
&
slanderous
accusations
,
which
time
it
behoueth
them
with
patience
to
wayte
for
.
Ver.
20
sheweth
that
God
wil
make
euen
Princes
to
pity
his
poore
seruants
.
Verse
21
sheweth
that
after
long
humbling
God
wil
exalt
his
seruants
very
highly
:
the
same
lesson
doth
ver.
22
deliuer
.
Ver.
23
sheweth
that
God
hath
many
wayes
to
bring
his
purposes
to
passe
as
for
the
deliuery
of
his
people
out
of
Egipt
,
which
he
had
promised
,
to
bring
them
into
Egipt
by
the
means
of
the
famin
&
Iosephs
being
there
.
Verse
24
teacheth
iij.
things
:
first
that
al
increase
is
of
the
Lord
:
secondly
,
that
do
men
what
they
can
to
hinder
Gods
purposes
,
they
cannot
preuaile
:
thirdly
that
euen
then
when
men
striue
most
against
God
&
his
people
,
then
doth
he
make
them
principally
to
flourish
.
Ver.
25
teacheth
that
gods
prouidence
and
counsel
entreth
euen
vnto
wicked
mens
harts
,
&
that
they
cannot
hate
or
loue
the
good
,
without
Gods
sufferance
,
&
the
power
that
he
giueth
them
therto
,
&
yet
hée
remaineth
pure
from
al
euil
,
holy
,
and
as
it
were
an
excellent
workeman
,
who
in
performing
his
work
,
bringeth
good
out
of
euil
,
&
light
out
of
darknes
.
Ver.
26
teacheth
that
God
doth
by
means
worke
the
deliuerance
of
his
people
which
should
teach
vs
to
vse
means
:
secondly
it
sheweth
that
none
should
take
vpon
them
any
office
,
but
they
that
are
sent
of
God
,
as
was
Moses
&
Aaron
.
Ver.
27
Teacheth
men
faithfully
to
do
those
things
that
God
hath
giuen
them
in
charge
to
perform
.
Ver.
28
,
29
,
30
,
31
,
32
,
33
,
34
,
35
,
36
,
teach
especially
two
things
:
First
that
nothing
is
don
either
in
heauen
or
earth
,
but
by
the
very
finger
&
power
of
almighty
god
,
secondly
that
God
hath
al
his
creatures
at
commaundement
,
to
vse
them
at
his
pleasure
for
the
plaguing
&
punishing
of
the
vngodly
.
Besides
this
,
Ver.
30.
teacheth
that
God
in
pouring
forth
his
iudgements
is
not
partial
to
any
person
sparing
kings
or
Princes
.
Ver.
31.34
declare
that
euen
Gods
word
,
is
his
déed
,
for
when
he
speaketh
any
thing
it
is
done
as
appeareth
in
the
creation
Gen.
1.
Ver.
37.38
,
39
,
40
,
41
,
42
,
43
,
44
,
teach
,
first
that
God
maketh
al
his
creatures
to
serue
,
for
the
good
of
his
children
:
secondly
that
euery
good
thing
they
haue
,
they
haue
from
the
Lord
only
.
But
more
particularly
.
Verse
37
teacheth
vs
,
that
siluer
,
gold
,
strength
,
&c.
are
the
Lords
gifts
.
Ver.
38
sheweth
that
God
can
make
the
very
name
and
countenances
of
his
seruaunts
,
feareful
to
them
which
had
oppressed
them
.
Ver.
39
teacheth
what
a
continual
care
&
watchfulnes
the
Lord
hath
ouer
his
seruants
,
to
kéep
them
from
dangers
&
things
that
might
annoy
them
.
Ver.
42
teacheth
vs
that
Gods
frée
promises
are
the
cause
of
all
our
goodnes
&
blessednes
both
in
this
life
&
the
life
to
come
.
Ver.
45
teacheth
vs
that
the
end
,
wherefore
God
bestoweth
al
blessings
vpon
vs
,
is
,
that
we
should
imploy
our selues
more
diligently
and
faithfully
in
his
seruice
,
which
if
we
do
,
we
shal
bee
sure
of
his
graces
in
great
abundaunce
and
continuance
:
which
if
we
do
not
,
we
may
for
a
time
haue
and
inioy
many
outward
things
,
as
the
vngodly
haue
,
but
the
very
hauing
of
them
,
will
be
in
the
end
to
our
great
iudgement
.
Psalme
106
THis
Psalme
may
be
diuided
into
thrée
especiall
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
exhorteth
men
to
praise
God
,
and
yet
considering
his
own
weaknes
&
the
excellency
of
gods
works
,
he
thinketh
himself
and
others
far
vnméete
for
it
,
and
yet
notwithstanding
goeth
forward
to
pray
both
for
himself
and
his
people
,
from
verse
1
to
the
ende
of
the
6.
In
the
second
part
he
doth
largely
resite
,
as
the
singular
graces
and
goodnes
of
God
towardes
their
forefathers
,
so
their
particular
rebellions
and
iniquities
,
multiplyed
against
God
,
who
had
bene
so
good
vnto
them
,
with
the
iudgements
also
that
for
those
sins
he
layd
vpon
them
,
from
verse
7.
to
the
end
of
the
46.
Now
gods
mercies
are
resited
,
ver.
7
,
8
,
9
,
10
,
11
,
12
,
15
,
21
,
22
,
30
,
31
,
43
,
44
,
45
,
46.
Their
sinnes
,
ver.
7
,
13
,
14
,
16
,
19
,
20
,
21
,
24
,
25
,
28
,
29
,
32
,
33
,
34
,
35
,
36
,
37
,
38
,
39.
Their
punishments
verse
15
,
17
,
18
,
23
,
26
,
27
,
29
,
32
,
40
,
41
,
42.
In
the
third
part
,
hée
prayeth
the
Lord
to
gather
together
the
dispersion
of
his
people
(
by
which
it
should
séeme
that
this
Psalm
was
made
when
they
were
in
some
captiuity
eyther
in
Babilon
,
or
vnder
Antiochus
)
promising
therefore
to
prayse
his
holye
name
and
inuiting
others
to
doe
the
like
,
and
this
is
comprehended
in
the
two
last
verses
of
this
Psalme
.
The
title
is
,
praise
ye
the
Lord
[
by
this
we
may
sée
that
it
was
a
Psal.
appointed
Se.
to
stir
vp
men
to
the
praysing
of
god
.
Sée
the
last
verse
of
Psal.
104.
&
also
in
some
measure
to
confort
themselues
with
the
consideration
of
gods
former
graces
.
Ver.
1.
Praise
ye
[
vz.
O
ye
faithful
and
good
people
]
the
Lord
[
vz.
only
and
none
but
him
]
because
he
is
good
[
vz.
towards
al
,
but
specially
towards
you
]
for
his
mercy
endureth
for
euer
,
[
this
is
another
cause
why
they
shoulde
prayse
the
Lord
,
because
his
mercy
towards
his
is
perpetual
,
&
neuer
shal
haue
end
]
Ver.
2.
Who
[
vz.
amongst
al
his
creatures
]
can
expresse
[
i.
is
able
eyther
by
thought
to
conceaue
,
or
by
words
to
declare
]
the
noble
actes
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
the
greate
and
singular
workes
of
creation
,
preseruation
,
&c.
of
all
his
creatures
,
more
particularly
of
men
,
but
most
specially
of
his
children
]
or
shewe
all
his
prayse
[
i.
the
prayse
that
he
doth
deserue
for
the
same
.
The
Prophet
vttereth
not
this
as
though
he
would
haue
vs
vtterly
leaue
off
to
prayse
God
,
because
we
cannot
thorowly
&
sufficiently
perform
it
:
but
that
considering
on
the
one
side
our
own
weakenes
,
we
should
earnestly
pray
the
Lord
to
strengthen
vs
thereto
:
and
on
the
other
side
the
excellency
of
his
works
,
shoulde
indeuour
what
wee
maye
to
praise
him
therfore
,
knowing
that
he
accepteth
vs
according
to
that
we
haue
,
&
not
according
to
that
we
haue
not
.
]
Ver.
3.
Blessed
are
they
that
kéepe
iudgement
,
Imman
.
readeth
it
in
my
mind
better
thus
]
that
kéepe
this
order
[
vz.
of
praising
&
magnifying
God
for
his
graces
,
though
they
cannot
do
that
which
either
they
would
or
should
]
&
do
righteousnes
at
al
times
[
i.
that
do
continually
frame
their
life
as
an
euident
patern
,
and
a
constant
and
perpetuall
example
of
the
prayse
of
God
:
for
so
I
suppose
righteousnesse
in
this
place
,
to
be
vsed
.
]
Verse
4.
Remember
me
[
vz.
thy
poore
and
vnworthy
Seruaunt
:
hee
meaneth
not
that
God
doth
at
any
time
forget
those
that
are
his
:
but
rather
hee
praieth
the
Lord
to
shew
by
effect
that
he
hath
care
ouer
him
:
sée
Genesis
8
,
1.
]
O
Lord
[
vz.
in
whom
alone
I
put
my
trust
,
and
therfore
as
a
sure
testimony
thereof
call
vpon
them
]
with
the
fauour
of
thy
people
[
i.
with
that
fauour
,
that
thou
hast
promised
and
art
wont
to
shew
to
thy
people
:
he
calleth
that
frée
loue
and
mercy
which
God
carieth
towards
his
,
the
fauour
of
his
people
]
visit
[
vz.
with
mercy
and
goodnesse
:
for
to
visit
in
this
place
is
taken
in
the
good
parte
,
euen
for
the
accomplishment
of
Gods
gracious
promises
towards
his
seruauntes
,
sée
Gen.
21.1
.
]
me
[
vz.
oppressed
with
mine
own
gréefe
,
&
the
gréefe
of
my
people
]
with
thy
saluation
[
i.
with
gracious
fauour
&
deliuerance
from
thée
,
so
you
haue
had
the
word
saluation
sundry
times
vsed
before
,
&
namely
Psal.
3.8
.
]
ver.
5.
That
I
may
sée
[
vz.
not
only
with
my
bodily
and
spiritual
eyes
,
but
also
possesse
&
inioy
,
sée
Psal.
34.12
.
fight
put
for
inioying
]
the
felicity
of
thy
chosen
[
i.
the
blessednes
and
goodnes
that
thou
bestowest
vppon
them
whome
thou
hast
chosen
to
thy self
]
&
reioice
in
the
ioy
of
thy
people
[
i.
haue
an
occasion
giuen
me
to
reioyce
as
thy
saints
and
seruaunts
doe
]
and
glory
[
vz.
not
in
my selfe
,
but
in
thée
]
with
thine
inheritaunce
[
i.
with
thy
people
,
whom
thou
hast
elected
an
heritage
to
thy selfe
:
for
inheritance
sée
Psal.
28.9
.
]
Ver.
6.
We
haue
sinned
[
vz.
against
thy
Maiesty
]
with
our
fathers
[
i.
as
our
fathers
haue
done
also
[
q.d.
we
&
they
also
haue
sinned
:
not
as
though
they
had
both
sinned
at
one
time
,
but
that
they
were
al
culpable
of
sin
against
him
]
vnderstanding
by
fathers
,
al
their
ancestors
]
we
haue
committed
[
vz.
continally
&
without
ceasing
]
iniquity
,
&
done
wickedly
[
vz.
both
agaynst
God
&
man
.
The
Prophet
cannot
content
himselfe
with
any
words
,
to
set
forth
the
notoriousnes
of
his
own
sins
,
and
the
sins
of
his
people
.
]
Ver.
7.
Our
Fathers
[
i.
our
ancestors
,
as
before
ver.
6.
of
this
Psal.
]
vnderstood
not
[
i.
did
not
rightly
or
wisely
consider
of
]
thy
wonders
in
Egipt
[
i.
those
great
works
that
thou
diddest
for
their
sake
in
that
land
]
neither
remembred
they
[
vz.
as
they
should
haue
don
,
to
haue
prouoked
them
to
thankfulnes
towards
thée
for
the
same
]
the
multitude
of
thy
mereies
[
vz.
shewed
euen
from
the
time
of
Abrahams
calling
,
vnto
this
present
,
but
speciallye
those
thinges
that
were
done
in
Egipt
before
their
eyes
]
but
rebelled
[
vz.
against
thée
]
at
the
sea
,
euen
at
the
red
sea
[
for
the
more
assurance
he
nameth
the
sea
.
And
this
may
bée
vnderstoode
,
either
of
their
rebellion
,
Exod.
14.11
.
before
they
passed
through
the
sea
:
or
else
of
their
murmuring
and
rebellion
after
they
came
through
the
sea
.
Exod.
16.2
.
&c.
q.d.
they
were
no
sooner
passed
the
sea
but
immediatly
they
beganne
to
rebell
:
or
of
both
of
them
together
.
Immanuel
readeth
it
farre
otherwise
,
and
giueth
an
other
sense
,
but
methinketh
this
is
playne
.
]
Ver.
8.
Neuerthelesse
[
q.d.
notwithstanding
all
their
sinnes
]
hee
saued
them
[
i.
hée
deliuered
them
from
daungers
and
distresse
,
as
sundry
times
before
]
for
his
names
sake
[
i.
because
hee
woulde
not
haue
his
maiesty
,
goodnes
and
power
ill
spoken
of
amongest
the
Heathen
]
that
hée
might
make
his
power
to
bee
knowne
[
vz.
thereby
,
and
that
euen
among
all
his
and
their
enemies
.
]
Ver.
9.
And
he
rebuked
the
red
sea
[
he
now
prayseth
and
setteth
out
the
power
of
God
,
because
that
at
his
onely
commaundement
and
will
,
the
sea
gaue
frée
passage
to
his
people
,
for
the
word
,
rebuke
,
sée
Psalm
.
104.7
.
]
and
it
was
dried
vp
[
vp
.
in
that
place
through
which
the
people
had
passage
,
for
otherwise
the
waters
were
as
a
wall
vnto
them
,
on
their
right
hande
,
and
on
their
left
,
sée
Exod.
14.21.22
.
]
and
he
led
them
[
vz.
safely
]
in
the
déepe
[
vz.
of
the
redde
Sea
:
meaning
that
God
caried
them
betwéene
two
heapes
of
waters
,
which
waters
gaue
place
vnto
the
Israelites
by
Gods
appoyntment
,
as
if
that
the
place
it selfe
had
béene
by
nature
dry
,
sée
Exod.
15.5
.
]
as
in
the
wildernes
[
i.
as
vpon
the
dry
land
,
in
a
safe
and
playne
way
.
]
Ver.
10.
And
he
saued
them
[
i.
deliuered
them
,
vz.
the
Israelites
]
from
the
aduersaries
hand
[
i.
from
the
power
and
force
of
them
,
that
pursued
them
with
a
deadly
hatred
,
meaning
the
Egiptians
]
and
deliuered
them
from
the
hande
of
the
enemy
[
i.
set
them
frée
,
from
the
power
&
rage
of
the
Egiptians
,
counting
them
all
but
as
one
enemie
,
because
they
were
all
of
one
heart
and
mynd
to
do
mischiefe
to
Gods
people
.
]
Ver.
11.
and
the
waters
[
vz.
of
the
red
sea
]
couered
their
oppressors
[
i.
ouer
whelmed
and
drowned
them
]
so
that
not
one
of
them
was
left
[
vz.
aliue
,
to
carry
backe
any
tydinges
,
Sée
Exod.
14.28
.
]
Ver.
12.
Then
[
vz.
when
they
had
séene
,
al
these
gret
things
]
beléeued
they
his
words
[
this
is
not
spoken
for
their
prayse
,
but
to
amplifie
the
fault
of
their
rebellion
,
for
that
they
continued
not
,
but
immediatly
fell
to
distrust
and
vnbelief
]
and
sang
prayses
vnto
him
[
vz.
for
his
great
mercies
practised
towardes
them
.
Sée
the
history
of
ver.
9.10.11.12
.
in
the
14.
and
15.
chapters
of
the
booke
of
Exodus
.
]
Ver.
13.
But
incontinently
[
i.
they
were
almost
no
sooner
deliuered
]
they
forgate
his
workes
[
vz.
which
he
had
done
for
them
,
hee
meaneth
not
by
forgetting
,
that
the
remembrance
of
them
,
was
vtterly
rased
out
of
all
their
myndes
,
but
that
they
had
them
not
in
that
due
and
reuerent
regarde
,
they
should
haue
had
for
the
strengthening
of
their
fayth
:
sée
for
their
sodaine
chaunge
,
Exod.
15
22.23
.
]
and
wayted
not
[
vz.
with
patience
]
for
his
counsell
[
i.
for
the
thinges
,
which
in
his
eternall
counsell
he
had
purposed
to
bestow
vpon
them
:
his
purpose
is
to
note
,
that
as
they
would
not
be
gouerned
by
god
,
suffering
him
to
do
all
according
to
his
good
pleasure
,
but
woulde
followe
the
deuises
of
their
owne
heads
and
hearts
:
so
they
did
it
,
though
the
remembraunce
of
gods
benefits
were
fresh
before
them
,
which
circumstance
aggrauated
their
sinne
.
]
Ver.
14.
But
lusted
with
concupiscence
[
by
doubling
the
word
,
the
Prophet
mindeth
not
onely
to
note
the
sinne
of
their
lust
,
but
the
very
burning
and
rage
of
that
sinne
of
theirs
]
in
the
wildernes
[
he
noteth
also
the
place
,
for
the
more
certainety
of
the
story
]
and
tempted
God
in
the
desert
[
to
tempt
God
,
is
in
this
place
,
put
for
not
staying
themselues
vppon
Gods
will
,
but
laying
the
raynes
in
their
neckes
,
and
following
their
owne
concupiscences
,
to
aske
more
of
God
,
then
hee
would
giue
them
,
and
when
he
speaketh
of
lusting
&
tempting
we
must
vnderstande
,
that
they
did
it
more
then
once
,
as
may
appeare
,
Exod.
15.24
.
Exod.
16.
throughout
.
Exod.
17.2
.
&c.
Numb.
11.1
.
Numb.
20.3
.
&c.
]
Ver.
15.
Then
he
gaue
them
their
desire
[
i.
the
things
which
they
desired
and
demanded
,
so
gracious
was
God
,
howsoeuer
rebellious
they
were
]
and
sent
leanenes
into
their
soule
[
i.
into
their
body
,
one
part
being
put
for
an
other
:
or
else
thus
]
he
sent
leauenes
into
the
soule
[
i.
he
punisheth
,
and
that
with
pining
away
their
whole
man
,
vnderstanding
by
a
part
the
whole
,
whatsoeuer
it
is
,
the
Prophet
meaneth
that
God
in
such
sort
yéelded
vnto
the
desire
of
this
people
,
that
yet
notwithstanding
in
the
middest
of
his
benefits
he
plagued
and
punished
them
for
their
sinne
and
transgression
.
]
Ver.
16.
They
[
i.
the
people
of
Israel
,
but
specially
Corah
,
Dathan
,
and
Abiram
.
Sée
Num.
16.1.2
.
&c.
]
enuied
Moses
in
the
tents
[
I
suppose
that
the
Prophet
meaneth
,
that
these
rebels
did
secretly
murmure
at
Moses
in
their
tents
,
and
that
afterwards
their
rebellion
and
sins
burst
forth
as
at
the
noone
tyde
]
and
Aaron
the
holy
one
of
the
Lord
[
i.
him
.
whome
the
Lord
had
sanctified
and
separated
to
serue
him
in
the
ministery
and
Priesthood
declaring
also
in
déed
that
hée
was
holy
:
Sée
Numb.
16.5.7
.
]
Ver.
17.
Therefore
[
i.
for
this
their
great
sinne
]
the
earth
opened
[
vz.
her
mouth
as
it
were
,
and
that
by
Gods
appoyntment
]
and
swallowed
vp
Dathan
[
vz.
aliue
]
and
couered
the
company
of
Abiram
[
i.
he
,
and
all
those
that
tooke
part
with
him
.
See
,
Numb.
16.31.32.33
.
Deut.
11.6
.
Ver.
18.
And
the
fire
[
vz.
sent
out
from
the
presence
of
the
Lord
]
was
kindled
in
their
assembly
[
i.
began
with
Corahs
company
]
the
flame
[
vz.
of
that
fire
sent
from
God
]
burnt
vp
the
wicked
[
i.
consumed
them
vtterly
:
hée
sheweth
how
they
that
tooke
part
with
Korah
,
were
punished
,
otherwise
then
Dathan
and
Abiram
and
their
companies
:
sée
Numb.
16.35
.
]
Ver.
19.
They
[
vz.
the
Israelites
]
made
a
calfe
[
i.
caused
a
calfe
to
be
made
,
which
they
might
worship
in
stéed
of
God
]
in
Horeb
[
he
noteth
the
place
,
for
the
certaintie
of
the
history
]
and
worshipped
[
vz.
with
outward
reuerence
of
the
body
,
and
speach
of
the
mouth
]
the
molten
image
of
a
calfe
,
which
they
had
caused
Aaron
to
make
,
in
the
absence
of
Moses
.
sée
Exod.
32.
throughout
.
]
Ver.
20.
Thus
[
i.
by
this
means
]
they
turned
[
vz.
foolishly
and
wickedly
]
their
glory
[
i.
God
himselfe
,
who
,
so
long
as
they
serued
him
onely
was
glorious
vnto
them
,
but
when
they
worshipped
others
besides
him
,
they
were
naked
and
laye
open
to
their
enemies
,
Sée
Exodus
.
32.25
.
The
Prophet
meaneth
,
that
they
forsooke
the
true
God
,
who
was
their
only
glory
and
honour
in
déed
]
into
the
similitude
of
a
bullocke
that
eateth
grasse
[
hee
noteth
the
grosenes
of
their
idolatry
,
not
onely
for
that
they
worship
somewhat
besides
the
true
God
,
but
for
that
also
it
was
not
a
liuely
and
quicke
thing
.
sée
Rom.
1.23
.
]
Verse
21.
They
forgate
[
vz.
quickly
,
as
before
,
ver.
13.
of
this
Psalme
]
God
their
sauiour
[
i.
he
that
had
saued
&
deliuered
them
,
from
manifold
dangers
,
so
you
shal
haue
the
word
sauiour
vsed
.
1.
Tim.
4.10
.
]
which
had
done
great
things
in
Egipt
[
vz.
for
them
and
their
sake
,
a
short
summe
wherof
you
may
sée
,
psal.
105.28.29
.
&c.
]
Ver.
22.
Wonderous
works
in
the
land
of
Ham
[
i.
in
Egipt
as
before
psal.
78.51
.
Psal.
105.23.27
.
]
and
feareful
thinges
[
vz.
both
to
them
and
their
enemies
,
but
specially
to
their
enemies
]
by
the
red
Sea
[
i.
when
they
were
at
the
sea
,
&
passed
through
it
:
I
suppose
that
both
in
it
,
and
on
this
side
of
it
,
and
on
the
further
side
,
the
Lord
shewed
terrible
things
for
his
peoples
sake
,
some
particulars
sée
Exod.
14.21.24.25
.
Exod.
16.
ver.
1.
&c.
]
Ver.
23.
Therefore
[
i.
for
these
their
great
and
horrible
sinnes
]
he
mynded
[
or
as
it
is
in
the
Hebrew
text
,
he
said
:
al
commeth
to
one
sense
:
for
Gods
purpose
is
his
word
,
and
his
word
,
is
his
purpose
to
vs
ward
:
alwayes
prouided
that
we
accuse
not
God
either
of
inconstancy
,
as
though
he
had
sodainly
altered
or
changed
his
mind
,
or
of
insufficiency
,
as
though
he
could
not
do
that
he
woulde
,
or
of
hypocrisie
,
as
though
hee
spake
one
thing
&
ment
another
]
to
destroy
them
[
vz.
vtterly
,
&
to
haue
left
none
but
Moses
,
as
should
appeare
Exod.
32.10.31
.
&c.
]
had
not
Moses
his
chosen
[
i.
had
not
Moses
whom
hee
had
chosen
to
bée
his
ruler
and
leader
of
that
people
,
Sée
Psalm
.
105.26
.
]
stood
in
the
breach
before
him
[
this
is
a
metaphor
taken
from
warrefare
or
battry
:
meaning
that
Moses
did
so
oppose
himself
against
wrath
,
by
earnest
and
hearty
prayer
made
on
their
behalfe
that
the
Lorde
woulde
not
destroy
them
,
euen
as
after
a
rupture
or
breache
is
made
in
the
wall
of
a
Citie
or
Towne
,
those
that
are
within
,
runne
immediatly
to
put
backe
them
that
woulde
giue
the
assault
:
Sée
verse
30.
of
this
Psalme
concerning
Phinehas
:
also
Ezech.
13.5
.
]
to
turne
away
his
wrath
[
vz.
ready
to
bée
powred
foorth
vppon
that
people
for
their
sinnes
]
lest
hee
shoulde
destroy
them
[
vz.
vtterlye
in
that
his
great
iudgement
.
]
Verse
24.
Also
[
q.d.
besides
other
signes
]
they
contemned
[
i.
not
onely
had
not
in
right
regarde
,
but
reuiled
and
spake
euill
of
]
that
pleasaunt
lande
[
vz.
of
Canaan
,
which
GOD
had
giuen
and
appoynted
vnto
them
,
to
the
ende
that
therein
they
might
bée
nourished
as
in
his
fatherly
lappe
,
and
haue
as
it
were
a
gage
of
the
heauenly
inheritaunce
:
and
hee
calleth
it
a
pleasaunt
or
desirable
lande
,
because
it
abounded
with
all
fruitfulnesse
:
Sée
Deutronomie
8.7
.
also
Deutronomie
11.10
.
in
which
respect
also
it
is
called
in
scripture
,
a
lande
that
floweth
with
milke
and
hony
]
and
beléeued
not
his
woorde
[
i.
the
promises
that
hee
had
made
them
,
both
for
the
goodnesse
and
possession
of
that
land
,
Sée
for
this
history
,
Numbers
,
Chapters
13.
and
14.
throughout
]
Ver.
25.
But
murmured
[
vz.
against
GOD
,
and
his
Seruauntes
,
Moses
,
Ioshua
,
Caleb
,
&c.
i.
secretly
and
closely
as
before
verse
16.
of
this
Psalme
,
yet
so
,
that
this
brake
forth
into
an
open
sinne
,
as
appeareth
in
the
chapters
before
alleaged
]
and
hearkened
not
[
vz.
to
doe
and
perfourme
,
for
otherwise
they
coulde
not
chuse
but
heare
,
that
which
the
Lorde
spake
vnto
them
,
in
that
respect
]
vnto
the
voyce
of
the
Lord
[
i.
vnto
Gods
commaundement
,
which
is
expressed
Deut.
1.21
.
]
Ver.
26.
Therefore
[
vz.
because
they
would
not
yéelde
obedience
vnto
this
his
commandement
]
he
lifted
vp
his
hand
against
them
[
to
lift
vp
the
hande
in
the
scripture
,
is
taken
for
swearing
,
because
it
was
a
signe
ceremony
and
gesture
,
vsed
in
swearing
.
Sée
Gene.
14.22
.
Numb.
14.30
.
Nehe.
9.15
.
and
neuer
vsed
in
the
scripture
(
so
farreforth
as
I
remember
)
for
to
punish
:
besides
that
the
punishment
followeth
in
this
verse
presently
:
and
therefore
I
take
the
latter
part
of
the
note
in
the
Geneua
Bible
to
be
superfluous
:
it
is
then
q.d.
he
certainely
sware
against
them
]
to
destroy
them
in
the
wildernes
[
i.
that
woulde
ouerthrowe
them
there
,
and
that
they
shoulde
not
enter
into
the
lande
:
the
execution
of
this
,
Sée
Deut.
2.13.14
.
&c.
]
Verse
.
27.
And
to
destroy
their
séed
[
i.
their
posterity
:
this
is
an
other
part
or
parcell
as
it
were
of
Gods
othe
]
among
the
nations
[
i.
in
the
middest
of
them
,
and
by
their
force
and
might
:
the
threatning
of
this
,
Sée
Numb.
14.33
.
Ezech.
20.23
.
and
the
perfourmance
therof
you
may
behold
.
Numb.
14.45
.
Numb.
21.1
.
Deut.
1.44
.
]
and
to
scatter
them
[
vz.
by
reason
of
captiuity
and
bondage
into
which
they
shoulde
fall
]
through
out
the
countries
[
hee
meaneth
strange
countries
,
which
either
lay
nigh
about
them
,
or
else
farre
of
.
]
Verse
.
28.
They
ioyned
themselues
[
vz.
euen
as
it
were
two
oxen
in
one
yoke
:
such
a
metaphor
also
the
Apostle
vseth
.
2.
Corinth.
6.14
.
he
noteth
hereby
the
straight
coniunction
that
was
betwéen
the
idole
,
&
the
idolater
]
vnto
Baalpeor
[
this
was
the
idole
of
the
Moabits
as
appeareth
Num.
25.3
.
meaning
that
they
worshipped
the
idoles
and
gods
,
that
idolatrous
people
worshipped
]
and
did
eate
[
vz.
with
the
idolaters
]
the
offringes
of
the
dead
[
i.
such
things
as
were
offred
to
their
idoles
,
whome
hée
here
calleth
dead
,
not
because
they
were
at
any
time
liuing
,
but
because
they
neuer
had
life
or
breath
in
them
.
of
the
vanitie
of
idoles
,
Sée
Psalm
.
115.45
.
&c.
and
of
meats
consecrated
to
idols
,
sée
1.
Corinth.
8.
throughout
,
and
1.
Corinth.
10.
in
sundry
places
.
]
Ver.
29.
Thus
[
vz.
in
maner
before
rehearsed
,
ver.
●8
.
]
they
prouoked
him
vnto
anger
[
vz.
against
themselues
and
their
soules
]
with
their
own
inuentions
[
i.
with
those
thinges
that
they
themselues
had
deuised
,
both
in
his
seruice
,
and
for
the
satisfiyng
of
their
owne
lustes
:
for
so
largely
would
I
take
the
worde
,
inuentions
,
in
this
place
]
and
the
plague
[
vz.
sent
from
God
]
brake
in
vpon
them
[
i.
did
vehemently
and
violently
destroy
sundry
of
them
as
a
breach
in
a
battry
doth
,
for
such
a
metaphor
I
suppose
he
vseth
in
this
place
.
]
Verse
30.
But
Phinehas
[
who
was
Aarons
sonne
]
stoode
vppe
[
vz.
beeing
mooued
with
the
vilenes
of
the
peoples
sinne
]
and
executed
iudgment
[
vz.
vpon
Zimri
and
Cozbi
and
the
plague
[
vz.
sent
from
God
,
wherein
there
dyed
24.
thousand
]
was
stayed
[
i.
ceased
Phinehas
did
this
,
by
a
secret
,
particular
,
and
extraordinary
motion
of
Gods
spirit
,
being
assured
in
his
conscience
,
that
though
hee
had
no
publike
power
of
the
sword
in
his
hand
,
yet
hee
ought
to
doe
it
:
the
like
did
Moses
in
slaying
the
Egiptian
:
but
these
particulars
ought
not
to
bée
drawne
into
examples
.
]
Ver.
31.
And
it
[
vz.
that
fact
of
slaying
Zimri
&
Cozbi
]
was
imputed
vnto
him
for
righteousnesse
[
vz.
through
Gods
frée
goodnes
:
hée
meaneth
not
that
Phinehas
was
iustified
by
this
worke
,
for
no
man
can
bee
iustified
by
the
workes
of
the
law
,
vnlesse
hée
perfectly
accomplish
them
,
but
that
this
worke
was
imputed
vnto
him
for
righteousnes
,
as
the
worke
of
the
faithful
people
are
,
not
for
any
merite
that
is
in
them
,
but
of
his
frée
mercy
onely
.
Sée
for
this
phrase
Gene.
15.6
.
]
from
generation
to
generation
for
euer
[
i.
always
and
continually
,
he
meaneth
that
both
God
and
men
approued
Phinehas
for
his
fact
.
Sée
for
this
story
Numb.
25.
throughout
.
]
Ver.
32.
They
[
i.
the
people
of
Israel
]
angred
him
[
i.
God
:
meaning
by
the
worde
,
angred
,
prouoking
of
him
to
fearce
wrath
against
them
]
also
[
i.
besides
their
other
sinnes
before
recited
]
at
the
waters
of
Meribah
[
hee
meaneth
the
place
for
the
more
certainetie
of
the
history
:
and
they
are
called
the
waters
of
Meribah
,
that
is
the
waters
of
strife
and
contention
,
because
there
,
for
want
of
waters
,
they
contended
with
the
Lorde
,
and
with
Moses
]
so
that
Moses
[
vz.
so
notable
a
Prophet
,
and
so
excellent
a
man
of
God
,
sée
Psal.
90.
in
the
title
]
was
punished
[
vz.
grieuously
,
for
hée
was
not
onely
rebuked
,
but
depriued
of
entrance
into
the
land
of
promise
]
for
their
sake
[
hée
meaneth
not
that
God
punished
him
for
their
sin
,
for
that
had
béen
iniustice
,
but
because
he
did
after
a
sort
doubt
with
them
,
hée
was
punished
for
that
transgression
.
]
Ver.
33.
Because
they
vexed
his
spirite
so
[
i.
they
so
troubled
him
with
their
continuall
murmuringes
and
rebellions
]
that
he
spake
vnaduisedly
[
vz.
of
God
and
his
power
]
with
his
lippes
[
i.
openly
,
not
onely
conceiuing
it
in
his
heart
,
but
vttering
it
with
his
mouth
.
All
this
history
is
largely
described
,
Numb.
20.
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
13.
]
Ver.
34.
Neither
destroyed
they
the
people
[
vz.
which
inhabited
the
land
of
Canaan
and
by
destroying
,
he
meaneth
an
vtter
destruction
of
them
,
and
rooting
of
them
out
,
but
left
some
remaining
,
Sée
Iudges
.
1.
euen
to
the
ende
of
the
21.
also
Iudges
2.
and
3.
chapters
throughout
]
as
the
Lorde
had
commaunded
them
[
vz.
by
his
faithful
seruant
Moses
.
Sée
Deut.
7.1.2.3
.
&c.
]
Ver.
35.
But
were
mingled
among
the
heathen
[
vz.
not
onely
in
that
they
dwelt
among
them
but
also
in
that
they
matched
with
them
in
mariages
,
and
were
sundry
times
brought
into
captiuity
by
them
,
as
the
booke
of
Iudges
doth
plainly
declare
]
and
learned
their
workes
[
i.
they
did
not
onely
knowe
,
but
also
practised
al
the
wickednes
of
the
Gentiles
,
as
may
appeare
by
the
verses
following
.
]
Ver.
36.
And
serued
their
idoles
[
i.
worshipped
the
same
images
&
counterfeited
gods
,
that
the
heathen
did
which
were
their
ruine
[
hee
meaneth
that
their
straunge
worships
and
idolatries
,
were
the
cause
not
onely
of
their
sinning
,
as
God
had
foretold
.
Exod.
23.33
.
but
also
of
their
destruction
,
as
appeareth
in
the
very
same
place
.
]
Ver.
37.
Yea
[
q.d.
they
procéed
to
such
height
of
iniquitie
]
they
offered
[
and
that
against
Gods
commaundement
,
Leuit.
20.2
.
Deut.
12.31
.
Deut.
18.10
.
]
their
sonnes
and
their
daughters
[
i.
such
was
their
rage
to
idolatrie
,
that
they
spared
not
that
which
was
most
deare
]
vnto
deuils
[
sée
Deut.
32.17.1
.
Cor.
10.20
.
and
specially
he
meaneth
Molech
,
as
may
appeare
2.
king
.
23.10
.
]
Verse
38.
And
shed
innocent
blood
[
he
calleth
it
innocent
blood
,
both
because
they
had
not
done
euil
,
to
deserue
death
,
and
also
because
it
was
shed
,
as
without
cause
,
so
without
warrant
of
a
sufficient
and
lawful
magistrate
]
euen
the
blood
of
their
sonnes
and
of
their
daughters
]
hee
sheweth
in
these
two
verses
a
monstrous
kynd
of
idolatrie
,
because
the
people
caryed
with
a
rage
,
spared
not
their
owne
children
,
but
defiled
their
owne
handes
,
and
the
whole
land
also
,
with
innocent
blood
]
whom
they
offred
[
vz.
as
burnt
sacrifices
or
offrings
]
vnto
the
idoles
of
Canaan
[
i.
vnto
the
idoles
which
were
worshipped
in
the
land
of
Canaan
,
by
the
inhabitants
thereof
]
and
the
land
[
vz.
of
Canaan
,
wherein
they
dwelt
]
was
defiled
with
blood
[
vz.
shed
guiltlesly
and
without
cause
,
Sée
Num.
35.33
.
]
Ver.
39.
Thus
were
they
steyned
[
i.
fouly
defiled
,
and
had
receiued
such
spots
and
blots
as
hardly
coulde
bee
gotten
away
]
with
their
owne
workes
[
i.
with
the
sinnes
and
iniquities
which
they
themselues
had
deuised
and
done
]
and
went
a
whoring
[
i.
leauing
the
mariage
duety
which
they
ought
to
God
,
they
chose
,
rather
to
follow
any
thing
,
according
to
the
lust
of
their
owne
heartes
,
then
God
himselfe
,
sée
Numb.
15.39
.
The
Prophet
meaneth
,
that
they
brake
their
faith
giuen
vnto
God
,
as
if
a
wife
should
breake
her
faith
in
committing
whoredome
,
for
this
is
spiritual
chastity
to
cleaue
wholy
to
God
and
his
worde
,
2.
Corinth.
11.2
.
]
with
their
owne
inuentions
[
i.
with
the
idoles
and
Gods
which
they
themselues
had
deuised
to
themselues
,
meaning
also
,
by
whoring
,
that
they
followed
it
earnestly
and
with
delight
.
]
Ver.
40.
Therefore
[
vz.
for
their
great
&
grieuous
sinnes
]
was
the
wrath
of
the
Lorde
kindled
[
vz.
very
hote
,
meaning
by
kindling
,
the
preparing
of
it
]
against
his
people
[
i.
against
that
people
that
hée
had
chosen
to
bee
his
owne
]
and
hée
abhorred
[
i.
lothed
and
hated
as
it
were
,
and
that
for
their
sinnes
sake
]
his
owne
inheritance
[
i.
both
the
land
&
the
people
,
whome
hee
tooke
for
an
inheritaunce
vnto
himselfe
.
]
Ver.
41.
And
he
gaue
them
[
vz.
for
their
great
sinnes
committed
against
him
]
into
the
lande
of
the
Heathen
[
i.
into
their
power
and
possession
]
and
they
that
hated
them
[
i.
the
gentiles
,
who
could
at
no
hand
away
with
them
,
because
they
came
to
enioye
their
lande
]
were
Lordes
ouer
them
[
i.
ruled
them
at
their
owne
pleasure
:
sée
for
this
speach
:
Isaiah
.
26.13
.
and
for
the
truth
of
the
matter
,
the
whole
booke
of
Iudges
and
namely
chap.
2.14
.
]
Ver.
42.
Their
enemies
also
oppressed
them
[
vz.
sore
and
hardly
,
and
many
times
]
and
they
were
humbled
[
i.
subiected
,
and
that
sundry
tymes
]
vnder
their
hand
[
i.
vnto
their
power
and
authority
.
]
Ver.
43.
Many
a
time
did
hée
[
vz.
God
]
deliuer
them
[
vz.
out
of
the
hande
and
power
of
their
enemies
]
but
[
vz.
notwithstanding
these
great
graces
]
they
prouoked
him
[
vz.
to
wrath
against
them
,
and
that
sundry
times
also
]
by
their
counsels
[
i.
by
those
things
which
they
themselues
had
grauely
and
as
it
were
in
counsel
,
concluded
and
resolued
vppon
to
perfourme
]
therefore
they
were
brought
downe
[
vz.
from
that
high
state
of
liberty
and
fréedome
,
wherein
God
had
set
them
,
to
miserable
captiuity
and
bondage
]
by
their
iniquity
[
vz.
committed
against
his
maiesty
.
]
Ver.
44.
Yet
hee
sawe
[
q.d.
notwithstanding
these
grieuous
sinnes
of
theirs
,
he
did
not
onely
behold
them
afflicted
,
but
pitied
them
]
when
they
were
in
affliction
[
i.
in
any
trouble
]
and
hee
hearde
their
cry
[
i.
granted
them
al
things
they
prayed
for
,
when
they
prayed
,
which
was
a
sure
token
of
compassion
towardes
them
.
]
Verse
45.
And
hée
remembred
his
couenant
[
vz.
which
hee
had
made
with
their
Fathers
and
them
:
the
Prophet
in
these
two
verses
,
noteth
two
meanes
,
whereby
God
was
moued
to
doe
good
to
this
people
:
the
one
was
his
frée
mercy
,
and
the
other
was
his
gracious
couenant
]
towardes
them
[
i.
for
their
good
,
and
on
their
behalfe
]
and
repented
[
vz.
of
the
punishmentes
,
that
hee
had
purposed
to
bring
vppon
them
:
meaning
hereby
that
God
after
a
sort
,
chaunged
as
it
were
his
purpose
:
not
that
God
is
subiect
to
alteration
or
chaunge
,
but
because
pardoning
both
the
fault
and
the
punishment
hée
séemeth
vnto
vs
to
chaunge
:
and
this
manner
of
speach
is
applied
to
the
weakenes
of
our
capacity
,
Sée
Gene.
6.6
.
]
according
to
the
multitude
of
his
mercies
[
q.d.
euen
as
hee
is
inclined
to
shewe
abundance
of
fauour
so
he
shewed
them
the
riches
of
his
grace
.
]
Ver.
46.
And
gaue
them
fauour
[
i.
made
them
to
finde
fauour
,
Sée
Gene.
45.14
.
]
in
the
sight
of
all
them
that
led
them
captiues
[
the
Lorde
who
hath
the
disposing
of
all
mens
heartes
,
so
inclined
their
heartes
to
his
people
.
]
Ver.
47.
Saue
vs
O
Lorde
our
God
[
i.
deliuer
vs
and
set
vs
frée
from
the
daungers
and
distresses
wherein
wée
are
]
and
gather
vs
from
among
the
Heathen
[
whose
captiues
we
are
for
our
sinnes
,
and
amongest
whome
we
heare
and
sée
things
,
tending
much
to
thy
dishonour
,
and
the
griefe
of
our
soules
:
and
marke
the
Prophets
zeale
and
loue
towardes
the
people
:
though
hée
were
king
and
the
gouernement
well
established
,
yet
because
that
by
the
confusion
that
was
in
the
dayes
of
the
Iudges
and
Saul
,
many
people
were
out
of
their
owne
countrey
,
hée
prayeth
the
Lorde
,
as
for
himselfe
,
to
reduce
and
bring
them
backe
agayne
]
that
we
may
prayse
thy
holy
name
[
i.
thy
maiesty
,
power
,
goodnesse
,
&c.
]
which
is
full
also
of
all
holinesse
]
and
glorye
in
thy
prayse
[
i.
reioyce
and
boast
as
it
were
of
this
,
that
wee
haue
him
for
our
GOD
,
who
alone
is
worthy
all
prayse
and
glorye
.
]
Verse
48.
Blessed
[
i.
praysed
]
bée
the
Lord
GOD
of
Israell
[
i.
hée
that
is
the
defender
of
the
people
of
Israel
,
who
are
called
Israell
,
because
they
came
of
Iaakob
,
otherwise
called
Israell
]
for
euer
and
euer
,
and
let
all
the
people
say
,
so
bee
it
,
[
i.
let
all
young
and
olde
,
one
and
other
,
acknowledge
that
hée
alone
is
woorthye
prayse
,
and
giue
their
frée
and
willing
consent
vnto
it
,
for
so
much
hee
meaneth
,
by
,
so
bée
it
]
prayse
yée
the
Lorde
[
Sée
Psalme
104.
and
105.
in
the
ende
.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
greatnesse
of
Gods
goodnes
,
Do.
and
the
continuaunce
of
his
mercies
,
shoulde
prouoke
vs
earnestly
and
continually
to
praise
the
Lorde
.
Verse
2.
Teacheth
,
first
that
Gods
graces
and
woorkes
are
infinite
:
Secondly
that
though
wée
can
not
so
sufficiently
prayse
him
as
wee
shoulde
,
yet
wée
shoulde
not
for
all
that
leaue
off
to
doe
that
which
hée
hath
giuen
vs
grace
to
doe
.
Verse
3.
Teacheth
vs
to
deale
well
,
and
to
continue
in
well
doing
,
and
that
so
wee
shall
in
the
end
atteine
true
blessednesse
.
Ver.
4.
Teacheth
vs
in
distresse
to
cal
vpon
the
Lord
.
Ver.
4.
and
5.
Teach
vs
to
set
before
vs
Gods
mercies
towardes
his
children
,
that
wee
may
assure
our selues
in
hope
to
receiue
the
like
.
Ver.
6.
Teacheth
vs
,
humbly
,
vnfeignedly
,
&
fully
confesse
to
our
sins
.
Ver.
7.
Teacheth
vs
that
forgetfulnes
of
Gods
graces
,
is
the
high
way
to
all
rebellion
and
sinne
:
it
teacheth
vs
also
,
that
forefathers
are
not
always
to
be
followed
.
Verse
8
teacheth
,
that
though
the
sinnes
of
his
children
be
very
great
,
yet
they
doe
not
alwayes
set
or
hinder
,
the
riuers
of
his
mercies
towards
them
.
Ver.
9.
Teacheth
first
that
for
the
benefite
of
his
children
,
he
will
make
things
go
contrary
to
their
natural
course
:
Secondly
,
that
when
his
children
in
mens
eyes
séeme
to
bée
in
the
greatest
daungers
,
hée
will
lead
them
as
safely
,
as
though
they
were
in
none
at
all
.
Ver.
10.
Sheweth
that
al
maner
of
deliuerances
come
from
the
Lord
onely
and
his
power
.
Ver.
11.
Teacheth
that
the
same
things
that
God
maketh
to
giue
place
to
his
children
,
shall
serue
,
to
the
vtter
destruction
of
his
and
their
enemies
.
Ver.
12.
Teacheth
vs
alwayes
to
beléeue
the
trueth
of
Gods
worde
,
yea
though
wee
sée
no
meane
how
it
can
be
performed
:
secondly
that
wée
should
continually
prayse
God
for
his
mercies
.
Ver.
13.
Teacheth
that
it
is
a
very
easie
thing
to
fall
into
sinne
:
it
teacheth
also
that
forgetfulnes
of
gods
graces
,
is
as
it
were
the
nurse
&
mother
of
many
other
transgressions
:
also
that
we
should
tary
the
Lordes
leasure
,
for
the
accomplishing
of
that
which
hée
hath
appoynted
vs
.
Ver.
14.
Teacheth
that
lust
or
concupiscence
is
sinne
also
,
also
that
we
should
not
tempt
or
try
the
Lord
:
Ver.
15.
Teacheth
that
God
bestowing
h●●
benefits
vpon
the
wicked
,
doth
many
times
with
all
lay
punishments
vpon
them
.
Ver.
16.
Teacheth
vs
to
loue
and
reuerence
the
godly
magistrates
and
ministers
,
which
the
Lord
giueth
vs
.
Ver.
17.18
.
Teach
vs
that
God
doth
fearefully
punish
rebels
and
contentious
persons
of
what
state
or
calling
soeuer
they
be
.
Ver.
19.20
.
See
out
the
dotage
and
blockishnes
of
idolaters
,
who
suppose
the
Godhead
can
be
fashioned
or
resembled
by
any
outward
thing
.
Ver.
21.22
.
Teacheth
that
the
forgetfulnes
of
God
,
his
benefites
and
workes
,
is
the
high
way
to
all
manner
of
sinne
and
iniquitie
.
Ver.
23.
Teacheth
two
things
,
first
that
our
sinnes
do
pul
destruction
from
the
Lord
vppon
vs
:
Secondly
,
how
forcible
the
prayers
of
Gods
children
are
,
both
for
themselues
and
others
.
Ver.
24.
Teacheth
that
contempt
of
Gods
graces
offred
and
giuen
,
and
distrust
in
the
trueth
of
his
promises
,
are
two
horrible
&
grieuous
iniquities
.
Ver.
25.
Setteth
out
what
great
sinnes
,
murmuring
and
rebellion
against
the
Lorde
are
.
Ver.
26.27
.
Declare
that
neither
these
nor
any
other
sinnes
,
shall
escape
vnpunished
,
in
the
parties
that
do
them
,
whether
they
be
fathers
or
sonnes
.
Ver.
28.
Sheweth
mans
readines
and
earnest
affection
to
commit
idolatry
.
Ver.
29.
Sheweth
that
mans
inuentions
,
specially
in
the
worship
and
seruice
of
God
,
prouoke
Gods
angers
,
and
bring
a
plague
vppon
them
.
Ver.
30.
Teacheth
vs
in
the
example
of
Phinehas
,
to
lothe
and
abhorre
sinne
.
Ver.
31.
Teacheth
vs
that
God
graciously
accepteth
the
déedes
&
words
of
his
seruants
,
though
many
wayes
fraught
with
great
defectes
.
Ver.
32.
Teacheth
vs
how
peruerse
and
frowarde
mans
nature
is
,
though
the
Lorde
deale
neuer
so
plentifully
and
mercifully
,
with
him
:
it
teacheth
also
that
God
spareth
no
man
for
his
person
sake
in
that
hée
punished
Moses
.
Ver.
33.
Teacheth
thrée
things
,
first
that
other
mens
peruersnes
shoulde
not
make
vs
sinne
against
God
:
secondly
though
it
doe
,
yet
wee
shall
not
escape
vnpunished
,
thirdly
that
rash
and
vnaduised
speaches
are
sinne
against
the
Lord
.
Ver.
34.
Teacheth
vs
to
strike
,
and
not
to
spare
,
where
the
Lord
will
haue
vs
to
destroy
,
for
then
we
must
not
be
lead
,
by
our
owne
fonde
affections
.
Verse
.
35.
Teacheth
vs
that
ill
company
is
a
shrewde
meane
,
to
peruerte
men
from
goodnes
.
Ver.
36.
Teacheth
vs
that
to
serue
any
besides
the
Lorde
,
is
the
next
way
to
come
to
destruction
both
in
this
life
,
and
in
the
life
to
come
.
Ver.
37.
Setteth
out
the
rage
of
idolaters
,
who
spare
nothing
,
no
not
the
dearest
thinges
they
haue
.
Verse
38.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
shedding
of
innocent
blood
,
slayeth
the
whole
lande
,
and
that
therefore
murther
,
shoulde
not
onely
,
not
bée
pardoned
,
but
sharpely
punished
.
Verse
39.
Teacheth
vs
that
there
is
nothing
that
hurteth
man
more
,
then
in
ouerwening
of
his
owne
deuises
.
Verse
40.
Teacheth
vs
that
our
sinnes
turne
Gods
loue
and
fauour
into
hatred
and
displeasure
.
Ver.
41.42
.
Teach
vs
that
sinne
doeth
drawe
euen
all
temporall
punishmentes
vppon
vs
,
as
forraine
gouernement
,
oppression
,
captiuity
,
&c.
Verse
43.
Teacheth
vs
that
God
doeth
not
once
onely
,
but
sundry
times
deliuer
his
people
:
Secondlye
that
many
,
the
more
graces
they
haue
from
God
,
the
more
they
are
puffed
vp
in
their
owne
deuises
:
Thirdly
that
sinne
against
God
is
not
onely
a
cause
to
humble
vs
,
but
doeth
in
déede
humble
vs
,
though
perhaps
wicked
men
will
not
sée
it
or
féele
it
.
Verse
44.
Teacheth
vs
,
first
that
GOD
hath
a
tender
eye
ouer
the
afflicted
ones
,
Secondly
that
hée
neuer
forsaketh
them
if
they
call
earnestly
vppon
him
.
Verse
45.
Teacheth
vs
that
Gods
frée
couenaunt
and
eternall
mercy
,
without
any
thing
of
ours
at
all
,
are
sufficient
inough
to
mooue
him
,
to
take
pity
vppon
vs
,
in
our
afflictions
.
Ver.
46.
Teacheth
that
GOD
onely
hath
the
touching
of
mens
heartes
,
to
bowe
them
hither
or
thither
,
according
to
his
good
pleasure
.
Verse
47.
Teacheth
vs
to
pray
for
other
,
and
euen
Gods
dispersed
members
,
as
for
our selues
:
also
that
our
owne
ease
,
and
prosperity
,
or
preferment
,
shoulde
not
so
farre
preuayle
with
vs
,
as
to
make
vs
to
forget
them
.
Verse
48.
Teacheth
all
men
continually
to
prayse
the
Lorde
,
and
to
prouoke
others
thereto
what
in
them
lyeth
.
Psalme
107
I
Woulde
diuide
this
Psalme
into
two
partes
.
Di
In
the
first
the
Prophet
exhorteth
the
faythfull
to
prayse
the
Lord
for
his
mercy
,
goodnes
,
prouidence
and
power
towardes
them
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
10.
In
the
seconde
,
hée
prouoketh
them
to
praise
the
Lorde
,
for
his
general
power
,
prouidence
and
goodnes
towards
others
,
from
ver.
21.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
This
Psalme
hath
no
title
or
inscription
at
all
.
]
Ver.
1.
Is
the
same
both
in
worde
and
sense
that
verse
1.
of
this
Psalme
106.
is
,
and
therfore
sée
that
.
]
Ver.
2.
Let
them
which
haue
béene
redéemed
of
the
Lord
[
vz.
out
of
bondage
,
captiuity
,
and
dispersion
.
q.d.
let
them
that
haue
receiued
this
benefite
at
the
Lords
handes
,
to
bée
set
at
liberty
,
when
they
were
in
bondage
,
prayse
him
]
shew
[
vz.
openly
and
to
others
]
howe
[
vz.
graciously
and
mightily
]
hée
[
vz.
alone
,
and
none
but
hée
]
hath
deliuered
them
[
i.
fréed
them
being
sore
oppressed
,
through
the
cruelty
and
tyrannie
of
them
that
held
them
vnder
]
from
the
hand
[
i.
from
the
power
and
might
]
of
the
oppressor
[
i.
of
them
that
oppressed
them
:
hée
putteth
in
this
place
,
the
singular
for
the
plurall
.
]
Verse
3.
And
gathered
them
[
vz.
againe
and
together
,
and
that
by
his
mighty
power
]
out
of
the
landes
[
vz.
rounde
about
them
,
into
which
they
were
dispersed
for
their
transgressions
sake
]
from
the
East
,
and
from
the
West
,
from
the
North
,
and
from
the
South
[
i.
from
all
quarters
whereunto
they
were
dispersed
,
that
word
that
we
turne
,
South
,
signifieth
also
,
Sea
,
and
so
shall
you
finde
it
translated
in
sundry
textes
,
but
the
meaning
is
,
because
the
red
Sea
lay
southwarde
from
the
land
of
promise
.
]
Verse
4.
When
they
wandered
[
vz.
a
long
tyme
,
vp
and
downe
]
in
the
desert
and
wildernesse
,
out
of
the
way
[
hée
meaneth
out
of
the
right
way
,
which
did
leade
them
whither
they
woulde
haue
come
,
for
GOD
for
their
disobedience
,
made
them
to
wander
fourty
yéeres
,
in
the
wildernes
,
that
so
they
might
die
,
and
not
come
into
the
lande
of
Canaan
]
and
found
no
Citie
[
vz.
all
that
while
of
their
wandering
]
to
dwell
in
[
i.
to
stay
and
refresh
them
selues
in
]
Verse
5.
Both
hungry
and
thirsty
[
hée
meaneth
that
whylest
they
were
in
the
wildernesse
,
they
suffered
many
times
great
want
of
bread
and
drinke
,
yea
,
so
much
that
]
their
soule
faynted
in
them
[
i.
their
life
was
ready
to
decay
,
and
there
séemed
to
bée
but
little
difference
betwéene
death
and
them
.
]
Verse
6.
Then
they
[
vz.
being
in
this
great
distresse
and
affliction
]
cryed
vnto
the
Lord
in
their
trouble
[
i.
prayed
earnestly
vnto
him
]
and
hée
deliuered
them
[
i.
set
them
frée
]
from
their
distresse
[
i.
from
the
distresse
that
they
were
in
.
]
Verse
7.
And
ledde
them
foorth
[
vz.
of
the
wildernesse
,
and
that
safe
and
sounde
]
by
the
right
way
[
vz.
into
the
promised
lande
]
that
they
might
goe
[
vz.
through
his
good
direction
]
to
a
Citie
of
habitation
[
i.
not
onely
to
a
citie
inhabited
,
but
to
a
Citie
whose
inhabitauntes
being
cast
out
of
it
,
they
themselues
,
might
possesse
enioy
and
dwell
in
,
the
Prophet
meaneth
not
,
that
they
that
were
dead
,
coulde
amongest
men
prayse
the
Lorde
for
these
thinges
,
but
in
as
much
,
as
the
benefite
thereof
did
reach
vnto
their
posterity
,
hée
exhorteth
their
séede
being
aliue
,
to
acknowledge
Gods
mercyes
in
that
behalfe
,
and
to
prayse
him
for
the
same
.
]
Verse
8.
Let
them
[
i.
their
posterity
after
them
]
therefore
[
i.
for
the
benefites
and
blessinges
before
rehearsed
]
confesse
[
i.
prayse
and
magnifie
God
]
before
the
Lorde
[
i.
in
his
presence
and
from
a
good
heart
,
whether
it
bee
secretly
in
their
owne
selues
,
or
openly
before
the
Arke
,
according
to
the
custome
of
those
dayes
]
his
louing
kindnes
[
vz.
fréely
and
plentifully
bestowed
vppon
them
]
and
his
wonderfull
workes
[
i.
the
wonderfull
workes
that
hee
hath
done
for
his
people
]
before
the
sonnes
of
men
[
i.
openly
in
mens
sight
,
and
to
them
and
their
posterity
.
]
Ver.
9.
For
hee
satisfied
[
vz.
with
abundaunce
of
all
good
thinges
]
the
thirsty
soule
[
i.
him
that
stoode
in
néede
of
any
good
thing
:
putting
the
word
,
soule
,
a
principall
part
of
man
for
the
whole
person
]
and
filled
the
hungry
soule
[
i.
the
hungry
man
]
with
goodnesse
[
i.
with
abundance
of
good
thinges
.
]
Ver.
10.
They
that
dwell
in
darkenesse
[
i.
such
as
were
kept
prisoners
in
darke
places
]
and
in
the
shadowe
of
death
[
i.
in
great
extremitie
of
death
and
daunger
,
Sée
Psalme
23.4
.
Isaiah
.
9.1.2
.
]
being
bounde
in
misery
and
yron
[
i.
being
kept
in
miserable
and
harde
bondage
,
hée
beginneth
here
to
recite
,
how
many
sortes
of
people
,
afflicted
with
diuers
afflictions
,
haue
alwayes
founde
the
Lorde
mercifull
and
fauourable
,
specially
when
they
came
vnto
him
.
]
Verse
11.
Because
they
rebelled
[
vz.
both
in
thought
,
woorde
,
and
deede
]
agaynst
the
woordes
of
the
Lorde
[
vz.
manifested
and
put
downe
in
his
Lawe
]
and
despised
[
i.
regarded
not
,
and
set
nought
by
]
the
counsell
of
the
most
high
[
i.
the
purpose
,
ready
inclination
and
power
that
the
Lorde
had
to
doe
them
good
,
if
they
had
yéelded
obedience
vnto
him
,
hée
sheweth
in
this
verse
the
cause
of
mens
correction
,
that
hee
might
thereby
deliuer
Gods
iustice
from
mens
slaunders
and
reprehension
:
And
withall
he
teacheth
,
that
the
onely
rule
of
good
life
,
is
to
followe
Gods
commandement
.
]
Verse
12.
When
hee
[
i.
God
]
humbled
[
vz.
though
not
rightly
and
truely
:
not
that
God
was
not
able
to
doe
it
,
but
because
hée
woulde
not
vouchsafe
them
that
grace
:
by
humbling
,
hée
meaneth
casting
downe
:
Sée
2.
Kings
.
21.29
.
]
their
heart
with
heauinesse
[
i.
hée
made
them
heauy
,
sorrowfull
and
sadde
]
there
they
fell
downe
[
vz.
before
their
enemies
]
and
there
was
no
helper
[
i.
there
was
none
that
woulde
helpe
them
.
This
is
the
Prophetes
meaning
:
when
they
were
wounded
with
a
worldly
sorrowe
in
their
heartes
,
and
by
meanes
thereof
,
their
courages
and
stomackes
,
were
decayed
,
then
they
laye
as
an
open
pray
to
their
aduersaries
,
and
none
pitied
their
cases
,
or
were
able
to
helpe
them
.
]
Verse
13.
Then
[
vz.
when
they
were
thus
destituted
of
mans
ayde
]
they
cryed
vnto
the
Lorde
[
i.
they
called
earnestly
vppon
him
:
this
and
all
that
followeth
in
the
verse
,
is
the
same
both
in
woordes
and
sense
with
verse
6.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
14.
Hee
[
i.
GOD
]
brought
them
[
vz.
by
his
almightie
power
]
out
of
darkenesse
and
out
of
the
shaddowe
of
death
[
i.
out
of
affliction
,
oppression
,
anguish
,
&c.
Sée
before
verse
10.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
And
brake
their
bandes
[
i.
the
bandes
wherewith
they
were
bounde
,
whether
they
were
the
bandes
of
affliction
,
captiuity
,
&c.
]
a
sunder
[
i.
in
pieces
,
and
so
set
them
at
libertie
.
For
the
better
vnderstanding
of
this
speach
.
Sée
Sampsons
story
.
Iudges
15.13.14
.
also
Iudges
16.11.12
.
]
Verse
15.
Is
the
same
both
in
woordes
and
sense
,
with
verse
8.
before
going
.
]
Ver.
16.
For
hée
[
vz.
the
Lorde
]
hath
broken
[
vz.
by
his
almightie
power
]
the
gates
of
brasse
,
and
brast
the
barres
of
yron
a
sunder
[
vz.
for
his
peoples
sake
,
vnderstanding
by
brasen
gates
and
barres
of
yron
,
either
most
straite
bandes
and
prisons
,
Sée
Acts
12.10
.
or
else
the
bandes
of
cruell
and
perpetuall
bondage
.
In
which
respect
also
Egipt
is
called
in
the
Scripture
,
a
house
of
bondage
.
]
Verse
17.
Fooles
[
i.
wicked
and
vngodly
men
,
as
may
appeare
throughout
all
the
booke
of
the
Prouerbes
,
and
Psalm
.
53.1
.
]
by
reason
of
their
transgression
[
vz.
committed
against
GOD
]
and
because
of
their
iniquities
[
vz.
against
men
]
are
afflicted
[
vz.
by
the
Lord
,
and
that
with
sundry
sortes
of
his
iudgements
.
And
hée
calleth
them
fooles
because
they
haue
no
feare
of
God
before
them
,
which
is
the
beginning
of
wisedome
Prouerbs
.
1.7
.
So
that
wée
may
perceiue
,
that
he
meaneth
not
,
that
wicked
men
,
who
are
here
called
fooles
,
fall
through
ignoraunce
or
error
onely
,
but
that
their
affections
being
blinded
doe
take
away
from
them
all
right
iudgement
.
]
Ver.
18.
Their
soule
abhorreth
all
meate
[
i.
they
themselues
,
putting
one
part
of
man
,
for
an
other
,
and
not
as
though
the
soule
were
fed
with
bodyly
foode
,
hée
meaneth
that
they
are
withoute
all
appetite
,
and
lothe
euen
the
verye
sighte
of
meate
,
a
punishment
wherewithall
GOD
many
times
plagueth
the
gluttonous
persons
]
and
they
are
brought
to
deathes
dore
[
i.
they
are
euen
ready
to
dye
:
hée
speaketh
in
this
place
of
vncurable
diseases
,
and
of
which
seldome
fewe
or
none
at
all
escape
,
for
deathes
doore
,
Sée
Psalm
.
9.13
.
where
he
speaketh
of
the
gates
of
death
.
]
Verse
19.
Is
the
same
with
verse
6.13
.
of
this
Psalme
,
both
in
wordes
and
meaning
:
and
there
is
no
difference
,
sauing
that
the
former
speake
it
in
the
tyme
past
,
and
this
in
the
tyme
present
.
]
Verse
20.
Hée
sendeth
his
woorde
[
i.
hée
commaundeth
,
or
speaketh
but
the
word
onely
.
Matth.
8.8
.
]
and
healeth
them
[
vz.
of
all
their
infirmities
,
and
diseases
]
and
deliuereth
them
[
vz.
through
his
great
goodnesse
and
almightie
power
]
from
their
graues
[
i.
from
present
death
and
the
graue
made
ready
as
it
were
,
for
them
,
by
their
sicknesses
,
and
maladyes
.
]
Verse
21.
Is
the
same
with
verse
8.
and
15.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
22.
And
let
them
offer
[
vz.
vnto
GOD
for
these
his
graces
]
the
sacrifices
of
prayse
[
i.
not
only
of
praysing
,
but
also
of
thankesgiuing
:
Sée
Hebrewes
13.15
.
]
and
declare
his
woorkes
[
vz.
which
hée
hath
graciously
done
for
them
]
with
reioycing
[
vz.
both
to
himwarde
,
and
chearefully
and
gladly
in
respect
of
themselues
,
for
God
requireth
chearefulnes
in
our
actions
.
]
Verse
23.
They
that
doe
come
into
the
Sea
by
shippes
[
i.
the
mariners
,
for
I
take
it
to
be
a
special
periphrasis
of
them
]
and
occupy
[
vz.
into
diuers
quarters
and
countreyes
]
by
the
great
waters
[
vz.
of
the
Sea
.
This
I
doe
especially
referre
to
marchauntes
:
q.d.
whether
they
bée
mariners
or
marchauntes
,
trading
by
Sea
,
or
the
armes
thereof
,
and
that
woorde
of
going
downe
into
the
Sea
woulde
bée
marked
,
because
the
waters
séeme
to
bée
belowe
the
earth
.
]
Verse
24.
They
sée
[
vz.
sensibly
and
playnely
,
and
that
with
bodyly
eyes
,
if
they
haue
any
grace
to
beholde
it
]
the
woorkes
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
the
great
workes
that
he
doth
in
the
time
of
their
nauigation
&
trade
]
and
his
wonders
[
i.
the
wnnderful
things
,
that
both
he
hath
placed
and
doeth
sundry
times
perfourme
]
in
the
déepe
[
i.
in
the
déepe
and
bottomles
waters
,
as
it
were
of
the
sea
.
]
Ver.
25.
For
he
commandeth
,
and
rayseth
the
stormy
wind
[
i.
the
tempest
by
Sea
.
q.d.
if
hee
do
but
speake
,
the
tempest
is
sodainely
moued
euen
at
his
onely
commaundement
:
so
that
men
can
not
rightly
attribute
it
to
fortune
,
or
any
naturall
cause
whatsoeuer
]
and
it
[
vz.
the
tempest
and
storme
so
raysed
by
his
commaundement
]
lifteth
vp
the
waues
thereof
[
vz.
of
the
Sea
,
hée
meaneth
that
the
storme
sent
from
God
,
causeth
the
sea
to
swell
,
rage
,
and
roare
.
]
Ver.
26.
They
[
i.
the
mariners
and
marchants
in
the
shippe
,
or
the
ships
wherin
they
are
:
neither
deny
,
I
also
but
that
it
may
be
referred
to
the
waues
&
surges
of
the
sea
]
mount
vp
[
vz.
being
forced
and
carryed
by
the
waues
of
the
Sea
]
into
heauen
[
i.
very
high
]
and
descende
to
the
déepe
[
vz.
of
the
waters
,
hee
meaneth
that
they
are
sometimes
aloft
and
sometimes
againe
very
lowe
,
by
reason
of
the
going
of
the
waues
and
surges
]
so
that
their
soule
melteth
,
[
i.
their
courage
fayleth
,
and
they
are
ready
to
yéelde
vp
the
ghost
as
it
were
,
being
brought
through
lothsomnesse
and
tossing
,
to
vomiting
,
euen
as
though
they
should
presently
giue
vp
their
life
,
and
powre
out
their
soule
,
as
some
thinne
matter
with
vomiting
]
for
trouble
[
i.
through
the
trouble
and
anguish
which
they
indure
.
]
Ver.
27.
They
[
i.
the
shippes
,
and
the
men
in
them
]
are
tossed
to
and
fro
[
vz.
vppon
the
Sea
,
by
reason
of
the
storme
and
tempest
]
and
stagger
like
a
drunken
man
[
i.
réele
hither
and
thither
,
without
any
gouernment
or
stay
of
themselues
]
and
all
their
cunning
[
vz.
in
nauigation
or
sayling
,
yea
their
very
wit
and
iudgement
.
q.d.
they
are
in
such
sort
astonished
,
that
their
art
and
knowledge
standeth
them
in
litle
or
no
stéede
]
is
gone
[
vz.
from
them
because
they
haue
no
vse
of
it
,
hée
meaneth
that
they
can
not
tell
what
to
doe
,
so
that
in
respect
of
man
they
doe
vtterly
dispaire
of
their
safety
.
]
Ver.
28.
Is
the
same
both
in
woordes
and
meaning
with
ver.
19.
of
this
Psal.
]
Ver.
29.
Hee
[
i.
God
]
turneth
[
vz.
by
his
almightie
power
]
the
storme
[
vz.
which
made
the
Sea
to
rage
,
so
taking
away
the
cause
,
the
effect
ceaseth
]
to
calme
[
vz.
weather
]
so
that
[
vz.
thereby
]
the
waues
thereof
[
i.
of
the
Sea
,
raysed
vp
by
the
tempest
]
are
still
[
i.
quiet
and
neither
rage
nor
roare
.
]
Verse
30.
When
they
[
i.
the
waues
and
surges
of
the
Sea
]
are
quieted
[
vz.
through
Gods
power
,
and
of
his
great
goodnes
towardes
the
trauilers
]
they
[
i.
the
mariners
,
marchants
,
trauaylers
,
&c.
]
are
glad
[
vz.
excéedingly
]
and
hée
[
i.
God
of
his
goodnesse
]
bringeth
them
[
vz.
safe
and
sound
]
vnto
the
hauen
where
they
woulde
bée
[
i.
vnto
a
place
of
rest
,
refreshing
,
and
quietnes
,
where
they
long
wished
and
desired
to
bée
.
Verse
31.
Is
the
same
in
woordes
and
sense
with
verse
21.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
32.
And
let
them
[
vz.
so
deliuered
and
brought
to
the
place
where
they
woulde
bée
]
exalt
him
[
i.
prayse
God
,
and
shewe
themselues
thankefull
vnto
him
]
in
the
congregation
of
the
people
[
i.
openly
and
in
the
assemblies
of
Gods
Saints
:
declaring
that
such
great
and
so
many
benefites
shoulde
bée
acknowledged
not
onely
particularly
,
or
priuately
,
but
also
deserue
to
bee
magnified
in
all
places
]
and
prayse
him
[
vz.
for
that
his
mercy
and
goodnes
]
in
the
assembly
of
the
elders
[
i.
in
the
méetings
of
such
as
had
the
gouernement
of
the
people
:
q.d.
they
shoulde
perfourme
it
,
not
onely
before
the
people
,
but
also
before
the
magistrate
,
because
that
as
men
haue
more
experience
and
wisedome
one
then
an
other
,
so
they
might
bee
more
fit
hearers
and
declarers
of
Gods
prayses
.
]
Ver.
33.
Hée
turneth
[
vz.
in
his
power
and
iustice
against
the
vngodly
]
the
floodes
into
a
wildernes
[
i.
hee
dryeth
vp
great
floods
]
and
the
springs
of
waters
[
which
a
man
woulde
thinke
,
would
neuer
be
dryed
vp
]
in
to
drienes
[
vz.
so
that
there
is
scarce
a
droppe
to
be
found
there
.
]
Ver
,
34.
And
a
fruitful
lande
[
i.
a
lande
that
bare
great
store
of
fruite
,
by
reason
of
his
speciall
blessing
,
or
through
abundance
of
floods
,
waters
&
springs
]
into
barrennesse
[
or
as
the
Hebrewe
worde
also
importeth
,
into
saltnesse
:
because
by
saltnes
the
land
is
made
barren
.
Sée
Luke
14.34.35
.
hée
meaneth
that
the
lande
should
bée
altogether
barren
,
as
though
a
man
had
sowed
salt
there
,
because
there
is
nothing
more
barren
then
salt
:
but
yet
here
hee
setteth
foorth
Gods
prouidence
,
in
the
fruitfulnesse
and
barrennes
of
grounde
,
because
the
most
plentifull
are
dryed
vp
,
and
the
barren
take
as
it
were
a
newe
nature
vppon
them
]
for
the
wickednesse
of
them
that
dwell
therein
[
i.
for
the
sinnes
that
the
people
of
those
landes
commit
against
him
.
]
Verse
35.
Againe
hée
turneth
[
vz.
by
his
almighty
power
]
the
wildernesse
[
which
is
as
it
were
consumed
with
drought
and
barennesse
]
into
pooles
of
water
[
i.
into
abundaunce
of
water
]
and
the
dry
lande
[
vz.
where
no
water
was
before
]
into
water
springs
[
i.
into
plenty
of
water
:
this
is
the
direct
contrary
to
verse
33.
by
which
the
Prophet
sheweth
that
the
Lorde
doeth
and
can
doe
,
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
him
]
Verse
36.
And
there
[
vz.
in
these
fruitfull
and
plentifull
places
]
hee
placeth
the
hungry
[
i.
such
as
were
inforced
to
forsake
their
owne
Countrey
and
to
goe
to
another
place
,
to
séeke
maintenaunce
for
their
life
]
and
they
[
vz.
which
were
so
poore
before
,
growe
to
that
strength
and
greatnesse
,
that
they
]
build
a
Citie
[
vz.
in
that
place
or
lande
]
to
dwell
in
[
vz.
safe
and
sounde
,
from
the
rage
of
men
,
and
the
violence
of
beastes
.
]
Verse
37.
And
sowe
the
fieldes
[
vz.
with
corne
and
graine
to
giue
them
bread
]
and
plant
vineyardes
[
to
minister
vnto
them
,
wine
and
drinke
]
which
[
vz.
fieldes
and
vineyardes
]
bring
forth
[
vz.
through
Gods
blessing
,
men
trauailing
and
tilling
the
same
according
to
Gods
ordinaunce
]
fruitefull
increase
[
i.
store
and
abundaunce
of
fruite
or
increase
:
In
this
verse
hée
declareth
with
what
great
plentifulnes
,
God
maketh
the
land
,
that
before
was
barren
to
abound
:
q.d.
good
men
being
brought
into
that
lande
to
inhabite
it
:
they
will
dresse
and
till
,
the
barren
fields
thereof
,
and
yet
they
shall
not
doe
it
in
vayne
,
for
through
Gods
blessing
the
fields
and
vineyardes
shall
yéelde
plentifull
fruite
.
]
Verse
38.
For
hée
blesseth
them
[
i.
they
themselues
,
their
labours
,
and
whatsoeuer
belongeth
to
them
:
and
that
with
his
fauour
and
goodnes
]
and
they
multiply
excéedingly
[
vz.
through
his
blessing
]
and
hée
diminisheth
not
[
i.
hée
doeth
greatly
increase
]
their
cattle
[
i.
not
onely
their
beastes
,
but
all
their
goods
:
putting
one
sort
,
for
all
sortes
.
]
Verse
39.
Againe
[
q.d.
beholde
on
the
other
side
Gods
iustice
against
the
wicked
]
men
are
dimished
[
vz.
both
in
number
,
force
and
substaunce
]
and
brought
lowe
[
vz.
before
men
,
specially
when
GOD
curseth
them
]
by
oppression
,
euill
,
and
sorrowe
[
vz.
layde
vppon
them
by
others
and
the
griefe
and
anguish
of
their
owne
heartes
.
]
Verse
40.
Hée
powreth
contempt
vppon
Princes
[
i.
hée
maketh
them
plentifully
to
bée
contemned
and
despised
:
this
the
Prophet
addeth
,
least
men
shoulde
thinke
it
did
méete
with
none
,
but
the
poore
sort
]
and
causeth
them
to
erre
[
vz.
for
shame
of
men
,
and
want
of
things
necessary
,
vnderstanding
by
erring
,
wandering
vp
and
down
]
in
desert
places
out
of
the
way
[
i.
in
wildernesses
,
which
haue
no
ordinary
or
common
way
in
them
,
and
all
this
they
doe
,
because
they
woulde
flie
the
sight
of
men
.
]
Verse
41.
Yet
[
q.d.
though
hée
deale
thus
hardly
with
wicked
and
vngodly
Princes
,
yet
hée
dealeth
otherwise
with
the
godly
poore
]
hée
rayseth
vp
[
vz.
into
honour
,
wealth
,
estimation
,
riches
,
&c.
Sée
Psalm
.
13.7
.
]
the
poore
[
i.
him
that
standeth
in
néede
of
his
helpe
and
grace
,
and
féeleth
that
want
of
his
owne
]
out
of
misery
[
vz.
wherein
hée
is
or
lyeth
]
and
maketh
him
families
[
i.
increaseth
his
housholdes
,
stockes
,
and
ofspring
]
like
a
flocke
of
sheepe
[
i.
in
very
great
number
:
for
shéepe
doe
yéeld
a
great
increase
,
and
a
flocke
of
shéep
,
comprehendeth
many
in
number
.
]
Verse
42.
The
righteous
[
i.
such
good
men
,
as
haue
their
sight
lightened
by
fayth
,
and
whome
the
Lorde
accounteth
as
righteous
]
shall
sée
[
vz.
both
with
their
bodily
and
spirituall
eyes
]
it
[
vz.
the
effectes
and
testimonies
of
Gods
prouidence
spoken
of
before
in
this
Psalme
]
and
reioyce
[
vz.
greatly
in
the
Lord
,
who
doeth
the
same
,
whereas
the
vngodly
,
being
blinde
in
their
vnderstanding
,
not
knowing
that
the
worlde
is
gouerned
by
Gods
prouidence
,
but
by
blind
fortune
,
as
they
imagine
,
shall
remayne
blynde
,
confounded
,
and
dumbe
in
themselues
,
not
hauing
any
thing
to
say
against
this
]
and
al
iniquitie
[
i.
euery
man
giuen
to
iniquitie
,
naming
the
person
by
the
thing
,
by
reason
of
the
abundance
which
is
in
the
man
.
Sée
Iob
5.16
.
]
shall
stoppe
her
mouth
[
i.
hée
or
they
shall
haue
nothing
to
say
against
this
great
worke
of
Gods
prouidence
.
[
Verse
43.
Who
is
wise
[
vz.
according
to
GOD
,
for
it
must
bée
Gods
wisedome
,
and
not
mans
,
that
must
perfourme
this
great
thing
]
that
hée
may
obserue
[
vz.
in
his
vnderstanding
and
heart
,
and
that
diligently
and
déepely
]
these
thinges
[
i.
these
great
and
excellent
matters
which
the
Lorde
worketh
:
the
Prophet
meaneth
both
that
the
number
of
them
that
beholde
Gods
workes
with
earnest
consideration
is
very
smal
,
and
also
that
by
reason
of
the
excellency
of
them
,
a
man
had
néed
to
imploye
,
all
the
power
of
his
bodye
and
mynde
,
to
the
comprehension
thereof
:
Sée
Hosea
14.9
.
]
for
they
shall
vnderstande
[
i.
sensibly
perceiue
and
feele
]
the
louing
kindnes
of
the
Lorde
[
vz.
towardes
them
,
that
bee
his
,
the
Prophet
addeth
this
reason
as
an
incouragement
vnto
men
to
prouoke
them
diligently
to
looke
into
Gods
wonderfull
workes
,
shewing
that
then
men
in
déede
begin
to
bee
wise
,
when
they
beginne
to
apply
themselues
rightly
to
way
Gods
workes
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
,
both
in
our
owne
persons
,
and
to
prouoke
others
also
,
to
praise
God
for
his
mercies
towardes
vs
,
and
for
the
continuaunce
of
the
same
.
Verse
2.
Sheweth
that
they
especially
are
bounde
to
publish
Gods
prayses
,
which
haue
receiued
greatest
testimonies
of
his
fauour
.
Ver.
3.
Sheweth
Gods
mercies
towardes
his
people
,
in
gathering
together
,
those
that
were
dispersed
.
Verse
4.
and
5.
Shew
that
then
are
Gods
mercies
most
swéete
when
men
are
in
greatest
distresse
and
misery
.
Verse
.
6.
Teacheth
,
first
that
afflictions
and
wantes
are
notable
spurres
to
earnest
prayer
:
Secondly
that
the
Lorde
onely
is
to
be
called
vppon
:
Thirdly
that
hée
refuseth
none
that
call
vppon
him
,
specially
if
it
be
in
spirit
and
trueth
.
Verse
7.
Teacheth
that
when
God
is
our
guide
,
wée
shall
goe
right
,
and
prosper
in
those
thinges
,
which
wée
take
in
hande
.
Ver.
8.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
Gods
mercies
bestowed
vppon
vs
require
at
our
handes
,
both
a
priuate
and
a
publike
or
open
confession
thereof
.
Verse
9.
Teacheth
that
God
alone
is
hée
,
who
relieueth
the
néede
of
his
,
and
that
with
all
goodnes
.
Ver.
10.11
.
Teach
that
contempt
of
Gods
word
,
and
rebellion
against
his
maiesty
,
is
the
occasion
of
all
misery
,
bondage
&c.
Ver.
12.
Teacheth
first
,
that
when
God
forsaketh
a
people
,
then
they
must
néedes
come
to
ruine
:
Secondly
,
that
for
the
sinnes
of
the
people
,
hée
stoppeth
vp
the
bowels
and
compassion
of
those
that
might
helpe
them
.
Verse
13.
Conteyneth
the
same
doctrines
that
ver.
6.
doeth
,
as
it
is
the
same
in
words
and
sense
.
Verse
14.
Teacheth
that
God
alone
is
hee
,
that
deliuereth
out
of
captiuitie
or
distresse
,
whatsoeuer
meanes
hée
vseth
therein
.
Verse
15.
Deliuereth
the
fame
doctrines
,
that
verse
8.
doeth
.
Ver.
16.
Teacheth
that
there
is
no
thing
or
creature
able
to
withstande
Gods
power
,
or
to
let
his
purpose
.
Ver.
17.
Teacheth
that
all
wisedome
and
wife
men
without
godlines
is
nothing
but
folly
:
also
that
inquities
,
are
as
strong
as
cartropes
to
pull
vppon
vs
all
manner
of
punishments
.
Verse
18.
Teacheth
vs
that
euen
appetite
to
our
meat
is
a
good
gift
of
the
Lorde
:
also
that
when
men
are
in
greatest
extremitie
,
then
is
GOD
most
commonly
nigh
vnto
them
.
Verse
19.
Teacheth
the
same
doctrines
that
verse
6.
doeth
.
Verse
20.
Teacheth
that
Gods
only
word
,
is
of
power
sufficient
,
to
doe
whatsoeuer
it
shall
please
him
.
Verse
21.
Setteth
out
the
same
doctrines
with
verse
8.
Verse
22.
Teacheth
vs
,
not
onely
to
publish
Gods
great
woorkes
,
but
also
to
doe
it
chearefully
,
gladly
,
and
willingly
.
Verse
23.
Teacheth
that
nauigation
,
the
calling
of
a
mariner
,
and
the
trade
of
mar●haundife
,
are
not
of
themselues
thinges
vnlawefull
.
Verse
24.
Sheweth
that
Gods
power
and
glory
appeareth
,
as
well
on
the
Sea
as
on
the
Lande
.
Verse
25.
Sheweth
that
stormes
,
tempestes
,
and
the
swelling
of
the
Sea
arise
not
by
fortune
,
or
vppon
naturall
causes
onely
,
but
by
the
speciall
commaundement
and
appoyntment
of
God
.
Verse
26.
Doeth
not
onely
set
foorth
gods
great
power
,
that
worketh
such
great
thinges
:
but
sheweth
that
men
are
not
blockes
,
and
voyde
of
affection
as
the
Stoickes
imagined
,
but
haue
their
passions
,
which
of
themselues
in
some
respect
are
not
euill
,
but
the
extremitie
of
them
onelye
.
Verse
27.
teacheth
that
there
is
no
policy
,
wisedome
witte
or
cunning
agaynst
the
Lord
.
Verse
28
is
the
same
in
words
,
meaning
and
doctrines
,
with
verse
6.
Verse
29
teacheth
that
God
only
maketh
the
weather
and
seas
calme
,
sée
Mat.
8
,
26
,
27.
Verse
30
teacheth
that
men
deliuered
from
some
perill
,
may
&
oughte
to
reioyce
:
also
that
God
graciously
graunteth
men
euen
the
things
they
desire
and
many
times
more
then
they
wish
also
.
Verse
31
conteineth
the
same
doctrines
that
verse
8
doth
.
Ver.
32
teacheth
vs
,
that
no
place
or
people
should
hinder
vs
from
praysing
of
God
for
his
graces
:
nay
the
more
&
the
greater
men
the
rather
we
should
do
it
,
to
the
end
that
they
by
our
examples
might
be
drawn
on
to
the
like
,
Ver.
33
teacheth
first
that
God
guideth
and
gouerneth
thinges
here
below
,
whatsoeuer
a
company
of
dizy
headed
men
dreame
to
the
contrary
:
secondly
that
he
doth
vpon
the
earth
euen
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
him
.
Ver.
34
teacheth
that
sin
and
vngodlines
is
the
mean
to
turn
al
plenty
into
pouerty
,
and
al
blessings
into
cursings
.
Verse
35
teacheth
vs
that
fruitfulnesse
of
ground
,
and
plenty
of
al
things
is
Gods
only
gift
.
Ver.
36
teacheth
that
God
in
great
mercy
prepareth
abundance
for
them
that
want
,
and
giueth
them
safety
&
shilter
from
al
their
enemies
.
Ver.
37.
Teacheth
Gods
children
euen
in
the
middest
of
Gods
blessings
and
abundance
,
yet
notwithstanding
to
imploy
themselues
in
ordinary
trauayle
and
labour
.
Ver.
38
teacheth
vs
,
that
it
is
not
the
trauayle
of
man
,
but
Gods
blessing
that
maketh
men
rich
,
sée
Psal.
127.2
.
Verse
39
teacheth
that
afflictions
are
good
means
to
bring
men
to
the
right
knowledge
of
God
and
themselues
.
Verse
40
teacheth
that
the
estate
of
Princes
and
great
men
is
not
so
sure
as
they
commonly
fantasie
.
Ver.
41
teacheth
vs
that
preferment
commeth
not
from
the
east
nor
weast
,
but
from
the
Lord
only
,
sée
Psalme
75
,
6.
Verse
42
teacheth
that
godly
men
may
reioyce
as
in
the
benefites
of
God
bestowed
vpon
others
,
so
in
his
iudgements
poured
forth
vpon
the
wicked
:
it
teacheth
also
that
Gods
mercies
vpon
his
children
,
and
his
punishments
vpon
the
vngodly
,
bring
forth
an
other
effect
in
the
wicked
,
that
is
,
taketh
from
them
all
sence
,
so
that
they
neyther
haue
harts
to
conceiue
,
nor
mouthes
to
speake
,
either
with
or
against
god
in
his
dealings
.
Ver.
43
teacheth
,
first
that
men
ought
déeply
to
weigh
Gods
wonderful
workes
:
secondly
that
the
number
of
them
that
do
so
in
déede
is
very
small
,
in
respect
of
the
other
:
thirdly
that
the
consideration
of
his
works
is
one
good
means
to
make
vs
sée
and
féele
,
not
his
power
and
prouidenee
only
,
but
also
his
eternall
goodnes
,
and
incomprehensible
mercy
.
Psalme
108
THis
Psalme
,
as
I
take
it
,
may
be
deuided
into
two
parts
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
stirreth
vp
himself
to
prayse
God
,
calling
also
vpon
him
for
helpe
and
deliuerance
,
from
verse
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
6
verse
.
In
the
second
the
Prophet
assuring
himselfe
by
reason
of
Gods
promises
,
that
his
enemies
should
be
ouerthrowne
,
maketh
his
prayer
vnto
God
for
strength
to
performe
it
.
And
this
part
reacheth
from
verse
7
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
title
,
A
song
or
Psalm
of
Dauid
[
sée
before
Psal.
48.
in
the
title
,
and
in
that
it
is
sayd
here
a
Psalm
of
Dauid
,
it
is
euident
that
he
was
the
author
of
it
.
Though
it
be
true
that
this
Psal.
be
made
of
two
Psalmes
before
going
,
that
is
of
Psal.
57
from
ver.
7
to
the
end
of
the
Psal.
and
of
Psal.
60
from
verse
5.
to
the
end
of
the
Psal.
from
whence
also
the
sence
&
doctrines
might
very
wel
be
fet
,
yet
notwithstanding
because
there
is
some
difference
,
somwhat
shal
be
sayd
in
this
place
.
]
Ver.
1.
O
God
mine
hart
[
i.
my
inward
man
]
is
prepared
[
vz.
to
prayse
thée
for
thy
mercies
]
so
is
my
tongue
[
i.
mine
outward
man
also
,
putting
a
part
for
the
whole
:
q.d.
I
am
ready
both
in
the
inward
man
&
outward
man
to
magnify
thée
for
thy
graces
]
I
[
vz.
my self
,
&
none
other
for
me
]
wil
sing
&
gyue
praise
[
vz.
vnto
thée
alone
.
]
Ver.
2.
Awake
Viol
and
Harpe
[
he
incourageth
not
only
himself
,
but
also
his
instruments
to
praise
God
,
that
euen
thereby
hee
himselfe
might
be
the
better
prouoked
thereto
]
I
will
awake
[
vz.
from
my
sléepe
,
and
rise
vp
from
my
bed
]
early
[
vz.
in
the
morning
:
the
Prophet
meaneth
that
he
will
euen
breake
his
sléepe
to
performe
seruices
to
God
.
]
Verse
3
,
I
wil
praise
thée
O
Lord
[
vz.
for
thy
mercies
great
and
vnspeakeable
]
among
the
people
[
vz.
whom
thou
hast
chosen
vnto
thy selfe
]
and
I
will
sing
vnto
thée
[
vz.
prayses
and
thanksgiuing
]
amongst
the
nations
[
vz.
round
about
vs
:
the
Prophet
meaneth
that
he
would
so
publish
Gods
prayses
,
that
euen
the
Gentiles
should
heare
of
it
.
]
Ver.
4.
For
thy
mercy
[
vz.
towardes
all
men
but
speciallye
towards
thy
sonnes
and
seruaunts
]
is
great
[
i.
is
so
great
,
that
it
is
]
aboue
the
heauens
[
i.
higher
then
the
heauens
themselues
:
so
that
as
the
space
betwéene
heauen
and
earth
is
infinite
,
so
is
thy
mercy
]
and
thy
truth
[
vz.
reacheth
:
he
vnderstandeth
by
truth
,
Gods
faythfulnesse
,
in
making
,
kéeping
,
and
performing
promise
]
vnto
the
Cloudes
[
by
these
maner
of
spéeches
,
hée
meaneth
nothing
else
but
that
Gods
mercy
is
vnmeasurable
,
and
incomprehensible
as
it
were
in
respecte
of
the
greatnesse
of
it
.
]
Verse
5.
Exalt
thy selfe
O
GOD
[
vz.
by
thy
mighte
and
power
]
aboue
the
heauens
[
i.
aboue
the
highest
thinges
that
may
be
:
not
that
he
meaneth
that
God
was
not
then
,
and
alwayes
is
exalted
,
but
that
he
prayeth
the
Lorde
by
effect
to
shew
it
amongste
men
]
and
let
thy
glory
[
i.
the
praise
that
appertaineth
vnto
thy
glory
]
be
[
vz.
dispersed
farre
and
wide
]
vpon
al
the
earth
[
i.
in
euery
place
of
the
worlde
.
The
Prophet
sheweth
in
this
verse
,
that
the
firste
thing
that
moued
him
to
make
this
request
,
is
Gods
glorye
.
In
the
nexte
Verse
hée
sheweth
that
an
other
reason
is
,
the
saluation
and
deliueraunce
of
his
people
.
]
Verse
6.
That
thy
beloued
[
vz.
people
,
that
is
,
suche
people
,
as
thou
fauourest
and
louest
of
thine
owne
mercye
onely
,
without
any
merites
of
theirs
]
may
be
deliuered
[
vz.
out
of
the
great
daungers
,
distresses
,
and
feares
,
wherein
they
are
]
helpe
[
vz.
both
them
and
me
,
and
euerye
one
of
vs
in
this
case
:
for
it
shoulde
séeme
that
Dauid
made
this
Psalme
at
the
beginning
of
his
Kingdome
,
when
thinking
vppon
his
enimies
and
his
owne
weakenesse
,
it
was
tyme
to
craue
helpe
at
the
Lords
hands
for
himselfe
and
his
people
]
with
thy
right
hand
[
i.
with
thy
mighty
power
and
strength
,
that
so
thereby
I
may
ouercome
these
enemies
]
and
heare
me
[
vz.
praying
vnto
thée
for
my selfe
,
and
my
people
,
vnderstanding
by
hearing
,
graunting
his
requestes
.
]
Verse
7.
GOD
[
vz.
himselfe
]
hath
spoken
[
vz.
openlye
and
playnlye
,
and
that
by
his
holye
Prophet
Samuell
,
that
hee
will
establshe
and
inlarge
the
kingdome
in
my
hande
,
yea
he
hath
spoken
it
]
in
his
holinesse
[
i.
hée
hath
holilye
,
and
assuredly
promised
it
mée
,
so
that
I
néede
not
doubte
any
more
of
it
,
then
of
his
holinesse
]
therefore
[
vz.
for
this
his
mercye
]
I
will
reioyce
[
vz.
greatlye
,
for
séeing
he
hath
promised
mée
,
I
knowe
that
]
I
shall
diuide
[
vz.
as
the
right
owner
and
possessor
of
it
]
Shechem
[
Shechem
is
the
name
of
a
place
on
this
side
Iordan
,
as
the
valley
of
Succoth
was
beyond
Iordan
.
Hée
nameth
certayne
places
of
the
land
,
whiche
by
reason
of
Saules
stocke
,
and
those
that
tooke
part
with
him
,
as
Abner
and
such
like
,
he
had
not
at
the
enterance
into
his
Kingdome
in
his
possession
,
and
yet
notwithstanding
assured
himselfe
that
he
should
haue
them
]
and
measure
[
vz.
to
euery
man
his
portion
as
Ioshua
did
,
by
which
the
prophet
noteth
his
gouernment
&
kingdome
ouer
it
]
the
valley
of
Succoth
[
this
is
expounded
alredy
before
,
euen
in
this
verse
]
Verse
8.
Gilead
[
i.
the
whole
lande
&
countrie
of
Gilead
,
with
the
people
inhabiting
the
same
]
shall
be
mine
[
i.
subiect
to
my
power
and
authority
]
and
Manasseh
[
i.
the
whole
tribe
of
Manasseh
]
shal
be
mine
[
i.
subiect
to
me
,
though
now
for
a
while
they
follow
the
house
of
Saul
]
Ephraim
also
[
i.
the
tribe
of
Ephraim
]
shall
be
the
strength
of
mine
head
[
i.
shall
be
a
principall
proppe
and
staye
of
my
kingdome
:
and
this
the
Prophet
speaketh
,
not
only
for
any
affiaunce
he
had
in
that
tribe
,
but
also
and
chéefly
because
that
tribe
was
mighty
&
much
people
:
and
when
he
sayth
the
strength
of
his
head
,
he
vseth
a
Metaphor
taken
from
beasts
with
hornes
,
who
vse
also
to
defend
themselues
therwith
,
q.d.
Ephraim
shal
be
one
of
my
principall
meanes
of
defence
]
Iudah
[
i.
the
tribe
of
Iudah
,
or
the
place
where
that
Tribe
dwelt
]
is
my
lawgiuer
[
i.
is
the
place
or
people
,
from
whence
,
or
from
whom
my
lawes
and
ordinaunces
procéed
.
]
Verse
9.
Moab
[
i.
the
whole
land
&
people
inhabiting
it
:
q.d.
not
only
the
Israelites
,
but
euen
the
Gentiles
,
shal
be
added
to
my
kingdome
]
shal
be
my
washpot
[
vz.
wherein
I
wil
wash
my
féet
,
meaning
hereby
that
he
would
handle
them
more
hardly
,
&
make
les
account
of
them
then
of
the
Israelites
,
because
they
were
vncircumcised
:
q.d.
I
wil
make
no
more
account
of
them
then
of
an
earthen
pot
vnder
my
féete
,
and
yet
if
I
will
reserue
any
of
them
,
I
wil
vse
them
in
base
seruices
,
sée
2.
Sam.
8.2
.
]
ouer
Edom
[
i.
ouer
the
Edomites
and
their
lande
]
I
will
cast
my
shoe
[
i.
I
will
ouercom
them
,
&
when
they
are
cast
down
tread
vpon
them
,
as
it
were
,
meaning
nothing
else
,
but
that
he
would
bring
them
,
euen
easily
into
his
subiection
&
obedience
]
vpon
Palestina
[
i
the
country
it self
,
&
the
people
inhabiting
it
,
who
were
called
Philistines
]
wil
I
triumph
[
vz.
boldly
&
chearfully
:
q.d.
whereas
they
were
wont
ieastingly
and
scoffingly
to
triumph
ouer
vs
,
as
appeareth
Iudges
16
,
25.
1.
Samuel
4.7.8.9
.
Nowe
wee
will
doe
the
like
vnto
them
,
as
though
he
should
say
,
now
let
them
brag
that
they
haue
vanquished
vs
heretofore
,
if
they
can
or
dare
.
]
Verse
10.
Who
[
vz.
besides
God
:
q.d.
there
is
none
able
but
he
alone
,
as
may
appeare
by
the
next
verse
following
]
wil
lead
me
[
vz.
the
righte
and
ready
way
]
into
the
strong
Citie
[
vz.
of
mine
enemies
:
he
putteth
one
citie
for
many
,
and
he
calleth
them
strong
because
they
that
possessed
them
,
thoughte
them
so
to
be
,
and
not
that
they
were
able
any
maner
of
way
to
resist
Gods
power
in
him
]
who
will
bring
me
to
Edom
[
vz.
to
vanquish
and
subdue
it
,
and
the
people
there
inhabiting
.
]
Ver.
11.
Wilt
not
thou
O
God
?
[
q.d.
I
am
sure
thou
wilt
,
for
so
significant
is
the
interrogation
in
this
place
]
which
haddest
[
vz.
heretofore
]
forsaken
vs
[
vz.
vtterly
leauing
vs
in
the
hands
of
our
aduersaries
]
and
diddest
not
go
forth
[
vz.
as
thou
wast
wont
to
doe
in
fauour
&
loue
]
with
our
armies
[
i.
with
those
armies
which
we
sent
out
agaynst
our
enemies
:
q.d.
Though
heretofore
we
haue
receaued
a
repulse
,
yet
now
we
perswade
our
selues
,
that
thou
wilt
giue
vs
victory
.
]
ver.
12
Giue
vs
?
[
vz.
thorow
thy
mercy
and
goodnesse
only
,
for
we
craue
it
as
a
gift
]
helpe
[
i.
aid
,
strength
,
grace
,
&c.
]
against
trouble
[
i.
against
al
trouble
that
we
shall
indure
,
eyther
outward
or
inwarde
]
for
vayne
is
the
helpe
of
man
[
i.
the
ayd
that
man
can
giue
or
bring
,
is
to
little
or
no
purpose
.
]
Ver.
13.
Thorow
God
[
i.
thorow
the
ayd
and
strength
we
haue
of
him
,
and
in
that
assurance
that
we
haue
of
his
succour
and
assistance
]
we
shal
doe
valiauntly
[
vz.
against
his
and
our
enemies
,
howsoeuer
men
be
not
able
to
ayd
vs
]
for
he
[
vz.
alone
,
without
the
helpe
of
any
other
]
shall
tread
down
[
vz.
vnder
our
féete
,
meaning
by
that
spéeche
vanquishing
and
subduing
of
them
]
our
enemies
[
i.
all
that
shall
rise
vp
agaynst
vs
,
either
at
home
or
abroad
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
teacheth
to
come
to
Gods
seruice
with
purpose
and
preparation
:
also
to
serue
him
with
our
inward
and
outward
man
both
.
Verse
2
doth
teach
vs
two
things
,
first
to
vse
all
the
meanes
that
may
prouoke
to
the
seruice
and
worship
of
God
,
secondly
to
forgoe
some
parte
of
our
pleasures
and
profits
to
performe
it
.
Verse
3
teacheth
vs
to
prayse
God
so
,
that
other
men
may
knowe
it
,
and
by
our
example
be
stirred
vp
to
do
the
like
.
Verse
4
teacheth
vs
that
Gods
mercy
and
truth
,
and
the
greatnesse
and
assurednesse
thereof
,
are
two
singular
comforts
to
the
consciences
of
his
children
.
Verse
5
teacheth
vs
in
all
our
praiers
to
set
before
vs
Gods
glory
as
the
speciall
marke
to
aime
at
.
Ver.
6
teacheth
vs
also
in
our
prayers
to
remember
the
safety
and
deliueraunce
of
our
brethren
.
Verse
7
teacheth
vs
that
Gods
worde
and
promise
is
ground
sufficient
ynough
for
the
stay
of
his
childrens
perswasion
.
Verse
8
teacheth
vs
,
that
if
the
Lord
haue
promised
vs
a
thing
,
we
should
make
as
certayne
account
of
it
,
as
though
we
had
it
in
possession
.
Verse
9
teacheth
vs
,
that
no
enemies
whatsoeuer
,
shal
be
able
to
resist
Gods
purpose
in
his
seruants
,
but
that
he
wil
both
with
ease
and
in
assurance
cast
them
down
.
Ver.
10
teacheth
,
that
the
ouerthrow
of
cities
and
peoples
,
is
from
God
only
,
though
he
vse
sundrye
meanes
for
the
performance
therof
.
Verse
11
teacheth
that
though
God
séeme
to
destitute
his
children
for
a
while
,
yet
he
will
not
forsake
them
for
euer
.
Ver.
12
sheweth
that
all
mans
ayde
,
helpe
,
counsell
and
countenaunce
,
is
as
much
without
God
,
as
nothing
.
Ver.
13
teacheth
that
all
the
strength
,
power
and
victory
that
God
his
seruaunts
haue
,
is
from
the
Lord
only
.
Psalme
109
THis
Psalme
as
I
take
it
,
Di.
doth
principallye
propounde
two
things
,
first
the
Prophet
prayeth
for
himselfe
,
alleaging
his
own
misery
,
and
the
mischiefe
of
his
aduersaries
,
as
a
mean
to
moue
the
Lord
to
mercy
,
promising
also
praise
&
thanksgiuing
,
if
the
Lord
will
performe
it
:
verse
1
,
2
,
3
,
4
,
5
,
21
,
22
,
and
so
forth
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
In
the
second
he
praieth
agaynst
his
aduersaries
,
who
were
voyd
,
as
of
all
godlinesse
in
respect
of
the
Lord
,
so
of
all
curtesie
in
respect
of
men
:
and
this
reacheth
from
verse
6
,
vnto
the
end
of
the
20
verse
.
The
title
of
this
Psalme
is
all
one
with
Psal.
13.
and
Psal.
14.
in
their
titles
,
Se.
and
many
others
.
Likely
it
is
that
Dauid
made
this
Psalm
,
at
some
one
time
or
other
,
while
Saule
was
king
,
in
whose
dayes
all
the
thinges
were
oute
of
order
,
and
if
we
compare
the
second
verse
of
this
Psalme
with
1.
Samuel
.
26.19
,
it
shall
appeare
it
was
not
made
long
before
Saules
death
.
]
Verse
1.
Hold
not
thy
tongue
[
vz.
at
these
things
which
the
vngodly
practise
agaynst
me
,
leste
thou
shouldest
be
thought
eyther
not
to
sée
,
or
else
not
to
regarde
the
iniuries
that
they
lay
vpon
me
,
when
they
falsly
accuse
me
before
Saule
:
the
Prophet
desireth
God
to
shew
by
effect
,
that
he
doth
vtterly
disallow
,
that
wicked
dealing
of
the
vngodly
,
as
Psalme
28
?
ver.
1.
He
prayeth
the
Lorde
that
he
woulde
not
be
deafe
]
O
God
of
my
prayse
[
i.
thou
O
God
that
art
the
argumente
and
matter
of
my
praises
:
or
else
thus
,
thou
O
God
in
whom
all
my
prayse
consisteth
,
because
thou
mayntainest
and
vpholdest
me
in
my
iust
cause
,
whereas
all
the
rest
besides
as
it
were
,
do
oppresse
me
by
false
slaunders
,
and
euery
one
accounteth
me
for
a
wicked
man
,
but
I
doe
better
like
of
the
former
sence
,
]
Ver.
2.
For
the
mouth
of
the
wicked
,
and
the
mouth
full
of
deceyte
[
i.
wicked
and
deceitfull
men
,
with
their
wicked
and
deceitfull
words
]
are
opened
vpon
me
[
vz.
readie
to
deuoure
and
ouerwhelme
me
with
the
great
waters
of
vniust
reports
which
they
cast
out
against
me
:
sée
1.
Sam.
24.10
.
1.
Sam.
26.18
.
Psal.
12.2
]
they
haue
spoken
to
me
with
a
lying
tongue
[
i.
they
haue
spoken
me
fayre
in
words
,
when
they
caried
swords
in
their
harts
.
]
Ver.
3.
They
compassed
me
about
also
with
words
of
hatred
[
i.
they
did
not
only
dissemble
with
me
one
while
,
but
an
other
while
they
vttred
hatefull
spéeches
agaynst
me
]
and
fought
agaynst
me
[
vz.
both
by
words
and
déedes
]
without
a
cause
[
i.
when
I
gaue
them
no
cause
eyther
of
the
one
or
other
.
]
Verse
4.
For
my
friendship
[
vz.
shewed
towards
the
]
they
were
mine
aduersaries
[
i.
they
wrought
me
much
euill
and
hurt
]
but
I
[
vz.
in
these
afflictions
and
distresses
]
gaue
my selfe
[
vz.
readily
,
earnestly
,
and
diligently
]
to
prayer
[
vz.
not
only
for
my selfe
,
that
I
might
patiently
beare
al
these
calamities
,
but
euen
for
my
enemies
also
,
sée
Psal.
35.13
.
]
Ver.
5.
And
they
[
vz.
in
the
vnkindnes
&
frowardnes
of
their
own
harts
]
haue
rewarded
me
euill
for
good
[
i.
haue
don
me
much
mischéef
,
for
the
good
that
I
haue
performed
towards
them
]
and
hatred
for
my
friendship
[
i.
for
my
good
will
:
the
Prophet
meaneth
,
that
both
in
action
and
affection
they
had
dealt
wickedly
with
him
.
]
Ver.
6.
Set
thou
the
wicked
[
i.
a
more
vngodly
&
wicked
man
then
he
himself
is
]
ouer
him
[
i.
to
beare
rule
ouer
him
.
It
is
likely
that
vnder
one
wicked
man
,
he
meaneth
many
:
but
whatsoeuer
it
be
,
the
prophet
meaneth
that
he
would
haue
the
Lord
to
cast
him
down
,
vnder
most
hard
&
tirannous
gouernment
]
&
let
the
aduersary
[
i.
his
aduersary
,
or
aduersaries
,
some
refer
it
to
the
deuil
and
his
angels
]
stand
at
his
right
hand
[
i.
be
continually
present
with
him
,
to
vex
,
pursue
,
and
gréeue
him
,
sée
ver.
31
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Ver.
7.
When
he
shal
be
iudged
[
i.
when
he
shall
come
before
a
Iudge
to
haue
causes
of
his
heard
,
or
else
his
own
person
to
stande
in
iudgement
]
let
him
be
condemned
[
vz.
as
a
wicked
and
vngodly
man
,
and
punished
without
pity
&
compassion
]
&
let
his
prayer
[
i.
the
suit
&
supplication
which
he
maketh
to
the
iudge
for
fauour
]
be
turned
into
sin
[
i.
serue
to
increase
&
aggrauate
his
offence
,
rather
than
to
lessen
it
any
ways
:
the
prophet
meaneth
,
that
looke
whatsoeuer
the
vngodly
should
vse
in
his
own
defence
,
either
as
to
clear
himselfe
,
or
to
moue
others
to
pity
him
that
al
that
should
stand
in
stéed
more
&
more
to
burthen
&
charge
him
.
]
Ver.
8.
Let
his
dayes
[
i.
the
days
of
the
life
that
he
hath
to
liue
]
be
few
[
vz.
in
number
,
&
in
respect
of
them
that
liue
long
,
and
not
as
though
mens
dayes
could
be
shortned
in
regard
of
that
time
which
the
Lord
hath
alotted
them
]
and
let
another
man
take
[
vz.
to
execute
&
performe
it
]
his
charge
[
i.
the
charge
&
office
which
he
had
,
S.
Peter
Act.
1.10
.
applieth
this
to
Iudah
.
]
Ver.
9.
Let
his
children
[
i.
the
children
he
hath
and
shal
leaue
behind
him
in
the
world
]
be
fatherles
,
&
his
wife
a
widdow
[
i.
let
him
die
,
&
let
the
punishment
of
his
death
light
not
only
vpon
him
,
but
vpon
his
wife
and
children
,
as
a
thing
most
gréeuous
vnto
them
.
]
Ver.
10.
Let
his
children
[
i.
his
posteritie
]
be
vagabondes
[
vz.
vppon
the
earth
,
and
without
dwelling
place
,
sée
Gen.
4.14
.
]
and
begge
[
vz.
of
other
men
,
hauing
nothing
of
their
own
,
neither
any
man
in
pitie
to
giue
them
anye
thing
,
as
followeth
afterwards
verse
12.
]
and
séeke
[
vz.
gréedily
,
and
that
at
other
mens
hands
,
who
shal
not
pitty
them
]
bread
[
i.
al
maner
of
maintainance
for
their
life
]
comming
out
of
their
places
destroid
[
by
places
he
meaneth
both
their
dwelling
houses
&
whole
stock
:
q.d.
after
that
they
,
and
al
that
belongeth
vnto
them
,
haue
ben
destroyed
,
let
them
run
vp
&
down
a
begging
,
&c.
and
in
this
and
the
other
verse
,
vz.
9.
hee
prayeth
agaynst
the
wickeds
race
and
posteritye
,
as
verse
6
,
7
,
8
,
he
prayed
agaynst
the
vngodly
man
himself
.
]
Ver.
11.
Let
the
extortioner
[
i.
the
couetous
and
cruel
man
or
vsurer
,
into
whose
debt
he
is
falne
]
catche
all
that
he
hath
[
vz.
remayning
of
his
substance
,
yet
vnspent
,
or
vnwasted
.
The
Metaphor
of
catching
would
be
marked
,
for
it
is
taken
from
nets
or
snares
out
of
which
birds
or
any
thing
caught
in
them
,
cannot
only
not
escape
,
but
also
be
in
continual
daunger
of
death
]
and
let
the
straungers
[
vz.
which
are
wont
to
shew
no
pitty
and
compassion
,
for
one
naturall
countreiman
wil
shew
affection
to
another
,
whereas
Foreiners
are
giuen
altogether
to
rapine
and
spoyling
]
spoyle
[
vz.
without
pitty
or
compassion
,
or
giuing
him
any
thing
back
agayn
]
his
labour
[
i.
the
thinges
that
he
hath
trauailed
for
,
how
good
,
or
how
bad
soeuer
they
be
.
The
straunger
when
he
commeth
once
to
rifling
,
refuseth
almoste
nothing
.
]
Ver.
12.
Let
there
be
none
[
vz.
found
amongst
men
]
to
extend
mercy
vnto
him
[
vz.
in
the
time
of
his
distres
and
affliction
]
neither
let
there
bee
any
to
shew
mercy
vpon
his
fatherles
children
[
whose
case
is
pittiful
as
hath
bin
sundry
times
shewed
before
,
&
whom
we
ought
to
tender
,
because
God
commendeth
them
the
widdowes
&
the
stranger
vnto
vs
.
]
Ver.
13.
Let
his
posterity
[
i.
those
that
shall
come
after
him
,
or
which
he
shall
leaue
behind
him
]
be
destroyd
[
vz.
from
amongst
men
,
meaning
the
cutting
of
them
of
,
or
the
rasing
or
rooting
of
them
out
of
remembrance
]
&
in
the
generation
following
[
i.
in
the
very
next
age
]
let
their
name
[
i.
the
glory
&
renowne
,
both
of
the
wicked
fathers
&
their
children
]
be
put
out
[
vz.
of
mans
remembrance
:
q.d.
let
there
be
no
more
any
remembraunce
of
him
or
his
séede
]
Ver.
14.
Let
the
iniquities
of
his
fathers
be
had
in
remembrance
with
the
Lord
[
i.
let
him
be
punished
for
the
sinnes
of
his
father
&
his
mother
,
whose
vngodlines
he
hath
followed
:
and
so
must
both
this
place
and
the
threat
conteyned
in
the
second
commaundement
be
vnderstood
:
and
when
he
sayth
]
be
had
in
remembrance
with
the
Lorde
[
he
meaneth
not
that
God
forgetteth
any
sinne
committed
against
him
,
but
that
he
would
haue
the
Lord
by
effect
,
i.
by
punishments
to
shew
,
that
he
thinketh
vpon
the
wicked
mans
vngodlinesse
]
and
let
not
the
sinne
of
his
mother
be
done
away
[
vz.
out
of
the
Lords
sight
,
but
let
it
stand
fast
there
,
as
to
craue
continual
punishment
vpon
her
children
,
resting
in
the
like
.
]
Ver.
15.
But
let
them
[
i.
their
sins
&
transgressions
]
alway
be
before
the
Lord
[
i.
let
the
Lord
continually
remember
them
,
for
we
do
not
forget
these
things
,
that
are
alwayes
in
our
sight
]
that
he
may
cut
of
[
vz.
in
his
iustice
&
iudgement
]
their
memorial
[
i.
both
they
themselues
,
&
al
other
things
that
might
bring
them
to
remembrance
]
from
the
earth
[
i.
not
only
from
the
place
wher
they
dwel
,
which
cannot
properly
be
said
to
haue
any
remembrance
of
them
,
but
chéefly
&
specially
from
the
people
inhabiting
those
places
,
or
that
part
of
the
world
.
]
Ver.
16.
Because
[
now
he
beginneth
to
shew
some
causes
of
his
praier
,
&
of
gods
iudgement
]
he
[
i.
the
wicked
man
]
remembred
not
[
i.
did
of
purpose
forget
,
&
put
out
the
remembrance
of
it
in
himself
]
to
shew
mercy
[
i.
to
haue
pity
&
compassion
vpon
others
distressed
]
but
persecuted
[
vz.
with
great
rage
&
egernes
]
the
afflicted
&
poore
man
[
i.
him
whom
the
Lord
had
cast
downe
&
brought
to
the
state
of
néed
]
&
the
sorrowful
harted
[
i.
him
,
that
was
wounded
and
pearced
with
sorow
at
his
hart
,
for
the
calamities
&
miseries
that
he
was
in
]
to
slay
him
[
vz.
in
his
heat
&
rage
of
persecution
]
Ver.
17.
As
he
loued
cursing
[
vz.
of
other
men
:
understanding
by
cursing
al
maner
of
wickednes
that
the
vngodly
was
giuen
to
]
so
shal
it
come
vnto
him
[
vz.
from
the
Lord
:
the
Prophet
meaneth
,
that
the
vngodly
multiplying
sins
against
the
lord
,
shal
from
the
Lord
receiue
abundance
of
plagues
,
which
are
so
many
curses
sent
from
the
Lord
]
&
as
he
loued
not
blessing
[
i.
good
&
holy
dealing
generally
:
for
so
you
haue
the
word
blesse
vsed
Mat.
5.44
.
]
so
shall
it
[
i.
blessing
from
the
Lord
,
and
goodnes
from
the
God
of
Iaakob
]
be
far
from
him
[
vz.
so
farre
,
that
it
shall
neuer
come
nigh
him
,
nor
he
in
any
hope
,
to
haue
any
part
or
portion
thereof
.
]
Verse
18.
As
he
clothed
himselfe
with
cursing
,
like
a
rayment
[
i.
euen
as
he
loued
cursing
as
many
men
doe
their
costlye
apparell
,
&
as
he
was
couered
both
within
and
without
as
it
were
,
and
wrapped
vp
and
trussed
in
cursing
]
so
shall
it
[
i.
cursing
]
come
[
vz.
being
sent
from
God
in
his
iustice
]
into
his
bowels
[
i.
into
his
inwarde
parts
,
vnderstanding
thereby
euen
the
soule
and
minde
also
]
like
water
[
i.
great
abundaunce
]
and
like
oyle
into
his
bones
[
i.
it
shall
come
plentifully
vpon
him
.
By
water
he
vnderstandeth
their
vsuall
drinke
:
and
by
Oyle
their
oyntmentes
:
q.d.
as
men
,
when
they
are
thirstie
,
drinke
muche
:
and
when
they
are
full
of
paines
,
and
aches
vse
much
oyntment
,
so
let
fulnes
and
abundance
of
cursing
fall
vpon
the
vngodly
.
This
is
well
knowne
,
that
water
was
an
vsuall
drink
in
those
dayes
,
and
amongst
that
people
:
sée
Gen.
21.19
.
]
Ver.
19.
Let
it
[
i.
the
cursing
whiche
hée
hath
vttered
and
vsed
agaynste
good
men
]
be
vnto
him
[
i.
vnto
the
wicked
and
vngodly
]
as
a
garment
to
couer
him
[
i.
let
it
stick
and
cleaue
as
fast
vnto
him
,
as
mens
garments
doe
to
their
bodies
]
and
for
a
girdle
wherewith
he
shall
be
alwayes
girded
[
hee
meaneth
by
this
,
lette
it
neuer
departe
from
him
,
but
lette
it
daylye
sticke
closer
and
closer
vnto
him
,
as
mens
garmentes
doe
when
their
gyrdles
are
aboute
them
.
This
Verse
differeth
but
a
little
from
the
former
,
sauing
that
it
séemeth
to
bee
a
prophecie
,
and
this
a
prayer
,
this
also
further
noting
the
continuance
of
cursing
vppon
the
wicked
.
]
Ver.
20.
Let
this
[
i.
al
the
punishments
before
reckoned
]
be
the
reward
of
mine
aduersaries
[
vz.
for
their
iniquities
agaynst
the
Lord
and
me
]
from
the
Lorde
[
i.
layd
and
sent
vpon
them
,
from
him
by
his
mighty
power
and
iustice
]
and
of
them
[
i.
let
such
punishments
also
light
vpon
them
]
that
speake
euill
[
hee
meaneth
vnder
this
word
,
deuising
,
vttering
and
performing
of
crueltye
]
agaynst
my
soule
[
i.
against
my
life
,
for
otherwise
wicked
men
can
not
touch
the
soule
,
as
appeareth
Matth.
10.28
.
All
these
imprecations
Dauid
maketh
in
a
spiritual
wisedome
,
and
by
the
motion
of
the
holy
Ghost
.
Vnder
the
name
of
his
aduersaries
,
a
man
may
vnderstand
Christs
aduersaries
,
for
whom
al
cursing
is
prepared
,
and
against
whom
the
Church
may
vse
suche
like
prayers
,
because
they
are
Gods
obstinate
and
rebellious
enemies
.
]
Verse
21.
But
thou
O
Lorde
my
God
[
vz.
in
whom
I
put
my
trust
only
]
deale
[
vz.
according
to
thy
accustomed
goodnesse
]
with
me
[
vz.
so
sore
distressed
]
according
vnto
thy
name
[
i.
according
to
that
power
,
maiestie
,
goodnesse
,
&c.
as
Psalme
20.1
.
which
thou
arte
wont
to
shew
,
and
thy
seruaunts
haue
felt
]
deliuer
me
[
vz.
out
of
all
my
daungers
and
feares
]
for
thy
mercy
[
vz.
towards
thy
children
]
is
good
[
i.
comfortable
,
profitable
,
and
excéeding
great
:
And
this
is
the
firste
reason
that
Dauid
would
moue
the
Lord
by
,
to
pittie
him
in
his
calamities
:
and
an
other
reason
followeth
in
the
next
verse
]
Verse
22.
Because
I
am
poore
and
néedie
[
q.d.
I
am
most
miserable
and
voyd
of
all
hope
:
this
is
a
second
reason
taken
from
his
calamities
,
sée
Psal.
86.1
.
]
and
mine
hart
is
wounded
within
me
[
vz.
by
the
reason
of
the
gréefes
that
I
indure
:
He
meaneth
by
his
hart
wounded
,
that
he
was
almost
dead
,
because
they
that
be
wounded
at
the
hart
,
can
hardly
escape
,
so
that
that
metaphor
expresseth
the
great
daunger
he
was
in
.
]
Ver.
23.
I
depart
[
vz.
from
amongst
men
,
or
out
of
this
life
]
like
the
shadow
that
declineth
[
vz.
very
swiftly
and
sodainly
,
for
so
soone
as
a
cloud
taketh
away
the
sunne
the
shadow
is
presently
gone
:
it
may
be
referred
also
to
these
long
shadowes
that
appeare
commonly
before
the
sun
set
,
which
séemeth
to
be
very
great
and
huge
,
and
yet
when
the
sunne
is
down
,
they
sodainly
vanish
away
,
and
appeare
no
more
]
and
I
am
shaken
off
[
vz.
from
place
to
place
,
he
meaneth
by
this
spéech
that
he
was
wonderfully
tossed
from
post
to
piller
]
as
the
grashopper
[
wch
leapeth
hither
&
thither
,
&
continueth
not
long
in
a
place
:
how
true
that
was
in
Dauid
,
sée
1.
Sam.
from
chap.
18.
til
ye
come
almost
to
the
end
of
the
booke
,
&
namely
chap.
23.26
.
]
Ver.
24.
My
knées
are
weake
through
fasting
[
he
meaneth
by
fasting
,
not
an
abstinence
willingly
layd
vpon
himself
,
by
himselfe
,
but
a
long
abstinence
by
reason
of
weakenesse
of
stomack
:
q.d.
I
haue
so
long
abstained
from
meat
&
nourishment
,
that
euen
my
knées
and
legs
which
should
bear
me
,
are
not
able
to
beare
vp
my
body
]
&
my
flesh
hath
lost
all
fatnes
[
i.
I
am
very
lean
&
low
brought
,
he
meaneth
some
great
gréefe
&
extremity
,
by
means
wherof
,
natural
force
&
comlines
was
decaied
in
him
.
]
Ver.
25.
I
[
vz.
thus
in
misery
,
became
also
a
rebuke
vnto
them
[
i.
to
the
wicked
&
vngodly
:
he
meaneth
that
the
wicked
did
tauntingly
&
scornfully
rebuke
him
]
they
that
looked
vpon
me
[
vz.
in
my
misery
]
shaked
their
heads
[
vz.
at
me
,
&
that
in
sign
of
mockery
&
contempt
:
sée
2.
King
.
19.21
.
&
this
verified
in
Christ
,
as
appeareth
Mat.
27.39
.
]
Ver.
26.
Help
me
[
vz.
in
these
distresses
]
O
Lord
my
God
[
q.d.
vnles
thou
help
I
shal
be
ouerthrown
]
saue
me
[
i.
deliuer
me
,
from
the
power
of
the
wicked
]
according
to
thy
mercy
[
vz.
promised
to
thy
seruants
&
performed
to
many
of
them
.
]
Ver.
27.
And
they
[
i.
euen
the
very
wicked
&
vngodly
]
shal
know
[
i.
féele
&
confesse
]
that
this
[
vz.
my
deliuerance
and
help
]
is
thine
hand
[
i.
is
done
and
wrought
by
thy
mighty
power
]
&
that
thou
Lord
[
vz.
alone
,
&
none
other
with
thée
]
hast
done
it
[
vz.
for
my
good
and
safety
.
]
Ver.
28.
Though
they
[
i.
the
wicked
]
curse
[
i.
speake
and
doe
all
manner
of
euil
against
me
]
yet
thou
wilt
blesse
[
vz.
me
,
meaning
by
blessing
a
plentiful
giuing
of
al
graces
,
this
the
Prophet
speaketh
in
the
assured
perswasion
of
Gods
mercy
,
&
in
contempt
of
his
aduersaries
enterprises
:
q.d.
let
them
curse
as
much
as
they
wil
or
can
,
yet
this
is
my
confort
,
that
thou
wilt
blesse
me
with
thy
fauour
]
they
shal
arise
[
vz.
vp
,
and
that
to
do
mischéef
against
me
]
and
be
confounded
[
vz.
by
thy
mighty
power
in
their
wicked
enterprises
]
but
thy
seruants
shal
reioice
[
vz.
in
thy
goodnesse
towards
him
,
&
the
destruction
of
his
and
thine
enemies
:
&
marke
that
in
these
3.
verses
,
26
,
27
,
28.
He
prayeth
for
his
own
safety
&
deliuerance
,
as
in
the
next
for
his
enemies
ouerthrow
.
]
Ver.
29.
Let
mine
aduersaries
be
clothed
with
shame
[
i.
let
them
be
vtterly
cofounded
&
ashamed
,
or
couered
with
shame
,
as
men
are
with
their
clothes
]
&
let
them
couer
themselues
with
their
confusion
as
with
a
cloke
,
[
he
meaneth
that
they
should
be
compassed
in
on
euery
side
with
shame
&
confusion
:
wishing
also
that
the
best
couerture
that
they
might
haue
for
themselues
in
the
daye
of
distresse
,
might
be
but
only
shame
&
confusion
of
face
.
This
doubling
of
the
sentence
serueth
,
not
only
to
note
the
Prophets
earnestnesse
,
but
also
to
set
out
the
abundance
&
continuance
of
shame
to
be
poured
forth
vppon
the
wicked
.
]
Ver
,
30.
I
[
vz.
being
thus
deliuered
from
the
vngodlies
power
]
will
giue
thanks
vnto
the
Lord
greatly
[
i.
will
often
and
as
it
were
continually
prayse
his
name
for
it
]
with
my
mouth
[
i.
openly
and
before
others
:
q.d.
I
wil
not
do
it
inwardly
only
in
my
hart
but
openly
with
my
mouth
and
tongue
,
putting
the
word
mouth
,
wherby
voices
are
vttered
,
for
the
very
words
of
praise
&
thanksgiuing
]
and
praise
him
[
vz.
for
his
great
power
,
goodnes
,
&
mercy
towards
me
]
among
the
multitude
[
vz.
of
his
people
assembled
also
for
to
praise
him
.
]
Ver.
31.
For
he
[
i.
the
Lord
]
wil
stand
[
vz.
continually
]
at
the
right
hand
of
the
poore
[
i.
hard
by
him
that
is
afflicted
,
meaning
by
standing
at
the
right
hand
,
the
continuall
power
,
prouidence
&
goodnes
of
God
,
watching
ouer
those
that
are
his
]
to
saue
him
[
i.
to
deliuer
him
and
set
him
frée
:
&
though
he
speake
but
of
one
,
yet
hee
meaneth
al
the
faithful
:
for
that
which
God
is
to
one
of
his
,
he
is
to
all
of
them
]
from
them
that
would
condemn
his
soule
[
i.
from
them
that
would
condemn
him
to
death
.
By
soule
he
vnderstandeth
the
whole
man
:
and
by
the
word
,
condemn
,
he
sheweth
that
he
had
to
do
with
the
King
and
other
mighty
enimies
.
Ver.
1
teacheth
vs
earnestly
to
commend
our selues
&
our
causes
into
gods
hands
by
prayer
.
Do.
Ver.
2
setteth
out
the
deceit
,
hipocrisie
&
lying
of
the
vngodly
.
Verse
3
sheweth
how
the
wicked
spare
not
,
to
speake
&
do
euil
also
,
though
they
haue
no
cause
giuen
them
.
Ver.
4
sheweth
that
the
wicked
many
times
recompence
good
with
euil
:
it
teacheth
the
faithful
also
in
the
midst
of
alcōfusion
to
betake
themselues
to
praier
.
Ver.
5
sheweth
that
it
is
a
portion
alotted
to
Gods
children
in
this
life
to
be
many
times
molested
of
them
of
whom
they
haue
best
deserued
,
the
Lord
working
this
,
because
he
would
thereby
bring
them
out
of
loue
with
this
life
,
&
teach
them
not
to
hang
to
much
vpon
men
.
Ver.
6
,
7.
&c.
teach
first
that
we
may
pray
against
the
malicious
&
obstinate
enemies
of
Gods
people
.
Ver.
6
teacheth
further
,
that
it
is
a
sign
god
is
very
angry
,
when
he
causeth
one
wicked
man
to
punish
another
.
Ver.
7
sheweth
that
god
wil
somtimes
make
the
very
intreaty
of
the
wicked
serue
to
his
own
hurt
.
Ver.
8.9.10
teach
,
that
it
is
many
times
a
token
of
Gods
wrath
,
to
be
cut
off
in
the
middest
of
our
dayes
,
to
haue
our
offices
giuen
to
other
,
&
to
leaue
behind
vs
poore
fatherles
children
&
widdows
.
I
say
many
times
,
because
it
is
not
always
so
.
Ver.
11
doth
liuely
describe
the
nature
of
the
hard
harted
extortioner
,
&
cruel
stranger
.
Ver.
12
teacheth
,
that
it
should
be
no
smal
gréefe
vnto
vs
,
if
mens
bowels
&
compassion
be
shut
vp
against
vs
.
Ver.
13
sheweth
that
God
in
his
iudgmenes
doth
many
times
root
out
men
&
their
rases
.
Ver.
14
teacheth
that
god
punisheth
the
sinnes
of
vngodly
fathers
,
in
their
wicked
children
walking
in
the
same
ways
.
Ver.
15
teacheth
that
it
should
déepely
wound
vs
to
know
that
God
beholdeth
al
our
sins
.
Ver.
16
teacheth
that
God
in
his
iustice
doth
punish
men
with
those
sins
that
they
haue
committed
against
other
.
Ver.
17
teacheth
vs
that
they
which
delighte
&
continue
in
euil
,
shal
from
the
Lord
haue
abundance
of
euil
poured
vpon
them
.
The
same
thing
doth
verse
18
,
19
teach
.
Ver.
20.
teacheth
that
al
punishments
poured
vpon
the
wicked
procéed
from
the
Lord
.
Ver.
21
teacheth
that
when
men
sée
or
know
that
God
wil
deale
in
punishment
against
the
wicked
,
it
then
behoueth
that
godly
to
flie
to
his
mercy
by
praier
.
Ver.
22
teacheth
vs
that
euen
our
own
miseries
shold
moue
vs
to
make
harty
supplication
vnto
the
Lord
.
Ver.
23
,
24
shew
into
what
pittiful
estate
,
Gods
children
are
many
times
brought
.
Ver.
25
teacheth
,
that
it
is
no
new
thing
for
the
wicked
to
scoffe
&
skorn
at
the
godly
.
Ver.
26
teacheth
vs
in
al
our
praiers
to
flie
to
Gods
mercy
.
Ver.
27
teacheth
that
the
very
wicked
shal
be
constrained
to
confes
gods
hand
in
their
punishment
,
&
the
deliueraunce
of
his
children
,
so
did
Pharaoh
&
the
Egiptians
.
Ver.
28
teacheth
that
mans
cursing
cannot
hurt
,
where
God
hath
promised
his
blessing
.
Ver.
29
teacheth
vs
that
we
may
pray
against
the
wicked
:
&
in
that
the
Prophet
doubleth
his
praier
,
he
teacheth
vs
that
we
should
do
so
,
specially
then
when
Satan
bewraieth
his
subtilties
and
crafts
.
Ver.
30
teacheth
vs
both
secretly
and
openly
to
giue
thanks
to
the
Lord
for
his
mercies
.
Ver.
31
teacheth
that
God
is
nigh
to
his
children
euen
to
deliuer
them
in
their
greatest
distresses
and
feares
.
Psalme
110.
THis
Psalme
being
principally
a
prophecie
of
the
kingdom
&
priesthood
of
Christ
,
consisteth
especially
of
two
parts
.
Di.
In
the
first
are
described
the
offices
which
god
the
father
hath
committed
to
Dauid
in
figure
,
but
to
Christ
in
truth
,
from
ver.
1
to
the
end
of
the
5.
In
the
seconde
are
described
what
things
both
Dauid
&
Christ
shal
do
,
according
to
the
seuerall
offices
committed
to
them
,
&
this
is
comprehended
in
the
2.
last
verses
of
this
Psalm
.
The
Title
is
,
Se.
a
Psalm
of
Dauid
[
i.
a
Psalme
which
Dauid
in
the
spirite
of
Prophecie
made
,
as
appeareth
Mat.
22.43
.
]
Verse
1.
The
Lorde
[
i.
God
the
father
]
sayd
[
vz.
in
the
truth
of
his
word
]
vnto
my
Lord
[
i.
vnto
Christ
the
Messiah
,
who
is
called
Dauids
Lord
by
right
both
of
creation
and
redemption
,
as
who
is
God
eternall
with
the
father
and
the
holy
Ghost
,
and
yet
became
man
,
at
the
fulnesse
of
tyme
,
Galat.
4.4
.
If
we
referre
it
to
Dauid
,
then
it
must
haue
this
sence
:
either
that
Dauid
speaketh
of
himself
,
calling
himselfe
a
Lord
,
because
God
had
aduaunced
him
to
the
kingdome
of
Israel
,
or
els
penneth
it
,
as
though
some
other
should
speake
it
of
him
.
We
cannot
offend
in
referring
it
to
Christ
,
because
Christ
doth
account
it
as
a
prophecy
of
his
kingdom
,
Mat.
22
,
43
,
&c.
and
the
Apostle
also
Heb.
1.13
.
]
sit
thou
at
my
right
hand
[
i.
receaue
chéef
rule
and
authority
from
me
,
and
exercise
iurisdiction
and
power
ouer
al.
And
this
is
spoken
according
to
mens
vse
,
specially
Kings
,
who
are
accustomed
to
set
them
on
their
right
hand
,
whom
they
wil
highly
aduance
,
sée
1
,
King
.
2.19
.
also
Psalme
45.9
.
and
this
is
the
right
sence
of
that
article
,
hee
sitteth
at
the
right
hand
of
God
]
vntil
I
make
thine
enemies
thy
footestoole
[
i.
til
I
make
them
that
oppose
themselues
against
thée
obedient
&
wholy
subiect
vnto
thée
.
He
speaketh
this
speciallye
of
the
reprobate
,
who
wil
they
,
or
nil
they
,
must
bée
broughte
down
,
2.
Cor.
10.5
.
these
words
are
largely
expounded
1.
Corinthians
15.25
,
&c.
The
word
,
vntil
,
doth
not
here
note
a
péece
of
time
,
but
a
perpetuity
,
for
Christ
shal
be
as
he
hath
alwayes
ben
,
God
coequal
&
coeternal
with
his
father
,
sée
the
word
,
vntil
,
so
vsed
2.
Sam.
6.23
.
and
in
the
new
testament
,
Mat.
5.26
.
Mat.
28.10
,
]
Ver.
2.
The
Lord
[
i.
God
the
father
as
before
ver.
1.
]
shal
send
[
vz.
forth
abroad
into
al
the
world
]
the
rod
of
thy
power
[
i.
thy
powerfull
and
mighty
rod
,
or
the
rod
and
scepter
whereby
thou
declarest
thy
power
and
might
,
notwithstanding
al
the
resistance
of
thine
enemies
,
sée
for
the
better
vnderstanding
of
this
word
,
rod
,
Psalm
2
,
9
and
by
this
rod
no
doubt
he
meaneth
speciallye
the
preaching
of
the
word
,
which
is
the
mighty
power
of
God
to
saluation
,
to
al
that
beléeue
,
Rom.
1.16
.
&
is
able
to
cast
down
strong
holds
&
euery
hie
thing
,
2.
Cor.
10.5
,
]
out
of
Sion
[
i.
out
of
the
Church
of
the
Iewes
,
yet
so
that
it
shall
bee
spread
abroad
euen
amongst
the
Gentiles
also
,
sée
Isai
.
2
,
3.
Micah
.
4
,
2.
]
Bee
thou
ruler
[
vz.
by
thy
word
and
spirit
in
thine
own
children
,
and
by
thy
mighty
iudgements
amongest
the
wicked
]
in
the
middest
of
thine
enemyes
[
i.
euen
where
their
greatest
force
is
.
He
meaneth
that
the
kingdome
of
Christ
shall
be
alwayes
assaulted
by
the
enemies
,
but
yet
al
that
notwithstanding
,
he
shal
rule
and
remayne
a
Conqueror
.
]
Verse
3.
Thy
people
[
i.
the
people
that
thou
shalte
beget
vnto
thy selfe
,
and
shall
be
subdued
vnto
thée
]
shall
come
willinglye
[
i.
shall
fréely
and
of
their
own
accord
present
themselues
before
thée
,
to
yéeld
al
obedience
vnto
thée
]
at
the
time
of
assembling
[
i.
at
that
time
when
by
the
exercises
of
thy
word
,
and
working
of
thy
spirit
,
thou
shalt
assemble
and
gather
people
vnto
thy self
]
thine
armie
[
i.
great
troupes
of
thy
children
,
vz.
shall
come
before
thée
,
and
appeare
in
thy
presence
]
in
holy
beauty
,
[
i.
either
in
suche
comlinesse
,
as
shall
carrye
holinesse
with
it
:
or
else
thus
:
in
holye
beautye
[
i.
in
thy
Temple
,
which
is
called
holy
beautye
,
because
that
holinesse
and
glory
of
God
,
did
most
plainly
appeare
in
the
same
:
and
therefore
it
is
called
a
glorious
sanctuarye
also
Psalme
29
,
2
]
the
youth
of
thy
wombe
[
i.
the
people
that
thou
shalte
beget
and
bring
forth
]
shal
be
as
the
morning
dew
[
i.
not
onely
pleasaunt
and
delightfull
to
thée
,
as
the
dew
is
to
the
grounde
,
but
also
plentifull
and
aboundaunt
,
as
there
is
most
store
of
dew
in
the
morning
,
and
as
the
Philosophers
saye
,
great
abundaunce
falleth
after
the
appearing
of
the
daye
star
.
Immanuel
readeth
this
verse
otherwise
,
and
maketh
another
sence
of
it
,
but
methinketh
this
is
plaine
and
euident
ynough
.
]
Ver.
4.
The
Lord
hath
sworne
[
vz.
by
himself
as
Heb.
6.13
.
]
&
wil
not
repent
[
vz.
himself
,
of
the
thing
that
he
hath
promised
&
sworn
to
perform
:
he
meaneth
by
al
this
to
assure
vs
that
god
will
not
change
his
purpose
]
thou
[
vz.
O
my
sonne
]
art
a
Priest
for
euer
[
i.
an
eternall
Priest
,
to
put
a
difference
betwéene
him
and
the
Priestes
in
the
lawe
]
after
the
order
of
Melchizedech
[
what
his
priesthood
was
appeareth
Genesis
14.
verse
18.
reade
also
for
this
matter
Hebrewes
chapter
5
,
and
also
chapt
.
7.
The
Prophet
meaneth
that
that
was
truly
fulfilled
in
Christ
which
was
figured
in
Melchizedech
,
to
wit
,
that
the
eternall
priesthoode
,
and
the
crown
and
royall
seat
was
ioyned
together
in
one
person
,
which
otherwise
coulde
not
bee
as
appeareth
2.
Chronicles
26
,
21.
but
by
some
speciall
commaundement
from
God
.
]
Ver.
5.
The
Lord
that
is
at
thy
right
hand
[
i.
Christ
,
of
whom
is
spoken
before
ver.
1
of
this
Psal.
]
shal
wound
[
vz.
by
his
mighty
power
vnderstanding
by
wounding
,
the
debasing
&
throwing
of
them
down
,
some
after
one
sort
,
and
some
after
an
other
]
Kings
[
i.
the
greatest
&
mightiest
enemies
that
can
be
]
in
the
day
of
his
wrath
[
i.
in
that
time
,
wherin
he
shal
be
prouoked
to
wrath
and
manifest
the
same
.
He
describeth
in
this
place
the
power
of
Christ
,
against
his
most
great
aduersaries
&
enemies
,
vpon
whom
he
wil
in
good
time
pour
forth
the
testimony
of
his
wrath
.
]
Ver.
6.
He
[
i.
Christ
the
Lord
&
Messiah
]
shal
be
iudge
[
i.
ruler
and
Gouernor
,
sée
Psal.
96.13
.
]
among
the
Heathen
[
vz.
and
not
only
amongste
the
Iewes
,
he
prophecieth
of
the
inlargement
of
Christs
kingdom
euen
vnto
the
gentils
]
he
shall
fill
all
[
vz.
places
]
with
dead
bodies
[
i.
with
the
bodies
of
his
enemies
and
aduersaries
being
deade
]
and
smite
[
vz.
with
his
power
&
might
]
the
head
[
i.
the
chéefe
ruler
and
gouernour
,
by
one
vnderstanding
many
,
vnlesse
wée
would
vnderstand
it
of
the
whole
body
of
Antichrist
,
whom
the
Lorde
shall
destroy
with
the
spirit
of
his
mouth
,
2.
Thessal.
2.8
.
]
ouer
great
countries
[
i.
ouer
large
and
manye
landes
.
In
this
verse
the
Prophet
setteth
out
Christ
as
a
valiant
conqueror
ouer
his
enemies
.
]
Ver.
7.
He
shall
drinke
of
the
brooke
in
the
way
[
this
may
haue
a
double
sence
,
eyther
thus
]
he
[
i.
the
Messiah
]
shal
drinke
of
the
brooke
[
vz.
which
shall
be
made
by
the
blood
of
them
which
shal
be
slayne
:
q.d.
there
shal
be
so
much
blood
shead
,
that
the
conqueror
may
drink
as
it
were
of
a
riuer
of
blood
]
in
the
way
[
vz.
as
he
pursueth
his
enemies
:
or
else
it
is
a
similitude
taken
from
valiaunt
and
mighty
captains
,
who
egerly
pursuing
their
enemies
,
stay
not
vpon
dainties
or
pleasures
,
but
content
themselues
with
flouds
and
brookes
which
they
finde
in
the
way
,
as
they
follow
the
chase
]
therfore
shall
he
[
i.
God
the
Father
]
lift
vp
his
head
[
i.
Christs
head
:
meaning
by
this
phrase
,
that
he
shal
giue
him
a
ful
victory
,
and
aduance
him
to
excéeding
glory
,
for
this
phrase
or
maner
of
spéech
,
sée
Gen.
40.13.20
.
Ver.
1
teacheth
many
things
:
Do.
first
a
distinction
betwéen
the
person
of
the
father
and
the
person
of
the
sonne
in
the
godhead
:
secondly
it
proueth
Christ
to
be
God
equal
with
his
father
:
thirdly
that
howsoeuer
christs
enemies
prosper
for
a
while
yet
they
shal
al
be
brought
down
&
come
to
nothing
.
Ver.
2
teacheth
that
Gods
word
is
as
it
were
the
réede
and
scepter
of
Christs
kingdom
:
secondly
that
he
shal
rule
notwithstanding
al
the
force
&
power
of
his
aduersaries
.
Verse
3
teacheth
that
gods
people
shal
come
willingly
to
Christ
:
also
that
Gods
people
,
are
not
only
a
great
number
,
but
also
a
holy
&
sanctified
sort
.
Ver.
4
teacheth
vs
that
God
is
certayne
and
sure
in
al
his
promises
and
purposes
:
also
it
doth
liuely
&
effectually
describe
the
eternall
priesthood
of
our
Sauiour
Christ
.
Ver.
5
teacheth
that
there
is
no
power
or
might
able
to
withstand
the
power
of
Christes
kingdom
.
Ver.
6
setteth
out
,
first
the
inlarging
of
the
bands
of
Christs
kingdom
:
secondly
the
confusion
of
his
malicious
enemies
:
and
thirdly
the
vtter
ruine
and
ouerthrow
of
Antichrist
and
all
his
supposes
.
Ver.
7
describeth
not
only
the
redinesse
of
our
sauiour
Christ
in
pursuing
the
victory
vpon
his
enemies
,
but
also
how
that
though
he
be
for
a
while
debased
,
yet
he
shal
in
the
end
maugre
their
heads
,
rise
vp
to
great
glory
.
Psalme
111.
Di.
I
Suppose
that
this
Psalme
may
be
diuided
into
thrée
partes
.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
promiseth
to
praise
God
for
his
works
generally
shewed
,
from
verse
1
to
the
end
of
the
4.
In
the
second
he
sheweth
his
graces
&
goodnesse
particularly
towards
his
church
:
and
this
reacheth
from
verse
5
to
the
ende
of
the
9.
The
third
is
a
commendation
of
Gods
feare
,
and
reason
alleaged
to
moue
men
to
imbrace
it
:
and
this
is
comprehended
in
the
last
verse
.
Se.
For
the
Title
of
this
Psalm
,
sée
the
title
of
Psal.
106.
which
is
the
same
with
this
,
and
the
two
next
following
]
This
Psalm
&
that
which
followeth
was
in
the
verses
written
according
to
the
order
of
the
Alphabet
,
euery
verse
beginning
in
the
first
and
second
part
of
it
,
with
the
letters
of
the
Hebrew
alphabet
.
The
Iewes
suppose
that
the
Psalmes
which
begin
so
,
are
very
excellent
,
as
Psa.
25.
also
Psal.
119.
&c.
and
I
take
it
to
be
true
,
but
I
suppose
there
may
be
another
cause
added
,
and
that
is
to
helpe
memory
.
]
Ver.
1.
I
wil
praise
the
Lord
[
vz.
for
his
graces
&
mercies
bestowed
vpon
me
,
with
my
whole
hart
[
i.
earnestly
,
&
with
a
sincere
affection
,
meaning
also
that
he
would
do
it
priuately
,
&
as
it
were
within
himselfe
as
by
the
next
words
,
he
noteth
that
he
wil
do
it
openly
]
in
the
assembly
and
congregation
of
the
iust
[
q.d.
yea
I
wil
perform
it
,
not
inwardly
only
,
but
outwardly
and
openly
also
,
&
that
in
these
méetings
which
the
faythful
vse
,
wherin
they
assemble
to
offer
the
sacrifices
of
praise
&
thanksgiuing
.
]
Ver.
2.
The
works
of
the
Lord
[
i.
the
things
that
the
Lord
hath
done
]
are
great
[
i.
conteyne
in
them
great
matter
to
moue
men
to
praise
God
for
the
same
]
and
ought
to
be
soughte
out
[
i.
should
diligently
be
looked
vnto
&
considered
of
,
not
that
the
things
themselues
are
so
hard
,
as
to
note
what
mens
duty
is
in
that
behalf
]
of
al
them
that
loue
them
[
i.
take
delight
&
pleasure
in
them
,
as
the
godly
alwayes
do
.
]
Ver.
3.
His
worke
[
i.
al
the
creatures
of
God
both
generally
and
particularly
,
&
euery
thing
that
he
hath
don
,
whatsoeuer
it
be
:
and
he
shutteth
them
al
vp
as
it
were
,
vnder
one
,
because
with
the
Lord
it
is
alone
,
to
make
one
or
many
or
all
]
is
beautifull
and
glorious
[
i.
is
ful
of
comlines
,
maiesty
,
excellency
,
&c.
so
that
nothing
can
be
added
therto
,
to
make
it
more
maiestical
]
&
his
righteousnes
[
i.
the
vpright
&
faithfull
dealing
,
which
God
vseth
toward
al
his
creatures
]
indureth
for
euer
[
i.
is
alwayes
like
vnto
itself
,
&
frée
from
alteration
or
change
.
]
Ver.
4.
He
[
i.
God
]
hath
made
his
wonderful
works
[
vz.
by
the
excellency
&
wonderfulnes
of
them
]
to
be
had
in
remembraunce
[
vz.
amongst
men
:
q.d.
God
hath
done
such
excellent
and
notable
things
as
are
not
only
worthy
to
be
remembred
,
but
suche
as
the
remembrence
thereof
indéede
shall
neuer
perish
]
the
Lord
is
merciful
and
full
of
compassion
[
vz.
generally
towards
all
,
but
especially
towardes
his
owne
seruauntes
and
people
,
sée
Psalme
86.5.15
.
]
Verse
5.
He
hath
giuen
[
vz.
of
his
rich
and
large
liberality
]
a
portion
[
i.
a
plentiful
and
iust
measure
of
mercy
,
euen
so
much
as
he
thought
good
to
be
néedful
&
necessary
]
vnto
them
the
feare
him
[
i.
vnto
them
the
worship
&
serue
him
acording
to
his
wil
reuealed
in
his
word
,
this
he
speaketh
specially
of
the
Iewes
,
because
they
at
that
time
were
his
only
people
]
he
wil
euer
be
mindful
[
vz.
not
only
to
think
vpon
,
but
also
to
performe
]
of
his
couenant
[
vz.
made
with
his
people
:
he
meaneth
of
the
couenant
it self
,
&
of
the
things
conteined
therin
.
]
Ver.
6.
He
hath
shewed
[
vz.
in
déede
,
effect
,
and
truth
]
to
his
people
[
i.
to
that
people
whom
he
hath
peculiarly
chosen
to
be
his
own
:
for
otherwise
all
the
people
of
the
world
are
his
]
the
power
of
his
works
[
i.
how
mighty
and
powerful
his
works
are
,
who
doth
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
him
]
in
giuing
[
vz.
of
his
frée
mercy
]
vnto
them
[
i.
vnto
his
own
people
]
the
heritage
of
the
heathen
[
i.
that
land
which
the
heathen
did
possesse
and
inhabit
as
their
own
inheritaunce
:
And
this
he
speaketh
of
the
lande
of
Canaan
,
wherein
dwelte
the
Ammorits
,
the
Hinnits
&c.
]
Ver.
7.
The
works
of
his
hands
[
i.
the
works
that
he
doth
:
putting
this
word
,
works
,
for
al
that
commeth
from
god
,
whether
it
be
words
or
déeds
]
are
truth
[
i.
faithfulnes
&
mercy
,
and
that
towards
his
children
]
&
iudgment
[
i.
punishment
,
vz
towards
the
wicked
]
al
his
statutes
[
i.
the
lawes
and
commaundements
that
he
hath
prescribed
]
are
true
[
i.
not
only
faithfull
,
but
constant
also
&
durable
:
so
that
they
ar
neuer
called
back
of
him
,
neither
can
any
escape
them
by
shifts
&
starting
holes
]
Ver.
8.
They
are
established
[
vz.
in
the
heauen
,
&
euen
on
earth
amongst
men
]
for
euer
and
euer
[
i.
to
last
and
indure
for
euer
]
and
are
done
[
i.
ordained
made
and
ratifyed
]
in
truth
and
equity
[
i.
in
al
vprightnes
so
that
they
cannot
be
charged
with
iniustice
or
vnfaithfulnes
]
Ver.
9.
He
[
i.
the
Lord
alone
]
sent
[
vz.
by
the
hands
of
Moses
&
Aaron
,
meaning
by
the
word
sending
,
bestowing
or
giuing
]
redemption
[
i.
deliuerance
,
vz.
out
of
Egipt
]
to
his
people
[
vz.
Israel
,
when
they
were
bondslaues
&
captiues
]
he
hath
commanded
his
couenant
[
vz.
to
remain
sure
&
certain
]
for
euer
[
i.
continually
]
holy
,
and
fearefull
is
his
name
[
i.
his
maiesty
,
goodnes
,
power
,
&c.
is
ful
of
holinesse
,
feare
,
reuerence
,
&c.
The
Prophet
meaneth
that
God
in
deliuering
his
people
,
was
not
a
father
vnto
them
for
one
day
only
,
but
established
his
grace
,
and
confirmed
his
couenant
made
with
Abraham
,
to
the
end
that
the
hope
of
eternall
life
,
and
the
reuerent
feare
of
his
Maiesty
might
remaine
continually
in
his
church
:
and
he
addeth
these
words
,
holy
and
feareful
is
his
name
,
not
only
to
discern
betwéene
him
and
al
counterfeit
Gods
whatsoeuer
,
but
also
to
teach
his
children
thereby
to
walk
in
the
obedience
of
his
maiesty
.
]
Ver.
10.
The
beginning
of
wisdome
[
i.
of
true
&
holy
wisdom
,
such
as
is
acceptable
before
god
]
is
the
feare
of
the
lord
[
i.
a
right
&
a
reuerent
fear
of
gods
maiesty
imprinted
in
mens
harts
,
he
meaneth
not
by
beginning
the
A
,
B
,
C
,
as
it
were
,
but
the
top
&
height
as
it
were
,
of
all
holy
&
heauenly
wisdom
,
sée
Deut.
4.6
.
&
vnder
the
word
,
feare
,
he
containeth
al
piety
,
&
the
seruice
of
God
:
q.d.
They
that
haue
not
gods
feare
,
and
order
themselues
according
to
his
law
,
are
altogether
brutish
.
Now
we
may
try
whether
the
feare
of
God
be
in
vs
by
this
touchstone
,
to
wit
,
whether
wee
willingly
receiue
his
yoke
,
and
suffer
our selues
to
be
gouerned
by
his
word
]
al
they
that
obserue
them
[
i.
his
commaundements
or
statutes
,
as
before
ver.
7
of
this
Psal.
]
haue
good
vnderstanding
[
i.
are
truely
wise
indéed
,
wheras
without
these
,
there
is
nothing
else
but
foolishnes
]
his
praise
indureth
for
euer
[
i.
the
praise
that
is
due
vnto
God
,
for
his
goodnes
and
mercy
indureth
,
yea
and
ought
to
indure
amongste
his
to
al
posterities
.
Do.
Ver.
1
teacheth
vs
,
first
to
thank
God
for
his
benefits
:
secondly
to
do
it
vnfeinedly
,
&
with
al
our
affection
:
&
thirdly
to
do
it
both
priuatly
and
openly
.
Ver.
2
teacheth
vs
that
Gods
children
ought
to
exercise
themselues
in
déepe
meditation
of
Gods
works
.
Ver.
3
teacheth
vs
that
al
gods
works
do
wonderfully
set
forth
his
glory
&
maiesty
.
Ver.
4
teacheth
vs
first
that
we
cannot
deface
the
excellency
of
gods
works
though
we
would
:
secondly
it
describeth
the
excellency
of
loue
and
mercy
that
is
in
the
Lord
,
specially
towards
those
that
are
his
.
Ver.
5
teacheth
vs
,
that
God
giueth
his
children
whatsoeuer
he
féeth
good
&
meet
for
them
,
also
that
God
promiseth
nothing
to
his
,
but
he
performeth
it
.
Verse
6
sheweth
that
though
gods
power
be
known
to
al
yet
chéefly
to
those
that
are
his
people
.
Ver.
7
teacheth
vs
that
al
that
God
doth
,
he
doth
in
mercy
to
his
seruaunts
,
and
in
iudgemente
to
his
enemies
.
Verse
8
noteth
the
certaintie
,
assurednesse
,
and
continuance
of
gods
word
.
Ver.
9
teacheth
that
God
in
the
middest
of
their
greatest
miseries
remembreth
and
deliuereth
his
own
people
.
Ver.
10
teacheth
vs
that
this
is
true
wisedome
,
to
yéeld
God
that
seruice
only
that
he
requireth
at
our
hands
:
also
that
it
is
not
ynough
to
know
,
but
that
we
are
bound
to
do
Gods
commaundements
.
Psalme
112.
Di.
THis
Psalm
may
be
diuided
specially
into
two
parts
.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
sheweth
the
great
blessings
of
God
vpon
those
that
feare
him
,
from
ver.
1
to
the
end
of
the
4.
In
the
second
he
sheweth
certain
qualities
or
notes
wherby
to
discern
good
men
,
&
describeth
all
the
cursed
estate
of
the
wicked
.
From
ver.
5
to
the
end
of
the
Psalm
.
For
the
title
of
this
Psal.
Se.
also
,
sée
before
Psal.
106.
in
the
title
.
]
Ver.
1
Blessed
is
the
man
[
i.
fulnes
of
blessings
is
to
him
,
of
what
sexe
or
state
soeuer
he
be
,
sée
Psal.
1.1
]
that
feareth
the
Lord
[
vz.
vnfeignedly
&
with
his
whole
hart
.
Vnder
this
word
,
feareth
the
Lord
,
he
comprehendeth
al
the
whole
worship
&
seruice
of
God
]
and
delighteth
greatly
[
i.
taketh
much
and
continual
pleasure
,
as
Psal.
1.2
.
]
in
his
commandements
[
i.
in
the
commandements
which
God
hath
prescribed
]
Ver.
2.
His
séed
[
i.
the
houshold
,
race
and
posterity
of
such
a
good
man
]
shall
bée
mighty
[
i.
shal
grow
not
only
to
a
great
increase
,
but
also
to
strength
&
continuance
that
shal
not
rot
away
]
vpon
earth
[
i.
in
this
earth
,
that
the
Lord
hath
giuen
to
the
sonnes
of
men
]
the
generation
of
the
righteous
[
i.
the
godly
race
and
posterity
of
good
men
continuing
in
their
fathers
goodnesse
]
shal
be
blessed
[
vz.
with
plentiful
blessings
,
&
that
from
the
Lord.
]
Ver
,
3.
Riches
&
treasures
[
i.
al
maner
of
wealth
which
is
noted
,
both
because
the
prophet
vseth
2
words
,
signifying
almost
one
thing
,
and
also
because
hee
speaketh
of
them
in
the
plural
number
]
shal
be
in
his
house
[
i.
in
his
possession
and
vse
to
serue
his
own
turne
and
the
turne
of
all
those
that
any
manner
of
way
depend
vpon
him
]
and
his
righteousnes
[
i.
his
vprightnes
and
goodnes
,
both
towards
God
and
men
]
indureth
for
euer
[
i.
shall
neuer
decay
.
q.d.
though
many
rich
men
through
deceitefulnes
of
riches
,
fall
away
from
their
former
goodnes
,
yet
this
good
man
neuer
shall
doe
so
,
because
he
is
vpholden
in
the
same
,
by
the
strength
of
God
,
and
his
spirite
,
yea
and
withall
he
sheweth
what
difference
there
is
betwéene
the
good
and
the
bad
:
wicked
mens
riches
goe
away
by
and
by
,
but
good
mens
righteousnes
continueth
for
euer
.
True
it
is
that
the
good
are
oftentimes
poore
,
but
the
Prophet
herein
specially
magnifieth
the
grace
of
god
,
that
the
godly
content
themselues
with
mediocritie
,
and
that
on
the
other
side
,
the
prophane
men
are
neuer
satisfied
,
what
abundaunce
so
euer
they
haue
.
Ver.
4.
Vnto
the
righteous
[
i.
vnto
them
that
striue
,
to
a
righteous
life
,
and
holy
conuersation
]
ariseth
[
vz.
through
Gods
speciall
appoyntment
,
gift
,
and
grace
]
light
[
i.
all
maner
of
prosperity
and
blessednes
both
inward
,
and
outward
]
in
darkenes
[
i.
in
the
greatest
distresse
,
misery
,
and
aduersitie
,
that
can
come
vppon
him
:
the
Prophet
meaneth
,
that
God
maketh
them
to
féele
his
grace
and
goodnes
,
which
are
vpright
in
heart
,
in
the
middest
of
their
greatest
afflictions
,
they
knowing
this
,
that
all
that
is
layd
vpon
them
shall
turne
to
their
good
]
hee
[
i.
the
godly
and
faithfull
man
]
is
mercifull
and
full
of
compassion
[
vz.
towardes
such
,
as
are
in
neede
and
distresse
]
&
righteous
[
i.
vpright
and
faithful
in
al
his
dealings
with
other
.
Some
referre
this
to
God
,
but
methinke
the
other
is
the
more
apt
sense
.
]
Ver.
5.
A
good
man
[
i.
one
whome
God
hath
framed
to
goodnes
,
for
otherwise
none
is
good
saue
God
onely
.
Mark
.
10.18
.
]
is
mercifull
[
vz.
to
the
poore
and
néedy
,
vnderstanding
by
mercifull
,
curteous
in
speach
and
ready
in
déede
to
performe
what
in
him
lyeth
]
and
lendeth
[
vz.
vnto
another
that
wanteth
yea
he
lendeth
fréely
,
looking
for
nothing
againe
,
Luke
6.35
.
This
is
a
fruite
of
mercy
,
the
vsurer
lendeth
also
,
but
that
is
to
sucke
away
the
wealth
of
an
other
]
and
measureth
his
affaires
[
i.
ordereth
and
disposeth
the
thinges
he
hath
to
do
,
not
doing
any
thing
rashly
,
or
yet
forslowing
the
occasion
when
hee
may
doe
a
thing
well
,
not
being
prodigall
on
the
one
side
,
or
miserable
on
the
other
side
,
but
in
all
his
dealings
,
obserueth
the
rule
of
equitie
and
right
]
by
iudgement
[
i.
by
sound
iudgement
and
good
aduise
.
]
Ver.
6.
Surely
hee
shall
neuer
bee
moued
[
vz.
vtterly
or
altogether
:
q.d.
he
shall
remaine
always
stedfast
and
sound
,
what
soeuer
aduersities
come
vnto
him
:
Sée
2.
Corinth.
4.8
.
]
but
[
I
woulde
rather
read
,
and
,
]
the
righteous
[
sée
before
ver.
4.
of
this
Psalm
]
shal
be
had
in
euerlasting
remembraunce
[
vz.
before
God
,
and
his
Angels
and
amongest
all
the
company
of
good
and
godly
people
.
]
Ver.
7.
He
will
not
bée
afrayd
of
euill
tydings
[
i.
of
any
euill
tydings
how
heauy
soeuer
they
bee
,
which
shal
bée
brought
to
him
,
by
euil
tydings
he
meaneth
reports
of
some
euill
or
mischiefe
,
that
séemeth
to
drawe
nigh
,
or
hang
ouer
mens
heads
]
for
his
heart
is
fixed
[
vz.
stedfastly
vppon
God
and
his
prouidence
]
and
beléeueth
[
vz.
with
all
his
heart
]
in
the
Lord
[
vz.
who
is
able
,
and
will
also
in
good
time
deliuer
him
:
q.d.
whatsoeuer
euill
newes
he
may
heare
,
hée
will
not
be
afrayd
,
but
will
alwaies
remaine
quiet
in
his
spirit
:
the
reason
is
,
because
he
hath
wholy
reposed
himselfe
,
vppon
Gods
fatherly
prouidence
and
care
euen
as
though
hee
were
in
his
bosome
or
lappe
.
]
Ver.
8.
His
heart
[
i.
the
perswasion
of
his
heart
]
is
stablished
[
i.
surely
and
firmely
set
,
vppon
God
and
the
trueth
of
his
promises
]
therefore
hee
will
not
feare
[
vz.
any
thing
,
whatsoeuer
that
man
can
doe
against
him
.
Sée
Psalm
.
118.6
.
]
vntill
he
sée
his
desire
vppon
his
enemies
[
i.
vntill
he
sée
them
through
Gods
might
and
power
ouerthrowne
,
as
hee
himself
hath
wished
:
by
the
word
,
vntill
,
hée
meaneth
not
that
when
they
are
ouerthrowne
,
then
hée
shoulde
bée
afrayd
,
for
that
were
to
feare
,
where
no
feare
is
,
but
,
vntil
,
is
vsed
here
for
perpetuity
of
tyme
,
as
before
Psalm
.
110.1
.
q.d.
hée
shall
neuer
feare
.
]
Ver.
9.
Hée
[
i.
the
good
and
righteous
man
]
hath
distributed
[
vz.
vnto
others
,
the
things
hée
had
,
and
that
not
slenderly
,
or
niggardly
,
but
fréely
,
and
as
euery
mans
necessitie
requireth
,
and
his
power
able
to
perfourme
]
and
giuen
[
vz.
of
his
owne
,
and
that
fréely
and
liberally
]
to
the
poore
[
i.
to
the
néedy
,
and
such
as
wanted
]
his
righteousnesse
remayneth
for
euer
[
i.
hée
shall
continually
haue
a
meane
and
ability
to
doe
well
,
it
may
bée
also
vnderstoode
,
of
the
fruit
of
righteousnesse
:
Sée
before
ver.
3.
of
this
Psalme
]
his
horne
[
i.
his
head
,
as
1.
Sam.
2.1.10
.
vnderstanding
also
therby
his
force
,
strength
,
state
,
dignitie
,
prosperity
,
and
whatsoeuer
was
excellent
in
him
]
shal
be
exalted
[
vz.
mightily
and
greatly
]
with
glory
[
i.
with
abundance
of
glory
:
q.d.
hée
shal
increase
and
grow
from
glory
,
to
glory
,
till
hée
come
to
the
height
or
toppe
of
glory
.
]
Verse
10.
The
wicked
shall
sée
[
vz.
both
with
his
mynde
and
eyes
]
it
[
i.
the
felicity
and
the
prosperity
of
the
good
]
and
be
angry
[
i.
grieue
,
despite
,
and
freate
at
it
]
hee
shal
gnash
with
his
téeth
[
vz.
euen
not
only
for
anger
,
as
the
Bore
which
whetteth
his
tushues
,
but
also
for
griefe
and
payne
as
Matth.
8.12
.
]
and
consume
away
[
vz.
out
of
this
life
,
and
from
amongest
men
,
and
that
through
despite
and
enuy
]
and
the
desire
of
the
wicked
shall
perish
[
i.
the
wicked
shal
not
attain
and
performe
that
which
they
wish
and
desire
,
but
shal
bee
frustrated
of
their
hope
:
by
desire
,
he
vnderstandeth
their
wicked
thoughts
,
counsels
,
indeuours
,
labours
and
attempts
,
against
the
good
:
and
by
perishing
,
he
meaneth
that
they
shal
be
made
frustrate
and
come
to
nothing
,
sée
Psal.
146.4
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
first
that
the
way
to
attaine
true
blessednesse
is
to
serue
the
Lorde
according
to
his
worde
:
Secondly
that
Gods
seruants
shoulde
haue
a
very
great
and
continuall
delight
in
his
lawe
.
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
first
that
Gods
people
shall
both
inwardly
,
and
outwardly
growe
much
euen
in
this
life
,
secondly
that
the
riches
of
Gods
blessings
,
reacheth
not
onely
to
the
godly
,
but
also
to
their
godly
séede
and
posterity
.
Verse
3.
Teacheth
vs
,
first
that
riches
are
not
euil
,
because
they
are
reckoned
amongst
Gods
blessinges
:
secondly
that
we
can
not
haue
them
,
vnlesse
it
please
him
in
fauour
to
bestow
the
same
vppon
vs
,
thirdly
that
the
godly
through
the
strength
and
power
of
GOD
,
continue
stedfast
in
goodnes
vnto
the
end
.
Ver.
4.
Teacheth
vs
,
first
that
the
godly
shal
be
〈…〉
middest
of
their
greatest
heauinesse
:
secondly
that
godly
men
〈…〉
hearted
,
and
●●ithful
in
all
their
dealings
.
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
men
that
are
able
to
lend
fréely
,
and
vtterly
condemneth
al
vsury
:
secondly
it
teacheth
men
holy
wisedome
,
to
doe
euery
thing
they
doe
with
aduise
and
vprightnes
.
Verse
6.
Noteth
,
not
onely
the
continuaunce
and
sure
footing
as
it
were
,
that
the
godly
haue
,
but
also
euen
the
great
glory
and
renoune
wherwith
the
Lorde
crowneth
them
.
Ver.
7.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
whosoeuer
stedfastly
trusteth
in
the
Lord
,
néed
not
feare
any
thing
whatsoeuer
.
Ver.
8.
Teacheth
vs
that
we
ought
to
haue
a
stedfast
and
an
assured
perswasion
of
the
truth
of
gods
promises
:
also
that
the
wicked
shall
come
to
ruine
and
destruction
.
Ver.
9.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
this
is
one
good
note
to
knowe
good
men
by
,
that
they
are
liberall
handed
to
the
néedy
:
also
that
the
Lorde
will
make
the
glory
of
his
children
more
and
more
to
increase
.
Ver.
10.
Teacheth
first
,
that
it
is
the
nature
of
the
wicked
,
to
pine
away
at
the
prosperitie
of
the
good
:
Secondly
that
all
the
deuises
and
attempts
of
the
vngodly
,
agaynst
the
good
,
shall
through
Gods
mightie
power
,
either
come
to
no
effect
,
or
else
fall
in
his
iust
iudgement
vppon
their
owne
heades
.
Psalme
113
I
Thinke
this
Psalme
doeth
specially
consist
of
two
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
exhorteth
men
to
prayse
the
Lorde
,
deliuering
them
also
a
forme
thereof
,
and
this
is
comprehended
in
the
thrée
first
verses
:
In
the
second
hee
sheweth
as
it
were
causes
wherefore
he
is
to
be
praysed
,
vz.
for
his
infinite
power
,
and
wonderfull
prouidence
,
from
ver.
4.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
of
this
Psalme
,
is
the
same
with
the
title
of
Psalme
106.
]
Verse
1.
Se.
Prayse
[
vz.
the
Lorde
]
O
yee
seruantes
of
the
Lorde
[
hée
speaketh
both
to
the
Leuites
and
other
people
,
whome
the
Lord
had
chosen
to
serue
him
,
but
specially
to
the
Leuites
,
whom
the
Lord
had
appoynted
for
leaders
and
guydes
vnto
the
rest
]
prayse
[
vz.
both
in
the
inwarde
man
and
in
the
outwarde
man
,
i.
both
with
heart
and
mouth
]
the
name
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
his
maiesty
,
power
,
and
goodnesse
,
manifested
to
all
but
especially
to
you
:
and
in
that
hee
doubleth
this
woorde
,
prayse
,
hee
doeth
not
onely
labour
to
whet
our
coldnesse
and
dulnes
,
but
sheweth
that
God
is
he
,
who
alone
is
worthy
all
prayse
.
]
Ver.
2.
Blessed
[
i.
praysed
and
magnified
]
hée
the
name
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
Gods
maiesty
,
power
,
and
goodnes
,
as
before
ver.
1.
of
this
Psalme
]
from
henceforth
and
for
euer
[
i.
from
this
tyme
,
and
so
forward
alwayes
.
In
this
verse
the
Prophet
amplifieth
Gods
prayse
,
by
the
circumstance
of
tyme
:
q.d.
hée
would
haue
it
to
continue
alwayes
in
mens
mouthes
:
as
in
the
next
verse
hée
amplifieth
it
by
the
circumstaunce
of
place
:
q.d.
hée
woulde
haue
it
remaine
and
abyde
also
in
all
places
.
]
Ver.
3.
The
Lordes
name
[
i.
his
maiesty
,
power
,
goodnes
&c.
as
before
.
verse
1.2
.
of
this
Psalme
,
and
also
Psalm
.
20.1
.
]
is
praysed
[
i.
is
meete
and
worthy
to
bee
praysed
,
for
the
excellency
and
woorthinesse
thereof
:
some
read
it
thus
,
let
it
be
praysed
:
both
senses
may
stand
well
with
the
purpose
of
the
Prophet
]
from
the
rising
of
the
sunne
vnto
the
going
downe
of
the
same
[
i.
in
and
through
all
the
world
,
he
putteth
two
of
the
chiefest
parts
of
the
world
,
for
the
whole
world
,
because
these
two
partes
,
vz.
East
,
and
West
were
most
inhabited
,
for
the
North
by
reason
of
colde
,
and
the
South
by
reason
of
heate
,
are
not
so
well
peopled
as
the
other
quarters
are
.
]
Ver.
4.
The
Lorde
is
high
aboue
all
nations
[
i.
is
renowmed
and
more
glorious
,
then
al
the
peoples
of
the
world
,
or
any
one
of
them
:
and
it
is
a
secret
reproof
:
q.d.
Is
there
any
thing
more
absurde
amongest
reasonable
men
then
this
,
that
they
which
haue
certaine
experience
and
knowledge
,
of
Gods
glory
amongst
them
,
should
cease
to
prayse
him
for
it
,
séeing
it
shineth
euen
amongest
them
that
are
blinde
]
and
his
glory
aboue
the
heauens
[
q.d.
God
doeth
not
onely
excéede
,
and
excel
al
nations
in
glory
,
but
euen
the
very
heauens
themselues
,
which
are
not
able
to
conceiue
or
conteine
his
glory
.
]
Ver.
5.
Who
[
either
in
heauen
or
in
earth
]
is
like
[
to
wit
,
in
power
,
strength
,
prouidence
,
goodnes
,
&c.
]
vnto
the
Lorde
our
God
[
i.
vnto
him
whom
we
serue
]
that
hath
his
dwelling
on
high
[
i.
that
dwelleth
in
the
heauens
,
as
Psalme
2.4
.
]
Ver.
6.
Who
abaseth
himselfe
[
vz.
in
loue
and
mercy
towardes
his
]
to
behold
thinges
[
vz.
which
are
done
]
in
the
heauen
and
in
the
earth
[
he
meaneth
that
God
foreseeth
all
thinges
both
aloft
and
belowe
,
and
by
his
power
disposeth
thereof
.
]
Ver.
7.
He
rayseth
(
vz.
through
his
almighty
power
,
and
of
his
goodnes
)
the
needy
(
i.
the
poore
and
abiect
amongst
men
)
out
of
the
dust
(
i.
out
of
a
vile
and
contemptible
estate
)
and
lifteth
vp
the
poore
out
of
the
dung
,
hee
speaketh
the
selfe
same
thing
in
other
tearmes
,
meaning
,
that
God
many
tymes
aduanceth
the
most
base
persons
,
sée
1.
Sam.
2.8
.
also
2.
Sam.
7.8
.
and
note
that
hée
speaketh
not
here
of
an
ordinary
course
,
as
in
other
places
,
but
of
vnaccustomed
workes
,
in
which
Gods
hand
&
power
is
more
manifest
,
as
when
he
exalteth
a
poore
man
not
onely
to
a
simple
degrée
of
honour
,
but
also
to
haue
authority
ouer
his
people
.
True
it
is
,
that
this
appeareth
plainely
in
the
ciuill
gouernement
,
but
yet
especially
in
the
state
of
the
Church
,
which
is
the
principall
theatre
as
it
were
of
the
worlde
,
and
wherein
God
giueth
the
plainest
testimonies
of
his
power
,
wisedome
,
and
wonderfull
iustice
.
)
Ver.
8.
That
he
may
set
them
with
the
princes
(
i.
that
he
may
giue
and
commit
vnto
them
gouernement
,
as
other
princes
haue
,
and
not
onely
as
euery
other
Prince
,
but
euen
such
gouernement
,
as
the
princes
of
his
owne
people
haue
,
whome
hée
hath
not
onely
chosen
,
but
also
most
tenderly
loued
)
Ver.
9.
Hée
(
i.
God
)
maketh
(
vz.
by
his
almighty
power
and
working
)
the
barren
woman
[
i.
shee
that
was
barren
]
to
dwell
with
a
family
(
i.
to
haue
plenty
of
children
about
her
:
the
Prophet
putteth
the
whole
family
,
for
the
principall
part
thereof
,
that
is
children
)
and
(
vz.
God
maketh
her
also
)
a
ioyfull
mother
of
children
(
i.
to
reioyce
in
her
children
and
fruitfulnes
:
hee
ascribeth
here
ioy
vnto
mothers
,
because
they
preferre
posterity
,
before
all
other
thinges
which
they
desire
:
that
barrennes
bred
griefe
,
and
fruitfulnes
,
ioy
,
appeareth
in
Hannah
the
mother
of
Samuel
,
1.
Sam.
1.2
.
chapiters
throughout
)
prayse
yee
the
Lorde
(
sée
Psal.
106.
and
the
last
verse
.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
that
it
becommeth
all
men
,
Do.
but
specially
the
ministers
of
Gods
worde
,
to
set
forth
the
noble
prayses
of
the
Lord
.
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
vs
that
Gods
prayses
should
be
continuall
.
Ver.
3.
Sheweth
that
they
shall
bée
publike
in
all
places
.
Verse
.
4.
Sheweth
that
all
the
glory
both
of
heauen
and
earth
,
and
of
all
the
creatures
therein
conteined
,
is
not
so
much
as
a
shaddow
of
the
glory
and
maiesty
that
is
in
God
.
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
none
is
any
manner
of
way
comparable
with
God
,
or
like
vnto
him
.
Ver.
6.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
God
looketh
vppon
all
thinges
both
in
heauen
and
earth
,
which
shoulde
teach
vs
to
walke
with
feare
and
trembling
in
his
sight
.
Ver.
7.
and
8.
Teach
vs
,
that
preferment
commeth
not
from
the
East
,
nor
from
the
West
,
but
from
the
Lorde
onely
,
as
Psal.
75.6.7
.
Ver.
8.
Teacheth
further
,
that
christian
princes
,
and
those
which
gouerne
Gods
people
,
are
more
to
be
estéemed
,
then
vnbeléeuing
magistrates
are
.
Ver.
9.
Teacheth
vs
,
first
that
barennes
and
fruitfulnes
are
both
from
the
Lord
.
Secondly
that
wee
may
,
yea
that
wee
ought
to
reioyce
,
when
God
blesseth
vs
with
posterity
.
Psalme
114
THis
Psalme
may
be
diuided
into
two
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
sheweth
how
the
people
were
deliuered
out
of
Egipt
,
and
the
wonderfull
works
which
God
did
for
their
sake
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
4.
In
the
second
is
comprehended
as
it
were
a
dialogue
,
or
disputation
betwéen
the
Prophet
and
the
creatures
,
from
ver.
5.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
This
Psalme
hath
no
title
,
as
sundry
other
haue
not
,
and
namely
Psal.
10.
Se.
also
Psal.
91.
also
Psal.
93.
&c
,
]
Ver.
1.
When
Israell
[
i.
the
people
of
Israell
:
who
are
called
Israel
,
because
they
descended
of
Iaakob
,
who
was
also
called
Israel
]
went
out
of
Egipt
[
i.
were
deliuered
out
of
it
,
by
the
handes
of
Moses
&
Aaron
]
and
the
house
of
Iaakob
[
i.
his
race
and
posterity
]
from
the
barbarous
people
[
vz.
of
the
land
of
Egipt
,
the
Hebrew
worde
vsed
in
this
place
,
signifieth
such
as
spake
an
other
tongue
besides
the
Hebrewe
,
Sée
Psalm
.
81.5
.
]
Ver.
2.
Iudah
[
i.
not
onely
that
tribe
,
but
all
the
rest
of
the
people
of
Israel
,
for
that
which
hee
attributeth
to
that
tribe
,
because
it
was
one
of
the
chiefest
appertaineth
also
euen
vnto
the
whole
body
of
the
people
]
was
his
sanctification
[
i.
was
a
people
whom
hée
had
sanctified
,
and
seperated
from
other
nations
,
to
bée
a
peculiar
&
holy
people
to
himselfe
.
]
And
Israel
[
i.
the
people
that
came
of
Israel
,
as
ver.
1.
of
this
Psalm
.
]
his
dominion
[
i.
God
had
purchased
vnto
himselfe
,
a
Lordship
and
rule
ouer
them
,
because
he
had
brought
them
out
of
the
lande
of
Egipt
.
The
Prophet
meaneth
,
that
the
Israelites
were
gods
people
,
and
that
he
againe
was
the
God
of
the
Israelites
:
Sée
Exod.
6.7
.
Exod.
19.5.6
.
]
Ver.
3.
The
Sea
[
i.
the
red
Sea
]
sawe
[
i.
felt
and
perceiued
,
after
the
manner
that
it
could
]
it
[
i.
the
great
power
of
God
,
waking
for
his
people
in
their
deliuery
and
his
loue
towardes
them
]
and
fled
[
vz.
from
before
the
presence
of
the
Lord
and
his
people
,
some
this
way
,
and
some
that
way
:
sée
Exod.
14.21
.
]
Iordan
was
turned
backe
[
vz.
from
his
naturall
course
and
running
,
sée
this
history
in
Ioshua
.
3.13.14
.
&c.
Hée
toucheth
here
some
miracles
,
that
God
wrought
for
his
people
.
q.d.
Though
the
Sea
were
a
dead
element
,
and
the
other
creatures
insensible
,
yet
they
were
as
it
were
striken
with
a
certaine
feare
of
Gods
power
,
and
did
of
their
owne
accorde
yet
at
Gods
appointment
,
willingly
yéeld
to
the
passage
of
his
people
.
]
Ver.
4.
The
mountaines
[
i.
not
only
Sinai
,
but
the
mountaines
round
about
it
]
leaped
like
rammes
[
i.
were
moued
,
as
rammes
when
they
leape
or
skippe
,
at
the
presence
of
the
Lorde
,
when
hee
gaue
the
lawe
vnto
Moses
:
Sée
Exod.
19.18
,
]
and
the
hilles
[
i.
litle
hilles
,
vz.
leaped
or
skipped
]
as
lambes
[
vz.
when
they
play
together
,
hée
meaneth
that
the
presence
of
the
Lord
,
made
both
the
great
mountaines
,
and
the
litle
hilles
to
tremble
.
]
Ver.
5.
What
ailed
thée
[
q.d.
what
was
the
cause
,
or
was
the
matter
in
thy self
?
no
,
no
,
there
was
an
other
thing
in
it
,
and
that
was
gods
power
and
presence
,
as
ver.
7.
]
O
sea
[
i.
O
red
sea
,
as
before
ver.
3.
of
this
Psalm
]
that
thou
fleddest
[
vz.
at
the
presence
of
the
Lorde
and
his
people
,
Sée
for
the
sense
of
this
and
that
which
followeth
in
this
verse
,
the
third
verse
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
.
6.
Yee
mountaines
&c.
[
sée
for
the
meaning
of
this
verse
,
ver.
4.
of
this
Psal.
and
note
for
both
these
verses
together
,
that
the
Prophet
demandeth
the
question
,
not
as
though
he
either
doubted
,
or
were
ignoraunt
of
the
cause
,
but
that
he
might
the
more
euidently
declare
,
that
whatsoeuer
was
done
,
was
by
the
almighty
power
of
God
done
,
besides
or
contrary
to
the
course
that
had
set
them
.
]
Ver.
7.
The
earth
[
vz.
it selfe
,
which
séemeth
to
bée
insible
,
yea
and
as
it
were
vnmoueable
]
trembled
at
the
presence
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
shooke
as
it
were
for
feare
,
when
the
Lord
gaue
forth
testimonies
of
his
presence
.
Sée
Exod.
19.18
.
The
Prophet
giueth
in
these
woordes
,
an
answere
to
his
questions
.
q.d.
Gods
power
&
presence
,
was
the
cause
of
this
and
that
,
he
putting
the
worde
,
earth
,
for
the
sea
and
waters
also
,
which
by
the
figure
finecdoche
,
are
comprehended
vnder
that
name
Immanuel
readeth
it
thus
]
at
the
presence
of
the
Lord
,
I
the
earth
tremble
[
q.d.
then
I
did
tremble
at
his
presence
,
and
nowe
and
at
al
other
times
,
I
am
so
striken
with
his
presence
,
when
he
sheweth
it
,
as
it
were
extraordinarily
,
so
that
I
can
not
but
tremble
at
it
.
Though
the
wordes
vary
,
yet
the
sense
is
all
one
]
at
the
presence
of
the
God
of
Iaakob
[
i.
at
the
presence
of
the
onely
true
God
,
whom
Iaakob
,
that
is
such
as
came
of
Iaakob
worship
and
serue
:
and
by
this
title
he
seuereth
God
,
from
al
other
counterfeit
and
sorged
gods
whatsoeuer
.
]
Ver.
8.
Which
turneth
[
vz.
by
his
almightie
power
]
the
rocke
into
water
pooles
[
i.
maketh
fountaines
to
come
out
of
the
rocke
:
and
when
he
calleth
them
water
pooles
,
he
noteth
the
abundance
of
water
that
issued
out
of
them
]
&
the
flint
into
a
fountaine
of
water
[
i.
brought
euen
abundance
of
water
out
of
the
most
hard
rocke
.
sée
Psal.
78.15.16
.
we
may
also
referre
this
,
to
the
histories
written
Exod.
17.6
.
and
Num.
20.11
.
&c.
if
any
wil
expound
it
of
Gods
power
,
what
he
is
able
to
doe
,
I
will
not
contend
,
for
I
suppose
both
senses
may
stand
very
well
.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
that
God
hath
a
speciall
care
ouer
his
people
,
Do.
when
they
are
most
distressed
.
Ver.
2.
Sheweth
that
it
is
a
singular
fauor
,
when
god
chooseth
any
to
be
a
holy
,
and
peculiar
people
to
himselfe
.
Ver.
3.
and
4.
Teach
that
when
the
Lorde
will
haue
any
thing
done
,
hee
wil
make
the
very
creatures
to
turne
vpside
downe
their
ordinary
courses
.
Verse
.
5.6
.
Teach
vs
that
wee
may
many
times
aske
questions
,
and
yet
neither
doubt
of
the
matters
,
nor
be
ignorant
in
them
.
Ver.
7.
Teacheth
vs
to
stand
in
awe
of
God
,
séeing
that
the
very
dumbe
and
insensible
creatures
feare
before
him
.
Ver.
8.
Teacheth
that
the
Lord
doth
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
him
both
in
heauen
and
in
earth
.
Psalme
115
THis
Psalme
consisteth
of
two
principall
parts
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
faithful
pray
to
the
Lord
,
shewing
that
they
trust
in
him
,
&
not
in
the
idoles
of
the
gentiles
any
maner
of
way
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
8.
In
the
seconde
is
conteined
an
exhortation
to
the
faithful
to
trust
in
the
Lorde
,
with
promises
of
great
graces
if
they
wil
abide
therein
,
from
ver.
9.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
It
is
vncertaine
who
penned
this
Psalme
,
and
at
what
time
it
was
written
.
Se.
If
I
should
goe
vpon
coniectures
and
gesses
,
I
suppose
rather
that
the
faithful
people
of
God
,
in
some
captiuity
,
either
of
Babilon
,
or
vnder
Antiochus
made
it
,
then
Dauid
,
as
Immanuel
Tremelius
affirmeth
.
]
Ver.
1.
Not
vnto
vs
,
O
Lord
,
not
vnto
vs
,
[
q.d.
deliuer
vs
from
the
tyranny
of
the
Gentiles
amongst
whom
we
are
,
not
that
we
might
haue
glory
therby
,
but
that
it
may
redound
to
thine
owne
glory
&
honour
:
&
this
doubling
of
the
words
sheweth
that
they
cast
from
themselues
al
trust
in
themselues
]
but
vnto
thy
name
[
vz.
only
:
vnderstanding
by
name
,
his
goodnes
,
maiesty
,
power
,
&c.
as
Psal.
113.1.2
.
]
giue
the
glory
[
vz.
of
one
deliueraunce
and
fréedome
]
for
thy
louing
mercy
[
vz.
towards
vs
]
and
for
thy
truths
sake
[
vz.
which
thou
hast
promised
vs
:
vnderstanding
by
trueth
,
not
only
his
promise
,
but
also
his
faithful
performance
thereof
.
q.d.
for
the
glory
of
thine
owne
name
,
and
that
thy
mercy
and
trueth
may
bée
made
manifest
,
worke
this
deliueraunce
for
vs
.
Verse
.
2.
Wherefore
[
i.
to
what
end
,
otherwise
then
tending
to
thy
dishonour
]
shall
the
heathen
[
amongst
whom
we
are
,
and
vnder
whose
power
we
be
subiected
]
say
?
[
vz.
with
open
mouth
,
&
that
in
disprayse
of
thy
name
]
where
is
nowe
[
i.
at
this
pinch
,
and
at
this
distresse
]
their
God
[
i.
the
God
which
they
worship
:
q.d.
if
thou
nowe
helpe
vs
not
the
mouthes
of
the
enemies
will
bée
open
,
to
blaspheme
thée
,
as
though
thou
caredst
not
for
thy
people
,
and
so
to
wound
and
grieue
vs
at
the
heart
.
]
Verse
3.
But
[
q.d.
for
all
their
blaspheming
,
this
is
our
assuraunce
of
fayth
,
that
]
our
God
[
i.
the
God
whome
wee
serue
]
is
in
heauen
[
i.
is
farre
aboue
all
thinges
,
in
maiesty
,
power
,
&c.
]
hée
doeth
[
vz.
without
either
the
helpe
or
hinderance
of
any
]
what
soeuer
he
will
[
vz.
both
in
heauen
and
earth
.
This
verse
and
the
verses
following
conteine
and
answere
,
to
the
blasphemous
scorning
of
the
aduersaries
conteined
ver.
3.
and
in
this
answere
,
the
true
GOD
is
manifestly
set
out
,
ver.
4.
and
further
it
is
declared
,
that
the
false
,
may
not
onely
not
be
compared
with
him
,
but
not
with
men
,
no
,
not
so
much
,
as
with
the
smallest
creature
liuing
,
ver
,
4.5.6.7
.
and
therefore
that
men
shoulde
no
more
feare
the
worshippers
of
idoles
,
then
the
idoles
themselues
.
ver.
8.
so
that
here
he
opposeth
the
assurance
of
fayth
against
the
blasphemies
of
vnbeléeuers
,
and
declareth
that
God
hath
an
infinite
power
,
and
such
a
one
as
can
not
bee
limited
,
in
so
much
that
all
the
worlde
being
vnder
his
gouernement
hée
fréely
executeth
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
him
,
no
man
being
able
to
let
him
therein
,
yea
that
he
is
not
onely
aboue
all
lets
and
hinderaunces
,
but
also
that
he
vseth
the
same
to
serue
to
the
furtherance
of
his
purposes
,
and
therefore
hée
addeth
that
hee
doeth
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
him
.
]
Ver.
4.
Their
idoles
[
i.
the
idoles
of
the
heathen
,
ver.
2.
of
this
Psal.
and
which
they
serue
]
as
siluer
and
golde
[
i
are
made
of
siluer
and
gold
:
q.d.
that
is
the
best
they
can
bee
made
of
]
the
worke
of
mens
handes
[
i.
they
are
such
woorkes
as
mens
handes
haue
made
.
]
Verse
.
5.
They
haue
a
mouth
[
i.
the
proportion
and
similitude
of
a
mouth
]
and
speake
not
[
i.
can
not
speake
therewith
]
they
haue
eyes
[
i.
a
shewe
and
likenes
of
eyes
]
and
sée
not
[
i.
can
not
sée
therewith
:
and
after
the
same
sort
must
you
vnderstande
all
that
is
sayd
of
them
,
ver.
6.7
.
The
faithful
do
hereby
declare
,
that
it
is
an
absurd
thing
for
men
demaund
of
idoles
that
which
they
want
,
or
to
put
any
trust
in
them
,
séeing
that
they
haue
neither
mouing
,
féeling
,
nor
any
other
sense
.
And
in
these
verses
,
hée
maketh
an
opposition
betwéene
the
true
God
,
and
the
false
gods
,
which
are
nothing
but
dead
idoles
,
and
haue
no
power
at
all
,
&
in
these
verses
,
is
conteined
also
a
laying
of
that
iustly
vpon
these
false
gods
,
which
the
idolaters
vntruely
did
charge
the
true
God
withall
,
and
the
argumentes
are
taken
,
first
of
the
effect
,
because
their
idoles
were
nothing
but
terrors
,
and
such
as
did
trouble
mens
myndes
,
with
grieuous
superstition
(
from
whence
also
they
séeme
in
Hebrewe
to
haue
their
names
)
and
not
comforting
,
and
sauing
any
,
as
God
doeth
all
his
continually
:
Secondly
of
the
matter
,
because
that
though
they
bee
very
precious
,
yet
they
are
earthly
thinges
and
without
life
,
but
God
is
the
author
of
life
,
and
dwelleth
in
heauen
:
thirdly
,
of
their
beginning
because
mens
handes
made
them
,
whereas
God
is
eternall
and
vncreated
,
who
also
by
his
very
word
,
made
al
things
:
lastly
,
because
they
are
idle
and
vnprofitable
,
and
not
indued
with
any
power
of
life
,
but
rather
vaine
shadowes
of
liuing
thinges
,
whereas
the
Lorde
doeth
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
him
.
And
by
this
meanes
hee
beateth
downe
,
the
vayne
confidence
and
pride
of
the
wicked
,
who
bragged
of
the
helpe
of
their
gods
,
to
whome
they
themselues
gaue
a
beginning
and
though
they
bee
made
of
golde
and
siluer
vnderstanding
thereby
any
other
precious
matter
whatsoeuer
,
yet
so
it
is
,
the
value
of
the
matter
causeth
not
,
that
the
idoles
should
bée
more
excellent
,
if
they
might
be
compared
with
GOD.
]
Verse
.
8.
They
that
make
them
[
i.
the
caruers
,
grauers
,
painters
,
&c.
]
are
like
vnto
them
[
i.
brutish
,
as
it
were
and
insensible
.
q.d.
they
are
no
more
able
to
resist
thée
,
and
thy
power
,
then
those
dead
images
are
able
to
resist
a
liuing
man
:
neither
are
they
able
more
to
hurt
thy
people
,
then
a
blocke
or
a
stocke
of
it selfe
can
hurt
a
liuing
creature
]
so
are
[
i.
in
the
like
case
and
condition
also
are
]
all
[
vz.
of
what
state
or
condition
soeuer
they
bee
]
that
trust
in
them
[
vz.
either
litle
or
much
:
and
here
they
shewe
one
cause
wherefore
God
hateth
idoles
,
vz.
because
the
honour
due
to
him
alone
,
is
giuen
to
them
.
]
Ver.
9.
O
Israel
[
now
he
speaketh
to
the
faithfull
,
and
exhorteth
them
to
trust
in
God
onely
:
q.d.
But
thou
O
Israel
,
séeing
thou
hast
had
proofe
of
the
alsufficiency
of
God
,
and
of
the
vanity
of
idoles
]
trust
thou
in
the
Lorde
[
vz.
alone
,
&
ioyne
no
other
with
him
]
for
hee
is
their
helpe
[
i.
of
the
faithfull
,
and
of
those
that
truste
in
him
:
q.d.
he
alwayes
helpeth
them
]
and
their
shield
[
vz.
in
the
day
of
distresse
,
meaning
vnder
this
terme
,
shielde
,
his
protecting
and
defending
of
them
.
Sée
Psal.
18.2
.
]
Ver.
10.
O
house
of
Aaron
[
i.
O
ye
priests
and
Leuites
,
which
were
ioyned
vnto
the
priests
for
their
ease
,
&
he
speaketh
specially
vnto
these
,
because
they
should
shew
the
way
vnto
others
]
trust
ye
in
the
Lord
[
vz.
also
,
that
ye
in
féeling
the
same
your selues
,
may
the
better
teach
and
perswade
other
men
to
imbrace
it
]
for
he
is
their
helpe
and
their
shield
[
sée
ver.
9.
of
this
Psal.
]
Ver.
11.
Yée
[
vz.
of
what
nation
soeuer
ye
be
,
and
are
now
come
to
the
knowledge
of
God
]
that
feare
the
Lord
[
i.
worship
him
and
serue
him
according
to
his
word
]
trust
in
the
Lord
,
for
he
is
their
helpe
and
their
shield
[
sée
ver.
9.10
.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Ver.
12.
The
Lord
[
vz.
himselfe
]
hath
beene
mindfull
[
i.
by
effect
and
déede
hath
declared
his
care
and
remembraunce
]
of
vs
[
vz.
being
in
distresse
,
and
that
by
reason
of
the
couenant
which
he
made
with
vs
]
hee
will
blesse
[
vz.
vs
al
,
of
what
state
or
condition
so
euer
we
be
,
vnderstanding
by
blessing
all
maner
of
prosperity
whatsoeuer
]
hée
will
blesse
the
house
of
Israell
[
i.
all
the
race
and
posterity
of
Israel
:
nowe
hée
applieth
that
particularly
,
which
hée
spake
before
generally
]
hée
will
blesse
the
house
of
Aaron
[
i.
the
Priestes
and
Leuites
,
as
before
verse
10.
]
Ver.
13.
Hée
will
blesse
them
that
feare
the
Lorde
[
i.
such
as
worship
and
serue
him
:
as
before
verse
11.
Marke
also
howe
he
speaketh
of
God
in
the
thirde
person
.
And
this
often
repeating
of
the
woorde
,
blessing
,
serueth
not
onely
to
note
the
continuall
course
of
Gods
graces
vpon
his
children
,
but
also
to
expresse
the
certaintie
and
assurednes
thereof
]
both
small
and
greate
[
i.
as
well
those
that
are
vile
and
contemptible
in
the
world
,
as
those
that
are
in
greatest
estimation
and
regard
,
the
reason
of
it
is
,
because
GOD
respecteth
no
mans
person
.
]
Verse
14.
The
Lorde
will
increase
[
vz.
through
his
great
goodnesse
and
mercy
]
his
graces
towardes
you
[
vz.
which
are
his
people
,
hée
meaneth
that
he
will
giue
them
a
dayly
supply
of
new
benefites
,
and
greater
then
they
haue
had
before
]
towardes
you
and
towards
your
children
[
hée
noteth
in
these
woordes
the
largenesse
of
Gods
blessing
,
to
be
bestowed
vppon
the
godly
,
and
their
godly
posterity
.
]
Verse
15.
Yée
are
the
blessed
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
you
are
such
as
the
Lorde
himselfe
hath
not
onely
promised
bur
perfourmed
great
blessinges
vnto
,
and
therefore
you
néede
not
doubt
or
feare
]
which
made
[
vz.
by
the
worde
of
his
power
,
in
the
beginning
,
and
euer
since
the
beginning
hath
preserued
and
increased
the
same
]
the
heauen
and
the
earth
[
vz.
and
al
thinges
therein
conteined
:
q.d.
you
may
assure
your selues
of
a
most
plentiful
blessing
,
séeing
that
he
who
blesseth
you
,
is
the
author
,
preseruer
,
&
gouernor
of
heauen
&
al
things
therin
,
&
of
the
earth
,
&
al
things
therin
,
which
also
he
hath
giuen
to
vs
,
as
verse
following
.
]
Ver.
16.
The
heauens
euen
the
heauens
[
i.
the
most
high
heauens
]
are
the
Lords
[
i.
apperteine
and
belong
vnto
him
,
as
the
special
place
of
his
delight
and
dwelling
,
and
yet
we
must
not
so
vnderstand
it
,
as
God
were
tyed
to
any
one
certaine
place
,
for
his
maiestie
filleth
the
heauens
and
the
earth
]
but
he
hath
giuen
[
vz.
of
his
large
liberality
and
goodnes
]
the
earth
[
vz.
wherein
men
dwel
]
to
the
sonnes
of
men
[
i.
to
men
and
their
séede
after
them
,
that
they
should
inhabite
and
vse
it
:
so
that
in
this
life
they
might
by
the
thinges
thereof
bee
prouoked
to
serue
God
,
and
stirred
vp
thereby
to
the
hope
and
fruition
of
eternal
felicity
.
]
Verse
.
17.
The
dead
prayse
not
the
Lord
[
the
Prophet
meaneth
that
if
God
preserued
not
his
Church
,
the
whole
order
and
course
of
the
worlde
,
shoulde
bee
turned
vpside
downe
,
for
to
what
end
should
the
creation
of
the
worlde
serue
,
if
there
were
not
a
people
to
call
vpon
God
,
whereupon
he
gathereth
that
there
shal
always
be
some
,
which
shal
praise
the
Lorde
euen
vntil
the
end
of
the
world
:
and
so
with
al
there
is
set
out
the
end
,
wherefore
men
are
placed
in
the
world
,
vz.
to
prayse
&
serue
God
:
q.d.
that
we
dye
not
must
be
attributed
to
gods
glory
,
&
therfore
euen
our
life
also
must
be
occupied
about
his
praise
,
sée
Psal.
6.5
.
]
whether
they
that
go
downe
into
the
place
of
silence
[
i.
neither
do
they
praise
him
that
are
brought
to
their
graues
and
layed
in
them
,
sée
for
this
speach
,
Psal.
94.17
.
sée
also
Isaiah
.
38.18
.
The
Prophet
vttereth
vnder
diuers
words
one
&
the
selfesame
thing
.
]
Ver.
18.
But
we
[
vz.
which
shal
liue
,
and
be
deliuered
from
our
distresses
]
wil
prayse
the
Lord
[
vz.
for
the
benefites
that
we
haue
receiued
from
him
]
from
hencefoorth
,
and
for
euer
[
i.
continually
and
alwaies
]
prayse
ye
the
Lord
[
sée
Psal.
104.
and
Psal.
105.
in
the
very
end
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
,
when
we
do
in
prayer
appeare
before
the
Lord
to
craue
any
thing
at
his
handes
,
vnfeignedly
to
cast
from
our selues
all
trust
and
confidence
in
our selues
,
&
to
flie
to
gods
soueraine
goodnes
and
trueth
only
.
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
vs
that
gods
glory
is
after
a
sort
hazarded
amongst
the
enemies
of
God
and
his
people
,
when
his
own
people
are
discomfited
or
disgraced
▪
Ver.
3.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
more
the
enemies
do
blaspheme
God
,
the
more
we
should
be
throughly
perswaded
of
his
power
,
because
that
their
dealing
doeth
prouoke
him
to
execute
a
more
swift
and
hard
iudgment
vpon
them
.
Ver.
4.5.6.7.8
.
doth
liuely
paint
out
the
vanity
of
idoles
,
themselues
,
and
of
al
such
as
either
make
or
worship
them
.
Ver.
9.
Teacheth
the
godly
howsoeuer
other
men
run
a
whoring
after
idols
,
to
cleaue
only
to
the
Lord
.
Ver.
10.
Teacheth
the
ministers
&
preachers
of
Gods
word
,
to
make
themselues
examples
vnto
other
of
stedfast
confidence
in
God
.
Ver.
11.
Teacheth
vs
that
with
the
seruice
of
god
,
there
must
be
ioyned
faith
in
God
,
and
his
word
,
or
else
it
is
nothing
.
Ver.
12.
Teacheth
vs
that
God
neuer
forgetteth
his
children
,
and
merciful
couenant
made
with
them
:
also
that
the
godly
shal
haue
from
the
Lord
,
both
assurednes
and
plentifulnes
of
blessings
.
Ver.
13.
Teacheth
vs
that
God
respecteth
no
mans
person
,
but
in
euery
nation
,
he
that
feareth
him
,
and
worketh
righteousnes
is
accepted
before
him
.
Ver.
14.
Sheweth
that
Gods
grace
and
loue
reacheth
euen
to
the
godly
,
and
their
posterity
after
them
.
Ver.
15.
Teacheth
vs
that
those
whom
the
Lord
pursueth
with
his
fauor
,
shal
not
,
nor
can
not
want
any
thing
that
is
good
.
Ver.
16.
Setteth
out
the
large
liberality
and
fatherly
care
of
God
towardes
men
,
also
it
teacheth
vs
that
séeing
he
hath
giuen
vs
the
things
of
this
life
,
we
shold
vse
them
wel
,
and
so
as
they
may
further
vs
to
the
hope
of
a
better
life
.
Ver.
17.
Teacheth
vs
that
when
God
giueth
vs
life
in
this
world
,
he
doth
thereby
as
it
were
prouoke
vs
,
to
set
forth
his
glory
and
praise
.
Ver.
18.
Teacheth
vs
thrée
things
:
first
,
that
we
should
praise
the
Lorde
for
his
mercies
,
for
euen
to
the
ende
haue
we
our
life
giuen
,
and
his
blessings
are
bestowed
vppon
vs
:
secondly
that
this
our
thanksgiuing
should
be
continual
,
and
thirdly
that
we
should
prouoke
and
stirre
vp
other
men
to
do
the
like
.
Psalme
116.
THis
Psalme
,
as
I
take
it
may
bée
diuided
into
two
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
setteth
out
on
the
one
side
,
his
loue
&
fayth
towards
the
Lord
,
and
on
the
other
side
Gods
mercy
and
goodnes
towards
him
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
11.
In
the
second
part
hee
promiseth
humble
and
hearty
thankesgiuing
vnto
the
Lorde
,
for
that
continuall
heape
of
benefites
,
which
hee
had
receiued
from
his
mercifull
handes
,
from
verse
12.
to
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
.
This
Psalme
hath
no
title
,
as
many
other
Psalmes
,
both
before
it
,
Se.
and
after
it
,
haue
not
,
sée
Psal.
114.115.117.118
.
&c.
]
Ver.
1.
I
loue
[
vz.
with
all
my
heart
and
vnfeignedly
]
the
Lord
[
vz.
only
and
alone
,
and
none
either
with
him
or
besides
him
,
and
vnder
the
word
of
loue
,
the
Prophet
sheweth
that
there
was
nothing
without
god
,
that
either
could
like
him
or
please
him
]
because
hee
hath
heard
[
i.
because
he
hath
yéelded
vnto
and
granted
]
my
voyce
[
vz.
sent
forth
vnto
him
]
and
my
prayers
[
vz.
which
I
made
vnto
him
:
vnder
these
words
,
voice
,
and
prayers
,
the
Prophet
meaneth
such
prayers
,
as
he
powred
forth
vnto
the
Lord
,
not
only
with
his
heart
,
but
also
with
his
mouth
and
words
.
]
Ver.
2.
For
he
hath
inclined
his
eare
[
vz.
as
one
that
were
ready
for
to
heare
mee
,
this
is
spoken
of
God
according
to
mans
capacity
]
vnto
mée
[
vz.
being
in
distresse
,
and
when
I
prayed
vnto
him
,
as
followeth
]
when
I
did
call
vppon
him
[
vz.
for
helpe
and
ayde
,
by
earnest
and
hearty
prayers
]
in
my
dayes
[
i.
in
the
tyme
of
my
affliction
,
as
may
appeare
by
the
next
verse
following
:
sée
Psal.
137.7
.
also
Lament.
1.21
.
and
by
the
woorde
,
dayes
,
hée
noteth
that
hee
had
continuaunce
and
length
of
trouble
.
]
Ver.
3.
When
the
snares
of
death
compassed
mee
[
vz.
on
euery
side
,
and
rounde
about
,
so
that
there
was
almost
no
hope
of
escaping
,
no
more
then
of
a
bird
,
or
wild
beast
taken
in
a
snare
or
grin
,
by
this
manner
of
speach
,
hée
meaneth
,
that
euen
then
when
hee
was
ready
to
dye
,
the
Lord
in
mercy
looked
vppon
him
.
Sée
2.
Sam.
22.5.6
.
also
Psalm
.
18.4.5
.
]
and
the
griefes
of
the
graue
[
i.
great
and
extreme
griefes
,
which
brought
me
almost
to
the
graue
,
&
made
me
as
it
were
ready
to
bee
put
into
it
]
caught
me
[
i.
tooke
hold
of
me
,
&
so
that
sore
,
that
I
was
almost
past
hope
of
escaping
]
when
I
found
trouble
and
sorrow
[
i.
when
I
perceiued
my self
to
be
much
plunged
in
abundaunce
of
griefe
,
for
so
much
I
take
these
two
words
,
trouble
,
and
sorrow
,
ioyned
together
,
to
import
.
]
Ver.
4.
Then
I
called
vpon
the
name
of
the
Lord
[
i.
I
prayed
vnto
him
,
himself
,
and
besought
his
goodnes
to
manifest
his
power
in
helping
mee
]
saying
I
beséeche
thée
[
vz.
from
the
bottome
of
my
heart
]
O
Lord
[
i.
thou
that
art
both
able
and
willing
to
help
]
deliuer
[
vz.
from
danger
and
distresse
]
my
soule
[
i.
my
life
,
which
is
in
great
hazarde
,
by
meanes
of
the
dangers
that
hang
ouer
it
,
and
are
ment
against
it
.
]
Ver.
5.
The
Lord
is
merciful
[
vz.
towards
al
,
but
specially
towards
them
that
cal
vpon
him
in
truth
]
and
righteous
[
vz.
in
performing
his
promises
made
to
his
people
,
and
maintaining
them
in
their
iust
causes
]
and
our
God
[
i.
the
God
which
we
serue
]
is
ful
of
compassion
[
and
therefore
he
wil
neuer
forsake
his
that
are
in
misery
,
the
Prophet
sheweth
in
this
verse
,
what
was
the
comfort
of
his
soule
in
the
middest
of
his
afflictions
.
]
Ver.
6.
The
Lord
[
vz.
alone
]
preserueth
[
vz.
by
his
mighty
power
,
and
that
out
of
all
the
mischieuous
imaginations
that
the
wicked
can
deuise
]
the
simple
[
i.
such
as
are
destitute
of
mans
counsel
,
and
therfore
the
more
subiect
to
iniury
amongst
men
,
&
the
more
easily
circumuented
,
and
yet
do
,
all
that
notwithstanding
,
commit
themselues
and
their
causes
,
with
a
simple
and
quiet
mind
,
into
the
hands
of
God
]
I
was
in
misery
[
q.d.
I
can
speake
this
by
myne
own
experience
,
for
when
I
was
in
wonderful
and
great
distresse
,
so
that
there
was
almost
no
hope
of
deliuery
,
as
ver.
3.
of
this
Psal.
]
and
he
saued
mee
[
i.
deliuered
me
out
of
the
same
:
according
to
his
prayer
made
ver.
4.
]
Ver.
7.
Returne
vnto
thy
rest
O
my
soule
[
i.
bee
no
more
troubled
and
disquieted
,
but
stay
thy selfe
vpon
God
,
sée
Psal.
42.5.12
.
This
same
returning
to
rest
,
is
that
same
stay
,
that
the
faithful
haue
in
God
and
his
woorde
in
the
middest
of
their
griefes
,
so
that
they
vtterly
fal
not
]
for
the
Lord
hath
bin
beneficiall
vnto
thee
[
vz.
many
and
sundry
waies
:
al
this
verse
together
is
.
q.d.
Take
courage
vnto
thée
,
be
quiet
,
go
vnto
god
,
in
whom
alone
thou
shalt
find
marueilous
tranquility
,
for
he
hath
hertofore
,
&
wil
hereafter
shew
himself
fauorable
vnto
thée
.
]
ver.
8.
Because
[
this
is
a
proof
,
by
his
own
experience
of
that
which
he
spake
before
,
that
God
had
béen
beneficial
vnto
him
]
thou
[
vz.
alone
,
&
mark
the
sodain
change
of
the
person
from
the
thirde
to
the
seconde
]
hast
deliuered
[
vz.
fréely
,
safe
and
sound
,
and
through
thy
mighty
power
]
my
soule
[
i.
me
my selfe
]
from
death
[
vz.
whereunto
I
was
almost
brought
:
or
else
you
may
vnderstande
by
death
most
extreme
daunger
]
mine
eyes
from
teares
[
i.
thou
hast
taken
away
from
me
al
sadnes
and
heauines
,
he
putteth
the
outward
signe
,
both
for
the
signe
and
the
thing
it selfe
]
and
my
féete
from
falling
[
vz.
into
these
deadly
dangers
and
trappes
,
which
were
layd
for
me
,
and
whereinto
certainely
I
had
fallen
,
if
I
had
not
bene
kept
and
deliuered
by
thée
.
]
Ver.
9.
I
[
vz.
being
grounded
and
stayed
vpon
God
]
shall
walke
[
vz.
through
his
goodnes
and
defence
:
meaning
by
walking
,
liuing
,
and
being
conuersant
:
q.d.
I
shall
liue
]
before
God
[
i.
safely
and
soundly
,
for
men
thinke
those
things
to
be
sure
,
which
they
haue
their
eyes
continually
fixed
vpon
]
in
the
land
of
the
liuing
[
i.
in
this
world
,
or
earth
,
or
amongst
men
dwelling
vpon
the
same
,
and
so
wee
haue
had
it
sundry
times
vsed
before
,
So
that
in
this
verse
,
the
prophet
vpon
the
benefits
which
he
had
before
receiued
,
concludeth
,
that
he
shal
be
alwaies
vnder
the
care
and
gouernment
of
God
.
]
Verse
.
10.
I
beléeued
[
vz.
the
Lord
and
his
word
]
therfore
I
spake
[
vz.
vnto
God
by
prayer
,
and
to
my selfe
in
mine
afflictions
,
the
wordes
before
expressed
in
this
Psal.
]
for
I
was
sore
troubled
[
i.
much
afflicted
with
assaultes
both
inward
and
outward
.
In
this
verse
the
Prophet
sheweth
how
weake
and
féeble
his
flesh
was
,
in
the
time
of
aduersity
,
which
almost
reiected
the
promises
of
God
,
had
not
Gods
spirit
vpholden
him
in
faith
:
q.d.
then
was
faith
forcible
and
triumphed
in
my
mind
,
when
I
called
vppon
God
,
as
is
expressed
before
in
this
Psal.
ver.
4.
and
spake
vnto
mine
owne
soule
words
of
comfort
,
ver.
7.
then
I
beléeued
in
déed
,
&
I
spake
nothing
but
that
which
I
was
fully
perswaded
of
,
and
my
tongue
,
and
the
affection
of
my
hart
agréed
well
together
.
]
Ver.
11.
I
said
[
i.
I
both
thought
it
and
spake
it
,
and
held
it
as
a
resolute
conclusion
]
in
my
feare
[
i.
when
I
was
in
great
feare
,
and
ready
for
feare
to
flie
from
the
rage
of
Saul
,
for
the
word
doth
not
only
signifie
feare
,
but
hast
making
,
as
appeareth
Psal.
31.22
.
q.d.
with
feare
and
flying
,
I
was
caried
forcibly
,
into
these
perturbations
of
the
flesh
]
al
men
are
lyers
[
i.
there
is
no
certaintie
and
assurednes
in
their
wordes
:
q.d.
Samuel
,
who
for
his
excellency
might
be
preferred
before
all
men
,
promised
me
that
I
should
obteine
and
possesse
the
kingdome
,
but
now
I
perceiue
he
spake
not
in
the
spirit
of
prophecie
,
but
of
his
owne
brayne
,
and
lyingly
:
Thus
in
the
rage
and
heate
of
the
flesh
doth
Dauid
touch
not
God
in
déede
openly
,
but
his
prophet
Samuel
,
as
though
he
had
not
sufficiently
known
Gods
will
,
and
had
gone
beyond
the
boundes
of
his
calling
:
q.d.
wée
must
no
more
beléeue
men
,
for
there
is
nothing
in
them
but
vanity
and
lying
.
]
Ver.
12.
What
[
vz.
thing
in
al
the
world
]
shal
I
render
vnto
the
Lorde
[
i.
yéelde
&
giue
vnto
him
]
for
al
his
benefits
towards
me
[
i.
for
that
innumerable
number
of
benefites
,
which
he
hath
bestowed
vpon
me
,
&
giuen
me
fréely
:
This
interrogation
or
question
sheweth
that
hee
thought
himselfe
so
much
bound
vnto
God
,
for
his
graces
as
that
he
was
not
able
to
yéeld
any
thing
that
might
counteruaile
the
least
part
therof
.
]
Ver.
13.
I
wil
take
the
cup
of
saluation
[
or
else
in
the
plural
number
,
saluations
,
as
it
is
in
the
Hebrew
text
:
that
is
of
very
many
helpes
and
deliuerances
.
In
this
verse
and
the
verse
following
,
the
prophet
promiseth
&
publike
profession
of
Gods
name
,
&
of
the
benefits
bestowed
vpon
him
,
which
he
will
performe
before
the
Church
.
The
meaning
is
:
that
hee
woulde
offer
to
God
sacrifices
of
praise
and
thanksgiuing
,
and
then
that
he
would
,
as
the
maner
was
in
those
sacrifices
,
make
a
holy
feast
and
banket
also
vnto
the
people
,
in
remembrance
of
that
manifold
deliuerance
,
which
hee
had
receiued
from
the
Lord
,
for
in
this
place
he
doth
no
doubt
allude
to
the
custome
of
the
law
,
which
was
to
make
a
banquet
,
of
some
part
of
the
sacrifice
,
in
token
of
reioysing
when
they
yéelded
solemne
thanks
to
God
.
And
because
that
those
sacrifices
were
offred
often
times
,
for
some
deliuerances
,
he
addeth
the
cup
of
saluation
,
that
is
deliuerances
:
how
Dauid
performed
this
:
sée
1.
Chro.
16.1.2.3
.
&c.
]
and
will
call
vpon
the
name
of
the
Lord
[
i.
pray
vnto
him
also
.
q.d.
I
wil
not
only
thank
him
for
his
benefites
,
but
pray
vnto
him
for
the
increase
and
continuance
thereof
.
]
Ver.
14.
I
will
pay
[
vz.
with
a
frée
and
willing
heart
]
my
vowes
[
i.
the
thinges
that
I
haue
vowed
:
or
the
sacrifices
of
thanksgiuing
which
I
promised
vnto
him
,
if
he
deliuered
me
out
of
distresse
:
for
amongst
other
that
vsed
to
make
vowes
,
they
did
it
,
that
were
in
extreme
danger
&
distresse
:
q.d.
I
wil
not
only
by
wordes
confesse
my self
to
be
safe
from
danger
,
&
so
witnes
the
thankfulnes
of
my
mind
,
but
I
wil
declare
it
also
by
offring
the
sacrifices
which
I
vowed
to
the
Lorde
,
at
what
time
Saul
did
pursue
me
very
hardly
.
The
ende
of
vowes
was
to
seale
in
the
hearts
of
Gods
children
,
a
hope
to
obtaine
that
,
which
they
did
aske
:
and
moreouer
to
prouoke
and
bind
them
to
thanksgiuing
,
and
this
liberty
to
vow
,
is
permitted
vnto
Gods
children
,
to
comfort
them
in
their
infirmities
and
not
otherwise
,
and
that
word
,
pay
,
noteth
that
it
is
due
debt
,
and
that
it
can
not
be
omitted
without
sinne
,
if
the
thing
vowed
be
lawful
]
euen
now
[
q.d.
I
will
not
deferre
it
]
in
the
presence
of
all
his
people
[
i.
in
the
temple
,
or
place
of
publike
exercise
,
whether
al
Gods
people
resorted
:
or
else
before
all
the
Israelits
whom
he
gathered
together
to
Ierusalem
,
to
bring
the
arke
of
the
Lorde
thither
:
Sée
1.
Chro.
15.3
.
]
Ver.
15.
Precious
[
i.
deare
,
and
of
great
account
and
regard
]
in
the
sight
of
the
Lord
[
i.
before
him
,
and
his
iudgement
]
is
the
death
of
his
saints
[
i.
death
or
mischief
imagined
or
performed
,
towards
those
whom
he
alloweth
of
q.d.
God
by
my
example
hath
declared
how
deare
vnto
him
is
the
life
of
faithfull
men
,
séeing
that
hee
hath
so
often
preserued
me
,
assaulted
so
many
wayes
,
and
with
so
great
force
:
or
thus
:
God
doeth
grieuously
take
good
mens
deathes
,
and
therefore
they
shall
not
escape
vnpunished
that
kill
them
.
And
marke
this
,
that
for
his
comfort
,
he
setteth
this
against
the
malice
of
his
enemies
,
that
God
doth
not
at
al
aduenture
deliuer
his
vp
to
death
,
but
maketh
great
account
of
them
:
for
the
word
,
saints
,
sée
Psalm
.
30.4
.
]
Ver.
16.
Beholde
Lord
[
q.d.
most
true
is
it
Lorde
,
that
thou
wilt
not
haue
the
godly
slayne
,
for
thou
hast
preserued
me
thy
poore
seruant
]
for
I
am
thy
seruant
[
vz.
and
thou
hast
shewed
mée
this
grace
and
fauour
]
I
am
thy
seruaunt
[
hee
repeateth
the
same
againe
,
as
a
matter
of
no
small
comfort
vnto
himselfe
,
neither
must
wee
so
vnderstand
him
,
as
though
hée
grounded
the
causes
of
his
deliuerance
vpon
his
seruices
perfourmed
to
God
,
but
vppon
Gods
frée
election
:
q.d.
from
my
mothtrs
wombe
,
yea
before
I
was
borne
,
this
honour
,
and
goodnes
was
prepared
for
mee
]
and
the
sonne
of
thy
handmayde
[
i.
of
a
woman
who
did
purely
worship
thée
:
and
this
he
speaketh
,
because
that
children
by
reason
of
their
first
education
,
imitated
the
disposition
and
manners
of
their
mothers
:
for
which
cause
also
it
should
séeme
,
that
the
names
of
the
kings
mothers
,
are
so
commonly
expressed
in
the
bookes
of
kings
:
sée
for
this
phrase
Psal.
86.16
.
]
thou
[
vz.
alone
]
hast
broken
[
vz.
in
pieces
or
a
sunder
,
by
thy
almighty
power
]
my
bands
[
i.
either
the
bands
that
I
was
bound
in
,
or
else
the
bandes
that
were
prepared
to
bind
me
in
,
by
this
maner
of
spéech
he
meaneth
that
god
had
deliuered
him
from
the
danger
wherin
he
was
,
or
else
he
had
kept
him
,
that
he
came
not
into
the
troubles
,
that
his
enemies
had
prepared
for
him
.
]
Ver.
17.
I
will
offer
vnto
thee
a
sacrifice
of
praise
[
vz.
for
thy
mercy
&
goodnes
shewed
vnto
mee
,
he
meaneth
that
he
wil
acknowledge
&
confesse
gods
goodnes
,
&
praise
him
for
the
same
,
for
here
he
protesteth
again
,
as
he
had
done
before
,
ver.
13.14
.
that
hee
would
giue
God
thanks
:
which
is
a
signe
that
he
was
not
vnthankful
]
and
I
will
cal
vppon
the
name
of
the
Lord
[
marke
the
sodaine
change
of
the
person
from
the
seconde
to
the
third
:
he
meaneth
by
this
speach
,
that
he
wil
neuer
cease
to
worship
God
&
to
praise
God
,
sée
before
ver.
13.
of
this
Psal.
]
Ver.
18.
I
wil
pay
&c.
[
This
is
the
same
,
with
ver.
14.
before
going
,
both
in
words
&
meaning
,
&
therfore
we
shall
not
néed
to
stand
vpon
it
.
]
Ver.
19.
In
the
courtes
of
the
Lordes
house
[
i.
in
the
place
of
publik
resort
and
assembly
,
whether
the
people
came
together
to
serue
God
:
meaning
no
doubt
the
Church
]
euen
in
the
middest
of
thée
,
O
Ierusalem
,
[
i.
openly
in
that
most
famous
City
,
in
which
was
at
that
time
,
the
only
place
appointed
for
gods
sacrifices
and
seruice
,
because
there
was
but
one
only
altar
,
and
that
was
placed
there
,
from
which
also
it
was
not
lawful
for
any
man
to
withdraw
himselfe
.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
vnfeignedly
to
loue
the
Lord
:
Do.
also
that
he
is
nigh
to
the
supplication
&
praiers
of
the
faithful
.
Ver.
2.
&
3.
Teach
vs
that
the
time
of
affliction
is
an
acceptable
time
to
pray
to
God
in
,
&
that
affliction
it selfe
addeth
also
an
edge
vnto
our
praiers
.
Ver.
3.
Doth
further
teach
into
what
great
anguish
&
distresse
the
children
of
god
are
many
times
brought
.
Ver.
4.
teacheth
vs
earnestnes
&
continuance
in
praier
vnto
almighty
God
.
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
consideration
and
féeling
of
Gods
mercy
,
is
&
ought
to
be
a
notable
spurre
vnto
prayer
.
Ver.
6.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
Gods
mercy
towards
other
men
&
our selues
also
,
should
assure
vs
that
our
prayers
shal
be
heard
and
we
deliuered
.
Verse
7.
Teacheth
vs
,
to
comfort
our selues
what
wee
may
in
our
distresse
and
heauinesse
:
also
that
God
himselfe
,
is
the
onely
proppe
and
stay
of
those
that
are
his
.
Ver.
8.
teacheth
that
god
doth
graciously
preserue
those
that
depend
vpon
him
,
how
great
or
how
many
soeuer
their
troubles
bee
.
Ver.
9.
Teacheth
that
those
which
are
vnder
the
sauegarde
,
prouidence
,
and
protection
of
almightie
God
shal
neuer
miscary
.
Ver.
10.
Teacheth
vs
that
faith
in
God
and
his
promises
,
maketh
vs
bold
in
prayer
to
him
,
and
ouercommeth
all
assaults
of
Satans
malice
&
our
owne
corruption
.
Ver.
11.
Teacheth
into
what
extremities
gods
children
oftentimes
fal
,
specially
when
they
do
not
presently
see
the
accomplishment
of
Gods
promises
.
Ver.
12.
Teacheth
vs
that
Gods
benefites
are
so
many
and
excellent
that
wee
are
not
able
to
comprehende
,
much
lesse
to
answere
,
the
least
part
of
them
.
Ver.
13.
Teacheth
that
vnfeigned
and
humble
thankesgiuing
is
the
most
acceptable
sacrifice
to
almighty
God
.
Ver.
14.
Teacheth
vs
that
when
we
haue
vowed
any
thing
which
is
lawfull
and
holy
,
wee
ought
to
performe
it
,
but
what
serueth
this
,
for
vowes
of
monkery
,
single
life
&c.
Ver.
15.
Teacheth
vs
that
god
careth
for
,
&
that
very
tenderly
,
those
that
are
his
,
which
is
a
matter
of
no
smal
comfort
.
Ver.
16.
Teacheth
vs
that
it
is
a
good
thing
to
be
borne
of
good
parentes
,
but
that
it
is
much
better
,
to
haue
our
names
written
in
the
booke
of
life
:
also
that
though
mischief
be
deuised
against
Gods
seruauntes
,
or
they
themselues
somewhat
fal
into
it
,
yet
that
God
,
will
either
preuent
the
mischiefe
,
or
else
dispatch
them
out
of
distresse
.
Ver.
17.
Teacheth
vs
that
thankesgiuing
and
prayer
,
should
alwaies
be
ioyned
together
.
Verse
18.
Is
the
same
with
ver.
14.
and
deliuereth
the
same
doctrines
:
also
it
teacheth
vs
not
to
be
ashamed
openly
to
praise
God
for
his
mercies
.
Ver.
19.
teacheth
vs
also
to
yéeld
him
that
sacrifice
publikely
in
his
Church
,
and
in
the
assemblies
of
his
saints
.
It
teacheth
vs
also
to
prouoke
others
to
praise
the
Lord
.
Psalme
117.
Di.
AS
this
Psalme
is
the
shortest
Psalme
in
al
the
booke
,
and
hath
but
only
two
verses
,
so
it
specially
propoundeth
two
things
.
The
first
is
a
generall
exhortation
,
to
al
people
to
praise
the
Lorde
,
&
this
is
in
ver.
1.
The
second
comprehendeth
a
double
reason
why
they
should
praise
him
,
vz.
for
his
mercy
in
making
promises
,
and
for
his
faithfulnes
in
performance
of
them
,
ver.
2.
Se.
It
hath
no
title
or
inscription
.
]
Ver.
1.
Al
nations
[
vz.
of
the
world
whether
ye
be
gentiles
or
Iewes
]
prayse
,
ye
the
Lord
[
vz.
both
with
heart
and
voyce
]
al
ye
people
[
vz.
of
the
whole
earth
:
some
vnderstand
by
nations
all
the
Gentiles
onely
,
and
by
people
,
the
people
of
Israel
only
,
but
I
sée
no
reason
of
it
,
for
the
Prophet
speaketh
generally
to
al
]
praise
him
[
vz.
incessantly
,
and
in
all
places
.
This
doubling
of
the
word
,
noteth
not
only
how
necessary
the
sacrifice
of
praise
and
thankesgiuing
is
,
but
how
backwarde
also
wee
are
in
it
;
that
must
so
often
be
called
vpon
.
]
ver.
2.
For
his
louing
kindnes
[
i.
his
mercy
]
is
great
towards
vs
[
i.
is
multiplied
very
much
,
and
sufficiently
confirmed
vnto
vs
.
The
Hebrew
word
may
be
turned
,
is
strengthened
[
vz.
so
that
it
hath
preuailed
against
vs
:
q.d.
though
we
would
pue
it
backe
yet
it
wil
ouercome
vs
,
meaning
that
it
hath
bene
excéeding
great
and
mighty
,
one
example
of
the
continuance
and
increase
of
Gods
fauour
and
graces
,
read
1.
King
.
17.14
.
]
and
the
trueth
of
the
Lord
indureth
for
euer
[
i.
Gods
faithfulnes
in
performing
his
promises
,
continueth
stedfast
and
sure
,
and
therefore
hee
is
worthy
to
be
praysed
of
al.
This
is
to
bee
referred
to
the
continuall
testimonies
of
Gods
fatherly
fauour
and
grace
,
which
is
,
as
it
were
decked
with
stedfastnes
and
firmity
.
Verse
1.
teacheth
vs
that
it
behoueth
all
men
of
the
world
,
Do.
and
euery
particular
person
in
the
same
,
to
praise
God
.
Ver.
2
teacheth
vs
that
Gods
mercye
and
faithfulnes
be
the
principall
causes
which
should
moue
vs
to
thankfulnes
and
praysing
of
his
name
.
Psalme
118
THis
Psalme
séemeth
to
bee
made
eyther
after
that
Dauid
was
deliuered
from
some
great
trouble
in
the
dayes
of
Saule
:
Di.
or
after
Saules
death
when
he
was
aduanced
to
the
kingdom
or
after
victory
obtained
amongst
and
against
sundry
nations
with
whom
he
fought
.
Whatsoeuer
it
is
it
doth
specialy
propound
thrée
thinges
:
the
one
is
,
an
exhortation
to
men
to
praise
God
,
and
this
is
comprehended
in
the
4
first
verses
.
In
the
seconde
hée
sheweth
the
causes
why
men
should
doe
so
,
which
though
they
bee
many
particularly
expressed
in
the
Psalme
:
yet
generally
they
are
but
these
two
,
his
mercy
towards
his
children
,
and
his
iustice
towards
his
enemies
,
from
verse
5.
to
the
end
of
the
20.
In
the
third
is
contayned
a
harty
reioycing
both
of
the
people
and
Priests
,
for
the
establishment
of
Dauids
Kingdom
,
and
this
reacheth
from
verse
21
to
the
end
of
the
Psalm
.
This
Psalme
hath
no
title
,
as
many
other
before
haue
not
.
]
Verse
1.
Se.
Praise
ye
the
Lord
[
vz.
O
ye
seruaunts
of
the
Lord
,
as
Psalm
113.1
.
]
because
hee
is
good
[
vz.
towards
all
,
but
specially
towards
you
]
for
his
mercy
[
vz.
towardes
you
]
indureth
for
euer
[
i.
lasteth
for
euer
and
euer
,
he
noteth
the
constancy
of
gods
mercy
towards
his
children
:
and
withall
sheweth
that
the
righte
occasion
of
praysing
God
,
is
rather
set
forth
vnto
vs
in
his
mercye
then
in
his
iustice
and
power
,
because
we
shall
neuer
be
well
disposed
to
prayse
God
vnlesse
wee
bée
drawne
vnto
it
by
the
swéetenesse
of
his
mercy
.
]
Verse
2.
Let
Israel
[
i.
not
only
them
that
came
of
Israel
or
Iaakob
,
according
to
the
flesh
,
but
the
true
&
faithful
Israelites
]
now
say
[
i.
presently
and
without
any
delay
confesse
from
their
hart
]
that
his
mercy
indureth
for
euer
[
vz.
euen
as
they
themselues
by
their
owne
practise
and
experience
,
are
very
well
able
to
report
.
These
wordes
are
expounded
before
verse
1.
]
Verse
3.
Let
the
house
of
Aaron
[
i.
those
that
are
of
Aarons
stock
,
and
come
from
him
,
meaning
especially
the
Priests
and
Leuits
:
sée
Psalme
115
,
10.
]
now
say
,
&c.
[
this
is
expounded
before
,
verse
1.2
.
]
Verse
4.
Let
them
that
feare
the
Lord
[
i.
that
serue
and
worship
him
in
al
holy
reuerence
,
sée
Psalme
115
,
11
,
13
,
All
the
rest
is
expounded
before
in
this
Psalme
,
&
marke
that
he
tieth
his
spéeche
to
the
true
seruaunts
of
God
,
because
that
although
many
Israelites
according
to
the
flesh
,
occupied
a
place
in
the
church
,
yet
they
were
notwithstanding
straungers
from
it
.
]
Ver.
5.
I
called
vpon
the
Lord
[
vz.
by
earnest
and
harty
prayer
]
in
trouble
[
i.
when
I
was
in
trouble
:
sée
Psalme
1.20
,
●
.
]
and
the
Lord
heard
me
[
i.
graunted
me
the
requests
and
prayers
which
I
made
vnto
him
]
and
set
me
at
large
[
i.
at
liberty
,
taking
me
out
of
the
distresse
wherein
I
was
,
sée
for
this
purpose
Psal.
4.1
.
In
this
verse
also
marke
,
that
the
Prophet
commeth
from
the
generall
to
his
owne
particular
person
,
declaring
that
as
he
himself
had
marks
and
tokens
of
Gods
goodnesse
towards
him
,
so
hee
had
also
thereby
occasion
giuen
him
as
well
as
the
rest
,
to
prayse
the
Lord.
]
Verse
6.
The
Lord
is
with
me
[
vz.
in
all
distresse
:
hee
meaneth
by
this
spéech
that
God
tooke
his
part
against
al
his
enemies
]
therefore
I
will
not
feare
what
man
can
do
against
me
[
i.
I
wil
not
care
for
al
that
man
can
doe
or
deuise
whatsoeuer
it
be
:
by
man
he
meaneth
multitudes
of
men
and
great
personages
q.d.
be
they
neuer
so
many
or
neuer
so
great
,
yet
I
wil
not
feare
.
Thus
wee
sée
,
how
the
Prophet
hauing
felt
Gods
assistaunce
in
former
time
,
and
obtayned
sundry
victories
,
assureth
himself
of
Gods
perpetual
aide
in
time
to
come
:
such
confidence
and
assured
perswasion
,
sée
before
Psal.
3.6
.
also
Psal.
27
,
3.
]
Ver
,
7.
The
Lord
is
with
me
[
i.
not
only
present
,
but
also
on
my
side
,
and
taketh
my
part
]
among
them
that
helpe
me
[
vz.
being
thus
cast
down
and
afflicted
,
the
prophet
meaneth
,
that
seing
God
taketh
his
part
,
he
shal
preuaile
:
otherwise
if
he
had
al
the
helpe
in
the
world
,
it
could
not
stand
]
therfore
shal
I
sée
my
desire
vpon
my
enemies
[
i.
I
shall
sée
that
fall
vpon
them
that
I
haue
long
desired
and
wished
,
[
vz.
destruction
and
confusion
.
Immanuel
readeth
it
thus
]
therefore
doe
I
despise
mine
enemyes
:
q.d.
I
make
no
more
account
of
them
and
their
forces
,
then
of
thinges
whiche
I
contemne
,
so
safe
,
sound
,
and
vnfearefull
am
I
,
being
vnder
Gods
defence
.
]
Verse
8.
It
is
better
[
vz.
by
infinite
degrées
,
and
marke
that
the
worde
,
better
,
is
not
spoken
here
as
though
confidence
in
men
were
good
,
for
to
trust
in
men
,
is
to
rob
god
of
his
glory
]
to
trust
[
vz.
stedfastly
]
in
the
Lord
[
vz.
only
]
then
to
haue
confidence
[
i.
any
maner
of
trust
or
confidence
at
al
]
in
man
[
vz.
of
what
calling
soeuer
he
be
,
or
how
many
in
number
soeuer
they
are
.
]
Ver.
9.
is
the
same
almost
with
ver.
8
,
&
therfore
looke
vpon
that
again
]
in
Princes
[
this
is
a
certaine
kind
of
amplification
:
q.d.
We
must
not
put
our
trust
neither
in
men
of
low
estate
,
nor
in
mighty
men
&
those
that
séeme
to
haue
all
the
power
and
authority
in
the
world
,
for
they
that
wil
cleaue
to
them
shall
be
deceaued
also
,
because
they
be
but
men
.
]
Ver.
10.
All
nations
[
vz.
whiche
lie
round
about
me
,
&
my
kingdom
,
as
the
Philistines
,
Moabits
&c.
]
haue
compassed
me
[
vz.
and
my
people
,
&
that
round
about
,
sometimes
by
fraude
,
sometimes
by
force
,
and
somtimes
by
one
mean
,
&
somtimes
by
another
]
but
in
the
name
of
the
Lord
[
i.
thorow
the
goodnesse
,
power
&
strength
of
God
]
shal
I
destroy
them
[
vz.
al
,
with
al
their
imaginations
&
deuises
.
In
this
verse
and
some
other
following
,
the
Prophet
rehearseth
the
great
daunger
hée
was
in
,
hee
setteth
out
also
,
the
power
,
cruelty
,
&
multitude
of
his
enemies
,
and
al
to
this
end
,
that
hée
might
the
more
manifest
the
grace
&
power
of
God
in
his
deliueraunce
,
which
could
not
be
performed
by
mans
ayd
,
but
after
a
certayn
meruailous
&
diuine
sort
.
]
Ver.
11.
They
[
i.
the
nations
round
about
me
,
being
my
deadly
enemies
]
haue
compassed
me
[
sée
before
ver.
10
]
yea
they
haue
compassed
me
[
i.
they
haue
oftentimes
enuironed
me
,
&
also
very
hardly
and
straitly
beset
me
,
so
that
there
was
no
likelyhood
of
escaping
:
for
so
much
I
suppose
the
doubling
of
the
phrase
importeth
:
al
that
followeth
in
this
ver.
is
the
same
in
words
&
sence
with
ver.
10
]
Ver.
12.
They
[
i.
mine
enemies
]
came
about
me
[
vz.
on
euery
side
]
like
bées
[
i.
not
only
in
great
multitudes
as
though
there
had
bene
many
hiues
of
bées
together
,
but
also
with
great
fiercenesse
,
euen
as
though
they
would
haue
ouer-run
me
,
sée
Deut.
1.44
.
for
this
phrase
.
True
it
is
that
these
little
creatures
haue
no
great
power
,
&
yet
they
are
wonderfully
fierce
and
angry
,
specially
if
they
be
prouoked
,
and
make
men
somewhat
afrayd
if
they
set
vpon
them
at
the
sodaine
,
or
vnawares
]
but
they
[
i.
mine
enemies
]
were
quenched
[
vz.
thorow
the
strength
and
power
which
the
Lord
gaue
me
.
He
meaneth
by
this
spéeche
,
that
they
were
euen
as
it
were
vtterly
and
sodainly
confounded
,
as
fyre
that
hath
abundaunce
of
water
cast
vpon
it
:
as
a
fyre
of
thornes
,
whiche
though
it
make
much
noyse
at
the
beginning
,
by
reason
of
the
crackling
thereof
,
as
our
experience
teacheth
vs
,
and
yéeldeth
a
greater
flame
,
then
greater
woode
doth
,
yet
notwithstanding
it
quicklye
vanisheth
awaye
:
q.d.
for
all
the
vngodlye
mens
bragges
,
they
shall
sodainlye
perish
,
and
come
to
nothing
:
sée
for
this
spéeche
,
Ecclesiasticus
7
,
8.
the
rest
that
followeth
is
expounded
before
in
the
other
verses
.
]
Ver.
13
,
Thou
[
vz.
O
mine
enemie
:
some
refer
it
to
Saule
as
though
Dauid
spake
it
particularly
of
him
.
I
rather
thinke
that
vnder
one
,
who
was
as
it
were
the
chéefest
,
he
meaneth
all
or
manye
]
hast
thrust
sore
at
mée
[
vz.
with
al
thy
power
,
force
,
and
deuises
whatsoeuer
.
The
Prophet
meaneth
by
this
,
that
hée
had
left
no
way
vnassa●ed
to
hurt
him
]
that
I
might
fal
[
vz.
either
by
death
,
or
into
some
dangerous
state
,
from
the
high
condition
wherin
I
now
am
]
but
the
Lord
[
vz.
alone
]
hath
helpen
me
[
vz.
thorow
his
mighty
power
,
meaning
that
the
Lord
had
deliuered
him
from
the
dangers
&
distresses
that
were
deuised
against
him
.
Ver.
14
The
Lord
[
vz.
alone
]
is
my
strength
[
i.
is
the
strength
that
I
haue
to
withstande
or
to
ouercome
al
mine
enemies
]
&
my
song
[
i.
the
only
matter
&
mean
of
my
ioy
:
q.d.
I
haue
nothing
else
in
my selfe
to
reioyce
in
,
but
onely
in
the
Lorde
,
who
doth
thus
and
thus
for
me
]
for
he
hath
bin
my
deliueraunce
[
vz.
oute
of
all
my
feares
and
daungers
:
q.d.
he
alone
hath
deliuered
me
.
]
Ver.
15.
The
voyce
of
ioy
and
deliuerance
[
i.
ioyful
voices
and
soundes
for
deliuerance
,
vz.
bestowed
vpon
me
]
shal
be
[
vz.
continually
]
in
the
tabernacles
of
the
righteous
[
i.
in
the
dwelling
places
&
houses
of
good
men
:
q.d.
the
righteous
shall
sing
praises
to
god
,
for
the
great
deliuerances
which
he
hath
wrought
for
them
&
me
]
saying
[
vz.
amongst
themselues
,
&
yet
so
that
other
may
heare
it
]
the
right
hand
of
the
Lord
[
i.
his
great
glory
,
power
,
and
might
]
hath
done
valiauntly
[
vz.
againste
his
enemies
,
and
for
the
defence
of
his
own
children
:
he
meaneth
that
they
shoulde
confesse
that
God
had
nobly
displayed
his
power
.
]
Ver.
16.
The
right
hand
of
the
Lord
[
i.
his
great
power
&
might
]
is
exalted
[
vz.
aboue
euery
thing
that
setteth
it selfe
against
it
,
how
high
or
great
soeuer
it
be
:
the
rest
of
this
verse
is
expounded
before
.
]
Verse
17.
I
shall
not
die
[
vz.
yet
:
as
mine
aduersaries
supposed
and
wished
,
and
as
my
weake
state
did
make
shew
of
]
but
liue
[
vz.
vppon
the
earth
amongest
men
:
suche
doubling
of
spéeches
haue
bin
touched
before
sundry
times
:
such
a
one
there
is
also
Psal.
110.4
.
]
and
declare
[
vz.
amongest
men
,
and
vnto
the
people
which
shal
come
hereafter
]
the
workes
of
the
Lorde
[
the
great
and
excéeding
workes
that
he
doth
,
specially
for
his
seruauntes
and
children
.
]
Ver.
18.
The
Lord
[
vz.
by
the
hand
and
rod
of
his
and
mine
enemies
]
hath
chastened
me
sore
[
i.
sharply
:
q.d.
It
was
Gods
purpose
to
correct
me
by
the
meanes
of
mine
enemies
,
but
the
wicked
went
about
thereby
to
destroy
me
but
this
God
would
not
suffer
,
sée
Isaiah
10.6
,
7.
also
Zacha.
1
,
15.
]
but
he
hath
not
deliuered
me
to
death
[
vz.
which
mine
enemies
purposed
and
practised
against
me
:
q.d.
thorow
his
goodnesse
I
haue
escaped
that
daunger
.
]
Ver.
19.
Open
ye
[
vz.
ye
Priests
and
Leuites
,
that
haue
the
watch
,
garding
,
and
kéeping
of
the
Lords
house
:
sée
Psalme
134.1
.
]
vnto
me
[
vz.
vpon
whome
God
hath
bestowed
such
graces
and
mercies
]
the
gates
of
righteousnesse
[
i.
the
dores
of
the
Tabernacle
or
Gods
house
:
which
is
called
righteousnesse
,
either
because
none
ought
to
enter
therein
but
wise
and
good
people
:
or
else
because
that
in
that
place
there
was
only
reade
and
expounded
the
law
of
God
whiche
is
the
only
true
rule
of
all
righteousnesse
:
And
by
this
maner
of
spéech
hee
testifyeth
his
ardent
zeale
when
he
desireth
that
the
dores
of
the
Tabernacle
may
be
set
open
vnto
him
,
euen
as
though
the
Sacrifices
were
already
present
and
ready
]
that
I
may
go
into
them
[
vz.
willingly
,
chearefully
,
and
gladly
]
and
praise
the
Lord
[
vz.
with
all
my
hart
,
for
his
graces
bestowed
vpon
me
.
]
Ver.
20.
This
is
the
gate
of
the
Lord
[
q.d.
seing
that
these
gates
belong
vnto
the
Lord
,
it
is
very
méete
they
should
be
opened
to
his
seruaunts
]
the
righteous
shal
enter
into
it
[
vz.
there
to
prayse
the
Lord
,
and
to
pray
vnto
him
.
]
Ver.
21.
I
[
vz.
the
people
of
Israell
and
Iudah
:
the
holy
Ghost
speaketh
of
them
all
as
though
they
were
but
one
,
because
they
all
make
but
one
body
,
and
here
beginneth
the
third
part
of
the
Psalme
]
will
praise
[
vz.
with
my
whole
hart
and
continuallye
]
thée
[
vz.
O
Lord
]
for
thou
hast
heard
me
[
i.
granted
my
praiers
and
requests
made
vnto
thée
]
and
hast
ben
my
deliueraunce
[
i.
him
that
hath
deliuered
me
out
of
al
trouble
.
]
Verse
22.
The
stone
[
vz.
which
God
himselfe
had
appointed
as
méete
for
the
building
,
to
stay
,
vphold
and
bind
together
the
whole
kingdome
]
whiche
[
vz.
stone
also
]
the
builders
refused
[
i.
the
principal
gouernors
both
in
the
church
and
in
the
Kingdome
,
in
Saules
time
and
in
the
dayes
of
Ishboseth
if
wee
respect
Dauid
,
but
if
we
respect
Christ
,
then
the
Priests
,
Pharises
,
and
all
the
rest
,
who
by
duty
should
haue
built
vp
the
Church
,
and
not
destroyd
it
]
is
[
vz.
now
thorow
Gods
appointment
]
the
head
of
the
corner
[
i.
the
chéefe
stone
in
the
building
,
not
only
because
it
is
sette
in
the
most
excellentest
place
of
the
whole
building
,
but
also
because
it
doth
sustayne
the
whole
waight
of
the
house
.
In
this
verse
referred
to
Dauid
,
the
people
shew
how
that
though
the
greate
men
stood
agaynst
him
,
yet
God
exalted
him
to
the
kingdome
maugre
all
their
deuises
,
which
as
it
followeth
in
the
next
verse
,
was
a
wonderfull
thing
.
But
it
is
truly
accomplished
in
our
Sauiour
Christ
,
as
appeareth
Matt.
21.41
.
Act.
4.11
.
who
is
indéede
the
true
corner
stone
,
Ephe.
2
,
20.
in
whome
all
the
building
coupled
together
,
groweth
vnto
a
holy
Temple
in
the
Lord
]
Ver.
23.
This
[
vz.
exaltation
of
the
chéefe
corner
stone
so
contemptuouslye
reiected
of
the
greate
men
of
the
world
]
was
the
Lords
doing
[
vz.
only
,
and
that
in
mercy
towardes
vs
miserable
men
,
whether
wee
respect
Dauid
as
the
figure
,
and
so
apply
it
to
the
people
of
the
Iewes
,
or
else
referre
it
to
Christ
,
as
the
truth
and
substaunce
]
and
it
is
meruaylous
in
our
eyes
[
i.
we
déeme
it
and
take
it
to
be
a
wonderfull
thing
,
far
beyond
the
reach
of
our
wit
and
reason
,
and
yet
we
know
and
beléeue
the
same
to
be
faithfully
performed
.
]
Ver.
24.
This
is
the
day
[
vz.
in
which
the
Lord
sheweth
by
effect
,
that
he
is
gracious
towards
vs
in
giuing
vs
so
good
a
King
]
which
the
Lord
hath
made
[
vz.
for
our
comforte
and
good
]
let
vs
reioyce
[
vz.
before
the
Lord
]
and
be
glad
in
it
[
vz.
for
the
graces
which
hée
hath
bestowed
vpon
vs
.
]
Verse
25.
O
Lord
I
pray
thée
[
vz.
euen
for
thy
owne
names
sake
,
and
for
thy
mercy
sake
:
and
the
word
,
I
,
is
to
be
taken
here
,
as
verse
21
of
this
Psalme
]
saue
now
[
vz.
our
King
,
thy
seruaunt
:
vnderstanding
by
the
word
sauing
,
not
only
deliueraunce
from
daunger
,
but
aid
and
succoure
to
ouercome
al
our
enemies
:
and
that
word
,
now
,
importeth
a
present
supplye
,
without
delay
,
not
that
they
prescribe
God
a
time
,
but
to
the
ende
the
enemies
might
be
quickly
ouerthrowne
]
O
Lord
I
pray
thée
,
now
[
vz.
at
this
present
,
wherein
good
occasion
is
offred
]
giue
prosperity
[
vz.
to
our
King
,
and
to
vs
in
his
ministery
:
These
be
the
prayers
of
the
people
,
wishing
good
vnto
their
King
and
themselues
:
sée
for
this
purpose
Psalme
20.
thorowout
.
]
Verse
26.
Blessed
be
he
[
vz.
with
all
kind
of
graces
both
outward
and
inward
]
that
commeth
[
vz.
to
rule
and
gouerne
amongst
vs
]
in
the
name
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
by
power
and
authoritie
giuen
him
from
the
Lord
:
q.d.
That
thrusteth
not
in
himselfe
,
but
taketh
the
kingdome
vpon
him
by
the
commandement
and
appointment
of
God
:
Sée
this
applyed
to
our
Sauiour
Christ
Mat.
21
,
9
,
]
We
[
vz.
which
are
the
Lords
Priests
,
and
wayt
vpon
the
Altar
]
haue
blessed
you
[
vz.
both
King
and
people
:
vnderstanding
by
blessing
,
praying
for
them
and
wishing
them
all
good
:
which
was
a
part
of
the
Priests
office
,
as
appeareth
Deutron.
10.8
.
Num.
6
,
23
,
&c.
]
out
of
the
house
of
the
Lord
[
he
noteth
the
place
from
whence
this
blessing
was
pronounced
:
vz.
euen
in
that
place
,
where
God
was
serued
,
and
in
which
place
both
Priests
and
people
were
assembled
to
worship
him
:
and
these
are
the
Priests
words
and
prayers
.
]
Verse
27.
The
Lord
[
vz.
which
hath
done
these
things
for
Dauid
and
vs
]
is
mighty
[
vz.
aboue
all
both
in
heauen
and
in
earth
]
and
hath
giuen
vs
[
vz.
thorow
his
great
mercy
&
goodnesse
]
light
[
i.
prosperity
and
al
kinde
of
gladnes
,
for
so
much
do
the
Hebrewes
comprehend
vnder
the
word
light
:
sée
Esth
.
8
,
16.
]
binde
the
sacrifice
[
vz.
of
praise
and
thanksgiuing
,
which
you
offer
to
the
Lord
,
putting
one
number
for
an
other
,
and
vnderstanding
by
one
many
,
as
may
appeare
,
because
he
addeth
,
with
cords
,
for
many
cords
néed
not
,
for
the
tying
of
one
sacrifice
,
but
hee
meaneth
that
they
should
bind
and
bring
al
their
sacrifices
together
,
and
haue
them
in
a
readinesse
as
it
were
,
presentlye
to
offer
them
vp
to
the
Lord
]
vnto
the
hornes
of
the
Altar
[
he
meaneth
by
this
spéech
that
they
shoulde
bring
them
together
,
and
fill
as
it
were
the
whole
court
of
the
Lord
,
for
further
then
that
place
,
it
was
not
lawfull
for
the
people
to
goe
:
so
that
he
meaneth
by
bringing
them
to
the
hornes
of
the
Altar
,
nothing
else
but
presenting
them
before
the
Lord
,
&
that
as
nigh
as
they
might
by
warrant
of
the
law
go
:
so
that
Dauid
minding
to
ioin
the
outward
ceremonies
of
the
law
,
with
the
inwarde
affection
and
seruice
of
the
hart
,
exhorteth
euery
one
to
prepare
,
&
to
present
that
which
is
necessarye
to
offer
vp
to
God
for
the
sacrifice
of
thanksgiuing
.
The
hebrew
word
whiche
is
here
turnd
sacrifice
,
doth
properly
signify
a
sacrifice
offred
on
some
feast
day
:
&
the
word
that
is
translated
cords
,
signifieth
a
cord
made
of
many
thréeds
or
ropes
put
together
,
and
hath
his
name
as
it
should
séeme
,
of
the
thicknes
of
it
.
]
Ver.
28
Thou
art
my
God
[
i.
he
that
alone
hath
mightily
deliuered
me
from
mine
enemies
.
These
be
Dauids
words
,
vttered
either
in
his
own
name
,
or
in
the
Priests
name
,
concluding
the
Psalm
with
thanksgiuing
,
as
he
had
before
taken
vpon
him
that
person
both
of
the
people
&
Priests
,
ver.
21.
&
ver.
26.
of
this
Psalme
]
&
I
wil
praise
thée
[
vz.
for
thy
goodnes
,
mercy
,
&
power
manifested
vnto
me
]
euen
my
God
[
q.d.
Though
thou
art
a
God
vnto
al
,
yet
by
particular
experience
,
I
haue
found
thée
so
chéefely
vnto
me
]
therfore
I
wil
exalt
thée
[
vz.
amongst
men
,
with
praise
&
thanksgiuing
.
]
Ver.
29.
which
also
is
the
last
verse
of
the
Psalm
is
the
same
with
the
first
verse
of
this
Psalm
,
both
in
words
and
sence
,
&
therfore
haue
an
eye
back
to
that
.
Do.
Ver.
1
teacheth
vs
to
prouoke
others
to
praise
the
Lord
:
also
that
we
&
they
should
do
it
,
for
the
continuance
of
his
mercy
towards
vs
.
Ver.
2
teacheth
vs
,
that
the
sacrifice
of
thanksgiuing
doth
generally
belong
vnto
al
of
the
housholde
of
faith
.
Ver.
3
teacheth
vs
that
it
doth
specially
appertain
to
Gods
ministers
,
as
who
euen
in
that
respect
also
,
should
be
examples
to
Gods
people
.
Ver.
4
teacheth
al
to
profes
,
&
that
presently
without
any
further
delay
,
the
assurednesse
of
Gods
goodnesse
&
mercy
.
Ver.
5.
teacheth
vs
to
pray
to
the
Lord
in
affliction
,
also
that
the
Lord
doth
graciously
heare
the
prayers
of
his
seruaunts
.
Ver.
6
teacheth
vs
that
an
assured
féeling
of
Gods
fauor
&
presence
,
driueth
away
al
fear
of
man
whatsoeuer
.
Ver.
7
teacheth
vs
that
God
&
men
many
times
ioin
together
for
the
defence
of
his
seruants
.
Ver.
8
,
9
teach
vs
only
to
hang
vpon
the
Lorde
,
and
to
trust
in
none
other
,
how
many
or
mighty
soeuer
they
bee
,
but
in
him
alone
.
Verse
10
teacheth
that
no
multitude
shall
bée
able
to
preuayle
agaynste
God
and
his
people
.
Verse
11
teacheth
vs
that
no
force
or
fraude
shall
bée
able
to
preuayle
agaynst
them
.
Verse
12
teacheth
that
no
rage
or
cruelty
shall
bée
able
to
preuayle
agaynst
them
:
also
that
the
enemies
of
God
and
his
people
shal
be
sodaynly
ouerthrowne
.
Verse
13
teacheth
that
there
is
no
wisdom
,
strength
,
power
or
policie
against
the
Lord
and
his
annointed
ones
.
Ver.
14
teacheth
that
al
the
strength
and
deliuerance
of
the
godly
is
from
the
Lord
only
.
Ver.
15
teacheth
that
God
will
graciously
giue
his
children
great
occasions
of
reioycing
in
him
:
also
that
the
faithful
wil
fréely
and
willingly
confesse
,
that
whatsoeuer
they
haue
,
they
haue
it
from
the
power
and
goodnesse
of
God
.
Ver.
16
teacheth
vs
that
Gods
power
is
aboue
all
.
Ver.
17
teacheth
vs
that
our
life
in
this
life
,
ought
to
be
referred
to
the
setting
forth
of
Gods
glory
,
Ver.
18
teacheth
,
that
howsoeuer
God
doth
correct
his
for
a
time
,
yet
hee
doth
neuer
destitute
them
for
euer
.
Ver.
19
teacheth
vs
to
haue
an
earnest
care
to
praise
and
thanke
God
,
in
the
assemblye
of
his
Saints
.
Ver.
20
teacheth
that
howsoeuer
hypocrites
thrust
themselues
into
the
Churche
,
yet
that
place
doth
properlye
and
peculiarly
belong
only
to
the
faythfull
.
Verse
21
teacheth
vs
to
giue
thankes
to
God
for
graunting
our
requestes
,
and
working
our
deliueraunce
.
Verse
22
teacheth
vs
that
that
which
is
reiected
of
man
,
is
highly
estéemed
of
the
Lord
,
&
those
that
be
his
.
Ver.
23
teacheth
vs
that
all
Gods
workes
are
far
beyond
the
reach
of
our
reason
,
specially
that
great
mistery
of
sending
his
sonne
into
the
world
.
Ver.
24
teacheth
vs
that
because
we
are
dul
and
heauy
to
consider
of
matters
of
spirituall
mirth
which
the
Lord
giueth
vs
,
we
should
prouoke
and
stir
vp
one
an
other
to
doe
the
same
.
Ver.
25
teacheth
vs
to
pray
for
the
safety
and
prosperity
of
our
Princes
.
Ver.
26
teacheth
vs
that
no
man
either
in
Church
or
common
wealth
should
take
vpon
him
an
office
without
warrant
from
God
,
also
that
it
is
the
duty
of
the
ministers
to
blesse
and
pray
for
both
their
Princes
and
people
.
Ver.
27.
teacheth
vs
that
whatsoeuer
prosperity
we
haue
,
we
haue
it
from
the
Lorde
onlye
,
and
of
his
mere
mercy
alone
:
also
that
we
should
prepare
and
present
our
sacrifices
of
praise
vnto
the
Lord
.
Ver.
28
teacheth
vs
that
the
more
particular
féelings
we
haue
of
Gods
graces
,
the
more
we
should
labour
to
prayse
his
name
.
Ver.
29
deliuereth
the
same
doctrines
with
verse
1.
Psalme
119
Aleph
.
FOr
as
much
as
the
holy
Ghost
it selfe
hath
diuided
this
long
Psalm
into
22
partes
,
Di.
according
to
the
number
of
the
letters
of
the
hebrew
Alphabet
,
I
take
it
that
it
should
be
at
the
least
superfluous
,
if
not
vngodly
to
vse
or
make
any
other
diuision
of
it
.
Euery
part
of
this
Psalme
containeth
eyght
verses
,
euery
verse
also
beginning
with
the
same
letter
that
the
parte
beginneth
withall
,
which
was
vsed
as
I
suppose
,
both
to
note
out
the
excellency
of
the
Psalme
,
and
also
to
helpe
memory
:
sée
before
Psal.
111.
in
the
verye
beginning
.
This
Psalme
as
manye
other
Psalmes
before
going
,
hath
no
Title
:
Se.
and
therefore
nothing
can
be
sayd
of
certaintie
:
notwithstanding
very
likely
it
is
,
that
Dauid
was
the
pen
man
which
the
holy
Ghost
vsed
in
making
&
writing
this
excellent
Psalme
.
]
Aleph
[
this
is
the
first
letter
of
the
Hebrew
Alphabet
:
and
is
here
put
downe
to
note
and
sette
out
the
firste
parte
of
this
Psalme
.
Whiche
I
thinke
dothh
specially
consist
of
two
parts
or
points
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
putteth
down
a
general
proposition
,
teaching
the
blessednesse
of
those
whiche
yéelde
obedience
to
God
and
his
law
,
and
this
is
comprehended
in
the
4
first
verses
.
In
the
second
is
contained
a
particular
applying
of
the
same
to
his
own
person
,
who
earnestly
wisheth
grace
and
strength
to
performe
the
same
:
and
this
is
in
the
foure
other
verses
.
]
Verse
1.
Blessed
[
i.
abundaunce
of
blessednesse
is
vnto
those
]
that
are
vpright
in
their
waye
[
i.
that
haue
a
pure
and
vpright
affection
to
follow
righteousnesse
,
and
which
referre
their
whole
life
to
that
marke
:
the
word
,
way
,
is
put
here
for
maner
of
liuing
or
course
of
life
,
as
Psalme
1
,
ver.
1.6
.
]
and
walke
in
the
law
of
the
Lord
[
i.
order
and
rule
their
life
and
conuersation
according
to
Gods
law
.
Vnder
the
word
,
walking
,
hée
comprehendeth
life
and
conuersation
:
and
vnder
the
word
,
law
,
hee
comprehendeth
all
the
doctrine
of
Gods
word
,
contained
in
the
law
and
Prophets
,
he
sheweth
by
this
that
true
blessednesse
is
not
in
them
that
are
wise
in
their
own
eyes
,
and
imagine
in
their
own
fantasie
some
holinesse
in
themselues
,
but
in
them
that
giue
themselues
ouer
to
the
obedience
of
Gods
word
.
]
Ver.
2.
Blessed
are
they
,
[
sée
verse
1.
of
this
Psalm
]
that
kéepe
[
vz.
not
only
in
their
hart
to
beléeue
them
as
true
and
righteous
,
but
obserue
them
also
in
their
outward
acts
and
behauiour
]
his
testimonies
[
i.
his
commaundements
whiche
testifye
and
witnesse
to
vs
his
will
.
For
these
seuerall
words
,
law
,
testimonies
,
statutes
,
&c.
whiche
are
so
often
vsed
in
this
Psalme
,
and
for
the
difference
of
them
,
sée
before
Psalm
19.7
,
8
,
9
,
]
and
séeke
him
[
i.
the
Lorde
,
vz.
according
to
his
will
reuealed
in
his
word
]
with
their
whole
hart
[
i.
not
giuing
part
to
him
,
and
part
to
the
worlde
,
but
giuing
all
to
him
to
whome
it
alone
is
due
.
Hee
declareth
by
this
manner
of
spéech
,
that
God
will
not
be
serued
with
eye
seruice
only
,
but
also
with
a
frée
and
sound
affection
of
the
hart
.
]
Verse
3.
Surely
they
work
none
iniquity
[
vz.
whiche
is
able
to
condemne
them
,
because
all
their
sinnes
are
fully
aunswered
in
Christs
obedience
:
for
he
meaneth
not
that
they
are
without
sinne
]
that
walk
in
his
waies
[
i.
that
lead
a
life
according
to
such
rules
as
he
hath
prescribed
vnto
them
.
Immanuel
readeth
this
verse
thus
]
who
also
worke
no
iniquitye
[
q.d.
They
also
are
blessed
,
who
labour
&
indeuour
to
the
vttermost
of
strength
and
grace
receaued
from
God
.
to
put
downe
iniquitie
and
vniust
dealing
,
either
in
themselues
,
or
others
,
or
both
]
but
walke
[
vz.
as
much
as
in
them
lyeth
]
in
his
wayes
[
i.
in
the
rules
of
life
which
he
hath
appointed
them
:
both
texts
are
good
and
also
both
the
sences
,
but
I
rather
allow
of
the
latter
.
]
Verse
4.
Thou
[
vz.
O
Lord
]
hast
commaunded
[
vz.
men
,
or
vs
thy
seruants
]
to
kéepe
[
i.
to
indeuor
,
and
in
déede
what
they
may
to
performe
,
both
in
thought
,
word
and
déede
,
the
obedience
of
thy
law
]
thy
precepts
[
i.
the
thinges
whiche
thou
in
thy
lawe
haste
commaunded
vs
]
diligently
[
i.
with
care
and
conscience
,
and
continually
,
as
it
were
,
all
the
dayes
of
our
life
.
Immanuel
varieth
also
somewhat
in
this
verse
reading
it
thus
]
which
[
vz.
wayes
,
mentioned
in
the
latter
ende
of
the
thirde
verse
]
thou
hast
commaunded
by
thy
commaundements
,
to
be
greatly
(
or
diligently
)
kept
[
the
Prophet
that
he
might
somewhat
terrifie
men
,
declareth
that
the
obseruation
of
the
law
,
is
euen
of
God
himselfe
required
,
and
that
with
some
seuerity
,
to
the
end
also
that
men
might
know
,
that
the
breach
therof
shal
not
remain
vnpunished
.
]
Verse
5.
Oh
that
my
wayes
[
i.
my
life
and
conuersation
:
as
verse
1
of
this
Psalme
]
were
directed
[
i.
might
be
directed
,
that
is
,
disposed
and
ordred
thorow
thy
power
,
prouidence
and
goodnesse
]
to
kéepe
[
vz.
vnfeignedly
and
with
a
good
hart
]
thy
statutes
[
i.
the
thinges
that
thou
hast
established
as
statutes
for
me
to
obserue
and
kéepe
.
This
wish
of
the
Prophet
noteth
both
the
want
of
abilitie
in
himselfe
,
and
also
the
great
desire
he
had
therto
.
]
Verse
6.
Then
should
I
not
be
confounded
[
vz.
either
before
thée
or
men
]
when
I
haue
respect
[
i.
regard
,
both
outwardly
and
inwardly
vnto
all
thy
commaundements
[
vz.
to
do
and
performe
the
same
.
He
meaneth
that
after
he
shal
haue
learned
of
God
,
and
bin
taught
of
him
,
he
wil
both
acknowledge
and
hold
the
same
fast
,
and
so
by
that
meanes
escape
shame
and
confusion
.
]
Ver.
7.
I
wil
praise
thée
[
vz.
alone
]
with
an
vpright
hart
[
i.
with
a
sound
and
sincere
affection
,
voyd
of
hipocrisie
and
counterfeiting
]
when
I
shal
learn
[
vz.
being
taught
and
instructed
by
thée
]
the
iudgements
of
thy
righteousnesse
[
i.
thy
righteous
iudgements
,
vnderstanding
by
iudgements
Gods
commaundements
,
whiche
containe
nothing
in
them
but
perfect
righteousnesse
.
]
Verse
8.
I
wil
kéepe
[
vz.
very
much
or
very
earnestly
and
diligently
:
he
speaketh
this
not
as
though
he
were
able
of
himself
to
performe
them
,
but
to
shew
what
a
minde
and
purpose
he
caried
with
him
,
and
what
a
great
good
will
he
had
thereto
]
thy
statutes
[
i.
thy
lawes
and
commaundements
:
and
note
,
that
there
is
neuer
a
verse
in
all
this
Psalme
,
but
you
haue
in
it
eyther
word
,
law
,
statute
,
iudgement
,
commaundement
,
or
some
such
like
,
equiualent
therto
,
to
signifie
Gods
word
by
]
forsake
me
not
[
vz.
in
the
middest
of
mine
assaults
,
temptations
and
infirmities
]
ouerlong
[
i.
a
long
season
.
He
prayeth
the
Lord
,
not
only
not
to
leaue
him
in
temptation
,
but
also
to
respect
his
infirmity
and
weakenesse
,
least
he
should
go
aside
from
the
right
way
.
Ver.
1
teacheth
vs
,
Do.
that
obedience
to
Gods
law
is
the
high
way
to
al
blessednesse
.
Ver.
2
teacheth
vs
first
that
with
knowledge
there
must
be
ioyned
obedience
and
practised
:
secondly
that
we
must
séeke
the
Lord
with
all
our
soule
and
affection
.
Ver.
3
teacheth
that
Gods
children
frame
not
a
conuersation
to
themselues
according
to
their
own
fantasie
,
but
according
to
the
rule
of
Gods
word
Verse
4
teacheth
vs
to
haue
care
,
conscience
,
and
diligence
in
the
obseruation
of
Gods
lawe
,
least
otherwise
wee
heape
iudgement
against
our
owne
soule
.
Ver.
5
teacheth
vs
to
carry
with
vs
both
purpose
and
prayer
,
that
we
may
walk
in
obedience
of
Gods
law
.
Ver.
6
teacheth
vs
that
obedience
to
God
&
his
truth
is
the
way
to
auoyde
shame
both
before
God
and
men
.
Ver.
7
teacheth
vs
first
to
praise
God
for
his
mercies
,
secondly
to
do
it
sincerlye
and
with
a
sounde
affection
:
thirdly
that
we
can
neuer
rightly
praise
God
or
serue
him
,
til
we
haue
learned
his
law
.
Verse
8
teacheth
vs
what
holy
purposes
we
should
carry
with
vs
of
obedience
to
Gods
law
:
and
how
for
the
better
informing
of
vs
that
way
wée
should
as
it
were
lay
vowes
vpon
our selues
,
thirdly
that
féeling
our
owne
misery
and
weakenesse
,
we
should
by
earnest
prayer
haue
recourse
to
the
Lord
for
his
mercy
.
Beth.
Di.
THis
is
the
seconde
letter
of
the
Hebrew
Alphabet
,
and
serueth
to
sette
out
the
seconde
part
of
the
Psalme
.
In
which
the
Prophet
sheweth
,
firste
that
GOD
his
worde
is
the
onlye
rule
to
reforme
corruption
by
,
in
what
state
soeuer
,
verse
9.
Secondlye
,
what
care
and
conscience
hée
hymselfe
had
,
to
walke
in
the
obedyence
of
GOD
and
his
Lawe
,
verse
10
,
11
,
13
,
14
,
15
,
16.
Thirdlye
hée
praysed
GOD
for
his
graces
,
and
prayeth
vnto
him
more
and
more
to
instructe
him
in
his
truth
,
and
this
is
contayned
in
the
12.
verse
.
Se.
Verse
9.
Wherewith
[
i.
by
what
mean
,
or
with
what
thing
]
shall
a
yong
man
[
i.
hée
that
is
the
sonne
and
seruaunte
of
GOD
,
whosoeuer
hée
bée
,
but
hee
chéefelye
speaketh
of
yong
men
,
because
affection
of
sinne
is
most
raging
in
them
]
redresse
[
i.
reforme
:
it
is
in
Hebrewe
,
purge
or
make
cleane
]
his
waye
[
i.
the
waye
that
hée
is
naturally
inclined
to
walke
in
:
and
this
hée
propoundeth
in
the
way
of
a
question
,
aunswering
the
same
himselfe
,
which
is
also
vsuall
in
the
scripture
and
namely
Psalme
15
,
1
,
2
,
also
Psalme
24
,
8
,
10
,
]
in
taking
héede
thereto
[
i.
in
diligent
caring
and
looking
to
it
,
that
he
fal
not
,
or
stumble
not
in
the
fame
]
according
to
thy
word
[
i.
according
to
the
commaundements
and
counsels
which
in
thy
word
thou
giuest
to
that
end
.
The
Prophet
here
prouoketh
men
,
in
good
time
to
dispose
of
their
life
,
and
euen
speciallye
then
when
affections
begin
to
boyle
within
them
.
Now
when
men
will
chuse
vnto
themselues
an
order
of
life
wherein
to
liue
,
there
is
no
better
counsell
more
readily
to
direct
them
in
the
right
way
then
this
,
to
wit
,
to
haue
an
eye
to
the
Lawe
,
and
to
looke
what
is
prescribed
vnto
them
therein
.
]
Ver.
10.
with
my
whole
hart
[
i.
soundly
,
sincerely
,
and
vnfeignedly
,
sée
verse
2
of
this
Psalm
]
haue
I
sought
thée
[
vz.
O
Lord
,
and
that
according
vnto
thy
worde
,
whiche
I
haue
in
part
learned
and
layd
vp
in
my
hart
,
as
ver.
11.
and
which
I
do
further
desire
to
bée
taught
and
instructed
in
,
verse
12.
]
let
me
not
wander
[
vz.
hither
and
thither
,
as
one
that
is
out
of
his
way
,
and
knoweth
not
whether
he
goeth
,
but
followeth
his
owne
imagination
,
and
yet
strayeth
from
the
righte
waye
]
from
thy
commaundementes
[
vz.
which
thou
hast
proposed
as
the
rule
of
my
life
.
]
Verse
11.
I
haue
hid
[
vz.
as
it
were
in
a
case
or
chest
]
thy
promise
[
i.
thy
worde
:
he
putteth
one
part
of
the
word
for
the
whole
]
in
mine
heart
[
i.
secretlye
and
within
me
:
not
meaning
otherwist
but
that
he
had
them
there
to
remember
them
to
his
comfort
and
profite
.
In
the
new
Testament
,
Luke
2
,
18
,
51
,
it
is
expressed
by
an
other
phrase
,
as
where
Mary
is
sayd
to
haue
kepte
all
these
sayings
in
hir
hart
,
and
to
haue
pondered
them
there
.
Hee
meaneth
that
hée
locked
vp
as
it
were
Gods
lawe
in
his
hart
for
feare
of
Sathans
embushes
and
assaults
]
that
I
might
not
sinne
[
vz.
any
manner
of
way
,
or
at
any
time
,
such
a
minde
and
will
he
had
,
though
there
wanted
abilitie
to
perform
it
]
agaynst
thée
[
vz.
O
Lord
]
Verse
12.
Blessed
art
thou
O
Lord
[
i.
praysed
,
or
worthye
of
all
prayses
,
by
reason
of
thy
goodnesse
,
wisedome
,
iustice
and
mercy
]
teach
me
[
vz.
not
only
to
knowe
but
also
to
doe
]
thy
statutes
[
i.
the
rules
that
thou
hast
appointed
for
me
to
walke
in
,
so
that
nothing
is
or
ought
to
bée
the
rule
of
our
life
,
but
Gods
ordinaunce
only
.
]
Verse
13.
With
my
lippes
[
i.
with
my
mouth
and
the
wordes
of
my
mouth
:
hee
putteth
one
instrumente
whereby
the
voyce
is
framed
,
for
all
instrumentes
appertaining
thereto
,
and
for
wordes
expressed
by
the
same
]
haue
I
declared
[
vz.
openly
,
that
others
also
might
thereby
learne
them
]
all
the
iudgementes
of
thy
mouth
[
i.
all
thy
commaundements
,
which
thou
hast
vttered
as
playnely
as
can
bée
,
sée
iudgements
put
for
commaundements
ver.
7
of
this
Psalme
:
and
mouth
is
attributed
to
God
according
to
mans
capacity
:
q.d.
I
haue
not
only
hidden
thy
lawe
in
my
hart
,
as
ver.
11.
but
I
haue
often
and
openly
spoken
of
the
same
.
And
this
is
not
a
vaine
brag
that
he
maketh
,
but
rather
serueth
to
shew
that
he
did
the
part
of
a
good
and
faithful
scholler
,
and
to
make
himselfe
an
example
that
others
might
follow
him
.
[
Ver.
14.
I
haue
had
as
great
delight
,
in
the
way
of
thy
testimonies
[
i.
to
walke
according
to
the
rules
&
orders
that
thy
law
prescribeth
]
as
in
all
riches
[
vz.
that
euer
I
had
or
might
haue
had
:
q.d.
I
haue
taken
as
great
pleasure
in
kéeping
thy
statutes
,
as
euer
I
did
in
gathering
great
riches
together
]
Ver.
15.
I
will
meditate
[
vz.
earnestly
and
continually
,
as
Psal.
1.2
.
]
in
thy
precepts
[
i.
in
thy
law
which
thou
hast
giuen
and
commaunded
as
a
rule
of
life
]
and
consider
[
vz.
déepely
and
diligently
]
thy
wayes
[
i.
those
wayes
that
he
had
prescribed
men
to
walke
in
,
meaning
his
law
and
commaundements
:
sée
ver.
3.
of
this
Psalme
,
and
not
as
though
God
were
tied
to
any
wayes
in
respecte
of
himselfe
.
]
Verse
16.
I
will
delight
[
vz.
all
the
dayes
of
my
life
:
and
this
the
Prophet
speaketh
,
not
as
though
he
had
strength
of
himselfe
,
but
assuring
himselfe
of
the
continuaunce
of
Gods
loue
towardes
him
,
in
whome
he
shoulde
bée
made
able
to
doe
it
]
in
thy
statutes
[
i.
in
thy
law
and
word
]
and
I
will
not
forget
[
i.
I
carry
with
me
this
minde
and
purpose
not
to
forget
]
thy
word
[
i.
not
only
the
word
it selfe
,
but
the
thinges
layde
vpon
men
by
the
same
worde
to
bée
performed
and
done
.
Verse
9
teacheth
,
Do.
firste
that
yong
men
had
néede
to
striue
the
subduing
of
euill
,
because
affections
boyle
most
in
them
:
secondly
that
Gods
word
rightlye
and
reuerently
vsed
is
an
effectuall
meane
to
ouercome
iniquity
.
Ver.
10.
teacheth
vs
vnfeignedly
to
cleaue
to
the
Lord
our
God
:
also
to
pray
the
Lord
to
kéepe
vs
,
for
otherwise
we
can
not
stand
in
the
obedience
of
his
truth
.
Ver.
11.
teacheth
vs
that
euen
the
promises
of
Gods
word
rightly
considered
,
are
good
means
to
beat
down
sinne
.
Verse
12
sheweth
that
till
God
instructe
vs
,
wee
are
blind
and
ignoraunt
,
also
that
we
should
dayly
pray
for
increase
of
knowledge
and
vnderstanding
.
Verse
13
teacheth
vs
boldly
and
openly
to
make
profession
of
Gods
word
.
Ver.
14
teacheth
vs
that
Gods
word
should
be
more
pleasaunte
vnto
vs
,
then
all
worldlye
Treasure
.
Verse
15
teacheth
vs
not
onely
barelye
to
reade
,
but
also
déepelye
to
consider
and
continuallye
to
meditate
in
Gods
word
.
Verse
16
teacheth
vs
first
that
our
delight
in
Gods
law
,
is
a
good
step
to
godlinesse
:
secondly
that
forgetfulnesse
of
Gods
word
,
is
a
great
meane
why
sinne
preuaileth
against
many
.
Gimel
.
Di.
THis
is
the
third
letter
of
the
hebrew
Alphabet
,
and
serueth
to
note
out
the
thirde
part
of
the
Psalme
,
which
containeth
thrée
speciall
things
:
first
the
prayers
that
the
Prophet
maketh
for
himselfe
,
ver.
17
,
18
,
19
,
22
,
secondly
Gods
iudgements
against
the
wicked
,
verse
21.
Thirdly
the
earnest
desire
which
the
Prophet
had
to
walke
in
the
obedience
of
Gods
law
.
Se.
Verse
17.
Be
beneficial
[
i.
be
thus
mercifull
]
vnto
thy
seruaunt
[
i.
vnto
mée
thy
seruaunt
]
that
I
may
liue
[
vz.
here
vpon
the
earth
so
long
time
,
as
thou
shalt
sée
the
same
to
be
good
and
conuenient
]
and
kéepe
[
vz.
vnfaignedlye
,
and
with
a
good
hart
,
what
I
maye
both
in
thoughte
,
worde
,
and
déede
]
thy
word
[
vz.
reuealed
and
made
manifest
vnto
mée
:
q.d.
shewe
thy selfe
fauourable
vnto
me
,
and
graunt
me
grace
to
imploy
the
whole
life
that
thou
shalt
giue
mee
in
the
seruice
of
thée
,
according
to
thy
lawe
:
and
this
is
the
ende
of
our
life
here
.
]
Verse
18.
Open
[
vz.
by
the
mightye
working
and
brightnesse
of
thy
holy
spirit
]
mine
eyes
[
vz.
of
my
mind
and
vnderstanding
]
that
I
maye
sée
[
vz.
by
the
eyes
of
fayth
]
the
wonders
of
thy
lawe
[
i.
the
secretes
which
are
contayned
therein
:
and
he
calleth
the
doctrine
and
precepts
of
the
lawe
,
wonders
,
or
wonderfull
,
because
they
excéede
mans
vnderstanding
and
reason
.
The
Prophet
did
well
know
the
blindnesse
which
was
in
him
,
and
in
all
men
naturally
,
which
hindereth
them
from
beholding
the
clearenesse
of
Gods
word
,
and
therfore
beséecheth
the
Lord
to
open
the
eyes
of
his
vnderstanding
,
&
to
deliuer
him
out
of
that
great
darknesse
wherein
he
was
.
]
Ver.
19.
I
am
a
stranger
vpon
earth
[
vz.
as
all
men
haue
bin
,
are
,
and
shall
bee
,
during
this
mortall
life
,
sée
Psalme
39
,
12
,
vnder
the
word
,
straunger
,
he
noteth
not
onely
the
shortnesse
of
his
life
in
this
life
,
but
his
ignoraunce
and
lack
of
knowledge
:
q.d.
I
am
as
a
poore
pilgrime
,
not
knowing
what
waye
to
kéepe
vnlesse
thou
shew
it
mée
by
thy
lawe
,
hyde
not
thy
commaundements
from
me
[
i.
leaue
me
not
to
my selfe
in
suche
sorte
that
I
shut
vp
mine
eyes
,
or
stoppe
mine
eares
from
the
knowledge
of
thy
lawe
,
for
God
hideth
his
commaundementes
from
them
,
whose
eyes
he
openeth
not
.
]
Verse
20.
Mine
hart
breaketh
[
vz.
within
me
:
he
meaneth
by
this
spéech
that
he
had
an
earnest
thirsting
,
hungring
,
or
longing
as
it
were
after
Gods
law
:
in
an
other
place
he
vseth
,
panteth
and
thirsteth
after
GOD
[
sée
Psalme
42
,
1
,
2
,
]
for
the
desire
[
vz.
which
I
haue
within
mée
]
to
thy
iudgements
[
vz.
not
only
to
know
them
,
but
also
to
execute
and
perform
the
same
]
alway
[
i.
all
the
dayes
of
my
life
:
q.d.
I
fainte
,
weare
awaye
,
and
consume
,
with
a
holy
desire
that
I
haue
to
knowe
and
obserue
thy
lawe
.
]
Verse
21.
Thou
[
vz.
O
Lord
]
hast
destroyed
[
vz.
iustlye
,
by
thy
great
mighte
and
power
]
the
proude
[
i.
the
wicked
,
vnbeléeuing
and
obstinate
people
:
for
vnbeléefe
is
the
mother
of
pride
,
as
faith
is
the
mother
of
humilitie
]
cursed
are
they
[
i.
all
they
of
what
estate
or
condition
soeuer
they
are
]
that
doe
erre
[
vz.
in
their
life
and
conuersation
:
and
this
worde
of
erring
,
doeth
not
signifye
euery
offence
indifferentlye
:
but
an
vnbrydeled
licence
,
whiche
procéedeth
from
the
contempt
of
GOD
:
sée
verse
10
of
this
Psalme
,
and
the
word
,
wander
]
from
thy
commaundements
[
vz.
which
thou
hast
prescribed
as
footesteppes
and
paths
for
me
to
tread
in
.
]
Verse
22.
Remoue
[
vz.
very
farre
and
that
of
thy
goodnesse
and
mercy
]
from
me
[
vz.
thy
poore
and
vnworthy
seruaunte
]
shame
and
contempt
,
which
the
wicked
and
vngodlye
haue
purposed
to
bring
vpon
me
]
for
[
i.
because
]
I
haue
kepte
thy
testimonies
[
vz.
in
my
life
and
conuersation
:
q.d.
suffer
not
the
wicked
to
diffame
and
mocke
mée
,
for
this
,
that
I
studye
to
obserue
thy
Lawe
:
meaning
that
in
that
respecte
,
and
for
that
cause
only
,
the
wicked
did
contemne
,
mocke
,
and
despyse
him
.
]
Verse
23.
Princes
also
[
i.
great
and
mightye
men
,
as
Magistrates
and
Iudges
:
q.d.
I
was
scorned
and
contemned
,
not
onlye
of
the
common
sorte
of
people
,
but
of
great
personages
]
did
sit
[
vz.
in
the
place
and
on
the
seat
of
iudgement
]
and
did
speake
[
vz.
there
and
that
openly
,
where
they
should
haue
vttered
nothing
but
iustice
and
truth
,
this
hee
alleageth
as
a
circumstaunce
to
aggrauate
the
sinne
of
those
Rulers
]
agaynst
me
[
vz.
in
my
iust
cause
,
and
that
with
mockes
and
tauntes
]
but
thy
seruaunt
[
i.
I
thy
seruaunt
:
speaking
of
himselfe
(
by
chaunging
the
person
)
in
the
thyrde
person
]
did
meditate
[
vz.
notwithstanding
all
that
they
spake
or
sayde
agaynst
mée
]
in
thy
statutes
[
i.
in
thy
lawe
and
worde
:
q.d.
I
did
couragiously
neglecte
the
shame
and
contempt
which
they
did
purposely
lay
vppon
mée
.
And
this
no
doubte
did
muche
wounde
him
,
that
he
was
mocked
not
onlye
of
the
popular
sorte
,
but
of
the
mightiest
amongste
them
,
yea
euen
of
them
that
sate
in
the
iudgement
seate
.
]
Verse
24.
Also
[
q.d.
I
did
not
only
meditate
in
them
,
but
I
tooke
also
singular
delight
and
pleasure
in
them
]
thy
testimonies
are
my
delighte
[
i.
I
take
my
only
pleasure
and
pastime
in
them
]
and
my
Counsellors
[
i.
they
,
by
whose
counsell
I
gouerne
my selfe
.
Dauid
speaketh
here
after
the
manner
of
men
,
and
namely
Princes
,
who
will
doe
nothing
without
the
aduise
of
them
that
are
of
their
counsell
:
whereby
he
declareth
that
we
must
not
stay
our selues
vppon
our
owne
vnderstanding
and
wit
,
but
vppon
the
worde
of
God
onely
.
Verse
17
teacheth
vs
that
our
life
is
giuen
vs
,
Do.
and
shoulde
be
spent
in
the
obedience
of
Gods
truth
.
Verse
18
teacheth
vs
that
in
respect
of
apprehending
Gods
misteries
,
we
are
of
our selues
,
blinder
then
béetels
till
GOD
open
the
eyes
of
our
vnderstanding
.
Verse
19
setteth
out
the
wretchednesse
,
misery
,
and
ignoraunce
that
is
in
vs
,
not
only
before
but
after
regeneration
.
Verse
20.
teacheth
vs
to
haue
a
holy
hunger
and
thirste
,
not
onlye
after
the
knoweledge
,
but
also
after
the
practise
of
God
his
lawe
.
Verse
21
teacheth
vs
that
GOD
cannot
awaye
with
proude
men
:
also
that
disobedience
to
Gods
lawe
pulleth
his
curse
vppon
vs
.
Verse
22
teacheth
vs
to
praye
to
bée
deliuered
,
as
GOD
will
,
from
shame
and
contempt
amongst
men
.
Verse
23
teacheth
vs
,
first
that
it
is
no
new
thing
to
haue
mightye
men
to
bée
enemyes
to
Gods
children
,
secondlye
that
the
more
they
shall
trouble
vs
by
persecution
,
reuyling
or
otherwise
,
the
more
we
should
giue
our selues
to
meditation
of
God
his
word
and
the
exercises
therein
prescribed
.
Ver.
24
teacheth
vs
also
two
thinges
,
firste
that
we
should
take
singuler
delight
and
pleasure
in
GOD
his
word
,
otherwise
there
is
little
hope
of
profiting
thereby
:
secondlye
that
wée
should
haue
it
in
this
reuerence
,
neuer
to
doe
any
thing
but
to
aske
aduise
of
the
word
whether
we
may
do
it
yea
or
no.
Daleth
.
Di.
THis
is
the
fourth
letter
,
and
serueth
to
distincte
the
fourth
parte
of
the
Psalme
,
which
generally
comprehendeth
an
earnest
praier
of
the
Prophet
desiring
God
somtime
to
instruct
him
in
his
wayes
.
Verse
26
,
27
,
29
,
somtimes
he
prayeth
to
be
deliuered
from
gréefes
and
troubles
wherein
he
was
.
verse
25
,
28
,
31
,
sometimes
he
setteth
out
the
purpose
that
he
had
within
him
of
obedience
to
the
law
,
verse
27
,
30
,
31
,
32.
Se.
Verse
25.
My
soule
[
i.
my
life
,
yea
I
my selfe
in
respecte
of
the
outward
and
inward
man
]
cleaueth
to
the
dust
[
i.
is
not
only
nigh
to
deaths
doore
,
as
it
were
but
is
full
fraught
with
calamities
and
miseries
,
so
that
I
am
cast
downe
,
and
lie
prostrate
vnder
them
]
quicken
mée
[
vz.
thus
distressed
:
q.
d.
Restore
me
to
a
better
state
and
condition
of
life
]
according
to
thy
woorde
[
vz.
whiche
thou
hast
giuen
vnto
me
.
Hée
putteth
the
worde
,
which
is
the
whole
,
for
the
promises
which
are
a
part
thereof
.
]
Verse
26.
I
haue
declared
[
vz.
from
the
bottome
of
my
hart
,
and
that
vnto
thée
alone
]
my
wayes
[
i.
not
onely
my
matters
,
affayres
and
thoughts
,
but
all
my
miseries
,
yea
very
harte
and
order
of
lyfe
,
committing
them
as
it
were
into
thy
handes
]
and
thou
heardest
mée
[
vz.
thus
praying
and
declaring
my
gréefes
vnto
thée
:
vnderstanding
by
hearing
,
graunting
of
his
requestes
]
teache
mée
thy
statutes
[
i.
instructe
mée
in
thy
law
and
learne
mée
to
leade
my
life
according
thereto
:
q.d.
I
haue
heretofore
declared
all
my
thoughtes
vnto
thée
without
hypocrisie
or
deceate
:
I
haue
also
committed
all
my
actions
and
affections
to
thy
care
,
and
referred
all
my
enterpryses
to
thy
good
will
,
hanging
wholye
vppon
thy
prouidence
,
and
thou
hast
heretofore
hearde
mée
and
taughte
mée
,
doe
the
lyke
for
me
nowe
.
]
Verse
27.
Make
me
[
vz.
that
am
so
blinde
and
ignoraunt
]
to
vnderstand
[
vz.
rightlye
and
soundlye
]
the
waye
of
thy
preceptes
[
i.
after
what
sorte
and
order
,
I
am
to
liue
and
directe
my selfe
and
lyfe
according
to
those
thinges
that
thou
haste
commaunded
mée
,
in
thy
Lawe
]
and
I
will
meditate
[
vz.
continuallye
:
and
with
a
good
harte
thorowe
thy
goodnesse
]
in
thy
wonderous
workes
[
i.
in
those
workes
whiche
thou
haste
done
and
bée
wonderfull
,
because
they
farre
excéede
the
reache
of
mans
witte
.
I
had
rather
reade
]
in
thy
wonders
[
i.
in
the
wonders
of
thy
lawe
,
sée
before
,
verse
18.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
28.
My
soule
[
i.
my
life
and
I
my selfe
,
as
verse
25.
]
melteth
[
i.
consumeth
and
weareth
awaye
:
hée
vseth
a
word
here
,
whiche
signifieth
dropping
:
q.d.
Droppe
by
droppe
as
it
were
,
my
life
perisheth
,
and
being
made
thinne
,
consumeth
awaye
,
I
wéepe
so
much
]
for
heauinesse
[
vz.
of
harte
,
whiche
I
haue
,
by
reason
of
the
outward
and
inward
gréefes
whiche
I
sustayne
]
rayse
mée
vp
[
vz.
euen
as
it
were
from
deaths
dore
.
Hée
meaneth
by
this
,
restoring
of
him
to
a
better
estate
,
and
refreshing
him
ouer
all
his
miseries
]
according
to
thy
worde
[
sée
verse
25
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
29.
Take
[
vz.
thorowe
thy
goodnesse
and
mercye
]
from
mée
[
vz.
which
am
so
much
inclyned
thereto
]
the
way
of
lying
[
i.
the
order
,
trade
and
course
of
lying
:
vnderstanding
thereby
all
manner
of
corruption
whatsoeuer
agaynst
GOD
or
man
]
and
graunt
me
graciously
[
i.
of
thy
great
grace
and
goodnesse
giue
to
mee
]
thy
Lawe
[
i.
the
knowledge
and
practise
of
it
,
that
according
to
the
same
I
maye
leade
my
lyfe
:
for
it
is
not
to
bée
doubted
but
that
he
had
the
Law
:
q.d.
Kéepe
mée
from
all
lying
,
vanitie
and
sinne
:
from
the
whiche
that
hée
mighte
bée
the
better
preserued
,
hée
desireth
to
bee
instructed
in
the
doctrine
of
GOD
his
law
.
]
Verse
30.
I
haue
chosen
[
vz.
thorow
the
light
that
thou
hast
reuealed
vnto
me
,
by
the
worke
of
thy
spirite
]
the
waye
of
truth
[
i.
that
path
that
leadeth
into
truth
and
well
doing
,
]
and
thy
iudgementes
[
i.
thy
Lawe
and
commaundementes
,
whiche
hee
calleth
iudgementes
,
because
according
to
the
same
will
he
pronounce
sentence
]
haue
I
layde
before
mee
[
vz.
not
onlye
to
looke
vpon
them
,
but
also
as
the
rule
of
my
life
and
behauioure
.
Immanuell
readeth
this
verse
thus
:
]
The
way
of
truth
which
I
chose
,
and
of
thy
iudgementes
which
I
set
before
me
:
making
it
as
it
were
an
exposition
of
the
latter
part
of
the
other
verse
:
q.d.
Graunt
me
graciously
thy
lawe
,
which
I
acknowledge
and
take
to
be
the
way
of
truth
,
&c.
]
Ver.
31.
I
haue
cleaued
[
vz.
vnfaignedly
,
and
with
a
good
hart
:
meaning
by
this
Metaphor
of
cleauing
,
continuing
and
perseuering
in
GOD
his
Lawe
,
sticking
so
fast
vnto
it
,
as
nothing
coulde
remooue
him
from
it
:
sée
Romanes
12
,
9.
]
to
thy
testimonies
O
Lord
[
i.
to
thy
law
]
confounde
me
not
[
i.
let
me
not
bee
confounded
and
ashamed
:
q.d.
suffer
me
not
to
slide
or
fall
into
suche
infirmitie
,
eyther
of
woorde
or
déede
,
that
my
life
shoulde
be
shamefull
vnto
mée
,
and
I
skorned
of
the
enemies
of
thy
law
.
]
Ver.
32.
I
will
runne
[
vz.
chearefullye
and
swiftlye
]
the
waye
of
thy
commaundementes
[
i.
that
waye
,
order
,
and
course
of
life
whiche
thy
commaundementes
shewe
me
:
he
meaneth
that
he
will
bee
prompte
and
ready
to
kéepe
Gods
lawe
]
when
thou
shalt
inlarge
mine
hart
[
some
expounde
it
thus
,
when
thou
shalt
haue
set
mée
out
of
daunger
,
and
giuen
me
thereby
an
occasion
of
great
reioycing
.
I
rather
would
expounde
it
thus
:
when
thou
shalt
haue
made
my
vnderstanding
and
spirite
(
which
of
it selfe
is
narrow
and
straight
,
not
able
to
contain
or
conceaue
any
good
things
)
capable
by
inlarging
and
opening
of
it
,
to
containe
and
conceaue
thy
gifts
and
graces
,
sée
1.
King
.
4
,
29
,
concerning
the
inlarging
of
Salomons
hart
,
which
in
my
iudgemente
serueth
very
wel
to
open
this
place
.
Do.
Verse
25
teacheth
vs
in
distresse
and
affliction
to
call
vppon
GOD
,
by
earnest
prayers
,
also
that
one
good
grounde
of
our
prayers
,
is
Gods
promises
made
vnto
vs
in
his
word
.
Verse
26
teacheth
vs
that
God
is
nigh
to
the
faythfull
prayers
of
his
poore
seruaunts
:
also
that
we
are
ignoraunt
of
Gods
law
,
till
it
please
him
in
mercye
to
vouchsafe
to
teache
vs
.
Verse
27
teacheth
vs
carefullye
and
continuallye
to
meditate
in
Gods
worde
.
Verse
28
sheweth
that
Gods
children
are
many
times
broughte
verye
lowe
,
but
yet
the
hope
that
they
haue
in
GOD
his
promises
doeth
raise
them
vp
agayne
.
Verse
29
teacheth
vs
to
abhorre
,
as
all
sinne
generally
,
so
particularlye
lying
and
falshood
:
also
that
Gods
worde
rightly
vsed
,
is
a
great
mean
to
vanquishe
sinne
by
.
Verse
30
teacheth
vs
that
GOD
his
word
shoulde
be
sette
before
vs
in
all
the
particular
actions
of
this
life
.
Verse
31
teacheth
vs
,
to
perseuer
and
continue
in
the
profession
of
Gods
truth
,
all
the
dayes
of
our
lyfe
.
Verse
32
teacheth
vs
to
go
on
forward
in
the
race
that
is
set
before
vs
,
and
neuer
to
be
weary
of
wel
doing
.
He.
Di.
IN
this
whole
part
which
consisteth
of
earnest
prayer
vnto
God
,
the
Prophet
first
beséecheth
the
Lord
to
giue
him
good
things
,
as
amongst
others
,
the
knowledge
and
obedience
of
his
law
.
Ver.
33
,
34
,
35
,
38
,
40
,
secondly
he
praieth
him
to
giue
strength
to
auoyd
euil
things
.
Ver.
36
,
37
,
39.
Se.
Verse
33
Teach
me
[
vz.
which
of
my selfe
am
so
blind
,
ignorant
,
and
vnapte
to
euery
good
thing
]
O
Lord
[
vz.
whom
alone
I
feare
and
worship
]
the
way
of
thy
statutes
[
i.
that
order
of
life
which
thy
law
setteth
out
ver.
32.
he
called
it
the
way
of
his
commaundements
]
and
I
will
kéepe
it
[
vz.
thorow
thine
assistance
and
goodnesse
,
for
otherwise
no
man
can
do
any
thing
that
good
is
]
vnto
the
end
[
vz.
of
my
life
,
meaning
that
he
would
obserue
Gods
law
al
his
life
long
,
sée
verse
112
of
this
Psalme
afterwards
.
]
Ver.
34.
Giue
me
vnderstanding
[
vz.
of
thy
will
reuealed
in
thy
word
]
and
I
will
kéepe
thy
law
[
vz.
thorow
thy
goodnesse
and
assistaunce
(
as
before
)
not
onlye
in
my
hart
,
but
in
my
conuersation
outwardlye
]
yea
I
will
kéepe
it
with
my
whole
hart
[
i.
soundly
,
sincerelye
,
and
with
an
vnfeigned
affection
,
Meaning
that
in
the
obseruation
and
obedyence
of
Gods
lawe
,
he
would
auoyde
all
hipocrisie
.
]
Verse
35.
Directe
mée
[
vz.
which
thorow
mine
owne
corruption
am
readye
to
runne
out
of
the
way
]
in
the
path
of
thy
commaundements
[
i.
in
the
waye
and
order
of
life
which
thy
commaundements
would
haue
me
to
tread
]
for
therein
[
i.
both
in
thy
Lawe
,
and
in
a
conuersation
according
to
the
same
]
is
my
delighte
[
i.
I
take
singular
ioye
and
pleasure
.
]
Verse
36.
Inclyne
[
vz.
thorowe
the
exercises
of
thy
worde
,
and
the
working
of
thy
spirite
]
mine
hearte
[
i.
the
affections
and
desires
of
my
harte
]
vnto
thy
Testimonyes
[
i.
to
imbrace
the
knowledge
and
practise
of
thy
worde
]
and
not
to
couetousnesse
[
i.
gréedye
affecting
and
desyring
of
that
whiche
appertayneth
to
an
other
man
,
hee
putteth
one
kinde
of
sinne
,
which
is
in
déede
the
roote
of
all
euill
,
for
al
other
transgressions
and
vices
whatsoeuer
,
as
he
did
before
,
the
word
lying
,
ver.
29.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Ver.
37.
Turne
away
mine
eyes
[
by
the
eyes
,
he
meaneth
all
other
senses
,
because
they
are
the
messengers
which
conuey
or
bring
things
to
our
other
senses
:
and
the
windowes
,
or
gates
as
it
were
,
by
which
euil
entereth
into
vs
]
from
regarding
[
i.
from
beholding
or
looking
vpon
:
he
prayeth
against
the
beginning
of
euill
,
which
being
once
ouercome
,
processe
and
procéeding
in
it
,
néed
not
to
be
feared
]
vanity
[
i.
vaine
things
with
the
loue
whereof
men
may
easily
bee
ouertaken
:
q.d.
remooue
the
affections
of
my
mind
from
these
things
,
which
men
do
greatly
desire
and
delight
in
,
lest
otherwise
I
being
caryed
away
from
thy
word
,
I
imbrace
vayne
things
with
other
men
]
quicken
mee
[
i.
make
me
not
only
liuely
to
do
thy
will
,
but
giue
me
grace
to
liue
in
it
,
all
the
dayes
of
my
life
]
in
thy
way
[
i.
in
thy
lawe
,
see
ver.
15.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
.
38.
Stablish
[
i.
performe
and
accomplish
:
for
though
Gods
worde
bee
alwayes
sure
both
in
respect
of
his
maiesty
,
from
whome
it
commeth
,
and
of
it selfe
,
and
the
things
propounded
in
it
,
and
of
vs
also
in
respect
of
assured
faith
,
yet
it
is
then
most
liuely
confirmed
vnto
vs
,
when
it
is
performed
,
and
it
declared
to
bee
true
and
certaine
,
by
effect
as
it
were
]
thy
promise
[
vz.
made
to
me
,
he
putteth
one
promise
for
many
:
vsing
also
promises
for
the
word
it selfe
conteining
promises
,
as
ver.
11.
of
this
Psalm
]
to
thy
seruant
[
i.
to
me
,
for
he
speaketh
of
himselfe
in
the
thirde
person
.
q.d.
make
the
effect
of
thy
promises
to
come
vnto
me
who
serue
thée
with
a
good
heart
,
for
though
it
be
true
,
that
Gods
promises
perfourmed
to
others
,
may
comfort
men
:
yet
nothing
so
much
can
they
comfort
vs
,
as
this
,
which
we
féele
perfourmed
to
our
particular
persons
]
because
he
feareth
thée
[
it
woulde
rather
be
turned
thus
,
who
feareth
thée
,
for
our
feare
of
God
,
is
not
a
cause
why
God
shoulde
performe
his
promises
to
vs
,
and
the
Prophet
meaneth
by
the
word
,
feare
,
not
onely
a
reuerent
perswasion
which
he
had
in
his
heart
of
God
,
but
the
effects
and
fruits
of
that
reuerence
,
that
is
,
the
worship
and
seruing
of
him
according
to
his
word
.
]
Ver.
39.
Take
away
[
vz.
of
thy
mercy
and
goodnes
]
my
rebuke
[
i.
the
euil
which
I
might
commit
against
thy
good
lawe
,
and
so
it
might
tend
to
my
shame
,
as
though
hée
prayed
to
be
kept
from
notorious
transgressions
,
as
ver.
31.
of
this
Psalm
:
or
else
thus
,
for
as
much
as
by
some
sinnes
,
and
namely
the
sinne
of
adultery
with
Bathsheba
,
and
murther
of
her
husband
Vriah
,
hee
had
purchased
rebuke
and
shame
amongst
men
,
hée
beséecheth
the
Lord
euen
to
remoue
that
]
that
I
feare
[
vz.
will
not
onely
fall
,
but
increase
vppon
mee
,
vnlesse
in
mercy
thou
cure
and
couer
it
]
for
thy
iudgements
[
vz.
which
thou
hast
pronounced
in
thy
word
]
are
good
[
vz.
to
them
that
rightly
vnderstand
them
,
vnderstanding
by
iudgements
not
onely
the
threates
of
the
lawe
,
but
also
,
euen
those
comforts
which
God
hath
pronounced
in
the
same
.
]
Ver.
40.
Beholde
,
I
desire
[
vz.
earnestly
and
with
a
very
good
affection
]
thy
commandements
[
i.
both
the
knowledge
and
obedience
of
thy
commandements
]
quicken
mee
,
[
Sée
ver.
25.37
.
of
this
Psalme
]
in
thy
righteousnes
[
i.
in
thy
woorde
and
lawe
,
which
is
called
righteousnes
,
because
it
is
the
onely
rule
of
that
righteousnes
,
which
we
ought
to
performe
to
God
,
or
man
.
Do.
Ver.
33.
Teacheth
vs
to
pray
to
the
Lord
onely
,
for
light
and
instruction
out
of
his
holy
worde
:
also
to
cary
with
vs
a
holy
purpose
of
perseuerance
and
continuance
in
the
obedience
of
God
,
all
the
dayes
of
our
life
.
Verse
.
34.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
vnderstanding
,
&
kéeping
of
gods
law
,
is
a
singular
gift
of
his
own
bestowed
vpon
his
children
:
also
that
our
obedience
to
god
,
should
be
vnfeigned
and
without
hipocrisie
.
Ver.
35
Teacheth
vs
that
vnlesse
God
kéepe
vs
in
obedience
,
wée
shall
continually
wander
out
of
the
way
:
also
that
our
continual
delight
and
pleasure
should
be
in
Gods
word
.
Ver.
36.
Teacheth
vs
what
a
foule
fault
the
sinne
of
couetousnes
is
:
also
that
there
is
no
better
meane
to
subdue
it
in
our selues
,
then
care
and
conscience
to
walke
in
the
obedience
of
Gods
worde
.
Ver.
37.
Teacheth
vs
,
first
to
nippe
off
sinne
in
the
beginning
thereof
:
secondly
to
labour
the
mortification
of
our
earthly
members
,
and
the
partes
of
our
bodyes
inclined
to
euill
,
and
thirdly
to
pray
for
liuelines
&
continuance
in
the
obedience
of
Gods
trueth
.
Ver.
38.
Teacheth
vs
that
if
wee
haue
by
experience
either
in
our selues
or
others
,
but
specially
in
our selues
,
felt
the
trueth
of
gods
promises
perfourmed
to
vs
,
wee
haue
not
onely
a
notable
testimony
of
Gods
goodnes
,
but
a
seale
set
vpon
our
fayth
for
the
greater
strengthning
of
it
in
the
same
.
Ver.
39.
Teacheth
vs
to
pray
the
remouing
of
shame
amongst
men
:
specially
if
our
shame
shal
bring
with
it
some
dishonour
to
God
:
also
it
teacheth
vs
not
to
be
shameles
as
many
men
are
,
who
are
without
blushing
,
and
haue
gotten
to
themselues
harlots
faces
.
Ver.
40.
Teacheth
vs
to
haue
an
earnest
desire
,
both
to
knowe
and
walke
in
the
obedience
of
Gods
lawe
.
This
part
in
summe
declareth
what
great
weaknes
there
is
in
man
,
to
vnderstande
loue
and
followe
Gods
lawe
,
vnlesse
he
be
taught
and
renued
by
the
power
of
his
spirit
.
Vau.
Di.
THis
is
the
sixt
letter
,
and
noteth
out
the
sixt
part
.
In
which
the
Prophet
specially
propoundeth
two
thinges
.
first
he
maketh
prayer
vnto
God
,
for
the
continuaunce
of
his
mercies
,
specially
for
manifesting
his
word
vnto
him
with
the
fruites
and
effectes
which
shall
follow
thereof
,
ver.
41.42.43.44
.
Secondly
hée
promiseth
,
and
voweth
as
it
were
a
thankefull
heart
to
the
Lord
,
for
his
benefits
,
which
he
wil
declare
openly
before
all
men
,
yea
euen
kings
&
magistrates
.
Ver.
45.46
.
By
a
holy
and
religious
life
towards
God
himselfe
.
ver.
47.48
.
Se.
Ver.
41.
And
let
thy
louing
kindnes
[
i.
thy
most
tender
and
infinite
mercy
]
come
vnto
mée
,
O
Lorde
[
vz.
from
thée
.
q.d.
let
me
haue
it
plentifully
powred
forth
vpon
mée
,
and
make
mee
to
féele
it
effectually
]
and
thy
saluation
[
i.
ayde
,
helpe
,
yea
,
and
eternall
life
it selfe
:
hée
setteth
louing
kindnes
,
or
mercy
,
before
saluation
,
as
the
cause
before
the
effect
]
according
to
thy
promise
[
vz.
graciously
made
vnto
me
.
q.d.
make
mee
to
féele
,
that
louing
kindnesse
and
saluation
of
thine
,
which
thou
hast
promised
and
I
pray
for
.
]
Ver.
42.
So
[
i.
by
that
meanes
onely
and
no
other
]
shall
I
make
answere
[
i.
bee
inabled
sufficiently
to
answere
]
vnto
my
blasphemies
[
i.
vnto
them
that
reuile
and
speake
euill
of
mee
:
q.d.
I
will
not
then
dissemble
any
whit
at
all
,
but
speake
,
euen
as
the
thing
it selfe
shall
require
]
for
I
trust
in
thy
worde
[
vz.
which
thou
hast
giuen
mee
:
q.d.
I
perswade
my selfe
in
the
trueth
of
thy
woorde
,
that
when
I
shall
once
sensibly
féele
thy
mercy
and
goodnes
,
I
shal
be
wel
able
to
answere
all
my
gainsayers
,
Sée
Luke
21.14.15
.
]
Verse
43.
And
take
not
[
vz.
though
for
my
sinnes
in
iustice
thou
mightest
]
the
worde
of
trueth
[
i.
thy
worde
,
which
only
conteyneth
trueth
in
it
]
vtterly
[
i.
altogether
,
or
for
euer
.
Immanuel
readeth
this
part
of
the
verse
thus
.
But
take
not
out
of
my
mouth
,
the
very
true
word
[
i.
the
word
which
is
most
true
,
referring
the
word
which
is
here
translated
vtterly
,
not
to
the
word
,
take
away
,
as
our
English
text
doeth
,
but
to
the
worde
of
God
,
which
in
déede
is
most
true
]
out
of
my
mouth
[
in
this
speach
hee
doeth
not
exclude
the
heart
,
by
which
we
must
beginne
,
but
it
is
,
q.d.
vpholde
not
only
my
heart
in
faith
,
lest
I
bee
ouerthrowne
through
temptations
,
but
bring
to
passe
also
that
my
tongue
may
haue
full
liberty
,
so
that
I
may
praise
thee
amongst
men
,
without
any
feare
:
so
also
Saint
Paul
prayeth
the
Church
,
to
pray
for
him
,
that
vtterance
might
bée
giuen
vnto
him
,
that
he
might
open
his
mouth
boldly
.
Ephes.
6.19
.
and
if
we
read
,
as
it
is
in
the
English
text
,
vtterly
,
it
declareth
that
hee
had
not
such
a
great
boldenesse
to
speake
,
as
were
to
bee
wished
]
for
I
wayte
[
vz.
with
diligence
and
patience
]
for
thy
iudgments
[
vz.
to
bee
executed
vppon
the
wicked
in
iustice
,
and
vppon
thy
children
in
mercy
:
the
worde
iudgementes
being
vsed
here
,
for
the
promises
which
God
hath
made
,
conteining
either
the
punishments
of
the
vngodly
,
or
his
mercies
to
his
children
:
Sée
verse
39.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
44.
So
[
vz.
by
this
meanes
,
when
thou
shalt
continue
with
mée
the
woorde
of
trueth
]
shall
I
alway
keepe
[
vz.
through
thy
goodnes
and
strength
]
thy
lawe
[
vz.
which
thou
hast
prescribed
for
mee
to
walke
in
]
for
euer
and
euer
[
the
Prophet
meaneth
,
that
through
Gods
strength
hée
shall
continue
,
in
the
knowledge
and
practise
of
Gods
woorde
all
the
dayes
of
his
life
.
]
Verse
45.
And
I
[
vz.
thy
poore
and
vnworthy
seruaunt
]
will
walke
[
vz.
through
thy
mercy
and
goodnesse
:
meaning
by
walking
,
that
hee
woulde
liue
,
and
bée
conuersaunt
amongest
men
]
at
libertye
[
i.
in
playne
and
easie
wayes
,
or
in
great
and
broade
wayes
,
or
as
a
man
woulde
say
,
in
the
kinges
high
way
:
which
Saint
Iames
chapter
2.8
.
calleth
the
royall
lawe
,
meaning
also
that
he
would
walke
without
feare
of
daunger
as
they
doe
most
commonly
,
which
are
in
a
kingly
or
broad
way
]
for
I
séeke
[
vz.
with
an
vnfeigned
heart
and
continually
]
thy
preceptes
[
i.
the
vnderstanding
of
them
,
and
obedience
to
them
.
]
Ver.
46.
I
will
speake
also
[
vz.
fréely
,
boldly
,
and
plainely
]
of
thy
testimonies
[
i.
of
thy
lawe
,
and
the
pointes
and
matters
therein
propounded
]
before
kinges
[
i.
mighty
men
of
the
earth
,
and
magistrates
.
q.d.
I
will
doe
it
in
deede
,
and
that
not
only
before
inferiour
persons
,
and
in
their
sight
and
hearing
,
but
euen
before
them
,
who
for
their
greatnes
,
are
wont
to
stoppe
vp
other
mens
mouthes
,
and
command
than
silence
.
Surely
it
is
a
good
token
,
that
men
haue
well
profited
in
Gods
word
,
when
men
are
armed
against
all
terrors
of
men
]
and
will
not
bee
ashamed
[
vz.
to
speake
of
it
,
fréely
and
boldly
.
]
Verse
.
47.
And
my
delight
shal
be
[
vz.
continually
,
and
all
the
daies
of
my
life
]
in
thy
commandements
[
i.
in
thy
lawe
,
by
which
thou
hast
commanded
mee
what
I
should
do
,
and
what
I
should
leaue
vndone
]
which
I
haue
loued
[
vz.
not
in
words
onely
,
but
in
déede
and
trueth
,
and
with
an
vnfeigned
loue
.
]
Ver.
48.
Mine
hands
also
,
will
I
lift
vp
,
vnto
thy
commandements
[
q.d.
I
will
stretch
out
my
handes
,
that
I
may
readily
receiue
,
turne
ouer
,
and
search
out
thy
commaundements
:
and
this
similitude
declareth
,
the
earnestnes
of
his
desire
,
because
that
looke
whatsoeuer
we
desire
to
haue
,
we
do
straine
our selues
to
take
it
,
and
lay
holde
of
it
,
by
stretching
out
our
hands
]
which
I
haue
loued
[
sée
ver.
47.
]
and
I
will
meditate
in
thy
statutes
[
sée
ver.
23.27
.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Do.
Ver.
41.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
Gods
promise
is
a
sure
grounde
vnto
vs
of
his
loue
and
our
saluation
.
Ver.
42.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
grounded
perswasion
out
of
the
word
maketh
vs
bold
to
speake
,
euen
in
the
face
of
our
aduersaries
.
Ver.
43.
Teacheth
vs
that
there
can
no
greater
punishment
be
laid
vpon
vs
in
this
life
,
then
to
lacke
Gods
word
:
also
that
we
should
in
all
cases
with
patience
,
tary
the
Lords
leasure
.
Ver.
44.
Teacheth
vs
to
indeuour
what
in
vs
lyeth
,
continually
to
keepe
Gods
lawe
.
Verse
.
45.
Teacheth
vs
that
he
walketh
simply
and
surely
,
that
walketh
according
to
the
prescript
rule
of
Gods
worde
.
Ver.
46.
Teacheth
vs
that
no
feare
of
men
,
nor
shame
of
our selues
,
should
cause
vs
to
conceale
or
kéepe
backe
anye
part
of
Gods
trueth
.
Ver.
47.
Teacheth
vs
,
vnfeignedly
to
loue
,
and
continually
to
delight
in
the
lawe
and
word
of
GOD.
Ver.
48.
Teacheth
vs
,
with
earnestnes
and
readines
,
to
labour
to
apprehende
Gods
trueth
,
and
to
holde
it
fast
when
wée
haue
obteyned
it
:
also
,
to
vse
not
only
hearing
and
reading
of
Gods
word
,
but
dayly
meditation
therein
.
Zain
.
Di.
THe
Prophet
in
this
vii
.
part
,
doth
first
pray
vnto
God
,
that
hee
might
in
himselfe
effectually
féele
the
accomplishment
of
Gods
promises
:
and
this
conteyned
ver.
49.
Secondly
he
sheweth
what
great
comfort
and
consolation
he
had
in
the
word
of
God
,
and
by
the
keeping
thereof
,
and
this
is
ver.
50.52.54.55.56
.
Lastly
hee
shewed
,
that
no
scornes
of
the
wicked
woulde
turne
him
away
from
God
and
his
truth
,
and
that
he
recompensed
that
euil
of
theirs
,
with
this
good
,
fearing
greatly
the
great
iudgements
,
which
for
the
contempt
of
God
and
his
trueth
,
should
fal
vpon
them
.
ver.
51.53
.
Se.
Ver.
49.
Remember
[
i.
declare
by
effect
,
that
thou
doest
remember
.
Sée
Gen.
8.1
.
]
the
promise
made
[
i.
the
promise
which
thou
hast
made
]
to
thy
seruaunt
[
i.
to
me
thy
seruant
,
he
speaketh
of
himselfe
in
the
third
person
]
wherein
[
i.
in
which
promise
]
thou
hast
caused
mee
to
trust
[
vz.
not
onely
because
thou
hast
made
and
giuen
me
the
same
promise
,
but
also
hast
commaunded
mee
to
take
sure
hold
thereof
.
The
Prophet
here
desireth
God
,
in
déede
to
perfourme
that
which
he
had
promised
him
,
whereby
hee
sheweth
,
that
though
God
séemed
to
be
farre
off
,
yet
he
would
stay
himselfe
vpon
his
worde
.
]
Ver.
50.
It
[
i.
thy
promise
made
vnto
me
]
is
my
comfort
[
i.
doth
greatly
comfort
me
]
in
my
trouble
[
i.
when
I
am
in
any
trouble
whatsoeuer
,
when
I
thinke
of
it
:
this
is
as
it
were
the
speach
of
his
heart
,
receiuing
singular
comfort
,
by
meditations
in
Gods
promises
]
for
thy
promise
[
vz.
made
vnto
me
in
thy
word
]
hath
quickened
me
[
i.
hath
not
onely
strengthened
and
confirmed
mee
at
all
times
,
but
euen
then
when
I
séemed
to
be
nigh
vnto
death
,
or
as
it
were
dead
already
,
it
did
after
a
sort
restore
me
to
life
.
]
Ver.
51.
The
proude
[
vz.
men
of
the
worlde
,
meaning
thereby
,
the
wicked
and
vngodly
,
whome
hee
calleth
proude
,
because
they
did
despise
God
himselfe
,
and
treade
vnder
foote
,
as
it
were
,
all
his
holy
doctrine
]
haue
had
me
excéedingly
in
derision
[
i.
haue
scoffed
and
ieared
at
me
,
not
onely
very
much
,
but
also
continually
:
for
that
word
excéedingly
noteth
also
,
that
day
by
day
,
and
one
day
after
an
other
,
they
did
assault
him
with
newe
and
fresh
combats
of
scoffes
and
taunts
]
yet
[
q.d.
for
all
that
they
haue
done
]
I
haue
not
declined
[
i.
gone
aside
or
astray
]
from
thy
law
[
vz.
which
thou
hast
prescribed
for
me
to
walke
in
.
q.d.
no
floutes
,
or
taunts
of
men
,
could
pull
mee
from
the
obedience
of
thy
trueth
.
]
Ver.
52.
I
remembred
[
i.
I
called
to
mynd
in
my
meditations
,
and
déepely
thought
vpon
]
thy
iudgements
[
i.
such
examples
,
as
wherby
thou
shewedst
thy selfe
,
to
be
iudge
of
the
world
]
of
old
[
i.
which
thou
diddest
and
madest
manifest
in
former
ages
,
hee
meaneth
,
that
he
thought
vppon
,
such
iudgements
,
as
God
in
former
times
had
declared
vnto
the
worlde
,
for
iudgements
read
ver.
43.
of
this
Psalme
,
vnderstanding
thereby
Gods
punishments
vppon
the
wicked
,
and
his
mercy
towards
his
seruants
]
and
haue
beene
comforted
[
vz.
excéedingly
,
specially
in
the
inward
man
,
by
the
sight
and
beholding
thereof
.
]
Verse
.
53.
Feare
[
vz.
of
heart
and
trembling
;
meaning
thereby
also
great
feare
]
is
come
vppon
me
[
i.
hath
taken
strong
holde
vppon
mee
]
for
the
wicked
[
i.
because
of
these
great
iudgments
,
which
shall
fall
vpon
the
wicked
]
that
forsake
thy
lawe
[
i.
that
breake
and
transgresse
thy
lawe
,
in
their
wordes
,
thoughts
,
and
déedes
,
others
I
knowe
giue
other
senses
,
but
methinketh
,
this
is
plaine
and
right
,
vz.
that
the
prophet
considering
Gods
horrible
iudgments
against
the
wicked
,
was
,
as
it
were
,
seased
and
striken
with
a
very
great
feare
.
]
Ver.
54.
Thy
statutes
[
i.
thy
worde
and
lawe
]
haue
béene
my
songes
[
i.
as
some
interpret
it
,
haue
giuen
me
occasions
to
write
songs
.
I
woulde
rather
expound
it
thus
,
haue
giuen
me
pleasure
,
ioy
,
and
contentment
,
because
men
greatly
reioyce
and
content
themselues
in
musicke
]
in
the
house
of
my
pilgrimage
[
some
thinke
that
he
meaneth
his
banishment
,
when
he
was
persecuted
by
his
enemies
and
fled
,
from
the
face
of
Saul
,
Abshalon
,
or
others
,
in
which
distresse
he
wandered
vp
and
downe
,
and
yet
because
he
was
long
in
it
,
hee
did
count
it
as
it
were
,
the
house
of
his
dwelling
.
I
rather
thinke
,
that
hee
vnderstandeth
hereby
,
the
whole
course
,
and
race
of
his
life
,
both
that
time
,
and
all
other
times
,
for
the
Prophet
had
not
then
comforte
only
,
but
al
the
dayes
of
his
life
:
so
that
,
in
the
house
or
place
of
his
pilgrimage
,
is
as
much
as
if
he
should
say
,
in
whatsoeuer
place
of
the
world
I
am
,
haue
béen
,
or
shal
be
,
yea
al
the
days
of
my
life
,
and
this
the
rather
,
because
the
godly
haue
alwayes
estéemed
their
liues
,
for
a
pilgrimage
,
as
Gene.
47.9
.
Psal.
39.12
.
also
ver.
19.
of
this
Psal.
Sée
also
Heb.
11.9.10
.
]
Ver.
55.
I
haue
remembred
[
sée
ver.
52.
of
this
Psalme
]
thy
name
[
i.
thy
maiesty
,
goodnes
,
and
power
,
as
Psal.
20.1
.
]
O
Lord
[
vz.
whom
I
serue
]
in
the
night
[
vz.
when
others
sléepe
.
q.d.
euen
then
doe
I
watch
and
remember
thée
,
when
others
take
their
rest
]
and
haue
kept
thy
lawe
[
vz.
with
a
good
and
sincere
heart
.
]
Ver.
56.
This
I
had
[
i.
al
these
graces
were
giuen
me
,
from
thy
goodnes
only
]
because
I
kept
[
i.
indeuored
what
in
mee
lay
to
kéepe
&
performe
]
thy
precepts
[
i.
thy
law
and
commandements
,
he
bosteth
not
here
of
any
merit
of
his
owne
,
but
saith
,
that
God
in
working
a
special
deliuerance
,
did
yéeld
a
notable
testimony
to
that
goodnes
which
was
in
him
.
Immanuel
redeth
this
verse
thus
.
]
This
is
a
comfort
vnto
me
,
that
I
kéepe
thy
commandements
[
q.d.
euen
the
litle
or
slender
obedience
that
I
yéelde
to
thy
lawe
,
doeth
much
comfort
me
.
Do.
Ver.
49.
Teacheth
vs
that
Gods
promises
made
vs
in
his
worde
,
ought
to
be
special
grounds
,
of
our
perswasions
,
touching
his
mercies
towards
vs
.
ver.
50.
Teacheth
vs
that
Gods
promises
are
speciall
comforts
vnto
vs
,
in
the
time
of
our
distresses
.
Ver.
51.
Declareth
what
is
the
nature
of
the
vngodly
,
vz
to
scoffe
continually
at
gods
religion
,
&
the
professers
therof
:
also
,
that
no
contempt
or
ignominie
in
this
life
,
should
draw
vs
away
from
the
obedience
of
our
God
.
Ver.
52.
Teacheth
Gods
children
to
receiue
comfort
,
not
only
in
his
mercyes
practised
towards
them
,
but
also
in
his
punishments
powred
forth
vppon
the
wicked
.
Ver.
53.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
we
should
not
only
be
grieued
,
when
we
sée
gods
law
broken
but
to
be
striken
with
feare
of
those
iudgments
,
that
from
God
shal
fal
vpon
the
wicked
.
ver.
54.
teacheth
vs
that
nothing
should
minister
more
ioy
&
contentment
to
vs
in
this
life
,
then
gods
word
.
Ver.
55.
teacheth
vs
continually
to
meditate
on
gods
power
,
goodnes
,
maiesty
,
&c.
also
that
wee
shoulde
many
times
forbeare
,
euen
our
ordinary
rest
and
sléepe
,
to
the
ende
wee
might
performe
that
duty
.
Ver.
56.
Teacheth
vs
that
God
giueth
continual
blessings
to
them
that
haue
care
and
conscience
to
obserue
his
lawes
.
Cheth
.
Di.
AL
that
the
prophet
speaketh
in
this
eight
part
of
the
Psalme
,
may
be
referred
,
either
vnto
God
,
before
whom
he
powreth
forth
earnest
supplications
,
for
the
assistance
of
his
grace
,
in
the
obedience
of
his
word
.
ver.
57.58.64
.
or
else
vnto
himselfe
,
wherin
he
declared
what
care
he
had
of
obedience
to
gods
law
,
and
to
obserue
al
the
meanes
that
might
cause
him
to
grow
therein
,
neglecting
also
all
things
that
might
hinder
him
therein
,
and
this
is
conteined
in
ver.
59.60.61.62.63
.
Ver.
57.
O
Lord
thou
art
my
portion
[
vz.
alone
,
q.d.
I
haue
none
that
I
hang
or
depend
vpon
,
but
thée
alone
,
Sée
Psalme
.
73.25
.
]
I
haue
determined
[
vz.
with
my selfe
,
and
that
altogether
whatsoeuer
come
of
]
to
kéepe
[
vz.
in
my
life
and
conuersation
]
thy
wordes
[
i.
the
worde
that
thou
hast
giuen
me
,
as
the
rule
of
my
life
:
the
meaning
is
,
q.d.
séeing
that
thou
O
Lorde
,
art
mine
inheritance
,
and
hast
in
mercy
chosen
me
to
thy selfe
,
I
haue
fully
concluded
with
my selfe
,
to
kéepe
thy
law
.
]
Ver.
58.
I
[
vz.
being
priuy
to
mine
owne
weakenesse
&
wretchednes
]
made
my
supplication
in
thy
presence
[
i.
prayed
before
thée
,
and
to
thée
,
it
may
be
vnderstood
,
euen
of
some
solemne
prayer
,
that
the
Prophet
made
before
the
arke
]
with
my
whole
heart
[
i.
vnfeignedly
and
without
wandering
affections
,
those
setting
my
heart
earnestly
vpon
things
,
that
I
vttered
with
my
mouth
]
be
merciful
vnto
me
[
vz.
thus
distressed
as
I
am
according
to
thy
promise
[
vz.
made
and
giuen
to
me
,
and
other
thy
seruants
also
that
call
vpon
thée
.
sée
ver.
49.
of
this
Psalme
.
q.d.
performe
thy
promise
made
vnto
me
,
by
thy
word
in
Christ
,
and
not
in
respect
of
my
infirmity
.
]
Ver.
59.
I
haue
considered
[
vz.
diligently
,
and
carefully
]
my
waies
[
i.
the
maner
and
order
of
my
life
heretofore
]
and
turned
[
vz.
from
those
corrupt
and
naughty
pathes
of
wickednes
]
my
féete
[
i.
not
my
féete
onely
,
but
mine
affections
also
.
sée
Eccle.
4.17
.
]
into
thy
testimonies
[
i.
into
the
way
&
kéeping
of
thy
law
.
q.d.
I
haue
vewed
my
life
past
and
I
do
also
wel
consider
my
conuersation
present
,
and
now
the
thing
that
I
wholy
purpose
is
this
,
to
giue
my selfe
,
to
the
vttermost
of
my
power
to
kéepe
thy
commandements
.
]
ver.
60.
I
made
hast
[
vz.
after
the
beholding
of
the
former
things
]
&
delaied
not
[
i.
nothing
hindered
me
:
q.d.
I
made
spéed
in
déede
,
for
so
much
doth
this
doubled
spéech
meane
:
for
such
a
doubled
speach
,
sée
Psal.
118.17
.
]
to
kéepe
[
vz.
sincerely
,
soundly
&
without
hipocrisie
]
thy
commandements
[
i.
the
things
which
thou
haddest
commanded
.
]
Ver.
61.
The
hands
of
the
wicked
[
i.
the
great
troupes
&
companies
of
vngodly
men
:
&
by
this
phrase
,
hée
noteth
the
multitudes
of
his
enemies
]
haue
robbed
me
[
i.
haue
taken
from
,
&
that
by
fraude
&
violence
,
all
that
euer
I
had
]
but
[
vz.
for
all
that
]
I
haue
not
forgotten
thy
law
[
i.
the
things
prescribed
in
thy
law
,
and
the
comforts
therin
conteined
:
q.d.
neither
their
flattery
,
nor
their
fraude
,
nor
any
thing
,
that
they
coulde
do
against
me
,
could
draw
me
away
from
the
obedience
of
thy
trueth
.
]
Verse
62.
At
midnight
[
vz.
when
others
are
fast
and
sound
a
sleepe
:
Sée
before
verse
55.
This
declareth
his
ardency
and
affection
:
q.d.
euen
then
when
I
shoulde
take
my
rest
as
others
doe
]
will
I
rise
[
vz.
not
onely
from
my
sléepe
,
but
euen
out
of
my
bed
]
to
giue
thanks
vnto
thée
[
vz.
for
thy
gret
&
infinite
blessings
bestowed
vpon
me
,
or
as
followeth
]
because
of
thy
righteous
iudgementes
[
i.
because
of
the
faithful
performing
,
of
all
those
thinges
,
which
thou
hast
promised
,
either
in
mercy
to
thy
seruants
,
or
in
iustice
,
to
thine
enemies
.
]
Verse
.
63.
I
am
a
companion
[
i.
I
vse
and
frequent
the
company
]
of
all
them
that
feare
thee
[
i.
serue
and
worshippe
thee
,
with
that
reuerent
feare
that
appertayneth
vnto
thée
]
and
kéepe
thy
preceptes
[
i.
hee
sheweth
howe
men
may
know
whether
they
themselues
or
others
feare
GOD
or
no
,
euen
by
keeping
his
lawe
,
and
doing
the
things
that
it
requireth
.
And
the
Prophet
kept
company
with
these
good
men
,
both
that
he
himselfe
,
by
them
might
bee
confirmed
,
and
also
that
he
might
aide
and
confirme
them
.
]
Ver.
64.
The
earth
[
i.
the
whole
world
it selfe
,
and
all
the
creatures
therein
conteined
]
O
Lord
[
vz.
whome
I
serue
alone
]
is
full
[
vz.
in
euery
place
and
quarter
,
so
that
a
man
can
turne
his
eye
or
head
no
way
,
but
he
shal
sée
plaine
testimonies
of
it
]
of
thy
mercy
[
vz.
towardes
it
and
al
thy
creatures
]
teach
me
thy
statutes
[
sée
ver.
26.
of
this
Psalme
,
he
desireth
that
the
mercy
of
God
,
which
is
spred
abroad
ouer
all
creatures
,
may
be
manifested
to
himward
,
so
that
thereby
he
may
profit
in
Gods
lawe
,
because
that
the
spirit
of
vnderstanding
,
is
a
principal
signe
of
Gods
fauour
and
grace
and
this
petition
consisteth
of
two
partes
,
vz.
that
God
pitying
his
wretchednesse
,
and
want
of
knowledge
,
woulde
perfourme
his
promise
made
to
him
in
that
behalfe
:
whereunto
the
better
to
induce
God
,
he
vseth
an
argument
,
taken
from
the
abundance
of
Gods
mercy
manifested
to
al
his
creatures
,
&
that
is
the
second
part
or
point
.
Do.
Ver.
57.
Teacheth
vs
that
séeing
God
hath
chosen
vs
to
bee
his
people
,
wee
should
carry
with
vs
,
a
resolute
perswasion
to
obey
his
lawe
.
Ver.
58.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
prayers
which
we
make
vnto
God
,
should
be
vnfeigned
and
procéed
not
onely
from
the
tongue
,
but
from
the
heart
also
,
also
that
in
our
prayers
,
we
should
make
Gods
mercies
,
and
promises
,
principall
proppes
of
our
faith
.
Ver.
59.
Teacheth
vs
not
onely
to
haue
a
carefull
eye
,
to
our
conuersation
past
and
present
:
but
also
it
sheweth
vs
,
that
the
single
sight
therof
,
is
a
good
meane
to
bring
vs
to
the
obedience
of
God
.
Ver.
60.
Teacheth
vs
with
speed
to
turne
vnto
the
Lorde
,
and
not
to
put
of
from
day
to
day
,
as
worldly
men
doe
.
Verse
61.
Doeth
not
only
set
out
the
cruel
and
spoyling
minds
that
the
wicked
haue
,
but
sheweth
also
,
that
the
children
of
God
shoulde
haue
such
constancie
in
his
trueth
,
as
nothing
shoulde
withdrawe
them
from
it
.
Verse
62.
Teacheth
vs
to
haue
such
care
of
Gods
seruice
,
that
wee
should
many
times
break
our
sléepes
as
it
were
,
to
performe
that
duety
.
Ver.
63.
Teacheth
vs
as
to
auoyd
euil
company
:
so
for
the
profite
that
maye
come
to
our selues
thereby
,
and
for
the
good
that
we
may
do
to
others
,
to
frequent
good
company
.
Ver.
64.
Setteth
out
the
largenes
of
Gods
mercy
,
and
sheweth
what
want
of
knowledge
wée
haue
in
Gods
holy
worde
.
Teth
Di.
THis
being
the
9.
part
of
the
Psalme
,
consisteth
specially
of
these
pointes
,
first
the
Prophet
confesseth
gods
great
goodnes
towards
him
,
and
prayeth
for
the
continuance
therof
.
Ver.
65.66.68
.
Secondly
he
declareth
that
euen
the
afflictions
,
which
they
suffered
in
this
life
,
were
through
the
consolation
which
he
had
in
the
word
,
comfortable
,
and
profitable
vnto
him
.
Ver.
67.71.72
.
Thirdly
,
he
setteth
out
the
cruelty
and
naughtines
of
the
wicked
,
and
his
owne
goodnes
,
and
yet
without
any
boasting
thereof
,
ver.
69.70
.
Ver.
65.
O
Lord
[
vz.
the
only
true
God
]
thou
hast
dealt
[
vz.
in
euery
thing
,
Se.
and
euery
way
]
graciously
[
i.
in
all
fauour
,
loue
and
mercy
]
with
thy
seruaunt
[
i.
with
me
thy
seruant
,
for
he
speaketh
of
himselfe
in
the
thirde
person
]
according
to
thy
worde
[
i.
according
to
thy
promise
that
thou
hast
made
and
giuen
mee
:
q.d.
as
thou
hast
graciously
promised
mee
all
goodnes
,
so
hast
thou
graciously
also
,
and
in
great
mercy
perfourmed
the
same
.
]
Ver.
66.
Teach
mée
[
vz.
who
of
my selfe
am
blinde
and
ignorant
]
good
iudgment
and
knowledge
[
vz.
out
of
thy
holy
woorde
:
q.d.
teach
mee
,
by
the
light
of
thy
holy
worde
,
in
sound
iudgements
and
knowledge
to
discerne
betwéene
trueth
and
falshoode
]
for
I
haue
beléeued
[
vz.
stedfastly
]
thy
commaundementes
[
vz.
that
they
are
good
,
true
,
and
holy
:
he
meaneth
also
by
this
manner
of
speach
,
that
hee
did
willingly
imbrace
all
that
,
which
was
appointed
in
gods
lawe
.
]
Ver.
67.
Before
I
was
afflicted
[
vz
from
thée
,
and
by
thine
appointment
]
I
went
astray
[
vz.
from
the
wayes
of
thy
commandements
]
but
nowe
[
vz.
since
thy
corrections
were
vpon
mée
]
I
kéepe
[
vz.
with
a
sincere
and
good
mynde
,
vnderstanding
by
kéeping
,
obseruing
,
and
obeying
]
thy
word
[
i.
the
things
manifested
and
commaunded
in
thy
word
:
Sée
Hosea
.
5.15
.
Immanuel
readeth
it
thus
]
when
I
did
not
yet
speake
[
i.
euen
from
my
birth
I
am
a
sinner
,
a
stranger
from
thy
lawe
,
and
the
childe
of
wrath
,
as
Psal.
51.5
.
]
I
went
astray
[
i.
I
was
a
sinner
against
thée
,
as
before
]
but
now
I
kéepe
[
vz.
diligently
or
in
my
heart
,
meaning
also
that
he
layd
it
vp
in
his
mind
]
thy
word
[
i.
thy
promises
.
Thus
he
applieth
it
to
original
sinne
,
whatsoeuer
it
is
,
certaine
it
is
,
that
hee
was
not
deliuered
,
from
that
stubbornes
and
peruerse
rebellion
,
wherewith
all
mankinde
is
infected
,
but
by
the
mighty
working
of
Gods
holy
worde
and
spirit
.
Ver.
68.
Thou
[
vz.
O
Lord
]
art
good
and
gracious
[
as
to
all
,
so
specially
to
thy
people
,
sée
Psal.
86.5
.
]
teach
me
thy
statutes
[
sée
ver.
26.64
.
of
this
Psalme
,
and
marke
howe
to
moue
the
Lord
to
teach
him
in
his
lawe
,
hée
setteth
before
him
Gods
bounty
and
goodnes
.
]
Ver.
69.
The
proude
[
sée
ver.
51.
of
this
Psalme
,
hee
meaneth
by
this
speach
,
the
chiefe
men
amongest
them
,
who
were
puffed
vp
,
with
a
peruerse
and
vayne
trust
in
their
honours
and
riches
]
haue
imagined
[
as
secretly
and
within
themselues
,
so
cunningly
and
finely
]
a
lye
[
i.
false
and
vniust
accusations
,
hee
putteth
one
for
many
]
against
mee
[
vz.
euen
to
take
away
my
life
,
if
it
be
possible
]
but
I
will
kéepe
[
vz.
through
thy
goodnes
,
strength
,
and
assistaunce
]
thy
precepts
[
i.
the
thinges
that
thou
hast
commaunded
]
with
my
whole
heart
[
i.
sincerely
and
vnfeignedly
.
]
Ver.
70.
Their
heart
[
i.
their
minde
&
vnderstanding
]
is
fat
as
grease
[
i.
is
mightily
fatned
:
so
that
there
is
nothing
in
it
,
as
it
were
,
but
fat
:
he
meaneth
by
fat
as
grease
,
not
onely
that
they
were
puffed
vp
with
prosperitie
,
and
so
made
vnapt
to
vnderstand
holy
thinges
,
but
also
that
they
were
dayly
more
and
more
indurate
and
hardened
,
Sée
Isaiah
.
6.10
.
]
but
my
delight
is
in
thy
lawe
[
vz.
aboue
,
and
before
all
thinges
.
]
Verse
71.
It
is
good
[
i.
both
profitable
and
pleasaunt
:
as
Psalme
92.1
.
]
for
mee
[
vz.
thy
poore
and
vnworthy
seruant
]
that
I
haue
béene
afflicted
[
vz.
graciously
and
mercifully
at
thy
handes
,
and
that
with
the
rods
of
thy
children
.
sée
ver.
67.
of
this
Psalme
]
that
I
may
learne
[
vz.
not
onely
to
knowe
,
but
also
to
obserue
]
thy
statutes
[
i.
the
lawes
which
thou
hast
established
.
Ver.
72.
The
law
of
thy
mouth
[
i.
the
worde
which
procéeded
and
came
from
thée
,
and
was
vttered
,
as
it
were
with
thy
mouth
]
is
better
vnto
me
[
i.
is
more
deare
and
precious
and
swéete
]
then
thousands
of
gold
and
siluer
[
i.
then
a
very
great
number
,
or
infinite
treasure
,
he
meaneth
that
he
did
preferre
Gods
woorde
,
before
all
earthly
things
whatsoeuer
.
Do.
Ver.
65.
Teacheth
vs
that
God
alwayes
graciously
performeth
his
promises
to
his
seruants
.
Verse
.
66.
Teacheth
vs
that
we
can
haue
no
sounde
knowledge
till
God
teach
it
vs
.
Ver.
67.
Teacheth
vs
that
afflictions
are
profitable
instruments
,
which
God
doeth
vse
,
to
draw
vs
on
to
the
practise
of
his
worde
,
ver.
68.
Teacheth
vs
to
make
gods
grace
&
goodnes
our
special
ground
worke
of
our
prayers
.
Ver.
69.
Teacheth
vs
,
first
that
the
wicked
will
leaue
no
stone
vnrolled
,
that
thereby
they
might
hurt
the
godly
:
Secondly
that
wee
shoulde
striue
vnfeignedly
to
kéepe
Gods
lawe
.
Verse
.
70.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
wicked
are
hardened
and
baked
as
it
were
in
their
sinnes
:
also
that
wee
shoulde
take
singular
delight
and
pleasure
in
gods
word
.
Ver.
71.
Teacheth
vs
that
afflictions
are
euen
good
for
vs
,
because
they
pull
vs
on
to
the
obedience
of
Gods
trueth
.
Verse
72.
Teacheth
vs
to
preferre
Gods
woorde
,
before
all
worldly
things
whatsoeuer
.
Iod.
Di.
THis
tenth
part
consisteth
wholly
of
supplications
and
prayers
,
partly
for
himselfe
,
verse
73.76.77.80
.
partly
also
for
others
,
ver.
79.
and
partly
against
the
wicked
and
vngodly
:
ver.
78.
lastly
hee
sheweth
what
fruite
the
godly
shal
reape
,
in
that
his
petitions
are
granted
vnto
him
,
and
confesseth
that
he
hath
deserued
al
punishments
,
ver.
74.75
.
Se.
Ver.
73.
Thine
hands
haue
made
me
[
i.
thou
by
thy
mighty
power
O
Lorde
hast
created
mee
,
of
the
flime
and
dust
of
the
earth
]
and
fashioned
me
[
vz.
in
this
order
and
shape
wherein
I
nowe
liue
]
giue
mee
vnderstanding
therefore
[
i.
make
mee
apt
and
able
so
to
vnderstand
thy
will
]
that
I
may
learne
[
vz.
to
knowe
and
keepe
thy
commaundements
.
Marke
here
two
thinges
,
first
that
in
making
his
prayer
for
holy
vnderstanding
,
hée
iustly
accuseth
himselfe
and
all
others
of
blindnesse
,
which
procéeded
not
from
the
Creator
,
but
from
man
corrupted
:
Secondly
,
that
euen
by
his
creation
he
conceiued
hope
,
that
God
woulde
continue
his
worke
begunne
in
him
,
because
God
leaueth
not
his
worke
,
and
therefore
hee
requireth
God
,
to
bestowe
newe
grace
vpon
him
,
and
to
finish
that
which
he
had
begunne
in
him
.
]
Verse
74.
So
[
i.
by
that
meanes
when
they
shall
beholde
and
sée
that
,
]
they
that
feare
[
vz.
with
the
reuerent
feare
of
thy
sonnes
,
from
which
as
from
the
cause
procéedeth
this
true
effect
,
of
the
right
worshipping
and
seruing
of
thée
]
séeing
mee
[
vz.
thus
instructed
,
and
taught
by
thee
,
in
the
knowledge
of
thy
lawe
]
shall
reioyce
[
vz.
for
the
graces
,
that
I
haue
receiued
from
thee
]
because
I
haue
trusted
[
vz.
stedfastly
and
with
patience
]
in
thy
woorde
[
vz.
generally
,
but
specially
in
thy
promises
.
]
Verse
75.
I
knowe
O
Lorde
[
vz.
not
onely
by
the
trueth
of
thy
woorde
,
but
also
by
mine
owne
particular
experience
and
practise
]
that
thy
iudgments
[
i.
all
thy
iudgments
whatsoeuer
,
but
specially
these
punishments
whereby
thou
doest
prouoke
men
to
repentance
]
are
right
[
i.
are
ministred
in
all
equity
and
right
,
so
that
no
man
can
charge
thée
of
iniustice
]
and
that
thou
hast
afflicted
mee
[
i.
corrected
and
chastened
mee
,
as
verse
67.71
.
of
this
Psalme
]
iustly
[
i.
being
mooued
thereto
by
very
good
right
and
cause
.
]
Ver.
76.
I
pray
thée
[
vz.
humbly
and
heartily
]
that
thy
mercy
[
i.
thy
singular
and
vnspeakeable
goodnesse
]
may
comfort
mee
[
vz.
alwayes
,
and
namely
when
I
am
in
any
sorrowe
and
distresse
]
according
to
thy
promise
[
vz.
made
and
giuen
,
that
is
according
to
the
promise
that
thou
hast
made
]
vnto
thy
seruant
[
i.
to
mée
thy
seruaunt
,
for
hee
speaketh
of
himselfe
here
in
the
thirde
person
,
as
sundry
tymes
before
in
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
77.
Let
thy
tender
mercyes
[
vz.
which
thou
was
wont
to
shewe
heretofore
,
to
thy
afflicted
seruauntes
]
come
vnto
mée
[
vz.
also
:
that
is
,
let
mee
bée
partaker
of
thy
excéeding
loue
in
trueth
and
féeling
,
as
they
haue
béene
]
that
I
may
liue
[
vz.
here
vppon
earth
among
men
,
and
set
foorth
thy
prayse
:
Sée
verse
17.
of
this
Psalme
]
and
it
is
as
much
also
,
q.d.
It
is
impossible
that
I
shoulde
liue
,
till
such
time
as
I
féele
my selfe
reconciled
to
thée
through
thy
mercy
]
for
thy
lawe
[
i.
study
practise
and
knowledge
of
thy
woorde
]
is
my
delight
[
i.
all
my
whole
delight
,
for
the
Prophet
vseth
here
a
worde
of
the
plurall
number
,
delights
.
]
Ver.
78.
Let
the
proude
bee
ashamed
[
vz.
euen
before
thee
,
and
before
men
,
what
hee
meaneth
by
proude
persons
sée
before
,
verse
51.69
.
]
for
they
haue
dealt
wickedly
[
i.
vniustly
and
cruelly
against
mee
]
and
falsely
[
vz.
also
with
mee
,
meaning
that
they
had
both
by
force
and
fraude
,
as
lying
,
hypocrisie
,
&c.
sought
his
ouerthrowe
]
but
I
meditate
[
vz.
earnestly
and
continually
for
all
that
]
of
thy
precepts
[
i.
of
thy
lawe
and
word
,
and
of
the
things
conteyned
therein
.
]
Verse
79.
Let
such
as
feare
thée
[
i.
loue
and
serue
thee
with
an
vnfeigned
heart
]
turne
vnto
mée
[
i.
ioyne
themselues
to
mee
agayne
in
familiaritie
,
after
that
through
thy
iudgements
,
thou
shalt
haue
declared
and
made
knowne
vnto
them
,
the
goodnesse
of
my
cause
.
Sée
Iob.
6.29
.
q.d.
as
the
good
haue
,
for
a
tyme
,
through
the
insolency
and
pryde
of
myne
enemies
béene
beaten
backe
,
so
let
them
nowe
take
courage
agayne
,
when
they
shall
sée
mée
restored
and
lifted
vp
]
and
they
that
knowe
thy
testimonies
[
vz.
to
doe
them
.
]
Verse
80.
Let
my
heart
be
vpright
in
thy
statutes
[
i.
let
me
haue
a
sound
affection
towardes
thy
word
and
obedience
of
it
,
and
let
mee
bée
frée
,
in
these
things
that
I
doe
,
of
all
hypocrisie
,
and
dissimulation
]
that
I
bee
not
ashamed
[
i.
made
ashamed
and
that
before
men
,
which
should
in
deede
betyde
me
,
if
I
should
depart
from
thy
statutes
:
sée
ver.
31.
of
this
Psalme
,
also
Psalm
.
44.
almost
throughout
,
specially
towards
the
end
.
Do.
Ver.
73.
Teacheth
vs
to
pray
earnestly
,
for
light
and
vnderstanding
out
of
Gods
word
.
Ver.
74.
Teacheth
vs
that
Gods
mercies
bestowed
vppon
some
of
his
children
,
should
bée
an
occasion
of
comfort
and
ioy
to
the
rest
.
Ver.
75.
Teacheth
vs
fréely
to
confesse
,
that
whatsoeuer
God
doeth
,
he
doth
it
vprightly
because
there
is
no
vnrighteousnes
with
him
.
Ver.
76.
Teacheth
vs
that
Gods
mercy
and
goodnes
rightly
felt
,
is
the
speciall
matter
of
comfort
to
al
his
children
.
Ver.
77.
Teacheth
vs
that
wee
can
not
liue
,
no
not
in
this
life
,
much
lesse
in
the
life
to
come
,
without
Gods
great
mercy
.
Ver.
78.
Teacheth
vs
that
wee
may
pray
against
the
wicked
:
also
what
the
nature
of
the
wirked
is
,
vz.
to
vse
force
and
flattery
against
Gods
Saintes
,
to
worke
them
hurt
if
they
can
thereby
:
lastly
,
that
serious
meditation
in
Gods
lawe
,
is
a
singular
comfort
agaynst
the
assaultes
of
our
enemies
.
Ver.
79.
Teacheth
vs
to
pray
for
them
that
bee
shrunke
away
,
euen
as
for
our selues
:
also
that
there
is
no
right
worshippe
of
God
,
without
the
knowledge
of
his
woorde
.
Ver.
80.
Teacheth
vs
to
pray
earnestly
against
the
sinne
of
hypocrisie
and
dissimulation
.
Caph.
Di.
THe
Prophet
in
this
eleuenth
part
,
maketh
hearty
prayer
to
the
Lorde
,
for
helpe
and
deliuery
,
first
,
because
of
the
miserable
estate
,
wherein
hee
himselfe
was
in
respect
of
his
owne
person
.
verse
81.82.83.88
.
Secondly
in
respecte
of
the
great
outrage
and
cruelty
of
his
enemies
.
verse
84.85.86.87
.
Se.
Verse
.
81.
My
soule
faynteth
[
i.
my
life
is
euen
as
it
were
consumed
]
for
thy
saluation
[
i.
with
looking
,
for
helpe
and
deliueraunce
from
thée
]
yet
[
q.d.
notwithstanding
all
this
great
distresse
wherein
I
am
]
I
doe
wayte
[
vz.
in
hope
and
patience
]
for
thy
worde
[
i.
for
the
accomplishment
of
those
thinges
which
thou
in
thy
worde
hast
promised
.
q.d.
I
haue
in
great
patience
,
waited
for
deliuerance
from
thée
,
and
wil
waite
for
it
still
:
for
by
fainting
,
hee
vnderstandeth
a
certaine
patience
,
whose
force
though
it
séeme
to
be
vtterly
lost
,
yet
doeth
it
not
altogether
forsake
them
,
in
whome
it
is
,
who
séeme
notwithstanding
to
bee
dead
,
but
,
putteth
into
their
heartes
secret
gronings
,
yea
such
as
men
cannot
well
expresse
.
Ver.
82.
Mine
eies
[
i.
the
power
,
strength
and
sight
of
mine
eies
]
faile
[
i.
decayeth
,
and
waxeth
dimme
,
for
otherwise
hée
had
his
eyes
still
]
for
thy
promise
[
i.
with
looking
for
the
accomplishment
of
thy
promise
,
so
long
thou
séemest
to
mée
,
to
deferre
and
put
it
off
]
saying
[
i.
in
so
much
,
that
I
burst
foorth
into
this
speach
,
and
saide
]
when
wilt
thou
comfort
mee
[
vz.
distressed
and
afflicted
on
euery
side
:
such
a
sore
conflict
and
battaile
had
Dauid
within
himselfe
.
]
Verse
.
83.
For
I
am
like
a
bottle
[
vz.
made
of
beastes
skinnes
]
in
the
smoke
[
i.
hanged
vp
in
the
smoke
,
hee
meaneth
that
through
griefe
and
misery
,
hée
was
wrinkled
withered
,
dryed
away
,
and
consumed
as
it
were
]
yet
do
I
not
forget
thy
statutes
[
q.d.
my
miseries
driue
me
not
into
a
forgetfulnes
of
thée
and
thy
word
,
but
make
mee
more
to
remember
thée
&
it
.
]
Verse
84.
Howe
many
are
the
dayes
[
vz.
of
affliction
and
trouble
]
of
thy
seruaunt
[
i.
which
thy
seruaunt
shall
indure
:
Sée
Psalme
116.2
.
in
the
Prophetes
also
we
shal
read
this
phrase
,
the
dayes
of
Egipt
,
the
dayes
of
Babilon
,
&c.
]
when
wilt
thou
execute
iudgement
[
i.
when
wilt
thou
punish
]
on
them
that
persecute
me
[
vz.
without
a
cause
.
]
Verse
85.
The
proude
[
Sée
before
.
ver
,
51.69.78
.
]
haue
digged
pits
for
me
[
i.
haue
secretly
,
and
by
ambushes
,
as
it
were
,
sought
my
death
and
destruction
,
Sée
Psalm
7.15
.
]
which
[
vz.
craftie
and
subtil
kinde
of
dealing
]
is
not
after
thy
lawe
[
i.
consenteth
not
with
the
trueth
of
thy
woorde
,
but
directly
fighteth
against
it
:
and
this
hee
addeth
,
to
moue
the
Lorde
,
the
rather
to
execute
iustice
.
Immanuel
referreth
it
to
the
persons
thus
.
]
The
proude
who
conforme
not
themselues
to
thy
lawe
[
i.
will
not
bee
ruled
after
thy
woorde
,
nor
order
their
life
according
to
it
]
haue
digged
pittes
for
mee
,
but
me
thinketh
the
other
sence
is
as
playne
.
]
Verse
86.
All
thy
commaundements
[
i.
they
all
generally
,
and
euery
one
of
them
particularly
]
are
true
[
i.
most
true
,
yea
trueth
it selfe
,
and
in
all
trueth
and
vprightnesse
enioyned
men
to
obserue
them
]
they
[
i.
the
proude
and
wicked
men
]
persecute
mée
falsely
[
i.
not
only
without
a
cause
on
my
part
,
but
lyingly
and
slanderously
in
respect
of
themselues
]
helpe
mée
[
vz.
thus
distressed
,
and
deliuer
mee
from
these
bloody
and
cruell
men
.
]
Verse
87.
They
had
almost
consumed
me
[
vz.
through
their
wicked
deuises
,
and
cruell
practises
]
vppon
the
earth
[
i.
liuing
here
vppon
the
earth
with
them
.
Immanuel
readeth
it
better
thus
]
cast
downe
vppon
the
earth
[
i.
being
very
much
humbled
and
afflicted
:
q.d.
my
miserie
coulde
not
moue
them
to
pity
mee
,
but
the
more
weake
I
was
,
the
more
cruell
they
were
against
mée
]
but
[
vz.
for
all
that
]
I
forsooke
not
thy
statutes
[
i.
I
ceased
not
to
beléeue
thy
woorde
,
and
to
walke
in
obedience
of
it
.
]
Verse
88.
Quicken
mee
[
i.
recreate
and
refresh
mée
ouer
all
my
troubles
,
and
as
it
were
call
mée
backe
from
death
to
life
]
according
to
thy
louing
kindenes
[
vz.
which
thou
wast
wont
to
shewe
to
thy
seruaunts
,
and
hast
heretofore
declared
vnto
mee
]
so
shall
I
kéepe
[
vz.
diligently
and
carefully
]
the
testimonie
of
thy
mouth
[
i.
thy
woorde
and
lawe
:
which
is
thus
named
,
to
set
out
the
authoritie
that
it
hath
in
it selfe
,
and
shoulde
haue
amongest
men
,
Sée
ver.
13.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Ver.
81.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
howsoeuer
the
faith
,
hope
,
Do.
and
patience
of
Gods
children
bee
for
a
time
darkened
,
yet
is
is
neuer
vtterly
quenched
,
or
put
out
.
Ver.
82.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
God
many
times
bringeth
his
children
to
a
lowe
ebbe
,
and
doth
for
a
long
while
withholde
his
aide
,
yet
doeth
he
not
altogether
for
euer
forsake
them
,
it
sheweth
also
what
great
conflicts
the
godly
haue
,
in
their
troubles
.
Ver.
83.
Teacheth
vs
that
no
misery
shoulde
make
vs
to
forget
Gods
word
,
nay
rather
the
more
our
miseries
are
,
the
more
should
we
meditate
therin
,
because
in
it
only
is
sound
comfort
to
be
found
.
Ver.
84.
Teacheth
vs
that
euen
Gods
children
do
many
times
desire
to
know
those
things
,
which
the
Lord
hath
not
particularly
reuealed
vnto
them
in
his
word
.
Ver.
85.
Teachech
vs
that
the
wicked
are
both
cruel
and
crafty
.
Ver.
86.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
more
egerly
men
molest
vs
the
more
earnestly
we
should
call
vpon
God
for
his
helpe
.
Ver.
87.
Teacheth
vs
two
things
:
first
that
the
vngodly
are
without
bowels
of
pity
and
compassion
,
secondly
that
we
should
be
so
rooted
,
in
the
loue
and
knowledge
of
God
,
and
his
trueth
,
as
nothing
shoulde
pull
vs
away
therefrom
.
Ver.
88.
Teacheth
vs
that
wee
can
performe
nothing
obediently
to
God
,
till
it
please
him
to
giue
vs
the
grace
and
strength
.
Lamed
.
Di.
IN
this
part
the
Prophet
maketh
plaine
proofe
,
of
the
certainety
,
continuance
and
truth
of
Gods
word
,
first
by
the
very
works
of
creation
.
ver.
89.90.91
.
secondly
by
his
owne
particular
experience
and
practise
.
ver.
92.93.94
.
and
so
on
to
the
end
of
this
part
.
Se.
Ver
89.
O
Lorde
thy
woorde
indureth
for
euer
in
heauen
[
q.d.
euen
the
very
heauens
can
be
witnesse
of
the
continuance
and
constancie
of
thy
worde
:
séeing
that
they
in
the
strength
of
thy
word
,
continue
and
abide
,
much
more
shall
thy
word
it selfe
indure
:
Some
expound
it
thus
,
the
Prophet
affirmeth
,
that
wee
should
not
séeke
for
,
the
assurednes
of
gods
word
,
in
the
estate
of
earthly
things
which
are
subiect
to
many
changes
,
but
in
heauen
[
i.
in
God
himselfe
who
is
not
subiect
to
any
alteration
,
but
methinketh
the
other
is
the
more
playne
sense
.
]
Ver.
90.
Thy
trueth
[
i.
the
trueth
of
thy
woorde
,
but
specially
that
part
of
thy
woord
which
conteineth
promises
]
is
[
i.
lasteth
]
from
generation
to
generation
[
i.
perpetually
and
for
euer
,
so
that
al
ages
haue
and
shall
confesse
the
same
,
by
their
owne
experience
to
be
true
]
thou
hast
laid
[
vz.
in
the
beginning
,
or
afore
time
,
as
Psalme
.
102.25
.
]
the
foundation
of
the
earth
[
hee
meaneth
that
God
had
strongly
made
the
earth
,
so
that
it
could
not
bee
moued
,
euen
as
though
it
were
set
vpon
a
most
sure
foundation
]
and
it
abideth
[
vz.
in
that
estate
and
condition
,
wherein
thou
hast
placed
it
.
Immanuel
readeth
the
latter
part
of
the
verse
thus
]
when
thou
[
vz.
O
Lord
]
diddest
establish
[
i.
make
and
create
,
and
that
also
to
continue
the
same
time
that
thou
haddest
set
it
]
the
earth
[
i.
the
world
and
al
things
therin
conteined
]
it
was
[
i.
thy
truth
and
word
was
then
.
q.d.
thy
stedfastnes
in
kéeping
thy
promises
shal
continue
throughout
all
generations
,
as
the
earth
indureth
,
which
thou
established
by
thy
word
onely
.
]
Ver.
91.
They
[
i.
the
world
and
all
things
therein
conteined
]
continue
[
vz.
safe
,
sound
,
and
sure
]
euen
vnto
this
day
[
vz.
wherein
we
liue
,
and
so
shall
doe
vnto
the
worldes
end
]
by
thine
ordinances
[
i.
by
thy
word
and
appointment
:
q.d.
as
all
thinges
were
created
by
thy
worde
,
so
by
the
same
worde
they
subsist
,
and
are
preserued
in
their
estate
,
and
continually
multiplied
vppon
the
earth
,
for
mans
vse
]
for
all
[
vz.
thy
creatures
]
are
thy
seruants
[
i.
serue
thee
,
and
at
thy
commandements
do
thy
will
,
euen
as
seruants
obey
their
masters
.
]
Ver.
92.
Except
thy
lawe
[
i.
thy
word
:
he
putteth
a
part
of
Gods
word
which
consisteth
of
commandements
for
the
whole
]
had
béen
my
delight
[
i.
had
béene
a
continual
delight
and
comfort
vnto
me
,
which
I
take
he
meaneth
by
vsing
the
word
in
the
plurall
number
,
though
it
bee
not
so
here
turned
:
vnderstanding
likewise
thereby
,
that
it
was
his
whole
delight
also
in
this
life
.
]
I
should
now
haue
perished
in
mine
affliction
[
i.
it
could
not
haue
béen
auoyded
,
but
both
long
agoe
,
and
euen
at
this
present
,
I
should
haue
sunke
downe
and
dispaired
vnder
my
miseries
.
]
Ver.
93.
I
[
vz.
thy
poore
seruaunt
]
will
neuer
forget
[
vz.
through
thine
assistance
and
grace
,
for
otherwise
it
is
a
very
easie
matter
for
flesh
and
blood
to
forget
them
]
thy
precepts
[
i.
thy
word
:
a
part
for
the
whole
]
for
by
them
[
i.
by
the
ministery
and
light
of
that
thy
holy
word
]
thou
hast
quickned
mee
[
i.
brought
me
out
of
darknes
into
light
,
and
out
of
death
into
life
.
]
Verse
94.
I
am
thine
[
i.
I
belong
vnto
thée
,
through
thy
goodnes
,
euen
as
thy
sonne
&
seruant
]
saue
me
[
i.
deliuer
me
therfore
,
from
the
dangers
and
distresses
,
wherin
I
am
,
or
else
am
likely
to
fall
]
for
I
haue
sought
[
vz.
with
a
good
and
an
vpright
heart
]
thy
precepts
[
i.
thy
worde
as
before
.
ver.
93.
meaning
by
séeking
,
an
earnest
study
and
affection
which
hee
had
,
not
onely
to
knowe
,
but
also
to
performe
the
will
and
word
of
God
.
]
Ver.
95.
The
wicked
[
i.
the
vngodly
and
mighty
men
of
the
world
]
haue
waited
[
vz.
very
narrowly
and
subtilly
]
for
me
[
i.
for
my
life
and
wayes
]
to
destroy
mee
[
vz.
if
they
coulde
finde
any
manner
of
euill
by
mée
]
but
I
will
consider
[
vz.
with
care
and
conscience
,
and
attention
of
heart
]
thy
testimonies
[
i.
thy
worde
,
hee
meaneth
that
hee
woulde
not
be
turned
backe
from
the
study
and
meditation
of
Gods
lawe
,
for
any
thing
the
wicked
could
do
against
him
.
]
Verse
.
96.
I
[
vz.
my selfe
]
haue
séene
[
vz.
both
with
my
outwarde
eyes
,
and
the
eyes
of
my
fayth
and
mynde
]
an
end
of
all
perfection
[
i.
that
there
was
nothing
coulde
bee
so
perfect
in
this
lyfe
,
but
it
had
or
shoulde
haue
an
ende
]
but
thy
commaundement
[
i.
thy
worde
]
is
excéeding
large
[
i.
so
large
,
as
neither
I
,
nor
any
other
,
can
beholde
,
no
not
with
the
eyes
of
our
vnderstanding
,
an
ende
thereof
,
because
it
shall
continue
and
indure
for
euer
and
euer
:
and
this
serueth
wonderfully
for
the
commendation
of
the
word
.
]
Ver.
89.90
.
Declare
for
the
comfort
of
our
consciences
,
Do.
the
certaintie
and
assurednes
of
Gods
word
.
Ver.
91.
Teacheth
vs
that
it
is
Gods
word
only
which
heretofore
created
,
and
at
this
present
vpholdeth
all
things
.
Ver.
92.
Teacheth
vs
that
we
should
take
singular
delight
and
pleasure
in
Gods
word
,
Secondly
that
it
alone
is
it
,
that
can
comfort
vs
and
kéepe
vs
from
perishing
in
distresse
.
Ver.
93.
Teacheth
vs
to
haue
continuall
meditation
and
study
in
Gods
lawe
.
Ver.
94.
Teacheth
vs
to
ground
our
prayer
vpon
Gods
fauor
towards
vs
and
his
election
of
vs
.
Ver.
95.
Sheweth
that
the
wicked
leaue
no
stone
vnrolled
to
hurt
,
and
to
doe
mischiefe
to
the
faithfull
and
godly
people
:
also
it
teacheth
vs
that
no
violence
,
should
turne
vs
backe
from
the
care
and
study
of
gods
word
.
Ver.
96.
Teacheth
vs
that
when
all
other
things
shal
come
to
an
end
,
yet
Gods
word
shal
abide
most
firme
and
sure
.
Mem.
Di.
THis
is
the
xiii
.
part
of
the
Psalm
,
wherin
the
prophet
sheweth
,
first
what
great
delight
and
pleasure
he
had
in
Gods
word
.
ver.
97.103
.
Secondly
what
profit
he
receiued
by
gods
word
.
ver.
98.99.100.104
.
thirdly
howe
he
conformed
himselfe
in
obedience
to
the
same
.
ver.
101.102
.
Se.
Ver.
97.
Oh
,
how
loue
I
thy
lawe
[
i.
how
much
do
I
estéeme
of
it
:
&
that
exclamation
,
sheweth
that
his
affection
was
more
then
he
could
wel
expresse
,
meaning
that
he
had
so
great
a
loue
to
gods
word
,
which
hee
vnderstandeth
by
the
terme
law
,
that
all
his
senses
were
,
as
a
man
would
say
,
seased
therwith
,
&
the
gate
shut
against
the
corruptions
of
his
owne
nature
]
it
is
my
meditation
continually
[
q.d.
I
do
not
speake
almost
or
thinke
of
any
thing
else
,
at
any
time
.
]
Ver.
98.
By
thy
commandements
[
i.
by
the
light
and
knowledge
,
which
thou
hast
giuen
me
out
of
thy
word
]
thou
had
made
me
wiser
[
vz.
by
many
degrées
,
and
that
in
al
my
actions
and
affaires
]
then
mine
enemies
[
i.
then
those
which
hate
me
,
&
wish
me
euil
]
for
they
[
i.
thy
commandements
&
wordes
]
are
euer
with
me
[
i.
I
haue
them
alwaies
in
my
thought
and
vnderstanding
,
meaning
that
hee
did
thinke
&
meditate
of
them
continually
.
]
Ver.
99.
I
haue
had
[
vz.
through
thy
goodnes
,
&
the
light
of
thy
word
bestowed
vppon
mee
]
more
vnderstanding
[
vz.
in
truth
&
godlines
]
then
al
my
teachers
[
i.
then
al
they
that
taught
me
,
&
this
the
Prophet
speaketh
not
as
boasting
of
it
in
him-selfe
,
but
to
sette
foorth
gods
gret
liberality
,
&
to
commend
the
excellency
of
the
word
]
for
thy
testimonies
are
my
meditation
[
i.
I
do
carefully
&
continually
think
vpon
thy
word
.
]
Ver.
100.
I
vnderstoode
[
vz.
by
the
light
of
thy
woorde
]
more
then
the
ancient
[
vz.
in
whom
wisedome
&
vnderstanding
should
specially
abound
,
partly
for
their
experience
,
and
partly
for
their
yeres
]
because
I
kept
[
i.
labored
and
endeuoured
to
kéepe
with
a
single
and
sincere
heart
]
thy
precepts
[
i.
thy
commandements
&
word
,
where
the
Prophet
saith
in
al
these
thrée
verses
,
first
that
he
was
more
wise
then
his
enemies
,
because
that
with
al
their
subtilty
&
craft
they
profited
nothing
in
diuising
his
destruction
:
and
that
he
was
better
learned
then
euen
the
wise
and
ancient
,
he
declareth
that
whosoeuer
he
bee
,
which
shall
haue
brought
his
vnderstanding
in
subiection
to
gods
word
,
he
shal
find
wisdom
inough
,
not
only
to
kéepe
him
from
the
snares
of
his
enemies
,
but
also
to
make
him
excéede
his
teachers
in
iudgment
.
]
Ver.
101.
I
haue
refrained
[
vz.
through
the
strength
that
thou
hast
giuen
me
,
and
being
instructed
by
thy
law
]
my
féet
[
vz.
from
going
or
walking
in
corruption
,
féet
also
may
be
here
vsed
for
affections
,
as
Ecel.
4.17
.
]
from
euery
euil
way
[
i.
not
only
from
all
corrupt
courses
and
orders
of
life
,
but
also
from
euery
prouocation
which
might
draw
me
on
thereto
]
that
I
might
kéep
thy
word
[
q.d.
al
this
I
did
to
this
end
,
that
I
might
testifie
my
obedience
to
thy
law
,
&
therfore
I
did
take
diligent
héede
to
my selfe
,
that
I
did
not
walk
in
the
way
of
sin
.
]
Ver.
102.
I
haue
not
declined
[
vz.
either
to
the
right
hand
or
to
the
left
]
from
thy
iudgements
[
i.
from
thy
law
and
word
,
which
he
calleth
iudgments
,
because
that
according
therto
,
the
Lord
wil
iudg
the
world
]
for
thou
diddest
teach
me
[
vz.
to
walke
in
the
obedience
thereof
:
q.d.
If
thou
haddest
not
helde
me
in
obedience
thereof
,
I
had
gone
astray
:
and
he
meaneth
no
doubt
by
teaching
,
a
speciall
kind
of
teaching
,
as
when
God
draweth
his
electe
vnto
himselfe
,
inwardly
by
his
spirit
.
]
Verse
103.
How
swéete
[
q.d.
I
am
not
able
to
expresse
the
swéetenesse
of
them
]
are
thy
promises
[
vz.
which
thou
hast
made
vnto
thy
seruaunts
.
The
word
which
he
vseth
here
,
comprehendeth
the
whole
doctrine
of
Gods
word
,
the
principall
part
whereof
is
the
frée
couenaunte
and
promise
of
saluation
,
and
that
maketh
our
translator
to
turne
it
promise
]
vnto
my
mouth
[
i.
vnto
the
mouth
of
my
hart
and
soule
,
for
otherwise
the
spirituall
promises
yéeld
but
little
swéetenesse
vnto
the
bodily
mouth
]
yea
more
then
hony
to
my
mouth
[
q.d.
They
are
more
swéete
and
pleasaunt
vnto
my
minde
,
then
hony
is
to
my
mouth
.
He
meaneth
,
that
with
his
mouth
he
neuer
tasted
anye
meat
,
how
good
or
pleasaunt
soeuer
it
were
,
as
he
felt
Gods
word
,
and
specially
the
grace
of
adoption
,
swéete
and
comfortable
to
his
soule
.
]
Vers.
104.
By
thy
preceptes
[
i.
by
thy
word
]
I
haue
gotten
vnderstanding
[
vz.
in
great
measure
and
abundance
,
as
before
verse
93.
]
therefore
I
hate
[
vz.
from
the
bottom
of
my
hart
]
al
the
wayes
of
falshood
[
i.
all
false
deceaueable
,
and
wicked
wayes
whatsoeuer
.
Verse
97
teacheth
vs
two
things
:
Do.
first
that
we
ought
to
haue
a
harty
affection
towards
Gods
word
,
secondly
that
we
should
meditate
in
it
continually
,
or
else
we
can
neuer
profite
in
it
.
Verse
98
teacheth
vs
that
in
all
our
affaires
,
wée
should
presently
conferre
with
Gods
word
.
Verse
98
,
99
,
100
,
teach
vs
that
Gods
word
is
only
our
wisedome
:
also
that
knowledge
of
it
maketh
vs
to
excell
,
not
only
our
enemies
,
but
all
men
whatsoeuer
.
Verse
101
teacheth
vs
in
care
and
conscience
to
striue
to
abstayne
not
only
from
grosse
euils
,
but
from
all
manner
of
euil
whatsoeuer
.
Verse
102
teacheth
vs
that
if
God
be
our
guide
and
schoolemaister
,
we
can
not
go
astraye
,
and
that
therefore
we
should
suffer
oure selues
to
be
lead
by
him
.
Verse
103
teacheth
vs
that
only
Gods
word
and
specially
his
promises
are
comfortable
and
delightfull
to
the
consciences
of
his
.
Ver.
104
teacheth
vs
that
if
we
be
once
truly
enlightened
with
Gods
word
,
it
wil
make
vs
loth
all
sinne
and
corruption
,
both
in
our selues
and
others
.
Nun.
THe
Prophet
in
this
xiiii
.
part
of
the
Psalme
,
Di.
first
commendeth
the
worde
for
the
light
and
comfort
that
it
yéeldeth
to
those
that
are
afflicted
.
Ver.
105.111
.
Secondly
he
declareth
what
a
great
care
and
loue
he
had
to
kéepe
Gods
Lawe
.
Verse
106
,
109
,
110
,
112.
Thyrdly
he
prayeth
to
the
Lord
not
only
to
comfort
him
by
his
word
,
but
also
to
accept
the
thinges
which
shall
come
from
him
,
verse
107
,
108.
Verse
105.
Se.
Thy
word
[
vz.
O
Lord
]
is
a
Lanthorn
[
i.
is
in
stéede
of
a
Lanthorne
]
vnto
my
féete
[
i.
vnto
my
wayes
,
or
vnto
mine
affections
,
as
verse
101.
]
and
a
light
[
i.
standeth
in
stéed
of
a
light
]
vnto
my
path
[
i.
vnto
my
behauioure
and
conuersation
where
in
I
walke
,
as
in
a
path
.
He
meaneth
that
Gods
lawe
did
lead
him
out
and
teache
him
what
he
should
doe
.
Vnder
which
similitude
also
he
teacheth
vs
,
that
without
the
light
and
guidance
of
Gods
worde
,
the
world
can
not
go
else
where
but
in
darkenesse
,
and
terrible
downfalles
.
]
Verse
106.
I
haue
sworne
[
i.
I
haue
bound
my selfe
vnto
God
and
the
obedience
of
him
by
an
oth
]
and
will
performe
it
[
vz.
thorow
his
strength
and
assistaunce
,
who
at
this
time
hath
giuen
me
a
stedfast
purpose
and
will
,
hereafter
adde
,
a
power
]
that
I
will
kéepe
[
vz.
according
to
the
measure
of
grace
receaued
from
God
,
and
as
mans
frailty
will
suffer
me
,
for
he
bound
not
himselfe
to
kéepe
the
law
wholy
and
in
euery
point
,
because
that
is
impossible
to
vs
]
thy
righteous
iudgements
[
i.
the
rules
and
precepts
of
thy
worde
,
which
containe
nothing
else
but
righteousnesse
and
well
doing
.
Ver.
107.
I
am
very
sore
afflicted
[
vz.
in
the
outward
man
,
by
enemies
troubling
me
,
and
infirmities
weakning
me
,
and
in
the
inwarde
man
with
continuall
anguish
of
hart
and
dayly
assaultes
]
O
Lord
quicken
me
[
i.
deliuer
me
from
death
and
daunger
whereto
I
am
very
nigh
]
according
to
thy
word
[
i.
according
to
thy
promise
in
thy
worde
,
sée
it
so
vsed
in
this
Psalme
sundry
times
and
namely
,
verse
25
,
81.
]
Verse
108.
O
Lord
I
beséech
thée
[
vz.
vnfaignedly
,
and
from
the
bottome
of
my
hart
]
accept
[
vz.
in
good
part
,
or
of
thy
good
pleasure
only
,
fauour
and
allowe
]
the
trée
offerings
of
my
mouth
[
i.
my
prayers
and
thanks
giuings
,
which
I
fréely
and
willingly
offer
vnto
thée
:
they
are
called
in
other
places
of
the
scripture
,
the
calues
of
our
lippes
Hosea
14
,
2.
and
in
an
other
place
the
fruit
of
our
lippes
.
Heb.
13.15
]
and
teach
me
[
vz.
not
only
to
know
,
but
also
to
perfourme
]
thy
iudgments
[
i.
thy
word
and
the
rules
thereof
,
as
sundry
times
before
in
this
Psalm
]
Ver.
109.
My
soule
[
i.
my
life
:
for
otherwise
the
soule
cannot
bee
touched
:
and
it
is
put
for
life
,
because
that
whatsoeuer
life
this
life
hath
,
it
hath
it
from
the
soule
]
is
continually
in
my
hand
[
i.
is
in
most
present
daunger
of
death
and
destruction
,
sée
1.
Samuel
.
28.21
.
also
Iob.
13.14
.
he
vseth
this
phrase
or
manner
of
spéech
,
because
that
those
things
which
we
haue
in
our
hands
,
we
haue
them
in
readines
for
any
vse
as
it
were
]
yet
[
q.d.
for
all
these
dangers
]
doe
I
not
forget
[
vz.
continually
or
vtterly
]
thy
law
[
i.
thy
word
,
putting
a
part
of
it
for
the
whole
.
]
Ver.
110.
The
wicked
[
vz.
men
of
the
world
]
haue
laid
[
vz.
secretly
and
priuily
]
a
snare
for
me
[
vz.
to
catch
me
in
it
.
He
meaneth
that
the
vngodly
hath
secretly
conspired
and
practised
his
destruction
]
but
[
vz.
for
all
that
]
I
swarued
not
[
vz.
to
the
one
side
or
to
the
other
,
meaning
that
neither
the
feare
of
his
aduersaries
,
nor
fauour
towards
himselfe
,
had
drawne
him
away
from
the
obedience
of
God
]
from
thy
precepts
[
i.
from
doing
the
things
which
thou
commaundest
and
requirest
at
my
hands
.
]
Ver.
111.
Thy
testimonies
[
i.
thy
worde
]
haue
I
taken
[
i.
estéemed
&
had
in
as
great
regard
]
as
an
heritage
for
euer
[
i.
as
a
perpetuall
inheritance
.
He
meaneth
that
he
did
more
estéeme
the
doctrine
of
God
,
than
al
possessions
,
though
they
had
bin
neuer
so
durable
]
for
they
are
the
ioy
of
my
hart
[
i.
my
hart
(
meaning
by
hart
himself
,
putting
the
principall
parte
of
him
for
the
whole
man
)
taketh
ioy
and
delight
in
nothing
else
,
so
much
as
in
them
.
]
Verse
112.
I
haue
applied
mine
hart
[
i.
I
haue
not
only
carried
a
purpose
with
me
,
but
I
haue
set
my
whole
affection
vpon
this
:
and
he
speaketh
not
this
,
as
a
vayne
bragge
of
his
own
vertue
,
but
as
a
simple
protestation
of
the
vprighte
affection
of
his
own
hart
]
to
fulfil
thy
statutes
[
i.
to
obserue
and
do
the
thinges
which
thou
hast
or
dained
in
thy
law
to
be
performed
]
alway
[
i.
continually
and
for
euer
]
euen
vnto
the
end
[
vz.
of
my
life
,
meaning
by
that
maner
of
spéech
,
all
his
life
long
,
sée
verse
33
of
this
Psalme
.
Verse
105
teacheth
vs
that
without
the
light
of
Gods
word
we
cannot
walke
rightly
.
Ver.
106
teacheth
vs
to
vse
al
the
means
we
can
,
Do.
yea
euen
to
binde
our selues
with
vowes
and
promises
to
obserue
gods
law
.
Ver.
107
teacheth
vs
,
that
Gods
children
in
this
world
,
are
many
times
brought
to
a
low
case
:
&
that
we
haue
no
liuelinesse
in
vs
to
good
things
,
till
God
bestow
it
vpon
vs
.
Ver.
108.
teacheth
vs
that
we
can
do
nothing
which
can
please
God
,
except
it
please
him
in
mercy
to
accept
of
the
same
.
Ver.
109
teacheth
vs
that
many
are
the
afflictions
of
the
righteous
,
but
yet
that
for
their
comforte
,
they
shoulde
continuallye
thinke
vpon
Gods
word
.
Verse
110
setteth
out
the
malicious
mindes
of
the
vngodly
agaynst
the
good
,
also
it
teacheth
vs
for
no
persecution
to
go
astray
from
God
and
his
truth
.
Verse
111
teacheth
vs
in
what
price
and
estimation
we
should
haue
Gods
word
:
it
teacheth
vs
also
that
there
is
no
true
ioy
to
be
found
,
but
in
that
.
Ver.
112
teacheth
vs
to
carry
with
vs
a
continuall
care
and
conscience
,
to
walke
in
the
obedience
of
Gods
law
.
Samech
.
IN
this
xv
.
part
,
the
Prophet
specially
propoundeth
thrée
things
:
Di.
in
the
firste
he
setteth
out
his
loue
to
Gods
worde
,
and
his
hatred
of
all
wickednesse
and
wicked
men
.
Verse
113.114.115
.
In
the
second
he
maketh
his
prayers
vnto
god
for
strength
and
continuance
in
goodnes
and
truth
.
Ver.
116
,
117.
In
the
thirde
,
he
expresseth
Gods
feareful
iudgements
agaynst
the
vngodly
,
and
what
profite
the
godly
reape
thereby
.
Ver.
118.119
,
120.
Verse
113
I
hate
[
vz.
with
an
vnfeined
hatred
,
as
Psalm
139
,
22.
Se.
meaning
by
this
earnest
spéech
,
the
great
dislike
he
had
]
vayne
inuentions
[
i.
all
the
deuises
of
any
mans
hart
or
head
whatsoeuer
.
The
hebrew
worde
,
whiche
hee
vseth
in
this
place
,
properly
signifieth
boughes
or
braunches
,
and
by
a
Metaphor
,
are
put
here
for
inuentions
,
deuises
or
thoughts
,
whiche
comming
from
the
harte
,
as
it
were
from
the
trunke
or
body
of
a
Trée
,
spread
themselues
hither
and
thither
:
and
that
causeth
Immanuel
to
turne
it
thoughts
.
Whatsoeuer
it
be
,
he
meaneth
doubtles
,
the
crooked
inuentions
&
deuises
of
mans
hart
]
but
thy
law
[
i.
thy
word
:
sée
ver.
109
of
this
Psalm
]
doe
I
loue
[
vz.
vnfeignedly
,
and
with
a
good
hart
.
]
Ver.
114.
Thou
[
vz.
alone
,
&
no
other
but
thou
alone
]
art
my
refuge
[
i.
the
place
that
I
flie
vnto
in
distresse
,
meaning
that
God
was
he
alone
,
vnder
whose
protection
and
sauegard
,
he
did
withdraw
himselfe
,
sée
Psalme
18.2
.
]
and
shield
[
vz.
to
defend
me
from
deadly
darts
and
daungers
:
sée
agayne
Psalme
18
,
2
,
where
you
shall
finde
both
these
wordes
expounded
,
and
Psalme
3
,
verse
3.
]
and
I
trust
[
vz.
stedfastly
and
patiently
]
in
thy
worde
[
i.
in
the
promises
that
thou
hast
made
in
thy
word
:
he
meaneth
that
hee
did
assuredly
beléeue
,
that
Gods
promises
made
in
his
word
,
should
bee
performed
,
and
though
they
were
delayed
for
a
while
,
yet
he
woulde
patiently
tarrye
the
accomplishment
thereof
.
]
Ver.
115.
Away
from
me
ye
wicked
[
q.d.
Departe
from
me
,
for
ye
labour
in
vayne
to
draw
me
to
commit
wickednesse
with
you
:
sée
this
spéech
expounded
Psalme
6.8
.
]
for
I
will
kéepe
[
i.
I
haue
a
purpose
to
kéepe
,
and
thorow
the
strength
and
assistaunce
of
my
God
,
will
performe
it
]
the
commaundements
of
my
God
[
i.
those
things
which
my
God
hath
commaunded
,
and
will
at
no
hand
doe
these
wickednesses
,
which
ye
prouoke
me
vnto
.
]
Ver.
116.
Stablish
me
[
i.
confirme
and
strengthen
me
in
thy
truth
,
and
in
al
goodnesse
]
according
to
thy
promise
[
vz.
made
vnto
me
in
thy
word
]
that
I
maye
liue
[
vz.
euen
here
in
this
life
,
before
men
to
thy
glory
]
and
disappointe
me
not
of
my
hope
[
i.
of
the
things
that
I
hope
for
.
He
maketh
this
prayer
,
not
as
though
God
did
at
any
time
fayle
his
children
,
but
to
the
end
he
himself
might
more
and
more
féele
his
fayth
strengthened
in
the
truth
of
the
word
.
]
Ver.
117
Stay
thou
me
[
vz.
from
faynting
,
sliding
or
falling
]
and
I
shall
be
safe
[
vz.
from
daungers
and
distresses
:
meaning
that
vnlesse
God
kept
him
,
he
coulde
not
stand
one
minute
of
an
houre
]
and
I
wil
delight
continually
in
thy
statutes
[
vz.
not
only
to
know
them
,
but
also
to
doe
them
,
sée
verse
112.
]
Ver.
118.
Thou
hast
troden
down
[
vz.
vnder
thy
féete
,
euen
as
a
mighty
King
or
conqueror
,
sée
for
this
phrase
Psalm
.
110.1
.
]
al
them
[
vz.
of
what
state
or
condition
soeuer
they
be
]
that
depart
from
thy
statutes
[
i.
that
swerue
and
go
astray
from
the
things
that
thou
hast
appointed
them
to
walke
in
]
for
their
deceit
[
i.
the
mischieuous
practises
,
which
deceitfully
they
haue
deuised
against
others
]
is
vayne
[
i.
is
voyde
,
and
to
no
purpose
,
vnlesse
it
be
to
their
owne
hurt
.
Verse
119.
Thou
hast
taken
away
[
vz.
from
amongst
thy
children
,
and
that
in
thy
heauie
iudgement
]
al
the
wicked
of
the
earth
[
i.
all
the
vngodlye
inhabiting
the
earth
,
of
what
state
or
condition
soeuer
they
were
:
sée
verse
118
for
this
word
,
all
,
]
like
drosse
[
i.
as
a
thing
or
matter
of
no
account
:
for
indéede
the
wicked
are
not
regarded
before
God
,
neither
are
they
to
be
estéemed
of
his
children
:
sée
,
the
wicked
compared
to
drosse
,
Isaiah
1
,
25.
and
though
I
know
others
to
interprete
it
otherwise
,
yet
I
approue
this
sence
]
therefore
[
i.
because
thou
defendest
thine
,
as
verse
114.
and
art
a
iust
iudge
against
the
wicked
,
as
ver.
118
,
119.
]
I
loue
[
sée
ver.
113
]
thy
testimonies
[
i.
thy
word
which
is
called
a
testimony
,
or
testimonies
,
because
God
therein
testifyeth
vnto
vs
his
will
]
Ver.
120.
My
flesh
[
i.
my
whole
man
,
putting
one
part
for
the
whole
]
trembleth
[
vz.
excéedingly
,
and
verye
much
]
for
feare
of
thée
[
vz.
who
art
such
a
iust
iudge
against
the
wicked
and
vngodly
,
and
I
know
gréeuous
faults
and
offences
by
my selfe
.
He
speaketh
not
this
as
though
he
were
afrayde
of
Gods
presence
,
as
Adam
was
Gen.
3
,
10.
for
hee
greatlye
desireth
that
but
by
reason
of
his
owne
wretchednesse
and
weakenesse
,
least
either
he
had
or
might
prouoke
him
to
iudgement
agaynste
him
,
which
also
may
appeare
by
that
that
followeth
in
this
verse
]
and
I
am
afrayd
of
thy
iudgements
[
vz.
poured
forth
vpon
the
wicked
,
meaning
by
iudgements
punishments
.
Verse
113
teacheth
vs
to
hate
all
maner
of
euill
,
and
to
loue
all
good
thinges
,
Do.
and
the
meanes
whereby
we
may
be
drawne
to
them
.
Ver.
114
teacheth
vs
,
that
God
is
a
mighty
defence
for
those
that
are
his
:
also
that
Gods
worde
is
the
ground
of
our
hope
.
Verse
115
teacheth
vs
to
shake
of
the
society
and
companye
of
wicked
men
,
who
would
draw
vs
away
from
the
obedience
of
our
God
.
Ver.
116
teacheth
vs
that
Gods
promises
is
the
grounde
of
our
hope
and
prayers
.
Verse
117
teacheth
vs
that
vnlesse
God
vphold
vs
,
we
shall
slyde
and
fal
.
Ver.
118
teacheth
vs
first
,
that
the
wicked
for
all
their
might
and
subtiltie
,
are
not
able
to
resist
God
:
secondly
that
their
wicked
imaginations
shall
tend
to
their
owne
hurt
.
Verse
119
teacheth
vs
that
Gods
iudgementes
exercised
vpon
the
wicked
,
and
his
mercy
towards
his
children
should
make
vs
the
more
to
loue
him
and
his
word
.
Verse
120
teacheth
vs
alwayes
to
haue
a
reuerence
of
Gods
iudgements
,
specially
when
we
sée
them
threatned
or
executed
.
Ain
.
IN
this
xvi
.
part
,
which
specially
standeth
of
prayer
,
Di.
the
Prophet
first
desireth
to
bee
deliuered
from
the
wicked
and
their
mischieuous
practises
.
Verse
121
,
122.
Secondly
he
prayeth
for
patience
,
féeling
of
Gods
mercy
,
knowledge
and
vnderstanding
of
Gods
lawe
,
and
a
spéedye
redresse
of
thinges
amisse
.
Verse
123
,
124
,
125
,
126.
Thirdlye
,
that
hée
mighte
the
better
mooue
God
thereto
,
he
setteth
out
the
mischéeuous
rage
of
the
wicked
,
Gods
accustomed
goodnesse
,
and
his
own
loue
and
obedience
to
God
,
and
his
word
,
ver.
126
127
,
128.
Verse
121.
Se.
I
haue
executed
iudgement
and
iustice
[
i.
I
haue
giuen
my self
ouer
to
doe
vpright
and
good
thinges
:
and
I
haue
not
only
abstayned
from
all
iniury
and
wrong
doing
to
them
that
persecute
me
,
but
I
haue
done
them
also
good
]
leaue
me
not
to
mine
oppressors
[
i.
to
them
that
would
oppresse
mee
,
and
doe
with
me
what
they
pleased
,
neyther
doth
he
here
alleage
his
good
doing
as
a
cause
why
God
should
graunt
him
his
request
,
but
as
a
testimony
to
his
own
conscience
that
the
Lord
would
not
doe
it
]
answere
[
vz.
to
mine
enemies
]
for
thy
seruaunt
[
i.
for
me
thy
seruaunt
.
He
speaketh
of
himselfe
in
the
third
person
]
in
that
which
is
good
[
i.
in
his
good
and
vpright
causes
.
I
suppose
the
Prophet
alludeth
here
to
the
custome
of
earthly
Princes
courts
:
q.d.
Appeare
for
the
defence
of
my
good
cause
,
and
pleade
it
,
and
set
thy selfe
against
mine
enemies
in
my
iust
defence
]
and
let
not
the
proude
oppresse
me
[
vz.
at
their
pleasure
:
for
this
word
,
proude
,
sée
before
verse
78
,
and
85.
]
Verse
123.
Mine
eyes
haue
fayled
[
vz.
euen
of
their
sight
,
in
so
much
that
they
haue
bene
dazeled
,
and
dimmed
,
and
were
not
able
to
behold
any
thing
:
and
this
hee
speaketh
,
not
of
bodily
eyes
only
,
but
euen
of
the
eyes
of
his
fayth
and
perswasion
[
sée
before
Verse
82
]
in
wayting
[
vz.
a
very
long
time
,
yet
in
care
and
patience
]
for
thy
saluation
[
i.
for
deliueraunce
from
thée
,
out
of
all
my
distresses
.
So
we
haue
had
the
word
saluation
vsed
sundry
times
before
,
and
namely
Psalme
3
,
verse
8.
]
and
for
thy
iust
promise
[
i.
for
the
performaunce
of
thy
promise
,
whiche
thou
hast
iustly
made
,
and
wilte
iustlye
kéepe
.
]
Verse
124.
Deale
with
thy
seruaunt
[
vz.
in
this
his
distresse
and
miserye
,
and
here
he
speaketh
of
himselfe
in
the
thirde
person
,
as
before
122
]
according
to
thy
mercy
[
vz.
manifested
to
him
and
other
thy
children
]
and
teache
mée
[
vz.
that
am
blinde
and
ignoraunt
]
thy
statutes
[
sée
before
verse
12.26.33
.
]
Verse
125.
I
am
thy
seruaunt
[
vz.
thorow
thy
goodnesse
I
am
aduaunced
to
this
honour
,
for
hée
boasteth
not
here
of
his
dignitye
,
but
setteth
out
the
grace
which
he
had
receaued
from
God
,
to
moue
him
to
finish
that
which
he
had
begun
]
graunt
mee
therefore
vnderstanding
[
vz.
to
guide
my selfe
so
as
thou
mayst
be
glorifyed
,
I
my selfe
comforted
,
and
others
builded
vp
]
that
I
may
know
thy
testimonies
[
vz.
to
do
and
practise
the
same
,
for
otherwise
the
knowledge
of
them
is
to
little
purpose
.
]
Verse
126.
It
is
time
[
he
speaketh
not
this
,
as
though
he
prescribed
God
a
season
,
but
the
rather
to
set
out
the
abundance
of
wickednesse
which
did
ouerflow
the
world
:
q.d.
If
the
Lord
did
not
in
time
cut
off
sin
and
wicked
men
,
all
would
be
as
it
were
infected
therewith
]
for
the
Lord
to
work
[
i.
to
declare
by
his
work
that
he
wil
take
punishment
vpon
the
transgressors
of
his
law
]
for
they
haue
destroyed
[
i.
the
wicked
men
by
their
lewdnes
and
euil
conuersation
,
haue
done
what
they
could
to
ouerthrow
thy
word
,
not
that
they
are
able
to
do
it
:
q.d.
they
are
become
so
bold
and
fierce
,
that
they
doe
not
only
séeke
my
destruction
,
but
set
themselues
agaynst
God
and
his
word
]
thy
law
[
i.
thy
word
,
as
before
verse
113
,
and
109.
]
Verse
127.
Therefore
[
i.
because
I
am
sure
that
the
wicked
shall
not
escape
vnpunished
.
It
may
also
be
taken
for
a
reason
why
Dauid
desyred
to
be
instructed
in
the
Law
,
because
of
the
excellency
thereof
]
loue
I
[
vz.
willingly
and
vnfeignedly
,
sée
verse
113
]
thy
commaundements
[
i.
thy
word
:
a
part
for
the
whole
]
aboue
gold
[
i.
more
then
gold
]
yea
aboue
most
fyne
gold
[
i.
aboue
all
things
in
the
world
,
though
for
their
excellency
and
beauty
they
be
neuer
so
much
desired
.
]
Verse
128.
Therefore
[
vz.
also
,
euen
because
thy
iudgements
are
poured
forth
vpon
the
wicked
,
which
also
thou
hast
manifested
by
thy
word
]
I
estéeme
[
vz.
I
doe
not
only
reuerence
,
but
also
iudge
and
take
]
all
thy
precepts
[
i.
al
the
things
which
thou
hast
commaunded
in
thy
law
]
most
iust
[
i.
to
be
,
or
that
they
are
most
iust
and
righteous
]
and
hate
[
sée
before
ver.
113
]
al
false
ways
[
vz.
how
glorious
soeuer
they
be
in
mans
eyes
,
or
whosoeuer
forged
and
deuised
the
same
.
Do.
Verse
121
teacheth
vs
that
it
is
a
hard
thing
to
fall
into
mens
handes
.
Verse
122
teacheth
vs
to
beséech
the
Lord
to
pleade
our
causes
,
when
the
ordinarye
course
of
a
iust
defence
is
stopped
against
vs
.
Verse
123
teacheth
vs
neuer
to
leaue
off
hanging
vppon
the
Lorde
,
though
the
Lorde
a
long
while
deferre
his
ayde
.
Verse
124
teacheth
vs
in
all
our
supplications
,
and
prayers
to
flie
to
Gods
mercy
.
Verse
125
teacheth
vs
,
that
till
GOD
giue
vs
vnderstanding
,
we
are
vtterly
blind
.
Verse
126
teacheth
vs
that
the
heaping
vp
of
wickednesse
,
will
doubtlesse
procure
the
Lorde
to
come
with
swifte
and
sharpe
iudgement
.
Verse
127
teacheth
vs
to
preferre
Gods
worde
before
all
pleasures
and
profites
of
this
life
whatsoeuer
.
Verse
128
teacheth
vs
vnfaignedlye
and
from
the
bottome
of
our
hartes
,
to
abhorre
all
subtill
and
deceitfull
wayes
.
Pe.
THe
Prophet
in
this
seuentéenth
part
,
Di.
painteth
out
both
the
excellency
of
gods
law
,
and
his
great
desire
&
loue
to
the
same
,
ver.
129
,
130
,
131.
Secondlye
,
hée
prayeth
the
Lord
to
be
mercifull
vnto
him
,
to
order
his
conuersation
,
to
saue
him
from
the
wicked
,
&
to
instruct
him
in
his
law
,
ver.
132
,
133
,
134
,
135.
Thirdlye
he
expresseth
how
much
he
was
gréeued
,
when
he
saw
the
law
of
his
God
transgressed
and
broken
,
ver.
136.
Verse
129.
Thy
Testimonies
[
i.
thy
law
and
word
,
sée
verse
111
,
Se.
&
125
]
are
wonderfull
[
i.
comprehend
wonderfull
things
,
because
it
containeth
misteries
which
are
high
and
hidden
from
mens
reason
and
vnderstanding
:
and
hereby
he
was
moued
to
reuerence
&
estéeme
Gods
word
]
therefore
[
i.
because
they
are
so
excellent
]
doth
my
soule
[
i.
I
my selfe
both
in
the
outward
and
inwarde
man
]
kéep
them
[
i.
striue
and
labour
to
kéepe
them
,
and
thorow
thy
goodnes
many
times
performe
them
.
]
Ver.
130.
The
enterance
into
thy
word
[
i.
the
beginning
to
be
acquainted
and
familiar
with
it
:
q.d.
the
word
of
God
is
so
cleare
,
that
euen
at
the
first
sight
of
it
,
it
lighteneth
mens
eyes
.
The
hebrew
word
,
which
is
here
turned
entraunce
,
signifieth
dore
,
gate
,
or
opening
:
q.d.
Euen
the
verye
first
rudiments
or
instruments
of
thy
word
,
sheweth
light
[
vz.
to
such
as
resort
and
repayre
to
it
:
he
meaneth
that
it
lighteneth
their
mindes
and
chaseth
away
the
naturall
darkenesse
which
is
in
them
]
&
giueth
vnderstanding
[
i.
abundance
of
vnderstanding
and
knowledge
]
to
the
simple
[
i.
to
them
that
be
rude
or
ignoraunt
:
and
specially
to
such
as
being
voyde
from
presumption
and
pride
doe
willingly
submit
themselues
to
GOD
,
that
they
maye
bée
instructed
in
and
by
his
worde
.
Verse
131.
I
opened
my
mouth
[
i.
I
very
earnestlye
desired
,
as
they
doe
,
that
eyther
are
hungrye
,
or
thirstye
verye
muche
,
whiche
they
declare
by
opening
their
mouth
,
or
gaping
,
euen
as
though
they
woulde
swallowe
vp
the
ayre
]
and
panted
[
vz.
for
an
earnest
desire
which
I
had
:
sée
Psalme
42
,
12.
I
take
these
same
to
bée
metaphors
borrowed
from
thirstye
and
wearie
wayfaring
men
,
q.
d.
I
doe
so
earnestlye
hunger
and
thyrste
after
thy
lawe
,
as
the
hungrye
and
thirstye
doe
after
mea●e
and
drinke
,
yea
I
doe
by
all
the
meanes
I
can
striue
to
attayne
it
]
because
I
loued
[
vz.
earnestlye
and
vnfeignedlye
,
sée
Verse
113.127
]
thy
commaundementes
[
i.
thy
whole
word
,
a
part
for
the
whole
.
]
Verse
132.
Looke
vppon
mée
[
vz.
continuallye
and
at
all
times
,
speciallye
in
the
dayes
of
myne
affliction
]
and
bée
mercifull
vnto
mee
[
though
there
be
nothing
in
me
to
mooue
thée
vnto
it
]
as
thou
vsest
to
doe
vnto
those
[
i.
euen
as
thou
arte
accustomed
to
shew
mercy
and
loue
to
such
]
that
loue
thy
name
[
i.
that
loue
thée
,
and
that
vnfeignedly
and
from
a
good
hart
.
The
name
of
God
,
put
for
God
himselfe
,
as
may
appeare
by
Rom.
8.
●8
.
where
this
phrase
,
loue
God
,
is
vsed
.
]
Verse
133.
Direct
my
steppes
[
i.
order
my
conuersation
and
course
of
life
,
some
turne
it
thus
,
direct
my
feete
,
but
the
sence
commeth
all
to
one
]
in
thy
worde
[
i.
according
to
that
truth
which
thou
hast
sanctifyed
and
set
forth
in
thy
word
:
and
in
that
he
prayeth
God
to
direct
him
,
he
sheweth
what
great
weakenesse
is
in
man
by
nature
]
and
let
no
iniquitie
[
i.
sinne
,
either
against
thy
maiestie
,
or
men
my
brethren
]
haue
dominion
ouer
me
[
vz.
to
carry
me
from
the
wayes
of
thy
commaundements
,
for
though
we
haue
a
will
sometimes
to
doe
good
,
yet
euill
is
present
,
and
sinne
dwelleth
,
though
it
raigneth
not
in
this
our
flesh
,
sée
Rom.
7.
thorowout
.
]
Verse
134.
Deliuer
me
[
i.
set
me
frée
and
that
thorow
thy
goodnesse
and
mercy
]
from
the
oppression
of
men
[
i.
from
men
that
would
oppresse
me
and
doe
mee
wrong
:
or
else
from
the
oppression
and
wrong
whiche
they
purpose
against
me
,
sée
verse
121
of
this
Psalme
]
and
I
wil
kéepe
thy
precepts
[
sée
verse
115.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
135.
Shew
the
light
of
thy
countenaunce
[
i.
be
mercifull
and
fauourable
,
you
haue
such
a
phrase
before
Psalme
67
,
1.
]
vpon
thy
seruaunt
[
i.
vpon
me
thy
seruaunt
,
or
vnto
me
thy
seruaunt
,
speaking
of
himselfe
in
the
third
person
]
and
teach
me
thy
statutes
[
sée
verse
64
,
68.
]
Verse
136.
Mine
eyes
gush
out
with
riuers
of
waters
[
i.
I
wéepe
and
sheade
abundance
of
teares
,
yea
I
am
altogether
in
teares
:
q.d.
I
wéepe
continuallye
not
only
for
mine
own
cause
,
but
euen
for
the
wicked
mens
sakes
,
whome
I
pitye
,
and
specially
for
the
law
of
God
,
which
it
gréeueth
me
to
the
harte
,
to
bée
violated
and
broken
]
because
they
[
i.
the
men
of
the
worlde
,
and
wicked
ones
]
kept
not
thy
law
[
i.
haue
neither
care
nor
conscience
to
kéepe
it
.
Do.
Verse
129
Verse
129
teacheth
vs
that
the
excellency
of
Gods
word
should
drawe
vs
to
a
loue
liking
and
obedience
thereof
.
Ver.
130
is
an
excellent
place
,
to
aunswere
the
Papistes
,
who
accuse
Gods
word
of
darkenesse
and
hardnesse
.
Verse
131.
teacheth
vs
earnestly
to
hunger
and
thirst
after
the
foode
of
our
soules
,
whiche
is
the
word
of
God
.
Verse
132
teacheth
vs
,
that
God
vseth
continually
to
shew
mercy
and
loue
to
those
that
loue
and
feare
him
.
Verse
134
teacheth
vs
,
that
the
more
God
doth
set
vs
frée
from
daunger
,
the
greater
care
wee
should
haue
to
walke
in
obedience
.
Verse
135
teacheth
vs
,
that
Gods
fauour
is
the
Fountaine
of
all
goodnesse
to
his
children
:
also
that
til
he
teach
vs
,
we
are
but
blind
and
ignoraunt
.
Verse
136
teacheth
vs
to
be
gréeued
not
only
for
our
own
sins
,
but
for
other
mens
transgressions
also
.
Tsaddi
.
Di.
IN
this
part
the
Prophet
speciallye
propoundeth
two
thinges
:
the
firste
is
a
singular
commendation
of
God
and
his
law
.
Verse
137
,
138
,
140
,
142
,
and
144.
The
second
is
a
description
of
his
own
misery
,
trouble
,
and
gréefe
,
and
this
is
put
down
in
verse
130
,
141
,
and
143.
Verse
137.
Righteous
art
thou
,
O
Lord
[
vz.
euen
thou
alone
,
Se.
and
none
other
but
thou
:
q.d.
if
a
man
should
séeke
for
righteousnesse
without
him
,
hee
shall
not
find
a
drop
thereof
]
and
iust
are
thy
iudgements
[
vz.
which
thou
exercisest
towards
men
,
meaning
also
by
this
spéech
,
that
all
of
them
,
and
euery
one
of
them
are
iust
.
]
Ver.
138.
Thou
hast
commanded
[
and
therefore
good
cause
thou
shouldest
be
obeyed
]
iustice
[
i.
mutual
performance
of
duties
one
of
vs
towards
another
:
so
is
the
word
vsed
Mica
.
6
,
8.
]
by
thy
testimonies
[
i.
by
and
in
thy
worde
]
and
truth
[
i.
not
only
sound
and
sincere
dealing
,
but
doing
of
it
,
with
an
vpright
affection
]
specially
[
for
though
a
man
do
the
thing
and
do
it
not
with
the
same
mind
that
God
requireth
,
it
is
sinne
to
him
.
For
in
the
obedience
of
Gods
commaundements
we
must
carefully
take
héede
that
we
tread
in
these
thrée
steps
:
to
doe
the
same
thing
that
he
appointeth
,
and
none
other
,
to
do
it
with
the
same
mind
that
he
demaundeth
it
to
be
done
,
and
to
refer
it
to
the
same
end
.
]
Ver.
139.
My
zeale
[
i.
the
gréefe
of
my
hart
,
as
before
ver.
136
,
and
the
anger
which
I
did
conceaue
,
hath
euen
consumed
me
[
i.
almost
wasted
me
&
worn
me
away
,
so
that
there
is
little
or
no
hope
of
my
life
:
he
meaneth
not
that
he
was
thus
consumed
by
reason
of
the
sorrow
which
he
conceaued
for
priuate
iniuries
,
but
because
the
law
of
his
God
was
transgressed
]
because
mine
enemies
[
who
the
particulars
were
,
as
whether
it
were
Saul
or
others
,
it
is
not
certain
,
but
he
speaketh
of
them
al
generally
]
haue
forgotten
thy
words
[
i.
wil
not
acknowledge
it
,
but
contemtuously
tread
it
vnder
their
féete
.
]
Ver.
140.
Thy
word
is
proued
most
pure
[
i.
is
by
experience
of
thy
seruaunts
found
to
be
most
excellent
,
as
the
gold
and
siluer
is
best
,
which
hath
bin
most
fined
:
sée
Psa.
12.6
.
]
&
thy
seruant
[
i.
I
,
thy
seruaunt
,
speaking
still
of
himself
in
the
third
person
:
and
that
same
worde
,
and
,
may
wel
be
turned
therefore
]
loueth
it
[
sée
ver.
97
,
113
,
127.
]
Ver.
141.
I
am
smal
[
i.
of
small
account
and
little
estimation
]
and
despised
[
vz.
of
all
men
,
specially
of
the
great
ones
]
yet
[
q.d.
for
all
that
]
I
do
not
forget
thy
preceptes
[
vz.
but
think
vpon
them
both
to
know
and
do
them
,
sée
ver.
109.
]
Ver.
142.
Thy
righteousnesse
[
i.
not
only
the
righteousnesse
which
is
in
God
,
but
that
which
God
himself
requireth
of
men
in
his
word
]
is
an
euerlasting
righteousnes
[
vz.
both
because
it
indureth
for
euer
,
and
bringeth
the
doers
of
it
to
eternal
blessednes
]
and
thy
law
[
i.
thy
word
,
as
sundry
times
before
verse
109
]
is
truth
[
i.
not
only
true
,
but
very
truth
it self
:
which
is
more
significant
,
noting
that
there
is
no
truth
without
or
beside
that
word
.
]
Ver.
143.
Trouble
and
anguish
[
i.
abundance
and
great
store
of
troubles
:
for
so
much
I
think
the
two
words
together
import
]
are
come
vpon
me
[
i.
haue
seased
and
taken
hold
of
me
]
yet
[
q.d.
for
all
my
gréefes
]
are
thy
commandements
my
delight
[
i.
thy
word
doth
not
only
delight
and
pleasure
me
,
but
much
comfort
me
.
]
Ver.
144.
The
righteousnesse
of
thy
testimonies
[
i.
that
righteousnesse
which
thou
prescribest
in
thy
word
]
is
euerlasting
[
i.
indureth
and
abideth
for
euer
,
as
before
verse
142.
]
graunt
mée
vnderstanding
[
vz.
thereof
]
and
I
shall
liue
[
vz.
a
blessed
,
certayne
,
and
assured
life
:
hereby
he
sheweth
,
that
to
speake
properlye
,
men
liue
not
when
they
are
destituted
of
the
light
of
God
and
heauenly
wisedome
:
and
therefore
that
note
in
the
Geneua
Bible
is
good
for
the
doctrin
,
that
the
life
of
a
man
without
the
knowledge
of
God
is
nothing
else
but
death
.
Do.
Verse
137
teacheth
vs
alwaies
to
confesse
Gods
iudgements
to
be
righteous
,
though
perhaps
it
appear
not
so
to
our
own
reason
.
Ver.
138
setteth
out
before
vs
the
excellency
of
Gods
word
by
the
things
which
it
commandeth
.
Ver.
139
teacheth
vs
to
be
greatly
gréeued
when
other
men
transgresse
gods
law
.
Ver.
140
teacheth
vs
that
the
excellency
of
Gods
word
should
drawe
from
it
,
loue
,
and
liking
of
it
on
our
parts
.
Ver.
141
teacheth
vs
that
no
aduersity
should
cause
vs
to
forget
God
and
his
truth
.
Verse
142
teacheth
vs
that
Gods
word
is
the
only
rule
of
righteousnesse
and
truth
:
so
that
whatsoeuer
is
not
according
to
it
,
is
to
be
condemned
for
falshood
.
Ver.
143
teacheth
vs
that
only
Gods
word
can
delight
and
comfort
vs
in
the
dayes
of
our
trouble
and
anguish
.
Ver.
144
teacheth
vs
that
howsoeuer
men
liue
in
this
life
,
yet
they
liue
not
in
déede
the
life
of
God
,
without
the
knowledge
of
his
maiesty
by
his
word
.
Koph
.
Di.
THis
xix
part
standeth
especially
of
prayer
,
wherein
the
Prophet
first
promiseth
obedience
,
and
propoundeth
his
earnest
desire
and
patience
,
verse
145
,
146
,
147
,
148
,
as
arguments
to
moue
the
Lord
to
graunt
his
request
.
Secondly
he
vseth
reasons
for
that
purpose
,
taken
firste
from
the
person
of
God
,
who
is
most
merciful
,
ver.
149
,
ready
to
helpe
,
ver.
151.
and
most
constant
in
his
word
,
verse
152.
Secondly
from
the
person
of
his
aduersaries
,
who
pressed
vpon
him
to
doe
him
mischiefe
,
ver.
150.
Thirdly
from
the
experience
whiche
hée
himself
had
had
of
Gods
goodnesse
,
ver.
152.
Se.
Ver.
145.
I
haue
cried
[
i.
earnestly
,
and
vehementlye
prayed
vnto
the
Lorde
,
for
that
word
,
crying
,
declareth
that
he
directed
all
the
affections
of
his
harte
to
GOD
alone
,
and
that
with
vehemency
and
ardencye
]
with
my
whole
harte
[
q.d.
My
mouth
hath
not
onely
bene
nigh
thée
,
but
euen
my
very
harte
,
and
all
the
powers
and
partes
thereof
,
haue
consented
to
the
good
thinges
,
which
I
vttered
with
my
wordes
]
heare
me
O
Lord
[
i.
graunt
me
my
requests
and
petitions
,
for
otherwise
it
is
not
to
be
doubted
,
but
that
the
Prophet
knew
that
the
Lord
heard
him
]
and
I
will
kéepe
thy
statutes
[
sée
verse
115
,
and
134
of
this
Psal.
]
Ver.
146.
I
called
vpon
thée
[
vz.
heretofore
,
speciallye
when
I
was
in
trouble
,
as
Psal.
120
,
1
,
and
thou
heardest
me
,
Psal.
3
,
4.
q.d.
I
hope
thou
wilt
doe
so
now
]
saue
me
[
i.
deliuer
me
from
daungers
and
distresses
]
and
I
will
kéepe
thy
testimonies
]
this
is
the
very
same
,
but
yet
in
other
wordes
,
which
hée
spake
before
verse
145.
]
Ver.
147.
I
preuented
[
vz.
with
my
prayers
]
the
morning
light
[
i.
the
dawning
of
the
day
,
or
the
light
whiche
commeth
before
the
morning
]
and
cried
[
i.
prayed
earnestly
vnto
thée
.
The
Prophet
meaneth
that
he
vsed
to
pray
vnto
the
Lord
,
euen
before
the
day
dawning
,
sée
before
verse
55
,
62
]
for
I
wayted
on
thy
word
[
i.
I
stedfastly
stayed
my
hope
vpon
thy
promise
,
and
did
patiently
abide
the
performaunce
thereof
.
]
Verse
148.
Mine
eyes
preuent
the
night
watches
[
i.
I
my selfe
am
more
attentiue
to
meditate
,
&
thinke
vpon
thy
law
,
than
the
night
watches
to
kéepe
their
watche
and
ward
.
Or
else
thus
:
Euen
before
the
night
watches
beginne
to
sette
their
watche
,
doe
I
beginne
to
medytate
on
thy
word
:
and
as
they
continue
in
the
same
,
so
doe
I.
For
the
better
vnderstanding
of
this
place
,
sée
Psalme
1
,
2.
also
Psalme
130
,
5
,
6.
]
Verse
149.
Heare
my
voyce
[
i.
graunt
the
prayer
which
from
my
hart
I
vtter
with
my
voyce
]
according
to
thy
louing
kindnesse
[
vz.
shewed
heretofore
to
others
of
thy
Seruantes
and
to
me
,
as
verse
132
,
specially
when
they
call
vpon
thée
]
O
Lorde
quicken
me
[
vz.
in
the
knowledge
and
obedience
of
thy
truth
,
and
he
testifyeth
by
this
worde
so
often
vsed
in
this
Psalme
,
that
euen
in
the
middest
of
life
we
are
dead
,
vnlesse
we
be
quickened
and
vpholden
by
the
power
of
God
]
according
to
thy
iudgement
[
vz.
pronounced
in
thy
word
:
or
we
may
take
iudgement
to
be
put
for
the
word
it selfe
,
which
declareth
vnto
vs
Gods
goodnesse
,
he
alludeth
no
doubt
to
the
office
of
an
earthly
iudge
,
whose
duty
consisteth
in
these
ij
.
points
,
to
absolue
and
lose
some
,
and
to
pronounce
the
sentence
of
condemnation
vpon
other
some
:
in
which
sence
also
we
say
in
the
common
confession
of
our
fayth
,
that
Christ
our
sauiour
shal
come
from
heauen
to
iudge
the
quick
and
the
dead
.
]
Ver.
150.
They
draw
neare
[
vz.
to
me
,
euen
to
persecute
,
hurte
,
and
destroy
me
]
that
follow
after
malice
[
i.
that
pursue
the
mischieuous
,
and
wicked
attempts
,
which
they
themselues
in
their
own
malice
had
maliciouslye
and
wickedly
deuised
against
me
]
and
are
far
from
thy
law
[
i.
they
care
not
either
for
the
sight
,
hearing
or
knowledge
of
it
:
thus
he
giueth
two
properties
to
know
the
wicked
by
:
the
first
is
that
they
are
malicious
:
the
second
which
indéed
is
the
welspring
of
al
mischiefe
,
they
despise
Gods
law
.
]
Ver.
151.
Thou
arte
neare
O
Lord
[
vz.
to
al
thine
,
euen
to
aid
&
succour
them
in
their
distresses
]
for
al
thy
commaundements
are
true
[
that
word
,
for
,
would
better
be
turned
,
and
:
and
he
meaneth
that
not
only
the
words
,
wherwith
gods
commandements
are
expressed
,
but
euen
the
very
things
commanded
therein
,
are
iust
,
true
&
holy
.
]
Verse
152.
I
[
vz.
my selfe
]
haue
knowne
[
vz.
euen
by
mine
own
practise
and
experience
]
long
time
[
i.
not
only
of
late
,
but
sundry
times
heretofore
,
whiche
I
will
neuer
forget
]
by
thy
testimonies
[
i.
by
thy
word
]
that
thou
hast
established
them
for
euer
[
i.
that
thou
hast
ordained
that
it
should
abide
firm
and
stable
,
for
euer
and
euer
,
sée
ver.
89
of
this
Psalm
,
and
verse
144.
]
Verse
145
teacheth
vs
,
that
in
all
our
supplications
&
praiers
to
the
Lord
,
Do.
our
hart
and
our
words
should
concur
&
consent
together
.
Verse
146
teacheth
vs
that
the
former
experience
of
Gods
goodnesse
in
hearing
our
praiers
,
shoulde
imbolden
vs
both
to
pray
,
and
to
hope
to
receaue
the
like
.
Verse
147
teacheth
vs
,
euen
to
breake
our
sléepes
to
giue
our selues
to
prayer
and
calling
vppon
the
name
of
GOD.
]
Verse
148
teacheth
vs
to
be
continually
diligente
and
carefull
,
in
the
meditation
and
studye
of
Gods
worde
.
Verse
149
teacheth
vs
,
that
Gods
frée
mercy
is
the
first
cause
of
the
graunting
of
al
our
requests
.
Ver.
150
doth
liuely
paynt
out
the
nature
and
disposition
of
the
wicked
and
vngodly
.
Verse
151
teacheth
vs
,
that
the
Lord
is
neuer
absent
from
those
that
loue
and
feare
him
.
Verse
152
teacheth
vs
,
that
to
know
the
assurednesse
of
Gods
worde
,
and
to
haue
felt
by
proofe
the
certainty
thereof
,
are
two
notable
proppes
of
our
fayth
and
hope
.
Resch
.
Di.
IN
this
part
,
as
in
the
former
,
the
Prophet
continueth
his
prayers
to
almighty
God
,
vsing
certaine
arguments
to
induce
the
Lord
to
graunt
him
his
requests
:
as
first
,
his
own
misery
,
affliction
and
gréefe
,
verse
153
,
154
,
158.
secondlye
,
the
desperate
estate
of
the
wicked
,
and
the
greate
heape
of
his
enemies
,
155
,
157.
Thirdlye
the
great
loue
,
mercy
and
truth
of
the
Lord
,
verse
156
,
159
,
160.
Se.
Verse
153.
Behold
mine
affliction
[
i.
how
great
the
affliction
is
,
which
I
presently
indure
:
not
that
the
Prophet
thought
the
Lord
did
not
beholde
it
,
but
because
he
would
haue
him
by
effect
to
declare
,
that
he
did
regard
and
consider
it
]
and
deliuer
me
[
vz.
out
of
the
same
]
for
I
haue
not
forgotten
[
vz.
as
the
wicked
men
doe
,
verse
139
,
but
I
haue
thought
vpon
it
to
doe
it
]
thy
lawe
[
i.
thy
worde
as
sundrye
times
before
.
]
Ver.
154.
Pleade
my
cause
[
vz.
against
mine
aduersaries
,
that
would
oppresse
me
,
sée
Psalme
35.
verse
1.
and
verse
122
of
this
Psalme
.
It
is
as
much
as
if
he
should
desire
the
Lord
to
defende
him
and
his
case
]
and
deliuer
mée
[
vz.
from
them
that
would
oppresse
me
:
as
ver.
134
,
sée
also
for
this
phrase
,
ver.
153.
]
quicken
me
according
vnto
thy
word
[
sée
verse
25
of
this
Psal.
]
Verse
155.
Saluation
[
i.
helpe
and
deliueraunce
out
of
daunger
,
as
Psalm
3
,
8
,
]
is
farre
from
the
wicked
[
i.
they
shall
haue
no
parte
or
portion
of
it
:
and
this
he
speaketh
specially
of
his
aduersaries
,
who
defended
an
vniust
cause
against
him
]
because
they
séeke
not
[
vz.
vnfeignedlye
and
from
a
good
harte
]
thy
statutes
[
i.
thy
worde
,
and
that
to
know
and
to
do
them
]
Ver.
156.
Great
are
thy
tender
mercyes
O
Lord
[
vz.
towards
thy
sonnes
and
seruaunts
.
Sée
Psalme
86
,
5
,
13
,
15.
]
quicken
me
according
to
thy
iudgements
[
sée
verse
149
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
157.
My
persecutors
and
mine
oppressors
[
i.
those
that
persecute
and
oppresse
me
]
are
manye
[
vz.
in
number
and
great
in
power
]
yet
doe
I
not
swarue
from
thy
testimonies
[
q.d.
for
all
that
,
I
leaue
not
the
loue
and
obedience
of
thy
truth
,
sée
verse
110.
of
this
Psalm
.
]
Ver.
158.
I
saw
[
vz.
euen
with
mine
eyes
,
meaning
that
he
did
certainly
know
,
the
naughtinesse
of
the
wicked
men
]
the
transgressors
[
vz.
of
thy
law
:
for
sinne
is
the
transgression
and
breache
of
Gods
lawe
,
1.
Iohn
3
,
4
,
]
and
was
gréeued
[
vz.
with
them
,
and
at
them
,
for
their
sinnes
sake
:
sée
before
verse
53
,
136
,
139.
]
because
they
kepte
not
thy
worde
[
i.
because
they
had
no
care
eyther
to
know
it
or
doe
it
.
Sée
verse
136.
]
Verse
159.
Consider
,
O
Lorde
[
the
Prophet
speaketh
this
,
not
as
though
he
doubted
whether
god
knew
it
,
yea
or
no
,
but
to
intreat
the
Lord
by
effects
to
declare
,
the
care
that
he
had
of
him
]
how
I
loue
thy
precepts
[
i.
how
much
I
loue
them
,
sée
ver.
97
,
113
,
127
,
and
sundry
other
places
of
this
Psalm
]
quicken
me
according
to
thy
louing
kindnesse
[
this
may
stand
vs
in
stéed
of
an
exposition
of
that
which
was
sayd
before
,
149
,
&
156
,
if
that
bée
not
plaine
ynough
:
as
that
he
should
vnderstand
by
iudgements
Gods
promises
and
mercies
,
in
which
sence
also
the
word
is
vsed
in
sundry
places
of
scripture
]
Ver.
160.
The
beginning
of
thy
word
is
truth
[
i.
thy
worde
hath
bin
true
euen
since
the
beginning
]
and
al
the
iudgements
of
thy
righteousnesse
[
i.
all
thy
iust
and
righteous
iudgements
]
indure
for
euer
[
the
Prophets
purpose
is
in
this
verse
to
note
,
that
Gods
word
is
most
certain
,
faithful
,
stedfast
and
durable
.
Ver.
153
teacheth
vs
,
Do.
that
euen
our
very
affections
are
good
matters
to
moue
the
Lord
to
haue
mercy
vpon
vs
.
Verse
154
teacheth
vs
,
whether
we
haue
mans
ayd
or
no
,
yet
we
should
continually
hang
vpon
the
Lord
and
pray
vnto
him
for
our
iust
defence
euery
maner
of
way
.
Ver.
155
teacheth
vs
,
that
a
very
contempt
of
Gods
word
,
which
the
wicked
vse
,
is
a
seale
vnto
Gods
children
,
that
no
parte
or
péece
of
Gods
fauour
belongeth
vnto
them
.
Ver.
156
doth
notably
set
out
the
aboundant
riches
&
infinit
treasure
of
Gods
eternal
mercy
.
Ver.
157
teacheth
vs
that
no
persecution
or
oppression
should
cause
vs
to
decline
from
God
,
or
the
obedience
of
his
truth
.
]
Ver.
158
teacheth
vs
to
pittie
and
pray
for
other
men
in
their
fals
and
transgressions
,
and
not
to
reioyce
in
them
,
as
the
world
doth
.
Ver.
159
teacheth
vs
,
that
vnfaigned
loue
to
Gods
law
is
a
meane
to
moue
the
Lord
to
shew
mercy
vpon
vs
.
Ver.
160
teacheth
vs
,
that
it
is
no
small
comforte
for
Gods
children
to
know
,
that
Gods
word
shall
neuer
fayle
.
Schin
.
IN
this
xxi
.
part
,
the
Prophet
first
setteth
out
mens
malice
towardes
him
,
Di.
and
his
vnfeigned
loue
to
the
law
and
word
of
God
,
ver.
161
,
162
,
163.
Secondly
he
sheweth
how
he
did
delight
in
the
exercises
thereof
,
and
carefully
indeuoured
the
performaunce
of
the
same
.
Ver.
164
,
166
,
167
,
168.
Thirdlye
hée
sheweth
what
blessings
shal
be
not
only
vpon
him
,
but
vpon
al
those
that
loue
and
like
the
same
,
ver.
165.
Ver.
161
Princes
[
i.
great
and
mighty
men
of
the
earth
]
haue
persecuted
mée
,
Se.
[
vz.
being
smal
&
despised
,
as
ver.
141
]
without
cause
[
vz.
giuen
vnto
them
on
my
behalf
]
but
mine
hart
[
i.
I
my selfe
,
putting
a
part
for
the
whole
man
:
and
yet
he
doth
not
without
cause
mention
the
hart
,
because
if
there
be
not
in
it
,
rightly
planted
a
true
reuerence
of
God
,
all
outward
thinges
are
but
hipocrisie
]
stood
in
awe
of
thy
words
[
i.
had
a
reuerent
and
childish
feare
,
and
cared
not
for
Princes
,
hauing
thy
law
on
my
side
.
]
Verse
162.
I
reioyce
at
thy
word
[
i.
I
take
as
much
delight
and
pleasure
in
it
,
yea
I
loue
it
and
estéeme
it
,
as
he
sayd
before
ver.
127
,
128.
]
as
one
that
findeth
[
vz.
after
an
ouerthrow
giuen
,
or
a
conquest
and
victory
gotten
]
a
great
spoyle
[
i.
a
riche
bootie
and
pray
.
He
meaneth
that
he
was
as
glad
of
Gods
word
,
and
found
as
muche
pleasure
in
it
,
as
hée
that
being
a
conqueror
,
did
besides
the
honour
of
the
triumph
,
inrich
himselfe
with
the
spoyle
of
his
enemies
.
]
Ver.
163.
I
hate
[
sée
verse
113
of
this
Psalme
.
]
falshood
[
i.
lying
,
hipocrisie
,
&
dissimulation
,
which
is
contrary
to
round
walking
and
vprightnes
]
and
abhorre
it
[
vz.
from
the
bottome
of
my
hart
,
so
that
I
can
not
abide
so
much
as
to
beholde
it
with
mine
eyes
,
sée
Rom.
12.9
]
but
thy
law
do
I
loue
[
vz.
earnestly
and
vnfeignedly
,
sée
verse
113
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
164.
Seuen
times
a
day
[
i.
very
often
in
a
day
,
and
as
it
were
continually
,
a
number
certaine
put
for
an
vncertaine
,
which
is
an
vsuall
thing
in
the
scriptures
,
see
Leuit.
26
,
18
,
]
doe
I
praise
thée
[
vz.
with
my
whole
harte
,
whiche
kinde
of
spéeche
is
often
vsed
in
this
Booke
of
Psalmes
]
because
of
thy
righteous
iudgments
[
vz.
practised
and
performed
towards
men
,
and
declared
in
thy
holye
word
:
al
this
is
as
much
:
q.d.
that
he
hath
found
in
Gods
law
such
great
perfection
of
righteousnesse
and
wisedome
,
that
euen
from
time
to
time
,
hée
hath
as
it
were
betaken
himselfe
to
praise
God
,
and
to
yéeld
him
continuall
thanks
]
Verse
165.
They
that
loue
[
vz.
vnfeignedly
and
with
a
good
harte
]
thy
Lawe
[
i.
thy
worde
]
shall
haue
great
prosperitie
[
i.
shall
haue
abundance
of
blessings
poured
forth
vpon
them
:
the
worde
whiche
is
here
turned
prosperitye
,
is
in
the
hebrew
,
peace
,
by
which
they
vnderstand
the
abundaunce
of
all
blessinges
,
speciallye
outwarde
blessing
]
and
they
shall
haue
none
hurte
[
this
doubling
of
one
and
the
selfe
same
thing
in
contrarye
woordes
,
is
muche
vsed
in
the
Scriptures
,
as
wee
haue
sundrye
times
noted
heretofore
,
and
serueth
in
this
place
,
to
shewe
that
they
shal
be
deliuered
from
al
euill
,
and
haue
aboundante
of
all
good
.
]
Verse
166.
Lorde
I
haue
trusted
[
i.
I
haue
both
stedfastlye
hoped
for
,
and
patiently
wayted
for
]
in
thy
saluation
[
i.
fréedome
and
deliueraunce
from
thée
from
all
distresses
:
sée
verse
155.
]
and
haue
done
thy
commaundementes
[
i.
haue
had
thorow
thy
goodnesse
not
onlye
care
and
conscience
;
but
also
strength
and
abilitye
to
performe
the
same
.
]
Verse
167.
My
soule
[
i.
I
my selfe
,
a
parte
for
the
whole
,
and
yet
in
vsing
this
worde
he
noteth
his
vnfeignednesse
in
obseruing
Gods
lawe
]
hath
kepte
thy
testimonies
[
i.
hath
indeuoured
to
kéepe
them
,
and
thorowe
thy
strength
hath
sometimes
performed
them
]
for
I
loue
them
excéedinglye
[
sée
for
the
truth
of
this
,
verse
97
,
127
,
and
162
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
168.
I
haue
kepte
[
vz.
vnfeignedlye
and
from
the
bottome
of
my
harte
]
thy
precepts
and
thy
testimonies
[
i.
thy
worde
:
he
vseth
two
words
signifying
one
thing
.
For
kéeping
of
his
testimonies
and
precepts
,
sée
verse
22
of
this
Psalm
]
for
all
my
wayes
are
before
thée
[
some
expound
it
thus
:
my
whole
life
and
conuersation
is
knowne
to
thée
:
putting
this
word
,
way
,
for
order
of
life
,
as
Psal.
1.
ver.
1.6
.
some
thus
]
all
my
wayes
are
before
thée
[
i.
thou
séest
,
knowest
,
orderest
,
and
carest
for
my
whole
life
,
this
latter
comprehendeth
the
former
,
which
maketh
God
the
Iudge
and
arbitrator
of
al
his
thoughts
,
and
goeth
somewhat
further
,
that
is
to
shew
that
God
guideth
him
and
all
his
actions
.
Do.
Verse
161
teacheth
vs
,
first
that
it
is
no
new
thing
,
that
great
men
bee
the
enemies
of
Gods
people
:
secondly
,
that
it
is
a
comfort
to
Gods
children
,
when
they
are
persecuted
without
a
cause
:
thirdlye
,
that
howsoeuer
men
deale
with
vs
,
yet
we
must
haue
a
continuall
reuerence
of
God
and
his
word
in
our
harts
.
Verse
162
teacheth
vs
in
what
great
regard
and
account
we
should
haue
Gods
word
.
Ver.
163
teacheth
vs
to
auoid
al
hipocrisie
,
and
to
striue
to
al
roundnesse
&
soundnes
of
conuersation
.
Ver.
164
teacheth
vs
,
to
be
continual
in
the
praysing
&
thanking
of
God
for
his
graces
.
Ver.
165
to
prouoke
vs
the
more
earnestlye
to
loue
Gods
law
,
setteth
before
vs
,
not
only
the
auoiding
of
all
euill
,
but
also
the
abundaunce
of
all
good
.
Ver.
166
teacheth
vs
,
both
to
hope
for
,
and
patientlye
to
looke
for
deliueraunce
from
God
,
out
of
all
our
daungers
whatsoeuer
,
Ver.
167
teacheth
vs
,
that
where
there
is
a
sincere
loue
of
Gods
law
planted
in
the
hart
,
there
wil
be
striuing
and
indeuoring
to
performe
the
same
.
Verse
168
teacheth
vs
that
to
know
that
God
hath
an
eye
ouer
our
conuersation
,
is
a
good
mean
to
draw
vs
to
the
obedience
and
practise
of
his
truth
.
Tau.
THe
Prophet
in
this
last
part
,
first
maketh
his
prayer
vnto
God
,
Di.
that
his
requests
may
be
graunted
,
that
he
may
be
indued
with
knowledge
,
deliuered
from
daunger
,
and
receaued
to
Gods
fauour
.
Verse
169
,
170
,
173
,
175
,
176.
Secondly
he
promiseth
,
after
the
graunting
of
his
petitions
,
humble
and
vnfeigned
thanksgiuing
to
the
Lord
,
protesting
both
his
great
patience
,
and
the
singular
delight
he
had
in
Gods
law
,
ver.
171
,
172
,
173
,
174.
and
thus
I
thinke
may
this
part
be
fitly
diuided
.
Verse
169.
Se.
Let
my
complaint
[
i.
the
complaint
&
crie
which
I
make
vnto
thée
]
come
before
thée
O
Lord
[
i.
appeare
in
thy
sight
:
q.d.
shew
by
effect
that
thou
hearest
my
complaint
]
and
giue
me
vnderstanding
[
vz.
in
thy
law
and
worde
]
according
to
thy
word
[
i.
according
to
thy
promise
made
vnto
me
:
sée
verse
25
of
this
Psalm
,
where
word
is
vsed
for
promise
.
]
Ver.
170.
Let
my
supplication
[
i.
the
prayer
which
I
make
]
come
before
thée
[
i.
appeare
in
thy
presence
.
It
is
the
same
in
other
words
which
he
said
before
,
ver.
169
]
and
deliuer
me
[
vz.
out
of
al
my
feares
and
distresses
according
to
thy
promise
[
vz.
made
vnto
me
:
q.d.
deliuer
me
as
thou
hast
promised
]
Ver.
171.
My
lips
shal
speake
praise
[
vz.
to
thée
.
He
putteth
lips
which
are
some
of
the
instruments
wherby
the
voice
is
framed
for
the
rest
of
them
.
Meaning
that
he
would
not
only
with
his
hearte
bée
thankful
to
God
,
but
that
he
would
with
his
mouth
and
words
expresse
the
same
,
and
that
phrase
of
speaking
praise
doth
shew
that
he
wil
do
it
plentifullye
,
and
sing
as
it
were
with
an
open
and
full
mouth
]
when
thou
hast
taught
mee
[
vz.
to
know
and
vnderstand
]
thy
statutes
[
i.
thy
worde
:
q.d.
before
he
had
knowledge
thereof
,
he
could
not
doe
it
,
and
so
we
learne
that
such
as
are
ignoraunte
of
Gods
doctrine
,
can
not
prayse
and
glorifie
him
.
]
Verse
172.
My
tongue
[
i.
my
mouth
:
one
part
of
it
put
for
the
whole
,
and
the
whole
mouth
it selfe
put
for
the
wordes
expressed
thereby
]
shall
intreat
of
thy
word
[
i.
not
onelye
simplye
speake
and
talke
of
it
,
but
solemnly
sing
and
set
forth
the
prayses
of
it
]
for
thy
commaundementes
are
righteous
[
i.
the
thinges
that
thou
commaundest
are
most
iust
]
Verse
173.
Let
thine
hand
help
me
[
i.
let
thy
power
preserue
and
defend
me
from
all
mischiefs
and
inconueniences
whatsoeuer
:
hand
,
put
for
power
]
for
I
haue
chosen
[
vz.
before
all
other
things
whatsoeuer
]
thy
precepts
[
i.
thy
law
and
word
.
]
Ver.
174.
I
haue
longed
[
i.
I
haue
greatly
and
earnestly
desired
,
euen
as
women
with
child
lust
after
a
thing
,
sée
Psal.
84.2
.
]
for
thy
saluation
O
Lord
[
i.
for
helpe
and
deliueraunce
from
thée
,
as
ver.
155
,
166
of
this
Psalme
]
and
thy
law
[
i.
thy
word
,
as
sundry
times
before
,
a
parte
for
the
whole
]
is
my
delight
[
i.
is
the
chéefest
thing
wherein
I
take
most
delighte
and
pleasure
,
sée
verse
77.
]
Ver.
175.
Let
my
soule
liue
[
i.
graunt
mee
to
liue
long
vpon
the
face
of
the
earth
:
soule
,
put
for
the
whole
man
,
as
ver.
167
]
and
it
shall
praise
thée
[
vz.
continually
,
and
that
for
all
thy
mercies
both
bodily
and
spirituall
]
and
thy
iudgements
[
i.
the
vengeaunce
that
thou
shalt
shewe
vpon
mine
enemies
]
shall
helpe
me
,
not
only
because
they
shall
be
weakened
&
beaten
down
and
so
I
by
that
means
strengthened
:
but
also
,
because
I
shal
be
holpen
forward
thereby
to
the
knowledge
and
obedience
of
thy
truth
]
Ver.
176.
I
haue
gone
astray
[
vz.
from
thée
O
Lord
,
wandering
vp
and
downe
hither
and
thither
,
in
the
vayne
and
wicked
imaginations
of
mine
own
hart
]
like
a
lost
shéepe
[
i.
like
a
shéepe
that
strayeth
and
stragleth
farre
,
both
from
the
flock
and
the
shéepeheard
whereof
there
can
be
no
other
account
made
then
as
it
were
of
one
that
were
lost
]
séeke
[
vz.
euen
as
the
sheepeheard
doth
the
straying
shéepe
,
sée
Ezech.
34
,
4
,
also
Luke
15
,
4.
]
thy
seruaunt
[
i.
me
thy
seruaunt
,
for
he
speaketh
of
himselfe
in
the
third
person
]
for
I
doe
not
forget
thy
commaundements
[
i.
I
heare
thy
voyce
,
euen
as
thine
own
shéepe
,
Iohn
10
,
3
,
&c.
these
words
are
often
times
repeated
in
this
Psalm
,
as
verse
61
,
93
,
&c.
Do.
Verse
169
teacheth
vs
to
pray
earnestly
to
the
Lorde
,
for
the
vnderstanding
,
knowledge
,
and
practise
of
his
word
.
Ver.
170
teacheth
vs
in
all
our
prayers
to
call
to
minde
the
gracious
promises
of
GOD
made
vnto
vs
in
his
worde
,
as
the
chéefest
grounde
in
déede
of
all
our
supplications
.
Verse
171
teacheth
vs
,
that
as
we
cannot
prayse
God
till
he
haue
giuen
vs
light
,
so
when
wee
haue
receaued
that
light
from
him
,
wée
should
then
speake
continually
to
his
prayse
.
Verse
172
teacheth
both
to
speake
of
Gods
worde
continuallye
,
and
also
to
labour
to
praise
the
same
,
according
to
the
dignity
and
excellency
thereof
.
Verse
173
teacheth
vs
,
that
vnlesse
God
helpe
vs
by
his
almightie
power
,
wee
cannot
stand
.
Verse
174
teacheth
vs
,
in
patience
to
tarrye
the
time
wherein
the
Lord
will
worke
our
deliueraunces
.
Verse
175
teacheth
vs
that
the
ende
of
our
life
in
this
life
is
to
praise
and
glorifie
God
:
also
that
the
faithfull
are
furthered
to
Godward
by
his
iudgements
poured
forth
vpon
the
wicked
.
Ver.
176.
teacheth
vs
first
in
all
humblenes
and
simplicity
to
confesse
our
sinnes
:
secondlye
with
a
stedfast
faith
to
come
vnto
the
Lord
,
that
so
we
may
be
cured
and
holpen
of
our
diseases
.
Psalme
120.
THis
Psalme
as
I
take
it
may
bee
diuided
into
thrée
partes
:
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
sheweth
what
experience
hee
had
had
of
Gods
mercy
in
hearing
his
prayers
,
whereuppon
in
assurance
of
the
like
grace
,
he
calleth
vpon
the
Lord
,
that
he
may
be
fréed
from
slaunderous
tongues
.
Ver.
1.2
.
In
the
seconde
he
speaketh
to
such
,
as
vse
deceitfull
wordes
,
shewing
that
they
themselues
profite
not
thereby
,
and
also
doe
much
harme
and
hurt
to
others
.
Ver.
3.4
.
In
the
thirde
part
he
grieuously
lamenteth
his
owne
case
,
in
that
he
is
inforced
to
dwell
with
such
wicked
men
,
as
nothing
on
his
part
,
could
make
them
quiet
.
Ver.
5.6.7
.
The
title
:
A
song
of
degrées
[
Some
,
as
the
Geneua
note
,
Se.
take
it
to
bee
so
called
,
because
of
the
lifting
vp
of
the
tune
,
&
the
rising
in
singing
:
some
thinke
the
worde
degrées
:
to
be
vsed
in
the
plurall
number
,
for
excellent
because
those
places
are
excellent
whereunto
men
assend
by
degrées
:
and
that
therefore
it
is
as
much
:
q.d.
a
most
excellent
song
:
and
of
this
mind
is
Immanuel
.
Some
take
it
to
be
ment
thus
,
that
this
and
the
other
xiiii
.
Psalmes
following
,
are
called
songs
or
Psalmes
of
degrées
,
that
is
of
staires
or
steppes
:
because
they
were
sung
vppon
the
staires
or
steppes
of
the
Lords
house
,
of
which
you
may
read
,
2.
Chro.
9.11
.
and
I
for
mine
owne
part
incline
thereto
,
because
there
is
mention
made
of
the
staires
of
the
Leuites
,
that
is
of
the
staires
whereuppon
the
Leuites
were
wont
to
stand
.
Nehem
9.4
.
]
Ver.
1.
I
called
[
i.
I
praied
earnestly
]
vnto
the
Lord
[
vz.
only
,
because
he
alone
was
able
to
helpe
]
in
my
trouble
[
i.
when
I
was
greatly
and
much
troubled
with
affliction
]
and
hee
hearde
me
[
i.
he
granted
me
my
request
.
sée
Psalm
.
3.4
.
]
Ver.
2.
Deliuer
my
soule
[
i.
me
my selfe
,
as
Psal.
119.
ver.
167.
and
175.
]
from
lying
lippes
[
i.
from
the
lying
woordes
of
the
wicked
,
and
vngodly
,
who
did
continually
accuse
him
before
Saul
,
as
Dauid
himselfe
sheweth
,
1.
Sam.
24.10
.
also
26.19
.
Sée
for
this
purpose
also
,
Psalm
.
52.
almost
throughout
]
and
from
a
deceitfull
tongue
[
i.
from
a
tongue
that
vttereth
deceit
and
craft
:
and
in
these
wordes
hee
noteth
particularly
,
the
kind
of
affliction
,
that
made
him
to
cry
vnto
god
.
]
Ver.
3.
What
doth
thy
deceitfull
tongue
bring
vnto
thée
[
i.
what
doe
thy
false
woordes
profit
thée
:
or
what
gaine
gettest
thou
by
speaking
so
wickedly
against
other
men
?
thus
he
speaketh
to
one
,
as
it
were
particularly
,
yet
in
him
noting
others
also
,
giuen
fouly
to
that
fault
]
or
what
doth
it
auaile
thee
[
vz.
that
thou
doest
by
euil
speach
hurt
other
men
.
]
Ver.
4.
It
is
[
i.
the
tongue
it selfe
and
slaunderous
woordes
procéeding
from
it
]
as
[
i.
as
dangerous
and
hurtfull
]
the
sharpe
arrowes
of
a
mighty
man
[
i.
as
sharpe
and
pearsing
,
as
are
those
sharpe
arrowes
,
which
a
mighty
man
shooteth
,
q.d.
they
are
very
deadly
,
and
bring
euen
as
it
were
present
death
with
them
]
&
as
the
coles
of
Iuniper
[
i.
as
the
coles
which
come
of
Iuniper
wood
being
burned
,
which
are
most
hot
and
liuely
,
as
Hierom
writeth
vnto
Fabiola
,
and
though
hée
yéelde
not
a
reason
of
it
,
yet
I
suppose
,
that
the
gummy
or
salty
matter
in
the
trée
may
bee
one
cause
of
it
,
and
he
vseth
the
rather
this
similitude
,
because
,
as
is
before
sayde
,
these
coales
burne
and
pearce
more
déeply
,
the
thinges
which
they
take
hold
of
,
then
coales
of
other
wood
:
q.d.
they
burne
whatsoeuer
withstandeth
them
.
Of
the
inconueniences
of
the
tongue
,
Sée
Iames
3.
ver.
1.2.3
.
&c.
]
Ver.
5.
We
is
mee
[
q.d.
my
case
is
pitifull
,
miserable
,
and
grieuous
]
that
I
remaine
[
i.
that
by
occasion
of
persecution
at
home
,
I
am
inforced
to
inhabite
and
dwell
]
in
Meseel
.
[
this
is
the
name
of
one
of
Iaphets
sonnes
,
Gene.
10.2
.
whereupon
some
suppose
,
that
both
the
place
wherein
he
and
his
posterity
dwelt
,
and
also
the
people
that
came
of
him
were
called
by
this
name
]
and
dwell
in
the
tentes
of
Kedar
[
Kedar
was
Ismaels
sonne
,
as
appeareth
,
Genesis
25.13
.
and
likely
it
is
that
both
the
people
and
the
countrey
were
so
called
of
him
:
Sée
Psalm
.
83.6
.
and
he
maketh
mention
of
tents
,
because
al
the
oriental
people
did
for
the
most
part
dwel
in
tents
.
Some
thinke
that
vnder
these
names
,
Mesech
,
and
Kedar
,
hee
meaneth
the
bastardly
Israelites
,
who
had
degenerated
from
their
holy
fathers
,
and
that
therefore
hée
resembleth
them
to
these
two
people
,
because
of
their
barbarous
crueltie
&
rage
.
Some
thinke
that
hee
vnderstandeth
by
these
places
and
persons
,
places
and
people
nigh
vnto
the
land
of
Canaan
,
whither
he
did
sundry
times
flie
,
as
appeareth
by
the
first
booke
of
Samuel
,
whatsoeuer
it
was
,
hee
was
greatly
wounded
no
doubt
with
the
calumnies
and
slaunders
of
his
aduersaries
,
which
also
may
appeare
by
this
exclamation
of
his
,
woe
is
to
mée
.
]
Verse
6.
My
soule
[
i.
I
my selfe
as
verse
2.
of
this
Psalme
]
hath
to
long
dwelt
[
vz.
if
the
Lorde
sawe
it
so
good
]
with
him
that
hateth
peace
[
i.
with
men
much
grieued
against
mee
,
and
here
hee
putteth
the
singular
number
for
the
plural
,
meaning
by
him
that
hateth
peace
,
such
men
,
as
did
,
euen
of
set
purpose
and
malice
,
make
warre
agaynst
good
people
.
]
Verse
.
7.
I
séeke
[
vz.
by
all
the
meanes
that
I
can
,
and
this
sense
I
giue
,
by
reason
of
that
,
which
is
read
Psalme
34.14
.
]
peace
[
vz.
with
those
mine
aduersaries
]
and
[
I
woulde
rather
turne
it
,
but
]
when
I
speake
thereof
[
vz.
vnto
them
:
q.d.
I
doe
no
sooner
open
my
mouth
about
such
a
matter
,
but
]
they
are
bent
to
warre
[
i.
they
are
prepared
and
ready
for
it
,
and
cry
as
a
man
woulde
say
,
alarum
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
to
call
vppon
God
in
our
troubles
,
with
confidence
that
we
shal
be
deliuered
and
set
frée
from
the
same
.
Verse
.
2.
Teacheth
vs
to
pray
particularly
,
that
we
may
be
deliuered
from
slaunderous
and
lying
speaches
.
Verse
3.
Teacheth
vs
that
such
as
giue
themselues
to
backbiting
,
and
slaundering
,
shall
in
the
ende
get
nothing
thereby
.
Verse
4.
Declareth
how
raging
and
violent
slaunderous
tongues
are
.
Ver.
5.
Declareth
in
what
a
miserable
estate
they
are
,
that
liue
amongst
the
wicked
.
Verse
.
6.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
shorter
while
wee
haue
our
habitation
amongest
the
vngodly
,
the
better
it
is
for
vs
.
Ver.
7.
Teacheth
vs
if
it
be
possible
and
as
much
as
in
vs
lyeth
,
to
séeke
to
haue
peace
,
with
all
men
:
Secondly
it
painteth
out
the
nature
of
the
wicked
:
that
the
more
they
are
sought
to
,
the
worse
they
are
.
Psalme
121.
THis
Psalme
standeth
especially
of
thrée
partes
.
Di.
In
the
two
first
verses
the
Prophet
sheweth
that
he
wil
hang
vpon
God
alone
,
because
he
alone
both
can
and
wil
helpe
him
.
In
the
second
part
,
hee
setteth
out
the
fatherly
care
,
and
singular
prouidence
of
almighty
God
towards
those
that
are
his
,
ver.
3.4.5
.
In
the
third
part
he
declareth
how
they
shal
be
continually
deliuered
,
from
al
dangers
and
euil
whatsoeuer
,
ver.
6.7.8
.
The
title
,
A
song
of
degrées
[
this
is
expounded
before
in
Psal.
120.
]
Ver.
1.
Se.
I
wil
lift
mine
eyes
[
i.
I
wil
looke
vpon
,
&
set
mine
affection
vpon
]
vnto
the
mountaines
[
vz.
of
the
land
of
Canaan
,
for
it
may
be
,
that
in
them
I
may
haue
succor
&
defence
from
my
enemies
:
such
counsell
the
wicked
gaue
him
,
as
appeareth
Psal.
11.1
.
Canaan
was
ful
of
rockes
&
mountaines
,
and
therfore
in
that
respect
it
is
called
the
mountaine
of
gods
inheritance
,
Exod.
15.17
.
]
from
whence
[
i.
from
which
mountaines
]
mine
helpe
[
i.
helpe
,
ayde
,
and
succor
for
mee
]
shall
come
[
vz.
as
I
suppose
.
So
that
the
prophet
speaketh
here
,
as
though
he
were
debating
the
matter
with
himselfe
,
from
whence
he
should
looke
for
aid
:
q.d.
the
rockes
and
hils
of
Canaan
,
shall
defend
mée
from
the
rage
and
cruelty
of
myne
enemies
,
&
yet
reiecting
that
opinion
of
his
,
he
doth
in
the
second
verse
,
correct
himself
saying
.
]
Ver.
2.
Mine
help
[
i.
help
for
me
]
commeth
from
the
Lord
[
vz.
alone
.
q.d.
what
meane
I
to
talke
of
mountaines
,
it
is
most
certaine
,
that
I
can
haue
no
help
but
in
the
Lord
only
,
for
though
I
fixe
mine
eyes
vpon
the
mountaines
,
&
trouble
my self
much
with
the
meanes
which
are
before
me
,
yet
I
shal
in
the
end
know
,
that
I
can
haue
succor
,
no
where
else
but
from
God
,
so
that
here
,
he
doth
both
correct
that
which
he
said
before
,
&
sheweth
a
victory
against
his
assaults
,
wholy
committing
himselfe
vnto
God
for
his
Christs
sake
,
because
in
God
there
was
power
&
wil
both
,
to
helpe
him
]
which
hath
made
[
vz.
in
the
beginning
,
Gene.
1.1
.
and
that
of
nothing
.
Heb.
11.3
.
]
heauen
and
earth
[
i.
both
those
elements
themselues
,
and
all
things
whatsoeuer
in
them
conteined
:
and
this
title
is
here
and
in
many
places
attributed
to
God
,
to
the
end
that
men
might
learne
,
to
assure
and
stay
themselues
in
his
power
and
might
.
]
Ver.
3.
Hée
[
i.
God
]
will
not
suffer
[
vz.
through
the
prouidence
and
care
that
hee
shall
haue
ouer
thée
]
thy
foote
[
i.
thou
thy self
putting
a
part
for
the
whole
,
meaning
notwithstanding
that
Gods
prouidence
shal
reach
,
not
only
to
the
guiding
of
the
whole
man
,
but
to
euery
particular
member
of
him
:
sée
Psal.
34.20
.
also
Matth.
10.30
.
]
to
slippe
[
i.
to
stumble
or
fal
,
so
that
thou
shalt
be
hurt
,
or
lye
downe
vnder
thy
fall
:
and
thus
vnder
one
hee
turneth
his
speach
to
euery
faithfull
man
,
assuring
them
of
Gods
fauour
and
care
towardes
them
:
by
the
promise
,
which
hee
hath
made
vnto
all
his
people
,
and
to
his
whole
Church
:
which
euery
one
particularly
ought
to
apply
to
himselfe
thus
,
saying
,
God
is
my
keeper
]
for
he
that
kéepeth
thée
[
vz.
vnder
his
prouidence
,
and
protection
:
and
this
hee
speaketh
of
God
onely
]
wil
not
slumber
[
vz.
neuer
so
litle
,
or
any
whit
at
all
q.d.
thou
néedest
not
to
feare
,
because
he
hath
his
eye
watching
continually
ouer
thee
,
for
thy
good
.
]
Ver.
4.
Beholde
[
q.d.
marke
this
,
and
take
it
as
a
certaine
trueth
]
he
that
keepeth
[
vz.
vnder
his
prouidence
and
protection
,
as
before
ver.
3.
]
Israell
[
that
is
his
faithfull
people
and
Church
,
Paul
calleth
them
Galat.
6.16
.
the
Israel
of
God
,
and
Rom.
11.26
.
al
Israel
]
will
neither
slumber
,
nor
sléepe
[
vz.
because
it
agréeeth
not
to
his
nature
,
and
eternall
Godhead
,
Hée
meaneth
by
this
,
that
as
he
will
neuer
be
careles
ouer
them
,
so
he
wil
always
be
prouident
and
watchfull
for
them
.
]
Ver.
5.
The
Lorde
[
vz.
alone
,
and
none
other
but
hee
]
is
thy
kéeper
[
i.
is
hée
,
that
graciously
protecteth
thee
and
thyne
]
the
Lord
[
vz.
alone
,
as
before
]
is
thy
shadowe
[
i.
is
a
place
both
of
pleasure
and
sure
defence
vnto
thée
]
at
thy
right
hand
[
i.
on
euery
side
of
thée
.
Immanuel
turneth
this
latter
part
thus
,
the
Lord
which
is
thy
shadowe
,
is
at
thy
right
hand
[
vz.
to
aide
,
succour
,
and
defend
thée
,
and
this
I
take
to
be
the
more
plain
reading
and
sense
.
]
Ver.
6.
The
sunne
[
i.
the
extreme
parching
,
and
pearsing
heate
of
the
sunne
]
shal
not
smite
thée
[
i.
shall
not
touch
thée
,
to
hurt
thée
]
by
day
[
i.
in
the
day
time
,
because
by
Gods
ordinance
it
is
appointed
to
shine
in
the
day
,
Genesis
1.16
.
nor
the
moone
[
vz.
which
shineth
in
the
night
,
and
here
you
must
vnderstand
this
much
,
shall
smite
thée
,
to
hurt
thée
,
with
her
colde
,
as
the
sunne
in
the
day
time
,
should
not
hurt
them
with
heate
:
nowe
he
promiseth
not
that
we
shal
be
exempted
from
all
griefes
vtterly
,
but
he
setteth
out
this
comfort
,
that
hauing
God
fauourable
vnto
vs
,
wee
shal
be
in
such
safety
that
no
euill
,
which
shal
fal
vpon
vs
shal
destroy
vs
,
for
vnder
the
discommodity
in
the
heate
of
the
day
,
and
of
cold
in
the
night
,
he
compriseth
all
inconueniences
,
from
which
the
Lorde
wil
deliuer
his
faithful
people
,
if
it
be
profitable
for
their
saluation
,
and
the
aduancement
of
his
owne
glory
.
]
Ver.
7.
The
Lord
shal
preserue
thée
[
vz.
through
his
great
power
,
and
of
his
infinite
goodnes
]
from
all
euil
[
i.
from
all
manner
of
distresses
,
plagues
,
punishments
,
&c.
vnderstanding
it
with
the
conditions
before
alledged
,
to
wit
,
if
it
may
serue
for
his
glory
,
or
their
saluation
,
or
if
it
do
take
holde
of
them
,
that
it
shall
not
destroy
them
]
he
shall
keepe
[
vz.
safely
and
surely
]
thy
soule
[
i.
thy
life
,
and
whole
man
,
as
Psal.
120.2.6
.
]
Ver.
8.
The
Lord
[
vz.
thy
God
]
shal
preserue
[
as
before
,
ver.
7.
]
thy
going
out
,
and
thy
comming
in
[
i.
al
thy
affaires
and
businesses
,
for
whatsoeuer
men
doe
,
they
doe
it
at
home
or
abroad
,
as
Deut.
28.6
.
meaning
that
God
would
direct
all
his
enterprises
and
actions
,
and
giue
good
successe
to
al
his
affaires
]
from
henceforth
,
and
for
euer
[
i.
continually
or
alwayes
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
howe
ready
we
are
to
séeke
straunge
aydes
and
helpes
besides
God
our
Lord
.
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
vs
to
correct
our
iudgementes
in
that
behalfe
,
and
to
hang
only
vpon
him
,
that
is
able
to
helpe
vs
.
Verse
.
3.
Teacheth
vs
that
Gods
prouidence
extendeth
it selfe
,
not
onely
to
all
the
faythfull
generally
,
but
to
euery
particular
one
of
them
,
yea
to
euery
member
and
part
of
their
bodyes
.
Ver.
4.
reacheth
vs
that
it
is
a
singular
comfort
to
gods
church
,
to
knowe
,
that
they
haue
so
vigilant
a
watchman
ouer
them
,
as
the
Lorde
is
.
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
Lord
kéepeth
and
protecteth
his
children
on
euery
side
.
Ver.
6.
Teacheth
vs
that
euen
al
Gods
creatures
,
shal
be
in
a
league
with
his
children
not
to
hurt
them
.
Verse
.
7.
Teacheth
vs
that
no
affliction
shall
take
hold
of
vs
,
otherwise
then
shal
make
for
Gods
glory
,
and
our
saluation
.
Ver.
8.
Teacheth
vs
that
vnlesse
al
our
affaires
both
generally
and
particularly
,
bee
directed
by
God
,
they
can
haue
no
good
successe
.
To
shut
vp
this
Psalme
it
is
lamentable
to
consider
,
howe
much
this
Psalme
hath
béene
,
and
is
abused
in
our
Church
seruice
,
appointed
for
womens
purification
,
where
it
is
put
down
to
be
vsed
as
a
thanksgiuing
,
whereas
wée
sée
,
that
the
Prophets
speciall
purpose
is
,
to
shewe
in
what
assurance
they
are
,
that
are
vnder
the
prouidence
and
protection
of
almighty
God
,
it
being
of
the
same
argument
,
with
Psal.
91.
and
not
so
much
,
as
one
word
or
sillable
in
it
tending
,
either
to
prayer
or
thankesgiuing
,
which
I
take
to
be
a
part
of
prayer
.
Psalme
122.
THis
Psalme
consisteth
specially
of
two
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
sheweth
his
owne
ioy
,
and
the
readines
of
the
people
in
the
seruice
of
God
,
entering
into
a
commendation
of
the
Citie
Ierusalem
,
wherein
God
was
truely
serued
.
ver.
1.2.3.4.5
.
In
the
second
he
exhorteth
al
to
pray
for
the
good
of
the
church
,
and
that
he
might
the
better
draw
them
on
to
the
performance
of
that
duty
,
he
doth
not
only
goe
before
them
in
his
owne
example
,
but
sheweth
them
certaine
reasons
of
it
.
ver.
6.7.8.9
.
The
title
,
A
song
of
degrées
[
sée
Psalm
.
120.
Se.
in
the
title
]
or
Psalm
of
Dauid
[
i.
a
Psalm
,
that
Dauid
made
,
reioycing
greatly
,
that
the
arke
which
was
a
token
of
Gods
presence
,
was
brought
into
Ierusalem
,
for
this
title
,
sée
Psalme
6.8
.
and
many
others
in
their
seueral
titles
.
]
Ver.
1.
I
reioyced
[
vz.
heartily
,
&
greatly
]
when
they
[
i.
the
people
]
saide
vnto
mee
[
vz.
their
King
and
Prince
]
wee
[
i.
all
together
,
one
and
other
of
vs
]
will
goe
[
vz.
willingly
and
gladly
]
in
to
the
house
of
the
Lord
[
i.
into
the
place
where
the
Arke
should
bée
placed
,
and
that
to
worship
and
serue
God
,
by
prayer
thankesgiuing
&c.
he
meaneth
that
he
much
reioyced
in
this
,
that
he
himselfe
knew
,
that
the
arke
of
God
should
dwel
,
as
it
were
in
mount
Sion
,
and
that
the
people
did
willingly
agrée
thereto
,
that
there
they
might
worship
God
.
]
Ver.
2.
Our
féete
[
i.
euen
we
our selues
,
a
part
for
the
whole
,
as
Psalm
.
121.3
.
]
shall
stand
in
thy
gates
,
O
Ierusalem
,
[
i.
nowe
we
shal
not
goe
from
place
to
place
,
to
séeke
the
arke
of
couenant
,
as
wee
were
wont
to
doe
,
for
it
shall
dwel
and
abide
in
Ierusalem
,
whither
we
will
goe
vp
to
serue
the
Lord.
]
Ver.
3.
Ierusalem
[
i.
this
excellent
citie
to
which
wée
shal
goe
to
serue
our
God
in
]
is
builded
[
vz.
very
excellently
,
and
beautifully
,
as
appeareth
,
2.
Sam.
5.9
.
1.
Chronic.
11.8
.
and
yet
this
must
not
bee
referred
to
the
wals
and
towers
only
,
but
chiefly
to
the
policy
and
order
of
gouernment
which
was
therin
,
as
may
appeare
,
by
that
which
followeth
]
as
a
citie
,
that
is
compact
together
in
it selfe
[
i.
as
a
faire
,
glorious
,
and
round
city
,
whose
buildings
are
euen
and
proportionable
one
of
them
with
an
other
:
and
by
this
hee
compareth
the
concord
which
was
amongst
the
citizens
of
Ierusalem
,
to
buildings
&
houses
,
wel
&
proportionably
set
together
.
]
Ver.
4.
Whereunto
[
i.
to
which
Ierusalem
,
&
the
exercises
of
religion
obserued
there
]
the
tribes
[
i.
the
twelue
tribes
of
Israel
]
euen
the
tribes
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
the
tribes
,
which
the
Lorde
himselfe
hath
,
to
be
his
speciall
portion
and
inheritance
,
for
this
is
added
,
both
for
explication
of
the
former
,
&
to
set
out
also
the
excellency
of
the
persons
]
goe
vp
[
vz.
to
worship
and
serue
God
:
and
he
vseth
the
word
of
going
vp
,
because
the
City
stood
vpon
an
hil
]
according
to
the
testimony
to
Israel
[
i.
according
to
the
ordinance
,
that
God
had
ratified
&
established
amongst
the
Israelites
,
by
which
he
sheweth
that
they
did
nothing
in
that
behalfe
,
but
by
warrant
from
god
.
Immanuel
turneth
it
thus
]
to
the
testimony
of
the
Israelites
[
i.
to
the
Arke
of
the
testimony
,
which
god
gaue
to
the
Israelits
,
and
for
that
end
he
allegeth
Exod.
25.21.22
.
others
read
it
thus
]
which
is
a
testimony
to
Israel
[
vz.
of
the
couenant
made
betwéene
god
and
them
,
but
methinketh
the
first
sense
is
most
plain
of
al
]
to
praise
the
name
of
the
Lord
[
i.
to
set
forth
by
praise
and
thanksgiuing
,
the
maiesty
,
power
and
glory
of
God
:
and
he
putteth
one
part
of
Gods
seruice
for
the
whole
,
and
note
that
in
this
verse
he
commendeth
Ierusalem
,
for
the
exercises
of
religion
:
as
in
the
next
for
the
execution
of
iustice
&
equity
.
]
Ver.
5.
For
there
[
i.
in
Ierusalem
]
are
thrones
set
for
iudgement
[
i.
iudgement
places
are
erected
and
established
,
putting
the
places
of
publike
iustice
,
for
iudgment
and
iustice
it selfe
,
&
the
persons
that
administer
the
same
,
because
it
were
in
vayne
to
haue
the
places
,
without
the
men
,
&
the
matter
]
euen
the
thrones
of
the
house
of
Dauid
[
i.
thrones
appointed
by
God
,
to
Dauid
and
his
posterity
:
for
so
I
take
house
to
be
vsed
in
this
place
,
and
this
repetition
importeth
,
that
it
was
Gods
purpose
,
to
haue
the
prerogatiue
of
the
kingdom
established
in
Dauids
posterity
,
vntil
such
time
,
as
the
true
eternitie
of
that
kingdom
were
manifested
in
Christ
,
who
hath
his
throne
in
the
middest
of
his
church
.
]
Verse
6.
Pray
[
vz.
O
al
ye
good
and
faithful
people
,
for
he
vttereth
his
speach
in
the
plural
number
]
for
the
peace
of
Ierusalem
,
[
i.
the
felicity
,
prosperitie
,
and
quietnes
of
it
,
both
publike
&
priuate
,
inward
and
outward
,
as
may
appeare
by
the
words
following
to
the
end
of
the
Psal.
]
let
them
prosper
[
vz.
in
al
goodnes
,
thus
hee
teacheth
them
to
pray
,
not
only
for
it
,
but
for
all
them
that
cary
any
good
affection
to
it
]
that
loue
thée
[
vz.
vnfeignedly
and
with
a
good
heart
.
]
Ver.
7.
Peace
[
i.
al
maner
of
prosperity
and
blessednes
,
as
ver.
6.
of
this
Psalm
]
be
within
thy
wals
[
i.
within
thy
houses
,
O
Ierusalem
which
are
compassed
about
with
wals
,
the
Hebrew
word
,
doeth
signifie
a
ditch
wherewith
cities
are
commonly
compassed
,
and
that
maketh
some
to
turne
it
thus
]
in
thy
ramparts
[
that
is
in
places
about
thée
appointed
for
thy
defence
,
whatsoeuer
it
is
,
he
wisheth
well
,
to
the
Citie
and
people
]
and
prosperitie
within
thy
palaces
[
i.
in
the
greate
and
noble
houses
that
are
within
thée
,
so
that
he
would
haue
al
sortes
blessed
,
&
the
city
it selfe
,
both
within
and
without
.
]
Ver.
8.
For
my
brethren
[
vz.
which
serue
God
with
me
,
&
dwel
there
,
and
repaire
thither
for
the
exercises
of
gods
religion
,
as
I
do
]
and
neighbors
sake
[
to
whom
I
am
bound
to
doe
good
,
&
by
gods
lawe
to
loue
,
as
my selfe
]
I
wil
wish
thée
now
[
i.
euen
at
this
present
,
and
not
onely
now
,
but
al
the
dayes
of
my
life
,
if
my
wishing
can
do
thée
good
,
thou
shalt
not
want
it
]
prosperity
[
i.
all
maner
of
prosperous
and
good
things
.
And
these
be
Dauids
owne
wordes
,
testifying
his
great
loue
,
to
the
place
of
Gods
worship
,
and
his
brethren
assembled
there
.
]
Ver.
9.
Because
of
the
house
[
i.
because
of
the
seruice
of
the
Lord
,
which
is
in
that
place
where
the
Arke
is
:
so
hee
putteth
the
place
of
worship
,
for
the
worship
performed
in
it
]
of
our
God
[
i.
of
the
Lord
,
whom
we
al
serue
]
I
wil
procure
[
vz.
by
all
the
meanes
that
possible
I
can
]
thy
wealth
[
i.
al
prosperity
and
goodnes
for
thée
,
so
he
sheweth
that
hee
sought
not
his
owne
profit
only
,
or
the
profit
of
those
that
were
his
,
but
generally
of
the
whole
Church
of
God
.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
that
we
ought
to
be
very
glad
,
Do.
to
sée
or
heare
the
people
zealously
and
willingly
giuen
to
the
seruice
of
God
.
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
vs
,
to
delite
and
continue
in
those
places
and
assemblies
,
wherin
God
is
truely
and
sincerely
serued
.
Ver.
3.
Teacheth
vs
that
not
only
glorious
buildings
,
but
chiefly
vnitie
and
concord
,
are
a
singular
ornament
to
any
City
or
commonwelth
.
Ver.
4.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
exercise
of
Gods
worde
and
religion
doe
specially
commend
a
Citie
or
Countrey
to
vs
.
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
administration
and
execution
of
publike
iustice
,
is
a
notable
commendation
also
to
any
towne
or
countrey
.
Verse
6.
Teacheth
vs
to
exhort
others
to
pray
for
the
state
of
the
Church
,
and
teacheth
vs
also
in
our
owne
persons
to
pray
for
it
,
and
for
them
that
fauour
and
affect
it
.
Verse
7.
Teacheth
vs
to
pray
,
both
for
the
outwarde
and
inwarde
quietnes
of
Gods
Church
.
Ver.
8.
Teacheth
vs
to
haue
a
care
for
our
brethren
and
neighbours
,
in
respect
of
godlinesse
,
euen
as
for
our selues
.
Verse
.
9.
Teacheth
vs
that
euen
a
holy
loue
to
Gods
Church
,
should
cause
vs
to
do
any
thing
,
for
the
benefit
,
profit
and
good
therof
,
that
possible
we
can
.
Psalme
123.
THis
Psalme
,
though
very
short
,
Di.
consisteth
yet
notwithstanding
of
two
parts
.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
sheweth
how
earnestly
he
wayted
vpon
the
Lord
,
for
helpe
and
deliuerance
out
of
all
his
dangers
,
ver.
1.2
.
In
the
second
hee
prayeth
to
the
Lorde
for
the
redresse
thereof
,
shewing
that
euen
his
own
misery
,
and
the
miseries
of
others
prouoked
him
earnestly
thereto
:
and
this
is
comprehended
in
the
two
last
verses
.
The
title
]
A
song
of
degrées
,
or
Psalm
of
Dauid
[
this
is
expounded
before
,
Se.
Psal.
120.
and
Psalm
.
122.
]
Ver.
1.
I
[
vz.
being
distressed
on
euery
side
&
séeing
all
ayde
of
man
to
forsake
mée
]
lift
vp
[
vz.
earnestly
and
attentiuely
,
hoping
&
looking
for
helpe
from
thence
]
mine
eyes
[
i.
not
onely
the
eyes
of
my
body
,
but
of
my
mind
and
fayth
also
]
to
thée
[
vz.
O
my
God
and
Lord
]
which
dwellest
in
the
heauens
[
i.
which
art
God
almighty
,
he
meaneth
by
this
title
,
that
God
is
exalted
farre
aboue
all
creatures
,
and
that
he
guideth
and
gouerneth
them
according
to
his
good
pleasure
,
it
setteth
out
also
,
the
power
of
God
ouer
all
creatures
,
and
his
gouernement
and
prouidence
,
and
declareth
further
,
that
neither
hee
himselfe
imagined
,
neither
should
we
imagine
any
fleshly
thing
of
God
.
]
Ver.
2.
Beholde
euen
as
the
eies
of
seruants
looke
[
vz.
earnestly
and
attentiuely
]
vnto
the
hand
of
their
misteris
[
i.
vnto
their
power
,
aide
,
and
helpe
,
not
doubting
of
their
faithfulnes
,
succour
,
and
defence
,
neither
yet
looking
for
aide
from
others
,
besides
their
misteris
]
and
as
the
eyes
of
a
maide
[
vz.
looke
and
wayte
vpon
]
the
hande
of
her
maistresse
[
i.
the
power
,
helpe
and
succour
of
her
,
whom
God
hath
placed
ouer
her
,
as
before
in
this
verse
]
so
our
eyes
[
vz.
both
of
our
bodyes
and
of
our
mindes
,
as
ver.
1.
of
this
Psalme
]
wait
[
vz.
with
patience
&
continuance
]
vpon
the
Lorde
[
vz.
only
]
our
God
[
i.
whom
we
serue
and
worshippe
]
vntill
hee
haue
mercy
vpon
[
i.
vntil
he
shewe
by
effect
that
hee
wil
take
pitie
vpon
vs
,
and
deliuer
vs
out
of
our
griefs
,
the
woord
,
vntil
,
in
this
place
meaneth
not
,
as
though
that
then
they
would
leaue
of
to
trust
in
him
,
but
it
noteth
continuance
and
perpetuity
of
tyme
:
sée
Psalm
.
110.1
.
and
many
other
places
.
]
Ver.
3.
Haue
mercy
vpon
vs
[
vz.
that
are
so
greatly
distressed
and
afflicted
]
O
Lorde
,
haue
mercy
vpon
vs
[
this
doubling
of
their
prayer
,
noteth
both
their
great
earnestnes
,
and
also
their
great
néede
wherein
they
were
]
for
wee
haue
suffered
[
vz.
a
long
while
together
]
to
much
contempt
[
vz.
from
the
proud
and
wealthy
men
of
the
world
,
as
may
appeare
by
the
next
woordes
following
.
]
Verse
.
4.
Our
soule
[
i.
euen
our
whole
life
]
is
filled
to
full
[
vz.
in
our
iudgements
,
if
thou
O
Lord
thinke
it
so
also
]
of
the
mocking
of
the
wealthy
[
i.
with
the
mockes
and
taunts
which
the
rich
men
of
the
world
vomit
out
against
vs
:
and
he
speaketh
thus
,
because
that
many
times
riches
ingender
fearcenes
and
pride
of
heart
]
and
of
the
dispitfulnes
of
the
proude
[
i.
with
that
despite
and
hatred
,
which
the
proude
vse
against
vs
.
]
Do.
Verse
1.
Teacheth
in
all
extremities
,
whether
men
sticke
to
vs
or
forsake
vs
,
to
hang
vppon
the
Lorde
our
God
onely
.
Verse
2.
Teacheth
vs
by
a
notable
similitude
,
neuer
to
leaue
off
either
trust
in
God
,
or
prayer
vnto
him
,
til
such
tyme
,
as
hée
graciously
looke
vppon
vs
,
and
graunt
vs
our
petitions
.
Verse
3.
Teacheth
vs
to
bee
earnest
in
prayer
with
the
Lorde
our
God
.
Ver.
4.
Setteth
out
the
naughty
nature
of
the
wicked
men
of
the
worlde
,
who
can
doe
nothing
else
but
mocke
and
disdayne
,
the
sonnes
and
seruants
of
the
most
high
God
.
Psalme
124
THe
Prophet
in
this
Psalme
,
specially
propoundeth
two
things
,
Di.
first
in
what
case
he
,
and
the
rest
of
the
godly
should
haue
béene
,
through
the
rage
of
the
wicked
had
not
the
Lorde
taken
their
part
.
ver.
1.2.3.4.5
.
secondly
,
hee
prayseth
the
Lorde
,
for
setting
him
and
others
frée
,
from
the
great
dangers
wherin
they
were
,
and
so
concludeth
the
Psalme
,
in
the
commendation
of
Gods
grace
and
power
.
ver.
6.7.8
.
]
The
title
is
expounded
before
,
Psalme
122.
in
the
title
thereof
.
]
Ver.
1.
Se.
If
the
Lorde
[
vz.
by
his
almightie
power
and
presence
]
had
not
béene
on
our
side
[
i.
had
not
taken
our
partes
]
may
Israel
nowe
say
[
vz.
very
iustly
and
truely
:
hee
putteth
this
worde
,
Israel
,
for
the
people
of
God
,
as
Galat.
6.16
.
]
Verse
.
2.
If
the
Lorde
had
not
béene
on
our
side
[
by
this
repetition
of
one
and
the
selfe
same
thing
,
hee
noteth
,
both
the
greatnes
of
the
daunger
,
wherein
they
were
,
and
the
excellency
of
the
benefite
,
which
God
did
bestow
vpon
them
,
in
deliuering
them
from
the
same
:
and
it
may
stand
vs
in
stéede
of
a
bridle
,
to
keepe
vs
occupied
in
the
meditation
of
Gods
deliueraunces
to
the
end
we
forget
them
not
]
when
men
[
vz.
casting
all
feare
of
God
,
and
loue
of
his
people
aside
]
rose
vp
[
vz.
in
their
rage
and
madnes
]
against
vs
[
vz.
to
destroy
vs
.
]
Ver.
3.
They
had
then
swallowed
vs
,
vp
quicke
[
i.
without
all
doubt
they
had
destroyed
vs
:
and
by
these
woordes
swallowing
vp
quicke
,
they
signifie
both
the
barbarous
crueltie
of
the
enemie
,
and
also
their
owne
weakenes
to
resist
so
mightie
enemies
:
and
here
marke
,
that
very
likely
it
is
,
that
Dauid
made
this
Psalme
in
his
owne
name
,
and
the
name
of
the
Church
]
when
their
wrath
was
kindled
against
vs
[
i.
when
they
were
set
on
a
rage
,
presently
as
it
were
to
destroy
vs
.
]
Ver.
4.
Then
the
waters
[
i.
the
great
abundaunce
of
their
wrath
and
fury
,
and
the
daungerous
estate
of
affliction
wherein
wee
were
.
Sée
Psalm
.
69.1
.
]
had
drowned
vs
[
i.
had
ouerwhelmed
vs
,
and
quite
and
cleane
destroyed
vs
]
and
the
streame
[
vz.
of
their
rage
]
had
gone
ouer
our
soule
[
i.
had
persed
,
euen
vnto
the
inward
man
,
and
had
doubtles
taken
away
our
life
.
]
Verse
5.
Then
had
the
swelling
waters
gone
ouer
our
soule
[
hée
repeateth
the
same
thing
againe
,
both
to
set
out
the
cruelty
of
the
enemies
and
the
desperate
estate
(
as
it
were
)
wherein
they
themselues
were
,
that
by
this
meanes
Gods
mercie
might
bee
the
more
magnified
,
who
had
graciously
deliuered
them
from
the
same
:
and
in
that
they
compare
the
forces
of
their
enemies
,
to
great
riuers
,
streames
,
waters
and
such
like
,
they
therby
declare
,
that
the
enemies
had
more
outwarde
force
,
then
the
Churche
had
,
and
they
doe
it
also
to
this
ende
,
that
declaring
it
in
his
liuely
colours
,
other
men
might
bee
made
the
better
to
féele
it
.
]
Ver.
6.
Praysed
be
the
Lord
[
vz.
continually
,
for
this
his
great
goodnes
&
mercy
towards
vs
]
which
hath
not
giuen
vs
[
vz.
vp
,
that
is
deliuered
vs
,
or
made
vs
,
which
in
his
iustice
for
our
sinnes
he
might
haue
done
]
as
a
pray
[
i.
to
be
spoyled
and
deuoured
]
vnto
their
téeth
[
i.
vnto
their
cruelty
and
rage
,
hée
compareth
the
enemies
here
,
to
wild
beastes
,
that
with
their
téeth
teare
in
sunder
,
such
things
as
they
get
to
pray
vpon
.
]
Ver.
7.
Our
soule
[
i.
our
life
,
and
we
our selues
,
as
sundry
times
before
,
and
namely
Psal.
120.2.6
.
]
is
escaped
[
i.
is
graciously
deliuered
,
and
so
by
that
meanes
hath
escaped
their
barbarous
cruelty
]
euen
as
a
birde
[
vz.
taken
in
a
foulers
snare
or
grinne
,
and
yet
notwithstanding
,
is
by
some
mean
or
other
deliuered
&
escaped
thence
]
out
of
the
foulers
snare
[
i.
out
of
that
snare
which
the
foulers
lay
for
it
or
for
them
]
the
snare
[
vz.
which
our
enemies
prepared
and
layd
for
vs
:
and
this
word
sheweth
that
the
wicked
did
ioyne
to
their
force
and
violence
,
treason
and
subtiltie
:
and
that
yet
notwithstanding
Gods
people
,
yea
though
they
were
voyd
of
counsell
and
of
force
,
were
miraculously
preserued
by
Gods
owne
hande
]
is
broken
[
vz.
through
the
might
and
power
of
our
God
]
and
wee
are
deliuered
[
vz.
through
his
goodnes
out
of
al
those
dangers
.
]
Ver.
8.
Our
helpe
[
i.
the
help
and
succour
which
we
looke
for
,
and
must
haue
]
is
[
i.
standeth
onely
,
and
is
no
where
else
to
be
found
but
]
in
the
name
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
in
his
might
,
power
,
maiesty
,
goodnes
,
&c.
as
Psa.
20.1
]
which
hath
made
heauen
and
earth
[
this
is
expounded
before
.
Psal.
121.
ver.
2.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
that
if
God
take
not
part
with
his
children
,
&
defend
them
,
they
shal
easily
be
ouerthrown
.
Ver.
2
teacheth
the
selfsame
thing
and
sheweth
further
,
that
men
,
are
many
times
to
men
,
wolues
and
deuourers
,
though
happely
not
in
action
,
because
by
god
they
are
restrained
therfrom
,
yet
in
affection
.
Ver.
3
teacheth
vs
,
that
when
God
his
children
are
in
the
greatest
dangers
,
he
is
most
nigh
to
deliuer
them
:
also
that
the
wrath
of
man
neuer
worketh
the
righteousnes
of
God
.
Verse
.
4.
and
5.
Declare
,
and
set
out
the
rage
and
crueltie
,
of
the
wicked
and
vngodly
men
.
Ver.
6.
Teacheth
vs
,
first
Gods
mercy
in
deliuering
his
from
al
their
dangers
and
feares
,
secondly
our
duty
,
that
we
ought
by
al
maner
of
meanes
,
to
shew
our selues
thankful
vnto
him
for
the
same
.
Ver.
7.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
wicked
ioyne
to
their
power
and
crueltie
,
craft
and
subtiltie
:
but
it
sheweth
further
that
there
is
no
wisedome
,
strength
,
or
policy
,
that
can
preuaile
against
the
Lorde
,
and
his
people
,
whome
hee
will
succour
.
Ver.
8.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
God
alone
,
is
hee
whom
his
people
must
trust
to
,
for
helpe
and
succour
.
Psalme
125
Di.
THis
Psalme
consisteth
of
two
parts
,
in
the
first
the
prophet
propoundeth
doctrine
,
shewing
in
what
assurance
the
faithful
are
,
which
do
trust
in
the
Lord
.
ver.
1.2.3
.
In
the
second
he
maketh
his
prayer
for
them
that
bee
good
,
and
sheweth
what
punishments
shall
ouertake
the
wicked
,
and
what
prosperitie
shal
be
to
the
faithful
&
holy
people
.
ver.
4.5
.
The
title
is
expounded
before
,
Psalme
120.
]
Ver.
1.
Se.
They
that
trust
[
vz.
assuredly
,
and
stedfastly
]
in
the
Lorde
[
vz.
onely
,
ioyning
none
other
neither
in
heauen
,
nor
in
earth
with
him
]
shal
bée
[
vz.
stedfast
and
vnmoueable
]
as
mount
Sion
[
i.
as
the
rocke
whereuppon
the
Church
is
builded
,
yea
and
as
the
Church
it selfe
,
against
which
no
stormes
nor
tempests
,
no
nor
the
gates
of
hell
shall
preuayle
,
Sée
Matth.
7.24
.
Matth.
16.18
.
which
can
not
bee
remooued
[
vz.
though
the
worlde
and
wicked
men
,
doe
what
they
can
against
it
]
but
remaineth
[
vz.
stedfast
and
sure
]
for
euer
[
i.
continually
:
nowe
we
must
knowe
that
the
stedfastnes
of
the
Church
and
euery
particular
member
therof
,
hangeth
not
of
themselues
,
but
of
Gods
eternall
loue
towards
them
,
and
Christs
earnest
prayers
for
them
,
as
when
hee
sayth
to
Peter
,
Luke
22.32
I
haue
prayed
for
thée
that
thy
fayth
fayle
not
.
]
Verse
2.
As
the
mountaines
are
about
Ierusalem
[
vz.
to
strengthen
and
defende
them
from
the
force
of
their
enemies
]
so
is
the
Lorde
about
his
people
[
vz.
on
euery
side
of
them
to
saue
them
from
the
violence
of
men
]
from
hencefoorth
and
for
euer
[
i.
hee
is
presently
their
defence
:
and
will
bee
so
continually
:
so
that
by
this
similitude
taken
from
the
mountaines
compassing
Ierusalem
.
The
Prophet
setteth
out
the
sure
and
secret
defence
of
GOD
towardes
euery
particular
one
of
his
Church
]
and
this
wée
sée
playnely
set
out
,
Psalme
5.12
.
also
Psalme
.
34.7
.
also
Psalme
91.
throughout
:
also
Psalme
121.
throughoute
.
Zachari
.
2.5
.
]
Verse
3.
For
[
in
this
verse
,
hée
preuenteth
an
obiection
,
which
might
bee
made
thus
:
doe
we
not
sée
the
Church
many
tymes
afflicted
,
notwithstanding
this
large
promise
?
yeas
sayth
hée
,
but
it
continueth
not
long
:
yea
the
very
calamities
them selues
,
make
the
defence
of
the
godly
more
famous
and
notable
]
the
rodde
[
vz.
of
gouernement
and
authoritie
,
meaning
thereby
the
Scepter
,
putting
the
signe
of
gouernement
,
for
gouernement
it selfe
]
of
the
wicked
[
vz.
men
of
this
worlde
:
in
the
Hebrewe
text
,
hee
vseth
the
woorde
wickednesse
,
putting
the
thing
for
the
men
giuen
thereto
:
and
so
the
Geneua
text
yéeldeth
the
sense
]
shall
not
rest
[
vz.
longe
,
but
shal
bee
quickely
remooued
,
and
so
the
good
deliuered
,
as
1
,
Corinth.
10.13
.
on
the
lot
of
the
righteous
[
i.
vppon
the
Church
and
inheritance
of
the
godly
people
,
which
hee
calleth
the
lot
of
the
righteous
,
because
GOD
hath
as
it
were
giuen
the
same
vnto
them
,
by
lot
,
as
it
were
,
for
an
inheritance
]
lest
the
righteous
,
put
foorth
their
hande
vnto
wickednesse
[
i.
doe
commit
wickednesse
and
sinne
,
eyther
by
murmuring
against
GOD
,
or
by
falling
to
the
impieties
of
their
persecutours
,
and
so
hee
sheweth
a
reason
why
affliction
lyeth
not
long
vppon
Gods
children
:
and
for
this
cause
,
as
it
shoulde
séeme
,
did
the
Lorde
commaund
them
to
bée
flayne
,
that
inhabited
Canaan
,
leste
the
people
shoulde
followe
theire
fashions
:
the
summe
of
all
is
.
q.d.
though
the
Lorde
appoynt
his
,
to
bee
afflicted
for
a
tyme
,
by
very
wicked
people
,
yet
hee
will
not
leaue
them
for
euer
,
for
the
wicked
shall
not
alwayes
haue
power
and
authoritie
ouer
the
godly
.
So
that
this
thirde
verse
,
is
as
it
were
a
correction
of
the
other
.
q.d.
Gods
protection
lettteth
not
,
but
that
his
,
should
be
waked
,
by
crosses
,
and
tribulations
,
to
the
end
that
the
righteous
being
tryed
by
temptation
,
should
not
giue
themselues
ouer
to
licenciousnes
in
sin
,
which
he
expresseth
,
by
stretching
out
their
handes
their
hands
I
say
,
which
before
were
subiected
,
to
the
obedience
of
Gods
will
:
vnderstanding
by
hands
their
whole
man
,
putting
a
part
for
the
whole
.
]
Verse
4.
Doe
well
,
O
Lorde
[
i.
blesse
and
pursue
continually
with
thy
fauour
,
Sée
Psalme
.
119.17
.
]
vnto
those
that
be
good
[
i.
vnto
such
,
as
thou
hast
made
good
vnto
thy selfe
,
by
thy
worde
,
and
the
working
of
thy
spirite
,
for
otherwise
there
is
none
good
,
no
not
one
,
as
Psalme
14.1.3
.
]
and
true
[
i.
found
and
vpright
,
both
to
thy
maiesty
,
and
to
men
]
in
their
hearts
[
i.
in
their
affections
,
hee
putteth
the
seate
of
affections
,
for
affections
them selues
.
]
Verse
.
5.
But
those
that
turne
aside
[
i.
hypocrites
,
which
haue
a
place
in
the
Churche
,
and
liue
in
it
,
though
they
bée
not
of
it
,
and
by
turning
a
side
,
hée
meaneth
going
stray
,
from
the
right
way
,
which
God
hath
sanctified
in
his
worde
]
by
their
crooked
wayes
[
i.
by
deuises
and
imaginations
of
their
owne
:
for
all
that
man
deuiseth
without
God
is
crooked
and
peruerse
.
Immanuel
readeth
it
thus
:
but
those
that
set
their
mindes
,
vppon
their
own
crooked
waies
:
which
in
my
iudgement
is
more
playne
]
shall
the
Lorde
[
vz.
himselfe
in
his
great
iustice
and
iudgement
]
leade
[
vz.
out
of
his
Church
foorth
vnto
iudgement
,
meaning
that
he
shall
pull
them
out
from
the
godly
,
and
then
pronounce
sentence
of
condemnation
agaynst
them
,
and
giue
them
their
portion
euen
eternal
iudgment
.
Matth.
21.41
.
Matth.
25.32
.
Luke
12.46
.
]
with
the
workers
of
iniquities
[
i.
with
all
others
that
haue
giuen
ouer
themselues
with
gréedines
to
commit
sinne
,
sée
Matth.
7.21.22.23
.
]
but
peace
[
i.
al
maner
of
blessednes
and
prosperity
,
as
Psalm
.
122.6.7
]
shal
bee
[
vz.
continually
]
vppon
Israel
[
i.
vppon
Gods
Church
and
people
:
Sée
Psalme
124.1
.
and
by
Israel
,
hee
meaneth
not
onely
them
that
came
of
Abraham
according
to
the
fleshe
,
but
those
that
are
Abrahams
children
by
fayth
.
So
that
he
sheweth
that
the
peace
of
the
Church
shall
procéed
from
this
,
that
the
wicked
shal
bee
driuen
out
of
it
.
Do.
Verse
.
1
teacheth
vs
what
stedfastnes
Gods
people
haue
,
as
who
can
neuer
fal
away
from
grace
,
because
whom
the
Lorde
loueth
,
he
loueth
for
euer
.
Verse
2.
Teacheth
vs
that
God
compasseth
his
seruants
so
on
euery
side
that
no
euil
can
come
vnto
them
further
,
then
hee
himselfe
wil.
Sée
Iob.
1.10
.
Ver.
3.
Teacheth
vs
that
howsoeuer
we
be
afflicted
,
yet
our
afflictions
are
but
momentary
,
and
indure
but
for
a
short
space
,
Sée
Psalme
30.5
.
also
2.
Corinth.
4.17
.
Ver.
4.
Teacheth
vs
to
pray
for
the
continuance
of
gods
fauour
vpon
our
brethren
,
euen
as
towardes
our selues
.
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
vs
that
howsoeuer
hypocrites
florish
in
the
Church
for
a
while
,
yet
the
Lorde
will
plague
them
in
the
end
:
also
it
teacheth
vs
that
howsoeuer
he
punisheth
the
wicked
,
yet
hee
will
graciously
blesse
his
owne
.
Psalme
126.
THis
Psalme
may
bée
diuided
into
two
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
faithful
declare
,
how
strange
a
thing
their
deliueraunce
out
of
Babilon
was
,
confessing
it
to
be
done
onely
by
God
,
for
which
they
declare
their
ioy
.
Ver.
1.2.3
.
In
the
seconde
they
pray
the
Lord
to
performe
the
worke
which
he
had
begun
,
prophecying
,
euen
by
the
spirit
of
prophecy
,
the
ful
accomplishment
and
performance
thereof
,
ver.
4.5.6
.
The
title
.
A
song
of
degrées
[
this
is
expounded
before
.
Psalm
.
120.
Se.
in
the
title
]
or
Psalme
of
Dauid
[
this
is
not
in
the
Hebrew
text
,
and
therfore
would
bee
left
out
,
for
this
Psalme
seemeth
not
to
bée
made
by
Dauid
,
or
in
Dauids
tyme
,
but
in
the
dayes
of
Cyrus
,
who
published
a
proclamation
for
the
returne
of
the
Iewes
into
their
countrey
:
at
the
which
diuers
of
the
godly
,
reioycing
together
,
penned
also
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
1.
When
the
Lord
[
vz.
of
his
great
goodnes
and
mercy
]
brought
againe
[
vz.
out
of
Babylon
,
whither
they
were
taryed
captiues
for
their
sinne
:
and
thus
they
ascribe
all
the
worke
of
deliueraunce
,
wholy
to
the
Lorde
]
the
captiuity
[
i.
the
captiues
he
putteth
the
thing
,
for
the
persons
]
as
wée
haue
noted
out
before
,
Psalme
125.3
.
out
of
the
Hebrewe
text
]
of
Sion
[
i.
of
the
Church
of
the
Iewes
,
hée
meaneth
all
the
people
,
by
the
place
which
was
of
greatest
excellenty
amongest
them
:
to
witte
,
Sion
whereuppon
the
temple
was
builded
,
&
in
which
God
was
worshipped
]
wée
were
[
vz.
in
our
owne
iudgement
and
estimation
]
like
them
that
dreame
[
vz.
that
dreame
of
excellent
things
,
and
yet
haue
the●●
not
,
not
but
that
they
were
deliuered
,
but
the
wonderfulnes
of
the
deliuerance
was
so
great
and
so
incomprehensible
to
all
mens
vnderstanding
,
that
it
séemed
almost
impossible
to
bee
performed
:
q.d.
wée
coulde
hardly
perswade
our selues
of
it
,
til
wée
saw
the
Gentiles
speake
of
our
great
deliueraunce
,
and
〈◊〉
help
vs
forwarde
with
ayde
towardes
our
owne
Countrey
,
sée
Ezra
.
1.
through
out
.
]
Verse
2.
Then
[
when
wee
knewe
that
God
had
done
this
great
worke
for
vs
]
was
our
mouth
filled
with
laughter
[
i.
wee
had
a
plentifull
and
large
occasion
giuen
vs
,
of
reioycing
,
because
the
countenance
and
face
,
are
specially
occupied
in
laughing
,
and
the
mouth
is
a
part
thereof
,
hee
putteth
a
part
for
the
whole
,
yea
euen
for
the
whole
man
,
if
you
will
]
and
our
tongue
with
ioy
[
i.
wee
had
great
occasion
also
to
speake
ioyfull
words
:
q.d.
wee
had
occasion
giuen
vs
,
not
onely
to
bée
merry
in
countenaunce
,
whereas
before
in
our
captiuity
wee
hanged
downe
our
heades
,
but
also
we
expressed
the
ioy
of
our
heartes
by
our
woordes
]
then
[
vz.
when
they
also
sawe
it
]
sayde
they
amongest
the
heathen
[
i.
diuers
and
many
of
the
heathen
amongst
whome
wee
were
captiues
,
and
prisoners
]
the
Lorde
[
vz.
their
God
whom
they
worshippe
and
serue
]
hath
done
[
vz.
through
his
great
strength
and
power
]
great
thinges
[
i.
excellent
,
yea
and
wonderfull
thinges
]
for
them
[
i.
for
their
sake
,
and
euen
for
their
particular
persons
also
,
They
meane
that
the
miracle
of
their
deliueraunce
was
so
great
,
that
the
Gentiles
themselues
,
did
euen
perceiue
it
,
and
confesse
it
.
]
Verse
3.
The
Lorde
[
vz.
our
GOD
,
for
these
are
the
woordes
of
the
faythfull
,
answering
as
it
were
the
heathen
,
that
confessed
GOD
to
bee
the
worker
of
their
deliueraunce
:
q.d.
wée
confesse
it
also
with
you
]
the
Lorde
hath
done
great
thinges
[
all
this
is
expounded
before
,
verse
.
2.
]
for
vs
[
though
wee
bee
his
poore
and
vnworthy
seruauntes
:
so
all
serueth
for
the
magnifiyng
of
Gods
might
and
mercy
.
]
Verse
4.
O
Lorde
bring
agayne
[
vz.
through
thy
almighty
power
:
and
that
out
of
Babylon
,
into
the
lande
of
Iudah
]
our
captiuity
[
i.
our
brethren
and
friendes
which
yet
remayne
captiues
:
Sée
ver.
1.
of
this
Psal.
]
as
[
vz.
thou
many
tymes
bryngest
]
the
riuers
[
i.
abundaunce
of
waters
]
in
the
South
[
i.
into
the
South
,
putting
the
South
Countrey
for
dry
and
barren
places
,
because
of
the
continuall
and
ardent
heate
of
the
sunne
in
that
quarter
,
which
parcheth
all
their
grasse
,
come
,
&c.
and
dryeth
vp
,
as
it
were
all
their
riuers
and
waters
:
and
n●ce
,
that
in
this
place
,
the
Prophet
compareth
,
Gods
fauour
in
the
deliueraunce
of
his
people
,
with
the
riuers
of
water
,
and
the
people
themselues
in
captiuity
with
a
barren
and
drye
lande
,
from
whome
,
none
could
turne
away
Gods
fauour
if
it
pleased
him
to
water
them
therewith
.
So
that
in
this
verse
,
the
Church
prayeth
the
Lorde
,
to
stretch
out
his
hande
to
the
faythfull
,
which
remayned
yet
in
Babylon
,
and
to
helpe
them
from
thence
,
for
albeit
,
it
was
a
very
harde
matter
,
that
the
remnaunt
dispersed
,
shoulde
bee
gathered
together
into
one
body
yet
they
stayed
themselues
vppon
the
power
of
GOD
,
who
coulde
as
easily
do
that
,
as
cause
riuers
of
waters
to
runne
through
the
South
Countryes
.
]
Verse
5.
They
that
sowe
in
teares
[
this
is
an
other
allegory
as
it
were
or
similitude
,
in
which
the
people
caryed
into
captiuity
,
are
compared
to
néedy
husbandmen
,
who
cast
into
the
grounde
for
séede
euen
that
which
was
left
them
for
the
sustentation
of
lyfe
]
shall
[
vz.
in
good
tyme
]
reape
with
ioy
[
q.d.
their
sorrowe
shal
bee
recompensed
with
gladnes
:
in
this
other
part
of
the
similitude
,
hee
compareth
the
people
,
returning
out
of
captiuity
to
reapers
or
husbandmen
,
which
are
glad
,
for
the
abundaunt
haruest
which
they
finde
:
the
meaning
of
altogether
is
,
that
the
Iewes
,
who
were
heauy
and
sad
,
when
they
were
caryed
captiues
into
Babylon
,
shal
bee
ioyfull
,
when
they
shall
haue
reaped
,
that
is
to
say
obteyned
the
fruite
of
their
hope
,
that
is
a
glorious
deliueraunce
.
And
this
similitude
declareth
,
that
such
as
were
vphelde
by
the
promise
of
God
,
albeit
,
that
in
extreme
famine
or
neede
,
they
did
cast
séede
into
the
grounde
,
euen
as
it
were
at
all
aduenture
,
yet
that
they
were
notwithstanding
,
nourished
,
and
felt
in
their
heartes
the
hope
of
that
returne
,
which
GOD
had
promised
them
.
]
Verse
6.
They
[
this
word
may
either
bee
referred
to
the
néedy
husbandman
,
that
hauing
by
some
meane
or
other
gotten
séede
,
are
wont
to
sowe
it
with
griefe
:
or
else
to
the
people
in
captiuitie
,
who
went
thither
with
heauinesse
of
heart
and
abundaunce
of
teares
.
I
referre
it
rather
to
the
people
]
went
[
vz.
out
of
their
owne
lande
,
into
Chaldea
,
being
caryed
captiues
]
weeping
[
i.
sorrowfull
and
heauie
hearted
,
expressing
that
griefe
of
theirs
by
teares
]
and
caryed
[
vz.
with
them
into
that
straunge
countrey
]
precious
séede
[
i.
hope
and
fayth
,
in
the
trueth
of
Gods
promises
,
which
none
coulde
take
from
them
]
but
they
shall
returne
[
vz.
from
thence
into
their
owne
Countrey
]
with
ioy
[
i.
with
great
store
of
outwarde
and
inwarde
comfort
]
and
bring
[
vz.
with
them
,
after
that
they
haue
gathered
in
their
haruest
,
as
it
were
]
their
sheaues
[
or
after
some
,
their
handfuls
,
whatsoeuer
it
is
,
hee
meaneth
that
they
shall
returne
againe
,
with
greater
abundance
of
féeling
,
then
they
caryed
with
them
,
thus
doeth
GOD
make
his
children
to
thriue
vnder
the
crosse
.
Verse
1.
Do.
Teacheth
vs
that
whatsoeuer
instruments
or
meanes
GOD
vseth
in
the
performaunce
of
his
counsels
,
yet
all
the
glory
of
the
fact
must
be
adscribed
to
him
alone
.
Verse
2.
Teacheth
vs
to
bée
glad
and
to
reioyce
specially
in
the
Lorde
and
his
goodnesse
,
when
it
pleaseth
him
to
offer
vs
occasion
,
and
to
giue
vs
matter
of
mirth
:
also
it
sheweth
that
Gods
works
for
his
children
,
are
so
playne
and
sensible
,
that
euen
the
wicked
are
inforced
to
confesse
them
.
Verse
3.
Teacheth
vs
plainely
and
with
thankefulnesse
to
acknowledge
Gods
graces
bestowed
vppon
vs
.
Verse
4.
Teacheth
vs
that
when
GOD
hath
deliuered
vs
from
misery
,
yet
wée
shoulde
not
forget
our
brethren
,
that
lye
plagued
in
the
same
wherein
wée
were
,
but
that
wee
shoulde
remember
them
in
our
earnest
prayers
to
the
Lord
.
Ver.
5.
and
6.
Teach
vs
that
howsoeuer
wee
bee
afflicted
and
made
sorrowfull
for
a
tyme
yet
a
day
will
come
wherein
we
shall
reioyce
and
haue
our
heades
lifted
vp
,
which
time
we
ought
to
attend
in
all
patience
.
Psalme
127.
THis
Psalme
consisteth
wholly
of
instruction
and
doctrine
,
Di.
and
may
bée
diuided
into
two
partes
.
In
the
first
the
holy
Ghost
sheweth
,
that
both
publike
administration
and
rule
,
must
bee
blessed
by
GOD
,
or
else
they
will
bee
to
no
effect
.
Verse
1.2
.
Secondlye
hee
declareth
particularly
that
children
are
a
speciall
blessing
giuen
to
men
from
the
Lorde
,
and
this
reacheth
from
verse
3.
to
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
.
]
The
title
.
A
song
of
degrees
[
this
is
expounded
before
Psalme
120.
Se.
]
or
Psalme
of
Salomon
[
i.
which
Salomon
made
:
some
read
,
or
for
Salomon
,
as
though
Dauid
his
father
had
made
it
as
an
instruction
for
him
:
Sée
somewhat
of
this
matter
:
Psalme
72.
in
the
title
thereof
,
whether
Salomon
made
it
,
or
Dauid
for
his
vse
,
it
is
not
much
materiall
:
this
is
to
bee
marked
,
that
here
the
Prophet
woulde
giue
vs
to
vnderstande
,
that
all
thinges
whatsoeuer
must
bee
directed
and
gouerned
by
God
,
or
else
they
can
not
come
to
any
good
successe
or
ende
.
]
Verse
1.
Except
the
Lorde
builde
the
house
[
by
house
hée
meaneth
not
onely
the
frame
of
an
house
,
wherein
men
dwell
,
but
the
persons
commonly
called
the
housholde
or
familie
,
yea
and
the
very
order
and
manner
of
gouernement
thereof
:
and
by
building
,
hee
meaneth
,
blesse
it
,
and
further
it
,
yea
do
all
in
all
,
in
it
,
and
about
it
]
they
labour
in
vayne
[
i.
they
take
paines
to
no
end
or
purpose
,
but
lose
their
trauaile
]
that
builde
it
[
i.
that
indeuour
or
toyle
about
it
,
to
builde
it
,
set
it
vp
,
and
bring
it
to
good
order
]
except
the
Lorde
keepe
the
Citie
[
vz.
from
the
rage
and
spoyle
of
the
enemie
,
vnderstanding
by
Citie
,
not
onely
the
houses
and
wals
,
but
the
people
,
and
the
whole
common
wealth
,
yea
the
very
fourme
and
order
of
their
politike
gouernement
]
the
kéeper
[
i.
he
that
is
appointed
by
office
to
keepe
it
:
meaning
hereby
not
onely
the
watch
,
which
order
is
obserued
in
al
townes
of
warre
,
and
those
that
suspect
the
enemy
,
but
euen
the
iudges
and
maiestrates
,
who
also
in
the
Scriptures
are
called
watchmen
]
watcheth
in
vayne
[
i.
to
no
ende
or
purpose
,
hée
meaneth
that
all
the
industrie
of
men
,
either
in
maintaining
or
gouerning
a
familie
,
or
in
vpholding
a
good
pollicie
and
gouernment
in
a
Citie
,
shal
bée
vayne
and
vnprofitable
,
vnlesse
GOD
guyde
all
,
and
giue
good
successe
thereto
.
Verse
2.
It
is
in
vayne
[
vz.
vnlesse
Gods
speciall
blessing
bee
present
with
you
]
for
you
[
vz.
of
what
state
or
condition
so
euer
you
bee
]
to
ryse
earely
[
vz.
to
your
labour
and
worke
]
and
to
lye
downe
late
[
i.
to
goe
to
bed
,
from
your
worke
]
and
eat
the
bread
of
sorrowe
[
i.
sustenaunce
gotten
with
great
payne
and
trauayle
of
the
bodie
,
and
great
griefe
of
mynde
,
so
that
they
can
not
eate
quietlye
,
with
a
mind
free
from
labour
,
care
,
and
feare
]
but
[
q.d.
notwithstanding
the
vngodly
haue
these
griefes
and
cares
]
hée
[
i.
the
Lorde
]
will
surely
[
i.
without
fayle
]
giue
[
vz.
of
his
méere
liberalitie
and
mercie
]
rest
[
i.
both
norishment
and
all
good
thinges
whatsoeuer
,
and
yet
not
yéelding
vnto
them
an
idle
life
,
or
forbidding
them
labour
,
because
the
faythfull
doe
willingly
subiect
themselues
thereto
,
through
the
obedience
of
fayth
]
to
his
beloued
[
vz.
people
,
putting
one
for
all
,
for
hee
speaketh
here
in
the
singular
,
loued
:
by
beloued
ones
,
hee
meaneth
them
whome
the
Lorde
loueth
,
and
such
also
as
being
confirmed
in
his
loue
towardes
them
,
doe
wholy
commit
themselues
vnto
him
.
]
Verse
3.
Beholde
[
q.d.
consider
it
as
a
thing
,
most
certayne
and
profitable
]
children
[
i.
posteritie
and
issue
,
which
it
pleaseth
GOD
to
giue
in
this
life
]
are
the
inheritance
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
are
a
portion
,
that
as
it
were
for
an
inheritance
,
the
Lord
giueth
vnto
vs
]
and
the
fruit
of
the
wombe
[
i.
children
,
sée
Micah
.
6.7
.
]
his
reward
[
i.
a
reward
that
he
giueth
to
men
in
this
life
:
and
mark
that
in
these
thrée
last
verses
,
he
maketh
thrée
degrées
,
as
it
were
of
gods
blessing
:
in
this
ver.
he
mentioneth
the
blessing
of
posterity
,
or
generation
,
in
ver.
4.
hee
speaketh
of
their
good
,
liberall
,
and
obedient
education
:
and
verse
5
he
sheweth
what
fruits
come
by
them
that
are
well
brought
vp
.
The
hebrew
word
whiche
we
turne
here
reward
,
signifieth
euery
good
thing
whatsoeuer
that
God
giueth
vnto
men
.
]
Ver.
4.
As
are
the
arrowes
[
i.
the
cleane
and
well
kept
arrowes
]
in
the
hand
of
the
strong
man
[
or
at
the
hand
of
the
strong
man
:
that
is
to
say
,
alwayes
in
a
readinesse
:
so
are
the
children
of
youth
[
i.
so
are
the
children
that
are
begotten
in
the
flower
of
their
parents
age
;
meaning
it
of
those
children
,
whiche
are
well
brought
vp
,
that
they
are
in
a
readinesse
alwayes
to
goe
and
come
,
and
to
doe
all
good
things
enioyned
them
.
I
know
there
is
another
sence
of
these
wordes
as
to
the
end
he
might
the
more
commend
this
benefite
of
God
,
he
should
commend
them
for
their
naturall
force
,
because
their
fathers
might
strengthen
and
defend
themselues
by
them
,
as
it
were
by
archers
and
good
men
.
But
me
thinketh
the
other
is
a
more
fit
sence
for
this
place
.
]
Verse
5.
Blessed
is
he
[
vz.
from
the
Lord
,
and
euen
in
the
sight
and
presence
of
men
]
that
hath
his
quiuer
full
of
them
[
i.
that
is
replenished
and
hath
his
house
garnished
,
with
such
good
children
:
for
he
continueth
in
the
similitude
of
shafts
and
arrowes
still
,
whiche
he
had
put
downe
in
the
other
verse
before
going
]
for
[
this
is
a
reason
of
the
thinges
which
go
before
]
they
[
i.
neyther
the
fathers
nor
the
children
,
for
so
largely
would
I
take
it
]
shall
not
bee
ashamed
[
i.
they
shall
not
giue
place
to
their
enemies
but
shall
ouercome
them
,
yea
and
shall
possesse
the
gates
of
their
enemies
,
as
is
promised
]
when
they
speake
with
their
enemies
[
vz.
face
to
face
]
in
the
gate
[
vz.
eyther
of
the
Citie
if
it
be
besieged
,
or
else
in
the
place
of
publike
iustice
,
because
the
iudges
were
wont
to
fit
in
the
gates
of
the
Citie
to
determine
publike
causes
:
as
Genesis
34
,
20.
Deut.
25
,
7.
2
,
Samuel
15.2
.
and
in
many
other
places
.
Ver.
1
Teacheth
vs
,
that
nothing
eyther
in
house
or
citty
,
Do.
can
be
well
begun
,
go
well
forwarde
or
come
to
good
end
,
except
the
Lord
be
the
directer
and
guider
thereof
.
Verse
2
teacheth
vs
that
no
meanes
eyther
lawfull
or
vnlawfull
can
performe
any
thing
except
the
Lords
blessing
concurre
with
the
same
,
and
yet
we
should
not
therefore
neglect
the
meanes
,
but
vse
them
alwayes
with
prayer
to
God
to
blesse
them
to
vs
,
so
farre
forth
as
maye
make
for
his
glory
and
our
comfort
.
Verse
3
teacheth
that
children
are
a
blessing
,
which
it
pleaseth
the
Lord
to
bestow
vppon
the
sonnes
of
men
:
not
that
wée
should
conclude
them
to
be
accursed
that
want
them
.
For
the
want
of
blessing
,
yea
of
sundrye
blessing
,
maketh
not
accursed
,
for
who
then
should
be
blessed
?
Verse
4
doth
teache
vs
,
both
how
good
and
profitable
holy
education
is
to
children
,
and
also
what
fruite
it
yéeldeth
,
to
wit
,
in
the
children
readinesse
and
obedience
to
the
parents
.
Verse
5
teacheth
vs
that
good
children
are
a
singular
glorye
vnto
their
parents
,
yea
and
they
adde
estimation
vnto
themselues
also
.
Psalme
128.
Di.
THis
Psalme
may
be
diuided
into
two
parts
.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
doth
both
generally
and
particularly
set
out
the
blessinges
of
God
towards
the
faythfull
Verse
1
,
2
,
3.
In
the
second
part
,
hée
assureth
them
of
the
continuaunce
of
Gods
fauour
and
blessing
vpon
them
and
their
posterity
,
ver.
4
,
5
,
6.
Se.
The
title
is
expounded
before
Psalme
120.
]
Ver.
1.
Blessed
is
euery
one
[
vz.
of
what
estate
or
condition
soeuer
he
be
:
and
that
word
,
blessed
,
containeth
in
it
abundance
of
blessednesse
:
q.d.
he
shal
be
plentifully
blessed
,
whosoeuer
he
bée
]
that
feareth
the
Lord
[
i.
that
rightly
serueth
and
worshippeth
him
.
He
putteth
the
beginning
of
Gods
seruice
for
the
whole
,
for
wee
can
neuer
rightly
serue
God
til
we
haue
a
reuerent
feare
of
his
maiesty
printed
in
our
hartes
]
&
walketh
in
his
wayes
[
i.
that
kéepeth
his
commaundements
,
and
directeth
his
life
according
to
such
lawes
as
God
hath
prescribed
.
For
God
doth
not
otherwise
allow
of
our
life
,
except
it
be
reformed
according
to
his
law
,
walking
is
put
here
as
in
sundry
other
places
of
the
Psalmes
,
for
order
of
lise
and
conuersation
]
Verse
2.
When
thou
eatest
[
this
by
the
consente
of
the
best
interpreters
would
be
turned
thus
:
for
thou
shalt
eat
:
shewing
a
reason
as
it
were
of
his
blessednesse
:
and
not
as
though
the
godly
man
were
not
blessed
,
till
hée
did
eate
the
fruit
of
his
labours
,
which
many
times
he
doth
in
this
life
,
and
so
the
blessing
of
God
vpon
him
in
this
life
,
should
be
called
into
question
and
doubte
,
we
will
therefore
turne
it
thus
]
for
thou
[
vz.
that
hast
a
care
and
conscience
to
fear
God
:
and
marke
how
he
passeth
from
the
third
person
to
the
second
]
shalt
eate
[
vz.
quietly
thorow
Gods
blessing
and
fauour
towardes
thee
]
meaning
by
eating
,
enioying
and
liuing
by
]
the
labours
of
thine
hands
[
i.
that
whiche
thou
thy selfe
,
with
thy
hand
hast
laboured
for
:
q.d.
no
forrain
enemy
,
nor
any
extortioner
shal
spoile
thée
of
that
,
which
thou
hast
trauailed
for
,
but
thou
shalt
enioy
with
al
profit
,
&
vse
it
with
al
pleasure
]
thou
shalt
be
blessed
[
vz.
with
all
maner
of
blessings
from
the
Lord
both
outward
and
inward
,
both
bodily
&
spirituall
:
and
this
is
another
grace
that
God
wil
shewe
to
his
seruants
]
&
it
shal
be
well
with
thée
[
vz.
whersoeuer
thou
art
whether
at
home
in
thy
house
,
or
abroade
in
thy
fields
,
as
is
promised
Deut.
28
,
3.
meaning
also
by
this
maner
of
spéeche
,
that
euen
all
his
affayres
&
businesses
should
mightily
prosper
,
&
go
well
forward
.
]
Ver.
3.
Thy
wife
shal
be
as
the
fruitfull
vine
[
i.
shal
beare
thée
many
children
,
as
the
fruitful
vine
doth
many
clusters
and
bunches
of
grapes
,
posteritye
&
séede
is
reckoned
amongst
the
outward
blessings
that
God
bestoweth
vpon
his
]
on
the
sides
of
thine
house
[
some
expound
it
thus
,
nigh
to
thy
house
.
Methinketh
he
alludeth
to
the
common
custome
of
men
,
who
plant
vines
vnder
their
houses
,
and
at
the
sides
of
them
,
specially
at
the
sides
of
them
,
where
they
may
haue
the
most
sun
,
&
by
which
they
may
be
most
defended
from
the
cold
,
for
heat
maketh
the
Vine
plentiful
,
faire
and
flourishing
]
and
thy
children
[
vz.
which
god
shal
giue
thée
by
hir
,
shal
be
(
what
?
)
like
the
Oliue
plants
[
i.
as
faire
&
as
pleasaunte
,
as
the
plants
of
yong
Oliue
trées
,
or
as
the
yong
trées
themselues
:
yea
I
stretche
it
somewhat
further
,
that
is
,
they
shal
be
alwayes
gréene
,
fresh
,
florishing
,
and
increasing
:
sée
Psal.
52
,
8
]
round
about
thy
table
[
by
this
spéech
he
expresseth
the
great
delight
that
children
bring
vnto
their
fathers
,
while
they
sée
them
,
as
many
in
number
,
so
neate
and
trimme
,
standing
alwayes
as
it
were
in
their
fight
]
Ver.
4.
Le
[
here
he
stirreth
vp
the
faithfull
,
both
to
behold
,
and
also
to
acknowledge
the
blessings
of
God
reckoned
vp
before
,
and
these
that
followe
after
]
surely
[
vz.
without
all
doubt
]
thus
[
vz.
as
is
before
expressed
and
as
hereafter
followeth
]
shal
the
man
be
blessed
[
i.
euery
man
,
as
verse
1
of
this
Psalme
]
that
feareth
the
Lord
[
sée
also
ver.
1
of
this
Psalme
.
Now
we
must
know
that
hee
promiseth
the
faithfull
earthly
blessings
from
God
,
not
that
they
should
stay
,
and
rest
themselues
there
,
but
to
the
end
that
by
the
same
they
might
be
lifted
vp
to
the
meditation
of
the
heauenly
life
.
]
Verse
5.
The
Lord
[
vz.
whom
we
serue
and
worship
]
out
of
Sion
[
i.
out
of
the
place
wherein
he
dwelleth
and
is
worshipped
:
and
here
he
putteth
the
faythfull
in
minde
that
it
is
because
of
the
couenaunte
,
which
he
hath
made
with
them
,
that
he
bestoweth
these
graces
vpon
them
,
&
not
for
any
merite
or
worthines
in
them
]
shal
blesse
thée
[
vz.
with
his
grace
and
fauour
,
and
that
so
largely
and
plentifully
,
that
]
thou
shalt
sée
[
i.
both
with
the
eyes
of
thy
body
&
with
the
eyes
of
thy
faith
:
yea
that
thou
thy self
shalt
enioye
]
the
wealth
[
i.
the
prosperitie
,
peace
,
and
all
maner
of
goodnesse
,
sée
Psal.
122
,
9.
]
of
Ierusalem
[
i.
of
the
Citie
and
Church
of
God
,
because
God
was
serued
therein
:
so
that
he
descendeth
from
particular
blessings
,
to
the
common
blessing
of
the
whole
Church
,
from
whence
as
it
were
from
a
fountayn
,
the
particular
blessing
floweth
]
all
the
dayes
of
thy
life
[
i.
so
long
as
thou
shalt
liue
in
this
life
.
]
Ver.
6
Yea
thou
shalt
sée
thy
childrens
children
[
i.
thou
shalt
perceaue
the
singular
fauour
and
blessing
of
God
,
towards
thée
and
thy
family
,
first
by
the
length
of
thy
own
life
,
as
Exod.
20.
in
the
fift
commaundement
:
secondly
by
the
plentifull
increase
of
thy
posterity
and
séede
]
and
peace
[
i.
all
maner
of
blessing
and
goodnesse
,
as
Psalme
122.6.7
,
]
vpon
Israell
[
i.
vpon
that
people
whiche
serue
God
sincerely
,
sée
Psal.
124.1
.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
first
,
that
such
as
serue
God
,
Do.
according
to
the
rule
of
his
word
,
shal
receiue
al
maner
of
blessing
from
the
Lord
:
secondly
that
a
godly
conuersation
is
a
notable
testimony
of
the
right
worship
&
seruice
of
god
.
Ver.
2.
teacheth
vs
that
not
only
gaines
gotten
by
labor
are
gods
blessing
but
to
haue
the
fruition
&
vse
of
them
,
after
we
haue
obteined
them
,
is
gods
blessing
also
.
Ver.
3
Teacheth
vs
that
the
fruitfulnes
of
our
wiues
,
and
store
of
children
,
is
a
blessing
from
the
Lord
likewise
.
Ver.
4.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
blessings
which
God
hath
promised
vs
,
shal
be
most
assuredly
performed
.
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
this
is
the
blessing
of
al
blessings
in
this
life
,
to
sée
the
florishing
and
prosperitie
of
the
Church
.
Ver.
6.
teacheth
vs
that
old
age
,
and
large
posterity
both
,
are
good
blessings
from
the
Lord
.
Psalme
129.
Di.
THe
Psalme
may
be
deuided
into
two
parts
.
In
the
first
the
faythfull
declare
that
they
were
gréeuouslye
oppressed
by
their
enemies
,
but
yet
that
the
Lord
did
graciously
deliuer
them
,
verse
1
,
2
,
3
,
4.
Secondly
in
the
spirite
of
Prophecie
as
it
were
,
they
doe
foretell
the
assured
destruction
and
ouerthrowe
of
all
their
enemies
:
from
verse
4
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
title
is
expounded
before
Psalme
120
in
the
Title
thereof
.
Ver.
1.
They
[
i.
our
wicked
and
cruel
enemies
,
whom
as
a
man
would
say
he
will
not
vouchsafe
to
name
]
haue
oftentimes
[
vz.
heretofore
,
and
euen
at
this
present
one
time
after
another
doe
]
afflicted
[
i.
troubled
,
gréeued
and
persecuted
,
and
that
after
sundry
sorts
,
and
by
sundry
meanes
and
wayes
]
me
[
i.
vs
,
hee
speaketh
of
the
holy
body
of
the
faythfull
,
as
it
were
but
of
one
person
,
by
reason
of
the
vnitye
and
fellow-like
féeling
that
is
or
should
be
amongst
them
]
from
my
youth
[
i.
euen
from
the
beginning
of
the
world
when
the
Church
then
began
]
may
Israell
[
i.
the
faythfull
people
,
as
Psalme
124
,
1
,
also
Psalme
128
,
6.
]
now
[
i.
euen
at
this
present
.
So
we
sée
that
the
Church
counteth
those
afflictions
,
that
the
faythful
haue
indured
before
,
hir
owne
,
euen
as
those
which
she
presently
suffereth
]
say
[
vz.
iustly
,
rightly
,
and
vpon
very
good
cause
.
They
meane
by
this
and
that
which
followeth
after
,
that
the
Church
thinking
diligently
vpon
auntient
examples
and
experiences
might
easily
gather
both
after
what
sort
God
had
exercised
his
people
from
the
first
beginning
of
the
world
,
as
from
Abel
,
Abraham
and
other
Patriarks
from
whom
the
churche
came
,
and
also
howe
they
had
a
blessed
ende
of
all
their
afflictions
:
and
this
is
done
to
the
end
,
that
by
the
former
deliueraunces
,
they
might
in
a
good
hope
comfort
and
confirme
themselues
,
that
God
woulde
deliuer
them
from
the
like
in
time
to
come
.
]
Verse
2.
They
haue
oftentimes
afflicted
me
from
my
youth
[
this
is
the
same
with
verse
1
,
the
repeating
of
it
serueth
to
this
ende
,
both
to
shewe
that
they
were
sore
afflicted
in
déede
,
and
also
to
set
out
the
assurednesse
of
their
deliueraunce
]
but
they
could
not
[
vz.
for
all
their
subtiltie
,
and
for
all
their
power
]
preuayle
[
vz.
at
any
time
or
by
any
meanes
]
agaynst
me
[
the
reason
,
because
God
hath
bin
on
our
side
,
as
Psalme
124
,
1
,
2.
]
Verse
3.
The
Plowers
[
i.
the
emies
which
God
did
vse
as
husbandmen
to
plow
and
till
his
Churche
]
plowed
vpon
my
back
[
i.
went
quite
and
cleane
ouer
vs
,
by
which
he
noteth
both
the
weake
estate
of
the
Church
,
and
the
hard
hartednesse
of
the
enemies
.
]
&
made
long
furrowes
[
vz.
vpon
vs
,
not
sparing
vs
any
whit
at
all
,
for
all
the
miserye
that
we
are
in
.
In
this
verse
he
compareth
the
people
of
God
to
a
fielde
,
which
men
till
and
plough
,
that
he
might
the
better
shew
that
the
crosse
hath
alwayes
bin
fastened
vpon
the
back
of
the
Church
:
meaning
that
they
suffred
many
gréeuous
thinges
from
the
enemies
,
and
that
they
did
both
a
long
season
,
and
very
sorely
afflict
them
.
]
Verse
4.
But
the
righteous
Lord
[
i.
he
that
dealeth
and
doth
vprightly
,
howsoeuer
men
deale
cruelly
and
iniuriously
]
hath
cut
[
vz.
euen
in
sunder
,
and
that
of
his
goodnesse
towards
vs
,
thorow
his
almightye
power
]
the
cordes
[
i.
all
the
powers
of
the
wicked
,
whether
they
consisted
in
counsels
,
purposes
,
practises
,
or
any
such
like
]
of
the
wicked
[
i.
whiche
the
wicked
men
did
imagine
and
vse
.
All
tendeth
to
this
end
,
that
here
he
putteth
downe
a
comfort
,
and
sheweth
that
God
hath
very
easily
and
with
little
adoe
,
repressed
the
rage
and
crueltie
of
his
enemies
,
and
set
his
owne
people
at
liberty
,
as
if
one
should
cut
in
sunder
all
that
belongeth
to
the
horses
that
goe
to
plowe
,
which
as
I
take
it
in
some
countrye
they
call
the
geares
,
and
so
by
that
meanes
,
the
plow
and
the
owner
thereof
should
stand
still
,
and
the
horses
be
at
libertye
from
their
labours
:
and
so
he
continueth
still
in
his
allegory
or
Metaphor
.
]
Verse
5.
They
that
hate
Sion
[
i.
the
Churche
of
God
,
as
Psalme
125
,
1.
also
Psalme
128
,
5.
Now
if
the
haters
shal
be
punished
,
hate
being
an
affection
of
the
hart
only
,
how
shall
they
escape
whiche
put
their
hatred
in
execution
and
practise
?
]
shal
be
ashamed
[
vz.
not
only
before
God
,
but
euen
before
men
:
and
that
word
,
all
,
noteth
of
what
state
or
condition
soeuer
they
be
,
whether
high
or
low
rich
or
pore
,
&c.
for
with
God
there
is
no
respect
of
persons
]
and
turned
backward
[
vz.
as
those
that
in
the
day
of
battaile
come
forth
with
fiercenesse
,
and
yet
thorow
a
sodayne
feare
are
glad
to
turne
their
backes
,
so
that
in
this
verse
he
setteth
out
the
ruine
and
destruction
of
the
enemies
,
which
thing
also
he
doth
in
the
next
verses
,
amplyfiing
it
by
similitudes
or
metaphors
taken
from
husbandry
.
]
Ver.
6.
They
[
i.
that
hate
Sion
,
and
such
other
wicked
and
vngodlye
persons
]
shall
be
as
the
grasse
[
vz.
which
groweth
]
on
the
house
toppe
[
as
wee
sée
by
dayly
experience
that
grasse
groweth
on
the
tops
of
houses
and
in
gutters
,
specially
in
those
houses
which
are
not
much
inhabited
]
whiche
withereth
[
vz.
thorow
the
great
and
parching
heat
of
the
sunne
]
afore
it
come
forth
[
vz.
so
farre
as
that
it
may
be
cut
downe
with
the
sithe
or
sickle
.
This
is
the
firste
allegory
or
metaphor
wherein
the
wicked
are
resembled
to
haye
or
grasse
,
by
the
which
he
meaneth
that
they
shall
presently
perish
,
though
they
be
lifted
vp
very
high
euen
as
the
grasse
or
hearbe
that
groweth
vppon
houses
incontinently
withereth
,
because
it
hath
not
earth
sufficient
vnder
it
,
to
giue
it
moysture
and
nourishment
,
wherefore
looke
by
how
much
they
shall
thorow
the
greatnesse
of
their
pride
,
draw
nigh
to
the
Sunne
,
so
much
the
more
sodainlye
shall
they
be
consumed
,
because
they
haue
no
roote
.
]
Verse
7.
whereof
[
i.
wherewith
]
the
mower
[
i.
he
that
should
mowe
it
]
filleth
not
his
hande
[
q.d.
it
is
so
skarse
,
that
he
can
not
take
a
handful
of
it
]
neither
the
glainer
[
vz.
which
commeth
after
the
mower
,
and
looketh
more
narrowly
]
his
lappe
[
i.
can
get
anye
thing
to
speake
of
:
this
may
haue
a
double
sence
,
and
both
good
,
though
I
confesse
there
is
but
one
right
sence
of
all
scriptures
:
for
it
may
bee
referred
vnto
the
grasse
,
spoken
of
before
in
the
house
toppe
:
and
then
his
meaning
is
that
it
commeth
not
to
any
ripenesse
,
in
so
muche
that
it
can
neyther
be
mowed
nor
gathered
.
but
this
I
approue
not
,
because
men
vse
not
to
mow
grasse
on
the
house
toppe
,
nor
yet
to
gather
it
to
any
vse
]
or
it
maye
bee
another
Metaphor
taken
from
Corne
that
commeth
thinly
vp
,
here
an
eare
and
there
an
eare
,
noting
that
the
wicked
thorow
Gods
iudgements
should
be
brought
to
such
a
wasting
,
that
very
few
or
none
of
them
should
be
left
:
and
I
take
to
be
the
more
fitte
sence
.
]
Verse
8.
Neither
they
which
go
by
[
vz.
the
mowers
and
reapers
]
say
the
blessing
of
the
Lord
be
vpon
you
[
i.
the
Lord
blesse
you
and
your
haruest
,
because
they
cannot
say
so
,
for
they
sée
Gods
hand
vpon
them
in
scarsitie
:
Those
that
passed
by
were
wont
to
wish
well
to
the
haruest
workers
,
as
appeareth
Ruth
2
,
4
,
so
that
this
is
as
much
:
q.
d.
They
shall
not
pray
:
no
not
for
the
worke
men
,
much
lesse
wish
well
to
the
haruest
it selfe
]
or
[
this
particle
sheweth
that
it
is
an
other
kinde
of
spéeche
,
that
they
vsed
,
to
the
haruest
men
]
wée
blesse
you
[
i.
wée
wishe
you
good
]
in
the
name
of
the
Lord
[
i.
thorow
his
maiesty
,
power
and
goodnesse
.
Do.
Verse
1
setteth
out
the
continual
both
malice
&
assaults
of
the
wicked
against
the
godly
.
Ver.
2
sheweth
that
they
can
neuer
preuaile
vtterly
against
them
.
Ver.
3.
declareth
the
hard
hartednes
and
vnmercifulnes
of
the
wicked
.
Ver.
4
teacheth
vs
,
that
God
doth
frustrate
al
the
purposes
and
attempts
of
the
vngodly
whatsoeuer
.
Ver.
5
conteineth
the
destruction
of
them
that
persecute
the
church
.
Ver.
6
sheweth
that
the
vngodlye
are
of
no
long
continuaunce
,
because
they
haue
no
déepe
roote
.
Ver.
7
sheweth
,
that
the
vngodly
&
wicked
are
vtterly
vnprofitable
to
euery
good
thing
.
Ver.
8
teacheth
vs
,
that
it
is
a
testimony
of
Gods
greate
curse
vpon
vs
,
to
want
eyther
the
prayers
or
good
wishes
of
the
godly
.
Psalme
130.
Di.
THis
Psalme
may
be
diuided
into
two
parts
.
In
the
first
,
he
maketh
his
earnest
prayer
vnto
the
Lorde
,
desiring
him
to
remoue
his
sinnes
,
that
so
he
may
féele
his
singular
mercy
,
ver.
1
,
2
,
3
,
4.
In
the
second
he
testifyeth
his
fayth
and
patience
,
exhorting
the
faythful
continually
to
hang
vpon
the
Lord
,
from
ver.
5.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
title
is
expounded
before
Psal.
120.
]
Ver.
1.
Out
of
the
déepe
places
[
i.
out
of
most
deepe
and
huge
dangers
,
it
is
a
metaphor
taken
from
waters
ready
to
drown
a
man
,
sée
Psal.
69
,
1
,
2.
]
haue
I
called
vnto
thée
Lord
[
i.
earnestlye
prayed
vnto
thée
,
sée
Psal.
116.3
,
4.
so
that
we
sée
that
the
Prophet
when
he
felt
himself
sore
oppressed
with
distresse
,
yea
as
it
were
plunged
in
a
gulfe
of
perplexity
,
calleth
earnestly
vpon
God
,
for
the
greater
the
afflictions
are
whiche
Gods
children
indure
,
the
more
earnest
are
their
supplications
.
]
Ver.
2.
Lord
heare
my
voice
[
i.
graunt
me
the
praiers
which
I
expresse
with
my
voice
]
let
thine
eares
attend
[
i.
harken
diligently
,
meaning
that
he
would
haue
the
Lord
by
effecte
to
shew
,
that
he
had
carefully
heard
his
prayers
]
to
the
voice
of
my
prayers
[
i.
to
the
words
whiche
I
vse
in
my
praiers
,
because
the
voyce
is
a
meane
to
vtter
wordes
,
he
putteth
it
for
the
words
themselues
.
]
Ver.
3.
If
thou
O
Lorde
[
vz.
which
séest
and
knowest
all
thinges
]
straitly
markest
[
i.
narrowlye
weighest
or
kéepest
as
a
man
would
a
register
or
reckoning
]
iniquities
[
i.
the
infinit
numbers
of
sinnes
committed
agaynst
thée
and
others
,
for
so
I
take
the
word
in
the
plurall
number
]
who
shall
stand
[
vz.
in
thy
presence
or
before
thée
,
sée
Psalme
1
,
5.
q.d.
who
is
hée
that
shall
be
able
to
beare
thy
iudgement
,
or
the
least
parte
thereof
?
Verely
there
is
not
one
amongst
all
men
,
that
either
haue
bin
,
are
or
shal
be
▪
He
meaneth
then
that
we
can
not
be
iust
but
by
the
remission
of
sinnes
:
and
I
take
this
verse
to
containe
a
reason
as
it
were
of
his
former
prayer
:
q.d.
Spare
vs
,
not
for
our
owne
sake
,
for
there
is
nothing
in
vs
that
can
mooue
thée
to
pitie
vs
,
but
for
thine
own
mercy
sake
,
as
in
the
next
verse
.
]
Verse
4.
But
mercy
is
with
thée
[
i.
thou
hast
infinite
and
abundaunt
mercy
]
that
thou
mayst
bée
feared
[
vz.
amongest
men
:
and
hée
putteth
feare
in
this
place
,
for
the
reuerente
and
sincere
seruice
of
GOD
:
so
that
he
doth
as
it
were
desire
GOD
to
haue
regarde
of
his
owne
glorye
,
whiche
consysteth
in
the
fayth
and
truth
of
his
promises
,
and
in
his
worship
and
seruice
,
both
whiche
shoulde
vtterlye
decaye
,
if
the
Lorde
did
straightlye
obserue
our
iniquities
,
and
destroy
vs
in
his
iudgement
therefore
:
and
so
he
sheweth
that
there
is
no
reuerence
of
God
in
mens
hartes
,
till
his
mercies
bee
sensiblye
felte
and
knowne
whiche
is
the
foundation
thereof
,
and
by
feare
he
meaneth
in
this
place
,
the
reuerent
feare
of
Children
,
and
not
the
slauish
feare
of
Seruaunts
.
]
Verse
5.
I
haue
[
vz.
heretofore
,
and
yet
at
this
present
doe
,
for
vnder
this
hee
comprehendeth
also
the
present
time
]
wayted
[
i.
trusted
and
hoped
,
and
haue
obtained
that
which
I
hoped
for
]
my
soule
hath
waited
[
vz.
vpon
the
Lord
,
as
in
the
next
verse
.
Hée
meaneth
by
this
that
he
trusted
in
God
not
feignedly
,
or
in
hipocrisie
,
but
hartily
and
from
the
déepe
affection
of
his
hart
,
whereby
he
sheweth
that
the
seate
of
sure
hope
is
in
the
hart
]
and
I
haue
trusted
[
vz.
stedfastly
]
in
his
worde
[
i.
in
all
his
word
generallye
,
but
specially
in
his
promises
made
vnto
mee
.
Meaning
that
as
he
had
before
trusted
and
obtained
fauour
,
so
he
would
doe
still
.
]
Verse
6
,
My
soule
wayteth
on
the
Lord
[
sée
this
expounded
before
verse
5.
the
repeating
of
it
séemeth
to
shew
the
ardencie
of
his
zeale
,
and
his
continuaunce
in
hanging
vpon
God
]
more
then
the
morning
watch
[
i.
that
watch
that
is
appointed
to
watch
til
the
morning
,
&
hath
no
body
to
ease
him
from
his
watche
al
night
long
]
watcheth
for
the
morning
[
i.
for
that
time
,
wherein
in
the
morning
he
shall
leaue
his
watch
:
q.d.
I
am
more
desirous
to
inioy
God
and
the
fauours
of
his
grace
,
then
the
watchmen
which
are
weary
with
watching
all
night
,
do
desire
to
sée
the
breaking
vp
of
their
watch
in
the
morning
.
]
Verse
7
,
Let
Israell
[
i.
Gods
faithfull
people
,
as
before
Psalme
129
,
and
afterwardes
Psal.
131
,
3
,
and
in
this
verse
he
exhorteth
all
the
Church
by
this
example
to
hang
vpon
God
]
wayt
[
vz.
with
patience
]
on
the
Lorde
[
vz.
only
,
and
no
other
but
him
]
for
with
the
Lord
is
mercy
[
i.
hee
is
gracious
and
mercifull
,
as
before
verse
4
of
this
Psalme
:
and
this
is
a
reason
why
he
woulde
haue
the
faithfull
to
hang
vpon
the
Lord
]
and
with
him
is
greate
redemption
[
vz.
procéeding
from
that
mercye
of
his
,
as
the
streame
from
the
Fountayne
.
Meaning
by
that
word
great
redemption
,
that
the
Lord
hath
diuers
meanes
to
deliuer
his
by
,
and
to
draw
them
out
of
all
daungers
wherein
soeuer
they
shal
be
.
]
Ver.
8.
And
he
[
vz.
himself
,
and
no
other
for
him
]
shall
[
vz.
most
certainlye
and
assuredly
redéeme
[
i.
set
frée
and
deliuer
]
Israell
[
i.
his
faythfull
people
,
which
shall
haue
their
trust
in
him
]
from
all
his
iniquities
[
i.
not
onely
from
all
their
sins
,
but
also
from
all
daungers
and
distresses
whereinto
their
sinnes
mighte
cast
them
.
For
so
largely
doe
I
rest
perswaded
that
the
word
shoulde
be
taken
in
this
place
.
Do.
Verse
1
teacheth
vs
that
the
more
afflictions
increase
vpon
vs
,
the
more
earnest
and
often
should
we
be
with
the
Lord
by
prayer
.
Verse
2
teacheth
vs
,
that
because
sinne
cleaueth
fast
vnto
vs
,
and
our
praiers
pierce
little
or
nothing
that
therefore
we
should
continually
call
vpon
the
Lord
to
heare
our
prayers
.
Verse
3
teacheth
vs
in
our
prayers
to
haue
recourse
vnto
Gods
mercy
onely
:
also
that
no
man
is
able
to
stand
as
righteous
in
the
presence
and
iudgement
of
God
.
Verse
4
sheweth
that
Gods
mercy
should
not
breede
carelesnesse
in
vs
,
but
care
and
conscience
to
walke
before
him
in
feare
and
trembling
.
Verse
5
teacheth
that
there
was
neuer
yet
any
one
confounded
,
that
did
vnfeignedlye
put
his
trust
in
the
Lord
,
Verse
6
teacheth
vs
earnestly
to
hunger
and
thyrste
after
the
Lord
.
Verse
7
teacheth
vs
to
prouoke
others
as
well
as
our selues
,
with
patience
to
waite
vpon
the
Lord
.
Verse
8
teacheth
vs
that
it
is
God
onlye
that
can
deliuer
from
sinne
,
and
from
all
those
punishments
whiche
sinne
hath
pulled
vpon
vs
.
Psalme
131.
Di.
THe
Prophet
in
this
Psalme
propoundeth
two
thinges
,
first
he
setteth
downe
the
simplicitie
and
humblenesse
of
his
own
minde
,
ver.
1
,
2.
Secondly
he
exhorteth
the
faithfull
by
his
example
,
to
stryue
to
patience
verse
3.
Se.
The
title
is
expounded
before
Psalme
120
also
Psalme
122
in
the
title
thereof
.
]
Verse
1.
Lord
[
vz.
whom
I
serue
:
q.d.
thou
knowest
whether
it
bee
true
or
no
that
I
speake
,
though
men
will
not
beléeue
me
]
mine
heart
is
not
haughty
[
he
beginneth
with
the
fountayne
of
pride
,
which
is
in
the
heart
:
q.d.
Thou
knowest
that
I
haue
not
so
much
as
in
hart
affected
the
Kingdome
,
or
Saules
ruine
,
or
taken
in
hande
any
great
matter
,
but
by
a
stedfast
faith
haue
wholye
stayed
my selfe
vpon
thée
,
and
rested
in
the
obedience
of
thy
will
]
neither
are
mine
eyes
loftie
[
from
the
inward
which
is
the
hart
,
he
commeth
to
the
outward
which
are
the
eyes
:
q.d.
that
there
was
not
in
his
visage
or
countinance
,
any
signe
of
pride
,
but
that
outwardly
he
gaue
an
euident
testimony
of
the
humilitie
of
his
hart
inwardly
]
neither
haue
I
walked
in
great
matters
[
i.
I
haue
not
attempted
high
enterprises
by
fact
,
without
the
reache
of
my
calling
]
and
hid
from
me
[
i.
I
haue
not
assayed
to
looke
into
such
thinges
as
passe
the
lighte
of
capacity
and
vnderstanding
which
thou
gauest
me
.
]
Verse
2.
Surely
[
q.d.
this
is
most
certain
,
and
thou
knowest
it
though
I
would
not
report
it
]
I
haue
behaued
my selfe
[
vz.
both
outwardly
and
inwardly
]
like
one
weaned
from
his
mother
[
i.
euen
as
a
little
childe
which
is
humble
and
lowly
,
in
whiche
respecte
our
sauiour
sayth
,
except
we
receaue
the
kingdome
of
God
as
a
little
child
,
we
shall
not
enter
therein
.
Mar.
10
,
15.
and
Paul
,
bee
not
children
in
vnderstanding
,
but
as
concerning
maliciousnesse
be
children
,
1
Cor.
14
,
20.
]
and
kéept
silence
[
i.
speake
very
little
or
nothing
]
I
am
in
my selfe
[
i.
in
mine
owne
perswasion
,
and
that
in
the
vpright
testimonie
of
a
good
conscience
before
God
]
as
one
that
is
weaned
[
i.
as
a
yong
childe
in
respect
of
affections
and
wicked
desires
,
for
children
commonly
are
not
very
old
when
they
are
weaned
.
]
Ver.
3.
Let
Israell
waye
on
the
Lord
[
sée
this
expounded
Psal.
130.
ver.
7.
]
from
henceforth
and
for
euer
[
i.
from
this
time
and
continually
.
Ver.
1
teacheth
vs
to
auoyd
pryde
and
arrogancye
,
Do.
both
inwardly
in
the
hart
and
outwardly
in
the
countenance
and
behauiour
.
Ver.
2
teacheth
vs
,
to
striue
to
all
humilitie
and
lowlinesse
of
affection
.
Ver.
3
teacheth
vs
,
not
only
with
patience
for
the
time
to
wait
vpon
the
Lord
,
but
to
doe
it
continually
&
for
euer
.
Psalme
132.
THis
Psalme
may
be
diuided
into
two
parts
.
Di
.
In
the
first
is
conteined
a
prayer
for
Dauid
,
the
Lords
Priests
,
and
the
faithfull
people
of
God
,
with
a
declaration
of
their
zeale
to
Gods
worship
and
seruice
from
verse
1.
to
the
end
of
the
10.
In
the
second
there
is
expressed
both
Gods
promises
made
particularly
to
Dauid
and
his
posterity
,
&
also
to
the
whole
churche
generally
from
ver.
11.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
Title
is
expounded
before
in
the
title
of
Psal.
120.
]
Ver.
1.
Lord
[
vz.
Se.
which
art
the
only
true
God
&
iudgest
vprightly
]
remember
[
i.
declare
by
effects
,
that
thou
remembrest
,
and
beholdest
him
,
&
that
thou
doest
approue
the
purpose
of
his
mind
,
in
graunting
him
his
request
,
for
otherwise
God
neuer
forgetteth
,
specially
those
that
are
his
:
sée
Gen.
8.1
.
]
Dauid
[
vz.
thine
annointed
king
&
seruaunt
]
and
al
his
affliction
[
i.
al
and
euery
one
of
the
troubles
which
he
hath
indured
,
specially
the
great
care
of
his
hart
for
the
building
of
thy
Temple
,
of
which
sée
2.
Sam.
7
,
1
,
2
,
3.
but
specially
that
which
followeth
in
this
Psal.
and
all
this
he
alleageth
not
as
boasting
of
any
thing
he
did
,
but
that
séeing
the
Lord
mercifull
vnto
him
,
he
might
thereby
take
an
argument
of
good
things
.
Ver.
2.
who
sware
vnto
the
Lord
[
i.
bound
himselfe
vnto
him
by
an
oth
,
and
that
to
this
end
,
that
therby
he
might
be
the
more
carefully
bound
to
perform
the
good
which
hée
had
promised
,
sée
Psal.
119
,
6
]
&
vowed
a
vow
[
i.
promised
&
that
certainly
:
this
difference
I
take
to
be
betwéen
an
oth
&
a
vow
,
that
the
one
is
made
with
calling
god
to
witnes
,
&
the
other
is
a
solemn
protestation
or
promise
only
,
yet
so
,
that
if
it
be
made
concerning
good
things
,
and
by
them
that
haue
power
in
themselues
to
perform
it
,
it
bindeth
the
conscience
,
sée
Num.
30
thorow
out
]
to
the
mighty
god
of
Iaakob
[
i.
to
God
,
who
by
his
mightie
force
and
power
,
did
deliuer
the
Patriarche
Iaakob
from
all
his
daungers
]
saying
[
vz.
vnfaignedly
and
from
his
hart
.
]
Ver.
3.
I
wil
not
enter
[
vz.
willingly
and
gladly
]
into
the
tabernacle
of
my
house
[
i.
into
any
part
of
the
house
,
or
the
house
it self
,
which
I
haue
caused
to
be
newlye
builded
,
sée
2.
Samuel
5
,
9
,
also
1
Chronicles
15
,
1.
]
nor
come
vpon
my
pallet
or
bedde
[
vz.
whiche
are
set
and
made
in
my
new
house
to
lye
down
vpon
them
,
or
take
my
rest
there
.
]
Verse
4.
Nor
suffer
mine
eyes
to
sléepe
[
vz.
verye
muche
,
specially
in
that
house
which
I
haue
newly
made
]
nor
my
eye
liddes
to
slumber
[
q.d.
I
will
bee
continually
watchfull
and
carefull
,
for
to
build
God
a
house
.
The
Prophet
meaneth
not
in
al
this
,
that
he
was
so
proude
as
to
think
that
either
by
oth
or
vow
he
could
prescribe
God
a
law
:
neither
yet
that
he
was
so
rash
as
to
promise
that
he
would
dwel
openly
in
the
ayre
,
&
not
sléepe
neither
daye
nor
night
,
till
the
arke
were
brought
to
a
place
,
whiche
hee
woulde
prepare
for
it
,
which
could
not
be
very
quickly
done
,
for
that
had
but
after
a
sort
to
haue
killed
himself
,
but
this
he
meaneth
:
that
he
made
religion
&
conscience
of
it
,
to
goe
into
his
new
house
,
vnlesse
he
had
prepared
a
place
for
Gods
arke
to
rest
in
also
:
q.d.
I
must
not
be
more
carefull
for
my selfe
,
either
in
respect
of
pleasure
or
profit
,
or
both
,
then
I
am
for
God
and
his
seruice
.
]
Ver.
5.
Vntill
I
finde
out
[
i.
vntill
I
shal
by
searching
find
out
]
a
place
[
i.
a
fit
,
méet
,
and
conuenient
place
,
for
otherwise
there
were
places
ynow
]
for
the
Lord
[
vz.
to
dwell
and
rest
in
]
not
that
God
is
tied
to
any
place
,
for
the
heauen
of
heauens
can
not
contain
him
,
but
he
meaneth
the
Ark
,
which
is
called
the
Lord
himself
,
because
it
was
a
most
manifest
testimonie
of
his
maiesty
and
power
]
an
habitation
[
i.
a
place
to
rest
&
dwel
in
,
that
it
may
no
longer
bee
caried
from
place
to
place
as
it
hath
bin
]
for
the
mighty
God
of
Iaakob
[
i.
for
that
great
God
whom
Iaakob
worshipped
,
or
else
for
him
that
saued
and
deliuered
Iaakob
from
many
daungers
,
as
before
ver.
2.
Ver.
6.
Lo
,
we
[
i.
both
I
and
others
]
heard
of
it
[
i.
not
of
the
place
,
but
of
the
arke
]
in
Ephrathah
[
i.
that
it
was
Ephrathah
:
I
take
this
rather
as
Immanuell
doth
to
be
the
name
of
the
countrie
wherein
the
tribe
of
Ephraim
dwelt
then
of
any
one
particular
place
:
yet
so
,
that
it
should
note
Shilo
in
the
Tribe
of
Ephraim
,
where
the
Arke
of
the
Lord
was
kept
,
from
the
dayes
of
Iehoushua
vntill
the
death
of
Helie
the
Priest
,
at
what
time
it
was
taken
by
the
Philistines
:
sée
1
Samuel
chapiters
1
,
2
,
3
,
and
4.
]
and
found
it
[
i.
the
Arke
]
in
the
fieldes
of
the
Forrest
[
or
as
Immanuel
turneth
it
,
&
as
it
is
in
the
hebrew
text
,
in
the
fields
of
Iahar
[
i.
in
the
citie
of
Iahar
:
which
was
situate
both
in
a
plain
and
woody
place
,
and
therfore
is
turned
here
in
the
fields
of
the
forrest
:
in
which
respect
also
it
hath
seuerall
names
:
for
of
the
woodes
it
is
called
Kiriah
Iearim
,
that
is
,
the
citie
of
woods
:
and
of
the
playn
or
fielde
it
is
called
Baal
,
or
Baalah
,
or
Kiriah
in
Baalah
,
and
sometimes
Bala
of
Iuda
,
that
is
plaine
place
:
for
the
sence
of
this
place
,
sée
1.
Sam.
7
,
1
,
&c.
and
for
the
citie
it self
,
sée
Iehosh
.
15.60
.
where
it
is
reckoned
vp
among
the
cities
alotted
to
the
tribe
of
Iudah
,
&
hath
two
names
.
I
know
other
men
giue
other
sences
,
but
methinketh
this
is
most
plain
]
Ver.
7.
We
wil
enter
[
vz.
cherefully
&
gladlye
]
into
his
tabernacles
[
i.
into
the
places
where
this
arke
shall
rest
,
&
he
himself
be
religiously
serued
,
which
in
Psal.
100.
ver
,
4.
are
called
his
gates
&
his
courts
]
and
worship
[
vz.
him
]
before
his
footestoole
[
i.
before
the
ark
of
the
couenaunt
,
which
is
so
called
to
put
the
faithfull
in
mind
,
that
they
must
not
stay
in
the
beholding
of
the
ark
only
,
as
though
god
wer
inclosed
therin
,
but
that
they
must
lift
vp
their
harts
to
heauen
to
worship
God
there
with
all
reuerence
:
as
though
GOD
stretched
his
féete
from
the
heauen
to
the
earth
,
that
hée
might
lifte
vs
vp
to
heauen
.
Now
he
must
be
sought
to
in
Christ
,
who
is
the
verye
Arke
of
Couenaunte
in
déede
,
]
Verse
8.
Arise
[
vz.
now
,
at
the
earnest
prayer
of
thy
people
]
O
Lord
[
this
is
to
be
referred
both
to
God
himselfe
,
and
to
the
Arke
also
as
may
appeare
by
that
which
followeth
in
the
Vers
.
Sée
the
word
,
Lord
,
also
put
for
Arke
verse
5
of
this
Psalme
]
to
come
into
thy
rest
[
i.
into
the
place
of
thy
rest
:
because
that
before
the
Arke
stayed
not
long
in
one
place
,
as
maye
appeare
by
the
continuall
concourse
of
the
stories
]
thou
,
and
the
Arke
of
thy
strength
[
i.
both
thou
thy selfe
and
the
visible
sacrament
,
as
it
were
,
of
thy
strength
and
power
:
and
he
calleth
it
the
ark
of
Gods
strength
,
because
that
in
and
from
the
Arke
the
Lord
did
plainly
declare
his
maiesty
,
power
,
&c
]
Ver.
9
Let
thy
Priests
[
i.
the
Priests
which
thou
hast
chosen
vnto
thy selfe
,
to
bée
the
administers
of
holy
things
]
be
clothed
[
i.
compassed
about
on
euery
side
,
&
let
it
cleaue
&
stick
fast
to
them
as
apparel
doth
to
the
body
]
with
righteousnes
[
vz.
both
outward
&
inward
:
q.d.
Let
them
that
are
sanctified
to
this
gret
office
,
be
more
and
more
sanctified
]
&
let
thy
saints
[
i.
thy
people
whom
thou
hast
sanctified
to
thy self
]
reioyce
[
vz.
greatly
&
that
for
this
,
because
the
Ark
shal
stay
in
one
place
,
&
not
flit
as
heretofore
it
hath
done
,
so
that
here
he
praieth
both
for
Priests
&
people
.
]
Ver.
10.
For
thy
seruaunt
Dauids
sake
[
i.
for
him
&
those
promises
which
thou
hast
made
to
him
:
others
vnderstand
by
Dauid
christ
the
sonne
of
Dauid
,
who
also
in
the
Prophets
is
called
by
that
name
,
as
Hosea
3
,
5
,
in
the
letter
the
first
sence
is
most
playn
he
speaking
of
himself
in
the
third
person
:
in
the
doctrine
,
the
other
is
very
true
]
refuse
not
the
face
of
thine
annointed
[
i.
of
me
whom
thou
haste
appointed
to
be
King
,
understanding
by
not
refusing
his
face
,
the
graunting
of
him
his
requests
:
for
here
he
prayeth
the
Lord
to
be
merciful
to
his
priests
,
and
people
,
&
not
to
reiect
the
prayers
which
the
king
maketh
for
them
.
]
Ver.
11.
The
Lord
[
vz.
himself
]
hath
sworn
in
truth
[
i.
hath
truly
&
iustly
sworn
to
perform
whatsoeuer
he
hath
promised
]
vnto
Dauid
[
i.
vnto
me
,
speaking
stil
of
himself
in
the
third
person
]
&
will
not
shrinke
from
it
[
i.
will
not
at
any
hand
,
or
by
any
meanes
go
back
from
his
word
:
sée
Psa.
110.4
.
and
note
that
God
sweareth
,
not
for
any
inconstancy
in
his
word
,
but
for
the
strengthening
of
our
fayth
]
of
the
fruit
of
thy
body
[
i.
some
one
or
other
of
thy
children
,
sée
Psal.
127
,
3
]
wil
I
set
vpon
thy
throne
[
i.
I
will
establishe
them
as
thy
lawfull
heyres
in
thy
kingdome
after
thée
,
meaning
that
he
would
prouide
that
one
of
his
children
&
posterity
should
continually
succéed
him
in
the
kingdom
.
]
Ver.
12.
If
thy
sons
[
i.
thy
posterity
:
these
are
gods
words
to
Dauid
establishing
the
couenant
with
him
&
his
séed
]
kéepe
[
vz.
vnfaignedly
and
with
all
their
hart
]
my
couenaunt
[
i.
the
couenante
which
I
haue
made
with
them
,
and
is
passed
betwéene
them
&
me
]
and
my
testimonies
[
i.
my
law
&
word
,
and
that
euery
particular
péece
of
it
,
for
so
muche
do
I
think
doth
the
plural
number
in
this
place
signifie
]
that
I
shall
teach
them
[
vz.
by
the
ministery
of
my
seruaunts
,
the
Priests
and
Prophets
]
their
sonnes
also
[
i.
their
posterity
,
euen
to
many
generations
]
shall
sit
vpon
thy
Throne
[
i.
shall
succéede
thée
and
them
in
the
Kingdome
,
putting
throne
,
a
part
of
the
kingdome
for
the
whole
:
and
it
is
called
Dauids
throne
or
kingdome
,
because
he
was
the
first
man
of
al
his
race
that
God
aduanced
to
that
high
honor
]
for
euer
[
i.
for
a
long
season
referred
to
Dauid
&
his
natural
séede
,
but
for
all
eternitie
referred
to
Christ
,
sée
these
words
expounded
1
King
.
2
,
4
,
also
1
King
.
8
,
25
,
also
2.
Chron.
6
,
16.
]
Verse
13.
For
the
Lord
[
vz.
himselfe
]
hath
chosen
[
vz.
of
his
great
mercy
]
Sion
[
i.
his
Church
or
Ierusalem
,
vz.
to
be
the
place
where
his
arke
should
abide
,
&
he
himselfe
be
serued
]
and
loued
[
vz.
of
his
own
good
pleasure
,
and
not
for
any
excellency
or
worthines
that
was
in
it
]
to
dwell
in
it
[
i.
to
remayne
and
to
abide
there
,
as
in
the
next
verse
.
]
Ver.
14.
This
[
vz.
place
]
is
my
rest
[
i.
is
the
place
wherein
I
will
haue
mine
arke
to
staye
]
for
euer
[
i.
for
a
long
tyme
if
we
referre
it
to
the
Materiall
Ierusalem
,
but
continuallye
,
euen
to
all
eternitye
,
if
wée
referre
it
to
the
Churche
]
here
will
I
dwell
[
i.
in
this
place
I
will
giue
,
of
my
presence
,
power
,
and
continuall
aboade
]
for
I
haue
a
delight
therein
[
i.
I
haue
delighted
and
loued
to
dwell
there
,
as
in
the
nexte
verse
before
going
,
sée
Psalme
78
,
68.
]
Verse
15.
I
[
vz.
who
am
able
to
do
it
]
wil
surely
[
i.
without
all
fayle
]
blesse
[
vz.
plentifully
and
abundantly
]
hir
vitailes
[
i.
all
thinges
that
I
shal
giue
her
,
necessarye
for
the
maintaynaunce
of
this
present
life
:
q.d.
I
will
not
only
giue
them
abundaunce
of
vitailes
,
but
I
will
make
their
meate
and
drinke
profitable
vnto
them
]
and
will
satisfye
[
vz.
with
abundaunce
and
plentye
]
her
poore
[
i.
the
poore
which
shal
be
in
Sion
,
or
in
the
Churche
]
with
breade
[
i.
with
thinges
necessarye
for
the
nourishmente
of
this
life
.
He
ioyneth
here
spirituall
graces
to
the
temporall
blessinges
,
declaring
that
hée
will
so
prouide
,
euen
for
the
poorest
of
them
,
that
they
shall
not
onelye
not
want
their
ordinarye
vittayles
at
anye
tyme
,
but
haue
them
in
greate
plentye
.
]
Verse
16.
And
[
vz.
I
my selfe
,
who
am
the
only
Lorde
]
will
clothe
[
sée
before
verse
9.
of
this
Psalme
]
hir
Priestes
[
i.
those
that
attende
vppon
holy
exercises
and
seruices
in
hir
]
with
saluation
[
i.
with
deliueraunce
from
daungers
and
distresses
:
he
meaneth
that
hee
will
defende
and
kéepe
vnder
his
sauegarde
,
the
ministers
of
his
Church
,
and
his
saynts
[
i.
the
people
of
Sion
or
of
the
Church
:
sée
before
verse
9
]
shall
shout
for
ioy
[
vz.
of
that
goodnesse
and
grace
whiche
GOD
shall
shewe
to
the
whole
Churche
,
and
euerye
particular
member
of
it
:
and
this
phrase
,
shouting
for
ioye
,
or
as
it
is
in
the
hebrew
,
in
singing
shall
sing
,
doth
not
only
note
the
great
ioy
which
they
shall
haue
.
But
the
certaintie
and
assurednesse
of
it
also
.
]
Ver.
17.
There
[
i.
in
Sion
,
Ierusalem
,
or
in
the
Churche
]
will
I
make
[
i.
cause
thorowe
my
power
&
goodnes
]
the
horn
of
Dauid
[
i.
the
power
,
might
,
kingdome
.
&c
,
of
Dauid
my
seruant
]
to
hud
[
i.
to
prosper
and
increase
:
it
is
a
metaphor
taken
from
beasts
,
who
haue
snags
in
their
heads
as
deare
haue
,
which
are
vnto
them
in
stéed
of
bowes
as
it
were
,
by
which
he
noteth
their
flourishing
and
prospering
]
for
I
haue
ordeined
[
vz.
in
mine
eternal
counsel
]
a
light
[
vz.
euen
in
that
place
,
meaning
by
light
the
regall
dignity
&
glory
,
and
the
godly
person
that
should
execute
the
same
,
as
2
Sam.
21.17
.
1
King
.
11
,
36.
]
for
mine
annointed
[
i.
for
Dauid
my
seruaunt
,
whom
I
haue
appointed
to
be
King
:
some
expound
it
thus
:
q.d.
I
wil
bring
to
passe
that
the
kingly
dignity
,
shal
not
so
be
quenched
,
but
that
it
shall
always
shew
forth
some
light
,
the
other
sence
is
better
in
my
minde
.
]
Ver.
18.
His
enemies
[
i.
Dauids
enemies
,
and
the
enemies
of
his
godly
posteritie
]
will
I
clothe
with
shame
[
i.
compas
them
about
with
confusion
of
face
,
so
that
they
shall
not
dare
to
lift
vp
their
heads
,
meaning
further
that
he
would
euen
confound
and
destroy
them
]
but
on
him
[
i.
him
himselfe
,
&
his
posterity
]
shall
his
crown
florish
[
i.
his
kingdom
shal
continue
florishing
and
not
wither
away
,
but
be
preserued
alwayes
in
his
force
and
beauty
,
and
this
was
fully
accomplished
in
Christ
.
Verse
1
teacheth
vs
to
beséech
the
Lord
to
declare
by
effect
that
he
thinketh
vpon
vs
.
Do.
Ver.
2
teacheth
vs
to
bind
our selues
by
all
lawful
means
we
can
to
the
obedience
&
seruice
of
our
God
.
Ver.
3
teacheth
vs
that
we
shoulde
little
estéeme
all
the
pleasures
of
this
life
,
in
respect
of
God
and
his
glory
.
Ver.
4
teacheth
vs
,
that
we
should
make
but
little
account
of
profitable
&
necessary
thinges
in
respecte
therof
.
Ver.
5
teacheth
vs
to
ioyn
our selues
to
the
exercises
&
assemblies
of
gods
congregation
.
Ver.
6
doth
commend
vnto
vs
the
care
of
Gods
Church
,
religion
&
seruice
.
Ver.
7
teacheth
vs
,
not
only
to
heare
of
Gods
Church
,
but
when
wee
haue
heard
of
it
,
to
labour
the
finding
of
it
.
Ver.
8
teacheth
vs
to
pray
the
Lord
to
be
continually
present
with
vs
,
&
to
beséech
him
to
giue
vs
al
the
signes
&
testimonies
of
his
fauour
.
Ver.
9
teacheth
all
but
specially
Kings
,
to
pray
for
the
ministers
and
officers
of
Gods
Church
,
&
for
the
whole
congregation
.
Ver.
10
teacheth
vs
to
offer
vp
all
our
prayers
in
the
name
&
meditation
of
Christ
Iesus
only
.
Ver.
11
sheweth
how
that
God
for
the
strengthening
of
our
fayth
in
the
truth
of
his
word
,
doth
euen
bind
himselfe
vnto
vs
by
an
oth
.
Ver.
12
teacheth
vs
,
that
albeit
the
couenant
that
God
hath
made
with
vs
,
be
of
it selfe
and
as
it
procéedeth
from
God
,
frée
,
yet
it
is
deliuered
vnder
certaine
conditions
,
whiche
he
would
haue
to
be
obserued
,
that
we
in
some
measure
performing
the
same
,
might
be
more
and
more
confirmed
in
the
truth
of
it
.
]
Ver.
13
sheweth
vs
,
that
gods
frée
loue
is
the
chéefe
cause
of
al
his
graces
towards
the
Church
.
Ver.
14
teach
vs
,
that
Gods
grace
towards
his
Church
is
vnchangeable
and
abideth
for
euer
.
Ver.
15
setteth
forth
Gods
great
liberality
towards
the
Church
,
and
his
singular
fauour
,
who
will
not
destitute
,
no
not
the
meanest
or
poorest
.
Ver.
16
teacheth
vs
euen
in
Gods
own
example
to
haue
a
singular
care
to
preserue
a
lawful
and
ordinary
ministerie
,
as
without
the
which
the
Church
can
not
be
.
Ver.
17
teacheth
vs
that
the
prosperity
of
al
Kings
and
kingdomes
,
commeth
from
Gods
blessing
only
.
Ver.
18
teacheth
vs
,
that
such
as
rise
vp
against
lawful
magistrates
,
shal
neuer
prosper
,
but
come
to
decay
.
Psalme
133.
Di.
THe
Prophet
in
this
Psalme
doth
only
commend
brotherly
loue
and
vnitie
amongst
the
saints
and
seruaunts
of
God
.
In
the
first
verse
he
commendeth
it
simplye
of
it selfe
,
euen
of
the
goodnesse
and
excellency
that
is
in
it
.
In
the
two
other
verses
,
he
commendeth
it
by
two
singular
similitudes
and
comparisons
,
which
would
be
well
weighed
.
Se.
The
Title
is
expounded
before
Psal.
120.
and
also
Psal.
122.
in
their
titles
.
]
Verse
1
Behold
[
q.d.
Let
it
be
well
considered
and
weighed
]
how
good
[
i.
profitable
and
necessary
,
as
Psal.
92.1
.
]
and
how
comely
[
i.
pleasaunt
and
excellente
:
q.d.
If
eyther
profit
or
pleasure
can
allure
you
to
the
imbracing
of
it
,
you
haue
both
]
brethren
[
i.
not
only
natural
brethren
,
but
the
sonnes
of
God
and
members
of
his
Church
,
and
partakers
of
the
selfsame
doctrine
and
life
in
Christ
]
to
dwel
euen
together
[
vz.
not
only
in
one
house
,
but
specially
to
be
of
one
affection
and
consent
,
and
to
practise
fellowship
amongst
themselues
,
euen
as
God
himselfe
dwelleth
in
them
and
with
them
.
]
Verse
2.
It
[
i.
brotherly
loue
and
mutuall
consent
]
is
like
[
vz.
in
excellency
and
swéete
sauour
]
to
the
precious
oyntment
[
vz.
which
was
appointed
for
the
priests
to
annoynt
them
withall
,
sée
Exod.
30
,
22
,
23
,
&c.
]
vpon
the
head
[
i.
powred
vpon
the
head
of
the
high
Priest
]
that
runneth
down
vpon
the
beard
[
by
this
and
that
which
followeth
,
he
noteth
as
I
take
it
,
the
plentie
and
abundaunce
of
it
]
euen
vnto
Aarons
bearde
[
vz.
who
was
the
high
Priest
,
and
for
whose
annointing
,
this
Oyle
was
speciallye
made
]
which
[
vz.
oyle
]
went
downe
,
on
the
border
,
or
rather
vnto
the
border
,
such
plenty
and
abundance
there
was
of
it
]
of
his
garments
[
i.
Aarons
garments
,
of
which
you
may
read
Exod.
28
,
2
,
3
,
&c.
The
meaning
is
:
q.d.
as
it
is
pleasaunt
and
delightfull
to
haue
Aaron
wholy
annointed
with
that
holy
oyle
,
and
all
his
garments
,
&
as
it
is
a
swéete
smelling
fauour
to
all
that
are
round
about
him
:
so
very
pleasaunt
is
the
body
and
fellowship
of
those
that
agrée
and
méete
together
in
Gods
name
,
whom
God
assuredly
beautifyeth
with
his
owne
presence
,
and
the
most
swéete
smelling
gifts
of
his
spirit
;
meaning
also
that
men
shal
be
vtterly
without
fauour
vnles
they
be
perfumed
with
the
odour
of
peace
,
&
brotherly
vnity
grounded
in
the
word
of
God
]
Ver.
3.
And
[
vz.
it
is
.
For
this
is
another
comparison
or
similitude
that
he
vseth
to
expresse
the
excellencye
of
this
spéech
by
In
the
former
he
commendeth
it
for
the
swéetnes
&
pleasauntnesse
of
it
:
in
this
he
commendeth
it
for
the
fruit
and
profit
which
commeth
by
it
]
as
the
dew
of
Hermon
[
i.
as
the
moisture
that
falleth
from
heauen
vpon
that
great
hil
of
Hermon
.
Of
one
hill
of
this
name
,
which
Hermon
the
Sidonians
cal
Shirion
,
and
the
Amorits
cal
it
Shenir
,
we
read
Deut.
3
,
9
,
and
Iohoshua
13
,
5
,
and
this
name
is
giuen
sometimes
to
other
hils
and
mountaines
of
the
lande
of
Iudah
.
Some
are
of
this
opinion
,
that
there
be
two
mountains
of
this
name
,
the
one
very
nigh
to
Gelboe
&
Iordan
,
the
other
is
much
more
high
,
and
standeth
nigh
to
the
country
of
Trachenitis
:
and
they
gather
it
,
because
Dauid
sayth
Psal.
42.6
.
from
the
land
of
Iordan
and
Hermonim
,
vsing
a
nowne
plurall
diminutiue
as
it
should
séeme
.
Othersome
say
thus
,
these
high
mountayns
are
a
part
of
Libanus
,
&
from
thence
stretch
themselues
southward
,
&
seperate
the
Land
of
Bashan
from
the
nether
Sirra
:
they
compasse
the
land
of
Galile
on
the
northside
&
towards
the
east
.
We
must
likewise
note
that
there
is
another
mountaine
named
Hemon
,
in
the
frountirs
of
the
tribe
of
Issachar
,
at
the
foote
wherof
is
the
towne
named
Naim
,
sée
also
what
is
said
before
,
Psa.
89
,
12
,
whatsoeuer
it
be
,
this
sence
I
would
giue
:
q.d.
as
the
dew
&
wet
that
falleth
down
from
heauen
vpon
Hermon
,
&
descendeth
from
thence
into
the
plain
of
Bashan
,
maketh
that
plain
countrey
fertill
:
so
doth
brotherly
loue
bring
with
it
great
fruit
&
profite
]
which
falleth
vpon
the
mountayns
of
Sion
[
this
place
is
ill
translated
,
&
séemeth
to
carry
with
it
this
sence
,
as
though
the
dew
&
wet
of
Hemon
,
should
come
from
thens
to
the
mountaines
of
Sion
,
which
hath
in
it
no
sence
at
all
:
wherfore
we
must
either
mend
the
translation
,
or
else
supply
somwhat
thus
]
&
as
the
dew
which
falleth
[
vz.
from
heauen
,
this
being
indéed
another
similitude
,
to
expres
the
same
thing
,
1.
brotherlye
concord
]
vpon
the
mountains
of
Sion
[
he
speaketh
of
mountains
in
the
plurall
number
,
because
there
were
many
mountains
therabout
,
as
psal.
125
,
2
:
q.d.
as
the
dew
and
moisture
falling
vpon
those
mountains
also
,
maketh
them
fruitful
,
so
doth
brotherly
vnity
&
concord
make
them
,
thorow
Gods
blessing
,
amongst
whom
it
is
sincerely
obserued
,
fruitful
&
plentiful
in
good
works
towards
God
,
&
in
him
and
for
him
towards
men
,
and
one
of
them
towards
another
]
for
[
this
is
a
reason
why
they
shal
become
fruitful
,
to
wit
,
because
the
lord
hath
so
promised
&
appointed
]
there
[
vz.
where
brethren
dwel
&
consent
together
,
as
ver.
1.
or
we
may
saye
that
he
putteth
the
place
for
the
persons
]
the
Lord
[
vz.
himself
,
who
can
not
bée
deceaued
,
neither
wil
deceaue
]
appointed
[
vz.
to
pour
forth
vpon
them
,
&
that
from
himself
]
the
blessing
[
i.
singular
blessings
,
both
concerning
this
lyfe
,
as
peace
and
quietnes
]
and
life
for
euer
[
i.
not
only
long
life
here
,
but
also
eternal
life
,
for
brotherly
loue
is
a
sure
seale
thereof
as
1
Ioh.
3.14
.
Ver.
1
teacheth
vs
,
Do.
that
brotherly
loue
carieth
with
it
both
pleasure
and
profit
,
and
therfore
is
to
be
imbraced
.
Ver.
2
teacheth
vs
that
brotherly
loue
is
not
only
pleasaunt
to
them
that
religiously
estéeme
and
kéepe
it
,
but
to
others
which
are
about
them
,
as
swéet
perfumes
&
ointments
are
,
not
only
to
persons
vsing
them
,
but
to
others
nigh
them
.
Ver.
3
teacheth
vs
that
vnfeigned
loue
hath
the
promises
both
of
this
life
,
and
of
that
to
come
.
Psalme
134
IN
this
Psalme
the
Prophet
doth
first
exhort
both
Priestes
and
people
,
to
prayse
the
Lord
for
his
mercies
,
ver.
1.2
.
Di.
Secondly
he
prayeth
for
the
whole
Church
,
and
the
fauour
of
God
vpon
the
particular
members
of
it
,
ver.
3.
Se.
The
Title
is
expounded
be
forme
Psal.
120.
]
Ver.
1.
Behold
[
q.d.
séeing
,
O
holy
Church
,
thy
body
is
so
knit
together
in
Christe
,
and
aboundeth
with
so
manye
blessinges
,
as
is
declared
in
the
other
Psalm
,
go
to
,
and
prayse
the
Lord
]
praise
ye
the
Lord
[
vz.
for
his
infinit
mercies
and
great
loue
]
all
ye
seruauntes
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
of
what
state
or
condition
soeuer
ye
bée
,
whether
ye
be
Priestes
or
people
,
but
specially
the
Priests
and
Leuites
,
to
whome
hée
giueth
this
title
,
by
reason
of
the
offices
whervnto
they
were
appoynted
,
and
that
therfore
they
to
the
end
also
,
that
by
their
example
they
might
draw
on
others
to
do
the
like
,
should
be
so
much
the
more
carefully
stirred
vp
to
the
spiritual
exercises
of
true
religion
]
ye
that
by
night
stand
in
the
house
of
the
Lord
[
i.
whiche
doe
not
only
serue
God
in
the
day
time
,
but
in
the
night
kéeping
watch
and
ward
,
about
the
temple
of
the
Lord
,
sée
Num.
18.1.2
,
&c.
1.
Chron.
9.33
.
And
though
it
be
true
that
many
of
the
people
had
that
affection
to
remain
day
and
night
in
the
temple
,
as
it
is
reported
of
Anna
,
Luk.
2.37
.
yet
I
refer
it
in
this
place
only
to
the
Priestes
and
Leuites
:
and
when
he
sayth
stande
,
hee
meaneth
their
continuall
aboade
there
as
it
were
.
And
by
house
of
the
Lorde
hee
meaneth
eyther
the
place
where
the
Arke
was
,
or
the
temple
after
it
was
builded
.
]
Verse
2.
Lift
vp
your
handes
,
[
i.
praye
and
giue
thankes
:
the
signe
of
prayer
,
or
an
outwarde
gesture
vsed
in
it
,
put
for
the
thing
it selfe
,
as
Psalme
141
,
2.
also
1
Timothie
2
,
8.
]
to
the
sanctuarye
[
i.
towardes
the
Sanctuarye
,
meaning
the
place
where
the
Arke
was
,
and
the
Arke
it selfe
,
out
of
which
God
had
promised
to
aunswere
his
people
,
and
to
heare
their
prayers
]
and
prayse
the
Lorde
[
vz.
for
his
mercyes
,
as
verse
1.
and
here
hee
sheweth
that
the
principall
ende
of
outward
ceremonies
,
is
to
set
forth
Gods
praise
and
glory
.
]
Verse
3.
The
Lord
that
made
heauen
and
earth
[
i.
the
God
of
all
maiestie
,
glory
,
power
,
&c.
sée
Psalme
121
,
2
,
also
Psalme
124
,
8
,
]
blesse
thée
[
vz.
with
all
goodnesse
and
fauour
]
out
of
Sion
[
where
the
arke
the
sure
testimonye
of
his
fauoure
and
presence
was
:
so
that
here
they
acknowledge
in
the
firste
place
his
power
,
and
in
the
seconde
his
fatherlye
loue
:
which
two
must
neuer
be
sundered
,
but
alwayes
ioyned
together
for
the
strengthening
of
the
fayth
of
gods
children
.
And
whether
he
speaketh
this
in
the
person
of
the
Priestes
,
whose
office
it
was
to
blesse
the
people
,
as
Numbers
6
,
23
,
or
in
his
own
person
,
as
praying
for
them
,
and
testifying
his
great
loue
vnto
them
,
it
is
not
muche
materiall
.
Do.
Verse
1.
teacheth
vs
to
exhort
and
prouoke
all
men
,
yea
the
very
ministers
of
God
if
they
be
negligent
,
to
the
performance
of
their
dutie
.
Ver.
2
teacheth
vs
that
Gods
children
,
should
alwayes
ioyne
prayer
and
thanksgiuing
vnto
God
together
.
Ver.
3
teacheth
vs
in
all
holy
affection
and
vnfeigned
loue
,
to
pray
for
others
as
for
our selues
.
Psalme
135.
IN
my
iudgement
,
Di.
this
Psalme
may
bee
diuided
rightly
into
two
partes
.
In
the
first
,
the
Prophet
exhorteth
the
faythfull
of
what
state
or
condition
so
euer
they
bee
,
to
prayse
the
Lorde
,
shewing
certaine
causes
,
that
may
leade
them
thereto
,
as
his
mercy
,
his
power
,
his
wonderful
workes
,
&c.
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
12.
In
the
second
he
sheweth
what
great
difference
there
is
betwéene
the
true
God
,
and
all
the
counterfeite
Gods
of
the
Gentiles
,
exhorting
al
the
faithful
generally
,
and
the
Priestes
and
Leuites
particularly
to
prayse
that
true
God
,
whose
seruice
they
professed
,
from
ver.
13.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
is
]
prayse
yée
the
Lorde
[
sée
this
expounded
before
,
Psalme
106.
Se.
also
Psalme
113.
in
the
titles
,
so
that
this
title
séemeth
to
comprehend
the
argument
of
the
Psalme
,
as
though
the
whole
Psalme
did
nothing
else
but
prouoke
men
to
prayse
God
.
]
Ver.
1.
Prayse
the
name
of
the
Lord
[
i.
his
maiesty
,
power
,
goodnes
,
&c.
as
sundrie
times
before
,
and
namely
Psal.
20.1
.
and
Psal.
124.8
.
]
ye
seruants
of
the
Lorde
[
this
I
referre
generally
to
all
,
as
Psalm
.
134.1
.
but
specially
to
the
priests
]
praise
him
[
this
doubling
of
the
exhortation
,
séemeth
to
set
out
,
as
mens
dulnes
and
vnaptnes
to
the
same
,
so
the
excellency
of
the
thing
it selfe
.
]
Ver.
2.
Ye
that
stand
in
the
house
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
ye
priestes
,
specially
and
chiefly
,
because
they
ought
by
their
duety
,
to
shewe
the
way
vnto
others
]
and
in
the
courtes
of
the
house
of
our
God
[
i.
in
those
courtes
,
that
did
appertein
to
the
temple
of
the
Lord
,
amongst
which
the
people
had
some
,
which
place
is
called
2.
Chro.
4.9
.
the
great
court
:
and
this
is
the
reason
,
why
though
I
referre
it
chiefely
to
the
Priestes
and
Leuites
,
yet
I
would
haue
it
also
to
be
vnderstood
,
that
this
exhortation
is
directed
to
the
people
likewise
.
]
Verse
3.
Prayse
ye
the
Lorde
[
vz.
for
his
wonderful
kindnes
and
loue
,
sée
Psal.
134.1
.
]
for
the
Lorde
is
good
[
vz.
euen
of
his
owne
nature
:
and
from
that
abundaunt
goodnesse
which
is
in
him
,
floweth
all
goodnesse
,
which
wee
haue
:
and
this
is
as
it
were
the
first
generall
cause
why
men
shoulde
prayse
him
]
sing
prayses
vnto
his
name
[
i.
extol
his
maiesty
,
power
&c.
as
before
ver.
1.
]
for
it
is
a
comely
thing
[
vz.
to
do
so
,
meaning
by
comely
,
pleasant
and
profitable
,
sée
Psal.
133.1
.
also
Psalm
.
92.1
.
]
Ver.
4.
For
the
Lorde
[
vz.
whom
I
exhort
you
to
praise
and
magnifie
]
hath
chosen
[
vz.
of
his
infinite
mercy
&
goodnes
]
Iaakob
[
i.
the
faithfull
séede
and
posterity
of
Iaakob
]
to
himselfe
[
i.
to
be
a
peculiar
people
vnto
himselfe
]
and
[
vz.
he
hath
fréely
chosen
,
for
here
you
must
repeat
or
vnderstand
that
word
]
Israel
[
i.
the
true
Israelites
,
or
the
Israel
of
God
,
as
Psal.
124.1
.
]
for
his
chiefe
treasure
[
i.
for
a
people
whom
hee
maketh
more
account
of
by
many
degrees
,
then
men
do
of
their
chiefest
treasures
.
Sée
Exod.
19.5
.
The
Hebrewe
worde
signifieth
treasure
gathered
together
of
verse
most
exquisite
thinges
as
pearles
,
precious
stones
,
or
such
like
.
And
in
this
verse
is
conteined
a
particular
cause
to
prouoke
thankfulnes
:
vz.
that
GOD
chose
from
al
the
nations
of
the
earth
,
the
issue
and
séed
of
Abraham
to
bee
his
people
.
]
Ver.
5.
For
I
know
[
vz.
both
by
his
worde
,
workes
,
and
myne
owne
experience
]
that
the
Lord
[
vz.
whom
we
serue
]
is
gret
[
vz.
in
power
&
might
]
and
that
our
Lorde
[
vz.
whom
we
worship
,
according
to
his
will
reuealed
in
his
word
]
is
aboue
al
Gods
[
i.
is
higher
and
mightier
then
they
,
whether
they
be
Angels
and
magistrates
,
to
whom
this
name
is
sometimes
giuen
,
or
idoles
which
the
vaine
people
worship
,
whose
vanity
he
doeth
afterwardes
declare
in
this
Psalme
.
]
Ver.
6.
Whatsoeuer
pleased
the
Lord
[
i.
whatsoeuer
it
liked
him
to
do
]
that
did
he
[
vz.
because
no
power
was
able
to
resist
him
]
in
heauen
,
and
in
earth
,
in
the
Sea
,
and
in
al
depthes
[
i.
euery
where
,
for
no
place
is
excepted
from
his
power
and
presence
,
as
Psalm
.
139.7.8
.
&c.
and
howe
true
this
is
,
the
particular
examples
of
his
woorde
doe
declare
:
specially
these
two
,
the
vniuersall
flood
,
and
the
confusion
of
Babel
,
Gene.
7.8.11
.
chapt
.
]
and
in
this
verse
is
conteyned
a
thirde
cause
,
wherefore
men
should
prayse
God
,
and
that
is
the
great
power
of
God
,
declared
not
onely
in
the
creation
of
heauen
and
earth
,
the
waters
&c.
but
also
in
that
hee
gouerneth
euery
thing
according
to
his
will
,
and
disposeth
of
them
in
a
most
wyse
order
.
]
Ver.
7.
Hée
[
vz.
God
alone
]
bringeth
vp
[
vz.
into
the
aire
and
skye
,
and
that
by
his
almighty
power
]
the
clouds
[
i.
vapors
and
exhalations
,
which
afterwardes
in
the
middle
region
of
the
aire
are
turned
into
cloudes
,
as
we
sée
them
]
from
the
endes
of
the
earth
[
i.
from
al
the
quarters
of
the
worlde
]
and
maketh
[
vz.
by
his
almighty
power
]
the
lightnings
with
the
raine
[
i.
both
lightning
and
rayne
,
which
are
seldome
sundered
,
but
come
together
,
as
our
dayly
experience
teacheth
vs
,
for
wee
haue
seldome
any
lightning
,
without
rayne
,
and
thunder
]
hee
draweth
foorth
the
wynds
[
vz.
by
his
almightie
power
stil
,
to
which
euery
thing
,
euen
the
dumbe
and
insensible
creatures
must
obey
]
out
of
his
treasures
[
i.
out
of
holes
,
dens
,
hidden
and
secret
places
,
in
which
as
it
were
in
treasure
houses
god
keepeth
the
windes
,
of
which
our
sauiour
Christ
sayth
,
Iohn
3.8
.
That
the
wind
bloweth
where
it
listeth
,
and
men
heare
the
sound
thereof
,
but
whence
it
commeth
,
or
whither
it
goeth
,
no
man
can
tell
.
And
thus
wée
sée
,
that
though
by
reason
wee
can
giue
a
naturall
cause
of
these
meteors
as
that
the
cloudes
are
congealed
of
moist
and
watery
vapours
drawen
out
of
the
Sea
,
and
from
the
earth
,
from
which
cloudes
the
rayne
commeth
,
as
Ecclest
.
11.3
.
and
that
lightning
is
made
,
of
hote
,
drye
,
and
firie
exhalations
,
drawen
by
the
power
of
the
sunne
into
the
regions
of
the
aire
,
and
so
foorth
of
the
rest
,
yet
we
may
perceiue
by
the
playne
woords
of
this
text
,
that
nothing
is
done
in
the
order
of
nature
,
without
the
counsell
and
will
of
our
GOD
,
Sée
Iob.
36.
verse
27.28
,
&c.
also
Iob.
37.
throughout
,
for
this
purpose
.
]
Verse
8.
Hée
smote
[
vz
in
his
iustice
,
and
iudgement
,
and
that
by
his
almighty
power
]
the
first
borne
of
Egipt
[
i.
all
the
first
borne
in
the
lande
of
Egypt
]
both
of
man
and
beast
[
i.
of
all
men
and
beastes
whatsoeuer
,
Sée
Exod.
12.29
.
Psalme
105.36
.
meaning
by
smiting
destroying
them
with
death
.
And
note
,
that
here
he
reckoneth
vp
a
fourth
cause
,
wherefore
the
faythfull
shoulde
prayse
God
,
to
wit
,
for
his
speciall
graces
and
benefites
bestowed
vppon
his
Church
,
in
their
preseruation
and
deliuerance
,
and
his
singular
iudgements
and
punishments
,
brought
vpon
their
enemies
,
wherein
the
principal
prayse
of
his
vertue
and
power
is
manifested
.
]
Verse
9.
Hée
[
i.
God
himselfe
]
hath
sent
[
vz.
by
his
eternal
power
,
in
the
ministery
of
Moses
and
Aaron
his
seruants
]
tokens
[
vz.
of
his
wrath
and
iudgement
]
and
wonders
[
i.
feareful
and
straunge
thinges
]
into
the
middest
of
thée
O
Egypt
[
vz.
so
that
thou
canst
not
either
pleade
ignoraunce
or
alledge
excuse
,
for
my
iudgements
were
euen
]
vppon
Pharaoh
[
vz.
thy
king
]
and
vppon
all
his
seruauntes
[
i.
not
onely
them
that
attended
vppon
him
,
but
vppon
all
his
people
and
subiectes
,
the
trueth
and
accomplishment
of
this
,
Sée
in
Exod.
5
,
6
,
7
,
8
,
9
,
10
,
11
,
&
12.
chapters
.
]
Verse
10.
Hée
[
i.
God
]
smote
[
vz.
in
his
iudgement
,
and
that
by
the
dint
of
the
sworde
,
and
death
]
many
nations
[
vz.
greater
and
mightier
then
the
people
of
the
Iewes
,
Sée
Deutronom
.
2.
&
3.
chapt
.
throughout
,
for
this
matter
]
and
flewe
[
vz.
by
the
sworde
of
his
seruantes
and
people
]
many
kinges
[
whereof
some
hee
reckoneth
vp
in
the
next
verse
,
and
others
are
mentioned
Numb.
21.1
.
and
in
other
places
.
]
Verse
11.
As
Sihon
king
of
the
Ammorites
,
and
Og
the
king
of
Bashan
[
sée
the
historie
of
these
.
Numb
.
21.
Deut.
3.
Ioshua
12.
]
and
all
the
kingdomes
of
Canaan
[
which
was
diuided
into
sundry
kingdomes
,
and
wherein
dwelt
seuen
nations
greater
and
mightier
then
the
Iewes
.
]
Ver.
12.
And
gaue
[
vz.
of
his
frée
goodnes
]
their
lande
[
i.
the
land
of
the
Canaanites
,
or
that
land
which
they
inhabited
]
for
an
inheritance
,
euen
an
inheritance
to
Israel
his
people
[
i.
for
a
place
for
them
,
as
safely
and
as
lawfully
for
them
to
dwell
in
,
as
if
it
had
descended
to
them
by
inheritance
.
]
Ver.
13.
Thy
name
[
i.
thy
maiesty
,
power
and
goodnes
]
indureth
for
euer
[
vz.
towardes
all
,
but
specially
towards
thine
owne
people
.
]
O
Lorde
thy
remembraunce
[
i.
the
continual
instructions
,
which
thou
giuest
to
thy
people
,
to
remember
thée
]
is
from
generation
to
generation
[
i.
lasteth
comtinually
,
and
goeth
on
from
age
to
age
,
so
that
there
is
no
age
,
but
they
haue
euident
examples
thereof
.
]
Ver.
14.
For
the
Lorde
[
vz
himselfe
]
will
iudge
[
i.
guide
,
gouerne
and
defend
,
as
Psalme
96.13
.
and
Psalme
98.9
.
]
and
bee
pacified
towardes
his
seruauntes
[
i.
hee
will
,
as
it
were
chaunge
his
purpose
,
and
not
execute
with
heauy
iudgement
,
that
which
he
had
determined
against
them
:
and
this
is
spoken
of
God
according
to
the
manner
of
men
.
]
Ver.
15.16
.
17.18
.
Sée
expounded
before
Psalm
.
115.
ver.
4.5.6.7.8
.
where
you
shall
finde
both
the
very
same
woordes
and
matters
.
And
hee
here
inueigheth
so
sharply
agaynst
idoles
,
because
that
the
prayse
which
belongeth
vnto
GOD
,
is
many
tymes
falsly
giuen
vnto
them
:
and
therefore
hee
declareth
,
that
neither
the
matter
it selfe
,
whereof
they
are
made
,
nor
the
workeman
,
can
giue
them
the
title
of
GOD
,
or
God
heade
.
]
Ver.
19.
Prayse
the
Lorde
[
sée
ver.
1.3
.
of
this
Psalme
]
yee
house
of
Israell
[
i.
yee
that
descende
of
Israell
or
Iaakob
,
meaning
by
this
speach
,
all
the
people
generally
]
prayse
the
Lorde
yée
house
of
Aaron
[
i.
ye
Priests
,
who
descend
and
come
from
Aaron
,
to
whose
race
,
familie
and
stocke
,
the
priesthood
was
by
Gods
ordinaunce
onely
appoynted
and
tyed
.
]
Ver.
20.
Prayse
the
Lorde
yee
house
of
Leui
[
i.
all
ye
Leuites
who
were
inferiour
vnto
the
Priestes
,
though
they
came
all
from
one
father
,
to
wit
,
Leui
,
Iaakobs
third
sonne
:
and
by
this
place
wee
sée
,
that
euen
by
the
very
institution
and
ordinaunce
of
God
,
there
were
two
distinct
orders
amongest
the
people
of
the
Iewes
,
to
wit
,
priests
and
Leuites
,
according
to
which
also
he
speaketh
here
]
ye
that
feare
the
Lorde
[
vz.
with
a
reuerent
&
child
like
feare
:
meaning
also
by
this
speach
,
such
as
did
worshippe
and
serue
him
,
sée
Psalme
128.1
.
]
prayse
the
Lorde
[
vz.
with
a
good
heart
,
sée
before
ver.
1.3
.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Ver.
41.
Praysed
be
the
Lord
[
vz.
for
his
infinite
mercies
towards
vs
]
out
of
Sion
[
i.
in
Sion
which
was
the
place
appoynted
for
his
worshippe
,
for
this
phrase
sée
Psalm
.
128.5
.
also
134.3
.
]
which
[
vz.
Lord
and
God
]
dwelleth
in
Ierusalem
[
i.
giueth
most
plaine
testimonies
,
of
his
presence
and
abode
there
,
and
not
that
God
is
tied
to
any
place
.
The
Prophet
meaneth
that
in
Sion
and
Ierusalem
the
place
of
his
worshippe
,
he
gaue
euident
signes
of
his
presence
and
power
,
and
not
that
hee
was
inclosed
,
or
tied
to
that
place
only
]
praise
ye
the
Lord
[
this
Psalme
beginneth
and
endeth
with
like
woordes
,
for
which
sée
Psal.
105.
and
Psal.
106.
in
the
beginning
and
ending
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
to
exhort
and
prouoke
al
gods
people
to
thankefulnes
to
God
for
his
benefites
.
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
vs
particularly
to
stirre
vp
both
priests
and
people
to
that
duety
,
when
we
find
them
slacke
.
Verse
.
3.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
the
Lords
continual
goodnes
towards
vs
,
should
draw
vs
on
to
praise
his
name
.
Ver.
4.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
euen
his
gracious
election
,
particularly
aboue
the
rest
,
should
be
a
singular
argument
of
our
prayse
and
thankesgiuing
.
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
vs
the
particular
experience
which
wee
or
any
of
vs
haue
had
of
Gods
power
should
be
a
notable
proppe
to
our
fayth
.
Ver.
6.
Teacheth
vs
that
nothing
can
withstand
his
purpose
and
power
.
Ver.
7.
Teacheth
that
euen
all
naturall
thinges
,
are
guided
and
gouerned
by
him
and
his
appoyntment
.
Ver.
8.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
Lorde
in
executing
his
iudgements
vpon
the
wicked
,
respecteth
no
mans
person
.
Ver.
9.
Doeth
the
same
thing
,
teaching
vs
further
,
that
Gods
iudgements
are
so
plain
and
manifest
,
as
the
wicked
are
not
able
to
alledge
either
ignorance
or
excuse
against
them
for
themselues
.
Ver.
10.
Teacheth
vs
that
though
God
vse
meanes
for
the
performance
of
his
counsels
,
yet
the
accomplishment
and
glory
of
them
belongeth
to
him
alone
It
teacheth
also
further
,
which
thing
also
,
Verse
.
11.
Doeth
that
there
is
no
power
,
wisedome
,
counsel
,
multitudes
,
or
authoritie
,
able
to
hinder
,
though
neuer
so
litle
,
the
Lord
in
his
workes
.
Ver.
12.
Teacheth
vs
that
they
haue
right
to
lande
,
and
inheritance
,
to
whom
it
pleaseth
the
Lord
to
giue
the
same
,
because
he
is
the
Lorde
of
the
whole
earth
.
Verse
.
13.
Teacheth
vs
that
God
in
all
ages
,
leaueth
notable
spectacles
of
his
power
to
al
people
,
to
the
ende
that
thereby
they
might
bee
drawne
vnto
him
.
Ver.
14.
Teacheth
vs
that
though
the
Lorde
bee
angry
with
his
people
for
a
while
,
yet
he
wil
turne
to
them
in
euerlasting
loue
.
Ver.
15.16.17
.
Set
out
vnto
vs
,
the
horrible
vanity
and
great
abuse
of
idoles
.
Ver.
18.
Teacheth
vs
that
the
idole
,
the
idole
maker
,
and
al
such
also
,
as
serue
them
,
are
not
onely
beastly
and
blockish
before
men
,
but
shall
before
god
,
in
good
time
come
to
shame
and
confusion
.
Ver.
19.20
.
Teach
vs
that
it
is
méete
for
al
the
faithful
,
but
specially
for
the
Lords
ministers
as
guides
vnto
the
rest
,
to
praise
the
Lord
for
his
great
goodnes
.
Ver.
21
teacheth
them
to
performe
that
seruice
to
him
,
euen
in
the
publike
assemblies
of
his
saints
.
Psalme
136.
IN
this
Psalme
the
Prophet
doeth
exhort
all
the
faithfull
people
,
Di.
to
praise
God
,
first
,
for
the
excellency
of
his
nature
,
and
singular
maiesty
:
ver.
1.2.3.26
.
secondly
,
for
his
workes
of
creation
and
prouidence
,
generally
and
particularly
:
ver.
4.5.6.7.8.9.25
.
Thirdly
for
his
great
iudgements
vpon
the
enemies
of
his
people
.
ver.
10.15.17.18.19.20
.
and
fourthly
for
his
excéeding
fauour
towards
his
owne
seruants
.
ver.
11.12.13.14.16.21.22.23.24
.
This
Psalme
hath
no
title
,
as
many
such
wee
haue
had
heretofore
,
Se.
as
Psal.
104.105
.
and
sundry
such
like
.
]
Ver.
1.
Praise
ye
the
Lord
[
vz.
O
yée
faythfull
people
]
because
he
is
good
[
vz.
towards
al
,
but
specially
towards
you
]
for
his
mercy
[
vz.
which
is
the
first
course
of
all
his
goodnes
]
indureth
for
euer
[
i.
shall
neuer
haue
end
.
This
sentence
is
repeated
in
euery
verse
of
this
Psalme
,
not
as
idle
,
superfluous
,
or
vaine
,
but
to
shewe
,
that
Gods
goodnes
is
the
fountaine
,
both
of
al
our
praises
,
and
al
his
works
,
which
doctrine
,
because
it
ought
to
be
perpetual
,
therefore
did
the
Leuites
sing
this
Psalme
,
or
some
other
of
the
same
argument
or
matter
dayly
in
the
olde
Church
of
the
Iewes
,
as
appeareth
,
1.
Chron.
16.41
.
and
it
séemeth
also
to
shewe
,
how
much
we
should
continue
,
in
the
acknowledging
of
gods
graces
.
Ver.
2.
Praise
ye
the
God
of
gods
[
i.
he
that
is
aboue
all
,
that
haue
any
diuine
or
heauenly
offices
,
whether
they
be
men
as
magistrates
,
or
Angels
,
or
any
other
thing
which
hath
the
name
of
God
giuen
vnto
it
,
sée
Deut.
10.17
.
]
for
his
mercy
[
vz.
towardes
all
,
but
specially
towards
his
owne
people
]
indureth
for
euer
[
all
this
is
expounded
before
.
]
Ver
3.
Praise
ye
the
Lord
of
Lords
[
i.
he
that
hath
the
fulnes
and
perfection
of
rule
and
authority
in
him
,
for
whatsoeuer
other
men
haue
,
they
haue
it
from
him
because
it
pleaseth
him
to
bestow
the
same
vppon
them
,
sée
1.
Tim.
6.15
.
Reuelat.
17.14
.
]
for
his
mercy
indureth
for
euer
[
this
is
expounded
before
,
and
therfore
we
shal
not
néede
to
repeate
it
againe
.
]
Ver.
4.
Which
[
vz.
God
our
Lorde
]
onely
[
i.
by
himselfe
alone
,
and
his
owne
power
,
none
ioyning
with
him
as
assistant
]
doth
great
wonders
[
vz.
euen
as
we
our selues
know
,
and
can
report
.
]
Ver.
5.
Which
by
his
wisedome
[
i.
most
wisely
,
and
with
great
vnderstanding
,
yea
,
wich
such
wisedome
and
prouidence
,
as
is
wonderfull
:
Sée
Prouerb
.
3.19
.
wee
may
vnderstande
also
by
wisdom
,
his
eternal
sonne
,
sée
Pro.
8.
from
ver.
22.
to
the
ende
of
the
31.
]
made
[
vz.
in
the
beginning
,
as
Gene.
1.1
.
]
the
heauens
[
vz.
and
all
thinges
therein
conteined
,
for
so
large
doe
I
take
the
worde
to
be
here
,
as
Psal.
124.8
.
]
Ver.
6.
Which
hath
stretched
out
the
earth
[
i.
the
continent
and
firme
land
]
vpon
the
waters
,
sée
Psal.
24.2
.
hee
meaneth
that
God
hath
caused
the
waters
,
to
withdraw
themselues
from
of
the
earth
,
to
the
end
it
might
be
a
place
for
men
to
dwell
therein
:
sée
Gene.
1.9
.
]
Ver.
7.
Which
made
great
lights
[
vz.
two
,
as
Gene.
1.16
.
of
which
he
speaketh
afterwards
particularly
,
and
they
are
called
great
,
because
they
are
in
our
iudgments
in
déed
,
greater
then
the
other
.
]
Ver.
8.
As
[
vz.
for
example
]
the
sunne
to
rule
the
day
[
i.
to
shine
in
it
,
and
to
make
it
light
,
whereas
otherwise
it
woulde
be
all
darknes
.
]
Verse
.
9.
The
moone
and
the
starres
to
gouerne
the
night
[
i.
to
shyne
and
shewe
forth
themselues
in
that
season
.
]
Verse
.
10.
Which
smote
[
vz.
with
his
plagues
Egypt
[
i.
the
lande
and
the
people
inhabiting
it
]
with
their
first
borne
[
i.
all
their
first
borne
,
from
man
to
beast
:
Sée
Psalme
135.8
.
]
Verse
11.
And
brought
out
Israell
[
vz.
who
was
kept
in
captiuity
and
thraldome
putting
Israel
,
for
the
Israelites
]
from
among
them
[
i.
quite
and
cleane
out
of
their
company
and
land
,
this
history
is
written
,
in
the
13.
chapt
.
of
Exod.
]
Ver.
12.
With
a
mighty
hand
[
i.
with
such
great
power
,
as
the
Egiptians
coulde
no
way
resist
]
and
stretched
out
arme
[
i.
with
singular
fauour
and
pro●ection
ouer
his
owne
,
and
great
iudgements
vppon
the
wicked
,
for
the
arme
serueth
both
for
defence
,
and
for
striking
.
]
Ver.
13.
Which
diuided
the
red
Sea
into
two
parts
[
vz.
that
his
people
might
passe
through
it
,
Sée
Exod.
14.22
.
]
Verse
14.
And
made
Israell
[
i.
the
Israelites
,
hee
speaketh
thus
of
them
all
,
as
though
they
were
but
one
man
,
because
they
were
but
one
body
]
to
passe
through
their
iddest
of
it
[
i.
of
the
waters
so
diuided
.
]
Verse
15.
And
ouerthrewe
[
vz.
by
his
almighty
power
]
Pharaoh
[
vz.
who
was
king
of
Egypt
]
and
his
hoste
[
i.
the
people
which
hee
had
gathered
together
,
to
pursue
the
Israelites
,
in
their
flight
,
yea
hée
so
destroyed
them
,
that
there
was
not
one
of
them
left
]
in
the
red
Sea
[
the
place
is
named
,
for
the
certainetie
of
the
historie
also
.
]
Verse
16.
Which
[
vz.
God
]
led
[
vz.
carefully
and
tenderly
as
a
father
his
children
,
or
a
shepheard
his
flocke
]
his
people
[
i.
the
Israelites
,
whome
he
had
chosen
,
to
bée
a
peculiar
people
to
himselfe
,
as
Psalme
135.4
.
]
through
the
wildernesse
[
i.
through
sundry
wildernesses
,
putting
one
for
many
,
as
Sin
,
Pharam
and
others
,
as
whosoeuer
will
reade
the
historie
of
their
iourneyes
,
in
Numbers
33.
shall
plainely
perceiue
.
]
Verse
17.
Which
smote
[
sée
Psal.
135.8.10
.
]
great
kinges
[
i.
kinges
of
great
power
.
]
Verse
.
18.
And
slewe
[
vz.
by
the
sworde
of
his
captaines
,
and
people
,
sée
Psalm
.
135.10
.
]
mightie
kinges
[
i.
kinges
of
wonderfull
might
and
force
,
howe
great
and
mightie
soeuer
they
were
.
]
Verse
19.
As
[
vz.
for
example
]
Sihon
king
of
the
Ammorites
[
i.
one
Sihon
,
that
gouerned
that
people
.
]
Ver.
20.
And
Og
the
king
of
Bashan
[
i.
he
that
ruled
in
the
lande
of
Bashan
.
]
Verse
21.
And
gaue
[
vz.
freely
and
of
his
owne
goodnesse
]
their
lande
[
i.
the
lande
,
which
they
and
their
people
inhabited
]
for
an
heritage
[
i.
by
the
right
of
inheritance
as
it
were
,
so
that
the
people
might
lawfully
possesse
it
.
]
Verse
22.
Euen
an
heritage
[
i.
to
be
a
most
certaine
inheritaunce
,
for
so
much
I
take
the
doubling
of
the
woorde
,
to
import
]
vnto
Israell
his
seruaunt
[
i.
vnto
the
Israelites
,
which
did
serue
and
worshippe
him
,
and
vppon
whome
hee
had
bestowed
this
honour
,
to
bee
his
seruants
,
because
to
serue
him
is
to
bée
a
king
,
for
the
storie
of
all
these
matters
,
conteined
here
from
verse
10.
to
the
ende
of
the
22.
Sée
Exod.
chapters
12.13.14
.
&c.
Sée
Psalme
78.
from
ver.
12
,
to
verse
.
56.
also
Psalm
105.
verse
27.
to
the
ende
thereof
.
Sée
Psalm
.
106.
almost
throughout
.
Psalme
135.
verse
8.9.10.11.12
.
also
Numbers
21.
Deutronomie
3.
Iosh.
12.
and
many
other
places
.
]
Verse
23.
Which
remembred
vs
[
i.
shewed
by
effect
that
hee
thought
vpon
vs
,
and
had
care
ouer
vs
:
as
Genesis
8.1
.
]
in
our
base
estate
[
i.
when
wee
were
afflicted
and
oppressed
on
euery
side
,
for
to
such
a
lowe
ebbe
,
are
Gods
children
many
tymes
brought
.
]
Verse
24.
And
hath
restored
vs
,
from
our
oppressours
[
i.
from
the
power
and
tyrannie
of
such
as
did
oppresse
vs
:
the
metaphor
of
restoring
is
notable
,
not
onely
declaring
their
miserie
,
who
were
taken
captiues
and
prisoners
,
to
bee
vsed
according
to
the
pleasure
of
those
that
had
taken
them
,
but
also
expressing
Gods
mercy
,
in
deliuering
his
people
out
of
the
same
:
and
Gods
power
,
because
the
enemy
coulde
not
gainstande
it
.
]
Verse
25.
Which
giueth
foode
[
i.
graciously
,
and
plentifully
prouideth
for
]
to
all
fleshe
[
i.
not
onely
men
,
but
also
all
beastes
and
creatures
:
sée
Psal.
104.27.28
.
]
Ver.
26.
Prayse
ye
the
God
of
heauen
[
i.
the
true
and
onely
GOD
,
whose
seate
and
dwelling
place
is
in
the
heauen
of
heauens
:
and
by
this
title
hée
discerneth
God
,
from
all
counterfeite
and
forged
Gods
in
the
earth
.
]
Verse
.
1.
Teacheth
vs
,
both
to
prouoke
others
,
and
also
our selues
,
Do.
to
prayse
God
for
his
excellent
goodnes
.
Ver.
2.
teacheth
vs
to
prayse
him
for
his
excellent
nature
,
and
incomprehensible
maiesty
.
Ver.
3
teacheth
vs
to
praise
him
for
his
large
and
great
gouernment
.
Ver.
4
teacheth
vs
that
God
alone
is
he
that
doeth
notable
things
howsoeuer
he
vseth
men
as
meanes
in
the
performance
thereof
.
Ver.
5
teacheth
vs
that
al
that
God
doeth
,
he
doeth
in
most
exact
wisedome
,
&
vnderstanding
.
Ver.
6
teacheth
vs
that
it
is
by
Gods
power
,
that
the
waters
ouerflow
not
the
earth
.
Ver.
7.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
euen
the
light
which
we
enioy
,
is
a
singular
gift
of
God
.
Verse
8.
Sheweth
that
the
sunne
shineth
in
the
day
,
by
the
order
which
GOD
hath
set
,
and
not
for
any
naturall
cause
.
Verse
9.
Teacheth
vs
the
selfe
same
thing
,
touching
the
moone
and
the
starres
in
the
night
season
.
Verse
10.
Teacheth
vs
that
God
spareth
not
the
wicked
in
his
punishments
.
Vrr.
11.
Teacheth
vs
that
it
is
a
singular
benefite
of
God
,
to
deliuer
his
people
,
from
idolaters
,
and
out
of
an
idolatrous
land
.
Ver.
12.
Sheweth
that
God
doeth
it
by
his
only
power
,
which
none
is
able
to
resist
.
Verse
.
13
,
Teacheth
vs
that
God
will
make
the
whole
course
of
nature
,
giue
place
vnto
his
Seruauntes
.
Verse
14.15
.
Teach
,
that
Gods
children
,
goe
in
safety
,
where
the
wicked
manye
tymes
perishe
and
are
ouer-whelmed
.
Verse
16.
Teacheth
vs
,
not
onely
that
GOD
doeth
sundry
wise
proue
the
fayth
and
patience
of
his
seruantes
,
but
mercifully
prouideth
for
them
in
the
places
of
greatest
daunger
.
Ver.
17
,
18
,
19
,
20
,
21.
Teacheth
vs
that
as
there
is
no
power
or
strength
,
able
to
withstand
God
in
his
purposes
&
attemptes
:
so
god
for
his
peoples
sake
,
and
this
assured
loue
towardes
them
,
wil
spare
to
plague
none
,
though
neuer
so
high
,
and
to
doe
wonderfull
and
great
thinges
.
Verse
.
22.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
whatsoeuer
God
giueth
vs
in
this
lyfe
,
hee
doeth
it
to
this
ende
,
that
wée
shoulde
imploy
it
and
our selues
wholy
to
his
seruice
.
Verse
23
,
24.
Doe
teach
vs
that
GOD
doeth
not
onely
thinke
vppon
his
people
for
their
good
,
but
also
graciously
performeth
their
deliueraunce
.
Verse
25.
Doeth
excellently
set
out
Gods
prouidence
ouer
all
his
creatures
.
Verse
26.
Teacheth
,
that
wee
must
not
pray
to
,
or
praise
any
,
or
giue
thanks
to
any
,
but
to
the
true
God
onely
,
which
dwelleth
in
heauen
.
Psalme
137
Di.
THis
Psalme
may
be
diuided
into
thrée
partes
.
In
the
first
the
faythfull
doe
declare
,
the
great
griefe
they
had
in
their
captiuitie
,
and
specially
the
scornes
and
taunts
,
which
the
enemy
layd
vpon
them
.
Ver.
1.2.3
.
Secondly
they
set
out
the
great
strength
that
god
gaue
them
in
those
afflictions
,
and
their
earnest
loue
to
the
Church
,
Ver.
4
,
5
,
6.
In
the
third
they
pray
against
their
enemies
,
pronouncing
a
curse
vpon
them
,
and
a
blessing
vpon
them
,
that
shal
molest
and
trouble
them
.
ver.
7.8.9
.
Se.
This
Psalme
is
without
title
,
as
that
Psalme
which
goeth
next
before
,
and
many
others
are
.
]
Ver.
1.
By
the
riuers
[
vz.
named
Euphrates
,
and
Tygris
]
of
Babel
[
i.
not
onely
of
the
Cytie
,
but
also
of
the
whole
monarchie
,
for
the
Iewes
were
not
onely
caried
into
the
Citie
,
but
dispersed
throughout
theire
whole
gouernment
,
as
appeareth
in
the
bookes
of
Ezechiel
,
Daniel
,
&
Ezra
]
we
[
vz.
who
were
captaines
of
the
people
of
the
Iewes
,
but
specially
the
priests
and
Leuites
who
were
occupied
and
skilled
in
singing
]
sate
[
i.
we
were
a
long
while
in
that
captiuity
]
and
there
we
wept
[
vz.
in
greate
abundaunce
]
when
wee
remembred
Sion
[
i.
the
place
wherein
we
were
wonte
to
worship
GOD
,
and
the
great
destruction
and
desolation
of
it
.
]
Ver.
2.
We
[
vz.
being
thus
sad
and
heauie
]
hanged
our
harpes
[
i.
our
musical
instruments
putting
one
sort
for
sundry
sortes
of
them
]
vpon
the
willowes
[
i.
openly
and
abroad
,
shewing
therby
that
we
had
no
care
or
regard
thereof
:
hee
meaneth
that
they
regarded
not
their
musical
instruments
,
nor
had
any
pleasure
or
delight
in
singing
]
in
the
middest
thereof
[
i.
which
willowes
are
a
long
by
the
riuers
sides
in
that
Countrey
.
]
Ver.
3.
Then
[
vz.
in
this
great
heauines
and
griefe
of
ours
]
they
that
lead
vs
captiues
[
i.
the
Babilonians
and
Assyrians
,
in
whose
countrey
we
were
prisoners
]
required
of
vs
[
vz.
scornefully
and
disdainfully
,
thinking
thereby
to
adde
vnto
our
griefes
]
songs
[
i.
such
songs
as
we
were
wont
to
sing
in
Sion
,
Ierusalem
,
and
our
owne
countrey
,
before
the
destruction
of
the
temple
and
our
captiuity
]
and
mirth
[
i.
they
scoffingly
desired
vs
to
be
merry
,
when
they
sawe
vs
so
heauy
hearted
,
as
nothing
could
make
vs
glad
]
when
we
had
hanged
vp
our
harpes
as
before
in
this
Psalm
.
ver.
2.
]
sing
vs
[
i.
for
vs
,
or
in
our
hearing
]
one
of
the
songes
of
Sion
[
i.
some
one
or
other
of
those
songes
,
which
yee
were
wont
to
sing
in
Sion
,
when
yee
were
at
home
in
your
owne
countrey
:
thus
the
faithful
put
downe
the
wordes
of
the
Babylonians
,
to
which
they
themselues
answere
in
the
next
verse
.
]
Ver.
4.
Howe
shall
we
sing
said
we
[
i.
vy
what
right
or
reason
can
we
sing
]
a
song
of
the
Lord
[
i.
some
one
or
other
of
those
songs
,
which
were
dedicated
to
the
honour
and
seruice
of
the
Lorde
]
in
a
strange
land
[
vz.
besides
our
owne
countrey
,
hee
meaneth
not
simply
,
that
either
the
place
was
of
it selfe
,
vnfit
for
such
a
purpose
,
or
the
thing
it selfe
vnséeming
their
persons
,
but
because
heauinesse
is
not
a
fitte
tyme
for
singing
,
as
Iames
5.13
.
and
they
would
not
deliuer
Gods
holy
songes
to
bee
prophaned
,
by
and
before
a
company
of
vnbeleeuers
,
therfore
do
they
say
thus
.
]
ver.
5.
If
I
forget
thee
[
this
is
a
certayne
kind
of
oth
or
vow
as
it
were
,
by
which
they
bind
themselues
,
to
think
vpon
gods
Church
:
And
here
he
chaungeth
from
the
plural
to
the
singuler
,
which
also
would
be
marked
]
O
Ierusalem
[
i.
O
thou
citie
and
temple
of
the
lord
,
meaning
that
no
afflictions
should
cause
them
to
forgette
]
let
my
right
hand
]
i.
that
hand
wherwith
we
sound
our
harps
,
and
play
vpon
other
instruments
]
forget
to
play
[
i.
forget
all
her
cunning
,
or
let
it
be
,
as
wee
woulde
say
,
dead
,
dryed
vp
,
and
withered
,
not
able
to
play
.
]
Verse
6.
If
I
doe
not
remember
thée
[
i.
continually
thinke
vppon
thée
,
and
that
not
onely
in
the
meditation
and
griefe
of
my
heart
,
but
will
testifie
by
my
dayly
lamenting
and
mourning
for
thée
and
thy
case
]
let
my
tongue
[
vz.
wherewith
I
shoulde
speake
and
sing
]
cleaue
to
the
roofe
of
my
mouth
[
vz.
in
such
sort
,
that
I
may
not
be
able
to
do
either
the
one
or
the
other
:
and
this
is
an
other
wish
,
by
which
hee
declareth
,
that
hee
woulde
rather
want
the
vse
of
his
tongue
,
then
sing
at
those
mens
pleasures
and
requestes
,
which
was
after
a
sort
to
forget
Sion
,
and
Ierusalem
]
yea
[
q.d.
let
that
thing
fall
out
vppon
mee
likewise
]
if
I
preferre
not
Ierusalem
to
my
chiefe
ioye
[
i.
if
I
make
not
more
account
of
it
,
then
of
any
thing
in
this
life
whatsoeuer
,
that
coulde
make
mee
neuer
so
ioyfull
:
q.d.
this
shal
bée
my
whole
and
perfect
ioy
,
to
thinke
earnestly
vpon
Ierusalem
,
and
the
restitution
thereof
:
any
where
else
,
or
in
any
other
thing
,
I
shall
finde
no
matter
or
occasion
of
ioy
,
this
hee
speaketh
in
the
person
of
one
,
meaning
notwithstanding
thereby
,
all
the
rest
of
the
faythfull
that
were
in
captiuity
.
]
Verse
7.
Remember
[
vz.
when
thou
powrest
foorth
thy
iudgementes
,
to
punish
:
q.d.
declare
by
effect
,
that
then
thou
thinkest
vpon
their
wickednes
]
the
children
of
Edom
[
i.
the
Idumeans
,
or
Edomites
,
who
though
they
were
their
neighbours
,
&
came
of
Esau
,
Iaakobs
sonne
,
who
was
called
also
Edom
,
as
it
shoulde
séeme
.
Gene.
36.1
.
yet
they
tooke
part
with
the
Babylonians
,
and
Chaldeans
,
and
prouoked
their
rage
and
crueltie
agaynst
the
Iewes
:
Sée
Obadiah
.
chapt.
1.
ver.
8.9.10.11.12
.
&c.
Sée
also
Psalm
79.12
.
]
in
the
day
of
Ierusalem
[
i.
in
that
same
miserable
day
of
the
ruine
and
destruction
thereof
]
which
sayde
[
vz.
in
the
spyte
and
crueltie
of
their
owne
hearts
,
and
that
to
the
incouragement
of
the
Chaldeans
and
Babylonians
:
Sée
Ezechiel
25.12
.
]
Rase
it
,
rase
it
,
[
this
the
Edomites
spake
to
the
Chaldeans
,
and
Babylonians
:
q.d.
spare
it
not
at
any
hande
]
to
the
foundation
therof
,
and
leaue
not
so
much
,
as
any
appearaunce
of
a
foundation
as
it
were
,
our
Sauiour
expresseth
the
ruine
of
it
by
an
other
terme
,
vz.
that
they
shall
make
it
euen
with
the
grounde
,
and
shall
not
leaue
a
stone
vppon
a
stone
,
Luke
19.44
.
for
the
destruction
of
this
people
,
Sée
Ierem.
49.7
.
&c.
Ezech.
25.12
.
&c.
also
Lament.
4.12
.
&c.
]
Verse
8.
O
daughter
of
Babell
[
i.
O
Citie
of
Babylon
,
for
the
Hebrewes
doe
vse
to
vnderstande
by
daughter
many
tymes
,
Cities
and
Townes
:
Sée
Ioshua
15.45
.
with
the
note
in
the
margent
,
and
if
my
memorie
fayle
mee
not
,
I
haue
noted
once
or
twise
before
in
this
exposition
vppon
the
Psalmes
,
meaning
also
thereby
,
not
the
citie
onely
,
but
the
whole
Countrey
,
and
the
gouernement
thereof
,
as
verse
1.
of
this
Psalme
]
worthy
to
bée
destroyed
[
vz.
for
thy
excéeding
great
wickednesse
,
and
namely
for
thy
wonderfull
crueltie
and
harde
heartednesse
]
blessed
shall
hee
bee
[
i.
they
of
what
state
and
condition
soeuer
they
bee
:
here
hée
speaketh
of
one
in
the
stéede
of
many
:
neither
meaneth
hee
,
that
the
seruice
of
the
Persians
and
Medes
,
who
destroyed
Babylon
was
acceptable
to
God
,
because
they
were
caried
to
the
doing
of
it
,
for
the
satisfiyng
of
their
owne
ambition
and
couetousnes
,
and
not
of
zeale
to
serue
the
Lorde
:
but
by
blessing
,
hée
meaneth
outwarde
commodities
,
as
riches
,
wealth
,
spoyle
,
and
the
wishes
of
the
people
and
their
good
woordes
,
because
that
for
the
tyrannies
of
Babell
,
euery
one
shoulde
not
onely
desire
,
but
also
reioyce
in
the
destruction
of
it
,
as
it
had
deserued
]
that
rewardeth
thée
,
as
thou
hast
serued
vs
[
i.
that
shall
destroye
thée
and
thy
people
,
as
thou
hast
done
our
Citie
Ierusalem
,
the
whole
land
of
Iudah
,
and
vs
,
sée
concerning
the
destruction
of
that
great
Citie
Babell
,
and
the
whole
kingdome
thereof
.
Isaiah
13.
also
Ieremiah
,
chapters
50.51
.
]
Verse
9.
Blessed
shall
hée
bée
[
this
must
bee
expounded
as
it
was
before
,
ver.
8.
]
that
taketh
and
dasheth
thy
children
against
the
stones
[
i.
that
dealeth
most
sharply
and
seuerely
with
thée
,
according
to
the
heinousnesse
of
thine
owne
euill
déedes
,
that
is
,
that
as
thou
sparedst
none
,
no
not
yong
children
,
but
cruelly
destroyedst
vs
and
all
ours
,
so
shal
they
be
wel
thought
of
and
wel
spoken
of
amongest
men
,
that
shall
yéelde
the
like
measure
vnto
you
O
yee
Babylonians
and
Chaldeans
.
Do.
Verse
1.
Teacheth
vs
,
what
greife
of
heart
and
abundaunce
of
teares
,
the
affliction
of
Gods
Church
shoulde
wring
from
vs
.
Verse
2.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
the
tyme
of
affliction
and
miserie
,
is
not
seasonable
,
for
outwarde
mirth
and
meriments
.
Verse
3.
Teacheth
vs
,
what
is
the
harde
heartednesse
,
crueltie
and
scoffing
nature
of
the
wicked
,
when
they
haue
gotten
Gods
children
into
their
nets
.
Verse
4.
Teacheth
vs
not
to
obey
the
wicked
,
no
though
they
haue
the
mastery
of
vs
,
in
euery
thing
,
that
they
demaunde
,
specially
when
God
and
his
glory
shal
be
prophaned
thereby
.
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
vs
continually
to
thinke
vppon
Gods
Church
,
and
the
misteries
thereof
,
that
thereby
we
may
be
prouoked
to
powre
forth
earnest
prayers
to
God
for
it
.
Ver.
6.
Teacheth
vs
that
we
should
rather
forget
our selues
,
then
Gods
Church
,
it
teacheth
vs
also
,
that
nothing
in
this
life
shoulde
bee
so
ioyfull
vnto
vs
,
as
the
restitution
and
florishing
therof
.
Verse
.
7.
Teacheth
vs
that
wee
may
safely
pray
against
the
wicked
and
vngodly
.
Verse
8.9
.
Teach
vs
,
that
God
many
times
punisheth
one
sinne
with
an
other
,
as
cruelty
with
crueltie
,
not
that
he
delighteth
in
sinne
,
but
to
shewe
that
sinne
shall
not
escape
vnpunished
,
and
that
to
this
ende
and
purpose
,
hee
rayseth
vp
one
wicked
man
and
people
against
an
other
.
Psalme
138
THe
Psalme
may
bée
deuided
into
thrée
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
promiseth
,
humble
and
hearty
thankesgiuing
to
the
Lorde
,
for
his
mercies
towardes
him
.
verse
1.2.3
.
In
the
seconde
hee
doeth
by
the
spirite
of
prophecie
as
it
were
,
foretell
,
that
other
kings
and
people
shall
doe
it
as
well
as
hée
,
shewing
the
cause
wherefore
they
shoulde
so
doe
.
ver.
4.5.6
.
In
the
thirde
hee
setteth
out
,
the
assured
perswasion
,
that
hee
had
of
God
and
his
goodnes
towardes
him
,
praying
for
the
continuaunce
therof
.
ver.
7.8
.
The
title
]
A
Psalme
of
Dauid
[
i.
a
Psalme
that
Dauid
made
,
Se.
to
set
foorth
his
thankefulnesse
to
God-warde
.
Sée
Psalme
4.
in
the
title
.
]
Ver.
1.
I
will
prayse
thée
[
vz.
O
Lorde
,
and
that
for
thy
mercies
and
benefites
,
and
this
Psalme
shoulde
séeme
to
bee
a
publike
confession
,
that
Dauid
made
vnto
GOD
,
for
the
blessinges
which
hee
had
receiued
at
his
handes
]
with
my
whole
heart
[
i.
in
sinceritie
of
heart
,
with
a
sounde
,
and
not
an
hypocriticall
heart
,
and
this
is
opposed
against
a
double
heart
:
q.d.
no
parte
of
my
heart
,
nor
of
the
affections
thereof
,
but
they
shall
bée
all
wholly
occupied
in
praysing
of
thee
]
euen
before
the
Gods
[
i.
openlye
,
and
before
the
Kinges
and
Magistrates
of
the
worlde
]
for
so
haue
you
the
woorde
,
Gods
,
vsed
,
Psalme
82.1
.
which
thing
also
Dauid
him-selfe
promiseth
,
Psalme
119.46
.
and
in
other
places
]
will
I
prayse
thee
[
vz.
continually
and
vnfeignedly
.
]
Verse
2.
I
will
worshippe
towardes
thy
temple
[
i.
I
will
call
vppon
thee
,
bending
my
presence
towardes
the
place
where
thou
art
serued
,
Sée
Psalme
5.7
.
]
and
prayse
thy
name
[
i.
thy
maiestye
,
power
,
goodnesse
,
&c.
as
sundry
tymes
before
]
because
of
thy
louing
kindnes
[
vz.
towardes
mee
]
and
for
thy
trueth
[
vz.
in
accomplishing
thy
promises
,
so
here
hee
putteth
downe
the
causes
of
his
thankesgiuing
:
Sée
Psalme
115.1
.
]
for
thou
hast
magnified
thy
name
aboue
all
thinges
[
i.
thou
hast
made
thy
maiesty
and
power
appeare
more
excellent
and
great
,
then
all
thinges
whatsoeuer
]
by
thy
word
[
i.
by
faithful
accomplishment
of
those
thinges
which
thou
hast
promised
in
thy
word
.
]
It
may
also
receiue
this
sense
,
q.d.
the
things
which
thou
speakest
and
performest
in
thy
woorde
,
are
more
great
and
large
,
then
that
men
can
either
name
them
,
or
thou
bee
sufficiently
praysed
for
them
,
Sée
Psalme
71.15
.
]
Ver.
3.
When
I
called
[
vz.
vpon
thée
by
prayer
]
then
thou
heardest
mee
[
i.
grauntest
mée
my
requestes
and
petitions
:
Sée
Psalm
.
120.1
.
]
and
thou
[
vz.
alone
,
for
none
could
do
it
but
thou
]
hast
increased
strength
in
my
soule
[
i.
hast
made
my
soule
and
inward
man
very
mightie
and
strong
,
with
patience
to
suffer
all
calamities
whatsoeuer
:
it
may
be
also
vnderstoode
thus
,
that
God
had
more
and
more
strengthened
himselfe
,
putting
a
part
for
the
whole
.
]
Ver.
4.
All
the
kinges
of
the
earth
.
[
This
séemeth
to
bee
a
prophecie
of
the
calling
of
the
Gentiles
,
he
meaneth
that
many
kings
,
&
their
people
shal
bee
conuerted
to
the
Lorde
]
shall
prayse
thee
O
Lorde
[
vz.
by
myne
example
]
for
they
haue
hearde
the
woordes
of
thy
mouth
[
i.
they
haue
not
onely
with
their
eares
heard
,
but
with
their
eyes
séene
,
and
with
their
heartes
consented
vnto
,
the
trueth
of
thy
word
generally
,
and
particularly
this
,
that
thou
hast
by
wonderfull
meanes
brought
mée
to
the
kingdome
:
and
this
hee
speaketh
specially
of
Hiram
king
of
Tyrus
,
and
others
néere
vnto
him
.
]
Verse
5.
And
they
shall
sing
[
vz.
openly
and
in
the
hearing
of
others
]
of
the
wayes
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
of
the
thinges
which
the
Lorde
doeth
,
and
of
the
order
and
course
which
he
obserueth
therein
:
he
meaneth
that
they
shal
both
acknowledge
gods
workes
and
prayse
him
for
the
same
,
specially
for
the
course
which
hee
hath
kept
,
in
preseruing
Dauid
from
his
enemies
,
and
exalting
him
to
the
kingdome
]
because
the
glory
of
the
Lorde
is
great
[
i.
because
the
thinges
that
he
hath
done
gloriously
and
openly
,
as
it
were
a
conquerour
are
very
high
and
excellent
.
]
Verse
6.
For
the
Lorde
is
high
[
i.
mightie
and
passing
the
very
heauens
them-selues
,
and
so
it
may
bée
a
reason
of
the
great
glorye
of
the
Lorde
,
whereof
hée
spake
before
]
yet
[
q.d.
notwithstanding
the
great
distaunce
betwéene
him
and
vs
]
hee
beholdeth
[
vz.
with
a
fauourable
and
louing
countenaunce
,
and
that
not
idlely
,
but
effectually
,
and
as
one
that
hath
altogether
care
ouer
such
]
the
lowly
[
i.
such
as
are
humbled
,
despised
,
and
contemned
amongest
men
]
but
the
proude
[
vz.
men
of
the
earth
]
hee
knoweth
[
vz.
thorowly
,
both
within
and
without
]
a
farre
off
[
vz.
howe
farre
off
so
euer
they
bée
from
him
:
and
it
may
bée
that
hee
meaneth
,
that
as
the
proude
doeth
scornefully
,
and
as
it
were
a
farre
off
beholde
others
,
so
dealeth
the
Lorde
with
them
.
Immanuel
readeth
the
whole
verse
thus
]
though
the
Lorde
bee
lifted
vppe
[
vz.
in
great
and
exceeding
glorie
]
yet
hee
beholdeth
the
lowly
[
i.
such
as
are
depressed
and
beaten
downe
of
men
]
and
though
hee
him-selfe
bee
high
[
i.
lifted
vppe
euen
aboue
the
heauens
]
hee
knoweth
a
farre
off
[
q.d.
GOD
hath
both
sight
and
certaine
knowledge
,
both
of
the
good
and
of
the
bad
,
the
senses
in
my
iudgements
differ
not
much
.
]
Verse
7.
Though
I
walke
[
i.
though
I
bee
much
conuersaunt
]
in
the
middest
of
trouble
[
i.
in
very
great
daunger
,
so
that
I
am
compassed
about
with
,
both
before
and
behind
,
on
the
right
hande
and
on
the
left
,
Sée
Psalme
23.3.4
.
]
yet
wilt
thou
reuiue
mee
[
q.d.
though
my
dangers
were
so
great
,
that
I
shoulde
séeme
to
be
dead
,
yet
thou
wilt
quicken
me
,
and
preserue
me
from
death
.
]
Thou
wilt
stretch
forth
thine
hande
vpon
the
wrath
of
mine
enemies
[
i.
thou
wilt
not
onely
set
thy
power
betwéene
mee
and
their
rage
,
to
the
end
that
they
doe
me
not
any
hurt
,
but
thou
wilt
also
oppose
and
set
thy selfe
against
them
.
Immanuel
readeth
it
thus
]
thou
stretchedst
out
thy
hande
,
agaynst
the
face
of
mine
enemies
[
i.
thou
wilt
strike
them
and
that
openly
,
as
it
were
with
thy
left
hande
,
and
wilt
defende
mée
with
thy
right
,
as
followeth
in
this
verse
]
and
thy
right
hande
[
i.
thy
gracious
and
mighty
power
]
shall
saue
me
[
i.
deliuer
me
out
of
al
my
dangers
.
]
Verse
.
8.
The
Lorde
[
vz.
whose
purpose
and
power
none
is
able
to
withstand
]
will
performe
[
vz.
graciously
and
in
good
time
]
his
worke
[
i.
the
worke
that
hee
hath
begunne
in
me
towardes
me
[
i.
vpon
me
,
and
for
my
cause
.
q.d.
hee
will
procéede
〈◊〉
declare
,
that
hee
hath
care
ouer
my
saluatioon
,
and
will
bring
to
perfection
that
which
hee
hath
begunne
:
Sée
Philip.
1.6
.
]
O
Lorde
thy
mercy
[
vz.
towardes
all
,
but
chiefely
towardes
thy
children
]
indureth
for
euer
[
i.
shall
neuer
haue
ende
:
for
though
that
in
the
life
to
come
wee
shall
not
sinne
,
no
more
then
the
Angels
in
heauen
doe
nowe
,
yet
as
they
stand
now
,
so
must
wee
then
,
by
his
only
mercy
in
Christ
]
forsake
not
the
woorkes
of
thine
handes
[
i.
leaue
not
mee
in
myne
affliction
,
and
the
good
thinges
that
thou
hast
begunne
in
mee
.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
vnfeignedly
to
prayse
the
Lorde
for
his
mercies
:
Do.
yea
that
wée
shoulde
not
bée
ashamed
to
doe
it
,
before
men
of
might
and
countenaunce
.
Verse
2.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
Gods
continuall
grace
towardes
vs
,
and
the
faythfull
accomplishment
of
his
promises
,
shoulde
alwaies
prouoke
vs
to
bee
thankefull
vnto
him
.
Verse
3.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
GOD
is
nigh
to
the
earnest
supplications
and
prayers
of
his
seruauntes
.
Verse
4.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
it
is
the
duety
euen
of
Kinges
,
to
serue
the
Lorde
,
euen
as
well
as
the
meanest
of
the
people
:
and
that
the
hearing
of
Gods
woorde
,
is
a
good
meane
for
mens
conuersion
.
Verse
5.
Teacheth
vs
,
to
take
singular
delight
in
the
meditation
,
and
speach
of
Gods
workes
and
worde
.
Ver.
6.
Teacheth
vs
that
God
considereth
the
conuersation
both
of
the
good
and
the
bad
,
but
to
diuers
endes
and
effectes
.
Verse
7.
Teacheth
vs
that
when
Gods
children
are
in
the
greatest
distresse
,
that
euen
then
they
should
assuredly
beleeue
that
God
will
worke
most
comfortably
for
their
deliueraunce
.
Verse
8.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
GOD
beginneth
nothing
in
his
children
,
but
hee
doeth
accomplishe
,
and
make
the
same
perfect
:
and
yet
that
it
is
our
duety
notwithstanding
,
to
vse
continuall
and
hearty
prayers
vnto
him
,
for
the
performance
thereof
.
Psalme
139
Di.
I
Doe
suppose
that
this
Psalme
,
may
rightly
bee
diuided
into
foure
partes
.
In
the
first
,
the
Prophet
sheweth
that
the
Lorde
did
thorowly
know
him
and
al
his
waies
both
inward
and
outward
,
and
this
reacheth
from
ver.
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
6.
In
the
seconde
hée
declareth
,
that
nothing
neither
in
heauen
nor
in
earth
,
nor
in
places
vnder
the
earth
,
is
able
to
hyde
him
,
from
this
great
presence
and
exact
knowledge
of
God
,
from
verse
7.
to
the
ende
of
the
12.
In
the
thirde
parte
,
hee
setteth
out
certaine
reasons
thereof
taken
from
mans
creation
,
concluding
with
the
excellency
of
Gods
workes
and
wayes
.
from
ver.
13.
to
the
ende
of
the
18.
and
in
the
fourth
part
,
hee
prayeth
earnestly
agaynst
the
wicked
,
desiring
the
Lorde
more
and
more
,
to
try
him
,
that
in
the
ende
hee
may
bee
founde
fit
for
him
,
from
ver.
19.
to
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
title
[
to
him
that
excelleth
]
a
Psalm
of
Dauid
[
sée
this
expounded
before
,
Psalme
4.
in
the
title
:
Sée
also
the
title
of
Psalme
14.
]
Ver.
1.
O
Lorde
[
vz.
who
alone
art
the
searcher
of
the
heartes
and
reynes
]
thou
hast
tried
[
vz.
by
sundry
and
many
meanes
]
mée
[
vz.
whome
men
speake
so
much
euill
of
]
and
knowne
mee
[
vz.
thorowly
,
both
inwardly
and
outwardly
,
so
that
my
thoughtes
,
wordes
and
déedes
are
open
in
thy
sight
:
and
that
which
hee
speaketh
here
generally
,
hee
vttereth
in
the
next
verses
more
particularly
.
And
this
Dauid
doth
,
appealing
to
the
iudgement
of
God
,
and
making
him
witnesse
of
his
heart
,
because
hee
sawe
that
hee
was
vniustly
accused
of
his
enemies
.
]
Verse
2.
Thou
knowest
[
vz.
thorowly
as
before
verse
1.
]
my
sitting
and
my
rising
[
i.
whether
I
sit
downe
,
or
ryse
vp
,
or
doe
any
thing
else
,
it
is
naked
before
thée
:
vnderstanding
also
by
these
two
,
al
the
actions
of
the
whole
life
of
a
man
]
thou
vnderstandest
[
i.
knowest
and
perceiuest
]
my
thought
[
i.
both
it
,
and
the
thinges
that
in
it
,
I
thinke
vppon
]
a
farre
off
[
i.
long
before
it
bee
brought
to
effect
,
yea
long
before
it
come
into
my
minde
,
or
I
haue
conceiued
any
thing
in
my selfe
.
]
Verse
3.
Thou
compassest
my
pathes
and
my
lying
downe
[
i.
thou
art
alwayes
with
mée
,
whether
I
iourney
,
trauayle
,
or
lye
still
]
and
are
accustomed
[
i.
well
acquainted
,
and
as
it
were
familiar
]
with
all
my
wayes
[
i.
with
the
conuersation
and
actions
of
my
whole
lyfe
.
]
Verse
4.
For
there
is
not
a
woorde
in
my
tongue
[
i.
I
am
not
about
to
speake
any
thing
at
all
:
hée
putteth
the
instrument
of
speach
and
woordes
conceiued
and
ready
to
bée
vttered
,
for
woordes
vttered
already
as
it
were
]
but
loe
,
thou
knowest
it
wholly
O
Lorde
[
vz.
euen
before
I
speake
it
,
so
that
neither
it
,
nor
any
part
of
it
can
bee
hidden
from
thée
.
]
Verse
5.
Thou
holdest
mée
straite
[
vz.
by
thy
almighty
power
]
behinde
and
before
[
i.
on
euery
side
,
as
aboue
and
belowe
,
on
the
right
hande
and
on
the
left
:
q.d.
thy
power
and
presence
enuironeth
mée
on
all
sides
,
so
that
I
can
neither
thinke
,
doe
,
nor
speake
any
thing
,
but
thou
séest
it
,
and
knowest
it
]
and
layest
thyne
hande
vppon
mee
[
i.
thy
power
:
q.d.
euen
as
though
thou
haddest
arrested
mee
,
and
made
mee
thy
prisoner
,
thou
kéepest
mée
in
such
sort
,
that
I
can
not
goe
out
of
thy
sight
nor
doe
any
thing
,
but
thou
knowest
it
,
yea
and
guidest
and
gouernest
mee
also
.
]
Verse
6.
Thy
knowledge
[
i.
the
knowledge
of
thy
maiesty
,
and
of
thy
wonderfull
and
excellent
woorkes
]
is
to
wonderfull
[
i.
ouer
high
and
marueilous
]
for
mee
[
vz.
to
reach
vnto
it
]
it
is
so
high
[
i.
excellent
and
exquisite
]
that
I
can
not
atteine
vnto
it
[
vz.
by
any
wit
or
industrie
that
I
haue
:
q.d.
I
am
not
able
to
comprehende
of
my selfe
,
or
by
any
thing
that
is
within
mée
,
or
without
mee
,
to
knowe
thée
,
and
thy
great
woorkes
,
because
they
are
farre
beyonde
the
reach
of
my
reason
,
capacitie
,
and
vnderstanding
.
]
Verse
7.
Whither
[
i.
into
what
place
of
heauen
and
earth
]
shall
I
goe
from
thy
spirite
[
vz.
to
hyde
mee
from
thy
knowledge
and
vnderstanding
:
because
men
conceiue
and
vnderstande
thinges
,
by
the
spirite
,
which
is
a
facultie
and
power
of
the
inwarde
man
,
hee
speaketh
thus
of
God
,
not
meaning
it
of
the
holy
Ghost
,
which
is
the
thirde
person
of
the
godheade
:
q.d.
I
knowe
not
whither
to
goe
,
but
thou
wilt
alwayes
perceiue
and
vnderstande
where
I
am
]
whither
shall
I
flie
from
thy
presence
[
q.d.
I
knowe
not
whither
to
get
mee
,
from
thy
sight
,
as
may
appeare
by
the
particular
enumeration
following
.
]
Verse
8.
If
I
ascende
[
i.
goe
vp
]
into
heauen
[
vz.
which
is
thy
seate
and
dwelling
house
as
it
were
]
thou
art
there
[
i.
I
shall
certainelye
finde
thee
there
]
if
I
lye
downe
in
hell
[
i.
in
the
graue
,
as
wee
haue
had
it
sundrye
tymes
in
this
booke
of
Psalmes
:
q.d.
if
I
should
rest
in
the
graue
and
lower
partes
of
the
earth
,
as
men
doe
in
their
beddes
]
thou
art
there
[
vz.
in
thy
almightye
power
,
prouidence
,
and
presence
.
]
Verse
9.
Let
mee
take
the
winges
of
the
morning
[
i.
as
I
take
it
the
sunne
beames
,
putting
a
parte
for
the
whole
:
q.d.
albeit
I
had
as
great
quickenesse
as
the
sunne
hath
,
both
when
it
riseth
,
and
when
as
it
were
in
a
moment
it
goeth
rounde
about
the
worlde
,
yet
that
woulde
not
profite
mee
,
to
hyde
mée
from
thy
presence
and
knowledge
]
and
dwell
in
the
vttermost
partes
of
the
Sea
[
i.
shoulde
dwell
,
as
farre
as
there
is
any
Sea
:
or
at
the
furthest
ende
of
the
Sea
.
]
Verse
10.
Yet
thither
[
vz.
euen
to
that
same
very
place
]
shall
thine
hande
[
i.
thy
power
and
might
]
leade
mee
[
vz.
euen
as
a
shephearde
is
wont
to
leade
his
sheepe
]
and
thy
righte
hande
[
i.
thy
great
power
and
might
]
holde
mee
[
vz.
there
,
and
keepe
mee
in
that
place
.
q.d.
though
I
woulde
thinke
by
flying
hither
and
thither
to
withdrawe
my selfe
from
thy
presence
,
yet
I
shoulde
be
in
thy
presence
and
power
still
,
because
by
it
,
I
should
bée
caried
whither
I
my selfe
would
,
to
stay
there
,
and
to
returne
againe
from
thence
,
at
thy
pleasure
,
euen
as
the
shéepe
hang
vppon
the
shephearde
.
]
Verse
11.
If
I
say
[
i.
if
I
shoulde
either
speake
or
thinke
thus
]
yet
the
darkenesse
[
q.d.
séeing
other
places
and
meanes
can
not
helpe
,
yet
this
shift
I
will
haue
,
I
shal
bee
hidden
from
thée
in
the
night
:
for
I
take
it
,
that
by
darkenes
hée
vnderstandeth
night
,
as
may
appeare
by
that
which
followeth
]
shal
hyde
me
,
vz.
from
thy
presence
and
knowledge
,
so
that
thou
shalt
not
sée
or
perceiue
mee
]
euen
the
night
shal
be
light
,
about
me
[
q.d.
certainely
I
shal
bee
but
deceiued
,
for
that
which
is
done
in
the
night
,
is
as
wel
known
to
thée
,
as
that
which
is
done
in
the
noone
day
,
for
howsoeuer
to
me
,
and
other
creatures
,
the
night
is
darke
,
yet
to
thée
that
art
the
creator
,
all
thinges
are
open
,
naked
,
and
bare
,
as
Heb.
4.13
.
]
Ver.
12.
Yea
the
darknes
[
i.
the
night
,
nor
no
other
darkenes
whatsoeuer
,
though
it
were
as
thicke
,
and
palpable
,
as
the
darkenes
of
Egypt
]
hydeth
not
[
vz.
any
,
either
thought
,
worde
,
or
déede
]
from
thée
[
i.
from
thy
sight
and
knowledge
]
but
the
night
shineth
[
vz.
before
thée
,
and
in
thy
sight
,
meaning
by
the
worde
,
shineth
,
that
it
is
as
cleare
for
God
to
beholde
any
thing
in
,
as
the
noone
tyde
]
the
darkenes
and
light
[
i.
the
night
and
the
day
,
Sée
Gene.
1.5
.
]
are
both
a
like
[
vz.
to
thée
,
for
thou
séest
as
clearely
in
the
one
,
as
in
the
other
.
]
Verse
13.
For
thou
hast
possessed
[
here
hée
yéeldeth
a
reason
,
why
God
shoulde
knowe
the
thinges
before
mentioned
,
and
it
is
taken
from
the
notable
creation
of
man
by
Gods
wonder
full
gouernement
:
q.d.
by
good
reason
,
all
these
thinges
are
knowne
to
thée
,
because
thou
hast
created
man
and
euery
part
,
and
péece
of
him
,
and
vnder
the
worde
,
possessed
,
the
Prophet
noteth
,
first
the
knowledge
that
God
hath
of
vs
:
for
no
man
possesseth
euidences
,
or
houses
,
but
hee
knoweth
the
right
title
&
roomes
thereof
:
Secondly
,
his
right
and
authoritie
:
for
howsoeuer
men
obtaine
vniust
possessions
,
yet
with
the
Lorde
there
is
no
iniustice
]
my
reines
[
i.
mine
affections
,
yea
the
most
secret
thoughtes
of
my
heart
,
and
whatsoeuer
lay
,
or
lyeth
hid
within
me
]
thou
hast
couered
me
in
my
mothers
wombe
[
Immanuel
addeth
here
a
terme
that
maketh
the
sense
most
plaine
,
thus
]
from
the
time
,
that
thou
hast
&c.
[
q.d.
yea
euen
from
my
conception
,
&
long
before
,
thou
knewest
al
thinges
concerning
me
:
And
yet
I
deny
not
,
but
this
text
of
the
Geneua
Bible
,
may
haue
a
good
sense
thus
]
thou
hast
couered
mee
[
vz.
with
flesh
,
sinewes
,
skin
,
&c.
]
in
my
mothers
wombe
[
i.
before
I
was
borne
,
&
when
in
that
place
,
thou
gauest
a
forme
and
fashion
to
me
,
and
so
it
may
be
a
reason
why
nothing
can
be
hidden
from
God
,
because
God
made
him
there
,
and
knewe
him
there
,
therefore
much
more
in
this
life
.
]
Ver.
14.
I
wil
praise
thée
[
vz.
with
my
whole
hart
,
as
psal.
138.1
.
]
for
I
am
fearefully
&
wonderously
made
[
i.
the
very
creation
and
making
of
me
,
and
the
due
consideration
which
I
haue
thereof
,
do
strike
into
me
a
feare
of
thy
maiesty
,
&
a
wondering
at
thy
workmanship
,
or
else
thus
:
thou
hast
created
me
after
a
feareful
and
wonderful
sort
.
Immanuel
readeth
it
thus
]
I
doe
praise
thée
,
because
,
by
these
thy
reuerend
woorkes
,
I
am
brought
to
wondering
[
&
then
repeateth
these
words
]
I
praise
thy
marueilous
works
,
my
soule
knoweth
them
very
well
,
but
I
take
the
other
text
to
be
as
good
as
this
]
marueilous
[
i.
very
excellent
&
wonderfull
]
are
thy
workes
[
vz.
euerie
one
of
them
,
and
namely
the
continuall
forming
and
creating
of
mankynde
]
and
my
soule
knoweth
it
well
[
vz.
through
thy
great
goodnesse
,
who
hast
put
that
light
into
it
,
to
know
and
consider
of
that
excellente
and
wonderfull
worke
.
]
Verse
15.
My
bones
[
i.
neyther
they
all
nor
any
one
of
them
,
for
thou
kéepest
them
in
a
continuall
account
,
sée
Psal.
34
,
20.
]
are
not
hid
from
thée
,
for
thou
knowest
both
their
names
and
their
number
]
though
I
was
made
in
a
secret
place
[
vz.
in
my
mothers
wombe
,
as
verse
13
,
q.d.
the
closenesse
of
that
place
,
could
not
hide
them
from
thy
presence
and
knowledge
]
and
fashioned
beneath
in
the
earth
[
whereas
thou
notwithstanding
was
in
heauen
:
q.d.
the
distaunce
of
the
place
could
not
hinder
thée
from
the
sight
and
knowledge
of
me
,
and
of
euery
part
and
péece
of
me
.
]
Verse
16.
Thine
eyes
did
sée
me
[
this
is
spoken
of
God
,
according
to
mans
vnderstanding
,
not
that
God
hath
eyes
,
but
that
the
Lord
knew
more
perfitly
by
many
degrées
,
then
we
know
things
by
our
sight
]
when
I
was
without
forme
[
i.
when
I
had
neither
shape
nor
fashion
,
but
was
as
it
were
a
rude
lumpe
:
he
speaketh
here
of
a
great
secret
of
nature
.
Of
which
we
should
both
think
and
speake
reuerently
and
modestly
]
for
in
thy
booke
[
this
is
spoken
according
to
men
,
who
vse
bookes
for
the
helpe
of
their
memory
that
they
may
haue
euery
thing
by
péecemeale
as
it
were
]
were
all
thinges
written
[
i.
all
the
members
and
parts
of
my
body
,
were
as
well
knowne
in
thy
prouidence
vnto
thée
,
as
if
they
had
bin
written
in
a
booke
and
layd
before
thée
]
which
[
vz.
members
and
parts
of
mine
]
in
continuance
[
vz.
of
time
]
were
fashioned
[
vz.
thorow
thy
great
power
&
woorking
]
when
there
was
none
of
them
before
[
vz.
created
and
made
.
This
is
it
that
he
meaneth
,
that
as
God
in
the
beginning
made
heauen
&
earth
,
as
a
huge
heape
without
forme
,
&
yet
afterwardes
gaue
them
that
notable
forme
which
they
haue
,
and
out
of
them
framed
that
great
variety
of
excellent
creatures
:
so
out
of
the
rude
lumpe
conceaued
first
in
the
womb
,
which
yet
notwithstanding
did
in
it self
containe
the
whole
body
,
did
the
Lord
by
a
merueilous
workmanship
create
that
excellent
forme
and
proportion
of
mans
body
,
and
of
the
seueral
members
&
ioynts
therof
.
]
Ver.
17.
How
deare
[
i.
how
precious
,
yea
incomprehensible
to
my
iudgement
,
or
to
al
mens
iudgement
whatsoeuer
]
therefore
[
vz.
for
the
causes
aboue
rehearsed
]
are
thy
thoughts
vnto
me
[
i.
are
the
meditations
which
I
my selfe
haue
,
concerning
thée
and
thy
great
workes
]
howe
great
is
the
summe
of
them
?
[
i.
both
of
thy
workes
,
and
of
the
thoughts
and
meditations
which
I
haue
of
them
:
q.d.
they
are
so
many
as
they
are
able
to
ouerwhelme
al
the
vnderstanding
of
men
,
that
they
are
not
able
to
count
them
,
much
lesse
to
comprehend
them
,
sée
Psa.
40.5
.
]
Verse
18
If
I
should
count
them
[
i.
go
about
or
indeuour
to
count
them
]
they
are
moe
then
the
sand
[
q.d.
I
might
as
well
number
the
sand
of
the
sea
,
whiche
is
infinite
and
innumerable
,
sée
for
this
spéech
,
1.
Samuel
13.5
.
2.
Sam.
17.11
.
Psal.
78.27
.
]
when
I
awake
[
vz
from
my
sléepe
and
naturall
rest
]
I
am
still
with
thée
[
i.
I
doe
continually
meditate
of
thy
wonderfull
workes
and
wisedome
:
q.d.
Except
it
be
when
I
sléepe
,
I
spend
little
or
no
time
otherwise
then
in
the
meditation
of
thy
maiesty
and
workes
.
]
Verse
19.
Oh
that
thou
wouldest
stay
[
vz.
in
thy
iust
iudgements
]
O
God
,
the
wicked
and
bloody
men
[
i.
men
that
giue
themselues
ouer
to
wickednesse
and
murther
:
q.d.
Then
should
I
muche
reioyce
,
to
haue
this
my
wish
and
prayer
performed
,
and
I
and
others
should
be
instructed
to
turne
from
their
wayes
and
not
to
follow
them
]
to
whome
I
saye
[
vz.
vnfaignedly
and
with
a
good
hart
]
depart
ye
from
me
[
sée
Psa.
6.8
.
Immanuel
readeth
this
verse
farre
otherwise
,
&
giueth
a
contrary
sence
,
but
I
sée
no
reason
or
ground
for
it
:
for
the
place
of
the
2.
Chron.
30.18.19
.
hath
no
such
thing
in
it
.
]
Ver.
20.
Which
[
vz.
wicked
&
bloody
men
]
speake
wickedly
of
thée
[
i.
doe
openly
shew
both
by
wordes
and
déedes
,
withoute
any
maner
of
hipocrisie
or
counterfeiting
,
a
full
contempt
both
of
thée
&
thine
,
and
that
of
hatred
agaynst
both
]
and
being
thine
enemies
[
i.
opposing
and
setting
themselues
agaynst
shée
and
thine
]
are
lifted
vp
[
i.
aduaunce
themselues
and
are
swelled
in
pride
,
as
though
that
in
the
loftines
of
their
harts
,
they
would
doe
whatsoeuer
pleased
them
vpon
the
earth
,
but
all
this
is
]
in
vayne
[
i.
to
no
purpose
,
for
downe
they
shall
be
cast
and
haue
terrible
falles
]
Immanuel
readeth
this
latter
part
thus
]
who
doe
vainly
extoll
[
i.
not
only
without
a
cause
,
but
also
proudly
&
presumptuously
set
vp
,
fauour
and
allow
of
thine
enemies
:
of
which
sée
Rom.
1.32
.
]
Ver.
21.
Do
not
I
hate
them
O
Lord
,
that
hate
thée
?
[
q.d.
thou
knowest
that
I
do
it
,
for
that
I
take
to
be
the
force
of
the
interrogation
]
and
doe
not
I
earnestly
contend
with
those
that
rise
vp
against
thée
?
[
i.
doe
I
not
striue
as
it
were
for
lyfe
and
death
agaynst
those
that
are
thine
enemies
:
for
this
phrase
rising
vp
agaynst
one
,
sée
Psal.
3
,
1.
]
Ver.
22.
I
hate
them
with
an
vnfeigned
hatred
[
i.
not
as
men
,
who
séeme
to
hate
,
and
yet
to
loue
,
but
I
doe
vnfainedlye
and
with
a
round
hart
]
as
they
were
mine
vtter
enemies
[
vz.
yea
and
more
to
,
if
it
be
possible
for
a
man
to
hate
more
.
He
sheweth
that
he
had
gods
glory
in
such
regard
that
he
would
not
haue
any
familiaritie
with
the
contemners
of
God
.
]
Ver.
23.
Trie
me
,
O
God
[
vz.
thorowly
]
and
know
mine
heart
[
i.
not
that
hee
doubted
whether
God
knew
it
yea
or
no
,
but
to
declare
that
he
did
willingly
subiect
him selfe
to
Gods
triall
]
proue
me
,
and
know
my
thoughts
[
this
repetition
&
doubling
séemeth
not
only
to
note
his
earnestnesse
in
prayer
,
but
also
the
vnfeignednesse
of
his
hart
,
sincerely
submitting
it selfe
to
the
examination
and
tryall
of
God
:
and
all
is
:
q.d.
thou
art
a
witnesse
of
all
my
matters
,
and
I
am
thy
seruaunt
,
therefore
if
néede
be
,
behold
I
am
ready
to
indure
thy
trials
,
sée
Psal.
26
,
1
,
2.
&c.
Neyther
doth
he
here
boast
,
as
though
he
were
without
sinne
,
but
assureth
himselfe
that
God
will
accepte
his
godlinesse
and
indeuour
,
although
that
thorow
infirmitie
he
fall
sundry
times
.
]
Ver.
24.
And
consider
[
vz.
thorowly
and
narrowly
]
if
there
be
any
way
of
wickednesse
in
me
[
i.
whether
I
follow
an
vngodly
and
rebellious
kind
of
life
against
thée
,
yea
or
nay
,
for
it
is
one
thing
to
fall
of
infirmitie
,
and
another
thing
to
sinne
rebelliously
:
Paul
Rom.
7
expresseth
it
by
sinne
dwelling
in
vs
,
&
sinne
reigning
in
vs
]
and
lead
me
[
vz.
thorow
thy
goodnesse
and
mercy
]
in
the
way
[
vz.
of
thy
commaundements
,
i.
in
a
godly
and
holy
conuersation
]
for
euer
[
i.
continually
.
He
prayeth
vnto
God
,
that
he
may
be
constant
in
his
obedience
and
that
he
may
finish
the
course
of
his
life
,
in
his
faith
and
feare
.
Verse
1.
teacheth
vs
,
that
God
is
the
searcher
of
the
hart
and
raines
.
Ver.
2
teacheth
vs
,
that
the
Lord
doth
not
only
know
,
but
also
dispose
of
al
the
affairs
of
our
life
:
also
that
he
looketh
euen
vnto
our
thoughts
,
and
that
therefore
wée
should
striue
euen
to
a
reformation
of
them
likewise
.
Verse
3
teacheth
vs
,
that
God
is
the
protector
and
defender
of
those
that
be
his
,
in
euery
thing
that
they
take
in
hand
.
Ver.
4
teacheth
vs
,
that
God
regardeth
euen
our
words
,
and
that
therefore
we
should
labour
to
make
them
approued
vnto
him
.
Ver.
5
teacheth
vs
,
that
we
can
doe
nothing
without
God
.
Verse
6
teacheth
vs
that
we
cannot
of
our selues
attaine
to
the
knowledge
of
God
and
his
maiestie
.
Verse
7
,
8
,
9
,
10
,
11
,
12
,
teach
vs
,
that
nothing
nor
no
place
,
can
hide
vs
from
the
presence
and
power
of
God
,
neither
heauen
nor
hell
,
nor
the
sea
,
nor
the
darkenesse
,
nor
any
thing
else
whatsoeuer
.
They
teach
further
,
that
it
is
a
very
vaine
and
false
perswasion
for
a
man
to
thinke
,
that
by
going
or
flying
he
canne
escape
from
God
.
They
shew
also
that
God
by
his
power
and
prouidence
is
euery
where
,
Verse
10
doth
specially
teach
vs
this
,
that
whatsoeuer
we
purpose
,
yet
wee
can
goe
no
whither
,
but
thither
whither
the
Lord
will
haue
vs
to
goe
.
Verse
13
teacheth
vs
that
God
preserueth
and
kéepeth
vs
,
euen
before
we
be
borne
,
or
else
should
we
neuer
behold
this
light
.
Verse
14
teacheth
vs
,
but
euen
to
looke
into
our selues
and
our
creation
,
and
we
shall
finde
great
occasion
offred
vs
thereby
to
be
thankful
to
God
.
Verse
15.
setteth
out
Gods
prouidence
,
as
to
whole
man
generallye
,
so
euen
to
the
particular
partes
and
members
of
his
body
.
Verse
16
teacheth
that
God
alone
worketh
in
all
in
our
conception
,
creation
,
&c.
Verse
17
teacheth
vs
reuerently
to
estéeme
of
Gods
wayes
,
and
of
his
workes
,
and
not
to
let
them
passe
with
so
slight
a
consideration
as
commonlye
men
doe
.
Ver.
18
teacheth
vs
,
that
Gods
workes
are
infinite
,
and
we
not
able
to
comprehend
them
,
no
not
any
one
of
them
in
such
sort
as
we
should
,
and
as
the
excellency
of
them
requireth
:
it
teacheth
vs
also
in
the
meditation
and
beholding
of
them
,
that
thereby
wee
may
more
and
more
profite
in
the
knowledge
,
and
apprehension
of
his
maiestie
goodnesse
,
power
,
&c.
Ver.
19
teacheth
vs
,
not
only
to
pray
agaynst
the
malicious
and
obstinate
enemies
of
Gods
Churche
:
but
also
to
haue
no
society
nor
familiarity
with
them
.
Verse
20
doth
liuelye
set
out
the
nature
of
the
vngodly
:
who
in
the
pride
of
their
own
harts
,
spare
not
to
speake
agaynst
God
himselfe
:
it
sheweth
also
further
that
this
their
pride
and
haughtinesse
is
but
in
vaine
.
Verse
21
teacheth
vs
to
oppose
our selues
against
those
,
that
set
themselues
against
God
and
his
truth
:
this
belongeth
generally
to
all
christians
,
but
most
especially
to
Kings
and
Princes
,
suche
a
one
as
Dauid
was
.
Verse
22
teacheth
vs
,
that
this
setting
of
our selues
againste
suche
must
be
done
,
as
not
for
any
worldly
,
or
carnall
respect
,
so
of
a
single
and
sound
hart
towards
God
and
men
.
Verse
23
teacheth
vs
that
it
is
good
to
pray
the
Lord
thorowly
to
trie
vs
,
because
that
the
more
we
are
tried
,
the
more
pure
and
fyne
we
are
to
him
.
Verse
24
teacheth
vs
to
pray
for
constancy
and
continuaunce
in
euery
good
and
holy
way
.
Psalme
140
Di.
THis
Psalme
consisting
wholy
as
it
were
of
prayer
,
may
be
diuided
into
two
parts
.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
prayeth
to
bée
deliuered
from
his
enemies
,
describing
their
mischieuous
&
malicious
minds
towards
him
,
from
verse
1
to
the
end
of
the
seuenth
.
In
the
seconde
parte
he
prayeth
agaynst
the
wicked
,
and
prophecieth
their
destruction
,
assuring
himselfe
that
God
in
mercye
will
saue
his
,
and
that
they
therefore
shall
prayse
his
name
continually
,
and
this
reacheth
from
verse
8
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
Title
[
to
him
that
excelleth
]
a
Psalme
of
Dauid
[
this
is
sundrye
tymes
expounded
before
,
and
namely
Psalme
4
in
the
title
thereof
.
]
Verse
1.
Deliuer
me
O
Lord
[
vz.
of
thy
goodnesse
thorow
thy
almighty
power
]
from
the
euill
man
[
i.
from
him
that
wholy
giueth
himselfe
,
euen
as
it
were
without
prouocation
or
occasion
to
doe
euill
]
preserue
me
[
vz.
safe
and
sounde
,
and
that
according
to
thy
good
pleasure
]
from
the
cruell
man
[
i.
from
him
that
setteth
himself
in
cruelty
to
performe
agaynst
me
whatsoeuer
they
can
.
And
though
in
this
verse
he
speake
but
of
one
,
yet
he
meaneth
many
as
may
appeare
by
the
sodain
chaunge
of
the
number
,
for
in
the
next
verse
he
speaketh
in
the
plurall
number
:
and
these
many
,
were
Saule
and
his
counsellors
,
and
his
seruauntes
,
who
both
by
fury
,
force
and
fraude
,
did
persecute
him
.
]
Verse
2.
Which
imagine
[
vz.
euen
vppon
their
beddes
and
continually
:
sée
Micah
2
,
1.
]
euill
thinges
[
vz.
agaynst
me
:
vnderstanding
by
euill
thinges
,
such
thinges
as
tended
to
his
hurt
and
destruction
]
in
their
hart
[
i.
secretly
and
closely
]
and
make
warre
[
vz.
both
by
themselues
and
others
,
whom
they
prouoke
and
stirre
vp
by
all
meanes
they
can
against
me
,
sée
Psalme
120
,
7.
]
continually
[
i.
euery
day
,
so
that
no
daye
escapeth
them
.
In
this
verse
he
chargeth
his
enemies
,
that
they
did
both
openly
and
priuately
,
both
in
purpose
and
counsell
,
by
themselues
and
by
others
,
deuise
all
mischiefe
against
him
:
and
verse
3.
and
others
following
,
hee
sheweth
that
both
in
worde
and
déede
they
attempted
to
perfourme
it
.
]
Verse
3.
They
[
i.
the
wicked
and
vngodly
men
]
haue
sharpened
their
tongues
[
vz.
to
destract
,
and
speake
euill
of
me
,
and
to
hurt
me
]
like
a
serpent
[
i.
as
the
serpents
tongue
is
sharpe
,
and
so
striketh
by
reason
thereof
more
déepely
.
So
these
men
,
both
hard
by
and
a
farre
off
,
doe
pierce
and
wound
me
with
their
poysons
]
Adders
poyson
is
vnder
their
lippes
[
i.
their
mouth
is
full
of
wicked
and
venemous
wordes
agaynst
me
:
some
reade
Adders
,
some
reade
vipers
,
some
Aspes
,
for
mine
owne
part
,
I
suppose
that
the
word
being
somewhat
of
a
doubtfull
signification
,
should
be
referred
to
such
kind
of
serpents
,
as
though
they
lie
still
in
a
place
,
doe
yet
notwithstanding
spit
their
poyson
or
venim
far
from
them
]
Selah
[
this
hath
bene
expounded
before
as
I
suppose
Psalme
3.
verse
2.
It
is
as
much
as
if
the
Prophet
should
say
,
marke
this
,
being
a
note
or
warning
of
attention
.
]
Verse
4.
Kéepe
[
vz.
vnder
the
shadow
of
thy
winges
,
and
thy
almighty
power
and
protection
]
me
[
vz.
whom
am
thus
sought
and
set
for
,
by
myne
enemies
]
from
the
handes
of
the
wicked
[
i.
from
their
power
,
and
that
whiche
they
would
do
vnto
me
:
for
he
putteth
the
instruments
whereby
they
perform
thinges
,
for
the
thinges
themselues
]
preserue
me
from
the
cruell
man
[
sée
verse
1
of
this
Psalme
]
which
purposeth
[
vz.
in
himselfe
]
to
cause
[
vz.
eyther
by
his
force
,
or
by
his
fraude
,
or
by
both
]
my
steppes
to
slide
[
i.
to
cast
mée
downe
,
and
to
cause
me
to
fall
,
that
so
when
he
hath
me
downe
,
he
may
the
more
easily
and
tyrannously
exercise
his
will
agaynst
me
.
I
take
it
to
be
a
metaphor
taken
from
men
who
lay
grinnes
and
cords
to
ouerthrow
wild
beasts
withal
.
]
Verse
5.
The
proud
[
i.
the
wicked
and
vngodly
,
which
are
puffed
vp
in
the
pride
of
their
own
imagination
]
haue
layde
[
vz.
closely
and
secretly
]
a
snare
for
me
[
vz.
to
take
or
catche
me
withall
,
sée
Psalme
119.69.85.95
]
and
spread
a
nette
with
cordes
[
i.
haue
set
a
very
great
and
strong
net
,
thinking
assuredly
to
catch
me
so
fast
therein
that
I
shall
not
escape
]
in
my
pathway
[
i.
euen
in
the
playne
,
or
beaten
way
that
I
should
walke
]
and
set
grinnes
for
me
[
i.
to
catch
and
take
me
as
before
.
Vnder
all
these
metaphors
borrowed
from
fowlers
and
hunters
,
tending
all
to
one
end
,
he
meaneth
nothing
else
but
this
,
that
they
did
not
only
vse
open
force
and
violence
agaynst
him
,
but
also
subtelties
and
craftes
to
surprise
and
take
him
]
Selah
[
this
is
expounded
before
verse
3.
]
Verse
6.
Therefore
[
i.
I
séeing
my selfe
thus
beset
by
men
,
did
run
to
the
Lord
by
prayer
]
I
sayd
[
vz.
with
a
féeling
hart
,
when
I
was
in
these
daungers
and
distresses
]
vnto
the
Lord
[
vz.
whose
goodnesse
and
power
I
had
had
great
experience
of
,
as
appeareth
verse
7.
]
Thou
[
vz.
alone
,
and
none
but
thou
]
art
my
God
[
i.
he
vpon
whom
only
I
will
depend
for
helpe
and
succour
]
heare
O
Lorde
,
the
voyce
of
my
prayers
[
i.
graunt
me
those
requestes
whiche
with
my
voyce
and
wordes
I
make
vnto
thee
.
]
Verse
7.
O
Lord
God
the
strength
of
my
saluation
[
i.
thou
that
sauest
and
deliuerest
me
from
all
daungers
,
with
maruailous
power
and
strength
,
and
in
whome
only
my
deliueraunce
standeth
:
this
is
a
notable
title
attributed
to
God
,
for
the
strengthening
of
his
faith
]
thou
hast
couered
[
vz.
by
thy
power
and
might
,
euen
as
it
were
with
a
Helmet
and
shield
]
my
head
[
i.
me
my selfe
a
part
for
the
whole
:
and
yet
hee
nameth
this
part
rather
then
others
,
because
it
is
the
most
excellent
,
as
which
,
in
some
mens
iudgements
conteineth
life
in
it
,
and
doth
disperse
the
same
into
all
the
parts
of
the
bodye
]
in
the
day
of
battaile
[
i.
when
I
was
in
the
field
,
and
did
fight
:
q.d.
thou
hast
deliuered
me
heretofore
,
from
all
the
assaults
of
mine
enemies
,
and
I
hope
,
that
thou
wilt
hereafter
likewise
deliuer
me
.
]
Verse
8.
Let
not
the
wicked
haue
his
desyre
O
Lord
[
i.
the
thinges
that
he
hath
desired
agaynst
me
:
q.d.
Let
him
not
sée
mine
ouerthrow
which
he
much
wisheth
and
desireth
]
performe
not
[
i.
giue
him
not
leaue
or
strength
to
performe
agaynst
me
]
his
wicked
thought
[
i.
the
wicked
thing
,
which
he
hath
wickedly
thought
vpon
,
and
deuised
againste
mée
,
and
by
one
no
doubt
,
he
vnderstandeth
many
mischiefs
of
theirs
]
least
they
bée
proude
[
vz.
aboue
measure
,
for
he
had
before
charged
them
with
pride
ver.
5.
he
meaneth
least
they
should
wax
proude
euen
agaynst
God
and
man
]
Selah
[
this
is
expounded
before
.
]
Ver.
9.
As
for
the
chéefe
of
them
[
how
great
or
high
soeuer
he
or
they
be
.
Whether
he
speake
it
of
Saul
,
Doeg
,
and
such
like
particularly
,
it
is
not
certaine
]
that
compas
me
about
[
vz.
to
destroy
,
and
are
my
deadly
enemies
:
sée
Psal.
3.6
.
also
Psal.
118.10.11.12
.
]
let
the
mischiefe
of
their
own
lips
[
i.
that
mischiefe
which
with
their
own
lips
they
haue
spoken
agaynst
me
]
come
vpon
them
[
i.
fall
vpon
them
thorow
thy
iust
iudgement
.
I
know
others
both
translate
this
verse
otherwise
,
and
giue
some
other
sence
,
but
methinketh
this
is
playn
]
Ver.
10.
Let
coles
[
vz.
of
thy
wrath
&
iudgement
]
fall
vpon
them
[
vz.
from
heauen
,
as
it
did
in
the
destruction
of
Sodom
and
Gomorrah
,
to
which
he
séemeth
to
allude
]
let
him
[
vz.
god
:
thus
he
speaketh
to
him
or
of
him
,
in
the
third
person
]
cast
them
into
the
fire
[
vz.
that
neuer
goeth
out
,
but
burneth
for
euer
,
Mar.
9.43
]
&
into
the
déepe
pits
[
vz.
of
danger
&
destruction
]
that
they
rise
not
[
i.
that
they
may
neuer
be
able
to
rise
vp
again
to
do
any
more
hurt
.
]
Ver.
11.
For
the
backbiters
[
i.
slanderers
&
such
as
haue
their
tongues
ful
of
venime
,
and
worke
mischiefe
rather
by
fraud
,
flattery
and
backbiting
then
by
open
force
]
shal
not
be
established
[
vz.
any
long
while
]
vpon
the
earth
[
i.
in
this
life
to
liue
long
here
]
euill
[
i.
plagues
and
punishments
from
the
Lord
]
shall
hunt
[
vz.
from
place
to
place
&
pursue
him
,
so
that
he
shall
not
escape
it
]
the
cruell
man
[
sée
verse
1.4
of
this
psalme
]
to
destruction
[
i.
in
such
sort
that
it
shall
in
the
end
vtterly
destroy
him
.
Immanuel
&
others
read
this
whole
verse
as
a
prayer
.
]
Ver.
12.
I
know
[
vz.
certainly
and
assuredly
:
q.d.
I
am
fully
perswaded
,
both
by
Gods
word
and
the
dayly
executing
of
his
iudgements
vpon
the
wicked
]
that
the
Lord
[
vz.
himself
]
will
auenge
[
i.
in
good
time
,
not
only
deliuer
his
,
but
ouertake
with
his
iudgements
the
wicked
&
vngodly
,
for
the
iniuries
they
haue
done
them
]
the
afflicted
[
i.
such
as
are
afflicted
by
the
wicked
]
and
iudge
[
i.
not
only
pronounce
righteous
sentence
,
but
also
deliuer
from
the
cruelty
of
the
vngodly
]
the
poore
[
i.
those
his
seruants
,
which
are
here
despised
amongst
the
worldlings
of
the
earth
.
]
Ver.
13.
Surely
the
righteous
[
i.
those
whom
thou
hast
made
righteous
,
by
imputing
righteousnes
vnto
them
,
&
by
framing
them
to
a
righteous
conuersation
]
shal
prayse
[
vz.
vnfeignedly
&
with
all
their
hartes
]
thy
name
[
i.
thy
maiesty
,
power
,
&
goodnes
]
and
the
iust
[
i.
such
as
deale
faythfully
,
both
with
thée
,
and
their
brethren
]
shall
dwell
in
thy
presence
[
i.
shall
not
only
in
this
life
be
maynteined
and
vpholden
,
by
thy
fatherly
care
and
prouidence
,
but
shal
be
made
partakers
of
eternall
glory
.
Do.
Verse
1
teacheth
vs
to
pray
to
be
safely
deliuered
from
the
rage
of
the
wicked
ver.
2.
&
3.
doe
generally
paint
out
the
malicious
nature
of
the
wicked
.
Ver.
2.
doth
particularly
teach
vs
,
that
wicked
thoughts
against
gods
children
are
sin
before
him
.
Ver.
3
teacheth
vs
,
that
the
wicked
spare
not
euen
with
slaunderous
&
venemous
toungs
to
persecute
the
godly
.
Ver.
4.
teacheth
vs
,
that
vnles
the
Lord
kéepe
vs
,
we
can
not
be
deliuered
from
the
rage
&
power
of
the
vngodly
.
Ver.
5.
sheweth
the
malicious
minds
of
the
wicked
,
who
cease
not
both
openly
&
secretly
to
indeuour
the
destruction
of
the
good
.
Ver.
6
teacheth
vs
,
that
the
more
men
set
themselues
against
vs
,
the
more
earnest
and
often
we
should
be
with
God
in
prayer
for
his
gracious
assistance
.
Ver.
7
teacheth
vs
that
God
is
the
protector
of
his
in
all
dangers
&
distresses
whatsoeuer
.
Ver.
8
sheweth
that
if
God
let
not
wicked
men
in
their
attempts
,
they
will
be
more
bold
in
mischiefe
,
and
swel
against
his
maiestie
and
men
also
.
Ver.
9
,
10
teach
vs
that
we
may
pray
against
the
malicious
wicked
,
and
desire
their
ouerthrow
.
Ver.
11
teacheth
vs
what
a
gréeuous
offence
the
sinne
of
backbiting
and
slaundering
is
.
Ver.
12
teacheth
vs
to
bee
assured
of
Gods
fauour
&
goodnes
towards
vs
,
and
of
his
iudgments
towards
the
wicked
Ver.
13
teacheth
vs
two
things
,
first
that
it
becommeth
the
godly
to
shew
them selues
continually
thankful
,
secondly
what
is
the
excellent
estate
and
condition
of
Gods
children
.
Psalme
141
THis
Psalme
consisting
wholy
of
supplication
and
prayer
vnto
God
,
may
be
diuided
into
two
parts
:
Di.
first
he
beséecheth
the
Lord
to
accept
his
prayer
,
and
to
guid
him
into
a
godly
conuersation
,
and
for
this
end
to
prouide
such
for
him
as
maye
brotherly
admonish
him
,
from
verse
1
to
the
end
of
the
5.
In
the
second
he
foretelleth
as
it
were
the
destruction
of
the
wicked
desiring
the
Lord
to
deliuer
him
from
them
,
and
to
ouerthrow
them
in
their
deuises
,
from
verse
6
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
Title
]
A
Psalm
of
Dauid
[
i.
which
Dauid
made
,
Se.
this
hath
bin
expounded
sundry
times
before
.
It
should
séeme
that
Dauid
made
this
Psal.
at
some
time
or
other
when
he
was
gréeuously
afflicted
&
persecuted
,
&
we
may
refer
it
without
iniury
as
I
suppose
to
the
history
conteined
1
Sam.
24.
]
Ver.
1.
O
Lord
I
cal
vpon
thée
[
i.
pray
vnto
thée
earnestly
&
continually
,
specially
in
the
time
of
my
gréeuous
afflictions
]
hast
thée
vnto
me
[
vz.
to
helpe
me
&
to
deliuer
me
out
of
the
same
:
neither
doth
he
here
prescribe
God
a
time
,
but
rather
declareth
the
great
danger
&
distresse
that
he
was
in
:
q.d.
vnlesse
he
were
spéedily
holpen
,
in
the
iudgement
of
flesh
and
blood
he
should
perish
]
heare
my
voyce
[
i.
graunt
the
prayers
which
I
vtter
with
my
voyce
and
words
]
when
I
cry
vnto
thée
[
i.
when
hartily
and
earnestly
I
pray
vnto
thée
.
]
Ver.
2
Let
my
prayer
[
vz.
which
I
make
vnto
thée
]
be
directed
in
thy
sighte
[
i.
come
before
thée
and
bée
accepted
of
thée
]
as
the
incence
[
vz.
which
was
wont
to
bée
offred
vnto
thée
by
thine
own
commaundement
.
And
here
hée
alludeth
to
the
perfumes
whiche
they
vsed
in
the
time
of
the
law
,
of
which
read
Exod.
30
chap.
]
and
the
lifting
vp
of
my
hands
[
i.
euen
my
prayer
&
supplication
.
He
putteth
a
gesture
vsed
in
prayer
for
prayer
it selfe
,
as
1.
Timoth.
2.8
.
]
as
an
euening
sacrifice
[
i.
as
that
sacrifice
which
thou
hast
appointed
to
be
offred
to
thée
in
the
euening
.
God
prescribed
that
both
morning
&
euening
a
sacrifice
should
be
dayly
offred
vp
vnto
him
:
as
Exod.
29.
ver.
38.39
.
also
Numb.
28.3.4
.
but
here
he
speaketh
but
of
one
only
.
]
Ver.
3.
Set
a
watch
O
Lord
before
my
mouth
[
vz.
that
I
may
not
only
be
kept
from
the
acte
of
reuengment
,
but
also
that
I
may
not
speak
anie
thing
but
that
which
I
should
speak
]
and
kéepe
the
dore
of
my
lippes
[
i.
kepe
me
from
euil
speach
,
and
guide
both
me
and
my
words
so
,
that
I
doe
not
rashlie
vtter
anie
thing
,
or
els
mine
aduersaries
subtlely
drawe
somewhat
from
me
,
before
I
be
aware
.
]
ver.
4.
Incline
not
]
vz.
by
leauing
me
in
the
hands
of
mine
own
counsell
,
and
withdrawing
thy
grace
&
goodnes
from
me
:
for
otherwise
god
draweth
not
any
man
to
euil
,
as
Iames.
1.13
.
]
mine
hart
[
i.
the
affections
,
motions
and
appetites
of
my
hart
,
and
by
this
hee
declareth
that
it
is
little
or
nothing
,
for
a
man
to
bridle
his
speach
,
if
wicked
affections
be
not
repressed
within
the
mind
]
to
euill
[
i.
to
any
euill
thing
:
he
prayeth
that
god
would
confirme
him
against
euill
,
and
strengthen
him
in
good
thinges
,
so
that
he
decline
not
,
to
the
right
hand
,
or
to
the
lefte
hande
,
by
any
either
threatninges
or
alurements
of
his
aduersaries
]
that
I
should
commit
.
[
vz.
against
thee
and
that
either
in
thought
word
,
or
deede
,
but
specially
in
deed
]
wicked
works
[
i.
vngodly
and
vnlawfull
yea
such
things
,
as
thou
condemnest
]
with
men
that
worke
iniquity
[
i.
in
the
company
of
such
,
as
geue
ouer
themselues
with
greedinesse
to
commit
euerie
euill
thing
,
and
are
strong
and
mighty
to
performe
naughtinesse
]
&
let
me
not
eat
of
their
delicates
[
i.
let
me
not
only
not
enioy
,
such
prosperity
as
they
do
,
by
which
they
are
puffed
vp
to
wickednesse
,
but
let
me
not
haue
acquaintance
with
them
,
at
their
tables
,
lest
I
be
ouertaken
with
their
sin
:
so
we
see
what
a
conscience
Dauid
had
,
to
abstaine
euen
from
the
allurements
and
prouocations
to
euill
.
]
ver.
5.
Let
the
righteous
[
i.
the
godlie
and
vertuous
,
yea
such
a
one
,
as
to
whome
thou
O
Lord
imputest
rightiousnesse
,
and
whom
also
thou
framest
to
righteousnesse
.
]
smite
me
[
vz.
with
the
friendly
and
charitable
word
of
admonition
or
reproofe
]
for
that
is
a
benefite
,
or
shal
be
a
benefite
:
q.d.
I
doe
,
and
will
accounte
of
it
,
as
of
a
great
good
turne
]
and
let
him
reprooue
me
[
vz.
in
euerie
thing
,
wherein
he
shall
know
me
to
doe
amisse
,
wherby
hee
declareth
that
he
had
in
such
sort
accustomed
his
hart
,
to
docility
,
quietnes
,
and
pacience
,
that
he
would
not
think
sharp
anie
reprehension
,
which
he
knew
to
proceed
from
the
spirite
of
mildnesse
.
]
And
it
[
i.
this
admonition
and
reproofe
]
shal
be
a
precious
oyle
[
i.
in
steed
of
a
precious
oyle
vnto
me
.
q.d.
it
shal
bring
both
more
pleasure
&
profit
,
to
mine
inward
man
,
then
anie
outward
oile
,
can
bring
to
my
outward
man
,
which
though
it
be
sweete
in
smell
,
and
profitable
to
supple
the
members
of
the
bodie
,
yet
the
other
shal
be
more
sweete
and
profitable
,
]
that
shal
not
breake
my
head
[
1.
which
shal
not
hurt
mee
.
But
this
part
of
the
verse
,
and
that
which
followeth
,
is
better
and
more
plainely
translated
in
Immanuel
thus
]
let
him
not
withhold
it
from
my
head
[
i.
let
him
not
cease
continually
to
sprinkle
me
,
as
it
were
with
his
most
sweet
and
pleasant
reproofes
:
his
whole
meaning
is
that
the
reproofes
of
gods
people
should
not
onely
not
be
hurtfull
,
but
pleasant
and
profitable
vnto
him
,
and
that
he
preferred
their
reprehensions
before
all
the
fauour
of
the
vngodly
]
the
more
he
[
i.
the
righteous
man
]
shall
doe
it
[
i.
performe
christianly
and
charitablie
this
duetie
of
admonition
and
reproofe
vnto
me
]
so
much
the
more
shall
my
prayer
be
[
i.
so
much
the
more
earnestlye
shall
I
pray
for
them
]
in
their
euils
[
i.
not
only
when
they
themselues
shal
be
afflicted
,
but
looke
whatsoeuer
euils
I
shal
receaue
from
them
,
they
shall
not
prouoke
my
mind
against
them
,
but
rather
prouoke
me
to
commend
them
in
my
frée
praiers
to
god
.
The
Geneua
readeth
it
thus
]
for
within
a
while
[
i.
very
quickly
and
shortly
]
I
[
vz.
my selfe
,
seing
them
cast
down
and
ouerthrown
]
shall
euen
pray
[
vz.
for
them
though
they
persecute
me
]
in
their
miseries
[
i.
when
they
shal
fal
into
such
miseries
as
they
cannot
auoyd
:
q.d.
let
vs
wait
but
a
little
while
and
we
shall
sée
the
wicked
mens
calamities
so
great
,
that
we
shall
bee
constrayned
in
pittie
to
pray
for
them
.
This
is
a
good
sence
referring
it
to
the
wicked
,
but
yet
methinketh
the
other
which
referreth
it
to
the
godly
,
is
more
apte
and
fit
,
and
hangeth
better
together
.
]
Verse
6.
When
their
iudges
[
i.
their
rulers
and
gouernors
]
shal
be
cast
downe
[
i.
ouerthrown
thorow
Gods
hand
and
power
]
in
stonie
places
[
i.
euen
as
it
were
from
the
high
rocks
&
huge
mountains
]
they
[
i.
the
people
which
follow
such
corrupt
rulers
and
captains
]
shal
heare
my
words
[
i.
reuerently
receaue
and
giue
consent
vnto
,
the
good
things
which
I
shal
speake
]
for
they
are
swéet
[
vz.
in
déed
:
q.d.
howsoeuer
they
are
now
reproued
as
naught
and
vnsauery
,
yet
they
are
good
and
shal
be
so
accepted
them
.
He
séemeth
here
to
lay
the
common
peoples
fault
(
who
were
drunk
with
false
reports
,
and
caried
forward
with
extreme
rage
against
him
)
vpon
the
rulers
&
iudges
themselues
,
not
only
suffering
them
without
punishment
to
speak
so
vncontroledly
,
but
also
for
that
they
were
in
their
own
persons
infamous
examples
of
the
wickednes
:
q.d.
when
the
great
ones
shal
be
discomfited
&
ouerthrown
,
the
people
shall
bée
wise
&
come
to
amendment
.
This
is
good
,
but
I
rather
allow
Imman
.
text
and
sence
thus
]
But
their
iudges
[
i.
their
rulers
&
captains
,
specially
and
aboue
the
rest
Saul
]
moue
themselues
[
i.
go
]
by
the
sides
of
the
rocks
[
i.
closely
and
secretlye
thinking
to
apprehend
me
:
sée
1.
Sam.
23.26
.
also
24
,
3.
]
though
they
vnderstande
[
i.
know
in
their
consciences
and
sometimes
confesse
with
their
mouths
]
that
my
words
are
pleasant
[
or
swéet
,
meaning
that
he
had
not
so
much
as
by
a
word
offended
them
,
or
any
of
them
,
but
had
pleasured
them
very
greatly
,
and
spoken
most
humbly
,
comfortably
and
swéetely
vnto
them
:
sée
1
Sam.
24
,
9
,
10
,
&c.
also
26.14
,
15
,
&c.
]
Ver.
7.
Our
bones
[
i.
I
and
my
companions
,
putting
a
part
of
them
for
the
whole
]
lye
scattered
[
vz.
here
and
there
,
meaning
that
they
were
in
great
distresse
and
danger
,
because
that
they
were
many
times
sundered
one
of
them
from
another
,
as
that
body
is
,
whose
members
are
as
it
were
out
of
ioint
,
or
distracted
one
of
them
from
another
]
at
the
graues
mouth
[
i.
in
great
danger
,
and
euen
as
it
were
at
deaths
dore
]
as
he
that
heweth
wood
[
vz.
maketh
the
shiuers
to
flie
hither
and
thither
,
so
are
we
thorow
thy
iudgement
dispersed
]
or
diggeth
in
the
earth
[
vz.
and
casteth
it
abroad
one
péere
from
another
he
careth
not
whether
.
This
text
&
sence
is
somewhat
dark
,
therefore
cleare
it
out
of
Immanuel
thus
]
as
though
a
man
should
cut
wood
&
cleaue
it
on
the
earth
:
our
bones
are
scattered
ready
to
be
thrust
into
the
graues
mouth
[
i.
the
enemies
doe
compasse
me
&
mine
with
such
great
violence
,
&
are
so
ready
to
flie
vpon
vs
all
,
that
wée
shal
be
presently
broken
,
&
rent
in
peces
by
their
rage
:
vnles
thou
O
Lord
lay
to
thy
helping
hand
,
which
danger
of
theirs
is
most
excellently
set
out
,
by
a
verye
fit
similitude
taken
from
wood
cleauers
:
or
else
thus
,
I
and
my
companions
haue
bin
handled
in
al
cruelty
,
as
if
that
after
they
haue
cut
a
mans
throat
they
would
teare
him
in
péeces
,
before
they
would
bury
him
.
]
Ver.
8.
But
mine
eyes
[
vz.
both
of
my
mind
&
of
my
body
]
looke
[
vz.
carefully
&
continually
,
as
Psal.
123.1.2
,
&c.
]
vnto
thée
O
Lord
God
[
vz.
only
,
who
hast
both
power
&
wil
for
to
helpe
me
]
in
thée
[
vz.
only
,
and
none
other
but
thée
]
is
my
trust
[
vz.
alwayes
,
but
specially
in
this
time
of
my
great
daunger
,
and
calamitie
]
leaue
not
my
soule
[
i.
me
my selfe
,
a
part
for
the
whole
]
destitute
[
vz.
of
thy
defence
,
aid
,
and
saluation
.
]
Ver.
9.
Kéepe
me
[
vz.
of
thy
goodnesse
,
&
that
by
thy
power
&
might
]
from
the
snare
[
i.
that
I
fal
not
into
the
snare
or
grin
,
or
be
taken
therwith
]
which
they
[
i.
mine
enemies
&
vngodly
men
]
haue
layd
[
vz.
closely
and
secretlye
]
for
me
[
vz.
to
take
me
,
&
to
catch
me
in
]
and
from
the
grins
[
he
repeateth
the
same
matter
in
other
words
,
which
is
not
vaine
,
because
it
serueth
to
amplifie
the
cruelty
&
craft
of
his
wicked
aduersaries
]
of
the
workers
of
iniquitye
[
sée
before
Psal.
5.5
.
also
Psal.
6.8
.
also
ver.
4.
of
this
very
Psalm
.
]
Ver.
10
Let
the
wicked
fall
[
vz.
thorow
thy
iust
iudgement
]
into
his
nets
[
i.
into
his
own
nets
,
vz.
which
he
hath
made
and
layd
for
others
]
together
[
vz.
with
all
them
that
take
their
parte
:
q.d.
let
all
the
vngodly
be
ouertaken
,
with
their
own
nets
thorowe
thy
iudgements
,
as
fishes
are
taken
with
a
casting
net
,
for
such
a
Metaphor
,
he
séemeth
to
vse
in
this
place
:
sée
for
this
metaphor
Isaiah
19.8
.
]
whiles
I
escape
[
vz.
out
of
the
dangers
,
which
they
supposed
to
haue
brought
vpon
me
,
&
this
escaping
of
his
must
be
attributed
to
Gods
goodnesse
and
power
only
.
Do.
Ver.
1
teacheth
vs
,
earnestnesse
and
seruency
in
prayer
to
our
god
,
&
not
,
as
a
man
would
say
to
leaue
of
,
til
he
haue
graciously
graunted
our
requests
.
Ver.
2.
teacheth
vs
that
séeing
our
prayers
smack
of
the
corruption
which
is
in
vs
we
should
earnestly
desire
the
Lord
to
accept
of
them
in
his
own
mercy
.
Ver.
3
teacheth
vs
,
that
we
can
not
bridle
our
spéech
,
vnles
the
Lord
giue
vs
grace
.
Ver.
4
teacheth
vs
,
not
only
to
pray
against
grosse
euils
,
but
also
things
that
may
preuoke
and
stir
vs
vp
therto
,
by
reason
of
the
slipperines
of
our
corruption
.
Ver.
5.
teacheth
vs
that
the
reproofes
of
the
godly
are
good
and
profitable
:
secondly
,
that
a
godly
man
should
euer
take
them
in
good
part
:
thirdly
that
no
euil
that
men
can
do
to
vs
,
should
make
vs
neglect
our
duty
towards
them
.
Verse
6
teacheth
vs
,
not
only
how
subtile
and
crafty
the
wicked
are
,
to
intrap
Gods
children
,
but
also
that
no
humble
or
swéet
spéech
that
the
godly
can
vse
,
will
asswage
their
malice
and
cruelty
against
them
.
Ver.
7
teacheth
vs
to
what
a
low
ebbe
,
&
miserable
estate
Gods
children
are
many
times
brought
in
this
life
.
Ver.
8
teacheth
vs
not
only
in
the
great
sea
of
our
afflictions
,
confidently
to
trust
in
the
Lorde
,
but
also
with
patience
to
attend
his
leasure
&
time
for
our
deliueraunce
.
Ver.
9
teacheth
vs
to
pray
the
Lord
to
deliuer
vs
from
the
fraud
and
force
of
his
and
our
enemies
.
Verse
10
teacheth
vs
to
pray
for
the
confusion
of
the
malicious
enemies
of
God
and
his
people
.
Psalme
142
THis
Psalme
may
be
diuided
into
two
parts
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
declareth
,
howe
that
in
the
time
of
his
greate
affliction
and
feare
,
yea
euen
then
when
all
had
forsaken
him
,
hee
cryed
earnestly
vppon
the
Lorde
,
from
the
first
verse
to
the
ende
of
the
fift
.
In
the
second
part
he
prayeth
earnestly
vnto
the
Lord
,
to
be
deliuered
from
his
enemies
,
sometimes
alleadging
the
better
to
moue
the
Lord
thereto
,
his
owne
miserye
,
his
aduersaryes
strength
,
and
the
prayse
that
the
faythfull
will
yeelde
to
the
Lorde
therefore
.
verse
6.7
.
The
Title
]
A
Psalme
of
Dauid
to
giue
instruction
[
Sée
this
expounded
before
Psalme
42
,
and
Psalme
44
in
the
titles
thereof
]
and
a
prayer
[
vz.
Se.
which
Dauid
himselfe
made
when
he
was
in
the
caue
[
i.
in
the
selfe
same
Caue
with
Saule
,
whereof
reade
1
Samuel
24
,
4.
]
Verse
1.
I
cryed
[
i.
I
earnestly
prayed
vnto
the
Lorde
[
vz.
in
my
trouble
,
as
Psalme
120
,
1.
]
with
my
voyce
[
i.
wich
seruent
wordes
expressed
with
my
voyce
]
with
my
voice
I
prayed
vnto
the
Lord
[
he
expresseth
the
same
thing
in
other
termes
,
noting
thereby
the
ardency
and
earnestnesse
of
his
prayer
.
Verse
2.
I
poured
out
[
vz.
plentifullye
and
in
great
aboundaunce
]
my
meditation
[
i.
the
meditation
of
my
hart
:
q.d.
I
did
not
onely
pray
vnto
him
with
my
hart
,
but
layed
forth
the
holy
meditations
of
my
soule
with
abundance
of
wordes
]
before
him
[
i.
in
his
presence
,
not
meaning
that
God
was
ignoraunt
of
the
thoughts
of
his
hart
,
but
expressing
his
great
dutye
towardes
the
Lord
]
and
declared
[
vz.
playnly
and
plentifully
]
mine
affliction
[
i.
the
affliction
and
sorrowe
,
whiche
I
did
suffer
and
indure
,
not
but
that
GOD
knew
it
for
hee
knoweth
all
things
,
but
because
this
is
a
péece
of
duty
which
he
hath
layd
vppon
vs
,
to
call
vppon
him
in
the
time
of
our
trouble
.
]
Verse
3.
Though
my
spirit
was
in
perplexitie
in
mée
[
i.
though
I
my selfe
was
full
of
anguishe
,
as
Psalme
7●
,
ver.
3
,
and
troubled
with
gréeuous
assaultes
both
inwarde
and
outwarde
]
yet
thou
knewest
[
i.
diddest
approue
and
allowe
of
,
as
Psalme
1
,
6.
]
my
path
[
i.
the
order
of
my
life
,
and
innocent
conuersation
]
In
the
waye
wherein
I
walked
[
i.
what
iournie
or
way
soeuer
I
tooke
]
haue
they
[
i.
the
wicked
and
myne
enemies
]
priuily
layd
a
snare
for
me
[
vz.
to
catch
me
in
it
:
sée
Psalme
141
,
9.
]
Verse
4.
I
looked
[
vz.
as
well
and
as
narrowlye
as
I
coulde
]
vpon
my
right
hande
[
i.
on
euerye
syde
of
mée
or
round
about
me
,
putting
a
parte
for
the
whole
]
and
behelde
[
vz.
on
my
lefte
hande
,
and
that
as
attentiuelye
,
as
I
coulde
]
but
there
was
none
[
vz.
amongst
men
]
that
would
know
mee
[
i.
haue
any
care
or
regard
of
mée
,
or
succour
me
any
maner
of
waye
]
all
refuge
[
vz.
of
or
from
men
]
fayled
me
[
i.
was
taken
from
me
]
&
none
[
vz.
amongst
men
,
cared
for
my
soule
[
i.
estéemed
either
me
or
my
life
:
q.d.
I
looked
on
euery
side
,
&
I
perceiued
my self
to
be
destitute
of
all
help
and
ayd
.
]
Ver.
5.
Then
[
vz.
when
I
saw
my selfe
thus
distressed
:
so
that
we
sée
that
the
true
tast
&
féeling
of
our
own
daungers
and
miseries
wil
spéedily
send
vs
to
god
]
cried
I
vnto
the
Lord
[
sée
this
expounded
verse
.
1.
of
this
Psal.
]
and
sayd
[
vz.
from
the
bottome
of
my
hart
]
thou
art
my
hope
[
i.
he
in
whom
I
put
my
hope
to
be
deliuered
from
al
my
distres
&
feare
,
for
otherwise
he
had
his
hope
fast
setled
in
his
hart
]
and
my
portion
[
vz.
wherewith
I
do
content
my self
,
knowing
that
hauing
thée
,
I
haue
all
things
,
&
wanting
thée
I
haue
nothing
]
in
the
land
of
the
liuing
[
i.
in
this
worlde
,
&
in
this
very
present
life
,
as
Psal.
.
27
,
13
]
Ver.
6.
Hearken
vnto
my
cry
[
i.
graunt
my
petition
,
which
I
do
earnestly
make
vnto
thée
and
poure
forth
before
thée
]
for
I
am
brought
very
low
[
vz.
by
outward
persecutions
and
inward
gréefes
,
as
ver.
3
of
this
Psal.
meaning
by
this
spéech
also
that
he
was
at
the
last
cast
,
and
euen
as
it
were
at
deaths
dore
]
deliuer
me
[
vz.
of
thy
goodnesse
thorow
thy
great
power
&
might
]
from
my
persecutors
[
i.
from
such
as
persecute
me
,
&
that
without
anye
cause
on
my
part
]
for
they
are
too
strong
for
me
[
vz.
alone
&
of
my selfe
meaning
that
he
was
not
able
to
deale
with
them
any
maner
of
way
,
vnles
God
tooke
his
part
and
strengthened
him
.
]
Ver.
7.
Bring
[
vz.
thorow
thy
goodnes
and
power
]
my
soule
[
i.
my
life
&
me
my selfe
,
a
part
put
for
the
whole
,
as
Psal.
14.1.8
.
and
ver.
4
of
this
Psal.
]
out
of
prison
[
i.
out
of
this
most
present
daunger
and
captiuity
wherin
I
am
,
&
with
which
I
am
compassed
about
on
euery
side
,
by
the
reason
of
the
rage
of
mine
enemies
,
as
the
prison
is
with
strong
wals
]
that
I
may
praise
thy
name
[
i.
thy
maiesty
,
power
and
goodnes
for
that
deliuerance
:
so
we
haue
had
the
word
,
name
,
vsed
sundry
times
in
that
sence
before
]
then
[
i.
when
thou
shalt
haue
deliuered
me
]
shal
the
righteous
come
about
me
[
i.
a
great
number
of
good
people
shal
come
vnto
me
,
and
heare
me
setting
forth
thy
praise
,
for
thy
mercy
towards
me
&
shal
not
only
reioyce
&
be
glad
on
my
behalf
,
but
prayse
thy
name
together
with
me
]
when
thou
art
beneficiall
vnto
me
[
i.
when
thou
shalt
haue
bestowed
vpon
me
this
great
benefit
of
deliueraunce
:
sée
Psal.
119.17
.
Do.
Verse
1
teacheth
vs
earnestnes
and
feruency
in
prayer
.
Ver.
2
teacheth
vs
that
the
way
to
be
rid
from
affliction
,
is
harty
calling
vpon
the
name
of
the
Lord
.
Ver.
3
teacheth
vs
,
that
howsoeuer
we
be
distressed
either
outwardly
or
inwardly
,
this
is
our
comfort
,
that
the
Lord
approueth
vs
.
Ver.
4.
teacheth
vs
,
of
what
little
estimation
Gods
children
be
,
with
the
world
and
worldly
men
.
Ver.
5
teacheth
vs
that
the
more
afflictions
increase
vpon
vs
,
the
more
chearefully
should
we
stirre
vp
our
fayth
and
hope
,
and
earnestly
call
vpon
the
Lord
.
Ver.
6.
teacheth
vs
,
that
the
féeling
of
our
own
misery
and
weakenesse
,
and
the
feare
of
our
foes
force
,
should
be
good
whetstones
to
sharpen
our
prayers
.
Verse
7
teacheth
vs
not
onlye
to
prayse
God
for
those
mercies
which
he
bestoweth
vppon
vs
our selues
,
but
also
to
repaire
to
others
vppon
whome
God
hath
bestowed
great
graces
,
that
thereby
we
may
be
prouoked
to
prayse
God
,
not
only
for
them
but
for
our selues
also
,
and
his
mercy
towards
vs
.
Psalme
143
I
Doe
iudge
that
this
Psalm
may
very
fitly
be
diuided
into
two
partes
.
Di.
In
the
first
the
Prophet
beséecheth
the
Lord
to
grant
his
petition
,
and
to
remooue
his
sins
,
which
might
be
a
hinderaunce
to
his
mercies
,
alleaging
certayne
reasons
of
his
supplication
,
as
the
rage
of
the
enemie
,
his
owne
weakenes
,
the
experience
he
had
had
of
Gods
goodnesse
,
&c.
from
verse
1.
to
the
end
of
sixt
.
In
the
second
part
he
doth
as
it
were
renewe
his
prayer
afresh
,
desiring
the
Lord
to
graunt
his
requests
,
to
shew
him
his
mercy
,
to
order
his
conuersation
,
and
to
deliuer
him
from
his
aduersaries
and
oppressors
:
from
verse
7.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
]
A
Psalme
of
Dauid
[
i.
which
Dauid
made
:
Se.
this
is
the
title
of
sundry
Psalmes
,
and
hath
bin
expounded
before
.
]
Ver.
1.
Heare
my
prayer
O
Lord
[
i.
graunt
me
the
things
that
I
pray
for
]
&
hearken
vnto
my
supplication
[
i.
giue
me
the
things
that
I
humbly
sue
vnto
thée
for
]
answere
me
[
vz.
who
call
vppon
thée
,
and
pray
vnto
thée
,
vnderstanding
by
answering
also
,
yéelding
vnto
his
requests
]
in
thy
truth
[
i.
according
to
thy
gracious
promises
which
contayn
in
them
nothing
but
truth
because
they
procéed
from
thée
,
that
art
the
God
of
truth
and
truth
it self
]
&
in
thy
righteousnesse
[
i.
according
to
thy
righteous
nature
,
who
doest
deliuer
a
iust
cause
from
iniustice
:
or
else
by
righteousnes
we
may
vnderstand
gods
goodnesse
,
by
which
he
maintaineth
those
that
are
his
,
for
gods
righteousnesse
specially
shineth
forth
in
his
faithful
accomplishment
of
his
promises
.
]
Ver.
2.
And
enter
not
into
iudgement
[
i.
be
so
farre
of
,
from
pronouncing
sentence
I
pray
thée
,
that
I
would
not
haue
thée
to
begin
to
prepare
thy selfe
,
to
lay
out
my
faults
or
to
come
into
iudgement
]
with
thy
seruaunt
[
i.
with
me
thy
seruaunt
,
speaking
of
himself
in
the
third
person
,
as
sundry
times
before
,
&
namely
,
Psal.
119
,
17.
]
for
in
thy
sight
[
i.
before
thée
,
if
thou
shouldest
once
take
vppon
thée
to
enter
into
iudgement
with
them
]
shal
none
[
of
what
state
or
condition
soeuer
he
be
]
that
liueth
[
vz.
euen
now
,
or
shal
liue
hereafter
]
be
iustified
[
i.
be
found
iust
,
if
he
be
loked
vpon
in
himself
,
for
otherwise
he
mindeth
not
to
say
that
al
shall
be
condemned
,
for
God
hath
a
remnaunt
in
election
according
to
grace
.
]
Ver.
3.
For
the
enemie
[
i.
my
enemy
or
enemies
rather
●utting
one
,
who
was
the
chéef
,
as
Saul
or
some
such
other
for
him
,
&
al
his
complices
]
hath
persecuted
my
soule
[
i.
hath
egarly
pursued
me
,
and
my
life
to
take
it
awaye
from
mee
]
hee
hath
smitten
[
vz.
with
his
rage
and
crueltie
]
my
life
[
i.
me
my selfe
&
my
company
that
I
haue
with
me
,
who
are
means
for
the
preseruation
of
my
life
,
which
appeareth
plainly
by
the
history
of
the
first
booke
of
Sam.
and
by
Psalme
141.7
]
he
[
i.
the
enemye
,
as
in
the
beginning
of
this
verse
.
]
hath
layde
mée
in
the
darkenesse
[
i.
hath
caused
me
and
mine
to
dwell
in
Caues
and
holes
,
and
other
darke
places
:
sée
1
Samuel
24.4
.
]
as
they
that
haue
bin
deade
long
agoe
q.d.
By
the
importunitie
of
our
enemies
,
we
are
inforced
to
flie
the
light
,
&
to
liue
in
darke
places
euen
as
it
were
in
the
graues
with
them
that
died
long
sithence
.
]
Ver.
4.
And
my
spirit
was
in
perplexitie
in
me
[
i.
I
was
greatlye
and
gréeuously
troubled
,
sée
Psal.
77.3
.
also
Psal.
142.3
]
and
my
hart
within
me
was
amased
[
vz.
by
reason
of
the
gréeuous
assaultes
that
both
outwardlye
and
inwardly
I
did
indure
.
]
Ver.
5.
Yet
[
q.d.
notwithstanding
al
my
heauy
affliction
]
do
I
remember
[
vz.
euen
to
my
great
ioy
and
comforte
]
the
time
past
[
i.
the
graces
and
blessinges
whiche
in
former
time
thou
diddest
bestowe
vppon
my
forefathers
and
me
.
He
putteth
time
for
the
things
done
in
the
time
,
he
meaneth
that
by
former
examples
&
trials
he
strengthened
himself
in
the
faith
,
against
the
bitter
assaults
which
he
suffred
]
I
meditate
[
vz.
carefully
and
continually
]
in
all
thy
workes
[
i.
in
all
that
thou
hast
wrought
]
yea
I
meditate
[
i.
I
doe
diligentlye
and
déepely
think
vpon
]
in
the
works
of
thine
hands
[
i.
in
those
excellent
workes
which
by
thy
power
and
prouidence
thou
hast
performed
.
]
Verse
6.
I
stretch
forth
mine
hands
vnto
thée
[
i.
I
doe
earnestlye
and
hartilye
pray
vnto
thée
:
he
putteth
the
signe
for
the
thing
signified
,
as
Psalme
141
,
2.
to
declare
that
we
must
euen
as
it
were
lift
vp
our selues
vnto
God
]
my
soule
[
i.
I
my selfe
,
but
chéefely
my
inward
man
]
desireth
after
thée
[
i.
longeth
sore
after
thée
:
sée
Psalme
42
,
1
,
2
,
also
Psalme
84
,
2
,
]
as
the
thirstye
lande
[
vz.
doth
desire
water
,
rayne
,
or
dew
.
He
vnderstandeth
by
thirstie
lande
,
the
earth
which
is
dried
and
chopped
for
lack
of
water
,
gaping
gréedily
as
it
were
to
receaue
the
moysture
or
raine
that
shal
fal
from
heauen
:
sée
also
Psal.
63.1
.
]
Ver.
7.
Heare
me
[
i.
graunt
the
requests
which
I
make
vnto
thée
]
speedily
O
Lorde
[
i.
quickly
and
in
good
time
,
not
that
he
prescribeth
god
a
season
,
but
expresseth
rather
his
great
misery
:
q.d.
vnlesse
thou
quickly
helpe
,
it
is
like
in
mans
iudgment
that
I
shal
be
destroyed
]
for
my
spirit
fayleth
[
i.
I
faint
euen
in
the
inward
man
,
and
this
is
a
reason
of
his
prayer
,
taken
from
his
own
person
&
the
misery
that
he
was
in
]
hide
not
thy
face
from
me
[
i.
shew
not
thy selfe
angry
against
me
,
as
men
many
times
do
,
who
wil
not
vouchsafe
to
looke
vpon
them
with
whom
they
are
displeased
]
else
[
vz.
if
thou
hide
thy
face
]
I
shal
be
like
vnto
them
that
go
down
into
the
pit
[
i.
there
wil
be
no
difference
betwéene
me
&
those
that
are
dead
.
]
Ver.
8.
Let
me
heare
thy
louing
kindnesse
[
i.
make
me
to
know
,
féele
,
and
perceiue
thy
mercy
]
in
the
morning
[
i.
in
good
time
and
spéedily
]
for
in
thée
is
my
trust
[
i.
I
depend
and
hang
only
vpon
thée
]
and
shew
me
the
way
that
I
should
walke
in
[
i.
direct
not
only
the
order
and
conuersation
of
my
life
,
but
euen
my
very
steppes
also
from
daunger
.
]
for
I
lift
vp
my
soule
vnto
thée
[
i.
I
do
both
trust
in
thée
&
cal
vpon
thée
from
the
hart
.
]
Ver.
9.
Deliuer
me
O
Lord
from
mine
enemies
[
i.
from
the
power
and
rage
of
them
,
who
séeke
nothing
else
but
to
destroy
me
]
for
I
hid
me
with
thée
[
i.
I
did
hang
vpon
thy
prouidence
and
protection
only
:
sée
Psal.
31.5.6
.
]
Ver
10.
Teach
me
to
doe
thy
will
[
i.
to
do
the
thing
which
thou
willest
&
commaundest
in
thy
word
]
for
thou
arte
my
God
[
i.
thou
art
he
alone
,
whom
I
wil
serue
&
worship
]
let
thy
good
spirit
[
i.
thy
blessed
and
holy
spirit
,
which
is
called
good
,
because
it
is
Gods
effectuall
instrumente
,
to
lead
vs
into
all
goodnesse
]
leade
me
[
vz.
which
am
so
often
and
continuallye
straying
and
wandering
from
good
thinges
]
vnto
the
land
of
righteousnesse
[
i.
guide
me
not
only
in
this
life
to
righteousnesse
of
life
,
but
to
that
same
eternall
life
,
wherein
righteousnesse
shall
dwell
for
euer
,
sée
2.
Peter
.
3.13
.
]
Ver.
11.
Quicken
me
O
Lord
[
i.
cause
me
to
passe
safe
and
sound
thorow
this
danger
,
wherein
I
séeme
to
be
as
it
were
in
death
]
for
thy
names
sake
[
i.
that
I
&
others
may
praise
thy
name
,
as
Psal.
142.7
.
]
and
for
thy
righteousnesse
[
i.
for
thy
righteous
and
faythful
accomplishment
of
thy
promises
]
bring
my
soule
[
i.
me
,
and
my
life
]
out
of
trouble
[
i.
out
of
this
trouble
,
wherein
it
presently
is
,
and
vnder
which
it
wil
quaile
if
thou
assist
me
not
.
]
Ver.
12.
And
for
thy
mercy
sake
[
vz.
toward
me
thy
seruaunt
]
slay
mine
enemies
[
i.
destroy
them
,
by
what
meanes
,
or
wayes
soeuer
thou
shalt
think
good
]
and
destroy
[
vz.
in
thy
iustice
and
iudgements
against
the
wicked
]
al
them
[
vz.
of
what
state
or
condition
soeuer
they
be
whether
it
be
Saul
as
the
chéefest
,
or
his
complices
]
that
oppresse
my
soule
[
i.
me
,
and
would
faine
take
away
my
life
from
me
]
for
I
am
thy
seruaunt
[
i.
I
am
such
a
one
,
as
whom
thou
in
mercy
hast
vouchsaued
worthy
of
this
honour
,
to
commit
some
part
of
thy
seruice
into
his
hands
:
sée
1.
Timoth.
1.12
,
13.
so
that
he
boasteth
not
here
of
his
merits
,
but
magnifieth
the
grace
of
God
,
from
whom
this
goodnesse
came
.
Ver.
1
teacheth
vs
,
Do.
first
in
our
distresses
to
run
vnto
God
by
earnest
and
harty
prayers
:
secondly
to
ground
our
prayers
,
vpon
the
righteousnesse
,
truth
and
faythfulnes
of
our
God
.
Ver.
2
teacheth
vs
two
things
:
first
to
pray
the
Lord
to
remoue
al
things
that
might
hinder
the
course
of
his
mercy
toward
vs
:
secondly
it
is
a
strong
place
to
ouerthrow
al
imagination
of
mans
righteousnes
.
Ver.
3
teacheth
vs
that
God
suffereth
and
appointeth
the
wicked
many
times
to
preuaile
very
far
against
the
godly
.
Ver.
4
is
a
notable
place
to
proue
that
euen
gods
children
in
their
troubles
,
haue
their
affections
against
that
blockish
dotage
of
the
sto●ks
.
Ver.
5
teacheth
vs
that
the
consideration
of
Gods
goodnesse
in
former
times
,
should
minister
no
smal
comfort
vnto
vs
,
in
the
time
of
our
present
heauines
.
Ver.
6
teacheth
vs
to
hunger
and
thirst
after
the
Lord
,
and
to
bee
earnest
with
him
in
our
supplications
vnto
his
maiesty
.
Ver.
7
teacheth
vs
,
that
the
more
our
miseries
grow
&
increase
vpon
vs
,
the
more
earnest
and
often
we
should
be
with
the
Lord
our
God
in
prayer
.
Ver.
8
teacheth
vs
that
there
is
nothing
more
comfortable
then
plentifully
and
in
good
time
to
féele
Gods
mercy
.
Ver.
9
teacheth
vs
in
all
distresses
to
commend
our selues
to
Gods
power
and
prouidence
,
as
to
a
most
sure
rock
and
tower
of
defence
.
Ver.
10
is
a
notable
place
againste
fréewill
,
because
we
are
blind
til
God
teach
vs
,
and
we
can
do
nothing
without
the
assistance
of
his
holy
spirit
.
Ver.
11
teacheth
vs
,
that
vnlesse
God
set
vs
frée
from
trouble
we
can
neuer
be
deliuered
.
Ver.
12
teacheth
vs
,
that
we
may
safelye
praye
agaynste
the
malicious
and
obstinate
enemies
of
Gods
Churche
and
people
Psalme
144
Di.
THis
Psalme
may
be
diuided
into
thrée
parts
.
In
the
first
he
prayseth
God
for
his
goodnesse
,
and
confesseth
his
own
vnworthines
and
this
is
comprehended
in
the
4
first
verses
.
In
the
seconde
he
prayeth
to
GOD
for
the
ouerthrowe
of
his
enemies
(
whose
corruption
he
toucheth
)
and
for
his
owne
deliueraunce
:
and
this
reacheth
from
the
fifte
verse
,
to
the
ende
of
the
eleuenth
.
In
the
thirde
he
sheweth
what
fruite
shall
redound
thereby
,
both
to
GOD
and
his
people
,
vz.
he
shall
be
praysed
,
and
they
shall
bée
comforted
,
from
verse
12
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
Title
]
A
Psalme
of
Dauid
[
vz.
which
he
made
after
his
comming
to
the
kingdome
,
when
he
had
obtayned
diuers
victories
,
and
yet
notwithstanding
his
enemies
were
very
busie
with
him
,
either
the
Philistine
,
as
2
Sam.
5.
or
els
some
other
,
as
2.
Sam.
8.
]
Ver.
1.
Blessed
[
i.
praised
and
that
continually
]
be
the
Lord
my
strength
[
i.
he
who
alone
giueth
me
strength
to
ouercome
mine
enemies
,
sée
Psal.
18.2
.
]
which
teacheth
my
hands
to
fight
[
vz.
against
his
&
mine
enemies
,
meaning
hereby
also
that
God
gaue
him
strength
to
ouercome
them
,
as
wel
as
knowledge
in
warlike
affaires
to
deale
with
them
]
and
my
fingers
to
battaile
[
i.
apteth
them
and
maketh
them
able
to
indure
fighting
.
]
Ver.
2.
He
[
vz.
alone
]
is
my
goodnesse
[
i.
whatsoeuer
good
thing
I
haue
,
eyther
within
mee
or
without
mée
,
hee
is
the
Fountayne
from
whence
it
floweth
,
meaning
also
that
hée
had
euer
felte
GOD
liberall
and
mercifull
towards
him
]
my
Fortresse
,
my
Tower
,
and
my
deliuerer
,
my
Shield
[
all
these
termes
are
expounded
Psalme
18.2
.
]
and
in
him
I
trust
[
vz.
stedfastlye
and
continually
]
which
subdueth
[
vz.
by
his
almighty
power
]
my
people
[
i.
the
subiectes
that
hée
hath
giuen
me
]
vnder
me
[
i.
vnder
the
obedience
of
me
and
my
lawes
:
he
meaneth
that
GOD
did
put
into
the
hartes
of
his
people
,
a
minde
willing
and
faythfull
to
commit
themselues
vnder
him
,
and
his
gouernment
.
]
Ver.
3.
Lord
what
is
man
[
i.
of
himselfe
,
what
account
or
regard
is
he
to
be
had
in
]
that
thou
regardest
him
[
vz.
so
greatly
and
so
much
as
thou
doest
]
or
the
sonne
of
man
[
i.
his
posterity
how
great
or
famous
soeuer
it
bée
]
that
thou
thinkest
vppon
him
[
vz.
in
such
great
mercy
,
and
with
so
fatherlye
a
care
:
sée
Psalme
8.
verse
4.5
,
&c.
]
Verse
4.
Man
is
lyke
to
vanitie
[
i.
to
a
thing
of
no
accounte
,
or
regarde
,
or
to
a
vayne
thing
.
In
an
other
place
hée
sayeth
,
that
they
are
vanitye
,
that
the
chéefe
men
are
but
lyes
,
and
to
laye
them
vppon
the
Ballance
,
they
are
altogether
lighter
then
vanitie
.
Psalme
.
62.9
.
his
dayes
[
i.
the
dayes
of
this
life
in
this
worlde
]
are
like
a
shadowe
that
passeth
[
vz.
oute
of
mennes
sightes
and
remembraunces
quicklie
and
sodainlie
.
q.d.
his
life
is
but
short
,
and
of
small
continuaunce
:
see
.
Iob.
14.1.2
.
see
also
for
this
verse
Psalme
.
39.5.6
.
and
psalme
.
90.
almoste
throughout
.
]
Ver.
5.
Bow
thine
heauens
O
Lorde
[
vz.
to
come
to
succour
and
help
me
:
this
is
spoken
of
God
according
to
mens
vnderstanding
,
&
he
calleth
the
heauens
Gods
owne
,
both
because
he
created
them
,
and
hath
his
principal
habitation
and
dwelling
in
them
,
sée
for
this
phrase
2.
Sam.
22.10
.
also
Psal.
18.9
.
]
and
come
downe
[
vz.
to
deliuer
me
from
the
hands
of
mine
enemies
&
persecutors
]
touch
[
vz.
in
thy
wrath
and
furie
:
q.d.
thou
néedest
not
vse
al
thy
power
or
any
great
might
against
them
,
begin
but
only
to
lay
thy
hand
vpon
them
:
q.d.
and
do
but
touch
them
as
a
man
would
say
softly
,
and
yet
they
shal
be
consumed
]
the
mountaines
[
i.
my
most
high
and
mightie
enemies
:
this
kind
of
metaphor
is
very
often
vsed
in
the
Prophets
:
sée
Isai.
2.14
.
]
&
they
shal
smoke
[
yea
burne
,
and
that
to
their
owne
destruction
,
he
putteth
the
beginning
of
their
miseries
,
for
the
accomplishment
,
and
ful
performaunce
thereof
.
And
hee
vseth
all
these
maner
of
speaches
,
both
in
this
verse
,
and
in
the
verse
following
,
that
hee
might
more
excellently
set
out
Gods
power
,
who
deliuereth
his
,
after
a
wonderful
sort
,
and
that
he
might
declare
,
that
no
worldly
lets
or
hinderaunces
are
able
to
do
any
thing
against
Gods
infinite
power
,
which
hee
apprehended
by
faith
.
]
Ver.
6.
Cast
forth
the
lightning
,
&
scatter
them
,
vz.
one
from
an
other
,
&
so
that
they
may
not
be
able
to
gather
their
forces
together
againe
:
q.d.
by
thy
heauenly
wisedome
and
power
,
destroy
and
ouerthrow
them
]
shoot
out
thine
arrowes
[
vz.
against
them
,
vnderstanding
by
arrowes
,
either
thunders
,
or
some
other
particular
iudgments
]
and
consume
than
[
vz.
vtterly
and
from
amongst
men
,
that
they
may
no
longer
molest
me
,
and
thy
people
.
]
Ver.
7.
Send
thine
hand
from
aboue
[
i.
display
and
make
manifest
here
below
vpon
the
earth
,
thy
might
and
power
,
which
séemeth
after
a
sort
,
to
be
shut
vp
in
heauen
,
because
thy
seruants
be
not
deliuered
from
their
distresses
]
deliuer
me
[
vz.
of
thy
goodnes
and
through
thy
power
,
from
the
rage
and
violence
of
those
that
persecute
me
]
and
take
me
[
vz.
who
am
ready
to
be
drowned
with
troubles
]
out
of
the
great
waters
[
vz.
which
are
ready
to
ouerflow
and
drowne
mee
,
by
great
waters
,
he
doth
not
only
vnderstand
the
grieuous
afflictions
wherein
he
was
,
but
also
the
extreme
rage
of
his
enemies
,
who
did
breake
in
vppon
him
,
as
waters
of
the
sea
into
the
land
:
sée
Psal.
18.4
.
also
69.1
.
also
124.4
.
]
and
from
the
hand
[
i.
from
the
power
and
force
]
of
strangers
[
this
may
be
referred
,
either
to
counterfeit
and
bastardly
Israelites
,
who
though
they
bragged
in
mouth
,
that
they
were
good
people
,
yet
were
they
in
déede
starke
naught
,
or
else
to
them
,
that
were
in
déed
idolaters
and
infidels
,
such
as
the
Philistines
were
,
and
to
these
latter
would
I
rather
apply
it
.
]
Ver.
8.
Whose
mouth
talketh
vanity
[
i.
who
doe
nothing
else
,
but
speak
and
vtter
vaine
,
and
vncertaine
thinges
,
proudly
promising
vnto
themselues
great
things
]
and
their
right
hand
,
is
a
right
hand
of
iniquitie
[
i.
they
are
vnfaithful
people
,
and
ful
of
subtilty
,
and
haue
no
certainetie
nor
assuraunce
in
them
.
This
speach
is
borrowed
from
the
common
custome
of
men
,
who
when
they
make
a
promise
,
giue
one
another
their
hands
:
sée
Gal.
2.9
.
]
Ver.
9.
I
wil
sing
[
vz.
euen
from
my
heart
]
a
new
song
[
i.
a
singular
and
excellent
song
,
sée
Psal.
98.1
.
]
vnto
thée
O
God
[
vz.
when
thou
shalt
haue
performed
these
graces
in
deliuering
me
,
and
ouerthrowing
mine
enemies
:
and
the
Prophet
maketh
this
promise
,
and
carieth
with
him
a
purpose
to
performe
it
,
because
he
was
certainely
perswaded
and
assured
,
that
God
would
in
déed
do
,
both
the
one
and
the
other
]
&
sing
vnto
thée
vpon
a
viole
,
and
an
instrument
of
ten
strings
,
sée
Psal.
33.2
.
also
Psal.
92.3
.
he
meaneth
that
he
would
vse
these
instruments
,
as
meanes
to
stirre
vp
his
affections
,
and
to
prouoke
him
more
earnestly
and
heartily
to
serue
the
lord
.
]
Ver.
10.
It
is
hee
[
vz.
alone
]
that
giueth
[
vz.
of
his
goodnes
and
mercy
]
deliuerance
[
vz.
from
all
dangers
and
distresses
]
and
rescueth
[
vz.
when
no
other
can
do
that
for
him
]
Dauid
his
seruaunt
[
i.
me
whom
he
hath
aduaunced
to
this
honour
to
serue
him
in
the
gouernment
of
the
kingdome
,
and
thus
hee
speaketh
of
himselfe
in
the
thirde
person
]
from
the
hurtful
sword
[
i.
from
the
sworde
of
his
enemies
,
who
did
purpose
to
hurt
him
,
if
they
coulde
haue
caught
him
,
or
ouerthrowne
him
,
wée
may
also
stretch
this
worde
further
,
as
that
vnder
it
,
he
should
comprehende
all
the
daungers
,
through
the
which
hee
had
passed
]
and
hee
meaneth
that
this
should
be
the
argument
or
matter
of
the
song
,
that
hee
woulde
sing
to
the
Lorde
.
]
Ver.
11.
Rescue
me
[
vz.
O
Lord
,
for
vnto
him
onely
hee
directeth
his
prayers
]
and
deliuer
me
[
vz.
who
am
in
distresse
and
daunger
on
euery
side
]
from
the
hand
of
strangers
[
sée
for
the
vnderstanding
of
this
,
and
all
that
followeth
in
this
verse
,
the
7.
and
8.
verse
of
this
Psalme
,
where
you
shall
sée
the
very
same
wordes
.
]
Ver.
12.
That
our
sonnes
[
i.
the
posteritie
that
we
shal
leaue
behind
vs
,
through
thy
fauour
towardes
vs
,
and
thy
iudgements
vpon
thine
and
our
enemies
]
may
be
as
the
plants
[
i.
tender
,
faire
,
gréene
,
and
florishing
]
growing
vp
in
their
youth
[
this
may
be
referred
either
to
the
children
,
or
to
the
plants
,
but
I
rather
refer
it
,
to
the
plantes
:
q.d.
euen
as
plantes
set
in
good
grounde
,
grow
vp
a
pace
:
so
by
this
thy
blessing
,
the
séede
that
we
shall
leaue
behinde
vs
,
shall
increase
in
all
comelines
,
beautie
,
and
good
thinges
]
and
our
daughters
[
i.
our
seede
and
posteritie
,
for
vnder
these
two
,
sonnes
and
daughters
,
hee
meaneth
all
posteritie
,
either
male
or
female
,
which
they
coulde
leaue
behinde
them
]
as
the
corner
stones
[
vz.
of
the
house
builded
,
or
in
the
foundation
of
the
house
,
which
were
not
onely
profitable
,
to
vpholde
the
whole
building
,
as
Psalme
118.22
.
but
also
was
finely
hewen
,
&
cunningly
wrought
]
grauen
[
i.
curiously
wrought
and
cut
]
after
the
similitude
of
a
pallace
[
i.
after
the
forme
of
most
costly
stones
wherewith
most
costly
buildinges
,
as
palaces
are
built
.
But
I
like
better
Immnuel
,
who
readeth
it
thus
]
that
our
sonnes
,
being
as
the
plantes
growing
vp
in
their
youth
,
&
our
daughters
,
being
as
the
corner
stones
[
al
this
agréeth
with
the
sense
before
giuen
]
may
bee
the
building
of
the
temple
[
i.
may
be
such
stones
,
as
may
be
vsed
to
the
building
,
and
polishing
of
Gods
church
,
that
we
may
altogether
grow
vp
,
to
an
holy
temple
in
the
Lord
Ephe
2.21
.
also
Ephe.
4.12.13
.
]
Ver.
13.
That
our
corners
[
i.
not
onely
the
barnes
and
store
houses
which
we
haue
,
but
euery
corner
of
our
dwelling
house
]
maye
bee
full
[
vz.
through
thy
blessing
]
and
abounding
[
vz.
in
great
measure
and
plenty
]
with
diuers
sortes
[
vz.
not
onely
of
graine
and
corne
,
but
of
all
maner
of
prouision
]
and
that
our
shéepe
,
may
bring
forth
[
vz.
through
thy
especial
blessing
]
thousandes
and
ten
thousandes
[
i.
may
increase
infinitely
,
and
as
it
were
without
number
,
for
he
putteth
a
number
certaine
,
for
an
vncertaine
]
in
our
stréetes
[
i.
openly
,
so
that
not
only
we
our selues
,
to
our
great
ioy
,
but
our
aduersaries
to
their
great
griefe
may
beholde
the
same
.
]
Verse
.
14.
That
our
oxen
[
vz.
also
through
this
thy
blessing
]
may
be
strong
to
labour
[
i.
méete
and
fit
for
all
that
labour
,
whereunto
thou
hast
appointed
them
,
and
we
shal
according
to
thy
will
vse
them
,
he
meaneth
by
this
that
the
people
may
bee
rich
and
abounde
with
al
maner
of
worldly
blessings
]
that
there
bee
none
inuasion
[
vz.
of
the
enemie
against
vs
,
that
is
,
that
the
enemy
runne
not
in
vppon
our
lande
and
vs
,
neither
make
breaches
in
our
wals
,
nor
enter
into
our
cities
]
nor
going
out
[
vz.
to
battle
and
warre
,
which
can
not
be
,
if
none
come
to
assault
them
]
nor
no
crying
in
our
stréetes
[
i.
neither
noyse
or
sodaine
tumult
,
as
commeth
to
passe
in
the
taking
of
townes
,
nor
no
mourning
by
any
occasion
,
either
when
the
enemies
slay
vs
,
or
otherwise
,
q.d.
that
no
euill
thing
at
all
may
come
vpon
vs
,
that
no
good
thing
may
passe
from
vs
,
and
that
we
haue
no
heauines
,
nor
cause
therof
within
vs
,
&
our
Cities
,
but
al
things
ioyful
and
pleasant
.
]
Ver.
15.
Blessed
are
the
people
that
be
so
[
i.
in
so
good
a
cause
.
d.q.
most
happy
surely
are
they
]
yea
blessed
are
the
people
,
whose
God
is
the
Lorde
[
i.
they
in
déede
are
blessed
,
who
howsoeuer
they
haue
or
inioy
the
outward
blessings
before
rehearsed
,
or
haue
them
not
,
yet
so
do
tast
and
féele
the
grace
of
God
,
that
they
are
still
perswaded
of
his
fatherly
loue
towards
them
,
and
in
the
apprehension
thereof
,
goe
on
forward
towards
the
obtaining
of
the
heauenly
inheritance
.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
we
can
do
nothing
,
no
not
outwarde
things
well
,
Do.
vnlesse
the
Lorde
teach
and
instruct
vs
.
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
vs
,
first
,
that
God
alone
,
is
the
whole
aide
and
defence
of
his
children
,
secondly
that
it
is
not
kings
powers
and
pollicies
that
kéepe
the
people
in
good
order
and
subiection
,
but
hee
alone
,
who
boweth
their
heartes
thereto
.
Verse
3.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
there
is
nothing
in
man
,
as
of
man
that
can
commend
him
to
God
.
Ver.
4.
Setteth
out
,
the
vanity
,
brittlenes
,
and
shortnes
of
mans
life
.
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
vs
that
God
néedeth
not
to
vse
any
great
power
,
for
the
ouerthrowe
of
his
enemies
.
Verse
.
6.
Teacheth
vs
that
wee
may
safely
pray
agaynst
the
malicious
and
obstinate
enemies
of
his
trueth
.
Verse
7.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
vnlesse
GOD
deliuer
vs
out
of
our
great
daungers
,
there
is
no
way
or
meanes
for
vs
to
escape
out
of
them
.
Verse
8.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
there
is
nothing
but
vanitie
,
lying
,
and
falshoode
to
bée
looked
for
,
at
the
handes
of
the
wicked
.
Verse
9.
teacheth
vs
,
to
bee
alwayes
thankefull
to
the
Lorde
,
for
his
mercies
,
and
because
wee
are
very
dull
thereto
,
to
stirre
vp
our selues
,
by
all
the
meanes
wee
can
.
Verse
10
teacheth
vs
,
that
Kinges
victories
,
and
their
deliuerances
from
daungers
,
procéed
from
God
,
as
well
as
the
poore
mans
doeth
.
Ver.
11.
teacheth
vs
,
that
because
we
can
not
helpe
our selues
,
wee
shoulde
pray
the
Lorde
,
to
deliuer
vs
from
distresses
.
Verse
12.
teacheth
vs
,
that
it
is
a
singular
blessing
,
to
haue
a
posteritie
grafted
into
Gods
Church
.
Verse
13
teacheth
vs
that
abundance
of
al
things
come
from
the
Lorde
onely
.
Verse
14.
Teacheth
vs
that
neither
our
cattell
nor
any
thing
else
can
stand
vs
in
steede
,
without
Gods
especial
blessing
:
and
al
these
three
verses
layde
together
,
doe
teach
vs
further
,
what
great
commodities
insue
to
Gods
people
,
by
the
ouerthrow
of
their
enemies
:
also
that
euen
these
outward
blessinges
,
are
to
Gods
seruants
sure
seales
and
testimonies
of
a
better
hope
,
Ver.
15.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
they
in
déed
are
in
some
measure
blessed
,
that
haue
these
outwarde
benefites
bestowed
vpon
them
,
but
yet
they
are
in
better
case
,
which
though
they
wante
them
,
féele
with
assuraunce
of
perswasion
,
the
eternal
fauour
of
God
towards
them
,
in
the
hope
and
certaintie
of
a
better
life
.
Psalme
145
Di.
THis
Psalm
propounding
specially
the
matter
of
thanksgiuing
and
praise
vnto
the
Lord
,
may
bée
diuided
into
foure
partes
.
In
the
first
hee
himselfe
promiseth
to
praise
the
Lorde
,
shewing
a
cause
wherefore
.
Ver.
1.2.3
.
In
the
second
he
doeth
as
it
were
prophecie
,
that
all
Gods
creatures
and
workes
,
shal
serue
to
set
forth
his
praise
:
from
ver.
4.
vnto
to
the
end
of
the
12.
In
the
third
he
sheweth
reasons
and
causes
why
men
should
praise
the
Lorde
,
to
wit
,
for
his
gouernement
,
his
mercy
,
his
prouidence
,
&c.
from
verse
.
13.
to
the
20.
And
lastly
hee
shutteth
vp
the
Psalme
with
promise
of
thankesgiuing
,
as
he
began
it
,
ver.
21.
Se.
The
title
]
A
Psalme
of
Dauid
[
i.
which
hee
made
]
of
prayse
[
vz.
vnto
the
Lord
,
i.
of
such
prayse
and
thankesgiuing
,
as
he
promised
and
perfourmed
vnto
him
.
So
that
this
worde
séemeth
to
comprehende
the
argument
or
the
whole
matter
of
the
Psalme
]
this
Psalme
is
written
,
in
the
order
of
the
Alphabet
,
euery
verse
beginning
with
the
letters
,
as
they
are
in
order
in
the
Hebrewe
Alphabet
,
one
onely
being
omitted
and
that
is
the
letter
Nun
,
in
the
14.
verse
,
which
beginneth
with
Samech
,
the
next
letter
in
the
Alphabet
,
such
Psalmes
we
haue
had
before
.
Psal.
25.
which
beginneth
euery
verse
so
,
two
or
thrée
onely
excepted
:
such
also
are
Psalm
.
111.
and
112.
which
beginne
euery
verse
of
it
,
and
the
seconde
part
of
it
,
which
two
letters
of
the
Hebrewe
Alphabet
in
order
.
]
Ver.
1.
O
my
God
[
i.
he
whome
onely
I
worship
]
and
king
[
i.
whom
I
serue
,
&
whose
subiect
I
am
]
I
wil
extol
thée
[
vz.
in
my
songes
and
thankesgiuinges
,
and
that
aboue
all
whatsoeuer
]
and
will
blesse
[
i.
prayse
thy
name
,
i
thy
maiesty
,
power
,
and
goodnes
]
for
euer
and
euer
[
i.
continually
.
]
Ver.
2
I
wil
blesse
thée
[
i.
praise
thée
,
as
before
ver.
1.
]
dayly
[
i.
euery
day
,
q.d.
no
day
shall
passe
ouer
my
head
but
I
will
spend
it
,
or
some
part
of
it
in
magnifiyng
of
thee
]
and
prayse
thy
name
for
euer
and
euer
[
sée
before
ver.
1.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
3.
Great
is
the
Lorde
[
vz.
in
power
and
goodnes
,
towardes
all
,
but
chiefely
towardes
his
owne
]
and
most
worthy
to
be
praised
[
vz.
for
those
excellent
things
that
be
in
him
,
and
the
great
workes
that
he
doth
dayly
]
and
his
greatnesse
is
incomprehensible
[
vz.
of
vs
men
:
for
though
after
regeneration
,
wee
doe
looke
into
it
by
fayth
,
yet
it
is
but
in
some
measure
,
for
we
knowe
in
part
,
and
prophecie
in
part
.
1.
Corinth.
13.9
.
and
though
it
bée
sayde
that
in
the
life
to
come
we
shall
see
him
as
he
is
,
1.
Iohn
.
3.2
.
yet
he
meaneth
not
that
there
wee
shal
bée
able
to
attaine
,
to
the
full
apprehension
of
Gods
eternall
maiestye
,
because
he
dwelleth
in
light
that
no
man
can
come
vnto
.
1.
Tim.
6.16
.
and
that
which
is
finite
as
we
shal
bee
after
the
resurrection
,
though
wee
shall
haue
glorified
bodies
,
can
not
comprehend
that
which
is
infinite
,
as
God
is
alwayes
,
but
that
wee
shall
haue
a
farre
greater
measure
in
that
life
,
then
wee
haue
had
in
this
.
]
Ver.
4.
Generation
shall
prayse
thy
workes
vnto
generation
[
i.
the
prayse
and
excellencie
of
thy
great
workes
shal
be
magnified
in
al
ages
,
both
because
thou
doest
continue
thy
great
workes
in
euery
age
,
and
giuest
men
care
and
conscience
to
publish
the
same
to
their
posteritie
]
and
declare
thy
power
[
i.
the
generations
shall
preach
and
set
out
the
greatnes
of
thy
power
,
and
the
excellency
thereof
.
Immanuel
referreth
it
to
Gods
workes
,
both
senses
are
true
.
]
Ver.
5.
I
will
meditate
[
vz.
déepely
and
diligently
]
of
the
beautie
[
i.
not
onely
of
the
comelinesse
but
also
of
the
excellency
]
of
thy
glorious
maiestye
[
i.
of
thy
maiesty
which
is
full
of
wonderfull
glory
]
and
thy
wonderfull
workes
[
i.
I
will
meditate
of
thy
workes
also
,
which
are
rather
to
bee
wondered
at
,
then
comprehended
.
]
Ver.
6.
And
they
[
i.
men
and
specially
thy
people
]
shall
speake
[
vz.
openly
and
plainely
,
meaning
that
they
shall
declare
,
and
set
abroade
]
of
the
power
[
vz.
which
is
great
and
excéeding
]
of
thy
fearefull
acts
[
i.
of
those
iudgments
which
thou
exercisest
vppon
the
contemners
of
thy
maiestie
,
which
should
strike
feare
into
al
mens
hearts
]
and
I
wil
declare
[
vz.
fréely
and
openly
]
thy
greatnes
[
i.
thy
excellency
,
maiesty
,
and
power
,
Sée
ver.
3.
of
this
Psal.
]
Ver.
7.
They
[
i.
men
]
shall
breake
out
[
i.
playnely
and
with
open
mouth
]
into
the
mention
[
i.
euen
to
the
making
mention
of
]
thy
gret
goodnes
[
vz.
towards
all
,
but
specially
towardes
thy
people
]
and
shall
sing
aloude
[
i.
speake
openlye
and
playnely
]
of
thy
righteousnesse
[
i.
of
thy
faithfull
and
iust
dealing
towards
all
.
]
Ver.
8.
The
Lorde
is
gracious
and
merciful
[
this
séemeth
to
be
the
speciall
matter
of
their
song
and
praysing
,
and
it
séemeth
to
bee
taken
out
of
Exod.
34.6
.
sée
also
Psalme
86.5.15
.
]
slowe
to
anger
[
i.
not
easily
moued
to
punish
]
and
of
great
mercy
[
vz.
towardes
those
that
drawe
me
vnto
him
.
]
Ver.
9.
The
Lorde
is
good
to
all
[
vz.
his
creatures
,
and
namely
men
,
but
chiefely
amongst
them
,
to
his
chosen
people
]
and
his
mercies
[
i.
the
abundaunt
plenty
of
his
mercie
,
for
so
much
I
suppose
the
word
in
the
plurall
number
importeth
]
are
ouer
all
his
woorkes
[
i.
there
is
none
of
his
woorkes
,
but
it
sheweth
vnto
others
,
and
findeth
in
it selfe
,
very
large
testimonies
of
Gods
mercy
and
goodnes
.
They
then
do
not
rightly
vnderstand
the
place
,
that
from
hence
would
gather
,
that
Gods
mercy
excéedeth
all
his
works
,
though
that
is
to
be
confessed
to
bee
true
.
But
this
is
the
true
and
naturall
meaning
thereof
,
that
though
it
be
so
,
that
by
meanes
of
sinne
,
all
the
worlde
bee
wrapped
vp
vnder
the
curse
,
yet
the
mercy
of
God
passeth
through
al
his
creatures
,
and
entereth
euen
vnto
the
very
bruit
beastes
,
as
ver.
15.16
.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Ver.
10.
Al
thy
workes
[
vz.
which
thou
hast
created
,
and
the
noble
deedes
which
thou
hast
done
]
prayse
thée
O
Lorde
[
vz.
in
their
kinde
,
that
is
doe
set
foorth
thy
prayses
vnto
men
,
and
doe
put
in
to
their
mouthes
,
as
it
were
,
an
occasion
to
prayse
thee
]
and
thy
Saintes
[
i.
those
whome
thou
hast
made
holy
vnto
thy selfe
:
Sée
Psalme
16.3
.
also
30.4
.
also
132.9
.
]
blesse
thee
[
i.
prayse
thée
,
as
ver.
1.2
.
of
this
Psal.
]
Ver.
11.
They
[
i.
both
thy
workes
and
people
]
shewe
[
vz.
out
,
and
that
sensiblie
and
plainely
]
the
glory
of
thy
kingdome
[
i.
the
excellency
of
thy
rule
and
gouernement
,
meaning
also
that
Gods
woorkes
,
and
the
prayses
of
his
people
,
shoote
all
at
this
marke
,
vz.
to
bring
the
worlde
in
subiection
to
his
obedience
]
and
speake
of
thy
power
[
i.
set
it
foorth
very
plainely
:
howe
the
creatures
perfourme
this
:
Sée
Psalme
19.1.2
.
&c.
also
Roman.
1.19.20
.
&c.
]
Verse
12.
To
cause
his
power
[
i.
Gods
power
,
for
hée
sodainely
chaungeth
the
person
,
from
the
seconde
to
the
thirde
]
to
be
knowne
[
In
these
wordes
hee
noteth
the
ende
,
why
God
vseth
his
creatures
,
and
mens
praises
,
vz.
that
other
men
,
thereby
may
be
drawne
,
to
see
,
approue
,
and
confesse
,
his
goodnes
and
power
]
to
the
sonnes
of
men
[
i.
to
all
ages
and
posterities
]
and
the
glorious
renowne
of
his
kingdome
[
sée
ver.
11.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Ver.
13.
Thy
kingdome
[
i.
the
gouernement
which
thou
exercisest
ouer
all
]
is
an
euerlasting
kingdome
[
i.
shall
neuer
haue
ende
]
and
thy
dominion
[
vz.
which
thou
hast
]
indureth
throughout
all
ages
[
i.
shall
neuer
decay
.
]
Ver.
14.
The
Lorde
[
vz.
himself
]
vpholdeth
,
[
vz.
by
his
mercy
]
all
that
fall
[
vz.
into
any
daunger
or
distresse
.
Sée
Prouerb
.
24.16.17
.
and
yet
wée
must
restraine
that
general
terme
,
to
such
as
the
Lord
knoweth
,
in
his
goodnes
,
are
méete
to
be
vpholden
and
staied
:
without
which
goodnes
of
his
,
none
is
raised
vp
or
maintained
]
and
lifteth
vp
all
that
are
ready
to
fall
[
q.d.
whether
they
bee
entering
into
afflictions
or
aduersities
,
or
whether
they
bee
already
fallen
into
the
same
,
God
reacheth
out
his
hande
,
and
either
keepeth
them
from
falling
,
or
else
deliuereth
them
being
fallen
.
]
Verse
15.
The
eyes
of
all
[
vz.
thinges
whatsoeuer
]
wayte
vppon
thée
[
vz.
with
patience
,
and
that
for
their
●●●●re
and
sustenaunce
]
and
thou
giuest
[
vz.
euen
in
thy
mercy
]
them
their
meate
[
i.
that
portion
of
foode
,
that
thou
hast
appointed
for
them
]
in
due
season
[
i.
in
that
time
that
thou
séest
with
thy selfe
,
to
bee
good
and
méete
for
them
.
]
Verse
.
16.
Thou
openest
thyne
hande
[
i.
thou
stretchest
forth
thy
power
,
and
giuest
plentifully
and
largely
to
all
thy
creatures
]
and
fillest
all
thinges
liuing
[
i.
whatsoeuer
liueth
,
and
moueth
,
or
hath
sense
,
féeling
,
and
groweth
]
of
thy
good
pleasure
[
hee
noteth
here
the
cause
why
all
the
creatures
are
norished
,
vz.
Gods
good
pleasure
and
will
:
Sée
for
these
2.
ver.
Psalme
104.
ver.
27.28
.
&c.
]
Verse
17.
The
Lorde
is
righteous
[
i.
iust
and
equall
]
in
all
his
wayes
[
i.
in
euery
thing
that
hee
taketh
in
hande
:
hée
meaneth
that
God
obserueth
a
most
vpright
course
in
euery
thing
he
doeth
,
howe
corrupt
or
partiall
,
so
euer
men
be
in
their
dealings
]
and
holy
in
all
his
workes
[
i.
his
very
workes
declare
,
that
there
is
a
certaine
kynde
of
vnspeakeable
holinesse
in
his
maiesty
:
that
woorde
,
holy
,
would
bee
better
turned
,
good
or
mercifull
,
and
so
doeth
Immanuel
turne
it
:
sée
to
this
end
▪
ver.
9.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Ver.
18.
The
Lorde
is
néere
[
i.
euen
ready
at
hand
not
onely
to
heare
them
,
but
to
helpe
them
]
vnto
all
that
call
vpon
him
[
i.
to
those
that
worshippe
and
serue
him
:
a
part
of
Gods
seruice
put
for
the
whole
,
as
Gene.
4.26
.
1.
Corinth.
1.2
.
also
2.
Timot.
2.19
.
]
yea
to
all
that
called
vppon
him
in
trueth
[
i.
without
feigning
or
hypocrisie
,
or
else
that
call
vppon
him
in
such
sort
,
that
they
perfourme
not
the
inuocation
of
his
name
,
by
their
inuentions
and
superstitions
.
In
summe
hee
setteth
trueth
against
infidelitie
,
doubting
,
impacience
,
murmuring
,
counterfeite
humilitie
,
and
vicious
affecting
of
thinges
,
which
are
the
fruites
of
lying
,
for
true
worshippers
:
Sée
Iohn
4.24
.
and
this
hée
addeth
in
the
way
of
correction
.
q.d.
though
I
sayde
before
,
that
the
Lorde
heareth
all
them
that
call
vppon
him
,
yet
I
meane
it
of
al
them
that
call
vppon
him
in
trueth
.
]
Verse
19.
Hée
will
fulfill
[
i.
accomplish
and
perfourme
]
the
desire
of
them
[
i.
the
thinges
which
they
shall
desire
and
will
,
according
to
his
will
:
Sée
1.
Iohn
5.14
.
because
God
setteth
vppon
their
affections
,
a
lawe
of
obedience
]
that
feare
him
[
i.
that
serue
and
worshippe
him
:
this
hath
béene
sundry
tymes
expounded
before
]
hee
will
also
heare
their
cry
[
i.
graunt
them
their
requestes
,
which
they
pray
euerlastingly
vnto
him
for
]
and
will
saue
them
[
i.
both
deliuer
them
out
of
all
the
daungers
of
this
lyfe
,
and
at
the
ende
bring
them
to
eternall
life
.
]
Verse
20.
The
Lorde
preserueth
[
vz.
from
any
notorious
hurt
or
daunger
:
or
if
not
so
,
yet
hée
maketh
away
for
them
to
escape
out
of
it
,
as
shal
bee
most
for
his
glory
and
their
comfort
]
all
them
that
loue
him
[
vz.
vnfeignedly
and
with
a
good
heart
,
Sée
Roman.
8.28
.
but
hee
wil
destroy
[
vz.
in
his
wrath
,
and
iust
iudgement
]
all
the
wicked
[
vz.
of
the
worlde
,
of
what
estate
or
condition
so
euer
they
bee
.
]
Verse
21.
My
mouth
shall
speake
the
prayse
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
I
will
boldly
and
openlye
in
wordes
set
foorth
his
prayses
:
hee
putteth
the
instrument
wherewith
wordes
are
vttered
,
for
the
wordes
themselues
]
all
flesh
[
i.
all
men
,
for
when
this
word
is
so
put
alone
,
without
adding
any
thing
to
it
doeth
most
commonly
in
the
Scriptures
respect
men
]
shall
blesse
his
holy
name
[
i.
shall
prayse
his
maiesty
power
and
goodnes
]
for
euer
and
euer
[
i.
continually
,
sée
ver.
1.2
.
of
this
Psalme
.
Verse
1.
Teacheth
vs
,
not
onely
to
be
thankfull
to
God
for
his
mercies
,
Do.
but
also
to
continue
in
the
same
,
because
his
mercies
are
continually
powred
forth
vppon
vs
.
Ver.
2.
teacheth
vs
that
wee
shoulde
let
no
day
passe
,
without
heartie
thankesgiuing
,
to
the
Lord
for
his
graces
.
Ver.
3
teacheth
vs
that
Gods
power
and
incomprehensible
maiesty
,
should
prouoke
vs
to
thankfulnes
.
Verse
4.
Teacheth
vs
to
haue
a
care
to
conuey
the
remembraunce
of
Gods
benefites
to
our
posteritie
.
Verse
5.
Teacheth
vs
to
imploy
more
time
in
the
meditation
of
Gods
workes
,
then
heretofore
we
haue
done
.
Verse
6.
Teacheth
vs
,
as
well
to
publish
Gods
iudgements
as
his
mercies
,
that
the
wicked
may
bee
pearsed
with
a
feare
of
his
maiesty
.
Verse
7.
teacheth
vs
,
neuer
to
be
ashamed
to
publish
gods
promises
.
Ver.
8
,
9.
Are
excellent
descriptions
of
god
by
his
qualities
,
and
comprehende
much
matter
of
comfort
for
those
that
bee
afflicted
,
and
also
conteine
very
excellent
causes
,
why
we
should
prayse
,
and
thanke
God
.
Ver.
10.
Teacheth
vs
that
it
becommeth
all
Gods
creatures
,
but
specially
his
faythful
people
to
blesse
and
prayse
the
Lorde
.
Ver.
11.
and
12.
Teach
vs
,
not
onely
for
our
owne
good
and
the
discharge
of
our
owne
duety
,
but
that
others
also
therby
may
be
drawne
to
do
the
like
.
Ver.
13.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
howsoeuer
mens
kingdomes
be
brittle
,
yet
Gods
gouernment
,
ouer
all
,
but
specially
ouer
his
,
indureth
for
euer
.
Ver.
14.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
God
so
prouideth
for
his
children
,
in
their
daungers
and
distresses
,
that
howsoeuer
they
bee
afflicted
,
yet
they
do
not
vtterly
perish
.
Ver.
15.
Setteth
out
Gods
gracious
prouidence
&
fatherly
care
ouer
his
children
.
Ver.
16.
Sheweth
that
the
Lorde
is
liberall
handed
towardes
his
creatures
,
and
that
al
the
good
thinges
which
we
haue
,
procéede
from
his
good
will
and
pleasure
.
Verse
17.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
whatsoeuer
God
doeth
,
he
doeth
in
all
vprightnes
,
though
perhaps
we
through
the
blindnesse
and
corruption
of
our
nature
,
can
not
conceiue
so
thereof
.
Ver.
18.
Teacheth
vs
that
God
quickly
heareth
,
the
earnest
and
vnfeigned
prayers
of
his
Seruauntes
.
Verse
19.
Sheweth
that
God
will
graciously
deliuer
his
,
out
of
all
their
daungers
.
Verse
20.
Sheweth
the
vnlikely
reward
,
betweene
the
godly
and
the
vngodly
.
Verse
21.
Teacheth
vs
,
both
in
our
owne
persons
,
and
in
others
,
to
stirre
vp
,
and
prouoke
our selues
to
continual
thankfulnesse
.
Psalme
146
Di.
THis
Psalme
may
bee
diuided
into
two
partes
.
In
the
first
hee
prouoketh
himselfe
to
prayse
God
,
promising
to
perfourme
it
,
as
long
as
he
liueth
,
to
which
he
addeth
a
dehortation
,
that
we
should
not
trust
in
any
man
,
nor
giue
them
the
matter
of
praises
.
Ver.
1.2.3.4
.
and
5.
In
the
second
,
he
sheweth
certaine
causes
why
he
and
other
should
prayse
the
Lord
,
from
ver.
6.
to
the
end
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
The
title
]
Prayse
ye
the
Lorde
[
sée
Psalme
106.
in
the
title
.
]
Ver.
1.
Prayse
thou
the
Lorde
O
my
soule
[
vz.
for
his
mercy
and
goodnes
towardes
thée
,
vnderstanding
by
soule
the
seate
of
his
affections
,
which
is
the
heart
,
Sée
Psalm
.
103.1
.
]
Ver.
2.
I
will
prayse
the
Lorde
[
vz.
for
his
mercies
]
during
my
life
[
i.
as
long
as
I
liue
,
and
all
the
dayes
of
my
life
]
as
long
as
I
haue
any
being
[
vz.
either
in
this
life
,
or
in
eternall
life
,
for
the
action
of
prayse
and
thanksgiuing
to
God
shal
not
cease
then
]
I
will
sing
[
vz.
prayses
and
thankesgiuing
]
vnto
my
God
[
i.
vnto
him
whom
I
serue
,
and
whom
I
haue
founde
by
particular
experience
,
to
haue
bene
a
singular
God
to
mee
.
]
Ver.
3.
Put
not
your
trust
[
i.
haue
not
any
confidence
or
affiance
in
them
,
as
though
that
without
God
or
against
him
,
they
were
able
to
helpe
you
]
in
princes
[
vz.
how
litle
or
how
great
soeuer
they
be
in
authority
]
nor
in
the
sonne
of
man
[
i.
in
any
man
whatsoeuer
:
and
this
he
doeth
,
to
the
end
that
God
may
haue
his
whole
glory●●ecting
and
abolishing
all
peruerse
hopes
,
specially
those
which
we
haue
in
great
personages
]
for
there
is
none
helpe
in
them
[
i.
he
or
they
altogether
are
not
able
of
themselues
,
to
helpe
either
themselues
,
or
other
distressed
:
and
this
is
one
reason
,
why
they
shoulde
not
trust
in
men
.
]
Verse
4.
His
breath
departeth
[
i.
euen
his
soule
,
and
vitall
spirite
,
that
is
,
hee
dieth
:
and
so
the
hope
which
men
repose
in
him
or
them
,
perisheth
]
and
hée
returneth
to
his
earth
[
vz.
out
of
which
he
was
taken
,
as
Gene.
3.19
.
and
this
must
bée
vnderstoode
in
respect
of
his
body
]
then
[
vz.
when
hee
dieth
]
his
thoughtes
perish
[
i.
all
that
hee
thought
vppon
and
deuised
in
his
imagination
come
to
nothing
:
and
this
is
an
other
reason
,
taken
from
the
vanity
of
mans
life
.
]
Verse
5.
Blessed
is
he
[
i.
he
is
in
a
good
and
blessed
state
]
that
hath
the
GOD
of
Iaakob
,
for
his
helpe
[
i.
that
hath
the
true
GOD
to
helpe
and
deliuer
him
in
all
assayes
:
Sée
Psalme
144.15
.
]
whose
hope
is
in
the
Lorde
his
GOD
[
i.
that
putteth
his
trust
onely
in
that
true
god
,
howsoeuer
men
do
destitute
,
forsake
,
or
faile
him
.
]
Ver.
6.
Which
made
heauen
and
earth
[
sée
Psalme
124.8
.
also
Psalme
121.2
.
]
the
Sea
and
all
that
therein
is
[
i.
whatsoeuer
liueth
and
moueth
in
the
same
:
Sée
Psalm
8.8
.
]
which
kéepeth
his
fidelitie
for
euer
[
i.
which
doth
faithfully
and
continually
performe
:
whatsoeuer
he
hath
promised
.
]
Ver.
7.
Which
executeth
iustice
[
vz.
vpon
the
wicked
and
vngodly
,
and
that
woorde
,
Iustice
,
sheweth
that
God
doeth
them
no
iniurie
when
hee
punisheth
them
]
for
the
oppressed
[
i.
on
the
behalf
of
the
oppressed
:
q.d.
when
they
are
oppressed
,
and
none
able
to
deliuer
them
,
then
doeth
God
take
vppon
him
the
defence
of
their
iust
cause
against
the
oppressours
]
which
giueth
bread
to
the
hungrie
[
i.
foode
and
sustenance
to
them
that
want
it
]
the
Lorde
loseth
the
prisoners
[
vz.
out
of
their
prison
and
bondage
,
as
he
did
Ioseph
,
by
bowing
rulers
heartes
to
set
them
at
libertie
:
Sée
Psalm
.
105.20
.
]
Verse
.
8.
The
Lorde
giueth
sight
to
the
blinde
:
the
Lorde
raiseth
vp
the
crooked
[
i.
hée
healeth
all
diseases
:
yea
though
they
be
neuer
so
harde
and
incurable
:
howe
true
this
is
the
whole
body
of
the
Scripture
declareth
,
and
specially
the
miracles
of
our
Sauiour
Christ
in
the
newe
testament
,
and
by
crooked
,
he
meaneth
them
,
that
bee
broken
,
and
bowed
as
it
were
together
,
with
afflictions
and
infirmities
]
the
Lorde
loueth
the
righteous
[
i.
pursueth
them
especially
with
his
fauour
,
séeming
after
a
sorte
to
restraine
that
to
the
godly
,
which
hée
had
generally
spoken
before
.
]
Ver.
9.
The
Lorde
keepeth
[
vz.
safe
and
sounde
,
and
free
from
hurt
and
daunger
]
the
strangers
[
vz.
which
are
tossed
from
one
place
to
an
other
,
and
haue
as
it
were
no
body
to
comfort
them
]
hee
relieueth
the
fatherlesse
,
and
widowe
[
i.
hee
comforteth
them
in
their
distresse
and
heauinesse
,
vnder
these
three
,
hee
comprehendeth
all
them
,
that
bee
destitute
of
ayd
and
defence
,
or
haue
no
means
to
come
by
the
same
,
of
these
see
Exodus
.
22.22.23.24
.
]
but
hee
ouerthroweth
[
vz.
in
his
iust
iudgement
]
the
way
of
the
wicked
[
i.
all
his
deuises
,
woordes
,
and
workes
:
Sée
Psalme
1.6
.
]
Ver.
10.
The
Lorde
[
vz.
our
God
,
which
we
serue
]
shall
raigne
for
euer
[
vz.
do
his
Enemies
against
him
and
his
what
so
euer
they
can
]
O
Sion
[
he
speaketh
to
Sion
,
that
is
to
the
Church
,
because
God
speciallie
raigneth
for
the
preseruation
thereof
]
thy
GOD
[
vz.
whom
thou
seruest
]
endureth
from
generation
to
generation
[
i.
ruleth
and
raigneth
for
euer
and
euer
.
as
Psalme
145.13
.
]
Prayse
yee
the
Lord
[
sée
Psalme
106.
in
the
end
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
teacheth
vs
,
that
our
praysing
of
God
should
procéed
from
the
harte
.
Ver.
2.
teacheth
vs
,
that
we
should
continue
in
it
,
and
neuer
be
wearie
of
well
doing
.
Ver.
3.
teacheth
vs
,
earnestlie
to
fight
against
that
naturall
corruption
which
is
in
vs
,
that
is
to
trust
in
others
besides
the
Lord
.
Ver.
4.
setteth
out
the
breuitie
and
brittlenesse
of
mans
life
.
Ver.
5.
teacheth
vs
,
that
how
soeuer
wée
be
forsaken
of
men
,
yet
we
are
in
good
case
if
we
trust
in
the
Lorde
.
Ver.
6.
teacheth
vs
,
to
prayse
God
,
first
for
the
workes
of
creation
,
secondlie
for
his
mercifull
promising
,
and
faythfull
performinge
of
that
which
he
hath
promised
.
Ver.
7.
teacheth
vs
,
that
how
soeuer
men
deale
vniustlie
one
with
an
other
,
yet
God
alwayes
executeth
Iustice
:
Secondlie
it
teacheth
vs
,
that
he
doth
not
for
euer
forget
,
the
pore
afflicted
estate
of
his
people
:
Thirdlie
that
we
ought
to
prayse
him
for
his
prouidence
towardes
the
poore
and
néedie
,
and
his
pitie
towardes
the
prisoners
.
Verse
8.
teacheth
vs
,
that
many
times
in
matters
past
mens
reache
,
the
Lord
worketh
most
mightilie
,
to
the
end
that
all
the
glorie
might
be
geuen
to
him
.
Ver.
9.
teacheth
vs
,
that
these
whom
men
commonlie
make
least
account
of
,
GOD
most
highlie
regardeth
and
estéemeth
,
it
setteth
out
also
,
the
vnlikelie
rewarde
of
the
wicked
and
of
the
godlie
.
Verse
10.
teacheth
vs
,
that
it
is
a
singular
comfort
to
the
Church
and
to
euerie
member
thereof
,
to
knowe
that
GOD
is
the
King
thereof
,
and
his
Kingdome
and
gouerment
,
shall
endure
for
euer
.
Psalme
147.
THis
Psalme
standinge
chieflie
in
exhorting
men
to
the
prayse
of
GOD
,
Di.
may
be
deuided
into
thrée
partes
.
First
he
prouoketh
men
to
prayse
God
,
speciallie
for
his
Graces
and
goodnesse
towardes
his
Church
,
from
Verse
1.
to
the
ende
of
the
sixt
.
In
the
second
he
exhorteth
men
to
prayse
him
,
speciallie
for
his
prouidence
to
all
creatures
,
and
namely
towardes
Men.
from
Verse
7.
to
the
ende
of
the
11.
In
the
thirde
he
prouoketh
them
to
prayse
him
for
his
might
,
power
,
and
goodnesse
towardes
all
,
but
chiefly
towardes
his
Church
.
from
Verse
.
12.
to
the
ende
of
the
Psalme
.
Se.
This
Psalme
hath
no
title
,
as
many
other
before
going
haue
none
.
]
Ver.
1.
Prayse
ye
the
Lord
[
vz.
for
his
mercy
and
goodnesse
]
for
it
is
good
[
i.
profitable
and
comfortable
euen
to
vs
:
sée
Psalme
92.1
.
]
To
singe
[
vz.
prayses
and
thankes
giuings
]
vnto
our
god
[
i.
vnto
him
who
hath
testified
by
infinit
tokens
,
his
great
care
and
loue
towardes
vs
,
and
we
agayne
on
the
other
side
do
serue
and
worship
]
for
it
[
vz.
prayse
and
thankesgiuinges
]
is
a
pleasaunt
thing
[
i.
is
an
acceptable
thing
euen
vnto
GOD
also
,
as
who
requireth
the
same
at
our
handes
,
as
a
péece
of
his
seruice
.
Psalme
50.15
.
]
and
prayse
[
vz.
giuen
vnfeynedly
vnto
GOD
]
is
comelie
[
vz.
both
before
him
and
all
good
men
,
though
the
wicked
of
the
worlde
make
no
account
of
it
,
but
as
a
deformed
thing
:
sée
for
these
two
wordes
,
good
,
and
comelie
,
Psalme
133.1
.
]
Verse
2.
The
Lord
[
vz.
him selfe
]
doth
buyld
vp
[
vz.
thorowe
his
goodnesse
and
power
]
Ierusalem
[
i.
his
Church
:
and
vnder
the
terme
,
builde
,
the
Holy
Ghost
doth
meane
,
that
GOD
is
the
author
,
the
founder
,
yea
all
in
all
for
his
Church
]
and
gathereth
to gether
[
vz.
by
the
voyce
of
his
worde
,
and
the
vse
of
his
Sacramentes
]
the
dispersed
of
Israell
[
i.
the
straying
members
of
his
Church
.
If
we
referre
it
to
Ierusalem
and
the
Iewes
,
he
meaneth
,
that
GOD
hath
bene
alwayes
a
gracious
Father
vnto
that
people
,
and
that
howsoeuer
they
were
now
scattered
abroad
into
other
cuntreyes
yet
he
would
bringe
them
home
agayne
to
theyr
owne
.
If
wée
referre
it
to
the
Church
as
wée
may
and
ought
to
do
in
déede
,
he
meaneth
then
,
that
it
is
not
builded
by
mans
power
,
but
by
a
heauenly
and
diuine
power
,
that
is
by
GOD
himselfe
,
who
gathereth
into
the
bosome
or
lappe
of
his
Church
,
all
those
that
are
strayed
from
it
,
and
appertayne
to
his
election
.
]
Verse
3.
Hee
[
i.
the
Lorde
]
healeth
[
vz.
by
his
worde
,
and
most
comfortable
promises
conteyned
therein
,
which
are
the
medicines
of
our
soules
,
and
the
diseases
thereof
,
and
this
he
doth
for
his
promise
sake
]
broken
in
harte
[
i.
humbled
in
the
inward
man
,
for
their
sinnes
committed
agaynst
him
:
sée
Psalme
51.17
.
it
may
also
be
taken
for
such
,
as
be
grieuouslie
afflicted
,
either
outwardly
,
or
inwardly
,
yea
throwen
downe
,
and
ouerwhelmed
,
as
it
were
,
with
their
affliction
]
and
buildeth
vp
their
sores
[
i.
remedieth
and
redresseth
their
hurtes
and
euills
,
and
cureth
as
it
were
theyr
griefes
,
like
a
good
Shéepheard
,
Ezech.
344.
and
as
the
good
Samaritane
,
Luke
10.34
.
and
as
a
good
Surgion
is
wont
to
doo
,
after
that
he
hath
opened
and
dressed
his
patients
woundes
.
]
Verse
4.
He
[
i.
the
Lorde
]
counteth
the
number
of
the
starres
[
i.
knoweth
the
very
certayne
number
of
them
,
and
not
that
we
should
thinke
that
he
sitteth
there
to
reckon
them
,
after
the
manner
of
men
,
]
&
calleth
them
all
by
their
names
[
i.
knoweth
howe
to
name
euery
one
of
them
,
q.d.
that
GOD
which
sitteth
in
heauen
,
and
knoweth
all
thinges
,
yea
euen
the
least
thinges
that
are
,
and
who
also
ruleth
all
thinges
euen
in
the
very
Heauens
,
and
doth
by
name
beare
rule
ouer
euerie
one
of
them
,
according
to
his
authoritie
and
might
:
sée
Isaiah
.
40.26
.
yea
euen
that
God
is
worthie
to
be
praysed
:
declaring
also
,
that
it
is
no
more
harde
matter
for
God
,
to
gather
his
Church
&
the
dispersion
thereof
,
then
to
number
the
starres
,
and
to
giue
to
euery
thing
his
office
,
might
,
&
property
,
guiding
them
all
by
his
prouidence
and
wisedome
,
in
such
sorte
,
that
nothing
shal
be
disorderous
in
that
great
multitude
]
Ver.
5.
Great
is
our
lord
[
vz.
in
goodnesse
]
&
great
is
his
power
[
vz.
also
:
d.q.
both
his
goodnes
and
power
,
is
very
great
yea
infinite
:
Sée
Psal.
135.3
.
]
his
wisedome
is
infinite
[
vz.
to
men
,
as
who
can
neither
account
it
,
nor
throughly
comprehende
it
:
vnderstanding
by
wisedome
,
his
most
fatherly
and
wise
gouernement
also
,
and
the
particulars
thereof
.
]
Ver.
6.
The
Lorde
relieueth
[
i.
comforteth
by
his
woorde
and
spirite
,
and
many
times
in
his
prouidence
exalteth
to
great
honour
,
as
Psal.
113.7
.
]
the
méeke
[
i.
the
humble
hearted
,
and
such
as
by
their
afflictions
are
brought
to
true
lowlines
]
and
abaseth
the
wicked
to
the
ground
[
i.
casteth
them
downe
from
the
top
of
their
honour
,
euen
as
lowe
as
can
bee
.
]
Ver.
7.
Sing
[
vz.
prayses
and
thankesgiuing
]
vnto
the
Lorde
[
vz.
our
God
]
with
prayse
[
i.
with
ioyfulnes
also
,
as
well
as
with
prayse
]
sing
[
vz.
Psalmes
of
prayse
]
vpon
the
harp
[
hee
addeth
instruments
,
for
the
better
stirring
of
men
vp
:
Sée
Psalme
144.9
.
and
yet
this
was
but
temporal
,
and
arbitrarie
]
vnto
our
God
[
sée
ver.
1.
of
this
Psalme
.
]
Verse
.
8.
Which
couereth
the
heauens
with
cloudes
[
i.
casteth
thick
cloudes
conteining
raine
in
them
,
ouer
the
firmament
meaning
thereby
,
that
God
doeth
by
that
meanes
,
chaunge
as
it
were
,
the
face
of
the
heauen
,
which
shoulde
drawe
vs
,
euen
to
wonder
at
his
power
]
and
prepareth
[
vz.
by
that
meanes
]
raine
for
the
earth
[
i.
for
the
good
and
profit
of
the
earth
,
because
without
raine
and
moisture
from
heauen
,
it
woulde
bee
vtterly
barren
]
and
maketh
[
vz.
through
his
speciall
blessing
,
as
the
first
cause
,
and
the
raine
as
the
instrument
]
the
grasse
to
growe
[
vz.
in
great
plenty
and
abundaunce
]
vpon
the
mountaines
[
i.
in
most
barren
and
drie
places
,
which
are
for
the
most
part
very
scant
of
grasse
,
because
they
are
nigh
to
the
parching
and
pearsing
heate
of
the
Sunne
.
]
Verse
9.
Which
giueth
[
vz.
in
mercy
]
to
beastes
their
foode
[
i.
the
nourishment
,
wherewith
they
are
maintained
and
liue
]
and
to
the
young
rauens
[
which
are
not
able
to
féede
themselues
]
which
crye
[
vz.
through
want
of
foode
and
sustenaunce
:
Sée
Iob.
39.3
.
and
in
this
verse
the
Prophet
setteth
out
Gods
fatherly
care
and
prouidence
,
which
stretcheth
it selfe
,
euen
to
Rauens
or
Crowes
,
whiche
are
the
most
contemned
foules
almost
that
are
,
men
making
no
account
of
them
as
for
foode
,
but
vtterly
to
destroy
them
,
as
hurtefull
and
noysome
.
Verse
10.
Hée
[
i.
GOD
]
hath
not
pleasure
[
i.
careth
not
for
,
nor
delighteth
in
]
in
the
strength
of
an
horse
[
of
which
you
may
reade
,
a
liuely
description
.
Iob.
39.22.23
.
&c.
and
vnder
this
and
that
which
followeth
,
hee
comprehendeth
all
meanes
of
flesh
and
blood
whatsoeuer
,
in
which
many
men
put
their
trust
,
but
that
is
a
peruerse
thing
,
and
much
to
bee
condemned
:
and
yet
without
that
wee
may
lawfully
vse
all
holy
meanes
,
which
God
shall
giue
vs
]
neither
delighteth
hee
in
the
legges
of
man
[
vz.
howe
strong
,
well
proportioned
,
swift
,
and
nimble
so
euer
they
bee
:
meaning
notwithstanding
that
God
exerciseth
this
goodnes
towards
vs
,
of
the
vse
of
the
meanes
,
not
for
any
worthinesse
,
that
is
in
any
of
the
Creatures
,
but
for
his
owne
glory
fake
,
and
the
good
of
his
Church
.
]
Verse
.
11.
But
the
Lorde
delighteth
in
them
[
i.
both
careth
verye
much
for
them
,
and
taketh
singular
pleasure
in
them
]
that
feare
him
[
i.
sincerelye
worshippe
and
serue
him
,
hauing
a
reuerent
feare
of
his
maiesty
in
their
heartes
]
and
attende
[
vz.
in
hope
and
patience
]
vppon
his
mercy
[
i.
the
time
,
till
in
mercie
hee
perfourme
that
,
which
hee
hath
graciously
promised
them
.
]
Verse
.
12.
Praise
the
Lorde
[
vz.
for
his
mercy
and
goodnes
]
O
Ierusalem
[
i.
O
thou
his
Church
]
prayse
thy
God
[
i.
the
GOD
which
thou
seruest
]
O
Sion
[
by
Sion
and
Ierusalem
he
vnderstandeth
both
one
thing
[
vz.
Gods
Church
and
congregation
:
Sée
Psalme
51.18
.
meaning
also
by
this
often
prouoking
of
men
to
prayse
the
Lorde
,
to
teach
them
this
,
that
they
can
neuer
want
occasion
or
matter
in
that
behalfe
.
]
Ver.
13.
For
he
hath
made
the
barres
of
thy
gates
strong
[
vz.
in
such
sort
,
that
no
enemy
is
able
to
breake
them
,
or
to
make
any
irruption
into
them
,
meaning
by
this
speach
that
the
Church
was
well
defended
with
ayde
and
succour
from
GOD
yea
in
such
sort
,
that
it
néede
not
feare
the
enemies
thereof
,
because
it
was
defended
and
shoulde
bee
deliuered
from
all
euill
]
and
hath
blessed
[
vz.
with
al
maner
of
goodnesse
,
and
namely
with
increase
of
multitude
]
thy
children
within
thée
[
i.
those
that
appertaine
vnto
thée
,
whether
they
bée
young
or
olde
,
for
all
are
the
children
of
the
Church
.
]
Verse
14.
Hée
[
vz.
alone
]
setteth
peace
in
thy
borders
[
i.
keepeth
thy
coastes
,
Countrey
and
people
in
all
quietnesse
,
not
onely
in
that
hee
mightily
driueth
away
all
thyne
enemies
,
but
also
in
that
hee
inclineth
the
heartes
of
thyne
owne
people
,
to
mutuall
peace
,
and
so
kéepeth
them
from
tumults
and
rebellion
]
and
satisfieth
thee
[
vz.
to
the
full
in
all
abundaunce
and
plenty
]
with
the
flowre
of
the
wheate
[
it
is
in
Hebrewe
with
the
fat
of
the
wheate
.
Sée
Deutron.
32.14
.
Sée
also
Psalme
81.16
.
meaning
euen
that
part
of
the
wheate
,
not
onely
which
yéelded
greatest
plentie
,
but
also
wherein
the
greatest
strength
of
nourishment
consisted
:
vnderstanding
also
by
this
particular
thing
,
whatsoeuer
did
appertaine
to
this
present
life
,
and
was
fit
for
mans
nourishment
.
]
Verse
15.
Hée
[
i.
God
the
Lorde
]
sendeth
foorth
his
commaundement
vppon
earth
[
i.
hée
needeth
no
more
,
but
to
commaund
onely
,
and
then
by
a
certaine
secret
motion
and
inclination
which
hee
hath
giuen
vnto
the
earth
,
the
earth
bringeth
foorth
the
effectes
thereof
,
as
wée
sée
,
by
experience
]
and
his
worde
[
i.
the
woorde
which
hée
vttereth
]
runneth
very
swiftly
[
vz.
to
be
accomplished
and
perfourmed
:
q.d.
when
hee
hath
declared
what
he
woulde
haue
done
,
all
thinges
are
prest
and
prepared
ready
to
obey
him
:
so
that
looke
whatsoeuer
he
speaketh
by
his
woorde
and
commandeth
,
it
is
presently
done
,
as
appeareth
Psalme
33.9
.
and
by
the
particular
enumeration
of
thinges
,
which
followeth
in
this
Psalme
.
]
Ver.
16.
Hée
giueth
[
i.
sendeth
,
vz.
from
heauen
and
casteth
it
vppon
the
earth
]
snowe
like
wooll
[
i.
very
whyte
,
and
light
as
wool
is
:
so
that
in
these
respectes
snowe
and
wool
may
bée
compared
together
]
and
scattereth
the
hoare
frost
[
vz.
in
sundrie
places
]
like
ashes
[
or
dust
,
which
being
light
of
themselues
,
and
cast
out
,
are
scattered
hither
and
thither
with
the
winde
.
]
Verse
.
17.
Hée
casteth
foorth
his
yee
like
morsels
[
the
Hebrewe
worde
,
that
is
here
turned
yee
,
is
diuersly
interpreted
by
sundry
men
,
some
take
it
,
as
we
vse
to
take
it
,
for
water
vppon
the
earth
,
congealed
to
a
hard
substance
:
other
take
it
for
frost
that
commeth
vpon
raine
,
presently
fallen
but
a
litle
before
:
yea
wee
haue
séene
,
that
almost
at
the
one
and
the
selfe
same
instant
,
there
hath
been
raine
and
frost
,
other
some
for
haile
and
tempest
:
and
to
this
latter
do
I
incline
,
because
that
the
droppes
of
raine
,
by
very
great
colde
in
the
aire
are
turned
into
hayle
,
which
seeme
to
bee
,
little
morsels
or
pieces
as
it
were
]
who
can
abide
the
colde
thereof
?
[
or
rather
thus
,
who
can
abide
his
colde
,
that
is
,
the
colde
which
God
can
sende
,
for
otherwise
the
cold
of
yce
or
hayle
is
not
much
.
]
Ver.
18.
He
sendeth
[
vz.
forth
his
worde
[
i.
his
commaundement
]
and
melteth
them
[
vz.
presently
:
q.d.
he
néedeth
but
onely
speake
the
woorde
,
and
they
are
by
and
by
molten
and
consumed
as
it
were
]
hee
causeth
his
winde
to
blowe
,
and
the
waters
flowe
[
i.
hee
bringeth
speedily
the
winde
into
a
warme
quarter
,
and
there
commeth
presently
a
thaw
of
the
snow
,
frost
,
yce
,
haile
,
&c.
and
by
their
melting
,
the
waters
are
increased
,
and
flowe
and
swell
beyonde
their
ordinarie
and
accustomed
boundes
.
The
winde
is
called
Gods
,
both
because
he
created
it
,
and
hath
it
continually
at
his
commaundement
to
doe
with
it
,
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
him
,
and
by
waters
hee
vnderstandeth
,
both
the
waters
of
the
Sea
,
and
the
waters
in
the
land
.
]
Verse
19.
Hée
sheweth
[
vz.
plainely
and
manifestly
,
so
that
they
can
not
pretende
ignoraunce
]
his
word
[
i.
his
doctrine
,
and
certaine
knowledge
out
of
the
same
,
that
they
may
follow
him
,
whither
hee
calleth
them
thereby
]
vnto
Iaakob
[
i.
vnto
his
faythfull
people
]
his
statutes
,
and
his
iudgementes
[
i.
his
whole
lawe
and
euery
part
thereof
,
whether
it
consist
of
commaundements
,
or
punishmentes
for
the
breath
of
those
commaundements
]
vnto
Israell
[
i.
vnto
his
faithfull
people
,
Iaakob
and
Israel
are
here
put
both
for
one
thing
.
Sée
Psal.
14.7
.
]
Ver.
20.
Hée
hath
not
dealt
so
[
vz.
mercifully
and
graciously
]
with
euery
nation
[
no
not
with
any
nation
,
for
vnto
the
people
of
the
Iewes
,
al
that
time
,
were
the
oracles
of
God
committed
onely
:
Sée
Rom.
3.2
.
and
Rom.
9.4
.
]
neither
haue
they
[
i.
other
nations
and
people
of
the
world
besides
the
Iewes
]
knowne
his
iudgments
[
i.
his
word
,
putting
a
part
of
it
for
the
whole
,
as
sundry
times
in
Psalm
.
119.
True
it
is
the
Gentiles
before
their
calling
,
knewe
him
by
his
woorkes
,
and
that
was
sufficient
to
make
them
without
excuse
before
him
,
but
by
his
worde
hee
was
onely
knowne
to
his
owne
people
]
praise
yee
the
Lord
[
sée
Psalm
.
106.
in
the
ende
,
also
Psalm
.
113.
in
the
ende
,
&
Psal.
146.
in
the
end
,
and
the
rest
of
the
Psalmes
following
euen
vnto
the
end
of
this
booke
.
Do.
Ver.
1.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
it
is
profitable
for
our selues
,
&
acceptable
to
God
,
to
bée
earnest
and
often
in
praysing
and
thanking
of
him
.
Ver.
2.
Teacheth
vs
,
the
continuall
care
and
loue
,
which
God
beareth
towards
his
Church
.
Ver.
3.
Setteth
out
Gods
pitie
and
loue
,
towardes
all
such
as
are
truely
beaten
down
,
with
their
afflictions
either
outwarde
or
inwarde
.
Verse
.
4.
Setteth
out
his
excéeding
great
power
and
care
in
the
gouernement
and
disposing
of
his
creatures
.
Ver.
5.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
wee
can
not
of
our selues
,
attaine
to
the
least
part
of
Gods
wisedome
.
Ver.
7.
Sheweth
,
howe
dull
wee
are
in
praysing
our
God
,
in
that
wee
are
so
often
prouoked
vnto
it
,
and
haue
néede
of
so
many
both
outward
and
inwarde
things
to
stirre
vs
vp
thereto
.
Ver.
8.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
raine
,
the
fruitfulnes
of
the
earth
,
and
all
other
such
like
thinges
,
procéed
from
God
alone
.
Ver.
9.
Teacheth
vs
to
bee
rightly
perswaded
,
of
Gods
prouidence
,
who
séeing
he
féedeth
the
vnreasonable
beastes
and
rauens
,
will
not
leaue
vs
destitute
.
]
Verse
10.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
no
outwarde
thing
which
we
haue
,
nor
can
doe
,
as
of
our selues
,
can
commend
vs
to
God
.
]
Ver.
11.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
if
wee
will
bee
acceptable
before
God
,
wee
must
striue
to
these
two
thinges
,
vz.
in
hope
and
patience
to
wayce
vppon
him
,
and
to
yéelde
vnto
him
that
seruice
,
that
in
his
woorde
he
requireth
at
our
handes
.
Verse
12.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
Gods
faythful
people
,
and
his
Church
,
are
specially
bound
aboue
others
,
to
prayse
the
Lorde
.
Verse
13.
Teacheth
vs
,
that
the
safetie
,
prosperitie
and
multiplying
of
the
Church
commeth
from
God
onely
.
Ver.
14.
Teacheth
vs
also
,
that
the
peace
and
plenty
of
his
people
procéede
from
him
onely
,
and
not
from
any
policie
or
deuise
of
man
whatsoeuer
.
Ver.
15.
Sheweth
,
that
the
Lorde
can
by
his
worde
,
doe
watsoeuer
pleaseth
himselfe
.
Ver.
16.17.18
.
Teach
vs
,
that
howsoeuer
God
vse
secondarie
causes
,
in
the
accomplishment
of
his
wil
,
yet
it
is
his
power
only
that
directeth
&
disposeth
of
al
things
:
see
to
this
end
Iob.
37.
throughout
.
Ver.
19.
Teacheth
vs
that
gods
word
is
the
most
singular
iewel
and
blessing
that
God
can
giue
vs
in
this
life
.
Ver.
20.
teacheth
vs
that
God
wil
haue
mercy
vpon
whomsoeuer
he
wil
haue
mercie
,
and
he
wil
shew
compassion
to
whomsoeuer
he
wil
shewe
compassion
,
as
for
the
other
he
wil
harden
.
psalme
148
THis
Psalme
may
be
diuided
into
three
partes
.
In
the
first
,
Di.
the
Prophet
exhorteth
al
the
heauenly
creatures
,
to
praise
and
glorifie
God
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
6.
In
the
second
he
stirreth
vp
earthly
creatures
,
to
the
performance
,
of
that
great
duety
,
and
al
this
he
doth
that
hee
might
the
better
prouoke
men
therunto
,
from
ver.
7.
to
the
end
of
the
12.
In
the
thirde
,
hee
exhorteth
them
al
together
to
prayse
the
name
of
the
Lorde
,
shewing
certaine
notable
causes
,
wherefore
they
should
do
it
,
and
this
is
comprehended
in
the
two
last
verses
of
the
Psalme
.
The
title
]
Prayse
ye
the
Lord
[
Sée
before
Psal.
106.
also
111.
also
112.
Se.
also
113.
also
146.
also
135.
and
149.
&
150.
]
Verse
1.
Prayse
yee
the
Lorde
from
the
heauen
[
q.d.
al
ye
things
that
are
in
the
heauens
,
and
haue
your
abiding
there
,
magnifie
the
Lord
,
and
extol
him
for
his
goodnes
,
praise
ye
him
in
the
high
places
[
i.
ye
that
are
in
the
heauens
,
&
haue
your
dwelling
places
as
it
were
there
,
and
the
heauens
are
called
high
places
,
because
they
are
high
aboue
vs
,
and
note
that
in
this
verse
,
he
speaketh
generally
vnto
them
al
,
meaning
them
parcularly
,
&
as
it
were
one
after
another
in
the
verses
folowing
,
]
ver.
2.
Praise
ye
him
,
all
yee
his
angels
[
hee
speaketh
this
,
not
as
though
the
Angels
did
not
their
duetie
in
that
behalfe
,
but
because
he
woulde
haue
them
to
shewe
men
the
way
as
it
were
to
praise
God
,
and
they
are
called
Gods
angels
both
because
he
created
them
,
and
also
because
they
are
alwaies
ready
to
execute
his
commandements
]
praise
him
,
al
his
armies
[
or
hostes
,
this
is
a
general
word
,
and
is
to
bee
referred
to
all
the
heauenly
creatures
,
as
Gene.
2.1
.
which
are
called
Gods
armies
and
hostes
,
because
he
vseth
their
ministery
and
seruice
,
either
in
the
defence
of
his
children
,
or
in
the
ouerthrow
of
his
and
their
enemies
:
&
yet
notwithstanding
it
may
very
wel
be
applied
to
Angels
especially
as
who
are
the
chiefe
and
principall
instruments
which
he
vseth
in
those
cases
.
]
Verse
3.
Prayse
ye
him
sunne
and
moone
[
he
directeth
his
speach
to
the
insensible
creatures
,
though
they
haue
no
vnderstanding
,
because
they
glorifie
their
creator
,
in
doing
their
duty
,
and
kéeping
the
order
,
which
he
hath
set
them
,
and
because
Gods
glory
shineth
forth
in
them
,
and
they
do
,
as
it
were
,
with
a
loud
&
cleare
voyce
,
publish
and
set
foorth
his
prayses
,
sée
Psal.
19.1
.
and
Psal.
145.11
.
all
this
hee
doeth
to
shewe
,
that
it
should
be
great
vnkindnes
,
if
men
should
degenerate
from
the
end
of
their
creation
]
prayse
ye
him
al
bright
starres
[
i.
all
starres
:
for
there
is
no
starre
,
but
he
hath
brightnes
and
light
in
him
,
to
shine
vppon
the
earth
,
as
Gene.
1.16.17
.
]
Ver.
4.
Prayse
ye
him
,
heauen
of
heauens
[
i.
not
onely
the
circles
and
spheres
,
wherein
the
planets
are
,
as
it
were
in
diuers
seates
,
&
dwelling
houses
,
as
the
Philosophers
affirme
,
but
euen
the
very
true
heauens
,
the
place
of
eternal
ioy
prepared
for
the
elect
,
sée
for
this
phrase
,
1.
King
.
8.27
.
]
and
waters
[
i.
raine
]
that
bée
aboue
the
heauen
[
i.
are
in
the
cloudes
,
aboue
the
firmament
,
and
are
there
vpholde
by
his
almightie
power
,
Sée
Genesis
1.7
.
so
heauen
in
this
place
,
is
put
for
the
aire
,
or
the
nethermost
region
of
the
aire
,
aboue
which
the
cloudes
conteining
the
raine
are
.
]
Ver.
5.
Let
them
[
vz.
altogether
,
and
euery
one
of
them
]
prayse
the
name
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
celebrate
and
set
forth
his
maiesty
,
power
,
goodnes
&c.
]
for
hee
commaunded
[
i.
hee
spake
the
worde
onely
]
and
they
[
i.
all
and
euery
one
of
them
were
created
[
vz.
immediatly
and
presently
,
as
Psalme
33.6.9
.
]
Verse
6.
And
hee
hath
established
them
[
vz.
by
the
strength
and
power
of
the
same
word
,
whereby
hee
created
them
]
for
euer
and
euer
[
i.
to
all
perpetuitie
and
this
must
chiefely
be
vnderstoode
of
the
Angels
,
and
ministring
spirites
]
he
hath
made
an
ordinaunce
[
i.
he
hath
set
a
decrée
,
or
decréed
,
by
which
they
are
lead
,
to
do
the
office
wherunto
they
are
appointed
]
which
shal
not
passe
[
i.
which
shall
not
vanish
or
fléete
away
:
or
rather
thus
,
which
they
shal
not
passe
[
i.
which
they
shal
not
transgresse
,
or
goe
beyonde
,
doe
what
they
can
.
]
Verse
7.
Prayse
yee
the
Lorde
from
the
earth
[
i.
yee
earthly
thinges
,
as
from
the
heauen
,
verse
1.
was
heauenlye
thinges
,
and
this
is
a
general
terme
,
comprehending
the
particulars
expressed
afterwardes
]
ye
Dragons
[
the
Hebrewe
worde
properly
signifieth
great
fishes
,
such
as
are
Whales
,
but
yet
it
may
bee
applied
generally
to
all
great
beastes
,
whether
they
liue
in
the
lande
,
or
in
the
waters
]
and
all
depthes
[
i.
all
déepe
places
,
or
rather
by
the
signe
metonomia
,
all
thinges
conteyned
in
the
déepe
places
,
as
whether
they
be
in
the
bottome
of
the
sea
,
or
in
the
caues
of
the
earth
.
]
Ver.
8.
Fire
[
i.
lightning
]
and
haile
[
i.
which
commonly
commeth
with
stormes
of
thunder
and
lightning
]
snow
and
vapours
[
vz.
in
the
ayre
,
which
are
drawn
vp
thither
by
the
power
attractiue
of
the
sunne
]
stormie
wind
,
which
[
vz.
wind
,
or
else
all
of
them
together
,
but
I
rather
refer
it
to
the
wind
]
execute
his
word
[
i.
obey
his
commaundement
after
their
maner
and
fashion
,
the
accomplishment
whereof
we
sée
Exod.
14.25
.
And
this
he
sayeth
because
alterations
come
not
by
fortune
or
chaunce
,
but
are
guided
and
gouerned
by
Gods
secret
will
.
]
Verse
9
Mountaines
and
all
hils
[
by
this
particular
enumeration
,
he
declareth
this
to
be
his
meaning
that
he
would
haue
no
creatures
excepted
,
though
he
do
not
reckon
them
vp
all
]
fruitfull
trees
[
i.
trées
that
beare
fruit
for
the
nourishment
of
man
and
beast
,
which
thing
many
trées
doe
not
,
being
replenished
only
with
boughes
and
leaues
]
and
all
Cedars
[
vz.
how
high
and
tall
soeuer
they
be
,
meaning
that
if
the
best
were
not
excepted
,
them
the
worst
should
not
.
]
Verse
10.
Beasts
and
all
cattel
[
vz.
of
what
kind
or
forme
so
euer
they
be
,
the
particulars
whereof
he
reckoneth
vp
afterwardes
]
créeping
things
[
vz.
as
wormes
,
snakes
,
serpents
,
and
such
like
,
which
créepe
or
craule
,
vnderstanding
also
by
those
the
very
fishes
,
as
may
appeare
Gen.
1.20
.
]
&
feathered
foules
[
i.
euery
thing
that
hath
winges
and
flieth
.
]
Ver.
11.
Kings
of
the
earth
[
i.
al
maner
of
rulers
and
men
of
mighte
,
by
what
title
or
name
soeuer
they
are
called
:
and
in
that
he
beginneth
with
them
,
he
doth
not
only
closely
as
it
were
reproue
them
for
their
vnthankfulnesse
,
because
that
whereas
they
are
more
bound
to
God
then
others
,
by
reason
the
greater
benefits
they
haue
receaued
from
him
,
and
yet
notwithstanding
they
are
more
slow
to
doe
their
dutie
in
this
behalfe
,
vnlesse
they
be
wonderfully
prouoked
and
pricked
on
forward
,
defrauding
God
by
that
meanes
,
of
the
praise
which
is
due
vnto
him
,
supposing
that
the
world
was
made
only
for
them
,
but
also
secretly
telleth
them
their
dutie
,
to
wit
that
they
should
go
before
others
in
the
performance
of
that
great
office
:
for
the
more
that
any
hath
receaued
,
and
in
the
offices
of
his
exaltation
draweth
nigh
to
God
,
the
more
is
he
bound
to
serue
him
and
to
magnify
the
riches
of
his
grace
]
and
al
people
[
vz.
of
the
world
,
of
what
nation
,
country
or
kinred
soeuer
they
be
]
princes
and
all
iudges
of
the
world
[
i.
al
that
haue
the
matters
of
state
or
publike
iustice
committed
vnto
them
.
]
Ver.
12.
Yong
men
and
maids
,
old
men
and
children
[
the
particular
recitall
of
the
distinction
of
ages
and
sexes
,
which
the
Prophet
vseth
in
this
verse
doth
sufficiently
declare
,
that
all
without
exception
,
should
imploy
themselues
in
the
seruice
&
praysing
of
God
.
And
these
two
words
,
virgins
&
children
,
import
an
amplifying
as
it
were
of
the
matter
:
q.d.
yea
let
virgins
which
are
not
so
well
instructed
as
the
male
kind
is
,
and
let
children
which
are
not
so
skilfull
as
the
old
sort
are
,
performe
this
dutie
of
praise
vnto
the
Lord.
]
Ver.
13.
Let
them
[
vz.
altogether
,
both
heauenly
and
earthly
,
reasonable
and
vnreasonable
,
but
chéefely
the
reasonable
creatures
laste
rehearsed
verse
.
11
,
12.
]
prayse
the
name
of
the
Lorde
[
i.
his
goodnesse
,
power
and
might
]
for
his
name
only
is
to
be
exalted
[
vz.
in
the
songes
and
prayses
of
his
peoples
,
meaning
that
none
is
worthy
of
prayse
,
in
respect
of
himselfe
,
but
he
alone
:
sée
Psalme
145
,
3.
]
and
his
praise
aboue
the
earth
and
the
heauens
[
i.
he
is
to
be
praysed
more
then
the
heauens
or
the
earth
:
or
else
his
prayse
is
so
great
,
that
neither
the
heauens
nor
the
earth
,
nor
all
thinges
therein
contayned
,
are
able
sufficiently
to
expresse
it
:
and
this
is
the
firste
reason
why
they
should
prayse
him
taken
from
the
excellency
of
Gods
own
maiestie
.
]
Ver.
14.
For
he
[
vz.
alone
]
hath
exalted
[
vz.
by
his
power
and
mighte
]
the
borne
of
his
people
[
i.
their
strength
,
for
so
haue
we
had
the
word
horne
vsed
sundry
times
heretofore
,
meaning
that
God
aduaunced
his
Churche
both
into
great
strength
and
dignity
]
which
[
vz.
exaltation
and
lifting
vp
of
their
glory
and
strength
]
is
a
prayse
to
all
his
saints
[
i.
tendeth
not
only
to
their
glory
and
prayse
,
but
also
offreth
them
a
plentifull
occasion
to
prayse
and
magnifie
his
name
,
by
reason
of
the
grace
which
he
hath
shewed
them
.
For
the
worde
,
Saints
,
sée
Psalme
145
,
10.
]
euen
for
the
children
of
Israell
[
i.
euen
for
the
true
and
right
Israelites
,
and
this
is
an
other
terme
proper
and
peculiar
to
Gods
sonnes
and
seruaunts
]
a
people
that
is
nere
vnto
him
[
vz.
by
the
reason
of
the
couenant
which
God
hath
made
with
them
in
the
person
of
Abraham
,
and
confirmed
in
his
sonne
Christ
:
and
thus
he
doth
more
and
more
specifie
the
people
,
who
haue
most
singular
occasion
to
praise
him
]
praise
yee
the
Lorde
[
sée
Psal.
146
in
the
end
.
Do.
One
generall
doctrine
is
offred
in
this
Psalme
,
from
ver.
1.
to
the
end
of
the
10.
vz.
that
if
all
Gods
creatures
in
the
dutie
,
and
by
the
right
of
their
creation
are
bound
to
praise
God
in
their
kind
,
much
more
man
,
for
whose
sake
all
the
creatures
were
made
,
that
are
made
An
other
generall
doctrine
wee
may
gather
out
of
verse
2.
that
if
Angels
must
be
put
in
mind
of
the
performance
of
this
dutie
,
men
had
much
more
néede
to
be
remembred
,
and
not
only
so
,
but
to
bee
pricked
and
prouoked
forward
thereto
.
Verse
5
being
a
generall
inference
vpon
the
particular
premisses
,
doth
playnly
proue
,
that
Angels
as
well
as
other
things
were
created
,
and
that
therefore
that
is
a
dotage
of
some
to
thinke
that
they
were
without
beginning
:
and
withall
it
plainlye
and
sufficientlye
ouerthroweth
the
dreame
of
the
Sadduces
,
who
did
thinke
that
there
was
neither
Angell
nor
spirit
.
Verse
6
teacheth
vs
,
that
not
one
of
the
creatures
,
nor
all
the
creatures
,
can
go
beyonde
the
boundes
which
God
hath
set
them
in
his
eternall
decrée
.
Verse
8
teacheth
vs
that
al
gods
creatures
are
but
instruments
to
execute
that
which
God
will
haue
them
to
doe
.
Verse
11
teacheth
vs
that
as
Kings
are
the
highest
,
so
they
should
be
the
first
,
and
examples
to
others
in
the
seruice
of
God
.
Verse
12
teacheth
vs
,
that
no
age
or
sexe
can
or
should
be
exempted
from
the
sincere
worship
and
seruice
of
God
.
Ver.
13.
teacheth
vs
that
as
God
onely
is
to
be
praysed
,
so
he
is
only
to
be
prayed
vnto
because
praise
and
prayer
,
belong
onlye
vnto
him
alone
.
Verse
14
teacheth
vs
,
first
that
al
the
glory
and
strength
,
which
the
church
hath
,
it
hath
it
from
God
,
secondly
that
God
neuer
bestoweth
benefit
vpon
the
Churche
,
but
that
it
becommeth
the
same
aboue
all
others
to
bée
thankfull
to
God
for
it
.
Psalme
149
THis
psalme
may
bee
deuided
into
two
partes
:
Di.
In
the
first
hee
exhorteth
the
faithfull
to
praise
God
,
for
his
great
grace
and
mercie
bestowed
vpon
them
:
from
Ver.
i.
to
the
end
of
the
4.
In
the
second
he
prouoketh
them
to
prayse
him
,
for
the
strength
and
power
which
he
gaue
them
to
subdue
their
enemies
.
from
Ver.
5.
to
the
end
of
the
psalme
.
The
title
is
expounded
before
.
Psalme
.
148.
Se.
&
in
sundrie
other
places
]
Ver.
1.
Singe
yee
[
vz.
which
are
his
sonnes
and
seruantes
]
vnto
the
Lord
[
vz.
your
God
]
a
newe
song
[
i.
a
singular
and
excelent
song
,
by
reason
of
an
vnacustomed
benefite
which
you
haue
receaued
from
the
Lord
.
sée
Psalme
.
33.3
.
also
psalme
.
144.9
.
]
let
his
praise
[
i.
songes
and
Psalmes
made
vnto
his
praise
]
be
heard
[
vz.
openlie
and
painelie
]
in
the
congregation
of
saincte
[
i.
in
his
Church
:
this
is
an
excelent
description
of
the
Church
:
for
saincts
:
sée
Psalme
.
148.14
.
[
Ver.
2.
Let
Israell
[
i.
the
Church
of
God
and
faithfull
people
:
sée
Psalme
.
147.19
.
also
.
148.14
.
]
reioyce
[
vz.
excedinglie
,
and
with
an
vnfeyned
ioye
.
]
in
him
that
made
him
,
[
i.
in
God
,
and
hee
meaneth
it
not
here
of
the
generall
creation
onely
,
but
also
of
their
frée
adoption
,
by
which
they
were
chosen
&
seperated
from
all
mankinde
,
to
be
a
peculiar
people
to
God
,
which
was
as
it
were
a
newe
creation
]
and
let
the
children
of
Sion
.
[
i.
the
faithfull
members
of
the
Church
:
sée
Psalme
.
146.10
.
and
147.12
.
]
reioyce
[
vz.
as
before
in
this
verse
]
in
their
king
[
i.
either
in
Dauid
,
and
so
by
consequent
in
Christ
,
because
Dauid
was
but
a
figure
of
him
:
or
els
in
God
,
whom
the
faithfull
many
times
call
their
king
,
as
Psalme
.
5.2
.
and
this
latter
do
I
rather
allowe
,
because
of
that
which
goeth
before
in
this
verse
and
followeth
in
the
next
.
]
Ver.
3.
Let
them
prayse
his
name
[
i.
his
maiestie
,
power
,
and
goodnesse
]
with
the
fluit
:
Let
them
singe
prayses
vnto
him
with
the
tymbrell
and
harpe
[
i.
let
them
boldlie
&
fréelie
prayse
him
,
by
all
the
meanes
that
lawfully
they
may
:
sée
Psalme
.
81.2.3
.
and
other
Psalmes
also
as
.
33.2
and
144.9
.
]
Ver.
4.
for
the
Lord
hath
pleasure
in
his
people
:
[
that
is
,
as
he
did
of
singular
mercy
chose
them
,
so
he
doth
singularly
delite
in
them
:
sée
Psalme
147
,
11.
]
he
will
make
the
méeke
glorious
,
by
deliueraunce
[
i.
by
deliuering
them
out
of
the
handes
of
their
enemies
,
and
all
their
daungers
:
he
meaneth
that
God
will
giue
them
that
be
afflicted
,
this
honour
,
vz.
he
will
vouchsafe
them
aid
&
deliuerance
from
him
,
or
as
wée
woulde
say
,
will
bestowe
vpon
them
,
the
great
honour
of
deliueraunce
.
]
Ver
5.
Let
the
Saints
[
sée
before
ver.
1
,
of
this
Psal.
]
be
ioyful
with
glory
[
i.
gloriously
reioyce
:
or
else
reioyce
for
the
great
glory
,
that
God
hath
vouchsaued
to
bestow
vppon
them
]
let
them
sing
aloude
[
vz.
vnto
the
Lord
and
his
prayse
]
vppon
their
beds
[
i.
in
the
nighte
season
:
q.d.
let
them
spend
dayes
and
nightes
in
the
praysing
of
him
for
his
great
mercies
.
]
Ver.
6.
Let
the
high
actes
of
GOD
[
i.
the
notable
and
singular
thinges
which
he
hath
done
for
them
and
against
theyr
enemies
]
〈◊〉
in
their
mouth
[
i.
let
them
continually
speake
of
them
,
and
prayse
him
for
them
and
a
two
edged
sworde
in
their
handes
[
vz.
both
to
defend
themselues
and
to
repulse
and
to
driue
farre
away
their
enemies
.
]
Verse
7.
To
exercise
vengeaunce
vppon
the
heathen
[
i.
to
repaye
them
the
iniurye
and
wrong
whiche
the
heathen
and
wicked
enemies
haue
done
them
]
and
corrections
among
the
people
:
[
i.
to
chastise
,
correcte
and
subdue
them
,
as
others
had
done
the
like
to
them
.
]
Verse
8.
To
binde
their
Kinges
in
chaynes
[
i.
to
make
euen
their
Princes
and
Rulers
Prisoners
]
and
their
Nobles
with
fetters
of
yron
[
i.
to
make
them
captiue
also
:
it
is
as
muche
:
q.
d.
That
there
might
bee
neyther
Prince
nor
people
,
but
they
might
be
subdued
vnder
them
.
]
Verse
9.
That
they
[
i.
the
faythfull
people
]
may
execute
[
vz.
with
iustice
and
vprightnesse
]
vpon
them
[
i.
vpon
the
heathen
kinges
and
their
people
]
the
iudgement
that
is
written
[
vz.
in
the
holy
Sscripture
.
So
that
I
take
these
4.
last
verses
to
bée
a
prayer
that
the
Prophet
made
for
the
flourishing
estate
of
the
people
of
the
Iewes
,
that
they
might
faythfully
execute
Gods
iudgements
vpon
the
Gentiles
,
according
to
his
word
,
without
adding
any
thing
thereto
,
or
taking
anye
thing
therefrom
.
Sée
Deut.
12.32
.
also
Deut.
29
,
29.
If
we
apply
this
to
the
churche
and
kingdome
of
Christ
,
then
by
the
two
edged
sword
,
we
must
vnderstand
the
word
of
God
,
which
is
the
sword
of
his
mouth
,
of
which
fée
2.
Thess.
2.8
.
Heb.
4
12.
Reuel.
1.16
.
and
al
other
instruments
which
God
vseth
to
cast
down
strong
holds
,
and
to
ouerthrow
mighty
imaginations
,
wherof
sée
2
Cor.
10.4
,
&c.
]
this
honour
[
vz.
of
their
conquest
and
ouercomming
of
their
enemies
]
shal
be
to
all
his
saints
[
i.
they
shall
haue
their
part
in
it
,
and
féele
the
worke
and
power
of
God
inabling
them
to
do
the
like
:
which
is
a
matter
of
great
comfort
]
Prayse
ye
the
Lord
[
sée
of
this
in
the
end
of
Psal.
148.
Do.
Verse
1
teacheth
vs
two
things
,
first
that
as
God
multiplieth
new
benefites
vpon
vs
,
so
we
should
anew
and
afresh
as
it
were
,
stir
vp
our selues
to
be
thankfull
vnto
him
continually
:
secondly
that
aboue
all
his
praises
should
specially
be
founded
forth
in
his
Church
.
Verse
2
teacheth
vs
,
that
seing
God
hath
begotten
vs
agayne
vnto
himselfe
,
and
is
become
our
kingdome
,
that
therfore
we
should
striue
in
all
soundnesse
to
the
obedience
of
his
will
.
Ver.
3
teacheth
vs
to
vse
all
lawfull
meanes
to
prouoke
and
stir
vp
our selues
to
that
great
duty
of
prayse
and
thankesgiuing
.
Verse
4
setteth
out
vnto
vs
the
singular
loue
and
affection
of
God
towards
his
people
.
Verse
5
teacheth
vs
not
only
cherefully
to
prayse
God
for
his
mercies
,
but
to
doe
it
also
continually
both
day
and
night
.
Ver.
6
,
7
,
8
,
9
,
teach
vs
,
to
wish
and
pray
for
the
prosperitye
and
flourishing
of
Gods
Churche
,
and
the
confusion
and
ouerthrow
of
the
obstinate
enemies
thereof
.
Ver.
9
teacheth
vs
,
that
by
reason
of
the
fellowlike
affection
and
féeling
whiche
is
and
ought
to
be
amongst
the
members
of
the
Church
,
the
ioy
,
glory
and
victory
of
some
members
and
parts
therof
,
shal
be
the
ioy
,
glory
and
victory
of
the
other
.
Psalme
150
THis
Psalme
may
be
diuided
into
thrée
parts
.
Di.
First
he
sheweth
for
what
causes
men
should
praise
the
Lord
.
Ver.
1.2
.
Secondly
he
sheweth
wherewith
they
should
praise
him
.
Ver.
3
,
4
,
5.
Thirdly
he
sheweth
,
who
they
be
,
that
should
praise
him
.
The
title
hath
bin
sundry
times
touched
heretofore
.
Se.
]
Ver.
1.
Praise
ye
God
[
vz.
which
are
his
faithful
seruauntes
]
in
his
sanctuary
[
this
may
be
expounded
thus
,
either
that
God
dwelleth
in
heauen
,
which
is
sometimes
called
his
sanctuarie
,
or
thus
,
in
his
sanctuarie
,
that
is
in
his
temple
.
Or
else
thus
,
in
his
sanctuary
:
that
is
,
in
his
sanctity
,
or
holinesse
,
&
so
I
suppose
the
hebrew
word
would
rather
be
turned
:
q.d.
praise
God
for
the
great
holinesse
hée
hath
in
himselfe
,
some
part
whereof
also
it
pleaseth
him
to
communicate
vnto
vs
]
praise
ye
him
in
the
firmament
of
his
power
[
i.
prayse
ye
him
for
the
firmament
which
declareth
his
power
,
as
Psalme
19
,
1
,
or
else
thus
]
prayse
ye
him
for
his
power
stretched
out
[
vz.
ouer
all
creatures
,
because
in
him
and
by
him
,
they
liue
,
moue
,
and
haue
their
being
,
and
this
sence
I
take
to
be
the
better
,
and
to
agrée
best
with
the
hebrew
text
.
]
Ver.
2.
Prayse
ye
him
in
his
mighty
acts
[
i.
for
his
noble
and
valiaunt
acts
which
he
hath
done
for
you
,
and
against
your
enemies
:
so
that
you
sée
in
these
two
verses
,
this
particle
(
in
)
must
bee
resolued
by
(
for
]
prayse
ye
him
according
to
his
excellent
greatnesse
[
i.
though
yée
can
not
prayse
him
as
he
most
iustly
deserueth
,
yet
striue
you
to
render
vnto
him
that
which
he
hath
inabled
you
to
performe
.
For
he
meaneth
not
that
wée
are
able
to
praise
him
according
to
his
excellency
.
]
Ver.
3.
Prayse
him
in
the
sound
of
the
trumpet
[
i.
with
trumpets
clearely
sounded
,
sée
Psal.
81.3
.
]
prayse
ye
him
vpon
the
viol
and
the
harpe
,
sée
Psal.
33.2
.
]
Ver.
4
,
Praise
ye
him
with
Timbrell
and
flute
[
sée
Psalme
149
,
3.
]
praise
ye
him
with
Virginals
and
Organs
.
]
Ver.
5.
Prayse
ye
him
with
sounding
Cimbales
[
i
with
Cimbals
that
may
be
heard
,
for
otherwise
there
are
no
Cimbals
,
or
any
other
musical
instrumentes
,
but
they
haue
a
sound
if
they
be
played
vpon
]
prayse
ye
him
with
high
sounding
Cimbales
[
i.
with
Cimbales
which
being
set
high
and
so
tuned
,
may
very
easily
be
heard
.
By
this
particular
enumeration
,
he
meaneth
nothing
else
but
that
they
should
prayse
God
by
all
holy
and
lawfull
meanes
they
could
:
sée
to
this
purpose
before
Psalm
149
,
3.
Concerning
these
instruments
it
is
true
that
vnder
the
law
they
serued
to
lead
the
people
to
a
certayne
kind
of
holy
ioy
.
If
any
would
inferre
herevpon
,
therefore
they
should
be
vsed
now
publikely
in
the
Church
,
they
are
much
deceaued
,
for
they
were
but
ceremonies
,
&
we
know
and
beléeue
,
that
the
ceremoniall
law
and
euery
part
and
péece
thereof
is
abolished
:
so
that
we
can
not
without
iniury
to
Christ
,
retayne
them
publikely
in
our
Churches
.
Concerning
the
priuate
vse
of
them
,
they
are
so
far
forth
to
bée
vsed
,
as
they
prouoke
vs
to
holinesse
,
if
they
be
instruments
to
stirre
vp
men
to
sinne
and
filthinesse
,
they
must
be
detested
and
abhorred
as
vile
and
abhominable
.
]
Ver.
6.
Let
euery
thing
that
hath
breath
prayse
the
Lord
.
Some
referre
it
to
all
creatures
,
and
it
is
true
that
the
word
may
well
beare
&
import
so
much
.
I
for
mine
own
part
refer
it
only
to
men
,
who
though
they
liue
as
other
creatures
do
,
yet
the
word
breath
,
as
also
the
word
life
,
doth
more
properly
agrée
to
them
,
then
to
beasts
]
prayse
ye
the
Lord
[
sée
before
in
the
end
of
thrée
or
foure
of
these
last
Psalmes
.
Now
let
vs
marke
that
when
the
scripture
doth
so
often
times
put
vs
in
mind
to
prayse
the
Lord
,
it
doth
iustly
charge
and
vpbrayd
vs
,
with
our
vnthankfulnesse
and
slouthfulnesse
in
that
behalfe
.
Do.
Verse
1
,
2
teach
vs
that
we
are
bound
to
praise
God
,
and
shew
also
certayne
causes
why
we
should
doe
it
,
vz.
for
the
holinesse
he
communicateth
to
vs
,
for
his
great
care
and
prouidence
ouer
vs
,
and
all
creatures
,
for
his
mercies
towards
vs
,
and
his
iudgements
towards
the
wicked
.
Ver.
2
teacheth
vs
,
that
though
we
cannot
praise
God
,
or
pray
vnto
him
as
we
should
,
and
he
iustly
deserueth
,
yet
we
should
not
for
all
that
leaue
of
.
Ver.
3.4.5
.
teache
vs
to
vse
all
the
holy
and
lawfull
meanes
wée
can
to
stir
vp
our selues
to
vnfeigned
thankfulnesse
to
our
God
.
Ver.
6.
teacheth
vs
,
that
men
aboue
all
his
other
creatures
,
are
specially
bound
to
bée
continually
thankefull
vnto
him
.
Ephes.
3.
Ver.
20.21
.
Vnto
him
that
is
able
to
doe
exceeding
abundantly
,
euen
aboue
all
that
we
aske
or
thinke
,
according
to
the
power
that
worketh
in
vs
,
bee
prayse
in
the
Church
by
Christ
Iesus
,
thorowout
all
generations
for
euer
.
So
be
it
.